Skip to main content

Full text of "Australia unlimited"

See other formats


UC-NRLF 


$<:  BE  mfi 


% 


I 


UNLIMITED 


m\' 


1   •    2'.' 


EXCHANGE 


v 


"¥/ 


"m. 


Digitizea  Dj|(eine;lfitei:n©i/ArGhive 

in  2_Q|te  with  fu(idind)from 

M  ic^dlpft  C  0  lip^r^il  0  n 


vA 


M 


1 


^^ 


http://www.arcnive.ofg/de.i'ai)s/australiaunlirnitOObradrich 


<:^^'3-v:^r^ 


^,?/' 


L  i  t  ■  ■  t  II   . 


c 
a 


<   - 


Australia  Unlimited 


BY 


Edwin  J.  Brady 

Author  of  "The  King's  Caravan,"   "The  Ways  of  Many  Waters," 
"River  Rovers,"   "Bells  and  Hobbles,"  Si^c. 


'•''^''•l.U''Oi'li^.ilA 


MELBOURNE: 

George  Robertson  and  Company 

PROPY.    LTD. 


■^ 


r/ 


VC^hoJJy  Set  U^  and  Printed  in  Australia  hy 
The  Specialty  Press  'Pty.  Ltd.,  189  Little  Collins  Street,  Mellourne, 

and 
Anderson,  Gowan  &  DuRieu  'Pty.  Ltd.,  552-554  Lonsdale  Street,  A^elhourne. 

The  Illustrations  Engraved  by 

Patterson,  Shugg  Pty.  Ltd.,  Burns  Lane,  off  Lonsdale  Street,  JVIelhourne. 

and 
The  Globe  Engraving  Company,  Temple  Court  Place,  Little  Collins  St.,  T^elhournc 

ffXCHANGE 


•     ••«*••       • 
•  •       •    ••    •    •_    • 


C®HTEH' 


/nr^ 


INTRODUCTION 

My  Country   (Poem  by  Dorothea  Mackellar) 

THE   DAWN   OF   HISTORY 

The  Genesis  of  Australian  Settlement 
Old  Colonial  Days 
Inland   Exploration 
Australia's  Political  Elvolution 

THE   COMMONWEALTH 

Federation  of  the  Australian  States  .  . 
Canberra,  the  Federal  Capital 
Transcontinental   Railways :  East-West 

„  „  North-South 

Irrigation,  Storages  and  Artesian  Water 
Undeveloped   Industries 

Federal  Administration:  Post,  Telegraph,  and  Telephones 
Customs  and  Tariff 
Commerce  and  Finance 
Immigration 

Social  and  Intellectual  Life.  . 
Outdoor  Sports  in  Australia 


Page 
i6 


26 
33 
39 
55 


64 
68 

71 

74 
87 

lOI 

107 
III 

113 
119 
123 

131 


NEW   SOUTH   WALES 


Revenues  and  Resources 

Trade  and  Production 

Sydney  Harbor  at  Night    .  . 

North  Sydney  and  Beyond  .  . 

Picturesque  New  South  Wales 

Mount  Kosciusko 

The  North  Coast 

The  South  Coast 

Out  West 

The  Western  Division 


Broken  Hill 
The  Land  of  Milk  and  Honey 
Irrigation  and  the   Riverina 
The  Future 


From  Wentworth  to    Bourke 
What  a  Railway  Will  Do 


143 
159 

173 
178 

183 

193 
199 

217 

225 

232 

248 

255 
263 
275 
283 


Evolution  and  Progress 
Port  Phillip  and  the  Hills  .  . 
The  Western  District 
Gippsland 


VICTORIA 


291 

305 
325 
339 


A  r\  t\  A 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Victoria  {cent.) 

The  Victorian  Alps 
Victorian  Agriculture 
Irrigation  Settlements 
Mallee  Lands 


Queen  of  the  North 

The  Trail  of  the  Tropics  .  . 

Cedar  and  Gold  .  . 

Cooktown,  Cape  York,  the  Gulf 

The  Heart  of  Queensland  .  . 

East  and  West     .  . 

Southern  Queensland 


QUEENSLAND 


NORTHERN    TERRITORY 


Pioneers  and  Outposts 

Coastal  Climate  and  Production 

Darwin  and  Pine  Creek 

The  Daly  River  .  . 

On  the  Adelaide  .  . 

Inland  Districts    .  . 

Mineral  Resources 


SOUTH    AUSTRALIA 

Adelaide  and  the  Hills 

Port  Augusta,  Hergott  and  the  Great  Inland 

Primary  Production  .  .  .  . 

The  "Desert"  Myth 

Drought  and  Dry  Country  .  . 

Irrigation,  Water  Conservation,  and  Drainage 


WESTERN 

Dampier's  "Miserablest  Country" 

What  the  West  Will  Do   .  . 

South  to  Leeuwin  and  Round  Again 

The  Glamor  of  Gold 

Kalgoorlie 

The  Six  Divisions 


AUSTRALIA 


TASMANIA 


Launceston  and  the  Tamar 
Hobart  and  the  Derwent   .  . 
Settlement  and  Development 
Agriculture  and  Production 

BRITISH   NEW  GUINEA  (PAPUA) 


Page 

355 
367 
385 
398 


405 

417 
433 

451 
461 

475 
489 


515 
524 
539 
550 
563 
577 
594 


611 

615 
621 

628 

638 

649 


659 
679 
687 
701 

715 
725 


743 
754 
761 
770 

787 


PATRIOTIC,    BENEVOLENT 

Australia's  Army  and  Navy 

State  Education  in  New  South  Wales 

State  Education  in  Victoria 

The  State  Samaritan 

The  late  Thomas  Walker,  of  Yaralla 

The  Angas  Family 

George  Lansell:  Bendigo's  "Quartz  King" 


AND    NATIONAL 


795 
803 
811 
815 
821 
829 
845 


V^K?  b 

»    >   ■>  > 

CONTENTS                                                                  3 

Patriotic,  Benevolent  and  National  (cont.)                                                                 Page 

The  Abbott  Family             .  .               .  .              .  .               .  .               .  .               .  .               •  •        853 

"Bell's  Line"        .  .               .  .               .  .              .  .               .  .               .  .               .  .               •  •        859 

"Cox's  Pass"       .  .               .  .               .  .              .  .               .  .               .  .               .  .               .  .        865 

THE    AUSTRALIAN    PASTORAL    INDUSTRY 

Introduction 

.        871 

The  Hon.  Sir  Samuel  McCaughey,  M.L.C. 

.        877 

Table  Top  Estate:  the  late  James  Mitchell 

885 

Murgha :  the  late  A.  J.  Austin 

889 

Uardry:  Chas.  Mills  Ltd.   .  . 

•        893 

Gum  Swamp  and  Yooroobla :  Geo.  F.  Simpson 

•        899 

Nowranie:  Ferguson  Simpson 

903 

Wangamong:  W.  B.  Sanger 

907 

Big  Springs:  George  Wilson                .  . 

909 

Merribee :  W.  W.  KiUen   .  . 

915 

Tantallon:  William  Hood  .  . 

923 

Burrawang:  C.  Hedley  Edols 

927 

Tocal :  Frank  Reynolds 

933 

Mooki  Springs,  Liverpool  Plains 

935 

Edinglassie:  the  Hon.  J.  C.  White,  M.L.C.      . 

941 

Belltrees :  Hy.  L.  White     .  . 

947 

Palmerston  and  Noorindoo:  N.  N.  Dangar 

953 

The  Dight  Family 

959 

Shannon  Vale:  Major  J.  T.  White   .  . 

961 

Ramornie:  C.  F.  Tindal 

967 

Dungalear  and  Tubbo :  the  late  J.  A.  Campbell 

973 

Gracemere:  Archer  Bros.    ..               ..               . 

977 

Hidden  Vale  :  A.  J.  Cotton  .  . 

981 

Edmund  Jowett,  M.P. :  a  Great  Queensland  Pastoralist 

•        987 

John  Arthur  Macartney  Pioneer  and  Explorer 

992 

Kooralbyn :  C.  L.  Wyndham-Bundock 

996 

Willoughby  :  A.  D.  Alexander 

1000 

Mount  Crawford:  Alick  J.  Murray  .  . 

1004 

Robert  McBride,  of  Burra  .  . 

ion 

Anlaby  :  H.  H.  Dutton 

1014 

Sidney  Kidman,  the  Cattle  King 

1023 

Keyneton :  R.  R.  Keynes 

•      1035 

Koonoona:  the  late  Hon.  Walter  Duffield 

•      1039 

Bungaree :  R.  M.  and  the  late  H.  C.  Hawker     . 

•      1043 

North  Bungaree:  M.  C.  Hawker 

•      1053 

Anama :  Walter  Hawker    .  . 

•      1059 

Lucernedale:  Hy.  Collins  &  Co. 

1065 

The  Downies,  of  Glenelg  .  . 

•      1074 

Government  Saving  Bank  of  New  South  Wales 

.      1078 

Olive-Growing  in  South  Australia:  G.  F.  Cleland  &  Sons  Ltd. 

■      1083 

Queensland  Gems :  Eraser  Limited     .  . 

1084 

APPENDIX:    CROWN    LANDS    LAWS    OF    AUSTRALIA 

New  South  Wales 

iii 

Victoria 

xiii 

Queensland 

xix 

South  Australia    .  . 

xxiii 

The  Northern  Territory     . 

xxix 

Western  Australia 

xxxii 

Tasmania 

.     xxxvii 

INDEX 


xli 


a 

a) 

<u 

03 

<y 

a 
o 
-M 
o. 

a 

OS 

o 
o 

o 

o 

<u 
H 


OMsmMDiw 


.'^ 


irrtSgraa 


tabs 


The    title    ilesigiis,    end-papers,    and    decorations    from   drawings  hy  Christian   Yandell  and  Walter  Seed. 

An  Australian  Pastoral  . .  . .  Frontispiece 

Page 
Edwin  J.  Brady  (Photo:  R.  Buchner)        .  .  .  .  14 

A  Victorian  Country  Road  (Photo:  F.  W.  Littlejohn)  15 

Decorative  Border:  My  Country  (Christian  Yandell)         16 


THE  DAWN   OF  HISTORY 

The  Illustrations  in  this  Section  are  from  photographs  by  the  Government  Printers  of  Xew  South  Wales 
and  Victoria;  George  tSell,  Sydney;  E.  E.  Fescott,  F.L.S.,  Melbovrne  (botanical  subjects,  pages  J/O  and  o.'i) ; 
W.    H.    Cooper,    Melbourne ;    E.    L.    Mitchell,    Perth;    and    the   author. 


Title  Design  by  Walter  Seed     .  . 

Sunset—  Torres   Straits.       Native   Dance,   Ham 

ond  Island 
Dirck  Hartogs'  Plate 
The   Lighthouse   at   Cape   Leeuwin 
Mouth  of  the   Blackwood   River 
Goonabooka   Pool,   near   RoebUrne 
The  Harding  River  in  Flood  .  . 
Gathering   Guano  at  the   Abroholos 
Cook's  Monument  at  Kurnell,  Botany  Bay 
Captain    Cook 
Mallacotta  Inlet 
Male  Australian  Aborigine.     Female  Australian 

Aborigine 
Sir  Joseph  Banks 
Captain    Arthur   Phillip 
Statue   to  Governor  Phillip,  Sydney 
Old  Colonial  Home    .  . 
The  Heads,  Sydney   .  . 
In   the   Heart   of   Central   Australia 
On   the    Hawkesbury   River    .  . 
Gregory    Blaxland    .  . 
Valley  of  the   Grose   River,   Blue   Mountains 


Page  Page 

17  The   River    Tweed     .  .              .  .              .  .  .  .  41 

Hospital    Sunday   Procession,   Broken    Hill  .  .  42 

18  A   Landing  on  the  River   Murray        .  .  .  .  43 

19  Sir     Thomas     Mitchell              .  .              .  .  .  .  44 

20  Overlanding-  Cattle    . .              .  .              .  .  .  .  45 

22  Distant  View  of  the  MacDonnell  Ranges  .  .  46 

23  Newcastle  Waters,  Central  Australia  .  .  .  .  47 

24  Some    Australian   Orchids       .  .              . .  .  .  49 

25  A    Native    Burial-place               .  .              .  .  .  .  50 

26  Myall     Blacks     Beside     a     Central     Australian 

27  Watercourse    .  .              .  .              .  .  .  .  51 

28  In  a  Jarrah  Forest,  Western  Australia  .  .  52 
John     Forrest     (1874)              .  .              .  .  .  .  53 

29  Some   Native   Flowers              .  .              .  .  . .  54 

30  An    Australian    Jungle             . .              .  .  .  .  55 

31  Pioneers    in    the    Bush             .  .              .  .  .  .  56 

33  Pioneering:   Making  His   Bed  for  the  Night  .  .  57 

34  Young  Selectors:  A  Slab  Hut  in  the  Bush  .  .  58 

36  A  Log  Hut  in  the  Clearing   .  .              .  .  .  .  59 

37  A  Selector's   Home    .  .              .  .              .  .  .  .  60 

39  An  Australian  Farmer's  Home             . .  .  .  61 

39  Bridge    Street,    Sydney           . .              . .  . .  62 

40  A  Station  Homestead             . .             . .  . .  63 


THE  COMMONWEALTH 

The  Illustrations  in  this  Section  are  from  photographs  by  Lafayette,  T.  Humphrey  d  Co.,  F.  Monteath, 
liroothorn,  Mina  Moore,  Sarony,  The  Burlington,  Talma,  Melbourne :  ■/.  C.  Cruden,  Appleby,  Judith 
Fletcher,  Sydney;  Vandyck,  Adelaide;  J.  W.  Beattie,  Hobart  (portraits,  pages  liZ,  lH,  J25,  12~i,  12i>);  Dudley 
Le  Souef  (pages  135,  136  and  139),  J.  A.  Kershaw  (page  138),  and  Miss  D.  H.  Llewellyn  (page  130),  for 
natural  history  subjects;  ine  Government  Printers  of  Xew  South  Wales  and  Victoria;  the  Department  of 
Home  ami  Territories;  Sutcliffe  d  Akers,  the  Sears  Studio,  W.  H.  Cooper,  Weston  Storer,  Melbourne;  Greenham 
d    Evans,    Perth;    Friend,    Ingham;    li.    Vere    Scott,    and     the    author. 


Page 

Title  Design  by  Christian  Yandell      .  .              . .  64 

Prime    Ministers   of   the   Commonwealth            .  .  65 

Federal    Parliament    House,  Melbourne              .  .  67 

Panorama  View  of  Canberra  .  .              . .              .  .  70 

A   Camel  Team          .  .              .  .              .  .              .  .  71 

At  Oodea  Soak:   Freshwater  Bore       .  .              .  .  72 

On  the  Nullarbor  Plain — The  High  Commissioner 

and  Party        .  .              .  .              .  .              .  .  73 

On  the  Border  of  the  Northern  Territory          .  .  74 

A  Survey  Expedition  Camp   .  .              .  .              .  .  75 

A  Central  Australian  Scene   .  .              .  .              .  .  77 

Near  Alice  Springs   .  .              .  .              .  .              .  .  78 

Workers  on  the  Transcontinental   Railway        .  .  79 

Beyond   the   MacDonnell   Ranges          .  .              .  .  80 

A  Sheep  Station  in  Central  Australia  .  .              .  .  81 

On  the  North-South  Transcontinental   Route    .  .  82 

Typical  Central  Australian  Country    .  .              .  .  83 

A   Northern   Territorian          .  .              .  .              .  .  84 

A  Waterhole  in  the  "Desert,"  Central  Australia  85 

On  the  Murrumbidgee  River,  New  South  Wales  86 
Excavation    for    the    Waranga-Mallee    Channel, 

Victoria            .  .              .  .              .  .              .  .  87 

Inlet  to  Waranga  Reservoir,  Victoria  .  .              .  .  88 

Outlet   to   Waranga    Reservoir,   Victoria            . .  89 


Pnge 

River  Boats  Below  Murray  Bridge,  South  Aus- 
tralia                .  .              .  .              .  .              . .  91 

Pumping  Plant  at  Renmark,  South  Australia   .  .  96 

Irrigation    Channel,    Berri,    South    Australia    .  .  96 
Water  for  the  Kitchen  Garden,  Yarrie,  Western 

Australia          .  .              . .              . .              .  .  97 

Excavating   Channels   for    Irrigation   at   Berem- 

bed,  N.S.W.     . .             . .             . .             . .  98 

The    Bed    of    the    Fitzroy    River,     Hughenden, 

Queensland        .  .              .  .              .  .              .  .  99 

Timber   Workers        .  .              .  .              .  .              .  .  100 

Trucking  Ore  from  Whim  Creek  to  Balla  Balla, 

W.A.                  ..              ..              ..              ..  101 

Cedar   Logs,   Atherton    Scrub,    Queensland        .  .  102 

Brick   and   Drain-pipe   Works,   Lithgow,   N.S.W.  103 

Electrolytic  Room,  Cobar  Copper  Works,  N.S.W.  105 

Half  a  Ton  of  Rock  Ling       . .              . .              .  .  106 

Martin  Place  and  General  Post  Office,  Sydney  .  .  107 

Public  Works  Offices,  Sydney                 .  .              .  .  108 

Hinton    Bridge,    New    South    Wales    .  .              .  .  109 

Panoramic  View  of  Sydney  Harbor    .  .  .  .      112-114 

The  Law  Courts,  Melbourne  . .              .  .              .  .  115 

Challis  House,  Martin  Place,  Sydney  . .              .  .  117 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Pago 

"Wslcome  and  Good-bye,"  Port  Melbourne  Pier  119 
The  First  Unit  of  the  Royal  Australian  Navy, 

1913  ..              ..              ..              ..               ..  121 

Australian  Artists  and  Authors  of  To-day        .  .  122 

Melbourne  Public  Library  and  Museum               .  .  123 

The   Mitchell   Library,   Sydney              .  .               . .  124 

Australian  Artists  and  Authors  of  To-day  . .  125 
Science,    Music    and    the    Drama     in     Australia 

To-day              ..             ..             ..              ••  127 

Australian   Scientists   of   To-day          .  .               . .  129 

A   Kookaburra    (Laughing  Jackass)    . .               . .  130 


Henley-on-the-Yarra  Regatta     . .  . . 

Crowd  at  a   Cricket  Match    .  . 

A  Big  Shoot  on  the  Burdekin  River   .  . 

The   Mountain   Devil   of   Western  Australia 

Some    Australian    Animals     .  . 

Brush  Turkey.     Kangaroo,  with  Young  in  Pouch 

"All  in  the  Day's  Sport" 

Melbourne   Cup,   Flemington   Racecourse 

Snapper 

Australian    Birds 

A  Yacht  Club  Outing,  Port  Phillip     .  . 


Page 
131 
132 
133 
134 
135 
136 
137 
138 
138 
139 
140 


NEW    SOUTH   WALES 

The  Illustratioi^s  in  this  Section  are  from  photographs  by  the  Xew  South  Wales  Oovernment  Printer, 
Water  and  irrigation  Commission,  and  ^Immigration  and  Tourists'  Bureau;  George  Bell,  Sydney;  Edgar 
Wilkinson,    C'urlwaa,    N.S.W.,    and    the    author. 


Circular   Quay,   Sydney 

Title  Design  by  Christian  Yandell 

Forest  and  Clearing 

A  New   South   Wales  Wheatfleld 

Burrinjuck     Township,     Murrumbidgee     Storage 

Area 
The   Burrinjuck  Dam,  Murrumbidgee  River 
Sutherland  Dock,  Sydney 
Hetton   Colliery,   Newcastle    .  . 
Hauling    Timber,    North    Coast 
Marbled    Flathead     .  . 
The  Beach,  Newcastle 
Harpoon    Practice,   East   Coast 
The   Battery,  Sachs'  Molybdenum   Mine,   Kings- 
gate 
Blast  Furnace,  Lithgow 
Copper  Mine,  Cobar 

Flock  of  Sheep  in  the  Riverina         

Crossing    a    Creek    . . 

Loading  Wheat  at  a  Country  Station  .  . 

A  Cherry  Tree,  Bathurst  Experimental  Farm    .  . 

Wine  Grapes:   Thompson's   Seedlings,   Yanco     .  . 

Wyandottes,  Hooper's  Farm,  Epping  .  . 

A  New  South  Wales  Bee  Farm 

A  Dairy  Herd  at  Gloucester  .  . 

Trevitt's   Seedling  Apple,   Yanco 

Hog-Raising   Increases  the   Income  of  the   Man 

on  the  Land    .  . 
Harvesting  at  landra,  Grenfell  District 
Harvesters     at     Work 
Botanic    Gardens,    Farm    Cove,    Sydney 

Open-Boat   Sailing   on   Sydney   Harbor 

Surf-Bathing   at   Manly 
Yachting  on  Sydney  Harbor  .  . 

Mosman   Bay,   Sydney 

In   George   Street,   Sydney 

Kuring-Gai    Chase    . . 

Hawkesbury   River   at   Newport 

Tea     Gardens,     Como 

The   Empire   Falls,   Blue  Mountains    .  . 

A  Trout  Stream  in  the  Victorian  Alps 

Fairy   Dell   Falls,   Blue   Mountains 

The     Weeping     Rock,     Wentworth     Falls,     Blue 
Mountains 

The    Waratah — Flannel    Flowers 

In  National  Park,  near  Sydney 

Bulli   Pass,   Illawarra   District 

Christmas    Bells 

Bangalow    Palms 

A    Mountain    Road    . . 

Skating    on    Mount    Kosciusko 

Picnic  on  the  Snowy  River    .  . 

Jindabyne,  on  the  Snowy  River 

Ski-Runners    at    Hotel    Kosciusko 

A    Dog    Shed,    Kosciusko 

Club    Lake,    Snowy    Mountains 

The  Summit  of  Mount  Kosciusko 

Crescent    Head 

A  Dairy  Herd,  North  Coast  District  .  . 

A  Boat  Harbor  on  the  Richmond  River 

A   Holiday  on  Richmond  River 

In  the  Big  Scrub,  Richmond  River 

A  Farm  near  Dorrigo 

Government  Experimental   Farm,   Grafton 


Page 

142  "The    Farmer's    Friend." 

143  On  the  Paterson  River 

144  A    New    South    Wales   Pasture 

145  Milking  Machines,  Manning  River  District 
On   the   Manning,   near   Wingham 

147  South    Clifton 

148  Seal    Rocks    Lighthouse 

149  Water   Trees,    South    Coast 

150  Dairying   at   Coolangatta 

151  Ironbark    Tree,    Nowra 

152  Eden 

153  Pyrmont  Bridge 

154  Tumut 
An    Orchard   at    Wagga 

155  Bloodwood    Trees 

156  Good   Wheat   Land    .  . 

157  Old  Police   Station,  Lake   Cargellico    .  . 

158  A   Darling   River   Steamer 

159  The  Junction  of  the  Murray  and  the  Darling 

161  Wentworth:  Wharf  and  Bridge,  View  of  Town 

162  Peach-tree   on   Walter   Sage's   Block    . . 

162  Sorghum,   Nine   Feet   High    .  . 

163  Navelencia    Oranges 

164  Irrigating  Trees  Between  Fruit-trees,  Yanco 

165  Children   at    Menindie 

167  A   River  Trading  Steamer 
Shearers   Leaving   Tolarno,   River   Darling 

168  Bridge  over  the  River  Darling  at  Wilcannia 

169  The   Bore   at   Pera    .  . 

171  "All  the  Time  He  is  Being  Loaded  He  Roars" 

172  What  the  Land  is  Growing  To-day 

173  A  Train  from  Up-country 

175  An   Australian   Dairymaid 

176  A  Broken  Hill  "Landscape"   .  . 

177  Ore  Dressing  Plant,  Broken  Hill  Proprietary 

178  Broken  Hill  Proprietary  Silver  Mine  .  . 

179  Open-cut  Workings,  Broken  Hill  Proprietary 

180  A  Broken  Hill   Silver  Mine    .  . 

181  The    South    Coast   at   Eden    .  . 

182  Turpentine   Trees 

183  A   Cream    Cart 

184  Blackbutt,    Bateman's    Bay    .  . 
Moruya    Cheese    Factory 

185  Narooma   River 

186  Benjamin  Boyd's  Old  Home,  Twofold  Bay 

187  At  the   Whaling   Station,   Twofold   Bay 

188  A    Dairy   Farm    at    Nethercote 

189  White   Apple   Tree    .  . 

190  Main  Street,  Milton  .  . 

191  Sluice-gate,   Loch   and   Weir,   Berembed 

192  Burrinjuck    Dam    (Down-stream    Face) 

193  Burrinjuck   Dam    (Up-stream   Face)    .  . 

194  An  Apricot  Tree,  Yanco 

195  A    Riverina    Pasturage 

196  Irrigation  at  Yanco  .  . 

197  Dairy  Cows  on  Natural  Pasture,  Murrumbidgee 

198  The  Beginnings  of  an  Ostrich  Farm  at  Yanco 

199  Road    and    River    (Tumut)     .  . 

200  Raymond    Terrace    Viticultural  Station 

201  A  Farm  on  the  North  Arm,  Bellingen  River 

203  Girls  Picking  Grapes,  Hunter  River  District 

204  A  Wheat  Stack  at  Gerogery  . . 

205  On  the   Karnah   River,  near  Bowral    .  . 
207  Jones'    Bridge,    Tumut 


Page 
209 
211 
213 
214 
215 
216 
217 
219 
221 
222 
223 
224 
225 
226 
227 
228 
230 
232 
233 
235 
236 
237 
239 
240 
241 
242 
243 
245 
246 
247 
248 
251 
253 
255 
257 
259 
261 
262 
264 
265 
266 
267 
268 
269 
270 
271 
272 
273 
273 
274 
275 
276 
277 
278 
279 
281 
282 
283 
284 
285 
286 
286 
287 
288 


ILLUSTRATIONS 


VICTORIA 

The  Ilhistiatiotis  in  this  Section  are  from  photographs  by  the  Victorian  Government  Printer,  Tourist 
Bureau,  Department  of  Agriculture,  and  Council  of  Agricultural  Education;  Kerr  Bros.,  R.  Vere  Scott,  F.  W. 
lAttlejohn,  Mrs.  Daphne  Dawes  (pages  321,  32-'i  and  338),  E.  E.  I'escott,  F.L.S.  (pages  329,  331,  313,  37.'/,  377^ 
Scars  Studio,   Sutchffe   cf   Akers,    Melbourne;   t'oyle,   Warrnambool,    and    the    author. 


Collins    Street,    looking    West,    Melbourne 

Title  Design  by  Christian  Yandell 

Surgeon    George    Bass 

Captain  Matthew  Flinders 

Sorrento,    on    Port   Phillip 

Melbourne,  from  the  St.  Kilda  Road   .  . 

"The   Block,"   Collins   Street,   Melbourne 

Town    Hall,    Melbourne 

Central  Railway  Station,  Melbourne   . . 

Fire    Station,    Melbourne 

General   Post   Office,   Melbourne 

On    the    Upper    Yarra 

Back   Beach,    Williamstown    .  . 

Tea-tree    on    Port    Phillip    Shores 

At    Fern    Tree    Gully 

Nyora   Gully,   Healesville 

On    the    Beach    at    Mentone     .  . 

The    River    Yarra    at    Melbourne 

A   Mountain   Road   in   Southern  Gippsland 

Rocks   at   Phillip   Island 

The    Break,    Cowes,    Phillip    Island     . . 

In  the  Drained  Area,  Koo-wee-rup 

Mathinna  Falls,  Healesville    . . 

Olinda   Road,    Sassafras 

The  River  Yarra  at  Warburton 

On   the   Road   to   Sassafras    . . 

Ballarat 

A    Vineyard    at    Lilydale 

Mitchell   Falls,   Kyneton 

The   River   at  Yea    .  . 

Pall  Mall,  Bendigo    . . 

River   Goulburn,   Alexandra    .  . 

Jubilee     Park,     Daylesford    . . 

Coliban    River,    Kyneton 

In   the    Grampians    .  . 

In  the  Public  Gardens,  Bacchus   Marsh 

On  the  Erskine  at  Lome 

In  the  Victorian  Bush 

Warrnambool 

Thunder  Point  and  Shelly  Beach,  Warrnambool 

Tower  Hill  and  Lake,  Koroit  .  . 

Loch  and  Gorge,  Port  Campbell 

In  the  Grampian   Ranges 

In    the    Grampians    .  . 

Public  Gardens,  Ararat 

Some  Australian  Orchids 

Stawell 

Agricultural    Education    in   Victoria    . . 

Longerenong    Agricultural    College 

Rolling   Down   the    Mallee 

Saw    Mill,    Warrandyte 

The     Lakes     Entrance 

Kalimna,  Lakes  Entrance,  Gippsland   .  . 

"Bull-frogs,"   Eastern   Gippsland 

Lake    Tyers 

Mitchell    River,    Bairnsdale    . . 

A    Backwater    of   the    Mitchell 

The    Citadel,    Buchan 

In   the   Buchan   Caves 

Mount    Wills    in    Winter 

Winter    in    the    Victorian    Alps 

Carting  Timber  from  a  Bush  Sawmill  . . 


290 
291 
292 
292 
293 
295 
296 
297 
298 
299 
299 
300 
301 
302 
303 
304 
305 
306 
307 
308 
309 
310 
311 
312 
313 
314 
315 
316 
316 
316 
317 
318 
319 
320 
321 
322 
323 
324 
325 
326 
327 
328 
329 
331 
332 
333 
334 
335 
336 
337 
338 
339 
341 
342 
343 
344 
345 
347 
349 
350 
351 
352 


A  Selector's   Hut  in  the  Gippsland  Forest 

"Goods  Roads  rre  a  First  Essential"  .  . 

Mount  Feathertop  and  Ovens  River   .  . 

Eurobin  Valley,  from  Mount  Buffalo   .  . 

North    Wall    of    Buffalo    Gorge 

The    Chalet    on    Mount    Buffalo 

Eurobin    Creek   in    Buffalo   Gorge 

At    Bright 

Walhalla:    A    Victorian    Mining    Township 

On  the  Acheron  River 

"The  Hermitage,"  Blacks'  Spur 

A   Victorian   Hop   Garden 

Victorian    Agriculture 

Crossbreeding  Wheats,  Rutherglen  Experimental 

Station 
A  Demonstration  of  the  Value  of  Top-dressing 

Grass 
Pot-culture  House,  Rutherglen  Experimental  Sta 

tion    .  . 
Buildings    and    Water    Supply,    State    Research 

Farm,    Werribee 
A  Wool  Class,  Sale  Agricultural  High  School 
Landscape  Gardening  at  the  Botanical  GardenS; 

Melbourne 
A    Lily    Pond    at   the    Botanical    Gardens,    Mel 

bourne 
Wheat    Breeding    at    Rutherglen    Experimental 

Station 

Portion   of  the   Burnley   School   of   Horticulture 
Ploughing,  Rochester:  Grading  Land,  Shepparton 
A  New  District:   Tongala  in  1913 
Maize  Grown  by  Irrigation    . . 
A    Hay   Crop   at   Rochester    .  . 
Dookie     Agricultural      College 
A   Veterinary   Class  at   Dookie   College 
A  Victorian  Forest   .  . 
Cohuna    Main    Channel 
Laanecoorie  Weir,  on  the  Loddon  River 
Goulburn   Weir,   Nagambie.       Pumping   Station, 

River      Murray 
Currants,  Shepparton.     Navel  Oranges,  Mildura 
Measuring   Water  to  the   Irrigators    .  . 
Orange  Tree,  Cohuna.    A  Home  in  an  Irrigation 

Settlement 
Pear  Trees,  32  months  Old.    Peach  Orchard,  22 

Months    Old    .  . 
Measuring  Water,  Mildura.    Sultanas  at  Mildura 
West's,  Shepparton,  30  Months  After  the  Settle- 
ment 
Peach  Trees  at  West's   (Planted  32  Months)    . . 
Dr.  Wight's,  Kyabram.    A  Kyabram  Orchardist's 

Home.     Apple   Picking,    Harcourt 
Peach    Orchard,    Ardmona     .  . 
Campaspe  Weir,  near  Rochester 
An   Old  Homestead  at  Swan   Hill 
Clearing  the  Land  for  Grass.     Heavy  Sorghum 

Crop 
Harvesting    Lucerne.      Two    Weeks'    Growth    of 

Lucerne 
A  Victorian  Butter  Factory   .  . 
Types   of  Australian   Girlhood 


Page 
353 
354 
355 
356 
357 
358 
359 
361 
363 
364 
365 
366 
367 

368 

370 

370 

371 
372 

373 

374 

375 
377 
378 
379 
380 
381 
382 
383 
384 
385 
386 

387 
388 
389 

390 

391 
392 

393 
394 

395 
396 
397 
398 

399 

400 
401 
402 


QUEENSLAND 


The   Illustrations   in    this    Section   are   from    photographs  by  Lafayette  d  F.  Monteath   (types  of  Australian 
girlhood),    the    Queensland    Department    of    Agriculture    and    Stock,    Government    Printer,    and    the    author. 


Lockyer   Creek,    South    Queensland 
Title   Design,   by   Walter    Seed 
Coal   Mine,  Tannymorel,  Darling  Downs 
Gold    Ore   Crushing   at   Gympie 
Wool  Teams,  Wyandra 


Page 

±-ago 

404 

Canefields  at  Childers 

409 

405 

Kaffir  Corn,  Biggenden.     Apples,  Stanthorpe   . 

410 

406 

A   Queensland    Settler's   Home 

411 

407 

Papaw    Tree 

412 

408 

Orchard,    Redland    Bay 

413 

AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Lemon   Trees,  Yeppoon,   Central   Queensland    .  . 
Sleepers    for    Africa    and    India.      Olive    Trees, 

Westbrook 
Gattan  Agricultural  College   .  . 
Central    Railway    Station,    Brisbane    .  . 
General  View  of  Brisbane    (Panorama) 
The    University,   Brisbane 
Produce    Markets,   Roma    Street,    Brisbane 
Avenue  of  Palms,  Botanical  Gardens,  Brisbane  . 
Date    Palms,    Barcaldine 
Leaving    Brisbane    for   Northern    Ports 
Cronin's   Artesian   Bore,   Barcaldine    .  . 
Sapphire    Fields,   Anakie    District 
A  Cane  Farm  near  Mackay  .  . 
Cane  Train  Going  to  Marian  Mill,  Mackay 
Coconut  Palms  at  Port  Douglas 
A    Pineapple    Plantation    at    Woombye,    North 

Coast   Line 
Girls   of   North   Queensland    .  . 
Townsville,    the    Capital    of    North    Queensland 
Cedar   Logs    at    Cairns 
A    Queensland    Railway    Locomotive    .  . 
Manager's  Residence,  Kamerunga  State  Nursery, 

Cairns 
Para   Rubber   Plantation   at   Kamerunga 
Oil  Palms  at  Kamerunga 
A  Good  Crop  of  Pineapples   .  . 
Palms.     Cairns-Mulgrave    Railway 
Barron    Falls,    Cairns    Railway 
Pines  for  Market,  Woombye  .  . 
Coffee    Plantations    at    Mackay 
Cairns   Railway,   Showing  Robb's   Monument 
Aboriginal    Climbing    Tree,    Herberton 
Mining   Men   of   Mareeba 
Mount    Bellenden-Ker 
Cutting    Sugar    Cane 
Cattle    Creek,    Mackay    District 
Maize  Growing  at  Eel  Creek,  Wide  Bay  District 
Fisher    Falls,    Innisfail,    North    Queensland 
Queensland  Aborigines'  Mission  Band  .  . 
A  Wayside  Station  on  the  Cloncurry  Railway 
Wide  Bay   Creek,   North   Coast  Railway 
A    Banana   Plantation 
Native   Canoes   on  the  Bloomfield   River 
Tully   Falls,    Cairns    Hinterland 
Gallet   Creek,   Cairns-Mulgrave   Railway 
Whitsunday  Passage,  North  Queensland 
Stony   Creek   Falls,   Cairns   Railway    .  . 
Gill    Street,    Charters    Towers 
Chinese  Method   of  Irrigation,   Hughenden 
Result    of    Irrigation,    Hughenden 
In  the  Kingaroy  Country,  Burnett  District 
Hauling    Timber 


Page 

414 

415 
416 
417 
418-9 
420 
421 
422 
422 
423 
424 
425 
427 
428 
429 

430 
431 
432 
433 
435 

436 
437 
437 
438 
439 
440 
441 
441 
442 
443 
444 
445 
447 
448 
449 
450 
451 
453 
454 
455 
456 
457 
458 
459 
460 
461 
462 
463 
463 
464 


A  Queensland  Cattle  Camp   . . 

3crub  Clearing  in  North  Queensland   .  . 

A    Street    in    Longreach 

A  Street  View  in  Barcaldine  .  . 

Grapes    at    Roma 

Gidyea    Forest 

A  Street  in  Barcaldine 

Artesian   Bore   Drain,   Balcaldine 

Sheep  on  a  Farm  near  Warwick,  Darling  Downs 

Queensland    Pastures 

A    Mob    of   Central   Queensland    Cattle 

"Hills  that  May  be  Rich  With  Gold"   .  . 

Gold  Mines,  Mount  Morgan    .  . 

Rockhampton,  the  Capital  of  Central  Queensland 

Examining       Sapphires 

Classing  Sapphires    . . 

Sisal   Hemp,   Childers 

A  Herd  of  Hereford  Cattle  on  Coochin  Coochin, 
Fassifern    District 

A   Mob   of   Queensland   Horses 

Orion  Downs,  Springsure  District 

An  Island  on  the  Queensland  Coast   .  . 

The    Florida    Bore    .  . 

Sheep   at   the   Hermitage,    Darling   Downs 

Bullocks   Drawing   Timber 

Wheat  Field,  Allora,  Darling  Downs   .  . 

Town   Hall,   Toowoomba 

Hermitage    Farm,     Warwick    District,     Darling 
Downs 

An  Early  Homestead,  Roma  District  .  . 

Wheat   at   Roma 

Harvesting  at   Roma 

Harvesting  Wheat  near  Warwick 

Bending    Broom    Millet 

Potato   Field,   Killarney,  Darling  Downs 

Picking  Fruit  at  Westbrook,  near  Toowoomba  . 

Crop  of  Young  Maize  at  Westbrook   .  . 

Planting  and  Irrigating  Tobacco,  Te->cas,  Darling 
Downs 

Bridge   over   Dumaresque   River,   Texas   District 

Tobacco   Fields,   Texas,   Darling   Downs 

Ipswicn,   Southern    Queensland 

Quince    Tree,    Stanthorpe 

Rocks    at    Stanthorpe 

Coalmining  at  Bundamba,  near   Ipswich 

Coke  Ovens  in  the  Bundamba  District  .  . 

View  from  Perry's  Knob,  Marburg,  Moreton  Dis 
trict  . . 

Scene   on   the    Marburg   Railway,   Moreton   Dis- 
trict .  . 

Emir   Creek,   Killarney   District 

Scene  on   Marburg  Line 

Bottle  Tree,   Burnett  District 

Nambour  Sugar  Mill 


Page 
465 
467 
469 
470 
471 
471 
472 
473 
474 
475 
476 
477 
478 
479 
481 
481 
482 

483 
484 
485 
486 
487 
489 
490 
491 
492 

493 
494 
495 
495 
496 
497 
498 
499 
499 

500 
501 
501 
502 
503 
503 
504 
505 

506 

607 
509 
510 
511 
512 


NORTHERN   TERRITORY 

The   Illustrations   in    this   Section    are   from    photographs    by    the    Department    of    Home    and    Territories, 
C'ruden,    Sydney,    and    the    author. 


A    Northern   Territory   Billabong 

Title  Design  by  Christian  Yandell 

Territorial     Inland    .  . 

Sawmillers'   Camp,   Melville   Island 

Scene   in   Central   Australia    .  . 

Permanent      Water — Batchelor      Demonstration 

Farm 
Goats  and  Ant  Hills  . . 
Cyanide    Plant 

The  Wealth  of  Tropical   Production    .  . 
A    Flooded    River 
Kapok   Trees,  near   Darwin    .  . 
Coconut  Palms  and  Sisal  Hemp,  in  the  Botanical 

Gardens,    Darwin 
Date    Palms 
Pineapple    Plant 
Bananas 

How  the  Grass  Grows  at  Darwin 
In   the    Sand    Hills    .  . 
Weighing  Pearl  Shell,  Port  Darwin    . . 
A   Frontiersman 


Page 

514  After  Ten  Years'  Tent  Life  in  the  Territory 

515  Pastoral  and  Mineral  Areas   .  . 

516  Natives    of    Oodnadatta 

517  A    Northern    Territory    School 

518  Dairy    Stock — Merino    Sheep    at    the    Batchelor 

Demonstration   Farm    .  . 

519  Stack  of  Upland  Rice  Hay   . . 

520  Coconuts 

521  Spiders'    Nests 

522  A   Native   Canoe 

523  Pearling    Luggers,    Darwin    .  . 

524  Chinese    Residents    at    Darwin 
Papaws    at    Point    Charles     .  . 

525  Darwin 

526  Guinea  Grass,  Residency  Grounds,  Darwin 

526  A   Darwin   Verandah — New   Type   of   Residence 

527  Darwin 

528  An   Artesian   Boring   Party    .  . 

529  Botanic    Gardens,    Darwin 

530  A    Creek   in   Central   Australia 

531  Government   School   at   Pine   Creek 


Page 
531 
532 
533 
534 

535 
536 
536 
537 
538 
539 
540 
540 
541 
542 

543 
544 
545 
547 
549 


ILLUSTRATIONS 


Page 

On  the  Daly  River  . .             . .  . .  . .  550 

A   Glimpse   of  Daly   River    . .  . .  . .  551 

Screw     Palms               .  .            .  .  .  .  .  .  552 

A  Water  Lily  Lagoon              .  .  .  .  . .  553 

Fruits   of   the   Tropics             . .  .  .  .  .  554 

Pigs   bred  on  the  Adelaide   River,  near  Darwin  555 

In    Tropical    Australia  .  .  .  .  555 

Maize,   Daly   River    .  .              .  .  .  .  . .  556 

"Good    Country"         .  .               .  .  .  .  .  .  556 

A  Northern  Territory  Jungle  .  .  .  .  . .  557 

Aboriginal    Drawings               .  .  .  .  . .  559 

Myall    Blacks              .  .              .  .  .  .  .  .  560 

A  Daly  River  Farm  .  .              .  .  .  .  561 

Aborigines  with   Buffalo  Horns,   Melville   Island  562 

Bound    for    Melville    Island    .  .  .  .  . .  562 

On  the  Adelaide          .  .            .  .  .  .  . .  563 

A    Traveller                  .  .              .  .  .  .  .  .  564 

A  Camp       .  .              .  .              .  .  .  .  . .  565 

Black    and    White     .  .              .  .  .  .  .  .  566 

Buffalo   Hunting        .  .              .  .  .  .  .  .  567 

A  Creek  in  Central  Australia  .  .  .  .  . .  569 

Repairing  the  Waggonette  at  Lawrie's  . .  571 

"Like  the  Patriarchs  of  Old"  .  .  .  .  .  .  573 

A    Northern    Territory    Bushman  .  .  .  .  574 

Spring   near   MacArthur   River  .  .  .  .  575 

Edible  Turtle              .  .              .  .  .  .  .  .  576 

A  Hundred  Miles  up  the  Roper  River  . .  . .  577 


Page 

Oodnadatta    Railway                . .             . .  . .  578 

Horses  and  Cattle  in  the  Northern  Territory  .  .  579 

A   "Heart  of  Australia"   Station   Homestead    .  .  580 

A   Lily  Pond,   Northern   Territory        .  .  .  .  581 

Chambers'  Pillar,  Central  Australia    .  .  .  .  583 

Pine  Creek  Railway  .  .              .  .              .  .  .  .  584 

A  River  of  the  Farthest  North            .  .  .  .  585 

Crossing  the  Katherine  River                .  .  .  .  587 

Northern    Territory    Forest    .  .              .  .  .  .  588 

Horses  from  the  MacDonnell  Ranges   .  .  .  .  589 

An    Ant-Hill                .  .              .  .  .  .  590 

Palms,  Krichauff  Ranges        .  .              .  .  .  .  591 

A  Garden  at  Alice  Springs    .  .              .  .  .  .  593 

The    Prospector's    Camel        . .             . .  . .  594 

Primitive  Windlass    .  .              . .              .  .  .  .  595 

Chinese  Bagging  Dried  Concentrates  . .  . .  597 

Tin  Concentrates       .  .              . .              . .  ■  ■  598 

A    Territorian             .  .              .  .              .  .  .  .  599 

Turtles          ..              ..              ..              ..  ..  600 

Robbing  a   Turtle's   Nest        .  .              .  .  .  .  601 

Copper   Mine,   Coronet   Hill    .  .              .  .  .  .  602 

Central    Australian    Aboriginals           .  .  .  .  603 

Men  Who  are  Needed  for  the  Territory  .  .  604 

King's    Cove,    Fort   Dundas,    Melville    Island    .  .  605 

White   and    Black      .  .              .  .              .  .  .  .  606 

A  Surveyor's  Camp  .  .              .  .              .  .  .  .  607 

Camels  Drinking  at  a  Creek  . .             . .  . .  608 


SOUTH  AUSTRALIA 


The   Illustrations    in    this    Section   are   from    photof/raphs   by   the  South  Australian  Intelligence  and   Tourist 
Bureau,    and    the    author. 


North    Terrace,    Adelaide 

Title    Design    by    Christian    Yandell 

Orchards  in  Mount  Lofty  Ranges 

Piccadilly,  from  Mount  Lofty  Ranges 

Ostriches  on  a  Port  Augusta  Farm 

Flinders    Range 

Camels  in  Central  Australia  .  . 

Afghans   Loading   a   Camel    .  . 

A  Horse  Waggon  at  Hergott  .  . 

At  a  Hergott  Springs  Race  Meeting 

Smelting   Works  at   Port  Pirie 

Crushing  and  Sorting  Plant,  Wallaroo 

Traders  on  the  Upper  Murray 

Sandstone   Cliff  and  Pool 

A  Big  Melon  and  a  Little  Kangaroo 

Rock  Formation 

Government  Reclaimed  Area,  Murray 

Angaston 

The   Beach  at   Glenelg 

The  "Dead  Heart"  of  Australia 

A    Forest   Veteran    .  . 

The  Bread  of  the  Wastes 

Long  Reach  at  Morgan,  on  the  Murray 

Lake  Bonney  Landing,  Murray  River 

Harvesters  at  Work  in  the  Pinnaroo 

Sons   of  the  "Desert" 

Pinnaroo 


Page 

610 

611 

613 

614 

615 

616 

617 

618 

618 

619 

621 

0  Mines  .  . 

622 

623 

624 

625 

625 

Bridge  .  . 

625 

626 

627 

628 

629 

630 

ly  River  .  . 

631 

632 

633 

634 

• . 

635 

Page 
Shipping   Wheat   on    Land,   once   Condemned   as 

Sterile  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  636 

In  South  Australia    .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  637 

An  Apricot  Orchard  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  638 

Jetty,  Port  Lincoln   .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  639 

Agricultural  Machinery  for  tyre's  Peninsula   .  .  639 

A  Settler's  Home  in  South  Australia  . .  .  .  641 

A  Sheep  Station  Homestead   .  .  .  .  .  .  642 

A    Forest    Pool  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  643 

A  South  Australian  Mail  Coach — Port  Lincoln  to 

Eucla  .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  645 

Grass  and   Water  in  the   Interior        .  .  . .  646 

South   Australian   Merinos      .  .  .  .  . .  647 

An    Irrigated    Orchard  .  .  .  .  .  .  648 

Drying  Raisins  at  Renmark   .  .  .  .  . .  649 

Irrigation    Drain    near    Beachport        .  .  . .  650 

The  Austin  Excavator  Working  on  Swamp  Lands, 

River  Murray  .  .  .  .  .  .  651 

Steam     Shovels     at     Work     on     South-Eastern 

Drains  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  651 

Barossa  Reservoir   (Capacity  1,000,000,000  gal- 
lons) ..  ..  ..  ..  653 

Drain    Excavated    by    Machinery    in    Limestone 

Country  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  654 

Swamp    Country    Before    Drainage,    South-East 

South  Australia  . .  .  .  . .  655 

Inferior   Country   after   Irrigation,    Millicent    . .  655 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA 


The   Illustrations    in    this    Section   are   from    photographs    by    E.    L.    Mitchell,    Oreenham    rf    Evans,    Dwyer, 
L.    E.    Shnpcott,    and    the    author. 


Page 

Fremantle  and  Rottnest          .  .              .  .              . .  658 

Title  Design  by  Christian  Yandell       .  .              .  .  659 

"An  Air  of  Leisured  Prosperity  at  Geraldton"  .  .  659 

Harvesting  on  Hawkhurst  Estate,  York             .  .  660 

Loading    Camels   for   Nullagine            . .              .  .  661 

Unloading   Pearl-shell              .  .              .  .              . .  662 

Diver  and  Crew  on  a  Pearler  .  .              .  .              .  .  663 

Cleaning  Pearls          . .              .  .              .  .              .  .  663 

Pearling   Luggers   at  Anchor,  Fort   Hedland    .  .  664 


A   Pearl   Blister   (containing  either  a   Pearl  or 

Mud) 
Port   Hedland 
The   Chinese  Tally   Clerk 
Heaving  the  Lead 
A    Wool    Schooner    .  . 
O'Meara,  Boss  of  the  Gang 
On  the  Road  to  Marble  Bar 
Coongan  River,  Marble  Bar 


Page 


664 

665 

666 

666 

667 

667 

668 

869 

lO 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Japanese  Monument,  Broome  . . 

Landing  at  Broome 

A  Westralian  Mounted  Policeman 

A    Camel   Train — A   Camel   Sulky 

The  Camel  as  a  Lady's  Hack — as  a  Carriage 
Horse 

Captain  Dalgleish  and  "Paddy" — A  Baobab  Tree 
Derby 

Papaws   and    Cabbages 

Fishing  on  the  Estuary — Mandurah 

Date  Palm,  Yarrie — Prospectors  of  Kitchener 
Mine 

A  Ship  of  the  Desert — A  Trolly  Driven  by  Sail 

Sheep  at  the  Harding  River 

The  City  of  Perth    .. 

St.  George's  Terrace,  Perth 

Yachting  on  the  Swan  River 

Bathers  on  the  Swan  River 

Ascot    Racecourse,    Perth 

The    Swan   River   at   Perth 

An   Irrigated   Crop    .  . 

Land  that  will  be  Cleared  for  Cultivation 

State   Saw-mill,  Manjimup 

A   New    Selector   at   Brunswick 

On  the  Busselton  Road — Road  near  Brunswick  . 

Folded    Shawl,    Yallingup    Cave 

The   Old   Mill  at   Busselton    .  . 

Millar's  Mill,  Karridale 

Young   Australians,    Jarrahdale 

Unloading   Jarrah   Piles,    Cossack 

Young  Jarrah  Forest,  The  Warren 

Hauling  Jarrah   Logs 

New  Settlers  in  the  Forest   .  . 

Karri 

Wheatley's  Apple  Store — A  Pear  Tree,  Bridge 
town 

Old  Homestead  in  Western  Australia  .  . 

Nuggets  of  Gold  from  Ruby  Well,  Peak  Hill 

Crowd  of  Miners  Listening  to  Father  Long  An- 
nouncing the  Locality  of  the  "Sacred 
Nugget,"   Kanowna,    1908 

Characteristic    Quartz    Outcrop 


Page 

670 
671 

671 
672 

673 

674 
554 
675 

676 
677 
678 
679 
681 
682 
683 
684 
685 
686 
687 
688 
689 
690 
691 
692 
693 
694 
694 
695 
696 
697 
698 

699 
700 
701 


702-3 
704 


Coronation    Day   at   Bamboo    Creek    .  . 
Sulphide  Dump  at  Gimblet  Goldmine,  Ora  Banda 
Wild   Flowers   at   Murrim   Murrim — A   Guamma 

Hole 
Sandstone,  East  Murchison  Goldfield   .  . 
Oroza  Goldmine,  Black  Range,  East  Murchison 
Frazer's  Mine,  Southern  Cross 
A   Currajong   Tree    .  . 
The    Weir,   Murray   River,   Pinjarra    .  . 
Helena  River,  Mundaring 
Hannan    Street,    Kalgoorlie    .  . 
School  of  Mines,  Kalgoorlie   . . 
Intersection   of   Hannan    and    Maritana    Streets 

Kalgoorlie 
Oranges    Grown   at   Kalgoorlie 
A    Garden    in    Kalgoorlie 
Goldfields   Girls 
A   Native  of  the  Goldfields    .  . 
Early  Days  on  the  Golden  Mile 
Deserted  Alluvial   Diggings    . . 
Westralian   Native  Flowers    .  . 
On  the  Sheep  Hills,  Newmarracarra   .  . 
Pearling  Luggers  at  Broome  .  . 
Whim  Well  Copper  Mine 
Westralian  Natives   . . 
Waiting   for   Kangaroos 
A   Prospector — Salt   Formation   in  a   Mine 
Natives  Fishing  in  the  De  Grey  River  . . 
A    Westralian    Aboriginal — Curious     Aboriginal 

Marking 
Murray  River,   Ravenswood    .  . 
Coppin's   Gap,  near  Marble   Bar 
Meteoric  Shower,  Calgardup  Cave 
A    Date    Palm,    with    Fruit — Irrigated    Garden 

near  Carnarvon 
Avon    River,    York    . . 
McGibben's  Estate,  Bruce  Rock 
Bullock   Wool-Team,   Carnarvon 
Felling    a    Karri    Tree 
A    Camel    Wool    Team — Town    Water    Supply, 

Derby — A     Wheat     Waggon     Drawn     by 

Donkeys 


Page 
705 
705 

706 
707 
708 
709 
710 
711 
712 
713 
714 

715 
716 
719 
720 
721 
722 
723 
724 
725 
726 
727 
728 
729 
730 
731 

732 
733 
734 
735 

736 
737 
738 
738 
939 


740 


TASMANIA 

The   Illustrations   in    this    Section   are   from    photographs    by    fSpnrling   c£-   Son,    Launceston;   J.    W.    Bcattie, 
Hobart;    and    the    author. 


Launceston  . . 

Title    Design   by    Christian    Yandell 

The    Nut,    Stanley    .  . 

North   Coast   Railway,   near   Burnie 

Hartnett  Falls,  Upper  Mersey  River 

Electric   Power   Station,   Launceston 

Freshwater  Point,  River  Tamar 

Wool   Mills,   Launceston 

Trevallyn  and  the  River  Tamar 

In  Denison  Gorge,  Scottsdale  .  . 

Devonport 

Mount   Wellington,  showing  part  of 

Carnaroon    (Port   Arthur) 

Bushy  Park,  Derwent  Valley  . . 

The  River  Derwent  at  New  Norfolk 

Fern  Tree  Bower,  near  Hobart 

A  Tamar  River  Orchard 


Page 

742 

743 

744 

745 

746 

747 

748 

749 

750 

■751 

752 

Hobart  . 

753 

755 

756 

757 

759 

761 

At    Devonport    Station 

The    Devil's    Gullet,    Western    Tiers    .  . 

The  Alum  Cliffs,  Mersey  River 

Mount   Lyell   Copper   Mine,   Gormanston 

Ringtail    Gully,    Waratah 

A   Young    Orchard    .  . 

Table  Cape,  North-West  Coast 

Lake   Hartz,   Hartz    Mountains 

Gordon  River  Gorge,  West  Coast 

St.   Columba   Falls,   George   River 

Mount    Olympus,    Lake    St.    Clair 

Lobster  Creek,  Leven  River   .  . 

Timber  Train  in  Geeveston    .  . 

Packing    Stores    to    the    Ringarooma    Tin-Mines 

A    Harvesting    Scene,    Glenore 

On   the   North   Coast   Road    .  . 

On   the    River   Mersey 


Page 
763 
764 
765 
767 
769 
770 
771 
774 
775 
776 
777 
778 
779 
780 
781 
782 
783 


PAPUA    (BRITISH    NEW    GUINEA) 


Native  Village,  Port  Moresby — Settler's  Home, 

Samarai 
Samarai   (Papua) 
Sisal  Hemp  at  Fairfax  Harbor 


Page 

786 
787 
788 


A  Native  Village 

A     New   Guinea     Belle 

At  Sariba,  near  Samarai 

Para   Rubber  Trees  at  Javarere,  Papua 


Page 
789 
790 
791 
792 


ILLUSTRATIONS 


II 


NATIONAL,    PATRIOTIC    AND    BENEVOLENT 

The  Illustrations  in  this  Section  are  from  photographs  by  the  Government  Printers  of  yew  South  Wales 
and  Victoria;  Geo.  Bell,  Hall  £  Co.,  Sydney;  Sears,  Darge,  Melbourne;  C.  P.  Scott,  Adelaide;  Hy.  Phillips, 
Katoomba ;    Bartlett    Bros.,    Bendigo. 


Page 

Soldiers    of    Australia  .  .  .  .  .  .  794 

The  First  Australian-made  Armored  Motor  Car  796 

Aviation    in    Australia  . .  . .  . .  797 

Small  Arms  Ammunition  Making  in  Australia  .  .  798 

Australian   Light   Horse   Field   Artillery  .  .  799 

Some  of  the  Crew  of  H.M.A.S.  "Australia"    .  .  799 

Australia's    Navy       . .  . .  . .  . .  801 

Infant  Public  School,  Sydney  .  .  . .  .  .  802 

A    Kindergarten    Class  .  .  . .  .  .  804 

Sydney   Technical   College   and   Museum  .  .  805 

Conservatorium  of  Music,  Sydney        . .  .  .  805 

Junior  Technical  Class  in  a  Public  School        .  .  807 

Hawkesbury   Agricultural   College        .  .  .  .  808 

Field  Work  at  Hawkesbury  College    .  .  . .  809 

Sloyd    Woodwork    Class,    Victoria        .  .  .  .  810 

A   State   Infant   School,   Auburn,    Melbourne    . .  811 

Victorian  State  School  Gardens  .  .  . .  812 

Physical  Training  for  Boys — Domestic  Economy 

for  Girls  . .  .  .  . .  .  .  813 

Training  College  for  State  School  Teachers,  Mel- 
bourne .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  814 

One  of  the  Wards  in  Sydney  Hospital  .  .  .  .  816 

Melbourne  General  Hospital   .  .  . .  .  .  817 

"Cicada,"  Burwood,  Sydney    .  .  .  .  .  .  81S 

Some   Government  Institutions   under   the   Chil- 
dren's   Relief    Board     .  .  .  .  . .  819 

A  Bedroom  at  "Cicada,"  Children's  Home,  Sydney  820 

The   late   Thos.   Walker,   of   Yaralla    .  .  .  .  821 

"Yaralla,"    Sydney    ..  ..  ..  ..  822 

The  Entrance  Hall,  Yaralla   .  .  .  .  .  .  823 

The     Thomas     Walker     Convalescent     Hospital, 

Sydney  ..  ..  ..  ..  824 

Dutch  Tower  on  the  Wharf   .  .  .  .  .  .  825 

Joanna     Walker    Memorial     Children's     Cottage 

Hospital  .  .  .  .  . .  . .  826 

In  the  Garden  at  "Yaralla"   .  .  .  .  .  .  827 

"Yaralla"  (Entrance  Front)    .  .  .  .  .  .  828 

George  Fife  Angas,  the  Father  of  South  Aus- 
tralia ..  ..  ..  ..  829 


The   South   Australian   Company:    1st   Board   of 

Directors 
The   Hon.  John   Howard   Angas 
Lindsay   House,   Angaston 
Collingrove     House,     Angaston 
The   Church   at   Collingrove    . . 
Angas   Shorthorns,   Collingrove 
The  Angas   Memorial,  Adelaide 
Chas.      H.      Angas     on      "Fleetwing" — Charles 

Howard   Angas 
Rugias  Prince  40th — Charming  Oxford  51st 
Hackney  Stallion :"Shirley  Freelance"   (imp.) 
Capt.  Ronald  F.  Angas — Lieut.  Dudley  T.  Angas 
"Fortuna,"  Bendigo  . . 
George   Lansell 

The   Entrance    Hall,   "Fortuna" 
The  Music  Room,  "Fortuna"  .  . 
City  of  Bendigo 
A    Cabinet,    "Fortuna" 
Lansell's  "180"  Mine 

Statue  to   Mr.  George  Lansell  at  Bendigo 
Sydney  Cove  in  "First  Fleet"  Days    .  . 
Mrs.  Eleanor  K.  Abbott — Mrs.  Frances  A.  Abbott 
Sir   Joseph   Palmer   Abbott — Macartney   Abbott, 

M.L.A. 
W.   E.   Abbott— Thos.   Kingsmill   Abbott 
House     Built    by     John     Kingsmill     Abbott     at 

Wingen 
The   Younger   Generation,    Abbott   Family 
The  Old  Tank  Stream  at  Sydney  Cove  .  . 
Jameson  Valley,  Blue  Mountains  (Panorama) 
Hon.  Archibald  Bell,  M.L.C.   . . 
The    Homestead,    Pickering    . . 
Pure-bred  Durham  Cattle  at  Pickering 
Lieut.  William  Cox   .  . 
Wm.  Cox,  jun. — John   Cox 
Chas.  H.  Cox,  J.P.— John  A.  H.  Cox   .  . 


Page 

831 
832 
833 
834 
835 
837 
838 

839 
841 
842 
843 
845 
846 
847 
848 
849 
850 
851 
852 
853 
854 

855 
856 

857 
858 
859 
860-1 
862 
863 
864 
865 
866 
866 


THE    AUSTRALIAN    PASTORAL    INDUSTRY 

The  Illustrations  in  this  Section  are  from  photographs  by  C.  P.  Scott,  Adelaide;  Geo.  Bell,  Hall  d  Co., 
Freeman  rf  Co.,  Sydney;  Greenham  Studios,  Newcastle;  Lafayette,  Sears  Studio,  Melbourne;  the  Dobson  Studio, 
Rockhampton;   J.    W.   Beattie,   Hobart,    T.   J.    Killen,   P.  J.  Nally,  E.  .4.  Vidler,  and  others. 


Page 

Wool   Store,  at  Port  Adelaide,   South   Australia  870 

Title    Design    by    Christian    Yandell    .  .              .  .  871 

Reserve  Feed  on  a  Riverina  Station   . .              . .  871 

Hand-Shearing  in  a  Riverina  Woolshed:  Merribee  872 
A     Beef    Shorthorn  —  Windmill     and     Trough, 

Yooroobla           .  .            .  .              .  .              .  .  873 

A  Mob  of  Merino  Ewes  in  the  Riverina  .  .  874 
Private    Bridge    over   the    Light    River,    Anlaby 

Estate              .  .              . .              .  .              . .  875 

A   South  Australian  Pastoral:   Keyneton            ..  876 

Romney  Marsh  Ewes  and  Lambs,  Victoria       . .  876 

The   Homestead,   North   Yanco   Station              . .  877 

The  Hon.   Sir  Samuel   McCaughey,   M.L.C.        . .  878 

The  Homestead — Turbine  Windmill,  Coonong   .  .  879 

Blacksmith's  Shop,  Upper  Yanco  Station          .  .  880 

Era  Grader  Making  Drains,  Upper  Yanco       . .  881 

Men's  Omrters  at  North  Yanco           . .              . .  ?8t 

Sawmilling  Plant,  North  Yanco  Station             .  .  882 

Woolshed  at  North  Yanco  (45  stands)                .  .  883 

One  of  ITiree  Haysheds  at  North  Yanco          .  .  884 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  Mitchell,  Table  Top          .  .  885 

View  from  Verandah,  Table  Top  Homestead    .  .  886 

Table   Top   Homestead    (looking   South)             ..  887 

Table   Top   Mountain                . .              .  .              .  .  888 

Murgha  Stud  Rams   (Pure  Wanganella)  .  .      889-890 

Murgha  Stud  Rams:  No.  94  and  one  of  his  Sons  891 


Murgha  Stud  Ewes   (Pure  Wanganella) 

Uardry  Homestead   . . 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  Mills  . . 

The    Murrumbidgee   in    Flood 

Loading  MTieat  for  Echuca  at  Uardry 

Annual  Classing  of  Young  Rams 

Young  Rams  brought  in  to  be  Classed 

A  Typical   Uardry  Stud  Ram 

Kismet:    Uardry    Special    Ram 

The   Homestead,   Yooroobla    .  . 

The  late  Geo.  Ferguson  Simpson 

George  F.  Simpson   . . 

The  Woolshed,  Yooroobla 

Typical  Sires,  Yooroobla  Sale  Rams   .  . 

Perfection:   Yooroobla -bred   Ram 

Yooroobla-bred  Ewes  (under  18  months) 

Typical  Nowranie  Stud  Rams 

A  Flock  of  Merino  Ewes,  on  Nowranie 

Herd  of  Cattle,  on  Nowranie .  . 

The  Woolshed,  Nowranie 

"Rose,"  Champion  Brood  Mare,  Nowranie 

Ferguson    Simpson    .  . 

Nowranie  Stud  Merino  Ram  . . 

The  Homestead,   Wangamong 

X  Wangamong  Riverina  Ram 

Double-Stud  Ewe,  Wangamong 


Page 

892 
893-894 
895 
895 
896 
897 
897 
898 
898 
899 
900 
900 
901 
902 
902 
902 
903 
904 
904 
905 
905 
906 
906 
907 
908 
908 


12 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Big  Springs  Homestead,  from  the  Lake 

The  Woolshed  and  Huts 

In  the   Centre   of  Big   Springs   Station,  looking 

West 
A  Good  Field  of  Wheat 
O'Brien's  Creek,  on  Big  Springs  Estate 
A  Part  of  the  Garden,  Big  Springs    .  . 
Merribee  House 
William  Wilson  Killen 
The  Merribee  Stud  Merinos  . . 
Merribee  Merino:  a  Good  Staple 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  W.  Killen  and  Family 
Merribee    Country,    with    Mount    Binya    in    the 

Distance 
A  Flock  of  Merribee  Ewes  and  Lambs 
On  Goobragandra  and  Blowering  Stations 
The  Tantallon  Lineolns 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  Hood   .  . 
Tantallon  Lineolns — Yearling  Filly  by  Earlston — 
"Wentworth,"    4-year-old    Draught    Stallion .... 
Three  Lincoln  Ram  I/ambs,  9  months  old 
Gunner  Tom   Edols   Hood 

Welsh   Mountain   Pony   Stallion,   "Tantallon"   .  . 
The  Homestead,  Tantallon 
Burrawang  House  and  Lagoon 
The  Late  Thos.  Edols— C.   Hedley  Edols— Thos. 

Reginald   Edols 
Typical   Burrawang  Stud   Rams 
Mount       Burrawang  —  Shearing       Sheep       by 

Machinery 
Champion    Tocal    Hereford    Cow:    Minerva 
The   late   Charles   Reynolds    .  . 
Imported  Hereford  Bull:  Twyford  Horace 
Frank  Reynolds — The  Homestead,  'Tocal 
The  Garden,  Mooki  Springs   .  . 
Devon      Long-Woolled      Sheep — Suffolk      Punch 

Horses 
Mooki  Rotherwood:  Shorthorn  Stud  Bull 
Baron   Oxford  21st:  Mooki  Shorthorn  Stud  Bull 
Young   Durham    Bulls 
The  Home  Paddocks,  Mooki  Springs   .  . 
Mooki  Springs  Stud  Shorthorn  Cows  .  . 
Shaded  Water-troughs  on  the  Plain  Country     .  . 
The   Original  Edinglassie 
Five    Generations    of    the    "Edinglassie"    White 

Family 
Edinglassie 

A  Farm  on  the  Edinglassie  Estate 
An  Imported  Bull,  Edinglassie 
The  Hon.  .las.  C.  White  and  His  Divining-Rod 
Belltrees   Homestead 

Manager's  Residence — Bachelors'  Quarters 
Typical  Belltrees  Stud  Merino  Ram    . . 
Private  .Suspension  Bridge  over  the  Hunter  River 
Henry  L.  White 
"Palmerston,"   Armidale 
Part  of  the  Rose  Garden,  Palmerston  .  . 
The  late  A.  A.  Dangar 
View  from  Palmerston  House 
Devon-Merino  Cross-bred  Ewes  and  Lambs 
Devon  Merino  Cross-bred  and  Hereford  Bullocks 
The  Woolshed,  Noorindoo 
Sinking  No.  3  Artesian  Bore,  Noorindoo 
-  No.  2.  Artesian  Bore,  Noorindoo 
A  Herd  of  Shorthorns  at  Yetman 
G.  W.  Dight,  Senr.    .  . 
Shannon  Vale  Homestead 
The  late  Edward   White 
Shannon  Vale   Country 
Major  Jas.  F.  White 
The   Mann   River,   Shannon  Vale 
Old    Shannon   Vale    .  . 
At  Ramornie,  on  the  Clarence  River  .  . 
Charles   Grant   Tindal 
The    Homestead.    Ramornie 
"Bona  Vista,"  Armidale 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  F.  Tindal  and  Family 
Typical    Ramornie    Bulls 

Australian  Meat  Company's  Works,  Ramornie  .  . 
Donald  Campbell,  of  Glengower 
Manager's  House  and  Barracks 
The  Homestead,  Dungalear    .  . 
J.  A.  Campbell 

The  Home.stead,  Gracemere   . . 
Hereford  and  Shorthorn  Herd  Bulls,  Mount  Scoria 
The   Garden,   Gracemere   Homestead    .  . 
Hereford  Cattle,  Gracemere   .  . 
The  Homestead,  Hidden  Vale 


Page  Page 

909  Alfred  -John   Cotton— Mrs.  A.  J.   Cotton  .  .  982 

910  "Elected,"     A.     .J.     Cotton's     Champion   Stallion  983 
Hidden  Vale  Suffolk  Punch  Family  Group        .  .  983 

911  Hidden   Vale  Shorthorn  Bulls— Stud   Shorthorns  984 

912  "Mintoburn,"  Mr.  Cotton's  Tasmanian  Home    .  .  985 

913  Mr.  A.  J.  Cotton's  Motor  Launch        .  .  .  .  985 

914  "Canobie,"  Mr.  Cotton's  Steam  Yacht  .  .  .  .  986 
915-917  The  Cotton  Family   .  .              .  .              .  .              .  .  986 

916  The  Standard  of  the  Home  of  Edmund  Jowett  .  987 

918-919  Edmund   Jowett,   M.P.              . .              .  .              .  .  988 

920  "Manningham,"    Toorak,    Melbourne    .  .              .  .  989 

920  Captain  Arthur  Craven  Jowett  .  .              .  .  990 
Mr.  Jowett's  Book-Plate          .  .              .  .              .  .  991 

921  Ormiston  House,  near  Brisbane  .  .              . .  992 

921  John    Arthur  Macartney          .  .  .  .              .  .  993 

922  Hereford   Cattle  at  Waverley  .  .              .  .  994 

923  Lagoon   at   Waverley  .  .              .  .              •  •  995 

923  Kooralbyn   Homestead  .  .              .  .              .  .  996 

View  on  Kooralbvn  Station,  from  the  Homestead  997 

924  Chas.  Wyndham"Bundock        ..  ..              ..  997 

925  Cattle  and  Horses  on  Kooralbyn  Station  .  .  998 

925  General  View  of  Kooralbyn   Station    .  .  .  .  999 

926  Willoughbv    House    .  .  .  .              .  .              .  .  1000 

926  Part  of  the  Garden  at  Willoughby         .  .  .  .  1001 

927  Typical  Willoughbv  Stud  Rams  .  .              .  .          1002 
Stud  Merino  Rams,  Willoughby            .  .              .  .  1002 

928  Stud  Merino  Ewes,  Willoughby  .  .  1003 

929  A  Willoughby  Stud  Ewe         .  .  .  .              .  .  1003 

Albert  Durer  .Alexander          .  .              .  .              .  .  1003 

930  Murray  Vale    House    and   Outbuildings,   Mount 

931  Crawford         . .  .  .              .  •              .  .  1004-5 

932  Mount  Crawford  Country         .  .              1006 

933  The  late  John  Murray  .  .              .  .              ■  •  1007 

934  Murray   Vale    House  .  .              .  .              -  .  1008 

935  .'^lick  J.  Murray — John  Murray,  Junr.  .  .  1009 
Radium   II.— Lion   II.                ..              ..              ■■  1010 

936  Murray   Merino   Stud  Ewes    .  .  .  .              .  .  1010 

937  The    late    Mrs.    McBride— R.    J.    M.    McBride— 

938  Mrs.  McBride  .  .              .  .              .  .  1011 

938  Mr.  R.  J.  McBride's  Residence,  Kooringa         .  .  1012 

939  Grandsons     and     Great-Grandsons     on     Active 

940  Service  .  .              .  .              .  .              •  •  1013 

940  The  Woolshed,  Anlaby — Anlaby  Merinos  .  .  1014 

941  Anlaby  House,  near  Kapunda  .  .              .  .  1015 
Francis  Stacker  Dutton           .  .              .  .  1016 

942  Frederick  Hansborough  Dutton  .  .              .  .  1016 

943  A  Medal  of  1832        .  .  .  .              .  .              .  .  1017 

944  Anlaby  House  in  1850— The  Kennels   .  .  .  .  1018 

944  The  late  Henry  Dutton— H.  H.  Dutton  .  .  1019 

945  Anlaby  House  .  .              .  .              •  •              .  •  1020 
947,  948  The  Gardens  of  Anlaby  House               .  .              .  .  1021 

949  St.    Matthew's,    Hamilton — Dutton     Memorial 

950  Church  .  .              .  .              .  .              .  .  1022 

951  "Eringa,"  Kapunda   .  .  . .              .  .              .  .  1023 

952  Sidney     Kidman     Drafting     Horses,     Oakland 

953  "  Downs  Station  .  .              .  .              .  .  1024 

954  Six    Hundred    Horses    "rounded    up"    at    Bulloo 

954  Downs  . .              .  .              . .              .  .  1025 

955  Shorthorn  Cattle  at  Nundorah  Station  .  .  1025 

956  Sidney   Kidman   Starting   Drovers   for   Cattle, 

956  Queensland       .  .  .  .               .  .               .  .  1026 

957  Sidney  Kidman  ..              ..              ..              ..  1027 

958  Salt-Bush— Wool-Waggon  Camels.  Yantara       .  .  1028 

958  Merino   Sheep  at  Yancanna   Station    .  .  1028 

959  A  Waterhole  on  Allandale  Station       .  .  .  .  1029 

960  A  Camel  Team  carrving  Cases,  Oodnadatta        .  .  1030 

961  The  Homestead,  Fulham  Park  .  .              .  .  1031 

962  Blood    Stallion,   "Passing-By"  .  .              .  .  1031 

963  Sidney  Kidman's  Daughters   ..  .,  1031 

964  Allandale   Homestead.  Central   Australia  .  .  1032 

965  Artesian  Bore.  Allandale         .  .  .  .              .  .  1033 

966  An  Artesian  Bore.  Central  Australia   .  .  1034 

967  Joseph  Keynes— R.  R.  Keynes  .  .              .  -  1035 

968  The  Homestead,  Keyneton      .  .  .  .              .  .  1036 

969  Keyneton    Country    .  .  .  .              .  ■  1037 

969  Typical   Keyneton    Ram— Tyoical   Ewe  .  .  1038 

970  Gunner  Joseph  Kevnes — R.  N.  Keynes  .  .  1038 

971  Koonoona    Country    .  .  .  .              .  .              .  .  1039 

972  Hon.  W.  Duffield— W.  S.  Hawkes         .  .  .  .  1040 

973  Special     Stud     Rams:     Lord    Kitchener — Lloyd 

974  George— Admiral   Beatty  .  .              .  .  1041-2 

975  Bungaree       .  .  .  .              .  .              .  .  1043-50 

976  North  Bungaree         .  .  .  .              .  .              .  .  1051-56 

977  Anama         ..  ..              ..              ..              ..  1057-62 

978  Lucernedale  .  .              .  .              .  .              .  .  1063-1071 

979  The  Downies,  of  Glenelg         .  .  .  .              .  .  1072-1075 

980  Queensland  Gems:  Opal-fields  .  .              .  .  1078-9 

981  N.S.W.   Government   Savings   Banks    . .  .  ,  1080-1084 


-w<w 


Snw 


i 


wwmmwwmwwwwmmmmmm 


mmmTiTiT 


UIUIiniU<UI»WI»UII»l»IMW^l>UWtU»U«»ll»»U»>UUUMH«»»U»d?;;fe^<CwW'''' "^ 


illl|llJI!llllllllllllllll|tUIIIII|IIIIIIIIUllllll|||[|ll|llll||ll|||||||||||Hllllll||||]i|||lllil|l||ll|IIU|lll||lll||||||||||UI)ll^^^^ 


T7" 


MfIS(DlIIJ(DTII®EJ 


MY  work  on  Australia  Uitlitnited  began  defi- 
nitely with    the    year     19 12.        Prior  to 
that  I  flattered  myself  that  I  knew  the 
Australian  Continent  better  than  most  people. 

I  had  spent  many  years  in  the  bush,  where  I 
was  cradled  and  reared.  I  had  driven  a  covered 
waggonette  from  Parramatta  to  Townsville,  and 
taken  a  motor  boat  down  the  Murray  from 
Albury  to  Lake  Alexandrina,  establishing  a 
world's  record  for  an  internal-combustion  engine 
over  river  distance — in  a  country  which  is  credited 
with  having  no  rivers. 

I  had  ridden,  driven,  motored  and  booted 
thousands  of  miles  in  New  South  Wales,  Queens- 
land, Victoria,  South  Australia,  and  Tasmania. 

I  had  worked  as  a  surveyor's  assistant, 
draughtsman,  timekeeper,  clerk,  accountant,  sales- 
man, settler,  vigneron,  orchardist,  journalist, 
editor,  photographer,  canvasser  and  proprietor. 

I  had  personally  fenced,  cleared,  ploughed, 
harrowed,  builded,  and  planted  on  my  own  small 
Australian  acreages. 

I  had  a  technical  education,  supplemented  by 
scientific  reading,  a  general  business  experience, 
and  the  width  of  knowledge  which  is  imparted  by 
the  eclectic  school  of  the  newspaper  press. 

I  flattered  myself  also  that  I  was  familiar  with 
Australian  conditions:  I  had  organized  Labour 
and  organized  Capital,  and  was  in  a  position 
thereby  to  know  the  needs  and  claims  of  Aus- 
tralian producers  and  investors. 

But  I  did  not  consider  that  this  knowledge, 
such  as  it  was,  entitled  me  to  undertake  the  com- 
pilation of  the  book  I  wanted  Australia  Unlimited 
to  be,  without  a  more  exhaustive  travel  and  a 
closer  investigation  of  my  subject. 

So  I  set  out  for  South  Australia  early  in  19 12, 
and,  with  a  note-book  and  kodak,  began  to  collect 
special  material  for  this  volume. 

I  travelled  over  the  Central  State  from  Ade- 
laide to  Hergott  and  from  Pinnaroo  to  Port 
Lincoln.  I  examined  for  myself  the  wheat- 
growing  possibilities  of  the  Mallee,  the  problems 
of  development  in  the  Far  North,  the  settlement 
of   the    Murray    Valley — all    the    big    and    little 


things  that  go  to  make  the  prosperous  and  slowly 
progressive  life  of  that  small  community. 

I  travelled  across  the  great  Australian  Bight, 
and  established  my  literary  headquarters  in  the 
fair  city  of  Perth  for  a  period. 

Thence  I  radiated  to  the  goldfields,  the  wheat 
lands,  the  timber  areas,  the  agricultural  districts, 
and  finally  along  the  great  tropical  North-West 
as  far  as  Derby,  in  Kimberley. 

From  there  I  went  over  to  the  Malay  States 
and  Java,  to  study  the  agriculture  and  production 
of  contiguous  tropics  and  learn,  as  far  as  I  might, 
how  the  Dutch  and  English  had  met  the  problems 
of  European  life  in  tropical  climates. 

I  returned  to  Australia  from  Sourabaya  in 
Java,  and  secured  first-hand  information  and 
impressions  regarding  our  great  Northern  Terri- 
tory. 

From  Port  Darwin  I  came  home  to  Melbourne, 
and,  setting  out  a  few  days  later  in  a  light  motor 
car,  travelled  the  glorious  little  State  of  Victoria 
from  end  to  end.  » 

Then  I  went  back  to  New  South  Wales,  the 
State  of  my  birth,  and  saw  the  western  wheat 
belt,  the  rich  red  lands  beyond  the  Darling  River, 
and  those  parts  of  coast  and  mountain  which  had 
not  found  a  place  in  previous  itineraries. 

From  Sydney  I  went  north  into  Queensland  as 
far  as  Cairns,  and  worked  down  the  map  until  I 
had  been  over  practically  the  whole  of  that  mag- 
nificent northern  State. 

In  the  summer  of  19 14,  I  did  the  southern 
coast  of  New  South  Wales  and  the  happy  little 
island  of  Tasmania. 

This  is  merely  a  rough  summary  of  the  jour- 
neys which  have  been  made  in  search  of  literary 
material,  but  it  shows  that  the  compilation  of 
this  book  has  not  been  undertaken  in  a  casual 
manner. 

The  author  feels  called  upon  to  express  by  a 
general  acknowledginent  his  lasting  obligations 
for  the  assistance  which  he  has  everywhere 
received  from  Australian  Governments  and 
Government  officials,  from  the  pastoral  com- 
munity, the  public,  and  the  press. 


13 


14 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


To  the  administrative  staffs  of  the  various 
State  and  Federal  Governments  I  am  especially 
indebted.  Sources  of  information  have  been 
freely  opened  to  me,  valuable  data  placed  at  my 
disposal,  Premiers,  Ministers,  secretaries,  heads 
of  departments,  sub-officers,  district  officials  have 
aided  my  efforts  to  obtain  correct  information 
and  facilitated  my  progress  through  the  continent. 

Under  an  arrangement  made  common  to  all 
the  States,  Australia  UnUmited  contains  sections, 
specially  prepared,  on  behalf  of  New  South 
Wales,  Victoria,  Queensland  and  the  Northern 
Territory,  and  also  a  proportion  of  matter  com- 
piled from  data  furnished  by  the  Governments 
of  South  Australia,  Western  Australia  and  Tas- 
mania. 

Such  national  statistics  as  are  quoted  have 
mainly  been  taken  from  Mr.  G.  H.  Knibbs' 
Official  Year  Book  of  the  Commonwealth,  to 
which  the  author  is  greatly  indebted. 

Mr.  Edward  A.  Vidler  has  prepared  this 
volume  for  publication,  exercising  a  valuable 
editorial  supervision  over  the  whole  production. 
He  has  brought  to  the  onerous  task  great 
organisation,  good  judgment,  and  rare  patience. 

As  Australia  UnUmited  evolved,  the  most  per- 
plexing consideration  became,  not  what  it  should 
contain,  but  what  would  have  to  be  left  out  in 
order  to  keep  it  within  the  limits  of  one  volume. 

Much  interesting  material  had  to  be  jettisoned, 
and  the  claims  of  many  places  which  called  for 
descriptive  attention  reluctantly  denied. 

One  would  like  to  have  dealt  in  detail 
with  the  educational  and  agricultural  systems  of 
each  State,  and  made  an  exhaustive  survey  of 
subjects  like  industrial  legislation.  State-owned 
railways,  and  various  civic  and  Government  enter- 
prises on  which  casual  attention  is  bestowed  here 
and  there  throughout  the  book. 

Anything  like  a  complete  survey  of  Australian 
mining  proved  out  of  the  question.  It  was  felt 
that  the  pastoral  industry,  being  the  oldest,  most 
permanent  and  important  feature  of  our  material 
development,  merited  the  fullest  possible  exten- 
sion of  space. 

Readers  may  find  the  author's  Australia  to  be 
unlike  the  Australia  of  pre-conception.  They 
may  conclude  that  his  outlook  is  over-optimistic. 
But  this  optimism  is  no  more  than  a  reflection 
of  facts.  I  have  travelled  the  country  and  studied 
it  to  the  best  of  my  ability,  hoping  to  forecast 
the  future  from  the  efforts  and  achievements  of 
the  present,  drawing  conclusions  from  compari- 
sons, endeavouring  to  bring  to  the  task  judicial 
methods,  in  order  to  reach  sound  judgments. 

Everywhere — prejudiced  I  believe  by  no  over- 
sanguine  temperament — I  found  Wonder,  Beauty, 
unequalled  Resource.       Under  the  arid  seeming 


of  the  plains  I  saw  the  possibilities  of  marvel- 
lous tilth.  Barren  hills  poured  out  a  golden 
recompense  in  minerals.  The  whole  continent 
has  proved  to  be  a  vast  storehouse  of  mainly 
undeveloped  Wealth. 

Nor  is  the  message  of  Australian  Nature 
uttered  in  tones  of  predominant  melancholy,  as 
many  alien  souls  have  affected  to  believe.  Acci- 
dental conditions,  personal,  social  and  material, 
have  been  and  still  are  depressing  to  certain  indi- 
viduals, but  Australia,  in  itself,  is  nowhere 
depressing.  To  the  foreigner,  at  first,  it  is  a  dif- 
ferent, unusual  country.  To  the  sane,  healthy 
native-born  it  is  a  mother  of  everlasting  youth 
and  beauty,  and  the  freest,  richest,  happiest  land 
on  earth.  As  a  crude  expression  of  the  main 
features  of  this  glorious  land,  I  launch  this  book, 
hoping  that  its  literary  shortcomings  may  in  part 
be  atoned  for  by  its  patriotic  intentions. 

If  it  helps  to  give  the  outside  world  an  impres- 
sion of  the  real  Australia,  and  assists  Australians 
to  a  greater  faith  in  their  own  country,  its  mission 
will  be  at  least  partially  fulfilled. 


A    Victorian   Country    Road 


MY   COUNTRY. 

The  love  of  field  and  coppice, 

Of  green  and  shaded  lanes, 
Of  ordered  woods  and  gardens. 

Is  running  in  your  veins. 
Strong  love  of  grey-blue  distance, 

Brown  streams,  and  soft,  dim  skies- — 
/  know  but  cannot  share  it. 

My  love  is  othei-wise. 

I  love  a  sunburnt  country, 

A  land  of  sweeping  plains. 
Of  ragged  mountain  ranges. 

Of  droughts  and  flooding  rains. 
I  love  her  far  horizons, 

I  love  her  jewel-sea, 
Her  beauty  and  her  terror — 

The  wide  brozvn  land  for  me! 

The  stark  white  ring-barked  forests. 

All  tragic  to  the  moon. 
The  sapphire-misted  mountains, 

The  hot  gold  hush  of  noon. 
Green  tangle  of  the  brushes, 

IVhere  lithe  lianas  coil. 
And  orchids  deck  the  tree-tops 

And  ferns  the  warm  dark  soil. 


An  opal-hearted  country, 

A  wilful,  lavish  land — 
All  you  who  have  not  loved  her, 

You  will  not  understand — 
Though  earth  holds  many  splendours,    ■ 

irherever  I  may  die, 
I  know  to  what  brown  country 

My  homing  thoughts  will  fly. 

Dorothea  Mackellar. 


V 


I  THE  DAWN  OF  HISTORY 


im    I    U  »li^^ 


■  "     "    "       "  " 


^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ 


BOOKS  on  Australian  history  have  too 
often  begun  with  a  dirge  and  ended  with 
an  apology.  Australia  Unlimited,  to 
be  in  keeping  with  its  subject,  should  open  with 
an  anthem  and  close  with  a  march  of  triumph. 

If  twenty  years'  close  personal  study  of  a  coun- 
try be  time  enough  to  form  correct  conclusions, 
then  the  writer  of  this  volume  should  be  com- 
petent to  offer  a  compilation  of  some  value. 

The  body  of  the  material  for  Australia  Un- 
limited has  not  been  gathered  from  printed 
pages,  but  collected  carefully.  State  by  State, 
district  by  district,  mile  by  mile,  year  after 
year,  from  the  wide  circle  of  a  continent — a  con- 
tinent of  potentialities  still  unrealized,  for  Aus- 
tralia is  yet  like  a  flower  in  the  seed,  or  a  song 
written — but  unsung. 


For  unrecorded  years  Australia  remained  a 
Cinderella  among  the  countries  of  the  world. 
Centuries  of  written  history  had  practically 
passed  her  by.  The  ancients  had  some  hazy 
knowledge  of  the  existence  of  a  great  country  to 
the  south  of  India.  The  learned  of  Chaldea, 
Greece  and  Rome  doubtless  possessed  indefinite 
information  on  the  subject.  From  the  4th  cen- 
tury, B.C.,  to  the  15th  of  the  Christian  Era,  this 
information  remained  like  most  ancient  geog- 
raphy— open  to  much  question. 


Then,  as  the  story  of  maritime  discovery  be- 
gan, an  occasional  line,  with  long  spaces  between, 
fell  to  her  share  in  the  earlier  volume  of  events. 

It  is  difficult  for  the  twentieth  century  mind  to 
realize  how  wide  the  world  was  in  the  year  15  1 1, 
when  the  first  blunt  Portuguese  keel  Is  said,  on 
questioned  authority,  to  have  accidentally  drifted 
towards  the  Australian  shore  line. 

Asian  canoes,  junks,  and  praus  had  doubtless 
visited  our  northern  coasts  at  intervals  for  cen- 
turies before,  driven  out  of  their  courses  by  storm 
or  lured  by  the  ancient  sirens  of  Trade  and 
Adventure. 

The  Malays,  who  were  ever  hardy  sailormen, 
came  down  regularly  in  their  lean  ships  for  tre- 
pang,  mayhap  for  pearls  and  gold.  The  Arabs, 
it  is  believed,  preceded  the  Portuguese.  The 
Continent  at  least  appears  on  Saracenic  maps  of 
the  13th  century.  As  far  back  as  1489  the 
undoubted  shore  of  Australia  is  shown  on  a 
European  map.  The  oldest  globe  extant  (1492) 
also  shows  part  of  the  Austral  Coast. 

While  European  colonization  was  pushing 
westward  to  the  Americas  and  southward  to  the 
Indies,  the  Spanish  and  Dutch  in  turn  interested 
themselves  in  a  Great  Southern  Continent,  then 
— and  for  centuries  to  come — a  disputed  problem 
of  geographers.  ♦ 

In  1567  Alvaro  de  Mandana  sailed  out  of 
Callao  in  search  of  this  Continent.  He  discov- 
ered the  Solomon  Islands. 


i8 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Sunset:    Torres   Straits 

It  is  contended  that  authentic  evidence  exists 
of  Spanish  ships  having  visited  and  remained  for 
some  time  at  Port  Curtis  and  Port  Jackson  on 
the  eastern  coast  of  Austraha. 

But  the  first  recorded  discovery — unless  future 
geographical  research  alters  present  conclusions 
— lies  to  the  credit  of  the  Dutch,  who  are  still 
our  nearest  colonial  friends. 

Gold,  which  played  an  important  part  in 
our  subsequent  history,  was  the  attraction.  In 
1605  Frederick  de  Houtman,  Governor  of  Am- 
boyna,  in  the  Moluccas,  outfitted  a  local  expedi- 
tion under  the  auspices  of  the  Dutch  East  India 
Company,  for  purposes  of  exploration  on  the 
coast  of  New  Guinea,  where  gold  was  rumored  to 
exist. 

So  the  yacht  Duyfken  (Willem  Jansz,  com- 
mander) sailed  out  of  Bantam  on  the  i8th  of  No- 
vember, three  centuries  ago. 

In  March  of  1606  this  Little  Dove  was  timidly 
touching  the  shores  of  York  Peninsula,  her  stout 
commander  believing  all  the  while  that  he  be- 
held the  west  coast  of  New  Guinea. 

At  Cape  Keer  Weer  ("Turn  Back"),  some- 
thing more  than  three  degrees  below  the  extreme 
northern  point  of  the  Continent,  Jansz  put  his 
tiny  ship  about.  He  had  written  an  important 
paragraph  in  the  history  of  exploration  without 
being  aware  of  the  significance  of  his  discovery. 

The  journal  of  good  Captain  Jansz  has  eluded 
the  search  of  the  archivists,  but  his  memory  de- 
serves a  tablet  on  Cape  Keer  Weer. 

In  December  of  1605,  Mandana's  pilot,  Pedro 
Fernando  de  Quiros — accompanied  by  Luis  Vaz 
de  Torres — had  come  out  of  Callao  with  three 
Spanish  ships  to  find,  if  they  might,  this  elusive 
Tierra  Austral.  They  sighted  instead  one  of  the 
New  Hebrides,  and  named  it  Austratlia  del 
Espiritu  Santo.  Hereabout  Torres,  on  the  nth 
June,  1606,.  went  wide  of  de  Quiros.  Finding 
that  their  joint  discovery  was  no  more  than  an 
island,  he  bore  westward  and  passed  through 
the  straits  that  now  bear  his  name,  sighting,  un- 


awares, the  Continent  that  New  Spain  was  seek- 
ing. 

In  the  earlier  years  of  the  17th  century  the 
Dutch  East  India  Company  made  at  least  one 
abortive  attempt  to  determine  and  take  posses- 
sion of  the  "Lands  to  the  Southward  of  Java." 

In  the  third  year  of  the  present  century,  an 
interesting  "find"  was  made  in  the  State  Museum 
at  Amsterdam. 

It  proved  to  be  the  original  tin  plate  nailed 
to  a  post  by  Captain  Dirck  Hartogs  at  Shark  Bay, 
Western  Australia,  In  the  year  16 16. 

The  inscription  on  the  plate,  translated  from 
the  Dutch,   reads  : — 

Anno  161 6,  the  25TH  of  October. — 
Arrived  here  the  ship  Eendracht  {Con- 
cord), OY  Amsterdam;  the  first  mer- 
chant  GiLLIS    MiEBAS   of   LiEGE.      DiRCK 

Hartogs,      of     Amsterdam,      Captain. 
27TH  DO.     Sailed  for  Bantam. 

On  the  lower  part,  cut  with  a  knife,  probably  by 
the  ambitious  Jan  himself.  Is  added: — 

The  Under  Mercluuit  Jan  Stiiis,  Upper 
Steersman,  Picter  Dockes,  of  Bit.  Ao.,  1616. 

This  plate  stood  for  81  years  at  the  north  end 
of  Dirck  Hartogs'  Island.  It  was  removed  by 
another  Dutch  navigator — Captain  Willem  de 
Vlaming — in  1697,  and  forwarded  to  Holland 
by  the  then  Governor  of  Batavia  In  due  course. 
From  the  board  room  of  the  Seventeen  Directors 
of  the  Dutch  East  India  Company  it  had  pre- 
sumably been  conveyed  at  some  subsequent  period 
to  the  RIjks-Museum,  where  It  lay  unnoticed 
while  two  hundred  years  were  setting  Australia's 
feet  firmly  In  the  path  of  progress. 

Vlaming  substituted  for  Dirck  Hartogs'  plate 
another  bearing  a  similar  Inscription,  which  was 
removed  by  De  Freyclnet  In  the  early  part  of 
the  nineteenth  century,  transferred  to  the  Mu- 
seum of  the  French  Institute,  and  lost. 


Native  Dance,  Hamond  Island 


THE    DAWN    OF    HISTORY 


19 


The  alleged  post,  of  cypress  pine,  on  which 
Vlaming  nailed  his  duplicate  is  preserved  in  the 
Perth  (W.A.)  Museum.  As  the  first  European 
memorial  erected  on  our  territory,  Dirck  Har- 
togs'  plate  remains  of  particular  interest  to  Aus- 
tralians. 

Dirck  Hartogs'  Island,  low  and  flat,  is  now 
an  Australian  sheep  station.  Steep  Point,  at  its 
southern  end,  marks  the  extreme  western  reach 
of  the  Australian  mainland.  The  Island  runs 
north  and  south,  fifty  miles  in  length,  by  four  to 
six  miles  wide.  It  is  separated  from  the  coast  by 
a  narrow  passage.  On  its  northernmost  sandy 
headland,  Cape  Inscription  Lighthouse  guides  the 
modern  shipmaster  on  his  ocean  way. 


that  portion  of  the  Continent  nearest  to  their 
East  Indian  possessions. 

The  mainland  was  sighted  by  the  Zee-wolf,  in 
May,  16 1 8.  Later,  in  the  same  year,  another 
Dutch  ship,  the  Mauritius,  touched  the  north-west 
coast  and  found  the  Ashburton  River.  In  16 19 
Houtman's  fleet  discovered  the  Abrolhos  Islands, 
45  miles  west  of  the  present  town  of  Geraldton. 
These  islands  nine  years  later  were  destined  to  be 
the  scene  of  a  vivid  tragedy. 

In  1622  the  Dutch  ship  Leeuwin  rounded  the 
Cape  now  bearing  her  name  and  explored  the 
coast  as  far  as  the  present  site  of  Albany 
(W.A.). 

The  year  1623   found  the  Dutch  busy  further 


Dirck  Hartogs'   Plate 


Just  inside  the  lighthouse  is  a  little  bay,  where 
Hartogs,  "bound  outward  from  Holland  to  the 
Indies,"  landed  in  16 16,  in  the  fullness  of  a  West 
Australian  spring.  Hartogs  sailed  along  and  ex- 
amined the  coast  between  the  latitudes  of  26  deg. 
30  min.  and  23  deg.,  and  named  it  "Eendracht's 
Land."  At  that  time  of  the  year  the  country 
would  be  ablaze  with  wildflowers.  The  days 
would  rise  bright  and  sunny,  the  nights  fall  starry 
and  cool;  but  the  Dutchman  and  his  ship's  com- 
pany recorded  no  favorable  impressions.  Still 
the  homely  tin  plate  which  has  turned  up,  after 
nearly  three  hundred  years  of  oblivion,  at  the 
State  Museum  of  Amsterdam  is  an  eloquent  ex- 
pression of  high  achievement. 

Between  the  time  of  Dirck  Hartogs'  accidental 
visit  and  the  year  1627,  the  Dutch  seem  to  have 
carried   on    a    fairly   systematic   investigation   of 


north.  An  expedition  from  Amboyna,  headed  by 
one  Jan  Carstenz,  with  the  vessels  Peru  and 
Arnhem,  had  an  adventurous  time  along  the 
shores  of  the  present  Northern  Territory.  The 
skipper  of  the  Arnhem  was  killed  by  the  natives, 
and  the  explorers'  report  of  the  country  was  not 
favorable. 

In  1627  came  Peter  Nuyts,  afterwards  am- 
bassador to  Japan  and  subsequently  Governor  of 
Formosa,  in  the  Golden  Sea  Horse,  round  the 
Leeuwin  and  across  the  Bight  as  far  as  Nuyt's 
Archipelago.  The  Golden  Sea  Horse  put  about 
somewhere  near  the  present  margin  of  the  wheat- 
growing  belt  of  South  Australia. 

On  the  4th  June,  1629,  the  Bata-'a,  Pelsart's 
ship,  having  been  driven  out  of  her  reckoning, 
struck  on  one  of  the  islands  of  Houtman's  Abrol- 
hos and  became  a  total  wreck. 


20 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Pelsart's  ship  was  part  of  a  Dutch  East  Indian 
expedition.  It  was  intended  originally  that  the 
fleet  should  consist  of  eleven  vessels.  But  the 
Batavia  and  two  others,  being  earlier  equipped, 
sailed  out  of  Texel  under  the  command  of  Com- 
modore Francis  Pelsart  on  the  28th  October, 
1628.  After  leaving  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  the 
Batavia  separated  from  the  other  two  during  a 
storm,  and  so  met  her  fate  alone.  Among  Pel- 
sart's company  were  a  number  of  youths  and  men 
who,  even  in  an  age  of  piracy,  might  be  classed 
among  the  most  godless  ruffians  afloat. 

These  scourings  of  the  Low  Countries  had 
already  found  a  suitable  ringleader  in  one  Jerome 
Cornells,  the  supercargo,  a  sometime  chemist  of 
Harlem  City,  with,  as  it  proved,  an  overweening 
vanity,  a  plausible  tongue,  and  neither  conscience 
nor  humanity.  Some  attempt  has  been  made  to 
elevate  this  soulless  scoundrel  into  a  figure  of 
adventure,  but  from  first  to  last  he  seems  to  have 
been  a  blundering  assassin  at  best. 

On  board  the  Batavia  were  a  number  of  Dutch 
emigrants  and  their  families,  bound  for  Java. 
Among  them  the  handsome  Frau  Lucretia  Jansz, 
whom  Cornelis  coveted. 

From  subsequent  evidence  it  was  made  clear 
that  after  leaving  the  Cape  a  mutinous  plot  had 
been  hatched  under  the  auspices  of  the  atrocious 
Cornelis  to  seize  the  ship,  slay  commodore,  sol- 
diers, and  passengers,  and  go  pirating  upon  the 
high  seas. 

The  skipper  of  the  Batavia,  Adrian  Jacobs, 
and  fifty  or  more  of  the  ship's  company,  were 
in  the  conspiracy,  which,  for  one  reason  or  ano- 
ther, did  not  come  to  a  head  until  after  the  vessel 
was  wrecked. 

Panic  and  drunkenness  followed  the  wreck. 
After  grinding  heavily  on  the  coral  the  ship 
burst.  But  Pelsart,  who  forms  a  fine  historic 
figure,  despite  torrential  rain  and  rapidly  rising 
seas,  succeeded  in  safely  landing  180  of  his 
people  and  a  supply  of  provisions  on  two  of  the 
neighboring  islands. 

The  weather  forced  him  to  leave  Cornelis  and 
seventy  others  aboard. 

As  the  Batavia  had  settled  quickly,  submerg- 
ing her  casks,  a  very  inadequate  supply  of  fresh 
water  was  got  away  with  the  ship's  boats. 

The  Abrolhos  apparently  contained  none,  so, 
after  consultation,  Pelsart  and  the  captain  sailed 
in  two  of  the  ship's  boats  towards  the  mainland. 
Bad  weather  drove  them  north,  and  the  skipper's 
boat  parted  company  and  was  heard  of  no  more. 
It  was  eighteen  days  before  Pelsart  discovered 
water.  They  were  then  a  hundred  miles  from 
the  Abrolhos,  with  the  wind  behind  them.  Nine 
days  later  their  boat  made  the  coast  of  Java, 
where  they  were  picked  up  and  carried  into  Ba- 
tavia. 


The  Lighthouse   at  Cape   Leeuwin 

After  remaining  for  ten  days  on  the  wreck, 
Cornelis  and  his  group  succeeded  in  getting 
ashore  on  the  Abrolhos.  Here,  in  a  short  time 
the  conspiracy  was  fully  hatched,  and  on  an  ap- 
pointed day  the  work  of  extermination  began. 

It  had  been  resolved  and  sworn  to  that  all  but 
forty  of  the  survivors  were  to  be  killed,  the  yacht 
which  Pelsart  had  promised  to  return  in  seized, 
and  a  career  of  piracy  begun  under  "Captain 
General"  Jerome  Cornelis. 

So  these  bloodthirsty  ruffians  stole  upon  the 
weak  and  unsuspecting  victims,  awaiting  wearily 
and  anxiously  the  return  of  the  Commodore,  and 
the  cruellest  and  ugliest  chapter  in  the  history 
of  Australia  was  written  in  blood  upon  the  lonely 
Abrolhos. 

The  callous  band  of  putative  pirates  succeeded 
in  exterminating  most  of  the  men  upon  the 
islands.  It  chanced  that  Webbe  Hayes,  corporal 
in  the  Dutch  East  Indian  Service,  who  had  taken 
charge  in  Pelsart's  absence,  was  that  day  away 
in  one  of  the  ship's  boats  seeking  water.  He 
returned  with  glad  news  of  successful  quest,  only 
to  be  met  by  chance  survivors  with  a  hastily-told 
account  of  piteous  tragedy. 

With  47  stout  men  behind  him,  Hayes  rapidly 
improvised  his  defences,  and  being  attacked  in 
force  by  the  rebels  eight  days  later,  beat  them 


THE    DAWN    OF    HISTORY 


21 


off.     A  second  sortie  from  Cornelis  left  the  gal- 
lant corporal  again  the  victor. 

Cornelis  and  his  gang  meanwhile  apportioned 
the  women,  the  leader  taking  the  coveted  Frau 
Lucretia  to  himself,  after  seeing  to  it  that  her 
husband  was  foully  murdered. 

Having  helped  themselves  to  the  ship's  stores, 
the  blood-drenched  company  went  about  their 
island  domain  arrayed  in  much  gold  lace  and 
scarlet  cloth,  awaiting  the  return  of  Pelsart, 
whose  ship  they  had  determined  to  secure. 

Failing  to  suborn  the  men  who  stood  with 
Hayes,  they  made  repeated  attacks  upon  them. 
In  one  of  these  sorties  the  "Captain  General" 
was  captured  and  remained  the  Corporal's  pri- 
soner. 

While  these  stirring  events  were  disturbing  the 
quietude  of  the  Abrolhos,  Pelsart,  comforted 
with  a  stout  ship  by  the  Governor  General  at 
Batavia,  was  bravely  hurrying  back  to  the  rescue 
of  his  shipwrecked  company,  little  dreaming  of 
the  tragedies  that  had  been  enacted  in  his  ab- 
sence. 

He  came  down  in  the  Saerdam,  upon  the 
Abrolhos,  on  September  the  13th. 

Putting  out  a  boat  laden  with  bread  and  wine, 
he  had  barely  landed  when  Hayes  came  rowing 
to  him  with  evil  news.  Pelsart  hurriedly  re-em- 
barked his  company  and  gained  the  Saerdam, 
hotly  followed  by  a  boatful  of  armed  ruffians. 

From  the  commanding  position  of  his  quarter- 
deck, with  trained  guns  to  emphasize  his  order, 
the  Commodore  promptly  called  on  the  conspira- 
tors to  throw  their  weapons  into  the  sea,  or  be 
blown  to  the  inferno  they  had  earned. 

Whereupon,  without  further  show  of  resis- 
tance, the  boat's  company  surrendered  and  were 
clapped  into  irons. 

Having  transferred  Cornelis  to  the  Saerdam, 
Pelsart  went  methodically  to  work.  The  grim 
commander,  as  God-fearing  and  righteous  as  men 
may  be  in  any  age,  first  surrounded  the  remaining 
mutineers  on  the  island  which  had  proved  the 
Batavia's  graveyard,  and  forced  them  also  to  lay 
down  arms. 

Then  he  set  to  the  recovering  of  his  Company's 
plundered  property  and  the  trial  of  the  offenders. 

Jerome  Cornelis,  being  duly  sentenced  and 
condemned  by  the  "noble  court,"  was  hanged 
with  several  of  his  companions. 

Justice  accomplished,  Pelsart  weighed  anchor 
on  the  28th  October,  1629,  and,  after  maroon- 
ing two  of  the  mutineers  on  the  coast  near 
Champion  Bay,  sailed  for  Batavia. 

What  became  of  those  two  unworthy  first  set- 
tlers is  a  matter  of  conjecture.  They  may  have 
died  of  thirst  or  been  speared  by  the  blacks. 
Many  relics  of  castaways  have  been  found  along 


the  Westralian  coast,  dating  back  no  doubt  to 
the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries. 

Pelsart  bore  to  Europe  in  time  some  definite 
information  about  the  mainland,  upon  which  he 
reported  very  unfavorably.  It  had  been  an  un- 
lucky discovery  for  him. 

In  the  Public  Library  at  Perth  (W.A.)  there 
is  a  valuable  volume  accidentally  picked  up  in 
a  secondhand  bookstall  in  London  a  few  years 
ago  by  one  Broadhurst,  the  then  lessee  of  the 
Abrolhos  Islands.  The  only  copy  extant,  it  is 
printed  on  beautiful  old  linen  paper,  in  bold 
black  type,  and  sets  out  to  be  the 

Ongeluckige  Voyagie 

Dant 

ScHip  "Batavia" 

The  "Unlucky  Voyage  of  the  Ship  Batavia" 
bears  the  imprint  of  Jan  Jansz,  Amsterdam, 
Anno  164J.  It  tells  in  detail  the  story  of  the 
mutiny  of  the  shipwrecked  men  of  the  Batavia 
and  contains  several  gruesome  woodcuts  of  the 
methods  of  justice  dealt  out  by  Pelsart  to  the 
mutineers  on  the  Abrolhos,  all  in  keeping  with 
the  manners  of  the  period  and  the  enormity  of 
the  crime.  The  severing  of  hands,  the  racking 
of  the  offenders,  and  their  executions  on  stout 
gibbets  erected  from  the  Batavia's  timbers,  show 
that  the  Commodore  carried  out  his  stern  pun- 
ishments to  the  letter. 

There  is  some  evidence,  worthy  of  investiga- 
tion,— that  the  Dutch  at  one  time  attempted  a 
settlement  in  the  Kimberley  districts  of  North- 
Western  Australia.  Pearlers  who  went  into 
Yampi  Sound  for  the  first  time  some  years  ago 
report  having  found  European  fruits  growing 
wild  in  the  gullies  and  other  signs  of  civilization 
where  no  white  man  had  been  known  to  penetrate 
since  Australian  colonization  began. 

It  is  quite  possible  that  the  climate,  seasons, 
and  physical  conditions  of  the  Kimberley  having 
a  certain  affinity  to  those  with  which  the  Dutch 
were  familiar  in  their  adjacent  East  Indian  pos- 
sessions— Java  being  even  then  only  a  few  days' 
sail,  Timor  much  less — a  permanent  station  may, 
during  the  course  of  two  centuries,  have  been 
established  somewhere  in  the  region  of  Yampi 
Sound.  There  were  many  reasons  for  keeping 
secret  any  such  Dutch  activities  in  New  Holland. 

From  1628  to  1644  Dutch  ships  touched  fre- 
quently on  the  West  Australian  coast.  In  1642, 
Abel  Janszoon  Tasman,  in  command  of  the  two 
vessels  Heemskirk  and  Zeehaen,  set  out  definitely 
to  ascertain  the  trend  and  extent  of  what  was  now 
known  to  be  a  great  Southern  Continent. 

Touching  the  island  of  Tasmania,  he  mistook 
it  for  part  of  Australia  proper,  naming  it  Van 


22 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Diemen's  Land,  which  name  it  retained  until 
1853.  Shaping  then  a  north-easterly  course,  Tas- 
man  discovered  and  named  New  Zealand. 

In  the  year  1644  Tasman,  on  a  second  voyage, 
made  a  closer  examination  of  the  shore  line  from 
Arnhem  Land  to  Exmouth  Gulf.  This  includes 
the  seaward  boundary  of  the  present  Northern 
Territory,  the  Kimberleys,  and  north-western 
West  Australia.  Tasman  landed  at  various 
points.  It  was  he  who  gave  the  name  of  New 
Holland  to  the  western  half  of  the  Australian 
Continent.  The  Island  State  of  the  Common- 
wealth perpetuates  his  own  name.  Among  the 
earliest  Australian  explorers  of  all  nationalities 
there  is  no  name  more  deserving  of  honor. 


merchandise  and  treasure  to  the  amount  of 
78,600  guilders  (£6,550).  Leaving  68  of  the 
survivors  on  the  mainland  to  protect  these,  one 
of  the  Dragon's  boats  made  for  Batavia,  which 
it  reached  in  due  course.  Some  of  the  achieve- 
ments of  open  boats  along  this  coast,  for  practical 
heroism  and  stolid  endurance,  parallel  anything 
in  maritime  history.  The  Dutch  at  Batavia 
promptly  despatched  two  ships  south  to  rescue 
the  castaways  and  salvage  the  lost  Dragon,  which 
was  supposed  to  be  still  fast  on  a  reef,  not  more 
than  80  miles  north  from  the  present  Port  of 
Fremantle. 

Castaways  and  cargo  were  never  seen  again. 

The  quest  of  the  two  ships  Jfliitc  Falcon  and 


Mouth  of  the  Blackwood  Eiver 


Henceforward,  to  the  Dutch,  New  Holland 
comprised  all  that  part  of  the  Continent  to  the 
westward  of  a  meridian  line  passing  from  Arn- 
hem's  Land  in  Northern  Australia  to  the  islands 
of  St.  Peter  and  St.  Francis  in  Nuyt's  Archipelago 
south.  Their  navigators  and  explorers  bad  dur- 
ing forty  years  considerably  increased  the  know- 
ledge of  the  Netherland's  government  as  regards 
the  great  Southern  Continent.  But  all  the  lands 
to  the  eastward  classed  as  the  Terra  Australis, 
remained,  then  and  long  afterwards,  compara- 
tively unknown  even   in   secretive   Holland. 

In  1648  the  Dutch  ship  Lark,  Jan  Janszoon 
Zeeuw,  master,  made  another  voyage  of  explor- 
ation to  the  West  Coast. 

Eight  years  later  De  Ver guide  Draeck  (The 
Golden  Dragon)  was  wrecked  at  night  on  a  reef 
in  latitude  30  deg.  40 — as  given  by  her  master 
— and  118  lives  were  lost.  There  is  much  ro- 
mance and  mystery  about  the  subsequent  his- 
tory of  the  Golden  Dragon,  Pieter  Albertsz, 
master.     She  had  on  board  a  valuable  cargo  of 


Good  Hope  proved  quite  fruitless.  The  follow- 
ing year,  1657,  the  Finch,  on  a  voyage  from  the 
Cape  to  Batavia,  made  another  resultless  search. 
In  1658  a  third  expedition  of  two  ships  set  out 
from  Batavia  on  the  same  mission,  and  after  an 
exhaustive  search  and  survey  returned  without 
tidings  of  the  Golden  Dragon  or  the  68  people 
left  ashore. 

It  is  probable  that  the  actual  reef  on  which 
the  vessel  was  wrecked  lay  much  south  of  the 
latitude  given  by  the  master.  The  natives  of 
the  Blackwood  River,  which  enters  the  Southern 
Ocean  a  few  miles  eastward  of  Cape  Leeuwin,  are 
said  to  have  possessed  definite  traditions  of  white 
men,  which  were  still  current  among  them  when 
the  first  English  colonists  entered  that  district. 
Some  of  the  survivors  of  the  Dragon  may 
have  either  landed  at  the  Blackwood  or  worked 
their  way  to  the  southern  corner  of  the  Conti- 
nent and  remained  long  enough  to  pass  into  the 
oral  history  of  the  tribes.  On  the  other  hand, 
the    presence    of   the    78,000    odd    guilders    and 


THE    DAWN    OF    HISTORY 


23 


a  valuable  cargo  may  have  led  to  another  such 
tragedy  as  that  enacted  twenty  years  previously 
on  the  low-lying  Abrolhos  Islands. 

In  the  middle  of  the  17th  century  the  world 
was  still  very  wide,  piracy  and  buccaneering  in 
their  heyday,  and  the  average  ship's  crew  were 
always  of  uncertain  character.  It  was  the  in- 
cidence of  a  buccaneering  cruise  that  brought 
the  first  Englishman,  William  Dampier,  to  the 
coast  of  Western  Australia  in    1688. 

The  Cygnet,  in  which  Dampier  was  serving 
enforced  probation  as  a  pirate,  was  beached  in  a 
suitable  haven  now  known  as  Cygnet  Bay 
in  the  north-western  corner  of  King  Sound 
not  far  from  the  lighthouse  on  Cape  Leveque. 
She  remained  here  for  over  two  months,  during 
which  time  Dampier  took  some  notes  of  the  sur- 
rounding country.  The  lighthouse  stands  on  a 
red  sandv  point  with  white  beaches  running  north 
and  south  from  it.  A  ten-knot  tide  surges  in 
and  out  of  the  Sound,  where  one  gets  some  of 
the  most  wonderful  atmospheric  effects  in  the 
world.  A  sunset  in  King  Sound  such  as  Dam- 
pier must  have  often  witnessed,  with  the  camp 
fires  of  his  rowdy  buccaneers  reddening  the  white 
beaches  of  Cygnet  Bay,  would  be  a  scene  to 
remember. 

Low,  wooded  shores,  mangrove  swamps,  and 
distant  jungles  the  deft  genii  of  the  Tropics  drape 
at  sunset  time  with  purple,   rose,   and  gold. 

Even  the  barren  islets,  standing  sentinel-wise 
at  the  gates  of  Kimberley,  become  like  the  lighted 
bastions  of  ancient  cities. 

The  skies  are  an  opaline  splendor,  a  gigantic 
palette  on  which  unheard-of  combinations  of 
color  are  set  up  by  celestial  artistry.  The 
visitor  of  to-day  stands  before  these  portals  of 
the  gods  somewhat  in  awe,  but  Dampier  seems 
to  have  had  a  peculiarly  prejudiced  mind.  On 
his  escape  from  the  buccaneers  and  subsequent 
return  to  England,  he  published  an  account  of  his 
adventures  and  "discoveries"  in  New  Holland. 

Having  thus  become  an  authority  on  his  sub- 
ject, he  was  sent  in  1699  by  William  III.,  in  the 
Roebuck,  under  an  Admiralty  Commission,  to 
make  further  explorations  and  determine  if  pos- 
sible whether  or  not  New  Holland  was  a  con- 
tinent; or,  as  some  believed,  merely  "a  succession 
of  Islands." 

He  entered  and  named  Shark  Bay,  W.A.  on 
the  I  St  August,  1699.  Here  he  spent  eight  days 
searching  for  water  without  success. 

One  of  the  finest  crops  of  Irrigated  lucerne 
the  writer  has  seen,  he  found  growing  near  Car- 
narvon on  the  eastern  shore  of  Shark  Bay  In  the 
year  191 2.  But  Dampier  missed  the  Gascolgne 
River  and  all  other  sources  of  supply,  and  so, 
proceeded   slowly   northward. 


At  last,  basing  his  conclusions  on  the  merest 
superficial  information,  this  writer  of  adventur- 
ous books  decided  to  abandon  his  mission  and 
proceeded  straight  to  New  Guinea  ! 

His  Voyage  to  New  Holland  in  the  Year  i6qg 
was  published  in  1703.  It  was  the  first  of  a  long 
series  of  literary  libels  on  Australia,  and  passed 
through  many  editions.  Like  the  drunken  Vlam- 
ing,  who  three  years  before  had  landed  at  the 
Swan  River  and  discovered  "neither  good  coun- 
try nor  saw  anything  of  note,"  time  has  proved 
that  Dampier,  although  an  Interesting  writer, 
was  a  very  casual  and  unreliable  observer. 


Goonabooka  Fool,  near  Boebume 

It  has  taken  over  two  hundred  years  to  cor- 
rect the  erroneous  impressions  of  Australia  which 
his  books  created  in  the  mind  of  Europe.  The 
dismal  pictures  which  he  painted  of  a  land  bar- 
ren and  sandy,  "destitute  of  water  except  you 
make  wells,"  became  part  of  the  world's  mental 
equipment  as  far  as  Australian  physical  geog- 
raphy was  concerned.  It  has  been  Australia's 
misfortune  that  other  writers  of  repute  have  con- 
fidently compiled  books  about  the  country,  based 
on  casual  visits  or  misinformation  supplied  by 
untrained  observers.  Even  in  these  days  a  flying 
trip  from  one  Australian  city  to  another  on  a 
lecturing  tour  entitles  an  author  to  express 
opinions  on   all  matters   Australian. 


24 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  Harding  River  in  Flood 


Yet  there  are  quiet,  strong  men  in  this  country 
who  have  spent  40  or  50  years  of  their  lives 
studying  perhaps  one  aspect  of  agriculture  or 
stock  raising,  and  they  hesitate  to  pose  as  authori- 
ties, knowing  well  that  the  country  is  young,  vast, 
and  largely  unproven. 

Dampier  described  the  North-west  as  a  land 
"destitute  of  water." 

Accompanying  this  letterpress  is  a  photograph 
of  "The  Harding  River  in  Flood." 

The  Harding  is  an  insignificant  stream  near 
Roeburne,  which  place,  according  to  official 
returns,  receives  the  smallest  annual  rainfall  of 
any  part  of  that  coast  along  which  Dampier 
cruised. 

"Goonahooka  Pool,  near  Roeburne,"  shows 
another  phase  of  the  western  water  question 
which  Dampier  missed. 

The  impression  created  in  England  by  Dam- 
pier's  Voyages  was  so  unfavorable  to  the  South- 
Land,  that  it  practically  prevented  further  inves- 
tigations. Not  till  1770,  when  Cook  landed  and 
took  possession  of  Eastern  Australia,  did  Eng- 
land resume  her  work  of  exploration  in  the  south. 


In  the  early  years   of  the   eighteenth   century 
a  Dutch  expedition  out  of  Timor  explored  and 


mapped  the  north-western  coasts  of  New  Hol- 
land, traversing  more  systematically  the  courso 
pursued  by  Abel  Tasman. 

In  the  Perth  Museum  is  an  interesting  collec- 
tion of  relics  from  the  wreck  of  the  Dutch  ship 
Zeezvyck,  which  went  ashore  off  Gun  Island  in  the 
Abrolhos,   in    1727. 

The  crew  of  the  Zeewyck,  82  in  all,  spent 
nearly  nine  months  on  the  Abrolhos,  where,  from 
portions  of  the  wreck,  they  constructed  a  small 
vessel,  which  they  called  the  Sloepye.  In  the 
Sloepye  they  finally  reached  Batavia. 

Among  these  relics  may  be  seen  a  patched  clay 
pipe,  much  worn  where  the  thumb  of  the  long- 
dead  mariner  clutched  it,  and  an  old  tobacco  box, 
bearing  the  motto — 

"  Eerst't  gelt  verbruijt 
En  Dan  't  zeegat  Uijt." 

"  First  the  money  spent, 
And  then  to  sea  again." 

These,  with  crusted  and  oxidised  cannon  balls, 
fishing  sinkers,  bullets,  square  bottles  and  jars, 
copper  vessels,  spoons,  fishhooks,  stems  of  wine 
glasses,  and  broken  blue  delft  of  the  old  willow 
pattern,  have  a  homely  interest  to  those  who  are 
concerned  with  pre-colonial  history. 


THli    DAWN    OF    HISTORY 


With  a  pewter  flagon,  some  Dutch  bottles  and 
broken  churchwardens,  collected  from  the  wreck 
of  the  Batavia,  they  will  long  remain  as  eloquent 
mementoes  of  stirring  days,  when  the  spirit  of 
great  ad\enturc  per\aded  the  high  seas,  and  the 
Southern  Continent  still  lay  unexplored,  un- 
mapped, unknown^ 

The  Zeezvyck  had  on  board  ten  treasure  chests, 
containing  no  less  than  315,836  florins,  which 
were  taken  safely  to  Batavia.  The  Abrolhos — 
once  of  evil  fame  to  shipmen — have  yielded 
many  thousands  of  pounds'  worth  of  guano,  dur- 
ing latter  years.     In   1897  the  deposits  were  esti- 


mated at  101,500  tons.  Fallowfield  &  Co.,  of 
Geraldton  (W.A.),  the  present  lessees  of  these 
low-lying,  historic  islands,  still  actively  engage 
in  this  industry.  None  of  the  group  attain  a 
greater  altitude  than  fifty  feet,  but  they  are  the 
home  and  breeding-place  of  countless  thousands 
of  noddy  terns  and  other  sea-birds.  In  the  har- 
bor at  Geraldton  may  be  seen  a  rakish  little 
schooner,  a  one-time  blackbirder  with  a  history — 
she  can  sail  like  the  wind — equipped  with  a  sixty- 
horse  power  auxiliary  engine.  Her  humble  but 
useful  mission  nowadays  is  to  freight  the  precious 
brown  guano  in  bags  from  the  islets  to  Cjeraldton 
pier. 


Gathering  Ouano  at  the  Abrolhos 


(26) 


Cook's   Monument   at   Kumell,   Botany   Bay. 


THE  GENESIS  OF  AUSTRALIAN  SETTLEMENT. 


ALTHOUGH  Dutch  ships  visited  the  West 
Coast  of  AustraUa  at  intervals  during  the 
1 8th  century,  the  march  of  European 
events,  and  the  decreasing  activities  of  the  Dutch 
East  India  Company  threw  the  hardy  Hollanders 
more  into  the  background. 

Meanwhile  Britain  extended  the  radius  of  her 
sea  power,  and  found  fresh  soil  for  the  roots  of 
her  Imperial  ambitions.  And,  what  makes  for 
the  enduring  greatness  of  nations,  she  had  not 
allowed  her  progress  to  become  entirely  material- 
istic. 

When  the  Royal  Society,  in  February,  1768, 
addressed  a  memorial  to  King  George  the  Third 
petitioning  for  an  expedition  to  the  South  Seas  to 
enable  accurate  observations  of  the  Transit  of 
Venus  to  be  made  "for  the  improvement  of 
astronomy  on  which  navigation  so  much 
depends,"  the  Government  of  the  day  saw  fit  to 
grant  the  request.  It  was  the  expansive  period 
of  Chatham  and  Burke,  a  meaty  time  in  English 
history. 

Being  also  the  period  of  Commodore  Byron, 
Wallis  and  Cartaret,  British  authority  decided 
that  the  expedition  should  have  a  geographical 
mission  as  well.  Having  finished  their  observa- 
tions of  the  Transit  of  Venus,  they  should  pro- 
ceed with  further  exploration  of  the  unmapped 
Southern  Continent. 

The   Commission   issued  to  Lieutenant  James 


Cook  with  his  command  gave  that  intrepid,  if 
not  flawless,  navigator  his  passport  to  Fame. 

He  was  fortunate  in  having  as  scientific 
associate  on  the  Endeavour  a  man  of  wealth, 
influence  and  imagination  in  Joseph  Banks,  to 
whose  memory  Australia  pays  grateful  tribute. 

Although  sixteenth-century  charts  have  been 
discovered  since  this  great  navigator's  time,  which 
indicate  that  the  eastern  coastline  had  been  visited 
by  forgotten  shipmen,  it  is  not  likely  that  Cook 
knew  of  their  existence. 

The  work  he  carried  out  was  original  and 
invaluable.  It  was  the  genius  of  Britain  that 
established  the  existence  of  a  Southern  Continent 
other  than  Antarctic,  and  the  blundering  but 
irresistible  genius  of  Britain  that  later  on  turned 
the  knowledge  to  practical  account. 

Cook  belonged  to  the  age  of  great  captains. 

Prefixed  to  the  log  of  the  Resolution,  in  which 
his  second  voyage  of  discovery  to  the  South  Seas 
was  made,  is  a  personal  statement,  signed  James 
Cook,  in  which  he  admits : — 

"/  have  neither  natural  or  acquired 
abilities  for  writing.  I  have  been,  I  may  say, 
constantly  at  sea  from  my  youth,  and  have 
dragged  myself  (with  the  assistance  of  a  few 
good  friends)  through  all  the  stations 
belonging  to  a  seaman  from  a  prentice  boy 
to  a  commander." 


THE   GENESIS   OF  AUSTRALIAN   SETTLEMENT 


27 


The  success  of  his  first  voyage  was  due 
greatly  to  sanitary  organization.  The  health 
and  efficiency  of  his  crew  were  kept  constantly  in 
mind.  Cook  seems  to  have  been  a  man  of 
precision  and  resource — a  trained  man  fitted  by 
special  services  in  the  wonderful  English  maritime 
school  of  the  period  to  accomplish  what  proved 
practically  the  last  great  work  of  planetary  dis- 
covery. 

After  carrying  out  their  astronomical  observa- 
tions   successfully    at    Tahiti,    Cook's    expedition 


tentous  line  in  history 
Cook's  private  log  on 
1770,  6  a.m. : — 


than    that    inscribed    in 
Thursday,    19th  April, 


"Saw   the   land   extending  from   N.E. 
JVest." 


to 


The  land  was  that  part  of  the  eastern  coast- 
line on  which  Cape  Everard  lighthouse  now 
stands.  It  is  still  the  only  place  of  human  habita- 
tion in  a  hundred  miles.  It  was  named  by  Cook 
"Point  Hicks,"  after  Lieutenant  Zachary  Hicks, 


Captain  Cook 


bore  away  for  New  Zealand.  Having  circum- 
navigated and  geographically  proved  these 
Islands,  discovered  by  Tasman  128  years  pre- 
viously and  generally  believed  until  then  to  be 
part  of  a  Continent,  it  was  decided  "to  stand 
immediately  to  the  westward,  fall  in  with  the 
coast  of  New  Holland  as  soon  as  possible,  and 
after  following  that  to  the  northward  as  far  as 
seemed  proper,  to  attempt  to  fall  in  with  the 
lands  seen  by  de  Quiros  in  1606."  Leaving  Cape 
Farewell,  the  Endeavour  made  for  Van  Diemen's 
Land;  but  being  driven  somewhat  to  the  north- 
ward by  heavy  weather,  encountered  instead  the 
coast  of  Eastern  Gippsland. 

To    Australians   there    can    be    no    more    por- 


of  the  Endeavour,  who  was  on  watch  that  historic 
morning.  To  Lieutenant  Hicks  fell  the  honor 
of  sighting  the  first  point  of  Eastern  Australia 
beheld  by  English  eyes.  Point  Hicks  was 
renamed  Cape  Everard,  out  of  compliment  to 
a  Victorian  politician  of  the  'Sixties.  It  forms 
the  one  inglorious  instance  of  a  name  given  by 
Cook  being  blotted  from  the  map  of  Australia. 

Had  Cook  been  able  to  land  between  Cape 
Everard  and  Cape  Howe  he  would  have  found  a 
country  well  stocked  with  fish  and  game,  and 
amply  provided  with  fresh  water.  At  the 
Wingen  River  his  crew  might  have  refreshed 
themselves  with  the  finest  white  oysters  on  the 
coast. 


28 


Australia  unlimited 


Mallacoota  Inlet 


At  Red  River,  where  subsequently  some  great 
European  ship  unknown  left  her  timbers  to  rot 
among  the  sedge,  the  Endeavour's  botanist  might 
have  spent  delighted  days  among  a  world  of  new 
species.  Further  north,  under  the  heel  of  Gabo 
Island,  in  romantic  Mallacoota,  the  fairest  spot 
along  the  Australian  coasts,  his  ship's  company 
could  have  "cast  the  seine"  and  been  rewarded 
by  hauls  of  good  black  bream,  red  schnapper,  and 
other  succulent  fishes  which  spawn  and  feed  in 
these  cool  waters  in  great  abundance,  and  form 
part  of  the  vast  unexploited  wealth  of  our  ever- 
teeming  Australian  Seas. 

The  shores,  between  Point  Hicks  and  Two- 
fold Bay,  where  the  E)ideavoiir's  people  "saw 
the  smoak  of  fire  in  sever'l  places,"  are  yet  as 
unknown  to  the  majority  of  Australians  as  the 
shores  between  Cook-town  and  Cape  York, 
where  the  smoke  of  native  fires  are  still  seen  daily 
from  the  decks  of  passing  steamers. 

Yet  the  first  is  good  temperate,  and  the  second 
excellent  tropical  country;  each  capable  of  sup- 
porting white  population. 

Sailing  slowly  past  all  this  romantic  coastland, 
Cook  kept  a  careful  northern  course  for  ten  clear 
days  and  nights,  marking  and  naming  the  new 
coast  line  as  he  went. 

On  the  afternoon  of  Sunday,  29th  April,  1770, 
the  hawse-holes  of  the  Endeavour  purred  to  the 
caress  of  outrunning  cables,  and  the  anchor  of 
His  Britannic  Majesty's  bark  took  the  ground  in 
seven  fathoms  at  Stingray  Harbour — known  later 
as  Botany  Bay.  Cook's  actual  landing-place  is 
marked  by  an  obelisk  at  Kurnell,  on  the  south  side 
of  the  bay. 


The  Endeavour  remained  at  Botany  for  six 
days.  Here,  on  May  is^,  died  Forby  Suther- 
land, seaman,  and  was  duly  interred  at  the  ship's 
watering  place.  The  Illawarra  suburb  of 
Sutherland  perpetuates  the  memory  of  this  first 
recorded  European  burial  in  eastern  Australia. 

Here,  too,  for  the  first  time  the  European  Age 
of  Iron  came  in  conflict  with  the  Australian  Age 
of  Stone. 

For  never-to-be-known  centuries  man  in  a 
primitive  stage  of  evolution  had,  without  moles- 
tation, been  the  sole  occupant  of  a  continent.  Of 
art  and  agriculture  he  had  remained  entirely 
ignorant.  He  was,  from  north  to  south,  over 
all  its  many  thousand  miles  purely  a  tribesman, 
living  according  to  his  tribal  laws  and  traditions. 
A  nomad,  hunter,  and  fisherman,  he  possessed 
such  crude  weapons  and  implements  as  enabled 
him  to  supply  his  needs.  He  had  not  risen  to 
the  use  of  metals.  His  axes  and  spear-heads 
were  of  stone,  such  as  the  European  neolith 
chipped  from  primal  flints.  On  the  writer's 
desk  lie  two  stone  spear-heads  from  Northern 
Australia.  One  example,  chipped  newly  from  a 
piece  of  quartz  by  Myall  blacks,  is  still  made 
in  Central  or  Northern  Australia;  the  other 
was  found  by  a  prospector  in  the  Northern 
Territory  under  twenty  feet  of  drift.  To  the 
inexpert  eye  there  is  scarcely  any  difference 
between  them.  But  one  must  have  been  shaped 
thousands  of  years  before  the  other.  Aboriginals 
of  the  North,  when  the  older  flint  was  shown  to  . 
them  simply  said  they  do  not  make  their  spear- 
heads that  way  now. 


THE   GENESIS   OF   AUSTRALIAN    SETTLEMENT 


29 


Male   Australian  Aborigine 

During  the  enormous  interval  which  elapsed 
between  the  chipping  of  those  two  primitive 
weapons- — -perhaps  a  hundred  thousand  years- — 
the  aboriginal  inhabitants  of  Australia  had  been 
free  from  outside  interference.  But  the  hour  was 
approaching  when  the  Hunter  would  be  called 
upon  to  make  room  for  the  Artificer;  when, 
despite  a  probable  common  ancestry,  the  Man  of 
Iron,  by  virtue  of  his  superior  knowledge  and 
attainments,  was  to  dispossess  the  Man  of  Stone. 

The  aborigines  became  extinct  in  Tasmania  in 
1876.  One  hundred  years  of  contact  with 
Europeanism  had  completely  exterminated  a  race 
which  thousands  of  years  of  tribal  wars  and 
uneven  battling  against  the  forces  of  nature  had 
failed  to  affect. 

The  neolithic  races  of  Australia,  since  the 
elaboration  of  the  theory  of  Evolution,  have 
become  of  peculiar  interest.  During  later  years 
scientists  of  v-arious  nationalities  have  collected 
valuable  information  concerning  our  aboriginals, 
now  only  to  be  met  with  in  an  absolutely  primitive 
state  in  certain  parts  of  Northern  and  Central 
Australia. 

Cook's  log  of  29th  April,  1770,  tells  how,  hav- 
ing come  to  anchor  in  Stingray  Harbor,  "I  soon 


after  landed  with  a  party  of  men,  accompanied 
by  Mr.  Banks,  Dr.  Solander  and  Tupia  (a  native 
of  Otaheite).  As  we  approached  the  shore  the 
natives  all  made  off,  except  two  men,  who  at  first 
seemed  resolved  to  oppose  our  landing.  We 
endeavoured  to  gain  their  consent  to  land  by 
throwing  them  some  nails,  beads,  etc.,  ashore,  but 
this  had  not  the  desired  effect,  for  as  we  put  in 
to  shore,  one  of  them  threw  a  large  stone  at  us, 
and  as  soon  as  we  landed  they  threw  two  darts  at 
us,  but  on  the  firing  of  two  or  three  musquets 
loaded  with  small  shot  they  took  to  the  woods  and 
we  saw  them  no  more." 

This  was  the  beginning  of  the  inevitable  con- 
flict between  Stone  and  Steel,  which  could  only 
have  the  one  ending.  It  was  under  very  similar 
circumstances  that  Cook  lost  his  life  at  the  Sand- 
wich Islands  nine  years  later. 

Leaving  Botany  Bay  on  May  6th,  1770,  the 
Endeavour  resumed  her  voyage  to  the  northward, 
her  captain  again  charting  new  seas  and  naming 
new  shores  as  he  sailed. 


Female   Australian   Aborigine 


30 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


On  the  22nd  August,  1770,  after  many  vicissi- 
tudes, having  rounded  Cape  York  and  being  "in 
great  hopes  he  had  found  a  passage  into  the 
India  Sea,"  Cook  landed  with  a  party  of  men  on 
Possession  Island,  and  a  little  before  sunset  took 
possession  of  the  country  {i.e.,  the  whole  of  the 
eastern  coast  and  adjacent  islands)  in  the  King's 
name,  and  "fired  three  volleys  of  small  arms  on 
the  occasion,  which  was  answered  from  the  ship." 

Conjure  up  this  picture,  on  which  depends  may- 
hap the  whole  future  of  the  Pacific.       The  bark 


He  is  a  man  42  years  of  age,  bewigged,  clean- 
shaven, and  wearing  the  uniform  of  a  naval 
lieutenant  in  the  service  of  His  Majesty  King 
George  III.  The  oars  fall  together  and 
reappear,  scattering  pearls  of  saltwater  as,  with 
rhythmic  strokes,  the  pinnace  makes  for  a  landing 
place. 

Finding  on  examination  from  the  higher  points 
of  the  Island  that  he  has  rounded  the  Con- 
tinent at  last,  and  knowing  by  the  Dutch 
charts  and  his  own  its  magnitude  and  extent,  the 


Sir  Joseph  Banks 


Endeavour,  370  tons  burthen,  with  her  comple- 
ment of  mariners,  marines,  officers  and  scientific 
attaches  clothed  in  the  uniforms  and  costumes  of 
the  latter  half  of  the  eighteenth  century,  rides  at 
anchor. 

The  blue  waters  of  Endeavour  Straits  flow 
6j  fathoms  deep  under  her  keel. 

It  is  a  tropic  afternoon,  warm  and  clear — the 
sunlight  lending  its  usual  glamor  to  this  Sea  of 
Islands  where  the  Indian  and  Pacific  Oceans  unite 
in  sucking  tides.  The  ship's  bell  strikes  the  hour. 
It  is  half-past  4  p.m.  and  slack  tide.  Loudly 
the  command  of  an  English  naval  officer  is  heard; 
quickly  the  boats  (pinnace  and  yawl)  are 
lowered.  Quickly  the  red-coated  marines  take 
their  places  with  muskets  loaded  and  primed. 
Without   undue    delay    the    commander    follows. 


uniformed  lieutenant  re-assembles  his  boats' 
company  on  the  shore  and  formally  proclaims 
British  sovereignty  over  the  eastern  coasts  of 
Australia. 

After  the  words  have  been  slowly  and  solemnly 
uttered,  an  officer  gives  a  sharp  order.  The 
barrels  of  the  long  "Brown  Besses"  drop  to  the 
level  and — crash!  the  echoes  of  a  British  volley 
for  the  first  time  roll  down  the  gullies  of 
eastern  Australia. 

As  the  smoke  of  the  third  volley  is  drifting 
over  the  pandanus  trees,  the  flag  of  England  is 
broken  from  the  peak,  and  crash!  come  answering 
volleys  from  the  ship,  followed  by  the  sound  of 
her  whole  remaining  company  cheering  lustily. 
For  many  long  years  the  Briton  had  been  at  war 
upon  the  high  seas,  and  he  had  learned  to  carry 


THE   GENESIS   OF  AUSTRALIAN   SETTLEMENT 


31 


Captain  Arthur  Phillip 


out  these  functions  with  a  proper  formality.  But  it 
is  a  fine  incident;  for  as  the  Union  Jack,  burst 
from  its  folds  at  the  Endeavour's  peak,  there 
broke  with  it  from  the  folds  of  the  Past,  the 
Future  of  a  Nation  which,  if  it  proves  worthy  of 
its  opportunities,  may  yet  become  the  greatest 
that  the  world  has  known. 


forth  with  renewed  splendor  from  the  gunpowder 
clouds  of  Cape  St.  Vincent. 

Four  years  after  the  Government  of  the 
British  nation  had  passed  into  the  hands  of  the 
youthful  Pitt,  then  only  25  years  of  age,  the  his- 
tory of  Australia  began.  Twenty-three  years 
previously,  in  1765,  had  come  the  invention  of 
Watt's  steam  engine,  which  may  be  accepted  as 
the  genesis  of  modern  industrial  civilization;  as 
the  French  Revolution,  beginning  two  years  after 
the  establishment  of  settlement  at  Port  Jackson, 
is  accepted  by  most  writers  as  the  genesis  of  a 
new  political  age. 

Much  opprobrium  has  been  cast  upon  the 
system  of  transportation  which  led  to  the  found- 
ing of  the  first  settlement,  but  without  transporta- 
tion it  is  doubtful  if  the  occupation  of  eastern 
Australia  by  the  British  would  have  ever  taken 
place. 

Slightly  more  than  83,000  convicted  persons 
were  deported  during  the  whole  period  in  which 
transportation  prevailed  in  New  South  Wales.  A 
large  number  of  these  were  political  prisoners;  a 
larger  number  victims  of  laws  which  have  long 
been  obsolete,  and  a  still  greater  number  were 
petty  offenders,  whose  transgressions  in  these 
days  would  be  considered  amply  punished  by  a 
five-shillings  fine.  Taking  these  facts  into  con- 
sideration, it  will  be  seen  that  the  early  convict 
system  was  no  more  than  an  inverted  line  in  the 
chapter  of  Australian  beginnings,  having  little 
or  no  effect  upon  the  future  Australian  race,  which 
had  its  real  foundation  in  the  unimpeachable 
pioneer  strain  of  vigorous  and  enterprising  early 
colonists. 


The  actual  annexation  of  the  country  did  not 
take  place  until  eighteen  years  later,  when  on  the 
26th  January,  1788,  Captain  Phillip  read  to  the 
people  of  the  First  Fleet,  assembled  at  Sydney 
Cove,  the  words  of  his  commission. 

Meanwhile  much  water  had  passed  under  the 
bridges  of  European  and  trans-Atlantic  history. 
The  American  War  of  Independence  had  been 
fought,  and  the  Republic  of  the  United  States 
established.  Bunker's  Hill,  Brandywine,  Sara- 
toga, Charlestown  and  Yorktown  had  become 
names  of  historic  importance.  "Broken  with 
age  and  disease,"  the  Earl  of  Chatham  had  been 
carried  into  the  House  of  Lords  to  utter  his  last 
eloquent  indictment  of  the  policy  which  had 
driven  loyalty  to  rebellion,  and  reddened  Ameri- 
can soil  with  the  blood  of  fratricide.  Spain, 
France  and  Holland  had  banded  in  futile  alliance 
for  the  overthrow  of  Britain,  who  saw  her  pos- 
sessions in  America  slip  from  her  grasp,  while 
the  sun  of  her  ascendancy  in  India  rose 
triumphantly,  and  that   of    her    sea    power  burst 


The  loss  of  the  American  Colonies  led 
England  to  seek  not  only  an  outlet  for  her  large 
prison  population — chiefly  induced  by  the  brutal 
laws  and  conditions  of  the  period — but  a  new 
field  for  her  colonizing  activities.  By  a  splendid 
naval  organization — the  result  of  generations  of 
sea  fighting — she  greatly  controlled  the  ocean 
highway  and  might,  in  comparative  safety,  plant 
her  flag  upon  the  most  distant  shores. 

As  an  opportune  result  of  her  maritime 
exploration,  there  had  already  come  the  first 
authentic  contradiction  of  Dampier's  adverse 
judgment  on  Australia.  The  scientific  eye  of 
Joseph  Banks,  trained  to  correct  vision,  had 
beheld  possible  fertility  where  another  Dampier 
would  only  have  seen  a  land  destitute  of  all  good 
qualities.  Cook,  although  he  was  no  agricul- 
turist, had  pronounced  some  of  the  coun*-ry  he 
saw  near  Botany  as  "fit  for  the  production  of 
grain  of  any  kind." 

There  is  no  country  more  paradoxical  than 
Australia;  no  country  which  can  be  judged  less 


32 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


by  surface  indications;  no  country  so  full  of 
unexpected  surprises.  After  a  hundred  and 
twenty-five  years  of  occupation,  Australians 
themselves  have  hegon  to  realize  that  the  whole 
volume  of  previous  conclusions  will  have  to  be 
re-written;  that  parts  of  Australia  which  were 
regarded  in  early  days  as  waste  lands  are  destined 
to  prove  among  the  richest  sections  of  the  Com- 
monwealth. In  place  of  a  continent  containing 
edges  of  fertility  and  large  areas  of  sterility,  it  is 
found  that  the  whole  Commonwealth  can  be  put 
to  account,  leaving  ultimately  only  a  few  arid 
strips  in  the  remote  interior,  and  these  not  actual 
desert.  Of  alleged  Australian  "deserts"  the 
writer  will  have  more  to  say  in  future  chapters  of 
this  book. 

When  in  1779  Banks  was  examined  before  a 
Committee  of  the  House  of  Commons  as  to  the 
suitability  of  Eastern  Australia  for  settlement,  he 
strongly  commended  Botany  Bay,  the  climate  of 
which  he  considered  approximated  to  that  of  the 
South  of  France;  also  "he  did  not  doubt  but  our 
sheep  and  oxen,  if  carried  there,  would  thrive  and 
increase." 

The  Australia  which  Banks  had  seen  was  "'well 
supplied  with  water,  and  had  an  abundance  of 
timber  and  fuel." 

Being  asked  how  a  colony  of  the  nature  sug- 
gested could  be  subsisted  in  the  beginning  of  their 
establishment,  he  tendered  the  Committee  some 
sound  commonsense  advice  which  indicated  that 
during  the  nine  years  since  which  he  had  visited 
the  site  of  the  suggested  settlement,  he  had  given 
the  subject  considerable  attention.  Sir  Joseph 
Banks,  from  the  time  he  first  set  foot 
in  Australia  to  the  time  of  his  death  in 
1820,  never  ceased  to  look  upon  the  new  land 
with  an  eye  of  faith  and  confidence.  His  counsel, 
his  money  and  his  influence  were  alike  at  the 
service  of  the  infant  settlement. 

Banks  was  perhaps  the  first  European  with 
mind  and  imagination  to  dimly  realize  its  possi- 
bilities. 

To  his  influence,  exerted  over  fifty  years,  more 
than  to  any  other  cause,  can  be  credited  the 
fact  that  the  biassed  conclusions  of  lesser  minds 
did  not  find  oflicial  acceptance  in  England;  that 
the  false  counsels  of  malcontents  did  not  prevail, 
and  that  a  flower  which  will  yet  blaze  brightest  in 
the  wreath  of  England's  glory  was  not  cankered 
in  the  bud.  Through  all  the  failures  and 
vicissitudes  of  the  original  settlement,  Banks 
remained  a  practical  optimist.  It  was  in  the 
light  of  this  spirit  that  the  Australian  Colonies 
grew  to  success.       In  the  light  of  this  spirit  the 


Australian  Commonwealth  is  destined  to  become, 
without  doubt,  a  rampart  of  Imperial  strength. 
*  ♦  +  * 

The  first  definite  proposal  for  a  settlement  in 
Eastern  Australia  came  from  an  Englishman  with 
a  foreign  name,  James  Maria  Matra. 

In  1783 — Pitt's  first  year  of  office — Matra 
submitted  his  scheme.  Primarily  it  was  intended 
to  offer  relief  and  compensation  to  those  Ameri- 
can colonists  who  had  remained  loyal  to  Britain 
during  the  War  of  Intiependence,  and  had  suffered 
in  consequence.  Many  of  these  people  had 
already  migrated  to  British  North  America,  that 
is,  Canada. 

The  Home  Office,  at  ihat  time,  administered 
all  colonial  matters,  and  unluckily  Lord  Sydney 
administered  the  Home  Office. 

Banks  favored  Matra's  scheme;  so,  later,  did 
Sir  George  Young;  but  Sydney  treated  it  flip- 
pantly. He  was  not  disposed  to  view,  or  capable 
of  viewing,  the  proposed  colony  in  any  other 
light  than  that  of  a  convict  settlement. 

Having  duly  pigeon-holed  Matra's  proposal, — 
containing  many  wise,  humane,  and  excellent 
suggestions,  which  might  e\en  to-day  be  perused 
with  profit  by  some  Englishmen  and  Australians 
— the  British  Government  de\'ised  a  plan  of  its 
own,  and  passed  an  Act  (1784)  in  accordance 
with  statutes  of  previous  reigns  relating  to  trans- 
portation. 

By  an  Order-in-Council,  made  on  6th  Decem- 
ber, 1786,  the  eastern  coast  of  New  South 
Wales  was  declared  and  appointed  to  be  the  place 
whereto  the  provisions  of  the  statute  should 
apply. 

By  an  Act  (27  George  III.  c.  2)  passed  in  the 
year  1787  the  Colony  of  New  South  Wales  was 
established. 

And  on  April  2nd,  in  the  same  year,  was 
issued — "To  our  trusty  and  well-beloved  Arthur 
Phillip,  Esquire,"  his  commission  as  first  Governor 
of  New  South  Wales.  Three  weeks  later  came 
his  instructions;  under  which  he  was  to  embark 
and  proceed  in  the  Sirius,  and  convey  certain 
tenders  and  transports  to  the  port  on  the  coast  of 
New  South  Wales,  called  bv  the  name  of  Botany 
Bay. 

Phillip's  fleet  of  eleven  vessels,  total  tonnage 
3,000  tons,  with  two  years'  provisions  for  all  on 
board,  sailed  out  of  Portsmouth  on  the  13th  May, 
1787.  Five  months  later  they  left  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hone,  having  taken  on  board  there  a  small 
supply  of  live  stock  and  fruit  trees  for  the  infant 
colony.  On  the  20th  January,  1788,  they  were 
all  safely  at  anchor  in  the  harbor  of  Botany  Bay. 


(33) 


S:^Vi5-?'!'&-Wfcl^: 


statue  to   Governor  Phillip,   Sydney 


OLD   COLONIAL    DAYS. 


FROM  many  causes,  writers  on  Australian 
subjects  have  adopted  a  subdued  tone. 
As  the  mists  of  this  literary  timidity  are 
dispelled  by  warmer  rays  of  faith,  based  on 
knowledge,  our  native  writers  will  find  in  early 
colonial  history  something  more  than  their  pre- 
decessors ever  imagined. 

Behind  the  purely  functional  records  of 
officialdom,  there  lies  a  splendid  volume  of  human 
effort  and  accomplishment. 

Epics  of  endurance  as  heroic  as  any  that 
marked  the  conquest  of  the  Americas,  thrilling 
tales  of  exploration,  romantic  stories  of  adven- 
ture, and  gentler  incidents  of  pioneer  settlement 
will  furnish  gallant  and  graceful  themes  for  the 
future. 

In  that  sparse,  hardy,  little  first  Governor, 
Arthur  Phillip  himself,  there  was  a  quality  that 
silhouettes  his  personality  clearly  against  the 
twilight  of  Time;  as  sometimes  stands  out,  upon 
an  Australian  hillside,  a  rugged  gum  tree  in  the 
gloaming. 

His  father  was  a  German  master  of  languages 
from  Frankfurt;  his  mother  an  English  lady  of 


some  family.  His  school  was  a  naval  college; 
his  apprenticeship  the  Seven  Years'  War.  When 
there  was  a  temporary  lull  in  English  fighting- 
growing  tired  of  farming  in  the  New  P'orest — he 
volunteered,  and  fought  for  Portugal  against 
Spain.  His  activities  found  scope  when  English 
guns  began  to  bark  again  in  the  Narrow  Seas, 
and  when,  in  one  of  the  lulls  that  enabled  the 
giants  of  Europe  to  draw  breath,  England  looked 
about  her  for  a  blood  and  iron  man  to  plant  her 
flag  across  the  furthest  seas,  she  chose  this  little 
Commodore,  with  shrivelled  face  and  thin 
aquiline  nose,  who  had  learned  courage  behind 
the  carronades  and  acquired  discipline  on  the 
tarry  decks  of  British  men-o'-war,  probably  the 
finest  seminaries  ever  instituted,  in  all  the  world's 
history,  for  the  propagation  of  these  rigid 
\irtues. 

So,  in  his  brown  camlet  coat,  lined  with  green 
baize,  we  see  the  first  Governor  standing  reso- 
lutely to  his  charge.  A  fine  figure  he  makes  in 
the  foreground  of  a  New  World.  Nor  did  he 
permit  discontent  or  malcontent  to  prevail  against 
him.       He  found  that  Botany  Bay  was  unsuited 


34 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


for  his  purpose.  Promptly  he  had  three  boats' 
crews  piped,  and  set  northward  in  person  looking 
for  a  better  landing. 

Presently  he  rounded  a  precipitous  headland, 
and  found  himself  in  Port  Jackson.  In  due 
course  he  makes  a  plain  statement  to  Lord  Sydney 
of  the  fact: — 

"/  have  had  the  satisfaction  of  finding  the 
finest  harbor  in  the  world,  in  which  a  thou- 
sand sail  of  the  line  may  ride  in  most  perfect 
security." 


London  in  the  latter  part  of  the  year  1788, 
said : — 

"If  the  Minister  has  a  true  and  just  description 
given  to  him  of  it  (the  country)  he  will  not 
surely  think  of  sending  any  more  people  here 
for  there  is  not  one  article  that  can  ever 
be  necessary  for  the  use  of  man,  but  which  must 
be  imported  into  the  country." 

Against  opposition  of  this  character — almost 
general  among  the  people  who  surrounded  him — 
against  conspiracy,   famine,  and  the  blunders  of 


Old  Colonial   Home 


For  five  strenuous  years  Phillip  stood  by  the  flag 
on  the  shores  of  Sydney  Cove.  There  were 
among  his  officers  men  like  Ross  and  Johnson, 
who  were  eager  to  have  it  lowered.  In  order 
to  effect  their  purpose — the  abandonment  of  the 
colony — these  men  and  others  did  not  hesitate  to 
paint  the  blackest  pictures  of  the  country  to  the 
Home  authorities.  The  mantle  of  these  false 
prophets  in  the  course  of  time  fell  upon  others. 
Entirely  erroneous  impressions  of  Australia  have 
in  consequence  been  sustained  abroad,  and  half 
accepted  as  facts  at  home.  Major  Ross,  who, 
mentally,  fathered  three  generations  of  Anti- 
Australians,  writing    to    the    Under-Secretary    in 


distant  authority,  Phillip,  of  the  lean  face  and 
aquiline  nose,  presented  a  fine  unyielding  deter- 
mination; to  which,  as  much  as  to  his  inspired 
faith  in  the  future  of  the  country,  we  can  largely 
attribute  the  fact  that  Australia  is  to-day  a  part 
of  the  British  Empire. 

Upheld  by  the  cleanly  figure  of  Captain  Arthur 
Phillip,  the  stage  on  which  is  presented  the  first 
group  of  actors  in  Australian  history,  lacks 
neither  interest  nor  dignity. 

He  brought  a  band  of  most  unsuitable  colonists 
safely  across  the  seas,  to  a  country  which  had 
only  been  visited  by  one  previous  ship,  and,  in  the 
face  of  difficulties    that  seemed    at  times    insur- 


OLD   COLONIAL   DAYS 


35 


mountable,  he  bedded  the  roots  of  European 
Colonization  so  firmly  in  Australian  soil  that  they 
can  nevermore  be  torn  from  it. 

The  miseries  and  inconveniences  of  early 
settlement  were  occasioned  largely  by  these 
facts : — 

(i)  The  population,  instead  of  being 
husbandmen  and  artificers,  were  by  a  large 
majority  untrained  convicts  or  soldiers  and 
marines. 

(2)  Absolute  ignorance  of  all  concerned 
as  to  the  nature  and  capabilities  of  a  country 
entirely  new  to  European  experiences. 

{3)  Mismanagement  and  incredible  lack 
of  foresight  of  the  home  authorities;  who 
were  responsible  for  the  preservation  and 
sustentation  of  a  body  of  first  colonists  far 
removed  from  all  sources  of  established 
supply. 

(4)  The  natural  discontent  of  people 
exiled  from  their  native  country  to  an 
unknown  territory  at  the  extremes  of  the 
earth,  then  from  six  to  twelve  months'  voy- 
age distant,  inhabited  only  by  savages,  and 
subject  as  they  were  to  probable  attack  from 
foreign  nations,  who  might,  without  their 
knowledge,  become  at  war  with  the  Mother 
Country. 

It  was  only  to  be  expected  that  evil  reports  of 
Australia  would  be  circulated  abroad  by  those 
whose  only  apparent  relief  lay  in  the  withdrawal 
by  the  English  Government  of  its  suffering  and 
struggling  subjects  at  Port  Jackson. 

Time  has  proved  that  the  early  impressions  of 
Australia  were  entirely  wrong. 

The  first  recorders  spoke  of  it  as  a  land  either 
devoid  of  timber,  or  "covered  with  trees  of  an 
immense  size,  but  scarce  worth  cutting  down." 

The  fact  is  that  Australia  possesses  the  largest 
areas  of  valuable  timbers  in  the  world.  She  has 
hundreds  of  species  of  useful  and  ornamental 
commercial  woods;  and  the  essential  oils  and 
by-products  of  her  fever-preventing  eucalypts  are 
of  incalculable  value. 

She  was  described  as  a  country  where  there  was 
"neither  ore  nor  mineral  except  iron  and  a  small 
portion  of  copper." 

Every  useful  earth  and  valuable  gem,  every 
known  mineral,  not  excluding  helium  and  radium, 
have  been  discovered  in  Australia.  Her  output 
of  precious  metals  has  exceeded  that  of  any  other 
country.  She  possesses  supplies  of  coal  already 
proved  sufficient  for  thousands  of  years,  and 
illimitable  deposits  of  ore,  containing  the  highest 
known  percentages  of  non-phosphatic  iron. 


It  was  said  that  Australia  is  a  land  almost 
destitute  of  animals  and  birds. 

The  scientist  knows  now  that  it  is  the  most 
interesting  of  all  countries  to  him;  a  country 
which  contains  not  only  "living  fossils,"  such  as 
the  platypus,  the  echidna,  and  the  lung-fish,  but 
in  ornithology  (apart  from  those  birds  which  are 
sui-generis) ,  has  representatives  of  all  the  world's 
feathered  families,  excepting  vultures  and  wood- 
peckers. 

It  was  most  freely  asserted  that  the  soil  of  the 
country  at  large  was  one  of  extreme  poverty,  on 
which  European  fruits  and  grains  could  never 
thrive.  This  assertion  has  been  repeated  with 
variations  of  almost  every  new  district  opened 
for  settlement  throughout  the  Commonwealth 
during  the  last  hundred  and  twenty-five  years. 

One  of  the  objects  of  this  book  is  to  finally 
refute  the  many  libels  to  which  Australia  has 
been  so  undeservedly  subjected. 

It  may  be  stated  in  advance,  that  there  is  prac- 
tically no  botanical  product  of  either  Europe, 
Asia,  Africa,  the  Americas,  Polynesia  or  Malay- 
sia for  which  suitable  soils  and  climates  can  not 
be  found  within  the  boundaries  of  the  Australian 
Com  m  o  nwealth  ! 

Oranges  from  the  irrigated  areas  of  Ren- 
mark  (S.A.)  were  last  year  proclaimed  to  be  the 
finest  ever  exposed  for  sale  in  Covent  Garden 
Markets,  London,  where  they  would  find  com- 
petitors from  the  citrus  orchards  of  the  world. 
It  will  be  more  fully  shown  in  subsequent  pages 
what  the  agricultural  lands  of  Australia  are  really 
capable  of  producing. 

The  despair  of  the  early  colonists  was  pitiable. 
Hear  the  disgruntled  voice  of  one  of  Phillip's 
officers  complaining  from  the  Past: — 

"The  country,  my  lord,  is  past  all  dispute 
"a  wretched  one — a  very  wretched  one — 
"and  totally  incapable  of  yielding  to  Great 
"Britain  a  return  for  colonizing  it.  There 
"is  no  wood  fit  for  naval  purposes;  no  fibrous 
"grass  or  plant  from  which  cordage  can  be 
"made;  no  substance  which  can  aid  or 
"improve  the  labours  of  the  manufacturer; 
"no  mineral  productions,  no  esculent 
"vegetable  worth  the  care  of  collecting  and 
"transporting  to  other  climes;  and,  lastly, 
"which  is  of  the  most  serious  consideration, 
"no  likelihood  that  the  country  will  be  able 
"to  support  itself  in  grain  or  animal  food 
"for  many  years  to  come"  (Major  Ross  said 
for  a  hundred  years)  "so  that  a  regular 
"annual  expense  is  entailed  on  the  mother 
"country  as  long  as  it  shall  be  kept." 

Only  last  year  the  author  heard  in  Port  Dar- 
win, Northern  Territory,  homesick  officials  utter- 


OLD    COLONIAL    DAYS 


37 


In  the  Heart  of  Central  Australia 


ing  the  same  complaints.  The  enforced  exile  has 
rarely  been  known  to  praise  the  place  of  his 
imprisonment.  Contrast  the  accusations  of  the 
disaffected  with  Phillip's  plain  statement: — 

"The  climate  is  equal  to  the  finest  in  Europe. 
All  the  plants  and  fruit  trees  brought 
from  Brazil  and  the  Cape  thrive  exceed- 
ingly well,  and  we  do  not  want  for  vegetables. 
The  colony  is  the  most  valuable 
acquisition  Great  Britain  ever  made." 

But  Phillip  stood  practically  alone  in  his  faith 
among  the  "First  Fleet"  men.  He  was  the  one 
true  believer  among  the  six  or  seven  hundred  who 
landed  with  him.  Australia  is  at  all  times  a 
difficult  country  to  understand.  To  the  eyes  of 
the  first  pioneers,  without  precedents  or  experi- 
ences to  reassure  them,  the  newness  of  their  sur- 
roundings added  to  the  natural  nervousness  of 
an  outpost.  This  fear  of  the  Unknown  has  al- 
ways been  a  poignant  sentiment  in  human  affairs. 

Very  early  in  the  country's  history  there  grew 
up  a  stereotyped  conception  of  the  interior  as  a 
dry  and  waterless  desert,  composed  for  the  most 
part  of  shifting  sands,  scorched  by  everlasting 
suns  and  swept  by  constant  hot  winds. 

Book  after  book  has  been  written  perpetuating 
this  fallacy,  which  has  become  so  firmly  rooted  in 
peoples'  minds  that  it  will  probably  be  another 
two  or  three  generations  before  it  is  finally  con- 


signed to  the  limbo  of  ancient  fallacies.  It  is 
doubtful  if  there  are  a  hundred  square  miles  of 
true  desert  within  the  whole  area  of  the  Austra- 
lian Continent,  and  it  is  now  an  established  fact 
that  millions  of  acres,  once  regarded  as  useless 
for  agricultural  purposes,  are  among  the  most 
fertile  and  productive  lands  in  the  world. 

Ignorance  and  prejudice,  at  home  and  abroad, 
have  militated  very  greatly  against  settlement. 

Until  quite  recently  Australian  children  were 
taught  a  local  geography  quite  as  absurd  as  that 
evolved  by  a  series  of  foolish  writers,  from 
Dampier  to  quite  recent  times.  The  geography 
of  Australia  imbibed  by  scholars  in  foreign 
schools  is  still  full  of  mischievous  statements. 
Until  the  Commonwealth  takes  the  matter 
systematically  in  hand,  and  proclaims  the  truth 
about  itself  far  and  wide,  the  great  mass  of  out- 
siders will  continue  to  believe  that  "five-sixths 
of  the  whole  block  of  land  is  desert,"  as  one  of 
the  early  Governors  declared. 

The  writer  of  this  book  learned  at  an  Austra- 
lian bush  school,  thirty  years  ago,  to  regard  large 
widths  of  his  native  land  as  sterile  wastes,  which 
he  has  since  found  covered  with  crops  and  sweet 
with  rain. 

The  work  of  exploration,  which  commenced 
with  Governor  Phillip,  has  gone  on  down  to  the 
present  day.       But  neither  Phillip  nor  his  imme- 


38 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


diate  successors  seemed  to  realize  that  the  know- 
ledge they  won,  at  the  price  of  much  effort  and 
hardship,  was  purely  local.  They  were  prone 
to  judge  the  whole  Continent  by  the  necessarily 
restricted  areas  of  their  own  observations.  It 
is  yet  only  partially  realized  that  there  is  more 
than  one  Australia,  that  the  range  of  our  climate 
and  conditions  are  continental,  that  for  nutmegs 
and  gooseberries  an  equally  suitable  habitat  can  be 
found. 

Nor  is  the  national  consciousness  yet  fully  alive 
to  the  fact  that  climates,  varying  as  much  as  those 
of  Berlin  and  Naples,  must  ultimately  lead  to 
pronounced  variations  even  in  human  types. 

The  accounts  of  first  Australian  discovery  make 
curious  reading  nowadays.  Journeys  to  dis- 
tricts which  are  now  reached  readily  by  electric 
tram  or  suburban  train  service  called  for  armed 
expeditions.  Where  the  red-coats  of  King  George 
the  Third  marched  wearily,  laden  with  coarse 
provision  and  heavy  accoutrements,  the  motor  car 
bears  a  prosperous  generation  to  business  or 
pleasure;  the  naked  upland  has  become  an 
orchard  slope,  the  crude  camps  of  stunted  abori- 
gines are  busy  townships,  and  the  pulse  of 
industry  throbs  day  and  night  where  the  silence 
of  primal  solitudes  was  broken  only  by  the 
voices  of  wind  and  wave. 


Twenty-five  energetic  years  had  converted  the 
children  of  the  First  Fleet  into  men  and  women 
before  hardy  explorers  surmounted  the  Blue 
Mountains  which,  on  sunny  days,  were  plainly 
visible  from  the  heights  of  the  Settlement. 

Phillip's  pessimists  did  not  know,  or  did  not 
care  to  know,  that  beyond  these  great  Dividing 
Ranges  and  their  spurs  lay  countries  of  perennial 
richness,  and  mineral  fields  of  incalculable  wealth. 

Still  less  could  they  have  foreseen  that  the  site 
of  their  rough  barracks  and  struggling  gardens 
would  in  the  future  be  a  city  of  half  a  million 
prosperous  inhabitants;  or  that  rutted  roads, 
where  lumbering  ox-waggons  crawled  through 
tedious  dust  or  were  bogged  in  the  deep  un- 
metalled  mud,  would  give  place  to  the  modern 
streets  and  handsome  buildings  which  make  that 
city's  pride. 

At  the  end  of  Phillip's  five  years  of  office — • 
when  he  begged  to  be  removed  owing  to  bad 
health — Botany  Bay,  Port  Jackson,  Broken  Bay, 
and  the  country  about  the  Hawkesbury  and 
Nepean  Rivers,  were  fairly  well  surveyed  and 
known.  The  settlement  had  survived  threatened 
extinction  by  famine,  and  the  discovery  of  the 
fertile  Hawkesbury  lands  promised  to  provide 
against  a  recurrence  of  that  danger. 


On  the  Hawkesbury  Biver 


(39) 


INLAND  EXPLORATION. 


VERY  early  in  its  history,  the  new  colony 
began  to  attract  men  of  the  adventurous 
type.  Among  these  was  Gregory  Blax- 
land,  a  Kentish  stockbreeder,  who  migrated  to 
Australia  in  1806.  He  was  then  a  vigorous  man 
of  35.  Lured  by  the  hope  of  better  pasturages 
inland,  he  set  out  with  Lawson  and  Wentworth 
in  May,  18 13,  to  find  a  passage  across  the  Blue 
Mountains. 

The  easy  success  of  this,  the  first  properly 
organised  attempt  to  surmount  an  ordinary 
natural  difficulty,  paved  the  way  for  a  hundred 
years  of  rapid  exploration  and  settlement. 

Before  Blaxland  died  in  1835  he  had  seen  the 
first  page  of  achievement,  at  the  head  of  which 
he  had  put  an  honorable  signature,  covered  with 
illustrious  names. 

His  track  was  quickly  followed  by  Surveyor 
George  W.  Evans,  whose  astonished  eyes  in  the 
same  year  (1813)  were  the  first  to  behold  an 
enchanting  country  of  well  watered  valleys, 
abounding  in  fish  and  game,  and  beyond  that 
again  fertile  expanses  of  still  better  lands. 

Evans  discovered  and  named  both  the  Mac- 
quarle  and  Lachlan  Rivers. 

As  a  result,  Macquarie,  the  most  industrious  of 
early  Governors,  journeyed  with  his  wife  and  a 
military  equipage,  by  a  good  road,  to  the  new 
settlement  of  Bathurst,  100  miles  inland,  on  the 
26th  April,  1 8 15.  The  Conquest  of  the  Interior 
had  now  definitely  commenced,  and  was  destined 
to  go  on  steadily  down  to  the  present  day. 

Australia  had  already  proved  to  be  a  land 
entirely  different  from  that  depicted  by  the  first 
geographers  and  earliest  settlers.  Cattle  and 
sheep  were  thriving  in  the  new  country  as  well  as 
or  even  better  than  European  stock  had  ever 
thrived  in  the  old  world.  Enterprise,  untram- 
melled by  sentiment,  perceived  opportunities  for 
success  in  many  directions.  There  was  no  longer 
any  serious  talk  of  abandoning  the  work 
of  colonization,  but  the  complete  realiza- 
tion of  its  boundless  possibilities  has  not 
come  in  a  hundred  years.  Even  now 
groundless  fears  haunt  many  minds  that  those 
large  unoccupied  tracts  of  the  interior  of  Aus- 
tralia, which  are  yet  imperfectly  known,  will  not 
prove  fit  for  future  settlement.  Errors,  like 
weeds,  are  hard  to  eradicate.  Truth  is  a  sensi- 
tive plant  of  slower  growth. 


The  early  explorers,  although  their  work  was 
good,  were  too  often  guilty  of  serious  errors  of 
judgment.  Among  this  honorable  band  no  names 
stand  higher  than  John  Oxley  and  his  successor, 
Charles  Sturt,  both  of  whom  made  pronounce- 
ments about  country  they  crossed  which  we  now 
know   to    have   been    foolishly   wrong. 

Oxley  condemned  the  flats  of  the  Lachlan 
River,  as  "certainly  not  adapted  for  cattle,"  and 
stigmatised  as  "desert"  some  of  the  best  grazing 
country  in  Australia;  the  "desert  plains"  which  he 
doubted  on  crossing  "would  ever  again  be 
visited  by  civilized  man"  are  now  covered  by 
woolly  sheep  or  waving  grain. 

Poor  Oxley.  He  was  a  good-looking  young 
ex-lieutenant  of  the  King's  Navy,  who  had  come 
to  Australia  in  18 12,  and  received  the  appoint- 
ment of  Surveyor-General.  Baffled  by  difficulties 
incidental  to  the  exploration  of  new  country,  he 


Gregory  Blaxland 


40 


INLAND   EXPLORATION 


41 


sat  down  by  the  Lachlan  River  and  desolately 
wrote  in  his  journal : — 

"For  all  the  practical  purposes  of 
"civilized  man,  the  interior  of  this  country 
"westward  of  a  certain  meridian  is  unin- 
"habitable." 

Oxley's  "habitable  meridian"  lay  somewhere 
about  the  mid-Macquarie  region,  and  the  "unin- 
habitable country"  is  now  crossed  by  profitable 
railways,  which  have  lately  proved  inadequate  to 
carry  away  the  enormous  quantities  of  wheat 
which  it  is  producing. 

His  final  conclusion  that  "the  interior  of  this 
vast  country  is  a  marsh  and  uninhabitable"  was 
as  far  wide  of  the  mark  as  some  classical  specula- 
tions regarding  the  size  and  shape  of  the  Earth. 

But  for  many  years,  like  Dampier's  "Dis- 
coveries," Oxley's  baseless  and  utterly  erroneous 
conclusions  colored  impressions  which  the  world 
at  large  held  of  all  our  wonderful  interior. 

Despite  his  chronic  despondency,  Oxley  in  his 
explorations  found  compensations  like  the  Liver- 
pool Plains,  Port  Macquarie,  the  Tweed  and  the 
Brisbane  Rivers. 

Of  another  temperament  was  Hamilton  Hume, 
a  native  Australian.  Born  at  Parramatta  in 
1797,  Hume  was  by  nature  a  bushman,  between 
whom  and  the  man  of  the  cities  there  is  ever  a 
marked  difference. 

Every  Australian  schoolboy  knows  how,  in 
1824,  Hume,  after  discovering  Lakes  Bathurst 
and  George,  and  the  Yass  and  Goulburn  Plains, 
led  his  party  of  eight  from  Lake  George  to 
the  Southern  Ocean;  beholding  for  the  first  time 
the  white  caps  of  the  Australian  Alps,  and  cross- 


ing and  naming  en  route  the  Murray,  the  finest 
river  in  Australia  which,  rising  beneath  their 
snows,  pours  its  waters  into  the  Indian  Ocean, 
1,700  miles  away. 

Hume,  fortified  with  colonial  experience,  cheer- 
ful, resourceful,  patient,  and,  above  all,  correct 
in  his  judgments,  is  a  pleasant  antidote  to  the 
depressing  Oxley. 

Four  years  later,  as  a  member  of  the  ambitious 
Sturt's  exploring  party,  he  did  good  and  useful 
work. 

Captain  Charles  Sturt,  an  Anglo-Indian  by 
birth,  who  had  been  Governor  Darling's  private 
secretary,  had  neither  Hume's  knowledge  of,  nor 
his  sympathy  with  Australia.  Like  Oxley,  he 
erred  grievously  in  his  estimate  of  districts  which 
have  long  since  been  profitably  occupied. 

Where'  Oxley  thought  he  had  found  a  vast 
inland  marsh,  Sturt  imagined  that  he  was  dis- 
covering a  drought-stricken  desert.  Both  were 
the  sport  of  seasons;  both  were  wrong. 

Sturt's  pictures  of  the  Australian  back-country 
have  some  literary  interest,  but  like  other  word 
paintings  which  have  followed  them,  they  are 
much  more  imaginative  than  real. 

In  point  of  fact,  the  Australia  that  Sturt  and 
some  of  his  literary  successors  describe  is  no  more 
to  be  accepted  as  typical  than  that  of  Dampier  or 
the  French  navigator.  La  Perouse,  who  for- 
tunately thought  the  country  so  poor  that  "it  was 
not  worth  his  while  to  examine  it." 

Hume  and  Sturt  discovered  the  Darling  River, 
which  is  probably  destined  to  form  the  future 
base  for  an  inland  population  that  will  number 
many  more  millions  than  the  whole  of  Australia 
is  carrying  at  present. 


The  Eiver  Tweed 


42 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


In  Sturt's  "Worst  Country  in  the  World" —Hospital  Sunday  Procession,  Broken  Hill 


In  spite  of  his  errors  of  judgment,  Captain 
Sturt's  second  great  journey  in  a  whaleboat  down 
the  Murrumbidgee  River  to  its  junction  with  the 
Murray,  and  thence  past  the  junction  of  the  Dar- 
ling to  the  mouth  of  the  Murray  at  Lake  Alexan- 
drina,  is  one  of  the  most  heroic  and  picturesque 
chapters  in  the  splendid  story  of  southern  explora- 
tion. 

With  three  soldiers  (Harris,  Eraser  and  Hop- 
kinson),  and  three  prisoners  (MacManee,  Mul- 
holland  and  Clayton),  Captain  Charles  Sturt  put 
to  his  credit  one  of  the  most  courageous  feats  ever 
accomplished  on  any  frontier. 

Whether  facing,  as  they  did,  an  armed  and 
hostile  band  of  five  hundred  sable  warriors  at 
the  junction  of  the  Murray  and  the  Darling,  or 
toiling  manfully  at  the  oars  of  their  heavy  whale- 
boat;  or  enduring  the  pangs  of  hunger  on  their 
woefully  reduced  return  ration,  this  little  com- 
pany, working  its  way  alone  to  the  Murray  mouth 
and  back  again  in  the  teeth  of  a  thousand  diffi- 
culties, dangers  and  privations,  stands  forth  for- 
ever famous  on  the  foreground  of  our  Early 
Days. 

But,  with  all  praise  to  the  courage  and  personal 
character  of  Sturt,  it  has  to  be  admitted  that  he 
was  greatly  lacking  in  judgment. 

His  last  great  expedition  proves  this. 


Returning  from  England  to  the  newly-formed 
province  of  South  Australia,  where  he  was  in  turn 
Surveyor-General  and  Commissioner  of  Lands, 
he  set  out  on  his  last  arduous  journey  to  the 
interior  in    1844. 

At  the  time  of  this  outsetting  it  must  be  remem- 
bered that  Sturt  was  a  partially-blind  and  dis- 
appointed man.  He  had  received  instructions 
from  the  Home  Office  to  reach,  if  possible,  the 
heart  of  the  Continent,  and  determine  whether  or 
not  the  supposed  inland  sea  existed  there.  He 
decided  to  follow  up  the  Darling  River,  and 
struck  out  in  a  north-westerly  direction  from  a 
point  near  the  present  township  of  Menindie.  He 
was  accompanied  by  Poole,  Dr.  Browne,  and 
McDouall  Stuart — a  name  destined  to  become 
famous  in  the  annals  of  Australian  discovery.  He 
crossed  and  condemned  the  Barrier  Range,  since 
become  one  of  the  richest  silver-lead  fields  in  the 
world,  and  ultimately  reached  the  28th  parallel; 
but  the  story  of  the  expedition  is  one  of  tragedy 
and  failure.  Poole  died  of  scurvy.  After  putting 
up  a  fine  record  of  courage  and  honorable 
effort,  the  exhausted  leader  and  his  party  came 
back  with  what  appeared  to  be  negative  results. 
Country  crossed  by  Sturt  (in  an  exceptionally  bad 
season),   and    which    he    classed    as     "hopeless 


INLAND   EXPLORATION 


43 


desert"  has  since  yielded  fortunes  to  stockowners. 

Broken  Hill,  on  the  site  of  which  Sturt  had 
written  a  despairing  entry  in  his  journal,  is 
to-day  a  city  of  30,000  inhabitants — another 
proof  of  the  erroneous  deductions  which  were 
drawn  from  local  conditions  by  men  of  the  finest 
personal  quality  but  unfamiliar  with  the  true 
nature  of  a  remarkable,  new  country. 

The  journeys  of  Sturt's  celebrated  rival.  Major 
Sir  Thomas  Mitchell,  proved  more  resultful  to 
our  young  colonization.  Late  in  the  year  1831 
Mitchell,  then  Surveyor-General  of  New  South 
Wales,  set  out  from  Liverpool  Plains;  located  the 


whose  bones  now  rest  under  the  obelisk  erected 
to  his  memory  in  Sydney  Botanic  Gardens. 
Mitchell  set  out  again  in  1836,  under  instructions 
from  the  Government  of  the  parent  Colony  to 
take  up  his  exploration  of  the  Darling  at  the 
point  where  he  had  left  off  on  the  previous 
expedition;  follow  the  river  to  the  Murray,  and 
return  to  Yass  Plains  via  its  southern  bank. 

This  programme,  Mitchell,  a  soldier  of  the 
Peninsula,  greatly  extended. 

Having  finally  determined  that  the  Murray 
received  the  waters  of  the  Darling  and  its  vast 
network  of  feeders — which  constitute,  from  their 


A  Landing  on  the  Eiver  Murray 


Nandewar  Ranges,  touched  the  Namoi  and 
Gwydir  Rivers,  and  discovered  that  these  two 
watercourses  junctioned  with  the  Darling. 

In  1833  he  left  Parramatta  with  a  well- 
equipped  expedition,  struck  westward  to  the  head 
of  the  Bogan  River,  and  followed  it  down  to  the 
Darling;  where  he  established  and  re-named  Fort 
Bourke.  Leaving  this  temporary  stockade,  he 
followed  the  downward  course  of  the  river  for 
three  hundred  miles,  and  decided  that  it  really 
joined  the  Murray;  a  fact  which  had  been  con- 
tested, despite  the  earlier  reports  of  Sturt. 

Mitchell  was  always  unfortunate  in  his  deal- 
ings with  the  natives,  who  frequently  attacked  his 
party.  They  practically  drove  him  back  to  Fort 
Bourke,  whence  in  time  he  made  his  way  to 
Bathurst,  having  lost  his  botanist,  Richard  Cun- 
ningham— brother  of  Allan  Cunningham,  capable 
scientist  and  intrepid  explorer  and  discoverer,  in 
1827,    of    the    fertile    Darling    Downs    country, 


source  in  south-western  Queensland  to  Murray 
mouth,  the  longest  river  system  in  the  world — 
Mitchell  transferred  his  expedition  to  the 
unexplored  southern  side  of  the  great  river,  and 
entered  what  is  now  the  State  of  Victoria.  So 
rich  and  beautiful  was  the  country  he  traversed 
after  leaving  Swan  Hill  (locating  the  Loddon, 
Avoca,  and  Wimmera  Rivers  en  route)  that  he 
called  it  "Australia  Felix."  Across  this  glorious 
land  went  slowly  but  securely  the  brave  soldier  of 
Badajoz,  until  he  found  the  picturesque  Glenelg, 
and  so  reached  the  southern  coast.  Here  the 
expedition  turned  homeward  via  Portland  Bay. 
Striking  across  country,  he  ascended  Mount 
Macedon  and  from  its  summit,  greatly  exultant, 
beheld  Port  Phillip.  Mitchell's  triumphant  news 
gave  an  immediate  impetus  to  settlement  in  the 
south.  The  "Great  Desert"  theory  had  received 
its  first  immersion  in  the  acid  of  fact,  but  much 
time  must  yet  elapse  before  it  reached  its  final 
reduction. 


44 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Mitchell's  work  did  not  pass  unrecognised.  It 
was  not  until  1845  that  he  set  out  again;  this  time 
to  examine  the  unknown  lands  in  the  north-west. 
Grazing  was  now  being  rapidly  extended  into  new 
districts,  and  settlement  followed  closely  on  the 
heels  of  exploration,  if  it  did  not  even  precede  it. 

Crossing  the  Darling  above  Fort  Bourke,  the 
third  Mitchell  expedition  passed  through  what  is 
now  south-western  Queensland,  a  well-watered 
and  fertile  country,  suitable  for  immediate  pas- 
toral occupation.  Leaving  Mount  Abundance, 
near  the  present  site  of  Roma,  he  touched  the 
Maranoa  River,  and,  keeping  on,  discovered  the 
Warrego  and  Belyando.  Turning  west  again 
from  the  head  of  the  Nogoa  (where  he  had 
established  a  base)  he  crossed  the  red  soil  plains 
covered  with  Mitchell  grass,  that  brought  him  to 
the  Barcoo,  which  stockmen  claim  to  be  the  best 
country  in  Australia.  The  Barcoo  crosses  the 
25th  parallel  560  miles  from  the  eastern  coast. 
The  existence  of  pastoral  and  agricultural 
country  plentifully  supplied  with  surface  waters  in 
good  seasons,  and  perennially  blessed  with  an 
abundant  artesian  supply — although  Mitchell  did 
not  know  this — gave  the  Central  Desert  delusion 
further  refutation. 

Mitchell's  work  throughout  was  well  done.  He 
possessed  all  the  courage  of  his  compeers,  and 
was  gifted  with  the  organization  they  too  often 
lacked.  Six  years  after  his  triumphant  return 
from  the  North,  he  had  the  distinction  of  taking 
to  England  the  first  gold  specimen  and  the  first 
diamond  found  In  Australia.  Besides  being  the 
most  successful  of  our  explorers,  this  soldier  of 
Badajoz  was  both  author  and  inventor. 

The  glory  Mitchell  achieved  by  organization 
and  forethought  Leichhardt,  on  his  first  journey, 
secured  by  mere  good  fortune.  In  these  days 
Ludwig  Leichhardt  would  probably  be  regarded 
as  a  "crank."  But  with  a  continent  of  mystery 
spreading  away  from  a  narrow  fringe  of  know- 
ledge, In  the  vigorous  "forties,"  a  man  like 
Leichhardt,  with  no  bushcraft,  no  tact,  but  possess- 
ing inordinate  self-confidence  and  vanity  plus 
audacity,  might,  like  the  gambler  at  the  roulette 
table,  break  the  bank  at  his  first  sitting. 

Despite  his  one  accidental  success,  Leichhardt, 
the  hero  of  a  hundred  Australian  stories,  cannot 
be  accepted  seriously  as  an  explorer. 

Arriving  In  Australia  as  a  botanist  in  1842 — 
eager  to  gain  glory  in  the  fields  of  geographical 
discovery,  we  find  him  at  the  head  of  a  party 
leaving  Jimbour  Station,  Darling  Downs,  on  the 
1st  of  October,  1844. 

Luckily  the  northern  route  which  he  had 
selected  took  him  nearly  all  the  way  through 
country  where  it  would  be  difficult  for  the  veriest 
new-chum  to  come  to  grief. 


Leaving  the  Condamine,  he  met  and  named 
the  Dawson;  passed  on  to  the  splendid  Peak 
Downs  districts,  crossed  the  Mackenzie,  Isaacs 
and  Burdekin,  struck  across  to  the  Gulf  of  Car- 
pentaria, on  the  eastern  shore  of  which  he  was 
attacked  by  natives,  and  had  three  men  speared — 
Including  the  botanist,  Gilbert,  who  was  killed 
outright. 

From  this  point  to  Port  Essington,  which  he 
reached  on  the   17th  December,   1845,  the  story 


Sir  Thomas  Mitchell 


of  Lelchhardt's  expedition  Is  less  cheerful  read- 
ing; but  the  long  journey  he  accomplished 
through  a  well-grassed,  well-watered  Northern 
Australia,  reduced  still  further  the  area  of  sup- 
posed desert,  and  paved  a  way  for  the  establish- 
ment of  many  fine  colonial  fortunes. 

The  glory  which  fell  to  Leichhardt  was  his 
undoing.  He  now  became  seized  with  a  vaulting 
ambition  to  cross  the  Australian  continent  from 
east  to  west  In  a  direct  line.  His  first  attempt 
ended  in  rank  failure.  The  second  expedition, 
hastily  organized,  was  composed  of  six  white  men 
and  two  natives,  with  twelve  horses,  13  mules,  50 
bullocks,  270  goats,  and  a  supply  of  provisions 
and  ammunition. 

This  expedition  started  from  McPherson's 
Station,  Muckadilla  Creek,  on  the  south-west  of 


INLAND   EXPLORATION 


45 


the  present  State  of  Queensland — early  in  April,      from  Streaky  Bay  he  made  the  head  of  Spencer's 


1848,  and  was  never  more  heard  of 

The  Gregory  Search  Expedition — sent  out  in 
1858  to  determine,  if  possible,  what  had  become 
of  Leichhardt,  discovered  only  such  traces  of  him 
as  a  marked  tree  and  an  old  camp  on  the  Barcoo. 

In  1856  Gregory  had  found  traces  of  the  lost 
explorer  on  Elsey  Creek  upper  waters.  The 
Elsey  is  a  tributary  of  the  Roper,  and  the  general 
theory  is  that  Leichhardt,  being  forced  to  retreat 
from  the  dry  country  west  of  the  Thomson  River, 
struck  back  to  the  Roper,  and  then  travelled  west 
or  south-west  until  he  got  into  hopeless  difficulties 
and  perished.  If  this  were  so,  it  is  a  remarkable 
thing  that  not  as  much  as  a  shoe  buckle  of  the  lost 
expedition  has  ever  been  recovered. 


Gulf,  and  located  Lake  Torrens. 

On  the  1 8th  June,  1840,  Eyre  left  Adelaide  to 
discover,  if  possible,  a  stock  route  from  South 
Australia  to  the  Swan  River  settlement  in  West 
Australia.  He  worked  northward  from  Mount 
Arden,  at  the  head  of  Spencer's  Gulf,  along  the 
Flinders  Ranges,  which  he  named. 

Being  unable  to  find  a  way  round  Lake  Tor- 
rens, which  was  a  mere  salt  mud  bed  of  enormous 
area,  at  that  period,  he  returned  to  Mount  Arden, 
and  struck  westward,  intending  to  get  around  to 
King  George's  Sound,  if  possible,  by  keeping 
closer  to  the  coastline  of  the  Great  Australian 
Bight. 


Overlanding  Cattle 


There  is  another  theory  among  bushmen  that 
quarrels  among  the  party  led  to  a  tragedy,  that 
the  survivors  of  this  tragedy,  if  any,  found  it 
expedient  to  destroy  all  traces  of  the  expedition, 
and  either  spent  the  rest  of  their  days  with  the 
natives,  or  quietly  departed  to  another  country. 
It  may  be  that  Leichhardt's  temper,  which  was 
known  to  be  violent  and  provocative,  has  lenl: 
color  to  this  belief. 

While  new  lines  were  being  written  on  the  map 
of  Australia,  north  and  west,  the  quiet  excursions 
of  one  Angas  McMillan,  from  Currawang  Sta- 
tion, had  made  known  the  existence  of  the  fertile 
Gippsland  districts  in  the  south.  In  1838 
Bonney  and  Hawdon  had  overlanded  the  first 
cattle  from  the  settled  districts  of  the  South-East 
to  the  infant  city  of  Adelaide  (S.A.)  They 
were  followed  by  Edward  John  Eyre,  who  left 
Port  Lincoln  on  the  western  shore  of  Spencer's 
Gulf  (S.A.)  in  August,  1839,  ^"^  crossed  the 
Peninsula  now  bearing  his  name.  He  found  no 
surface  water  in  a  journey  of  300  miles.  Eyre, 
accompanied  by  a  black  boy,  pushed  on  to  within 
50  miles  of  the  then  S.A.  border.  On  his  return 


Between  Fowler's  Bay  and  the  Sound  lie  eight 
hundred  miles  of  difficult  country.  Eyre,  with 
one  white  companion,  Baxter,  and  three  natives, 
set  out  on  the  31st  January,  1 841,  to  cross  it.  Two 
of  these  natives  treacherously  shot  Baxter  one 
night  during  Eyre's  absence.  He  returned  to  his 
camp  to  find  the  greater  part  of  his  provisions 
and  his  two  shot  guns  and  ammunition  gone,  and 
his  companion  in  his  death  agony. 

With  the  remaining  native  Eyre  pushed  on  to 
Thistle  Cove,  where  he  had  the  good  luck  to  find 
a  French  whaling  vessel  at  anchor.  After  ten 
days  rest  the  indomitable  Eyre  resumed  his  heroic 
journey  and  arrived  at  King  George's  Sound  in 
July,  1 84 1. 

Eyre,  who  was  afterwards  Governor-General 
of  Jamaica — where  he  added  to  his  celebrity — 
despite  his  early  hardships,  lived  to  the  age  of 
ninety-one  years,  dying  so  recently  as  1906. 

His  was  another  of  the  heroic  yet  profitless 
journeys  which  brought  brave  but  unsuitable 
explorers  celebrity,  and  helped  to  perpetuate 
pessimistic  Impressions  of  Australia. 


46 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  lands  where  Eyre  suffered  and  despaired, 
the  supposed-to-be-waterless  peninsula  that  bears 
his  name,  are  being  rapidly  converted  into  wheat- 
growing  areas.  The  Mallee  scrubs  wherein  he 
thirsted  and  struggled  are  known  to  be  invariably 
fertile  wheat  soils,  and  below  the  surface  Nature 
has  conserved,  under  immense  areas,  the  water 
which  her  wisdom  thus  protects  against  surface 
evaporation  or  too-rapid  drainage. 


different  from  those  he  had  met  in  the  western 
plains  along  the  Warrego  and  Cooper's  Creek. 

Here  were  savages  of  a  different  type  to  the 
Southern  natives;  warriors  who  would  "step  over 
their  dead  and  fight,"  and  here  also  were  matted 
growths  and  tangled  vines  and  a  climate  not  so 
conducive  to  European  activity  as  the  hot  but 
stimulating  temperatures  of  the  interior. 


Distant  View  of  the  MacDonnell  Bange 


As  this  book  is  being  written,  gangs  of  men, 
with  all  the  appliances  of  engineering  to  hand, 
are  rapidly  levelling  a  track  for  the  great  rail- 
way, which,  running  to  the  northward  of  Eyre's 
route,  will  put  the  wharves  of  Port  Augusta  in 
direct  touch  with  the  wharves  of  Fremantle,  and 
join  in  solid  links  of  transcontinental  steel,  Aus- 
tralia— East  and  West. 

The  tragic  effort  of  E.  B.  Kennedy  was  made 
in  1848,  the  year  of  Leichhardt's  disappearance. 
In  the  endeavour  to  open  up  a  northern  route, 
Kennedy  and  nine  men  of  his  expedition  perished. 
After  some  preliminary  experience,  gained  with 
Major  Mitchell,  he  landed  at  Rockingham  Bay, 
at  the  base  of  York  Peninsula,  at  the  end  of  May 
with  twelve  men. 

But  the  jungled  mountains  of  Tropical  Aus- 
tralia presented  a  series  of  difficulties  altogether 


Kennedy's  party  succeeded  in  crossing  the 
mountains,  which  formed  part  of  the  fertile 
Atherton  Tableland,  by  cutting  their  way  through 
the  dense  scrubs,  and,  falling  a  little  to  the  west- 
ward, made  better  progress  in  more  open  country, 
where  the  Gulf  rivers  begin  their  courses.  But 
the  object  of  the  exploration  being  the  eastern 
slope,  they  recrossed  into  the  jungles,  and  painfully 
struggled  northward  to  Weymouth  Bay.  Here 
Kennedy  left  seven  of  his  men  in  camp,  woefully 
short  of  provisions,  and  with  three  white  men  and 
an  aboriginal,  endeavoured  to  push  on  to  Port 
Albany.  From  there  he  promised  to  send  back 
the  schooner  he  expected  with  relief  to  the  party 
left  behind.  Of  Kennedy's  party,  only  Jacky 
Jacky,  the  aboriginal,  hotly  pursued  by  the  wild 
blacks,  reached  Albany  Pass  alive. 


INLAND   EXPLORATION 


47 


Newcastle  Waters,  Central  Australia 


He  brought  the  story  of  Kennedy's  death  at  the 
hands  of  hostile  natives,  and  news  that  the  other 
three  men  had  been  left  at  Shelbourne  Bay. 

The  schooner,  the  "Ariel,"  made  all  sail  down 
the  coast  to  this  point,  only  to  find  evidence  that 
the  men  had  been  killed  by  the  fierce  tribesmen  of 
York  Peninsula. 

Of  the  party  left  at  Weymouth  Bay,  only  two 
were  found  alive — the  rest  had  perished  of  star- 
vation one  by  one.  Kennedy's  expedition  is  one 
of  the  tragedies  of  Australian  exploration;  but 
the  country  through  which  he  struggled  to  his 
doom  is  classed  nowadays  among  the  fat  lands 
of  the  Far  North. 

In  1863,  '^he  two  Jardine  brothers,  young 
native-born  Queenslanders,  carried  an  expedition 
with  cattle  through  hostile  country  via  the  Gulf, 
and  established  themselves  near  Cape  York. 

These  lads  literally  cut  and  fought  their  way 
to  Somerset,  where  their  father,  John  Jardine, 
was  awaiting  them.  The  Jardine  family  still 
remains  in  occupation  of  the  most  northern  pas- 
toral holding  on  the  Continent. 

In  1872  William  Hann,  accompanied  by  Dr. 
Tate,  the  botanist,  and   Taylor,    geologist,    took 


another  expedition  through  the  difficult  York 
Peninsula  country,  and  located  the  Palmer  gold- 
field. 

From  South  Australia,  during  the  fifties,  much 
exploration  northward  was  carried  on,  by  Bab- 
bage,  Goyder,  Freeling,  Hack,  Warburton,  and 
Swinden. 

But  to  John  MacDouall  Stuart  belongs  the 
honour  of  first  crossing  the  Australian  Continent 
from  south  to  north.  Prior  to  his  first  attempt 
in  i860  he  had  had  many  years'  experience  as  an 
explorer,  first  with  Captain  Sturt,  and  later  in 
charge  of  minor  expeditions.  Leaving  Chambers's 
Creek  (S.A. )  in  that  year,  he  penetrated  to  the 
MacDonnell  Range,  which  he  named  after  the 
South  Australian  Governor  of  the  period.  On 
the  22nd  of  April,  i860,  Stuart  camped  on  the 
centre  of  Australia,  naming  a  high  hill,  about 
two  and  a  half  miles  distant.  Central  Mount 
Sturt,  after  his  former  leader.  Posterity  altered 
it  to  Central  Mount  Stuart,  a  deserving  if  acci- 
dental honor  to  his  own  achievement. 

Being  met  to  the  northward  of  this  point  by 
water  difficulties,  and  unprovoked  attacks  by 
natives,  Stuart,  in  view  of  the  weakness  of  his 


48 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


expedition,  retired  on  the  27th  June.  He  arrived, 
much  worn,  at  Hamilton  Springs  on  the  26th 
August. 

Seeing  that  his  work  was  good,  the  South  Aus- 
tralian Government,  which  has  never  been  slow  to 
recognise  the  services  of  its  explorers,  promptly 
voted  £2,500  to  equip  a  better  organized  party, 
and  placed  Stuart  again  in  command. 

Once  more  this  intrepid  hero  of  the  Great  Cen- 
tral Unknown  set  forth,  and  following  closely 
upon  his  previous  route,  took  up  the  northern 
trail  where  he  had  left  off  the  year  before. 

This  time  he  got  as  far  as  Newcastle  Waters 
before  he  cried  retreat. 

The  authorities  in  Adelaide,  with  creditable 
confidence  in  the  man  who  stands  forth  in  the 
records  of  Australian  history  as  a  Man  indeed, 
promptly  placed  him  at  the  head  of  a  third 
expedition.  On  the  14th  of  April,  1862,  he  was 
again  at  Newcastle  Waters.  From  there, 
patiently  overcoming  his  difficulties  as  they  pre- 
sented themselves,  he  followed  a  persistent  route 
to  Daly  Waters,  and  deviating  eastward,  went 
onward  to  the  Roper  River. 

Following  up  a  tributary  which  he  named  the 
Chambers,  he  struck  out  in  a  northerly  and 
westerly  course,  over  the  Katherine  to  the  head 
waters  of  a  splendid  river  which  he  called  the 
Adelaide.  Down  the  tropical  black-soil  country 
of  the  Adelaide  went  MacDouall  Stuart  and  his 
band,  and  on  the  24th  of  July,  1862,  after  turning 
a  little  to  the  north-east  from  the  river's  mouth, 
he  had  the  sublime  satisfaction,  like  Balbao  from 
his  peak  in  Darien,  of  beholding  the  sea. 
Dipping  his  feet  and  hands  in  the  salt  water, 
2,000  miles  from  Adelaide,  he  knew  that  after 
years  of  effort  his  splendid  task  had  been  at  last 
accomplished. 

Clearing  a  space  in  the  scrub  and  stripping  a 
tall  sapling  for  his  flagstaff,  Stuart  with  his  own 
hands  hoisted  the  British  flag  that  he  had  carried 
with  him  for  so  long. 

The  Overland  Telegraph  line  now  flashes 
hourly  along  Stuart's  track  the  little  and  greater 
happenings  of  the  world. 

The  journey  back  was  one  of  tremendous  dlfli- 
culty.  Stuart  reached  the  outposts  of  civiliza- 
tion, a  mere  skeleton,  with  Impaired  eyesight,  his 
right  hand  powerless,  and  his  body  grievously 
afflicted  by  scurvy.  The  Colony  of  South  Aus- 
tralia gave  him  honor  and  reward  and  he  was 
decorated  with  the  gold  medal  of  the  Royal 
Geographical  Society,  but  he  never  recovered  his 
health,  and  died  In  England  in  1869,  leaving  a 
heritage  of  achievement  to  immortalize  his  name. 

While  Stuart  was  battling  bravely  on  his  trans- 
continental journey,  an  expedition  was  outfitted  in 
the    Colony    of    Victoria,    at    great    public    and 


private  expense,  which  added  another  to  the  list 
of  human  tragedies.  Its  defeat  arose — as  did 
most  of  the  early  failures — from  the  Inexperience 
of  brave,  ambitious  men. 

Burke  and  Wills  can  no  more  be  accepted  as 
explorers  than  I-elchhardt.  Between  men  of  this 
type  and  Hume  or  Stuart,  there  was  as  wide  a 
difference  as  that  between  the  most  Intelligent 
saloon  passengers  of  a  ship  and  the  experienced 
navigators  who  command  it. 

It  was  predicted,  by  men  who  knew,  that  under 
the  leadership  of  their  Impetuous  and  spectacular 
leader,  Robert  O'Hara  Burke,  the  expedition  was 
certain  to  meet  with  disaster. 

The  Burke  and  Wills  expedition  left  Mel- 
bourne amid  music  and  cheers.  With  camels  and 
a  more  complete  outfit  than  has  ever  been  carried 
by  an  exploring  party  before  or  since,  it  arrived 
at  Menlndle,  on  the  Darling  River.  A  small 
party  under  Burke  left  this  place  on  the  19th 
October,  i860.  It  was  a  good  season,  grass  and 
water  were  plentiful,  and  the  journey,  by  a  known 
route  to  Cooper's  Creek,  was  accomplished 
safely. 

Here  Burke  suddenly  determined  to  take  three 
men  with  him  and  attempt  to  cross  the  belt  of 
then-unknown  country  which  lay  between 
Cooper's  Creek  and  the  Gulf  of  Carpentaria. 

Of  the  four  men  who  attempted  this  journey 
of  500  miles — Burke,  Wills,  Gray  and  King — not 
one  had  the  slightest  knowledge  of  bushcraft. 
They  set  out,  a  quartette  of  picturesque  adven- 
turers, eager  to  cover  themselves  with  glory.  By 
good  fortune  they  struck  the  DIamantina,  down 
which,  and  by  a  northern  tributary,  they  worked 
through  excellent  pastoral  country  over  the 
ranges  and  out  to  the  head  of  the  Cloncurry. 
From  this  they  got  on  to  the  Flinders,  and  in  due 
course  came  to  the  mangrove  swamps  at  Its  mouth 
in  the  Gulf. 

As  the  subsequent  fate  of  the  Burke  and  Wills 
expedition  has  frequently  been  instanced  as  a 
proof  of  the  harshness  and  sterility  of  inland 
Australia,  it  must  be  stated  here  that,  from  first 
to  last,  the  route  followed  by  this  party  lay 
through  districts  which  are  producing  nowadays 
the  finest  sheep  and  wool  that  Australia  exports 
or  consumes. 

Having  touched  salt  water,  Burke  hurried  his 
companions  homeward  on  short  rations,  and  by 
long  marches. 

Gray  died  on  the  way  back  to  Cooper's  Creek, 
under  highly  suspicious  circumstances;  the 
first  life  needlessly  sacrificed.  The  three  sur- 
vivors found,  on  reaching  Cooper's  Creek,  that 
the  party  at  the  Depot  had  started  back  to  the 
Darling  that  very  morning — having  cached  a 
store  of  provisions  and  left  a  letter  informing 
Burke  of  their  movements. 


Eria   Fitzalani 


Pterostylis   longifolia  .  Diurls   alba 

SOME  AUSTRALIAN  ORCHIDS. 


49 


.^o 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


After  a  few  days'  rest,  Burke  insisted  that, 
instead  of  making  for  Menindie  by  their  old 
route,  they  should  follow  the  creek  down  to  South 
Australia. 

The  rest  is  a  pitiful  record  of  blundering,  star- 
vation and  death.  They  failed  to  reach  their 
destination  in  this  direction,  and  endeavoured  to 
return  to  the  depot.  Wills,  being  the  strongest 
of  the  trio,  left  his  two  exhausted  companions  and 
journeyed  wearily  up  the  creek  and  placed  a  note, 
appealing  for  help,  in  the  cache    (where   Burke 


After  Wills  rejoined  his  companions,  the  party 
were  reduced  to  still  worse  straits.  Wills  and 
Burke  perished  in  turn.  King  fell  in  with 
friendly  natives, <<ind  lived  with  them  until  found 
by  E.  J.  Welch,  of  Howitt's  relief  party,  in  Sep- 
tember, 1 86 1. 

The  bodies  of  Burke  and  Wills  were  removed 
to  Melbourne,  and  accorded  a  public  funeral. 
In  keeping  with  the  hysterical  foolishness  of  the 
whole  expedition,  a  hideous  piece  of  statuary  was 
erected  to  their  memory  in  Melbourne. 


A  Native  Burial-Place  (Weeping-Caps  in  Foreground) 


had  previously  left  a  letter  announcing  his 
return  from  the  Gulf  and  his  departure  by  the 
South  Australian  route). 

Such  amateur  bushmen  were  they  that,  on  either 
occasion,  after  carefully  removing  all  traces  of 
the  cache  having  been  disturbed — a  precaution 
against  natives — they  did  not  think  to  mark  a 
tree,  or  leave  some  indication  of  their  visits  to 
attract  the  attention  of  a  relief  party  if  it  did 
arrive.  As  was  subsequently  known,  Brahe  and 
Wright,  of  the  depot  party,  had  returned  to 
Cooper's  Creek  and,  finding  the  cache  apparently 
untouched,  rode  away  again,  thinking  that  Burke 
had  not  yet  made  his  way  back  from  the  north. 
How  Burke's  camel  tracks  and  fires  were  not 
recognised  is  one  of  the  many  mysteries  of  this 
deplorable  expedition. 


The  latter  part  of  the  nineteenth  century 
brought,  into  the  narrowed  field  of  exploration, 
men  better  equipped  by  character  and  experience 
for  the  work. 

John  McKinlay  added  to  the  knowledge  of 
Central  and  Eastern  Australia,  and  Wm.  Lands- 
borough  also  filled  in  gaps  on  the  map  in  the 
latter  direction. 

Gosse  and  Warburton,  in  1873,  extended  the 
radius  of  exploration  to  the  westward  of  Stuart's 
route,  Warburton  owing  much  to  J.  W.  Lewis, 
his  second  in  command.  His  small  expedition 
travelled  from  Alice  Springs  (S.A. )  to  the  Oak- 
over  River  (W.A. ). 

In  the  early  seventies  Ernest  Giles  did  useful 
work  in  the  middle  North-West.  He  succeeded 
finally  in  crossing  to  the  settlements  of  Western 


INLAND   EXPLORATION 


51 


Australia,  his  starting  point  being  Beltana  in 
South  Australia. 

His  return  journey  from  east  to  west  brought 
him  from  the  Murchison  to  Peake  Station,  on  the 
overland  telegraph  line. 

In  the  year  1875  the  last  exploring  expedi- 
tion sent  out  by  the  Queensland  government, 
established  the  fact  that  the  whole  of  the  north- 
ern colony  was  known.  This,  with  New  South 
Wales  and  Victoria  well-mapped  from  border 
to  border,  left  little  to  be  done  on  the  eastern 
side  of  the  continent. 

By  this  time  also  the  telegraph  line  had  cut 
through  the  centre  of  the  continent,  establishing 
a  series  of  bases  from  north  to  south. 

In  1878  Ernest  Favenc  crossed  from  the  Dia- 
mantina  through  what  is  now  the  Northern  Terri- 
tory to  Powell's  Creek  telegraph  station,  dis- 
covering some  fine  new  country. 

In  the  same  year  H.  V.  Barclay  worked  east- 
ward from  Alice  Springs  towards  the  Queensland 
border,  discovering  several  new  tributaries  of 
Lake  Eyre. 

By  the  beginning  of  the  twentieth  century,  the 
whole  of  Central  Australia  was  known,  and  a 
great  part  of  it  occupied  by  the  flocks  and  herds 
of  enterprising  pastoralists. 

*  *  *  * 

Meanwhile  Western  Australia  had  been  writ- 
ing a  somewhat  independent  story  of  exploration 
and  advancement. 

The  area  within  its  boundaries  comprising 
nearly  a  third  of  the  continent,  there  was  ample 
field  for  the  activities  of  westerners. 

From  the  establishment  of  the  first  settlement 
at  Swan   River  in    1829,   the  work  of  discovery 


was  carried  on.  Beginning  with  Captain  Jno.  S. 
Roe,  in  1830,  the  long  list  of  Westralian  explorers 
comes  down  to  the  present  day. 

To  the  late  Sir  George  Grey,  the  Gregorys, 
and  the  Forrests,  the  greater  share  of  credit  has 
fallen. 

During  1 837-1 839  George  Grey  explored 
sections  of  the  North-West  Coast,  and  traversed 
the  country  from  Shark  Bay  to  Perth.  He  dis- 
covered and  named  the  Glenelg  and  Gascoyne 
Rivers. 

But  it  was  in  fields  other  than  exploration  that 
the  name  of  George  Grey  afterwards  became  one 
of  the  most  famous  in  the  Southern  Hemisphere. 

In  1829  a  certain  Lieutenant  J.  Gregory,  of  the 
78th  Highlanders,  being  wounded  and  invalided 
from  the  Egyptian  war,  came  to  take  up  a  grant 
of  land  near  Perth  given  him  by  the  Imperial 
Government  as  compensation. 

Here  his  sons  learned  to  be  bushmen.  Three 
of  them  were  destined  to  write  their  names  as 
explorers  very  large  upon  the  map  of  Australia. 

In  1846  the  brothers  Gregory  made  their  not- 
able journey  westward  from  Perth. 

At  the  head  of  the  Irwin  River  they  located  the 
first  seam  of  coal  discovered  in  the  West. 

In  1855-6  A.  C.  Gregory  was  put  in  charge  of 
an  expedition  organized  and  financed  by  the 
Imperial  Government. 

The  object  of  the  expedition  was  to  explore  the 
centre  of  Australia,  and  also  to  discover,  if  pos- 
sible, traces  of  Leichhardt. 

H.  C.  Gregory  served  as  lieutenant  under  his 
brother.  The  famous  botanist,  Ferdinand  Von 
Mueller,  J.  S.  Wilson,  geologist,  J.  R.  Elsey,  sur- 
geon and  naturalist,  and  T.   Baines,  artist,  were 


Myall  Blacks  beside   a   Central   Australian   Watercourse. 


52 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


members  of  the  party,  which  numbered  eighteen 
in  all  and  was  well  equipped  with  horses, 
provisions,  and  stores. 

The  expedition  was  taken  by  sea  to  the  Vic- 
toria River,  in  the  present  Northern  Territory. 
After  some  useful  preliminary  exploration,  the 
Gregorys,  Von  Mueller  and  Baines,  with  six  men 
and  thirty-six  horses,  left  their  base  (January 
4th,  1856)  to  cross  the  interior.  Gregory 
ran  the  Victoria  down  to  its  sources.  Here  he 
established  a  temporary  camp,  and  then,  being  a 
sound  bushman,  picked  up  the  first  river  system 
with  a  southern  flow.  This,  in  the  shape  of 
Sturt's  Creek,  named  by  him  after  the  explorer, 
carried  him  safely  a  good  300  miles,  accompanied 
only  by  his  brother,  Von  Mueller,  and  a  member 
of  the  expedition  named  Dean.  He  returned  to 
his  temporary  camp  on  the  28th  March,  to  find 
everything  in  order  and  security.  The  9th  May 
found  them  all  safely  back  at  the  Victoria.  F^rom 
here  he  despatched  his  schooner  to  the  mouth  of 
the  Albert  River  in  the  Gulf,  and  with  most  of 
his  party  started  overland  to  Brisbane,  which 
they  reached  in  due  course.  Supposed  traces  of 
Leichhardt  were  discovered  at  the  Elsey  Creek. 

Two  years  later  A.  C.  Gregory  was  put  in 
command  of  a  light  search  expedition  to  follow 
up  these  traces  of  Leichhardt.  The  party  crossed 
from  the  Dawson  (Q.)  to  the  Barcoo,  and  subse- 
quently reached  Adelaide.  Although  it  failed 
to  solve  the  mystery  of  Leichhardt,  it  added 
largely  to  the  geographical  knowledge  of  the 
period.  <  t 

From  1857,  F.  T.  Gregory,  another  of  this 
famous  family,  is  prominent  in  the  annals  of  West 
Australian  discovery.  In  that  year,  as  leader 
of  a  lightly  equipped  party  of  horsemen,  he  tra- 
versed a  wide  range  of  country  to  the  northward 
of  the  Swan  River  Settlement,  and  established  its 
useful  character.  In  1861  F.  T.  Gregory,  con- 
ducting an  English  expedition  from  Nickol 
Bay,  on  the  N.W.  Coast,  discovered  the  Fortes- 
cue,  and  followed  it  through  to  the  Hammersley 
Range.  From  here  he  turned  southward,  and 
discovered  the  Ashburton :  subsequently  the  De 
Grey  and  the  Oakover  rewarded  the  persistent 
efforts  of  this  indomitable  explorer,  who  estab- 
lished the  fact  that  large  areas  of  the  West,  pre- 
viously supposed  to  be  waterless  and  barren,  were 
in  reality  excellent  country. 

Among  the  heroes  of  West  Australian  explora- 
tion stands  Robert  Austin,  who,  in  1854,  took  out 
a  Government  exploring  party  in  search  of  pas- 
toral and  mineral  possibilities.  Although 
Austin's  expedition  was  practically  profitless,  it  is 
remarkable  for  the  conduct  of  its  leader,  who, 
beset  by  more  than  usual  difficulties,  showed  in 
a  marked  degree    the  determination  and  endur- 


ance which  have  been  a  feature  of  all  our  gallant 
attacks  on  the  wilderness. 

In  the  year  1870,  John  and  Alexander  Forrest 
made  their  celebrated  journey  from  Perth  to 
Adelaide,  via  Eucla. 

John  Forrest  was  the  first  to  take  the  bitter 
edge  off  Eyre's  conclusions.  He  discovered  that, 
although  the  lands  at  the  head  of  the  Bight  were 
not  plentifully  supplied  with  surface  water,  they 
were  profitably  grassed,  and,  moreover,  under- 
ground water  could  be  obtained  almost  anywhere 
at  a  shallow  depth. 


In  a  Jarrah  Forest,  W.A. 


Forrest  classed  the  tableland  as  the  finest  pas- 
toral district  of  Western  Australia,  if  water 
supply  could  be  established.  This  pronounce- 
ment from  a  practical  man  will  doubtless  be  veri- 
fied to  the  fullest  degree  within  a  few  years — 
after  the  Transcontinental  Railway  is  completed. 

In  1874  the  Forrests  again  set  out  on  an  ex- 
tended expedition,  seeking  to  discover  a  practical 
stock  route  to  South  Australia,  and  also  to  deter- 
mine more  fully  the  nature  of  the  Great  Inland 
of  Western  Australia.  From  Geraldton  to 
Weld  Springs,  and  then  to  Peake  Telegraph  Sta- 
tion this  remarkable  expedition  was  successfully 
carried. 


INLAND   EXPLORATION 


53 


Alexander  Forrest,  in  1879,  crossed  from  the 
De  Grey  River  to  the  telegraph  line,  and,  return- 
ing to  Beagle  Bay,  followed  the  Fitzroy  River  to 
the  Leopold  Range,  which  he  named.  Skirting 
the  southern  edges  of  these  difficult  mountains, 
he  struck  across  country  to  the  Victoria  River, 
discovering  the  Ord  en  route.  From  the  Victoria, 
Forrest  made  his  way  with  great  difficultytowards 
Daly  Waters,  on  the  Overland  Telegraph,  near 
where,  almost  at  the  point  of  starvation,  he  had 
the  good  fortune  to  strike  a  line-repairing  party. 

Since  the  days  of  the  Forrests,  gaps  in  Western 
Australian  maps  have  been  filled  by  the  good 
exploratory  work  of  W.  J.  O'Donnell,  Carr  Boyd, 
Harry  Stockdale,  L.  A.  Wells,  David  Lindsay, 
Carnegie,  Tietkins,  W.  P.  Rudall,  Hann,  Brock- 
man,  and  Conigrave. 


Little  now  remains  for  the  geographical 
explorer  to  do;  but  for  the  scientific  investigator 
there  is  still  an  almost  limitless  field  in  Australia. 
For  practical  and  original  minds  there  await 
both  fame  and  profit  in  the  acquisition  of  know- 
ledge, which  will  turn  the  Far  Interior  to  better 
account. 

On  courage  and  enterprise,  backed  by  faith 
and  energy,  the  foundations  of  Australian  for- 
tunes were  laid  in  the  past.  But  the  wealth  of 
to-day  is  but  a  beggar's  moiety  of  the  unlimited 
wealth  of  the  future  which  will  be  won  by  the 
application  of  modern  knowledge  to  local  condi- 
tions. The  explorers,  despite  their  failures  and 
their  faults,  have  proved  that  the  whole  continent 
is  good. 


John  Forrest  (1874) 


54 


(55) 


AUSTRALIA'S    POLITICAL   EVOLUTION. 


THE  political  evolution  of  the  Australian 
Colonies  has  been  along  advanced  demo- 
cratic lines.  The  Commonwealth  of 
to-day  presents  as  great  an  interest  to  the  econom- 
ist as  the  colonies  of  yesterday  offer  to  the  his- 
torian who  wishes  to  study  the  rise  and  progress 
of  self-governing  communities. 

The  112  years  which  passed  between  the  land- 
ing of  Phillip's  first  contingent  at  Sydney  Cove, 
and  the  17th  of  September,  1900,  which  made 
the  Federation  of  the  Six  Australian  Colonies  a 
date  in  national  history,  were  strenuous  and 
active  for  the  generations  which  came  and  went, 
steadily  growing  in  numbers,  experience  and 
quality  at  each  decade. 


It  will  be  remembered  that  in  1770  England 
formally  annexed  the  eastern  side  of  the  con- 
tinent only.  It  was  not  until  the  year  1829  that 
the  British  flag  floated  over  Western  Australia. 

The  Colony  of  New  South  Wales  was  created 
in  1786,  Tasmania  1825,  Western  Australia 
1829,  South  Australia  1834,  Victoria  1851, 
Queensland  1859.  Since  the  foundation  of  the 
Commonwealth  the  Federal  Government  has 
taken  over  bv  consent  Papua  or  British  New 
Guinea  from  Queensland  (1906),  and  the  North- 
ern Territory  from  South  Australia    (1907). 

With  the  final  definition  of  its  geographical 
boundaries  and  the  establishment  of  autonomous 
goverment,  each  colony  set  itself  to  its  work  of 


An  Australian  Jungle 


56 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


internal  development  and  government  on  lines 
which  have  received  little  alteration  since  Federa- 
tion. The  construction  and  maintenance  of  roads, 
railways,  telegraph  lines,  ports  and  various 
utilities  have  always  made  the  Minister  for  Public 
Works  in  each  State  Government  a  highly  respon- 
sible functionary. 

Transport — railways,  and  in  some  instances 
tramways  and  ferries — being  entirely  State- 
owned  and  controlled,  has  added  to  the  respon- 
sibilities of  administration.  Many  of  the  func- 
tions which  in  other  countries  are  still  left  to 
private  enterprise  are  carried  out  by  Government 
in  Australia. 

As  all  his  institutions  show,  the  Australian  is  a 
great  lover  of  liberty  and  justice.  Philanthropy, 
for  example,  is  nowhere  relegated  to  the  caprice 
of  individuals,  but  is  overlooked  or  carried  out 
by  the  State.  Extreme  pauperism,  so  lamentably 
common  elsewhere,  is  unknown  in  Australia.  Tlie 
idea  of  human  want  or  suffering  continuing  un- 
relieved is  absolutely  abhorrent  to  the  Austra- 
lian mind.  That  one  man,  woman,  or  child 
throughout  the  whole  circle  of  our  bounteous 
Commonwealth,  should  be  without  food,  clothing 
or  covering  would  be  taken  as  a  reflection  not  only 
upon  our  humanity,  but  upon  our  generous 
country — the  freest  and  most  prosperous  of  all. 

So  to-day,  from  ocean  to  ocean,  in  Australia  it 
may  be  said  that  there  is  not  one  single  individual 
in  utter  want,  not  one  cripple  without  a  refuge, 
not  one  unfortunate  within  reach  of  assistance 
for  whom  assistance  is  not  somehow  provided;  no 
orphan  without  a  home,  no  aged  or  infirm  citizen 
for  whom  provision  has  not  been  attempted. 

Moreover,  it  has  come  to  be  tacitly  accepted 
by  our  Governments  that  employment  must  be 
found  for  every  man  who  is  genuinely  seeking 
work.  Unemployment,  under  normal  conditions, 
is  a  thing  almost  unknown  in  Australia;  indeed, 
the  whole  country  is  suffering  from  a  scarcity  of 
labor. 

Australia  can  support  two  hundred  millions 
in  the  same  standard  of  comfort  and  security  as 
readily  as  she  is  carrying  five  millions.  Intend- 
ing immigrants  to  the  Commonwealth  need  have 
no  fear  that  if  accident  or  ill-fortune  meet  them 
they  or  their  families  will  be  permitted  to  starve. 
Nowhere  else  are  public  benevolences  more  all- 
embracing;  nowhere  do  such  opportunities  for 
personal  advancement  exist. 

Although  our  legislation  is  being  constantly 
amended  and  improved,  although  the  Party 
System  naturally  lends  some  acidity  at  times  to 
political  utterances,  it  must  be  admitted  that  the 
collective  political  brain  of  Australia  has  been 
just,  sound,  and  progressive.  Critics  who  have 
not  been  long  enough  in  the  country  to  catch  its 
true   national  consciousness,   have   accused  us   of 


habituating  our  people  to  depend  too  much  on  the 
State.  If  this  were  so,  it  would  only  be  because 
Australian  legislatures  have  always  been  com- 
posed of  men  from  the  people,  whose  sympathies 
remain  democratic  when  they  have  risen  to  the 
highest  administrative  positions  in  the  land. 

Our  governments  continue  to  be  popular  and 
paternal,   inclined  to   err   rather  on   the   side   of 


ilHHIHElir?^39Pf^HBiE!i8^^^^^H^HlB 

ii  'm>{  •  1 

1 

Pioneers  in  the  Bush 

leniency  than  harshness.  The  spirit  of  the  whole 
community  is  evolutionary.  We  want  to  estab- 
lish for  ourselves  and  our  children  the  best  laws 
and  the  best  conditions  that  human  judgment  and 
experience  can  suggest.  Each  political  party  is 
honestly  actuated  by  these  motives.  To  a  stu- 
dent of  political  economy  from  abroad  the  differ- 
ence between  the  declared  policies  of  parties 
would  be  regarded  on  analysis  as  very  slight.  On 
the  questions  of  a  White  Australia  and  national 
defence,  they  are  both  in  accord.  They  only 
differ  as  to  method  of  application  in  regard  to 
some  important  questions  of  legislation.  There 
are  obviously  few  laws  on  the  statute  books  of 
the  State  or  Federal  Parliaments  that  either 
political  party  is  burning  to  repeal,  and  it  is 
mainly  around  greater  problems  of  reform  legisla- 
tion or  of  expenditure  that  the  wordy  battles  of 
legislators  are  waged. 


AUSTRALIA'S    POLITICAL   EVOLUTION 


57 


Despite  the  larger  measure  of  freedom  en- 
joyed by  all  citizens  of  the  Federation,  despite 
social  mixture  and  geographical  remoteness  and  a 
wide  divergence  of  outlook — particularly  on  social 
and  industrial  questions — between  the  people  of 
Britain  and  Australia,  there  prevails  throughout 
the    Commonwealth   a   genuine   loyalty   for   that 


destined  to  become  something  more  than  a  place 
of  exile  and  punishment  for  offenders  against  laws 
which  were  already  beginning  to  come  under  the 
more  humane  criticism  of  the  progressive  Nine- 
teenth Century. 

By    that    time,    Eastern    Australia    had    been 
proved  a  profitable  field  for  both  pastoralist  and 


British   motherland  which   the   vast  majority   of  agriculturist.      Thousands  of  broad  acres  under 

Australians  have  never  visited.       Back  of  all  the  cultivation  and  a  vast  increase  In  cattle  and  sheep 

platitude     and     formula.    It     Is    recognised    that  foreshadowed  the  boundless  developments  of  the 

solidarity  of  Empire  means  something  more  than  future. 

a    mere   expression;   that   the   spirit,    if   not  the  From   Macquarle's   period   onward,   Australia 

letter,   of  Occidental  civilisation   has     found    Its  began    to    attract    settlers    and    emigrants    from 


Pioneering:  Making  his  Bed  for  the  Night 


highest  expression  In  British  laws  and  Institutions, 
and  these  must  be  preserved. 


The  edifice  of  Australian  nationalism  is  yet 
incomplete,  but  its  foundations  have  been  well 
and  truly  laid.  Some  phases  of  our  nation-build- 
ing are  worth  at  least  a  passing  reference. 

From  the  establishment  of  the  first  penal  settle- 
ment, under  Governor  Phillip,  the  earlier  years, 
down  to  the  time  of  Governor  Macquarle,  were 
largely  occupied  in  finding  firm  rootage  for  a 
white  community  in  alien  soil.  The  creation  of 
a  local  food  supply  was  naturally  a  first  considera- 
tion. Until  a  safe  base  had  been  established 
there  would  be  no  expansion. 

When  Governor  Macquarle  left  Sydney  In 
1 82 1  the  success  of  Australian  Settlement  was 
assured.  He  seems  to  have  been  the  first  of  the 
early  Governors  to  realize  that  the  Colony  v.as 


abroad,  of  whom  a  very  small  proportion  found 
occasion  to  return  to  their  native  land. 

This  migration  of  Europeans  southward  to  a 
country  conforming  to  the  climate  and  physical 
conditions  of  Europe  would  have  been  more  rapid 
but  for  the  great  distance  between  the  Old  and 
New  Worlds.  The  wonderful  possibilities  of 
Australia  have  not  yet  been  fully  realized,  and 
quick  transport  and  a  faith  In  the  country,  based 
upon  fuller  knowledge,  are  still  necessary  to  keep 
the  tide  of  European  migration  directed  south- 
wards. For  the  white  races,  Australia  offers  a 
field  of  equal  opportunity  such  as  exists  nowhere 
else. 

Laws  and  conditions  prevailing  In  the  Com- 
monwealth are  still  but  the  dreams  of  reformers 
in  some  other  countries. 

This  is  the  ripened  fruit  of  much  strenuous 
political  cultivation.  The  growth  of  Australian 
legislation  has  been  comparatively  rapid,  but  not 


58 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITKD 


Young   Selectors 

altogether  unattended  by  agitation  and  public 
excitement. 

As  far  back  as  1823,  the  V'oice  of  the  People 
was  beginning  to  be  heard.  First  the  Eman- 
cipists and  those  who  believed  that  purgation  of  an 
offence  and  continued  good  conduct  should  entitle 
the  convict  to  the  full  rights  of  citizenship,  began 
their  remote  battle  for  an  instalment  of  that 
freedom  and  justice  so  large  a  measure  of  which 
all  Australians  enjoy  nowadays.  A  more  en- 
lightened and  humane  sentiment  was  growing  in 
regard  to  the  treatment  of  offenders.  Into  the 
old  order  of  soldier-master  and  convict-slave 
the  thin  end  of  disruption  was  inserted  by  the 
Free  Settler. 

Gradually  the  interests  of  Emancipists  and 
Free  Settlers  converged.  Then  the  "exclusives," 
the  official  class,  found  themselves  facing  a  unit- 
ed democracy  determined  to  secure  such  privi- 
leges as  full  trial  by  jury  and  taxation  by  an 
elected  Legislature;  with  this  early  agitation 
William  Charles  Wentworth  came  into  promin- 
ence as  a  reformer. 

At  the  back  of  it  all  there  lay  the  clashing  of 
interests  and  the  prejudice  of  caste  to  gall  and 
irritate  the  contending  forces. 

Wentworth  seems  to  have  been  a  highly 
acquisitive  colonist,  with  education  and  a  consider- 
able genius  for  newspaper  fighting — two  qualities 
that  have  laid  the  foundation  of  more  than  one 
colonial  reputation  and  fortune. 

Whatever  Wentworth's  minor  motives  may 
have  been,  whatever  his  cupidity,  his  was  the 
first  big  personality  in  the  political  arena.  As 
the  great  Australian  constitutionalist  of  his 
period,  his  name  is  reverently  preserved.       The 


Governorship  of  Sir  Richard  Bourke  (1831-37) 
marked  the  ending  of  the  old  assignment  system 
in  New  South  Wales.  Bourke  apparently  saw 
that  the  original  use  for  which  eastern  Australia 
was  intended  by  the  British  Government  had 
become  a  mere  appendix  affecting  the  health  of  a 
Colony  already  approaching  robust  growth.  The 
country  had  conclusively  proved  itself  to  be  too 
good  for  such  an  expedient — it  was  pre-ordained, 
not  as  a  depot  for  British  convicts  but  as  a 
maternal  matrix  for  the  moulding  of  nationality 
and  the  breeding  of  freemen. 

The  Governor  who  preceded  him.  Darling,  had 
vainly  struggled  against  a  growing  tide  of  popu- 
lar interest.  Bourke  was  as  popular  as  Darling 
had  been  disliked.  He  favored  the  system  of 
assisted  immigration,  and  advocated  the  cessation 
of  transportation.  What  Bourke  sowed  in 
theory,  his  successor,  Sir  George  Gipps 
(1838-46),  reaped  in  fact.  New  Zealand  had 
ceased  in  1840  to  be  a  dependency  of  New  South 
Wales.  Her  career  of  expansion  had  already 
begun  and  was  destined  to  continue  on  indivi- 
dual lines,  broadly  similar  to  those  pursued  by 
the  other  colonies  of  British  Australasia. 

By  the  time  Gipps  held  the  reins  of  Govern- 
ment in  New  South  Wales,  the  agitation  for  self- 
government  had  taken  a  definite  form.  The 
method  of  Government  had  been  altered,  with 
Brisbane  in  1823,  from  a  military  satrapy  to  a 
limited  Governorship  with  a  partly  autonomous 
legal  system  presided  over  by  a  Chief  Justice  and 
enlarged  by  a  modified  form  of  trial  by  jury. 
The  Governor's  power  was  also  checked  by  an 
advisory  Council  of  seven,  holding  office  under 
his  own  nomination,  but  permitted  to  appeal  to 
the  English  Colonial  Office  if  they  saw  fit.  The 
Governor  could  introduce  no  new  law  for  the  con- 
sideration of  his  Council  until  the  Chief  Justice 
had  approved  it  as  conforming  to  British  law 
applied  to  the  Colony. 


A   Slab  Hut  in  tbe  Bush 


AUSTRALIA'S    POLniCAL    INVOLUTION 


59 


A  Log  Hut  in  the  Clearing 


The  number  of  Councillors  was  increased  in 
1828  to  fourteen,  with  additional  powers. 

Fourteen  years  of  further  progress  advanced 
the  Colony  to  an  importance  befitting  some  less 
paternal  form  of  administration.  England  recog- 
nised that  the  young  brood  in  the  South  were 
beginning  to  stretch  their  wings  and,  wise  in  the 
experience  of  her  American  Colonies,  prepared 
to  give  them  a  fuller  measure  of  liberty.  In 
1840,  transportation,  at  the  urgent  request  of  the 
people  of  New  South  Wales,  ceased. 

In  1842  the  nominated  Council  became  to  some 
degree  a  selected  body  of  representatives. 

In  the  re-organised  Council,  twelve  members 
were  nominees,  the  other  24  were  elected  by  the 
freeholders  of  the  colony  owning  property  valued 
at  £200,  and  householders  worth  £20. 

Full  legislative  powers  under  the  British  Con- 
stitution were  given  to  this  body,  with  control  of 
all  colonial  revenues,  except  the  revenue  from  the 
sales  of  land,  and  a  fixed  civil  list. 

The  Governor  still  appointed  and  directed  the 
Colonial  Ministry,  but  the  inauguration  of  this 
reform  practically  placed  in  the  hands  of  the 
people  the  moulding  of  their  own  political 
destinies.  They  had  had  some  strong  men  for 
Governors,  and  some  of  no  particular  distinction 
or  capacity,  but  henceforward  the  young  Colonies 
were   not   to   be   absolutely   dependent   for   their 


peace  and  happiness  on  the  accident  of  a  Downing 
Street  appointment. 

Five  years  previously  (1837)  the  ten-acre 
block  which  now  constitutes  the  heart  of  Mel- 
bourne was  sold  for  £500;  but  destinies  were 
shaping  which  would  convert  the  constitution  of 
1842  into  a  full  measure  of  responsible  Govern- 
ment and  in  a  little  time  make  Melbourne  the 
capital  city  of  a  new  southern  colony. 

Already  a  Land  and  Emigration  Commission 
appointed  in  London  had  recommended  the  split- 
ting of  eastern  Australia  into  three  divisions. 
Whatever  might  happen  to  the  western  part  of 
the  continent,  the  east  had  now  become  a  factor 
of  Empire.  It  would  never  be  abandoned,  and 
it  must  not  be  lost  either  by  outside  aggression 
or  internal  disruption.  The  eastern  colonists 
were  loyal,  but  evidently  determined  to  enjoy  a 
full  measure  of  freedom  and  home  rule.  The 
province  of  South  Australia  had  recently  been 
founded  as  an  experimental  Whig  Utopia.  Tas- 
mania was  still  regarded  as  a  convict  depot,  and 
Western  Australia  as  a  delicate  infant  In  leading 
strings. 

The  colony  of  New  South  Wales,  which  ex- 
tended from  Cape  York  to  Mount  Gambler,  had 
developed  from  stock  of  earlier  planting,  and  its 
growth  had  been  accelerated  by  favorable 
natural    causes.       It    was    ripening    for    change. 


6o 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  next  great  question  of  colonial  importance 
which  rose  and  demanded  an  answer  was — to 
whom  do  the  waste  or  spare  or  new  lands  of  the 
great  eastern  colony  belong?  Are  they  to 
remain  the  property  of  the  British  Government 
for  its  right  and  revenue;  or  are  they  to  become 
the  heritage  of  the  colonists?  The  new 
Assembly,  under  Wentworth,  entered  a  vigorous 
claim  for  the  rights  of  the  Colonial  Government 
to  hold  and  control  the  public  lands  within  the 
boundaries  of  the  colony.  Governor  Gipps  intro- 
duced a  system  of  grazing  licenses  under  which 
the  squatting  or  pastoralist  class  were  called  upon 
to  pay  a  fee  of  £io  a  year  for  their  stock  runs. 
This  offered  a  bone  of  contention  until  a  ukase 
from  the  home  Government  decreed  the  licensees 
a  fixed  tenure  of  their  holdings  for  a  number  of 
years,  with  pre-emptive  rights  at  the  end  of  the 
term. 

An  attempt  on  the  part  of  the  British  authori- 
ties to  revive  transportation  in  1848-9  brought 
into  existence  the  first  "People's  Party"  in  Aus- 
tralia. Wentworth  and  his  followers  in  the 
New  South  Wales  Council,  being  chiefly  repre- 
sentatives of  the  squatting  class,  were  in  favor  of 
the  re-introduction  of  cheap  convict  labor,  but  the 
smaller  landowners,  free  settlers,  and  a  majority 
of  the  population  were  determined  that  the  bad 
old  system  should  not  be  resurrected  from  its 
dishonored  grave. 

So  when  Earl  Grey  and  the  Colonial  Office  in 
1849  P"t  ^  tentative  hand  upon  the  collar  of 
Young  Australia,  they  were  suddenly  faced  by  a 
clenched  fist. 

Grey,  as  if  to  try  the  temper  of  the  colonists, 
despatched  the  Hashemy  with  a  contingent  of  212 
convicts  to  Sydney,  and  nearly  succeeded  in  bring- 
ing about  a  rebellion.  The  whole  town  surged 
down  to  the  water  front  and  threatened  to  repeat 
at  Circular  Quay  the  history  of  Boston  Harbour. 

Governor  Fitzroy  ordered  the  Hashemy  and 
following  ships  north  to  Moreton  Bay. 

So  great  was  the  subsequent  pressure  brought 
to  bear  in  England  by  the  People's  Party,  led  by 
Charles  Cowper,  that  Earl  Grey  had  to  give  in, 
and  presently  we  find  the  Imperial  Government 
pledged  to  discontinue  transportation  to  eastern 
Australia  for  evermore. 

On  the  very  eve  of  the  great  gold  discoveries 
— which  threw  a  vivid  beam  of  limelight  over 
that  part  of  the  world-screen  occupied  by  Austra- 
lia— the  Imperial  Parliament  passed  its  memor- 
able Australian  Colonies  Government  Act  of 
1850. 

Under  this  Act,  and  under  the  amended  New 
South  Wales  Constitution  Act  of  1855  and  simi- 
lar measures,  the  eastern  Australian  colonies 
began  a  development  which  has  gone  on  steadily 
to  the  present  time. 


The  two  main  objects  of  the  1850  Act  were  the 
establishment  of  an  improved  and  practically  uni- 
form system  of  government  in  the  Australian 
colonies,  and  to  permit  of  the  Port  Phillip  Dis- 
trict becoming  a  separate  colony  under  the  name 
of  Victoria. 

On  the  issue  of  writs  for  the  first  election  in 
Victoria,  Separation  was  to  be  accepted  as  an 
accomplished  fact. 

The  Act  provided  that  the  existing  Legisla- 
ture in  New  South  Wales  should  decide  the  num- 
ber of  members  of  which  a  new  Council  was  to 
consist  in   that  colony,   and   should   perform   the 


A  Selector's  Home 

same  task  for  Victoria.  One-third  of  the  num- 
ber of  members  of  the  Council  in  each  colony 
was  to  be  nominated  by  the  Crown.  The 
existing  Legislatures  in  Van  Diemen's  Land  and 
South  Australia  were  to  decide  as  to  the  number 
of  members  in  the  new  Council  in  each,  but  they 
were  not  to  exceed  twenty-four.  Power  was 
given  to  the  Governor  and  Legislative  Council 
in  each  colony  to  alter  the  qualifications  of 
electors  and  members  as  fixed  by  the  Act,  or  to 
establish,  instead  of  the  Legislative  Council,  a 
Council  and  a  House  of  Representatives,  or 
other  separate  Legislative  Houses,  to  be  ap- 
pointed or  elected  by  such  persons  and  in  such 
manner  as  should  be  determined,  and  to  vest  in 
such  Houses  the  powers  and  functions  of  the  old 
Council. 

Under  this  and  subsequent  Acts  and  amend- 
ments the  Colonies  of  New  South  Wales,  Vic- 
toria, Tasmania  and  South  Australia  took  up  the 
burdens  of  local  government  with  full  powers  to 
make  laws,  impose  taxation  (including  customs 
duties)  and  appropriate  to  the  public  service  the 
whole  of  the  public  revenue  arising  from  taxes, 


AUSTRALIA'S    POLITICAL    LVOLUTION 


6i 


duties,  rates  and  imposts.  The  Act  of  1855  con- 
ferred a  fuller  measure  of  responsible  Govern- 
ment on  the  colonies  with  the  entire  manage- 
ment and  control  of  Crown  lands  and  additional 
powers  to  pass  laws  amending  the  Constitution. 

The  colony  of  Queensland  was  created  under 
similar  conditions  in  1859.  Western  Australia 
did  not  receive  full  legislative  responsibility  until 
1890. 


Governor  may  see  fit  to  grant  a  dissolution  of 
Parliament. 

The  Executive  Council,  composed  of  govern- 
ing Ministers,  is  in  each  case  presided  over  by  the 
Governor  of  the  State,  always  a  nominee  of  the 
British  Government. 

The  Royal  assent  is  only  necessary  for  Bills 
altering  the  constitution  of  a  Legislature  or 
affecting  a  State  Governor's  salary  or  for  some 


An  Australian  Farmer's  Home 


Briefly,  the  legislature  in  each  State  is  com- 
posed of  two  Houses,  a  Lower  House  or 
Assembly,  invariably  elected  by  the  people  voting 
nowadays  on  the  one  person  one  vote  principle, 
and  an  Upper  House  or  Legislative  Council — 
either  nominees  as  in  New  South  Wales  and 
Queensland,  or  elected,  as  in  the  other  States,  on 
a  slightly  restricted  franchise. 

Majority  government  is  universal,  the  admin- 
istrative offices  being  filled  by  the  party  having 
the  voting  strength  in  the  Lower  House.  All  pub- 
lic appointments,  distribution  of  revenue,  and  the 
government  of  the  country  generally,  remain 
entirely  in  their  hands  as  long  as  their  majority 
prevails  on  the  floor  of  Parliament.  State  and 
Federal  general  elections  for  the  Lower  Houses 
are  held  every  three  years,  or  at  such  times  as  the 


measure  that  is  required  to  be  reserved  under  the 
Australian  States  Constitution  Act  of  1907. 

Outside  of  these  reservations  the  power  of  the 
British  Government  over  Australian  State  Legis- 
latures may  be  regarded  as  nil.  The  Governors 
are  still  appointed  from  Westminster,  but  nowa- 
days their  influences  are  social  rather  than 
political,  and  their  energies  run  in  non-contentious 
grooves. 

Although  the  governments  of  the  States  were 
modelled  largely  on  the  English  system,  the  legis- 
lation which  has  emanated  from  Australian  Par- 
liaments during  the  last  half-century  has  naturally 
been  much  more  radical  in  character  than  that  of 
the  Home  Parliament  during  the  same  period, 
particularly  in  regard  to  industrial  matters. 


62 


AUSTRALIA'S    POLITICAL    EVOLUTION 


63 


The  Upper  Houses,  elective  in  all  the  States 
except  New  South  Wales  and  Queensland,  are 
supposed  to  fill  a  function  of  check,  and  revision, 
similar  to  that  accredited  to  the  House  of  Lords. 
In  the  two  States  which  have  held  to  the  nominee 
system,  a  protracted  struggle  between  the  two 
Houses  can  be  terminated  by  the  party  with  a 
majority  in  the  Lower  House  swamping  the 
Council  with  its  nominees,  unless  the  Governor 
should  veto  an  undue  exercise  of  the  nominating 
power. 

South  Australia,  the  Constitution  of  which  has 
been  subject  to  more  amendments  than  any  of  the 
others — has  a  device  for  preventing  deadlocks  by 
a  double  dissolution.  Victoria,  Tasmania,  and 
Western  Australia  are  satisfied  to  leave  the 
trouble,  if  it  occurs,  to  find  its  own  remedy. 

The  Executive  Councils  are  an  imitation  of 
the  British  Cabinet.  The  Governor  of  each 
State  stands  for  the  Sovereign,  and  exercises  his 
powers  on  the  "advice"  of  his  Executive.  He  is 
at  the  same  time  an  official  of  the  British  Colonial 
Office,  to  which  he  is  supposed  to  report  on 
matters  of  Imperial  import.  He  is  called  upon 
to  reserve  for  the  Sovereign's  assent  such  Bills  as 
may  aflFect  his  State's  relations  with  the  Home 
Government  or  with  foreign  nations. 

The  number  of  Ministers  and  their  functions 
are  constitutionally  determined.  During  the 
last  ten  to  fifteen  years  the  fluctuations  of  politi- 
cal parties  have  been  considerable.  The  advent 
of  Federation  naturally  brought  about  a  disturb- 
ance in  political  conditions  which  has  re-acted  on 
the  State  legislatures.  The  extension  of  the 
franchise  to  women  must  also  have  had  its  effect. 


The  detailed  history  of  Colonial  politics  over 
fifty  years  would  require  a  volume  to  itself. 

In  each  of  the  Australian  colonies  the  land 
problem  has  called  for  frequent  legislation.  This 
is  to  be  expected  in  a  young  country  where  ques- 
tions of  occupation  and  settlement  are  continually 
demanding  consideration. 

For  many  years  prior  to  Federation  the  sub- 
ject of  tariffs  caused  contention  in  the  State  legis- 
latures. 

The  Federation  of  the  colonies  brought  about 
interstate  free  trade  with  excise  and  bounties, 
and  a  protective  tariff  against  certain  imports. 
Seventy-three  per  cent,  of  the  excise  revenues  col- 
lected have  been  from  beer,  spirits  and  tobacco, 
which  with  starch,  sugar  (and  licenses  for  the 
manufacture  of  stimulants  and  narcotics)  make 
up  the  customs  charges  under  this  head.  The 
Interstate  Tariff  Commission,  recently  appointed, 
should  greatly  facilitate  the  adjustment  of  cus- 
toms duties,  and  open  the  way  for  the  building  up 
of  a  rapidly-increasing  Australian  manufacture. 

During  the  last  two  decades  industrial  legis- 
lation has  received  considerable  attention  all  over 
Australia.  The  best  efforts  of  all  sides  are  being 
exerted  to  devise  just  and  peaceable  solutions  of 
those  economic  problems  which  have  become  a 
poignant  feature  of  modern  civilization. 

With  majority  rule  and  universal  franchise 
these  matters  can  safely  be  left  to  the  contending 
parties,  who  are  lacking  neither  exponents  nor 
organization. 

The  broader  issues  of  effective  occupation, 
defence,  and  development  of  natural  resources 
will  give  Australian  legislators  constant  occupa- 
tion for  generations  to  come. 


A  station  Homestead 


(64) 


0^ON^, 


FEDERATION  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  STATES. 


F 


OR  nearly  half  a  century  the  five  eastern 
Colonies  had  flourished  and  grown  under 
their  five  separate  but  similar  Constitu- 
tions. 

The  fifty  years,  from  the  granting  of  respon- 
sible government  to  the  end  of  the  century,  were 
full  of  achievement.  Australia  had  proved  a 
golconda  of  mineral  wealth;  the  virtues  of  her 
lands  were  widely  established,  her  production  had 
expanded  to  a  degree  which  the  pessimists  of  a 
preceding  generation  would  not  have  dreamt 
possible  in  five  hundred  years. 

A  new  type  of  colonist  had  come  into  being, 
evolved  by  over  a  century  of  new  conditions.  It 
represented  the  best  of  the  Anglo-Saxon,  the  Scot 
and  the  Celt,  with  a  dash  of  the  best  of  Europe 
and  America  to  give  it  tone.  Behind  it  there 
stood  the  character  and  stamina  of  a  selected 
stock:  it  was  not  the  weaklings  or  the  cowards 
who  had  turned  their  faces  southward,  but  the 
strong. 

Under  clear  cold  stars  their  camp  fires  had  been 
lighted.  On  the  edge  of  odorous  eucalyptus 
forests,  their  broad  axes  had  flashed  in  the  sun- 
light. Mountain  fastnesses  had  echoed  the 
report  of  their  rifles.       Over  great  plains  their 


horses  had  galloped — north,  south,  east  and 
west  they  had  been  staking  out  a  continent  for 
the  White  Race. 

The  land  was  no  longer  filled  with  exiles  long- 
ing for  home,  but  with  freemen,  mostly  native 
born,  to  whom  Australia  was  a  gracious  and 
generous  motherland.  State  boundaries  to  them 
were  doors  to  different  rooms  in  the  one  family 
house.  Constant  and  unrestricted  migration 
took  place  across  their  borders;  everywhere  the 
same  language  was  spoken;  everywhere  the 
people  were  of  the  same  kindly,  resourceful  char- 
acter. There  might  be  a  little  good-tempered 
rivalry  betwen  cities,  but  the  Bush  was  big- 
hearted,  democratic,  close-knit  by  a  common 
experience  and  interest. 

From  the  beginning  of  self-government,  wise 
men  foresaw  that  a  closer  union  of  the  Australian 
Colonies  was  ultimately  certain  to  result.  Such 
an  "alliance  would  naturally  have  to  come  before 
any  small  intercolonial  angles  of  difference  had 
become  wide  arcs  of  disunion.  As  the  widest 
differentiation  in  nature  may  date  from  an 
apparently  casual  deviation,  so,  in  time,  some 
chance  divergence  might  have  developed  into  a 
cause  of  serious  disunion. 


65 


06 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Nor  was  it  wise  that  six  separate  provinces 
should  continue  on  the  lines  of  growing  into  six 
separate  nations  as  the  years  added  to  their  popu- 
lation and  wealth. 

Behind  first  cautious  steps  towards  Federation 
stood  an  instinct  of  mutual  danger. 

Theoretically,  the  collective  mind  of  Australia 
— educated  and  humanitarian — was,  and  is, 
against  war.  But  the  commonsense  mind  of  Aus- 
tralia saw  that  as  long  as  war  exists,  even  non- 
aggressive  people  may  have  trouble  thrust  upon 
them.  In  which  case  it  is  necessary  to  meet 
attack  with  resource  and  organization.  Without 
a  complete  Australian  Federation  no  effective 
defence  system  could  possibly  be  evolved.  The 
weaker  and  more  vulnerable  colonies  would  be 
helpless,  unaided  by  their  stronger  neighbours. 
To  protect  them  in  case  of  war  it  was  obvious 
that  some  general  defence  system  under  a  central 
control  must  be  established. 

The  constant  problem  of  revenue  tariffs,  more- 
over, could  only  be  settled  by  a  common  agree- 
ment among  States ;  an  agreement  which  was  im- 
possible to  ensure  without  a  Federal  Union. 

Great  national  requirements  generally  find 
individuals  Into  whom  a  necessary  element  of 
greatness  has  entered  to  strengthen  them  for  the 
task. 

By  character  and  experience  the  late  Sir  Henry 
Parkes  was  well  fitted  to  lead  the  way  to  unity. 

This  he  undertook  as  the  crowning  effort  of  a 
vigorous  political  career.  Sir  Henry  Parkes 
was  one  striking  example  among  thousands  of 
that  success  which  Is  certain  to  young  men  of 
energy  and  ambition  In  Australia. 

B.  R.  Wise,  once  a  political  associate,  in  his 
Making  of  the  Aiistrtilian  Commonwealth,  gives 
a  comparison  which  Sir  Henry  Parkes  made  to  a 
friend  between  the  life  of  Mr.  W.  E.  (iladstone 
— a  contemporary  Prime  Minister — and  his  own: 

"When  he  was  at  F^ton  preparing  himself  for 
"Oxford,  enjoying  the  advantages  of  a  good 
"education,  with  plenty  of  money,  and  being 
"trained  in  every  way  for  his  future  position  as  a 
"statesman,  I  was  working  at  a  rope  walk  (In 
"England)  at  fourpence  a  day,  and  suffered  such 
"cruel  treatment  that  I  was  knocked  down  with 
"a  crowbar,  and  did  not  recover  my  senses  for 
"half  an  hour.  From  the  rope  walk  I  went  to 
"labor  in  a  brickyard,  where  I  was  again  brutally 
"used;  and  when  Mr.  Gladstone  was  at  Oxford  I 
"was  breaking  stones  on  the  Queen's  highway 
"with  hardly  enough  clothing  to  protect  me  from 
"the  cold." 

He  landed  in  Australia  a  penniless  youth,  to 
become  in  due  course  the  most  prominent  political 
figure  of  that  half  century  of  responsible  Colonial 
Government  which  led  up  to  Federation. 


In  the  year  1889,  being  then  Premier  of  New 
South  Wales,  he  formally  initiated  a  campaign 
which,  after  assuming  many  phases  and  passing 
through  stage  after  stage,  ended  with  the  Federa- 
tion of  the  Colonies,  five  years  after  the  veteran's 
death. 

The  movement  was  greatly  strengthened  by  the 
eloquent  enthusiasms  of  a  fervent  band  of 
Federalists  in  the  different  colonies,  among  whom 
Edmund  Barton  and  Alfred  Deakin  —  each 
in  turn  subsequently  Prime  Minister  of  the  Com- 
monwealth— were  most  prominent. 

In  the  galaxy  of  famous  Federationlsts  the 
names  should  be  recorded  of  Sir  John  Forrest, 
Mr.  Kingston,  Sir  John  Downer,  Mr.  B.  R.  Wise, 
Sir  Samuel  Griffith,  Sir  George  Turner,  Sir  Gra- 
ham Berrv,  Mr.  James  Service,  Mr.  Isaacs,  Mr. 
R.  E.  O'Connor, 'Mr.  P.  Glynn,  Mr.  Henry,  Sir 
Frederick  Holder,  Sir  Josiah  Symon,  Sir  Joseph 
Carruthcrs,  and  ultimately  Sir  Cieorge  Reld. 

Some  of  these  were  late  converts  to  the  Federal 
idea,  but  they  all  played  their  parts  at  various 
stages  of  the  movement. 

The  first  National  Australasian  Convention, 
presided  over  by  Sir  Henry  Parkes,  was  assembled 
on  2nd  March,  1881.  A  bill  was  drafted  and 
considered  by  the  Parliaments  of  New  South 
Wales,  Victoria,  South  Australia  and  Tasmania, 
but  did  not  reach  the  House  in  either  Western 
Australia,  New  Zealand  (which  had  also  been 
represented  at  this  Convention)   or  Queensland. 

A  Conference  of  Australian  Premiers,  held  In 
Hobart  in  1895,  declared  that  "Federation  was 
"the  great  and  pressing  question  of  Australian 
"politics  and  the  framing  of  a  Federal  Constitu- 
"tlon  an  urgent  duty." 

Enabling  Acts  were  afterwards  passed  by  each 
of  the  States  except  Queensland.  A  People's 
Federal  Con\entIon  was  held  at  Bathurst,  New 
South  Wales,  in  November,  1896,  and  the  4th  of 
March  was  fixed  as  a  date  for  the  election  of 
Federal  representatives  for  each  State. 

On  the  22nd  of  March  these  representatives 
met  at  Adelaide. 

Constitutional,  Finance,  and  Judiciary  Commit- 
tees were  appointed,  and  a  Bill  drafted.  This, 
reported  to  the  Convention  on  the  22nd  April, 
was  adopted  on  the  following  day,  and  the  Con- 
vention adjourned  till  September.  The  Parlia- 
ments of  New  South  Wales,  Victoria,  South  Aus- 
tralia, Tasmania,  and  Western  Australia  dis- 
cussed the  question  before  the  Sydney  session  of 
the  Convention,  which  opened  on  the  2nd  Sep- 
tember, 1897.  The  business  of  this  Convention 
Involved  the  general  reconsideration  of  the  whole 
Bill,  and  the  consideration  of  no  less  than  286 
suggested  amendments.  The  Melbourne  ses- 
sion of  1898,  extending  over  three  months, 
reached  finality. 


TFIE    COMMONWEALllI 


67 


Federal  Parliament  House,  Melbourne 


Eleven  weeks  after  this  last  Convention  the 
first  popular  vote  was  taken  on  Federation  in  New- 
South  Wales,  Victoria,  South  Australia,  and  Tas- 
mania. Though  the  decision  was  o\erwhelmingly 
in  favour  of  Federation  in  three  of  the  States, 
and  a  smaller  affirmation  in  New  South  Wales, 
the  majority  was  legally  insufficient  to  bring  about 
the  desired  result. 

A  Conference  of  the  six  Colonial  Premiers  fol- 
lowed in  1899,  and  seven  amendments  were 
effected  in  the  Bill. 

A  second  referendum  in  which  Queensland 
joined: — but  Western  Australia  stood  out — was 
held,  and  the  majority  for  Federation  more  than 
doubled. 

A  delegation  of  representatives  from  the 
Federating  Colonies  visited  F'.ngland  on  the  occa- 
sion of  the  submission  of  the  Commonwealth  Bill 
to    the    Imperial     Parliament.  The    Bill    was 

promptly  passed  through  all  its  stages  by  the 
House  of  Commons  and  received  the  Royal  assent 
on  9th  July,  1900. 

A  referendum  on  the  tjuestion  of  Federation 
was  taken  in  Western  Australia  on  the  31st  of  the 
same  month,  and  resulted  in  a  large  "Yes" 
majority.  The  Western  Houses  put  forward  a 
petition  for  inclusion  as  an  original  State  in  the 
Union,  and  on  the  17th  September,  1900,  Her 
Majesty  Queen  Victoria  signed  a  Proclamation 
declaring  that  on  and  after  ist  January,  1901,  the 
people  of  New  South  Wales,  Victoria,  South  Aus- 


tralia, Queensland,  Tasmania,  and  Western  Aus- 
tralia, should  be  united  in  a  Federal  Common- 
wealth under  the  name  of 

THE    COMMONWEALTH     OF    .AUSTRALIA. 

Although  New  Zealand  had  been  represented 
at  some  of  the  deliberations,  the  possibilities  of 
her  entering  the  Federation  were  at  all  times 
regarded  as  very  remote. 

Having  reached  an  important  milestone  on  the 
road  to  nationalism,  Australia  celebrated  the 
event  with  befitting  festivities.  The  First  Par- 
liament of  the  Commonwealth  was  conxened  by 
proclamation  dated  29th  April,  1901,  by  the  Earl 
of  Hopetoun,  first  Governor-General,  and  opened 
on  9th  May  by  the  present  King  of  England, 
George  V.,  then  Duke  of  Cornwall  and  York. 

Of  the  legislation  effected  by  nine  Ministries 
which  have  at  various  intervals  during  thirteen 
years  past  controlled  Federal  affairs,  those  Acts 
relating  to  Colored  or  Alien  Immigration, 
Tariffs,  Land  Fax,  and  Defence,  are  probably  the 
most  important. 

The  establishment  of  a  High  Court  and  a  Com- 
monwealth Bank,  the  taking  over  of  Papua  and 
the  Northern  territory,  the  appointment  of  a 
High  Commissioner  in  London,  the  fixing  of  a 
Federal  Capital  site,  and  the  commencement  of 
an  Australian  Navy  and  the  trans-Australian 
railway  are  among  the  greater  events  of  the 
Federation. 


(6S) 


General  View  of  Canberra,  the  Federal  Capital  Site, 


CANBERRA,   THE  FEDERAL   CAPITAL. 


IN  entering  the  Federation  New  South  Wales 
imposed  a  condition  that  the  Federal  capital 
should  be  within  territory  of  the  Mother 
State. 

Under  the  Constitution  the  seat  of  Common- 
wealth (jovernment  was  to  be  determined  by  Par- 
liament. The  capital  and  the  surrounding  area — 
not  less  than  lOO  square  miles — should  remain 
vested  in  and  belong  to  the  Commonwealth. 

An  exhaustive  examination  of  suggested  sites 
took  place  during  following  years,  and  the  ques- 
tion was  hotly  debated  in  Parliament  on  several 
occasions. 

In  1908  the  Houses  agreed  that  the  Common- 
wealth Seat  of  Government  should  be  at  Yass- 
Canberra;  that  the  territory  to  be  Federally' 
acquired  should  not  be  less  than  nine  hundred 
square  miles,  and  have  access  to  the  sea. 


The  then  Minister  for  Home  Affairs,  Hon. 
Hugh  Mahon,  in  his  instructions  to  the  District 
Surveyor,  admonished  him  that  the  Federal  Capi- 
tal "should  be  a  beautiful  city,  occupying  a 
commanding  position,  with  extensive  views,  and 
embracing  distinctive  features  which  will  lend 
themselves  to  the  evolution  of  a  design  worthy  of 
the  object,  not  only  for  the  present,  but  for  all 
time." 

The  necessity  for  adequate  water  supply  and 
sanitation  was  also  emphasised.  The  site  chosen 
was  to  be  "easy  of  access  from  Sydney  and  Mel- 
bourne, and  through  them  to  the  other  capital 
cities,  also  from  a  suitable  harbor  on  the  coast." 

The  surveyor,  Mr.  C.  R.  Scrivener,  reported 
in   due   course.       An    advisory   board   was   then 
appointed,    consisting    of    Mr.    Scrivener,    Col.  . 
David  Miller,  Lieut.-Col.  Percy  T.  Owen,   Col. 


CANBERRA,  THF,  FEDERAL  CAPITAL 


69 


showing,  in  the  centre,  the  Military  College,  Duntroon 


W.  L.  Vernon — all  gentlemen  oi  expert  knowl- 
edge and  wide  experience  in  public  works. 

In  1909  New  South  Wales  surrendered  an  area 
of  about  900  square  miles  at  Yass-Canberra  for 
the  Federal  capital,  two  square  miles  at  Jervis 
Bay  for  a  Commonwealth  port,  and  areas  aggre- 
gating 2302  acres  for  its  defence. 

The  Mother  State  also  conceded  "the  right  to 
construct,  maintain  and  work  a  railway  from  die 
territory  to  Jervis  Bay.  The  right  to  use  the 
waters  of  the  Snowy  River,  or  such  other  rivers 
as  may  be  agreed  upon,  for  the  generation  of 
electricity  for  the  purposes  of  the  Territory,  and 
paramount  water  right  over  the  catchment  areas 
of  the  Queanbeyan  and  Molongolo  Rivers  and 
their  tributaries." 

During  the  regime  of  Hon.  King  O'Malley  as 
Minister  for  Llome  Affairs  the  capital  received 
enthusiastic  attention.  A  complete  system  of 
Federal    administration    for    the    Territory    was 


evolved,  and  premiums  offered  for  the  best  plan 
for  the  laying  out  of  a  city.  Designs  were  sent 
in  from  all  over  the  world. 

Three  prizes  were  allotted.  The  first,  £1750, 
fell  to  Mr.  Walter  Burley  Griffin,  of  Chicago, 
Illinois,  U.S.A.  The  second,  £750,  was  awarded 
to  M.  Eliel  Saaringen,  architect,  Helsingfors, 
Finland.  The  third  went  to  Professor  D.  Alf. 
Agache,   Paris. 

Four  hundred  pounds  was  afterwards  paid 
for  a  design  jointly  prepared  by  Messrs.  W.  Scott 
Griffiths,  R.  C.  G.  Coulter,  and  H.  Caswell,  of 
Sydney,  N.S.W. 

Subsequently  the  Departmental  Board  incor- 
porated a  design  from  the  plans  purchased,  to 
which  new  features  were  added. 

This  design  was  approved  by  the  Federal 
Cabinet,  and  the  first  surveys  began  in  1913. 

Since  that  date  systematized  public  works  have 
been  undertaken  in  Canberra  and  at  Jervis  Bay. 


70 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITl^D 


The  first  consideration  was  the  storage  of  water 
for  use  of  the  Federal  City.  The  main  reservoir 
on  the  Cotter  was  originally  laid  out  to  impound 
650  million  gallons.  This  has  been  increased 
since. 

A  brick-making  plant  and  power  plant  were 
installed,  roads  made  and  mended,  and  necessary 
buildings  erected. 

F.arlier  schemes  provided  for  the  building  with- 
out intermission  of  Administrative  Offices,  Courts 
of  Justice,  Police  Buildings  and  Gaol,  Military 
Depot  and  Offices,  Schools,  Obser\atory,  Medical 
and  Hospital  Buildings,  Railway  Station,  Post 
Office,  Government  Printing  Office,  Town  Hall, 
and  other  public  edifices. 

A  Royal  Military  College  was  established  at 
Duntroon  in  19 10.  This  provided  for  the  train- 
ing of  120  cadets,  many  of  whom  later  on  distin- 
guished themselves  on  active  service. 

It  was  proposed  to  establish  railway  communi- 
cation from  the  Federal  City  with  Queanbeyan, 
Yass,  and  Jervis  Bay.  These  three  lines  are 
necessary  to  give  ready  access  to  Sydney,  Mel- 
bourne, and  the  seaboard. 

The  average  rainfall  for  the  Territory  is  25.5 
inches — about    that    of    Melbourne    or    London. 


The  climate  is  dry,  healthy,  and  bracing  in  winter. 

On  the  12th  March,  1913,  a  date  which  will 
be  historical  in  Australia,  the  foundation  stone 
of  the  Federal  City  was  formally  laid  by  the 
(lOvernor-General,  Lord  Denman,  before  an 
assemblage  of  politicians,  officials  and  public 
personages,  but  Australian  science,  literature  and 
the  arts  were  not  deemed  worthy  of  representa- 
tion. Owing  to  the  crudities  of  our  callow 
political  systems,  no  doubt,  the  position  which 
science  and  art  occupy  in  our  national  evolution 
has  not  yet  been  determined.  They  cannot,  how- 
ever, be  neglected  if  the  Commonwealth  is  to  be 
more  than  a  grossly  materialistic  democracy. 

The  function  of  naming  the  capital  was  per- 
formed by  Lady  Denman.  The  official  choice  of 
"Canberra"  had  up  to  that  moment  been  kept 
secret. 

The  war  and  Australia's  urgent  services  in  the 
cause  of  Empire  have  led  to  a  temporary  curtail- 
ment of  work  at  Canberra.  The  building  of  the 
city  will  no  doubt  be  hastened  in  the  coming  years 
of  peace. 

On  the  30th  of  June,  19 14,  the  total  expendi- 
ture within  the  Territory  was  just  on  half  a 
million  pounds. 


The   Cotter  Eiver,   Canberra 


(70 


TRANSCONTINENTAL   RAILWAYS; 
EAST-WEST, 


WITH  Federation  came  the  Bigger  Austra- 
lian, who  asked  for  Continental  concep- 
tions. Transcontinental  railway  schemes 
evolved  as  a  matter  of  course.  The  States  had 
been  losers  under  old  social  associations;  be- 
trothed through  political  interest,  they  must  now 
be  indissolubly  wedded  by  links  of  commercial 
steel. 

Obviously,  it  was  the  function  of  the  Common- 
wealth Government  to  complete  those  expensive 
railway  systems,  which  would  join  the  country 
East  and  West,  and  North  and  South. 

The  East  and  West  system  connects  the  port  of 
Fremantle  and  the  West  Australian  capital,  Perth, 
through  Kalgoorlie,  with  Port  Augusta  in  South 
Australia.  On  this  system  one  will  ultimately  be 
able  to  travel  by  rail  from  Croydon,  in  the  Gulf 
of  Carpentaria,  to  Meekatharra  in  Western  Aus- 
tralia. There  will  be  many  changing  stations- - 
Brisbane,  Wallangarra,  Sydney,  Albury,  Mel- 
bourne, Adelaide,  Terowie,  Port  Augusta,  Kal- 
goorlie, Perth;  but  the  traveller  will  reach  his 
destination  in  due  course. 

Before  his  departure  for  London  to  take  up 
the  duties  of  High  Commissioner,  the  Right  Hon. 
Andrew  Fisher,  accompanied  by  his  secretary,  Mr. 
Box,  and  a  small  party  of  officials,  went  over  the 
East-West  route  from  Port  Augusta  to  Kal- 
goorlie. 

Gaps  between  railheads  were  bridged  by  camels 
and  motor  cars.  The  party  experienced  no  great 
difficulties  or  hardships  in  crossing  another  of  Aus- 
tralia's mythical  "deserts."  Before  leaving  Mel- 
bourne Mr.  Box  good-naturedly  promised  to  take 
notes  and  snapshots  of  the  country  traversed  for 
Australia  Unlimited. 


The  party  returned  to  Melbourne  greatly 
pleased  with  the  prospects,  as  far  as  future  settle- 
ment along  the  East-West  railway  is  concerned. 

The  distance  between  Port  Augusta  and  Kal- 
goorlie is  1060  miles.  At  the  time  Mr.  F'isher 
went  over  the  route  in  December,  19 15,  the  rails 
were  laid  for  332  miles  directly  west  from  Port 
Augusta,  and  390  miles  east  from  Kalgoorlie. 

For  268  miles  west  of  Port  Augusta  the  line 
passes  through  good  stock  country,  taken  up  in 
pastoral  runs  for  many  years  past. 

Tarcoola,  258  miles  from  Port  Augusta,  is 
located  in  an  auriferous  belt  which  has  already 
produced  much  gold. 

After  leaving  the  South  Australian  railhead  che 
expedition — proceeding  by  camel  buggy — entered 
into  slowly  rising  country,  with  sandy  soil  and 
well  covered  with  mulga,  salt-bush,  mallee,  patches 
of  bull  oak,  and  some  pine.  There  were  slight 
traces  of  limestone  formation.  The  weather  was 
cool  and  bright. 

The  following  day,  Tuesday,  was  also  cool. 
Lignum  and  scattered  spinifex  began  to  make  their 
appearance.  The  country  gradually  became 
steeper  and  the  timber  heavier. 

A  feature  of  the  country  seen  on  Monday  and 
Tuesday,  as  well  as  on  the  three  succeeding  days, 
was  the  numerous  evidences  of  bird  and  animal 
life.  The  small  birds  were  very  tame,  and  ap- 
proached to  within  a  few  feet  of  the  travellers.  A 
bell  bird  was  seen  on  Tuesday,  and  a  kingfisher 
was  disturbed  on  a  nest  in  which  one  egg  was 
found. 

On  Friday  night  the  party,  having  journeyed 
at  an  average  rate  of  eighteen  miles  a  day,  through 
mallee  and  mulga  and  spinifex,  made  their  camp 


72 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


At  Ooldea  Soak 


in  an  exceedingly  picturesque  valley.  Tra- 
velling on  early  next  morning  to  Ooldea  Soak 
they  found  there  an  excellent  supply  of  water. 
Tracks  of  kangaroos  and  emus  were  observed, 
while  bustards,  hawks,  crows,  and  smaller  birds 
became  numerous.' 

At  one  o'clock  the  journey  across  the  Nullarbor 
Plain  began. 

"This,"  says  the  High  Commissioner,  in  his 
description  of  the  trip,  "is  one  of  the  largest,  if  not 
the  largest  plain  in  the  world.  It  runs  for  430 
miles  east  and  west,  and  its  width  averages  about 
250  miles.  The  plain  is  bigger  than  the  zvhole  of 
the  State  of  Victoria.  Limestone  outcrops  are 
frequent.       The  percentage  of  lime  in  the  rock  is 


extremely  high,  at  one  place  attaining  98  per  cent. 
The  chief  characteristic  of  the  plain  is  an  almost 
total  absence  of  trees.  There  are  isolated  patches 
of  myall  and  gidyea,  and  the  plain  is  abundantly 
clothed  with  blue  bush  and  salt  bush.  At  the 
head  of  the  line  sheep  fatten  whilst  waiting  for 
the  butcher,  and  I  am  perfectly  satisfied  that  if 
water  were  made  available  the  Nullarbor  Plain 
would  support  at  least  a  couple  of  million  head  of 
sheep. 

"The  plain  ought  to  carry  about  one  sheep  to 
twelve  acres. 

"It  has  been  demonstrated  that  over  a  consider- 
able extent  of  the  plain  splendid  supplies  of  fresh 
water  and  good  stock  water  can  be  got  by  boring. 


Freshwater  Bore,  West  End  of  Railway 


TRANSCOXTI N EN TAI.    RAI LWAYS 


73 


On  the  NuUarbor  Plain 


There  are  also  many  depressions  in  the  plain,  in 
which  dams  can  be  made,  with  good  catchments. 
The  Commonwealth  railway  authorities  have  con- 
structed many  dams  of  immense  capacity  adjacent 
to  the  line.  Along  part  of  the  track  travelled 
several  four-hundred  gallon  tanks  were  sunk,  in 
order  to  provide  water  for  surveying  and  boring 
parties  and  for  the  safety  of  wayfarers." 

Wild  turkeys  and  other  game  were  frequent  on 
this  wonderful  plain,  which  five  years  ago  most 
Australians  believed  to  be  a  hopeless  desert. 

Where  Mr.  Fisher's  party  crossed  the  West 
Australian  border  there  was  nothing  but  plain  and 
sky,  salt  bush  and  blue  bush,  without  a  tree  or 
even  a  suggestion  of  a  rise  in  sight.  A  surveyor's 
post  about  two  feet  high  had,  nailed  to  it,  a  small 
and  much  decayed  board  pointing  directly  north 


and  south  towards  the  border  line  between  the 
two  States.  This  is  the  only  mark  to  indicate 

the  boundary.  There  were  still  56  miles  to  go 
to  the  head  of  the  western  section  of  the  railway. 

Thirty-six  miles  from  the  border  is  No.  4  Bore, 
where  a  supply  has  been  obtained  of  30,000  gal- 
lons of  stock  water  in  twenty-four  hours. 

They  had  gone  a  distance  of  some  340  miles 
from  the  head  of  the  South  Australian  railway 
section,  and  during  the  whole  journey  did  not  pass 
a  single  traveller  on  the  road,  nor  see  any  perman- 
ent habitation.  "Yet,"  says  Mr.  Fisher,  "/  am 
convinced  that  the  time  will  come  when  all  that 
country  will  support  a  population  that  will  be  add- 
ing to  the  wealth  of  the  Commonwealth.  We 
saw  no  country  that  could  by  even  the  wildest 
stretch  of  imagination  be  called  desert.  We  saw 
arid  land,  but  none  that  was  desert." 


The  High  Commissioner  and  Party 


(74) 


On  the  Border  of  the  Northern  Territory 


THE  NORTH-SOUTH  RAILWAY. 


THE  North-South  Railway  is  already  being 
pushed  on  from  Pine  Creek  towards 
Oodnadatta. 

There  are  still  people  who  doubt  the  future  of 
Central  Australia.  The  following  reports  from 
Mr.  T.  J.  Waldron,  of  the  Department  of  Exter- 
nal Affairs,  should  give  them  hope.  Mr. 
Waldron  is  a  young,  intrepid  officer,  well  and 
scientifically  trained,  who  has  accompanied  small 
parties  of  specialists  into  the  heart  of  Australia  on 
two  occasions,  with  a  view  to  determining  as  far 
as  possible  the  lands  through  which  the  great 
North-South  railway  will  cross;  its  character,  con- 
ditions, and  future  uses  and  possibilities. 

The  first  report  is  a  description  of  the  country 
which  would  be  traversed  by  a  railway  from 
Oodnadatta  to  Anthony's  Lagoon,  adopting  as 
far  as  possible  a  due  north-and-south  line. 

We  give  the  text  almost  as  it  has  been  presented 
by  Mr.  Waldron  to  the  Engineer  for  Construction 
and  Maintenance  of  Commonwealth  Railways: — 

"The  south-western  side  of  the  Finke  River, 
on  the  division  between  the  Northern  Territory 
and  South  Australia,  marks  the  boundary  of  a 
stony  tableland,  extending  for  some  hundreds  of 
miles  through  northern  South  Australia.  The 
country  from  Oodnadatta  to  the  border  of  the 
Territory  is  similar  to  that  seen  on  the  railway 
line  from  W^illiam  Creek  to  Oodnadatta;  there 
are  the  same  tabletop  hills,  gidyea  creeks,  and 
occasional  larger  box  creeks.  The  nature  of  the 
surface  rocks  is  also  similar.  //  is  splendid  stock 
country,  and  grows  edible  mulga  in  addition  to 
several  varieties  of  annual  and  perennial  salt-bush. 


"Before  leaving  the  section  of  the  line  within 
South  Australian  territory,  however,  mention  may 
be  made  of  the  Dalhousie  district  (80  m.)  which 
contains  numerous  hot  and  warm  mineral  springs. 
The  larger  springs  shelter  flocks  of  waterfowl, 
while  the  medicinal  properties  of  the  springs,  as  a 
whole,  are  worthy  of  consideration. 

"After  crossing  the  Pinke  at  the  border  of  the 
Territory,  the  country  changes  completely.  A 
vast  stretch  of  sandhills  (not  drift  sand)  running 
a  little  west  of  north  (say  30°),  is  the  dominating 
feature,  but  it  is  varied  by  patches  of  stony  table- 
land, and  towards  the  north  and  west  the  surface 
gradually  changes  to  slightly  undulating  sandy 
plains. 

"no  M.  to  J 56  M.  (Moderate  Construction). 
— From  1 10  M.  to  \:,6  M.  sandhills  predominate. 
The  surface  of  the  ridges  is  covered  with  a  fair 
growth  of  cane  grass  and  herbage,  which  serves  to 
bind  the  loose  soil,  and  for  the  present  eliminates 
any  possibility  of  drift  sand.  The  flats  between 
the  ridges  are  hard  loam,  and  the  ridges  them- 
selves show  solid  ground  at  a  depth  of  12  to  18 
inches.  The  flats  are  covered  with  mulga  and 
other  smaller  shrubs. 

"Anacona  Bore,  which  has  a  flow  of  700,000 
gallons  per  day  of  practically  fresh  water,  is  in 
this  section.  Although  it  is  said  to  be  on  the  ex- 
treme northern  border  of  the  great  cretaceous 
artesian  basin,  there  is  no  indication  of  any  geolo- 
gical formation  to  justify  the  fixing  of  the  boun- 
dary. There  is  no  change  in  the  character  of  the 
surface  rocks  until  the  foothills  of  the  MacDonnell 
range  mountain  system  are  met  with  at  230  M. 


TRANSCONTINENTAL   RAILWAYS 


75 


As  the  boundary  of  the  basin  was  fixed  without  an 
inspection  of  the  country,  and  extended  only  to 
include  Anacona  Bore,  there  is  every  reason  to 
believe  that  the  country  from  no  M.  to  about 
200  M.  can  be  considered  as  within  the  artesian 
area.  In  the  section  i  lo  M.  to  156  M.  there  are 
occasional  outcrops  of  stony  tableland,  which  may 
provide  some  of  the  ballast  required. 


River  the  country  improves,  there  is  no  surface 
water,  but  there  are  indications  of  shallow  well- 
water  in  some  swamps  between  Poulia  Poulia 
Creek  and  the  Hale,  225  M.  to  235  M. 

"2 JO  M.  to  280  M.  (Moderate  Construction). 
— 230  M.  may  be  taken  as  the  northern  boundary 
of  the  great  sand  area  lying  south-east  of  the  Mac- 
donnell  Ranges. 


A  Survey  Expedition  Camp 


"1^6  M.  to  IQO  M.  (Easy  Construction). — 
In  this  section  there  is  a  greater  proportion  of 
tableland,  more  scrub  on  the  sand  areas,  and  also 
the  debouchure  of  the  Todd  River,  which  is  here 
lost  in  the  sandhills,  and  is  only  traceable  by  oc- 
casional lines  of  gum  trees.  As  a  consideration 
in  railway  construction,  it  is  doubtful  whether 
these  lines  of  gum  trees  are  worthy  of  mention. 
My  opinion  is  that  they  are  only  fed  from  an 
underground  percolation,  especially  since  the  sur- 
face shows  no  signs  of  inundation.  From  a  pas- 
toral point  of  view,  this  section  contains  very 
good  country,  while  the  previous  section  ( i  10  to 
156)  can  only  be  described  as  fair. 

"igo  M.  to  2:;o  M.  (Easy  Construction). — 
The  sand  ridges  gradually  merge  into  undulating 
sandy  plains,  well  grassed,  and  growing  a  fair 
scrub  of  whitewood,  mulga  and  other  smaller 
shrubs.       As  the  line  here  approaches  the  Hale 


"At  this  point  the  foothills  of  the  ranges  are 
met  with,  and  at  245  M.  the  line  crosses  the  Hale 
River  as  it  flows  in  a  well-defined  stream  from 
these  hills.  Poulia  Poulia  Creek  also  flows  across 
the  line  towards  the  Hale,  some  10  miles  south 
of  the  possible  crossing  of  the  latter.  It  forms  a 
swamp  before  entering  the  larger  river,  and  may 
make  advisable  a  slight  deviation  to  the  east,  and 
a  crossing  lower  down  the  Hale. 

"280  M.  to  _^o^^  M.  (Easy  Construction). — For 
about  thirty  miles  the  line  skirts  the  broken  country 
forming  the  eastern  end  of  the  ranges,  and  crosses 
the  heads  of  the  Innumbra  and  another,  unnamed, 
creek,  which  flows  south-easterly  towards  the 
Marshall  This  country  is  composed  of  small 
hills  and  ranges  of  schists  and  granite;  it  affords 
no  water,  and  on  account  of  the  preponderance  of 
spinifex-covered  ridges  it  is  of  little  value  for  pas- 
toral purposes.       North-east  of  the  line — between 


76 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


it  and  the  Marshall — the  country  improves;  it  is 
watered  by  several  soakages  and  water-holes  in 
the  latter  river,  and  it  has  good  pastoral  prospects. 

"305  M.  to  340  M.  (Easy  Construction). — 
The  next  section  (of  35  miles)  comprises  the  well- 
grassed  plains  of  the  Plenty  River,  which  is  crossed 
at  325  M.  This  creek  is  here  about  30  chains 
wide,  and  when  in  flood  carries  a  large  body  of 
water.  The  channel  is  well  defined,  but  is  very 
shallow,  the  surrounding  sandy  plains  being  only 
about  20  feet  above  the  creek  bed.  The  creek 
runs  about  once  in  two  years.  At  340  M.,  on  a 
continuation  of  the  due  north  line,  the  mass  of 
quartzite  ranges  known  as  Dulcie  Ranges,  forms 
a  barrier  which  I  consider  will  make  an  easterly 
deviation  of  some  10  miles  imperative.  This 
deviation  zvottld  bring  the  line  through  the  best 
watered  area  in  Central  Australia,  including  the 
districts  of  Ooratippra,  Oorabbra,  and  Picton,  and 
would  cross  the  divide  between  the  northern  and 
southern  river  system  through  a  gap  between  the 
Dulcie  and  Jervois  Ranges.  Another  point  in 
favour  of  the  deviation  is  that  it  would  bring  the 
line  clear  of  the  Devonport  Ranges  at  Frew  River. 
As  it  seems  probable  that  this  deviation  will  be 
justified  by  a  considerable  saving  in  the  cost  of 
construction,  and  on  account  of  the  better  quality 
of  the  country  passed  through,  the  line  is  being 
considered  as  adopting  the  deviation. 

"340  M.  to  400  M.  (Moderate  to  Difficult  Con- 
struction).— The  districts  of  Oorotippra,  Oorab- 
bra, and  Picton  mentioned  above  are  included  in 
this  section  and  consist  of  loamy  plains,  well- 
grassed,  carrying  a  scattered  scrub  of  edible 
rushes,  and  intersected  with  low  quartzite  ranges 
and  many  small  creeks.  These  creeks,  together 
with  the  rock  holes  and  springs  of  the  hills,  form 
the  sources  of  a  good  water  supply. 

"400  M.  to  4^0  M.  (Easy  Construction). — At 
420  M.  the  Sandover  River,  a  sandy  creek  as 
large  as  the  Peake,  on  the  Oodnadatta  line,  is 
crossed;  but  it  floods  only  about  once  in  25  years. 
It  has  not  run  for  the  last  seven  years.  The  coun- 
try in  this  section  on  each  side  of  the  Sandover 
River  is  undulating  sandy  country  covered  with 
spinifex,  low  mallee,  acacias,  and  occasional  blood- 
woods.      It  is  of  little  value  for  pastoral  purposes. 

"450  M.  to  sso  M.  (Moderate  Construction). 
— This  section  includes  the  outlying  hills  of  the 
Devonport  Ranges  and  portion  of  the  country 
watered  by  the  Frew  River  system.  It  is  well- 
watered,  and  in  these  ranges  is  the  new  Wolfram 
field,  which  was  producing  ore  to  the  value  of 
£1300  per  month  in  October  last. 

"530  M.  to  ^ijo  M.  (Easy  Construction). — 
Undulating  sand,  patches  of  hard  red  clay,  and  a 
scrub  of  wattles,  mallee,  jasminum,  and  blood- 
woods,  with  a  general  growth  of  spinifex,  are  the 
principal  characteristics  of  this  section.       There 


is  no  natural  water  and  the  country  is  poor  pas- 
toral country.  The  north-eastern  portion  of  it 
is  probably  within  the  sub-artesian  basin  of  the 
Barkly  tablelands. 

"570  M.  to  (575  M.  (Anthony's  Lagoon), 
(Easy  Construction). —  This  extensive  section 
comprises  open  dotvns  country,  and  is  undoubtedly 
some  of  the  best  country  in  the  Northern  Terri- 
tory. It  ofters  no  difficulties  to  railway  construc- 
tion. Sub-artesian  bores  have  been  sunk  on  the 
route  (on  Alroy  Downs  and  Brunette  Downs 
stations),  and  on  both  sides  of  the  line  the  country 
is  at  present  supporting  large  numbers  of  stock." 

Mr.  Waldron's  second  report  contains  invalu- 
able data  concerning  regions  which  are  still  terra 
incognita  to  all  but  a  favored  few.  These  have 
had  the  good  fortune  to  penetrate  the  silent  Aus- 
tralian distances  which  call  to  the  adventurous 
heart  of  youth,  and  stir  the  interest  of  practical 
minds. 

They  return,  browned  by  the  sun  but  full  of 
mighty  strength  and  faith.  There  is  a  new  ex- 
pression upon  their  faces,  a  new  light  in  their 
eyes.  It  is  like  the  transfiguration  of  faces  that 
have  known  the  stress  of  battle,  but,  instead  of 
that  haunted  look  of  sadness  which  young  men 
bring  back  from  war,  there  is  an  exaltation,  born 
mayhap  of  freedom  and  faith!  Ask  any  of  these 
bronzed,  stalwart  bushmen — normal,  healthy,  and 
sober — their  views  on  the  future  of  Central  Aus- 
tralia, and  see  the  enthusiasm  which  sparkles  from 
them. 

It  has  delighted  the  author  to  quote  copiously, 
in  another  chapter,  from  Mr.  Mason's  first-hand 
report  of  his  arduous  explorations  in  that  hinter- 
land which  spreads  northward  from  the  Australian 
Bight. 

It  is  an  equal  pleasure  to  give  here,  almost  in 
full,  this  valuable  report  from  Mr.  J.  J.  Waldron 
on  Central  Australia,  dated  1916: — 

"Central  Australia  has  been  described  many 
times,  by  persons  with  various  objectives.  There 
are  recorded  the  impressions  of  explorers,  of  scien- 
tists, of  overlanders,  of  telegraph  men,  pastoral- 
ists,  and  miners. 

"Each  has  described  the  country  as  it  affected 
the  purpose  of  his  visit. 

"The  first  explorers  saw  in  it  a  region  to  be 
crossed  with  difficulty  before  they  could  reach 
their  far-off  goal,  the  shores  of  the  Indian  Ocean. 

"The  overlanders  and  early  pastoralists  had  to 
learn  its  treatment  of  stock  at  a  considerable  cost 
to  themselves. 

"The  prospector,  though  he  did  not  for  a 
moment  doubt  the  mineral  wealth  of  the  country, 
was  forced  to  acknowledge  that  this  out-of-the-way 
place  had  features,  peculiar  to  itself,  which  made 
mining  more  costly  than  usual.  Side  by  side  with 
commerce,  science  solved  many  of  the  problems  of 


TRANSCONTINENTAL   RAILWAYS 


77 


Central  Australia;  like  commerce,  it  has  left  many 
of  them  unsolved. 

"The  centre  of  our  island  continent  is  not  far 
away  from  us.  Oodnadatta  is  on  the  same  parallel 
of  latitude  as  Brisbane,  while  the  MacDonnell 
Ranges  are  no  further  north  than  Rockhampton. 
Yet  a  person  who  has  visited  Alice  Springs  is 
looked  upon  as  somewhat  of  an  explorer,  while  he 
would  be  a  suburban  commercial    traveller  who 


"Oodnadatta,  the  terminus  of  the  great 
northern  railway  from  Adelaide,  is  situated  in 
very  desolate-looking  country.  The  surround- 
ing stony  tableland  is  quite  bare  of  timber,  and 
apparently  devoid  of  herbage;  the  nakedness  of 
its  flats  of  "red  gibbers"  and  of  its  tent-shaped 
hills,  varied  only  by  scintillating  shafts  from  ex- 
posed pieces  of  gypsum,  and  the  sense  of  isolation 
induced  by  an  encircling  sea  of  mirage,  combine  to 


A  Central  Australian  Scene 


had  not  been  beyond  Rockhampton.  There  is  one 
significant  reason  for  the  falsity  of  public  opinion 
regarding  Central  Australia;  it  is  difficult  of  ac- 
cess, and  remoteness  in  Central  Australia  has 
almost  become  synonymous  with  aridity. 

"The  MacDonnell  Range  country  is  not  another 
Ballarat  as  regards  its  alluvial  gold,  but  it  is  not 
a  Mount  Maroomba  wild-cat.  Its  splendid 
loamy  valleys  and  saltbush  plains  do  not  pretend 
to  rival  the  Murrumbidgee  flats,  but  they  are  emi- 
nently suited  for  sheep,  horses,  and  cattle,  while 
some  of  the  more  easily  irrigable  will  certainly 
respond  to  agriculture.  Central  Australia  has  im- 
mense possibilities,  but  their  development  is  at- 
tended, as  experience  has  shown,  by  considerable 
risk;  carefully  and  steadily  directed  capital  and 
good  management  will  make  the  country  what, 
with  its  wealth,  it  should  be,  a  prosperous  inland 
to  a  highly  prosperous  continent. 


impress  one  with  a  feeling  of  disappointment  in 
a  land  seemingly  so  barren. 

"The  impression  is  honest  on  the  part  of  the 
visitor,  but  most  unjust  to  the  surrounding  country, 
particularly  the  northern  portion  of  it.  The  re- 
quirements of  the  town  have  denuded  the  neigh- 
borhood of  herbage  and  firewood,  and  the  absence 
of  a  watercourse  of  any  size  completes  the  illusion 
of  desolation.  North-east  and  west  of  Oodnadatta, 
gidyea  and  gum  creeks  provide  surface-water 
and  shade,  and  while  this  apparently  barren  table- 
land produces  the  best  of  cattle  feed  in  perennial 
saltbush,  stretches  of  softer  soil  grow  an  edible 
mulga,  which  is  an  excellent  fodder  in  time  of 
drought. 

"Previous  to  December,  191 2,  there  had  been 
a  two-years'  drought  in  the  belt  of  country  be- 
tween Oodnadatta  and  Blood's  Creek,  80  miles 
north.     The  total  rainfall   for  that  period  was 


78 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Near  Alice  Springs 


under  five  inches,  and  it  fell  in  scattered  showers 
of  a  few  points  each,  yet  the  losses  by  stock- 
owners  were  comparatively  small;  and  now  that 
the  drought  has  broken,  the  country  has  recovered 
so  quickly  that  this  year  will  probably  see  40,000 
fat  bullocks  trucked  from  Oodnadatta.  One 
station  alone  will  send  15,000.  Central  Australia 
recovers  from  a  drought  more  quickly  than  any 
other  part  of  the  Commonwealth,  and  Australia 
as  a  whole  is  famous  for  rapid  recoveries  after  bad 
seasons. 

"Depot  for  supplies  to  the  Territory  as  far  as 
Newcastle  Waters,  Oodnadatta  is  the  centre  of  a 
considerable  carrying  trade.  About  400  camels 
are  constantly  employed  carting  supplies  to  the 
stations  in  the  north,  while  places  nearer  to  the 
head  of  the  railway  line  convey  their  stores  by 
waggon  and  pack-horse.  The  northern  mail 
leaves  for  Alice  Springs  and  Arltunga  on  the 
arrival  of  the  fortnightly  train.  A  coach  conveys 
it  as  far  as  Horseshoe  Bend,  210  miles  away, 
where  it  is  transferred  to  camels  and  taken  on  to 
Alice  Springs  (another  115  miles),  and  then  80 
miles  east  to  Arltunga. 

"The  road  usually  taken  from  Oodnadatta  to 
the  Territory  goes  north  along  the  overland  tele- 
graph line  across  stony  tableland  for  32  miles  to 


the  Alberga  River,  which,  like  all  rivers  south  of 
the  MacDonnell  Ranges,  flows  east  and  south  to- 
wards the  Lake  Eyre  basin.  The  country  to  the 
east  and  west  of  the  road  is  included  in  Macumba 
and  Todmorden  stations.  //  7',^  good  stock  country 
and  has  this  year  supplied  10,000  cattle  to  the 
Adelaide  market.  Fresh  water  can  always  be  ob- 
tained in  the  Alberga,  either  in  waterholes  or  from 
soakages. 

"After  crossing  the  Alberga  the  valley  of  a 
branch  creek,  the  Stevenson,  is  followed  for  65 
miles.  The  alluvial  flats  bordering  the  creek  and 
the  softer  country  through  which  the  small  tribu- 
tary creeks  flow  extend  for  about  five  miles  to 
the  western  tableland,  and  for  the  same  distance 
to  the  eastern  saddle,  which  sends  numerous  creeks 
into  the  box  flat  estuary  of  the  Finke,  still  further 
to  the  east.  The  water  from  an  artesian  bore 
has  been  diverted  into  the  Stevenson  above  its 
junction  with  the  Alberga.  A  fair-sized  lake,  in 
ivhich  fish  are  plentiful,  has  been  formed  near 
the  bore  outlet,  and  the  creek  is  now  a  permanent 
stream  for  several  fniles. 

"The  road  continues  northerly  over  harder  soil 
and  tableland  across  Blood's  Creek  and  Abminga 
Creek. 


TRANSCONTINENTAL   RAILWAYS 


79 


"One  hundred  and  twenty  miles  from  Oodna- 
datta  it  passes  to  the  east  of  the  low  range  in  a 
stretch  of  tableland  which  denotes  the  border  of 
the  Territory.  Nine  miles  inside  the  border  is 
the  telegraph  station  of  Charlotte  Waters. 

"Dalhoiisie  Station  lies  fifty  miles  south  of  the 
border  on  an  alternative  route  from  Oodnadatta. 
It  is  the  centre  of  an  interesting  tract  of  country. 
A  slight  but  extensive  depression  in  the  tableland 
contains  numerous  mineral  springs,  some  cold, 
others  warm.  In  one,  the  Big  Spring,  the  water 
flows  out  at  a  temperature  of  iiodeg.  F.,  and 
forms  a  lake  about  a  hundred  yards  wide,  which 
narrows  gradually  until  it  is  lost  in  reed  swamps 
to  the  east.  The  different  lakes  and  swamps 
abound  in  wild  fowl  of  all  kinds.  Date  palms 
grow  on  several  of  the  springs.  The  surrounding 
tableland  is  good  stock  country,  and  Dalhousie 
Station  recently  changed  hands  at  a  considerable 
figure. 


"The  line  surveyed  for  the  railway  from  Oodna- 
datta onwards  lies  from  five  to  ten  miles  to  the 
west  of  the  road  to  Charlotte  Waters.  It  keeps 
out  on  the  western  tableland,  crosses  the  Alberga 
and  the  Hamilton,  a  tributary  of  the  Stevenson, 
and  will  thus  tap  the  best-watered  country  in  the 
far  north  of  South  Australia.  Here  the  pastoral 
industry  is  of  supreme  importance;  it  is  practically 
the  only  interest  at  present  vested  in  the  country. 
That  its  possibilities  have  been  only  lightly  ex- 
ploited on  the  majority  of  the  stations  can  be 
readily  understood  from  the  improvements  re- 
cently effected  on  one  of  them. 

"Macumba  is  a  typical  cattle  station,  35  miles 
north  of  Oodnadatta.  It  produces  feed  in  abun- 
dance, but  in  a  dry  time  it  has  few  natural  waters. 
The  station  was  founded  during  a  stretch  of  good 
seasons;  the  stock  multiplied  rapidly,  and  capital 
was  spent  on  buildings  and  stock-yards  in  anticipa- 
tion of  continued  good  fortune  rather  than  in  pro- 


Workers  on  the  Transcontinental  Railway 


8o 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


viding  against  bad  seasons.  The  inevitable 
drought  came;  cattle  perished,  and  so  much  money 
was  lost  that  the  station  was  deserted,  and  the 
country  described  as  altogether  useless.  Now  a 
wiser  generation  has  taken  up  the  land  again, 
stocked  sparingly  at  first,  put  down  numerous 
artesian  bores,  and  then  stocked  more  heavily. 
The  result  is  that  during  the  last  drought,  one  of 
the  severest  in  the  history  of  the  country, 
Macumba  was  well  stocked,  but  did  not  lose  a 
single  beast! 


the  country  are  eminently  suited  to  them,  but  no 
great  commercial  success  is  likely  to  come  of  the 
venture  until  there  are  sufficient  stock  to  ensure 
a  steady  supply  of  mohair,  and,  what  is  even  more 
necessary,  until  men  with  a  thorough  knowledge 
of  the  industry  have  control  of  shearing  opera- 
tions. 

"Geologically  speaking,  there  is  no  great  change 
in  the  country  after  crossing  the  Territory  border 
at  Charlotte  Waters.  The  surface  rocks  still 
belong  to  the  secondary  and  tertiary  formations 


Beyond   the  MacDoimell   Eanges 


"The  history  of  Macumba  is  similar  to  all  other 
stations  in  the  dry  belt  of  Central  Australia,  ex- 
cept that  while  this  station  is  now  secure  from 
the  ravages  of  drought,  most  of  the  others  are 
still  understocked  and  reckoned  as  only  of 
moderate  value.  Their  sole  need  is  a  permanent 
water  supply;  it  can  be  obtained  by  boring,  by 
well-sinking,  or  judicious  conservation  of  the  flood 
waters  of  the  rivers,  but  until  their  stations  secure 
the  advantages  of  an  adjacent  railway,  pastoral- 
ists  are  not  inclined  to  incur  the  expenses  of  these 
improvements. 

"On  Eringa,  a  station  west  of  Charlotte 
Waters,  and  at  Blood's  Creek  station  pure  Angora 
goats  have  been  bred  from  imported  stock,  and 
no  difficulty  has  been  experienced  in  managing 
the  flocks.     The  climate  and  the  clean  nature  of 


noticeable  from  Oodnadatta  to  the  outcrop  of 
older  silurian  rocks  north  of  Francis  Well,  and 
the  area  included  in  the  great  cretaceous  basin 
extends  for  some  miles  north  of  the  telegraph 
station.  The  landscape,  however,  undergoes  a 
complete  change;  the  vast  stretches  of  stony  table- 
land gradually  diminish  in  extent,  and  are  re- 
placed by  splendidly  grassed  sandy  ridges  and 
loamy  plains  covered  with  mulga  and  other 
acacias,  while  the  rivers  are  more  clearly  defined, 
and  form  portion  of  the  drainage  system  of  the 
largest  river  in  Central  Australia,  the  Finke. 

"The  Finke  rises  on  the  north  side  of  the  Mac- 
Donnell  Ranges,  flows  south  through  magnificent 
gorges  of  red  sandstone  in  the  James  Range,  and 
then  south-east  through  more  level  sandy  country 
until  it  is  joined  by  the  Hugh,  its  largest  tributary, 


TRANSCONTINENTAL   RAILWAYS 


8i 


35  miles  north  of  the  telegraph  crossing  at  Crown 
Point.  It  then  continues  its  south-easterly  course 
for  about  120  miles  to  where  it  spreads  itself 
out  in  box  flats  north-east  of  Oodnadatta.  It 
forms  again,  joins  the  Macumba,  and  its  waters 
eventually  reach  northern  Lake  Eyre.  The  whole 
course  of  the  Finice  has  never  been  traversed,  but 
it  is  probably  over  woo  miles  in  length.  Its 
banks  are  covered  with  splendid  timber  and 
marked  by  numerous  gorges  and  gaps,  some  of 
which  can  be  dammed  at  small  cost,  the  flood 
waters  thus  conserved,  and  the  irrigation  of  many 
fertile  valleys  tnade  possible.     At  present  these 


feed  for  stock  is  scarce,  but  there  are  several 
flourishing  stations  in  this  belt  of  country.  It  is 
a  noteworthy  fact  that  spots  which  were  once 
badly  infested  with  spinifex,  but  have  been  re- 
peatedly burnt  off  and  stocked,  are  now  produc- 
ing splendid  grass ! 

"The  proposed  railway  route  crosses  the  P'inke 
30  miles  north-west  of  Charlotte  Waters,  keeps 
to  the  east  of  the  valley  of  the  Hugh,  and  after 
crossing  a  low  saddle  in  the  Ooraminna  Range, 
takes  a  direct  course  for  Alice  Springs. 

"Francis  Well,  the  head  station  of  Hayes  and 
Sons,  is,  as  has  been  said,  80  miles  from  Alice 


A  Sheep  Station  in  Central  Australia 


rich  plains  support  only  a  few  horses  and  cattle. 
The  Finke  is  the  main  source  of  water  supply  for 
the  southern  portion  of  the  Territory.  The 
country  bordering  on  it  and  on  its  several  tribu- 
taries holds  75  per  cent,  of  the  stock  south  of 
Barrow  Creek. 

"Proceeding  north  from  Charlotte  Waters  the 
sandy  nature  of  the  country  becomes  more  pro- 
nounced, until  an  off-shoot  of  the  vast  stretch  of 
high  red  sandhills  lying  between  the  telegraph 
line  and  the  Queensland  border  is  crossed,  be- 
tween Horseshoe  Bend,  on  the  Finke,  and  Francis 
Well,  80  miles  south  of  Alice  Springs.  In  places 
where  the  sand  ridges  are  high  and  well  defined, 


Springs,  and  from  the  station  to  the  foot  of  the 
ranges  is  the  belt  of  very  rich  stock  country  in- 
cluded in  the  Emily  Plain.  It  consists  of  broad 
loamy  plains  covered  with  mulga,  saltbush,  and 
splendid  grasses.  It  has  an  annual  rainfall  of 
nine  inches.  It  is  watered  from  the  gaps  of  the 
Ooraminna  and  the  MacDonnell  Ranges,  and, 
even  with  the  present  unimproved  system  of  water 
supply,  two  runs  alone  support  8000  cattle  and 
3000  sheep.  The  quality  of  saltbush  country 
beef  is  proverbial,  while  scoured  wool  from  these 
stations  has  commanded  top  prices  in  Adelaide; 
but  it  costs  £12  per  ton  carriage  on  wool  to  Oodna- 
datta.    Owing  to  the  small  number  of  sheep  in 


82 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


the  country,  shearing  is  also  very  expensive,  so 
that  wool-raising,  the  natural  industry  for  country 
of  this  nature,  is  neglected. 

"These  difficulties  of  transport  are,  however, 
too  general  in  application  to  admit  of  a  discussion 
of  their  effects  on  a  portion  of  a  single  industry; 
the  full  force  of  their  significance  will  be  better 
appreciated  after  a  description  has  been  given  of 
the  country  principally  affected  by  them — the  Mac- 
Donnell  Ranges. 


On  the  North-South  Transcontinental  Eoute 

"The  MacDonnell  Ranges  rise  perpendicularly 
to  a  height  of  2000  feet  above  the  broad  Emily 
Plain.  They  stretch  in  a  huge  red  wall  of  granite 
400  miles  across  the  Territory  from  east  to  west. 
Many  of  the  ridges  are  razorbacks;  but,  in  com- 
mon with  most  Central  Australian  mountains, 
these  ranges  as  a  whole  present  a  steep  face  to  the 
south  and  a  more  gradual  slope  to  the  north. 
Silver-barked  mountain  ash  dot  the  lower  slopes 
and  zamia  palms  grow  in  the  more  sheltered 
gullies;  otherwise  the  principal  peaks  are  quite 
bare  of  foliage.  Porcupine,  or  mountain  spinifex, 
alone  flourishes  on  the  rocky  surface. 

"The  main  lines  of  range  have  an  altitude  of 
4000  feet  above  sea  level,  and  are  broken  at  inter- 
vals by  huge  fissures,  which  serve  as  openings  for 
traffic  north  and  south,  and  through  which  many 


creeks  flow.  In  the  gorges  thus  formed  the 
greater  number  of  mountain  waterholes  lie.  Some 
of  these  gaps,  as  they  are  called,  are  only  twenty 
or  thirty  feet  in  breadth  in  the  widest  part,  while 
the  walls  of  rock  on  either  side  are  four  or  five 
hundred  feet  high.  The  waterhole  in  the  creek 
bed  is  thus  sheltered  from  the  sun,  except  for  a 
short  time  in  the  middle  of  the  day,  and  even  in 
midsummer  is  delightfully  cool. 

"Heavitree  Gap,  through  which  the  Todd  River 
flows,  lies  two  miles  south  of  the  township  of 
Stuart,  and  four  miles  south  of  the  telegraph 
station  of  Alice  Springs.  This  gap  is  the  broadest 
of  the  whole  Range  openings,  and  serves  as  a 
gateway  for  the  whole  of  the  traffic  across  the 
Territory.  The  telegraph  line  passes  through 
it.  Mr.  Graham  Stewart  has  adopted  it  as  the 
most  suitable  crossing  for  the  transcontinental 
railway  survey.  The  Ranges  here  consist  of 
three  parallel  chains,  between  which  are  level 
stretches  of  fertile  plains  covered  with  saltbush 
and  native  grasses.  In  most  places  there  is  an 
abundant  supply  of  fresh  water  at  shallow  depths. 
The  smaller  hills  of  the  ranges,  though  strewn 
with  boulders  of  mica,  schist  and  granite,  also 
yield  a  good  growth  of  grass  and  saltbush. 
Thousands  of  stock  of  all  kinds — horses,  cattle, 
camels,  sheep,  and  goats — pass  through  Alice 
Springs  annually.  Most  of  them  are  held  for 
at  least  a  day  or  two  in  the  vicinity.  There  are, 
in  addition,  the  stock  belonging  to  the  telegraph 
station,  to  the  township  and  to  the  police,  grazing 
there  the  whole  year  round.  Yet  the  flats  around 
look  the  reverse  of  overstocked.  Any  traveller 
going  the  road  can  always  turn  his  horses  or 
camels  loose,  and  feel  confident  of  their  getting 
good  feed.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  travelling  stock 
spell  at  Alice  Springs  to  recover  condition  lost  on 
the  road. 

"The  road  through  Heavitree  Gap  crosses  the 
alluvial  flat  of  the  Todd  through  a  growth  of 
"old  man"  saltbush  eight  feet  high,  and  winds 
among  the  hills  past  the  town  of  Stuart  to  the 
telegraph  station.  It  then  continues  north  through 
a  small  gorge,  and  reaches  the  vast  mulga  plain 
lying  to  the  north  of  the  ranges  fifteen  miles  from 
the  Gap. 

"The  MacDonnells  in  the  neighborhood  of  Alice 
Springs  are  typical  of  the  whole  of  the  ranges, 
which  extend  about  equal  distances  east  and  west 
of  the  telegraph  line.  To  the  west  the  mountain 
plains  become  more  extensive.  On  one  of  them, 
the  Missionary  Plain,  the  mission  station  of  Her- 
mansburg  is  situated.  These  western  plains  and 
gullies  support  comparatively  few  stock,  because 
surface  water  is  scarce,  and  no  effort  has  been 
made  to  obtain  water  by  well-sinking,  even  in 
places  where  the  indications  are  most  promising. 
In  the  eastern  portion  of  the  MacDonnells    the 


TRANSCONTINENTAL   RAILWAYS 


pastoral  industry  is  in  a  more  flourishing  con- 
dition, though  sadly  lacking  in  improvements. 
The  small  holdings  there  have  15,000  cattle  and 
horses  and  6000  sheep.  The  most  important 
feature  of  the  eastern  MacDonnells,  however,  is 
its  vast  mineral  wealth. 

"Since  the  discovery  of  gold  in  the  ranges  the 
operations  of  the  miners  have  been    practically 


83 


for  the  small  parties  at  work.  No  shaft  on  Arl- 
tunga  has  yet  been  sunk  100  feet;  most  of  the 
deep  ones  stopped  at  half  that  distance.  The 
other  workings  included  in  the  Arltunga  field  lie 
within  a  radius  of  10  miles  north,  east,  and  west 
of  White  Range.  Nearly  all  of  them  have  proved 
profitable  for  small  parties  of  men  to  work  at 
shallow  depths. 


Typical   Central   Australian    Country 


confined  to  three  or  four  small  areas,  including 
Winnecke's  Depot,  Claraville,  and  White  Range. 
The  last  named  has  produced  the  greatest  quan- 
tity of  gold  to  date,  and  gives  the  most  promising 
indications  of  future  wealth.  It  is  an  immense 
mountain  of  white  quartz,  remarkable  for  the  un- 
usual number  of  auriferous  outcrops  that  are 
spread  about  within  a  short  distance  of  one 
another,  and  for  the  extraordinary  width  of  its 
ore  bodies.  In  one  place  the  quartz  formation 
has  been  proved  to  be  340  feet  wide,  and  in 
another  200  feet  wide.  Even  if  the  gold  is  found 
to  be  confined  to  these  formations,  the  quantity 
that  can  be  recovered  must  be  considerable.  It 
has  been  the  experience  of  the  small  claim-holders 
hitherto  working  on  them  that  the  ore  became 
richer  the  deeper  the  shafts  were  sunk.  The  ex- 
penses of  sinking,  however,   increased  too  much 


"Winnecke's  Depot,  28  miles  north-east  of 
White  Range,  is  the  only  other  area  outside  of 
Arltunga  proper  on  which  mining  operations  of 
any  note  have  been  attempted.  Many  small  lodes 
of  rich  ore  have  been  exploited.  The  field  is  still 
producing  payable  gold,  but,  like  Arltunga,  the 
faulty  nature  of  the  country  is  such  that  the  value 
of  the  intermittent  quartz  reefs  can  only  be  ex- 
ploited by  shaft-sinking  and  mining. 

"In  addition  to  the  sheep  country  included  in 
the  ranges  proper,  the  Burt  Plain,  an  area  of 
ideal  sheep  country,  extends  along  the  entire 
northern  face  of  the  mountain,  and  has  a  breadth 
of  from  30  miles  to  150  miles.  Some  portions 
of  it  consist  of  open  plain,  others  are  covered 
with  a  moderate  scrub  of  edible  mulga  and  other 
acacias,  while  the  whole  of  it  is  composed  of  a 
loamy  soil  growing  an  abundance  of  native  grasses 


84 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


and  herbage.  At  present  there  Is  scarcely  a  hoof 
on  its  10,000  square  miles.  It  would  not  pay  to 
sink  wells  on  it  for  cattle  raising — at  least,  it 
has  not  justified  that  expenditure  when  cattle  can 
be  run  in  other  places  without  it;  but,  with  the 
means  of  getting  wool  away,  wells  would  be  sunk 
and  the  land  immediately  taken  up  for  sheep  farm- 
ing. The  average  rainfall  of  the  plain  is  twelve 
inches. 


A  Northern  Territorian 

"As  the  value  of  the  MacDonnell  Range  country 
would  be  greatly  enhanced  by  railway  communica- 
tion, so  the  rich  pastoral  districts  lying  to  the 
north,  east,  and  west  of  Alice  Springs  would  rela- 
tively increase  in  value.  At  present,  they  are  but 
sparsely  stocked,  or  lying  idle  altogether.  Oora- 
tippra,  Frew  River,  Elkedra  and  Murray  Downs 
to  the  north-east,  Barrow  Creek  and  Stirling  to 
the  north,  and  Anna's  Reservoir  and  the  Lander 
to  the  north-west,  would  then  become  the  horse 
and  cattle  districts  of  Central  Australia,  while  the 


MacDonnells  would  be  devoted  to  sheep,  mining, 
and  the  closer  settlement  requisite  to  meet  the 
needs  of  an  increased  population. 

"The  fertile  plains  of  the  ranges  now  grow 
date  palms,  fruit  trees,  and  vegetables,  while  wheat 
and  maize  have  been  successfully  cultivated  at 
Alice  Springs;  but  whether,  by  a  careful  system  of 
irrigation  or  by  dry  farming,  these  valleys  can 
be  made  suitable  for  closer  settlement,  will  have 
to  be  determined  by  more  extensive  experiments 
than  have  hitherto  been  attempted.  In  regard  to 
some  of  the  river  flats — the  valley  of  the  Todd, 
for  instance — there  is  no  doubt  as  to  their  suita- 
bility for  the  most  intense  culture,  but  until  the 
water  supplies  of  the  other  flats  have  been 
thoroughly  tested  it  would  be  premature  to  sug- 
gest agriculture  as  a  staple  industry  of  the  Ranges. 

"Before  summarising  the  benefits  likely  to  be 
derived  by  the  MacDonnell  Ranges  from  railway 
extension,  the  climate  of  this  portion  of  the  Com- 
monwealth is  worthy  of  note.  It  is  not  too  much 
to  say  that  it  is  the  healthiest  climate  in  Australia. 
Ihe  general  plain  level  of  the  country  is  2000 
feet  above  sea-level.  Consequently,  after  the 
hottest  day  in  summer  the  night  is  cool.  The 
ground  thermometer  registers  below  freezing 
point  for  days  in  winter  time,  and  the  general 
winter  weather  is  as  genial  as  could  be  desired; 
bracing  mornings,  warm,  sunny  days,  and  cold 
nights.  In  summer  the  days  are  hot,  but  no 
warmer  than  northern  Victoria  or  central  New- 
South  Wales,  while  hot  winds  are  unknown.  The 
extreme  dryness  of  the  atmosphere  in  Central 
Australia  makes  the  heat  less  trying,  and  adds 
greatly  to  the  salubrity  of  the  climate.  No  in- 
fectious diseases  are  known  there.  No  more 
ideal  climate  for  chest  complaints  could  be 
imagined;  at  least  two  authenticated  cases  of  con- 
sumption have  been  cured  by  residence  in  the 
district. 

"Enough  has  been  written  to  justify  the  pre- 
diction that  zvhoi  a  closer  iiition  to  the  population 
of  the  south  is  provided,  Central  Australia  zvill  be 
reckoned  one  of  the  greatest  pastoral  districts  in 
the  Commonwealth.  No  one  who  has  seen  the 
country  has  ever  doubted  for  its  future.  Side  by 
side  with  pastoral  progress,  the  mining  industry 
of  the  country  will  develop  as  soon  as  facilities 
are  afforded  it;  in  deposits  of  single  metals  the 
MacDonnell  Ranges  have  their  superiors  in  Aus- 
tralia, but  in  the  extent  and  variety  of  their  mineral 
wealth  they  are  not  equalled.  The  one  thing 
necessary,  then,  to  develop  this  latent  mineral 
wealth  is  an  extension  of  the  present  railway  from 
Oodnadatta  to  the  MacDonnell  Ranges,  and  its 
construction  must  be  urgently  recommended." 

Out  of  20,000  miles  of  railways,  owned  and 
controlled    by    the    various    Australian    Govern- 


TRANSCONTINENTAL   RAILWAYS 


85 


ments,  the  Federal  transcontinentals  will  not  be 
least  important,  though  perhaps  for  a  time  least 
financially  productive. 

Australian  railways,  their  detailed  costs  of  con- 
struction, maintenance,  methods  of  working,  re- 
venues, returns,  and  general  utilities,  are  deserv- 
ing of  a  special  chapter  to  themselves. 

Unfortunately  the  present  edition  of  Aitslralia 
Unlimited  must  be  compressed  into  one  volume. 

If  the  problem  of  a  uniform  gauge  throughout 
Australian  railways  is  solved,  local  railway  his- 
tory will  be  marked  by  a  red-letter  line. 

Break  of  gauge  Is  one  of  our  pre-Federal  mis- 
fortunes. Despite  this  and  minor  difficulties, 
our  State-owned  railways  are  an  asset  worth  at 
least  two  hundred  millions  to  the  people  of  the 


Commonwealth.  The  average  cost  of  construc- 
tion to  date  has  been  about  £9633  per  mile, 
equivalent  to  .£35.65  per  head  of  the  population. 

Traffic  and  revenues  are  continually  increasing 
in  all  the  States.  Costs  of  maintenance  and 
working,  together  with  temporary  losses  on  new 
lines  in  some  States,  sometimes  over-balance 
receipts. 

For  the  Commonwealth  as  a  whole,  during  the 
eight  years  to  19 13,  there  was  a  net  profit  on 
Government  railways  during  each  year. 

Civic  and  Government  tramways  show  similar 
results. 

In  any  analysis  of  our  public  debt  the  State- 
ownership  of  railways  and  tramways  must  be 
taken  into  consideration — a  fact  which  financial 
critics  frequently  overlook. 


A  Waterhole  in  the  "Desert,"  Central  Australia 


C3 


3 
O 
09 

in 

u 

> 


o 


86 


(87) 


Excavation  for  the  Waranga-Mallee  Channel,  Victoria 


IRRIGATION,   STORAGES   AND   ARTESIAN  WATER. 


As  settlement  extends  throughout  Australia,  as 
fallacies    fade    and    prejudices    are    over- 
come, agrarian  production  under  irrigation 
will  increase. 

In  every  State  of  the  Commonwealth  opportu- 
nities for  the  establishment  of  storages,  national 
and  individual,  most  certainly  obtain. 

So  far,  irrigation  has  been  looked  upon  as  a 
treatment  for  the  more  arid  districts  of  the  in- 
terior. In  reality  the  eastern  coast  of  Australia 
is  just  as  amenable  and  will  be  proportionately 
as  responsive  to  irrigation  as  the  great  inland. 

The  production  of  sugar-cane  upon  the  Bur- 
dekin  River  in  Queensland  has  been  greatly 
increased  by  irrigation,  as  all  tropical  production 
between  Cape  York  Peninsula  and  the  Logan 
District  might  be  increased  by  the  same  method. 

The  northern  river  districts  of  New  South 
Wales,  the  Tweed,  Richmond,  Clarence,  Bellin- 
gen,  Hastings,  Manning,  and  Hunter,  fertile  and 
productive  as  they  are,  will  only  reach  the  maxi- 
mum of  their  possibilities  by  the  adventitious  aid 
of  irrigation. 

The  Snowy  River  valley  of  Victoria,  recently 
tapped  by  the  opening  of  a  railway  from  Bairns- 


dale  to  Orbost,  is  undoubtedly  an  irrigation  and 
intensive-culture  proposition. 

The  flats  of  the  Snowy,  yielding  up  to  £40  an 
acre  in  maize,  can  ultimately  be  made  to  give 
probably  three  times  that  per  acre  to  families  on 
twenty-acre  blocks. 

Riverina  districts  of  New  South  Wales,  Mur- 
ray tributaries  of  Victoria,  the  Lower  Murray 
valley  of  South  Australia  are  all  part  of  the  one 
great  system  which  is  destined  to  support  hun- 
dreds of  irrigation  settlements,  little  and  great, 
beyond  those  already  established. 

In  Tasmania,  water  for  irrigation  is  abundant, 
engineering  difficulties  are  comparatively  slight; 
and,  side  by  side  with  the  scientific  application  of 
water  to  the  soils,  there  can  be  scientific  applica- 
tion of  hydro-electric  light  and  power. 

In  Western  Australia  the  same  possibilities 
exist.  In  the  north-west,  for  purposes  of  tro- 
pical agriculture,  they  are  particularly  valuable. 
In  the  Northern  Territory  similar  conditions 
apply. 

The  subject  of  irrigation  is  touched  upon  in 
various  parts  of  this  volume.  The  great 
Northern    Murrumbidgee    irrigation    scheme    is 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


rapidly  reviewed,  the  future  of  the  Darling  River 
outlined,  and  the  irrigation  areas  of  Victoria 
briefly  mentioned. 

From  Burdekin  round  to  Carnarvon,  the  ad- 
vantages of  irrigation  are  gradually  being 
realized.  More  than  one  ambitious  scheme  has 
been  evolved  in  New  South  Wales;  Victoria 
goes  on  steadily  increasing  her  irrigable  acreages 
every  year. 

Hitherto  irrigation  in  Australia  has  been  a 
matter  of  Government  enterprise.        While  this 


Commonwealth  is  to  support  a  population  neces- 
sary for  national  preservation — the  economic 
aspect  cannot  be  disregarded  by  even  the  most 
hopeful  and  enthusiastic  of  Ministers. 

Not  long  before  the  war  a  Government  depart- 
ment was  established  In  Germany  to  reclaim  and 
settle  the  last  ten  million  acres  of  uncultivated 
land  which  that  country  possessed.  With  im- 
proved farming  methods  the  waste  lands  of 
Europe  and  America  are  rapidly  being  made  pro- 
ductive. 


Inlet  to  Waranga  Reservoir,  Victoria 


principle  has  its  advantages,  it  cannot  be  denied 
that  costs  have  not  always  been  considered  In 
relation  to  returns.  The  author  holds  that  in 
reproductive  public  works,  Governments  are  just 
as  much  under  obligation  to  secure  full  value  for 
every  pound  (and  a  reasonable  Interest  on  out- 
lay) as  any  syndicate  or  private  investor. 

Irrigation  can  never  be  regarded  as  successful 
until  the  actuarial  aspects  of  each  proposition 
will  stand  the  acid  of  ordinary  commercial  audit. 
The  principle  of  the  scientific  application  of  neces- 
sary water  to  suitable  soil  has  been  proved  indu- 
bitably good,  but  there  is  also  an  economic  side 
to  the  question. 

As  irrigation  will  be  a  factor  In  our  future 
policy  of  settlement — an   essential   factor  if  the 


The  productions  of  Australian  lands — highly 
fertile  and  unlimited  in  area — can  be  vastly  in- 
creased by  adapting  corresponding  methods  to 
local  conditions.  Not  only  will  Irrigation  In- 
crease our  agricultural  output,  but  it  will  prevent 
losses  of  live  stock  In  dry  districts  when  the 
annual  rainfall,  as  occasionally  happens,  falls 
below  normal. 

If  22,000  square  miles  of  the  Algerian  Sahara 
can  be  reclaimed  with  water  from  artesian  wells, 
there  is  no  part  of  Australia  In  which  cultivation, 
may  not  ultimately  become  possible. 

Country  like  that  around  Echuca,  which  will 
In  a  "dry"  state  fatten  two-tooth  wethers  to  weigh 
108  lbs.,  and  produce  two-year-old  sheep  giving 


o 
m 

tag 

n 

C3 
u 
14 


89 


90 


AUSTRALIA 


45  lbs.  of  wool  at  a  shearing,  will  do  still  better 
iinder  irrigation. 

An  irrigation  block  should  be  established  on 
every  Australian  estate  where  water  can  be  con- 
served. The  crops  raised  thereon  in  good  sea- 
sons can  be  converted  by  ensilage  into  reserves 
for  lean  years. 

In  the  general  application  of  this  principle  of 
the  conservation  of  fodder  and  water,  the  main 
problem  of  the  settlement  of  the  Australian 
interior  will  be  solved! 

When  this  book  has  filled  Its  mission,  when  Its 
author  is  dust,  he  asks  his  sons  and  grandsons  to 
remember  this  simple  prophecy — written  In  the 
year  1916.  Its  significance,  if  this  nation  en- 
dures, will  be  then  more  fully  apparent. 

What  I  have  said  elsewhere  of  the  settlement 
of  the  northern  part  of  South  Australia — dis- 
tricts with  the  lowest  annual  rainfall  in  the  Com- 
monwealth— applies  here.  Even  without  irri- 
gation the  siloing  of  native  pasturage  as  the  Irre- 
gular rains  produce  it  (In  extraordinary  quantity 
and  nutritive  quality),  with  adequate  conservation 
of  water  for  stock,  or  tapping  of  artesian  supplies 
where  such  exist,  will  go  a  long  way  towards 
answering  the  most  difficult  questions  of  settlement 
in  the  interior. 

Along  rivers  such  as  the  Murray  there  is  no 
longer  any  problem,  save  that  of  engineering  and 
cost.  Since  the  establishment  of  Mlldura,  the  ad- 
vantages of  irrigation  do  not  need  much  argument. 
Mlldura,  carrying  a  prosperous  population  of  six 
thousand  on  an  area  previously  regarded  as  In- 
sufficient for  the  support  of  one  family,  is  argu- 
ment enough. 

Three  hundred  and  fifty-one  miles  from  Mel- 
bourne by  rail,  situated  in  the  dull-looking  mallee, 
this  green  settlement  has  become  an  object-lesson 
to  all  Australia. 

When  the  pumps  are  working  at  Mildura  the 
weight  of  water  lifted  from  the  Murray  equals 
200  tons  a  minute.  This,  poured  out  In  silver 
hydraulic  streams  through  180  miles  of  irrigation 
channels,  comes  back  again  to  Mlldura  producers 
in  streams  of  minted  gold. 

Crops  of  27  tons  of  lemons  from  an  acre  and 
a  quarter,  and  10,000  cases  of  oranges  from  fifty 
acres  of  trees  are  recorded  at  Mildura. 

This  settlement  has  proved  the  mother  of  many 
others. 

Renmark,  further  down  the  Murray  in  South 
Australia,  may  be  regarded  as  the  eldest  child  of 
Mildura's  success.  Lyrup,  BerrI,  Kingston, 
Waikerle,  Ramco,  Merbein,  Wentworth  are  all 
daughters  of  that  parent  settlement  established  by 
Chaffey  Brothers. 


UNLIMITED 

South  Australia  is  keenly  interested  in  the  Mur- 
ray system.  Being  a  recipient  and  not  a  contri- 
butor, her  riparian  rights  have  been  difficult  to 
determine.  Under  the  Murray  Waters  agree- 
ment, subscribed  to  by  three  States  concerned  and 
ratified  by  the  Federal  Government,  it  was  laid 
down  that — 

1.  A  system  of  storages  be  provided  at  Cum- 
beroona  or  some  other  suitable  site  on  the  Upper 
Murray  and  at  Lake  Victoria,  and  that  weirs  and 
locks  be  constructed  in  the  course  of  the  River 
Murray  from  its  mouth  to  Echuca;  In  the  River 
Murrumbidgee  from  its  junction  with  the  River 
Murray  to  Hay,  or  alternatively  to  works  in  the 
River  Murrumbidgee,  an  equivalent  extent  of 
weirs  and  locks  in  the  River  Darling  extending 
upstream  from  its  junction  with  the  River  Mur- 
ray. 

2.  That  the  cost  of  the  undermentioned  works 
required  to  give  effect  to  resolution  i,  and  esti- 
mated as  follows: — 

Nine  weirs   and  locks   from   Blanche: 

town,  to  Wentworth £865,000 

Seventeen  weirs  and  locks  from  Went- 

v/orth  to  Echuca 1,700,000 

Nine  weirs  and  locks  from  the  junc- 
tion of  the  rivers  Murray  and 
Murrumbidgee  to  Hay,  or  alter- 
natively an  equivalent  amount 
(£540,000)  In  locks  and  weirs 
from  the  junction  of  the  River 
Darling  with  the  River  Murray 
upstream 540,000 

Upper  Murray  storage 1,353,000 

Lake  Victoria  storage 205,000 

Total £4,663,000 

be  borne  to  the  extent  of  £1,000,000  by  the  Com- 
monwealth, and  as  to  the  remainder  in  equal 
shares  by  the  States  of  New  South  Wales,  Vic- 
toria and  South  Australia. 

3.  That  if  so  desired  by  the  State  of  New 
South  Wales,  there  shall  be  substituted  for  the 
proposed  weirs  and  locks  In  the  River  Murrum- 
bidgee locks  and  weirs  to  the  same  estimated  cost 
in  the  River  Darling  upstream  from  Its  junction 
with  the  River  Murray. 

4.  That  the  flow  of  the  River  Murray  at  Al- 
bury,  including  the  natural  or  regulated  flow  of 
the  rivers  Mitta  and  Klewa,  and  as  regulated  by 
the  Cumberoona  storage,  be  shared  equally  by 
New  South  Wales  and  Victoria,  subject  to  any 
quantity  hereby  agreed  to  be  sent  down  the  river 
for  riparian  use  and  for  supply  to  South  Aus- 
tralia. 


91 


92 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


5.  That  New  South  Wales  and  Victoria  each 
have  full  use  of  her  own  tributaries  below  Albury, 
and  have  the  right  to  store  and  divert  the  flows 
thereof,  or  alternatively,  equivalent  volumes  from 
the  River  Murray  below  their  affluences,  subject 
to  provision  from  such  tributaries,  or  her  share 
of  the  flow  at  Albury,  or  both,  of  contributions 
towards  the  share  hereby  allotted  to  South  Aus- 
tralia, and  the  allowance  for  riparian  use  on  the 
main  stream  from  the  affluence  of  such  tributary, 
or  from  Albury  to  Lake  Victoria. 

6.  That  the  proportion  of  the  contribution  by 
New  South  Wales  and  Victoria  to  the  share  here- 
by allotted  to  South  Australia,  and  for  riparian 
use  in  the  main  stream,  be  that  which  the  mean 
natural  flow  of  the  tributaries  of  each  State  below 
Albury  measured  at  the  points  of  affluence  with 
the  River  Murray,  with  half  the  actual  mean  flow 
at  Albury  added  in  each  case,  bear  to  each  other. 
In  calculating  the  mean  flow  of  the  River  Darling 
for  this  purpose  a  deduction  shall  be  made  to  the 
extent  of  any  water  diverted  by  the  State  of 
Queensland. 

7.  That  the  minimum  quantity  to  be  allowed 
to  pass  to  South  Australia  in  each  year  be  sufl'i- 
cient  to  fill  Lake  Victoria  storage  once,  and,  in 
addition,  to  maintain,  with  the  aid  of  the  water 
returned  from  Lake  Victoria,  a  regulated  supply 
at  Lake  Victoria  outlet  of  134,000  acre  feet  per 
month  during  the  months  of  January,  P'ebruary, 
November  and  December;  114,000  acre  feet  per 
month  for  the  months  of  March,  September  and 
October,  94,000  acre  feet  per  month  for  the 
months  of  April,  May  and  August;  and  47,000 
acre  feet  per  month  for  the  months  of  June  and 
July,  these  being  the  provisions  for  irrigation 
equivalent  to  a  regulated  supply  of  67,000  acre 
feet  per  month  for  nine  months. 

Under  this  or  some  similar  agreement  it 
would  be  possible  for  the  three  States  to  develop 
to  the  fullest  extent  the  fertile  valley  of  the 
Murray. 

Valuable  swamp  lands  on  the  lower  river  will 
also  be  drained  and  a  large  population  subsisted 
on  what  is  now  a  non-productive  demesne. 
These  lands  will  no  doubt  be  devoted  largely  to 
the  production  of  lucerne,  whereas  other  Murray 
River  settlements  will  vary  their  irrigated  root- 
crops  with  raisins  and  currants,  stone  fruits  and 
citrus,  all  the  profitable  growths  of  temperate 
climates. 

At  the  settlement  of  Merbein,  located  on  the 
Victorian  side  of  the  Murray,  the  writer  found 
new  settlers  on  20-acre  blocks  making  a  good  liv- 
ing from  the  start. 

One  family  started  with  less  than  £20  in  cash, 
and  within  a  few  months  sold  £150  worth  of  pro- 
duce, mostly  green  peas,  from  partially  cleared 


ground.  Cheap  water  rates  and  long  periods 
for  payment  of  purchase  money,  with  Govern- 
ment experts  to  advise  upon  all  diflicult  problems 
of  cultivation,  make  a  settler's  life  on  irrigation 
areas  much  easier  than  that  of  the  pioneer  of  the 
last  generation. 

Reclaimable  swamp-lands  on  the  Lower  Mur- 
ray have  been  approximated  at  250,000  acres  of 
rich  virgin  alluvial,  which  would  support  12,000 
families  under  irrigation.  This  is  only  a  small 
proportion  of  the  population  which  could  be  estab- 
lished between  the  junction  of  the  Darling  River 
and  Lakes  Alexandrina  and  Albert.  These  lakes 
cover  an  area  of  200,000  acres,  which,  without 
any  great  engineering  difficulty,  could,  it  is  said, 
be  converted  into  an  area  capable  of  carrying  still 
another  20,000  Australian  homes. 

There  are  on  our  inland  rivers  strips  of  fertile 
red  soil,  two  hundred  miles  in  length,  still  await- 
ing with  the  thirst  of  centuries  for  these  fertiliz- 
ing waters  which  will  convert  their  arid  miles  into 
Arabian  gardens  of  perfume  and  delight — the  sum 
of  Life  and  Joy  In  the  world  will  be  increased, 
Australia  will  be  strengthened,  and  her  problems 
of  effective  occupation  and  defence  brought  nearer 
to  solution. 

Irrigation  in  Western  America  has  improved 
the  value  of  land  to  £750  an  acre.  Our  red  soils 
are  superior  to  those  of  the  American  West;  our 
climate  and  conditions  are  more  suitable  for  the 
growth  of  citrus  and  other  valuable  fruits.  We 
have  better  systems  of  settlement,  cheaper  land, 
cheaper  water  rates,  and  State  control  of  trans- 
port. Irrigation  should  prove  with  us  a  still 
greater  success. 

Nowhere  on  earth  are  more  ideal  sites  for  stor- 
ages and  irrigation  to  be  found  than  exist  on  the 
Lower  Murray.  Lake  Barmera,  for  example, 
provides  for  15,000  acres  of  richest  red  soil, 
which  could  be  converted  into  farms  at  a  cost 
of  £60,000. 

The  value  to  the  Commonwealth  in  increased 
production  might  easily  reach  that  amount  per 
month,  to  say  naught  of  the  value  of  750  new 
Australian  families. 

The  total  navigation  length  of  the  Murray  and 
its  tributaries  is  3,213  miles,  made  up  as  follows: 
The  Murray,  Albury  to  mouth,  1,366  miles;  Mur- 
rumbidgee,  Gundagai  to  Murray  junction,  666 
miles;  Darling,  Walgett  to  Wentworth,  1,180. 

The  watershed  of  the  tributaries  in  Queens- 
land, New  South  Wales  and  Victoria  amounts  to 
414,253  square  miles,  or  265,000,000  acres, 
equal  to  nearly  one-seventh  of  the  total  area  of 
Australia.  Of  this  total  the  contributing  area 
amounts  to  158,499  square  miles. 

How  many  Australian  families  can  be  settled 
within  the  radius  of  this  great  river  system  ?    This 


IRRIGATION    AND   ARTESIAN    WATER 


93 


Pumping  Plant  at  Eenmark,  South  Australia. 


is  a  question  which  every  Australian  may  reason- 
ably ask  his  governments,  and  the  patriotism  of 
those  governments  may  be  gauged  by  the  enthu- 
siasm of  their  replies. 

When  Chaffey  Brothers  arrived  from  Califor- 
nia in  1886  such  replies  could  not  have  been  so 
hopeful  as  they  would  be  to-day.  Mildura  was 
then  a  mere  sheep  run  in  Northern  Victoria. 
When  the  Chaffeys  received  their  charter  in  1887, 
few  people  regarded  their  scheme  as  one  of  a  re- 
volutionary character.  Their  early  settlers 
included  a  number  of  well-to-do  English  people, 
and  some  Californians;  but  Australians  were  in 
a  minority.  They  could  not  believe  it  possible 
that  land  which  carried  a  sheep  to  ten  acres  was 
shortly  to  produce  fruit  worth  £50  to  £100  an 
acre.       But  they  know  better  now! 

Mildura,  with  all  its  failures  and  vicissitudes, 
was  an  object-lesson  which  Australians  now 
realize  as  one  of  the  most  valuable  in  the  economic 
history  of  our  colonization.  The  Big  Area  tra- 
dition received  its  first  great  blow;  it  had  been 
demonstrated  that  a  large  proportion  of  Inland 
Australia  was  a  twenty  to  fifty-acre  proposition! 

After  the  advent  of  the  Chaffeys,  station-holders 
with  20,000  acre  requirements,  growers  of  cereals 
with  nothing  less  than  640  acres  for  their  needs, 
shared  the  burdens  and  profits  of  settlement  with 
fifty-acre  men,  who  rapidly  became  as  independent 


as  they.  For  the  stock-owner  a  valuable  possi- 
bility was  established.  Henceforth  he  might,  by 
the  introduction  of  an  irrigation  block  on  his  hold- 
ing, convert  crops  therefrom  in  good  seasons  into 
hay  or  ensilage  and  feed  it  to  his  stock  in  lean 
years. 

Irrigation  is  now  a  part  of  every  Australian 
government's  outlook.  New  South  Wales  has 
under  consideration  the  following  irrigation 
schemes : — 

Lachlan  River. — The  construction  of  a  storage 
reservoir  on  this  river  at  a  place  known  as  Wyan- 
gala,  below  the  confluence  of  the  Abercrombie 
River,  for  the  purpose  of  affording  water  in  the 
river  channel  for  pastoral  purposes  and  for  the 
irrigation  of  small  areas  along  the  river  banks  by 
pumping. 

Macqiiarie  River. — The  construction  of  a  stor- 
age reservoir  on  this  river  at  Burrendong,  below 
the  confluence  of  the  Cudgegong  River,  for  the 
purpose  of  affording  water  by  gravitation  for  the 
irrigation  of  certain  lands  to  the  west  of  Narro- 
mine. 

Murray  River. — The  construction  of  a  storage 
reservoir  across  the  Murray  River  at  Cam- 
beroona,  above  Albury,  in  order  to  supply  water 
by  gravitation  through  a  canal  which  will  be  taken 
off  at  Bungowannah,  below  Albury,  for  the  irri- 


94 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


gation  of  high-class  lands  lying  between  the  Mur- 
ray and  Billabong  Creek,  near  the  town  of 
Berrigan. 

Hunter  River. — The  construction  of  storage 
reservoirs  on  the  Upper  Hunter  or  Goulburn 
River  with  a  view  to  supplying  water  by 
pumping  from  the  Hunter  River  to  the 
adjoining  lands  and  supplementing  the  water 
supply     of     Newcastle.  It     is     stated     that 

the  valley  of  this  river  is  one  of  the  most  fertile 
districts  in  the  State,  and  that  it  is  capable  of 
carrying  a  dense  population  under  the  conditions 
of  intense  culture  by  irrigation. 

Darling  River. — The  conversion  of  Lake 
Menindie  into  a  large  permanent  storage  by 
means  of  a  diversion  weir  across  the  Darling 
River  and  of  a  canal  through  Lake  Pamamaroo, 
the  water  so  stored  to  be  utilised  in  the  irrigation 
of  the  bed  of  Lake  Cawndilla  and  of  certain 
lands  to  the  south-west. 

Warragamba  River. — A  scheme  has  been  pre- 
pared for  the  construction  of  a  large  storage  dam 
on  the  Warragamba  River,  so  as  to  retain  a  depth 
of  225  feet  and  a  volume  of  103,000  million  gal- 
lons of  water.  This  would  be  available  for  the 
supply  of  80  million  gallons  daily  for  the  domestic 
services  of  Sydney,  30  million  gallons  daily  for 
trade  purposes,  and  80  million  gallons  daily  for 
irrigation  purposes  In  the  county  of  Cumberland. 
It  is  proposed  that  the  water  for  domestic  pur- 
poses should  be  conveyed  and  delivered  at  Potts 
Hill  through  48  miles  of  open  concrete  channel 
and  pipes;  that  the  supplies  for  trade  purposes 
should  be  delivered  In  the  vicinity  of  the  Great 
Western  Railway,  between  St.  Mary's  and  Pen- 
rith; and  that  the  lands  situated  along  the  banks 
of  the  Nepean  River  and  In  the  valley  of  South 
Creek  should  be  irrigated. 

*  *  *  * 

How  far  the  limitless  supplies  of  artesian  water 
with  which  the  continent  Is  blessed  may  be  used 
for  purposes  of  irrigation  cannot  yet  be  deter- 
mined. 

Evidence  before  the  author  convinces  him  that 
the  invaluable  subterranean  waters  of  Australia 
are  permanent  and  Inexhaustible.  Here  Is  a 
report  from  Mr.  H.  H.  Dare,  the  Commis- 
sioner for  Water  Conservation  and  Irrigation 
in  New  South  Wales,  upon  recent  investigations 
conducted  at  Bellata  Bore : — 

"At  this  place,"  says  Mr.  Dare,  "there  is  an 
existing  bore  which  was  sunk  about  twenty  years 
ago  and  which  had  originally  a  good  flow.  Lat- 
terly, however,  the  flow  had  decreased  to  a  mere 
trickle  over  the  casing.  It  was  not  clear  whether 
this  decrease  In  flow  was  due  to  the  loss  of  pres- 
sure or  to  local  causes.  A  second  bore  has  now 
been  completed  about  two  chains  distant  from  the 


original  bore.  The  bore  head  Is  slightly  lower, 
and  the  flow  obtained  Is  somewhat  more  than  that 
from  the  original  bore,  but  very  far  below  the 
original  flow  of  the  first  bore.  An  experiment 
was  made  with  an  air  lift  pump,  using  a  system 
much  in  vogue  In  the  United  States,  but  which  has 
not  previously  been  employed  here.  This  method 
consists  In  placing  a  galvanised  Iron  pipe,  about 
li  In.  In  diameter,  within  the  casing  of  the  bore, 
to  a  depth  depending  upon  the  conditions  existing 
in  each  case.  Compressed  air  is  then  allowed 
to  flow  down  this  pipe,  when  the  flow  of  bore  is 
very  largely  Increased.  At  Bellata  Bore  the  flow 
before  applying  compressed  air  was  only  about 
24,000  gallons  a  day,  whereas  under  the  Influ- 
ence of  the  air  this  increased  to  about  398,000 
gallons  per  day.  The  result  of  the  experiment 
appears  to  show  that  the  water  is  still  present  in 
the  artesian  strata,  but  that  it  does  not  come  to 
the  surface  In  the  same  quantity  as  formerly  ow- 
ing to  the  loss  of  pressure  head." 

When  one  calculates  the  total  annual  rainfall 
over  the  catchment  of  Inland  Australia — which 
does  not  reach  the  ocean  by  surface  flow  and  Is  not 
lost  by  evaporation — it  is  reasonable  to  suppose 
that  it  goes  to  replenish  and  sustain  those  under- 
ground seas  which  have  been  tapped  at  various 
widely-scattered  points  by  artesian  bores. 

The  "Great  Australian  Artesian  Basin"  in- 
cludes considerably  more  than  one-half  of  Queens- 
land (taking  in  practically  all  of  that  State  lying 
west  of  the  Great  Dividing  Range,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  an  area  in  the  north-west  contiguous  to 
the  Northern  Territory)  ;  a  considerable  strip  of 
New  South  Wales  along  Its  northern  boundary 
and  west  of  the  Great  Dividing  Range;  and  the 
north-eastern  part  of  South  Australia,  together 
with  the  extreme  south-eastern  corner  of  the 
Northern  Territory.  This  basin  is  said  to  be 
the  largest  yet  discovered.  It  Is  about  569,000 
square  miles,  of  which  376,000  square  miles  are 
In  Queensland,  90,000  square  miles  In  South  Aus- 
tralia, 83,000  square  miles  In  New  South  Wales, 
and  20,000  square  miles  In  the  Northern  Terri- 
tory. As  a  result  of  this  provision  stock-raising 
has  been  made  possible  In  the  most  arid  parts  of 
the  interior.  Over  four  and  a  half  million  acres 
are  supplied  from  artesian  sources  In  New  South 
Wales  alone. 

The  uncontrolled  flow  from  one  Queensland 
bore  was  calculated  at  four  and  a  half  million 
gallons  a  day. 

Water  from  bores  throughout  Australia  is 
being  successfully  used  for  purposes  of  irrigation. 
In  some  the  flow  Is  too  highly  mineralized  to  be 
so  employed. 

The  Western  Australian  system  has  not  yet 
been  thoroughly  explored,  but  It  seems  already 
that  It  will  prove  as  valuable  an  asset  as  the  arte- 


Sultana  Grapes,  Yanco,  N.S.W. 


k 


A  Peach  Tree,  Yanco.  N.S.W. 

95 


96 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


sian  sea  which  underlies  all  these  black  soil 
prairies  which  extend  from  the  Gulf  of  Carpen- 
taria through  western  Queensland  and  northern 
New  South  Wales. 

The  total  number  of  artesian  wells  in  western 
New  South  Wales  is  nearly  500,  with  an  approxi- 
mate total  flow  of  III  million  gallons  per  24 
hours.  In  the  majority  of  these  wells  the  water 
rises  above  the  surface. 


The  deepest  artesian  bore  in  Queensland  is  at 
Bimera,  in  the  Mitchell  district,  beyond  Long 
reach.  It  took  two  years  to  complete,  and  has 
a  total  depth  of  5,976  feet,  or  nearly  li  mile. 
The  daily  flow  is  700,000  gallons  of  water  at  a 
temperature  of  176  deg.  Fahr.  The  shallowest 
is  on  Manfield  Downs,  on  the  Flinders  River. 
The  depth  is  10  feet,  and  the  flow  2000  gallons 
daily.       The    proved    Queensland    artesian    area 


Irrigation  Channel,  Berri,  South  Australia 


The  Great  Artesian  Basin  of  Australia  differs 
from  most  other  sources  of  subterranean  water 
supply  in  that  it  is  of  the  one-sided  type.  It  may 
be  compared  to  a  huge  saucer  designed  to  hold 
all  the  overflow  from  the  continental  cup. 

There  may  be  some  slight  leakage  from  a  shal- 
low lip  on  the  northern  and  eastern  rims. 

The  estimated  intake  of  that  section  of  it  which 
lies  within  the  boundaries  of  New  South  Wales 
is  3,580,273,977  gallons  a  day.  In  the  central 
districts  of  Queensland  there  are  hundreds  of 
artesian  bores  sunk  to  depths  of  from  500  to  4000 
feet,  yielding  from  300,000  to  4,000,000  gallons 
of  water  per  day.  Some  in  the  south-western 
portion  of  the  State  yield  from  2,000,000  to 
7,000,000  gallons  in  24  hours,  but  the  water  is 
mainly  used  for  watering  stock  and  runs  along 
miles  of  ditches. 


includes  400,000  square  miles,  within  which  area 
there  are  probably  about  1,000  bores. 

The  total  area  irrigated  in  the  State  is  8,661 
acres. 

A  sub-artesian  area  of  great  extent  has  been  dis- 
covered, and  large  numbers  of  bores  ranging  in 
depth  from  100  to  600  feet  have  tapped  inex- 
haustible supplies  of  excellent  water. 

Under  the  Queensland  "Rights  in  Water  and 
Water  Conservation  and  Utilisation  Act  of 
1 9 10,"  grazing  farmers,  pastoralists,  and  dairy- 
men, etc.,  are  afforded  assistance  by  the  Govern- 
ment in  putting  down  artesian  bores  on  their 
holdings.  Hereunder  is  an  example  of  what  can 
be  done  under  the  Act  in  question,  so  far  as  graz- 
ing farmers  are  concerned  : — 


IRRIGATION    AND    ARTI'SIAN    WATER 


97 


Water  for  the  Kitchen  Garden,   Yarrie,  Western  Australia 


Cost  of  putting  down  a  bore  on  a 

grazing  area  of  60,000  acres, 

the  whole  of  which  would  be 

benefited,  say £2000     o     o 

20  miles  of  drains  at  £15  per  mile       300     o     o 


I 


Total  cost  of  work £2300     o     o 

This  outlay  is  treated  as  a  loan  to  the  graz- 
ing farmer,  redeemable  in  30  years.  Annual 
interest  and  reductions  amount  to  about  three 
half-pence  per  acre. 

The  first  actual  discovery  of  artesian  water 
was  made  in  1879  on  the  Kallara  pastoral  hold- 
ing, between  Bourke  and  Wilcannia,  New  South 
Wales,  at  a  depth  of  140  feet. 

The  first  Government  bore  was  sunk  in  1884, 
at  Goonery,  New  South  Wales,  on  the  Bourke- 
Wanaaring  Road.  At  89  feet  a  flow  of  24,000 
gallons  a  day  was  struck. 

Since  that  period  travelling  stock  routes  have 
been  opened  up  all  over  Australia  by  means  of 
artesian  bores.  As  stated  elsewhere,  it  is  still 
in  doubt  as  to  how  far  artesian  water  can  be 
applied  for  irrigation. 

Experiments  made  with  nitric  acid  as  an  anti- 
dote for  the  carbonate  of  soda  occurring  in  arte- 
sian water  have  resulted  in  a  neutralizing  of  the 
alkali  and  its  conversion  into  nitrate  of  soda,  a 
valuable  soluble  fertiliser. 

This  establishes  a  scientific  possibility  that  arte- 
sian water  mav  yet  be  largely  available. 

The  carbonate  of  soda  in  certam  artesian 
waters— poisonous  under  ordinary  delivery  to 
vegetation— can  be  made  a  fertilising  asset  of 
incalculable  value  to  the  Commonwealth.  The 
power  for  this  purpose  may  be  supplied  direct 
from  some  of  the  bores.  Already  many  success- 
ful agricultural  results,  such  as  Pera,  have  been 
obtained  from  the  use  of  artesian  water. 


In  this,  as  in  many  other  directions,  the  Com- 
monwealth has  barely  glanced  at  the  possibilities. 

At  the  same  time,  in  view  of  the  geological 
aspect  of  the  question,  early  regulation  and  con- 
trol of  artesian  bores  is  a  national  necessity. 

It  has  now  been  proved  by  meteorologists  that 
Australia  is  not  a  drought-stricken  country.  In- 
creased production  of  recent  years  has  been  due, 
not  to  better  seasons — for  the  seasons  have  not 
been  exceptionally  rainy — but  to  improved  farm- 
ing methods,  particularly  in  "dry"  areas,  and  also 
to  an  extension  of  conservation,  storage,  irriga- 
tion, better  transport,  and  the  artesian  supply. 

Mr.  H.  A.  Hunt,  Federal  Meteorologist,  has 
made  a  most  interesting  analysis  of  Australian 
rainfalls  and  their  results.  He  shows  that  the 
setbacks  of  past  years  were  due,  not  to  nature, 
but  to  human  ignorance. 

"In  Australia,"  says  this  gifted  scientist,  "past 
failures  and  losses  have  been  due  to  a  variety  of 
causes;  amongst  them  may  be  enumerated  a  non- 
appreciation  of  the  absence  of  natural  water- 
storage,  an  ignorance  of  the  adaptability  of  local 
soils  and  climate,  unsuitable  methods  of  working, 
a  want  of  knowledge  of  the  existence  of  a  consider- 
able supply  of  artesian  and  sub-artesian  waters, 
inadequate  means  of  transit— both  internal  and 
external — and  an  uncertain  market  for  products. 
The  staple  product  upon  which  Australia  has 
developed  is  undoubtedly  wool,  and  this  item  of 
commerce  is  still  its  chief  export.  We  have  not 
to  go  back  many  years  to  the  time  when  the 
grower  of  wool  was  much  in  the  dark  as  to  the 
value  of  his  crop.  The  mutton  was  of  very  little 
value  to  the  producer,  the  demand  for  such  being 
entirely  confined  to  our  own  population.  The 
wool  was  sent  to  the  home  markets  entirely  at 
the  grower's  risk,  and  the  price  he  obtained  for  it 
there  was  quite  a  speculation.       The  conditions 


S3 

ce 
fit 
O 

M 
B 


98 


IRRIGATION    AND    ARTESIAN    WATER 


99 


being  such,  there  was  little  incentive  to  make  ex- 
tensive monetary  outlays  for  the  conservation  of 
water  and  fodder,  for  the  preservation  of  an  asset 
of  varying  and  uncertain  value.  Consequently 
when  our  seasonal  dry  periods  came  round  (which 
are  undoubtedly  periods  of  soil  rest)  disaster  was 
inevitable  to  a  more  or  less  extent. 

"Australia's  commercial  enterprise  is  quite  on 
a  different  basis  now.  With  the  perfection  of 
refrigerating  appliances  the  meat  markets  of  the 
world  are  open  to  it.  The  demand  for  Aus- 
tralia's wool  has  become  such  a  factor  in  the 
world's  supply  that  if  the  clip  is  short  the  grow- 
ers, as  a  body,  reap  compensation  in  the  enhanced 
monetary  value  obtained. 

"The  vicissitudes  of  wheat-growing  tell  much 
the  same  tale.  The  sowing  of  drought-resisting 
grain,  dry-farming  methods,  and  scientific  manur- 
ing have,  however,  brought  the  proposition  of 
profitable  wheat-growing  from  the  problematical 
to  the  actual  stage.  The  output  has  been  steadily 
growing  from  year  to  year,  and,  considering  that 
nearly  500,000  square  miles  of  the  continent  re- 
ceive a  sufficient  average  rainfall,  i.e.,  10  in.  and 


over  during  the  wheat-growing  period  (April  to 
October),  the  possibilities  of  future  development 
in  this  direction  are  inestimable.  The  climatic 
history  and  prosperity  of  the  last  ten  years  or  so 
contradict  emphatically  the  preconceived  notion 
that  Australia  is  a  particularly  drought-stricken 
and  precarious  area  of  the  earth's  surface.  The 
truth  of  the  matter  about  Australia's  rainfall  is 
that,  over  two-thirds  of  its  area,  it  is  generally 
ample  for  pastoral  and  agricultural  industries; 
that  different  regions  have  distinct  seasonal  dry 
and  wet  periods;  and  that  it  is  subject  in  part,  but 
never  in  the  whole,  to  prolonged  periods  when 
the  rainfall  is  short  of  the  seasonal  average.  Aus- 
tralia is  not  peculiar  in  this  respect." 

For  the  sake  of  future  development  Mr.  Hunt 
advises  the  locking  and  damming  of  the  Darling 
River,  and  the  conservation,  in  natural  storages, 
of  tropical  rains  along  the  western  slopes  of  the 
Great  Dividing  Chain. 

Water,  he  contends,  can  thus  be  conveyed  by 
canals  and  pipes  to  the  interior,  to  convert  large 
areas  thereof  into  the  most  productive  pastoral 
and  agricultural  land. 


ri* 


The  Bed  of  the  Fitzroy  Elver,  Hughenden,  Queensland 
(Showing  how  Water  Is  obtained  for  Irrigating  In  a  Dry  DUtrlct) 


a 


lOO 


(lOl) 


Trucking  Ore  from  Whim  Creek  to  BaUa  Balla,  W.A. 


UNDEVELOPED  INDUSTRIES. 


THE  European  War  has  taught  Austraha 
many  lessons.  The  nation  realizes  at  last 
the  necessity  for  developing  its  own  trade 
and  industry,  for  supporting  its  own  manufac- 
tures, encouraging  local  talent,  and  fostering 
native  art.  The  coming  years  are  likely  to  be 
strenuously  devoted  to  a  general  building  up  of 
Australian  production  and  commerce. 

We  have  all  the  raw  products.  We  can  obtain 
all  the  capital  and  labor  necessary.  We  intend 
to  utilize  within  the  boundaries  of  our  Common- 
wealth opportunities  which  we  have  hitherto 
wasted  or  left  undeveloped.  In  this  building 
up  there  will  be  'opportunities  for  labor  and 
capital  unequalled  in  the  history  of  industrial 
civilization. 

It  is  the  policy  which  is  going  to  make  Australia 
the  richest  and  most  powerful,  as  she  is  now  the 
freest  and  most  prosperous,  nation  of  the  world. 

We  will  preserve  and  increase  the  freedom  of 
our  national  institutions,  while  offering  to  our  citi- 
zens, and  to  those  eligible  for  citizenship,  chances 
and  securities  such  as  no  other  land  can  give. 

The  breed  that  stormed  and  held  the  heights 
of  Anzac  will  grow  stronger  and  more  self-reliant 
as  their  generations  follow.  The  home-land  suns 
that  browned  their  burly  frames  will  not  cease  to 
shine  from  out  our  blue  Australian  heavens;  the 
home  winds  that  filled  their  mighty  lungs  will  not 
cease  to  blow,  and  there  will  be  white  Australian 
loaves  and  good  Australian  beef  and  butter  to 
give  them  stamina. 


Their  well-fed,  well-developed  bodies  will  house 
vigorous  and  intellectual  minds.  They  will  be 
just,  powerful  and  humane. 

This  policy  of  Australian  development  is 
already  a  fixed  national  ideal. 

In  September,  19 15,  the  Federal  Minister  for 
Customs  asked  the  Interstate  Tariff  Commission 
to  report  as  to  what  new  industries  could  with 
advantage  be  established  in  the  Commonwealth. 
The  Commission's  report  was  presented  to  the 
Federal  Parliament  in  due  course.  In  their  con- 
clusions, the  Commissioners  said  : — 

"So  far  as  those  industries  which  are  already 
in  existence  in  Australia  are  concerned,  it  has 
been  shown  that  there  is  opportunity  for  greater 
enterprise,  better  efficiency,  and  a  wider  output. 
What  entirely  new  industries  may  be  established 
is  a  question  depending  almost  wholly  on  the  con- 
dition whether  private  enterprise,  capital,  and 
expert  labour  are  available  for  the  purpose.  This 
fortunately  has  been  the  case  with  the  iron  and 
steel  industry,  which  promises  an  expansion  in 
industrial  activity  exceeding  by  far  anything 
which  may  be  anticipated  from  any  other  source. 
If  this  be  successful,  the  local  market  is  capable 
of  absorbing  material  to  the  value  of  several  mil- 
lions sterling,  and  we  may  look  forward  to  sup- 
plying our  own  requirements  of  rails,  iron  and 
steel  wire,  sheet,  rod,  angle  and  constructional 
iron  and  steel,  together  with  innumerable  other 
articles  not  at  present  made  here.       Attention  is, 


I02 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


in  partiri^lat-,  :4tf*irable  to  the  following  matters, 
as  to  which  a  large  local  dcrqand  exists: — 

Copper,  wire,  rod,  tubes,  and  sheet  from  the 
copper. 

Tops,  yarn,  and  the  weaving  of  woollen 
fabrics  from  our  own  raw  material. 

The  saving  and  utilisation  of  the  immense 
quantities  of  fats  and  oils,  the  by-products  of 
wool-scouring,  at  present  run  to  waste. 


of  alunite,  valued  at  £13,700.  Alum  is  used 
in  dyeing  as  a  mordant,  in  the  manufacture  of 
white  leather,  for  sizing  paper,  to  harden 
plaster  of  Paris,  in  medicine,  etc. 

The  systematic  exploration  of  promising 
localities  in  Australia,  with  the  view  of  the 
possible  discovery  of  natural  petroleum  de- 
posits. 

The  manufacture  of  tinplate  from  our  own 
raw  material. 


Cedar   Logs,   Atherton   Scrub,    Q. 


Improvement  of  the  process  of  tanning  and 
preparation  of  leathers,  so  that  their  reputa- 
tion may  command  a  demand  in  foreign  mar- 
kets in  preference  to  the  hides  from  which  they 
are  made. 

Investigation  as  to  the  possibility  of  obtain- 
ing tannin  extracts  of  commercial  value  from 
barks  other  than  wattle. 

The  prospect  of  the  profitable  production  of 
alkalies  from  the  natural  salt  deposits  of  South 
and  Western  Australia. 

The  economic  production  of  wood  pulp  from 
the  fibre  of  the  forest  trees  of  Australia,  or 
from  other  material  which  may  be  successfully 
cultivated  here  for  the  purpose. 

The  production  of  alum  and  potash  from 
the  local  deposits  of  alunite,  one  of  which,  in 
the  county  of  Gloucester,  New  South  Wales, 
is  said  to  be  "one  of  the  most  remarkable  in 
the  world."       In  1912  we  exported  3,425  tons 


The  possible  utilisation  of  cheap  water-power 
for  the  purpose  of  manufacturing  calcium  car- 
bide. 

The  local  cultivation  of  the  better  qualities  of 
tobacco. 

The  local  manufacture  of  margarine,  for 
which  there  is  an  immense  market  abroad. 

The  growing  of  flax  for  fibre  and  linseed. 

The  manufacture  of  zinc  oxide. 

The  cheapening  of  the  cost  of  sugar  for 
manufacturing  purposes. 

"The  systematic  application  of  scientific  re- 
search and  scientific  knowledge  to  the  develop- 
ment of  all  forms  of  practical  industry,"  the 
report  continues,  "has  long  been  an  outstanding 
feature  of  the  modern  industrial  world,  and  is 
fostered  as  a  matter  of  prime  importance  by  the 
Government  of  Germany  and  other  progressive 
countries.       In  Australia  there  has  been  hitherto 


UNDEVELOPED    INDUSTRIES 


103 


Brick  and  Drain  Pipe  Works,  Lithgow,  N.S.W. 


no  co-ordinated  effort  in  this  direction,  but  the 
discovery  of  new  methods  of  utilising  raw 
materials  obtainable  here  has  been  left  in  part  to 
the  voluntary  effort  of  enthusiasts  connected  with 
the  universities  or  technical  colleges,  and,  in  part, 
to  the  work  of  private  individuals  or  companies, 
who  believe  that  they  see  some  particular  opening 
for  new  undertakings  by  the  study  of  some  special 
scientific  process.  While  the  Commonwealth  en- 
courages industry  by  tariff  taxation  and  by  boun- 
ties, it  has  no  recognised  organ  for  the  discovery 
of  new  methods  of  using  local  products  or  for 
diffusing  a  knowledge  of  scientific  processes 
amongst  our  producers  and  manufacturers.  A 
Commonwealth  department,  operating  upon  the 
problems  of  secondary  as  well  as  of  primary  pro- 
duction, might  well  be  constituted  with  a  view  to 
the  systematic  application  of  science  to  Australian 
industry." 

Following  this  most  valuable  report,  the  Prime 
Minister,  Right  Hon.  W.  M.  Hughes,  who  had 
already  done  a  mighty  service  to  the  Common- 
wealth in  freeing  its  base-metal  production  from 
alien  domination,  summoned  a  conference  in  Mel- 
bourne to  deal  with  vital  questions  of  national 
research. 


Delegates  came  from  all  the  States.  They 
represented  both  the  Science  and  Commerce  of 
Australia. 

The  Prime  Minister  put  forward  a  list  of  prob- 
lems awaiting  solution.       These  included: — 

Eradication  of  vegetable  pests,  such  as  prickly 
pear,  Bathurst  burr,  Nagorra  burr,  Califor- 
nia thistle.  Darling  pea,  St.  John's  wort, 
onion  grass,  poison  plants,  etc. 

Eradication  of  animal  and  insect  pests,  such 
as  rabbits,  flies,  tick,  mosquitoes,  white  ants, 
mice,  locusts,  codlin  moth,  etc. 

Liquids  for  branding  sheep  and  cattle  that  will 
be  harmless  to  skins. 

Preparation  of  skins  for  market,  and  removal 
of  wool  and  hair,  prior  to  tanning. 

Maintenance  of  high  class  types  in  sheep, 
cattle,  and  horses. 

Scientific  method  of  killing,  dressing,  and 
classifying  meat  for  export. 

Possibility  of  establising  carbonising  works  for 
the  removal  of  burr  and  grass  seed  from 
wool. 

Utilisation  and  recovery  of  by-products  from 
blood,  bones,  glue,  gelatine,  etc. 


104 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Prevention  of  evaporation  and  absorption  of 

water  from  tanks  and  dams. 
Utilisation  and  purification  of  artesian  water 

for  irrigation  purposes. 
Cultivation   of   Australian   saltbushes   and    in- 
digenous grasses. 
Re-establishment  of  salsolaceous  plants  on  alka- 
line soils  in  dry  districts,  with  and  without 
artesian  water. 
Cultivation  of  medicinal  plants. 
Cultivation  of  fibre  plants,  for  paper-making. 
Manufacture    of    nitrogenous    fertilisers    from 

the  atmosphere. 
Manufacture    of    nitric    acid  from    the    atmo- 
sphere. 
Production  of  potash  salts  for  agriculture. 
Reduction    of   losses    of    coal    in    coal-mining, 
recovery   and   utilisation   of   by-products   of 
coal  and  coke  industries. 
Recovery  of  zinc  from  its  ores. 
Manufacture  of  calcium  carbide. 
Manufacture  of  alkalies. 

Production  by  electric  furnace  of  ferro-chrome, 
ferro-tungsten,      ferro-molybdenum,      ferro- 
manganese,  ferro-titanium,  ferro-nickel. 
Production  of  aluminium  and  its  alloys. 
Recovery  of  sulphuric  acid,  arsenic,  etc.,  from 

minerals. 
Broadly  outlined  by  the  Prime  Minister,  the 
proposals  of  the  Federal  Government  aimed  at 
co-ordinating  existing  institutions — Common- 
wealth laboratory,  universities,  agricultural  col- 
leges, technical  and  mining  schools,  and  ordinary 
schools.  The  objective  aimed  at  was  to  apply 
to  pastoral  industry,  agriculture,  mining,  and 
manufacture  the  resources  of  science  in  such  a 
way  as  to  more  effectively  develop  our  unlimited 
national  resources.  Consideration  must  also  be 
given  to  investigation  and  industrial  research, 
such  as  the  study  of  problems  associated  with  our 
great  primary  industries,  pastoral,  agricultural, 
viticultural,  and  the  mining  of  coal  and  metals, 
and  the  metallurgical  treatment  of  the  latter;  and 
the  chemical  and  physical  study  of  problems  bear- 
ing on  the  secondary  (manufacturing)  industries, 
with  a  view  particularly  to  the  improvement  of 
the  quality  of  manufactures,  the  reduction  of  the 
cost  of  production,  and  whenever  economically 
possible  the  utilisation  of  waste  materials. 

An  advisory  committee  was  appointed,  which, 
after  a  fortnight's  deliberation,  presented  to 
Cabinet  a  report  and  recommendations. 

The  establishment  of  a  Commonwealth  Insti- 
tute of  Science  and  Industry,  aided  by  an  advisory 
council  consisting  of  nine  representing  members, 
was  advised. 

This  proposal  has  met  with  Government 
approval.  The  advisory  council  is  in  process 
of  appointment  as  this  section  goes  to  press. 


The  plain  duty  before  us  is  to  develop  our 
resources;  to  create  power  and  wealth  for  our- 
selves and  for  our  national  relations  and  friends. 

From  Germany  in  19 12  we  imported  goods  to 
the  value  of  ^7,153,543 — about  one-eleventh  of 
our  total  imports. 

These  included  apparel  (nearly  two  million 
pounds'  worth),  manufactured  metals  (worth 
another  two  millions),  beverages,  dressed  leather, 
and  other  articles  which  we  were  quite  capable  of 
producing,  and  in  the  future  will  produce  for  our- 
selves. 

There  was  not  an  article  on  the  list  of  German 
imports  that  Australia  could  not  have  provided. 

Our  grass-tree  gum  had  been  going  to  Germany 
in  large  quantities.  Some  of  it  was  actively  re- 
turned to  us  in  the  form  of  high  explosive. 

Not  long  ago  the  Imperial  Institute  brought 
under  the  notice  of  the  Commonwealth  that  there 
is  a  good  demand  in  England  for  white  diatoma- 
ceous  earth  of  good  quality. 

This  substance,  which  is  technically  known  as 
kieselguhr,  occurs  in  several  localities  in  New 
South  Wales,  as  at  Cooma,  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  Barraba,  and  the  Warrumbungle  Mountains. 
In  1897  Mr.  G.  W.  Card  wrote  an  interesting 
pamphlet  on  these  deposits  in  New  South  Wales, 
stating  that  their  existence  had  long  been  known, 
and  from  time  to  time  the  possibility  of  utilising 
these,  more  especially  in  the  manufacture  of  dyna- 
mite, had  long  been  considered.  Many  new  uses 
are  now  being  found  for  the  material. 

Mr.  R.  T.  Baker,  Curator  of  the  Technological 
Museum  in  Sydney,  in  a  newspaper  interview 
recently,  said : — 

"At  the  present  time  European  sources  of 
marble  are,  of  course,  entirely  closed  as  far  as 
Belgium,  France,  and  Germany  are  concerned, 
and  a  great  opportunity  has  arisen  for  the  devel- 
opment of  our  own  marbles.  For  instance, 
European  black  marble  is  quite  unprocurable  here 
now.  To  replace  this  our  black  Windellama 
marble  might  be  substituted.  It  is  in  every 
respect  equal  to  the  best  Belgian  black  marble. 
It  is  just  being  realised  in  commercial  circles  at 
last  that  in  Australia  there  is  to  be  found  suffi- 
cient building  material  in  our  rocks  and  marbles 
to  supply  all  the  nation's  wants,  both  in  quality 
and  quantity. 

"As  regards  tests,  in  several  instances  it  has 
been  proved  that  Australian  marbles  stand  a 
greater  crushing  strain  than  even  our  granites. 
This  demonstrates  that  Australian  marbles  have 
a  much  closer  texture  than  the  imported  ones,  and 
this  enhances  their  value  to  the  builder  and  archi- 
tect very  considerably." 

Similarly,  the  higher  quality  and  superior  value 
of  Australian  hardwoods  and  ornamental  timbers 


UNDEVFLOPEI)    INDUSTRIES    . 


lO! 


are  only  just  beginning  to  be  realised  at  home. 
Thirty  million  Australian  eucalypts  were  planted 
in  the  United  States  in  1913. 

The  Eucalyptus  Hardwood  Association  of  Cali- 
fornia recently  announced  that  hardwood  tool- 
handles  were  giving  great  satisfaction,  and  were 
considered  equal  to  the  best  second-growth  hic- 
kory. Yet  tool-handles  to  the  value  of  £44,237 
were  imported  into  Australia  in   1912! 

Australian  hardwoods  are  easier  to  work  than 
oaks,  walnuts,  and  other  imported  timbers.  A 
4x4   hardwood  scantling  is  equal   in   breaking 


mtellectually  progressive,  we  have  been  much 
behindhand  in  our  local  manufactures.  Impor- 
tation was  a  national  weakness. 

Approximately,  Australia  consumes  two  million 
gallons  of  linseed  oil  per  annum,  equal  to  25,000 
tons  of  seed,  nearly  every  pound-weight  of  which 
is  imported.  Every  ounce  of  it  should  be  grown 
in  the  Commonwealth. 

The  grease  of  our  wools  is  a  most  valuable 
by-product  which  we  have  exported  and  then  re- 
miported  as  lanoline,  etc.,  from  Germany  and 
elsewhere  for  years. 


Electrolytic    Eoom,    Cobar    Copper    Works,    N.S.W. 


Strain  to  a  4  x  3  oregon.  Yet  in  19 13,  over  41 
million  feet  of  Oregon  were  used,  with  hardwood 
at  13/-  a  hundred,  and  oregon  at  17/6! 

Meanwhile  America  was  paying  twice  as  much 
for  Australian  hardwood  as  they  were  for  their 
own  Oregon,  and  regarded  it  as  a  far  more  useful 
and  durable  timber. 

Our  trees  mature  much  more  quickly  than  the 
trees  of  other  countries.  For  furniture  and  deco- 
rative work  we  have  the  most  beautiful  woods 
in  the  world.  Although  we  have  a  greater  rail- 
way mileage  per  1000  of  the  population  than  any 
other   country,   although   we   are   politically   and 


We  possess  the  finest  clays  for  potteries,  but 
we  have  made  little  use  of  them  so  far. 

We  are  blessed  with  enormous  deposits  of 
shale — over  ten  million  tons,  60  years'  work,  exist 
in  one  mine — and  the  existence  of  mineral  oil 
has  been  established  in  Papua  and  on  the  main- 
land.  Yet  we  imported  all  the  mineral  oils  con- 
sumed in  the  Commonwealth. 

Although  the  British  Army  Council,  before  and 
during  the  war,  largely  used  American  electrolytic 
copper,  Australian  refined  copper  is  admitted  by 
arsenals  and  principal  electrical  works  to  be  of 
excellent  quality. 


io6 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


It  was  eagerly  sought  after  by  German  buyers 
during  their  military-preparatory  period,  and 
much  of  it  was  also  returned  to  us  with  our  grass- 
tree  gum. 

Around  our  shores  marine  product  of  inestim- 
able value  awaits  exploitation — tons  of  fish  suit- 
able for  canning,  beche  de  mer,  trepang,  shell, 
kelp,  oil,  bone,  and  fertilizer  by-products. 

Just  as  the  milling  of  our  wheat  here  (occa- 
sioned by  war  conditions)  yields  us  additional 
profits  in  wages,  etc.,  of  over  a  million  and  a 
quarter,  so  the  canning  and  preparing  of  our  own 
fish  will  prove  a  huge  source  of  national  income. 


Imported  flour  in  19 15  convinced  our  too-often 
unpatriotic  housewives  of  the  superiority  of  the 
Australian  staple. 

In  view  of  this  fact  the  assertion  that  we  can 
increase  our  annual  wheat  yield  to  800  million 
bushels  is  received  with  pleasure. 

The  millions  of  money  that  have  gone  to  our 
enemies  we  shall  in  the  future  keep  for  ourselves. 
Primary  production  will  be  increased  by  increas- 
ing manufacture,  and  the  undeveloped  industries 
of  this  continent  will  provide  wealth  and  pros- 
perity for  Australian  citizens. 


Half  a  Ton  of  Rock  Ling 


( 107) 


FEDERAL  ADMINISTRATION. 


POST,  TELEGRAPH,  AND  TELEPHONES. 


IT  is  a  common  fact  that  all  machines  work 
stiffly  at  the  beginning.  Time,  friction,  and 
well-oiled  parts  lead  ultimately  to  smoother 
running.  After  Federation,  special  legislation, 
for  which  there  was  no  precedent,  had  to  be  in- 
troduced to  meet  wider  national  needs.  State 
Departments,  such  as  the  Post  Office  and  Tele- 
graphs, had  to  be  brought  under  one  control. 
Co-ordination  of  departmental  activities  is  not 
yet  complete  in  Federal  administration.  It  will 
be  a  long  time  before  the  work  of  nation-building 
has  reached  its  finished  results.  But  the  work  is 
going  on  steadily,  peacefully,  and  in  accord  with 
the  spirit  which  induced  the  various  States  to 
unite  as  an  Australian  Commonwealth. 


Federal  legislation  in  most  instances  has  been 
framed  to  increase  the  general  welfare  of  the  Aus- 
tralian people. 

In  some  cases — the  Sugar  Bonus  Act,  for 
example — special  measures  have  been  passed  to 
meet  the  necessities  of  individual  States. 

Certain  State  activities  and  changes,  such  as 
lighthouses,  have  fallen  naturally  under  Common- 
wealth control.  Others  it  became  necessary  to 
establish;  others  yet  were  called  forth  by  the  war. 

Special  Acts  of  Federal  legislation  have  given 
additional  powers  to  the  Commonwealth  (lovern- 
ment.  Some  powers  conferred  by  the  Consti- 
tution have  been  assumed  as  a  matter  of  course 
or  convenience. 


Martin  Place  and  O.P.O.,  Sydney 


io8 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Public  Works  Offices,  Sydney 


The  postal,  telegraphic,  and  telephone  systems 
of  the  States  were  quickly  Federalized  and  taken 
over. 

Since  1901  they  have  presented  succeeding 
Ministers  with  anxious  problems.  The  complete 
solution  of  these  administrative  and  financial  pro- 
blems will  require  time.  Neither  with  public 
education  nor  the  post  office  in  a  country  so  wide 
and  undeveloped  as  ours,  can  we  look  too  closely 
at  the  margins  between  expenditure  and  returns. 

LIniform  postal  rates  now  exist  in  all  the  States. 
There  were,  at  the  end  of  1913,  5853  post  offices 
open  for  business  in  the  Australian  Common- 
wealth. During  that  year  in  round  numbers  521 
millions  of  letters  and  postcards  had  been  handled 
by  our  postal  authorities,  137  millions  of  news- 
papers, 70  millions  of  packets,  and  four  and  a 
quarter  million  parcels. 

Although  a  widely-scattered  people,  it  can  be 
seen  from  this  that  the  transmission  of  news  and 
intelligence  is  greater  per  average — and  mileage 
— than  that  of  most  countries.  The  universal  rate 
of  postage  for  letters  in  the  Commonwealth  has 


been  fixed  since  19 10  at  one  penny  per  half-ounce; 
printed  papers  as  prescribed  a  halfpenny  per  20z. 
or  part  of  20z.;  books  printed  outside  the  Com- 
monwealth, 4d.  per  40Z.  or  part  of  40Z.;  for 
books  printed  in  Australia,  Ul.  per  8oz.  or  part  of 
80Z. 

The  latter,  a  preferential  rate,  was  instituted 
with  a  view  to  offering  some  slight  encouragement 
to  Australian  publishing. 

Magazines,  reviews,  serials,  and  similar  matter 
printed  and  published  in  Australia,  are  carried  at 
Id.  per  8  ounces  or  part  of  8  ounces.  Imported 
productions  of  similar  character  are  charged  Ad. 
per  4  ounces  or  part  of  4  ounces. 

Commercial  papers,  patterns,  samples,  and  mer- 
chandise as  prescribed  pay  id.  per  two  ounces  or 
part  of  two  ounces.  Newspapers  of  Australian 
origin — under  the  prescribed  conditions — id.  per 
20  ounces,  and  all  other  newspapers  jd.  per  10 
ounces  or  part  of  10  ounces. 

Postage  for  interstate  letters  and  letters  to  the 
United  Kingdom  and  British  possessions  all  o\er 
the  world  is  now  uniformly  one  penny  per  half- 


FEDERAL    ADMINISTRATION 


109 


ounce.  The  rate  on  letters  to  foreign  countries, 
(excepting  New  Hebrides,  Banks  and  Torres 
Islands,  where  the  rate  is  a  penny  per  half-ounce), 
is  twopence   halfpenny  for  each  half-ounce. 

In  November,  1907,  the  Federal  Government 
entered  Into  an  agreement  with  the  Orient  Steam 
Navigation  Company  Ltd.,  providing  for  a  fort- 
nightly mail  service  to  Europe  for  a  period  of  ten 
years,   commencing   February,    19 10.       The   mail 


Taranto  to  x\delaide  is  to  be  completed  within 
twenty-six  days  fourteen  hours,  and  from  Adelaide 
to  Taranto  within  twenty-seven  days  two  hours, 
but  the  latter  period  may  be  exceeded  by  thirty-six 
hours  during  the  prevalence  of  the  south-west 
monsoon.  The  amount  of  the  subsidy  is  fixed  at 
£170,000  per  annum;  but,  if  the  earnings  of  the 
company  be  decreased,  or  the  expenses  increased, 
by  reason  of  any  Commonwealth  shipping  legis- 


Hinton  Bridge,  N.S.W. 


service  was  to  be  carried  out  by  existing  vessels 
belonging  to  the  company  and  by  five  new  mail 
ships,  which  have  been  specially  built,  and  which 
are  each  over  12,000  tons  gross  registered  ton- 
nage and  of  not  less  than  seventeen  knots  speed. 
An  additional  new  vessel  was  to  be  ad4ed  within 
eighteen  months,  and  another  within  six  years, 
from  P^ebruary,  1910,  and  the  first  of  these — the 
Orama — entered  into  running  during  Novem- 
ber, 191 1.  The  vessels  are  to  call  at  Fremantle, 
Adelaide,  Melbourne,  Sydney,  and  Brisbane,  and 
at  least  six  of  them  at  Hobart  during  the  months 
of  February  to  May  inclusive.     The  voyage  from 


lation  passed  subsequently  to  the  date  of  the  agree- 
ment, to  the  extent  of  not  less  than  £5000  a 
year,  the  contractors  have  the  right  to  terminate 
the  agreement  unless  the  subsidy  is  increased. 
Insulated  space  of  not  less  than  2000  tons  of 
forty  cubic  feet  is  to  be  provided  in  each  of  the 
new  vessels,  and  the  freights  are  not  to  exceed 
one  halfpenny  per  lb.  for  butter  and  sixty  shillings 
per  ton  for  fruit.  White  labour  only  is  to  be 
employed,  and  no  discrimination  is  to  be  made 
between  unionists  and  non-unionists.  If  before  or 
during  the  sixth  year  of  the  period  of  the  contract 
an  accelerated  service  is  provided  by  any  compet- 


I  10 


AUSTRiVLIA    UNLIMITED 


ing  line  of  mail  ships,  the  contractors  must,  if  so 
required  by  the  Postmaster-General,  provide  a 
service  equal  to  the  competing  service,  at  an  in- 
creased subsidy,  to  be  determined  by  agreement 
or  arbitration.  The  Commonwealth  flag  must 
be  flovi'n  on  the  mail  ships,  which  the  Common- 
wealth has  the  right  to  purchase  at  a  valuation 
at  any  time.  Within  six  months  of  the  Post- 
master-General establishing  a  permanent  wireless 
telegraphy  station  at  Rottnest  Island,  or  at  any 
point  on  the  coast  between  Fremantle  and  Bris- 
bane, the  company  must  fit  the  mail  ships  with 
wireless  telegraphy  installations.  The  new  service 
was  inaugurated  on  the  iith  February,   1910. 

At  present,  mails  to  and  from  Europe  via  San 
Francisco  are  carried  by  the  Union  Steamship  Co., 
subsidised  by  the  New  Zealand  Government,  and 
the  Oceanic  Co.,  each  of  which  talies  Australian 
mails  at  poundage  rates.  The  services  are  once  in 
four  weeks. 

Before  the  war  the  Norddeutscher  Lloyd  had 
maintained  a  service  between  Germany  and  Aus- 
tralia, via  Genoa,  which  was  subsidised  (since 
i8<S6)  by  the  German  Imperial  Government. 

The  Messageries  Maritimes  was  also  subsidised 
by  the  French  Government  (£120,000)  for  the 
carriage  of  mails  between  Marseilles  and  New 
Caledonia. 

Apart  from  main  postal  routes,  the  Common- 
wealth Postal  Department  maintains  services, 
regular  and  otherwise,  with  various  parts  of  the 
world. 

Subsidies  paid  for  services  between  Australian 
ports  amount  to  nearly  £5  1,000  annually. 

The  average  time  occupied  in  conveyance  of 
mails  between  Adelaide  and  London  and  London 
and  Adelaide  during  19 13  was  28  days  18  hours. 
Melbourne  receives  its  English  mail  by  train  17^ 
hours  later,  Sydney  42  hours,  allowing  for  a  seven- 
hours'  stop-over  at  the  Victorian  capital. 

In  1913  nearly  nine  millions  value  was  issued 
in  money  orders  and  £3,550,781  in  postal  notes. 
Commission  and  poundage  on  these  transactions 
amouted  to  £133,132.  By  railway,  water,  and 
other  modes  of  transit  the  mails  of  the 
Commonwealth  were  travelled  in  19 13  over 
nearly  43  millions  of  miles. 

The  national  postal  system  found  employment 
for  just  on  thirty  thousand  people,  besides  5342 
mail  contractors.  Its  gross  revenues,  inclusive 
of  telegraphs  and  telephones,  reached  over  four 
and  a  half  million  sterling. 

The  total  deficit  on  working  during  1913-14 
was  over  half  a  million.  A  recent  increase  in 
telephone  rates,  with  the  introduction  of  more 
economical  management,  is  expected  to  make  up 
the  deficiency. 


The  first  electric  telegraph  for  public  use  was 
introduced  into  Australia  in  1854,  as  a  short  line 
between  Melbourne  and  VVilliamstown.  In  1856 
Adelaide  and  Port  Adelaide  were  connected.  In 
1857  the  first  Tasmanian  line  was  completed,  and 
in  1858  Sydney  and  Liverpool  were  joined.  The 
first  line  in  Queensland — Brisbane  to  Rockhamp- 
ton — was  opened  in  1864.  Perth  and  Fremantle 
were  brought  together  in  1869,  and  the  same  year 
Tasmania  was  connected  with  the  mainland  by 
cable. 

In  1 9 13  the  Commonwealth  owned  46,218 
miles  of  line,  and  there  were  4,624  public  tele- 
graph offices  in  Australia  and  Tasmania.  During 
that  year  over  thirteen  and  a  half  million  tele- 
grams were  dispatched  from  those  offices. 

The  charges  for  telegrams  of  16  words  have 
been  6d.  within  prescribed  town  and  suburban 
areas,  ninepence  within  State  boundaries,  and  one 
shilling  interstate,  with  a  general  rate  of  one 
penny  for  every  extra  word. 

Newspaper  wires  are  despatched  at  special 
rates.  Commencing  in  February,  1914,  the  Postal 
Department  instituted  a  system  of  letter-telegrams 
between  all  telegraph  offices  which  are  open  be- 
tween 7  p.m.  and  midnight.  The  letter-telegrams 
are  forwarded  during  the  night  by  telegraph  to 
the  office  of  destination  and  are  delivered  as 
ordinary  letters  by  the  first  letter  delivery,  or  are 
despatched  by  mail  to  the  address  in  the  ordinary 
way.  The  rates  charged  throughout  the  Common- 
wealth are  one  shilling  for  the  first  40  words, 
and  one  halfpenny  for  each  additional  word, 
double  these  rates  being  charged  on  Sundays.  At 
present  the  service  extends  to  60  offices  in  the 
Commonwealth. 

Under  the  Wireless  Telegraphy  Act,  the  Post- 
master-General holds  an  exclusive  right  to  estab- 
lish wireless  stations  and  appliances  within  Aus- 
tralia. He  is  empowered  to  grant  licenses  for 
this  purpose,  but  all  experimental  licenses  were 
cancelled  at  the  beginning  of  the  war,  and  all 
private  installations  dismantled  for  the  duration 
of  hostilities.  The  Act  does  not  apply  to  the 
Royal  Navy.  The  Commonwealth  has  a  con- 
necting circle  of, nineteen  wireless  stations  around 
the  Australian  mainland,  and  stations  at  Mac- 
quarie  Island,  Woodlark  Island,  Rabaul,  Wil- 
helmshaven,  Nauru,  and  Bougainville.  The  four 
latter  are  located  on  former  German  territory, 
now  occupied  by  our  Government.  Forwarding 
rates  between  the  mainland  and  these  are  3d.  per 
word. 

The  high-power  stations  are  Sydney,  Perth, 
Woodlark  Island,  and  Port  Darwin.  These  will 
form  the  Australian  unit  in  the  Imperial  scheme 
of  radio-telegraphic  communication.  At  the  con- 
clusion of  the  war  the  Postal   Department  pro- 


FEDERAL    ADMINISTRATION 


1 1 


mises  an  inland  scheme,  under  which  isolated 
homesteads  can  be  connected  with  the  ordinary 
land  ser\ices. 

The  Eastern  Extension  cable  system  links  Aus- 
tralia with  the  outside  world,  via  Port  Darwin, 
by  several  branches.  The  "All  Red"  Pacific  cable 
system  was  completed  in  1902.  The  Australian 
shore  end  is  at  Southport,  in  Queensland,  and 
there  are  stations  on  this  route  at  Norfolk  Island, 
Fiji,  and  Fanning  Island.  A  land  wire  leased  by 
the  Pacific  Cable  Board  joins  Bamfield,  British 
Columbia,  to  Montreal,  and  the  Anglo-American 
and  Commercial  Cable  Companies  transmit  the 
messages  of  this  system  across  the  Atlantic.  The 
loss  on  the  Pacific  system  (proportion  of  which 
is  borne  by  the  Commonwealth)  is  a  steadily  de- 
creasing quantity.  The  administration  is  by  a 
board  consisting  of  two  representatives  each  from 
Cjreat  Britain,  Canada,  and  Australia,  and  one 
from  New  Zealand. 

New  Caledonia  and  New  Zealand  have 
separate  cable  systems.  The  latter  is  jointly  sub- 
sidised by  the  Governments  of  France  and  the 
Commonwealth.  Altogether  72,000  miles  of 
submarine  cables  and  connecting  land  wires  have 
terminals  in  Australia. 

The  standard  public  rate   for  cable  messages 


between  the  Commonwealth  and  Great  Britain 
is  now  three  shillings  a  word,  and  sevenpence 
halfpenny  a  word  for  "through"  press  messages. 

"Deferred"  cablegrams  can  he  sent  under  cer- 
tain conditions  at  a  reduction  of  50  per  cent. 
These  messages  can  only  be  transmitted  after  non- 
urgent private  wires  and  press  cablegrams.  They 
may  be  sent  via  Pacific  and  Eastern  routes  to  coun- 
tries to  which  the  ordinary  rate  exceeds  tenpence 
per  word. 

Week-end  cable  letters  are  now  charged  at  nine- 
pence  per  word  to  the  United  Kingdom  and  Portu- 
gal, yd.  South  African  Union,  7 id.  India,  Ceylon, 
and  Burma,  yd.  Canada.  The  minimum  charge 
on  these  lettergrams  varies  from  15/-  to  the 
United  Kingdom  and  Portugal,  118  Africa  and 
Canada,  and  126  India,  Ceylon,  and  Burma. 

Total  cable  subsidies  paid  by  the  Common- 
wealth in  1913-14  were  £10,650.  The  Postal 
Department  has  established  telephone  services  in 
all  the  capital  cities  and  important  towns  through- 
out the  Commonwealth.  These  in  the  year  19 13 
totalled  1 181  exchanges,  with  a  subscribers'  list 
of  107,553.  ^f"  exclusive  service  the  Govern- 
ment telephone  rental  charges  vary  from  £3  to  £4, 
with  twopence  per  call  under  the  recently-increased 
rates. 


CUSTOMS  AND  TARIFF. 


UNDER  the  Constitution,  uniform  rates  of 
Customs  duties  are  now  imposed,  with  free 
trade  between  the  Australian  States. 

The  responsibility  of  shipowners,  charterers, 
masters,  or  agents  in  regard  to  goods  carried  by 
sea  has  been  defined  by  a  Federal  Act  of  Parlia- 
ment since  1905.  An  Act  relating  to  Secret  Com- 
missions, Rebates,  and  Profits  was  passed  in  the 
same  year,  together  with  an  Act  "to  compel  the 
placing  of  a  proper  description  on  certain  pre- 
scribed goods,  on  packages  containing  the  same, 
being  imports  or  exports  of  the  Commonwealth." 

"An  Act  for  the  Preservation  of  Australian  In- 
dustries and  for  the  Repression  of  Destructive 
Monopolies"  was  embodied  in  the  Federal 
Statutes  in  1906.  This  Act  is  aimed  at  trusts 
and  combinations  in  trade  or  commerce,  injurious 
or  detrimental  to  the  public.  It  has  been  amended 
in  1908,   1909-1910. 

"Preferential  duties  of  Customs  on  certain 
goods  the  produce  or  manufacture  of  the  British 
Colonies  or  Protectorates  in  South  Africa"  were 
agreed  to  in  1906. 


The  Customs  Tariff  Act  of  1908,  repealed  pre- 
vious tariffs  and  imposed  new  rates  of  .duties,  with 
preference  on  certain  goods  "the  produce  or  manu- 
facture of  the  United  Kingdom." 

The  Customs  Act  of  19 10  gives  the  Customs 
control  of  all  goods  for  export,  the  exportation 
of  which  is  subject  to  compliance  with  any  con- 
dition or  restriction  under  any  Act  or  regulation, 
extends  the  machinery  provisions  for  the  preven- 
tion of  the  importation  or  exportation  of  goods 
which  are  prohibited  imports  or  exports  respec- 
tively, amends  the  provisions  for  the  payment 
of  duty  under  protest,  gives  the  Governor-General 
power  to  prescribe  the  nature,  size,  and  material 
of  the  coverings  for  packages,  and  the  maximum 
or  minimum  weight  or  quantity  to  be  contained 
in  any  one  package  of  goods  imported  or  exported, 
or  transported  coastwise  from  one  State  to  an- 
other; the  condition  of  preparation  or  manufac- 
ture for  export  of  any  articles  used  for,  or  in  the 
manufacture  of,  food  or  drink  by  man;  the  con- 
ditions as  to  purity,  soundness,  and  freedom  from 
disease  to  be  conformed  to  by  the  goods  for  ex- 
port. 


I  12 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Ocean  and  Interstate  Liners, 


Customs  and  Excise  yielded  £14,881,070  of 
revenue  during  19 13-14.  After  the  outbreak 
of  war  special  Acts  were  passed  relating  to  trading 
with  the  enemy,  and  stringent  regulations  enforced 
by  proclamation  regarding  Australian  exports  and 
imports. 

A  complete  reorganization  of  all  matters  re- 
lating to  trade  and  production  is  certain. 

At  the  moment  of  writing  it  seems  that  pre- 
ferential duties  will  be  a  first  axiom  in  the  future 
tariff,  that  trade  legislation  will  be  enacted  having 
for  its  object  first  the  development  of  Australian 
trade,  commerce,  and  manufacture,  with  sympa- 
thetic treatment  of  certain  imports  and  manufac- 
tures of  the  Empire  and  its  Allies. 

In  191 2-13 — the  last  year  from  which  normal 
figures  can  be  given — the  total  value  of  oversea 
imports  for  each  inhabitant  of  the  Commonwealth 


was  £16/12/-,  of  exports  £16  7/2.  The  total 
sum  collected  in  duties  on  merchandise,  includ- 
ing spirits  and  tobacco,  was  £12,545,135.  Future 
figures  will  doubtless  show  a  great  diminution  in 
the  annual  value  of  imports  and  a  great  increase 
in  that  of  exports.  Australia,  as  a  producer  of 
food  and  raw  products,  has  hardly  touched  the 
fringe  of  her  possibilities. 

Trade  between  the  Commonwealth  and  the 
Orient  has  greatly  increased  in  volume  since  the 
war,  particularly  in  regard  to  Japan. 

There  is  no  reason  why  amicable  commercial 
relations  should  not  be  sustained  between  the  two 
countries.  Japan  has  need  of  much  Australian 
raw  product.  "Reciprocity,"  according  to  Con- 
fucius, is  the  one  word  likely  to  express  all  virtues. 
It  is  a  term  which  can  surely  be  applied  as  between 
Japan  and  Australia. 


FKDKRAL    ADMINISTRATION 


iM 


and  Ferry-Boats  on  Sydney  Harbor 


COMMERCE  AND  FINANCE. 


SHIPPING,  navigation,  quarantine,  light- 
houses, lightships,  beacons,  and  buoys  are 
under  the  control  of  the  Commonwealth. 
On  arrival  of  every  vessel  at  a  port  in  the 
Commonwealth,  whether  from  an  oversea  country 
or  from  another  port  within  the  Commonwealth, 
the  master  is  required  to  deliver  to  the  Customs 
officer  a  form  giving  all  particulars,  necessary  for 
statistical  purposes,  in  regard  to  the  ship,  pas- 
sengers and  crew.  Similarly,  on  departure  from 
a  port,  a  form  containing  corresponding  informa- 
tion is  lodged.  These  forms,  which  provide  a 
complete  record  of  the  movements  of  every  vessel 
in  Commonwealth  waters,  are  at  the  end  of  each 
month  forwarded  by  the  Customs  officer  at  each 


port  to  the  Commonwealth  Bureau  of  Statistics, 
and  furnish  the  material  for  the  compilation  of 
the  shipping  and  migration  returns. 

Entries  and  clearances  during  19 13  amounted 
to  over  ten  and  a  half  million  tons.  Of  this  Ger- 
many was  credited  with  by  far  the  highest  propor- 
tion. 

The  tonnage  entered  at  Sydney  exceeded  that 
of  every  port  in  the  United  Kingdom  except  Lon- 
don, Liverpool-Birkenhead,  Cardiff,  and  the  Tyne 
ports.  The  gross  tonnage  of  vessels  engaged  in 
regular  interstate  and  coastal  services  for  that 
year  throughout  the  Commonwealth  had  reached 
364,937  tons — the  growth  of  61  years. 


114 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Circular  Quay,  Sydney 


Under  the  Constitution,  Federal  governments 
have  power  to  legislate  with  respect  to  banking 
and  the  issue  of  paper-money. 

By  an  Act  passed  in  1910,  the  Treasurer  was 
empowered  to  issue  notes  as  legal  tender  through- 
out the  Commonwealth,  and  redeemable  at  the 
seat  of  Federal  Government.  These  notes  have 
been  issued  at  10/-,  £1,  .£5,  £10,  £20,  £50,  and 
£100. 

There  are  still  23  private  banks  trading  in 
the  Commonwealth  under  various  charters,  four 
of  which  have  their  head  offices  in  London,  but 
the  private  note  issue  has  now  ceased. 

The  Commonwealth  Bank  was  formally  estab- 
lished by  Act  of  Parliament  in  the  latter  part  of 
191 1,  and  opened  in  1 913.  It  received  no  power 
to  issue  notes:  but  has  the  usual  functions  and 
powers  of  a  proprietary  institution. 


This  national  bank  is  controlled  by  a  Governor 
and  Deputy-Governor  appointed  for  seven  years, 
subject  to  correct  administration  and  eligible  for 
re-appointment. 

A  Savings-bank  department  has  been  establishetl 
in  connection  with  its  operations,  and  the  various 
departments  of  Commonwealth  go\ernment  now 
transact  all  their  banking  business  through  it. 

The  total  paid-up  capital  of  all  cheque-paying 
banks  of  Australia  for  19 13-14,  amounted  to 
£31,142,583.  The  total  deposits  for  19 14,  all 
States,  equalled  £163,854,555,  averaging  £34/4/ 7 
per  head  of  the  Australian  population. 

Revenues. — The  Commonwealth  Surplus  Re- 
venue Act  of  1910,  passed  by  the  Fisher  adminis- 
tration for  a  period  of  at  least  ten  years,  provided 
"that  the  Commonwealth  was  to  retain  the  whole 
of  the  Customs  and  Excise  revenue,  and  to  make 


I 


FEDERAL   ADMINISTRATION 


115 


to  the  Government  of  each  State  (by  monthly  in- 
stalments) an  annual  payment,  equal  to  25/-  per 
head  of  the  population  of  the  State.  The  popula- 
tion of  a  State  in  any  financial  year  was  considered, 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  to  be  the  number  esti- 
mated by  the  Commonwealth  Statistician  as  ex- 
isting in  the  State  on  the  31st  December  falling  in 
that  financial  year." 

Bv  the  same  Act  extra  financial  assistance  was 
provided  for  the  States  of  Tasmania  and  West 
Australia,  in  consideration  of  the  sacrifices  made 
by  these  smaller  States  in  yielding  control  of  their 
Customs  revenues  to  the  Commonwealth. 


first  complete  financial  year  to  £21,741,775  for 
1913-14,  or  £4/5/3  per  unit  of  the  population. 

Of  this.  Customs,  Excise,  Postal,  and  Land 
Taxation  contributed  the  greater  proportion. 

A  Federal  Land  Tax  was  first  imposed 
in  1910.  In  the  Budget  of  19 14-15  this 
tax  was  raised  by  altering  the  graduation 
so  that  the  increase  in  rate  over  the  whole 
taxable  value  of  the  estate,  for  each  suc- 
ceeding pound  of  taxable  value  between  £5000 
and  £75,000,  was  one  eighteen-thousand  seven- 
hundred  and  fiftieth  of  a  penny,  instead  of  one 
thirty-thousandth  of  a  penny,  as  hitherto.     The 


The  Law  Courts,  Melbourne 


Under  these  grants  Tasmania  receives  a  first 
annual  instalment  of  £95,000;  then  eight  annual 
payments  of  £90,000  each,  and  a  final  douceur 
of  £85,000. 

Western  Australia  receives  for  ten  years  an 
annual  payment,  beginning  with  £250,000,  and 
progressively  diminishing  by  £10,000  each  subse- 
quent vear. 

One-half  the  amount  was  to  be  detailed  to  all 
the  States  (including  Western  Australia)  in  pro- 
portion to  population. 

The  consolidated  revenue  of  the  Common- 
wealth had  increased  from  £11,296,985    in  the 


maximum  rate  for  resident  owners  now  becomes 
9d.  in  the  £,  on  estates  whose  taxable  value  is 
more  than  £75,000.  Corresponding  increases  in 
the  rates  payable  by  absentee  owners  were  made, 
rising  to  a  maximum  of  lod.  in  the  £  on  estates 
whose  taxable  value  is  more  than  £80,000.  These 
advances  are  estimated  as  likely  to  increase  the 
annual  yield  of  the  Land  Tax  by  £1,000,000. 
In  addition  to  this,  the  Federal  Government  has, 
for  the  first  time,  introduced  succession  duties  on 
estates  of  deceased  persons,  in  additicn  to  those 
already  imposed  by  the  State  Governments.  Fhe 
new  Commonwealth  scale  of  succession  duty,  after 


ii6 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


starting  by  the  exemption  of  all  estates  of  less  than 
£1000,  ranges  from  a  minimum  of  i  per  cent,  to 
a  maximum  of  15  per  cent,  on  estates  of  a  higher 
taxable  value  than  £71,000. 

The  Federal  revenue  from  Land  Taxation  for 
the  Commonwealth  was  £1,459,962  for  the  year 
ending  30th  June,  1913. 

Patents,  Trade  Marks,  Copyright,  and  Designs 
are  vested  in  the  Commonwealth.  The  total  re- 
venue from  these  for  the  year  mentioned  fell 
short  of  thirty  thousand  pounds.  It  is  possible 
that  amending  legislation  dealing  with  these 
matters  will  receive  legislative  consideration 
when  the  question  of  Trade  and  Tariff  are  re- 
vised at  the  conclusion  of  the  war. 

Acts  for  the  enforcement  of  arbitration  in  in- 
dustrial disputes  are  a  feature  of  Australian  State 
legislation  since  1891.  Conciliation  and  arbitra- 
tion laws  exist  in  each  of  the  States,  which  have 
been  supplemented,  but  not  yet  superseded,  by 
Federal  legislation. 

The  Commonwealth  principal  Arbitration  Act 
of  1904  applies  only  to  industrial  disputes  extend- 
ing beyond  the  limits  of  a  single  State. 

Employers  and  employees  may  settle  disputes 
and  establish  conditions  of  labour  by  mutual  agree- 
ments, which,  being  registered,  have  the  force  of 
awards  such  as  are  given  direct  by  the  Courts  in 
cases  referred  to  them  where  the  parties  do  not 
agree. 

In  Commonwealth  administration  the  Court 
consists  of  a  judge  of  the  Federal  High  Court. 
This  Court  may,  on  application  from  an  original 
party,  appoint  two  assessors  at  any  stage  of  the 
dispute. 

Cases  are  brought  before  the  Court  either  by 
employers  or  employees.  The  consent  of  a 
majority  of  a  union  voting  at  a  specially  sum- 
moned meeting  is  necessary  to  the  institution  of 
a  case;  the  Commonwealth  Act  requires  the  cer- 
tificate of  the  registrar  that  it  is  a  proper  case  for 
consideration. 

Australian  industrial  legislation  aims  at  pre- 
venting strikes  and  lockouts  in  relation  to  indus- 
trial disputes,  other  means  of  settlement  being 
provided.  Such  is  the  declared  object  of  the  Com- 
monwealth Acts.  It  is  decreed  that  no  person  or 
organisation  shall,  on  account  of  any  industrial 
dispute,  do  anything  in  the  nature  of  a  strike  or 
lockout,  or  continue  any  strike  or  lockout,  under  a 
penalty  of  £1000.  The  Court  may  fix  and  enforce 
penalties  for  breaches  of  awards,  restrain  contra- 
ventions of  the  Acts,  and  exercise  all  the  usual 
powers  of  a  court  of  law. 

The  Commonwealth  Court  may  prescribe  a 
minimum  rate  of  wage;  it  may  also,  as  regards 
employment,  direct    that    preference  of  employ- 


ment or  service  shall  be  given  to  members  of 
unions.  An  opportunity  is  offered  for  objection 
to  a  preference  order,  and  the  Court  must  be 
satisfied  that  preference  is  desired  by  a  majority 
of  the  persons  affected  by  the  award  who  have  in- 
terests in  common  with  the  applicants. 

The  Commonwealth  Court  is  to  bring  about  an 
amicable  agreement,  if  possible  to  conciliate  and 
not  to  arbitrate,  and  such  agreement  may  be  made 
an  award.  In  order  to  prevent  a  matter  coming 
into  dispute,  the  President  of  the  Commonwealth 
Arbitration  Court  may  convene  a  compulsory 
conference  under  his  own  presidency.  Attendance 
of  persons  summoned  to  attend  is  compulsory. 
Provision  is  made  in  the  recent  Act,  whereby,  if 
there  is  no  settlement  arrived  at  in  the  confer- 
ence, the  President  may  refer  the  matter  to  the 
Court  and  then  arbitrate  on  it. 

1  here  are  four  ways  in  which  a  matter  may  be 
brought  before  the  Court — 

(a)  By  the  registrar  certifying  that  it  is  a 
dispute  proper  to  be  dealt  with  by  the 
Court  in  the  public  interest. 

(b)  By  the  parties,  or  one  of  them,  submit- 
ting the  dispute  to  the  Court  by  plaint  in 
the  prescribed  manner. 

(c)  By  a  State  Industrial  Authority,  or  the 
Governor-in-Council  of  a  State  in  which 
there  is  no  such  authority,  requesting  the 
Court  to  adjudicate. 

(d)  By  the  President  referring  to  the  Court 
a  dispute  as  to  which  he  has  held  a  con- 
ference without  an  agreement  being 
reached. 

All  parties  represented  are  bound  by  the  award, 
and  also  all  parties  within  the  ambit  of  a  common 
rule.  The  Court  possesses  full  powers  for  en- 
forcement of  awards. 

Uniformity  of  industrial  legislation  is  gradually 
being  achieved  throughout  Australia.  It  is  gene- 
rally recognized  by  capitalists  and  workers  that 
if  the  principle  of  arbitration  can  be  successfully 
employed,  it  is  a  far  better  and  more  humane 
method  of  settling  industrial  troubles  than  that 
of  strikes  and  lockouts. 

If  by  mischance  a  man  or  woman  fails  in  life's 
battle  in  this  gracious  land  of  freedom  and 
humanity,  they  are  not  penalized  for  misfortune 
nor  driven  to  end  their  days  as  mendicants  in 
some  cold  and  cheerless  institution.  They  may, 
as  a  common  right  of  Australian  citizenship,  avail 
themselves  of  the  provisions  of  a  Federal  old- 
age  pension,  which,  although  small,  is  yet  suffi- 
cient to  keep  them  from  destitution.        Since  its 


I 


a 
•a 
>> 
m 


s 
o 


i 


117 


ii8 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


inauguration,  years  ago,  this  system  has  brought 
consolation  to  some  thousands  of  deserving 
people,  and  pending  a  fuller  legislative  accept- 
ance of  the  humanitarian  doctrine  that  poverty  is 
a  social  rather  than  an  individual  crime,  the  Old- 
Age  Pensions  Act  will  continue  to  fill  a  beneficent 
purpose. 

The  Commonwealth  Invalid  and  Old-Age  Pen- 
sions Act  came  into  operation  in  1909-1910.  The 
general  administration  of  the  Act  is,  subject  to  the 
control  of  the  Minister,  placed  in  the  hands  of  the 
Commissioner  of  Pensions,  who  is  assisted  by  a 
Deputy  Commissioner  appointed  in  each  State. 
Power  is  given  to  the  Commissioner  and  the 
Deputy  Commissioners  to  summon  witnesses,  re- 
ceive evidence  on  oath,  and  require  the  production 
of  documents  for  the  purposes  of  the  Act. 

Each  State  is  divided  into  districts,  each  of 
which  is  placed  in  charge  of  a  Registrar,  whose 
duties  consist  in  receiving  and  investigating  pen- 
sion claims  and  in  keeping  such  books  and  registers 
as  are  required  for  carrying  out  the  provisions  of 
the  Act. 

The  number  of  old  age  pensioners  in  Australia 
represents  about  i  5  per  cent,  of  the  total  popula- 
tion. 

Persons  of  good  character  who  have  resided  in 
the  Commonwealth  for  20  years,  and  who  do  not 
possess  accumulated  property  in  or  out  of  Aus- 
tralia worth  £310,  and  who  have  passed,  for 
women,  their  60th  year,  for  men,  65,  may  apply 
for  and  receive  an  old-age  pension. 

The  rate  of  pension  payable,  whether  for  old- 
age  or  invalidity,  is  required  by  the  Act  to  be 
determined  by  the  Commissioner  or  one  of  the 
Deputy  Commissioners,  and  is  to  be  fixed  at  such 
amount  as  he  deems  reasonable  and  sufficient,  hav- 
ing regard  to  all  the  circumstances  of  the  case, 
but  must  not  exceed  £26  per  annum  in  any  event, 
nor  be  at  such  a  rate  as  will  make  the  pensioner's 
income,  together  with  pension,  exceed  £52  per 
annum. 

l*"or  an  invalid  pension  the  age  qualification  is 
attainment  of  the  age  of  sixteen  years  if  accom- 
panied by  permanent  incapacitation  for  work. 

For  an  invalid  pension  continuous  residence  for 
at  least  five  years  is  required.  In  neither  case, 
however,  is  continuous  residence  in  Australia 
deemed  to  have  been  interrupted  by  occasional 
absences  not  exceeding  in  the  aggreggate  one- 
tenth  of  the  total  period  of  residence.  The  appli- 
cant for  any  pension  must  be  residing  In  Australia 
on  the  date  when  he  makes  his  claim,  and  in  the 
case  of  an  invalid  pension  must  have  been  incapa- 
citated while  in  Australia. 


Payments  received  by  way  of  benefit  from  any 
registered  friendly  society,  or  during  illness,  In- 
firmity, or  old  age  from  any  trade  union,  provident 
society,  or  other  society  or  association,  are  not,  for 
the  purposes  of  the  Commonwealth  Act,  treated 
as  Income.  As  regards  accumulated  property, 
the  pension  is  subject  to  a  deduction  of  £1  per 
annum  for  every  complete  £10  by  which  the  net 
capital  value  of  the  property  exceeds  £50.  Also, 
if  both  husband  and  wife  are  pensioners  (except 
when  they  are  living  apart  pursuant  to  any  decree, 
judgment,  order,  or  deed  of  separation),  the  de- 
duction in  the  case  of  each  of  them  shall  be  £1 
for  every  complete  £10  by  which  the  net  capital 
value  of  the  accumulated  property  exceeds  £25. 
From  the  capital  value  of  accumulated  property  Is 
deducted  the  capital  \a\ue  of  a  home  in  which 
the  pensioner  permanently  resides,  and  all  charges 
and  encumbrances  existing  on  the  property,  other 
than  the  home. 

In  19 14  there  were  only  87,780  old-age  and 
16,865  invalid  pensioners  in  Australia  out  of  the 
whole  population.  The  total  amount  disbursed 
was  £2,579,265.  In  its  invalid  and  old-age  pen- 
sions scheme  Australia  makes  more  liberal  pension 
provision  than  any  other  country  in  the  world. 

In  1912  the  Federal  Parliament  enacted  that  in 
future  a  maternity  allowance  of  £5  should  be 
payable  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  to 
every  woman  resident  of  the  Commonwealth  who 
gives  birth  to  a  child  in  Australia  or  on  board 
an  interstate  vessel.  Asiatics,  aboriginals, 
Papuans,  and  Pacific  Islanders  are  excepted. 

For  1913-14  the  total  payments  in  the  Com- 
monwealth under  this  Act  reached  £412,780. 

By  the  enactment  of  the  Commerce  (Trade 
Descriptions)  Act  1905,  the  Quarantine  Acts 
1908  and  19 1 2,  and  the  Customs  Act  1910,  the 
Commonwealth  Government  has  taken  the  first 
steps  towards  the  exercise  of  its  constitutional 
powers  for  the  protection  of  the  public  health. 
All  these  Acts  are  administered  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Trade  and  Customs. 

In  all  the  States  Public  Health  Acts  exist,  and 
are  in  most  places  rigidly  enforced. 


Naturalization  came  under  Federal  control  in 
1904.  This  Is  a  matter  which,  in  the  light  of 
events,  will  probably  come  up  for  revision.  Be- 
fore the  outbreak  of  the  European  war  the  grant 
of  a  certificate  of  naturalization  entitled  the  re- 
cipient within  the  Commonwealth  to  all  rights  and 
privileges  of  a  native-born  citizen.  Aboriginal 
natives  of  Asia,    Africa,   or  the   Pacific   Islands, 


FEDERAL   ADMINISTRATION 


119 


excepting  New  Zealand,  were  barred.  By  far 
the  greater  number  of  applicants  had  been  Ger- 
man. 

The  regulation  of  immigration  into  Australia 
is  in  the  hands  of  the  Commonwealth,  which 
exercises  great  care  in  this  direction. 

Desirable  immigrants  have  always  been  wel- 
comed, but  people  suffering  from  transmissible 
diseases  or  who  are  mentally  deficient,  criminals 


and  others  regarded  as  undesirable  are  prohibited. 
It  is  likely  that  immigration  laws  as  they 
apply  to  certain  aliens  will  be  modified.  'I'he 
spirit  of  this  particular  regulation  has  been  pro- 
tective rather  than  antagonistic.  It  has  never 
been  meant,  as  far  as  Australian  public  opinion 
is  concerned,  to  exclude  individuals  from  the  Com- 
monwealth whose  racial  standards  approximate  to 
our  own. 


IMMIGRATION. 


AS  an  example  of  the  prosperity  of  the  Com- 
monwealth during  19 13,  it  was  shown  by 
vital  statistics  published  in  April  of  19 14, 
that  marriages  had  increased  80  per  cent,  over 
the  preceding  year.  In  12  years  the  average 
death-rate  had  fallen  from  12.22  of  every  thou- 
sand to  10.78,  while  the  birth-rate  had  increased 
by  over  28  per  cent. 

Although  no  country  engaged  has  suffered  less 
material  loss  than  Australia,  it  did  not  require  a 
general  European  war  to  convince  a  majority  of 
Australians  that  the  main  plank  in  their  national 
platform  was  effective  oraipation  and  develop- 
ment of  national  resources. 


For  the  carrying  out  of  this  vital  policy,  a 
greater  population  is  essential.  Various  mea- 
sures had  been  taken  by  some  of  the  State  and 
Federal  Governments  to  bring  the  attractions  and 
opportunities  of  the  Commonwealth  forward,  and 
a  steady  stream  of  immigrants  from  Great  Bri-. 
tain  and  Europe  was  pouring  in  when  the  crash  of 
Empires  began. 

Arrangements  had  been  made  by  nearly  all 
State  Governments  with  various  shipping  com- 
panies, whereunder  substantial  reductions  in  fares 
were  made  to  immigrants.  These  reductions  are 
generally  granted  to  all  persons  desiring  to  settle 
on  the  land  or  engaging  in  any  form  of  rural  in- 


■  Welcome  and  Good-bye,"  on  Port  Melbourne  Pier 


I20 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


dustry,  to  domestic  servants,  and  to  any  others 
who  satisfy  one  of  the  several  Agents-General  in 
London  that  they  will  make  suitable  settlers.  Pro- 
vision had  also  been  made  whereby  settlers  might 
nominate  their  relatives  or  friends  for  passage  to 
Australia  at  greatly  reduced  rates. 

On  arrival  of  ships  conveying  immigrants, 
Government  officers  made  themselves  acquainted 
with  the  requirements  and  capabilities  of  the  pas- 
sengers, who  were  assisted  in  every  possible  way 
to  get  a  fair  start  in  the  land  of  their  adoption. 
This  system  will  necessarily  be  reverted  to  in  con- 
nection with  future  immigration  schemes,  for  the 
protection  and  assistance  of  the  new  arrivals  and 
also  to  prevent  any  dislocation  of  the  labor 
market. 

Intending  settlers  are  taken  in  hand  by  officers 
of  the  Lands  Department.  Their  interests  are 
specially  studied  by  the  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture, and  they  are  naturally  encouraged  to 
become  successful  primary  producers.  For  this 
class  of  immigrant  Australia  will  hold  unequalled 
opportunities  for  a  hundred  years  or  more. 

Apart  from  various  Government  schemes  for 
assisting  immigration  and  increasing  settlement 
and  production  in  Australia,  several  private 
associations  and  syndicates  have  taken  a  hand  in 
this  all-important  national  movement. 

The  British  Immigration  League  has  been  par- 
ticularly active.  In  connection  with  this  institu- 
tion a  Land  Settlement  scheme  was  organised.  Not 
more  than  six  per  cent,  interest  was  to  be  received 
by  those  who  subscribed  money,  and  provisions 
were  made  for  advancing  the  whole  of  the  pas- 
sage-money, if  necessary,  to  eligible  settlers.  City 
youths  were  to  be  trained  for  rural  occupations. 
Army  service  men  and  retired  or  discharged  sol- 
diers have  been  specially  sought  for  by  the  per- 
sons interested  in  this  scheme. 

Many  plans  for  settling  retired  and  wounded 
soldiers  on  the  land  in  Australia  are  under  earnest 
consideration,  as  this  is  being  written.  The  Com- 
monwealth has  plenty  of  room,  and  a  friendly  wel- 
come for  such  immigrants.  Provided  they  are 
not  physically  incapacitated,  thousands  of  these 
trained  men  can  be  converted  into  successful  pro- 
ducers. 

The  Federal  Government  appointed  Mr.  J. 
C.  Watson,  an  ex-Prime  Minister  of  the  Com- 
monwealth, to  organize  a  scheme  for  the  employ- 
ment of  returned  soldiers.  Mr.  Watson's 
functions  have  been  mainly  to  secure  co-ordination 
among  .various  special  agencies  which  it  is  pro- 
posed shall  be  established  by  the  State  Govern- 
ments (1916). 

Various  large  landowners  in  the  eastern  States 
have  made  generous  offers  to  assist  the  objects 
of  the  movement.       Some  have  even  placed  por- 


tions of  their  estates  at  the  disposal  of  the  Govern- 
ment, besides  making  donations  and  concessions  to 
the  same  end.  In  New  South  Wales  landed 
people  offered  to  accept  long-dated  Government 
bonds  for  their  holdings  on  fair  terms  of  sale. 
These  schemes  for  finding  land  for  soldiers — first, 
our  own,  and  later  no  doubt  for  soldiers  of  the 
Empire  and  its  Allies — has  received  popular  ap- 
proval throughout  Australia.  Further,  all  those 
pastoralists  who  have  co-operated  in  the  publi- 
cation of  this  volume,  and  whose  names  and 
addresses  may  be  found  in  the  Pastoral  Section 
of  Aiistralui  Unlimited,  express  their  willingness 
to  answer  legitimate  enquiries  from  intending 
settlers  abroad. 

Our  civilian  community  recognizes  that  those 
who  have  voluntarily  fought  in  this  war  are  help- 
ing to  preserve  this  country  for  liberty  and 
democracy,  and  their  services  in  the  cause  of 
humanity  shall  not  be  forgotten. 

The  war  has  aroused  a  spirit  of  freedom  and 
adventure  in  civil  life  in  Europe  which  Australia 
hopes  will  benefit  our  interests  and  equally  the 
interests  of  our  international  friends.  No  other 
land  can  offer  the  awakened  souls  of  men  a 
continuation  of  that  open  life  for  which  the 
adventure  of  war  has  given  them  a  taste. 

There  are  further  conquests  to  be  made  in 
Australia  by  those  who  have  felt  the  thrill  of 
action  on  fields  of  war;  conquests  less  exciting  and 
gory,  but  bringing  more  permanent  and  satisfac- 
tory results.  Apart  from  this,  there  is  the  great 
question  of  the  re-organization,  and  re-establish- 
ment on  impregnable  foundations,  of  the  British 
Empire. 

Lord  Willoughby  de  Broke,  in  a  letter  to  the 
Secretary  of  the  British  Immigration  League  of 
Australia,  has  stated  this  aspect  of  the  case  with 
judgment.  "Our  chief  Imperial  wealth,"  he 
says,  "consists  of  men,  women,  and  land.  The 
development  and  distribution  of  these  human  and 
agricultural  resources  are  supremely  important. 
It  is  essential  that  we  should  regulate  what  Dr. 
Saleeby,  with  profound  truth,  in  his  lectures  on 
'War  and  Race  Regeneration,'  calls  'Our  \ital 
imports  and  exports.'  We  should  regulate  them 
so  as  to  redress  the  disproportion  both  of  the  sexes 
to  one  another  and  of  the  population  to  the  square 
mile  in  different  parts  of  the  Empire.  The 
marked  excess  of  one  sex  over  the  other  is  op- 
posed to  national  welfare.  In  the  British  Isles 
women  outnumber  men.  In  Australia,  Canada, 
and  South  Africa,  men  outnumber  women.  In 
the  oversea  dominions  the  density  of  the  popula- 
tion to  the  square  mile  forms  an  alarming  contrast 
to  that  of  the  United  Kingdom. 

"Nor  can  any  country  thrive  where  there  are 
too  many  dwellers  in  the  towns,  and  too  few  on 


FEDERAI.    ADMINISTRATION 


121 


The  First  Unit  of  the  Royal  Australian  Navy 
Entering  Sydney  Harbor  on  October  3,  1913 

(l-'rom  the  Pahiliiix  I'y  A.    H '.  lUirncss  in  the  Sydney  fubltc  library.) 

the  land      In  linglaiui  the  towns  are  overcrowded,  hy  boys  and  girls,  and  release,  to  the  great  relief 

and  in  all  of  his  Majesty's  dominions,  beginning  at  of  the  rates,  some  thousands  of  workers  who  are 

home,   there   are   not  nearly   enough   people   cul-  now  kept  in  the  workhouse  because  their  proper 

tivatmgthe  sod.    The  earth  of  the  British  Empire  situations  are  filled  by  better  men  and  lads  who 

has  not  yet  been  made  to  bring  forth  her  increase,  would  migrate  if  they  could  find  the  fare.      There 

Imperial  agriculture  is  the  most  vital  of  all  our  is  work  for  all,  and  there  are  plenty  of  defenders 

industries.      After  the  war  is  over,  the  science  and  when  the  population  of  the  Empire  is  properly 

art  of  cultivating  the  earth  will  be  more  valuable  distributed." 

than  ever.       There  can  be  no  finer  object  than  to         q„o„^: c-    d-j      it  j        u-       •    •         r 

,  1  ^  .  '      .     ,        ,  speeding  bir  Kider  Haggard  on  his  mission  of 

enable  our  race  to  enter  upon  its  vast  aencultura  •       ^      \     ^    v      -c     i  /-  -j       hf^-    l 

•   ,      -^  ,,  ^  vasL  dgiiLuuurai  enquiry  to  Australia,  Earl  Grey  said: —  If  the 

inheritance.  i-      •      •    .  •  ■  i 

,  .         ,     ,         ,    r  ,         ■  ,       .     „  limpire  is  to  continue,  there  must  be  great  inter- 

In    a    series  of   thoughtful    articles    in  Sydney  n^igration  between  England  and  the  Dominions. 

Mornuxg  Herald  on  the  War  and  Immigration,  -phe  settlement  of  vacant  Dominion  lands  with  Bri- 

Mr.  1.  ijedgwick  says: — 

"Australia  has  been  made  what  she  is  by  a  mil- 
lion immigrants  and  their  descendants.      The  land 


was  always  here,  but  during  the  last  century  the 
presence  of  population  has  made  her  worth  two 
thousand  million  pounds,  whereas  formerly  she 
was  worth  nothing.  Were  the  horizon  clear  we 
could  afford  to  wait  patiently  until  the  present 
population  had  multiplied  and  covered  her  vast 
areas,  but  population  elsewhere  is  moving  and 
increasing  at  infinitely  greater  ratios  than  are  the 
people  of  the  Commonwealth. 

"Encouraging  immigration  from  Great  Britain 
would  go  far  to  helping  the  motherland  and  her 
people,  who  suffer  from  the  effects  of  an  over- 
crowded labour  market,  and  all  its  attendant  evils. 
Increased  migration  to  Australia  would  increase 
the  food  supply  at  home,  multiply  the  demand  for 
her  exports,   even  after  allowing  for  the  effects 


tons  will  contribute  to  the  strength  and  safety  of 
the  Empire." 

The  whole  problem  of  Empire  development 
will  doubtless  be  worked  out  in  the  light  of  new 
and  unexpected  experiences.  But  the  future 
stability,  power,  and  security  of  British  civilization 
depend  far  more  upon  the  effective  occupation  and 
development  of  the  continent  of  Australia  than 
politicians  in  either  London  or  Melbourne  have 
hitherto  realized. 

With  even  twenty  millions  of  such  people  as 
sent  their  deathless  legion  to  the  Dardanelles, 
Australia  would  not  only  be  seciire  against  all 
invaders,  but  would  become  such  a  bulwark  of 
Empire  as  the  most  ardent  Imperialist  has  hardly 
dared  to  dream  of. 

One  feels  certain  that  this  all-important  ques- 
tion  will    henceforward    receive    attention    from 


of  the  new  Customs  tariff,  and  reduce  the  number  those  wise  and  serious  intellects  upon  whom  the 
of  workers.  It  would  give  the  older  people  a  onerous  burdens  of  building  the  future  house  of 
chance  to  get  employment  in  situations  now  filled     Empire  depends. 


\ 


L0UI5   E530N 


RODERIC    QU\t\H 


ARCH  9.  T.  STRONG 


122 


^'23) 


Melbourne  Public  Library   and  Museum. 


SOCIAL  AND  INTELLECTUAL  LIFE. 


IN  Australia  there  are  no  aristocratic  classes. 
Possessors  of  money  being  fairly  frequent 
and  exceptionally  rich  people  rather  rare,  the 
evolution  of  a  plutocracy  has  been  checked. 

The  actual  owner  of  millions  is  rarely  regarded 
with  reverential  or  approving  eyes. 

In  the  cities  money  makes,  to  some  extent,  a 
class  of  its  own.  In  the  bush  social  barriers  are 
practically  non-existent. 

Caste  and  conservatism  are  abhorrent  to  Aus- 
tralian custom.  If  there  is  any  local  standard 
for  gauging  a  man's  worth,  it  will  be  good- 
citizenship,  prominent  public  services,  benefaction 
to  philanthropic  and  educational  institutions. 

Unfortunately  there  is  yet  very  little  artistic 
or  intellectual  association. 

Artistic  or  literary  achievement,  even  scientific 
accomplishment,  Australians  have  in  the  past  held 
in  rather  slight  regard. 

There  are  indications,  however,  that  Australian 
culture  and  Australian  intellectual  worth  are 
coming  into  their  own. 

Once  it  was  unfashionable  to  recognize  Aus- 
tralian science,  applaud  Australian  literary  effort, 
or  praise  the  work  of  Australian  artists. 


A  persistent  preference  for  the  foreign  article 
so  discouraged  local  genius  that  it  grew  timid 
and  deprecatory,  or  else  fell  a  prey  to  a  melan- 
choly which  re-acted  upon  all  its  aesthetic  output. 

The  cultivation  of  a  distinctive  Australian  sen- 
timent was  not  encouraged  by  our  higher  schools 
and  universities.  The  tendency  was  to  import 
all  our  professors  and  educational  experts,  our 
scientists,  editors,  and  specialists,  many  of  whom 
were  entirely  unfamiliar  with  Australia's  mental 
outlook,  antagonistic  by  environment  and  early 
training  towards  our  social  and  political  ambi- 
tions, and  unsympathetic  to  native  ideals. 

Australian  writers  of  my  own  generation  have 
felt  most  keenly  the  lofty  and  contemptuous 
patronage  of  pedagogic  critics. 

We  have  loved  our  young  country  and  realized 
her.  In  spite  of  social  and  monetary  disadvan- 
tages, under  which  we  all  labored,  we  have  en- 
deavoured, to  the  best  of  our  abilities,  to  express 
our  free  and  glorious  motherland. 

A  few  years  ago  a  little  group  of  writers  and 
associate  artists,  who  mostly  found  expression 
through  the  Sydney  "Bulletin,"  struck  the  first 
definite  national  note  in  Australian  literary  and 


114 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


artistic  thought.  Their  influence  has  grown 
beyond  expectation. 

The  lessons  of  the  war  have  been  costly;  but 
they  have  taught  Australians  that  their  race  is  a 
virile  one,  capable  of  giving  a  lead  in  the  new 
progressive  movements  of  to-morrow. 

In  the  light  of  these  revelations  we  look  for- 
ward to  a  greater  intellectual  achievement  in 
Australia  from  now  onward.  Literary  and 
artistic  genius  of  the  next  generation  will  not 
suffer  the  neglect  and  opposition  which  made  life's 
highway  more  flinty  to  our  feet. 


In  those  days  the  social  standing  of  a  cele- 
brated Australian  artist  or  author  will  be  at  least 
as  high  as  that  of  the  German  manager  of  a 
cement  factory.  The  presence  of  intellectuals 
at  public  functions  will  be  considered  as  desirable 
by  Ministerial  secretaries  and  such  small  func- 
tionaries, as  that  of  retired  liquor  retailers  and 
political  nondescripts. 

Despite  its  handicaps,  the  inventive,  artistic, 
musical  and  literary  genius  of  the  Commonwealth 
has  not  been  inactive.  During  the  last  twenty 
years  its  production  has  steadily  increased. 


The  Mitchell  Library,  Sydney. 


At  least  an  unpatriotic  anti-Australian  senti- 
ment will  not  hobble  their  efforts. 

Old  prejudices  will  be  gone.  Ugly  old  an- 
tagonisms will  no  longer  be  allowed  to  lift  their 
heads  and  hiss  envenomed  contempt. 

Pictures  painted  by  Australian  artists  will  be 
preferred.  Books  published  in  Australia  will 
not  enter  into  such  hopeless  competition  with  the 
presses  of  the  old  world. 

Our  successors  will  be  encouraged  to  express 
Australia.  It  is  possible  that  a  majority  of 
them  will  be  enabled  to  reap  an  adequate  harvest 
from  their  life's  efforts. 


Turning  to  the  pages  of  Fr.ed.  Johns's  Annual 
— -the  "Who's  Who"  of  Australasia — we  find 
many  famed  and  familiar  names  of  men  and 
women  yet  in  the  flesh  who  have  "done  their  bit" 
for  the  intellectual  development  of  the  Australian 
nation. 

Among  them,  pre-eminent,  that  of  my  old 
schoolfellow  and  life-long  literary  contemporary, 
Roderic  Quinn,  many  of  whose  dainty  lyrics  have 
in  them  a  quality  which,  among  English  poets,  is 
only  equalled  by  John  Keats.  Quinn's  imperish- 
able work  has  not  yet  received  the  recognition 
it  deserves,  save  from  discriminating  critics  like 


'''^a5Sr5^^ 


125 


126 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Princess  Theatre,  Melbourne, 


Le  Gallienne  and  Yeats.  But  it  will  live  in  the 
literature  of  Australia  when  more  popular  verse 
has  passed  into  oblivion. 

Among  living  prose  writers  of  the  Continent 
the  natural  genius  of  Henry  Lawson  has  made 
him  celebrated.  Although  one  disagrees  with 
Lawson's  outlook,  one  finds  in  his  work  a  delight- 
ful native  art,  a  profound  sympathy,  and  a  fine 
patriotism.  While  Lawson's  earlier  bush  pic- 
tures and  characters  usually  depict  passing  phases 
of  pioneer  life,  they  are  in  themselves  literary 
gems  of  an  eminently  readable  character. 

In  the  newer  school  of  cheerful  and  more 
authentic  descriptive  writers  Randolph  Bed- 
ford, Mrs.  Aeneas  Gunn,  E.  J.  Banfield  and  C. 
E.  W.  Bean  appeal  to  the  Australian  with  a 
knowledge  of  his  country. 

Louis  Esson,  after  the  methods  of  the  Celtic 
Repertory  School,  has  chosen  the  dramatic  form 
of  expression.  Privileged  to  read  over  a  volume 
of  Esson's  short  Australian  plays  in  manuscript 
recently,  one  formed  the  conclusion  that  he  is 
quietly  doing  work  for  Australia  which  will  later 
on  have  a  high  historical  value. 

Amidst  the  more  scholastic  group  one  notices 
the  fine  poetic  genius  of  David  McKee  Wright, 
Ruth    Bedford,    Dorothea    Mackellar,    Bernard 


O'Dowd,  John  Le  Gay  Brereton,  Enid  Derham, 
Christopher  Brennan,  Archibald  Strong,  George 
Gordon  McCrae,  Dorothy  and  Hugh  McCrae, 
Dowell  O'Reilly,  Professor  W.  A.  Osborne,  J. 
B.  O'Hara,  and  still  the  list  is  by  no  means 
complete. 

Professor  Gilbert  Murray  occupies  a  niche  to 
himself  alongside  Professor  (jrafton  Elliot  Smith 
— two  men  of  which  any  young  country  might  be 
justly  proud.  Professor  Ernest  Scott  and  Dr. 
W.  H.  Fitchett  stand  for  historical  literature 
and  diplomatic  journalism.  Ambrose  Pratt, 
Louis  Stone,  A.  B.  Paterson,  Steele  Rudd, 
Edward  Dyson,  Mrs.  Campbell  Praed,  J. 
H.  Abbott,  Ethel  Turner,  E.  S.  Emer- 
son, Mary  Grant  Bruce,  C.  J.  Dennis,  Randolph 
Bedford,  Vance  Palmer,  Katharine  Prichard, 
Louise  Mack,  Donald  Macdonald,  are  all  well- 
known  and  deservedly  popular  Australian  writers. 
There  are  many  other  brilliant  possibilities  among 
younger  aspirants  to  the  fame  of  letters. 

Prominent  among  the  earlier  generations  stand 
Marcus  Clarke,  Rolf  Boldrewood,  Louis  Becke, 
Lindsay  Gordon,  Henry  Kendall  and  Victor  J. 
Daley. 

The  last  name  deserves  more  than  mere  men- 
tion.       Daley,  as  a  poet  and  prose  writer,  was 


Q5CflR    ^'^ 


•5TBW/W 


127 


128 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


probably  without  equal  in  his  own  period.  He 
has  left  a  precious  heritage  of  more  than  one 
volume  of  polished  and  artistic  verse,  and,  when 
Australian  Literature  comes  to  its  own,  his  col- 
lected prose  will  make  a  small  library  of  delightful 
reading. 

Among  artists  Australia  has  produced  cele- 
brities like  Bertram  Mackennal,  Rupert  Bunny, 
John  Longstaff,  Thea  Proctor,  Cieorge  Lambert, 
Mortimer  Menpes,  Hans  Heysen,  Frederick 
McCubbin,  Percy  Spence,  E.  Phillips  Fox,  Mel- 
drum,  Edward  Officer,  Piguenit,  Norman  and 
Lionel  Lindsay,  Will  Dyson,  Arthur  Streeton, 
Julian  Ashton,  Bess  Norris,  Tom  Roberts,  J.  S. 
Watkins,  Mrs.  Ellis  Rowan,  Florence  Rodway, 
Norman  Carter,  Margaret  Baskerville,  John 
Shirlow,  Sid  Long,  and  scores  of  others.  The 
fame  of  some  has  so  far  been  confined  to  local 
audiences,  who  are  rapidly  learning  to  appreciate 
them;  others  have  achieved  celebrity  in  Europe. 

Europe,  too,  discovered  Melba,  Ada  Crossley, 
Percy  Grainger,  Lalla  Miranda,  Amy  Castles, 
Peter  Dawson,  Oscar  Asche,  Amy  Sherwin,  Alice 
Crawford,  Madge  Titheradge,  and  many  others 
whose  names  are  world-familiar  in  the  realms  of 
the  musical  and  dramatic  arts. 

Many  more  dramatic  celebrities  viic/hl  ha\e 
been  produced  if  encouragement  had  been  given 
to  Australian  talent. 

In  fields  of  science  and  invention  Australians 
have  done  much.  The  fame  of  Louis  Brennan, 
the  inventor  of  the  monorail  and  Brennan  tor- 
pedo, is  as  widespread  as  that  of  Sir  Douglas 
Mawson,  the  Antarctic  explorer.  With  Mawson 
was  associated  in  his  services  to  science.  Professor 
David,  of  geological  celebrity. 

Professor  Sir  Baldwin  Spencer  has  won  honour 
for  his  researches  in  and  valuable  works  upon 
Australian  anthropology;  Messrs.  E.  J.  Dunn  and 
Dudley  Le  Soeuf  publish  useful  books  on  local 
geology  and  zoology;  Mr.  J.  H.  Maiden  is  the 
leading  authority  on  Australian  botany  and  Mr. 
R.  T.  Baker  is  doing  fine  service  in  economic 
Australian  botany;  both  have  published  valued 
handbooks.  Mr.  E.  E.  Pescott  has  done  much 
to  foster  an  appreciation  of  Victorian  native 
flowers.  Dr.  R.  S.  Rogers  is  the  leading  authority 
on  Australian  orchids,  Mr.  R.  H.  Cambage  is 
working  upon  the  relation  of  the  eucalypts  to 
the  geological  formation  on  which  they  grow; 
Mr.  W.  M.  Bale  is  doing  valuable  scientific  work 
in  relation  to  the  fisheries,  as  are  Messrs.  Fredk. 
Chapman  and  Etheridge  in  local  palaeontology; 
Messrs.  W.  Gillies,  Donald  Macdonald  and 
Charles  Barrett  are  popularising  nature  study;  G. 
W.  Mathews,  Dr.  Leach,  A.  J.  Campbell,  Robert 
Hall,  and  A.  H.  Mattingley  are  equally  prominent 
among  those  who  are  carrying  on  the  pioneering 
work  done  by  John  Gould  in  regard  to  Australian 


birds;  on  butterflies  Messrs.  G.  A.  Waterhouse 
and  G.  Lyell  are  the  local  authorities;  Mr.  W.  W 
Froggatt  is  celebrated  for  his  research  work  in 
entomology,  especially  the  insects  of  the  South 
Seas;  the  mollusca  provide  the  special  field  for 
the  activities  in  conchology  of  Mr.  C.  Hedley, 
and  much  valuable  work  is  being  done  by  Mr.  F. 
B.  Guthrie  in  original  research  in  agricultural 
chemistry,  and  by  Messrs.  A.  E.  V.  Richardson 
and  Hugh  Pye  in  wheat-breeding,  and  Mr.  H.  A 
Hunt  is  rendering  great  service  to  the  country  in 
regard  to  meteorological  observations. 

Less  popular,  but  probably  not  less  gifted,  are 
men  like  Professor  Durack,  Professor  of  Physics 
at  Allahabad  University,  the  first  white  child  born 
on  Cooper's  Creek,  and  other  modest  Australian 
geniuses  whose  names  are  hardly  known  in  the 
wide  Commonwealth  which  gave  them  birth. 

Law  and  justice,  education,  medicine,  surgery, 
engineering,  higher  schools  and  universities,  poli- 
tics, commerce  and  public  institutions  have  all 
produced  Australians  of  merit  and  distinction. 

In  fields  of  athletics  the  name  of  our  cham- 
pions is  legion.  World-famous  cricketers,  foot- 
ballers, rowers,  swimmers,  pugilists,  runners, 
cyclists,  shooters  and  athletes  have  won  the  tran- 
sient laurels  of  superior  physical  skill  or  activity. 

Naturally,  a  sunny  ■  land  where  high  wages., 
short  hours,  and  ideal  industrial  conditions  pre- 
\-ail,  gi\'es  leisure  for  general  exercise  and  de- 
velopment. 

Surf  bathing  is  universally  popular  along  our 
beaches,  and  nowhere  else  can  be  found  such 
splendid  types  of  men  and  women  as  the  glorious 
open  air  life  of  Australia  is  giving  us. 

"Giants,  demi-gods,  and  super-men"  is  how  an 
English  critic  who  saw  the  Australian  legion  at 
Gallipoli  describes  our  brave,  brown  boys. 

Such  men,  mated  to  the  brave  brown  girls  one 
sees  along  the  sands  of  Manly  or  Mordialloc  on 
summer  days,  will  surely  evolve  a  future  race  of 
even  superior  mould. 

With  paternal  governments,  savings  banks, 
friendly  societies,  and  splendid  State  institutions 
behind  them,  decreased  domestic  anxieties  are 
making  healthier  and  happier  households. 

The  world  is  welcome  to  know  that  we  have 
no  time  in  this  country  for  preventable  poverty, 
dirt,  disease,  or  social,  economic,  or  civic  injus- 
tice. 

We  give  our  people  free  educational  opportu- 
nities, and  fairly  even  chances  to  secure  and  enjoy 
— each  and  every  one — a  share  of  human  happi- 
ness and  earthly  success.  We  give  all  adult  men 
and  women  an  equal  voice  in  their  own  govern- 
ment. We  protect,  as  far  as  we  can,  the  indi- 
vidual against  the  State,  and  the  State  against  the 
individual.  We  are  continually  introducing  such 
laws  and  reforms  as  a  majority  of  our  people 


129 


I30 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


consider  to  be  in  the  national  interest.  Under 
conditions  such  as  these,  in  time,  and  with  patrio- 
tic, persistent,  public  encouragement — perhaps 
with  Government  assistance  through  Customs 
and  copyright — we  can  and  doubtless  will  be 
capable  of  intellectual  achievements  such  as  have 
made  Hellenic  civilization  immortal. 

Australia,  too,  may  "build  below  the  tide  of 
war,"  and  base  her  fame  "upon  the  crystalline 
sea  of  Thought  and  its  eternity." 

Visions  of  a  Hellenic  Democracy  in  the  South 
inspired  that  little   group   of  Australian   writers 


who  began  nearly  thirty  years  ago  to  give  to  the 
world  the  first  true  thoughts,  the  first  timid  hopes 
and  dreams  of  their  Motherland. 

Despised  and  opposed  at  first,  they  have  seen 
the  little  Promethean  spark  grow  to  a  steady 
flame. 

When  "Democracy  with  rifle  volleys  death- 
winged"  was  born,  her  cradle  was  made  for  more 
than  one  vigorous  offspring  of  Freedom.  Vision 
has  not  yet  become  reality,  but  in  the  eyes  of 
our  Poets  and  Prophets,  it  is  slowly,  surely, 
grandly  assuming  shape. 


*BS^t»Ja«*:,_a*Siii»*-Jit»iiR»T.*.>-   -■>-',-;-,v->-5,-j»au;;!.:---  ■:  ;■ 

^^^^^^H 

i 

«v  '  ]H 

-i'^j^^^ 

i; 

«    *] 

WMt                 m 

A  Kookaburra    (Laughing  Jackass). 


(  130 


Henley-on-the-Yarra  Regatta. 


OUTDOOR  SPORTS   IN  AUSTRALIA. 


THK  climate  of  all  southern  Australia  is 
favorable  to  athletic  development. 
Golden  beaches  extend  for  thousands  of 
miles  along  its  coastlines.  Brisbane,  Newcastle, 
Sydney,  Melbourne,  Adelaide,  Perth  are  all  either 
directly  on  the  coast  or  within  easy  distance  of 
cooling  surf. 

Our  coastal  populations  are  afforded  continen- 
tal opportunities  for  surfing  and  swimming. 
Their  numbers  are  increased  during  long  summer 
months  by  visitors  from  inland.  Every  public 
holiday  in  summer  sees  the  beaches  by  the  coastal 
cities  and  town  crowded  with  bathers  of  both 
sexes. 

The  system  of  mixed  bathing  has  gradually 
become  popular.  A  decided  improvement  in  the 
physical  stamina  of  city  women  has  resulted. 
The  street-corners  are  no  longer  a  habitat  of  idle 
youngsters,  and  the  moral  tone  of  the  community 
has  correspondingly  improved. 

Before  the  war  Australia  spent  its  spare  time 
and  cash  very  largely  in  sport.  Every  country 
town  had  its  racecourse,  its  cricket  ground,  and 
football  field. 


Apart  from  genuine  athletics — always  a  fine 
thing  for  national  strength  and  sanity — it  must 
be  admitted  there  was  too  much  gambling  sport. 
This  might  be  attributed  to  the  over-prosperity 
of  a  young  people,  but  to  the  serious-minded 
citizen  it  threatened  to  become  a  national  evil. 

Australia  has  probably  been  cured  of  her  horse- 
racing  and  betting  fever;  but  encouragement  will 
always  be  given  to  sports  which  make  for  indivi- 
dual physique  and  good  health.  In  all  private 
educational  institutions,  in  all  our  State  schools, 
colleges,  and  universities  sport  of  this  character 
is  encouraged.  All  over  the  Commonwealth 
sports  clubs  and  associations  are  open  to  young 
people  of  active  physical  temperament. 

Football  is  a  universally  popular  winter 
pastime;  cricket  has  its  thousands  of  summer 
enthusiasts.  Golf,  bowls,  tennis,  baseball,  la- 
crosse, yachting,  rowing,  swimming,  hunting, 
fishing,  skating,  boxing,  wrestling,  coursing — it 
would  be  difficult  to  find  an  Australian  under  fifty 
years  of  age  who  is  not  interested — if  not  an 
actual  participator — in  one  or  other  or  more  of 
these  amusements. 


132 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


For  those  who  love  the  outdoor  life  and  who 
are  free  to  wander,  there  are  pleasures  of  the 
open  and  the  wild.  The  call  for  fur,  fin,  and 
feather  is  one  which  the  author  himself  has  fol- 
lowed all  over  the  Commonwealth.  Memories 
of  hunting  days  are  the  happiest  of  all.  They 
carry  one  from  the  Adelaide  River,  where  the 
black  buffalo  wallows,  to  the  plains  of  Carnarvon, 
where  the  grey  bustard  roams,  from  Mallacoota 
to  Wilcannia,  from  the  Proserpine  to  the  Wollon- 
dilly,  over  marsh  and  stubble,  through  scrub  and 
bracken,  by  reedy  swamps  and  running  streams, 
over  the  hills  and  plains,  by  cool  lagoons  and 
fresh  and  saltwater  inlets,  through  the  forests  and 


My  father  shot  bison  on  the  prairies  of 
America,  and  wild  bustards  on  the  plains  of 
Australia  with  equal  enthusiasm.  Within  the 
circle  of  his  long  days,  but  recently  ended,  he 
had  harpooned  eight  whales  within  the  Arctic 
Circle  and  hooked  black  bream  in  Hawkes- 
bury  River.  He  had  taken  his  fill  of  a  man's 
life  on  the  frontiers  of  two  continents,  and  died 
content. 

Across  my  vision,  as  I  write,  there  goes  a  lad 
of  twelve  with  a  new  28  bore  gun,  of  which  he 
is  very  proud.  When,  a  week  ago,  we  crouched 
in  the  rushes  together  at  nightfall,  and  he  stopped 
a  brace  of  black  duck  on  the  wing,   I  knew  that 


Crowd  at  a  Cricket  Match  in  Australia. 


the  gorges,  through  green  jungle  and  grey  salt- 
bush,  round,  across  and  over  the  great  Australian 
Continent. 

It  was  in  my  blood.  My  grandfather  cared 
nothing  for  his  possessions,  or  mine,  but  he  killed 
his  brace  of  snipe  with  right  and  left  barrel,  and 
could  crack  the  neck  of  a  duck  at  twenty  paces 
with  a  pistol  ball.  May  the  gods  who  preside 
over  regions  where  the  souls  of  sporting  Irish 
squires  sojourn  forgive  him  his  worldly  mistakes! 
He  dissipated  a  little  heritage  which  should  have 
been  mine,  but  I  bear  him  no  ill-will.  Careful 
business  men  are  always  plentiful  In  this  world, 
but  good  snipe-shooters  are  rare. 


his  reading  will  not  be  in  ledgers  nor  his  seat  on 
an  office  stool. 

The  Open  Way!  I  remember  a  lad  of  seven- 
teen chained  to  a  desk  in  Sydney  town,  who,  when 
his  annual  holidays  came  round,  would  hurry  into 
the  bush,  with  gun  and  cartridge  bag,  to  tramp 
from  daylight  till  dark  in  pursuit  of  game.  How 
he  counted  off  the  flying  days  that  ended  all  too 
soon ! 

Born  and  reared  in  the  bush,  a  solitary  child, 
like  many  another  bush  boy,  my  first  friend  and 
companion  was  an  old  black  dog.  We  hunted 
spotted  daysures  (the  "native  cat"  of  Australia) 
and  opossums  together.       My  sporting  weapons 


A  Big  Sboot  on  the  Burdekln  Biver. 


133 


'34 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


<3ffA 


The  Mountain  Devil,   Western   Australia. 


in  those  days  were  catapults  and  bows  and  arrows. 
But  I  doubt  if  the  close-shooting,  hard-hitting, 
double-barrelled  Cashmore  gun,  with  which  I 
sometimes  drop  a  duck  at  70  or  80  yards  these 
days,  brings  me  as  much  thrill  as  did  the  bagging 
of  a  "soldier  bird"  with  my  youthful  catapult. 

The  Open  Way!  I  thank  the  gods  for  all 
my  days,  their  griefs  and  joys  alike;  but  I  thank 
most  the  gods  for  those  glorious  days  the  bush 
has  given  me.  Other  men  may  find  their  pleasure 
in  political  power;  in  the  amassing  of  more  and 
more  money;  in  the  social  world;  but  for  me  the 
lakeside,  the  riverside,  the  upland  and  the  plain. 

I  think  I  know  the  game  trails  of  Australia 
fairly  well,  and  something  of  the  game. 

For  those  who  care  to  listen,  I  have  a  few 
words  to  say  on  this  subject.  I  speak  for  the 
little  band  of  Australian  field  sports,  a  brother- 
hood without  a  club  or  association,  made  up  of 
many  queer  characters,  but  keen. 

Experience  makes  us  wise.  When  we  are 
crawling  through  the  rushes  we  always  endeavour 
to  crawl  against  the  wind.  We  go  quietly,  and 
as  far  as  possible  we  avoid  conversation— even 
with  the  dog. 

Ask  us  what  we  consider  the  best  Australian 
game  birds,  and  opinions  will  differ.  Put  the 
question  to  a  plebiscite,  and  it  would  probably 
be  decided  in  favor  of  the  black  duck,  the  bronze- 
wing  pigeon,  and  the  quail. 

The  black  duck  is  a  fine  table  bird,  a  fast  flyer, 
and,  where  he  has  been  disturbed  by  shooters, 
very  shy.  This  beautiful  bird  has  a  wide  range. 
I  have  shot  them  on  Northern  Queensland 
lagoons,  on  the  rivers  and  swamps  of  the  Terri- 


tory, in  western  Queensland,  all  over  New  South 
Wales  and  eastern  Victoria.  Thirty  years  ago 
I  shot  bronzewings  and  casual  black  duck  on  a 
lagoon  at  Bondi,  where  suburban  villas  now 
stand. 

From  my  camp  at  Mallacoota  I  go  out  nearly 
every  evening  after  the  day's  writing.  There 
are  places  where  the  duck  and  teal  come  in  at 
dusk  to  feed.  Our  bags  are  not  large,  but  there 
is  great  joy  in  waiting  at  the  fall  of  day  beside 
a  swamp  or  saltwater  inlet  for  the  familiar  whir- 
ring of  wings  that  heralds  the  arrival  of  the  game. 
There  is  a  tonic  for  the  nerves  in  the  quick  snap- 
shooting and  the  occasional  plunk  of  falling 
birds.  There  is  something  soothing  in  the  pipe 
— which  also  keeps  away  mosquitoes — and  the 
ride  or  tramp  or  pull  home,  by  moonlight  or  star- 
light, after  the  birds  have  ceased  to  come  in. 

Sometimes  we  get  the  grey  teal  in  considerable 
mobs.  Using  a  12-bore  Cashmore  gun  on  one 
occasion,  I  killed  and  disabled  with  a  single 
charge  of  No.  4  shot  no  less  than  sixteen  of 
these  birds.  This  is  probably  a  record  for  a 
cartridge  of  ordinary  loading.  The  powder 
used  was  "Amberite,"  which  I  shoot  among  other 
smokeless  sporting  powders. 

Black  duck  and  teal  on  the  coast  are  slightly 
inferior  in  flavor  and  quality  to  the  fatted  birds 
one  kills  along  the  gilgas  and  billabongs  of  the 
interior;  but  for  black  duck  anywhere  roasted  in 
a  camp  oven,  or  teal  grilled  over  a  wood  fire,  the 
sportsman  has  appetite. 

Wood  duck — cheiinnela  jiibala,  the  maned 
goose,  in  reality — I  have  found  plentiful  in  the 
upper  reaches  of  the  northern  rivers  in  New 
South  Wales  and  throughout  the  Riverina, 


^ 


Plarypu^. 


135 


^2^ 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


On  my  motor-boat  journey  down  the  Murray 
River,  I  shot  scores  of  them  on  the  banks  and 
sand  spits.  Magpie  geese  in  the  Territory  and 
whistling  duck  in  Northern  Queensland  I  have 
found  so  plentiful  that  when  they  rose  from  the 
swamps  one  saw  the  shadow  of  the  mob  passing 
over  the  ground  like  the  shadow  of  a  cloud  drift- 
ing across  a  field. 

Up  there  one  gets  the  beautiful  Burdekin  duck, 
the  chestnut-breasted  teal,  shoveller,  and  some- 
times the  white-eyed  duck,  the  "canvas  back"  of 
North  America. 

Blue-wing  are  often  plentiful  on  the  Victorian 
coast.  The  pink-eared  widgeon  and  the  shel- 
drake or  mountain  duck  I  have  shot  all  over  the 
eastern  States  of  the  Commonwealth.  The  lat- 
ter are  most  frequent,  I  think,  in  the  swamps 
between  Mount  Gambier  and  Casterton. 

In  wet  seasons  wild  fowl  are  most  abundant  in 
the  back  country.  The  overflow  from  our  in- 
land rivers  forms  lakes,  lagoons,  and  billabongs, 
on  which  aquatic  birds  by  the  million  come  to 
feed.  There  almost  every  variety  of  duck  known 
in  the  south,  and  pelicans,  black  swans,  waterhens, 
coots,  ibis,  plovers,  snipe,  spoonbills,  herons,  bit- 
tern, cranes,  cormorants,  egrets,  grebes,  divers, 
stilts,  rails,  congregate. 


...lllinTTnini 

mm:  1 


-TTl' 


TT 


'liiii 


Kangaroo,  with  Young  In  Pouch. 


Brush   Turkey. 


The  painted  snipe  is  mostly  found,  in  season, 
in  swamps  along  the  (ireat  Dividing  Range. 

I  have  shot  jacksnipe  by  the  hundred  on  the 
swamps  of  the  Clarence.  During  a  sojourn  of 
over  three  years  on  the  northern  rivers  of  New 
South  Wales  I  had  some  splendid  shooting. 
About  the  flats  of  Ulmarra  and  Lawrence,  on 
the  Coldstream,  on  the  Clarence,  above  and  below 
the  city  of  Grafton,  on  the  Richmond  River,  and 
through  the  Dorrigo  I  have  filled  many  fine  bags. 

Quail,  too,  were  numerous.  Quail  shooting 
is  to  me  the  best  of  all  outdoor  sports.  A  good 
dog,  a  cool  day,  responsive  cover,  and  any- 
thing up  to  and  over  six  brace  at  the  finish  make 
a  sportsman's  -happiness.  Stubble  quail,  dot- 
trel, and  brown  quail  are  widely  distributed. 
Between  (iiadstone  and  Rockhampton,  in  Queens- 
land, and  on  the  western  plains  of  Victoria,  1 
have  had  my  best  quail-shooting. 

The  indigenous  great  grey  quail  seems  to  be 
extinct.  The  last  of  these  I  chanced  upon  were 
at  the  western  approach  to  the  Dorrigo,  by  the 
"Little  Murray,"  a  rushy  mountain  stream. 
When  I  was  a  boy  these  birds  were  fairly  plen- 
tiful on  the  flats  of  the  Fish  River,  and  I  have 
got  them,  years  ago,  about  Wollongong  and 
Dapto  and  around  Camden  and  the  Oaks,  in  New 
South  Wales. 

The  Mallee  fowl  I  have  seldom  shot.  I 
remember  that  they  were  plentiful  on  the  Lower 
Lachlan  decades  ago,  and  that  excellent  custards 
were  made  from  their  eggs.  Emu  egg  custard 
also  is  not  unknown  in  the  West. 

King  quail  were  to  be  got  about  Yamba,  in 
northern  New  South  Wales,  on  the  scrubby  head- 
lands a  few  years  ago.     Lately  I  have  shot  them 


OUTDOOR    SPORTS    IN    AUSTRALIA 


137 


"All  in  the  Day's  Sport." 


in  eastern  Gippsland,  between  Mallacoota  and 
Wingen  River.  Brown  quail  come  down  from 
Java  and  the  north  in  thousands  at  certain  sea- 
sons and  disperse  themselves  over  southern 
Australia. 

The  habits  and  breeding-places  of  quail  are 
always  interesting  discussion  for  the  Brotherhood 
of  the  Open  Air. 

(^f  pigeons  there  are  many  varieties  between 
Thursday  Island  and  Cape  Otway,  but  I  think 
bronzewing  and  wonga  are  best  shooting  and 
best  eating  of  our  Australian  species. 

The  bronzewing  is  a  fast  flyer,  and,  although 
there  is  little  art  in  the  actual  shooting  of  the 
tnottled  wonga,  a  sportsman  deserves  all  the 
wongas  he  can  find,  especially  in  mountain  coun- 
try. 

Bronzewings  I  remember  to  have  been  most 
plentiful  on  the  western  slopes  of  the  Nandewar 
Ranges  and  between  Cowra  and  Blayney,  but  a 
great  deal  depends  upon  the  season  and  the  feed. 

The  topknot  pigeon  is  excellent  shooting,  and 
a  fine  game  bird.  The  fat  "squatter"  and  the 
green  scrub  pigeon  are  most  flavorable,  but  too 
easily  slain  to  please  a  true  sportsman. 

I  have  stood  in  one  spot  and  shot  twelve 
"squatters"  one  after  another  in  surrounding 
trees — enough  for  the  blackboy  and  myself  for 
at  least  two  meals — more  would  be  murder. 


Ihc  little  green  fruit-pigeons  and  fantails,  like 
quail,  make  acceptable  adornment  for  breakfast 
toast,  but  the  flock  and  Torres  Straits  pigeons  arc 
intended  for  stews. 

Flock  pigeons  are  usually  plentiful  when 
the  fruit  of  the  cabbage  palms  ripens  and  the 
Moreton  Bay  fig  is  full-bearing  in  the  jungles 
of  the  North.  There  the  brush  turkey  is  also 
to  be  found. 

When  Siberian  marshes  freeze  over,  migrating 
godwit,  sandpipers,  and  plover  come  down  the 
eastern  coast  of  Australia.  With  whimbrel  and 
oyster-catchers,  stilts,  sea-curlews,  spurwings, 
golden  plovers,  and  dottrels,  they  make  animate 
salty  margins  and  sand-flats  of  our  seaward 
lagoons  and  estuaries. 

The  Australian  bustard,  the  wild  turkey  of  the 
Australian  plains,  is  a  difficult  bird  to  approach 
on  foot,  buf  one  may  get  within  reasonable  dis- 
tance on  horseback  or  in  a  vehicle.  Bushmen 
usually  shoot  them  with  a  small-bore  Winchester 
rifle. 

Throughout  the  bush  the  32-bore  Winchester 
is  most  popular.  It  is  used  by  marsupial  hunters 
and  sportsmen. 

Personally  I  prefer  the  short-barrelled  38.  for 
larger  game,  and  use  a  25.20  magazine  for  wal- 
labies and  the  larger  birds. 


I  vS 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Melbourne  Cup,  Flemingtou  Racecourse. 


With  the  38.  one  is  sure  of  kangaroos,  wild 
pigs  and  larger  game.  The  Northern  buffalo  is 
only  amenable  to  the  Martini  bullet;  an  alligator 
may  be  bagged  with  a  38. 

Practice  ammunition  for  the  303  military  rifle 
mostly  goes  after  kangaroos,  emus,  and  such  liv- 
ing targets  as  the  back  country  affords  the  trainee 
or  rifle-club  man. 

Although  scarcely  classed  as  game  birds,  Aus- 
tralia has  a  gorgeous  variety  of  parrots,  many 
among  which  the  bushman  knows  to  be  edible. 
The  superb  king  parrot,  the  crimson  lory,  and 
the  rosella  are  grain-eaters,  whose  flesh  is  excel- 
lent. Cockatoos,  gang-gangs,  and  galahs  are 
tougher,  and  the  honey-eating  species  somewhat 
sweet,  unless  they  be  steeped  in  salt  and  water 
before  cooking.  Wattle-birds,  bower-birds  and 
ground-pigeons  no  hunter  will  despise  when  quail, 
duck  and  pigeon  are  not  to  be  had. 

Kangaroo  hunting  is  supposed  to  be  a  popular 
Australian  pastime.  In  point  of  fact  it  is  a 
rather  rare  amusement  in  the  bush.  Wallaby 
drives  and  hare  drives  will  always  assemble  a 
crowd,  especially  when  crops  have  suffered.   Now- 


adays the  ubiquitous  rabbit  is  held  in  disregard 
by  most  Australian  sportsmen.  People  who  are 
cursed  with  rabbits  usually  treat  the  evil  with 
phosphorized  pollard;  the  average  gunner  finds 
better  sport. 

Rabbit-shooting  has  palled  on  us,  except  as 
practice  for  small-bore  rifles.  Bushmen  will  not 
waste  shot-cartridges  on  bunny,  who  is  trapped 
like  the  opossum  for  his  fur  or  his  carcase  during 
the  export  season. 

Angling  in  Australia  holds  in  loose  but  certain 
bonds  of  association  a  large  group  of  that  Bro- 
therhood of  the  Open  Way.  On  seaward  reefs 
around  our  coasts  good  red  snapper  may  be 
hooked  somewhere  all  the  year  round.  Along 
cool  mountain  streams  fat  trout  will  answer  to 
the  fly  in  the  summer.  Red  bream,  black  bream, 
whiting,  tailor,  flathead,  yellow-tail,  salmon  trout, 
blackiish  bite  freely  in  the  estuaries  and  along 
the  coast.  Rock  fish  and  sea  salmon,  sharks, 
stringrays  and  tunny  delight  the  angler's  heart. 
Murray  cod  and  barramundi  supply  inlanders 
with  piscatorial  pleasure  and  a  welcome  change 
of  diet. 


Snapper. 


139 


140 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


In  no  other  part  of  the  world  can  the  lung  fish 
be  captured,  as  in  no  other  part  of  the  world 
could  a  sportsman's  bag  include,  if  he  so  wished,  a 
duck-billed  platypus  or  an  echidna — surviving  ex- 
amples of  past  forms  of  animal  life,  and  nearest 
living  approach  of  the  animal  to  the  bird. 

Gun  licences  are  not  necessary  in  the  Australian 
States,  and  there  are  no  private  preserves.  It 
is  regarded  as  an  act  of  meanness  to  refuse  a 
sportsman  permission  to  shoot  over  private  pro- 
perty. There  are  close  seasons  for  game  birds 
in  all  the  States,  and,  curiously  enough,  one  may 
not  shoot  on  Sunday.  Certain  song  birds  and 
birds  of  beauty,  such  as  lyre  birds  and  black 
swans,  are  perpetually  protected. 

Apart  from  these  necessary  restrictions,  the 
sportsman   may   roam    far   and   wide   M'ithout  let 


or  hindrance,  enjoying  the  beauty  of  nature,  the 
benefit  of  pleasant  exercise,  the  healthfulness  of 
fresh  air,  and  the  excitement  of  the  hunt. 

Australia  is  a  good  country,  messieurs.  We 
of  the  Brotherhood,  who  seek  in  friendly  rivalry 
the  first  snipe  of  the  season,  who  stalk  gaitered 
behind  pointers  over  the  stubble,  who  wade  with 
retriever  at  our  heels  in  swamps,  and  crawl  rep- 
tilian through  coverts;  we  to  whom  the  iridescent 
gleam  of  a  black  duck's  wing  is  fairer  than  the 
flash  of  jewels;  we  to  whom  the  whirr  of  an  up- 
flying  covey  is  music  in  sooth;  we  who  ride  long 
miles  and  lie  out  o'  moonlight  nights,  we  know 
how  good  and  beautiful  is  our  Motherland.  JFe 
know,  because,  as  we  rode  and  tramped  and 
waded  and  waited,  we  soiv  and  heard. 


A  Yacht  Club  Outing. 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


142 


(143) 


REVENUES   AND   RESOURCES. 


NATURE  has  been  generous  to  the  Mother 
State.  If  the  federation  of  the  Austra- 
lian colonies  had  never  taken  place,  New 
South  Wales  would  still  have  become  a  great 
and  powerful  and  populous  country.  She  might 
have  maintained  a  fleet  and  an  army  for  her  de- 
fence; and  in  every  branch  of  manufacture,  in- 
dustry, and  primary  production  sustained  and 
developed,  within  her  own  boundaries,  an  autono- 
mous nationhood. 

Her  eastern  frontage  of  700  miles  of  seaboard 
is  a  wide-open  doorway  to  the  markets  of  the 
world.  In  Port  Jackson,  Twofold  Bay,  Jervis 
Bay  and  Port  Stephens  she  possesses  four  of  the 
best  natural  harbours  that  anywhere  around  the 
world's  borders  give  access  to  the  Seven  Seas; 
while  scores  of  minor  havens  and  harbors,  made 
and  in  the  making,  give  resting-places  for  the 
feet  of  her  maritime  trade. 

She  holds  inexhaustible  stores  of  iron  and  coal. 
In  copper,  tin,  silver,  gold,  all  the  useful  and 
precious  minerals,  her  national  wealth  is  ines- 
timable. 

From  north  to  south  the  State  is  traversed 
by  a  mountain  system  which  forms  a  compensat- 
ing balance  in  the  fluctuating  scale  of  climate. 

On  its  eastward  fall,  from  the  Tweed  to  the 
Kiah,  everflowing  rivers  and  perennial  streams 
empty  at  frequent  intervals  into  the  Pacific. 

From  the  tropical  banks  of  the  Richmond  to 
the  black  flats  of  Towamba  a  thousand  river- 
voices  sing  their  songs  of  beauty  and  fertility. 


Westward  of  the  mountains  run  the  long,  slug- 
gish watercourses  of  the  interior;  the  branching 
rivers  of  the  North-west,  the  spreading  systems 
of  Riverina,  the  remote,  romantic  Darling,  the 
lordly  Murray,  forming  a  State  boundary  1,800 
miles  in  length. 

In  the  305,733  square  miles  which  make  the 
total  area  of  the  State,  the  agricultural  products 
of  cold,  temperate,  and  tropical  climates  flourish; 
gooseberries  will  grow  at  Glen  Innes  and  guavas 
at  Grafton,  within  the  radius  of  a  short  day's 
journey. 

If,  from  the  vantage  of  some  high-soaring  air- 
ship, one  could  take  in  the  whole  physical  fea- 
tures of  the  State,  one  would  see  on  the  northern 
coasts  tropical  jungles  rooted  in  basaltic  soils,  in- 
terspersed with  hardwood  forests  rooted  in  soils 
of  lesser  fertility;  and  broad  rivers  meandering 
through  alluvial  valleys.  On  the  Tweed,  Rich- 
mond, Clarence,  Bellingen,  Macleay,  Manning, 
Hastings,  Hunter  and  Hawkesbury,  green 
squares  of  tilth — sugarcane,  maize,  lucerne — 
would  proclaim  a  prosperous  agriculture. 

South  of  Sydney  there  would  lie  the  Illawarra 
and  Shoalhaven  districts — mostly  volcanic,  rich 
and  productive,  falling  away  into  further  forests 
of  hardwood  and  open  stretches  of  river  and 
settlement,  through  Milton  and  Moruya,  Bodalla 
and  Bega. 

Then  along  the  vast  tableland  north-to-south 
and  down  its  granite  slopes  and  spurs,  from  Ten- 
terfield  to  Nimmitabel,  through'  mountain-walled 


144 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


valleys  and  elevated  plains  the  poppet-heads  of 
many  mines,  the  smoke  of  many  towns  would 
tell  the  same  tale  of  riches  waiting  on  enterprise 
and  labor. 

Beyond  the  north-western,  central  and  south- 
western slopes,  spreading  to  the  sunset,  the  de- 
lighted spectator  would  behold  an  immense  plain, 
sometimes  treeless,  sometimes  diversified  with 
timber;  with  a  large  black  patch  in  the  north- 
west, and  south  and  west,  for  the  most  part, 
either  bright  red  or  reddish  brown.  Lrom  Parkes 
to  Menindie,  from  Bourke  to  Swan  Hill,  from 
the  railheads  of  New  South  Wales  to  the  South 
Australian  border  line,  this  flat  or  gently  undu- 


In  a  country  three  times  the  size  of  the  Brit- 
ish Islands,  with  coasts,  mountains,  and  plains 
spread  over  ten  degrees  of  latitude,  there  is  sure 
to  be  a  considerable  variation  of  temperature. 

When  we  go  to  the  meteorologist  and  the 
health  specialist,  we  find  that  New  South  Wales 
possesses  an  equable  series  of  climates  that  can 
only  be  classed  with  the  other  Australian  climates 
for  health,  and  physical  and  mental  efficiency. 

To  quote  Dr.  T.  P.  Anderson  Stuart,  profes- 
sor of  physiology  at  Sydney  University,  and 
Chairman  of  the  Royal  Prince  Alfred  Hospital : 
"There    are    no    diseases    peculiar    to    New 

South  Wales;   there   are   no   peculiar   risks   of 


Forest  and  Clearing 


latlng  surface,  with  low  ranges  here  and  there, 
cobwebbed  by  rivers  and  blllabongs  and  ana- 
branches, spotted  with  silver  lakes,  which  spread 
in  wet  seasons  and  shrink  In  the  dry,  edged  with 
green  wheat  and  dotted  with  shearing  sheds, 
would  fill  the  wider  part  of  his  vision.  Its  fer- 
tility may  be  accepted  as  universal.  Its  future  pro- 
ductiveness cannot  be  foretold.  It  is  an  estate 
beyond  the  range  of  computation  in  actual  values; 
but  some  attempt  will  be  made  In  following  pages 
to  show  what  a  possession  it  forms  for  the  people 
of  to-day,  what  a  heritage  it  may  become  for  the 
generation  of  to-morrow. 

Having  roughly  surveyed  the  physical  features 
of  the  country  and  found  that  It  is  a  land  beauti- 
ful and  good,  let  us  compare  Its  climates  and  see 
how  they  make  for  health  and  comfort. 


any  kind;  there  are  rlO  special  precautions  to 
be  taken  nor  provisions  to  be  made  prior  to 
leaving  the  older  lands  with  a  view  to  settling 
in  the  State.  The  climate  Is  much  cooler  than 
is  Indicated  merely  by  Its  latitude,  and,  being 
In  the  Southern  Hemisphere,  its  temperature 
tends  to  be  equable.  It  is  one  of  the  most  tem- 
perate and  uniform  in  the  world.  Owing  to 
the  extreme  dryness  of  the  atmosphere,  high 
temperatures  In  New  South  Wales  are  not 
nearly  so  oppressive  as  even  much  lower  tem- 
peratures would  be  In  London  or  in  France; 
and  the  high  temperatures  do  not,  as  a  rule, 
last  long.  On  the  New  England  tableland  the 
climate  of  Armidale  and  other  towns  may  be 
considered  as  nearly  perfect  as  can  be  found. 
Cooma,   In  the  centre  of  the   Monaro  plains, 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES :  REVENUES  AND  RESOURCES 


H5 


at  an  elevation  of  2,637  feet  above  sea-level, 
enjoys  a  summer  as  mild  as  either  London  or 
Paris,  while  its  winters  are  far  less  severe. 
Kiandra,  the  highest  village  in  the  State 
(4,640  feet)  has  a  mean  summer  temperature 
of  56.4,  and  a  winter  temperature  of  32.5 
degrees,  corresponding  with  that  of  Dumferm- 
line  in  Scotland.  .  .  .  The  climate  of  the 
great  plains,  in  spite  of  the  heat  of  part  of 
the  summer,  is  very  healthy,  and  an  inspection 
of  the  death  rates  amply  bears  out  this  view. 
Bourke  has  exactly  the  same  latitude  as  Cairo, 
yet  its  summer  temperature  is  1.5  degree  less. 
New  Orleans  also  lies  on  the  same  parallel; 
but  the  American  city  is  4  degrees  hotter  in 
summer.  Accompanied  by  clear  skies  and  an 
absence  of  snow,  the  winter  season  is  both  re- 
freshing and  enjoyable. 

"In  this  region  the  rainfall  is  lowest  of  all — 
less  than  20  inches.  The  air  is  dry,  so  that 
in  spite  of  the  high  temperatures  on  occasional 
days  in  summer,  one  does  not  feel  so  listless 
and  indisposed  to  action  as  on  the  coast.  From 
this  difference,  temperatures  are  quite  comfort- 
able in  the  interior  which  would  be  intolerable 


on  the  coast.  Nowhere  in  the  State  is  the 
midday  siesta,  so  common  in  India,  indulged 
in.     Punkahs  are  not  used. 

"From  the  standpoint  of  health,  it  is  for- 
tunate for  the  country  that  dryness  is  one  of 
its  characteristics;  otherwise,  instead  of  being 
the  abode  of  health,  the  interior  of  the  State 
would,  with  abundant  rains,  have  become  an 
impenetrable  jungle,  the  lurking  place  of  those 
malarial  fevers  which  devastate  so  many  fair 
regions  of  the  Old  World  and  America.  New 
.South  Wales  may,  therefore,  be  compared 
favourably  with  any  part  of  the  world;  and, 
taking  into  consideration  the  comparatively 
low  latitudes  in  which  it  is  situated,  it  offers 
a  most  remarkable  variety  of  temperate  cli- 
mates. From  Kiandra,  on  the  highest  part  of 
the  Great  Dividing  Range,  to  Bourke,  on  the 
great  interior  plain,  the  climate  may  be  com- 
pared with  the  region  of  Europe  extending 
from  Edinburgh  to  Messina,  but  more  gener- 
ally resembling  that  of  Southern  France  and 
Italy.  It  may,  therefore,  be  regarded  as  pe- 
culiarly fitted  for  the  habitation  of  people  of 
European  race,  embracing,  as  it  does,  within 


A  New  South  Wales  Wheatfleld 


146 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


its  limits,  the  climatic  conditions  under  which 
the  most  advanced  races  of  the  world  have 
prospered."  (Coghlan.)  I  know  of  no  evi- 
dence of  any  deterioration  of  the  Anglo-Saxon 
people  due  merely  to  residence  in  New  South 
Wales.  A  recent  writer  points  out  that  a 
great  distinction  must  be  drawn  between  hot 
dry  and  hot  humid  regions.  In  the  former 
many  of  the  mightiest  nations  of  antiquity  had 
their  home,  e.g.,  Ancient  Egyptians,  Saracens, 
&c.,  and  Europeans  thrive  and  multiply,  while 
the  natives  of  hot  humid  climates  have  always 
been  lacking  in  hardihood  and  warlike  propen- 
sites.  Do  not  Australians  hold  a  high  position 
in  all  branches  of  manly  sport?  The  one  great 
need  of  Australia  is  population — every  other 
need  is  small  compared  with  this  one. 

"Whatever  way  you  look  at  it.  New  South 
Wales  is  a  healthy  country.  Compared  with 
the  death  rates  of  other  countries,  especially 
those  of  the  Old  World,  the  death  rate  of 
New  South  Wales, — 10.91  per  1,000  of  the 
population — is  remarkably  low.  For  instance, 
that  of  France  is  17.5,  of  the  United  Kingdom 
about  13.8,  of  the  German  Empire  15.6,  of 
Italy  1 8.2,  and  of  Austria  20.5.  In  England  and 
Wales  9.5  out  of  every  hundred  children  born 
die  in  their  first  year — in  New  South  Wales  only 
6.8  so  die.  This  favourable  rate  for  New 
South  Wales  is  due  to  the  salubrity  of  the 
climate,  the  absence  of  pestilences,  the  superior 
social  conditions  of  the  people — good,  plenti- 
ful, and  cheap  food  and  clothing — and  health- 
ful occupations.  These  figures  are  the  mean 
for  the  State,  and  even  this  mean  is  gradually 
falling  owing  to  health  legislation,  and  the 
greater  attention  which  is  being  paid  to  sani- 
tary precautions." 

In  migrating  to  New  South  Wales  Europeans 
need  have  no  fear  of  those  malarial  fevers  and 
tropical  diseases  endemic  in  so  many  countries. 

New  South  Wales  has  a  welcome  for 
healthy,  energetic  settlers.  The  conquest  of 
the  West  is  only  beginning,  and  our  geolo- 
gists have  pointed  out  that  the  soil  of  the 
great  plains  "consists  almost  entirely  of  alluvial 
deposits,  which  have  In  the  course  of  ages  been 
carried  down  from  the  tablelands  by  the  rivers 
and  spread  over  their  surfaces."  In  other  chap- 
ters it  will  be  shown  what  this  wide  West  will 
grow  under  correct  conditions.  The  story  of 
western  America  has  lurgely  been  written;  the 
story  of  western  New  South  Wales  awaits  the 
pen  of  Progress.  Men  will  grow  rich  in  the 
writing  of  this  story  as  they  did  in  Kansas  and 
Nebraska  and  California;  wastes  will  be  turned 
into  fields;  deserts  will  become  gardens;  villages 
will  grow  into  towns,  and  towns  into  cities;  and 
fortune  and  independence  will  wait  upon  those 


who  with  prudence,  industry,  and  foresight  are 
going  to  write  this  glorious  epic  of  the  West. 
Already  the  urban  population  is  too  large;  the 
country  is  aching  for  occupancy.  A  mighty  area, 
large  as  a  European  kingdom,  remains  for  closer 
settlement  and  intensive  culture. 

And  it  must  be  remembered  that  the  settler  in 
Australia  will  not  be  called  upon  nowadays  to 
face  the  hardships  and  privations  of  pioneer  con- 
ditions. Nor  will  he  have  to  hibernate  for  many 
bleak  and  barren  months  of  the  year,  his  fields 
covered  with  snow,  his  stock  housed  and  rugged, 
with  all  farming  operations  at  a  standstill  and  all 
the  losses,  dangers  and  discomforts  of  a  long 
and  wearing  winter  to  make  up  for. 

Here  he  can  be  up  and  doing,  out  and  about, 
from  daylight  to  dark,  if  he  so  wishes,  every  day 
in  the  year.  Here  there  is  seldom  ice  or  snow, 
but  clear,  sunny  skies,  soft  winds,  and  a  healthy, 
invigorating  climate,  wherein  all  social  and  do- 
mestic pleasures  are  constantly  possible,  wherein 
one  may  exercise  freely,  eat  heartily,  sleep 
soundly,  and  find  an  outlet  for  one's  energies- 
mental  and  physical — uncramped  by  climatic 
severities;   and  unhindered    by   oppressive   laws. 

There  are,  on  semi-official  calculations,  some- 
thing like  twenty-five  million  acres  of  land  in  New 
South  Wales  which  ought  to  be  growing  wheat. 
On  alienated  lands  suitable  for  tillage,  share 
farming  is  rapidly  extending. 

It  has  been  shown  that  an  estate  which  would 
return  only  £2,000  a  year  from  wool  will  give 
£10,000  from  wheat;  beside  leading  to  the  em- 
ployment of  a  much  larger  number  of  people. 
Share  farming  has  been  largely  taken  up  by 
immigrants  with  only  limited  Australian  experi- 
ence and  without  capital;  and  has  been  the  means 
of  giving  scores  of  them  a  good  start  on  the  road 
to  independence. 

During  the  last  few  years  a  vigorous  policy 
of  settlement  has  been  pursued  by  succeeding 
governments,  a  policy  which  will  become  more 
and  more  active  in  the  future.  Land  is  rapidly 
being  made  available,  not  only  for  wheat-growing 
but  for  dairying,  and  kindred  industries.  Separ- 
ator, factory,  cold  storage  and  rapid  transit  have  I 
placed  Australian  dairy  products  upon  the  Lon-  ' 
don  market,  where  they  must  find  an  increasing 
demand. 

The  areas  on  which  farming  may  be  made 
most  successful  will  decrease  in  size;  and  the 
minimum  acreages  will  be  those  where  irrigation, 
as  in  the  Murrumbidgee  scheme,  can  be  invoked 
to  draw  from  soils  of  unequalled  fertility  the 
full  measure  of  their  possibilities. 

Orchards,  vineyards,  bee  farms,  pig  farms,  fat 
sheep  farms,  ostrich  farms,  market  gardens, 
poultry  farms — each  succeeding  year,  these  and 
twenty  other  specialized  primary  industries,  are 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES:    REVENUES   AND    RESOURCES 


H7 


Burrinjuck  Township,  Murrumbidgee  Storage  Area 


being  developed  all  over  the  State  by  young  set- 
tlers; but  the  field  of  operations  will  not  reach  its 
limit  in  a  hundred  years. 

For  immigrants  without  experience,  who  are 
willing  to  wait  and  learn,  there  will  be  as  good 
chances  as  for  the  native-born.  After  all,  with 
State  agricultural  bureaus,  modern  text-books, 
periodicals,  daily  newspapers  which  devote  regu- 
lar pages  to  the  man  on  the  land,  and  the  constant 
experience  of  one's  neighbors,  there  is  little  dif- 
ficulty in  the  novice  of  ordinary  intelligence  ac- 
quiring the  knowledge  and  practice  which  bring 
success. 

Australia  welcomes  the  skilled  farmer  with 
capital,  or  the  expert  agricultural  laborer,  who  is 
prepared  to  work  in  harmony  with  her  estab- 
lished industrial  conditions,  but  she  is  pleased  to 
have  the  prospective  settler  of  smaller  means  or 
none  at  all,  providing  he  brings  to  her  shores  a 
healthy  body  and  a  normal  mind.  The  higher 
his  ambition  the  higher  his  value,  as  a  citizen  of 
the  Commonwealth. 


It  is  not  to  the  cities  that  he  should  turn  on 
arrival,  for  there  competition  is  keener  and  his 
chances  less,  but  to  the  wide  fields  of  enterprise 
and  independence  that  await  him  everywhere 
throughout  rural  Australia  if  he  is  only  industri- 
ous, patient  and  wise. 

The  Government  of  New  South  Wales,  realiz- 
ing that  facilities  for  an  increased  rural  popula- 
tion must  be  found,  are  constantly  opening  up  new 
lands  and  building  new  railways. 

In  addition  to  this  fixed  policy  of  development 
the  State  has  taken  the  question  of  irrigation 
settlement  practically  in  hand,  and  at  Burrenjuck 
constructed  the  second-greatest  water  storage  in 
the  world,  which  is  now  serving  the  Murrumbid- 
gee Irrigation  Area,  of  which  details  will  be 
found  elsewhere  in  this  volume. 

The  Act  provides,  in  cases  of  resumption,  for 
the  payment  of  full  compensation  to  the  owners; 
the  amount  of  which  is  decided  by  a  legally-con- 
stituted Land  Court.  Apart  from  Government 
resumptions,   owing  to   Federal   and   State   Innd 


148 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


taxes,  and  also  to  the  increasing  value  of  and 
demand  for  agricultural  areas,  original  holders 
are  everywhere  pursuing  a  policy  of  subdivision. 
During  the  last  few  years  some  magnificent 
station  properties  have  been  cut  up  into  farms 
and  sold  on  long  and  easy  terms  to  agriculturists. 
The  average  prices  realized  for  these  lands — 
usually  within  reasonable  distance  of  local  mar- 
kets and  metropolitan  transport — have  been 
from  £3  to  £10  an  acre. 


day.  They  fenced  and  cleared  and  grubbed  and 
waited;  the  newcomers  must  be  prepared  to  do 
the  same.  It  is  an  even  chance,  which  Time  can 
convert  Into  a  certainty. 

The  settler  enjoys  a  healthy,  interesting  life. 
He  can  rely  on  a  living  almost  from  the  start 
and  look  forward  with  confidence  to  future  in- 
dependence. 

Under  the  Closer  Settlement  (promotion)  Act, 
he  can  invoke  the  financial  assistance  of  the  Go- 


The  Burrinjuck  Dam,  Murrumbidgee  Elver 


Meanwhile,  the  value  of  such  subdivided 
areas,  owing  to  contiguous  settlement,  improve- 
ment, and  the  rapid  expansion  in  primary  pro- 
duction all  over  the  State,  is  a  steadily  increasing 
one.  Land  bought  a  few  years  ago  on  the  Rich- 
mond River  for  £3  has  been  resold  since  for 
£30  to  £45  an  acre.  So,  from  a  speculative  point 
of  view,  investments  in  broad  acres  in  New  South 
Wales  can  be  recommended. 

There  are  still,  on  the  North  Coast,  large 
areas  of  Crown  Lands,  suitable  for  dairy  farm- 
ing, which  are  being  thrown  open  from  time  to 
time. 

These  lands  are  somewhat  removed  from  al- 
ready established  settlements;  but  they  hold  the 
same  openings  for  the  pioneers  of  to-day  as  the 
settled  districts  held  for  the  pioneers  of  yester- 


vernment  Savings  Bank  to  assist  him  in  the  de- 
velopment and  improvement  of  his  farm.  The 
Crown  Lands  Department  in  Sydney  officially 
supplies  information  to  intending  settlers.  Cer- 
tain Crown  lands  of  the  State  are  to  be  acquired 
under  various  titles  and  conditions;  such  as  Home- 
stead Farm,  Crown  Lease,  Residential  Condi- 
tional Purchase,  and  Suburban  Holding.  It  is 
wise  for  would-be  settlers  from  other  States  or 
from  abroad  to  get  into  direct  touch  with  the 
Lands  Department  first.  The  Railway  Commis- 
sioners issue  a  special  season  ticket  to  land  seek- 
ers on  the  certificate  of  the  Superintendent  of  the 
Government  Immigration  Bureau,  Sydney.  The 
cost  of  the  ticket  is  £3  los.  od.  second-class  and 
£5  5s.  od.  first-class  and  is  available  over  all  lines 
for  14  days. 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES:   REVENUES  AND    RESOURCES 


149 


Sutherland  Dock,  Sydney 


"For  convenience  of  administration,  the  State 
is  subdivided  into  many  Land  Board  Districts, 
in  which  are  appointed  various  Crown  Land 
Agents,  from  whom  forms  of  appHcation  are 
obtainable,  and  with  whom  they  must  be 
lodged  on  certain  specified  days.  These  appli- 
cations are  dealt  with  by  local  governing 
bodies,  designated  Land  Boards,  who  inquire 
into  and  report  upon  the  bona-fides  of  each 
applicant. 

"The  question  of  capital  values  is  also  re- 
ferred to  them  for  report,  which  is  subse- 
quently submitted  for  confirmation  to  the  min- 
isterial head  of  the  Lands  Department.  The 
Department  issues  pamphlets  and  plans 
which  explain  in  simple  language  the  necessary 
formulas  for  taking  up  available  country. 

"The  local  Crown  Land  Agents  will  be  found 
ready  to  afford  any  information  sought  on  the 
spot,  while  the  Central  Inquiry  and  Informa- 
tion Bureau  at  the  Head  Office  in  Sydney  lays 
itself  out  to  supply  all  possible  detail  as  to  cli- 


matic conditions,  nature  of  soil,  class  of  tim- 
ber, etc.,  and  all  other  facts  which  might  be  of 
service." 

As  regards  markets  for  her  products,  New 
South  Wales,  like  the  rest  of  Australia,  is  ex- 
periencing no  difficulty.  For  her  wool,  coal,  but- 
ter, meat,  wheat,  tallow,  timber,  wines,  hides,  lea- 
ther, and  minerals,  there  is  ever  a  growing  de- 
mand. Europe,  America  and  Japan  compete  for 
her  wool  clip,  the  export  value  of  which  in  the 
12  months  ended  30th.  June,  19 16,  was  nearly 
thirteen  and  three-quarter  millions  sterling. 
During  that  year  the  total  exports  of  New  South 
Wales  reached  nearly  forty-one  millions,  while 
the  imports  stood  at  a  little  less  than  thirty-three 
and  a  half  millions. 

The  year  19 13  closed  in  general  prosperity. 
There  had  been  record  attendances  at  the  State- 
schools,  record  harvests,  record  cane  cheques  in 
the  North,  an  enormous  increase  in  port  improve- 
ments, buildings  and  general  public  activities. 


I50 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  policy  which  New  South  Wales  is  follow- 
ing cannot  fail  to  bring  enormous  expansion,  for 
the  natural  wealth  of  the  State  has  been  recog- 
nised and  the  right  methods  adopted  for  its  rea- 
lisation. Public  works  were  necessary;  a  vigor- 
ous policy  of  public  works  was  adopted.  There 
might  be  a  small  bookkeeping  shortage  for  one 
twelve  months;  but  practical  gains  were  far  more 
than  technical  losses.  Every  pound  spent  in  port 
improvement,  in  railway  building,  in  water  con- 
servation was  a  pound  in  the  bank  of  national 
asset,  bringing  constant  and  increasing  interest. 
Money  borrowed  on  the  London  market  at  4^ 
per  cent,  and  put  into  national  investments,  such 
as  these,  can  possibly  be  made  to  return  eight 
and  ten  per  cent.  It  is  different  with  money  bor- 
rowed for  the  purposes  of  war;  thus  for  the 
soundest  financial  reasons.  New  South  Wales 
stocks  continue  to  attract  European  investors. 

But  sound  finance  without  a  backbone  of 
natural  resources  will  not  give  the  most  patriotic 
of  communities  a  field  for  expansion.  New  South 
Wales  could  afford  to  be  more  prodigal  in  ex- 
penditure than  any  other  country  of  similar  area. 


She  has  enormous  reserves  of  potential  wealth, 
which  are  as  yet  untouched. 

Take,  for  example,  her  timber  resources, 
which,  despite  all  criticism,  are  being  scientifically 
developed  and  universally  safeguarded  by  a  vigi- 
lant Forestry  Department. 

The  Director  of  Forests,  Mr.  R.  D.  Hay, 
supplied  some  interesting  information  to  the 
Dominions  Royal  Commission: — 

The  timber  resources  of  the  State  comprise 
hardwoods  and  soft  or  brush  woods,  the  pro- 
portion being  approximately  two-thirds  and 
one-third  respectively,  and  the  forests  are 
mainly  located  in  the  coastal  and  central  terri- 
torial divisions  of  the  State.  The  hardwoods 
of  commercial  value  comprise  twenty-two 
species,  and  the  brush  and  soft  woods  about 
twenty-one. 

Only  of  latter  years  has  the  value  of  our  Aus- 
tralian timbers  been  realized.  It  would  be  a  dif- 
ficult matter  to  estimate  what  the  forests  of  New 
South  Wales  are  worth,  and  as  a  national  asset 
they  would  probably  balance  the  public  debt  and 


Hetton  Colliery,  Newcastle 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES:   REVENUES  AND   RESOURCES 


151 


leave  a  surplus  large  enough  to  build  a  transcon- 
tinental railway. 

A  British  forestry  commission  has  recom- 
mended that  nine  million  acres  of  land  in  the 
Kingdom  should  be  planted  with  trees,  which 
would  ultimately  form  a  national  asset  worth, 
approximately  £560,000,000.  Her  fifteen  mil- 
lion acres  of  wooded  lands,  as  given  by  Mr. 
Hay,  ought  to  be  worth  quite  as  much  as 
that  to  New  South  Wales.     .     .*    . 


mildness  of  our  coasts,  fishermen  are  not  liable 
to  be  continually  half  frozen  at  their  work  in 
winter  as  they  are  in  European  and  North  Ameri- 
can waters. 

"The  surface  waters  off  this  coast  teem  with 
fishes  of  various  species,  and  many  of  these 
could  be  caught  in  huge  numbers  by  the  Purse- 
seine,  notably  pilchard  and  mackerel. 

"Most  of  the  ocean  bottom  lying  within  the 
200-fathom  line  is  suitable   for  trawling. 


Hauling  Timber,  North  Coast 


Along  907  miles  of  ocean  coastline  there  exists 
an  unexploited  marine  wealth  which  cannot  be 
even  approximated. 

Mr.  David  A.  Stead,  Naturalist  to  the  Govern- 
ment F^isheries  Department  of  New  South  Wales, 
has,  for  many  years,  been  collecting  valuable  in- 
formation on  the  edible  fishes  and  marine  pro- 
ducts of  this  coast.  He  is  the  author  of  several 
pamphlets  and  treatises  on  the  subject,  and  may 
be  accepted  as  a  thoroughly  reliable  authority. 

In  his  Facts  About  the  Fisheries  of  New  South 
Wales,  Mr.  Stead  points  out  that,  owing  to  the 


"In  addition  to  this,  New  South  Wales  has 
a  great  Western  River  System  which  is  of 
enormous  value  from  a  fisheries  standpoint. 
It  is  rich  in  fish  life,  and  produces  the  famous 
Murray  Cod.  Many  thousands  of  miles  of 
river,  lagoon,  and  billabong  are  well  supplied 
with  excellent  food  fishes. 

"In  the  Eastern  streams  of  New  South 
Wales  are  to  be  found  that  magnificent  game 
fish — the  freshwater  perch  or  Australian  bass. 
The  present  annual  market  supply  might  be 
set  down  at  16  million  pounds  weight  of  fish. 


152 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


"Most  of  I  he  edible  fishes  of  New  South 
Wales  are  well  suited  for  canning. 

"New  South  Wales  has  a  known  fish  fauna 
of  about  550  species,  nearly  all  of  which  are 
edible,  and  at  least  250  varieties  are  of  a  prac- 
tically commercial  nature. 

"As  regards  our  present  fisheries,  in  many 
cases  only  the  fringe  of  the  vast  shoals  is 
touched  or  drawn  upon.  Often  the  fisherman 
is  practically  obliged,  in  his  own  interests,  to 
refrain  from  sending  what  he  might,  for  fear 


Marbled  Flathead 


of  creating  a  glut  in  the  market.       With  the 
better  opening  up  of  avenues  for  fish  distribu- 
tion, an  enormous  impetus  will  be  given  to  fish 
catching." 
Prawns,    lobsters,    crayfish,    and    oysters    are 

abundant  on  the  coast  of  New  South  Wales,  and 

might  be  canned  in  any  quantity. 


Porpoises,  whales — the  black,  hump-back,  sul- 
phur bottom,  finback  and  pike  whale — all  find  a 
habitat  on  the  coast.  Sponges,  kelp,  commercial 
seaweeds — 300  known  species — and  other  ma- 
rine products  and  by-products  are  to  be  obtained 
along  the  Eastern  shores. 

How  little  we  Australians  know  of  the  wealth 
at  our  doors  is  exampled  by  the  fact  that  Spanish 
mackerel,  one  of  the  highest-priced  and  valued 
food  fishes  of  American  markets,  until  quite  re- 
cently, was  allowed  to  pass  up  and  down  the 
coasts  of  New  South  Wales  in  countless  shoals, 
without  any  attempt  being  made  to  popularize 
it  as  a  local  article  of  diet.  Not  until  1907, 
when  Mr.  Stead  pointed  out  the  existence  of  shoals 
of  southern  tunny,  did  the  Australian  angler  even 
know  that  the  greatest  fighting  fish  of  the  Seven 
Seas  was  to  be  had  on  the  coast.  The  same 
authority  has  frequently  drawn  attention  to  the 
presence  of  prodigious  shoals  of  pilchards,  which 
still  remain  a  neglected  fish,  as  far  as  Australians 
are  concerned. 

It  may  be  predicted  that,  before  many  years,  a 
great  development  will  take  place  in  Australian 
fisheries  generally.  A  vast  marine  food  supply, 
such  as  we  possess,  will  not  only  be  exploited  for 
home  consumption,  but  for  export,  particularly  to 
Asian  markets.  We  have  fish  as  well  as  meat 
to  feed  the  millions.  But  the  fisheries  of  New 
South  Wales  are  another  national  asset  the 
nature  and  value  of  which  are  yet  imperfectly 
understood. 

The  State  initiated  a  scheme  of  some  magni- 
tude for  the  development  of  deep-sea  fisheries 
In  19 1 5  Mr.  Stead — who  had  been  despatched 
by  the  Holman  Government  to  Europe  and  Ame- 
rica on  a  commission  of  piscatorial  enquiry  and 
for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  deep-sea  fishing  ves- 
sels for  the  exploitation  primarily  of  the  trawl- 
fisheries  on  the  coast  of  New  South  Wales — re- 
turned to  Sydney,  bringing  with  him  three  mo- 
dern steel  trawlers.  These  were  started  on  the 
work  of  trawling  soon  after  their  arrival,  and  al- 
though the  initial  work  was  largely  exploratory 
they  have  demonstrated  great  possibilities  in  the 
use  of  the  otter  trawl  in  these  waters.  Hundreds 
of  tons  of  fish  have  already  been  brought  as  cheap 
food  to  the  people  of  New  South  Wales. 

During  their  first  fourteen  months'  work — of  a 
pioneering,  exploratory,  and  experimental  nature 
— the  three  State  steam-trawlers  brought  into  the 
Sydney  food  market  no  less  than  2,504,000  lb. 
weight  of  choice  deep-sea  fish.  This  great  bulk 
of  fish  has  been  captured  by  the  State's  ships  and 
sold  to  the  public  at  an  infinitesimal  cost  to  the 
taxpayers.  It  is  expected  that  the  State  trawlers 
ultimately  will  cost  the  taxpayer  nothing. 

With  this  scheme,  the  Government  has  pio- 
neered the  way  in  the  matter  of  the  State  as  fish- 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES:  REVENUES  AND   RESOURCES  153 

retailer.  Five  fish  depots  have  been  opened  in  vari-  Amongst  the  fishes  captured  by  the  State  trawl- 

ous  districts  of  Sydney  for  the    sale    of    State-  ers  are  snapper,  whiting,  flathead,  leather-jacket, 

caught  fish.     As  the  work  of  the  industry  deve-  John  dory,  boar  fish,  morwong,  barracouta,  ling, 

lops,  other  retail  depots  are  to  be  opened  in  the  gurnard,  nannygai,  silver  dory,  sawfish,  skate,  cu- 

cities  of  Sydney  and  Newcastle,  and  throughout  cumber  fish. 

the  country  districts.     The  full  scheme  will  make  Though     magnificent     trawling-grounds     have 

available  vast  quantities  of  a  cheap  and  whole-  been  discovered  at  various  places^along  the  coast, 

some  food.     At  these  State  fish-shops  the  people  only  the  beginning  of  the  necessary  exploration 

are  able  to  buy  fish  at  prices  averaging  half  those  work   has    been   undertaken.      Perhaps  the   best 


The  Beach,  Newcastle 


which  have  prevailed  in  Sydney.  The  State  fish- 
depots  make  no  less  than  71,000  sales  a  month. 
Two  of  the  depots  serve  over  1,000  customers  a 
day  each. 

The  industry  is  being  expanded  by  the  building 
of  a  fleet  of  fishing-vessels,  the  construction  of  a 
large  fish-carrying  vessel  for  the  transport  of  fish 
from  coastal  receiving-depots  to  great  distribut- 
ing centres;  and  by  the  establishment  of  a  chain 
of  coastal  receiving-depots  for  dealing  with  the 
inshore  fishermen's  catches. 


ground  of  all,  so  far  discovered,  is  that  stretching 
away  southwards  from  off  Botany  Heads  to  a 
point  a  few  miles  eastward  of  Coalcliff.  Another 
wonderful  trawling-ground  lies  immediately  east- 
ward of  the  North  Head  of  Port  Jackson.  Of 
the  more  distant  grounds  so  far  located  (1916) 
the  best  is  that  lying  off  Twofold  Bay  and  Disas- 
ter Bay. 

Great  individual  catches  have  been  made  by 
the  State  trawlers.  In  many  cases  the  catch  per 
fishing  hour  has  exceeded  that  of  the  catches  made 


154 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


in 


the     prolific     North     Sea 


by  steam-trawlers 
grounds. 

The  handling  of  the  inshore  and  estuarine  fish- 
ermen's catches  would  mean  the  gradual  aboli- 
tion of  the  middleman — officially  regarded  as 
superfluous. 

The  placing  of  central  receiving-depots  at  vari- 
ous points  along  the  coastline  will  ensure  the  sav- 
ing of  many  tons  of  food  which  would  otherwise 


In  addition  to  freshwater  and  marine  species 
the  eastern  rivers  and  lakes  of  New  South 
Wales  are  being  stocked  with  trout  and  other 
exotic  fishes,  which  acclimatize  without  diffi- 
culty, and  are  already  a  yearly  joy  and  profit  to 

the    angler 

*  *  *  * 

Running  down  the  Eastern  Division  of  New 
South  Wales  from  Singleton  to  Wollongong  is 


Harpoon  Practice,  East  Coast. 


be  destroyed  throughout  the  year,  and  must  large- 
ly increase  the  output. 

In  the  last  few  years  the  whaling  industry  of 
New  South  Wales  has  also  been  rediscovered.  A 
modern  whaling  concern  operating  three  steam 
whaling-vessels,  and  working  in  the  vicinity  of 
Jervis  Bay,  has  captured  over  350  whales  in  one 
season,  yielding  a  great  quantity  of  oil  and  whale- 
bone. One  sperm  whale  taken  in  the  Tasman 
Sea  yielded  an  immense  lump  of  ambergris,  which 
brought  in  London  no  less  than  £12,000. 

It  is  expected  that  the  New  South  Wales  coast 
will  become  the  home  of  a  firmly-established  in- 
dustry on  a  large  scale  in  connection  with  whal- 
ing operations. 

The  only  other  whaling  carried  on  in  New 
South  Wales  for  many  years  has  been  that  in- 
teresting industry  at  Twofold  Bay,  where  the 
large  cetaceans  known  as  "killers,"  or  "killer 
whales,"  operating  in  conjunction  with  the  human 
whalers,  have  been  responsible  for  the  establish- 
ment of  a  small  industry  dealing  with  from  eight 
to  ten  whales  per  annum. 


an  enormous  proven  coal-field,  which  extends  in 
width  from,  the  coastline  to  Lithgow  in  the  west. 
Maitland,  Newcastle,  Sydney  and  Wollongong 
are  all  built  over  this  continuous  coal  bed  of  in- 
estimable value. 

Mr.  E.  F.  Pittman,  the  Government  Geologist, 
calculated  that,  at  a  moderate  estimate,  there 
are  1 15,346,000,000  tons  of  high-class  coal  avail- 
able for  mining  in  the  State. 

The  development  of  Australia  may  have  been 
directly  due  to  the  finding  of  payable  gold  in  New 
South  Wales  in  1851,  but  the  future  progress  of 
the  Commonwealth  is  more  likely  to  depend  upon 
iron  and  coal.  It  is  comforting  therefore  to 
learn  that  the  Mother  State  possesses  an  abund- 
ance of  both. 

Slowly  but  surely  the  evolution  of  an  Austra- 
lian iron  and  steel  industry  is  taking  place. 

With  unlimited  coal,  iron  ore,  and  limestone 
within  reasonable  distances,  with  public  sentiment 
and  political  policy  as  a  constant  pressure,  the 
establishment  of  the  iron  manufacturing  industry 
on  a  firm  basis  is  steadily  going  on. 


.a 

M 

a 
a 

3 

a 
a 

•a 
x> 
>> 
"3 


.ct 

oa 

o 
d 

m 


.4 
Eh 


155 


ts6 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Blast  Furnace,  Lithgow 


At  Carcoar  and  Cadia,  less  than  lOO  miles 
from  Lithgow,  the  deposits  of  iron  ores  have 
been  estimated  at  over  forty  million  tons;  ten 
million  tons  of  which  are  declared  to  be  of  the 
highest  quality. 

Altogether  New  South  Wales  has  something 
like  seven  millions  of  money  values  in  mining 
plant,  smelters,  and  mining  machinery;  which 
capital  outlay  has  been  considerably  increased  by 
the  establishment  of  the  Broken  Hill  Company's 
iron  and  steel  reduction  works  at  Newcastle. 

Although  gold  is  known  to  exist  over  a  field 
six  hundred  to  seven  hundred  miles  in  extent,  and 
although  it  has  been  extensively  and  profitably 
worked  for  more  than  half  a  century,  capital  in- 
vestments in  other  mineral  production  seem  to  be 
increasing  while  the  interest  in  gold  mining  has, 
at  least  temporarily,  declined.  Yet  it  is  possible 
that  to  the  sixty  odd  million  pounds  worth  of  gold 
which  New  South  Wales  has  produced  since 
1 85 1,  there  will  be  added  another  fifty  or  sixty 
millions  during  the  next  half-century. 


In  eleven  years  (1900-1910)  the  old  alluvial 
deposits  of  Araluen,  worked  over  on  the  modern 
dredge  system,  yielded  another  half  million,  and, 
with  improved  processes  and  automatic  machin- 
ery, low  grade  values  which  would  have  been 
unprofitable  a  few  years  back,  can  now  be  con- 
verted into  dividend-producers. 

The  chief  reason  for  decline  in  this  particular 
branch  of  mineral  production  is  that,  during  the 
last  ten  years,  other  things  have  been  found  to 
pay  as  well  or  better  than  gold  mining  in  New 
South  Wales. 

Silver  and  lead,  tin,  copper,  antimony,  plati- 
num, bismuth,  molybdenum,  scheelite,  wolfram, 
kerosene  shale,  diamonds,  gem  stones,  alunite, 
asbestos,  arsenic,  and  various  other  commercial 
minerals,  exist  in  unknown  quantities,  and  are 
all  being  profitably  worked  at  different  places. 

The  copper  lodes  contain  ores  of  a  very 
much  higher  grade  than  those  of  many  well- 
known  mines  worked  in  other  parts  of  the  world, 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES:   REVENUES  AND   RESOURCES 


157 


Between  the  years    1858  and   19 12,  the  value      sesses    deposits    of   immense    future    importance, 
of  the  copper  produced    in    the    State    totalled      The  production  of  precious  opal  in  this  State  has 


£1 1,784,102. 

Between  1872  and  19 12  the  total  tin  produc- 
tion was  worth  £9,327,609.  Lode  and  alluvial 
tin  are  both  distributed  over  a  large  area. 

In  marbles  and  clays,  New  South  Wales  pos- 


already  totalled  well  over  a  million  pounds,  but 
in  days  to  come  those  beautiful  colored  marbles, 
declared  by  experts  to  be  the  finest  in  the  world, 
will  probably  be  regarded  as  a  greater  national 
asset. 


Copper  Mine,  Cobar 


'5^ 


i 


(159) 


Crossing  a  Creek 


TRADE  AND  PRODUCTION. 


FOUR  days'  steaming  from  Port  Darwin  is 
the  island  of  Java;  less  in  area  than  the 
State  of  Victoria,  and  supporting  a  popu- 
lation of  35  millions  of  people. 

Farther  north,  lies  Japan  with  forty  millions, 
and  China  with  four  hundred  millions.  Between 
these  spreads  Malaysia,  holding  nigh  on  ten  mil- 
lions more — while  the  great  Indian  Empire,  with 
its  300  millions,  occupies  the  near  North-West. 
These  countries  are  much  closer  to  Australia 
than  Europe  or  America. 

During  the  last  thirty  years,  radical  changes 
have  taken  place  in  the  Asiatic  attitude  towards 
Occidental  civilization  and  habits.  As  a  result, 
there  is  an  increasing  demand  for  products, 
which,  previously,  were  a  negligible  quantity  in 
the  import  trade  of  Eastern  Asia. 

Australia — which  may  become  the  greatest 
wool,  wheat,  and  meat  producing  country  in  the 
world — must  greatly  benefit  from  this  hungry 
clamor  of  the  North  to  be  better  clothed  and  fed. 

Another  cursory  glance  at  official  statistics 
shows  how  the  Asian  trade  is  growing. 

In  1900  the  total  value  of  exports  from  New 
South  Wales  to  India  and  Ceylon  was  no  more 
than  £174,296.  In  19 12  it  had  reached 
£2,894,035. 

The  export  trade  to  the  Straits  Settlements  in 
1900  was  only  £39,898.  In  1912  it  came  to 
£401,481. 


The  trade  with  Japan  has  been  a  steadily 
increasing  quantity.  It  expanded  from  £133,989 
in  1900  to  £966,798  for  1912! 

All  the  world  is  coming  into  competition  as 
buyers  for  the  goods  that  Australia  has  to  sell. 
We  need  have  no  fear  of  over-production;  our 
only  anxiety  is  under-population.  The  Com- 
monwealth, with  1 .47  persons  to  the  square  mile, 
is  still  the  most  sparsely  populated  of  all  the 
civilized  countries  of  the  world.  Europe,  with 
114  to  the  square  mile,  could  spare  us  a  few 
millions  from  her  over-crowded  centres,  to 
mutual  advantage. 

We  could  increase  the  army  of  Australian  pro- 
ducers to  a  hundred  millions,  and  still  have  room 
to  spare  for  millions  more  on  the  fertile  fields  of 
our  splendid  Island  Continent. 

In  the  development  of  manufacturing  and  agri- 
culture, Australia  will,  during  the  next  fifty  years, 
require  a  much  larger  population  than  the  natural 
Increase  is  likely  to  give  her.  The  Federal  Statis- 
tician, Mr.  G.  H.  Knibbs,  has  calculated  that 
with  the  present  rate  of  increase,  the  Common- 
wealth would  have  8,534,000  people  at  the  end 
of  1950. 

The  demand  for  Australia's  raw  products 
alone  will  necessitate  a  more  rapid  peopling  of 
this  great  Continent.  Australia  has  certainties 
to  offer  settlers  from  abroad.  More  wool  will 
have  to  be  grown,  and  more  foodstuffs  produced. 


i6o 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


For  butter,  and  wheat,  mutton,  and  fruit,  and 
wine,  there  is  no  close  season.  Millions  of 
broad  acres,  on  which  these  and  a  thousand  other 
commercial  products  can  be  grown,  are  waiting 
on  the  Commonwealth  for  the  labor  which  will 
reduce  their  potential  wealth  to  actual  money. 

Elsewhere,   humanity  is  crying  for  opportuni- 
ties.      Here,  opportunities  are  crying  for  human- 


combined  (under  the  system  of  mixed  farmmg, 
which  prevails  in  many  districts)  with  wheat- 
growing,  pig-raising,  dairying  and  orcharding. 

The  system  of  mixed  farming  is  based  on  local 
conditions.  A  scientific  rotation  of  crops  and 
stock  is  its  essential  principle.  It  aims  at  get- 
ting the  highest  possible  amount  of  profit  out  of 
the  soil. 


Loading  Wheat  at  a  Country  Station 


ity.  It  should  be  the  object  of  wise  statesman- 
ship to  reduce  these  distortions  to  proportion, 
and  between  shortage  and  surplus,  to  bring  about 
an  equable  balance. 

Let  us  examine  some  of  these  openings  which 
New  South  Wales  offers  to  primary  producers 
from  any  country  in  Europe  or  North  America. 

New  South  Wales  is  the  great  sheep-breeding 
centre  of  Australia,  and  the  leader  of  the  world 
in  the  production  of  fine  merino  wool. 

While  the  bulk  of  the  sheep  shorn  are  at  pre- 
sent run  on  big  stations,  the  tendency  is  for 
smaller  holders  to  go  in  for  woolgrowing.     It  is 


For  farmers  who  have  been  trained  in  the  more 
strenuous  agricultural  schools  of  Europe  and 
North  America,  mixed  farming  in  New  South 
Wales  offers  what  may  be  described  as  a  royal 
road  to  fortune. 

Intensive  culture  on  reduced  areas  under  ap- 
proved methods  of  cultivation  is  greatly  needed 
to  prevent  the  waste  and  exhaustion  of  soils 
which  have  taken  place  in  some  agricultural  dis- 
tricts. 

Mixed  farming  areas  visited  by  the  writer, 
during  19 12-13,  were  showing  a  high  percentage 
of  profits  everywhere  that  good  management 
existed.       Woolgrowing  has  long  been  brought  to 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES :    TRADE   AND   PRODUCTION 


i6i 


A  Oierry  Tree,  Bathurst  Experiment  Farm 


a  State  of  perfection  in  Australia;  but  sheep- 
farming — the  raising  of  mutton  and  lamb  for 
export,  is  yet  practically  in  its  infancy.  A  cross- 
bred sheep  has,  so  far,  proved  the  most  profit- 
able. 

The  method  on  smaller  farms  is  to  run  these 
sheep  on  stubble  and  culti\ation  fields  not  in  crop. 
The  sheep  clean  and  fertilize  the  paddocks — 
which  supply  them  with  a  better  interim  pasture 
than  untilled  country.  They  rid  the  wheat  fields 
of  plants  which  are  of  no  service  to  the  crop,  and 
fill  an  economic  function  as  gleaners  after  har- 
vest. 

The  nett  season  return  from  500  crossbreds 
under  these  conditions  in  wool  and  mutton  may 
be  anything  up  to  £500;  not,  in  itself,  a  bad 
annual  income  for  a  small  farmer. 

With  no  difficulty  in  turning  every  pound  of 
Australian  butter,  every  ounce  of  wool,  every  - 
quarter  of  mutton  into  golden  sovereigns;  with 
soil  and  climate  all  in  his  favor,  the  Australian 
mixed  farmer  occupies  a  unique  position  among 
international  agriculturists. 

Australia  has  no  peasant  class.  The  farm 
worker  of  to-day  may  be  the  proprietary  farmer 
of  to-morrow.  Nowhere  on  the  face  of  the  earth 
is  there  a  country  so  prosperous,  or  one  which 
holds  such  widespread  opportunities. 

Fruits  of  all  kinds  can  be  grown  to  perfection 
in  New  South  Wales.  The  varieties  which  the 
mixed  farmer  will  cultivate  depend  on  his  dis- 
trict. On  the  Richmond  River  he  will  probably 
grow  bananas;  at  Wentworth  oranges;  in 
Monaro,  apples  or  pears. 


Fruit-growing  as  an  exclusive  occupation  is 
making  many  Australian  fortunes;  but  along  the 
higher  tablelands,  where  the  best  mixed  farming 
country  is  found,  good  crops  of  English  fruits 
can  be  gathered  with  certainty  every  year. 

On  the  lower  slopes,  up  to  an  elevation  of 
1,500  feet,  peaches,  passion-fruit,  plums  and 
grapes  give  great  harvests.  After  many  years 
of  experiment  in  jam-making  and  fruit-preser- 
ving, Australia  now  turns  out  immense  quantities 
of  the  very  best  product,  which  has  practically 
displaced  the  imported  article,  and  is  rapidly  for- 
cing its  way  into  markets  of  the  outside  world. 

The  West  also,  is  pre-eminently  adapted  for 
the  production  of  dried  fruits. 

During  its  long,  cloudless  summers,  the  fruit 
can  be  properly  ripened  and  dried.  Raisins,  sul- 
tanas, currants,  apricots,  figs,  and  peaches — 
nowhere,  outside  Australia,  can  these  be  grown 
and  handled  under  more  favorable  conditions. 
Already  wholesome  Australian  dried  fruit,  free 
from  dirt  and  impurities,  practically  monopolizes 
the  home  market,  and  is  a  growing  export. 

rhe  Government  of  the  State  has  given  much 
attention  to  fruit-growing  in  its  various  experi- 
mental orchards.  Data,  so  collected,  is  avail- 
able for  the  benefit  of  orchardists,  or  those  who 
meditate  the  establishment  of  an  orchard. 

The  young  vigneron  also  will  find  not  only 
fields  for  his  labors  but  a  considerable  experience 
and  much  Government  experiment  to  guide  him. 
Although  wine  growing  has  not  extended  as 
rapidly   as   some   contemporary   industries,    New 


l62 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


South  Wales  has  some  splendid  vineyards,   and 
produces  large  quantities  of  excellent  wines. 

For  many  years  it  has  been  current  prophecy 
that  Australia  is  destined  to  become  the  greatest 
wine-producing  country  in  the  world.  M. 
Blunno,  viticultural  expert,  has  declared  that  since 
the  establishment  of  this  industry  in  New  South 
Wales,  the  supply  of  wine  has  never  been  greater 
than  the  demand.  Ten  acres  of  vineyard  make 
a  comfortable  living  for  a  family;  yet  the  total 
area  under  cultivation  might  be  multiplied  by 
fifty. 


on  large  areas  is  estimated  at  £io  to  £15  an  acre 
per  annum.  Smaller  vineyards,  with  family 
labor,  return  more.  Family  experience  has  a 
particular  value  in  this  industry.  There  are 
thousands  of  wide  Australian  slopes  yet  to  green 
with  vineyards,  and  room  for  hundreds  of  pros- 
perous homes.  Families  from  the  wine  districts 
of  Europe  will  find  field  and  scope  for  their 
energies  and  experience.  As  in  other  branches 
of  industry,  immigrants  without  capital,  who  are 
willing  to  work,  will  not  have  to  wait  long  for 
their  chance  to  become  proprietors. 


■pn 

■HjMj 

KSiyiBl 

riHPP 

WKPi 

iQa 

^Hit^F^^Hfe^ 

']S0^r^^^^  '!^.*--  "^ 

B^^H 

i^vp^^Z 

^^SS^at^S^ 

^i|Sw|uKs:'JHQ 

luHt 

J^m 

^^BflHki  '^^^  1 

■Bym 

S£^g|c 

I^H^     c^^^l 

jMH 

^^^^H 

i^^fjmUm^t^^B^ 

^^^SEh 

B^H 

Kk^^H 

^^^^H 

H^B^/f^^l 

WfjMmBM 

Hh 

a^ 

^H 

"f^ 

M 

bT^***  "Ijf  ^Mf^^^l 

mW' 

|^^H^^L%rTj^H 

1^ 

Wine-Grapes:  Thompson's  Seedless,  Yanco 


Australians  themselves  are  not  a  wine-drinking 
people;  but  there  is  a  growing  local  demand  and 
their  wine  increases  in  foreign  favor,  as  fast  as 
its  quality  is  realized  abroad.  It  has  been,  for 
commercial  reasons,  a  difiicult  industry  to 
pioneer.  Still,  the  total  export  for  the  State  in 
1913  was  50,776  gallons. 

With  modern  ploughs  and  subsoilers,  the  cost 
of  preparing  vine  lands  in  New  South  Wales  is 
between  £9  and  £10  an  acre.  All  out,  a  vineyard 
may  be  put  in  bearing  in  this  State  for  about  £25 
an  acre.  With  proper  attention,  its  life  can  then 
be  estimated  at  a  period  of  forty  years.  The 
product,  of  course,  has  an  increasing  value,  inas- 
much as  matured  wines,  all  the  world  over,  com- 
mand a  higher  price.       The  profit  to  the  vigneron 


The  industrious  Italian,  the  intelligent 
Frenchman  will  enjoy  liberty,  leisure,  and  oppor- 
tunity, as  hundreds  of  their  countrymen  have 
already  done  here.  There  is  no  prejudice  against 
the  foreigner  who  is  willing  to  accommodate  him- 
self to  Australian  conditions.  He  will  find 
neither  legal,  nor  social,  nor  commercial  distinc- 
tion raised  against  him  on  the  score  of  his 
nationality.  Australia  opens  wide  her  doors  to 
these  worthy  citizens,  and  gives  them  warm  wel- 
come and  hearty  encouragement.  The  experi- 
ence won  by  four  generations  of  pioneers  is  theirs 
to  profit  by.  The  best  traditions  of  British  jus- 
tice and  free  citizenship  prevail  under  the  flag  of 
the  Commonwealth.     In  New  South  Wales  a  vigi- 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES:    TRADE   AND   PRODUCTION 


^63 


Wyandottes,  Hooper's  Farm,  Epping 


in 

K 
■ 


lant  administration  has  seen  to  it  that  assistance 
and  instruction  to  settlers  are  readily  available. 
The  splendid  work  of  a  modern  agricultural 
department,  whose  experts  are  in  constant  touch 
with  the  experiments  of  other  States  and  coun- 
tries, has  established  a  storehouse  of  knowledge 
by  which  every  settler  is  free  to  profit.  One  of 
the  functions  filled  by  the  Department  is  the  care 
and  supervision  of  vineyards  and  the  supply  to 
growers  of  phylloxera-resisting  stocks,  which  are 
propagated  on  the  Government  Viticultural  Sta- 
tions at  Narara  and  Mirrool. 

The  by-products,  wine-lees  and  wine-stone, 
have  been  very  largely  wasted  by  Australian 
vignerons,  mainly  because  they  have  found  wine- 
making  sufficiently  profitable  without  adding  to  it 
a  secondary  industry.  During  the  last  few  years 
a  revolution  has  taken  place  in  the  equipment  of 
the  larger  establishments.  The  most  scientific 
methods  of  fermentation  have  been  introduced, 
turbinage  of  white  musts  adopted  and  labor-sav- 
ing machinery  installed.  As  a  result,  wine-mak- 
ing has  been  made  a  still  more  profitable  indus- 
try, and  the  quality  of  the  Australian  product 
enerally  improved. 
As  in  Europe,  the  Australian  wine  varies  with 
soil  and  climate.  The  rich,  red,  dry  wines  of 
Albury  and  Corowa  vineyards  have  long  gratified 
many  a  fastidious  English  palate.  These  dis- 
tricts also  produce  excellent  Ports,  Sherries 
and  Muscats.  From  the  Hunter  River  vine- 
yards the  most  famous  Sauterne,  Chablis,  Hock, 
and  Claret  have  come.  Here  some  of  the  first 
experiments  in  wine-growing  were  carried  out; 
here,  too,  is  some  of  the  most  picturesque  country 
in  Australia, 


The  cooler  climate  of  New  England  produces 
vvines  corresponding  to  those  grown  in  the  colder 
vine  districts  of  Europe — all  of  the  finest  flavor 
and  quality  in  their  class. 

Wine  Grapes,  successfully  grown  in  New  South 
Wales  include  Syrah,  Malbeck,  Cabernet,  Verdot, 
Lambrusquat,  Espar  Mammolo,  San  Giovese, 
Pinot  Noir,  Aleatico,  Franketal — for  the  red 
wines. 

Among  the  white  wines  are  Tokay,  Riesling, 
Verdelho,  Pedro  Ximenes,  Marsanne,  Muscat, 
de  Frontignac,  Pinot  Blanc,  Gouais,  Blanquette 
and  Chasselas. 

The  cultivation  of  table  grapes  has  been  found 
profitable  in  New  South  Wales,  especially  when 
carried  out  within  reasonable  distance  of  the 
centres  of  population.  The  average  crop  is 
about  three  tons  to  the  acre,  and  the  quality  of 
the  fruit  equal  to  anything  that  the  sun  ripens 
anywhere. 

There  is  a  field  in  this  State  for  the  distillation 
of  export  wines  and  brandies  which  has  not  yet 
been  exploited.  Not  anywhere  in  Europe  are  con- 
ditions more  favorable  to  the  growth  of  the  most 
profitable  varieties  of  grapes.  Nowhere  could 
a  wine-producing  population  live  and  labor 
under  happier  surroundings.  Ultimately  the 
wines  of  New  South  Wales  must  become 
as  famous  and  as  popular  the  world  over 
as  the  choicest  vintages  of  Southern  Europe. 
In  fact,  it  is  more  than  suspected  that 
much  of  the  wine  which  is  now  sold  to  con- 
sumers under  foreign  labels  is  really  exported 
Australian.  Under  the  circumstances,  the  wine 
drinker  does  not  suffer — except  in  pocket.  His 
remedy  is  to  demand  genuine  Australian  vintages 
and  save  the  difference  in  price. 


164 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


A  New  South  Wales  Bee  Farm 


Among  what  might  be  termed  auxiHary  indus- 
tries, the  prospective  farmer  in  New  South  Wales 
will  find  poultry-raising  and  bee-keeping  practi- 
cable and  possible.  Poultry-raising  as  a  spe- 
ciality is  too  often  a  source  of  disappointment; 
but,  as  an  adjunct  to  the  farm,  it  becomes  a  source 
of  profit.  In  order  to  increase  the  farmer's 
revenue  the  Agricultural  Department  of  New 
South  Wales  provides  cold  storage  for  eggs  at  a 
nominal  charge;  and  the  Railway  Department  has 
established  a  specially  cheap  transport  for  this 
particular  product.  A  grower  500  miles  away 
can  land  the  eggs  from  his  farm  in  Sydney  at  a 
carriage  of  about  one  penny  a  dozen;  and  if 
there  is  a  glut  in  the  market,  they  can  be  stored 
at  low  cost  until  prices  go  up. 

It  is  officially  claimed  that  the  finest  frozen 
chickens  received  in  London  have  come  from 
New  South  Wales.  There  should  be  an  enor- 
mous market  in  England  for  Australian  poultry. 


From  a  most  interesting  chapter  on  Bee- 
keeping in  the  New  South  Wales  Guide  for  Immi- 
grants and  Settlers,  we  will  select  a  few  extracts. 
The  article  was  contributed  to  that  excellent  pub- 


lication by  Mr.  W.  Hessel  Hall,  M.A.,  who 
wisely  advocates  bee-keeping  as  an  aid  to  settle- 
ment on  the  mountain  lands  of  the  Mother  State. 
Mr.  Hall,  growing  wearied  of  the  cities,  and 
being,  as  his  writings  indicate,  a  man  with  a  fine 
poetic  appreciation  of  the  open  life,  began 
with  a  small  apiary  and  gradually  extended 
operations  as  he  acquired  practical  knowledge. 

"A  page  out  of  my  own  experience,"  says  Mr. 
Hall,  after  an  informative  talk  on  "Bees,"  "may 
best  give  the  necessary  information: — 

"First,  knowing  nothing  of  bees,  I  bought 
one  hive — wicked  hybrids — near  relatives  of 
the  wasp  in  temper.  To  learn  how  to  handle 
these  fiends  I  bought  'Root's  A.B.C.  of  Bee- 
culture,'  and  soon  learned  a  good  deal  about 
bees.  Several  black  swarms  were  given  to  me 
by  friends.  Next  I  purchased  a  good  Italian 
queen,  and  breeding  young  queens  from  her 
replaced  the  wicked  hybrids  and  blacks.  When 
I  had  seven  strong  colonies  I  removed  to  an- 
other district,  taking  my  hives  200  miles  by 
rail.  In  the  new  district  I  bought  a  couple  of 
stray  swarms  for  a  few  shillings  each,  cut 
several  nests  out  of  hollow  trees,  and  despite 
the  loss  of  many  fine  swarms  at  swarming  time 


3 
Q 


165 


1 66 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


through  inexperience  and  failure  to  cut  the 
queen's  wings,  in  two  years  raised  the  total  to 
thirty  colonies.  Then  removing  to  the  barren 
stony  ridge — then  in  a  state  of  nature — on 
which  the  writer's  home  now  stands,  he 
trusted  to  the  bees  and  to  what  he  could  grow 
on  the  stony  land  for  a  living  for  himself,  wife, 
and  four  young  children.  Obtaining  the  best 
strains  of  leather-coloured  Italian  blood, 
breeding,  culling,  selecting,  he  has  now  as  fine 
a  lot  of  thoroughbred  queens  and  bees  as  can 
be  found  anywhere.  By  dint  of  clearing, 
trenching,  draining,  manuring,  and  even  sift- 
ing, the  barren  hill  has  been  turned  into  a  most 
fertile  garden.  For  years  he  made  his  own 
hives  out  of  the  ubiquitous  kerosene  case,  till 
the  labour  of  harvesting  the  increased  yields 
left  no  time  for  such  work.  So  by  ten  years' 
hard  work — earning  before  he  ate — he  has 
built  up  a  home  in  which  he  is  satisfied  to  end 
his  days.  The  same  opportunities,  and  much 
better,  are  open  to  thousands  of  others. 

"In  concluding  this  chapter,  the  writer 
would  say  that  he  is  not  a  Government  official, 
and  has  not  written  for  hire.  The  life  is  one 
that  he  has  lived,  and  is  living  still. 
He  is  writing  in  hope  of  benefiting  the  State  by 
helping  to  solve  the  problem  of  settling  the 
people  on  the  land,  and  in  the  hope  of  helping 
others  from  the  Old  World,  or  those  in  his 
own  land  who  desire  to  escape  from  city  life 
to  the  healthful  life  of  the  mountains.  The 
settler  who  has  a  stout  heart  and  possesses  in- 
dustry and  grit  need  not  fear  failure.  He  will 
not  make  a  fortune,  but  room  and  work  for 
every  child,  and  a  home  and  a  living  he  may 
have.  As  a  reward  he  will  live  a  life  most 
varied  and  interesting — too  busy  to  be  dull — 
the  years  will  slip  by.  He  will  call  no  man 
master.  He  will  have  busy  times  and  times 
of  leisure.  In  place  of  the  monotony  and  con- 
finement of  city  labour  he  will  have  work  most 
varied,  according  to  the  time  of  the  year, — 
clearing,  splitting,  fencing,  building,  with 
material  from  his  own  land,  beginning,  if  need 
be,  with  a  sheet  of  bark  or  slab  hut,  and  ending 
with  as  good  a  house  as  his  skill  or  means  can 
construct.  Hive-making,  queen-rearing,  un- 
capping, extracting,  soldering,  marketing, 
ploughing,  or  digging,  trenching,  draining, 
planting,  reaping,  mowing,  harvesting,  prun- 
ing, grafting,  budding,  picking  fruit,  packing; 
all  these  and  others  go  to  make  up  the  life  of 
the  mountain  home.  Though  not  rich,  the 
settler,  like  the  writer,  may  have  many  good 
things  from  his  own  labour — peas,  beans, 
pumpkins,  marrows,  cabbage,  cauliflower,  tur- 
nips, parsnips,  and  other  vegetables  from  his 
own   garden   in   plenty.        Honey   and   honey- 


comb in  variety  and  abundance,  milk,  cream, 
butter,  eggs,  and  bacon  of  his  own  curing. 
From  his  few  trees,  peaches,  plums,  nectarines, 
apricots,  apples,  passion-fruit,  oranges — more 
than  he  can  eat;  strawberries  and  cream  for  all 
till  they  can  eat  no  more;  the  choicest  of  grapes 
in  abundance — things  that  the  richest  cannot 
buy  so  fresh  and  good.  His  children  grow 
up  hardy,  deep-chested,  and  innocent,  taller  and 
stronger  by  far  than  their  parents,  may  fol- 
low in  their  father's  steps,  or  in  after  time  in 
other  callings  rise  to  eminence  in  the  land.  To 
the  men  and  women  who  fear  God,  seek  know- 
ledge, and  are  patient  in  industry,  all  these 
things  are  possible  'on  the  mountain  lands.'  " 

In  addition  to  his  University  degree,  Mr.  Hall 
has  graduated  with  high  honors  in  the  School  of 
Scientific  Application.  As  a  successful  apiarist, 
rather  than  a  University  graduate,  we  attach 
importance  to  his  pronouncements. 

"One  of  the  most  valuable  assets  of  any 
State,"  says  Mr.  Hall,  "is  to  be  found  in  its 
mountain  lands,  and  in  the  hardy  and  healthy 
men  and  women  they  nourish.  In  New  South 
Wales  this  class  of  country  has  been  under- 
valued by  settlers  in  the  past,  and  still  remains 
in  the  hands  of  the  State.  These  broken  lands 
extend  in  a  broad  belt  running  north  and  south 
right  through  the  State,  with  an  elevation  vary- 
ing from  a  few  hundred  feet  on  the  foothills  to 
several  thousand  feet  on  the  higher  ranges. 
Included  in  this  area  is  a  considerable  extent  of 
tableland  with  an  English  climate — the  richer 
portions  of  which  are  already  occupied  by  set- 
tlers engaged  in  farming  and  pastoral  pursuits; 
but  the  immense  extent  of  broken  country 
embraced  in  the  mountain  area  is  practically 
unoccupied. 

"Even  the  poorest  tracts  contain  innumer- 
able sites  where  a  home  may  be  made  and  a 
family  reared,  within  easy  distance  of  the  sea- 
board, and  amidst  the  wholesomest,  healthiest, 
and  most  independent  conditions  to  be  found 
anywhere  on  earth;  provided  only  that  the 
settler  is  content  with  a  simple  way  of  living, 
and  to  produce  mainly  for  the  food  require- 
ments of  himself  and  family — relying  on  the 
sale  of  honey,  timber,  and  in  time  on  fruit- 
growing and  dried  fruits,  for  the  ready  money 
to  procure  the  necessaries  and  small  luxuries 
which  he  cannot  produce  for  himself. 

"The  whole  of  the  mountainous  region 
above  described,  together  with  isolated  patches 
on  the  seaboard,  and  in  various  other  parts  of 
the  State,  is  clothed  with  the  native  forest  and 
indigenous  undergrowth — these,  so  far  as  the 
near  future  is  concerned,  constitute  its  real 
wealth. 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES:    TRADE  AND   PRODUCTION 


167 


"Those  not  familiar  with  this  region  can  form 
no   conception   of  the   enormous   quantities   of 
honey  produced  by  the  native  forest  trees  and 
flowering    shrubs    every    year.       Occasionally 
the  yield  takes  the  form  of  'manna,'  the  honey 
or  sweet  sap    exuding    from  small    punctures 
made  in  the  bark  of  the  trees  by  the  sap-feed- 
ing cicada,  or  dripping  from  the  leaves  till  the 
ground  is  covered  as  with  a  light  fall  of  snow, 
with  small  white  lumps  of  granulated  manna 
honey.   This  formofhoneyproduction,however, 
is  the  exception,  and  not  the  rule.     The  usual 
thing  is  for  the  honey  to  be  secreted  in  the  form 
of  nectar  in  the  flowers.       The  members  of  the 
eucalyptus  family  have  a  little  cup  in  the  centre 
of  the  flower  in  which  the  honey  is  formed. 
Under    favourable    weather    conditions,    espe- 
cially in  close  thundery  weather,  the  secretion 
is    very  abundant,  and    the  honey  can  be    dis- 
tinctly seen  shining  in  the  bottom  of  the  flower- 
cups.       Before  the  introduction  of  the  honey- 
bee much  of  the  honey  secreted  must  have  gone 
to  waste.       Some  was  gathered  by  the  native 
bee    (Trigotia    carbonaria),    a    little     creature 
about  the    size    of    the    house-fly,    building    a 
resinous  comb    in  which    it  stores  the    honey, 
l-^nglish  bees  that  have  gone  wild  in  the  bush 
are  now  plentiful,  and  from  their  nests  in  hol- 
low trees  the  settler  may  obtain  a  good  deal  of 
the    stock      necessary      to      start    an    apiary. 
During    the    great    honey-flows    which    come 
almost  every  year,  and  sometimes  many  times 
in  one  year,  the  honey  supply  is  so  abundant 
that  much  of  it,  even  now,  must  needs  go  to 
waste  for  want  of  bees  to  gather  it.       In  one 
of  these  flows  about  130  colonies  in  the  writer's 
apiary  last  season  brought  in  two  tons  of  sur- 
plus honey  in  a  little  over  a  week." 


Australia  is  veritably  "a  land  flowing  with 
milk  and  honey,"  and  not  the  least  of  her  riches 
is  the  possession  of  settlers  like  Mr.  W.  Hessel 
Hall,  who  have  realized  that  their  southern 
motherland  holds  a  heritage  of  health  and  happi- 
ness, such  as  he  has  elected  to  enjoy  in  his  frugal 
Blue  Mountain  home. 

All  along  that  belt  of  mountain  country,  such 
homes  can  be  happily  established.  The  writer 
of  Australia  Unlimited,  who  has  spent  the  greater 
number  of  his  own  years  in  the  Bush,  knows 
what  perfect  health  and  splendid  spirits  this  free 
life  in  the  open  brings. 

If  the  Man  on  the  Land  cultivates  a  love  of  the 
beautiful  in  nature    his    years  'will  never    know 
monotony.       The  clear  Australian  morning,  with 
its  carol  of  birds,  its  cool  winds  and  freshening 
dews,  uplifts  his  spirit  and  fills  him  with  a  mighty 
strength,  and  he  sees  the  sun  rise  above  the  odor- 
ous forest  into  a  sky  of  cloudless  blue.     His  day's 
pleasant  tasks  accomplished,  he  sees  the  sun  sink 
again    behind  the    forest    in  a  splendor    beyond 
words.       After  his  evening  meal  is  over,  he  sits 
upon   his   porch   mayhap   with   a   softened   bush, 
arrayed  in  silver,  before  him.        The  procession 
of  the  seasons  brings  him   interest  and  delight. 
The  warm  spring  rain  is  good  to  hear  upon  the 
roofs  of  iron   or  shingle.        Summer  gives  him 
reddened  fruit  and  ripened  sheaves.       In  Autumn 
he  counts  his  gains  and  meditates  his  future  plans. 
Winter  reinvigorates  him  with  colder  winds  and 
cleansing  frosts.       No  day  throughout  the  year 
need  be  without  its  interest,   its  efforts,   and  its 
joys. 


Trevltt's  Seedling  Apple,  Yanco. 


i68 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


'Hog-Eaisiug  and  Bacon-Curing  Increase  the  Income   of  the  Man  on  the  Land' 


Vor  the  man  of  more  ambitious  mould,  there 
are  greater  chances  and  wider  fields  of  endea- 
vour. If  he  possess  the  genius  of  organization, 
if  he  can  handle  big  projects,  the  Commonwealth 
is  yet  broad  and  young.  Thousands  of  personal 
histories  might  be  cited  in  every  Australian  State 
of  men  who  "started  off  scratch,"  and  have  won 
out.  Men  who  came  into  the  battle  of  life  with 
no  silver  spoon,  no  heritage  of  broad  acres  or 
bank  accounts,  have  gained  riches  in  every  walk 
of  life.  There  is  not  a  country  town  nor  an 
agricultural  or  mining  district  in  Australia  with- 
out illustrious  examples  of  success  achieved  by  in- 
dividual merit  and  industry  alone.  Our  muni- 
cipalities, our  Parliaments,  our  Chambers  of 
Commerce  and  Manufacture,  can  boast  a  long 
roll  of  such  honorable  names. 

In  commerce  and  production  New  South 
Wales,  like  her  sister  States,  holds  ever-widening 
domains.  The  Pastoral  Section  of  this  book 
will  give  examples  of  many  who  have  engaged  in 
that  staple  industry,  and  the  results  of  their 
enterprise. 

The  dairy  farming  industry  has  already  had 
passing  reference.  1  he  horizon  of  its  expansion 
lies  beyond  the  most  prophetic  vision.  It  is 
practically  illimitable.  The  total  export  of 
butter  from  New  South  Wales  in  1913  was  close 
on  a  million  English  sovereigns  in  value.  Some 
day  it  will  probably  be  twenty  millions.  Austra- 
lian dairymen  are  now  turning  out  highest  grade 
butter  and  competing  successfully  with  expert 
Danes.  For  some  years  the  northern  coast  of 
New  South  Wales  has  been  almost  exclusively 
a  dairy  farming  proposition;  but  dairying  on  irri- 
gated farms  has  yet  to  come,  and  there  are  thou- 
sands of  suitable  dairy  farms  still  locked  up 
within  large  areas,  and  devoted  to  less  payable 
purposes.  Systematic     inspection     by     expert 

officers,  a  general  supervision  of  the  dairy  indus- 


try, sympathetic  treatment,  special  education,  the 
supply  of  thoroughbred  stock,  have  long  been 
part  of  the  administrative  policy  of  the  State. 
Great  improvements  have  been  effected  in  trans- 
port, carriage,  storage  and  shipment. 

The  modern  dairying  industry  in  New  South 
Wales  has  very  largely  been  developed  on  co- 
operative lines.  As  a  result,  districts  have  been 
rapidly  enriched  by  full  profits  going  into  the 
hands  of  the  producers.  The  prosperity  of  the 
Coast  has  been  phenomenal.  Everywhere  one 
travels,  from  the  Tweed  to  Twofold  Bay,  one 
finds  co-operative  factories,  with  their  local 
groups  of  suppliers,  large  and  small,  and  the 
almost  universal  story  is  one  of  success. 

Side  by  side  with  dairy  farming,  hog  raising 
and  bacon  curing  increase  the  income  of  the  Man 
on  the  Land.  Most  of  the  bacon  factories  are 
now  co-operatively  controlled. 

Domestic  animals  throughout  Australia  are 
singularly  free  from  disease.  Sunlight  and  sweet 
pasture,^  and  a  dry  air  undoubtedly  account  for 
this. 

The  advantages  to  the  farmer  are  unequalled 
In  any  other  part  of  the  world.  Genuine  Aus- 
tralian products  may  be  freely  accepted  abroad 
as  being  wholesome  and  clean.  Unfortunately, 
Australian  products  have  sometimes  been  adul- 
terated by  unscrupulous  foreign  traders,  and 
inferior  foodstuffs  which  never  saw  Australia, 
freely  passed  off  on  the  English  public,  under 
the  disguise  of  an  Australian  brand. 

Our  products  have  for  years  been  subjected  to 
a  heavy  handicap.  It  speaks  well  for  their 
quality  that,  despite  all  disadvantages,  they  have 
slowly  but  surely  come  right  to  the  front.  .  .  . 
Combined  pig  and  dairy  farming  in  New  South 
Wales  is  nowadays  a  highly-profitable  occupation. 
Here  again  people  from  Northern  Europe  will 
find  excellent  openings.    It  should  be  remembered 


13 
C3 


60 

a 


169 


170 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


that  dairying  can  be  carried  on  throughout  the 
year  in  Australia.  There  are  no  long,  cold 
winters  wherein  domestic  cattle  must  be  housed 
and  hand-fed;  and  none  of  those  climatic  dis- 
advantages which  make  the  persistent  labors  of  a 
dairy  farmer  still  more  strenuous  in  other 
countries. 

As  far  north  as  the  Atherton  Tableland — 
which  is  a  long,  elev-ated  plateau,  right  in  the 
tropics,  still  covered  for  the  most  part  with  dense 
jungle- — the  dairy  cow  and  the  bacon  hog  are 
doing  perfectly  well.  With  a  climate  better 
beyond  comparison  than  that  of  Denmark,  larger 
areas  of  land,  greater  varieties  of  animal  foods, 
and  rapid  transport  to  the  same  markets,  Aus- 
tralia has  come  into  successful  competition  with 
the  most  scientific  farmers  in  Europe. 

Economic  and  sanitary  feeding,  and  a  steady 
improvement  of  breeds,  have  made  the  modern 
hog  quite  a  cleanly  creature  by  comparison  with 
the  pig  of  tradition.  As  a  gleaner  on  the  wheat 
farms,  an  absorber  of  skim  milk  in  the  dairy  sec- 
tions, he  has  economic  uses.  Foodstuffs,  which 
would  otherwise  go  to  waste,  are  converted  by 
the  curious  chemistry  of  nature  into  marketable 
meat.  Our  living  areas  being  always  on  the 
hberal  scale,  the  domestic  hog  gets  plenty  of 
grubbing  room.  He  has  the  advantages  of  sun- 
light, and  abundance  of  food  and  exercise.  The 
climate  is  congenial  to  him.  In  some  places  wild 
pigs  have  become  very  numerous.  Like  the  buf- 
falo, horse,  and  kine,  these  animals  find  Austra- 
lian conditions  conducive  to  rapid  development. 
On  th^  frontiers  of  our  civilization  herds  of  wild 
horses.  East  Indian  buffalo,  wild  pigs  and  cattle 
still  roam  in  their  thousands. 

The  future  may  demonstrate  that  silk,  flax,  and 
cotton  can  all  be  commercially  produced  in  New 
South  Wales.  For  the  cultivation  of  flax  and  lin- 
seed there  will  undoubtedly  be  an  opening;  but 
while  proved  industries  are  profitable,  there  is  a 
difficulty  in  establishing  new  ones. 

Tobacco  and  cigar  leaf  of  splendid  quality  are 
grown  in  this  State  in  small  quantities.  Ulti- 
mately Australia  should  produce  enough  for  her 
own  consumption  and  a  large  balance  for  export. 
Great  Britain  alone  imports  tobacco,  raw  and 
manufactured,  to  the  value  of  five  million  pounds 
sterling  per  annum.  Australia's  own  little 
tobacco  bill  amounts  to  over  half  a  million  a  year. 
Large  quantities  of  tobacco  are  manufactured  in 
Australia  from  imported  and  local  leaf.  A  visit 
to  Dixson's  and  Cameron's  factories  in  Sydney, 
and  Cameron's  and  others  in  Melbourne,  discloses 
the  fact  that  particular  attention  is  paid  to  the 
health  and  well-being  of  the  operatives  engaged. 
It  is  indeed  doubtful  if  tobacco-workers  in  any 
other  part  of  the  world  are  working  under  such 
sanitary  conditions  or  receiving  a  higher  rate  of 
wages. 


Under  the  Federal  Bounties  Act  of  1907  a 
bonus  of  2d.  a  lb.  was  paid  on  locally-grown  cigar 
leaf — high  grade.  The  period  set  down  for  the 
payment  of  this  bounty  was  five  years  from  the 
passing  of  the  Act.  In  1914-15  £349  had  been 
paid  under  this  schedule — representing  a  total 
production  of  41,891  lb.     .     .     . 


The  reader  of  this  section  must  keep  in  mind 
that,  although  the  oldest  of  the  States,  New  South 
Wales  has,  during  a  comparatively  recent  period, 
come  into  the  world's  field  as  an  exporting 
country.  The  year  1897  was  the  first  in  her 
history  when  production  exceeded  consumption. 

Out  of  a  probable  25  to  30  millions  of  acres 
suitable  for  wheat-growing.  New  South  Wales  in 
1 9 13  had,  according  to  the  Statistical  Bulletin, 
just  2,231,514  acres  under  crop.  Her  total  for 
all  crops,  wheat,  maize,  oats,  cane,  hay,  vines 
and  potatoes,  was  much  short  of  four  million 
acres.  Wheat-growing  in  Australia  is  a  proved 
proposition  that  need  give  the  farmer  lit- 
tle anxiety.  He  has  but  to  keep  his  eyes 
open,  profit  by  the  experience  already 
gained  by  others,  conduct  his  farm  on  the  lines 
of  an  ordinary  business,  and,  in  any  established 
wheat  district  within  reasonable  reach  of  trans- 
port, he  may  look  forward  with  certainty  to  a 
competency  in  a  few  seasons.  There  is  no 
country  on  earth  to-day  which  can  offer  the  same 
possibilities,  and  no  country  in  which  the  neces- 
sary interval  spent  in  developing  those  possibili- 
ties into  certainties  can  be  more  healthily  or 
pleasantly  lightened  and  brightened  by  the  man 
on  the  land.  Australia  can  challenge  the  world 
in  this  respect.  She  is  destined  to  be  the  granary 
of  the  world,  and  the  men  who  get  here  now  with 
the  necessary  capital  will  stand  to  profit  most — - 
they  and  their  children! 

In  British  markets,  Australian  wheat  has  the 
highest  value.  As  far  back  as  1904  it  com- 
manded 1/3  a  quarter  more  than  Argentine,  6d. 
higher  than  Canadian,  and  3  -  higher  than  Eng- 
lish grain.  Constant  experiment  and  accumulat- 
ing experience  are  certain  to  increase  the  quality, 
not  only  of  wheat,  but  of  all  Australian  products. 
We  are  essentially  a  progressive  people,  and  our 
Governments  lead  the  way  in  the  endeavour  to 
elevate  national  averages.  The  wealth  which 
older  nations  have  wasted  in  war  has  in  our  case 
been  applied  to  development  in  the  arts  of  peace. 
Our  militarism — now  the  most  comprehensive 
citizen-soldier  system  in  the  world — has  been 
organized  not  for  conquest,  but  for  defence. 

That  New  South  Wales  can  produce  her  wheat 
more  cheaply  than  any  other  country  testifies  to 
the  fact  that  neither  soil,  climate,  nor  method  is 
deficient. 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES:  TRADE   AND    PRODUCTION 


171 


During  the  last  twenty  years  the  method  has 
been  practically  revolutionized.  In  this  refer- 
ence the  name  of  the  late  William  Farrer,  of  the 
State  Agricultural  Department,  stands  in  the 
same  relationship  to  Australian  agriculture  as 
that  of  Berthelot  to  France. 

From  the  year  1790,  when  James  Ruse,  the 
first  Australian  farmer,  began  to  crudely  till  his 
plot  of  ground  at  Parramatta,  down  to  the  pre- 
sent time,  no  man  has  deserved  better  of  his 
country  than  William  Farrer. 

Farrer  possessed  the  two  first  qualities  of 
genius,  inspiration  and  patience.  His  original 
mind  perceived  that  in  agriculture,  as  in  other 
branches  of  industry,  the  business  of  New  South 
Wales  was  to  establish  precedents  rather  than  to 
follow  them.  For  years  he  devoted  himself  to 
the  breeding  of  special  wheats,  which  would  be 
more  adaptable  to  the  conditions  of  Australia 
than  those  previously  cultivated.  As  the  result 
of  his  long  labours,  he  produced  half-a-dozen  new 
types  of  wheat — drought-resisting  and  rust-proof 
— which  revolutionized  the  industry,  brought  mil- 
lions of  acres  within  profitable  possibility,  opened 
up  widening  avenues  of  export,  and  enriched 
whole  districts. 


Let  us  hope  that  a  life  as  noble  as  that  of  Wil- 
liam Farrer  will  long  be  held  up  as  an  example  to 
Young  Australia;  that  his  name  will  be  written  in 
letters  as  golden  as  the  harvests  he  has  created. 

With  twenty  to  thirty  millions  of  acres  to  come 
under  wheat,  with  an  increasing  production  in 
butter,  wool,  and  other  commodities,  with  rapid 
developments  taking  place  in  manufactures,  con- 
struction, and  national  enterprise,  the  future  pro- 
gress of  New  South  Wales  is  generally  assured. 
The  total  value  of  production  per  head  of  popu- 
lation is  already  higher  than  in  any  other  country. 
The  average  export  of  New  South  Wales  is  only 
exceeded  in  Belgium,  which  is,  or  was  before  the 
war,  a  clearing-house  for  Europe. 

It  is  not  possible  to  exhaustively  detail  all 
the  industrial,  commercial,  or  financial  openings 
which  the  Mother  State  presents,  nor  to  elabor- 
ate the  many-sided  aspects  of  her  primary  indus- 
tries; but  it  could  be  shown  that  she  is  capable 
of  supporting  a  prosperous  and  contented  popu- 
lation quite  equal  in  numbers  to  that  of  Germany. 
In  the  new  era  of  accelerated  progress  and  in- 
creasing prosperity,  upon  which  the  Common- 
wealth has  undoubtedly  entered,  she  is  destined  to 
take  a  leading  part. 


Harvesters  at  Work 


172 


(173) 


i^ 


Open  Boat  Sailing  on  Sydney  Harbor 


SYDNEY  HARBOR  AT  NIGHT. 


FROM  the  Botanic  Gardens  comes  a  heavy 
odour  of  magnoha   flowers.     A  sound  of 
tramping    feet  is    heard  down    darkened 
avenues  of  Moreton  Bay  fig-trees.       Occasional 
shadows  of  flying  foxes  flit  across  a  moon  just 
risen  above  their  spreading  branches. 

It  has  been  a  warm  day.  The  city  is  cooHng 
down.  On  balconies  and  verandahs  white  dresses 
show  in  the  moonlight.  Laughter  and  the  voices 
of  children  echo  from  gardens  facing  the  sea. 

At  Circular  Quay  electric  trams  are  dropping 
their  passengers.  There  is  a  large  proportion 
of  lovers.  On  white  nights  like  these  the  Harbor 
calls  its  votaries  by  thousands. 

The  prosperous  fruit  vendor  by  the  Quay 
dreams  of  Venice  and  Naples  as  he  watches  the 
lights  reflected  rn  the  waters.  It  is  better  here 
— as  much  beauty  and  infinitely  more  money.  He 
blows  cigarette  clouds.       He  is  content. 

Alongside  the  outer  wharves  liners  are 
berthed,  leviathans  of  Orient  and  P.  and  O., 
lean  Messageries,  broad-beamed  Nippon  Yusen 
Kaisha,  and  clean  white  Royal  Packet  Dutchmen. 

Further  along  the  waterside,  cargo  vessels, 
tramps,  interstate  steamers,  traders,  sailers 
(growing  fewer),  wheat-ships,  wool-ships,  cattle- 
ships,  are  crowded. 

Federal  Shire,  White  Star,  Aberdeen,  Ameri- 
can,— house  flags  of  a  hundred  companies  will 
break  from  their  peaks  at  sunrise  and  a  babel  of 
polyglot  speech  arise. 


Night  and  day  it  is  one  of  the  busiest  ports 
in  the  world.  Its  trade  is  increasing  by  leaps 
and  bounds.  Each  succeeding  year  the  tonnage 
is  heavier,  the  volume  of  import  and  export 
greater. 

During  thirteen  years  the  port  has  undergone 
a  revolution  under  the  Sydney  Harbor  Trust. 
No  less  than  seven  millions  of  money  have  been 
spent  in  improvement  of  the  harbor  and  fore- 
shores. 

A  summary  of  the  Harbor  Trust's  operations 
gives  the  following  facts,  which  may  be 
of  interest  to  shipmen  and  merchants  of  the 
Seven  Seas : — 

Sydney  is  the  fifth  port  of  the  Empire,  its  mari- 
time trade  being  exceeded  only  by  that  of  four 
ports  in  the  United  Kingdom — London,  Liver- 
pool, the  Tyne,  and  Cardi£  The  number  of 
vessels  entering  the  port  during  the  year  ended 
June  30,  1 9 14,  was  10,142,  with  an  aggregate 
tonnage  of  9,437,310.  This  shows  an  increase 
over  the  previous  twelve  months  of  469  vessels 
and  723,248  tons.  During  the  last  ten  years  the 
tonnage  has  been  more  than  doubled,  the  figures 
for  1902-3  being  5,960  vessels,  and  a  tonnage  of 
4,160,757.  The  tonnage  of  goods  imported  dur- 
ing the  year  was  5,081,270,  showing  an  increase 
of  221,182  tons  over  the  figures  for  the  preceding 
year,  the  value  of  the  oversea  and  interstate  and 
State  imports  being  £53,613,030,  and  the  value  of 
oversea  exports  £31,105,773. 


174 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED. 


If  the  ghosts  of  these  unwilling  colonists  who 
mourned  by  Circular  Quay  a  hundred  years  ago, 
that  Australia  would  never  pay  England  for 
settlement,  could  read  these  figures  they  would 
surely  tremble  with  annoyance  at  being  convicted 
as  the  silliest  prophets  in  history. 

"Exclusive  of  the  numerous  ferry  wharfs  and 
the  multitudinous  jetties  used  for  private  pur- 
poses, there  are  in  Sydney  Harbor  55,000  feet 
of  wharfage  in  actual  use  for  shipping,  and 
another   12,000  feet  under  construction. 

"The  principal  wharfs  are  leased  by  the  trust 
to  the  various  shipping  companies,  a  reserve  of 
open  wharf  accommodation  being  maintained 
for  the  convenience  of  vessels  visiting  the  port 
casually.  Most  of  the  wharfs  have  good  shed 
accommodation,  and  the  latest  are  being  fitted 
with  up-to-date  mechanical  appliances  for  hand- 
ling cargo.  Great  improvements  have  been 
carried  out  in  Woolloomooloo  Bay,  the  chief  of 
these  being  a  new  jetty  running  1,140  feet  down 
the  centre  of  the  bay.  The  jetty  is  208  feet 
wide,  and  has  a  covered  concrete  roadway  53 
feet  in  width  down  the  centre,  with  double- 
decked  sheds  on  either  side.  The  cost  of  the 
jetty  is  in  the  neighbourhood  of  £200,000.  Ow- 
ing to  the  great  increase  in  the  ferry  traffic, 
some  of  the  big  liners  that  used  to  berth  at  Cir- 
cular Quay  have  had  to  find  accommodation  else- 
where. Seven  berths  are  still  available  for  ship- 
ping there,  giving  a  total  length  of  3,654  feet. 
A  large  proportion  of  the  trade  of  the  port  is 
done  in  Darling  Harbor,  where  there  are  91 
berths  available,  and  all  In  constant  use.  The 
Pyrmont  jetties  are  fitted  with  steam  cranes  and 
electric  coal  elevators.  These  jetties  are  used 
chiefly  for  loading  coal,  coke,  frozen  meat,  and 
stock.  Horses  and  cattle  are  shipped  from  here 
to  the  East  in  fairly  large  numbers,  and  last 
year  142,410,1461b.  of  frozen  and  preserved 
meats  was  sent  away  from  the  port.  Wheat  for 
export  is  transferred  to  ships  from  the  Darling 
Harbor  wharfs  by  electric  conveyors,  capable 
of  loading  12,000  tons  a  day  into  seven  vessels. 
Provision  is  being  made  in  Jones'  Bay  for  extra 
berths  for  the  use  of  the  largest  oversea  vessels, 
and  at  Johnstone's  Bay  and  at  other  places  im- 
provements are  being  carried  out. 

"The  scheme  laid  down  by  the  Commissions  to 
meet  the  pressing  needs  of  increasing  trade  and 
the  larger  modern  vessels  embraces  the  remodel- 
ling of  Darling  Harbor,  and  an  extensive  wharf- 
age scheme  In  Johnstone's,  Blackwattle,  and 
Rozelle  Bays,  which  are  In  the  heart  of  the  ex- 
tending city.  The  scheme  will  probably  take 
ten  years  to  complete.  The  new  wharf  frontage 
will  be  about  42,000  feet,  and  give  accommoda- 
tion for  71  600-feet  vessels,  or  a  fewer  number 


of  larger  ships.  The  cost  of  this  work,  includ- 
ing the  resumption  of  the  foreshores  beyond 
the  present  limits  of  the  Trust's  domain,  will 
probably  be  £6,500,000." 


These  are  facts!  But  what  care  the  happy 
couples  coming  arm  in  arm  to  the  ferry-boats? 
What  care  the  pleasure-seekers  of  Sydney,  flock- 
ing joyously  to  the  Circular  Quay? 

If  sorrow  or  poverty  has  a  dwelling  anywhere 
in  this  harbor  city,  neither  ventures  abroad  on 
nights  like  this. 

Watchers  on  South  Head  see  an  orbed  moon 
rising  out  of  the  Pacific  an  hour  ago:  the  most 
beautiful  harbor  In  the  world  is  now  a  sheet  of 
silver  dotted  with  golden  lights. 

Between  North  and  South  Sydney  rapid  ferries 
churn  continuously  to  and  fro.  The  service  is 
kept  up  during  the  twenty-four  hours  of  day  and 
night;  for  North  and  South  Sydney  face  one  ano- 
ther like  Brooklyn  and  New  York.  There  is 
much  talk  of  joining  them  by  bridge  or  tunnel. 

Across  the  gangways  of  a  fine  double-ended 
steamer,  built  to  meet  a  chance  roll  between  the 
Heads,  a  constant  stream  of  passengers  Is  pour- 
ing. From  stem  to  stern  this  Manly  ferry  Is 
ablaze  with  electric  light.  Her  long,  clean  decks 
are  crowded  above  and  below. 

A  gong  sounds,  and  she  glides  swiftly  into  the 
stream,  the  band  on  the  upper  deck  playing  the 
latest  comic  opera  music,  or  the  baritone  singer 
repeating  for  the  hundredth  time  the  favourite 
ballads  of  the  day. 

Tired  business  men  put  down  their  newspapers 
and  take  off  their  hats,  to  benefit  by  the  harbor 
breeze  that  Sydney  loves  so  well.  Amorous 
youth  draws  closer  together;  smokers  pull  lazily 
at  their  cigars.  No  healthy  human  being  can 
surely  be  unhappy  amid  such  surroundings.  The 
"melancholy  Australian"  Is  conspicuous  by  his 
absence.  A  close  scrutiny  of  these  passengers 
fails  to  locate  a  single  misanthrope. 

They  are  a  bright-featured,  smiling  crowd, 
with  good  physical  development,  and  universally 
well  dressed.  Smart  girls,  athletic  youths,  robust 
men  and  women — one  sees  among  them  the  cheer- 
fulness and  well-being  that  result  from  pleasant 
conditions  and  contented  lives.  Unprejudiced 
world-travellers  have  remarked  the  general  air 
of  prosperity  which  distinguishes  an  Australian 
crowd  and  contrasted  it  with  the  haggard,  under- 
developed assemblages  In  countries  where  climate 
and  condition  press  upon  the  masses  to  a  degree 
which  Australians  luckily  are  unable  to  realize. 

The  observer  who  enjoys  a  run  to  Manly  by  * 
moonlight  will  return  Impressed. 


SYDNEY    HARBOR    AT    NIGHT 


175 


Surf-Bathing  at  Manly 


Settling  himself  to  comfortable  enjoyment,  he 
sees  the  twinkling  shore-lights  marking  familiar 
marine  suburbs. 

Populous  North  Sydney  presents  a  hillward 
illumination  of  street  lamps  merging  into  the 
lights  of  Neutral  Bay,  Cremorne,  and  Mosman, 
each  with  an  efficient  ferry  service  of  its  own. 

On  the  south  side,  Elizabeth  Bay,  Double  Bay, 
Rose  Bay  follow  one  another  with  decreasing 
radiance.  Rapidly  moving  lights  on  the  dark 
hills  beyond  mark  the  electric  trams  en  route  to 
Vaucluse  and  Watson's  Bay,  served  also  by  fre- 
quent ferries.  From  the  cliffs  over  Watson's 
Bay  the  South  Head  lighthouse  sweeps  the  night 
with  broad  revolving  beams,  visible  for  twenty- 
five  miles. 

On  the  south  side  again  he  picks  up  Athol  Gar- 
dens and  Chowder,  and  rounding  Middle  Head 
sees  the  scattered  lights  of  Balmoral,  while  be- 
fore him  glows  gaily  the  gaslit  Corso  and  all  the 
brightness  of  Manly-by-the-Sea. 

Passing  the  moonlit  gateway  of  the  Heads, 
with  a  darker  line  of  ocean  behind  it,  he  feels 
for  a  few  moments  the  slow  heave  of  the  great 


Pacific.  Then  the  double-ended  steamer  glides 
into  a  fine  pier,  and  he  is  at  liberty  to  go  ashore 
and  amuse  himself. 

The  marine  suburb.  Manly,  has  overrun  a  neck 
of  land  separating  the  Harbor  from  the  Pacific. 
A  glorious  arc  of  golden  sand  forms  its  ocean 
frontage,  which  has  become  one  of  the  most  popu- 
lar surf-bathing  resorts  around  Sydney. 

During  the  last  decade  surf-bathing  has  grown 
generally  popular.  The  results  among  a  rising 
generation  are  brown,  healthy  bodies  and  a 
brighter  outlook  on  life.  Youths  no  longer  congre- 
gate at  street  corners.  They  are  to  be  seen 
on  the  beaches  enjoying  the  surf,  finding  a  vent 
for  surplus  vitality  in  healthy  exercises  among 
invigorating  sea-breezes. 

Manly  is  proud  of  its  progress.  It  is  doubt- 
less the  fairest  and  brightest  seaside  resort  on 
the  shores  of  the  Pacific.  As  a  residential  suburb 
its  popularity  has  led  at  times  to  a  house  famine, 
and  the  values  of  its  real  estate  are  a  steadily- 
ascending  quantity. 

The  stranger  will  stroll  quietly  down  the 
Corso.     Along  a  busy  avenue  leading  from  pier 


176 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


to  ocean  beach,  people  are  walking,  bare-headed 
for  the  most  part.  Many  are  either  going  to  or 
returning  from  a  cooling-off  in  those  slowly  break- 
ing waters,  from  which  one  emerges  as  from  a 
Fountain  of  Youth.  The  chronic  surfers  are 
happy  beings.  Great  health  is  within  them,  and 
the  deepening  brownness  of  the  skin  a  constant 
delight.  One  can  pick  out  "beach  girls"  from 
their  paler  sisters,  who  lessen  in  numbers  each 
year,  for  this  surf-bathing  is  likely  to  become  as 
popular  in  Sydney  as  it  is  in  Polynesia. 

Having  found  the  Esplanade,  our  stranger  will 
also  find  an  easy-chair  provided  by  a  progressive 
municipality.  If  not  minded  to  enjoy  the  exhila- 
rating exercise  of  a  surf  bath,  he  may  sit  and 
watch  the  bathers  splashing  in  the  moonlit  surf. 

Let  him  realize  that  all  around  this  wondrous 
harbor,  and  on  many  ocean  beaches  adjacent, 
night  is  musical  with  the  laughter  of  a  pleasure 
loving  and  prosperous  community. 

Amusement  is  cheap  in  Sydney;  a  paternal 
Government  makes  every  popular  resort  acces- 
sible by  train  and  electric  car  service,  and  entre- 
preneurs   lose    no    opportunity    to    increase    the 


dividends  of  picture  shows  and  other  popular 
entertainments. 

The  harbor  itself  is  a  perpetual  attraction. 
A  progressive  Harbor  Trust  neglects  neither 
the  useful  nor  the  beautiful  in  its  administration. 
The  government  of  the  harbor  is  more  difficult 
than  the  government  of  a  province,  but  as  we 
have  seen,  it  is  satisfactorily  carried  out  nowa- 
days. 

Hulls  of  commerce  move  in  ordered  proces- 
sion up  and  down  its  sunlit  waters.  At  night  its 
silver  pathways  are  crossed  and  recrossed  by 
hundreds  of  small  crafts.  The  tired  ships  come 
home :  the  brave  ships  go  out  with  black  smoke- 
plumes  trailing,  red  and  green  eyes  steadily  glar- 
ing; but  there  is  no  confusion  and  little  noise. 

With  electric-lit  ferry  steamers  trailing  in  tor- 
tuous courses  like  fiery  caterpillars,  blazing  quays, 
colored  lamps,  harbor  lights,  and  lights  of  ship- 
ping, the  harbor,  seen  from  a  distance  on  moon- 
less nights,  is  even  more  wonderful. 

During  summer  months  Sydney  holds  constant 
marine  carnival.  The  nights  on  the  harbor  are 
not  the  least  of  its  attractions. 


Yachting   on    Sydney   Harbor 


5 

00 


B 


177 


(178) 


NORTH  SYDNEY  AND  BEYOND. 


THE  City  of  Sydney  grows  around  the  fore- 
shores of  Port  Jackson  like  a  branching 
tree  on  hothouse  soil.  Its  advance  in 
building  has  been  greater  during  the  last  decade 
than  that  of  any  modern  city.  During  that  period 
old  Sydney  has  practically  disappeared,  and  a 
new  town  sprung  into  existence.  Contours  have 
altered,  old  landmarks  have  gone,  new  suburbs 
have  been  called  into  being  and  whole  areas  re- 
modelled and  improved. 

In  buildings  of  all  kinds  Sydney  spent 
£6,250,000  in  19 1 2,  and  well  over  seven  millions 
in  1913. 

On  either  side  the  Harbor  this  rapid  growth 
has  gone  on.  The  extraordinary  spread  of  the 
northern  suburbs  really  meant  the  creation  of 
another  city.  At  first  purely  residential,  this  city 
of  the  north  side  has  developed  a  business  sec- 
tion— largely  retail — and  an  activity  of  its  own. 

It  has  a  suburban  railway  system  connecting 
with  the  Northern  Trunk  Line  at  Hornsby  and 
terminating  at  Milson's  Point  ferry:  so  that  one 
may  go  right  around  Sydney  by  train,  out  by 
Strathfield  Junction,  Ryde,  Pennant  Hills,  and 
back  through  Pymble,  Killara,  and  Lindfield  to 
the  North  Shore  wharf. 

Its  connecting  ferries  give  access  to  the  metro- 
polis at  thirty  different  points  along  that  glorious 
foreshore  which  extends  from  the  Spit  to  Parra- 
matta.  It  has  its  electric  tram  system,  extending 
from  Curl  Curl  to  Chatswood,  connecting  up 
Manly,  Mosman,  Neutral  Bay,  Milson's  Point, 
and  the  Lane  Cove. 

It  enjoys  the  possession  of  Middle  Harbor  and 
Lane  Cove  River,  two  most  picturesque  assets; 
and  its  western  slopes  extend  to  the  banks  of 
the  Parramatta  River. 

Height  and  position,  with  hills  overlooking  the 
Harbor,  make  North  Sydney  desirable  as  a  site 
for  healthy,  breezy  homes.  Beyond  its  business 
streets  it  is  largely  a  garden  city,  where  the  villas 
and  cottages  of  the  great  Australian  middle 
classes  stand  prettily  among  trees  and  blooms. 

It  is  a  good  day's  outing  to  make  that  loop 
around  Sydney — especially  in  Spring,  when  the 
suburban  gardens  vie  with  one  another  in  their 
displays  of  choice  and  beautiful  flowers. 

One  has  a  choice  of  transport,  but  the  way 
by  road  and  car  Is  certainly  most  enjoyable. 


We  will  undertake  another  of  these  little 
jaunts  which  leave  visitors  with  pleasant  pictures 
to  bear  away  In  memory  when  they  leave  Sydney. 

Our  way  Is  by  the  old  Parramatta  Road,  where 
coaches  and  bullock-drays  tolled  In  our  grand- 
fathers' days.  It  is  crowded  now  with  electric 
cars  and  automobiles.  We  take  the  turn-off  to 
Gladesvllle  and  cross  the  Parramatta  river  by  a 
long  iron  swing-bridge. 

Comfortable  villas,  whose  green  lawns  slope 
gently  to  the  waterside,  blue  and  silver  bays, 
orchards,  sparkling  reaches,  with  a  low-funnelled 
ferry  flitting  backwards  and  forwards  to  the  land- 
ing-places, red  tiles  amid  green  foliage,  patches 
of  eucalyptus  and  a  road  winding  around  the 
inlets — flash  past  like  pictures  on  a  screen. 

Hunter's  Hill,  standing  between  the  Parra- 
matta and  Lane  Cove  rivers,  presents  its  gardens. 
As  we  cross  the  heights  along  the  road  to  Pymble 


1  ^ 

/^ 

H 

4m 

¥ 

a 

In  George  Street,  Sydney 


NORTH  SYDNEY  AND  BEYOND 


179 


these  flower  gardens  give  place  to  orchards 
smothered  in  pink  and  white  blossom.  The  air  is 
heavy  with  scent  of  flowers.  As  we  look  back 
through  openings  in  patches  of  tall,  straight  bush 
timber  we  get  charming  panoramic  views  of  Syd- 
ney. We  can  pick  out  familiar  suburbs  and,  be- 
yond the  crowded  parts  of  the  metropolis,  behold 
sapphire  seas  and  emerald  fields.  To  the  west- 
ward stand  the  mountains,  blue  ramparts  indefi- 
nitely outlined  through  a  soft  haze. 

The  road  to  Pennant  Hills  is  just  a  succession 
of  picturesque  ups  and  downs  through  forest  and 
clearing  and  the  rapidly-extending  suburbs  of 
the  North  Shore  line. 

At  Pennant  Hills  we  touch  the  edges  of  the 
old  Parramatta  orange-groves,  somewhat  fallen 
back  these  last  few  years. 

This  is  a  romantic  country,  full  of  old  Colonial 
homes  surrounded  by  delightful  gardens,  where 
grey  old  men  and  women  sit  m  easy  chairs,  with 
historic  tales  to  tell. 

Here  wild  roses  bloom  along  weather-stained 
fences,  and  English  oaks  make  green  contrast 
with  less  vivid  Australian  foliage. 

Years  ago  Parramatta  oranges  were  consid- 
ered the  finest  in  Australia;  but  the  opening  of 
inland  districts  for  citrus  culture  has  put  them  in 
the  shade. 

We  turn  northward  again  from  Pennant  Hills 
into  the  sandstone  country  beyond  Hornsby  and 
enter    the    Kuring-gai     Chase,    dedicated    as    a 


National  Park  for  North  Sydney  in  1894,  and 
embracing  35,300  acres. 

Kuring-gai  Chase  has  a  full  frontage  to  both 
sides  of  Cowan  Creek,  from  the  head  of  tidal 
water  to  its  outlet  in  the  Hawkesbury  River,  and 
it  runs  eastward  to  Pittwater. 

The  Park  has  been  left  largely  in  its  native 
state  save  for  the  cutting  of  roads  over  steep 
hills  and  across  steeper  gullies  to  points  of  in- 
terest. 

The  track  into  Cowan  follows  a  sandstone 
gorge,  which,  in  its  primitive  ruggedness,  will 
give  the  stranger  an  idea  of  the  Lower  Hawkes- 
bury country. 

As  it  winds  along  the  face  of  the  gorge,  falling 
rapidly  lower,  the  landlocked  waters  of  Cowan 
come  into  view.  They  make  an  ideal  fishing  and 
boating  resort. 

The  N.S.W.  Government  Tourist  Bureau  is 
responsible  for  the  statement  that — 

"Both  in  Cowan  Creek  and  Pittwater,  fish 
"of  all  kinds  are  plentiful — snapper,  black 
"bream,  whiting,  flathead,  and  flounder  are 
"to  be  caught,  and  in  fine  weather,  by  taking 
"the  launch  from  Pittwater,  an  excellent 
"day's  sport  is  obtainable  on  the  deep-sea 
"fishing-grounds  off  Barrenjoey.  The  Cowan 
"Creek  oysters  have  a  firmly-established  re- 
"putation  amongst  the  visitors  to  the 
"Chase." 


J  _  "■    ". Ti.-.«js«ift««i'r-i-.-.v 


Euring-aai  Cbas« 


i8o 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Hawkesbury  Eiver  at  Newport 


This  testimonial  applies  pretty  generally  to  the 
Hawkesbury,  which  has  been  the  base  for  many 
a  joyous  fishing  camp. 

The  Hawkesbury  rock  oyster  has  a  flavor 
which  would  have  inspired  a  Roman  bard.  Fried, 
curried,  stewed,  devilled  or  raw,  this  eternally 
popular  shell-fish  retains  its  hold  on  the  taste  of 
a  fickle  public.  Politicians  may  come  and  go, 
governments  may  change,  star  artistes  dim  and 
fade — but  the  Hawkesbury  oyster  still  clings 
firmly  to  the  favor  of  festive  Sydney. 

Fishing,  house-boating  and  scenery  attract 
many  people  to  Kuring-gai  Chase. 

All  Australian  Governments  in  the  matter  of 
national  sport  and  amusements  diffuse  a  spirit 
similar  to  that  which  animated  Cheeryble  Bro- 
thers. The  N.S.W.  Government,  as  befits  the 
oldest  and  richest  State,  is  specially  paternal  in  its 
attitude.  So  we  find  the  Tourist  Bureau  arrang- 
ing cheap  fares  and  facilities  for  pleasure-seekers 
to  visit  all  parts  of  picturesque  New  South  Wales. 


One  need  never  be  at  a  loss  in  Sydney,  for  an 
inexpensive  day's  outing — the  difliculty  is  to  make 
a  choice  among  the  long  list  of  delightful  trips  on 
offer. 

To  exploit  all  the  attractions  of  Kuring-gai 
Chase  would  require  a  fortnight  at  least. 

We  leave  Cowan  with  placid,  land-locked 
waters  o'ershadowed  by  hills,  and  climb  again 
to  the  opposite  summit  of  Bobbin  Head. 

The  indented  bays  and  long,  winding,  salt- 
water arms  of  Cowan  fading  away  behind  us, 
we  turn  out  of  the  Wahroonga  Park  and  pick  up 
the  Newport  Road. 

This  carries  us  over  some  broken  sandstone, 
until,  reaching  the  top  of  Foley's  Hill,  we  see 
beneath  us  the  blue  reaches  of  romantic  Pittwater 
spreading  north  to  Broken  Bay  and  Newport, 
while  Rocklily,  Narrabeen  and  Curl  Curl  follow 
one  another  down  the  coast  to  Manly  and  Port 
Jackson. 

It  is  a  delicious  bit  of  hazy  coast  with  beach 
and  foreland  and  shallow  lagoon  to  vary  its 
beauty. 


NORTH  SYDNEY  AND  BEYOND. 


181 


Here  Youth  and  Pleasure  may  dawdle  the 
halcyon  hours  away.  Soft  Pacific  breezes,  golden 
sands,  good  hotels,  a  shade  of  sheoaks  and  the 
cool  surf  bring  much  summer  patronage  to 
this  series  of  seaside  places.  The  pleasant 
road  takes  us  across  the  mouth  of  Narrabeen 
Lagoon  and  through  Curl  Curl  to  Manly.  It  is 
a  lotos  land  where  one  might  sit  facing  the  blue- 
est  of  seas  and  dream  forever,  were  it  not  for 
the  thorn  of  duties  unfulfilled. 

From  Manly  to  the  Spit,  and  thence  to  Mac- 
Mahon's  Point  by  the  ferry,  and  we  are  still  in 
dream  country.  Each  fresh  hilltop  brings  into 
view  some  new  panorama,  with  little  marine  cor- 
ners and  backgrounds.  We  get  glimpses  of  the 
harbor  and  the  ocean,  a  stretch  of  city  roofs, 
the  red  tiles  of  residential  suburbs,  green  squares 
of  public  parks,  an  outline  of  some  prominent 
building  in  miniature,  or  a  familiar  tower  or 
spire.  From  the  heights  of  North  Sydney  we 
command  the  great  Southern  city,  which  glows 
in  the  glory  of  a  sunset  which  is  beyond  Art. 


Mosman,  Cremorne,  Neutral,  throw  each  a 
picture  on  the  screen  as  we  glide  along  towards 
the  punt  at  MacMahon's  Point. 

The  perversity  of  human  affairs  will  naturally 
cause  us  to  get  to  the  wharf  just  as  the  ferry  is 
starting  out  into  the  stream. 

We  fill  in  the  wait  by  watching  dusk  creeping 
over  the  town.  As  the  electric  switches  summon 
their  currents  from  scores  of  dynamos,  the  ferry 
steamers  are  lit  in  quick  flashes,  their  grey  masses 
changing  from  inchoate  shapes  in  an  instant  to 
illuminated  moving  hulls.  They  glow  like  mush- 
rooms suddenly  displaying  their  phosphorescent 
lights  through  darkness. 

An  interstate  steamer  of  ten  thousand  tons 
leaves  her  berth  and  swings  into  the  fairway. 
Her  siren  hoots  horrid  warnings  at  lesser  craft 
that  dare  to  cross  her  path. 

A  yacht-nosed  China  steamer  creeps  cautiously 
up  stream,  leaving  behind  her  a  whiff  of  Asiatic 
cookery. 

The  spires,  and  stacks,  and  domes  of  the 
greatest  city  in  the  South  are  slowly  fading  into 
curling  smoke  and  overhanging  haze. 


Tea  Gardens,  Como 


The  Empire  Falls,  Blue  Mountains 


182 


(i83) 


A  Trout  Stream  in  the  Australian  Alps 


PICTURESQUE  NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 


THE  exile  to  New  South  Wales  of  a  hundred 
and   twenty   years   ago   wearied   under   a 
loneliness  as  intense  as  the  future  naviga- 
tor of  space  may  some  day  feel  when  his  ether- 
ship  is  wrecked  on  a  distant  planet  from  which 
there  is  no  recall. 

He  perceived  no  beauty  in  a  land  which  from 
Gabo  to  the  Tweed  is  wooing  the  tourist  to-day 
with  a  thousand  siren  songs. 

To  the  eternal  greenness  of  Australian  trees 
a  century  of  settlement  has  added  the  charm  of 
alternate  cultivation  and  pasture.  Foliage  and 
flowers  of  Europe  flourish  in  village  and  clearing, 
cereals  of  Europe  ripen  in  the  paddocks.  In 
various  climates,  north  and  south,  along  this 
glorious  coastland,  suitable  agricultural  products 
and  fruits  have  been  introduced  from  all  over  the 
world. 

It  is  pleasant  to  see  the  peach-blossoms  in 
young  orchards,  with  dark  forest-clad  hills  be- 
hind them. 

It  is  pleasant  to  watch  sugar-cane  waving  on 
the  black  flats  of  Richmond  River.  To  view 
beyond  them  Australian  hills  with  patches  of 
jungle,  still  holding  wild  figs  and  ripened  cabbage- 
palm  fruit  for  flock  pigeons  as  they  fly  south  in 
early  summer. 


Pleasant  is  the  fertile  Hunter  Valley  with  Its 
historic  recollections. 

Pleasant,  too,  are  the  green  maize  fields  of 
Cambewarra,  and  the  lucerne  paddocks  of  Bega  in 
the  south. 

From  Sydney,  beautiful  modern  Sydney,  home 
of  progress,  pleasure  and  hospitality,  stranger, 
tourist,  holiday-maker  or  student  can  label  his 
luggage  for  hundreds  of  places  of  interest  near 
and  far. 

Let  us  put  care  and  statistics  equally  aside,  and 
go  on  a  short  preliminary  journey: — 

Sir  and  Madam, — We  have  brought  to  the 
door  of  your  excellent  Sydney  hotel  a  comfort- 
able motor-car. 

Strapped  to  the  footboard  is  a  corpulent 
hamper.  It  contains  a  chicken  fattened  at  Pros- 
pect Hill;  ham  cured  on  the  South  Coast;  bread 
made  from  Cootamundra  wheat;  fruit  from 
Parramatta  orchards,  and,  if  you  are  not  an 
abstainer,  a  bottle  of  good  red  wine  from  the 
vineyards  of  the  Hunter  River. 

The  contents  of  our  basket  will  reflect  no  dis- 
credit on  the  Mother  State.  They  are  all  of 
first  quality  and  flavor. 

The  summer  morning  is  cloudless.  Skies  ^nd 
seas  are  both  wearing  sunlit  blue  robes.  With  the 
softest  of  south  winds  blowing  in  our  faces  we 
will  depart  by  the  Illawarra  road. 


1 84 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


In  the  neighbourhood  of  Cook's  River  we  will 
see  some  old-fashioned  homes,  dating  back  to 
days  when  the  gentlemen  of  Sydney  wore  shoe- 
buckles  and  slipped  loaded  pistols  into  their 
holsters  ere  they  went  a-riding  along  this  old  high- 
way. 

A  fleeting  flash  of  blue  waters — that  is  Botany 
Bay,  where  Cook  landed  one  historic  autumn 
afternoon   from  his  cat-built  bark  of  368   tons. 

A  large  flat  rock  under  the  jetty  at  Kurnell  is 
pointed  out  as  the  exact  spot  where  the  Com- 
mander first  put  his  foot  on  Australian  soil. 


We  leave  the  Botany  Bay  resorts,  Brighton-le- 
Sands,  Sans  Souci  and  Sandringham,  on  the  left 
hand,  and  run  down  by  a  well-travelled  road  to 
Tom  Ugly's  Point,  where  a  punt  conveys  us  across 
George's  River,  an  arm  of  Botany  Bay. 

Further  up  is  Como,  where  the  Illawarra  rail- 
way crosses  this  picturesque  saltwater  estuary. 

Everywhere  around  Sydney  delightful  little 
marine  resorts  throw  out  appealing  vistas  of  wave 
and  sand.  No  city  in  the  world,  mayhap,  can 
offer  so  many  natural  attractions.  The  wonder 
is  that  Sydney  people  are  so  energetic  with  such 


Fairy  Dell  Falls,  Blue  Mountains 


The  New  South  Wales  Government  has  a 
reserve  of  248  acres  around  the  landing-place, 
which  is  dedicated  to  the  people  for  all  time. 

It  is  a  good  place  for  school  picnics,  where 
young  Australia,  tired  of  play,  can  lounge  on 
grassy  slopes  with  the  wide  Pacific  before  them, 
and  dream  of  national  destiny. 

The  Government  Tourist  Bureau  at  Challis 
House,  Sydney,  has  a  standing  offer  before 
teachers  to  arrange  trips  for  school  children  at 
all  times  in  parties  of  50  or  more.  On  these 
occasions  special  trams  are  provided  via  Botany 
or  La  Perouse,  and  special  steamers  convey  the 
children  across  the  Bay. 


constant  lotos-calls  in  their  ears,  so  many  alluring 
pictures  before  their  eyes. 

All  punts  in  New  South  Wales  are  Government, 
and  free.  Undelayed  by  any  collector  of  tolls  we 
roll  on  over  a  gravelly  road  bordered  by  heath, 
tea-tree,  and  wattle.  We  pass  Sutherland, 
whence  a  tramway  conveys  surf-bathers  and 
fishermen  to  Cronulla,  a  bathing  beach  lying  like 
a  silver  half  moon  slightly  south  of  Cape 
Solander. 

We  will  remember  that  Cook  called  the  north 
headland  of  Botany  Bay,  Cape  Banks,  and  the 
south  headland  Cape  Solander,  after  the  two  pro- 
minent  scientists   who    accompanied   him    in   the 


o 


r—t 


■3 


185 


i86 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


,i4flUflk 


The  Waratah 


"cat  bark"  Endeavour — long  since  gone  to  her 
grave  in  the  mud  of  Newport,  Rhode  Island, 
U.S.A. 

From  Loftus  a  branch  line  of  the  Illawarra 
railway  runs  down  to  National  Park. 

Sydney  is  rich  in  parks.  She  has  the  beauti- 
ful Centennial  right  at  her  doors,  Kuring-gai 
Chase  on  the  north  side  of  the  metropolis,  and 
National  Park  on  the  south.      These  three  cover 


Flannel  Flowers 


the  largest  areas,  but  there  are  scores  of  smaller 
parks,  gardens,  and  reserves  scattered  through 
city  and  suburbs. 

The  National  Park  is  18  miles  from  town.  It 
has  an  area  of  36,300  acres,  with  a  frontage  to 
the  Pacific  Ocean  of  yi  miles — a  liberal  provision 
for  the  health  and  pleasure  of  Sydney  people.  It 
is  mostly  plateau,  300  to  500  feet  high,  indented 
by  the  waters  of  Port  Hacking,  full  of  rugged 
natural  beauty,  deep  glens,  rocky  gorges,  caverns, 
cascades,  green  fernery,  palm  trees  and  native 
vegetation. 

Those  wild  flowers  which  grow  in  such  abund- 
ance along  this  coast,  and  particularly  in  the  sand- 
stone belt  between  Woy  Woy  and  Waterfall, 
here  englamor  the  flowering  months  of  the  year 
with  color. 

In  Spring  the  delicate  Tecoma  aiistnilis  hangs 
out  its  purple-tipped  ivory  bells  among  masses  of 
its  own  green  leaves,  with  which  it  has  arched  and 
hooded  other  native  trees  and  shrubs. 

It  vies  with  the  starry  clematis  for  supremacy 
among  the  climbing  vines  of  the  Bush. 

Here  white  flannel  flowers,  with  green  centres, 
blooming  in  crevasses  of  the  rocks,  remind  Alpine 
travellers  of  the  edelweiss.  Labillardiere,  the 
famous  French  botanist,  found  the  flannel  flower 
growing  on  the  eastern  coast  early  in  the  nine- 
teenth century,  and  labelled  it  Actinoliis  Heli- 
anthi.  It  belongs  to  the  Umbelliferae,  and  despite 
popular  belief,  is  not  closely  allied  to  the  true 
edelweiss. 

Occasionally  the  hill  tops  blaze  with  scarlet 
native  tulip,  and  that  regal  Telopea  speciosis- 
sima,  the  Waratah,  national  flower  of  New  South 
Wales;  now  cultivated  in  gardens,  and  freely 
depicted  in  wood  and  iron,  pottery,  stained  glass 
and  stone  by  patriotic  Australian  designers. 


In  National  Park,  near  Sydney 


187 


i88 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


In  marshy  places,  from  August  to  March,  the 
"Christmas  bells"  (Blandfordia  nohilis)  droop 
scarlet  and  golden  bugles  from  slender,  sappy 
stems. 

Along  the  banks  of  creeks  scarlet  banksias  toss 
in  the  wind  their  silky  plumes  like  "pompoms"  in 
the  shakos  of  marching  grenadiers. 

Many  varieties  of  Acacia  pour  out  from  golden 
treasures  their  bounteous  perfumes. 


work  and  worry  in  various  pleasant  amusements. 
Port  Hacking  River  is  also  one  of  the  many  good 
fishing  grounds  along  the  eastern  coast. 

The  road  onward  from  National  Park  through 
Heathcote  and  Waterfall  is  for  a  time  uninterest- 
ing. Once  or  twice  it  opens  a  vista  of  hazy  hills 
and  distant  sea. 

Then  comes  Helensburgh,  a  busy  little  town 
centred  round  a  colliery. 


Bulli  Pass,  Illawarra  District 


In  this  National  Park  one  also  finds  the  yellow 
heath-leaved  Dillwynia,  the  graceful  Epacris 
longiflora  (the  crimson  and  white  native  fuchsia 
so  dear  to  lovers  of  Australian  wildflowers),  the 
honey  flower  {Lambertia  formosa),  the  pink 
Boronia  pinnata,  the  darker  colored  Boronia  ser- 
rulata,  popularly  known  as  the  "Native  Rose," 
and,  lending  scarlet  contrast  to  the  white- 
flowered  eucalypti,  the  dainty  Christmas  Bush  so 
beloved  of  sunny  Sydney. 

In  the  National  Park  are  rest  houses  for  visi- 
ors,  boatsheds  and  a  Government  accommodation 
house,  much  patronized  by  week-enders  who  can 
fill  their  lungs  with  air  doubly  sweetened  by  odori- 
ferous forest  and    open  sea,    while  they    forget 


One  of  the  greatest  coal  fields  in  the  workl  is 
tapped  here.  It  extends  from  Newcastle  to 
Wollongong.  Sydney  is  built  over  it,  and  all 
the  towns  between. 

The  railway  line  goes  down  by  cliff  and  cutting 
and  tunnel  through  Stanwell  Park — a  seaside 
corner  of  great  beauty,  with  green  waving  palms 
and  golden  beaches — and  Otford. 

Beyond  Otford  the  railway  traveller  Is  treated 
to  one  of  those  transformation  scenes  in  which 
Australian  Nature  achieves  effect  by  sudden  con- 
trast. 

The  train  emerges  from  the  darkness  of  the 
last  long,  tedious  tunnel;  swings  round  a  sharp 
curve,  and  discloses  a  magnificent  panorama  of 


PICTURESQUE  NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


189 


Christmas  Bells 


cliff  and  sea  on  one  hand,  with  the  jungle-covered 
ramparts  of  Illawarra  mountains  towering  up 
on  the  other. 

These  ranges  guard  the  richness  of  the  South 
Coast;  they  stand  like  a  wall  between  it  and  the 
rest  of  the  State. 

The  next  stage  of  our  car  journey  from  Helens- 
burgh, across  the  fringe  of  a  sandstone  plateau, 
brings  us  to  Bulli  Bass. 

In  an  Instant  the  whole  scene  before  us  has 
undergone  a  magical  change.  We  have  been 
travelling  over  a  rather  barren  country  for  some 
miles,  covered  with  marsh  and  stunted  eucalyptus. 

As  the  car  stops  we  find  the  land  falling  away 
a  full  five  hundred  feet.  We  are  looking  down 
now  upon  a  sunlit  coastland  rolling  out  in  indes- 
cribable beauty  as  far  as  our  eyes  can  see. 

Over  the  edge  of  the  precipice,  right  beneath 
us,  is  a  sub-tropical  jungle,  vividly  green  except 
where  a  flame  tree  thrusts  its  lighted  torch 
through  arches  of  matted  vines. 

This  "brush"  at  the  foot  of  the  Bulli  Pass 
once  extended  far  to  the  southward,  an  unbroken 
forest  of  beautiful  vegetation;  but  the  land  was 
too  rich  to  remain  a  forest  for  long — except  along 
the  mountain  sides,  it  has  been  cleared  and  con- 
verted into  pastures. 

There  is  a  peculiar  romantic  air  over  Illawarra. 
Standing  here  on  the  edge  of  the  mountain  wall, 
we  look  down  upon  a  land  of  seeming  enchant- 
ment. 


It  is  as  still  as  a  picture;  so  filled  with  the  happi- 
ness of  a  good  dream,  so  flooded  with  trans- 
lucent sunlight  that  it  brings  to  your  heart  a  sense 
of  eternal  well-being.  Nor  doubt  nor  dread  are 
with  you.  Your  soul  has  been  sprayed  by  a  jet 
from  some  heavenly  fountain;  surely  there  is 
neither  death  nor  sorrow  in  the  world,  nor  any 
ending  but  beauty  and  content  eternal ! 

Over  all  the  world  you  cannot  look  down  upon 
a  fairer  land  than  that  which  lies  in  emerald  and 
azure  at  your  feet. 

Yonder  spreads  the  noble  Pacific,  that  Cook 
and  Carteret  sailed,  that  Balbao  saluted  trium- 
phant from  his  peak  in  Darien. 

Chapters  from  its  splendid  story  run  through 
your  mind,  the  Easter  Islanders  building  their 
colossi,  the  sweep  of  the  war  canoes,  the  smoke  of 
gunpowder  darkening  the  sky  line  where  Captain 
Tom  Cavendish  is  pounding  the  sides  of  the 
Manila  galleon;  Pizarro  bearing  south  to  Peru; 
Torres  at  the  helm,  Tasman  pacing  his  high 
Dutch  poop;  the  old  wooden  clippers  bearing  up 
for  Sydney  town — all  the  romance  of  trade  and 
discovery.  In  the  cur\es  of  golden  beaches,  lazy 
Pacific  rollers  are  breaking — too  far  away  to 
hear  the  sound  of  white  surf.  Down  a  green 
strip  of  coast — mountains  on  one  side,  and  ocean 
on  the  other — the  little  coal  towns  follow  one 
another;  groups  of  toy  houses  in  squares  they 
seem  from  this  height  and  distance. 

Below  Wollongong,  Lake  Illawarra  glistens, 
and  beyond  that  the  green  farms  of  Kiama. 


o 
a 

n 


190 


PICTURESQUE   NEW   SOUTH   WALES 


191 


We  can  picnic  in  a  comfortable  shade  with  all 
this  before  us. 

Below  the  Lookout  the  road  dips  steeply  into 
the  jungle — a  mountain  road  overhung  Ijy  tree- 
fern  and  vine. 

Half-way  down  is  a  magnificent  Illawarra  fig 
tree  festooned  with  creepers,  climbing  ferns,  and 
epiphytal  orchids. 

The  jungles  are  carpeted  with  maiden-hair 
ferns  and  mosses;  sweet  with  the  odour  of  moun- 
tain musk. 

Our  homeward  journey  takes  us  past  the  Lod- 
don  Falls,  by  another  road,  and  on  to  the  quaint 
little  village  of  Appin,  where  briar  roses  and 
alders  grow  around  shingled  houses  of  the  old 
colonial  time. 

When  coaches  ran  overland  from  Campbell- 
town  to  Bulli,  sixty  or  seventy  years  ago,  Appin 
was  a  place  of  importance.  Now  it  is  only  among 
the  aged  cypress  trees  in  the  little  Appin  cemetery 


that  we  can  find  memorials  of  the  Old  Colonial 
Days  that  are  no  more. 

From  Appin  to  Campbelltown  is  by  another 
romantic  road,  through  long  avenues  of  straight 
young  eucalypti,  by  many  an  old  farm  house, 
over  many  a  hill  top  from  whose  summit  one  sees 
— behind  a  foreground  of  green  pastures — the 
Blue  Mountains  in  the  distance. 

At  Campbelltown  the  Appin  road  junctions 
with  the  southern  road  that  took  the  overlanders 
to  Melbourne  when  the  Victorian  diggings  broke 
out.  Many  a  good  man  went  down  that  road 
with  his  swag  on  his  back,  and  came  back  on  the 
box  seats  of  Cobb  and  Co.'s  coaches — his  fortune 
made. 

It  is  a  road  with  historic  memories.  By  it 
we  run  smoothly  into  the  sleepy  town  of  Liver- 
pool, over  Prospect  Creek  by  one  of  Governor 
Macquarie's  stone  bridges,  through  Bankstown 
and  the  western  suburbs  back  to  town. 


A  Mountain  Boad 


192 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


■-!  •Jii,«WM,  anv, ' 


MOUNT  KOSCIUSKO. 


THE  geologist  says  Mount  Kosciusko  is  the 
oldest  mountain  in  the  world;  that  it  was 
at  one  time  twice  as  high  as  it  is  now;  that 
it  presents  features  of  interest  entirely  apart  from 
the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Alpine  Club. 

The  N.S.W.  Immigration  and  Tourist  Bureau 
— a  national  institution  where  officials  are  trained 
in  the  virtues  of  patience  and  courtesy — regards 
Mount  Kosciusko  as  one  of  its  leading  attractions. 

Government  has  spared  no  expense  in  making 
it  comfortably  accessible  for  both  summer  and 
winter  visitors. 

Like  many  other  things,  evolution  of  Alpine 
sport  in  Monaro  has  been  a  slow  process. 

Most  people  still  believe  that  Australia  is  a 
universally  hot  country.  They  cannot  realize  that 
ice-skating,  ski-running,  tobogganing,  and  the 
snow  sports  of  the  Northern  Hemisphere  are 
possible  over  some  hundreds  of  square  miles  of 
this  Continent. 

Mount  Kosciusko  (7,328  feet)  is  the  highest 
point  in  the  Commonwealth;  but  it  is  only  a  hump 
in  a  mighty  chain.  At  a  distance  it  appears,  to  the 
casual  eye,  no  higher  than  the  mountains  which 
surround  it. 

Beginning  in  low  hills  not  far  from  the  Gulf 
of  Carpentaria,  this  great  dividing  chain  runs 
across  three  States,  growing  in  height  and  bulk 
as  it  comes  southward. 

Like  the  trunks  and  roots  of  a  colossal  tree, 
its  greatest  strength  is  at  its  base. 


Let  us  go  down  to  Monaro  and  have  a  look 
at  the  oldest  mountain  in  the  world.  Its  ancient 
head  was  whitened  with  snows  of  immemorial 
winters  (or  burned  with  the  herce  heat  of  tropi- 
cal summers)  before  Cotopaxi  or  Popocatepetl 
were  born.  The  giant  summits  of  Europe  were 
squalling  volcanic  babies  long  after  it  had 
reached  mountain  adolescence.  In  seniority  it 
ranks  older  than  Caucasus,  Andes  or  Alps. 

With  white  head  bowed  beneath  a  burden  of 
unthinkable  Time,  it  commands  the  respect  due 
to  the  patriarch  peak  of  a  planet  on  which  man 
is  but  a  recent  occurrence. 


Under  the  arched  roof  of  the  finest  railway 
depot  yet  constructed  in  the  Southern  Hemi- 
sphere, at  one  of  the  many  long  platforms,  a 
heavy  engine  is  just  coupling  to  its  train  of  cars. 
It  is  8.15  of  a  winter's  evening,  and  the  Cooma 
Express  is  timed  to  leave  Sydney's  Central  Station 
in  ten  minutes. 

The  passengers  carry  heavy  overcoats,  rugs, 
and  furs;  their  long  night's  journey  will  be  for 
the  most  part  through  snow-covered  mountains. 
The  carriages  are  all  amply  provided  with  foot- 
warmers,  the  sleeping-berths  with  extra  rugs. 

The  train  is  bearing  a  team  of  Monaro  foot- 
ballers home,  and  a  team  of  Sydney  tennis  players 
is  going  down  to  compete  with  Cooma.  Other 
passengers  are  carrying  golf  sticks  and  guncases. 


MOUNT   KOSCIUSKO 


193 


Again  the  "Melancholy  Australian"  is  nowhere 
visible.  Mayhap  he  is  away  somewhere  reading 
about  the  "weird  expectancy"  of  the  Bush. 

As  the  train  pulls  out  there  are  cheers,  good- 
byes, and  a  chorus.  The  best  thing  is  to  get  to 
bed  early.  The  chronic  traveller  will  sleep  com- 
fortably in  his  berth  and  waken  fresh  for  morning 
tea.  On  rising,  he  finds  the  water  in  the  ewers 
at  the   end  of  the  car  quite   icy.      The   train   is 


breezy  motor  journey  towards  the  higher  moun- 
tains. 

He  will,  perchance,  leave  Cooma  with  the  fog 
blotting  out  its  rather  picturesque  surroundings, 
and  see  nothing  of  interest  until  his  car  tops  the 
first  rise  southward  of  the  town. 

Then  noiselessly,  magically,  the  car  glides  out 
of  the  fog  into  brilliant  sunlight,  and  there  breaks 
before  his  vision  a  scene  he  is  not  likely  to  forget. 


Picnic  on  the  Snowy  Biver 


running  through  a  thick  fog.  Cooma  is  wrapped 
in  a  grey  blanket,  so  he  betakes  himself  to  the  fire 
on  reaching  his  hotel. 

They  give  you  good  thick  steaks  in  Cooma,  hot 
buttered  toast,  fresh  eggs,  and  tea  with  cream. 
It  is  a  town  of  nearly  3,000  people,  the  capital 
of  a  well-watered  mountain  country  mostly  held 
in  large  pastoral  areas.  The  soils  are  black  and 
fertile.  They  grow  rye,  oats,  lucerne  and  Euro- 
pean fruits  to  perfection.  Monaro  sheep,  horses 
and  cattle  are  among  the  best  in  Australia. 

Having  laid  in  a  good  breakfast,  the  Kosciusko 
tripper  wraps  himself  in  a  heavy  overcoat,  covers 
his  ears  carefully,  rolls  his  travelling  rug  tightly 
around  his  knees  and  prepares  himself  for  a  cool 


As  if  some  genius  had  drawn  a  curtain  aside 
and  disclosed  an  enchanted  picture,  he  sees  the 
road  winding  ahead  through  a  landscape  of 
rocky  hills  and  grassy  plains  crossed  by  running 
streams. 

In  the  far  distance,  the  spotless  ranges — 
which  claim  his  vision  most — stand  all  dazzling 
white  with  snow.  Against  the  cloudless  skies  he 
sees  them  rising  and  falling — an  ivory  sea  from 
which  arise  in  clearest  contours,  white  peaks,  like 
islands  of  alabaster. 

There  lies  the  Australian  Birthplace  of  the 
Snows;  there  stand  the  Frozen  Mountains  where 
the  winding  Murray  and  the  beautiful  Snowy 
Rivers  have  their  chill  beginnings.     The  Murray, 


194 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Jindabyne,  on  the  Snowy  River 


daughter  of  snows,  who,  having  wedded  herself 
to  the  waters  of  the  sun,  pours  out  her  flood  at 
last  into  the  Southern  Ocean;  the  Snowy  which 
sweeps  through  the  fastnesses  of  Eastern  Gipps- 
land  and  springs  to  meet  her  lord  the  Pacific 
across  the  sands  at  Mario  Bar. 

This  coming  in  a  second  out  of  dense  fog  into 
cloudless  sunlight,  takes  the  traveller's  breath 
away.  If  he  hails  from  warmer  latitudes  and 
this  is  his  first  sight  of  snow-capped  mountains, 
the  sensation  will  be  all  the  more  vivid  for  its 
suddenness. 

Whether  the  opening  out  of  this  wonderful 
view  is  sudden  or  comes  with  due  preparation,  It 
cannot  fail  to  impress  and  delight  all  those  who 
are  fortunate  enough  to  make  this  journey  in 
winter. 

The  road  onward  to  the  Creel  is  full  of  pleas- 
ing pictures. 

The  plains  of  Monaro,  strewn  in  places  with 
granite  boulders  stained  by  Time,  are  swept  by 
clean,  cold,  health-giving  winds. 

The  people  one  meets  are  finely  developed. 
The  tall  daughters  of  Monaro  are  renowned  for 
their  fresh  complexions  and  splendid  figures,  and 
the  riders  of  Monaro  are  celebrated  for  their  dar- 
ing horsemanship.  They  are,  in  fact,  a  race  of 
mountaineers  of  the  very  finest  type. 

On  green  herbage  by  snow-fed  creeks,  shaggy 
cattle  are  grazing.  Willow  and  poplar  are  fami- 
liar features  of  the  landscape.  From  old 
shingle-roofs  stone  chimneys  carry  off  the  smoke 
of  fierce  house-fires  made  up  of  logs  piled  in  tre- 
mendous fireplaces  below. 


The  air  of  winter  is  nippy  even  at  midday, 
when  the  sun  is  shining.  The  summer  nights 
are  cool,  and  frosts  occur  at  unexpected  times. 

The  road  passes  through  the  village  of 
Jindabyne,  across  the  rapid  Snowy,  and  over  the 
singing  Thredbo  to  the  Creel. 

Here  the  tra\eller  is  refreshed  with  a  good  hot 
meal,  and,  leaving  the  black  alluvial  flats  and 
lower  slopes  of  Monaro  Mountains  behind, 
begins  to  climb  by  wooded  hills  and  ridges 
towards  that  distant  snow  that  he  saw  shimmer- 
ing on  the  skyline  many  miles  away. 

In  summer  the  Creel  Is  a  hiding-place  for  trout 
fishermen.  In  these  snow-fed  rivers  the  speckled 
and  brown  trout  increase  and  multiply  with  a 
rapidity  unknown  to  their  native  waters  in  the 
Northern  Hemisphere. 

It  Is  a  curious  fact  that  the  blessings  and  pests 
of  other  lands  spread  beyond  all  precedent  in 
Australia. 

In  winter  the  motor  services  end  at  the  Creel. 
Passengers  are  conveyed  over  the  remaining  nine 
miles  to  the  Hotel  Kosciusko  by  coach. 

The  road  is  constantly  up-hill  by  an  easy 
gradient. 

Slowly  climbing  towards  the  Roof  of  Australia 
the  traveller  looks  down  at  certain  points  to  see 
the  road  by  which  he  travelled  from  Cooma  wind- 
ing away  over  river  and  plain  behind  him.  The 
vegetation  begins  to  alter  in  character.  Black 
wattles  and  snow  gums  appear,  the  trees  are 
stunted,  there  is  more  dead  timber,  and  now 
comes  the  snow. 

First  there  are  small  light  patches,  lingering  In 
shady  places,  on  the  trunks  of  prostrate  eucalypti. 


MOUNT    KOSCIUSKO 


195 


As  the  track  ascends  to  higher  altitudes,  these 
patches  grow  larger  and  more  frequent.  Springs 
of  water  oozing  out  through  the  earth  are  sur- 
rounded by  thin  ice  and  small  stalactites. 

Gradually  the  whole  forest  grows  whiter, 
whiter  still,  until  at  last  the  coach  reaches  a  point 
where  every  tree  and  bush  is  mantled.  The 
entire  landscape  has  been  transformed.  Fre- 
quent creeks  splash  their  steep  courses  through 


reared  driver  holding  his  reins  firmly  in  mittened 
hands. 

The  last  dwelling  on  the  road  is  a  Government 
camp,  where  provisions  and  stimulants  are  kept 
for  travellers  in  case  of  accident.  This  leaves 
the  Hotel  Kosciusko  and  Betts  Camp  (half-way 
between  it  and  the  summit)  to  house  the  only 
inhabitants  of  all  this  vast  winter  region.  The 
rest   is   primal    Nature    and   perhaps    a    solitary 


Ski-Bunuers  at  Hotel  Kosciusko 


arches  of  glittering  ice:  long  icicles  depend  from 
the  bushes  by  which  they  are  o\erhung,  sheets  of 
ice  gleam  around  the  snow-covered  boulders  of 
their  winding  beds,  ice  crystals  cling  to  the 
sedges — the  ways  of  these  mountain  waters  have 
become  crystalline  and  cold! 

Snow  dazzles  unaccustomed  eyes  with  its  sun- 
lit brilliance.  The  rocky  hillsides  are  covered, 
save  for  a  few  damp  patches  here  and  there;  the 
treeless  ranges  beyond  are  robed  in  immaculate 
white. 

The  road  itself  is  covered  over  now  with  half- 
frozen  and  re-frozen  snow.  Mountain-bred 
horses  place    their    feet    carefully,  a    mountain- 


"hatters"  camp.  Summer  for  a  few  brief 
months  will  cover  the  snow-coxered  slopes  of 
these  mountains  with  beautiful  wild  flowers  and 
convert  the  gullies  and  flats  into  pastures.  Sheep- 
men will  bring  up  their  flocks  to  fatten  on  the 
summer  feed  and,  for  a  season,  the  summit  of 
Kosciusko  will  be  accessible  to  tourists  in 
motors. 

But  now,  and  for  months  to  come,  the  mountain 
and  the  mountains  beyond  it  away  to  the  Victorian 
Alps  stand  silent,  white,  and  lone.  An  adven- 
turer on  snow  shoes  may  make  a  dash  for  the 
summit  of  Kosciusko,  using  Betts  Camp  as  his 
base,  but  the  great  white  hills  that  surround  it, 


196 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


and  extend  beyond  it  to  the  southward,  will  sleep 
under  uncrumpled  sheets  until  December  suns 
awaken  them. 

The  last  mile  or  more  of  road  is  marked  out  by 
tall  posts  to  prevent  coaches  and  travellers  from 
floundering  into  snow  drifts.  A  gang  of  men 
is  kept  to  clear  the  track  with  snow  ploughs  after 
sudden  falls. 


A  Dog  Sled,  Kosciusko 


At  length,  feeling  colder  than  he  has  ever  felt 
before,  perchance,  the  traveller  sees  the  welcome 
chimneys,  roofs  and  gables  of  the  two-storied 
Hotel  Kosciusko  with  its  lakelet  frozen  over  at 
the  foot  of  the  slope,  and  the  mountain  hunching 
up  behind  it. 

The  Government  of  New  South  Wales  has 
spent  many  thousands  here.  The  chateau— as 
it  should  be  called — is  splendidly  appointed,  and 
its  capable  manager,  overlord  as  he  is  of  a  little 
isolated  world  in  the  snow — rules  his  dominion 
capably  and  well.  The  chef  is  a  genius,  the  hotel 
service  is  excellently  organised,  the  establishment 
heated  throughout  by  steam,  the  rooms  electri- 
cally lit  and  supplied  with  hot  and  cold  water;  the 
lounge,  billiard,  dining,  smoking,  music  and  ball 
rooms  equal  those  of  the    best    Alpine    hotels. 

Six  thousand  feet  above  sea  level,  surrounded 
by  brooding  mountains  older  than  the  Himalayas, 
the  guest  may  now  settle  down  comfortably  to  the 


enjoyments  which  a  paternal  management  has  in 
store  for  him. 

Resting  after  his  sixteen  hours  of  travel  from 
Sydney,  he  looks  out  from  a  world  of  new  and 
modern  appointment  upon  a  world  old  when 
Alpine  Europe  was  hardly  settled  on  its  bases. 

Sixteen  miles  further  on,  the  wrinkled  forehead 
of  Kosciusko  is  bared  to  catch  the  last  beams  of  a 
wintry  sun.  Below  him,  on  the  frozen  lakelet, 
skaters,  aglow  with  pleasant  exercise,  are  edging 
appetites  for  dinner. 

The  chateau  is  built  of  Monaro  granite.  In 
this  climate  the  fireplace  assumes  a  greater  im- 
portance than  in  other  parts  of  Australia.  The 
fireplaces  of  the  chateau  are  arched  with  rough- 
hewn  blocks  of  solid  stone.  During  the  long 
frozen  months,  their  red  hearths  will  devour  huge 
reserves  of  firewood  heaped  outside. 

From  Toowoomba,  in  Queensland,  to  Wal- 
halla,  in  Victoria,  the  wood  pile  is  a  prominent 
feature  of  mountain  homes. 

These  People  of  the  Snows  are  hardy  and 
happy  looking.  Nowhere  is  the  air  purer  or 
more  exhilarating.  Summer  and  winter  alike  it 
is  a  veritable  source  of  energy,  a  constant  stimula- 
tion that  carries  no  reaction 

Over  the  little  valley  in  which  the  Hotel 
Kosciusko  stands  there  is  a  hill  which  the  manager 
has  called  "Alpine  View." 

With  a  pair  of  gum  boots  on  his  feet  and  an 
alpenstock  in  his  hand,  the  visitor  is  counselled 
to  make  the  ascent  after  breakfast. 

From  a  natural  platform  on  the  tall  granite 
rock  that  crowns  this  hill,  the  view  will  be  full 
repayment  for  his  morning  climb. 

He  looks  over  the  valley  and  sees  the  vestal 
ranges  sleeping  for  the  winter  in  long,  white 
nightgowns  descending  to  their  feet.  He  sees 
the  humpbacked  mountains  of  which  Kosciusko 
itself  is  the  highest  point.  Behind  him  is  the 
evergreen  forest,  every  tree  and  bush  drooping 
under  its  canopy  of  snow.  Dazzling  white  snow- 
drifts fill  the  crevices  of  the  rocks;  beneath  him, 
lipped  with  ice,  the  creeks  wind  among  their 
snow-covered  boulders,  bestowing  farewell  kisses 
on  these  paternal  granites  before  they  depart 
from  their  birthplaces  to  the  warmer  embraces  of 
Gippsland  and  the  Riverine. 

There  is  gold  in  these  creeks.  After  the 
spring  rains  come  and  meet  the  snows,  an  occa- 
sional fossicker  follows  up  the  streams.  They 
tell  you  of  a  hermit  who  has  lived  for  years  in  a 
gully  some  four  miles  back  from  the  hotel.  Now 
and  again  he  comes  in  with  his  "dust,"  and  takes 
out  a  pack-horse  laden  with  provisions.  He  is  con- 
tent with  the  ranges  for  his  companions;  and  the 
living  he  makes  suffices  for  him,  as  for  many  an- 
other solitary  throughout  the  great  Australian 
Bush. 


Olub  Lake,  Snowy  Mountains 


197 


198 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


It  is  safe  to  say  that  a  majority  of  native-born 
Australians  have  never  seen  snow.  For  this 
reason  Kosciusko  appeals  more  strongly  to  those 
initiates  who  behold  here  the  Bush  transfigured 
and  supremely  beautiful. 

For  the  first  time  they  see  those  peculiar  grey 
clouds  in  skies  which  seem  to  draw  nearer  to  the 
earth.  Magpies  carol  in  the  tree-tops,  their  sweet 
melancholy  notes  heralding  a  coming  change. 
Then  the  first  dri\-ing  flakes  come  floating  down 
through  the  forest  and  dancing  across  the  open 
spaces  like  white  feathers  driven  by  the  wind. 

The  air  thickens.  The  neophyte  watches  the 
noiseless  flakes  descending  in  myriads,  gradually 
altering  the  shapes  of  trees,  blotting  out  the 
nakedness  of  the  earth  and  slowly  transforming 
a  commonplace  everyday  landscape  into  a  world 
of  wonder  and  delight. 

Australian  snow  scenes  are  especially  beautiful 
from  the  fact  that  our  forests  are  evergreen.  The 
bleakness  of  the  European  snowscape  is  absent. 
The  world  of  Nature  takes  on  a  new  and  delicate 
beauty,  all  ruggedness  is  toned  down  and  the 
whole  effect  is  delicate  and  fairylike. 

To  most  people  the  chief  attraction  of  Mount 
Kosciusko  will  be  its  novel  winter  amusements. 

At  the  luxurious  hotel  they  may  spend  a  holi- 
day in  modern  comfort  and  indulge  to  the  full  in 
snow  sports  of  all  descriptions.  Ice  skating, 
tobogganing  and  ski-ing  annually  bring  their 
devotees  from  great  distances.  The  Australian 
need  not  visit  Switzerland  nor  Scandinavia  for 
these  pleasures.  He  has  his  own  snow  season 
extending  from  May  to  September  each  year. 

Ski-riding  was  freely  practised  in  Monaro 
before  it  extended  into  Europe  from  the  Scan- 
dinavian countries.  Westward  from  Kosciusko 
is  Kiandra,  the  highest  town  in  Australia.  It  is 
cut  off  regularly  during  the  winter,  owing  to  the 
deep  snows  which  surround  it.  The  connecting 
roads  can  only  be  negotiated  on  ski.  This  first  led 
to  the  development  of  ski-running;  the  establish- 
ment of  a  championship  course,  annual  races,  and 
finally  an  extension  of  the  sport  to  Kosciusko, 
which  is  more  accessible. 

The  skis  used  in  this  country  are  constructed 
of  light  and  pliable  mountain  ash,  one  of  our 
most  useful  timbers.  The  ski  is  a  smooth  narrow 
plank  3i  inches  to  4^  inches  wide,  and  from 
seven  to  nine  feet  long,  about  an  inch  thick  in  the 
middle  thinning  to  half  an  inch  at  both  ends.  The 
front  of  the  ski  is  turned  up.  The  foot  fits 
through  a  broad  leather  band  laced  over  the 
centre,  with  the  heel  left  free,  or  is  strapped  over 
the  toes  and  the  back  of  the  heels. 

Without  doubt  ski-running,  once  the  art  is 
acquired,    ranks    among    the    most    pleasurable 


The  Summit  of  Mount  Kosciusko 
(The  highest  point  in  Australia) 


and  healthy  sports  in  the  world.     One  can  invest 
it  with  considerable  excitement  also. 

The  amateur  finds  that  his  skis  have  a  devilish 
habit  of  going  just  exactly  where  he  doesn't  want 
them  to;  but  his  falls  are  amusing  even  to  him- 
self, and  he  naturally  escapes  unhurt  in  the  soft 
snow.  If  he  Is  prepared  to  cut  a  few  ludicrous 
capers  at  first,  doesn't  mind  a  few  spills,  and  per- 
severes, the  pleasure  he  can  enjoy  afterwards  in 
flying  over  the  polish,.J  surface  of  the  earth  at 
express  speed,  more  than  compensates  for  the 
initial  falls  and  failures.  Experts  perform  some 
incredible  feats  on  ski.  On  the  steep  courses  they 
can  get  up  to  automobile  speed  and  negotiate  50- 
feet  flying  jumps  with  confidence  and  safety. 

With  ski  the  whole  face  of  the  country  can  be 
explored,  as  far  as  the  explorer  cares  to  go.  In 
winter  the  summit  of  Mount  Kosciusko  may  be 
reached  by  an  expert  in  this  way. 

But,  for  the  average  tourist,  the  time  for  this 
interesting  journey  will  be  summer,  when  the 
ascent  is  made  without  personal  exertion.  The 
Blue  Lake  and  a  magnificent  panorama  of  moun- 
tain scenery  may  then  be  viewed — under  a  clear 
sky — with  all  its  sweeping  hills  and  granite  mono- 
liths and  mighty  gorges. 

In  summer  this  mountain  climate  is  the  most 
invigorating  in  Australia.  One's  sojourn  in  a 
land  of  entrancing  beauty  and  interest  is  made 
more  pleasant  by  the  splendid  health  and  spirits 
which  arise  from  the  inhalation  of  dry,  pure  air 
impregnated  with  oxygen. 

A  summer  trip  to  Kosciusko  is  a  prescription 
which  any  patient  finds  easy  to  take.  It  has 
effected  many  a  cure. 


(i99) 


Orescent  Head 


THE  NORTH  COAST. 


I 


DURING  the  winter  of  19 13  the  author  of 
Australia  Unlimited  was  working  south- 
ward from  Cairns  to  Stanthorpe  via 
Townsville,  Cloncurry,  Winton,  Longreach, 
Rockhampton,  Roma,  and  other  places  on  the 
Queensland  map,  taking  notes  for  this  book. 

He  had  sampled  the  winter  climates  of  Mount 
Kosciusko  and  Cairns,  and  found  them  some- 
what different.  He  spent  his  last  really  cold  day 
of  the  year  at  Stanthorpe — shook  hands  with  the 
mining  warden  and  his  junior  on  a  bleak  moun- 
tain platform  and  boarded  the  Sydney  express  a 
little  before  sundown  on  a  wintry  afternoon  in 
mid-September. 

They  give  you  a  good  meal  in  the  busy  refresh- 
ment room  at  Wallangarra,  where  you  leave  a 
comfortable  Queensland  car  for  an  equally  com- 
fortable New  South  Wales  car  on  a  broader 
gauge  line. 

The  sun  had  lighted  the  summits  of  the  last 
Queensland  hills  with  a  wan  golden  light,  but 
over  the  border  in  New  South  Wales  the  western 
skies  were  filled  with  a  beautiful  afterglow.  On 
a  pale  green  background  of  sky,  reddish-black 
clouds  were  floating  behind  the  silhouetted  gums 
along  the  ridges.  One  of  the  passengers  in  the 
car  said,  apropos  of  this  remarkable  effect,  which 
we  were  watching  from  the  windows,  that  if  a 
man  wanted  to  enjoy  life,  artificial  life,  he  should 
ive  in  Vienna,  but  if  he  wanted  to  be  a  healthy 


man,    and   live   a   long  time,   he   must   remain   in 
Australia.      ... 

It  was  cold  at  Tenterfield.  The  big  fireplace 
in  the  hotel,  packed  with  blazing  logs,  reminded 
us  that  September  and  Spring  are  not  synonymous 
all  over  the  Commonwealth. 

Magpies  were  carolling  gaily  when  the  sun  rose 
next  morning  over  that  pretty  old  town,  sur- 
rounded by  its  grey  New  England  hills. 

Weeping  willows  down  by  the  sandy  creek 
swung  their  drooping  branches  in  response  to  a 
morning  breeze  that  blew  cold  and  fresh  on  the 
cheek. 

Thin  mists  were  clearing  over  the  pine-tops, 
smoke  ascended  from  the  chimneys — it  was  a 
bracing  day,  when  we  took  our  seats  in  the  old 
F.N.,  with  the  collars  of  our  overcoats  up  round 
our  ears  and  rugs  o\er  our  knees. 

We  swung  out  cheerily  on  the  main  coach  road 
to  Lismore,  passing  fields  of  barley,  potatoes,  and 
other  products  of  colder  climates. 

In  and  out  of  granite  hills,  where  the  fine 
coastal  rivers  of  New  South  Wales  have  their  ■ 
beginnings  in  clear  and  rapid  creeks — we  went 
down  to  Drake,  a  cold  little  mining  village.  At 
Tabulam  the  country  opens,  and  the  road  crosses 
the  Clarence  River  by  a  fine  bridge.  The  Clar- 
ence even  here  is  a  broad  stream. 

At  Tabulam,  before  the  door  of  an  old- 
fashioned  inn,  motors  going  over  the  mountains 


o 
U 


w 


C3 

p 


400 


THE  NORTH   COAST  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


201 


and  motors  coming  down  from  the  tableland 
assemble  these  days  for  lunch.  When  the  writer 
caravanned  down  from  the  (jreat  Range  thirteen 
years  ago  there  were  no  motors,  and  the  weary- 
ing coach  journey  from  either  Tenterfield  to 
Lismore,  or  Glen  Innes  to  Grafton,  occupied  a 
day  and  a  night.  The  motor  accomplishes  it  in 
five  or  six  daylight  hours.  The  motor  is  play- 
ing an  important  part  in  recent  Australian  de- 
velopment, and  will  play  a  still  more  important 
one  in  the  future. 


Fat  dairy  herds  and  green  fields  are  the  fea- 
tures of  this  prolific  country,  not  one-half  so  pro- 
lific as  it  will  be  made  in  the  future  after  farming 
men  have  learned  the  lesson  that  is  coming  to 
them. 

You  cannot  keep  taking  everything  out  of  land 
and  not  putting  anything  back.  You  cannot 
allow  the  breed  of  your  stock  to  deteriorate. 
You  must  not  sow  one  kind  of  fodder  grass  and 
expect  it  to  last  indefinitely.  You  must  learn  to 
rotate  your  crops. 


^^jim 

i 

i 

■x 

^ 

M 

..  ^^,,,,^11 

*f^!^f^m^^3St* 

L 

A  Boat  Harbor  on  the  Eiclmond  Eiver 


Over  beautiful  foothills,  crowned  with  tall 
hoop  pine,  we  travelled  into  brush  lands  covered 
with  scented  shrubs  and  tropical  jungle  growths. 

Now  and  again  we  passed  long  bullock-teams 
laden  with  smooth,  barked  pine-logs  going  to  the 
isawmills  at  the  foot  of  the  ranges. 

We  had  entered  a  perceptibly  warmer  atmos- 
phere. Some  miles  westward  from  Casino,  we 
Struck  the  outer  edges  of  the  dairying  districts. 
[t  was  now  typical  North  Coast.  Lush  grasses 
[covered  the  fields,  patches  of  uncleared  jungle 
still  remained  along  the  creeks.  Frequent 
Bwamps,  edged  with  red  water-weed,  told  of  a 
leavy  and  regular  rainfall. 

Casino  had  grown  in  ten  years  to  a  busy  little 
city.  We  crossed  the  North  Coast  railway  line, 
which  is  being  builded  in  sections  to  link  up 
Sydney  and  Brisbane  by  a  coastal  route,  and 
turned  northward  over  rich  basaltic  hills  and  fine 
black  flats  towards  Lismore. 


We  glided  into  Lismore  at  nightfall.  Twenty 
years  ago  this  city  did  not  exist.  To-day  it  is 
one  of  the  brightest,  most  active  and  most  pro- 
gressive centres  in  the  Commonwealth.  It  owes 
its  increasing  prosperity  mainly  to  the  dairying 
industry,  and  for  this  reason  alone  the  North 
Coast  will  do  well  to  carefully  consider  the  best 
methods  of  improving  and  sustaining  both  pas- 
tures and  herds. 

Paspalum  has  spelled  profits;  but  the  future  of 
paspalum  on  scrub  country  is  a  matter  of  doubt. 
Already  the  fields  are  becoming  matted  over  with 
the  roots  of  this  valuable  grass,  and  in  conse- 
quence the  rain  does  not  penetrate  the  soil. 

Lismore  is  a  city  in  which  its  inhabitants  take 
pardonable  pride.  It  boasts  fine  buildings, 
broad  streets,  good  hotels,  public  institutions,  and 
leads  the  North  Coast. 

On  the  cleared  hills  beyond  Lismore  is  Wol- 
longbar,    the    Government    Experimental    Farm, 


202 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


situated  on  typical  Big  Scrub  land.  We  motored 
away  on  a  balmy  Spring  morning  towards 
Ballina,  calling  in  at  the  farm  for  an  hour  or  two 
en  route. 

At  one  time  these  enormous  far-spreading 
northern  scrubs  were  regarded  as  worthless 
country,  except  for  the  cedar  which  grew  in  them. 

Hardly  any  productive  part  of  Australia  but 
has,  at  one  time  or  another,  been  set  down  as 
good  for  nothing. 

The  Big  Scrub  lands  are  basaltic,  red  and 
chocolate,  and  lighter  in  color  than  the  volcanic 
soil  of  the  South  Coast,  except  on  the  river  flats, 
where  black  alluvials  prevail. 

Wollongbar,  273  acres  in  area,  is  one  of 
several  invaluable  demonstration  and  training 
farms  conducted  by  the  New  South  Wales  De- 
partment of  Agriculture. 

Among  many  interesting  experimental  plots  at 
Wollongbar  that  producing  Queensland  cattle- 
cane  came  under  observation.  This  species  of 
sugar-cane  grows  50  to  60  tons  to  the  acre  in 
these  coastal  districts,  and  is  valuable  as  a  winter 
feed  for  stock.       It  lasts  six  years. 

The  manager  of  Wollongbar  opined  that  the 
paspalum  fields,  which  have  been  the  mainstay  of 
North  Coast  dairymen  for  many  years  past,  will 
have  to  be  ploughed  in  the  near  future.  This 
can  be  done  for  £2  an  acre  with  bullocks.  Chiefly 
owing  to  the  falling-off  of  paspalum,  pasture  lands 
which  have  been  sold  for  as  much  as  £40  an  acre 
can  be  bought  at  present  for  £25. 

It  should  not  cost  more  than  £4  to  £5  an  acre 
to  bring  this  land  back  to  its  original  productive 
value  by  ploughing,  manuring  with  bonedust,  and 
re-sowing  with  couch-grass,  which  will  keep  the 
paspalum  open  when  it  re-appears. 

The  weight  of  opinion  seems  to  be  in  favor  of 
Rhodes  grass  as  against  paspalum  for  the  North 
Coast  in  future. 

The  average  dairy  farm  in  the  Big  Scrub  has 
been  from  150  to  200  acres  in  area,  which  is  far 
too  big.  Eighty  acres  of  this  country — from 
which  it  is  possible  to  get  three  crops  a  year  with 
manuring — is  more  than  enough  for  a  holding. 

Any  man  who  farms  eighty  acres  of  Big  Scrub 
land  thoroughly  is  sure  of  a  handsome  living,  but 
genuine  farming  and  land  speculation  are  two  dif- 
ferent propositions. 

Curiously,  against  established  tradition,  wheat 
does  well  on  Wollongbar,  and  does  not  suffer 
from  rust. 

Experiments  at  this  station  have  shown 
that  black  winter  rye  will  be  one  of  the  best 
growths  for  the  Big  Scrub.  It  is  a  good  cropper, 
and  an  effective  milk  producer,  and  the  district 
seems  to  suit  it. 

Apart  from  its  experiments  in  grasses  and  fod- 
ders, Wollongbar  has  accumulated  valuable  facts 


concerning  the  growth  of  hemp,  fibres,  tropical 
fruits  and  various  economic  plants.  It  is  a 
school  of  importance  for  students  and  dairy 
farmers  who  receive  as  well  the  benefit  of  its  care- 
ful tests  with  Ayrshires,  Jerseys,  Guernseys  and 
their  crosses. 

Leaving  Wollongbar  we  rolled  over  a  good 
macadamised  road  through  one  of  the  finest  dairy 
districts  in  the  world. 

Westward,  beyond  a  wide  coastal  sweep  of  hill 
and  dale,  loomed  the  distant  ranges  from  which 
we  had  descended  the  day  before. 

Their  grey  granite  heights  and  cold  gorges 
were  but  a  \-anishing  memory. 

All  around  us  glowed  sunlit  vistas  of  another 
land,  warmer,  more  prolific,  and  pleasanter  to  the 
eye. 

Here  the  green  sugar-cane  rustled,  here  the 
air  was  heavy  with  a  scent  of  clover.  Here  the 
sun  glistened  on  the  backs  of  many  a  fine  dairy 
herd  knee-deep  in  pasture. 

We  crossed  running  creeks,  where  pittosporum 
bloomed.  We  surmounted  hills  and  saw  be- 
neath us  farm  houses  standing  amid  groves  of 
bananas. 

We  skirted  margins  of  swamps,  where  purple 
red-bills,  sickle-beaked  ibis,  and  white  cranes 
stalked  in  search  of  food. 

Spur-wing  plover  pittered  on  the  flats.  Covey 
quail  piped  in  the  long  grass,  and  jacksnipe 
arrowed  across  the  marshes. 

By  hill  and  dale,  and  pine  and  palm,  we  went 
down  from  Wollongbar  to  Wardell — a  riverbank 
township  surrounded  by  a  grove  of  forest  oaks — 
and  waited  there  for  the  punt  to  convey  us  across 
the  Richmond  River. 

A  barge,  deeply  laden  with  sugar-cane,  was 
being  towed  upstream  by  a  noisy  asthmatical 
river  tug.  The  wind  ruflled  the  surface  of  the 
river,  and  far  off  we  could  hear  a  noise  of  ma- 
chinery where  the  juice  of  the  cane  was  being 
expressed  and  converted  into  good  Australian 
sugar  at  Broadwater  mill. 

The  ancient  puntman  brought  his  craft  slowly 
to  the  bank.  The  farmers'  carts  rattled  off  and 
we  glided  on. 

On  the  opposite  side  we  turned  the  car  north- 
wards in  the  direction  of  Woodburn.  The  road 
follows  the  river,  and  one  could  not  but  notice 
how  the  water-hyacinth,  that  bugbear  of  tropical 
streams,  was  spreading  on  the  Richmond. 

Large  areas  of  land  were  still  under  sugar- 
cane, despite  the  profits  that  dairy-farming  has 
brought  northern  settlers.  It  was  cutting  sea- 
son. Gangs  of  white  labourers  were  slashing 
the  jointed  stalks  with  their  murderous-looking 
cane-knives,  and  heavy  draught-horses  were  draw- 
ing trucks  laden  with  cane   along  the  tramlines 


A  Holiday  on  Biclimond  Biver 


203 


204 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


that  lead  from  the  fields  to  loading-places  on  the 
river  bank. 

Yesterday  it  was  Australia  of  the  Snows.  To- 
day it  is  Australia  of  the  Sugar  Cane.  It  is  always 
well,  when  people  speak  of  the  Australian  climate, 
to  ask  which  climate  they  mean! 

New  South  Wales  alone  has  several.  The 
difference  between  Tenterfield  and  Woodburn  is 
almost  as  great  as  that  between  Florida  and  New 
York. 

As  we  applied  thirstily  for  a  cold  drink  in  the 
bar  of  the  Woodburn  inn,  where  we  pulled  up  for 
lunch,  we  might  have  reflected  that  ski-ing  and 
ice-skating  were  still  in  full  swing  at  Mount  Kos- 
ciusko. 


and  potatoes,  its  excellent  bacon  and  dairy  pro- 
duce. 

A  prosperous  and  hospitable  population  of 
50,000  have  found  a  field  for  their  labors  between 
Tabulam  and  the  sea;  but  the  Valley  of  the  Clar- 
ence and  the  country  surrounding  it  would  sup- 
port thousands  more. 

Some  day  the  output  of  these  coastal  districts 
will  mayhap  be  increased  ten-fold  under  irrigation 
and  intense  culture;  as  it  is,  they  contribute  greatly 
to  the  wealth  of  New  South  Wales.  "Timber, 
Butter,  Maize,  Gold  and  Wool" — that  is  the 
refrain  these  river  waters  sing  as  they  roll 
towards  the  Pacific,  through  an  Eldorado  of  their 
own. 


In  the  Big  Scrub,  Richmond  Biver 


Erom  Woodburn  on  the  Richmond  to  Chats- 
worth  on  the  Clarence,  the  road  runs  mainly 
through  fine  hardwood  forests. 

Half-way  between  these  two  places  is  New 
Italy,  where  an  industrious  and  thrifty  remnant 
of  the  Marquis  de  Rey's  ill-starred  New  Ireland 
settlement  have  proved  that  the  Italian  makes  a 
good  Australian  citizen. 

From  the  summit  of  Marora  Hill  we  looked 
down  upon  the  Valley  of  the  Clarence,  rich  and 
lovely,  the  home  of  agricultural  wealth  and 
abundance ! 

This  broad  majestic  river  spreads  out  its  many 
arms  and  branches  through  a  wide  delta  of  ever- 
fertile  alluvial  soil.  For  more  than  half  a  cen- 
tury it  has  been  celebrated  for  its  maize,  sugar 


The  Clarence  district  has  a  most  interesting 
history.  Its  original  settlers  were  largely  com- 
posed of  Scots  and  Germans,  whose  descendants 
are,  for  the  most  part,  well-to-do  farmers  and 
business  men. 

The  Teuton  and  the  Gael  have  intermarried. 
Their  progeny,  born  and  raised  in  a  land  where 
the  sugar  cane  and  the  banana  flourish,  appear  to 
be  a  healthy  type.  They  are  naturally  careful 
and  conservative.  The  banks  of  Grafton  are 
said  to  have  a  bigger  average  of  fixed  deposits 
than  those  of  any  other  Australian  town.  Grafton 
itself  is  one  of  the  most  charming  places  in  the 
world.  Located  on  a  bend  in  the  great  river,  its 
broad  streets  planted  with  beautiful  trees,  its 
gardens  ablaze  with  the  flowers  of  tropical  and 


i 


o 


bo 

a 


205 


206 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


temperate  climates,  at  certain  seasons  of  the  year 
it  can  only  be  described  as  an  Eden,  not  lacking 
Eve,  for  it  has  been  named,  and  fitly — "the  City 
of  Fine  Trees  and  F'air  Women." 

The  leafy  avenues  of  Grafton  in  springtime 
are  rendered  glorious  by  purple  jacaranda  and 
golden  silky-oak,  while  here  and  there  a  flame-tree 
blazes  like  a  royal  Richelieu  among  the  darker 
bunya  pines  and  sycamores. 

"See  Naples  and  die."  Go  to  Grafton  and 
live.  But  preferably  go  not  in  early  summer, 
when  the  atmosphere  is  laden  with  promise  of  the 
rainy  season — unless  you  are  used  to  hot,  moist 
climates. 

But  go  to  the  Clarence  sometime,  any  time,  if 
you  would  behold  a  green  gem  blazing  brightly 
in  the  tiara  of  settlement  which  this  queenly  coast 
so  proudly  wears. 

Go  to  the  Clarence!  It  is  a  land  of  romance, 
of  beauty,  of  pleasure,  and  friendship  and  laissez 
faire.  You  will  have  boating  and  fishing  and 
shooting  and  moonlight  picnics;  Scottish  gather- 
ings. Burns'  nichts  and  Bavarian  festivities. 

You  will  hear  the  skirl  of  bagpipes  in  the 
banana  groves;  you  will  eat  American  ices  in 
Prince  Street,  and  at  the  farm  houses  they  will 
give  you  fresh  milk  and  perhaps  passion-fruit  and 
cream. 

At  least  one  evening  a  week  the  town  band  will 
play  in  public  and,  perchance,  you  will  attend  the 
annual  regatta  on  the  river,  or  see  the  Friendly 
Societies'  Demonstration.  Most  certainly  you 
will  go  by  steamer  to  Copmanhurst,  and  behold 
the  upper  reaches,  and  most  surely  ^ou  will  go 
down  the  river  to  Ulmarra,  where  you  can  almost 
see  the  maize  growing  on  flats  of  incredible 
richness;  to  Southgate,  where  the  wharf  will 
be  ashine  with  polished  milk-cans;  to  Lawrence, 
with  water-hyacinth  purpling  the  swamps  on  its 
outskirts;  to  Maclean,  the  centre  of  a  river  dis- 
trict of  its  own;  to  Brushgrove,  surrounded  by 
dairy  farms;  to  Harwood,  where  the  Colonial 
Sugar  Company  has  a  splendid  mill;  to  Palmer's 
Island,  where  the  sea-breeze  grows  fresher  but 
the  land  is  still  lush  and  green;  to  Iluka,  quaint 
fishing  village,  with  a  broad  river  frontage  and 
an  ocean  beach  across  the  sands,  and  finally  to 
Yamba,  the  watering-place  of  the  Clarence,  where 
you  may  fish,  surf-bathe  and  cull  fat  oysters  from 
the  training  wall — if  you  wish. 

If  you  are  a  sportsman  you  can  spend  many  in- 
teresting hours  along  Carr's  Creek,  and  AUipo 
Creek,  and  Alumny  Creek,  the  Coldstream,  the 
South  Arm,  the  Broadwater,  and  by  many  other 
creeks,  arms,  branches  and  swamps  within  the 
delta  of  the  Clarence. 

You  may  go  to  Red  Rock  or  Broome's  Head 
for  snapper,  to  Orara  for  quail,  to  Lionsville  to 
see  gold-mining;  to  the  copper-mines  of  Cangai, 


and  to  Yugilbar  station  to  see  the  only  Moorish 
castle  in  Australia. 

Between  Copmanhurst  and  Yamba,  a  distance 
of  sixty  or  eighty  miles,  there  are  a  hundred 
islands  in  the  river.  Many  of  these  are  under 
cultivation;  but  some  have  been  reserved  for 
recreation  grounds,  or  other  purposes. 

From  the  uncleared  islands  one  can  get  an 
idea  of  the  magnificent  vegetation  that  covered 
the  banks  of  the  Clarence  when  the  first  settlers 
came  there  seventy  years  ago.  Grafton  was  then 
a  cedar  brush.  Enormous  banyans,  nettle  trees, 
rosewood  tulips,  myrtles,  silky  oaks,  and  all 
the  growths  of  a  superb  jungle  covered  the  site  of 
the  present  city. 

First  fortunes  were  made  out  of  cedar;  later 
money  was  won  and  lost  in  sugar  growing;  but 
the  permanent  stability  of  the  district  was  finally 
established  on  dairy  farming. 

A  healthy  rivalry  exists  between  Lismore  and 
Grafton.  Lismore,  much  younger,  but  flushed 
with  quick  success,  accuses  Grafton  of  being  non- 
progressive; but  the  old  district  is  solid,  if  slow. 

There  is  no  poverty  on  the  North,  but  increas- 
ing comfort  and  every  prospect  of  a  bigger  future 
than  its  oldest  inhabitants  have  yet  realized. 

Pioneering  on  the  North  Coast  has  never  been 
attended  with  the  doubt  and  difficulty  which  had 
to  be  met  and  overcome  in  less  favoured  parts  of 
the  Commonwealth. 

In  order  that  the  district  may  learn  more  of 
its  present  and  future  possibilities,  a  paternal 
Government  in  Sydney  some  ten  or  twelve  years 
ago  established  an  experimental  station  on  the 
higher  lands  a  few  miles  north  of  the  city. 

As  the  writer  had  seen  the  beginnings  of  this 
Government  farm  in  a  modest  clearing  in  forest 
and  jungle,  it  was  a  decided  pleasure  to  revisit  it 
after  a  decade. 

A  marvellous  transformation  had  taken  place. 
Entering  the  gates  of  the  farm,  a  magnificent  field 
of  wheat  first  met  his  astonished  gaze!  The 
Clarence  had  never  appealed  to  him,  or  to  the 
local  inhabitants  for  that  matter,  as  a  wheat- 
growing  country;  yet,  here  was  a  fifty-acre  block 
of  "Thew" — a  Farrerized  wheat — high  as  the 
fence  and  level  as  a  billiard  table! 

It  just  happened  that  the  farm  contained  a 
patch  of  red  soil  on  which  the  management  had 
sown  wheat — with  results  beyond  expectation. 
There  was  £850  worth  of  wheaten  chaft  on  that 
particular  block.  Higher  up  the  river,  the  visi- 
tor remembered,  around  Yugilbar,  were  belts  of 
similar  country  which  will,  no  doubt,  yield  similar 
results. 

Grafton  Experimental  Farm  reflects  all  credit 
on  the  New  South  Wales  Department  of  Agri- 
culture. It  would  gladden  the  heart  of  any  good 
Australian.     For,  perhaps  more  than  any  other 


THE  NORTH  COAST  OF  NKW  SOUTH  WALKS 


207 


station,  it  is  showing  what  a  catholicity  of  climate 
Australia  possesses.  In  what  other  part  of  the 
world  do  we  find  wheat  and  pineapples  growing 
to  perfection  side  by  side? 

After  ten  years,  the  writer  of  Australia 
Unlimited  returned  to  a  spot  which  he  had  known 
as  forest  and  scrub,  to  find  it  teeming  with  produc- 
tion. 

Of  splendid  sheep  and  pigs,  fine  dairy  cows, 
and  healthy  poultry,  the  Farm  has  plenty. 


But  evolution  applies  to  Australian  settlement 
as  to  other  things.  The  Clarence,  young  as  it 
Is,  has  had  its  cedar  age,  its  maize  period,  its 
sugar  epoch,  and  now  it  is  enjoying  a  prosperous 
dairy  farming  era. 

Its  permanent  future  may  be  in  irrigation  with 
mixed  farming,  and  intensive  culture.  But  it 
will  always  be  a  prosperous,  fertile,  and  beautiful 
district.     .     .     . 


Government  Experimental  Farm,  Grafton 


Lucerne,  potatoes,  maize,  bananas,  citrus  fruits 
in  their  several  areas,  all  proclaimed  the  Clarence 
to  be  a  land  eminently  adapted  for  mixed  farm- 
ing. 

Local  landowners  have  not  yet  seen  the  neces- 
sity for  intensive  farming  on  smaller  areas.  They 
have  gone  on  taking  the  same  crops  off  their 
ground  year  after  year. 

But  the  time  will  come  on  the  Coast  when  50- 
acre  farms  will  be  considered  quite  large  enough 
for  individual  holdings.  On  50  acres,  even 
under  present  easy-going  conditions,  a  man  may 
readily  clear  £250  a  year. 


We  crossed  the  Clarence  (nearly  a  mile  wide 
at  Grafton)  by  a  crowded  steam  punt,  and  found 
South  Grafton  dusty  and  busy. 

The  building  of  the  North  Coast  railway  line 
was  in  progress,  and  all  the  resultant  activities 
were  finding  expression  in  what  was  once  rather 
a  dull  place.  The  city  on  the  south  side  of  the 
river  promises  to  give  Grafton  proper  a  close 
run  for  supremacy  in  the  future.  Fine  new 
buildings  had  been  erected;  the  business  places 
were  constantly  crowded;  everybody  seemed  to  be 
earning  or  making  plenty  of  money.  The 
"melancholy  Australian"  of  tradition  as  usual  was 


2o8 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


not  visible,  nor  did  this  scene  present  an  air  of 
"weird  expectancy." 

Comfort,  prosperity,  and  content  will  be  found 
on  the  North  Coast.  But  the  traveller  will  seek 
in  vain  for  that  "typical  Australia,"  of  which  he 
has  read  so  much. 

As  a  souvenir  of  the  Clarence,  we  bought  a  60- 
Ib.  tin  of  "Ironbark"  honey  for  14/6,  and 
strapped  it  to  the  footboard  of  the  car. 

There  is  a  flavor  about  North  Coast  honey 
which  will  remain  in  one's  memory  for  years. 

From  the  summit  of  the  hills  overlooking  the 
river,  the  road  takes  off  to  Nymboida,  passing 
through  much  forest  country.  The  Nymboida 
collects  from  the  southern  watershed  of  the 
Clarence,  and  is  itself  a  noble  river  where  it 
empties  into  the  parent  stream.  It  receives  some 
of  the  fall  from  the  Dorrigo  tableland. 

Beyond  the  Nymboida  the  road  ascends  into 
the  Guy  Fawkes,  a  plateau  covered  with  great 
hardwood  forests,  containing  much  good  farming 
and  pastoral  land  also. 

These  districts  all  receive  an  abundant  rain- 
fall. They  contain  patches  of  stiff  gravelly  soils, 
but  there  are  thousands  of  acres  suitable  for  cul- 
tivation. In  no  other  part  of  Australia  does  one 
iind  more  beautiful  forests  or  clearer  streams. 
The  waters  of  the  Nymboida  run  swiftly  over 
beds  of  smooth  pebbles.  Long  green  water- 
weeds  sway  at  its  edges.  Around  these  silken 
streamers  the  platypus  feeds. 

The  air  of  the  Nymboida  is  cooler  and  drier 
than  that  of  the  coastland. 

Hills  rise  steeply  from  the  river,  and  surmount- 
ing them  the  traveller  is  presented  with  one  of 
the  finest  Australian  views. 

Beneath  him  is  the  valley  of  the  Nymboida, 
through  which  the  river,  with  its  strong  mountain 
spirit,  cleaves  a  wide  passage. 

The  walled  mountains  of  the  Dividing  Chain, 
with  their  high  spurs  and  deep  gorges  loom  in 
blue  distances. 

Very  still  and  solemn  are  these  mountains. 
Their  lower  heights  are  covered  with  dark  pines, 
their  sides  are  clothed  with  forests,  at  their  feet 
the  rivers  toss  and  tumble  like  mountain  children, 
shouting  at  their  play. 

In  the  gullies  grow  palms,  tree-ferns  and  deli- 
cate ferns. 

The  musical  tinkling  of  bellbirds,  the  purling 
of  clear  waters  over  moss  and  orchid,  screams 
of  parrots  or  the  thud  of  marsupials,  these  are 
all  the  sounds  that  break  their  virgin  stillness, 
except  for  the  rare  grating  of  a  wheel  along  the 
main  road,  or  the  chatter  of  horsemen  riding  in 
company. 

Along  this  Armidale  road  are  fine  uplands 
covered  by  hardwood  forests,  broken  here  and 
there  by  stretches   of  dense   sub-tropical   jungle. 


growing  in  chocolate  soil  similar  to  that  of  the 
Tweed  and  Richmond. 

If  the  traveller  turns  off  the  Armidale  road 
at  Tyringham,  and  takes  an  easterly  course,  he 
can  go  over  via  Perrott's  Pinch  into  the  Dorrigo. 

It  is  eleven  years  and  more  since  the  writer 
drove  a  buggy  and  pair  over  Perrott's  Pinch  from 
Tyringham,  but  the  memory  of  that  adventure 
has  not  faded.  They  say  the  road  has  been 
improved:  for  the  traveller's  sake,  we  will  hope 
so. 

The  few  settlers  who  had  taken  up  land  in  the 
Guy  Pawkes  prior  to  that  time  were  doing  reason- 
ably well,  growing  potatoes,  for  which  the 
country  was  specially  suited. 

I  wrote  then: — 

"There  is  no  doubt  that  the  country  of  the  Guy 
Fawkes  is  destined  in  the  future  to  grow  immense 
quantities  of  wheat,  potatoes,  and  the  valuable 
commercial  products  of  a  temperate  climate. 
About  Tyringham  and  higher  up  toward  the  New 
England  tableland,  cold-country  fruits  flourish 
and  do  well.  The  pastoral  and  grazing  possi- 
bilities are  also  considerable.  At  the  present  time 
sheep-breeding  is  being  tried  on  a  small  scale,  and 
Lincolns  and  merinos  are  said  to  do  well. 

"The  few  settlers,  who,  with  the  old  cattle 
stations,  at  present  occupy  the  Guy  Fawkes,  find 
an  outlet  for  their  stock  and  produce  at  Armidale. 
On  our  way  up  the  hills  we  met  some  bullock 
teams  coming  down  to  Grafton  laden  with  pota- 
toes. Much  of  the  farm-truck  which  now  goes 
to  Armidale  would,  if  Guy  Fawkes  and  Dorrigo 
were  connected  by  rail  with  Grafton,  probably  be 
shipped  there.  The  immense  possibilities  of  the 
Guy  Fawkes  and  Dorrigo  and  much  of  the  inter- 
vening country,  could  be  reduced  to  approximate 
statistics.  Suflice  it  to  say  that  the  country  is  yet 
almost  virgin.  A  few  isolated  settlers  are  in  a 
primitive  way  endeavouring  to  make  a  living,  and 
are  holding  on  to  their  selections  in  the  hope  of  a 
future.  Without  railway  communication  it  will 
be  impossible  to  open  up  this  country.  The  cost 
per  team  of  haulage  to  the  Clarence  on  a  ton  of 
Guy  Fawkes  potatoes  is  £1/5/-;  the  present 
market  price  of  a  ton  of  potatoes  is  £3  in  Grafton. 
The  profits  to  the  grower  can  readily  be  cal- 
culated. Yet  these  people,  so  productive  is  the 
soil,  so  certain  the  seasons,  and  so  favourable  the 
climate,  are  able  to  live,  and,  in  a  way,  are  doing 
well.  The  Guy  Fawkes  was  settled  or  part 
settled  from  New  England." 

The  edge  of  the  Dorrigo  Scrub  is  just  thirteen 
miles  east  from  Tyringham.  Don  Dorrigo  is  a 
plateau,  averaging  2,500  feet  in  height,  and  vary- 
ing in  width  from  five  miles  to  thirty,  which,  with 
its  spurs,  runs  out  from  the  main  range  near 
Guyra  to  Coramba,  30  miles  south  of  Grafton.   It 


THE  NORTH  COAST  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


209 


'The  Farmer's  Friend' 


is  without  doubt  one  of  the  finest  belts  of  vol- 
canic upland  in  New  South  Wales.  Eleven  years 
ago  when  the  writer  went  down  from  Tyringham 
as  a  special  commissioner,  to  report  on  this  coun- 
try, it  was  unoccupied  except  for  a  few  pioneer 
selectors  at  Dorrigo  and  Little  Plain,  who  were 
putting  up  a  good  fight  against  odds. 

One  could  do  nothing  else  than  take  up  a  brief 
for  these  settlers  and  their  country — equally  de- 
serving of  attention. 

On  the  western  descent  into  Dorrigo,  from 
Tyringham,  or  on  the  seven  miles  climb,  from  the 
Bellingen  on  the  eastern  side,  a  descriptive  pen 
might  spill  phrases  until  they  piled  into  volumes. 

The  western  slope  of  the  plateau  is  singularly 
romantic  and  beautiful.  In  places  the  country 
opens  out  like  a  park,  where  well-trimmed  forest 
oaks,  purpled  in  their  autumn  dress,  stand  sil- 
houetted in  clumps  against  a  background  of  the 
most  vivid  and  peculiar  green.  This  unusual 
greenness  of  the  bald  hills  on  the  western  ap- 
proach to  the  Dorrigo  is  due  to  the  presence  of  a 
certain     indigenous     herbage,     which     does     not 


appear  to  grow  in  any  other  part  of  the  country. 
The  Dorrigo  rises  in  a  series  of  abutting  slopes, 
perfectly  bare  of  trees,  and  vividly  green.  On 
the  summit  of  these  slopes  runs  a  dark  line  of 
dense  forest,  through  which  lofty  pine  trees  rear 
their  ebon  spires  against  a  sky  of  blue. 

Ascending  over  the  Bald  Hill,  from  Armidale 
side,  as  one  draws  near  to  the  dark  line  of  forest 
at  the  summit,  it  becomes  more  definite  and 
understandable.  The  characteristics  of  the  scrub 
show  more  clearly.  It  is  like  the  approach  to 
some  tropical  island  whose  rich  vegetation  seems 
to  grow  up  out  of  the  seas  as  one  nears  it. 

The  traveller  will  stand  at  last  before  the 
entrance  to  a  dark  avenue  of  tangled  tropical 
growths,  broken  by  tall  pines,  and  looking  back 
to  the  westward  see  the  blue  ranges  piled  away 
to  sunset.  So  dense  and  tall  is  the  Dorrigo 
forest,  that,  although  the  sun  may  be  swimming 
high  in  the  heavens,  one  seems,  on  entering  the 
scrub,  to  suddenly  drop  into  the  coolness  and 
shadow  of  late  afternoon.  This  wonderful 
Dorrigo  scrub  is  destined  in  the  near  future  to  dis- 
appear before  the  utilitarian  hand  of  civilization. 

While  the  land  was  being  cleared  for  first 
settlement,  great  logs  of  valuable  rosewood  were 
constantly  burnt  off  with  other  ornamental 
timbers.  Australian  rosewood  is  at  the  present 
time  one  of  the  most  valuable  timbers  in  the 
world.  It  is  in  demand  by  the  builders  of  Eng- 
lish railway  carriages,  and  with  judicious  local 
enterprise,  it  would  be  in  equal  demand  in 
America.  For  the  enlightment  of  readers,  it 
may  also  be  mentioned  here  that  there  are  in  the 
Dorrigo  pine  trees  holding  9,000  feet  of  good 
saleable  timber  under  the  one  bark,  and  that  the 
selectors  have  wastefully  burnt  off  this  timber 
in  order  to  clear  their  land  for  cultivation. 

But  lest  any  critic  of  Australian  methods 
should  find  herein,  as  Sir  Rider  Haggard  has  re- 
cently done,  argument  for  a  charge  of  national 
waste,  all  sides  of  the  question  must  be  taken  into 
consideration.  In  justice  to  the  Australian 
settler,  it  must  be  remembered  that  the  best 
timber  forty  or  sixty  miles  from  a  railway  is  worth 
nothing;  that  uncleared  forest  land  is  valueless 
and  unproductive,  while  land  cleared  of  forest 
and  devoted  to  agriculture  is  an  increasing  value 
to  the  individual  and  the  State. 

In  1902  i  wrote  of  this  country: — 

"At  the  present  moment  the  best  part  of  the 
Dorrigo,  the  land  which  is  destined  one  day  to 
support  a  large  and  prosperous  population,  is 
locked  up  by  Government  in  timber  reserves.  The 
attempt  which  is  being  made  by  the  authorities  to 
preserve  a  vast  area  of  valuable  forest  is  a  com- 
mendable one,  but  while  it  keeps  the  timber  stand- 
ing as  a  public  asset,  it  is  a  distinct  loss  to  the 
State  in  another    direction.       The    land  of    the 


4tO 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Dorrigo  is  of  greater  national  value  than  the  tim- 
ber, but  neither  land  nor  timber  with  judi- 
cious management,  need  remain  unremunerative 
— a  dead  waste.  If  the  Government  of  the  State 
were  to  gradually  throw  open  the  Dorrigo  re- 
serves for  settlement,  reserving  the  market  tim- 
bers on  each  block,  at  the  usual  royalties,  the 
whole  difficulty  might  be  overcome.  There  is  not 
the  slightest  doubt  that  if  this  were  done,  sawmills 
would  be  erected,  and  an  additional  encourage- 
ment given  to  settlement.  There  is  money  in  the 
Dorrigo,  and  it  only  needs  a  little  business  enter- 
prise to  exploit,  for  the  general  benefit  of  the  com- 
munity, one  of  the  best  strips  of  country  in 
Australia. 

"With  an  elevation  of  2,500  feet,  these  lands, 
now  covered  with  the  most  magnificent  forest  I 
have  ever  beheld  in  any  part  of  the  world,  would 
become  in  a  little  time  an  agricultural  Eden,  sup- 
porting a  large  dairying  and  farming  population. 
Away  back  from  the  unrecorded  aeons  of  the 
past,  the  forces  of  Nature  have  been  at  work  on 
the  rich  volcanic  loam,  enriching  it  with  ages  of 
vegetable  decay.  The  very  air  of  the  scrub  is 
heavy  with  the  odor  of  exuberant  fertility.  On 
entering  into  the  scrub  for  the  first  time,  by  one  of 
the  many  tracks  hewn  through  the  dense  forest 
by  the  axes  of  cedar-getters,  I  felt  as  one  who 
stands  at  the  entrance  of  some  ancient  cathedral 
reared  by  giants  of  architecture  in  mighty  days 
of  old. 

"After  a  few  steps,  the  coarse  glare  of  day  is 
shut  out,  and  one  walks  as  if  in  cathedral  light, 
where  scarcely  a  sound  breaks  the  solemn  still- 
ness. Here  and  there,  in  patches  of  sunlight, 
the  leaves  of  the  tall  scented  lily  gleam  vividly 
green.  Dark,  glossy-leaved  creepers  cover  the 
trunks  of  the  trees.  Above  the  pilasters  of  tall, 
graceful  palms,  quaintly  marked  like  the  pillars 
of  an  Eastern  temple,  hang  tremulous  leaves. 
Then  come  the  great  dark  trunks  of  the  pines, 
and  looking  up  into  their  tremendous  heights,  one 
beholds  their  crowns  white  with  hanging  moss — 
veritable  patriarchs  of  the  forest,  they  wag  their 
grey  heads  at  Time." 

Shortly  after,  on  the  reiteration  of  these  facts, 
the  See  Government  began  to  throw  open 
the  Dorrigo  for  settlement.  The  Hon.  Walter 
Bennett,  then  Minister  for  Forests,  realized  that 
the  Dorrigo  would  be  of  a  greater  value  to  New 
South  Wales  as  an  agricultural  district  than  it 
could  ever  remain  as  a  forest  reserve.  The 
official  objections  to  occupation  having  been  over- 
come, the  settlement  of  Don  Dorrigo  began. 

The  author's  prophecy  has  been  over-fulfilled. 
No  district  in  Australia  has  gone  ahead  more 
rapidly  than  the  Dorrigo  during  the  last  decade. 
Farm  after  farm  has  been  won  from  the  jungle, 
settler    after    settler   has     sprung     from     small 


beginnings  to  independence,  and  everywhere  there 
is  progress.  Nor  have  the  forests  been  utterly 
wasted.  Mills  have  been  established  and  have 
sawn  out  millions  of  feet  of  hardwood  and  orna- 
mental timber,  much  of  which  has  found  a  port 
at  Coff's  Harbor,  which  in  turn,  from  a  mere 
village,  has  developed  into  one  of  the  busiest  and 
most  populous  centres  of  the  whole  North  Coast. 

Leaving  the  Armldale  road — which  has  been 
responsible  for  this  digression — our  car  took  the 
dusty  highway  that  dips  out  and  falls  over  coastal 
hills  and  occasional  flats  towards  Coramba. 
These  North  Coast  hills  are  yet  covered  with 
forest.  What  their  uses  will  be  in  the  future  is 
hard  to  say.  At  present  it  were  well  if  they 
remained  forest  reserves. 

The  flats  are  fertile  and  for  the  most  part 
occupied  by  selectors.  It  Is  a  pleasant  land  to 
travel  through  at  most  seasons  of  the  year.  In 
Spring  the  forest  oak  Is  In  flower  and  the 
eucalypts  are  crowned  with  bright  young  leaves, 
like  woodland  altars  tipped  with  flame. 

You  will  follow  the  road  for  some  miles 
through  an  open  forest  In  which  tall  straight 
pillars  of  spotted  gum  stand  as  supports  to  a  vast 
green  canopy.  Then  you  will  drop  down  to  a 
level  stretch  of  farmland  with,  maybe,  a  quaint 
old  shingle-roofed  homestead  standing  back  from 
the  roadway  in  a  grove  of  ornamental  trees,  with 
a  garden  surrounded  by  weather-stained  paling 
fences,  over  which  roses  are  trailing.  There  will 
be  cowsheds  and  barns  at  the  back,  ploughed  pad- 
docks sprouting  green  maize,  a  running  stream 
with  dairy  cattle  grazing  along  its  banks. 

These  old  selections  and  all  they  stand  for  of 
pioneer  history  are  facing  a  new  feature  In  the 
landscape — earthworks  and  bridges,  ballasted 
track  and  steel  rails;  for  the  North  Coast  railway 
line  is  being  carried  along  past  their  doors.  The 
wattle  and  hickory  which  bloomed  so  profusely 
every  spring-time  along  this  northern  road, 
have  been  rudely  torn  from  their  roots,  clematis 
and  tecoma  cast  aside,  hills  ruthlessly  sliced  and 
their  tops  and  sides  hauled  away  to  make  em- 
bankments, and  now  the  solitude  of  Glenugle  Peak 
Is  disturbed  by  whistles  of  ballast  trains.  Coach 
days  are  going,  and  days  of  railway  carriage  and 
motor-car  have  come. 

South  Grafton  is  already  In  touch  with  Glen- 
reagh,  which  is  not  sleeping  amongst  Its  fertile 
flats  and  ringbarked  clearings,  but  like  Coramba, 
young  and  flourishing,  has  responded  to  the  call 
of  progress. 

The  road  into  Coff's  Harbor  from  Coramba 
goes  down  by  many  a  sharp  curve,  from  hills 
covered  with  rich  jungle,  to  the  sea. 

The  growth  of  Coff's  Harbor  since  the  Dor- 
rigo was  opened  has  been  remarkable.  Once 
given  the  impetus  which,  from  now  on,  it  is  likely 


THE  NORTH  COAST  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


2lt 


to  receive,  the  whole  State  will  go  ahead  at  the 
same  speed. 

Coff's  Harbor  may  be  taken  as  an  example  of 
Australia's  possibilities.  The  establishment 
of  fine,  modern  timber  mills  followed  the  influx 
of  settlers  and  in  ten  years  a  place  which  con- 
sisted of  a  hotel,  a  wharf,  and  a  few  scattered 
houses,  has  grown  to  a  busy  little  city.  Sensible 
administration  induced  settlement,  and  enterprise 
and  natural  resources  did  the  rest. 

When  the  tide  of  European  migration  turns 
southward,  as  it  must  inevitably  do,  it  will  be 
found  that  Australia  can  offer  more  opportunity 
for  investment  and  labor  alike  than  even  the 
United  States  of  America,  which  now  carries  twice 
the  population  of  Britain.       Australia  is,  in  fact. 


Between  Bellingen  and  Nambucca  stands  one 
of  the  finest  hardwood  forests  of  the  North; 
grey  box  and  turpentine  are  its  predominant 
timbers. 

This  valuable  forest  extends  for  thirty  miles  or 
so  back  from  the  coast,  and  then  gives  place  to 
"apple-tree,"  and  good  open  country,  suitable,  it 
is  said,  for  closer  settlement. 

Without  cutting  into  the  forests  of  the  North 
Coast — which,  for  the  most  part,  cover  land  un- 
suitable for  agriculture — there  will  be  an  enor- 
mous total  area  on  which  population  can  be 
settled  with  every  prospect  of  success. 

Just  before  sundown  we  glided  into  the  green 
valley  of  the  Macleay.  New  South  Wales  is 
seen  here  in  a  particularly  happy  mood.       If  a 


On  the  Paterson  Elver 


a  better  America  where  men  and  women  who  are 
capable  of  intelligent  effort  can  confidently  look 
forward,  with  reasonable  personal  luck,  to  ulti- 
mate independence,  achieved  under  the  best  living 
conditions  in  the  world. 

Every  hour  in  our  journey  down  coast  this  fact 
was  brought  home  to  us. 

The  country  was  so  obviously  rich,  so  capable 
of  development,  so  responsive  to  treatment. 

At  the  Bellingen  everybody  was  doing  well. 

At  Nambucca  they  were  shipping  their  thou- 
sand boxes  of  butter  a  week. 

At  Macksville,  a  pretty  little  township  on  the 
banks  of  the  Nambucca  River,  prosperity  was 
evident,  and  so  on  from  river  to  river  for 
hundreds  of  miles. 


stranger,  who  had  gathered  his  impressions  of 
Australia  from  the  writings  of  men  like  Kendall, 
Gordon,  and  Clarke,  were  transported  to  the 
Macleay,  he  would  feel  as  if  he  had  gone  to  sleep 
in  a  desert  and  wakened  in  a  flower  garden.  He 
would  demand  to  know  what  spirit  of  perversity 
had  caused  an  apparently  sane  people  to  accept 
foolish  utterances  as  expressive  of  (heir  joyous 
and  beautiful  country. 

He  would  see  a  broad  and  navigable  river  flow- 
ing through  an  Eden  of  fertility.  He  would 
learn  that  on  these  river  flats  80  to  90  bushels  of 
maize  to  the  acre  are  common,  while  they  have 
actually  produced  as  high  as  130  bushels,  and  that 
their  average  yield,  season  after  season,  has  been 
40  to  50  bushels. 


212 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


On  land  valued  at  £35  to  £40  an  acre,  he  would 
behold  perennial  crops  of  lucerne,  giving  sub- 
stance to  herds  of  milch-cows  rivalling  as  wealth- 
producers  the  best  dairy  herds  in  Europe.  On 
living  areas  (60  to  80  acres  are  sufficient)  he 
would  find  not  peasants  but  individual  proprietors 
with  modern  equipment,  good  banking  accounts, 
smart  driving  outfits — probably  motor-cars. 

He  would  be  gratified  to  see  co-operative  butter 
and  cheese  factories  giving  the  farmers  the  full 
profits  of  their  industry.  In  fine  he  would  see 
eight  to  ten  thousand  people  enjoying  a  pros- 
perity which  left  no  room  for  failure,  poverty  or 
distress. 

Kempsey  lies  in  the  centre  of  this  prosperity, 
and  partakes  of  it  with  the  complacent  air  that 
comes  of  good  fortune  well  assured. 

Like  other  Australian  towns,  it  is  becoming 
modernised,  but  there  still  remain  many  old 
shingle-roofed  houses  of  an  earlier  period.  It  is 
noticeable  for  its  beautiful  children  and  pretty 
young  girls. 

Kempsey  leaves  with  the  visitor  a  pleasing 
memory  of  flower  gardens,  handsome  pine  trees, 
green  flats,  clover,  weeping  willows,  and  con- 
tented-looking cows. 

Tall  banyans  by  the  river  bank  remain  as 
examples  of  a  scrub  which  has  long  fallen 
beneath  the  settler's  axe. 

Morning  on  the  Macleay  would  be  a  good  sub- 
ject for  some  painter  who  wished  to  depict  the 
happy  rural  side  of  Australian  life.  In  his 
picture  he  would  show  pink  peach-blossom  in  the 
orchards,  and  cottages  smothered  in  purple 
wistaria. 

Being  mere  artist  he  might  not  express  the 
clear  carol  of  the  magpie,  the  twittering  of  spar- 
rows, the  defiant  crowing  of  roosters,  or  the  low- 
ing of  cows.  But  if  he  were  minded  to  extend 
his  canvas  a  little  he  could  throw  in  a  background 
of  wondrous  blue  hills,  or,  to  invest  his  picture 
with  character,  he  could  paint  in  an  apple-cheeked 
housemaid  illuminated  by  clear  early  sunlight, 
sweeping  out  yesterday's  dust  from  the  doorway, 
a  little  bare-legged  girl  coaxing  a  cow  along  the 
footpath,  and  a  sturdy  householder  vigorously 
cutting  kindling  wood  in  the  near  foreground.  A 
homely  subject,  but  one  that  would  be  a  more  sane 
and  truthful  expression  of  Australia  than  tragic 
canvases  on  which  are  depicted  terror-stricken 
settlers  fleeing  before  bush  fires,  or  emaciated 
swagsmen  in  the  last  throes  of  thirst. 

Between  the  Manning  and  Hastings  Rivers 
there  is  another  valuable  belt  of  hardwood  forest. 

The  main  North  Coast  Road  crosses  the  Hast- 
ings five  miles  above  Port  Macquarie. 

Here  is  another  fine  river  flowing  through 
farmlands. 


Port  Macquarie,  one  of  the  State's  earliest 
settlements,  makes  the  seaport  for  this  delightful 
district. 

For  him  who  wishes  to  read  the  Book  of  Old 
Colonial  Days,  and  reconstruct  in  fancy  the  life 
and  manners  of  Australia's  first  generation,  a 
visit  to  Port  Macquarie  will  be  filled  with  interest. 

It  is  a  queer  old  town  standing  by  the  bluest  of 
seas.  Some  of  its  buildings  are  a  hundred  years 
old,  a  great  antiquity  for  an  Australian  house;  its 
Norman  church  was  erected  about  1824,  and,  in 
a  cypress-shaded  cemetery  overlooking  the  town, 
there  are  many  ancient  headstones. 

Along  the  North  Coast  Road  the  Lisbon 
lemon  grows  wild,  and  crops  freely.  If  the  tra- 
veller prefers  the  homely  squash  to  fresh  milk  or 
the  liquors  of  the  vine  he  may  have  it  free  of 
charge.  Presumably  it  does  not  pay  to  cultivate 
the  lemon  along  here,  as  the  settler  lets  his  trees 
alone  and  the  birds  carry  the  seeds  hither  and 
thither,  so  that  there  is  no  lack  of  lemons. 

Citrus  fruits  and  vines  have  both  been  ade- 
quately proved  in  the  North,  but,  while  other 
industries  bring  in  greater  profits  and  settlement 
is  scattered  and  transport  expensive,  wine  mak- 
ing and  fruit  growing  will  have  to  stand  aside. 

It  is  admitted  that  Australia  can  be  the  great- 
est wine-producing  country  in  the  world.  The 
State  of  New  South  Wales  has  many  fine  payable 
vineyards  and  in  days  to  come  will  have  many 
more. 

Between  Port  Macquarie  and  Camden  Haven 
is  a  village  called  Kew.  At  a  bush  hotel  our  car 
pulled  up  for  lunch.  The  railway-builders  had 
reached  thus  far  and  erected  their  usual  camps  of 
calico  and  scrim. 

Now  here,  if  anywhere,  was  the  site  for  one 
of  those  "typical"  Australian  short  stories,  be- 
ginning with  a  column  of  mournful  word-painting 
about  a  dark  forest  full  of  "weird  expectancy,"  a 
half  column  on  flies,  a  half  column  on  heat,  and 
perhaps  a  column  and  a  half  of  a  fight  around 
the  bar  of  the  wayside  pub. 

All  the  characters  would  be  adorned  with  spade 
beards,  wear  red  shirts,  moleskin  trousers  and 
snake-buckle  belts.  They  would  speak  a  typical 
dialect,  half  cockney  and  half  Western  Ameri- 
can. Their  profanity  would  be  expressed  by 
dashes  and  asterisks  in  great  profusion. 

Unfortunately  for  the  reputation  of  our 
alleged  "descriptive  Australian  writers,"  none 
of  the  essentials  for  this  purely  imaginative  story 
materialized. 

In  New  South  Wales  the  Licensing  Act  is 
strictly  enforced.  A  disturbance  at  a  hotel  would 
mean  a  black  mark  against  the  proprietary;  it 
might  even  lead  to  a  cancellation  of  license.  Con- 
sequently there  are  few  disturbances  at  country 
inns.       I    have    not    witnessed    a      public-house 


9 
o 
OS 

» 
o 


213 


214 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


fight  since  1890,  and  I  travel  the  Bush  more 
than  most  people.  There  were  no  flies,  and  the 
weather  was  ideal.  The  North  Coast  is  com- 
paratively free  from  flies  at  all  times.  The 
few  young  men  about  the  hotel  were  clean-shaven 
— beards  are  out  of  fashion  in  the  Bush. 
They  were  dressed  in  ordinary  modern  clothing, 
spoke  fair  English,  and  used  no  bad  language. 

The  meal,   a   shilling  lunch,   was   served  at  a 
crowded  table,   to   a   good-mannered,   good-tem- 


But  if  he  is  going  towards  Camden  Haven  he 
should  take  a  kit  of  fishing  lines. 

Or  if  he  means  to  remain  around  Taree,  on 
the  Manning,  let  him  take  dancing  shoes  and  a 
mandolin.  He  will  find  all  these  pleasant  north- 
ern districts  cheerfully  sociable. 

As  evening  falls  there  will  be  many  cosy  lamp- 
lit  rooms  and  much  piano-playing.  It  would  be 
an  interesting  statistical  item,  and  one  worth  pub- 
lishing abroad,  to  compute  the  number  of  Austra- 


MUking  Machines,  Manning  River  District 


pered  company.  It  consisted  of  soup,  excellent 
Australian  beef,  abundant  vegetables,  and  custard 
and  pie. 

The  only  complaint  one  might  make  was  that 
the  helpings  were  rather  plentiful. 

This  is  the  Bush  of  Reality.  It  may  be  com- 
monplace, but  it  betokens  good,  cheap  conditions 
of  living,  personal  comfort  and  security.  The 
prospective  citizen  need  have  no  fear  that  he  will 
be  subjected  to  the  disagreeable  experiences  of 
some  Australian  heroes  of  romance.  In  migrat- 
ing to  the  Mother  State,  the  last  item  he  need 
add  to  his  outfit  is  a  lethal  weapon  of  any  kind. 
Unless  he  is  travelling  into  the  far  back  country 
in  summer,  and  not  always  then,  he  need  not 
even  provide  himself  with  a  waterbag. 


lian  houses  that  possess  a  piano.  The  average 
is  probably  the  highest  in  the  world.     .     .     . 

The  Manning  has  fine  fat  black  lands  along  its 
valley,  and  possesses  good  back  country.  For 
the  Comboyne  Scrub,  like  the  Dorrigo,  a  future 
can  safely  be  predicted.  The  Comboyne  is  a 
well-watered  high  land,  with  rich  soils.  It  is  yet 
mostly  covered  by  tropical  jungle,  but,  like  all 
scrub  land  of  the  North,  will  be  found  suitable 
for  dairying  and  mixed  farming. 

Taree,  the  principal  centre  for  the  Manning,  is 
another  "old  colonial"  town,  its  gabled  houses 
and  ancient  gardens  standing  side  by  side  with 
the  dwellings  of  a  modern  day. 

Wingham,  on  the  North  Coast  railway  line,  is 
surrounded  by  lucerne  and  maize.        Like  most 


THE  NORTH  COAST  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


215 


places  of  any  or  doubtful  importance  throughout 
the  Commonwealth,  these  northern  townships 
have  their  green  parks  and  recreation  grounds 
where  the  "melancholy  Australian"  finds  excuse 
for  gathering  in  quest  of  amusement. 

At  Wingham,  although  it  was  September,  we 
found  the  night  air  frosty.  We  rose  with  the 
sun  to  complete  the  last  stages  of  a  long  journey. 
Our  way  had  been  over  dusty  roads  where  bul- 
lock teams  were  hauling  logs  to  many  mills. 
Across  clear  creeks  and  over  shining  rivers, 
through  glades  of  palms  and  forests  of  hard- 
wood, by  farm,  orchard,  and  township  for  many 
hundreds  of  miles  we  had  seen  nothing  but 
natural  beauty,  permanent  fertility  and  genera! 
prosperity. 

Only  one  thing  might  be  said  of  this  great 
North  Coast — it  was  not  carrying  enough  people 
— and  that  can  be  said  of  Australia  generally. 

I  looked  across  in  the  clear  morning  light  to 
the  blue  peaks  of  the  Great  Dividing  Range, — 
which  I  had  crossed  some  weeks  before  as  a  low 
range  of  hills  between  Townsville  and  Cloncurry. 
They  were  the  birthplace  of  many  a  river  that 
finds  an  outlet  in  the  Eastern  Pacific  between 
Cape  Bowling  Green  and  Hobson's  Bay. 

Through  some  mountain  gap  out  yonder,  this 
clear  fast-flowing  Manning  River,  too,  came  down 
to  water  the  rich  lands  of  Wingham  and  Taree 
and  all  the  little  towns  and  settlements  that  are 
growing  along  its  fertile  banks. 

We  travelled  by  a  winding  river  road  some  15 
miles  into  picturesque  hills  and  found  that  we  had 


taken  a  track  which  led  to  Armidale,  impassable 
for  cars  beyond  the  point  where  we  made  our 
discovery. 

Albeit  we  got  a  late  breakfast  of  cheese  and 
biscuits,  the  mistake  was  worth  while,  for  the 
road,  as  far  as  we  followed  it,  led  us  by  river 
reaches  and  jungles  and  shining  hills  full  of  the 
morning's  glory. 

We  got  back  on  the  main  highway  to  Glou- 
cester, which  took  us  over  more  hills,  and  through 
pretty  valleys,  by  citrus  orchards,  dairy  farms 
and  scrub  and  forest  to  Stroud,  where  this  parti- 
cular journey  ended. 

Stroud  is  another  "old  colonial"  village,  which 
the  builders  of  the  new  railway  left  five  miles 
from  a  station,  as  if  they  loathed  to  disturb  that 
colonial  air  which  it  wears  so  happily. 

It  seems  a  pity  to  modernize  places  like  these, 
and  yet  the  utilitarian  eye  perceives  how  such 
country  can  be  made  far  more  productive  than  it 
is  now.  Scientific  fruit-growing,  the  cultivation 
of  lucerne,  irrigation,  intensive  farming, — the 
land  cries  out  for  these  things — and  it  will  not 
always  cry  in  vain. 

At  Stroud  we  finished  a  car  journey  of  600 
miles  through  the  North  Coast  District  of  New 
South  Wales,  a  journey  which  lay  all  the  time 
over  a  demesne  of  intense  fertility  blessed  by  con- 
stant good  seasons,  abundant  rainfall  and  a 
benign  climate. 

This  Arcadia  is  capable  of  supporting  a  hun- 
dred times  its  present  population,  and  yielding 
a  hundred  times  its  present  wealth. 


On  the  Manning,  near  Wingham 


53 
O 


2l6 


(217) 


THE  SOUTH  COAST. 


IF  you  would  behold  fertility  allied  to  great 
beauty,  if  you  are  interested  in  Earlier  Aus- 
tralia, if  you  are  a  lover  of  mountain, 
meadow,  river  and  sea,  of  green  pasture  lands,  of 
subtropical  vegetation,  pack  your  portmanteau, 
provide  yourself  with  rod,  gun,  and  camera,  and 
go  for  a  long  holiday  down  the  Southern  Coast  of 
New  South  Wales. 

The  manner  of  your  journey  rests  with  your- 
self. The  roads  are  good,  the  inns  comfortable; 
you  may  motor  if  you  can  afford  it.  You  may 
drive,  or  bike,  or  travel  by  train.  If  you  are  of 
strenuous  habit,  you  may  walk  and  send  your  pack 
by  the  railway,  but  the  true  pedestrian's  pack  is 
mostly  carried  on  his  back. 

Many  years  ago  the  writer,  with  an  artist 
friend,  packed  an  outfit  into  a  village  cart,  and 
essayed  to  drive  from  Prospect  to  Eden.  Later 
experience  gained  in  driving  a  light  caravan  from 
Parramatta  to  Townsville  convinced  him  that  the 
village  cart  is  a  most  unsuitable  vehicle  for  an 
expedition  of  this  kind. 

The  artist  was  Arthur  Frederics,  who  drew  the 
pictures  for  Jerome  K.  Jerome's  ever  popular 
book,  "Three  Men  in  a  Boat."  He  claimed 
"Montmorenci,"  the  dog  of  that  famous  work  as 
his  very  own,  and  did  not  fail  to  draw — invidious 
comparisons  between  him  and  our  dog. 

But  Frederics  admitted  that  house-boating  on 
the  Thames  was  pale  sport  beside  village-carting 
over  the  Bulli  Pass  without  a  brake. 

Eighteen  years  of  sunlight  and  shadow  have 
come  and  gone  since  we  undertook  that  memor- 
able journey.  Frederics  went  back  to  London  at 
the  finish — he  had  been  anxious  for  an  experience 
of  the  Bush  before  he  left  Australia — but  its  plea- 
sant memories  are  with  me  yet. 

Of  my  patient  and  industrious  travelling  com- 
panion I  have  heard  nothing  for  many  years,  but 
if  Time  has  spared  him,  and  he  should  chance  to 
read  this,  I  know  that  from  his  cosy  corner  in 
the  Savage  Club  he,  too,  will  look  back  upon  those 
days  in  Illawarra  with  no  regret. 

The  joint  resolutions  which  we  made  to  write 
and  limn  a  Delightful  Book  have  faded  Into 
that  over-populated  Limbo  where  the  ghosts  of 
good  literary  and  artistic  resolutions  are  laid. 

Our  journey — which  we  had  plotted  for  weeks 
with  the  enthusiasm  somewhat  of  youth — began 
with  a  series  of  accidents. 


Seal  Bocks  Lighthouse 


I  was  to  have  met  Frederics  at  Campbelltown. 
We  had  arranged  that  he  should  catch  the  morn- 
ing train,  and  by  making  a  daylight  start  from 
Bossley  Park  I  reckoned  to  be  there  before  him. 

At  that  time  my  plant  included  an  old  black 
carriage  horse,  which  had  belonged  to  an  under- 
taker, and  was  therefore  regarded  as  sedate, 
reliable,  and  suitable  for  a  journey  of  the  kind. 
A  horse  with  a  serious  upbringing,  slow  of  habit, 
could  be  expected  to  breech  a  heavily-laden  trap 
down  steep  pinches  without  brakes,  and  remain 
around  a  camp  at  night. 

That  and  a  steady  day's  pull  were  all  that  we 
required.  I  turned  this  supposed  valuable  ad- 
junct to  a  quiet  driving  tour  out  to  grass  when 
the  expedition  was  first  arranged.  The  last 
week  I  brought  him  in  and  had  him  hardened  with 
good  Central  Cumberland  maize,  grown  in  my 
own  paddock — full  of  nutriment  and  free  of 
weevils. 

No  horse  ever  had  more  considerate  prepara- 
tion for  a  holiday. 

Before  dawn  on  the  appointed  day  I  packed  the 
cart  with  provisions,  tent,  fly,  aVe,  ammunition, 


4i8 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


fishing  lines,  and  all  the  paraphernalia  of  camp- 
ing out. 

I  departed  just  as  "dawn's  left  hand  was  in  the 
sky,"  and  made  the  first  three  miles  with  all  the 
joy  of- an  excursion  in  my  blood. 

It  was  one  of  those  glorious  summer  mornings 
that  we  get  in  sunny  New  South  Wales,  and  the 
little  orchards  and  vineyards  along  the  Lans- 
downe  Road  were  gemmed  with  dew. 

At  the  foot  of  Cecil  Hills  there  was  a  culvert. 
To  my  intense  surprise  the  staid,  respectable 
funeral  animal  that  I  was  gaily  driving  stopped 
dead  and  refused  to  budge. 

Nothing  annoys  like  a  "collar  proud"  horse.  I 
laid  the  whip  across  his  unregenerate  loins,  and 
he  responded  by  kicking  the  dash-board  in. 

If  one's  maiden  aunt  had  suddenly  invited  a 
bishop  to  a  boxing  contest,  one's  astonishment 
could  not  be  greater  than  was  mine. 

The  rest  is  too  disgraceful  to  be  detailed  even 
after  a  long  lapse  of  time.  The  black  horse  posi- 
tively refused  to  move  except  in  circles.  He 
wound  up  a  most  uncouth  gymnastic  display  by 
backing  the  village  cart  and  its  contents  into  the 
drain. 

Time  softens  the  harshest  asperities  of  life.  I 
like  to  believe  now  that  a  sense  of  propriety,  born 
of  the  serious  avocation  which  the  animal  had  fol- 
lowed for  so  many  previous  years,  militated 
against  his  being  an  accessory  to  what  promised 
to  be  an  entirely  secular  holiday. 

But  neither  Australian  resource  nor  German 
philosophy  are  proof  against  a  horse  finally 
determined  to  jib. 

I  might  have  consoled  myself  with  a 
Schopenhauerean  deduction  that  because  all  know- 
ledge Is  relative  neither  of  us  had  any  actual 
existence — but  that  conclusion  would  not  get  the 
cart  to  Campbelltown. 

So  I  threw  myself  on  the  mercy  of  a  small 
farmer  near-by,  who  availed  himself  of  my  neces- 
sity by  charging  me  a  sovereign  to  drive  me 
with  his  own  plough  horse  the  remaining  two 
miles  to  Liverpool,  where  I  promptly  wired  to 
the  unsuspecting  artist  to  get  off  the  Southern 
train. 

We  secured  some  of  his  baggage,  and  the  rest 
went  on  to  Campbelltown,  accompanied  by  an 
irate  conductor  and  an  engineer  who  wanted  to 
know  what  his  train  was  being  delayed  for. 

After  a  consultation  of  war  at  the  nearest  hotel 
we  determined  to  hire  a  horse  somewhere,  and 
went  out  looking  for  one. 

Liverpool  is  a  quaint  and  ancient  town  which 
still  clings  to  the  leisurely  traditions  of  Governor 
Macquarie's  period. 

On  the  banks  of  George's  River  it  has  dozed 
for  a  hundred  years,  and  it  resents  all  haste. 


Nevertheless,  In  time  we  found  an  enterprising 
baker,  who  agreed  to  hire  us  a  horse  for  the 
modest  sum  of  two  shillings  a  day. 

I  offered  to  exchange  him  the  black  horse  and 
give  him  a  pound  to  boot,  but  he  would  not  trade. 
We  pulled  out  of  Liverpool  about  midday 
with  the  baker's  mare,  who  adapted  herself  to  the 
village  cart  with  refreshing  docility;  and  so 
began  one  of  life's  happiest  journeys. 

At  a  shady  creek  on  the  old  Southern  Road  we 
outspanned  for  lunch.  The  clouds  of  threatened 
disappointment  were  dispelled  under  a  blue  sky, 
and  we  jogged  away  light-heartedly  along  the  red 
road  that  goes  over  hill  and  dale  through  Ingle- 
burn  and  MInto  to  historic  Campbelltown. 

That  night  we  pitched  our  tent  in  a  clump  of 
forest  oak  by  the  village  of  Appln.  The  grilled 
chops,  cooked  bushman-fashlon  on  the  coals,  the 
billy  tea,  the  little  sundries  of  an  open-air  meal, 
and,  above  all,  the  pipes  of  aromatic  tobacco 
smoked  under  the  stars — the  gipsy  pleasures, 
which  are  free  to  everybody  in  this  glorious 
country  of  ours,  sent  us  to  our  rugs  and  blankets 
in  a  mood  of  tired  contentment. 

To  waken  refreshed  after  a  long  sleep,  and 
hear  the  sounds  of  the  Bush  around  you,  to  splash 
into  a  clear  creek  for  your  morning  bath,  and 
then  to  fall  with  good  healthy  appetite  upon  your 
open-air  breakfast — these  are  among  the  delights 
of  the  Open  Road. 

One  advantage  of  jogging  along  with  your  own 
cart  or  caravan,  is  that  you  are  bound  by  neither 
time  nor  convention.  You  can  make  your  day's 
journey  one  mile  or  twenty,  as  it  pleases  you. 

On  the  south  side  of  Appln  the  road  crosses 
over  a  creek  by  a  wooden  bridge. 

A  little  flat  of  green  grass,  shade,  and  clear 
running  water,  issued  such  a  pleasant  invitation 
that  we  pulled  in  for  lunch. 

Afterwards  we  lounged  in  the  shade,  smoking 
and  listening  to  the  cicadas  shrilling  their  eternal 
love-songs  through  the  forest.  From  midday 
till  half-past  four — unable,  perhaps  unwilling,  to 
shake  off  the  exquisite  laziness  of  a  hot  summer's 
afternoon — two  care-free  travellers,  a  chestnut 
mare,  and  a  black  dog  watched  the  sun's  decline 
through  sleepy  eyelids. 

Then  the  travellers  decided  that  it  was  too  late 
to  go  any  further  that  day — rest  after  effort,  or 
before  it,  is  a  fine  thing;  the  South  Coast  was 
always  there;  one  day  did  not  matter. 

The  artist  made  a  fine  pretence  of  taking  pencil 
notes  of  surrounding  vegetation  with  sunset 
effects. 

We  camped  under  the  bridge,  as  it  looked  like 
rain.  Some  belated  horseman  thundering  over- 
head about  midnight,  wakened  the  artist  out  of  a 
profound  slumber.  He  seized  the  tomahawk 
and  prepared  to  defend  his  unfinished  sketches  at 


THE  SOUTH  COAST  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES 

Otherwise  the  bridge  made 
for   one   night's  lodging   at 


219 


the  cost  of  his  life, 
a  quiet  open-air   inn 
least. 

The  next  night  we  camped  on  the  BuUi  Pass, 
with  Illawarra,  like  the  Promised  Land,  spread 
out  below  us.  We  got  to  the  Lookout  while  it 
was  yet  early  in  the  day,  pitched  our  tent  and 
watched  the  changing  sunset  lights  across  a  still 
and  beautiful  Illawarra,  as  we  ate  our  evening 
meal.  Then  the  moon  rose  out  of  the  waters 
to  the  eastward,  and  flooded  mountain  and  coast- 
land  with  silver. 

Twinkling  lights  of  Bulli  and  Corrimal  and 
Wollongong  lay  far  below  us;  the  air  was  sweet 
with  the  scent  of  mountain  musk.  It  was  a 
memorable  camp. 

A  steep  macadamised  road  goes  down  the  Bulli 
Pass.  It  has  been  cut  along  the  edge  of  the 
mountain  wall, holds  several  sharp  turns,  and  must 
be  negotiated  at  a  reasonable  pace. 

Between  the  tree  ferns,  vines  and  palms  one 
gets  enchanting  vistas  of  a  beautiful  hilly  jungle 
falling  away  towards  the  sea,  with  bits  of  beach 
and  meadow  in  the  southern  corners  of  the  pic- 
ture. 

Frederics  acted  as  a  brake  by  holding  on  behind 
as  I  led  the  horse  down  the  steeper  pinches. 

We  stopped  at  every  bend  in  the  road  to  wipe 
the  perspiration  from  our  faces  and  admire  the 
view. 

Half-way  down  the  mountain  there  is  a  cold 
spring  bubbling  up  out  of  the  rock  alongside  the 
road.  It  is  surrounded  by  ferns  and  green 
damp  moss.       We  had  a  smoke  there. 

Further  on  is  a  giant  fig  tree.  We  took  the  mare 
out  and  let  her  graze  on  a  patch  of  rich  buffalo 
grass,  while  we  inspected  this  ancient  banyan,  one 
of  the  most  beautiful  trees  in  Australia. 

The  jungle  was  cool  and  shady.  Staghorns, 
pheasants'  nests,  orchids,  and  climbing  ferns 
decorated  the  boles  of  the  trees;  the  ground  was 
carpeted  with  luxuriant  maiden-hair  fern,  mosses, 
and  leaves.  There  were  avenues  of  tree  ferns, 
cabbage  palms,  and  bangalows,  and  a  running 
creek. 

It  was  a  good  place  to  fool  about  in  during  the 
heat  of  the  day.  To  get  a  correct  perspective  of 
the  Illawarra  one  must  not  be  in  a  hurry.  These 
sixty  miles  of  country  between  Coal  Cliff  and 
Shoalhaven  are  worth  lingering  over. 

At  Bulli  we  found  an  excellent  hotel.  Here  is 
an  Australian  coal  town,  but  it  presents  little  of 
the  ugliness  associated  with  coal  mining  in  other 
parts  of  the  world. 

There  are  plenty  of  green  fields  and  gardens, 
and  by  its  surroundings  Bulli  hiight  be  classed 
more  as  an  agricultural  than  a  mining  centre. 

As  far  back  as  1863  the  coal  measures  were 
tapped  here.   The  output  is  of  the  highest  quality, 


and  the  southern  fields,  which  are  being  worked 
at  various  points,  cover  an  enormous  area.  Dur- 
mg  the  last  few  years  many  important  industrial 
works  have  been  established  at  different  Illawarra 
centres;  great  harbor  improvements  have  been 
effected  and  a  considerable  influx  of  population 
has  taken  place. 

With  rich  volcanic  soils,  and  still  more  valuable 
coal  beds,  this  beautiful   Illawarra,   long  known 


Water  Trees,  South  Coast 

as  the  "garden  of  New  South  Wales,"  is  becom- 
ing one  of  the  State's  best  mining,  agricultural  and 
manufacturing  belts. 

Between  Sydney  and  Nowra,  for  92  miles  the 
railway  traverses  a  green  idyllic  coastland.  Be- 
yond that  the  visitor  finds  another  South  Coast 
district  readily  accessible  by  motor  car  and  coach, 
which  will  yield  him  rich  treasures  of  sport  and 
scenery  if  these  be  within  his  quest. 

Towards  this  Southland  we  set  out  from  Bulli 
in  due  course,  trotting  cheerfully  along  a  good 
hard  road  through  the  villages  of  Woonona  and 


220 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Bellambi,  where  the  coal  miners'  youngsters 
grinned  cheerfully  at  us  as  we  passed  by  their 
cottages. 

In  the  distance  westward  stood  Mounts  Kembla 
and  Keira,  and,  often  through  the  forest  trees  that 
overhung  the  roadway  we  caught  glimpses  of  the 
Pacific,  never  bluer  than  along  this  coast  of  palm 
and  vine. 

The  old  colonial  town  of  Wollongong,  natural 
capital  of  Illawarra,  gleamed  before  us,  with  the 
Tom  Thumb  Lagoon  shining  on  its  southern 
margins.  Here  Matthew  Flinders  landed  on  his 
courageous  voyage  down  the  coast,  and  from  his 
little  cockle-shell  the  lagoon  got  its  name. 

Once  it  was  the  haunt  of  wildfowl;  as  once  the 
rushy  flats  beyond  it  towards  Dapto  were  the 
haunts  of  quail.  Even  now  one  gets  good  shoot- 
ing along  this  coast,  and  fishing  grounds  are 
everywhere  from  Gabo  to  the  Tweed. 

That  night  we  slept  at  a  farm  at  Spring  Hill — 
full  of  youthful  memories  for  one  of  the  party. 
At  old  Spring  Hill,  emancipated  from  school,  and 
later  from  a  dull  commercial  office  in  Sydney,  he 
would  tick  off  each  day  of  vacation  or  holiday 
with  a  sigh  of  regret. 

Spring  Hill  was  in  sooth  a  paradise  for  youth. 
Those  memorable  days  were  spent  in  fishing  at 
the  mouth  of  the  Thumb,  tramping  up  quail  on 
the  rushy  flats,  waiting  at  dusk  for  wild  duck  in 
the  swamps,  watching  the  fig  trees  for  flock 
pigeons,  riding  across  to  Kembla  and  Keira, 
camping  by  Lake  Illawarra,  indulging  to  the  full 
the  glorious  activities  of  youth. 

Many  a  black-backed  flathead  tautened  a  wait- 
ing line,  many  a  stone  plover  rose  through  the 
tea-tree  and  fell,  and  many  a  plump  brown  quail 
went  into  the  bag  in  those  golden  days.  It  is 
well  for  a  man  to  carry  memories  of  such  days 
with  him  from  youth  to  age.  Their  brightness 
makes  amends  for  amber-colored  days  which 
closed  in  grey  twilights  of  regret.     .     . 

Driving  by  the  margin  of  Lake  Illawarra,  we 
saw  next  day  the  Five  Islands  lying  off  the  land, 
and  thought  again  of  Matthew  Flinders  pluckily 
navigating  his  little  row-boat  over  new  and  un- 
charted seas. 

Through  the  picturesque  village  of  Dapto 
trotted  the  baker's  chestnut  mare.  It  was  clear 
and  cloudless  weather,  with  cool  sea-breezes  to 
freshen  the  nights. 

We  had  left  the  coal  country  behind,  and  were 
journeying  now  In  leisurely  stages  through  dairy 
districts,  which  follow  -the  coast  to  Eden  in  the 
South.  Lush  lands  these,  growing  clover,  maize, 
and  lucerne;  well-watered  with  rippling  creeks, 
by  whose  banks  grow  weeping  willows  and  green, 
scented  lilies  with  unassuming  flowers  that  throw 
out  an  unexpected  snare  of  perfume  upon  a  scene 
where  any  dreaming  poet  might  find  Inspiration 
for  his  Epicurean  muse. 


One  English  artist  had  already  been  convinced 
that  Australia  was  not  a  land  "where  bright  blos- 
soms are  scentless,  and  songless  bright  birds." 
He  had  at  least  inhaled  the  subtle  fragrance  of 
the  scented  lily,  and  heard  the  blue-cap  sing. 

From  Albion  Park  we  might  have  taken  the 
road  over  the  Macquarie  Pass  to  Moss  Vale,  and 
enjoyed  some  of  the  finest  scenery  in  picturesque 
New  South  Wales;  but  a  different  itinerary  lay 
before  us. 

At  Shellharbor  we  rested  and  lunched,  enjoy- 
ing the  greenness  and  blueness  of  this  delightful 
seaside  village. 

At  Minnamurra  River  we  outspanned  and  went 
a-fishlng.  For  a  summer  holiday  along  this  coast, 
take  a  good  rod,  an  ample  kit  of  lines,  from  silk 
twist  to  stout  snapper,  a  variety  of  hooks  (fly 
hook  and  shark  hooks  as  well),  spinners,  catgut, 
and  flies.       An  eminent  authority  asks — 

What  is  he  doing,  the  great  god  Pan, 
Down  in  the  reeds  by  the  river? 

Making  a  Poet  out  of  a  Man, 
Down  in  the  reeds  by  the  river ! 

Any  acknowledged  god  in  the  mythology  might 
be  competent  to  make  a  poet,  out  of  a  man,  but 
the  question  of  making  a  fisherman  out  of  the 
average  citizen  is  quite  another  matter. 

There  are  a  limited  number  of  people  born  to 
be  "compleat  anglers,"  and  the  great  majority 
must  be  content  to  be  mere  amateurs. 

Anyone  can  catch  fish,  when  fish  are  biting,  but 
the  inspired  fisherman  Is  he  who  can  coax  fish  to 
his  line  when  they  are  diffident  or  shy.  He  must, 
above  all  things,  learn  the  mysteries  of  bait — 
which  entails  an  understanding  also  of  the  habits 
of  the  finned  divisions.  Once  he  has  mastered 
this,  the  rest  will  be  with  his  patience,  foresight 
and  skill. 

The  wise  fisherman  will  never  be  disappointed 
along  the  South  Coast. 

These  points  we  discussed  in  subdued  tones  on 
a  sedgy  bank  while  a  making  tide  brought  in  the 
feeding  fish. 

We  talked  of  all  the  fish  we  might  catch  along 
the  South  Coast,  from  sand  mullet  In  the  lagoons 
to  whales  at  Twofold  Bay;  of  beach  fishing  for 
whiting  with  longest  hand-lines;  of  rock  fishing 
for  groper  and  cod;  of  the  sea  salmon  which 
came  up  coast  in  myriads  at  certain  seasons,  and 
are  caught  by  many  an  enthusiastic  beach  fisher- 
man and  wasted;  of  red  bream,  squire,  and 
schnapper,  so  plentiful  on  the  reefs  off  shore;  of 
the  tunny,  which  is  found  at  Montague  Island;  of 
purple  scaled  jew-fishes  running  up  to  a  hundred 
pounds  weight;  of  cunning  black  bream;  hungry 
flathead  which  can  best  be  attracted  by  a  moving 
bait;  of  mullet  amenable  to  dough,  and  garfish, 
surface  swimmers  which  bite  freely  on  occasions, 


THE  SOUTH  COAST  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


221 


Dairying  at  Coolangatta 


i 


and  all  the  various  finned  denizens  of  seas, 
estuaries,  deeps,  shallows,  creeks,  lagoons  and 
rivers  which  we  would  land  in  wriggling  multi- 
tudes before  our  trip  was  done.  Imagination  is  a 
fine  thing,  and  useful  to  a  fisherman. 

Later  on,  with  the  camp  fry-pan  sizzling  over 
red  coals,  and  our  catch  of  whiting  and  flathead 
cleanly  scaled  and  washed  in  salt  water  before  us. 
we  agreed  that  the  life  of  the  open  is  the  real 
thing,  and  that  the  pale  habits  of  cities  were  only 
ghosts  of  pleasure  beside  its  flesh-and-blood  reali- 
ties. There  were  mosquitoes  at  Minnamurra, 
but  we  anointed  our  faces  and  hands  with  citron- 
ella,  made  a  smoke  at  night  and  promised  to  fix 
up  the  mosquito-net  when  we  camped  next  time. 

It  is  a  lovely  bit  of  road  between  Shellharbor 
and  Kiama.  The  railway  cuttings  show  the 
basaltic  nature  of  the  country.  In  fact,  Sydney 
draws  a  large  proportion  of  its  bluemetal  from 
the  famous  quarries  of  Kiama. 

Like  all  our  volcanic  soils,  Illawarra,  Cambe- 
warra  and  Shoalhaven  are  perennially  fertile  and 
eminently  adapted  for  dairy  farming,  and  Kiama, 
a  little  over  70  miles  from  the  metropolis,  has 
long  been  a  prosperous  place. 

The  Blowhole,  a  subterranean  syphon,  which, 
in  rough  weather,  dashes  clouds  of  spray  a  great 
height  into  the  air,  has  always  been  a  popular 
attraction;  but  the  clean  little  town  itself,  built 
along  the  edge  of  its  bar  harbor,  and  over  the 
adjoining  hills,  facing  the  Pacific  on  one  side,  with 
the  Saddleback  Mountain  behind  it,  and  sur- 
rounded by  its  fertile  district,  is  a  holiday-maker's 
haven. 


From  here  visitors  can  readily  reach  Jamberoo, 
one  of  the  loveliest  valleys  in  the  world;  where 
they  will  see  rural  Australia  in  all  its  poetic  fer- 
tility, and  quiet  peace — an  Australia  as  different 
from  that  drought-stricken  country  so  lovingly 
depicted  by  ignorant  traducers,  as  the  downs  of 
Devon  differ  from  the  desert  of  Gobi. 

Six  miles  south  of  Kiama  is  Gerringong,  a 
delightful  little  town  where  green  meadows  end 
in  golden  beaches.  One  comes  away  from 
Gerringong  with  an  impression  of  sea  breezes, 
sweetened  by  clover,  rustling  the  leaves  of  tall 
cabbage  palms,  standing  in  fields  of  burning 
green.  Purple  hills  lost  in  hazy  distances, 
emerald  slopes  rolling  down  to  meet  the  sea,  sil- 
ver creeks  changing  now  and  then  to  pools 
bordered  by  flowering  meads,  and  an  air  of  pro- 
found tranquillity — that  is  Gerringong. 

Berry,  seven  miles  further  south,  wears  a  face 
of  greater  activity.  It  is  the  centre  of  the  far- 
famed  Coolangatta  Estate,  much  of  which  has 
been  sub-divided  and  sold  as  small  dairy  farms. 

With  beautiful  country  in  between  dotted  all 
over  by  dairy  farms,  Nowra  follows  Berry  along 
this  southern  littoral.  Here,  on  the  north  bank 
of  the  Shoalhaven  River,  the  railway  ends. 

Nowra,  the  capital  of  Shoalhaven,  is  a  centre 
from  which  a  wide  area  of  picturesque  New  South 
Wales  can  be  explored. 

The  road  across  Cambewarra  Pass,  like  most 
of  the  passes  along  the  Coast  Range,  is  through 
a  glory  of  palms,  tree-ferns,  and  jungle  growth. 

The  lookout  near  the  turn-off  to  Kangaroo 
Valley  claimed  us   for  a   day.        We   saw   the 


Ironbark  Tree,  Nowia 


222 


THE  SOUTH  COAST  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


223 


green  Shoalhaven — spread  below  us  like  a  great 
map — through  all  its  variations  of  light  and 
color,  during  the  changing  hours.  Again  the  air 
was  laden  with  mountain  musk,  and  the  whip-bird 
and  his  mate  between  them  made  the  jungle  echo 
with  the  sudden  musical  cracking  of  stock-whips. 

This  Cambewarra  lookout  gives  you  one  of  the 
most  beautiful  panoramic  views  in  the  States. 

You  see  Berry  in  its  green  squares  far  away, 
with  Broughton  Creek  winding  like  a  silver  eel 
out  to  sea.  Beyond  it  Shellharbor  and  Gerrin- 
gong  and  Kiama.  Below,  reduced  to  miniature 
by  distance,  you  can  pick  out  Greenwell  Point, 
Crookhaven  and  the  broader  waters  of  Jervis 
Bay.  Behind  you  are  the  purple  mountains, 
their  slopes  alternating  with  clearing  and  forest 
from  which  the  Shoalhaven  unwinds  its  250  miles 
of  ever-widening  silver  ribbon,  until  you  catch 
the  glitter  of  its  tidal  reaches  by  Nowra.  The 
upper  course  of  the  Shoalhaven  lies  within  a  wild 
romantic  land.  Rising  in  the  Jingera  ranges,  be- 
tween Braidwood  and  Cooma,  the  young  river 
winds  through  majestic  gorges,  its  banks  be- 
ing sometimes  cliffs  1,500  feet  high;  it  sweeps 
through  lonely  valleys,  precipitates  itself  over 
rocky  heights,  hides  its  clear  pools  under  masses 


of  sub-tropical  vegetation,  and  comes  down  at 
last  to  fertilize  those  green  flats  which  gleam 
between  the  foothills  and  the  sea. 

South  from  Nowra  the  road  enters  a  forest 
which  has  yielded  much  good  hardwood. 

Fifteen  miles'  jogging  brought  us  to  Jervis  Bay, 
now  the  site  of  the  Royal  Naval  College,  and 
which  will  be  the  port  for  the  Federal  capital  at 
Canberra. 

Here  we  caught  good  red  snapper  and  had 
some  fair  shooting.  At  St.  George's  Basin,  a 
few  miles  south  of  the  Bay,  we  found  a  great 
shallow  saltwater  haven  with  tidal  creeks  and 
abundant  sport. 

By  the  shores  of  this  romantic  basin  we  made 
more  permanent  camp  and  reluctantly  spent  our 
last  days  together,  for  my  mate  was  bound  to 
catch  his  English  steamer,  and  I  had  to  take  the 
outfit  home  to  Prospect. 

Southward  across  the  inlet  were  the  blue  hills 
of  Wandandian  and  beyond  them,  southward  still, 
the  fertile  districts  of  Milton  and  Ulladulla,  but 
for  the  present  they  would  have  to  call  in  vain. 
Not  without  regret  the  baker's  mare  was  headed 
back  to  Nowra,  where  the  artist  caught  the  train 
to  town,  and  the  writer  fished  and  hunted  his  way 
home  again. 


Eden 


224 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Pyrmont  Bridge 


OUT  WEST. 


THE  Railway  Depot  at  Sydney  is  ablaze  with 
electric  lights.  Its  author,  the  late  Hon. 
E.  W.  O'SulIivan,  then  Minister  for  Pub- 
lic Works,  intended  that  it  should  be  the  biggest 
railway  station  in  the  world.  His  prophetic 
eye  surveyed  the  Future,  and  beheld  the  Mother 
State  as  she  is  destined  to  become.  He  fore- 
saw that  for  many  years  the  expanding  railway 
traffic  of  a  country  bigger  than  Germany  was 
likely  to  converge  on  Sydney,  and  endeavoured  to 
provide  for  its  expansion. 

The  result  is  a  surprise  to  the  most  travelled 
stranger  when  he  drops  out  of  his  sumptuous 
overland  car  and  stands  for  the  first  time  under 
the  great  arched  roof  of  this  mammoth  depot. 

All  day  and  all  night  there  is  a  constant  coming 
in  and  going  out  of  trains  at  the  long  platforms, 
a  hurrying  of  crowds,  a  continuous  procession  of 
passengers  past  the  ticket  windows  and  through 
the  gates. 

Electric  cars  bring  in  their  loads  of  people, 
drop  them  in  the  stone  vestibule,  pick  up  other 
loads  of  people  and  rush  away  to  the  city  again. 
From  other  car  systems  incoming  suburban  tra- 
vellers alight.       Their  vacant  seats  are  eagerly 


filled  by  outgoing  passengers,  and  so  the  perpe- 
tual flow  of  humanity  goes  on. 

Taxis,  hansoms,  motors,  glide  or  rattle  along 
to  the  receiving  platforms,  drop  passengers  and 
luggage  and  glide  or  rattle  off  with  fresh  fares. 

Uniformed  police  keep  order,  uniformed  rail- 
way servants  attend  to  the  requirements  of  the 
travelling  public — everything  spells  organization 
and  efficiency. 

We  are  taking  the  reader  upon  another  jour- 
ney. We  will  travel  West  to-night  over  the 
mountains  and  out  across  the  plains  to  the  present 
rail-head  at  Condobolin,  on  the  Lachlan  River, 
over  Oxley's  "morass"  and  Sturt's  "desert,"  and 
various  other  landmarks  of  the  earliest  explorers. 
We  will  find  the  "deserts"  growing  wheat,  and 
the  "morasses"  producing  wool.  We  will  see 
with  our  own  eyes  how  superficial  and  wrong 
some  of  these  earliest  explorers  were  in  their 
conclusions. 

All  New  South  Wales  night  trains  are  provided 
with  comfortable  sleeping  carriages.  Before  we 
turn  in,  a  polite  car  porter  comes  round  with  his 
card  and  lists  the  names  of  passengers  who  desire 
tea  and  toast  at  6  a.m.  next  morning. 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES:   OUT  WEST 


225 


Our  car  companions  are  mostly  Western  men 
— sheep  men  and  wheat  farmers,  you  can  tell 
them  by  their  height  and  build — some  commer- 
cials, "drummers"  as  our  American  friends  call 
them,  and  a  party  of  officials  from  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  who  are  going  out  with  their 
Minister  to  open  a  Government  Experimental 
Farm  at  Condobolin. 

The  Minister  had  been  a  Western  farmer  him- 
self, and  the  champion  ploughman  of  his  district, 
before  he  left  the  furrow  for  the  forum.       Being 


New  South  Wales.  Uncleared  ridges  are 
crowded  with  dark  symmetrical  cypress  pines 
( Callitris ) . 

This  beautiful  tree  is  botanically  believed  to 
be  the  oldest  living  representative  of  its  order. 
It  has  a  widespread  range,  is  generally  accepted 
as  a  sure  guide  to  good  wheat-growing  soils,  and 
produces  timber,  bark,  oil  and  sandarac.  White 
ants  will  not  attack  its  wood,  consequently  it  is 
invaluable  for  building  purposes  in  districts  in- 
fested by  termites. 


Tumut 


what  the  newspaper  men  call  "a  whale  for  work, 
he  occupies  the  early  hours  of  the  evening  dictat- 
ing correspondence  to  his  secretary  in  a  compart- 
ment reserved  for  the  journey. 

The  Western  mail  glides  away  from  the 
crowded  depot,  and  picks  out  her  own  track  m 
some  marvellous  way  from  a  complicated  net- 
work of  gleaming  rails.  Gaslit  suburbs  go  by, 
with  longer  and  longer  intervals  of  darkness 
between  them ;  Parramatta  is  passed,  and  our  big 
Baldwin  engine,  with  its  fiery  trail  of  carriages, 
begins  to  bore  heavily  into  the  night. 

We  rumble  away  by  moonlit  St.  Mary's,  roar 
across  the  Nepean  bridge  at  Penrith,  and  start 
with  grinding  wheels  and  snorting  funnel  to  attack 
Blue  Mountain  grades.      .      .     • 

The  car  conductor,  with  cheerful  "Good  morn- 
ings," is  handing  round  tea  and  toast.  We  arc 
rolling  over  the   sunlit  wheat  lands  of  western 


It  is  a  curious  fact  that  the  cypress  pine  secretes 
manganese.  Bertrand,  the  French  agricultural- 
chemist,  applied  manganese  sulphate,  at  the  rate 
of  50  kilos  per  hectare,  to  land  on  which  wheat 
was  sown,  and  obtained  an  increase  in  the  total 
crop  of  22  .5  per  cent. 

Another  experimenter,  Katayama,  of  Japan, 
has  shown  that  manganese  has  a  stimulating  effect 
on  oats,  barley,  rice,  and  cereals  generally. 
Using  manganese  sulphate  to  the  soil  in  the  pro- 
portion of  0.015  per  cent.,  Katayama  found  the 
increase  was  50  per  cent,  in  the  yield  of  straw 
and  24  per  cent,  in  seed. 

The  chemical  relations  between  Australian 
cypress  pine  and  wheat  are  herein  established: 
which  supplies  one  reason  for  the  fact  that  where 
cypress  pine  grows  well,  wheat  will  also  grow 
well. 


226 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


A  reference  to  Messrs.  Baker  and  Smith's  work 
on  Australian  Conifers  shows  that  the  habitat  of 
the  cypress  pines,  white  and  black,  comprises  the 
greater  part  of  Western  New  South  Wales — 
outside  of  the  Black  Soil  Plains ! 

The  traveller,  inhaling  the  smoke  of  burning 
cypress  pine,  so  typical  and.  reminiscent  of  the 
back  country,  may  accept  it  as  an  incense  to  Ceres, 
ascending  from  many  a  woodland  altar  in  the 
West. 


another  leaf  in  the  Gospel  of  Work,  will  tread 
down  the  grass  which  their  predecessors  have 
cheerfully  permitted  to  grow  under  their  feet. 

Already  the  New  is  overgrowing  the  Old.  An 
extension  of  the  wheat  areas  of  the  Central 
Division  is  rapidly  going  on.  At  present  2,560 
acre  blocks  are  regarded  as  good  living  areas  in 
this  division.  If  a  farmer  gets  all  that  is  pos- 
sible to  get  off  2,560  acres,  he  will  have  nothing 
to  complain  of. 


An  Orchard  at  Wagga 


As  the  train  pulls  up  at  wayside  stations,  this 
pleasant  odour  of  pine  is  wafted  through  the  car- 
riage windows  from  the  settlers'  chimneys. 

Australian  settlement  may  be  divided  into 
four  successive  periods: — cattle,  sheep, 
WHEAT,  LUCERNE.  Thirty-five  years  ago 
the  West  was  cattle  land,  to-day  the  West  is 
nearly  all  sheep  and  wheat.  But  the  Director 
of  Agriculture  says,  with  a  confident  smile,  that 
lucerne  is  going  to  thrive  in  places  where  its  cul- 
tivation is  still  regarded  as  impossible. 

On  its  way  down  to  Condobolin,  our  train  pulls 
up  at  Parkes  for  breakfast.  This  is  an  old 
Western  mining  township  with  some  history. 

Like  Castlemaine  and  similar  places  in  Vic- 
toria, it  is  tired  and  leisurely  and  lives  largely  on 
the  traditions  of  more  vigorous  days.  The  gen- 
eration that  saw  the  gold  rushes  and  their  easy- 
going methods  is  not  yet  dead. 

By  and  bye  a  younger  generation,  filled  with 
modern  energy  and  ideas,  which  has  turned  over 


So  rapid  has  been  the  increase  in  production 
that  the  railways  have  experienced  great  diffi- 
culties in  providing  transport,  but  the  Govern- 
ment is  now  coming  to  the  aid  of  the  farmer,  and 
will  shortly  install  bulk  storage  on  American 
models. 

With  ten  million  acres  of  good  wheat  lands 
available  in  one  belt,  the  Government  of  New 
South  Wales  has  wisely  seen  that  adequate  pro- 
vision must  be  made  for  dealing  with  the  enor- 
mous production  of  the  future. 

The  Westerner  considers  that  it  does  not  pay 
to  haul  wheat  more  than  15  miles  to  a  railway. 
Motor  traction  may  extend  this  payable  radius 
another  five  to  twenty-five  miles,  but  even  then 
much  railway  building  and  extension  will  be  neces- 
sary. But,  as  we  have  seen  elsewhere,  money 
expended  in  this  direction  will  be  the  soundest 
of  national  investments. 

Through  flat  "box"  forest,  interspersed  with, 
cypress  pine  and  graceful  evergreen  wilgas,  we 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES:  OUT  WEST 


227 


approach  the  Lachlan.  Underneath  the  wilga 
on  the  sunniest  day  there  is  a  patch  of  dense  black 
shade.  In  time,  Westerners  will  cultivate  instead 
cf  cutting  down  their  beautiful  native  trees. 

As    we    roll    across    a    level    landscape    our 
thoughts — like    the   white  butterflies  which  breed 


Poverty  in  Central  New  South  Wales  would 
be  as  hard  to  find  as  snow  in  Tophet;  so  every- 
body can  come  out  well-dressed,  well-fed,  well- 
mounted. 

After  lunch  a  procession  of  motor  cars,  buggies, 
coaches,  sulkies,  and  horsemen,  with  the  Minister 


in  the   "warrior  bushes"  out  here  and  drift  all  ^"d  Mayor  ahead,  starts  away  towards  the  site  of 

over  the  country — go  drifting  to  and  fro.        In  '^he  farm. 

fancy  we  can  look  beyond  the  present,  and  dimly  The  Farm  is  on  the  far  outskirts  of  the  town, 

see  a  future  full  of  greater  activities.     All  that  I"  'ts  virgin  state  it  is  flat,  dull,  uninteresting-look- 

these  wide  western  districts  need  is  railways  and  i_"g;     but,     as    our     friend,     Mr.     Valder,     the 


a  wise  settlement  policy.  There  is  room  in  the 
Central  Division  for  millions  of  people.  Be- 
tween the  Macintyre  and  the  Murray  what  untold 
possibilities  await  development.  There  are 
56,000,000  acres  in  this  Central  Division. 

From  the  Black  Soil  Plains  of  the  far  North- 
West  to  the  red  lands  of  Corowa  in  the  South,  it 
forms  the  heart  of  the  State.  The  railway 
crosses  Its  entire  width  only  twice — from  Werris 
Creek  across  to  Walgett,  and  from  Dubbo,  on 
the  way  to  Bourke. 

Lines  with  great  Australian  distances  between 
them  have  been  pushed  out  some  of  the  way. 
Narrabri  to  Moree  (this  line  is  in  course  of 
extension  to  Mungindi  on  the  Queensland 
border),  Burren  Junction  to  Collarenebri, 
Dubbo  to  Coonamble,  Parkes  to  Condobolin, 
Temora  to  Wyalong  and  Barellan,  Narromine  to 
Peak  Hill,  Junee  to  Narrandera,  Hay,  and  Beri- 
rigan,  Wagga  to  Lockhart  and  Urana,  Koora- 
watha  to  Grenfell,  these  cross  lines  all  cut  into 
the  Central  Division,  but  there  will  be  many  a 
loop  and  extension  before  the  whole  country  is 
adequately  rall-roaded.  With  a  progressive 
Government  in  Sydney  these  things  will  be  done 
quickly.  Railways  will  be  constructed  where 
they  are  justifiable,  lands  thrown  open  for  settle- 
ment, and  every  assistance  and  encouragement 
afforded  to  settlers. 

Beyond  the  Central  Division  lies  the  Western 
Division  with  all  its  splendid  story  yet  unwritten, 
and  before  the  Central  Division  stands  the  East- 
ern Division — 62  million  acres — with  coasts  and 
ranges  and  plains  holding  countless  riches  yet 
unwon. 

We  arrive  at  Condobolin  in  time  for  lunch, 
a  Western  lunch,  in  which  roast  turkey  Is  a  staple 
dish. 

The  district  Is  alive  to  the  Ministerial  visit. 
It  has  the  usual  deputations  waiting  with  the 
usual  budget  of  requirements;  but,  before  all 
things,  it  will  be  sociable  and  hospitable.  Whe- 
ther the  Minister  grants  any  or  all  of  Its  requests 


Under-Secretary      and      Director     of     Agricul- 
ture,    will     explain     to     you,     the     sites     for 


■^:.. 


m : 


Bloodwood  Trees 


Government  Demonstration  Farms  are  not 
chosen  lor  their  scenic  beauty.  They  are  in- 
tended to  demonstrate,  for  the  benefit  of  the 
general  public,  what  the  soils  and  climates  of 
particular  districts  are  capable  of  producing 
under  correct  treatments. 

It  is  the  business  of  the  farm  management  to 
discover  correct  local  data,  and  work  for  the  best 
results.  If  a  farm  proves  that  certain  soil,  re- 
garded perhaps  as  poor  or  useless,  will  grow 
some  particular  thing  to  profit,  then  the  farm  is 
fulfilling  its  object. 


There  are  several  of  these  farms  in  New  South 
it  is  gomg  to  give  him  a  banquet  at  night,  fol-     Wales,  and  the  service  they  have  rendered  to  the 
lowed  by  a  dance  and  social.     An  "expectancy"     State  cannot  be  over-estimated, 
which  is  anything  but  "weird,"  hangs  over  this    ,     The  Minister    for  Agriculture,  after    turning 
part  of  the  Bush.  "'^he  first  furrow,  mounts  a  motor  lorry,  and  tells 


228 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Qood  Wheat  Land 


the  assemblage  some  of  these  things.  He  points 
out  to  them  that,  as  district  settlers,  the  new 
station  will  directly  benefit  them:  for  that  reason 
they  should  do  all  they  can  to  make  it  a  success. 
He  invites  farmers  who  are  anxious  to  make  ex- 
periments, and  farmers  who  are  in  difficulties,  to 
wait  upon  the  manager  of  the  Farm,  whose 
function  It  will  be  to  make  their  troubles  his  own. 
He  predicts  a  great  agricultural  future  for  the 
Lachlan,  and  assures  them  of  his  Government's 
sympathy  in  their  pioneer  efforts. 

All  of  which  is  distinctly  pleasing  and  illus- 
trates the  better  side  of  democratic  government. 

The  Director  of  Agriculture  follows.  Hespeaks 
to  the  farmers  in  a  hopeful,  encouraging  way, 
urges  them  to  avail  themselves  of  the  knowledge 
which  the  department  has  gradually  acquired  in 
its  continual  experiments  with  Australian  seeds 
and  soils  and  stocks,  and  hints  of  future  possi- 
bilities. The  Director  is  an  optimist  because  he 
knows  that,  although  agricultural  production  is 
only  in  its  infancy  out  here,  the  West  will  write 
history  in  this  direction  during  the  next  50  years. 
He  knows  that  the  great  State,  of  which  he  is  a 
modest  but  capable  and  highly  important  official, 
is  increasing  her  output  by  millions  of  pounds 
every  decade;  that  within  a  few  years  lands  which 
were  once  regarded  as  next  door  to  worthless, 
will  be  worth  ten  and  twenty  pounds  an  acre : 
that  in  the  ordinary  course  of  human  events 
steady  workers  and  wise  investors  need  fear  no 
failure  in  New  South  Wales.  Having  seen  how 
the  State  Government  looks  after  the  interests  of 


farmers,  we  rejoin  the  dusty  procession  going 
back  to  town. 

While  the  Ministerial  party  is  preparing  for 
the  evening  function,  we  will  look  around  a  young 
city,  which  the  author  dimly  remembers  forty 
years  ago  as  a  rendezvous  for  native  tribes  at 
tomahawk  and  blanket  time,  and  an  outpost  of 
law  and  order. 

Here  was  the  old  bush  school  where  he  first 
imbibed  the  rudiments.  A  duststorm  came  along 
one  day  and  blew  the  roof  over  the  playground. 

Here  is  the  Lachlan,  wherein  a  playmate  was 
drowned  one  sad  summer's  morning  long  ago. 
The  historic  Lachlan,  flowing  very  slowly  between 
high  banks,  winds  across  rich  pasture  lands.  The 
shadows  of  the  red  gums  are  mirrored  with  photo- 
graphic reality  in  its  clear  quiet  waters. 

The  river  seems  to  have  shrunken  since  the 
eyes  of  a  bush  child,  long  years  ago,  watched  its 
shadows  while  his  elders  fished  for  "cod " 
in  the  deep  holes.  A  youth  looking  for  green 
frogs  on  the  bank  says  that  the  fish  are  just  as 
partial  to  that  particular  bait  as  ever. 

The  so-called  Lachlan  "cod"  is  of  fine  flavour, 
one  of  the  best  fresh-water  fishes  in  the  world. 
So  plentiful  in  those  early  days  were  these  huge 
Murray  perch  that  the  people  of  Condobolin  fed 
their  pigs  on  the  surplus. 

There  are  a  few  wistful-looking  blacks  left  out 
of  the  tribes  who  used  to  assemble  here  for  their 
Government  blankets  and  tomahawks  when  the 
writer  knew  Condobolin. 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES:    OUT  WEST 


229 


The  town  has  a  municipal  water  supply  now. 
In  our  time  the  house  blackfellow  brought  the 
daily  drinking  water  from  the  river  in  two 
buckets,  swung  from  a  yoke  on  his  shoulders. 

A  kerosene  lamp  outside  a  rough  public-house, 
a  dusty  road  with  perhaps  a  dozen  dwellings, 
police  station  and  court-house — that  was  the  Con- 
dobolin  of  memory.  In  this  Condobolin  the 
hotels  are  electric-lighted,  the  dusty  road  is  a  fine, 
broad  main  street,  with  asphalt  pavements,  and 
all  the  old  landmarks  are  submerged  under  waves 
of  progress. 

The  future  of  Lachlan-side  is  certain.  Nearly 
every  acre  of  the  Middle  West  will  grow  wheat 
to  pay.  Much  of  it  will  produce  lucerne  and 
other  profitable  crops.  Crosscountry  railway 
lines  will  come  in  time,  population  will  come,  pro- 
gress, civilization,  prosperity,  cities,  towns,  vil- 
lages, farms,  homes,  gardens,  factories,  industries 
— they  will  all  be  part  of  the  future  of  the  West. 
The  type  will  improve  under  climate  and  condi- 
tions eminently  suitable  for  the  physical  and  men- 
tal development  of  Europeans. 

These  new  countries  want  the  best  that  Europe 
has  to  spare;  but  they  have  proved  their  value  in 
converting  some  of  the  worst  into  some  of  the 
best.  There  is  something  expansive  in  the  very 
air  of  our  glorious  Commonwealth  that  makes 
for  the  highest  physical  and  mental  development 
possible  to  the  European  races. 

To-night  a  representative  of  the  Government 
and  his  party  are  to  receive  the  hospitality  of  the 
West.  See  how  these  "melancholy"  Austra- 
lians rise  to  the  occasion !  Observe  the 
banquet  tables  laid  out  on  the  long  balcony  of  the 
hotel,  which  has  been  screened  off  from  the  street, 
and  decorated  with  flowers  and  greenery.  Such 
flowers!  English  roses  as  fine  as  any  that  grow 
in  rural  Britain;  great  red  gladioli,  and  all  the 
plunder  of  Western  gardens- — the  room  is  a 
blaze  of  colour  and  electric  light.  Gone  are  the 
kerosene  lamps  and  guttering  candles  of  youth- 
ful days.  Gone  are  the  elastic-sided  boots,  the 
wide-bottomed  trousers,  the  spurs,  the  Crimean 
shirts,  and  all  the  pioneer  crudities.  Decorous- 
looking,  clean-shaven  citizens  in  evening  dress 
occupy  the  chairs,  with  the  Minister  and  Mayor 
and  aldermen  at  the  head  of  the  table. 

The  menu  would  reflect  no  discredit  on  a  first- 
class  European  or  American  hotel.  "The  wild 
and  woolly  West"  forsooth!  The  refined  and 
luxurious  West,  if  one  prefers  facts  to  foolish 
literary  fiction.  Here  is  the  real  West,  here  in 
this  room  creditably  represented  at  a  social  func- 
tion which  includes  locally-grown  asparagus  and 
green  peas.  Here  is  the  true  West  and  the  true 
atmosphere  and  sentiment  of  it. 

Listen  to  the  after-dinner  speeches  of  the  local 
citizens!       Are  they    bewailing  their    hard  lot? 


Are  they  complaining  of  poverty  or  neglect,  or 
drought  or  disaster?  Decidedly  not.  They 
are  putting  forward  their  local  requirements, 
mayhap  with  a  little  kindly  satire  and  some  dry 
humor;  but  through  it  all  there  is  a  robust  spirit, 
a  sturdy  sense  of  citizenship,  and  a  keen  pride  in 
their  district.  They  honor  the  toast  of  the 
King,  they  drink  modestly  to  Parliament,  their 
own  Parliament,  and  they  pay  the  Minister  and 
his  Department  the  courtesy  which  is  their  due. 
They  are  not  all  supporters  of  the  party  in  office; 
but  it  is  a  social  function  and  political  opinions 
are  put  aside.  This  is  democracy  in  our  Com- 
monwealth under  the  Crown. 

Glance  around  this  table !  You  have  heard 
that  Australians  in  general.  Westerners  in  par- 
ticular, are  an  unsober  people.  No  criticism  was 
ever  further  from  truth.  The  Minister  is  a  total 
abstainer,  his  staff  and  ninety  per  cent,  of  the 
assemblage  are  the  same. 

At  an  early  hour  the  meeting  rises  steadily  to 
its  feet  and  adjourns  to  the  social  hall  down 
street.  In  Australia  women  have  an  equal  voice 
with  men  in  the  selection  of  Parliamentary  re- 
presentatives. There  is  no  suffragette  trouble. 
The  Parliaments  of  the  Commonwealth,  State 
and  Federal,  are  left  to  men,  but  the  women  of 
the  country  help  to  select  their  lawmakers  and 
their  influence  in  politics  is  considered  good. 

So  the  Minister,  as  a  matter  of  course,  attends 
the  social  and  will,  later  on,  by  request,  deliver  a 
short  address.  Meanwhile,  in  the  presence  of 
robust  women  and  handsome  girls  in  evening 
frocks,  we  may  gather  an  impression  of  Austra- 
lian country  womanhood.  The  impression  can- 
not be  other  than  favorable.  It  will  be  another 
testimony  to  climate  and  conditions.  These 
daughters  of  the  West  are  capable  and  strong. 
With  a  well-lit  hall,  good  music,  good  singing, 
and  a  good  floor  for  enthusiastic  dancers — the 
evening  passes  pleasantly. 

The  concertina  is  relegated  to  the  further  back- 
blocks;  the  rude  functions  of  the  past  have  given 
place  to  a  refined  sociability;  the  Bush  has  taken 
on  a  more  modern  garb.  Friendliness  has  not 
vanished,  freedom  is  still  the  atmosphere,  but  our 
Bush  world  is  correct,  conventional,  and  a  firm 
stickler  for  behaviour,  sobriety,  and  good  form. 

It  is  to  this  freedom  and  security  and  to  such 
conditions  and  chances  that  Australia  to-day  is 
inviting  citizens  from  Europe  and  America.  They 
need  have  no  fear,  in  bringing  their  women  and 
children  to  the  Australian  States,  that  they  are 
risking  either  health  or  safety. 

Australia  offers  present  prosperity  for  an 
unlimited  number  of  industrious  people  and  con- 
tinental opportunities  for  coming  generations.  .  .  . 

On  a  cloudless,  sunny  morning  with  just  a  nip 
of  frost    in  the  crystal  air    which  makes    mere 


I 


230 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Old  Police  Station,  Lake  Cargeilico 


breathing  a  delight,  we  bowl  out  noiselessly  from 
Condobolin  on  a  four  hundred  mile  motor  run 
across  the  plains. 

Our  road  is  level  but  not  monotonous.  Now 
and  again  it  touches  the  bank  of  the  Lachlan  at 
one  of  its  innumerable  bends,  passes  through 
avenues  of  drooping  branches,  breaks  out  into 
the  open,  where  the  salt-bush  grows;  crosses  im- 
mense squares  of  treeless  plain;  and  enters  again 
into  belts  of  timber,  where  straight  cypress  pines 
find  rootage  in  rich,  red  loam. 

The  swamp-lands  are  covered  with  succulent 
herbage;  dry  now,  but  full  of  nutriment.  We 
note  that  the  sheep  on  these  dry  pastures  are  in 
excellent  condition,  which  leads  to  a  dissertation 
on  silos  and  the  storage  of  fodder,  on  systems 
which  are  going  to  solve  some  final  problems  of 
settlement  all  over  the  Commonwealth. 

The  Minister  tells  how,  the  previous  winter,  he 
went  a  long  journey  into  the  North-West,  and 
how,  on  Tucka  Tucka  Station,  on  the  borders  of 
Queensland,  he  saw  lucerne  hay  which  had  been 
eighteen  years  in  stack  fed  to  stock,  the  animals 
accepting  it  with  relish. 

On  Sir  Samuel  McCaughey's  station  at  Yanco, 
lucerne  hay  has  kept  perfectly  for  eight  years.  It 
is  obvious  that  the  losses  of  early  days  through 
unexpected  variations  of  season  will  not  be 
repeated  in  the  future.  Sufficient  water  and  feed 
can  readily  be  provided  to  tide  over  a  series  of 
dry  years,  should  they  occur,  and  the  ever-profit- 
able pastoral  industry  will  be  extended  far  beyond 
its  present  limits. 


But  as  we  leave  the  Lachlan  above  Euabalong 
and  motor  through  the  red  country  towards  Lake 
Cargeilico,  we  see  that  the  future  of  the  Central 
West,  away  from  its  irrigation  centres,  will 
largely  be  wheat-growing,  combined  doubtless 
with  mixed  farming. 

In  1 913  New  South  Wales  added  791,000 
acres  to  her  wheat  area,  and  her  present  progress 
indicates  at  least  a  million  acres  a  year  increase 
for  some  years  to  come. 

Lake  Cargeilico  is  a  splendid  sheet  of  fresh 
water,  capable  of  supporting  a  thriving  irrigation 
settlement  when  the  railway  extension  from 
Wyalong  brings  producers  into  touch  with 
markets. 

It  is  wonderful  what  results  have  been 
achieved  by  industry,  even  at  remote  distances 
from  transport.  At  Hillston  the  Minister  re- 
ceives another  deputation.  Hillston  asks  for  a 
railway  through  Rankin  Springs  to  Wyalong. 
One  farmer  relates  the  experiences  of  25  years 
in  that  district.  He  has  been  growing  wheat  on 
200  acres  of  land,  and  carting  it  60  miles  to  the 
nearest  railhead,  and  he  admits  that  he  has  done 
well.  1 

He  fallows  his  land  in  July,  gives  six  workings 
to  the  one  ground,  and  his  average  crops  of  wheat 
are  from  15  to  18  bushels  per  acre.  Algerian 
oats  give  him  ten  bags  to  the  acre. 

Without  doubt  this  wide  belt  will  all  be  in- 
cluded in  the  profitable  grain-growing  areas  of 
the  Central  Division.  It  is  likely  that  the  har- 
vester will  give  place  to  the  stripper  and  power 
winnower  on   big   farms;   and   there   will   be  an 


NEW  SOUTH   WALES:  OUT  WEST 


231 


improvement  of  methods,  which  will  tend  to 
more  economical  and  effective  production. 

On  leaving  Hillston,  after  a  night's  rain,  we 
turn  East  again.  Cypress  pine  with  occasional 
stretches  of  mallee,  wilga,  and  yarran,  proclaim 
that  we  are  still  travelling  through  wheatfields  of 
the  near  future.  The  rain  has  made  heavy 
going,  and  our  car  bogs  twice  in  the  deep  red  soil 
before  we  reach   Rankin  Springs. 

Here  the  fatted  turkey  again  awaits  us.  Ran- 
kin Springs  is  no  more  than  a  fine  stone  hotel 
standing  in  the  heart  of  a  great  box  forest;  where 
it  was  erected  20  years  ago  in  anticipation  of  a 
railway  line — which  never  came. 

The  lands  through  which  we  have  been  plough- 
ing our  way  all  the  afternoon,  the  lands  around 
us  here,  and  the  lands  before  us,  right  through  to 
Temora,  are  all  of  one  unvarying  standard  of  fer- 
tility. 

Between  Hillston  and  Rankin  Springs  we  have 
found  only  one  settler.  Large  sections  are 
tentatively  held  under  what  are  called  in  New 
South  Wales  "permissive  occupancy"  and  "occu- 
pation licenses." 

They  range  from  33,000  to  128,000  acres;  but 
when  the  railway  brings  closer  settlement  in  its 
train,  they  will  doubtless  be  cut  up  by  the  Govern- 
ment into  1,500  or  2,000  acre  blocks,  on  which 
families  should  have  no  difficulty  in  making  an 
independence. 

With  the  exception  of  the  Lachlan  Range,  a 
low  line  of  hills  which  crosses  from  the  Lachlan 
to  the  Murrumbidgee,  it  is  all  good.  At  Rankin 
Springs,  besides  our  turkey,  basted  with  cream, 
we  are  given  locally-grown  figs  and  potatoes  of 
finest  quality,  in  earnest  of  the  future  agricultural 
wealth  that  lies  waiting  in  the  soil. 

In  a  hundred  miles  of  journey  we  see  but  two 
habitations.  From  Rankin  Springs  to  Wyalong 
we  travel  the  best  part  of  a  day  through  sleeping 
lands,  which  need  but  one  caressing  touch  from 
the  hand  of  Progress  to  awake  in  smiling  fields 
of  grain. 

As  we  approach  the  railway  zone  towards 
Wyalong  the  forest  opens  here  and  there  into 
wheatfields.  Boarding  the  train  at  Wyalong  we 
find,  as  we  go  down  towards  Temora,  that  the 
clearings  become  general.    The  country  is  no  bet- 


ter, probably  not  as  good,  as  that  through  which 
we  have  travelled  for  three  days,  but  it  is  crossed 
by  a  railway;  and  a  railway,  anywhere  through 
this  Middle  West,  must  bring  settlement  with  it. 

Night  finds  us  at  Cootamundra,  in  the  heart 
of  the  wheat. 

We  look  back  over  this  rapidly  recorded  jour- 
ney, and  from  the  long  film  of  nature  pictures 
which  have  flashed  rapidly  before  us,  we  retain 
some  enduring  impressions. 

Beyond  the  winding  river,  and  the  long  levels 
of  brown  flat  lands;  beyond  the  belts  of  cypress 
pine — standing  silver  grey  or  sombre  green, — 
beyond  the  lakes  and  cowals  dotted  with  wild- 
fowl, beyond  the  majestic  stillness  of  the  pregnant 
plains,  one  hears  the  ploughshares  gliding 
through  furrows  of  the  future  and  the  rattle  of 
harvesters  moving  down  ripened  fields. 

For  untold  ages  Australian  seasons  have  come 
and  gone  across  the  awaiting  West.  Spring, 
mayhap,  has  passed  in  rain-wet  robes  of  splen- 
dour and  scattered  grass  and  flowers  over  a  thou- 
sand miles. 

Summer  has  followed,  and  interwoven  her 
emerald  carpets  with  frequent  threads  of  gold. 

For  unrecorded  centuries,  before  the  white 
men  came,  these  priceless  pastures  subsisted 
mobs  of  marsupials  only;  which  the  black  man 
hunted  when  hunger  impelled  him.  Never  a 
shining  ploughshare  bit  into  the  red  earth  of  the 
plains,  never  a  gardener's  spade  upturned  the 
black  soil  by  the  rivers'  banks. 

Then  came  the  early  colonist,  like  an  Asian 
patriarch,  driving  his  sheep  before  him.  The 
country  was  mapped  out  to  him  in  wide  grazing 
areas.  He  "squatted,"  improved,  conserved  and, 
with  prudence  and  patience,  brought  the  art  of 
wool-growing  to  a  perfection  which  it  had  never 
before  attained.  He  has  deserved  credit  and 
earned  profit,  and  these,  in  all  fairness,  he  must 
receive.  Great  areas  of  Australia  will  still  re- 
main to  him,  for  these  areas  are  more  suitable 
for  pastoral  purposes  than  anything  else.  But 
as  the  pressure  of  population  increases  and  good 
agricultural  land  becomes  more  valuable,  the  wise 
freeholder  will  turn  his  country  into  farms. 
Meanwhile,  by  an  active  railway  and  settlement 
policy  the  Government  of  this  Mother  State  is 
hastening  inevitable  development  "out  West." 


232 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


A  Darling  Biver  Steamer 


THE  WESTERN   DIVISION. 


FROM  WENTWORTH  TO  BOURKE. 


THE  State  of  New  South  Wales  covers  an 
area  of  310,367  square  miles,  which  is 
greater  than  that  of  any  European  country 
except  Russia.  The  area  of  Germany  is  only 
208,780  square  miles,  on  which  sixty-five  millions 
of  people  exist. 

The  population  of  New  South  Wales  is  less 
than  two  millions.  It  could  probably  be  multi- 
plied to  equal  that  of  Germany  without  over- 
crowding. The  natural  resources  of  the  State 
would  be  sufficient  to  sustain  the  increase  in  stan- 
dards of  Australian  comfort. 

For  purposes  of  land  administration  New  South 
Wales  has  been  divided  into  three  divisions — 
eastern,  central  and  western. 

The  first  division  extends  westward  from  the 
coastline  and  includes  the  Great  Dividing  Range. 
Its  inland  boundary  runs  north  to  south  from 
about  the  intersection  of  the  151st  meridian  and 
29th  degree  of  latitude  in  an  irregular  line.  It 
terminates  at  the  Corowa  district,  on  the  Murray 
River. 

Barraba,  Tamworth,  Wellington,  Temora, 
and  Junee  lie  just  within  the  E'astern  Division. 
The  Central  Division  goes  back  as  far  as  Condo- 


bolin.  The  Western  Division  begins  at  Mun- 
gindi,  follows  the  course  of  the  Barwon  for  some 
distance,  comes  south  to  Euabalong,  and  takes 
along  the  Lachlan  to  the  Victorian  border. 
All  the  lands  westward  of  this  boundary  line  to 
the  border  lie  within  the  third  great  division  of 
the  State. 

This  enormous  territory  has  for  many  years 
past  been  under  the  jurisdiction  of  a  body  called 
"The  Western  Lands  Board,"  appointed  by 
Government. 

With  eighty-three  millions  of  acres  to  super- 
vise, the  three  Board  members  have  grown  accus- 
tomed to  travelling.  From  Milparinka  at  the 
north-west  corner,  to  Euabalong — in  this  divi- 
sion— as  the  crow  flies,  is  a  distance  of  350  miles, 
and  the  crow  would  cross  some  wonderful  plains 
in  its  flight. 

Being  yet  a  hinterland  of  New  South  Wales, 
held  under  pastoral  lease,  in  trust  for  future  set- 
tlers, a  cursory  glance  over  these  farthest  back- 
blocks  will  prepare  us  for  a  later  consideration  of 
more  settled  districts. 

Across  the  heart  of  the  Western  Division  runs 
the   Darling   River,   which,   having   gathered  its 


THE  WESTERN  DIVISION    OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


233 


waters  from  Queensland  and  northern  New 
South  Wales,  carries  them  by  a  long  winding 
channel  to  its  junction  with  the  Murray  at  Went- 
worth. 

Wentworth  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  places 
In  the  Commonwealth.  Here,  nearly  a  century 
ago,  the  brave  but  pessimistic  explorer,  Sturt, 
was  met  by  a  painted  band  of  black  warriors  and 
narrowly  escaped  death. 

As  the  meeting-place  of  our  two  longest  inland 
rivers,  it  has  a  geographical  importance.  Sorrfe- 
times  when  there  has  been  little  rain  in  Queens- 
land, the  waters  of  the  Darling  are  delivered  in  a 
clear  slow-running  current.       At  other  times  they 


emu  has  stretched  a  long  neck' to  drink;  many  a 
red  kangaroo  has  left  his  tracks  in  the  mud. 

Down  this  long  western  river  paddle-wheels 
of  steamers  have  churned,  towing  barges  behind 
them  deeply  laden  with  wool.  They  have  gone 
up  against  stream  with  cargoes  of  provisions  and 
supplies. 

At  Wentworth,  steamboat  men  from  Echuca 
foregather  with  steamboat  men  from  Bourke.  At 
Wentworth,  stockmen  from  west  of  the  Darling 
talk  horse  with  stockmen  from  Riverina. 

Twenty  to  thirty  vears  ago  Wentworth  was 
among  the  towns  of  Farthest  Back.  To-day 
modern  influences  are  converting  far-back  Went- 


The  Junction  of  the  Murray  and  the  Darling 


sweep  down  like  a  river  of  milk  to  join  the  clearer 
stream  of  the  Murray,  snow-fed  at  its  birthplace 
in  the  Australian  Alps. 

The  Darling  brings  to  Wentworth  the  uncer- 
tain contributions  of  the  Warrego  and  Paroo  from 
the  far  West.  It  has  received  the  Culgoa,  bearing 
its  triljute  from  western  Queensland,  the  Namoi 
with  its  rich  solutions  gathered  over  the  Black 
Soil  Plains,  the  occasional  surface  flow  of  a 
flooded  Castlereagh,  the  mysterious  Macquarie 
and  the  romantic  Bogan. 

On  its  banks  campfires  of  many  travellers  have 
been  lighted.  Bells  of  pack-horses  have  tinkled 
in  the  bends,  and  the  yapping  of  sheep-dogs  has 
been  heard.  Many  a  flock  of  pink  galahs  has 
been  mirrored  in  its  green  waters;  many  a  thirsty 


worth  into  a  garden  city,  readily  reached  by  rail 
from  the  southern  seaboard. 

The  country  around  Wentworth  is  flat,  and  to 
those  who  are  not  in  sympathy  with  the  Australian 
Bush — monotonous.  The  rainfall  is  low,  averag- 
ing less  than  1 1  inches  a  year.  Out  at  Milparinka 
it  is  less  than  8.  But  Milparinka,  on  the  same 
meridian,  is  three  hundred  miles  north,  at  the 
extreme  corner  of  the  Western  Division. 

Wentworth  enjoys  an  ideal  winter.  Mid- 
summer is  decidedly  hot;  hot  but  healthy,  with 
cool  nights  when  one  may  sleep  in  the  open  air 
and  awaken  to  appetite  and  strength.  These  coa- 
ditions  apply  generally  to  inland  Australia. 

Send  no  pessimist  to  Wentworth, but  a  prophet! 
He  will  tell  you  that  this  place  is  one  day  to  be  the 


234 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


metropolis  of  the  Darling,  not  the  Darling  of 
1916,  with  its  millions  of  cubic  feet  of  priceless 
waters  going  wasted  to  the  sea,  but  the  Darling  of 
the  future — locked  from  end  to  end,  its  silver 
ribbon  fringed  by  green  irrigated  colonies  as  far 
apart  as  Pooncarie  and  Bourke.  For,  as  surely 
as  the  brain  of  man  has  learned  to  harness  the 
lightningandbind  the  genii  of  mechanical  force  as 
slaves  to  the  Lamp  of  Invention,  this  meandering 
daughter  of  the  Riverina  is  destined  to  bring 
wealth  and  fertility  to  thousands  of  Australian 
acres. 

The  Government  Irrigation  Settlement  at 
Wentworth  has  pointed  the  way.  It  is  one  of 
those  finger-posts  to  Progress  that  already  stand 
here  and  there  across  Southern  Australia.  The 
road  behind  them  has  been  macadamized  alter- 
nately with  Failure  and  Success:  the  road  ahead 
will  be  paved  with  gold. 

To  the  behevers  in  Australia's  future,  the  story 
of  the  Wentworth  Irrigation  Settlement  reads 
like  a  lyric. 

The  late  New  South  Wales  Commissioner  for 
Irrigation,  L.  A.  B.  Wade,  told  the  Dominions 
Commissioner  in  19 13  that  there  are  250,000 
acres  which  can  be  irrigated  on  the  Darling  River. 
As  a  careful  engineer,  Mr.  Wade's  estimate  would 
doubtless  be  a  conservative  one.  We  will  see 
presently  what  one  good  western  gardener  can 
coax  50  acres  to  yield.  In  farms  of  50  acres 
this  estimate  gives  us  5,000  new  homes  for  the 
Western  Division.  Under  Providence  there  is 
nothing  to  prevent  it  if  our  people  are  wise  and 
courageous. 

Of  Western  dry  farming  possibilities  we  will 
say  nothing  at  present. 

Let  us  deal  for  the  moment  with  certainties  of 
irrigation;  already  foreshadowed  at  Wentworth 
in  the  far-back  West. 

Wentworth  irrigation  area  consists  of  10,000 
acres,  located  in  the  eastern  angle  between  the 
Murray  and  the  Darling. 

Of  this  about  2000  acres  had,  at  the  end  of 
1 9 13,  been  subdivided  into  blocks  of  from  7  to 
35  acres.  Each  block  receives  the  water  at  the 
highest  point  and  slopes  to  the  natural  drainage 
lines,  thereby  minimising  the  amount  of  grading 
required  to  prepare  the  land  for  irrigation. 

The  water  is  pumped  from  the  Murray  River 
and  conveyed  to  the  land  by  means  of  sloped 
channels  two  feet  wide  at  the  bottom  and  3  feet 
6  inches  deep.  From  September  to  the  end  of 
February  waterings  are  given  every  three  weeks. 
This  meets  the  summer  requirements.  From 
March  to  August  the  soils  receive  their  artificial 
moisture  once  a  month.  The  area  thus  receives 
an  equivalent  to  the  rainfall  of  the  north  coast 


of  New  South  Wales,   and  gets  it  just  when  it 
is  required  for  purposes  of  cultivation. 

The  departmental  chemist  pronounces  the 
soil  "with  judicious  watering  capable  of  bearing 
"good  crops  of  anything,  especially  fruits  of  all 
"sorts  suitable  to  the  climate." 

The  Government  of  New  South  Wales  grants 
Its  irrigation  leases  to  settlers  here,  as  elsewhere, 
on  most  liberal  terms.  The  title  is  a  form  of  per- 
petual lease.  Rents  range  from  2/6  to  5/-  an 
acre.  The  water  rate  is  £1  an  acre.  To  encour- 
age and  assist  settlers  of  small  means,  neither 
full  rent  nor  water  rate  is  charged  until  the  fifth 
year  of  occupation. 

Residential  conditions  on  this  particular  area 
have  not  been  enforced. 

Many  of  the  first  settlers  were  men  without 
capital,  who  kept  the  pot  boiling  by  working  be- 
yond their  blocks  when  occasion  offered,  as 
shearers  or  laborers.  In  Australia  any  average 
Industrious  man  can  find  a  road  to  competence  if 
he  seeks  for  It  wisely. 

Examples  of  individual  success  afford  the  best 
argument.  We  will  take  one  from  Wentworth 
Irrigation  Area : — 

Five  years  ago  an  excellent  citizen  of  South 
Australia,  of  the  sterling  Devonshire  stock, 
moved  up  with  his  family  to  Wentworth.  His 
name  Is  Walter  Sage,  and  It  may  be  said  of  him 
that  he  impresses  one  as  a  man  for  whom  the 
flowers  would  be  glad  to  grow  and  the  trees  to 
fruit. 

When  the  author  of  this  book — six  years  ago 
— went  down  to  Wentworth  on  a  motor  boat  ex- 
pedition of  1,500  miles  from  Albury  to  Lake 
Alexandrlna — which  established  a  world's  record 
for  this  particular  mode  of  travel  and  strength- 
ened his  ever-growing  faith  In  Australia — the 
area  was  just  emerging  from  a  rather  troubled 
infancy.  A  N.S.W.  Government  had  even  con- 
sidered its  abandonment. 

Two  years  and  a  half  later  he  was  one  of  a 
party  of  parliamentarians  and  pressmen  journey- 
ing by  river  steamer  from  Goolwa  '  i  South  Aus- 
tralia to  Mildura,  Vic,  to  embark  the  Scotch 
Agricultural  Commission,  and  Incidentally  to  in- 
spect proposed  lock  sites  and  irrigation  settle- 
ments along  the  Murray. 

Among  this  keenly  patriotic  crowd  of  South 
Australians  were  some  who  knew  that  Walter 
Sage  had  migrated  from  their  State,  and  they 
said, 

"If  any  of  these  settlers  are  going  to  make 
a  big  success  on  Wentworth,  Sage  will  be 
among  them.  He  will  be  right  among  the 
first." 


Wentworth. 


235 


236 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Peach-Tree  two  and  a  half  years  old,  on  Walter  Sage's  Mock,  at  Wentworth 


So  when  the  writer  came  again  to  Wentworth  in 
1 9 13,  under  the  gracious  aegis  of  the  N.S.W. 
Minister  for  Lands  and  Agriculture,  and  the 
official  party  was  met  by  the  settlers  at  the  pump- 
ing station,  he  looked  around  for  the  South  Aus- 
tralian. 

The  bronzed,  broad-shouldered  Sage  was 
there;  and  furthermore,  his  50  acres  of  orchard 
were  there,  giving  eloquent  testimony  that  the 
hands  of  this  Ideal  settler  had  not  been  idle  nor 
his  judgment  at  fault. 

It  was  only  his  fifth  year  on  the  area,  but  the 
family  crops  had  given  £2,000  clear  profit! 

With  his  two  sons  to  aid  him,  he  had  taken  ugly 
bush  land  and  converted  It  Into  a  garden  of  fer- 
tility and  wealth.  Others  on  the  area,  including 
an  irrlgatlonlst  from  western  America,  who 
swears  by  Australia  these  days,  had  done  exceed- 
ingly well,  but  the  Sage  blocks  were  yielding  the 
greatest  returns. 

His  nectarine  trees  at  two  years  old  were  giv- 
ing him  £50  an  acre.  He  had  taken  three  tons 
of  peaches  to  the  acre,  worth  £60  a  ton:  and  one 
particular  crop  of  the  same  fruit  had  brought 
him  £220  to  the  acre.  But  his  citrus  fruits  were 
going  to  prove  more  profitable  than  any.  Ideal 
climate,  peerless  soils  and  plenty  of  water  will 
make  orange-growing  in  western  N.S.W.  one  of 
the  most  successful  Industries  of  the  future.  Nor 
will  there  be  any  fear  of  cold  snaps,  which  have 
caused  such  tremendous  damage  to  citrus  crops  in 
America,  or  the  physical  disadvantages  which 
attend  this  industry  elsewhere. 


Apart  from  its  profits  the  cultivation  of  citrus 
is  one  of  those  pleasant  outdoor  occupations  which 
seem  to  bring  people  health  and  happiness  as 
a  natural  order  of  things. 

Among  orchardists  orange-growers  form  a 
gentle  aristocracy  of  their  own.  Nor  do  the 
people  who  take  up  orange-growing  need  to  be 
either  rich  or  Independent.  A  very  modest 
amount  of  capital  suffices  an  agricultural  settler  In 
Australia,  and  even  the  man  who  comes  to  this 
country  without  any  capital  at  all  may  be 
sure,  if  sober  and  earnest,  that  he  can  speedily 
earn  and  save  enough  to  make  a  start  towards  In- 
dependence. 

For  example,  the  N.S.W.  Government  offers 
him  an  irrigable  holding  on  the  easiest  terms,  sup- 
plies him  with  the  levels  of  his  land,  with  expert 
information  as  to  its  treatment,  remits  a  part  of 
his  rent  to  meet  his  needs;  supplies  him  with  wire 
netting  at  cost  price  and  gives  him  five  years  to 
pay  for  it — aids  him  In  every  possible  way  to 
success. 

The  timbered  land  on  Wentworth  area  has 
cost  about  £5  an  acre  to  clear  and  prepare  for 
planting;  the  open  country  £2. 

The  estimated  cost  of  planting  with  rooted 
Gordo  grape  vines — which  have  returned  a  nett 
profit  of  £20  an  acre  on  this  area,  is  about  £2/5/- 
per  acre.  Sultanas  and  currants  require  for  trel- 
lislng  about  £5  an  acre  in  the  second  year. 

Stone  fruits,  peaches,  apricots,  nectarines,  all  of 
which  the  Western  Division  grows  to  absolute 
perfection  under  irrigation,  cost  £4  an  acre  for 


THE  WESTERN  DIVISION  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


237 


planting.      Cultivation   amounts  to   about  £4   an 
acre  on  Wentworth  irrigation  area. 

The  price  of  citrus  fruits  for  best  varieties 
may  be  set  down  at  £6  an  acre,  but  planting  and 
cultivation  would  be  the  same  as  for  stone  fruits 
and  vines. 

We  foresee  what  the  back  blocks  of  Australia 
are  going  to  be  when  we  go  over  a  fifty-acre  irri- 
gated garden  such  as  that  of  Walter  Sage  at 
Wentworth. 

Here  long  rows  of  spreading  apricot  trees, 
pruned  to  perfection,  will  be  weighted  down  with 
luscious  fruit  when  December  days — once  so 
dreaded  as  a  destroyer  of  grass — are  emptying 
their  quivers  of  golden  arrows  over  the  West. 

On  umbrella-shaped  peach  trees,  trimmed  with 
an  eye  to  shade  and  fruit-bearing  branches,  mid- 
summer fruit  will  blush  like  the  cheeks  of  Monaro 
maidens. 

Here  the  dark  evergreen  of  citrus  foliage 
makes  a  fitting  background  for  yellow  and  golden 
fruit. 

The  flavor  and  quality  of  these  Wentworth 
oranges  give  them  first  place  in  the  markets.  In 
a  little  time  Walter  Sage  expects  an  income  of 
£5,000  a  year  from  his  block. 

These  irrigated  soils  have  produced  sorghum 
17ft.  in  height  and  lucerne  yielding  nine  cuts  in 
one  year.  Thirty  pounds  an  acre  have  been  se- 
cured from  alfalfa  crops.  Maize  9  feet  high,  and 
water-melons  65lbs.  weight  are  ^mong  the  pro- 
ductions of  this  prolific  soil.  Millions  of  acres 
just  as  prolific  are  to  be  found  in  New  South 
Wales. 

System  in  treatment  of  his  land  is  the  most 
essential  qualification  for  the  settler.  Given 
systematic  attention,  the  land  will  do  the  rest; 
for  all  irrigable  cultivation  there  is  nothing  bet- 
ter in  the  world  and  very  little  as  good. 

The  irrigationist  can  establish  a  comfortable 
home,  rear  and  educate  a  family  and  enjoy  a 
pleasant  rural  life  with  flowers,  birds,  music,  and 
friendly  association.  He  will  live  and  labour  in 
a  garden,  where  the  earth  simply  pulses  with  fer- 
tility, over  which  the  skies  are  perpetually  blue, 
and  the  breeze  that  sways  the  drooping  branches 
of  his  fruit-trees  everlastingly  pure  and  healthy. 

In  time,  none  of  the  water  of  the  Western 
Division  will  be  allowed  to  waste.  Its  soils  are 
far  too  valuable  for  an  acre  of  possible  irriga- 
tion to  remain  undeveloped.  Money  invested  in 
irrigation  schemes,  public  or  private,  is  likely  to 
yield  bigger  profits  on  sounder  security  than 
money  invested  in  most  other  things,  even  in  Aus- 
tralia, a  land  of  profitable  investment. 

In  order  to  make  a  personal  examination  of 
country  along  the  Darling,  the  author  of  Aus- 
tralia Unlimited,  accompanied  of  Mr.  A.  C. 
Roberts,  of  the  New  South  Wales  Agricultural 


Department,  and  Mr.  Walter  Sage,  left  Went- 
worth in  a  motor  car  on  the  22nd  May,  19 13.  It 
was  one  of  many  long  Australian  journeys  under- 
taken for  the  purpose  of  collecting  facts  and  im- 
pressions at  first  hand. 


Sorghum,  nine  feet  bigh 


With  the  expert  knowledge  of  Irrigationist 
Walter  Sage,  the  general  grip  and  experience  of 
an  Agricultural  Minister's  secretary,  and  the 
steady  hand  of  Senior-Constable  Bob  P'erguson 
upon  the  Renault's  wheel,  the  author  felt  that  he 
was  in  the  way  of  correct  conclusions. 

We  set  out  from  Wentworth  on  a  cool  grey 
morning,  well  ovcrcoated  and  rugged.  First  dis- 
proof of  an  Eastern  fiction — it  is  not  alwaj's  hot 
in  the  far  interior.  On  the  contrary,  the  interior 
enjoys  a  long  bracing  winter. 


23» 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


It  was  the  duty  of  the  passenger  who  occupied 
the  front  seat  by  the  chauffeur  to  get  down  and 
open  gates.  The  first  was  about  five  minutes' 
run  from  Wentworth.  It  was  a  white  gate.  On 
the  other  side  of  it  stood  a  finger-post. 

The  left  arm  bore  the  legend — 

"BROKEN  HILL.       200  MILES." 

The  right  said — 

"BOURKE.       400  MILES." 

We  had  entered  the  Country  of  Great  Dis- 
tances! Between  the  white  gate  and  Broken  Hill 
there  was  not  so  much  as  a  village  marked  on  the 
map.  Between  the  white  gate  and  Bourke  there 
were  two  towns — Menindie  (population,  250), 
and  Wilcannia  (900).  The  rest  was  sheep  sta- 
tions and  open  plains. 

Gates  occurred  at  frequent  intervals  all  the  way 
to  Bourke.  All  the  west  of  the  Darling  to  the 
Queensland  and  South  Australian  borders  is  held 
by  pastoral  leases  and  devoted  to  sheep-raising 
for  wool.  We  were  motoring  through  400  miles 
of  squatters'  sheep  paddocks. 

Away  from  the  Darling  are  the  typical  rich  red 
soils  of  the  West.  Along  the  river — brought 
down  no  doubt  from  the  black  soil  plains  of  the 
Darling  Downs  and  north-western  New  South 
Wales — there  runs  a  wide  belt  of  black  land. 

The  dominant  timber  is  box. 

The  land  along  the  Lower  Darling  Mr.  Sage 
pronounces  similar  in  character  to  that  on  which 
his  orchard  at  Wentworth  is  located.  This  brings 
us  another  of  those  national  sums  for  which  the 
writer  confesses  a  fondness.  The  answers  are 
so  many  mallets  to  smash  the  addled  eggs  of  old 
Delusion  and  make  room  in  warm  nests  of  Facts 
for  healthy  chickens  of  Confidence  and  Effort. 

When  we  Australians  get  correct  answers  to 
a  few  of  these  important  national  sums  we  are  go- 
ing to  take  top  of  the  world's  class. 

We  will  call  this  "Walter  Sage's  Sum,"  because 
it  was  checked  by  Mr.  Sage  under  the  shade  of 
a  redgum  tree  between  Menindie  and  Wilcannia, 
and  the  answer  he  pronounced  correct. 

The  sum  is  simple : — 

If  W.  Sage  earns  £5,000  in  i  year  from  50 
irrigated  acres  (citrus)  fruit — and  there  are,  ac- 
cording to  L.  A.  B.  Wade,  250,000  irrigable  acres 
on  the  Darling — what  is  the  possible  capital  value 
of  the  annual  fruit  production  thereon? 

The  answer  is  Twenty-five  Million  Pounds! 

Citrus  lands  in  cultivation  at  Renmark,  South 
Australia,  were  last  year  valued  at  £269  an  acre. 
The  capital  value  of  the  250,000  acres,  if  they 
were  under  cultivation  to-day,  would  stand  prob- 
ably at  sixty-five  millions  of  money.  A  generation 
hence,  if  values  of  irrigable  land  increase  in  this 
country  as  they  have  done  in  the  United  States, 


the  orchards  of  the  Darling  would  be  worth  twice 
as  much. 

Few  modern  investments  will  return  a  higher 
rate  of  interest  or  ensure  a  greater  increment  than 
those  offering  right  throughout  Australia. 

Our  road — a  dusty  track  innocent  of  forma- 
tion— followed  the  river  to  Sturt's  Billabong. 
Here  we  left  the  steep  gray  banks  of  the  Darling 
to  cut  across  country  and  save  that  great  bend 
in  which  lies  the  sandy  village  of  Pooncarie. 

One  leaves  the  river  to  enter  a  silent  country. 
Spreading  redgums  give  place  to  stunted  vegeta- 
tion. Back  from  the  river  the  squatters  have  ex- 
cavated huge  dams  and  conserved  immense  quan- 
tities of  water  for  sheep.  Of  natural  fodder  plants 
— especially  saltbush — there  is  no  lack.  Pastoral- 
ists  of  experience  west  of  the  Darling  know  that, 
provided  you  can  establish  a  water  supply,  sheep 
will  carry  through  the  driest  years  with  little  loss. 
There  is  always  a  sufficiency  of  native  feed  in 
the  back  country. 

In  the  near  future,  when  the  Darling  has  been 
locked  and  conservation  and  irrigation  settlements 
flourish  along  its  banks;  when  the  lakes  and  ana- 
branches and  billabongs  are  turned  to  account, 
when  proper  transport  has  been  established,  this 
wonderful  river  belt  between  Bourke  and  Went- 
worth will  not  only  support  a  great  population, 
but  it  will  form  a  base  on  which  still  further  settle- 
ment will  safely  rest — a  settlement  extending 
right  to  Tibboburra  and  Broken  Hill.  All  that 
now  has  to  be  left  to  chance  of  season  will  be 
under  scientific  control. 

It  is  admitted  by  men  occupying  large  pastoral 
holdings  that  if  a  scientific  artesian  exploration 
were  made  of  the  remote  West  and  proved  suc- 
cessful, the  whole  of  those  backblocks  could  be 
converted  into  30,000-acre  holdings;  and  it  must 
always  be  kept  in  mind  that  the  Australian  pas- 
toralist  thinks  in  largest  holdings  because  he  has 
been  and  is  a  product  of  original  conditions.  He 
is  guided  more  by  methods  of  the  Past  than  those 
which  a  clamorous  Future  are  likely  to  force  upon 
him.  He  has  proved  a  good  pioneer,  filling  a 
useful  and  honorable  function  in  opening  up  new 
country;  but  one  tendency  of  Australian  progress 
is  to  push  him  further  back — unless,  indeed,  he 
is  prepared  to  fall  in  with  a  newer  order  of  things 
and  from  an  overlord  of  leases  become  an  organ- 
izer of  farms. 

If  our  modern  world  based  its  effort  on  a  sen- 
timental rather  than  a  practical  philosophy,  one 
would  regret  the  departure  of  the  squatter  from 
his  ancient  habitat;  a  picturesque  figure  is  fading 
from  the  near  Australian  landscape;  the  first 
chapter  of  the  romance  of  the  Wool  Kings  has 
been  closed.  But  picturesque  and  romantic  as 
medieval  Europe  appears,  nobody  prays  for  a 
return   of   the   old   feudal   laws   and   characters. 


THE  WESTERN  DIVISION  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


239 


The  evolution  of  human  society  is  everywhere 
inevitable.  The  Australian  pastoralist  and  his 
function  will  be  remoulded  from  the  melting-pots 
of  Time. 

Such  thoughts  were  in  our  minds,  when,  at  the 
end  of  a  long  day's  run,  we  found  ourselves  for 
a  night  under  the  hospitable  roof  of  Messrs. 
Dunn  Brothers,  at  Netley  Station,  on  the  western 
bank  of  the  Darling. 

At  Netley  the  Burke  and  Wills  expedition  dried 
the  beef  which  they  took  with  them  on  their  fatal 
journey  towards  the  interior. 

There  is  a  fine  irrigated  garden  at  Netley. 
Here  Walter  Sage  examined  orange  trees  fifty 
years  old,  and  pronounced  them  absolutely  free  of 
orchard  pests.  He  declared  Netley  garden  the 
healthiest  old  garden  he  had  seen  in  all  his  life. 

That  day,  far  back  from  the  river,  we  had 
carred  through  red  lands,  showing  only  dry  feed 
and  blue  bush,  which  the  same  authority  declared 
could  be  occupied  as  wheat  lands  to-morrow  if 
they  were  provided  with  transport. 

One  can  always  be  guided  by  a  rehable  South 
Australian  opinion  on  wheat.  The  growers  of 
the  Central  State  are  now  ranked  among  the  best 
dry-farmers  in  the  world. 

At  Netley,  in  the  heart  of  what  many  good 
Easterners  still  believe  to  be  a  wilderness,  we 
found  paddocks  of  green  lucerne,  giving  a  cut 
regularly  every  six  weeks. 

Here  the  orange,  lemon,  and  citron  bore  pro- 
fusely. Here  grew  olives,  nectarines,  apricots, 
quinces,  apples,  and  vegetables  in  abundance. 
Here,  too,  were  velvety  lawns  of  thick  buffalo 
grass,  graceful  cedars,  and  flowers. 

The  stalwart  Dunns  talked  eloquently  of  the 
West.  The  broad-minded  Westerner  swears  by 
his  heritage.  The  land  he  has  won  is  ever  dear 
to  him.  A  conqueror,  he  is  in  turn  conquered — 
the  magical  West  holds  him  a  willing  vassal.  He 
is  happy  in  her  smiles  and  accepts  with  patience 
her  occasional  frowns.  He  knows  that  the  worst 
drought  is  only  one  of  his  lady's  passing  moods. 

The  men  of  Netley  told  us  that  their  country 
was  barer  than  usual.  They  had  less  water  on 
their  frontages  than  for  several  years. 

In  their  opinion  the  damming  of  the  tributary 
rivers  had  led  to  a  great  decrease  lower  down 
and  a  lessening  of  navigation — on  which  the  Dar- 
ling largely  depends  for  the  transport  of  wool 
and  supplies. 

If  The  underground-water  quest  here,  as  else- 
where, is  intensely  interesting.  Recently  the 
divining  rod  has  come  into  favor  on  Netley.  Now 
the  divining  rod,  divested  of  all  unnecessary 
occultism,  is  based  on  some  yet  unexplained  physi- 
cal or  psycho-physical  fact.  The  number  of  scep- 
tics as  to  its  uses  is  becoming  a  daily  decreasing 


quantity,  the  divining  rod  having  proved  a  mys- 
terious but  generally  exact  guide  to  subterranean 
water. 

Of  the  two  Dunn  Brothers,  one  possessed  the 
gift  of  the  rod;  the  other  did  not. 

The  method  adopted  by  the  man  with  the  gift 
is  simple  enough  in  seeming.  He  cuts  a  green 
forked  twig  of  a  native  willow  or  some  pliable 
wood,  with  a  stem  a  foot  or  so  in  length.  He 
then  grasps  a  prong  in  each  hand  and  walks 
slowly  over  the  ground  it  has  been  decided  to 
test. 


Navelencla.  Oranges 

(K6te   comparative   size  witb   the   penny) 


If  the  diviner  comes  over  a  spot  where  under- 
ground water  is  situated,  the  erect  twig  bends  of 
its  own  apparent  volition.  In  some  unaccountable 
way  it  is  attracted  towards  the  surface  of  the 
earth  at  that  particular  spot.  So  strong  is  this 
seeming  magnetism  that  the  twig  will  sometimes 
snap  off  short  in  the  diviner's  hands. 

There  are  diviners  who  profess  to  tell  whether 
the  water  below  is  fresh  or  salt.  From  evidence 
collected  with  great  caution  over  a  wide  sphere  of 
operation  in  this  Commonwealth  it  would  seem 
that  they  are  more  often  right  than  wrong. 

Moreover,  certain  of  these  men  are  prepared 
to  back  their  faith  with  their  money,  a  sovereign 


240 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


test.  They  cheerfully  sign  contracts  to  sink  wells 
or  put  down  bores  on  a  basis  of  no  water  no  pay- 
ment. A  jury  of  scientific  sceptics  could  hardly 
ask  for  stronger  proofs  than  these. 

On  Netley  back-country  they  had  just  located 
water  with  the  rod.  If  the  rod  were  right  they 
would  cart  timber  from  Broken  Hill,  fifty  miles, 
putting  on  teams,  work  relays  night  and  day,  put 
in  a  centrifugal  pumping  plant,  and  start  watering 
their  sheep  out  there,  in  time  for  shearing. 


4 


especially  well  if  they  could  be  provided  with  per- 
manent water.  The  average  rainfall  on  Netley 
is  nine  inches  a  year.  For  the  river  frontages 
this  does  not  matter  so  much;  there  has  always 
been  water  enough  in  the  Darling.  But  the  fur- 
ther-back sheep  cannot  all  be  brought  in  when  a 
drought  threatens;  animals  must  drink  or  die; 
overstocked  frontages  are  as  fatal  as  under- 
stocked back  country  gone  dry.  Years  ago 
the     men     of     Netley     decided     to     put     down 


Irrigating  Peas  grown  between  young  Fruit  Trees,  Yanco 


It  is  amusing  to  hear  the  parlor-bred  philoso- 
pher of  cities  or  the  casual  visitor  declaiming 
with  a  superior  air  that  the  men  of  our  back- 
blocks  are  slow-going  and  lacking  in  resource. 

Men  who  speculate  £6,000  in  a  single  well  are 
not  moral  cowards.  If  the  back  country  men 
were  what  the  world  has  been  asked  to  believe, 
the  back  country  would  still  be  all  an  open 
domain  for  the  aboriginal  and  the  kangaroo. 

It  is  a  fascinating  thing,  this  Conquest  of  the 
Wild.  Away  back  from  the  Lower  Darling, 
about  50  miles  east  of  Broken  Hill,  there  is  a 
line  of  Netley  holding,  where  sheep  would  thrive 


a  bore  in  this  good  but  occasionally  arid 
country.  The  bore  went  down  200  feet 
and  struck^ — air!  For  a  certain  number  of  hours 
in  the  twenty-four  there  was  a  prodigious  inrush; 
as  if  some  imprisoned  giant  under  200  feet  of 
earth  and  rock  was  filling  his  Titanic  lungs.  Then, 
for  the  remaining  hours,  air  was  just  as  forcibly 
expelled.  That  Giant  breathed  so  mighty  hard 
that  the  bore  had  to  be  abandoned — the  casing 
would  not  stand  the  strain.  Besides,  the  proprie- 
tary was  not  looking  for  air;  it  wanted  water. 
It  was  certainly  air  that  went  in  and  out  of  the 
bore  because,  with  casual  Australian  curiosity,  the 


THE  WESTERN  DIVISION  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


borers  held  lighted  matches  to  the  outrush  and  it 
never  ignited. 

A  number  of  years  elapsed,  and  another  bore 
was  put  down,  some  distance  away,  with  the  same 
results.  Similar  happenings  are  recorded  in  the 
history  of  artesian  exploration  in  other  parts  of 
Australia.  The  water  in  some  artesian  bores  is 
reported  to  ebb  and  flow  with  the  tides. 

North  of  Netley  (spelt  also  Netalie)  is  Menin- 
die  Lake,  one  of  a  series  of  lakes  which  follow 
in  a  southerly  direction.  They  are  filled  from 
the  overflow  of  the  river  in  wet  seasons  and,  with 
the  great  anabranch,  help  to  relieve  the  Lower 
Darling  of  its  flood-waters. 


241 

area,  which  could  be  watered  by  this  cheap  and 
simple  gravitation  scheme.  If  box-flats  along  the 
Darling  are  worth  £100  an  acre  return  per 
annum,  Cawndilla  Lake  bed  would  in  all  proba- 
bility be  worth  more.  One  can  dimly  see  what 
the  centuries'  deposit  of  silt  would  produce  in 
the  way  of  lucerne.  Lands  below  the  junction  of 
the  Murray  are  declared  richer  because  of  pre- 
cipitation from  the  Darling.  The  drainage  area 
of  the  Darling  comprises  black  and  red  soils  as 
rich  as  any  in  the  Commonwealth. 

By  and  by,  when  the  river  is  locked  and  cool- 
storage  boats  are  installed,  there  will  be  a  tremen- 
dous output  of  fat  lambs,  which  will  not  receive 


1                                  — 

1      *^ 

1     ^y^iMMfl^ 

^P 

1     . 

'l^lLx'^^^Hfl 

in 

Children  at  Menlndle 


They  occupy  many  hundred  square  miles 
of  country,  and  can  with  a  little  inexpensive  en- 
gineering be  converted  into  permanent  storages. 

One  of  these  intermittent  lakes — Yarlta — we 
circled  on  our  first  day  out  from  Wentworth. 
Its  bed  was  perfectly  dry  and  bore  the  appear- 
ance of  an  immense  plain  covered  with  good 
grass,  on  which  the  stock  were  in  excellent  condi- 
tion. Water  is  to  be  got  at  a  shallow  depth  by 
sinking. 

Menindie  Lake  offers  an  opportunity  for  an 
irrigation  scheme.  It  is  fed  directly  from  the 
Darling,  and  can  be  made  to  impound  from  20 
to  25  feet  of  water  at  a  comparatively  small  ex- 
pense. It  is  connected  by  a  natural  channel  with 
Lake  Cawndilla,  a  few  miles  south.  The  levels 
of  Cawndilla  are  four  feet  lower  than  Menindie. 
The  bed  of  Cawndilla — composed  of  richest  silt 
' — would   no   doubt  make   a   splendid   irrigation 


their  condition  from  "old-man"  salt-bush  and 
belah  scrub;  they  will  be  fed  on  the  alfalfa,  which 
this  belt  of  beautiful  country  can  produce — not 
only  on  our  theoretical  Cawndilla,  but  right  from 
Wentworth   to   Bourke  with   proper  cultivation. 

There  was  just  a  taste  of  frost  in  the  air  on 
the  morning  our  car  left  Netley,  and  all  the  world 
of  Nature  seemed  in  an  exhilarated  mood. 

As  we  bowled  along — now  approaching  close 
enough  to  the  banks  of  the  Darling  to  see  the  re- 
flections of  red  gums  in  its  greenish-colored 
waters,  now  crossing  from  bend  to  bend,  over 
flat  plain,  the  car  would  run  into  flocks  of  galah 
parrots. 

In  companies  of  hundreds,  with  their  beautiful 
pink  and  gray  plumage,  they  added  a  splash  of 
color  to  a  rather  sombre  landscape. 


242 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


A  River  Trading  Steamer 


Occasionally  we  overtook  a  mob  of  emus,  whose 
awkward  gallop  several  times  carried  them  into  a 
wire  fence.  Then  would  come  a  wild  tangle  of 
birds,  flying  feathers,  avian  somersaults,  kicking 
legs,  and  gaping  beaks,  which  ended  in  broken 
fence  wires  and  dilapidated  emus  striding  at 
accelerated  speed  towards  the  horizon. 

It  is  this  tendency  to  break  through  wire  fences 
which  makes  the  emu  so  disliked  by  sheepmen. 
When  one  saw  a  raffle  of  pink  and  grey  feathers 
by  a  river  bank,  one  knew  that  an  eagle  had 
dined  off  a  galah,  but  the  remains  of  an  emu,  with 
the  usual  crow  pouring  out  coarse  abuse  from  an 
adjoining  tree,  meant  as  likely  as  not  that  some 
stockman's  Winchester  had  been  busy  on  the 
breakers  of  fences. 

There  were  many  varieties  of  parrots  along 
the  way,  including  the  beautiful  shell  parrakeet, 
its  little  emerald  body  flecked  with  gold,  flashing 
as  it  flew  across  our  sunlit  track. 

Given  good  companionship,  a  journey  such  as 
this  is  a  daylong  delight. 

It  was  noon  when  we  came  to  Menindie,  a 
back-blocks  village  located  among  the  pink  sand- 
hills of  the  West.  The  landscape  hereabout  is 
by  no  means  a  settled  quantity.  In  the  post 
ofiice  yard  we  found  sand  banked  up  nearly  as 
high  as  the  fence.  When  a  strong  wind  blows,  fine 
red  sand  is  left  in  drifts,  as  snow  is  drifted  in 
colder  places. 


Menindie  is  a  depressing  array  of  tin-roofed 
houses  on  a  sandhill,  with  only  a  few  scattered 
trees  to  relieve  its  bareness.  Yet  Menindie  might 
be  a  green  oasis,  full  of  shade,  fruit  trees  and 
flowers.  The  Darling  is  within  reach:  a  cheap 
co-operative  pumping  plant  would  convert  the 
ugliest  spot  in  the  State  of  New  South  Wales 
into  an  attractive  garden  town. 

One  day  Menindie  may  be  an  important  west- 
ern centre.  Let  us  hope  that  the  generation 
which  is  coming  will  realize  here  and  in  other 
parts  of  Australia,  that  shady  streets  and  green 
gardens  make  for  personal  happiness  and  the 
prosperity  of  towns. 

As  we  carried  a  well-stocked  provision  basket 
and  a  "Thermos,"  there  was  no  necessity  to  linger 
for  lunch  in  Menindie.  So  we  took  the  trail  for 
Wilcannia,  still  keeping  to  the  west  side  of  the 
river.  A  little  difficulty  with  a  sand  hill  having 
been  successfully  overcome,  our  car  stood  in  due 
course  under  a  shady  box-tree,  while  Its  occupants 
enjoyed  an  outdoor  meal.  This  open-air  living 
is  one  of  the  many  charms  which  make  Australia 
a  land  to  which  every  exile  will  return  if  he  can. 

At  dark  we  were  forty  miles  from  Wilcannia. 
We  lit  our  reflectors  and  went  on  in  the  starlight. 
In  that  wonderfully  clear  atmosphere  the  stars 
shine  with  unusual  brightness.  The  country  was 
now  quite  green  as  the  car  glided  on  across  that 
great  quiet  plain,  sleeping  under  a  cosmic  arch 


THE    WESTERN    DIVISION    OF    NEW    SOUTH    WALES 


243 


of  twinkling  suns.  Our  lights  played  mysteriously 
along  the  blue-bush,  brought  up  ghostly  outlines 
of  trees  from  darkness,  and  dropped  them  into 
night  again. 

Puzzled  rabbits  crossed  and  re-crossed  before 
the  car;  night  insects  flashed  through  the  incan- 
descent beams  that  lit  our  track,  and  now  and 
then  illuminated  the  wings  of  a  startled  bird.  By 
and  by  we  saw  the  lights  of  Wilcannia  twinkling 
through  the  night. 

To  swing  into  a  lighted  street  with  shops  invit- 
ing Saturday-night  custom,  out  of  the  still,  starlit 
darkness — was  like  passing  from  one  phase  of  a 
dream  to  another. 

But  four  hungry  men  soon  sat  down  in  solid 
reality  to  a  late  meal  of  excellent  cold  mutton  and 
pickles,  good  bread,  good  butter,  and  flavorable 
tea. 

Where  was  the  wild  and  riotous  West  of 
story  and  melodrama?  And  the  heat,  flies,  thirst, 
shearers  in  "the  horrors,"  painted  blackfellows, 
and  all  the  tawdry  setting  of  alleged  "Australian 
literature"? 

Like  the  "Great  Sandy  Desert"  of  South  Aus- 
tralia, they  have  vanished  into  the  Ezvigzeit.  If 
they  ever  were,  they  are  no  more. 

We  had  seen  about  two  hundred  bush  people 
enjoying  themselves  at  Cuthero,  on  the  Lower 
Darling,  on  the  previous  day — a  public  holiday. 
We  had  that  morning  found  the  people  of  Menin- 
die  tired  after  their  sports  and  dances,  and  at 
night  Wilcannia  was  rubbing  its  eyes  and  threat- 
ening to  go  to  bed  early  after  it  had  had  a  warm 
at  the  fire. 

But  at  none  of  these  Furthest-Back  places  had 
we  seen  a  single  person  under  the  influence  of 
liquor,  nor  any  fighting,  nor  heard  loud  and  offen- 
sive language,  nor  witnessed  anything  beyond  the 
normal  conditions  of  an  Australian  country  town. 


As  for  the  drunken  shearer  of  tradition,  the 
loud  knocker-down  of  cheques,  the  recalcitrant, 
violent,  red-shirted  hero  of  a  hundred  impossible 
fights  and  foolish  adventures,  the  staggering 
figure  in  gaiters  and  a  snake-buckle  belt  and  wide- 
awake— he  has  gone. 

Nowadays,  in  machine  sheds,  sober  industrious 
mechanics,  some  being  young  men  from  the  cities 
and  some  being  small  agriculturists,  selectors, 
and  selectors'  sons  from  the  Bush — remove 
greasy  fleeces  to  the  rhythmic  purring  of  belts 
driven  by  electricity.  Singularly  few  of  them  are 
drinkers,  and  most  of  them  are  fond  of  sports. 
The  majority  have  tidy  banking  accounts. 

Just  here  we  will  drop  in  a  photograph,  show- 
ing a  party  of  these  back-country  workers,  setting 
out  on  bicycles  for  their  next  shed. 

At  the  Wilcannia  Hotel  there  was  a  stone- 
floored  kitchen  with  a  huge  cooking  range,  from 
which  a  spacious  dining-room  was  supplied  with 
plentiful  cookery — for  the  West  is  in  nothing 
stinted  or  small.  Cobar  and  Broken  Hill,  the 
last  railway  points,  might  each  be  well  over  a 
hundred  miles  away,  but  Wilcannia  had  an  abund- 
ance of  good  things  to  offer.  The  old  idea  that 
people  in  the  New  South  Wales  bush  subsist  on 
corned  beef,  damper,  and  black  billy  tea  is  an- 
other of  those  fictions  which  are  found  only  in 
imaginative  literature.  Good  bakers'  bread, 
made  from  whitest  Australian  flour,  is  obtainable 
all  over  the  country.  In  any  part  of  the  Bush 
fresh  meat  is  constantly  available,  and  the  average 
settler  can  cultivate  as  many  vegetables  and  rear 
as  much  poultry  as  he  thinks  fit.  The  rivers, 
creeks,  even  the  remotest  dams  and  lagoons  gener- 
ally teem  with  fish,  and  game  is  to  be  got  in  most 
parts  if  a  family  has  appetite  for  it.  In  no 
country  of  the  world  do  the  people  live  as  cheaply 
and  well  as  in  Australia. 


Shearers  leaving  Tolamo,  Elver  DarUng 


244 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Furniture,  pianos,  pictures,  and  pots  may  have 
to  be  carried  hundreds  of  miles,  but  the  good  bush 
housewife  has  her  household  gods  even  "west  of 
the  Darling,"  and  derives  just  as  much  pleasure 
from  dusting  and  tidying  as  her  sister  in  the 
suburbs  of  Sydney. 

Faced  by  these  simple  domestic  facts,  after 
toasting  ourselves  at  a  huge  fire  in  the  writing- 
room,  we  went  comfortably  to  bed.  Glimpsing 
through  a  lifted  blind  we  saw  the  moon — which 
we  had  watched  through  the  oleanders  and 
oranges  at  Netley  the  night  before — rising  over 
the  spreading  pepper  trees  of  Wilcannia,  619 
miles  west  of  Sydney. 

It  was  a  joyous  Sunday  morning  when  we  glided 
out  of  Wilcannia.  A  substantial  breakfast  stood 
between  us  and  despair.  Never  did  the  face  of 
Australia  seem  fairer.  Over  wide  plains  of 
black  soil  and  red,  with  a  perfectly  blue  sky, 
sparkling  sunlight,  and  freshest  air  to  give  us 
healthy  intoxication,  we  skimmed  on  comfort- 
able pneumatic  tyres.  Good  country  certainly 
brightens  one's  spirits.  Northward  from  Wil- 
cannia to  Bourke  spread  the  flat  lands  of  the 
Upper  Darhng.  Far  West,  in  the  direction  of 
White  Cliffs,  we  saw  blue  ranges  rising  from  the 
billiard-table  level  of  that  mighty  plain,  through 
which  the  longest  river  in  the  world  wound  its 
immemorial  length,  now  in  straight  reaches,  and 
anon,  like  some  vast  python  of  the  Ancient  Past, 
writhing  itself  into  serpentine  coils  and  bends. 

A  long  morning's  run,  another  lunch  in  the 
open-air,  a  glance  at  the  station  garden  at  Killara, 
where  they  showed  us  date  palms  50  years  old, 
and  we  were  still  on  plains  of  incalculable  rich- 
ness. 

Through  the  galvanized  town  of  Tilpa — 
where  we  saw  wool  waiting  for  a  rise  in  the 
river  to  get  it  away  to  Adelaide — and  on  again 
over  the  same  level  landscape,  broken  by  clumps 
of  graceful  wilga  or  groups  of  gums,  we  went 
joyously. 

Blacksoil  flats  and  billabongs,  then  mayhap  a 
beautiful  plain  covered  with  grey-green  annual 
saltbush — excellent  fodder  plant — just  about  six 
inches  high  and  level  and  even  as  a  crop,  we 
crossed  again  and  again.  There  was  to  us 
nothing  dreary  or  monotonous  in  the  journey,  for 
each  hour  brought  us  fresh  interests.  Every- 
where we  visioned  beyond  scattered  fat  sheep  and 
occasional  stations  in  the  bends,  beyond  the  lean 
stockman,  the  biking  shearer  pedalling  towards 
Bourke,  beyond  rarely  disturbed  solitudes  and 
vast  spaces — a  Future  in  which  western  New 
South  Wales  would  be  an  invaluable  contributor 
in  settlement  and  industry  to  the  general  pros- 
perity of  the  Mother  State. 

We  bided  at  Dunlop  Station  that  night.  It 
was  cold  and  frosty.        Sitting  with  the  station 


manager  before  a  roaring  log  fire,  we  discussed 
the  problems  of  the  West.  The  irrigated  gar- 
dens around  this  station  are  growing  abundance 
of  lucerne,  fruit,  flowers  and  vegetables. 

Dunlop,  Tarella  and  Nocoleeche  are  under  one 
financial    control.  They    cover    three    million 

acres  of  western  New  South  Wales,  stretching 
out  to  the  Paroo  and  Warrego. 

Dunlop  (952,000  acres)  shore  140,000  sheep 
in  the  season  of  19 12. 

On  the  western  bank,  in  a  pleasant  bend  of  the 
Darling,  90  miles  from  the  Paroo,  this  comfort- 
able station  home  is  a  seat  of  government  for 
the  largest  sheep  satrapy  in  the  State.  But  the 
quiet,  unostentatious  hospitality  of  Dunlop  is 
typical  of  all  these  west-of-the-Darling  stations. 
The  stranger's  welcome,  a  hot  bath,  a  good  room, 
an  excellent  meal,  a  soft  bed,  made  an  harmoni-  _ 
ous  ending  to  a  day  spent  in  gliding  over  wide  salt-  ^ 
bush  paddocks,  lightly  timbered  flats  and  pink 
ridges  where  grey  kangaroos  hopped  quietly  away 
from  the  motor-car. 

The  Warrego  was  in  flood  when  we  touched  it 
next  morning  above  its  junction  with  the  Darling. 
There  had  been  rain  away  out  along  its  sources 
by  Tambo  and  Charleville  and  Cunnamulla,  in 
Queensland.  Yellow  waters  were  flowing  lazily 
through  the  lignum  and  lapping  the  trunks  of 
drooping  gum-trees.  A  barrier  of  earth  turned 
It  away  from  the  station  garden  at  Tarella,  where 
oranges  and  mandarins  were  ripening  In  the  sun. 
Past  losses  by  flood  in  that  garden  had  made  the 
owner  wise.  Not  only  can  the  Warrego  come 
down  in  flood,  but  It  can  stay  In  flood  long  enough 
to  put  another  side  of  the  Western  water  ques- 
tion forward  for  consideration. 

Some  day  none  of  this  surface  water  will  be 
allowed  to  waste,  and  there  will  be  a  wider 
development  of  artesian  supply. 

Then,  with  irrigation  bases  along  the  streams, 
population  and  production  will  be  tremendously 
increased  throughout  the  Furthest  West.  The 
larger  part  of  this  country  will  probably  remain 
pastoral  as  at  present,  but  holdings  will  gradually 
be  reduced  and  general  productivity  Increased 
beyond  calculation. 

The  beef  and  mutton  grown  out  here  are  of  the 
very  finest  in  Australia.  S 

With  drooping  myalls  and  wllgas  to  give  them 
shade,  waving  cane-grass  on  the  flats,  silver-grey 
saltbush,  distant  mounds  of  colored  sand,  and  all 
the  wonderful  bird  and  animal  life  of  the  Interior, 
these  plains  throw  a  glamor  In  some  mysterious 
way  over  the  human  soul. 

They  bring  a  pervading  sense  of  restfulness 
and  peace  to  the  traveller.  The  people  who 
belong  to  the  plains  seem  of  gentler  speech  and 
manner.  They  are  among  the  strong-limbed, 
soft-spoken,  brown-skinned  Australians  who  have 


I 


THE  WESTERN  DIVISION  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


245 


I 


absorbed  the  Greater  Distances  till  their  hearts 
are  widened  and  their  souls  enlarged 

What  will  be  the  future  of  north-western 
New  South  Wales?  That  is  rather  a  matter  of 
deduction  than  prophecy.  Already  wheat  grow- 
ing has  been  extended  north  and  west  beyond 
Nyngan. 

In  the  near  future  it  will  no  doubt  be  extended 
still  further  along  the  western  railway  line  to 
Byrock,  even  to  Bourke.  Beyond  Bourke — north 
and  west — is  a  great  artesian  basin  proved  by  any 
number  of  successful  bores.  On  the  Pera  bore 
irrigation  area,  near  Bourke,  the  New  South 
Wales  Government  has  demonstrated  that  citrus 
fruits  can  be  grown  to  absolute  perfection. 

One  concludes,  therefore,  that  irrigation  and 
dry-farming  are  going  to  be  part  of  this  vast 
country's  future;  that  ultimately  along  the  War- 
rego  and  the  Paroo,  and  beyond  that  again  into 
the  furthest  North-West,  industries  other  than 
pastoral  will  gradually  extend. 

The  red  hills,  covered  now  with  yellow-flower- 
ing gidyea  and  cypress-pine,  will  be  found  some 
function  for  their  undoubted  fertilities. 

Instead  of  Nocoleeche  waiting  for  the  Paroo 
to  come  down  once  in  a  while  and  make  good 
grass-country,  scientific  treatment  will  make  the 
Paroo  permanently  good. 

Ten  million  acres  in  Bourke  district  are  carry- 
ing under  a  million  of  sheep.  That  order  of 
things  will  not  remain  for  ever.  Even  if  rab- 
bits have  decreased  the  carrying  capacity  of  some 
stations  by  50  per  cent.,  neither  "sheep"  nor 
"rabbit"  is    going    to  be  the    last  word    in    the 


development  of  the  Northern-West.  Holdings 
of  thirty  rather  than  three  million  acres,  with 
seventy-chain  instead  of  seventy-mile  frontages  to 
natural  watercourses,  will  also  be  part  of  the 
future.  Three  combined  N.W.  stations  yester- 
day shore  300,000  sheep.  To-morrow — and  the 
life  of  a  generation  is  only  to-day — 3,000  hold- 
ings will  produce  more  than  three  hundred  times 
the  annual  value  of  that  one  crop  of  wool. 

Australia  is  yet  young,  but  agricultural  experi- 
ences gained  during  the  last  decade  have  thrown  a 
new  light  on  the  future. 

Everywhere  pertinent  facts  and  patent  com- 
parisons will  come  under  the  observer's  eye. 
Everywhere  is  the  beginning  of  a  mighty  change 
which  the  rank  and  file  of  Australia  have  hardly 
begun  to  realize.  But  as  the  tide  of  European 
immigration  and  investment  turns  more  and  more 
to  these  shores,  which  it  inevitably  must,  the  in- 
crease of  population  and  activity  will  be  so  rapid 
that  the  mental  outlook  of  the  most  conservative 
will  be  revolutionized. 

Of  these  pertinent  facts  the  Northern-West 
supplies  its  quota,  among  them  Pera  Bore. 

This  interesting  experiment  in  cultivation  under 
artesian  irrigation  has  been  carried  on  four  or  five 
miles  on  the  western  side  of  Bourke. 

Some  important  roads  lead  in  to  Bourke.  One 
crosses  the  Darling  by  a  fine  bridge,  over  which 
tremendous  bullock  teams  and  trains  of  camels, 
heavily  laden  with  supplies  for  the  far  interior,  go 
North  and  West.  At  Bourke  the  Darling  is  still 
a  fine  river,  kept  so  largely  by  a  lock  and  weir 
built  by  the  New  South  Wales  Government  a  few 
years  ago. 


Bridge  over  the  Elver  Darling  at  Wllcannla 


246 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  Bore  at  Pera 


The  road  over  the  bridge  will,  if  you  follow  it, 
take  you  on  to .  Queensland  via  Wanaaring  and 
Hungerford — which  is  647  miles  from  the  obelisk 
in  Macquarie  Place.  Or  you  may  cross  into 
Queensland  by  Barringun  in  a  more  direct  line; 
or  strike  out  via  East  along  the  Culgoa  and  down 
the  Condamine  to  Dalby  and  the  Darling  Downs. 

As  a  rider,  a  coach-passenger,  or  a  motorist, 
you  will  experience  no  particular  hardships  and 
jeopardise  neither  safety  nor  health.  An  ama- 
teur bushman,  carrying  his  swag  after  a  pro- 
longed spree,  would  doubtless  find  the  country  flat 
and  trying;  but  a  swagman's  impressions  do  not 
alter  normal  facts,  and  the  facts  are  that  you 
would  on  either  route  cross  a  rich  and  interesting 
part  of  Australia. 

Why  the  opinions  of  derelicts,  who  cadge  flour 
and  mutton  from  station  cooks,  should  ever  have 
been  received  as  authentic  expressions  of  the  Bush 
is  one  of  the  many  profound  mysteries  of  colonial 
thought. 

Men  who  never  planted  a  cabbage  or 
grew  a  geranium  have  declared  some  of  the  most 
prolific  and  fertile  lands  on  the  earth  to  be  unfit 
for  civilized  occupation,  and  their  utterly 
unfounded  assertions  have  been  accepted  as 
gospel  truth! 

This  mania  for  distorting  realities;  for  taking 
accidental  phases  of  Bush  life  and  character,  and 
representing  them  as  typical,  is  one  that  has  beset 
the  minds  of  our  own  writers  for  two  generations. 
So  that  a  majority  of  city  people,  and  nearly  all 
foreigners,  still  imagine  an  Australia  which  is 
almost  as  far  away  from  the  actual  prosperous 
productive  Commonwealth  as  neolithic  Europe 
from  London  or  Paris. 

Let  the  reader  divest  himself  of  these  ancient 
prejudices  and  stand  beside  the  bore  at  Pera. 

He  is  now  in  the  heart  of  the  Back  Country. 
He  finds  himself  in  a  magnificent  orangery  cover- 


ing 25  acres  of  ground.  Outside  of  that  are 
another  45  acres  of  cultivation.  The  water  of 
the  bore  is  hot  when  it  reaches  the  surface;  not 
quite  so  hot  as  that  other  bore  nearer  the  Border 
— the  deepest  in  New  South  Wales,  which  taps 
the  artesian  basin  at  4,862  feet.  The  Pera  water 
comes  from  a  depth  of  1,160  feet,  and  flows  at 
the  rate  of  80,000  gallons  a  day. 

It  has  been  flowing  so  for  17  years,  and  during 
that  period  the  water  has  constantly  been  used  for 
irrigating  the  75-acre  farm  of  which  it  is  the  life- 
giving  artery. 

The  original  site  was  gidyea  scrub.  The  yel- 
low flowers  of  the  gidyea  {acacia  homalophylla) 
have  an  overpowering  and  offensive  odor;  al- 
though the  tree  itself — averaging  a  growth  of  20 
to  30  feet — might  be  described  as  ornamental. 

The  gidyea  flourishes  on  the  red  soils  of  the 
Bourke  district.  In  this  red  soil,  common  to 
inland  Australia,  and  of  which  there  are  hundreds 
of  thousands  of  adjoining  acres  just  as  good — the 
Pera  Bore  oranges  are  grown.  In  the  opinion  of 
some  experts  they  are  the  finest  in  New  South 
Wales. 

The  Valencias  average  22/6  a  case.  The 
Washington  Navels — usual  crop  6  cases  to  a  tree 
— bring  17/6.  The  freight  to  Sydney  is  1/5  a 
case;  but  most  of  the  fruit  produced  at  the  bore 
is  sold  locally. 

The  Washington  Navels  begin  to  ripen  in  May; 
the  full  crop  of  Valencias  comes  at  Christmas. 
The  trees  receive  from  six  to  seven  waterings  in  a 
season.  The  cost  of  putting  down  this  bore  was 
£1,300,  and  the  upkeep  of  the  farm  is  not  great. 

Pera  has  proved  that  artesian  water  may  be 
successfully  used  for  the  growth  of  citrus  fruit. 
Bore  water,  however,  varies  very  greatly  in  its 
chemical  constituents.  Much  of  it  is  likely  to 
prove  too  highly  mineralized  for  irrigation  unless 
some  cheap  means  can  be  devised  for  precipitat- 


THE  WESTERN  DIVISION   OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


ing  certain  salts,  which  are  injurious  to  plant  life. 
This  can  be  done  by  the  use  of  neutralizing  agents. 
It  has  been  found  in  some  places,  curiously 
enough,  that  by  mixing  water  pumped  from  dif- 
ferent levels,  neutralization  takes  place. 

At  Warrawena,  36  miles  north  of  Bourke,  on 
the  Culgoa  River,  one  hears  of  a  flourishing  plot 
of  13  acres  of  irrigated  wheat  and  lucerne  three 
years  old.  The  lucerne  here  gives  nine  cuts  per 
year.  These  crops  result  from  artesian  water, 
constantly  applied  without  injurious  effects. 

Seventeen  years'  experiment  at  Pera  bore  may 
be  boiled  down  to  the  fact  that  it  is  peculiarly  use- 
ful for  citrus  fruits.  This  subject  of  artesian 
water  has  been  more  fully  considered  in  another 
part  of  this  book. 

Whatever  uncertainty  may  exist  about  the 
extended  use  of  bore  water  for  purposes  of  irri- 
gation, there  is  no  doubting  what  our  inland  soils 
will  produce  with  surface  supplies. 

Adjacent  to  Bourke  weir  is  a  Chinaman's  gar- 
den and  orchard  which  have  been  cultivated  for 
many  years.  This  is  irrigated  by  an  antique 
pumping  plant  from  the  Darling  River. 

In  the  orchard  we  found  stone-fruit  trees,  thirty 
or  forty  years  old,  still  healthy  and  in  good  bear- 
ing. The  trees,  although  neglected  and  worked  on 
poor  miscellaneous  stocks,  were  helping  to  rapidly 
enrich  the  Orientals  who  had  leased  the  ground. 
As  usual  they  produced  a  luxurious  growth  of 
various  vegetables.  The  soil  here  was  that  rich 
black  alluvial  which  edges  the  entire  length  of  the 
Darling  River.  It  is  an  asset  of  incredible  value 
to  the  State  of  New  South  Wales,  and  should 
ultimately  become  one  of  its  greatest  wealth-pro- 
ducing factors. 

Down  at  an  Afghan's  camp  on  the  outskirts  of 
Bourke,  40  camels  were  being  packed  with  goods 
for  "Further  Back."  Turbaned  aliens  were 
"slinging"  cases  of  hardware  and  bales  of  drapery 
on  the  huge  padded  saddles  whereby  the  animal 
carried  his  load. 

This  "slinging"  freight  aboard  the  "ships  of 
the  desert"  is  neither  a  peaceable  nor  gentle  occu- 
jpation.  The  camel  is  admittedly  a  useful  animal, 
[but  only  the  besotted  imagination  of  Asia  could 
[have  invested  him  with  poetry.  His  ungainliness 
[is  equalled  by  his  vile  temper  and  horrifying  voice. 
His  simplest  function  is  loud  with  protest.  He 
[will  not  "hooshtah"  unless  he  roars.  He  roars 
[during  the  process  of  tying  his  forelegs  together 
I — which  alone  keeps  him  "hooshtahed"  while 
The  is  being  loaded.  All  the  time  he  is  being 
Iloaded  he  roars,  and  when  he  is  released  he  rises 
pike  the  eruption  of  a  mud  spring,  and  if  he  can- 
l^not  buck  off  his  load  he  roars  protestingly. 

Yet  he  bears  to  the  people  out-back  their  drums 
)f  oil  and  bundles  of  brooms,  bags  of  chaff,  slung 
three  on  each  side  of    him — tin    buckets,  sugar, 


247 

kerosene,  buggy  shafts,  biscuits,  dingo  traps,  and 
all  the  paraphernalia  one  sees  scattered  about  the 
loading  places  at  Bourke,  at  Hergott  Springs,  at 
Broad  Arrow — wherever  the  camel  camps  are 
located. 

On  the  camel's  saddle,  with  its  wooden  tees, 
and  gunny-bag  saddle-cloth,  much  needful  mer- 
chandise goes  out  across  the  Australian  Plains. 

This  flat-footed,  evil-smelling  beast  with  rope 
crupper  and  leading  string  in  its  nose  can  go 
safely  and  profitably  where  neither  horses  nor 
bullocks  would  be  possible,  and  until  the  heart  of 
the  Continent  is  railroaded,  the  cheap-living  and 
much-enduring  camel  will  continue  to  do  his  work. 

But  at  Bourke,  as  everywhere  else,  they  will 
tell  you  that  Australians  can  effect  more  with 
camels  than  Afghans  are  able  to  do.  In  proof 
of  this  the  number  of  Afghan  camel  drivers  in  the 
Commonwealth  is  becoming  less  every  year. 

Ultimately  the  uses  of  the  camel  will  be  over. 
The  bullock  team  is  now  rarely  seen  in  more 
settled  districts.  Motor-waggons  are  displacing 
both  horse  and  bullock  throughout  the  pastoral 
country.  Later  on  they  will  invade  that  Far 
Back  hinterland  where  the  passing  camel  train  is 
now  a  familiar  feature  of  the  landscape. 

As  older  methods  of  transport  change,  country 
is  changing  with  them.  The  great  Western 
division  of  New  South  Wales — easier  of  access 
and  better  understood — will  be  touched  in  time  by 
the  steel  wand  of  Progress,  and  out  of  its  cornu- 
copia of  rich  abundance  it  will  pour  a  treasure 
untold. 


'All  tha  time   he  is  being  loaded  he  roue" 


(248) 


THE   WESTERN   DIVISION. 


WHAT  A  RAILWAY  WILL  DO. 


SOME  day  it  will  all  come  good.  For  some 
time  past  New  South  Wales  has  been  con- 
sidering the  question  of  linicing  up  East 
and  West  by  the  extension  of  the  State  railway 
system  from  its  present  railhead  on  the  Lachlan, 
to  Broken  Hill. 

As  far  back  as  1885  surveys  were  made  for 
a  line  connecting  Condobolin,  via  Euabalong, 
Mossgiel,  and  Menindie,  with  Silverton. 

Another  survey  was  made  in  1891  for  a  link 
line  from  Cobar  via  Wilcannia.  The  agitation  for 
this  route  was  carried  as  far  as  the  floor  of  an 
unsympathetic  Parliament  and  dropped  there. 

From  that  date  onward  the  matter  has  been 
more  or  less  before  the  public,  and  much  evidence 
has  been  collected. 


The  Parliamentary  Public  Works  Committee, 
having  gone  exhaustively  into  the  whole  question, 
recommended  that  the  373  miles  between  Con- 
dobolin and  Broken  Hill  be  constructed. 

As  one  of  the  big  developmental  works  of  the 
near  future,  it  is  interesting  to  see  what  the  re- 
sults are  likely  to  be. 

When  these  373  miles  of  railway  are  com- 
pleted. New  South  Wales  will  possess  an  East  and 
West  route  just  on  703  miles  in  length. 

From  Euabalong  to  Broken  Hill,  a  distance  of 
over  320  miles,  the  lands  through  which  the  rail- 
way will  pass  are  practically  all  unalienated — that 
is  to  say,  that  although  leased  in  pastoral  hold- 
ings for  definite  periods,  ownership  still  remains 
with    the    Crown    and     (subject    to    the    condi- 


What  the  Land  is  Growing  To-Day 


i 


THE   WESTERN    DIVISION  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


249 


tions  of  present  leases  and  the  Western  Lands 
Act),  the  country  can  be  dealt  with  for  settlement 
purposes  as  the  Government  may  see  fit. 

Eight  or  nine  million  acres  of  pastoral  lands 
within  a  radius  of  twenty  miles  will  be  directly 
served  by  the  construction  of  the  line. 

With  6olb.  rails  the  estimated  cost  of  construc- 
tion averages  £3,237  a  mile.  With  yolb.  rails, 
£3,464  per  mile. 

The  Chief  Commissioner  for  Railways,  in  re- 
porting favourably  upon  this  scheme,  says: — 

"If  the  vast  territory  between  the  Lachlan 
and  the  Darling  is  to  become  in  any  way 
an  adequate  contribution  to  the  national 
wealth  and  to  become  amenable  to  the 
closer-settlement  policy  of  the  Government, 
the  line  is  a  necessity." 

At  present  the  annual  revenue  in  rental  derived 
from  the  lands  to  be  served  by  the  proposed  rail- 
way is  £5,586.  Many  of  the  holdings  are  leased 
for  2/6  per  annum  per  square  mile! 

Within  the  influence  of  the  new  line  there  are 
a  million  acres  of  mallee  which  will  be  available 
for  farms. 

The  following  facts  are  culled  from  the  report 
of  the  Public  Works  Committee : — - 

"In  connection  with  their  visit  of  inspection, 
the  Committee  on  leaving  Condobolin  travelled 
via  the  pastoral  properties  of  Kiacatoo  and  Boo- 
beroi  to  Euabalong,  along  the  rich  valley  of  the 
Lachlan  River,  stated  to  be  equal  from  a  grazing 
point  of  view  to  the  land  of  the  Condobolin  dis- 
trict. The  country  consists  principally  of  a 
series  of  low-lying  flats,  partly  covered  with  ex- 
cellent herbage,  box  timber,  and  yarran.  Thirty 
miles  west  of  Condobolin  are  patches  of  black 
soil  and  sandy  ridges,  lightly  timbered  with  mal- 
lee and  pine.  Approaching  Euabalong,  how- 
ever, the  country  is  excellent  for  wheat-growing, 
and  is  fairly  well  improved. 

"At  a  point  about  25  miles  west  of  Condobolin, 
the  Western  Division  of  the  State  commences, 
and  thence  the  whole  of  the  area  to  be  served 
is  held  under  the  provisions  of  the  Western 
Lands  Act  of  1901,  and  is  controlled  by  a  Board 
of  Commissioners.  Prior  to  the  passage  of  the 
Act  referred  to,  the  whole  of  the  land  in  the 
division  was  held  under  the  provisions  of  the 
Crown  Lands  Acts,  1884,  and  the  leases  would 
have  expired  in  191 8,  whereas  under  the  exist- 
ing law  they  will  not  expire  until  30th  June, 
1943.  The  right  has,  however,  been  reserved 
to  withdraw  one-eighth  of  the  area  from  lease 
at  any  time  gazetted  by  the  Western  Lands  Com- 
missioners. 

"Immediately  to  the  west  of  Euabalong  the 
country  for  several  miles  is  lightly  timbered  with 


box  and  gum,  but  is  bare  of  herbage,  as  the  re- 
sult, it  has  been  explained,  of  the  severe  drought 
of  1902,  and  the  roots  of  the  natural  grasses 
having  been  eaten  out  by  rabbits.  Leaving  the 
Lachlan  Valley  in  a  north-westerly  direction, 
pine,  maljee,  and  yarran  country  is  met  with, 
but  the  bulk  of  the  former  is  dead,  and  useless 
for  sawing  purposes.  Following  the  course  of 
the  proposed  line,  and  on  either  side  of  it,  rich, 
sandy,  red  soil  prevails,  covered  in  parts  with 
belts  of  mallee,  extending  for  several  miles. 
Midway  between  Euabalong  and  Mount  Hope 
are  to  be  found  undulating  ridges,  but  within 
ten  miles  of  the  latter  township  the  country  im- 
proves in  quality,  and  although  at  present  used 
for  grazing  purposes  only,  may  be  described  as 
of  a  highly  valuable  character  for  wheat-grow- 
ing. 

"For  several  miles  westward  of  Mount  Hope, 
there  is  excellent  wheat-growing  land  at  present 
used  for  grazing,  covered  with  herbage,  and  tim- 
bered with  pine,  gum,  mallee  and  yarran,  inter- 
spersed with  occasional  patches  of  plain.  But 
good  as  the  country  is,  along  this  portion  of  the 
route  it  improves  in  quality,  and  the  rich  red 
soil  in  the  immediate  neighbourhood  of  Roto 
homestead  is  of  heavy  wheat-growing  capacity. 
A  feature  of  this  portion  of  the  district  is  the 
absence  of  watercourses,  although  ample  sup- 
plies of  water  for  stock  are  easily  obtained  by 
well-sinking.  Situated  immediately  on  the  banks 
of  the  Willandra  billabong,  an  offshoot  of  the 
Lachlan  River,  is  Roto  station,  where  experi- 
ments in  irrigation  show  the  suitability  of  the 
soil  for  the  growth  of  fruit. 

"Beyond  Roto  to  Willandra  station,  a  distance 
of  thirty  miles,  the  country  to  a  very  large  ex- 
tent consists  of  open  plain,  with  narrow  belts  of 
box  timber  along  the  banks  of  the  Willandra 
billabong,  and  is  of  superior  quality  for  grazing 
purposes.  At  the  time  of  the  Committee's  visit, 
the  plains  were  carrying  a  luxuriant  growth  of 
daisy  plant,  barley  grass,  trefoil,  and  other  herb- 
age. 

"Silver  grass,  crow's  foot,  and  other  grasses  of 
an  edible  character  cover  portions  of  the  country 
toward  Mossgiel.  In  parts  there  are  large  quan- 
tities of  roly-poly,  with  lignum  on  the  low-lying 
land.  Close  to  the  township  are  extensive  areas 
of  blue  bush,  mixed  with  convolvulus  and  other 
feed  for  sheep.  The  condition  of  the  latter  at 
the  time  of  the  Committee's  visit  of  inspection 
indicates  the  suitability  of  the  country  for  graz- 
ing. 

"Stretches  of  greyish  saltbush  plain  prevail  for 
fifteen  miles  west  of  Mossgiel,  merging  into  red 
soil  country,  bearing  luxuriant  growths  of  spear 
and  star  grass,  and  lightly  timbered  with  box, 
leopard,  wild  apple,  and  belar,  as  far  as  Ivan- 

Q 


250 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


hoe.  Thence  for  several  miles  further  west- 
ward there  is  a  repetition  of  greyish  soil,  bearing 
spear,  barley,  and  prairie  grass,  and  saltbush. 
As  a  result  of  recent  bountiful  rains  the  whole 
of  the  tanks,  and  many  natural  depressions,  were 
filled  with  water,  and  the  stock  were  in  splendid 
condition. 

"The  whole  of  the  country  from  Ivanhoe  to 
German  Tank  is  regarded  as  wheat-growing, 
with  sufficient  rainfall.  Traversing  the  district 
in  the  direction  of  the  latter  point,  via  Bellpajah, 
an  outstation  of  Kilfera,  the  country  changes  to 
red  soil,  with  gently  undulating  uplands  to  Ger- 
man Tank,  around  and  beyond  which  belar  is 
the  prevailing  timber.  There  are,  however, 
occasional  patches  of  mallee  and  yarran,  whilst 
the  herbage  consists  of  currant-bush,  apple-bush, 
bluebush,  saltbush,  silver  and  barley  grass,  and 
trefoil. 

"To  the  west  of  Ivanhoe,  a  series  of  lakes 
(with  frontages  of  box  timber)  formed  by 
natural  depressions,  and  occasionally  filled  by 
the  overflow  from  Tallyawalka  Creek,  an  off- 
shoot of  the  Darling  River,  continue  almost  as 
far  as  Menindie. 

"Approaching  Boolaboolka  from  German 
Tank  there  is  a  change  in  the  character  of  the 
country,  the  soil  being  loose  and  sandy.  Many 
of  the  yarran  trees  in  the  vicinity  of  the  lake 
in  this  neighbourhood  have  apparently  been  de- 
stroyed by  flood  waters.  A  few  miles  west  of 
Boolaboolka,  the  sandy  soil  continues,  and  the 
timber  consists  principally  of  stunted  pine,  the 
bulk  of  which  has  been  destroyed,  interspersed 
with  belts  of  bluebush.  Cotton  plant,  nelia,  and 
apple-bush  grow  freely  along  with  bluebush,  salt- 
bush and  silvergrass.  Generally  the  country  as 
far  as  Menindie  is  similar,  and  is  interspersed 
with  heavy  sandy  ridges  and  clay  pans,  bearing 
bluebush  and  other  shrubs,  with  box  and  lignum 
belts  near  the  Darling  River,  where  it  is  low- 
lying  and  subject  to  inundation. 

"Immediately  to  the  west  of  Menindie,  the 
country  is  of  a  sandy  nature,  with  box  and  gum 
flats  adjoining  the  River  Darling.  Traversing 
the  border  of  Menindie  Lake,  which,  at  the  time 
of  the  Committee's  visit,  was  dry  and  covered 
with  dead  box  timber,  the  sandy  soil  continues 
as  far  as  Lake  Speculation,  where  it  opens  Into 
red-loam  country,  lightly  timbered  with  mulga. 
Thence  to  Kars  Station,  thirty  miles  distant  from 
Menindie,  and  forty-two  miles  from  Broken 
Hill,  the  country  is  similar.  Immediately  west 
of  Kars,  however,  there  is  a  good  deal  of  open 
saltbush  plain,  interspersed  with  nelia  bush  as 
far  as  Battery  Tank,  where  the  soil  Improves, 
and  is  suitable  for  wheat  cultivation.  Thence 
the  character  of  the  country  changes  to  heavy, 
undulating,  gravelly  ridges,  devoid  of  timber, 
and  so  continues  as  far  as  Broken  Hill." 


To  anyone  who  understands  Australian  Back 
Country  the  facts  given  above  will  be  of  special 
Interest. 

The  average  rainfall  of  Condobolln  Is  17.23 
Inches;  Euabalong,  16.49;  Mount  Hope,  14.81; 
Ivanhoe,    13.22;   Menindie,    9.16;    Broken   Hill, 

9-33- 

As  far  westward  as  Ivanhoe  therefore  (180 
miles)  the  rainfall  is  adequate  under  conditions 
and  methods  which  have  been  already  established 
In  other  parts  of  the  Commonwealth  for  success- 
ful dry-farming.  Six  million  acres  will  be  served 
within  that  particular  radius;  which  is  a  fairly 
large  block  to  add  to  the  wealth-producing  lands 
of  New  South  Wales. 

The  timber  and  vegetation  mentioned  In  the  re- 
port are  in  themselves  a  testimony  to  the  quality 
of  the  soils.  We  have  learned  elsewhere  what 
cypress-pine  and  mallee  belts  stand  for.  We  have 
also  seen  what  the  Darling  River  means  as  an 
Irrigation  proposition.  Again,  "the  last  lands  are 
the  best  lands."  It  looks  as  If  New  South  Wales 
holds  an  agricultural  and  pastoral  asset  in  her 
remote  West  of  far  greater  value  than  her  people 
have  yet  realized. 

In  our  consideration  of  these  wide  un-rall- 
roaded  stretches  of  "back-blocks"  throughout 
Australia,  we  must  base  conclusions  not  upon  pre- 
sent results  but  upon  the  vastly  improved  condi- 
tions which  naturally  follow  the  establishment  of 
transport. 

Much  of  this  country  is  described  as  being  "so 
"prolific  of  rich  herbage  in  fair  seasons  that  It 
"is  almost  impossible  to  keep  it  down  with  pre- 
"sent  stock.  With  railway  construction  It  Is  con- 
"fidently  anticipated  that  the  sheep  and  cattle 
"raising  industry  will  be  largely  developed. 

"In  average  seasons  the  district  around  Euaba- 
"long,  a  small  township  situated  In  the  centre  of 
"fairly  good  grazing  country,  carries  a  sheep  to 
"6  to  10  acres;  but  the  evidence  Indicates  that 
"the  construction  of  the  line  will  almost  immedi- 
"ately  lead  to  20  per  cent,  more  stock  being  car- 
"ried,  and  will  prove  of  the  greatest  convenience 
"in  times  of  drought.  In  view  of  the  probability 
"of  large  losses  as  the  result  of  an  uncertain  raln- 
"fall,  the  pastoral  holdings  are  very  much  under- 
"stocked,  experience  showing  that  overstocking 
"during  dry  periods  necessitates  the  lapse  of  many 
"years  to  bring  the  flocks  to  their  normal  num- 
"ber." 

Mount  Hope — on  the  line  of  expected  railway 
— is  the  centre  of  a  copper-mining  district,  and 
is  also  surrounded  by  extensive  tracts  of  grazing 
and  wheat-growing  country. 

"The  evidence  shows — and  the  fact  has  been 
"confirmed  by  the  Committee  from  their  personal 
"inspection  of  the   district — that  the  country  in - 
"the    immediate    neighbourhood   of   and   around 
"Mount  Hope  Is  admirably  adapted  to  wheat  pro-  , 


THE   WESTERN   DIVISION   OF   NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 


251 


"duction.  Although  wheat  is  only  grown  for  local 
"consumption,  yields  have  been  obtained,  even 
"under  the  old  style  of  farming,  of  from  15  to 
"29  bushels  to  the  acre.  The  wool  is  at  present 
"conveyed  by  road  at  high  rates  to  Cobar  and 
"Nymagee,  and  its  carriage  would  be  transferred 
"to  the  proposed  line  if  constructed.  Most  of 
"the  holdings  are  fenced  and  otherwise  improved, 
"and  very  little  trouble  is  experienced  from  rab- 
"bits  and  other  pests." 


Irrigation  experiments  at  Willandra  with  water 
pumped  from  the  billabong  "have  proved  emi- 
"nently  successful,  and  have  been  the  means  of 
"producing  splendid  crops  of  lucerne  and  wheat 
"for  home  consumption."  In  the  opinion  of  Wil- 
landra management  the  country  is  excellent  for 
mixed  farming,  and  within  twenty  to  thirty  miles 
of  the  railway  6,000  acres  or  less  would  be  ample 
for  successful  settlement. 


A  Train  from  Up-Country 


Roto  station  lies  along  a  suggested  deviation 
between  Euabalong  and  Ivanhoe.     Its  total  area 
is   152,000   acres.      The   manager  of   Roto   told 
the  Works  Committee  in  evidence  that  the  instal- 
lation of  transport  will  "revolutionise  the  condi- 
tion of  the  country,  permit  the  settlers  to  double 
the  number  of  stock  at  present  raised,  and  to 
'a  large  extent    convert  the  district  into  one  of 
"mixed  farming." 

Willandra  is  another  of  the  large  Western 
Division  holdings  affected.  Its  total  extent  is 
257,000  acres,  of  which  87,000  acres  are  free- 
hold. 


Mossgiel  station  covers  190,000  acres.  All 
through  this  district  water  of  superior  quality  is 
obtainable  at  a  depth  of  from  95  to  135  feet. 
Blue-bush  country  extends  over  one-half  the  hold- 
ing, and  is  stated  to  be  capable  of  being  put  to 
agricultural  use.  The  indications  are  that,  with 
the  adoption  of  the  dry-farming  system,  excellent 
results  from  wheat  cultivation  may  be  obtained. 

Mossgiel,  Roto,  and  Willandra  would  be 
touched  by  the  proposed  deviation  from  Euaba- 
long. Either  route  will  cut  through  the  heart  of 
the  New  South  Wales  back-blocks,  long  regarded 
as  a  drought-stricken  area,  but  in  reality  compris- 


^ 


2,-2 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


ing  an  enormous  extent  of  productive  soils,  which, 
like  the  Pinnaroo  and  Eyre's  Peninsula,  will  grow 
wheat,  and  more. 

North  and  west  of  Mossgiel  is  Ivanhoe,  a  ham- 
let in  the  heart  of  rich  grazing  lands — also  cap- 
able of  producing  wheat.  From  here  to  Menin- 
die  there  rolls  183  miles  of  good  country. 

The  possibilities  of  irrigation  in  the  vicinity 
of  Menindie  have  received  the  attention  of  the 
Public  Works  Committee.  The  Lake  Cawndilla 
scheme  has  been  mentioned  in  another  part  of 
Australia  Unlimited. 

The  utilisation,  for  the  purposes  of  irrigation, 
of  Lakes  Menindie,  Cawndilla,  Speculation, 
Pamamaroo,  and  others  on  the  western  side  of  the 
Darling  has  formed  the  subject  of  investigation 
by  the  Public  Works  Department.  Ten  years 
ago  surveys  were  made  with  a  view  to  utilising 
the  lake  system  referred  to  for  the  purpose  of 
irrigating  Lake  Cawndilla,  or  for  a  much  larger 
system  of  irrigation  to  the  south.  No  investiga- 
tion was  made  of  the  country  south  of  Lake 
Cawndilla,  but  samples  of  soil  were  taken  from 
the  bed  of  the  lake  itself.  At  this  time  alterna- 
tive proposals  were  before  the  department,  the 
first  being  a  small  scheme  to  irrigate  the  bed  of 
Lake  Cawndilla  and  possibly  Lake  Speculation, 
from  water  stored  in  Lake  Menindie.  The  bed 
of  Lake  Speculation  was  proved,  by  inves- 
tigation of  the  soil,  to  be  suitable  for  irrigation, 
and  it  was  estimated  that  an  area  of  33,000  acres 
could  be  utilised  for  this  purpose.  It  was  also 
ascertained  that  certain  difficulties  in  regard  to 
the  collection  of  water  in  the  bottom  of  the  lake 
after  it  had  been  used  for  irrigation  were  likely 
to  exist,  and  that  the  water  would  require  to  be 
pumped;  but  beyond  samples  of  the  soil  being 
obtained  and  surveys  being  made,  nothing  further 
was  done  in  connection  with  the  scheme. 

On  the  eastern  side  of  the  river  the  lake  sys- 
tem comprises  Lakes  Boolaboolka,  Victoria  (not 
to  be  confused  with  another  lake  of  the  same 
name  near  the  South  Australian  border,  which  is 
filled  from  the  Murray),  Rat-catcher,  and  a 
number  of  others,  fed  from  the  river  in  high 
floods  through  Tallyawalka  Creek,  which  takes 
off  from  the  river  260  miles  above  Menindie. 
In  ordinary  seasons  the  creek  does  not  run, 
but  when  the  river  is  high,  water  finds  its  way 
to  all  the  lakes  of  the  system.  In  191 1  an  investi- 
gation of  this  system,  with  a  view  to  ascertaining 
whether  water  could  be  stored  for  the  purpose  of 
serving  the  lands  of  the  Western  Division  be- 
low the  lakes,  was  made,  the  conclusion  arrived 
at  being  that  the  system  was  well  adapted  to  the 
storage  of  a  large  quantity  of  water  and  that 
there  were  possibilities  of  obtaining  sufficient  to 
justify  the  establishment  of  an  irrigation  settle- 
ment. 


The  writer  has  no  doubt  that  the  Lower  Dar- 
ling, from  Wilcannia  to  Wentworth,  will  ulti- 
mately be  converted  into  one  of  the  most  produc- 
tive areas  in  the  Australian  Commonwealth.  In 
Tallyawalka  anabranch  on  the  east  side,  and  the 
anabranch  of  the  Darling  on  the  western  side, 
nature  has  gone  ahead  of  the  engineer.  The 
Lower  Darling  lake  system,  of  which  these  ana- 
branches are  a  part,  will  be  converted  into  stor- 
ages, and  from  more  than  one  irrigation  settle- 
ment fruit,  fodder,  and  dairy  produce  will  find 
a  ready  market  East  and  West. 

Of  the  Darling  and  Broken  Hill  we  have 
already  read.  In  regard  to  the  latter,  it  may  be 
added  that — 

"Since  the  opening  of  the  Broken  Hill  district 
'as  a  mining  field  the  total  tonnage  of  ore  ex- 
'tracted  from  the  mines  has  been  23,400,000 
'tons,  and  there  are  already  in  sight  without  any 
'fresh  developments  13,400,000  tons.  Although 
'the  ore  now  being  raised  is  of  low  grade  com- 
'pared  with  that  obtained  in  the  upper  levels  in 
'the  early  days  of  the  history  of  the  field,  much 
'larger  tonnages  are  being  handled,  and  the  in- 
'dustry,  it  is  contended,  rests  on  a  firmer  basis. 
'For  some  years  the  ore  reserves  have  been  show- 
'ing  a  steady  increase  and,  notwithstanding  the 
'fact  that  the  tonnage  of  crude  ore  extracted  has 
'been  on  the  up-grade,  are  higher  now  than  at 
'any  previous  period  in  the  field's  history.  It 
'is  estimated  that  at  the  present  rates  of  extrac- 
'tion  the  ore  in  sight  alone  is  equivalent  to  a  life 
'of  nine  years."  Development  work  is  continu- 
ally in  progress  to  open  up  the  extensions  of  the 
known  ore  bodies,  and  in  some  instances  have 
proved  the  existence  of  entirely  new  bodies  of 
ore. 

During  their  visit  of  inspection  the  Committee 
could  not  be  other  than  favourably  im- 
pressed with  the  richness  of  the  bulk  of  the  coun- 
try traversed,  the  remarkably  luxuriant  growth 
of  the  herbage,  the  healthy  condition  of  the  flocks 
and  herds,  and  the  quality  and  extent  of  the  fleeces  I 
on  the  various  holdings. 

In  conclusion  we  find  them  highly  recommend- 
ing the  Government  to  build  this  line,  which  it 
is  anticipated  will  pay  from  the  time  of  its  con- 
struction, and  be  the  means  of  adding  a  new  pro- 
vince to  the  State  of  New  South  Wales. 

Various  Australian  Governments  have  been 
criticised  for  following  a  borrowing  policy, 
but  nowhere  in  the  world  can  money  be 
more  safely  invested  than  in  Australia;  no- 
where will  capital,  borrowed  at  current  rates 
of  interest,  give  a  surer  return  to  the  bor- 
rower. The  whole  structure  of  modern  com- 
merce and  finance  is  based  on  credit.  If  an  ' 
Australian  Government  borrows  money  at,  say, 
4^  per  cent.,  interest,  and  by  expending  it  on  re- 


jl 


THE    WESTERN    DIVISION    OF    NEW    SOUTH    WALES 


253 


productive  works  secures  a  return  of  seven  or 
eight  per  cent.,  it  is  surely  sound  commonsense 
finance. 

This  is  practically  what  Australian  Govern- 
ments are  doing.  As  an  asset,  the  Government 
Railways  of  the  Commonwealth  alone  more  than 
cover  the  whole  of  the  National  Debt.  The 
country  is  young,  and  what  it  wants  more  than 
anything  else  is  engineering.  It  borrows  money 
for  engineering  projects,  which  are  converted 
into  national  assets,  giving  a  far  greater  annual 
return  in  revenue  to  the  nation  than  the  amount 
of  their  interest  bill.  As  long  as  Australian  Gov- 
ernments follow  a  safe,  sound  policy  in  the  appli- 
cation of  borrowed  moneys  they  need  not  dread 
increasing  the  amount  of  the  national  debt. 

If    a    New  South  Wales  Government    should 


decide  to  borrow  and  spend  a  million  and  a 
quarter  of  money  on  the  extension  of  its  western 
railway  system  from  Condobolin  to  Broken  Hill, 
neither  the  financier  abroad  nor  the  citizen  at 
home  need  have  any  fear  that  the  Government 
was  making  an  unsound  investment.  The  remote 
red  West  of  New  South  Wales  will  pour  out  hun- 
dreds of  millions  of  national  wealth  when  its  time 
comes,  and  the  time  is  coming  fast. 

Every  year  our  knowledge  of  the  West  is  in- 
creasing; every  year  the  Mountains  of  Inexperi- 
ence lie  further  behind  and  the  Plains  of  Promise 
draw  nearer.  From  eastern  seaboard  to  west- 
ern border  New  South  Wales  is  destined  to  hear 
the  hammers  of  Progress  beating  out  a  glorious 
hymn  of  Prosperity  upon  the  golden  anvils  of 
unequalled  national  resource. 


An  Australian  Dairymaid 


(254) 


BROKEN  HILL. 


Another  very  profitable  year  has  been  experienced  by  shareholders  in  Barrier  mining  and 
investment  companies,  despite  the  dislocation  of  industry  by  the  strike  and  the  less  favourable 
metal  market.  Taking  the  mining  and  treatment  companies,  and  the  investment  concerns,  whose 
activity  is  dependent  on  the  mining  industry,  it  is  found  that  total  distributions  for  the  year 
amount  to  the  enormous  sum  of  £1,693,752.  Examination  of  the  details  shows  that  the  total 
is  the  gross  dividend,  no  allowance  being  made  for  English  income  tax,  and  it  is  found  that 
the  mining  and  treatment  companies  accounted  for  £1,478,376,  while  the  investment  companies, 
such  as  the  Silverton  Tramway,  Broken  Hill  Water  Supply,  and  Globe  Timber,  made  up  pay- 
ments totalling  £215,376.  The  increase  in  the  dividends  for  the  year  is  the  outcome  of  the 
still  prosperous  range  of  metal  prices  and  the  important  part  which  the  recovery  of  zinc  concen- 
trates plays  in  the  operations  of  the  Barrier  companies  to-day.  A  noteworthy  fact  about  the 
past  year  in  connection  with  many  of  these  companies'  payments  was  that  they  were  not  all 
from  current  profits.  The  prosperous  conditions  produced  by  exceptional  metal  rates  the 
previous  year  led  to  large  distributions,  and  when  the  metal  market  reacted  dividends  were  not 
reduced  proportionately,  so  that  accumulated  profits  were  largely  drawn  on  in  many  cases  to 
make  up  the  above-mentioned  total.  The  South  Broken  Hill  Company  retained  the  distinction 
of  making  the  largest  distribution,  and  no  less  than  £300,000  was  returned  to  shareholders.  Next 
came  the  North  Broken  Hill,  with  £240,000;  followed  by  the  Proprietary,  £216,000;  Sulphide 
Corporation,  £192,500;  Zinc  Corporation,  £183,962;  Amalgamated  Zinc,  £162,500;  Silverton  Tram- 
way, £125,000;  British,  £115,000;  Water  Supply,  £75,000;  Block  10,  £50,000;  Block  14,  £23,000. 
While  the  figures  speak  eloquently  of  the  prosperity  of  the  Barrier,  it  is  worthy  of  mention  that 
the  bulk  of  the  shares  in  nearly  all  the  companies  are  held  by  British  and  Continental  investors,— 
Melbourne  Argus,   December   24,    1913. 


AT  the  further  edge  of  western  New  South 
Wales,  about  parallel  32  and  distant 
thirty-five  miles  from  the  border  line  of 
South  Australia,  lies  the  city  of  Broken  Hill. 

This  is  nowadays  the  capital  of  what  explorer 
Sturt  described  as  the  most  worthless  country  in 
the  world. 

Until  the  projected  Condobolin  to  Broken  Hill 
railway  becomes  a  reality,  the  latter  city  must  re- 
main most  readily  accessible  from  Adelaide.  To 
get  to  Broken  Hill  from  Sydney  one  travels  to 
Melbourne,  thence  to  the  South  Australian  capi- 
tal, and  on  to  the  Hill.  The  journey  occupies 
at  least  three  nights  and  two  days  by  train,  and 
covers  1,397  rniles. 

The  traveller  boards  the  Limited  Express  in 
Sydney  at  8  o'clock  in  the  evening,  and  reaches 
Melbourne  at  i  o'clock  next  day — 580  miles. 

He  catches  the  Adelaide  Express  again  at  4.30 
in  the  afternoon,  and  lands  in  Adelaide  at  10 
the  following  morning — 483  miles. 

That  night  he  takes  the  Broken  Hill  Express, 
changes  from  the  S.A.  broad  gauge  line  to  the 
narrow  gauge  at  Terowie,  and  arrives  at  the  Hill 
in  time  for  breakfast — -334  miles. 

Its  comparative  proximity  to  Broken  Hill  has 
been  a  good  thing  for  Adelaide. 

The  reader  will  assume  that  he  is  one  of  an 
assorted  crowd  of  passengers  boarding  the  ex- 
press at  Adelaide.  As  all  readers  are  permitted 
to  travel  in  comfort,  he  will  take  his  seat  in  the 
observation  car,  with  easy  chairs  and  abundant 
room.      The  majority  of  his    fellow-passengers 


crowd  the  second-class  compartments — mothers 
with  babies,  giggling  girls,  noisy  youths,  typical 
bush  people  bound  for  intermediate  stations  in 
the  North. 

At  Terowie,  after  he  has  located  his  sleeping 
berth  in  the  narrow-gauge  train,  he  can  join  the 
boisterous  crowd  which  besieges  the  coffee  stall, 
and  see  for  himself  that  an  Australian  is  not 
necessarily  a  melancholy  character.  Most  of  these 
night-travellers  will  be  miners  and  miners'  people 
en  route  to  the  Hill. 

After  snatching  their  late  refreshments  they  get 
into  a  long  car,  with  parallel  seats  around  the 
sides,  not  too  comfortable  if  crowded,  and  settle 
themselves  in  rugs  and  top-coats  for  the  night. 

Morning  finds  the  moving  train  skirting  the 
low  brown  hills  of  the  Barrier.  Redgums  mark 
dry  watercourses  which  have  their  sources  in  these 
hills  and  may  occasionally  carry  some  of  their 
flood  waters  as  far  as  Lake  Frome.  The  land 
is  rich,  red  and  arid — flat,  saving  for  the  Barrier 
Range. 

The  sun  rises  in  a  cloudless  sky.  In  winter  the 
days  are  cool  and  the  climate  bracing.  After 
rains  the  whole  landscape  is  robed  with  delicate 
herbage  and  flowers.  Miles  of  white  everlast- 
ings sometimes  give  it  the  appearance  of  being 
sprinkled  with  light  snow.  Salt  bush,  blue  bush, 
mulga,  acacia,  the  usual  panorama — nothing  to 
indicate  that  over  the  fringe  of  hills,  from  the  be- 
ginning of  geological  time.  Nature  has  been  hug- 
ging one  of  her  richest  secrets. 


BROKEN    HILL 


255 


A  Broken  Hill  " Landscape" 


Then  the  train  glides  smoothly  into  a  vast 
amphitheatre  in  the  hills,  and  the  traveller  finds 
himself  among  streets  and  crowds  and  steam 
trams  and  the  traffic  of  a  city. 

The  people  alight.  Miners  coming  back  home 
are  met  by  their  wives  and  youngsters;  people 
shout  recognitions  to  their  acquaintances,  the  air 
vibrates  with  questions  and  answers,  and  with 
a  hotel  badge  on  his  cap,  a  stranded  player  of 
minor  parts  comes  forward  and  looks  awkwardly 
after  our  luggage.  The  cabman  charges  us  2/- 
each  to  drive  200  yards.  He  looks  at  us  as  if 
we  ought  to  have  paid  him  double.  It  is  all  in  the 
manner  of  mining  places. 

Broken  Hill  is  not  beautiful,  but  it  is  vastly  in- 
teresting. 

Early  in  1882  this  city  of  thirty  odd  thousand 
inhabitants  was  part  of  a  sheep  run.  If  an  in- 
spired magician  had  gone  to  the  Government 
geologist  and  told  him  that  it  was  to  be  the  site 
of  the  greatest  silver-lead-zinc  mine  in  the  world, 
that  prophet  would  have  been  told  to  take  more 
water  with  his  whisky. 

After  1883  his  pronouncements  might  have  re- 
ceived more  attention. 

The  discovery  of  Broken  Hill  was  preceded 
by  discoveries  of  silver-lead  in  adjoining  dis- 
tricts. 


As  far  back  as  1876  Patrick  Green  found  sil- 
ver at  Thackaringa.  Prospectors  got  to  work, 
and  Apollyn  Valley,  Day  Dream,  Purnamoota 
and  Silverton  were  opened.  Each  had  its  day, 
and  if  mining  authorities  are  right  there  are  pos- 
sibilities for  some  of  these  old  fields  yet. 

Silverton  rose  to  be  a  place  of  some  importance 
— until  the  brighter  star  of  Broken  Hill  quenched 
its  light. 

Prior  to  November,  1883,  this  same  Patrick 
Green — a  Menindie  storekeeper,  full  of  faith  and 
determination,  an  optimist — was  using  what  he 
made  out  of  Thackaringa  in  a  mineral  quest 
along  the  Barrier.  He  largely  fathered  the  pre- 
liminary fields.  In  1883,  with  a  party  of  pros- 
pectors, he  arrived  at  Broken  Hill,  pegged  out  a 
copper  claim,  and  sank  a  shaft.  The  shaft  proved 
barren  of  results,  and  the  claim  was  abandoned. 

The  actual  credit  of  discovery  belongs  to 
Charles  Rasp,  a  boundary-rider  on  Mount  Gipps 
Station,  on  which  the  Hill  was  located.  As  an 
example  of  what  may  happen  to  boundary-riders 
in  Australia,  he  pegged  out  a  claim  which  six 
years  afterwards  was  valued  at  £8,750,000! 

A  syndicate  was  formed  to  handle  Rasp's  find. 
It  was  comprised — to  quote  R.  de  S.  Magnussen, 
who  haswritten  an  interesting  account  of  the  early 
field — "of    G.  W.  McCulloch   (the    overseer    of 


256 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


"Mount  Gipps),  two  station  hands,  a  blacksmith, 
"a  jackeroo,  and  two  teamsters."  This  syndicate 
put  down  a  shaft  to  the  depth  of  50  feet.  The 
original  company  held  their  property  in  seven 
shares.  Their  claim  embraced  Blocks  10,  11,  12, 
13,  14,  15,  and  16.  These  seven  blocks  covered 
the  property  of  the  original  Broken  Hill  Proprie- 
tary Company. 

It  was  some  time  before  the  syndicate  knew  the 
lvalue  of  what  it  held.  Some  of  the  station  hands 
found  the  call  of  10/-  a  week  on  their  resources 
too  great.  The  ground  was  then  costing  £7  a 
week  to  work.  They  sold  out  twenty-eighths  or 
half-fourteenths  of  their  interests.  McCulloch 
was  angry  because  to  get  at  the  workings  wire 
fences  had  to  be  broken  and  sheep  disturbed. 
Sheep  have  always  been  a  sacred  interest  in  Aus- 
tralia. One  day  he  played  euchre  with  a  man 
named  Cox  on  Mt.  Gipps  Station  to  see  whether 
Cox  would  pay  him  £50  or  £100  for  a  share. 
McCulloch  won;  Cox  paid  £100  for  the  share. 
It  would  have  added  another  million  to  McCul- 
loch's  princely  fortune. 

An  early  speculator  bought  three  shares  for 
£320.  He  sold  one  for  £105,  one  for  £200,  and 
kept  the  third.  In  six  years — taking  in  the 
bonuses  and  dividends  it  was  worth  £1,250,000. 

Some  of  the  original  syndicate  became  patrons 
of  art,  famous  horse  breeders,  millionaires. 
Others  passed  quietly  out  of  the  history  of  the 
Hill. 

The  discovery  of  chlorides  in  large  quantities 
In  1885  brought  the  Barrier  definitely  into  the 
front  rank  of  the  world's  greatest  mines.  In 
1905,  twenty  years  later,  the  value  of  Broken 
Hill's  trade — export  and  import — for  the  year 
was  £2,612,334. 

Not  bad  for  Sturt's  "worst  country  in  the 
"world."  Sturt  was  almost  as  far  away  from 
the  true  Australia  as  Dampier. 

By  1905  the  Broken  Hill  Proprietary  Coy.  had 
paid  in  cash  and  bonuses  nearly  £1 1,000,000.  The 
storekeeper  on  Mt.  Gipps  was  a  pessimist.  His 
mind  was  full  of  that  peculiar  disbelief  which  has 
been  so  prevalent  in  Australia.  This  type  of 
colonist  has  always  looked  on  the  darkest  side. 
If  the  rain  did  not  come  at  the  expected  time,  there 
was  sure  to  be  a  drought.  If  it  did  not  stop 
raining  precisely  when  the  pessimist  imagined  it 
ought  to,  there  was  sure  to  be  a  flood. 

If  a  crop  showed  signs  of  a  poor  yield,  the  dis- 
trict was  permanently  unsuited  for  agriculture. 

If  the  harvests  were  plentiful  the  prices  were 
certain  to  fall — and  so  on.  This  mournful  band, 
whose  delight  it  has  been  to  prophesy  disaster 
and  defame  the  country,  have  been  called 
"calamity  howlers."  New  South  Wales  has  had 
them  from  the  very  beginning. 


So  the  storekeeper  on  Mount  Gipps  sold  his 
original  seventh  interest  In  the  greatest  silver- 
lead-zinc  proposition  in  the  world — for  £25  ! 

This  Is  what  the  half-yearly  report  of  the 
Company  In  1887  said:  "After  eight  months' 
time  another  of  the  original  syndicate  also 
sold  out  to  his  partners,  and  it  was  then 
found  necessary  to  re-form  the  Company  into 
one  made  up  of  14  shares  of  equal  interest. 
Towards  the  end  of  1884,  the  existence  of  chlor- 
ides was  first  noticed  in  Rasp's  shaft.  This  gave  an 
impetus  to  prospecting,  and  chlorides  were 
shortly  afterwards  noticed  on  the  surface  of 
the  iron  ore  by  Thomas  Low,  who  at  the 
time  purchased,  by  private  arrangement,  one  half 
of  a  fourteenth  share.  The  rich  surface  kaolin 
ore  was  accidentally  dropped  across  by  Harry, 
an  aboriginal  in  the  employ  of  Mr.  Jamieson, 
who  had  taken  the  management  of  the  property. 
Since  the  beginning  of  1885,  the  prosperous  ad- 
vance of  the  Company  has  been  most  satisfactory, 
without  check  or  hindrance,  and  perhaps  unparal- 
leled in  this  respect  In  the  mining  history  of  the 
colonies.  Not  the  slightest  hitch  or  dispute  to 
occasion  litigation  of  any  kind  has  arisen  to  mar 
its  progress,  things  moving  smoothly,  without 
failure,  from  success  to  further  success.  '  The 
Broken  Hill  Mining  Company  '  was  floated  into 
'The  Broken  Hill  Proprietary  Company  Limited' 
on  the  1 2th  August,  1885.  The  original  four- 
teen holders  appearing  upon  the  first-named  Com- 
pany's agreement  were : — Wm.  Jamieson,  W.  C. 
Dalgllsh,  K.  E.  Brodribb,  Solomon  Wiseman, 
Charles  Rasp,  E.  Thomson,  Bowes  Kelly,  W.  R. 
Wilson,  David  James,  James  Poole,  Phillip  Char- 
ley, A.  W.  Cox,  and  George  McCulloch.  Of  the 
original  holders  of  the  first  syndicate  of  seven, 
there  are  now  (1887)  only  McCulloch,  Charley, 
Rasp,  and  James,  who  hold  shares  In  the  present 
Company.  Mr.  McCulloch  has  continued  his 
large  interest  In  the  Company,  and  has  throughout 
been  prominently  Identified  with  Its  marked  suc- 
cess." 

Some  figures  issued  by  the  Broken  Hill  Propy. 
Coy.  In  191 1  show  how  personally  unprofitable 
pessimism  may  sometimes  prove  In  Australia,  and 
how  Faith,  national  and  Individual,  pays  best  in 
the  long  run.  Here  is  the  illuminating  result  from 
that  once  despised  corner  of  Mount  Gipps  Sta- 
tion— "the  broken  hill." 

Normal  pre-war  figures  are  given  in  the  news- 
paper excerpt  at  the  beginning  of  this  chapter. 
To  produce,  were  it  even  for  one  year,  a 
quarter  of  the  world's  lead  and  a  sixteenth  of  the 
world's  silver  is  something  for  this  remote  corner 
of  the  Western  Division,  once  regarded  as  the 
least  profitable  part  of  New  South  Wales. 


BROKEN    HILL 


257 


I 


Ore    Dressing    Plant,    Broken    Hill    Proprietary 


But  Broken  Hill  has  done  more.  It  has  led 
the  mining  world  in  method  and  organization 
and  taught  the  world  new  processes  and  treat- 
ments for  ores.  It  has  been  a  training  ground 
for  engineers  and  metallurgists,  some  of  whom 
have  risen  to  world-wide  distinction.  Its  mana- 
gers have  drawn  salaries  greater  than  State  gov- 
ernors. The  fluctuations  of  its  output  have 
affected  the  price  of  metals,  ^nd,  as  the  second 
city  in  New  South  Wales,  neither  its  political  nor 
financial  voice  can  be  treated  with  disrespect. 

Of  course  Broken  Hill  was  not  without  the 
"boom"  which  is  a  feature  of  all  great  mineral 
propositions.  When  the  richness  of  the  find  was 
fully  realized,  Australian  speculators  and  share- 
mongers  went  temporarily  crazy.  The  country 
for  miles  around  was  pegged  out.  Syndicate  after 
syndicate  formed,  floated,  and  fell.     Men  made 

L       fortunes  in  a  week,  and  lost  them  in  less  than  an 

K'    hour. 

H  Some  of  the   fortunes  were  made  on   a  pure 

W       fiction;   others    had    a    solid    foundation    in    fact. 

B       Block  10  Mine  offered  an  example  of  the  latter. 

■      At  that  period  of  its  development   when  the  man- 


agement  were  expecting  to  cut  the  lode,  business 
in  shares  became  brisk.  They  stood  at  £3/6/- 
when  the  announcement  was  made  that  the  lode 
had  proved  to  be  phenomenally  rich.  Then  they 
sprang  to  £20,  and  people  who  held  them  found 
their  bank  balances  suddenly  swollen  to  a  degree 
they  had  hardly  anticipated. 

In  March,  1888,  when  the  boom  was  at  its 
height,  the  capital  market  value  of  the  Barrier 
mines  was  more  than  sixteen  millions  of  pounds. 

The  field  has  long  entered  the  normal  path  of 
development,  and  will  continue  to  be  a  producer 
of  silver,  lead,  zinc,  copper  and  gold  for  many 
years  to  come. 

The  geology  of  the  Hill  has  naturally  attracted 
attention  from  scientists  all  over  the  world.  These 
remarkable  deposits  of  valuable  ores  have  formed 
the  subject  of  many  a  scientific  paper;  they  have 
inspired  more  than  one  treatise;  and  their  in- 
terest to  the  mining  man,  the  chemist,  and  the 
engineer  is   perpetual. 

According  to  Mr.  E.  F.  Pittman,  sometime 
Government  Geologist  of  New  South  Wales,  the 
Broken  Hill  ore  deposits  do  not  occur  in  what  is 


258 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


known  as  an  ordinary  fissure  lode,  but  are  of  the 
class  called  "segregated  lodes"  or  "saddle"  reefs, 
resembling  in  some  respects  the  auriferous  saddle 
reefs  of  Bendigo,  Victoria.  The  Broken  Hill 
reefs  are  argentiferous,  although  they  contain  a 
percentage  of  gold.  They  consist,  at  or  near  the 
surface,  of  manganiferous  ironstone,  which  below 
is  replaced  by  kaolin  and  oxidised  ores  (carbon- 
ates) of  lead.  These,  again,  at  greater  depths, 
are  succeeded  by  sulphides  of  lead  and  zinc. 

The  overcoming  of  the  "sulphide"  problem  has 
been  among  the  historical  achievements  of  the 
Hill. 

One  of  the  chief  points  of  interest  about  these 
saddle  reefs  is  that  while  the  "legs"  of  the  saddles 
invariably  thin  out  and  disappear  in  depth,  the 
permanence  of  the  mines  is  assured  by  the  cer- 
tainty of  other  saddles  being  discovered  almost 
perpendicularly  under  the  first  and  at  greater  or 
less  intervals  of  depth. 

"The  Broken  Hill  lode,"  said  Mr.  Pittman  in 
1892,  "appears  to  be  a  huge  saddle  lode  formed 
"in  a  fissure  which  owed  its  shape  to  the  contor- 
"tions  which  the  gneissic  rocks  have  undergone. 
"If  this  opinion  is  correct,  the  possibility  is  that 
"the  eastern  and  western  legs  will  be  found  to 
"thin  out  gradually  as  they  descend,  and  in  that 
"case  the  depth  at  which  they  would  disappear 
"would  depend  to  a  great  extent  upon  the  width 
"of  the  synclinal  basins  on  either  side  of  the  hill. 
".  .  .  What  appears,  however,  to  be  the  most 
"interesting  question  is  the  possibility  of  simi- 
"larly  shaped  lodes  being  found  vertically  under 
"the  present  one,  as  they  are  found  to  occur  in 
"Bendigo." 

The  geological  problems  of  eighteen  years  ago 
have  been  solved  in  part;  the  main  consideration 
these  times  is  economical  working.  The  mines 
in  operation^Proprietary,  Junction,  Junction 
North,  Amalgamated  Zinc,  British,  Block  14, 
Block  10,  Sulphide  Corporation  South,  Zinc  Cor- 
poration, South  Extended — with  all  of  them  the 
matter  has  resolved  itself  into  cheap  process  which 
will  leave  a  profit  on  the  market  values  of  metals. 

So  that  the  visitor  to  Broken  Hill  finds  not  the 
romantic  mining-camp  of  early  days,  but  a  row  of 
smoke  stacks  along  the  hillside  for  a  mile  and 
a  quarter,  over  which  hangs  a  heavy  plume  of 
smoke  by  day  and  a  dull  glow  of  arc  lights  and 
furnaces,  reflected  skyward,  at  night. 

He  hears  the  hoai'se  voices  of  steam  whistles 
calling  the  "shifts."  He  sees  in  the  distance  great 
hillocks  of  "slag"  and  dumps,  the  size  of  which  is 
some  indication  of  the  operations  of  the  particular 
property  it  marks. 

These  great  heaps  of  tailings  stand  at  intervals 
along  the  line  of  lode  and  represent  an  incredible 
amount  of  underground  and  surface  labor. 


As  he  approaches  the  scarred  hillside  a  pecu- 
liar murmuring  noise  issues  from  the  disturbed 
■slopes.  It  resembles  the  droning  of  a  titanic 
hive  of  bees  in  swarm — rhythmical,  persistent — 
carrying  a  note  of  anger  or  warning;  and  be- 
speaking a  tremendous  activity.  This  ever-present 
sound  proceeds  from  the  machines  along  the  slope, 
purring  like  gigantic  cats  in  the  sun. 

All  day,  all  night  long  they  are  at  work,  grind- 
ing, grinding  ore  into  dividends  for  shareholders, 
into  salaries  for  officers,  into  wages  for  men. 

It  is  not  beautiful,  this  city  of  the  Barrier, 
standing  unique,  tremendous,  in  an  open  land- 
scape of  hundreds  of  miles.  But  it  is  wonderful, 
not  only  to  geologists,  chemists,  engineers,  but 
to  philosophers,  students  of  economics,  writers 
of  history. 

The  joy  of  the  Hill  is  a  garden,  but  the  scar- 
city or  cost  of  water  has  to  be  taken  into  con- 
sideration by  residents,  so  the  place  is  not  beau- 
tiful as  it  might  be.  The  happiest  face  in  Broken 
Hill  will  probably  be  that  of  the  lady  who  has 
two  small  plots  of  buffalo-grass  lawn  and  a  shady 
pepper  tree  in  front  of  her  cottage. 

Up  at  the  Roman  Catholic  Convent  they  have 
a  bangalow  and  a  cabbage  palm,  which  are  treated 
with  a  tenderness  akin  to  that  bestowed  on  deli- 
cate growing  children. 

On  the  Western  Hill  stands  the  granite  cathe- 
dral. Opposite,  on  the  "broken  hill,"  are  the 
mines. 

Between  Religion  and  Science,  facing  one  ano- 
ther like  hostile  armies,  lies  the  town. 

The  boundary-riders  who  watched  their  sheep 
grazing  in  the  hollow  thirty  years  ago,  heard  no 
echo  from  the  future  of  church  bells  or  machin- 
ery. There  are,  throughout  the  length  and 
breadth  of  this  Commonwealth,  many  another 
hill  and  hollow,  pregnant  with  future  cities, 
where  sheep  are  grazing  peacefully  to-day. 

If  the  physical  appearance  of  Broken  Hill 
children  is  a  guide,  there  is  no  part  of  inland 
Australia  which  cannot  be  occupied  by  Europeans. 

For  seven  months  in  the  year  the  climate  of 
Broken  Hill  is  delightful;  the  other  five  months 
are  hot.  But  if  people  would  only  learn,  the  heat 
and  discomfort  of  these  five  hot  months  could  be 
minimised. 

Unfortunately,  Australia  has  not  given  the 
question  of  housing,  clothing,  food,  and  habit, 
the  attention  which  their  importance  in  the  scheme 
of  effective  white  occupation  demands. 

Broken  Hill  offers  examples.  Its  climate  is 
dry  and  healthy.  Consumptives  have  been  sent 
to  the  Barrier  to  die,  and  gone  away  cured. 

For  five  months  out  of  the  twelve,   residents 
must  put  up  with  a  certain  amount  of  inconveni- 
ence.    If  the  definite  objective  of  the  population  : 
were  to  reduce  that  inconvenience  by  every  pos- 


BROKEN    HILL 


259 


sible  means,  life  in  the  summer  months  would  be 
as  pleasant  as  any  other  time.  Apart  from  its 
exceedingly  healthy  climate  this  land  is  every- 
where intensely  fertile.  It  will  grow  anything 
if  it  can  be  irrigated. 

Unluckily  for  Broken  Hill,  the  city  water  sup- 
ply is  a  monopoly,  and  the  charge  is  5/-  a  thou- 
sand gallons  for  domestic  purposes. 

This,   and  the  uncertainty   that  always  hangs 


covery  of  a  further  refining  treatment,  suddenly 
converted  into  reserves  of  great  value. 

The  open  spaces  are  crossed  and  recrossed  by 
rails;  iron  trucks  rattle;  iron  arms  of  steam 
shovels  swing  towards  the  tailings,  dip  with  auto- 
matic movement  into  the  black  heap,  and  swing 
back  to  the  railway  waggons,  loaded  with  sand 
which  has  already  been  through  the  mills  and  is 
now  going  back  to  be  treated  by  a  new  process 
and   the   last   fraction   of   its   mineral    value   ex- 


over  a  mining  district,  together  with  the  heavy 

tariff   inflicted  by   another  monopoly  controlling  tracted. 

the  connecting  railway  between  Cockburn  on  the  Out    of    a    mass    of    galvanised    roofs,    iron 

South  Australian  border  and  Broken  Hill,  have  smoke-stacks  project — spires  of  the  Churches  of 


Broken  Hill  Proprietary  Silver  Mine 


itended  to  make  it  poor  in  private  gardens  and 
[foliage.  It  suffers  by  comparison  with  Mount 
[Morgan  or  Kalgoorlie  or  Charters  Towers,  nor 
Ihave  its  wealthier  citizens  displayed  the  same 
Jatriotism    as    those    of    Bendigo    and    Ballarat. 

In  its  remoteness  and  concentration  Broken 
Hill,  with  7,000  to  8,000  working  miners,  its 
steam  trams  and  camel-drivers,  its  galvanised 
houses  and  granite  cathedral,  whirling  flywheels, 
ore-laden  trains,  smoke,  noise  and  dust,  consti- 
tutes a  world  of  its  own,  a  world  isolated  from 
the  rest  of  civilization,  and  yet  more  modern  in 
certain  aspects  than  most  cities. 

One  only  needs  to  visit  the  surface  workings 
of  the  mines  to  see  this.  Here  one  gets  a  closer 
view  of  these  enormous  mounds  of  black  sand — 
the  pulverised  hearts  of  the  hills,  which,  after 
being  cast  aside  as  worthless,  were,  by  the  dis- 


I 


Mammon,  whose  votaries  are  toiling  deep  under- 
ground, some  far  below  the  very  roots  of  the 
ranges — 1,300  feet  and  more. 

Rusted,  discarded  machinery  lies  about  every- 
where, proof  that  one  expensive  mechanical  sys- 
tem has  displaced  another,  during  the  twenty- 
eight  or  thirty  years  of  the  field's  existence. 

Telephone  poles  and  electric  standards  mani- 
fest the  universal  use  of  the  forces  of  electricity, 
which  has  now  entered  so  largely  into  the  subju- 
gation of  matter. 

That  "broken  hill"  where  the  wallabies  were 
once  plentiful,  is  bare,  torn,  tunnelled,  beheaded, 
levelled,  devilled,  and  unmercifully  dishevelled. 

Nature  has  been  ransacked,  explored,  ex- 
ploited and  infinitely  vulgarised  by  the  spoiler. 
Industry,  the  ravisher  of  peaceful  solitude,  from 
whose  strenuous  thighs  great  wealth  is  born  in 
sore  travail,  has  erected  its  dwelling  here. 


262 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


filled.  Finally,  as  we  have  seen,  the  worthless 
waste — from  which  all  mineral  values  have  been 
ground,  crushed,  rolled,  washed,  and  chemically 
extracted — is  automatically  conveyed  into  a  gap- 
ing excavation  on  the  crown  of  the  lode,  left  by 
early  operations. 

Industry  has  taken  the  heart  out  of  the  hill, 
powdered  it,  sieved  it,  sifted  it,  reduced  it  to  com- 
ponent atoms,  retained  what  it  required  for  the 
uses  of  man,  and  returned  the  country  rock  as 
clean-washed  sand. 

In  her  own  laboratories  Nature  effects  some 
astonishing  changes,  but  she  takes  lakhs  of  cen- 
turies to  get  her  results.  Man,  being  short-lived, 
goes  through  all  the  phases  of  big  reductions  in 
a  few  hours. 

Short  of  the  transmutation  of  metals,  atomic 
reduction — exampled  in  the  zinc  mill  at  Broken 
Hill — seems  to  be  the  last  word. 

Wages  paid  on  the  Hill  (1916)  are  for  shift 
bosses,  £4/10/-  a  week;  miners,  minimum  wage, 
11/3  daily,  the  hours  of  labour  being  44  hours 


per  week.  On  contract  work  the  men  earn  as 
much  as  18/-  a  day.  They  have  a  Co-operative 
Meat  Supply  and  a  Co-operative  Store  in  the 
town,  both  working  on  a  profitable  basis. 

After  nearly  thirty  years  of  activity  the  Barrier 
fields  still  seem  to  have  a  long  life  before  them. 
Geologists  have  said  that  there  is  a  "mother  lode" 
yet  to  be  discovered.  Along  the  present  line  of' 
the  lode  stand  the  poppet  heads  of  putative 
mines — some  just  complying  with  labor  condi- 
tions, some  moribund  or  dead.  The  Pinnacles, 
for  which  great  things  have  been  predicted,  stands 
out  in  blue  prominence  in  the  southern  skyline. 
Between  it  and  the  Hill  lie  many  possibilities,  and 
Northward  again  the  chances  lie. 

The  Darling  River  is  only  sixty-five  miles 
away.  If  Western  Australia  carried  water  to 
Kalgoorlie — 300  miles,  New  South  Wales  may 
yet  be  justified  in  taking  water  to  the  Barrier  and 
beyond  it. 

The  red  soils  between  will  grow  anything. 
Some  day  it  will  all  come  good. 


A  Broken  Hill  Silver  Mine 


{^(>z) 


THE  LAND  OF  MILK  AND  HONEY. 


KNOWEST  thou  the  land  where  the  citron 
blooms?"     If  Heine  had  seen  the  sunny 
south  coast  of  New  South  Wales  he  might 
have  written  it,   "Knowest  thou  the  land  where 
the  rock-melon  ripens?  " 

It  was  a  morning  late  in  January,  1914. 
Two  of  us  sat  on  the  balcony  of  a  hotel  in  Nowra, 
and  the  rock  melon's  netted  rind,  neatly  divided 
into  sections,  lay  empty  before  us. 

We  had  purchased  it  in  a  fruit  shop  up-street 
for  fourpence  but  a  half-hour  previously.  Now, 
it  was  no  more  than  a  luscious  memory. 

From  a  contemplation  of  our  fruit  we  turned 
to  contemplate  the  green  land  around  us.     Fer- 
ility  and  peace  were  the  keynotes  in  that  sweet 
ymphony  of  Nature.      "  Breathes  there   a  man 
ith  soul  so  dead — "  who,  looking  over  Shoal- 
haven,  does  not  feel  proud  to  be  an  Australian? 
There  is  no  discord  in  the  Aeolian  harpings  of  its 
winds;  there  is  naught  but  beauty  in   its  gently 
undulating  lines. 

English  blackberries  hung  in  ripening  clusters 
on  its  hedges.  Scented  lilies  diffused  their 
ineffable  fragrance  by  the  banks  of  its  rippling 
creeks.  Its  maize  fields  are  defiant  of  drought; 
there  are  no  pests  in  its  orchards,  and  the  dairy- 
en  know  what  riches  fountain  into  the  milk-pails, 
all  the  year  round. 

By  the  establishment  of  a  storage  reservoir  on 
the  Shoalhaven  River — at  a  suitable  base  above 
urrier,  12  miles  from  Nowra — the  latter  dis- 
rict.  Berry,  and  probably  Kiama,  could  be 
[developed  as  irrigation  settlements.  Production 
would  be  enormously  increased;  with  a  near 
market  in  Sydney,  the  -future  will  doubtless  see 
the  whole  of  this  southern  Illawarra  and  Cambe- 
arra  converted  into  irrigable  gardens  and  small 
airy  farms.  Near  Nowra  is  a  plot  of  28  acres, 
held  by  Chinese  at  an  annual  rental  of  £5  per  acre. 
In  dry  years,  with  irrigation,  these  Chinese 
gardeners  succeed  in  raising  five  tons  of  potatoes 
to  the  acre — which,  doubtless,  pays  them  hand- 
somely. 

The  irrigable  belt  near  Nowra  contains  about 
32,000  acres  of  magnificent  alluvial  soil.  At  the 
present  time  this  land  is  worth  on  an  average  £40 
an  acre.  One  farm  of  800  acres  was  recently  sold 
for  £40,000.  Some  of  this  has  produced  as  much 
as  100  bushels  of  maize  to  the  acre. 


^Kas  I 


Between  Nowra  and  Burrier,  however, 
there  is  Government  land  valued  at  £1  an  acre, 
much  of  which,  with  irrigation,  might  be  turneJ 
to  profitable  account. 

While  looking  out  over  verdant  Shoalhaven 
and  discussing  these  possibilities  of  future  coastal 
development,  there  arrived  O.  L.  Harrison,  of 
the  N.S.W.  Forestry  Department,  in  his  busy 
little  Cadillac  car. 

It  had  been  arranged  that  we  should  accom- 
pany Mr.  Harrison  on  one  of  his  down-coast  tours 
of  inspection.  The  journeys  and  voyages  under- 
taken in  search  of  accurate  material  for  this  book 
have  never  been  tedious,  but  some  of  them  have 
proved  more  enjoyable  than  others.  That  ten 
days  travel  with  Forester  Harrison  was  amongst 
the  most  memorable.  It  has  left  dreamy  recollec- 
tions of  hours  that  were  as  near  to  perfection  as 
Earth  can  give. 

Although  it  was  midsummer,  there  had  been 
some  rain;  whereby  the  dust  was  checked  and  the 
atmosphere  sweetened  and  cooled. 

The  southern  coast  of  New  South  Wales  en- 
joys perhaps  the  best  climate  in  Australia;  its 
roads  are  excellent,  its  inns  comfortable,  and  its 
people  hospitable  and  friendly. 


Down  the  South  Coast  from  Nowra  to  Eden, 
prosperous  dairy  towns  and  villages  follow  one 
another.  The  land  is  rich,  the  seasons  usually 
good,  and  coastal  steamers  plying  regularly  to 
the  different  seaports  keep  the  farmers  in  touch 
with  their  markets.  Overland  communication 
with  the  rail-head  at  Nowra  is  kept  up  by  motor 
and  coach  services. 

Added  to  all  the  native  attractions  of  the  Land, 
we  had  a  travelling  companion  who  knew  every 
track,  bend,  and  beauty  spot,  as  well  as  a  Sydney 
tram  driver  knows  the  road  to  Circular  Quay. 

From  Nowra  to  the  junction  of  the  Crook- 
haven  and  Shoalhaven — where  one  gets  a  glint 
of  the  blue  Pacific — the  road  runs  through  the 
alluvial  belt  already  mentioned  as  a  future  irriga- 
tion possibihty. 

We  took  this  before  lunch,  ere  starting  out  on 
our  four  hundred  mile  jaunt  to  the  South. 

At  a  little  roadside  orchard,  worked  by  one  P. 
Caffery,  as  an  adjunct  to  his  dairy  farm,  we  pulled 


262 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


filled.  Finally,  as  we  have  seen,  the  worthless 
waste — from  which  all  mineral  values  have  been 
ground,  crushed,  rolled,  washed,  and  chemically 
extracted — is  automatically  conveyed  into  a  gap- 
ing excavation  on  the  crown  of  the  lode,  left  by 
early  operations. 

Industry  has  taken  the  heart  out  of  the  hill, 
powdered  it,  sieved  it,  sifted  it,  reduced  it  to  com- 
ponent atoms,  retained  what  it  required  for  the 
uses  of  man,  and  returned  the  country  rock  as 
clean-washed  sand. 

In  her  own  laboratories  Nature  effects  some 
astonishing  changes,  but  she  takes  lakhs  of  cen- 
turies to  get  her  results.  Man,  being  short-lived, 
goes  through  all  the  phases  of  big  reductions  in 
a  few  hours. 

Short  of  the  transmutation  of  metals,  atomic 
reduction — exampled  in  the  zinc  mill  at  Broken 
Hill — seems  to  be  the  last  word. 

Wages  paid  on  the  Hill  (191 6)  are  for  shift 
bosses,  £4/10/-  a  week;  miners,  minimum  wage, 
1 1/3  daily,  the  hours  of  labour  being  44  hours 


per  week.  On  contract  work  the  men  earn  as 
much  as  18/-  a  day.  They  have  a  Co-operative 
Meat  Supply  and  a  Co-operative  Store  in  the 
town,  both  working  on  a  profitable  basis. 

After  nearly  thirty  years  of  activity  the  Barrier 
fields  still  seem  to  have  a  long  life  before  them. 
Geologists  have  said  that  there  is  a  "mother  lode" 
yet  to  be  discovered.  Along  the  present  line  of 
the  lode  stand  the  poppet  heads  of  putative 
mines — some  just  complying  with  labor  condi- 
tions, some  moribund  or  dead.  The  Pinnacles, 
for  which  great  things  have  been  predicted,  stands 
out  in  blue  prominence  in  the  southern  skyline. 
Between  it  and  the  Hill  lie  many  possibilities,  and 
Northward  again  the  chances  lie. 

The  Darling  River  is  only  sixty-five  miles 
away.  If  Western  Australia  carried  water  to 
Kalgoorlie — 300  miles,  New  South  Wales  may 
yet  be  justified  in  taking  water  to  the  Barrier  and 
beyond  it. 

The  red  soils  between  will  grow  anything. 
Some  day  it  will  all  come  good. 


A  Broken  Hill  Silver  Mine 


(263) 


THE  LAND  OF  MILK  AND   HONEY. 


KNOWEST  thou  the  land  where  the  citron 
blooms?"  If  Heine  had  seen  the  sunny 
south  coast  of  New  South  Wales  he  might 
have  written  it,  "Knowest  thou  the  land  where 
the  rock-melon  ripens?  " 

It  was  a  morning  late  in  January,  19 14. 
Two  of  us  sat  on  the  balcony  of  a  hotel  in  Nowra, 
and  the  rock  melon's  netted  rind,  neatly  divided 
into  sections,  lay  empty  before  us. 

We  had  purchased  it  in  a  fruit  shop  up-street 
for  fourpence  but  a  half-hour  previously.  Now, 
it  was  no  more  than  a  luscious  memory. 

From  a  contemplation  of  our  fruit  we  turned 

o  contemplate  the  green  land  around  us.     Fer- 

ility  and  peace  were  the  keynotes  in  that  sweet 

fsymphony  of  Nature.      "  Breathes  there   a  man 

ith  soul  so  dead — "  who,  looking  over  Shoal- 
Siaven,  does  not  feel  proud  to  be  an  Australian? 

here  is  no  discord  in  the  Aeolian  harpings  of  its 

inds;  there  is  naught  but  beauty  in   its   gently 

ndulating  lines. 
English  blackberries  hung  in  ripening  clusters 
on  its  hedges.  Scented  lilies  diffused  their 
ineffable  fragrance  by  the  banks  of  its  rippling 
creeks.  Its  maize  fields  are  defiant  of  drought; 
there  are  no  pests  in  its  orchards,  and  the  dairy- 
men know  what  riches  fountain  into  the  milk-pails, 
all  the  year  round. 

By  the  establishment  of  a  storage  reservoir  on 
the  Shoalhaven  River — at  a  suitable  base  above 

urrier,  1 2  miles  from  Nowra — the  latter  dis- 
rict.     Berry,     and     probably    Kiama,     could   be 

eveloped  as  irrigation  settlements.  Production 
would   be   enormously   increased;   with     a     near 

arket  in  Sydney,  the  -future  will  doubtless  see 
the  whole  of  this  southern  Illawarra  and  Cambe- 

arra  converted  into  irrigable  gardens  and  small 

airy  farms.  Near  Nowra  is  a  plot  of  28  acres, 
held  by  Chinese  at  an  annual  rental  of  £5  per  acre. 
In  dry  years,  with  irrigation,  these  Chinese 
gardeners  succeed  in  raising  five  tons  of  potatoes 
to  the  acre — which,  doubtless,  pays  them  hand- 
somely. 

The  irrigable  belt  near  Nowra  contains  about 
32,000  acres  of  magnificent  alluvial  soil.  At  the 
present  time  this  land  is  worth  on  an  average  £40 
an  acre.  One  farm  of  800  acres  was  recently  sold 
for  £40,000.  Some  of  this  has  produced  as  much 
as  100  bushels  of  maize  to  the  acre. 


^■as  i( 


Between  Nowra  and  Burner,  however, 
there  is  Government  land  valued  at  £1  an  acre, 
much  of  which,  with  irrigation,  might  be  turneu 
to  profitable  account. 

While  looking  out  over  verdant  Shoalhaven 
and  discussing  these  possibilities  of  future  coastal 
development,  there  arrived  O.  L.  Harrison,  of 
the  N.S.W.  Forestry  Department,  in  his  busy 
little  Cadillac  car. 

It  had  been  arranged  that  we  should  accom- 
pany Mr.  Harrison  on  one  of  his  down-coast  tours 
of  inspection.  The  journeys  and  voyages  under- 
taken in  search  of  accurate  material  for  this  book 
have  never  been  tedious,  but  some  of  them  have 
proved  more  enjoyable  than  others.  That  ten 
days  travel  with  Forester  Harrison  was  amongst 
the  most  memorable.  It  has  left  dreamy  recollec- 
tions of  hours  that  were  as  near  to  perfection  as 
Earth  can  give. 

Although  it  was  midsummer,  there  had  been 
some  rain;  whereby  the  dust  was  checked  and  the 
atmosphere  sweetened  and  cooled. 

The  southern  coast  of  New  South  Wales  en- 
joys perhaps  the  best  climate  in  Australia;  its 
roads  are  excellent,  its  inns  comfortable,  and  its 
people  hospitable  and  friendly. 


Down  the  South  Coast  from  Nowra  to  Eden, 
prosperous  dairy  towns  and  villages  follow  one 
another.  The  land  is  rich,  the  seasons  usually 
good,  and  coastal  steamers  plying  regularly  to 
the  different  seaports  keep  the  farmers  in  touch 
with  their  markets.  Overland  communication 
with  the  rail-head  at  Nowra  is  kept  up  by  motor 
and  coach  services. 

Added  to  all  the  native  attractions  of  the  Land, 
we  had  a  travelling  companion  who  knew  every 
track,  bend,  and  beauty  spot,  as  well  as  a  Sydney 
tram  driver  knows  the  road  to  Circular  Quay. 

From  Nowra  to  the  junction  of  the  Crook- 
haven  and  Shoalhaven — where  one  gets  a  glint 
of  the  blue  Pacific — the  road  runs  through  the 
alluvial  belt  already  mentioned  as  a  future  irriga- 
tion possibility. 

We  took  this  before  lunch,  ere  starting  out  on 
our  four  hundred  mile  jaunt  to  the  South. 

At  a  little  roadside  orchard,  worked  by  one  P. 
Caffery,  as  an  adjunct  to  his  dairy  farm,  we  pulled 


"vT^SHiJ'-'"  "'■'":"'  £-.4ifcC; 


■a 


3 
O 
09 


264 


THE   LAND   OF   MILK   AND   HONEY 


265 


up  to  eat  peaches  and  plums.  Stone-fruits  flourish 
in  this  locality.  The  amiable  Caffery  fed  us  with 
red  nectarines,  golden  drop  plums,  and  rosy- 
cheeked  peaches,  till  we  could  eat  no  more. 

We  returned  to  lunch  with  pleasing  impressions 
of  green  flats,  fat  cows,  melon  patches,  silky  oaks, 
willows  and  jacarandas,  fertility,  beauty  and 
prosperity.  Later,  when  we  set  out  again  on  our 
journey  by  the  main  coast  road,  it  was  with  a  very 
contented  mind. 

The  road  ran  through  noble  bush,  up  hill  and 
down.  Blackbutt,  turpentine,  ironbark,  and 
bloodwood  were  the  prevailing  timbers;  but  now 
and  then  a  hillside  curve  or  bend  would  bring  us 
in  sight  of  a  gully  beautiful  with  palms  and  tree 
ferns;  or  a  dip  downhill  led  us  across  a  green  flat, 
where,  on  cleared  farm  lands,  dairy  cows  and 
maize  crops  flourished.  Always  on  the  western 
side  of  us  there  was  a  blue  background  of  moun- 
tains, which  practically  remained,  in  many  varying 
contours,  all  the  way  down  coast.  Now  and  then 
we  caught  a  glimpse  of  blue  waters  eastward. 

So,  with  mountains  on  the  right,  and  sea  on  the 
left,  we  journeyed  leisurely. 

Over  the  grassy  shoulders  of  a  cleared  hillside 
we  saw  Lake  Conjola;  looking  in  the  afternoon 
light  like  an  immense  bed  of  blue  cornflowers  in 
bloom. 

We  motored  into  Milton,  through  rich  grazing 
and  dairying  hill-farms;  worth  in  some  places  £45 
an  acre. 

Milton,  lying  beyond  the  railway,  is  an  old  and 
quaint  village.  It  is  perched  on  a  high  ridge, 
which  overlooks  a  scene  of  great  fertility. 

Between  Nowra  and  Eden  there  are  many  old- 
fashioned  gardens,  with  tall  hollyhocks,  and  blue 
larkspur,  and  red  cabbage-roses,  to  keep  folk  in 
mind  of  colonial  days. 

Motor  cars  and  military  bands,  of  course,  they 
have  on  the  South  Coast,  but  the  air  of  once-upon- 
a-time,  somehow,  clings  to  it  still.  Not  all  the 
khaki  uniforms,  nor  bandoliers,  nor  magazine 
rifles,  nor  high-decked  military  saddles  of  its 
smart  modern  yeomanry,  can  quite  dispel  the  feel- 
ing that  Captain  Waldron  or  Captain  Weston, 
with  a  squad  of  British  regulars  in  long  red  coats, 
with  Brown  Besses,  bayonets,  pipe-clayed  belts — 
and  all  the  uniform  and  accoutrements  of  William 
or  young  Queen  Victoria  will  shortly  come  march- 
ing, drummers  and  fifers  at  their  head,  down  the 
South  Coast  road.  Nor  all  the  motor  cars  with 
their  hoarse  noises,  polished  lamps,  coughing 
exhausts,  and  burning  engines  can  quite  put  out  of 
one's  mind  the  thought  that  Cobb  &  Co.'s  mail 
coach  must  be  somewhere  just  ahead. 

More  forests  and  flats,  maize  paddocks  and 
farms  lie  before  us.     There  are  creeks  whereby 


the  dog-wood  and  myrtle  are  flowering.  Over 
these  we  will  run  carefully.  The  hillsides  are 
well-graded,  the  creeks  spanned  by  stout,  little 
wooden  bridges — the  roadmakers'  art  has  been 
exercised  to  good  purpose.  So  we  glide  quickly, 
smoothly,  and,  with  constantly  stimulated  interest, 
through  an  Ideal  country. 

Now  and  again  we  pass  a  timber  mill,  usually 
no  more  than  a  long,  low  iron-roofed  shed  with  a 
saw  bench  and  appliances  for  hauling  logs.  These 
mills  are  mostly  located  on  some  tidal  creek  or 
inlet,  where  ready  water-carriage  relieves  them  of 
their  output.  Sometimes  the  timber  is  rafted,  but 
more  often  loaded  directly  into  little  coasting 
steamers,  specially  built,  on  a  shallow  draught,  to 
handle  this  trade. 

By  and  bye  we  come  to  UlladuUa,  which  leaves 
a  memory  of  a  blue  bay,  a  breakwater  and  sandy 
beaches,  overlooked  by  forested  hills.  Norfolk 
pines  and  spreading  fig  trees,  throwing  a  dense 
black  shade,  complete  the  picture. 

Ulladulla,  four  miles  south  of  Milton,  is 
located  in  a  picturesque  lake  district,  where  fish 
and  game  are  plentiful.  Like  other  South  Coast 
districts,  Ulladulla  has  been  the  nesting-place  for 
a  sturdy  brood  of  young  dairymen  who,  when  the 
time  came,  trekked  northward  to  the  more  tropi- 
cal districts  of  the  Richmond  and  Tweed,  which 
they  helped  to  subdue  and  convert  Into  rich  farm 


h 


Turpentine  Trees 


266 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


lands.  Just  as  South  Coast  men  went  north 
years  ago,  North  Coast  men  are  now  trekking 
further  north  into  Queensland.  The  trend  of 
migration  is  likely  to  be  from  south  to  north 
in  the  future. 

Ulladulla — most  melodious  of  aboriginal 
words — will  always  be  beautiful.  Its  grassy  hills, 
wide  coastal  lagoons  and  jungled  gullies  lure  the 
hunter  and  the  dreamer  to  sylvan  delights. 


Apart  from  being  a  marksman,  the  hunter 
must  know  the  habits  of  game;  the  necessary 
bushcraft  is  not  picked  up  in  a  day.  Readers 
of  this  book  will  bear  these  facts  in  mind.  Aus- 
tralia is  a  sportsman's  paradise,  but  the  sports- 
man must  learn  many  pages  of  Nature's  Book  if 
he  wishes  to  avoid  disappointment. 

F"or  example,  below  Eden,  forty  miles  or  so,  is 
the  Mallacoota  Inlet.     At  certain  seasons  of  the 


A  Cream  Cart 


The  good  rock  oyster  fattens  inshore,  and 
along  romantic  sea-margins  whimbrel  and  godwit 
call.  It  is  good  to  tramp  some  coastal  marsh  or 
foreland,  well  waterproofed  and  gaitered,  when 
the  south  wind  is  whipping  the  spindrift,  and, 
from  grey  clouds,  comes  down  a  warm  slant  rain. 

Then  is  the  time  to  crouch  under  cover,  where 
the  wheeling  black  duck  alight  to  feed. 

Good  also  it  is  to  whistle  the  pointers  to  you  at 
early  morning,  ere  the  dew  has  left  the  grass, 
and  walk  rushy  flats  or  stubble  paddocks  for 
quail.  One  may  be  assured  of  sport  in  proper 
season  anywhere  along  this  littoral  between 
Nowra  and  Eden. 

But  as  fishermen  are  born,  not  made,  the  perfect 
hunter  cannot  be  evolved,  save  from  specially 
adaptable  material.  The  unskilled  amateur  will 
go  into  a  district  where  game  is  plentiful  and  get 
nothing.  The  experienced  sportsman  will  go 
where  game  are  scarce  or  shy  and  still  secure  his 
bag. 


year  a  stranger  might  sail  all  day  over  a  series  of 
salt  lakes  and  freshwater  rivers  and  see,  perhaps, 
a  dozen  birds.  But  if  the  stranger  knew  just 
where  to  hide  from  sundown  to  dark,  he  might 
shoot  as  many  ducks  as  he  could  carry. 

At  any  day-time  of  the  year  he  will  not  see  a 
blue-wing  duck  on  Mallacoota. 

But  if  he  knew  where  to  "plant,"  and  he  knew 
how  to  shoot  by  the  splash  of  alighting  birds  or 
by  starlight,  moonlight,  or  no  light  at  all — as  an 
experienced  duck-shooter  can — he  will  get  blue 
wing — not  earlier  than  9  p.m.  any  evening. 

Where  those  particular  blue-wing  come  from; 
where  they  go ;  why  they  never  arrive  until  night- 
fall, and  why  they  leave  the  waters  of  Mallacoota 
before  daylight  is  one  of  those  nature 
problems  which  the  writer  has  been  unable  to 
solve.  It  is  doubtful  if  the  New  South  Wales 
Intelligence  Department — an  encyclopaedia  of 
interesting  information — has  solved  it  either.  .  . 


THE  LAND  OF  MILK  AND  HONEY 


267 


Our  good  forester  said  we  would  get  oysters  have  described  the  Australian  Bush  as  monoton- 
at  Bateman's  Bay.  Having  already  found  him  a  ous.  No  botanist,  no  lover  of  Nature,  could  ever 
reliable  authority  on    South    Coast    matters,  we     find  it  other  than  beautiful  and  interesting.     The 


accepted  his  assurance  with  the  faith  of  Hadji 
pilgrims  on  the  road  to  Mecca. 

Crossing  the  picturesque  Clyde  River  by  a  slow 
punt  we  came  to  the  Clyde  Hotel — another  low- 
roofed  South  Coast  inn  filled  with  grateful  sur- 
prises. 

They  gave  us  oysters,  in  sooth,  luscious,  flavour- 
able,  memorable  oysters,  freshly  opened — three 
large  plates. 

Then  they  served  us  an  excellent  soup,  and 
followed  it  with  fish,  newly-whisked  from  the  salt 
water  near  by.  Then  they  pressed  us  to  asparagus 
and  roast  lamb  and  mint  sauce,  and  seemed 
grieved  because  we  ate  sparingly.  Rather  than 
hurt  their  hospitable  feelings  we  attacked  the 
rice  custard  and  plums,  and  the  peach  pie  with 
baked  custard;  but,  there  is  a  limit  to  the  capacity 
even  of  hungry  travellers  an  hour  late  for  Sunday 
dinner. 

For  a  while  afterwards  we  sat  on  the  verandah 
of  the  hotel  looking  idly  at  the  hazy  entrance  to 
Bateman's  Bay,  looking  at  sea,  island,  training 
wall,  and  long  reaches  of  tidal  sands — all  very 
beautiful,  full  of  colour,  and  fanned  by  the  winds 
of  perfect  peace. 

Inland,  the  still  waters  of  the  Clyde  opened  out 
into  wooded  hills,  with  blue  ranges  in  the  far 
background. 

It  is  a  picturesque  district,  and  its  limited  popu- 
lation enjoy  prosperity — and  the  finest  of  oysters. 
The  fishing,  they  told  us,  was  good,  but  we  might 
not  linger. 

Once  again  the  quiet,  competent  Harrison 
turned  the  starting  handle  of  his  reliable  little 
car,  and  we  glided  on  through  alternate  forest 
and  Hat  towards  Moruya. 

Anon,  the  road  wound  into  coastal  hills.  Many 
stiff  climbs  and  sharp  turns  gave  it  variety.  The 
sides  of  these  hills  are  thickly  covered  with  dark, 
palm-leaved  macrozamia,  from  whose  ripe  red 
seeds — protected  by  a  spiked  green  outer  case, 
resembling  a  pineapple — a  food  substance  re- 
sembling arrowroot  has,  it  is  said,  lately  been 
extracted.  It  is  claimed  that  this  starchy  product 
contains  much  nutriment.  An  attempt  is  being 
made  to  commercialise  it. 

The  forests  immediately  south  of  Bateman's 
Bay  contain  spotted  gum  and  blackbutt  of  good 
quality.  New  South  Wales  spotted  gum  has  been 
proved  one  of  our  most  valuable  hardwoods.  It 
enters  largely  into  carriage  work.  It  is  light  and 
strong,  and  more  durable  than  American  hickory. 
The  tree  itself,  with  its  tall  white  trunks  covered 
with  leopard-like  spots,  umbrageous  foliage,  and 
smooth,  regular  branches,  is  one  of  the  finest  in 
^ur    glorious    native    flora.       Superficial    writers 


wonderful  hardwood  forests  which  cover  so  many 
thousands  of  square  miles  of  this  Continent  are 
an  asset  beyond  calculation. 

There  are  yet  magnificent  belts  of  com- 
mercial timbers  in  Southern  New  South  Wales, 
which  are  receiving  the  careful  attention  of  the 
Forestry  Department. 


k 


Blackbutt,  Bateman's  Bay 


As  we  motored  through  these,  our  forester 
friend  gave  us  details  of  forestry  work,  of  the 
quality,  value,  tensile  strength,  and  use  of  various 
timbers.  He  opened  for  us  a  book  of  woodcraft, 
which  made  an  interesting  journey  still  more  en- 
joyable. 

By  and  by,  of  a  clear  Sunday  afternoon,  we 
petrolled  out  of  the  high  timber,  and  entered  a 
region  of  more  frequent  houses,  with  trim  gardens 
and  orchards  around  them. 

Moruya  appeared  before  us.  The  town  is  ap- 
proached by  a  long  bridge  spanning  a  tidal  river. 
It  is  the  centre  of  an  exceedingly  fertile  district, 
surrounded  by  alluvial  flats  growing  prolific  maize 
crops,  and  has  a  fine  background  of  blue  moun- 
tains. 


268 


AUSTRALIA  UNLIMITED. 


Moruya  is  hospitable,  prosperous,  picturesque. 
Poverty  does  not  exist  on  the  South  Coast;  most 
people  are  making  money,  and  everybody  enjoys 
a  good  living. 

A  tour  such  as  ours,  leaves  the  visitor  with 
impressions  of  fresh-faced,  happy  people,  good 
food,  good  beds,  good  roads,  pleasant  days  filled 
with  panoramas  of  ever-changing  beauty  and  re- 
freshing nights. 

The  average  of  South  Coast  farms  is  a  little 
over  200  acres,  and  the  output  of  agriculture  and 
dairy  produce  has  materially  added  to  the  rich- 
ness of  the  State  for  the  last  fifty  years  and  more. 

Farm  land  near  Moruya  is  valued  at  £40  to 
£50  an  acre.     All  South  Coast  agricultural  pro- 


Tall  hollyhocks,  in  cottage  gardens,  mossy 
four-rail  fences,  and  an  utter  absence  of  that  air 
of  bustle  and  speculation  which  one  finds  in  new 
places,  proclaimed  Moruya  to  be  an  early  settle- 
ment. 

It  has  been  celebrated  for  its  fine  dairy  pastures 
for  many  years.  The  motor  car  has  come,  the 
separator  has  come,  but  the  South  Coaster,  kindly, 
good-humoured,  and  easy-going,  still  jogs  along 
comfortably  in  his  own  quiet  way.  The  next 
generation  will  probably  '  hustle  ' — he  is  satisfied 
with  to-day. 

From  Moruya  to  Bermagui  there  extends  a 
coastline  which  is  an  open  casket  of  gems 
to  nature-lovers.       The  main  road  skirts  shallow 


Moruya  Cheese  FactojTr 


duction  gives  one  the  impression  that  people  are 
not  getting  anything  near  the  revenue  possible 
from  their  lands.  But,  how  can  we  blame  them 
for  taking  things  easily?  Living  in  an  idyllic 
climate,  softened  by  daily  sea  breezes,  surrounded 
by  sea,  sky,  and  mountains,  Levantine  in  light 
and  colour,  with  fishing,  oystering,  shooting, 
sports,  races,  dancing,  and  amusements  for  con- 
stant attraction;  possessing  an  easy  competence; 
dreading  neither  want  nor  stintage,  owning  their 
buggies,  bikes,  saddle  horses,  motor  cars;  having 
mostly  money  in  the  banks,  and  a  certainty  of 
good  seasons — it  would  be  absurd  to  expect  such 
people  to  live  a  strenuous  life. 

Even  the  sea-gulls  sitting  on  the  fences  in  the 
main  street  look  lazy  and  contented. 


Lake  Coila,  a  haunt  of  wildfowl,  and  runs  on  to 
the  Tuross  River.  This  romantic  river  and 
estuary  empty  into  Tuross  Lake,  an  indented 
and  island-studded  sheet  of  water  where  fisherman 
and  sportsman  forget  fast-flying  hours  in  thrills 
of  constant  kill  and  capture. 

Historic  Bodalla  Estate  is  an  example  of  what 
can  be  effected  on  good  country  by  good  manage- 
ment. It  lies  along  the  Tuross  River,  a  liberal 
freehold  which  has  been  in  the  possession  of  the 
Mort  family  since  the  days  of  the  late  T.  S.  Mort, 
to  whose  memory,  as  a  pioneer  of  industry.  New 
South  Wales  pays  homage.  The  estate  comprises 
50,000  odd  acres.  On  6,000  acres  of  its  im- 
proved areas  about  300  people  find  a  living.  They 
are  well  housed  and  apparently  contented.     Th? 

Jl 
f  I 


THE  LAND  OF  MILK  AND  HONEY 


269 


Narooma  Bivei 


estate  pays  £8,000  a  year  in  wages.  It  is  the  best- 
grassed,  best-stocked,  most  scientifically  conducted 
I  estate,  with  the  exception  perhaps  of  Kameruka, 
bn  the  coast  of  New  South  Wales.  Its  dairy 
products — butter  and  cheese — are  famous.  Its 
general  appearance  is  that  of  a  State  agricultural 
ifarm,  conducted  on  revenue-producing  lines. 
I  There  is  an  accommodation-house  at  Narooma, 
where  the  traveller  can  be  sure  of  a  good  lunch 
with  fresh  oysters  as  an  appetiser. 

The  channel  is  crossed  by  a  punt  near  the 
mouth  of  the  inlet — a  fine  sheet  of  water  that 
widens  out  into  picturesque  reaches  towards  the 
hills.  Mount  Dromedary  stands  out  in  solid 
bulk  in  the  background. 

Strong  tides  pour  in  and  out  of  the  channel; 
rarely  navigated  except  by  timber  steamers,  which 
read  a  careful  passage  to  and  from  the  wharves 
t  the  feet  of  the  mills. 

Good  timber  goes  out  of  Narooma,  which  is 
Iso  famous  for  its  fishing.  It  is  one  of  the  many 
elightful  places  along  this  coast,  where  one  might 
ipend  an  enjoyable  vacation,  forgetting  the  world 
f  care,  detaching  the  good  rock  oyster  from  his 
ative  habitat,  and  filling  one's  fishing  basket  with 
he  spoil  of  rod  and  line. 

Breakers  were  combing  lazily  on  a  golden 
tretch  of  sand;  steep  hills  throwing  their 
eplicas  into  still  depths,  as  we  left  Narooma 
ehind. 
Bordered  by  tree-fern,  myrtle,  dogwood,  pen- 
cil cedar,  and  mountain  musk,  the  winding  road 
went  on.  Wild  tobacco  grew  in  the  bushes  and 
on  the  forest  reserves,  the  trunks  of  the  spotted 
gum  stood  like  pillars  of  white  marble,  orna- 
lljimented  by  dark  arabesques. 

FHr      It  crossed  out  over  a  shoulder  of  the  Drome- 
dary, where  Tilba-Tilba  is  set  in  a  rich  pocket  of 


k 


soil,  and  went  down  over  Wallaga  Lake  through 
Bermagui  and  Baragoot,  and  Cuttagee  and 
Wapengo,  all  salt  inlets,  to  Tathra,  which  is  the 
port  for  Bega  and  its  district. 

At  Tanja  we  turned  and  crossed  Mt.  Doctor 
George,  from  the  summits  of  which  we  looked 
down  and  saw  the  town  of  Bega,  the  capital  city 
of  this  far  South  Coast. 

Bega  lies  on  a  river  of  the  same  name.  With  the 
exception  of  the  alluvial  flats  along  this  river,  the 
district  is  nearly  all  granitic  hills,  getting  higher 
as  they  go  westward  towards  the  Dividing  Chain. 
These  hills  have  been  largely  cleared,  and  make 
excellent  pastures.  They  go  out  through  Candelo 
and  Rocky  Hall,  and  include  some  fine  pastoral 
country  of  which  Nungatta  Station,  near  the 
Victorian  border,  is  perhaps  the  best.  This 
station,  on  an  area  of  eleven  thousand  acres,  has 
carried  2,500  head  of  cattle.  Nungatta  is  well 
watered,  high,  and  grows  good  fattening  grasses. 
This  back  country  is  coming  into  sheep,  and  later 
on  will,  no  doubt,  be  occupied  as  dairy  farms. 

Kameruka  Estate,  a  few  miles  from  Bega,  is  a 
telling  example  of  the  value  of  this  southern 
granitic  country.  All  over  Australia  Kameruka 
is  celebrated. 

Its  fruits,  cheese,  and  dairy  produce  are  of  the 
finest  qualities.  It  is  delightfully  situated  among 
low  rolling  hills,  is  abundantly  watered,  and  has 
been  laid  out  and  improved  on  the  lines  of  the 
best  English  estates. 

Similar  country  around  Bega — suitable  for 
grazing  and  dairying — is  valued  at  £7  to  £10  an 
acre,  whereas  the  alluvial  flats,  devoted  largely 
to  maize-growing,  can  hardly  be  got  for  £60  and 
£70  an  acre.  1  he  average  maize  crop  on  Bega 
flats  is  from  70  to  80  bushels  an  acre;  but,  in 
exceptional  seasons,  this  has  been  increased  to  140 


270 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Benjamin  Boyd's  Old  Home,  Twofold  Bay. 


bushels.  The  annual  net  returns  from  these  maize 
lands  may  be  taken  (19 14)  at  from  £10  to  £12 
an  acre. 

Ultimately  the  "back  country,"  the  rolling 
granite  hills  (such  as  compose  the  major  part  of 
the  Kameruka  Estate)  through  all  this  southern 
part  of  New  South  Wales,  from  Bega  to  the  Vic- 
torian border,  will  be  found  more  productive  on 
actual  expenditure  and  receipts  than  the  naturally 
rich  soils  along  the  river  beds.  Should  an  exten- 
sion of  the  railway  from  Bombala  to  Twofold 
Bay  be  carried  out,  all  these  lands  will  come  within 
the  range  of  closer  settlement. 

The  road  from  the  railway  at  Cooma  comes 
down  to  Bega.  Nowadays  the  South  Coast  and 
the  tablelands  are  linked  up  by  motor  services 
over  various  routes. 

The  trip  from  Cooma  to  Eden  brings  the  tra- 
veller a  practical  example  of  the  fact  that  Aus- 
tralia is  a  land  of  many  good  climates.  He  may 
leave  Cooma  in  a  grey  fog  or  covered  with 
snow,  wrapped  to  the  ears  in  rugs  and  overcoats. 
He  will  still  shiver  at  bleak  Nimmitabel :  but  as 
the  road  falls  through  thickening  forests  towards 
Brown  Mountain,  the  climate  becomes  percep- 
tibly inilder. 

On  the  hunch  of  the  mountain,  all  at  once,  from 
an  elbow  in  the  road,  he  beholds  another  world 
spread  out  beneath  him.  The  South  Coast  is  un- 
rolled like  a  green  scroll  edged  with  blue.  While 
the  cold  mountain  air  is  still  nipping  his  ears,  he 
looks  over  into  a  land  of  summer,  dotted  with 
patches  of  green  sub-tropical  vegetation,  and  fields 
covered  with  waving  maize.  In  another  hour  or 
so  we  find  him  discarding  his  overcoat,  dispensing 
with  his  travelling  rug,  and  talking  pleasantly 
about  surf-bathing. 

He  eats  his  breakfast  chop  beside  a  roaring 
fire,  takes  his  midday  lunch  amid  spring  perfumes 
from  country  gardens,  and  calls  for  cool  drinks 
with  his  dinner  at  night. 


We  bided  overnight  in  Bega  at  the  clean  and 
comfortable  Commercial  Hotel,  where,  true  to 
South  Coast  traditions,  guests  are  treated  like 
friends,  and  feather-beds  are  found  for  favored 
visitors.  Some  critical  writers  have  complained 
that  Australians  lack  polish.  In  this  country 
superficial  manners — which  mean  little — are 
sometimes  neglected;  but  kindliness  and  an  hon- 
est hospitality,  which  is  common  to  all  classes, 
will  be  found  everywhere.  If  the  traveller  is 
prepared  to  "take  things  as  he  finds  them,"  and 
is  not  given  to  aloofness,  he  will  soon  learn  and 
appreciate  the  homely  goodnature  of  the  Bush. 

From  Bega  down  to  Eden  the  coast  road 
changes  pleasantly  from  forest  to  clearing  and 
back  to  forest  again. 

At  Merimbula  there  is  an  old-established  de- 
pot for  the  manufacture  of  maize  flour;  a  little 
roadstead  and  a  wharf  where  coastal  steamers 
are  berthed  twice  a  week. 

The  village  of  Pambula  lies  in  the  margin  of  a 
rich  pocket  of  alluvial  flat,  devoted  mainly  to  the 
growing  of  maize. 

Between  Pambula  Lake  and  Eden  there  are 
many  forest-clad  hills.  Surmounting  the  final 
ridges  the  wide,  blue  waters  of  Twofold  Bay 
come  into  sight,  with  the  township  of  Eden 
perched  on  an  overlooking  hill,  and  Mount  Im- 
lay  standing  high  and  prominent,  some  miles  to 
the  westward.  I 

Eden  is  rich  in  historic  memories  of  the  days 
when  Benjamin  Boyd  attempted  to  establish  a 
whaling  industry  on  a  baronial  basis;  when  the 
white  sails  of  wooden  brigs  and  schooners  awak- 
ened local  interest  as  they  came  and  went,  when 
Sir  Oswald  Brierley  painted  fine  canvases  on  the 
southern  shore  and  old  taverns  re-echoed  the  ! 
songs  of  carousing  sailormen. 

On  the  south  headland  is  the  unfinished  tower 
of  Ben  Boyd's  lighthouse.  On  this  side  of  the  Bay 
still    stands    Sir    Oswald    Brierley's    house,    with 


I 


THE  LAND  OF  MILK  AND  HONEY 


271 


ancient  mulberry  trees  growing  in  front  of  it. 
The  shingles  are  slipping  from  its  high  gable 
roof  these  days,  and  the  plaster  is  falling  from 
the  walls.  Ben  Boyd's  substantial  buildings  are 
suffering  the  same  fate.  For  many  years  they 
have  stood  as  silent  monuments  of  a  fine  failure. 
Ihey  have  helped  to  keep  green  the  memory  of 
old  times,  when  Eden  was  the  great  whaling  depot 
of  the  South  Pacific. 

The  industry  has  never  actually  died  out.  For 
thirty  years  every  season  the  Bay  has  been  the 
scene  of  wonderful  whale  chases,  in  which  the 
"Killers,"  harriers  of  the  seas,  have  played  a  star 
part,  helping  the  local  whalemen  to  corner  and 
kill  their  whales,  and  being  permitted  in  return  to 
tear  out  their  tit-bit,  the  tongue  of  the  whale,  in 
repayment. 

The  Killer  {Orca  gladiator)  is  somewhat  like 
a  huge  porpoise,  with  a  blunt  nose.  It  has  a 
high  dorsal  fin,  a  black  striped  body,  is  15  to  25 
feet  in  length,  and  has  proved  itself  to  be  one  of 
the  most  intelligent  creatures  of  the  living  world. 

The  Twofold  Bay  "pack"  numbers  about 
twenty  Killers  all  told.  During  the  season,  June 
to  October,  this  pack  is  invariably  to  be  found 
about  a  spot  called  "Leather  Jacket,"  just  off  the 
south  headland.  Here  they  apparently  lie  in 
wait  for  whales  coming  up  coast.  The  appear- 
ance of  a  whale  off  the  entrance  to  the  Bay  is  the 
signal  for  a  great  commotion  among  these  Killers, 
who  surround  the  cetacean,  and  endeavour  to 
drive  it  into  the  Bay. 

The  local  whaleboats  put  out  quickly,  and  a 
most  extraordinary  hunt    takes    place,  in    which 


Orca  gladiator  works  the  worried  whale  for  the 
whalemen's  advantage,  just  as  a  pack  of  harriers 
will  drive  a  hare  to  the  gun. 

Nor  do  they  leave  the  quarry  until  the  har- 
pooner's  lance  has  finished  its  deadly  work. 

Eden  whalemen  have  bestowed  fanciful  names 
on  their  finned  assistants,  and  take  good  care  to 
protect  them.  A  most  friendly  relationship  has 
grown  up  between  the  boat  crews  and  the  Killers, 
and  the  hunt  is  carried  out  on  a  joint  organiza- 
tion, which  generally  proves  fatal  to  the  whale. 

A  whale  chase  in  Twofold  Bay  is  a  sight  that 
stirs  the  blood  of  the  lucky  beholder,  and  the 
residents  of  Eden  never  grow  tired  of  the  spec- 
tacle. While  the  chase  is  in  progress  the  business 
of  the  town  remains  at  a  standstill.  Finbacks, 
bumpers,  right  whale,  and  grampus  are  all  caught 
at  Twofold  Bay  in  this  unusual  fashion. 

Eden  of  to-day  is  a  haunt  of  tourists  and  a 
shipping  depot  for  timber  and  wool  and  produce, 
brought  down  tediously  by  teams  from  Monaro 
and  the  adjoining  districts. 

Midway  between  Melbourne  and  Sydney,  this 
fine  harbor,  as  the  terminus  of  a  railway  from 
the  tableland,  should  have  a  future. 

At  Kiah,  Towamba,  Pericoe,  Yambulla,  Nun- 
gatta,  and  Nethercote  there  are  good  farm 
lands;  some  in  settlement  and  some  awaiting  sub- 
division. The  hills  will  grow  splendid  fruit,  and 
though  old  as  Australian  occupation  goes,  the  dis- 
trict is  still  young  in  development. 

On  a  blithe,  windy  morning  we  went  out  to 
Nethercote,  a  belt  of  volcanic  soils  a  few  miles 
from   Eden.      En   route  we   halted   the   German 


At  the  Whaling  Station,  Twofold  Bay 


272 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


waggon  of  one  Adolf  Fourter,  at  the  summit  of 
a  tall,  forested  hill.  Adolf  is  a  fine  example  of  a 
successful  Bavarian  colonist — blue-eyed,  blond- 
bearded,  hearty,  and  cheerful.  With  his  compe- 
tent Australian  wife  and  three  stalwart  sons,  he 
has  cleared  and  cultivated  a  comfortable  farm 
out  of  virgin  forest.  He  holds  a  250-acre  block 
under  conditional  purchase  title.  Twenty-one 
years  ago  he  began,  as  a  young  immigrant,  on 
91  acres.  He  had  a  little  colonial  experience 
and  no  capital.  As  he  cleared  the  heavy  timber, 
he  planted  maize  and  potatoes.  After  a  few 
years  he  began  dairy  farming. 

By  culling  his  little  herd  and  testing  his  milk 
carefully  he  can  make  his  cows  each  return  him 


scope  of  rolling  hillsides,  where  forest  and  farm 
alternate,  is  a  green  garden  of  fertility. 

The  Southern  dairy  farmer  has  been  called 
upon  to  cope  with  the  rabbit,  and  netted  fences 
cross  the  landscape  in  all  directions. 

At  Cobargo,  they  told  us,  the  rabbit  was  prov- 
ing a  blessing  in  disguise,  inasmuch  as  people 
were  learning  that  640  acre  holdings  could  be 
reduced  to  320  acres  and  worked  to  greater  ad- 
vantage. 

For  rabbits,  prickly  pear,  and  other  foreign 
Introductions,  which  become  pests  In  Australia, 
there  is  one  explanation — and  a  remedy.  Rab- 
bits, foxes,  prickly  pear,  spread  because  wide, 
waste  lands  afford  them  unique  opportunities  to 


A  Dairy  Farm  at  Nethercote 


as  much  as  £2/3/9  monthly  per  annum.  He 
nets  nowadays  a  living  of  £300  a  year,  and  re- 
gards Australia  as  a  good  country. 

Nethercote  soil  averages  40  to  50  bushels  of 
maize  to  the  acre.  In  good  years  the  crops  go 
up  to  90  bushels.  Its  farming  population  seems 
exceptionally  contented. 

We  turned  northward  by  inland  roads;  climb- 
ing over  the  hills  that  lie  between  Pambula  and 
Wyndham,  and  crossing  Myrtle  Mountain,  en 
route  to  Candelo. 

Traversing  a  short  belt  of  red  volcanic  country, 
yet  virgin  to  settlement,  we  beheld,  from  the  sum- 
mit of  this  mountain,  one  of  the  finest  panoramic 
views  in  the  State  of  New  South  Wales. 

Kameruka  lay  beneath  us,  with  Its  boundaries 
of  dark  pines,  and  the  pretty  little  town  of  Can- 
delo at  the  head  of  the  Bega  River.  Candelo  is 
famed  for   feminine  beauty.      In  spring  all  this 


increase  and  multiply.  Closer  settlement  formsj 
the  one  effective  check  to  these  evils,  simple  andl 
commonplace  enough  in  their  origins,  but  taking! 
on  complex  and  singular  aspects  from  the  very! 
nature  of  local  circumstance. 

In  occupied  countries  some  of  our  worst  curses 
are  cultivated  as  blessings.  We  hear  that  the 
French  peasant  breeds  his  rabbits  as  an  agree- 
able addition  to  the  bill  of  fare;  that  the  Ameri- 
can agriculturist  grows  prickly  pear  for  fodder; 
that  the  English  sportsman  preserves  his  fox. 
In  Australia  we  poison  our  rabbits  with  phosphor- 
ised  pollard;  employ  noxious  gases  to  extermin- 
ate prickly  pear,  and — although  a  sporting  people  1 
— shoot  foxes  without  a  qualm. 

It  is  true  that  frozen  rabbits  are  exported 
in  large  quantities.  New  South  Wales  sent  out, 
roughly,  seven  million  pairs  of  rabbits  and  hares 
in     1 9 13,   and   nearly   five   million   lbs.   of  pelts. 


THE  LAND  OF  MILK  AND  HONHY 


273 


Prickly  pear  is  being  turned  to  some  account,  and 
the  English  fox  skin  has  become  an  article 
of  commerce — but  the  Australian  settler  has  not 
yet  learned  to  look  upon  these  things  as  valuable 
national  assets,  nor  is  he  to  be  greatly  blamed  on 
that   account. 

From  Cobargo,  back  through  Wagonga  and 
Furobodalla,  and  across  the  Bodalla  Estate  again 
from  west  to  east,  was  a  lovely  afternoon's  run. 
'  )n  this  track  we  headed  Narooma  Inlet  and  tra- 
\crsed  some  fine  spotted  gum  forests  and  part- 
ially cleared  farming  lands. 

Between  Bateman's  Bay  and  Milton  next  day 
we  again  took  a  westerly  route,  which  brought 
us  over  Termed  Mountain,  where  we  inspected 
the  locally  famous  "water  trees." 

rhese  twin  trees  act  as  a  reservoir  for  a  sup- 
ply of  clear,  cool  water,  from  which  the  thirsty 
traveller  may  procure  a  refreshing  drink,  no  mat- 
ter how  dry  the  season.  The  butt  of  one  tree  is 
hollow.  A  hole  has  been  cut  in  big  enough  to 
admit  a  swagman's  billy-can.  All  sorts  of  mys- 
terious bush  explanations  are  given  for  this  little 
natural  phenomenon,  which  do  not  affect  way- 
farers with  local  knowledge,  who  find  the  trees  bv 
the  roadside  a  pleasant  place  of  shade  and  water 
on  a  hot  day. 

Late  that  night  our  pleasant  pilgrimage  with 
Forester  O.  L.  Harrison  finished  at  Nowra.  But 
for  evermore  in  joyous  recollection  we  will  see 
that  long,  lovely  coastland,  dreaming  lazily  be- 
tween Shoalhaven  River  and  Twofold  Bay. 
Lake  and  inlet,  river  and  mountain,  blue  skies, 
blue  seas,  blue  hills,  waving  palm  trees,  glorious 
forests,  green  meadows,  whitewashed  dairies, 
winding  roads  and  all  the  happy  incidents  of 
travel  and  adventure  through  a  romantic  and 
beautiful  country  will  make  mental  pictures, 
whereon  we  can  look  with  unwearying  delight. 


White  Apple  Tree 


The  white  bridge  across  the  river  at  Towam- 
ba,  the  granite  hills  of  Pericoe  on  which  dark  rain 
clouds  are  gathering,  Nungatta  homestead  with 
its  background  of  hills,  tBe  road  from  Pambula 
to  Wyndham  winding  through  the  gorges,  the 
lookdown  from  Myrtle  Mountain,  the  spindrift 
on  the  ocean  beach  at  Narooma — these  things 
are  not  easily  forgotten;  nor  are  the  cool  sea  winds 
coming  shoreward  in  the  afternoons,  nor  the 
sparkle  of  the  waters,  nor  all  the  light  and  color 
and  contour  and  foliage  of  a  land  forever  fav- 
ored by  the  winds  and  sun. 


Main  Street,  Milton 


cm 


tm 

3 

a 


S 


09 


274 


(275) 


Burrinjiick  Dam,   in  Course  of  Erection    (Down-stream  Face) 


IRRIGATION  AND  THE  RIVERINA. 


-      /-A      Thomases,     where     machine-made    critics 
spent  their  leisure  time  in  predicting  the 
faihire  of  each  fresh  enterprise. 

Some     years     ago     the    N.S.W.    Government 
j   decided  that  it  would  link  up  Coonamble  in  the 
t    North-West  with  Dubbo,  by  railway — 90  miles. 
One  remembers  the  violent  opposition  to  this 
line.    The  author  of  this  book,  driving  a  caravan 
across    from    Dubbo    to    Narrabri,  en  route  to 
Northern  Queensland,  in   1899 — met  many  dole- 
ful prophets,  who  proved,  to  their  own  satisfac- 
tion, what  an  utter  failure  the  North-West  line 
IHKs  going  to  be. 
^PLooking    up    railway    returns    for    the    State 
recently,  he  found  with  no  surprise  that  the  90 
miles  has  been  paying  £20,000  a  year  after  the 
first  year  of  its  construction  ! 
IH|So  with  the  Murrumbidgee  Irrigation  Scheme. 
T)espite   all   predictions    of     failure,     this    great 
national  work  promises  to  be  one  of  Australia's 
biggest  successes. 

These  engineering  works  represent  the  second 
greatest  artificial  storage  in  the  world — being 
only  a  little  behind  the  Assouan  Dam. 

T  he  site  chosen  for  the  erection  of  the  retaining 
wall  was  at  Burrinjuck,  on  the  Murrumbidgee 
River,  forty  miles  from  Canberra. 


Here  the  river  enters  a  deep  and  narrow  gorge. 
By  damming  this  gorge  with  a  wall  of  cyclopean 
concrete,  the  engineers  were  able  to  throw  back 
the  flow  of  the  river  into  an  enormous  natural 
basin,  capable  of  containing  more  water  than 
Sydney  Harbor. 

The  wall  of  this  colossal  dam  is  236  feet  high 
and  752  feet  long.  It  has  absorbed  over  60,000 
tons  of  cement.  Five  thousand  square  miles  of 
catchment  area  spread  behind  it.  The  actual 
irrigation  area  is  located  a  long  day's  journey 
down  stream.  The  farms  receive  the  water  as 
it  is  required. 

The  Murrumbidgee  Irrigation  Scheme  has  been 
expensive,  but  it  has  established  a  national  asset 
of  ever-increasing  value.  The  original  estimated 
cost  was  £1,169,008;  but  this  will  be  greatly 
exceeded. 

The  irrigable  district,  220  miles  from  the 
Burrinjuck  Reservoir,  extends  on  the  north  side 
of  the  Murrumbidgee  River,  from  Narrandera  to 
Gunbar,  a  distance  of  130  miles.  It  contains  a 
territory  of  358,000  acres.  Of  this  196,000  acres 
have  been  classed  as  first-class  land. 

The  area  will  carry  at  least  3,580  homesteads, 
on  a  basis  of  100  acres  to  a  holding. 

It  is  difficult  to  estimate  what  the  total  popula- 
tion of  the  new  province  will  be  in  another  ten 


k 


276 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


years.  If,  on  11,000  acres  of  irrigated  land  at 
Mildura,  over  5,000  people  are  doing  well,  the 
Murrumbidgee  Irrigation  Scheme  should  ulti- 
mately support  as  many  as  two  hundred  thousand. 
Already  it  has  a  population  of  5,000,  and  not 
one-tenth  of  the  scheme  has  been  dealt  with.  The 
latest  official  report  of  Yanco  and  Mirrool  sec- 
tions— the  first  to  be  thrown  open — is  inspiring. 
"  At  the  beginning  of  the  year,"  says  the 
official  report  to  the  Ministry,  "  approximately 
330  farms  had  been  taken  up  on  the  Yanco  and 
Mirrool  areas. 


to  the  growth  of  vegetables,  tobacco,  and  other 
annual  crops. 

"Not  only  have  the  farms  taken  up  in  the  initial 
stages  of  the  settlement  been  brought  into  pro- 
duction, but  during  the  year  an  additional  225 
farms,  with  an  area  aggregating  upwards  of 
10,000  acres,  have  been  allotted,  and  in  the  ma- 
jority of  cases  brought  into  full  use.  The  setders 
as  a  whole  have  displayed  the  utmost  energy  in 
the  development  of  their  farms,  and  they  are  to 
be  congratulated  on  the  results  achieved.  These 
remarks  apply  equally  as  well  to  the  Mirrool  end 


Burrlnjuck  Dam.  Almost  Completed   (Up-stream  Face) 


"Most  of  these  were  at  Yanco,  the  Mirrool 
area  having  just  been  opened.  Many  of  these 
farms  had  been  taken  up  only  in  name,  the  settlers 
were  not  in  occupation,  and  on  many  holdings 
clearing  operations  had  not  even  been  commenced. 
Except  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Leeton,  there 
was  little  to  show  that  any  attempt  at  closer 
settlement  on  a  large  scale  had  actually  taken 
place.  Now,  however,  conditions  are  entirely 
different. 

"From  Yanco  station  northwards  for  a  distance 
of  12  or  15  miles  on  either  side  of  the  road,  there 
is  a  succession  of  closely-settled  holdings,  varying 
in  area  from  two  to  50  acres.  Many  of  these 
have  been  planted  with  fruit  trees  and  vines; 
others  again,  have  just  yielded  to  their  holders 
very  successful  hay  crops;  while  still  others  have 
been  put  down  with  lucerne  or  are  being  devoted 


of  the  scheme  as  to  the  much  larger  settlement  at 
Yanco.  The  first  subdivision  of  the  Mirrool  area 
included  about  89  farms.  Almost  the  whole  of 
these  have  been  taken  up,  cleared,  and  cultivated, 
with  the  result  that  the  Mirrool  settlement  on  a 
small  scale  is  a  replica  of  the  country  around 
Leeton.  The  total  number  of  farms  allotted 
during  the  year  is  560. 

"One  hundred  and  fifty  additional  farms  have 
been  made  available  for  settlement,  and  these 
will  be  thrown  open  early  in  the  new  year,  and 
there  will  be  additional  areas  from  time  to 
time. 

"Generally  speaking,  settlers  may  be  divided 
into  three  classes: — (i)  orchardists;  (2)  dairy 
farmers;  (3)  mixed  farmers.  Everything  points 
to  success  in  the  whole  of  the  three  branches  of 
intense  culture.     The  results  obtained   from 


es  01  I 
1  the  I 

M 


IKKIGATIOxN    AND    THli    RIVERINA 


277 


An  Apricot  Tree,  Yanco 


rrees  planted  at  the  experimental  farm  have  been 
:xtremely  satisfactory,  and  as  the  farm  was  estab- 
ished  on  some  of  the  poorest  land  in  the  settle- 
nent,  it  is  only  to  be  expected  that  settlers  on 
higher-class  country  will  produce  even  better  fruit 
— fine  as  the  fruit  produced  at  the  farm  has  un- 
Joiihtedly  been. 

"With  regard  to  dairying,  the  results  obtained 
so  far  have  been  eminently  satisfactory. 

"Expert  opinion  is  unanimous  on  the  point  that 
^  anco  offers  splendid  opportunities  to  the  dairy 
farmer.  Settlers  are  rapidly  recognising  this  fact. 
Before  the  local  factory  was  opened  cream  suffi- 
cient to  produce  600  lb.  of  butter  per  week  was 
being  sent  from  the  areas  to  the  Hay  Butter  Fac- 
tory. The  cream  suppliers  to  the  local  factory 
number  60,  and  the  output  amounts  to  approxi- 
mately 3,500  lb.  per  week.  The  quality  of  the 
butter  produced  is  first  class,  and  no  difficulty  has 
been  found  in  disposing  of  it  at  top  market  rates." 

Co-operative  canning  plants,  to  deal  with  the 
surplus  crops  of  vegetables  are  being  installed, 
and  co-operative  fruit-preserving  plants  will  also 
be  a  future  development. 

For  the  guidance  of  intending  settlers,  official 
information  concerning  terms  and  conditions  will 
be  found  in  the  appendix  of  this  volume. 

New  South  Wales  is  naturally  anxious  that 
Murrumbidgee  settlers  should  succeed,  not  only 
for  themselves  and  for  the  sake  of  the  scheme, 
but  in  order  that  the  benefits  of  irrigation  may  be 
demonstrated  beyond   all   doubt.      Nowhere   can 


there  be  found  a  more  interesting  settlement.  The 
resources  of  modern  science  have  been  freely 
called  up  to  achieve  the  maximum  of  result.  The 
engineer  has  been  given  a  free  hand,  and  the 
artificer  is  nowhere  stinted. 

As  a  result,  things  have  been  made  possible  in 
a  space  of  time  which  the  pioneers  of  the  last 
generation  could  never  have  imagined. 

The  author  saw  the  beginning  of  this  settle- 
ment in  August,  1 9 10.  The  State  Experimental 
Farm  was  then  the  only  area  planted.  In  May, 
1913,  he  re-visited  it  and  found  profitable  agri- 
culture firmly  established,  villages  where  there 
had  been  solitudes,  prosperity  and  progress 
already  in  being.  As  a  sheep-raising  proposition 
the  annual  revenue  of  Yanco  might  have  been  los. 
to  15s.  an  acre  in  good  seasons;  but  now  these 
red  soils  will  bring  forty,  fifty  times  that  return 
to  the  irrigationist. 

In  May,  1913,  there  was  hardly  a  railway 
station  in  the  south-western  radius  where  one 
might  not  see  huge  stacks  of  wheat  awaiting  trans- 
port. Old  fields  were  green  with  self-sown  wheat. 
In  the  new  fields,  stubble  and  sheep,  and  disc 
ploughs  at  work  told  of  a  thriving  industry.  But 
the  production  of  wheat  lands  will  never  be  as 
great  as  that  of  irrigation  areas.  The  ^o-acre 
farmers  are  the  men  of  the  future  in  Australia. 
They  will  be  as  independent  as  the  old  sheep- 
barons,  even  if  their  incomes  caimot  be  so  high — 
and  they  will  not  envy  the  1,500-acre  men  on 
their  grain-growing  mixed-farming  sections. 


278 


IRRIGATION   AND   THE    RIVERINA 


279 


The  actual  life  and  growth  of  this  settlement 
in  the  making  is  good  to  watch.  You  go  down  to 
Leeton  and  put  up  at  a  well-patronised  boarding- 
house,  where  a  crowd  of  young  engineers  and 
Government  officials  of  all  ages  and  ranks  come 
regularly  to  "  chop." 

Many  of  them  dwell  in  the  canvas  town 
waiting,  like  some  of  the  settlers,  for  houses 
which  are  yet  in  the  building.  Material  and  labour 
can  hardly  be  got  through  quickly  enough  to  meet 
the  demand  for  construction.  Bustle  and  business 
are  in  the  atmosphere  of  the  place. 

Awaiting  permanent  quarters,  this  section  of 
the  population  makes  itself  very  comfortable 
under  calico  or  canvas.  The  settlement  is  attract- 
ing a  good  class  of  people,  with  intellectual  and 
social  instincts. 

While  the  Avork  of  ditching  and  grading,  sub- 
dividing, fencing,  and  house  building  is  going  on, 
social  and  municipal  organisation  are  also 
evolving.  Being,  in  a  sense,  a  huge  co-operative 
family,  the  irrigationists  are  friendly  and  helpful 
to  one  another. 

The  new  colony  on  the  Murrumbidgee  is  an 
ideal  place  for  the  man  who  would  live  the  healthi- 
est of  lives,  amidst  the  happiest  of  surroundings, 
and  is  satisfied  with  a  comfortable  income,  which 
can  be  supplemented  in  many  ways. 

A  tour  of  inspection  around  Leeton  to-day 
leaves  the  visitor  with  a  conviction  that  he  has 
seen  a  district  where  success  is  written  in  letters 
of  green  and  gold  at  every  turn.  He  finds  the 
most  up-to-date  butter  factory  in  Australia ;  he 
sees  on  the  State  Demonstration  Farm  a  hundred 
examples  of  profitable  production,  by  which 
settlers  may  be  guided.  Along  the  main  canal, 
which  three  years  ago  was  no  more  than  a  huge 
ditch  newly  cut  through  \'irgin  country,  he  will  see 
maize,  melons,  pumpkins,  lucerne,  and  behold 
young  fields  in  the  first  flush  of  agricultural 
motherhood,  new  dwellings,  new  gardens,  and 
hopeful  new  residents. 

He  will  see  the  beginnings  of  ostrich  farms, 
dairy  farms,  orchards,  vineyards,  all  the  signs  of 
intensive  culture  and  close  occupation,  where  a 
few  years  ago  there  were  only  long  lines  of  wire 
fences  and  a  few  scattered  sheep. 

It  was  worth  while,  for  this  result,  that  the 
Great  Dam,  200  miles  away,  was  slowly  raised 
as  an  eternal  monument  to  the  foresight  and  pub- 
lic enterprise  of  a  young  State.  It  took  six 
hundred  thousand  tons  of  material  and  sixty  thou- 
sand tons  of  cement  to  weld  Burrinjuck  Moun- 
tain to  Black  Andrew,  and  to  create  that  titanic 
cup  which  holds  33,630  million  cubic  feet  of 
water  that  will  keep  perennially  green  this 
national  garden  and  extend  its  boundaries  year 
by  year. 


In  this  garden  of  five  thousand  plots,  fodder 
enough  can  henceforth  be  grown  to  supply  the 
surrounding  pastoral  districts,  if  necessary.  There 
will  be  no  more  drought  on  the  area,  and  no  more 
shortage  in  the  country  round  about  it.  Most 
valuable  of  all,  a  populous  centre  of  settlement 
has  been  created  in  the  heart  of  the  West! 


Irrigation  at  Yanco 


New  South  Wales  meditates  the  construction 
of  other  storages  for  the  purposes  of  irrigation: 
at  Wyangala  on  the  Lachlan  River,  and  Cam- 
beroona  on  the  Murray;  on  the  Upper  Hunter, 
the  Warragamba,  the  Macquarie,  and  at  Lake 
Menindie  on  the  Darling. 

The  financial  aspect  of  the  irrigation  policy 
includes  the  creation  of  a  sinking  fund  and  the 
meeting  of  any  accumulated  deficiencies  on  ac- 
count of  maintenance  and  interest  that  may  occur 
during  the  early  years  of  working.  In  regard  to 
the  Murrumbidgee  scheme,  it  is  provided  that  the 
whole  cost  of  the  works,  both  storage  and 
channels,  shall  be  wiped  out  in  a  hundred  years. 

The  Government  can  do  this,  and  still  afford 
its  settlers  all  the  water  they  require  for  purposes 
of  irrigation,  at  a  lower  rate  than  that  charged  in 
any  other  irrigation  settlement  in  the  world. 


28o 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  original  \^'arragamba  River  scheme  in- 
cludes the  construction  of  a  storage  dam  to  retain 
a  volume  of  103,800  million  gallons  of  water. 
This  would  give  Sydney  a  supplementary  daily 
domestic  supply  of  80  million  gallons,  and  leave 
80  million  gallons  daily  for  irrigating  lands  along 
the  banks  of  the  Nepean  River  and  South  Creek. 

The  introduction  of  intensive  agriculture  into 
a  country  where  agriculturists  have  been  used  to 
large  areas  and  depended  on  Nature  alone,  has 
not  been  accomplished  without  opposition  and 
doubt.  But  New  South  Wales  has  ever  exhibited 
a  thoroughness  about  her  public  enterprise.  Con- 
fident of  her  enormous  resources,  she  builds  solidly 
and  fearlessly.  In  launching  her  irrigation  policy, 
after  much  premeditation,  she  determined  that 
she  would  begin  with  a  scheme  on  a  parallel  with 
the  great  Assouan  dam.  The  State  has  now  prac- 
tically completed  its  works  at  Burrinjuck  and  on 
the  Murrumbidgee,  and  will  probably  await  the 
sequel  of  experience  before  undertaking  another 
scheme  of  the  same  magnitude.  Meanwhile  there 
is  room  for  many  smaller  irrigation  schemes  with- 
in the  borders  of  the  Mother  State.  The  next 
decade  will  doubtless  see  a  great  advance  in 
irrigation  throughout  New  South  Wales. 

The  Murrumbidgee  Scheme  may  ultimately  be 
extended  to  Hay.  Between  Whitton  and  Hay, 
the  railway  line  runs  through  typical  Riverina 
plains,  giving,  under  present  conditions,  good  re- 
turns from  sheep.  Wheat-growing  is  extending, 
and  one  near  day  all  that  vast  prairie,  from 
Carrathool  on  the  Murrumbidgee  to  Hillston  on 
the  Lachlan,  will  doubtless  come  under  the  plough. 
With  a  rapid  extension  of  dry  farming,  the  estab- 
lishment of  the  Murrumbidgee  Irrigation  Colony, 
and  necessary  railway  building,  Riverina  is  coming 
into  her  own. 

And  what  an  Eldorado  it  is!  He  who  has  not 
seen  the  Riverina  in  good  season,  has  never 
known  how  wondrous  fertile,  kind  and  fair  our 
Australian  Motherland  can  be.  Her  face  is 
beautiful  in  many  moods,  but  Riverina  is  the 
maternal  smile  upon  her  mouth. 

From  Cowra  to  Balranald,  from  Jerilderie  to 
Maude,  our  Southern  Sultana,  spreads  one  vast 
carpet  of  emerald,  broidered  with  flowers.  Spring 
dances  her  sarabands  across  it  for  hundreds  of 
melodious  miles.  The  early  winds  of  summer 
ruffle  its  grassy  seas  into  undulating  billows;  but, 
instead  of  the  lonesome  albatross,  cutting  cold 
crests  with  down-pointing  wing-tips,  the  speckled 
shell  parrot  and  the  pink  galah  match  their 
colours  with  its  painted  flowers. 

Life,  the  life  of  the  plains,  is  everywhere.  The 
lagoons  are  covered  with  wildfowl,  plump  black 
duck,  with  iridescent  wing-feathers,  noisy  teal, 
swift-flying  widgeon,  whistling  duck,  and  other 
species.     White-breasted  pelicans,  reminding  one 


of  Dutch  fishing-smacks,  drift  to  and  fro;  graceful 
black  swans,  with  arched  necks,  scarlet  beaks,  and 
impudent  eyes,  move  through  the  water-weeds 
like  Venetian  gondolas. 

Cormorants,  snake-necked,  sharp-beaked,  evil- 
smelling  and  predatory,  watch  on  shoreward 
snags  for  their  meal  of  fish. 

Along  the  edges  mottled  wood-duck  sleep  with 
brown  heads  tucked  under  their  wings.  White, 
black  and  white,  and  straw-coloured  ibis  make 
Egyptian  borders  to  an  Australian  picture,  as  they 
stalk  along  the  marshy  margins,  pausing  every 
now  and  then  to  pick  up  an  insect  with  sickle- 
shaped  beaks. 

Flock  plover  and  spurwing,  jack-snipe  and  sandJ 
piper,  white  and  blue  cranes,  spoonbills,  egretsj 
divers,  redbills,  coots,  water-hens,  play  and  feec 
upon  the  surface,  or  around  the  margins. 

From  cypress-pines  come  the  calls  of  top-knot 
pigeon,  and  turtle  dove. 

Brolgas,  mostly  in  pairs,  but,  at  sunrise  in 
dancing  parties  of  twenty  or  thirty,  walk  with 
stately  strides  across  the  plain.  Grey  bustards, 
taking  flight  before  foot  travellers,  but  easily 
approachable  by  horsemen  or  vehicles,  move  with 
backward-turning  heads  through  the  long  grass. 
Awkward-looking  emus  cover  the  distance  with 
long  stilt-like  strides.  The  agile  kangaroo  hops 
gracefully  here  and  there,  sitting  up  and  listening 
between  feeding  whiles. 

Flocks  of  galahs  and  crested  cockatoos,  and 
flights  of  gorgeously-coloured  parrots,  all  add 
colour  and  animation  to  a  scene  which  makes  an 
equal  appeal  to  artist  or  sportsman. 

In  good  season  the  Riverina  is  beautiful  and 
benign,  abounding  in  fish  and  game.  It  grows  the 
finest  of  wool.  All  fruits  and  flowers  flourish  on 
Its  wide  domains.  It  produces  the  best  of  mutton 
and  the  fattest  of  beef;  the  manliest  of  men,  the 
sweetest  of  women.  In  good  season  it  Is  a  dream- 
land, a  lotus-eater's  heaven,  a  paradise  on  earth. 

The  galvanised  roofs  of  Its  stations  standing 
miles  apart  among  their  gardens,  red  level  coach- 
roads;  winding  rivers  meandering  along  under 
drooping  branches  of  shady  trees;  wire  fences  that 
seem  to  run  to  infinity;  rotund  sheep,  young  un- 
broken horses,  wooden  houses  with  red-raddle 
fire-places,  kerosene  lamps,  fly-proof  doors, 
Austrian  chairs,  bullock  teams  and  motor  cars; 
grey  myall  trees,  pointed  pines  growing  in 
dignified  regularity,  as  if  they  had  been  planted 
and  pruned,  yarran,  boree,  golden  wattle,  muddy' 
blllabongs,  low  hills  clothed  with  stunted  mallee, 
long  plains,  covered  with  salt-bush;  wide  plains 
carpeted  with  grass  and  wlldflowers;  soft  winds 
perfectly  blue  skies  and  exhilarating  sunlight — 
that  is  Riverina  in  spring.  i 

There   is   an   atmosphere   of   easy-going  pros-- 
perity  about  Riverina  towns.  The  pleasant,  broad 


IRRIGATION    AND   THE    RIVERINA 


281 


streets  of  Hay  planted  with  kurrajong  and  pepper  The  tables  were  decorated  entirely  with  roses 

trees;  the  avenues  of  gums  in  which   Balranald  grown  in  the  town.     It  would  have  been  difficult 

takes  its  pride;  these  make  pictures  different  from  to   select   such   a   display   from   the   best   Horists' 

those   which   have   been   painted   by   imaginative  garden  in  Sydney,  which  prides  itself  on  its  roses, 

writers  about  towns  "out  back."  The  "wild  and  woolly  West"  was  represented 

Hay  was  once  a  port  for  all  the  western  wool  by  a  decorous  assemblage  of  well-groomed  towns- 

as  far  as  Bourke,  but  the  opening  of  new  rail-  men  in  evening  dress.    The  menu  was  innocent  of 


Dairy  Cows  on  Natural'  Pasture,  Murrumbidgee 


ways  has  taken  much  of  its  river-transport  away. 
Still  the  whistles  of  river  steamboats  are  heard 
along  the  red-gum  reaches  of  the  Lower  Murrum- 
bidgee, and  the  chug  of  paddle-wheels  awakes  the 
echoes  of  its  bends.  There  are  3,200  miles  of 
navigable  river-waters  in  Riverina. 

Hay,  like  all  the  Western  towns,  is  a  most 
hospitable  place  where  they  kill  the  fatted  turkey 
on  slightest  provocation.  Once  the  author  thought 
of  Hay  as  a  singularly  hot  and  uncomfortable 
place,  unbeautiful  and  distressing  to  a  degree. 

He  arrived  at  Hay  wearing  a  heavy  overcoat. 
After  a  hot  bath,  in  a  very  fine  hotel,  he  was 
ushered  into  a  spacious,  electric-lit  dining  hall, 
where  a  banquet  had  been  laid  for  the  visiting 
Minister  and  his  party. 


traditional  corned  beef  or  boiled  mutton;  but  as 
a  menu  it  remains  in  middle-aged  memory — 
another  pleasant  recollection  of  the  "western 
desert." 

The  desert  which  can  colour  roses  and  brown 
turkeys  with  such  infinite  success  should  make 
very  pleasant  hiding-places  for  those  who  call 
them  "  home." 

At  the  conclusion  of  our  elaborate  meal  a 
group  of  us  sat  around  a  warm  log  fire  and  talked 
of  Australia's  future.  There  were  some  educated 
and  intelligent  local  young  men  in  the  circle. 
Their  views  on  the  future  of  the  West  would 
have  astounded  some  metropolitan  "  Writers  of 
the  Bush."  To  them  there  was  no  longer  any 
problem ;  but  a  certainty  which  would  be  realised 


b 


282 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


by  increased  population.  Dry  farming  had  been 
proved,  irrigation  had  been  proved,  wool-growing 
had  been  proved — there  was  nothing  to  doubt 
and  nothing  to  dread;  all  they  wanted  was  trans- 
port and  the  right  kind  of  settler;  the  land  would 
do  the  rest. 

They  believed  in  their  country,  because  they 
knew  how  good  it  was.  The  ridiculous  West  of 
the  story-teller  moved  them  to  mirth.  When 
somebody  said,  "  Hay,  Hell,  and  Booligal,"  the 
outside  world  had  been  inclined  to  accept  it  as  a 
statement  of  fact.  The  gorgeous  roses  of  Hay 
put  forth  their  fragrance  in  denial.  Down  at 
Booligal  they  said  the  roses  were  even  better.  If 
so,  Booligal  must  be  a  veritable  Vale  of 
Cashmere. 

From  Hay  to  Balranald  spread  the  mighty 
plains,  beautified  with  blue  bush  and  pearl  bush, 
needlewood,  wilga,  and  pine.  They  are  com- 
posed of  black  soils  and  red  soils,  as  fertile  as 
anything  on  earth.  For  every  acre  of  their  sur- 
face there  could  be  found  a  use.  They  contain 
the  potentialities  of  five  hundred  thousand  years 
of  fallow;  their  virgin  breasts  are  yearning  to 
suckle  thousands  of  farms. 


The  'Old  Man'  salt-bush,  perennial,  succulent, 
dots  the  level  distances  with  its  silver  clumps. 
Miles  of  plain  are  covered  by  annual  salt-bush — 
one  of  our  most  valuable  Australian  fodder  plants. 
Samphire  flats  and  red  sandy  ridges,  beloved  of 
the  cypress  pine,  patches  of  mallee,  all  these  give 
the  landscape  variety.  To  the  man  with  eyes  and  a 
soul  there  is  no  monotony  in  these  magnificent, 
fertile  distances. 

Between  Balranald  and  Euston — close  to  the 
latter  township — is  Lake  Benanee,  a  splendid 
natural  reservoir — of  Aeolian  formation — which 
is  to  be  used  as  a  storage  for  an  irrigation  scheme. 
The  projection  of  a  Victorian-built  railway 
through  this  district,  and  the  carrying  out  of  this 
scheme,  and  a  similar  one  at  Gol  Gol,  would  bring 
much  fine  agricultural  land  into  occupation.  If 
I  were  asked  to  prophesy  which  part  of  New 
South  Wales  will  be  most  densely  populated  in 
another  forty  or  fifty  years,  I  should  say  the 
western  river  belts.  At  least  they  should  carry 
the  largest  rural  population  and  give  the  highest 
agricultural  returns. 


The  Beginnings  of  an  Ostrich  Farm  at  Yanco. 


(283) 


Boad  and  Biver. 


THE  FUTURE. 


WE  have  glanced  over  some  possibilities  of 
the  Western  Division  along  the  Darling. 
We  have  stood  at  either  end  of  a  river 
which  falls  six  inches  to  the  mile  in  1,200  miles. 

At  Wentworth  irrigation  area  we  saw  SUC- 
CESS written  in  large  letters.  Four  hundred 
miles  higher  up  the  river  we  saw  SUCCESS 
written  at  Pera  Bore  and  the  Oriental  Garden. 

Between  these  two  demonstrations  lie  the 
station  gardens,  the  woolsheds — and  all  the  yet 
unexploited  offerings  of  a  rich,  undeveloped 
country. 

Pessimists  may  argue  against  the  future,  and  as 
long  as  the  Man  of  Faith  has  no  data  to  offer  in 
contradiction,  the  Pessimist  may  prevail.  But 
once  you  establish  a  scientific  fact — it  stands. 

At  Wentworth  and  Bourke  we  have  the  estab- 
lished fact  that  irrigation  in  Australia  is  a  payable 
proposition.  Anywhere,  everywhere,  along  400 
miles  of  road  between  these  points,  this  fact  can 
be  repeated  over  and  over  again. 

The  area  which  it  is  possible  to  irrigate  is 
ultimately  determined  by  the  amount  of  necessary 
water  available — and  that  is  a  matter  for  the 
engineers  of  the  future. 

The  Commissioner  for  Irrigation  to-day  says  a 
quarter  of  a  million  acres,  enough  to  support  25 
Milduras,  with  an  aggregate  population  of  two 


hundred  thousand.  That  in  itself  would  be  a 
fine  thing.  It  would  one  day  be  worth  25  mil- 
lions of  money  annually  to  the  Mother  State.  But 
settlement  of  the  Western  Division  does  not  stop 
at  the  Darling.  There  are  other  potentialities, 
latent  yet,  but  certain  to  develop  later  on. 

The  normal  carrying  capacity  for  the  Western 
Division  in  sheep  is  set  dowh  officially  at  from  7 
to  73  millions  over  its  whole  area  of  83  million 
acres,  or  about  one  sheep  to  12  acres.  The  nett 
annual  revenue  from  sheep  might  be  at  the  out- 
side five  shillings  a  head.  Twenty-five  irriga- 
tion settlements  (another  chapter  will  tell  us  what 
happened  at  Mildura)  would  add  a  revenue  of 
many  millions  greater  than  the  whole  Division  can 
give  from  wool — and  these  25  settlements,  on 
the  basis  of  Mildura,  would  occupy  only  a  quarter 
of  a  million  acres!  The  area  of  Dunlop  Station 
alone  is  nearly  four  times  that. 

Now  in  one  of  their  reports,  we  have  the 
Western  Lands  Commissioners,  Messrs.  C.  J. 
McMaster  and  Hugh  Langwell — both  know- 
ledgeable men — complaining  that  they  have  about 
360,850  acres  of  Mallee  lands  on  their  hands,  "a 
"large  proportion  of  which,  although  of  little 
"value  for  grazing  purposes,  is,  with  improved 
"methods  of  cultivation  and  the  adoption  of  dry- 
"farming  processes,   capable   of   conversion  into 


b 


!84 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


"agricultural  areas  for  which  there  is  an  existing 
"and  growing  demand." 

It  is  all  singularly  Australian! 

Here  we  have  two  earnest  Commissioners 
almost  tearfully  telling  the  Minister  of  the  day 
that  they  have  nearly  half  a  million  acres  of 
beautiful  country  which  they  want  to  get  rid  of. 

In  a  few  years,  as  wheat  lands,  if  the  story  of 
Pinnaroo  is  repeated,  it  will  be  worth  ten  pounds 
an  acre. 


When  this  particular  belt  of  Mallee  is  given 
communication,  it  will  be  found,  if  the  writer's 
experience  is  not  at  fault,  among  the  most  profit- 
able land  in  New  South  Wales. 

At  Gol  Gol,  opposite  Mildura,  there  are  about 
132,000  acres  of  vacant  Crown  lands  with  a 
frontage  to  the  Murray  which  can  be  developed 
as  an  irrigation  settlement  at  a  comparatively 
small  cost.  These  lands  are  superior  in  quality 
to  Mildura. 


^^^9-^:^7"^ 


'l^'^^'^p^f^n-- 


*^v. 


Raymond  Terrace  Viticultural  Station 


The  Mallee  is  no  good — or  rather  in  Nature's 
scheme,  too  good — for  grazing;  consequently  this 
parcel  of  wheat  lands,  worth  a  prospective  three 
million  pounds  at  least,  goes  begging  for  lessees! 

"In  order  to  pave  the  way  for  the  disposal  of 
these  lands,  or  part  of  them,  the  Board  an- 
nounces that  it  is  going  to  cut  up  some  into  blocks 
and  "offer  them  in  areas  sufficiently  large  to 
"enable  the  lessees  to  undertake  mixed  farming 
"on  a  scale  that  we  believe  will  be  remunerative 
"and  lead  to  a  development  of  this  part  of  the 
"State." 

In  actual  fact  the  Mallee  in  the  Western  Divi- 
sion of  New  South  Wales,  bears  every  appearance 
of  being  superior  to  Mallee  which  is  being  rapidly 
settled  in  Victoria  and  South  Australia.  Our 
trouble  is  that  Australia,  all  over,  luis  loo  much 
good  agriculttiral  cotiiitry  and  not  enough  people. 


Nowadays  Lands  and  Agricultural  Depart- 
ment reports  speak  of  successful  wheat-growing 
on  eight  and  nine-inch  rainfalls  or  even  less! 

We  know  that  profitable  dry  farming  in 
America  and  in  South  Africa  is  being  carried  out 
on  what  would  a  few  years  ago  have  been  con- 
sidered  an   absolutely   inadequate   rainfall. 

Says  William  MacDonald,  an  agronomist  of 
world-wide  fame:— 

"All  soils  are  not  suitable  for  dry  farming — ■ 
"the  most  important  thing  is  depth  of  soil; 
"sandy  or  silty  loams  are  the  best.  The  soil 
"must  be  looked  upon  as  a  sort  of  reservoir  for 
"the  storage  of  water  over  periods  ranging  from 
"a  few  weeks  to  many  months.  It  has  recently 
"been  found  that  the  nitrifying  germs  are  present 
"in  large  numbers  in  the  soils  of  the  drier  regions 
"and  in  a  very  active  state." 


I 


P4 


n 


o 


28? 


286 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Girls  Picking  Grapes,  Hunter  Blver  District 


Soils  such  as  William  MacDonald  classes 
among  the  hest  for  dry  farming  prevail  through- 
out the  West. 

"The  future  of  dry  fanning  is  assured.  It  will 
"take  its  place  alongside  the  sister  science  of  irri- 
"gation,  and  through  the  combined  efforts  of  the 
"farmer  and  the  expert  it  is  destined  to  exercise 
"an  enormous  influence  on  the  future  development 
"of  the  United  States  and  the  Biitish  Empire." 


These  words  have  a  special  significance  for  all 
Australia.  Their  peculiar  application  to  the 
farthest-out  lands  of  New  South  Wales  will  one 
day  be  more  fully  realised  by  the  people  of  the 
Australian  East. 

Dry  farming  is  not  new;  but  in  its  modem 
application  it  will  achieve  results  that  it  has  never 
given  in  Egypt  or  north-western  India.  If 
ancient  agriculturists  could  remain  for  thousands 


,*^  % 


I 


A  Wheat  Stack  at  Gerogery 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES:  THE  FUTURE 


287 


af  years  in  dry  country  without  any  knowledge  of 
organic  chemistry  and  its  application  to  agricul- 
ture, dry  farmers  of  the  future  will  do  wonderful 
things  in  Australia. 

With  their  drought-resisting  stocks  and  their 
fallowing  methods,  with  library  and  laboratory 
■lehind  them,  they  are  destined  to  go  out,  a  silent 
conquering  army,  further  and  further  towards 
the  heart  of  the  continent. 


green  with  growth  and  yellow  with  golden  har- 
vests. 

*         *         *         * 

The  Gospel  of  Dry  Farming,  as  given  by  Dr. 
Widtsoe,  is  simple  enough: — 

1.  Plow  deep. 

2.  Plow  in  the  Autumn;  there  is  no  need  for 

Spring  plowing. 


On   the    Karnah    Biver,  near  Bowral 


Where  the  vanguard  camps  to-day  the  rear- 
guard rests  to-morrow — the  Army  of  Invasion  is 
already  on  the  march.  Led  by  the  shining  spirit 
of  William  Farrer,  this  Army  of  Invasion  is  pre- 
paring its  assaults  upon  the  outstanding  citadels 
of  Nature,  and  its  conquests  will  continue  for  still 
another  hundred  years. 

As  the  hopeless  sage-brush  lands  of  Western 
America  have  fallen  under  the  plough,  so  will 
the  salt-bush  and  spinifex  lands  of  Australia  dis- 
play their  profitable  uses. 

We  can  safely  predict  that  the  most  Western 
lands  of  New  South  Wales  will  yet  in  turn  be 


^ 


3.  Cultivate  the  soil  in  early  Spring;  as  far 

as  possible  after  every  rain. 

4.  Fallow  the  land  every  other  year  under  a 

rainfall  of  12  to  15  inches;  every  third 
year  under  a  rainfall  of  15  to  20  inches. 

5.  Grow  crops  that  are  drought-resistant. 

6.  Stick   to    a    few   crops;   preferably   such 

staples  as  wheat,  oats,  barley,  rye, 
alfalfa,  and  when  they  are  established 
go  on  to  others. 

Simple  enough;  modified  and  applied  to  Aus- 
tralian conditions  it  is  already  bringing  thousands 


288 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


of  acres  of  despised  back  blocks  into  profitable 
agriculture. 

Mixed  farming  at  Menindie  will  be  no  more  an 
impossibility  for  the  future  than  wheat-growing 
at  Wyalong  is  to-day. 

If  640  acres  are  the  outside  limit  considered 
necessary  for  a  dry-farmer  to  hold  among  the 
sandhills  of  Nebraska,  a  day  has  to  come  In  West- 
ern New  South  Wales  when  even  less  than  that 
will  be  a  good  living  area  for  a  farmer  and  his 
family. 

How  much  of  these  83  million  acres  in  the 
Western  Division  will  be  dry-farming  country  in 
1950?  If  a  prophet  had  got  up  in  Sydney  thirty- 
seven  years  ago  and  foretold  that  wheat  would 
be — as  it  is — the  staple  crop  of  certain  districts 
in   19 1 6,  he  would  have  been  discredited  by  the 


best-informed  agriculturists  and  severely  criticised 
by  a  super-careful  newspaper  press. 

In  a  recent  report  of  the  Western  Lands  Board 
this  pregnant  clause  is  inserted: — 

"The  Commissioners  desire  to  again  point  out 
that  the  advancement  of  the  Western  Division 
now  depends  mainly  upon: — 

1.  Irrigation  settlement  and  distribution  of 

water  for  stock  and  domestic  supply. 

2.  Railway  extension,  and 

3.  Making  available  more  country  of  a  char- 

acter suitable  for  small  holdings." 

Therewith  the  question  of  settlement  in  this 
great  third  division  of  the  Mother  State  may  be 
left  for  the  present. 


Jones'  Bridge,  Tumut 


VICTORIA 


I 


e 

o 

s 
i 

O 


CO 

a 


290 


m 


EVOLUTION   AND   PROGRESS. 


II"  the  object  of  this  book  were  historical, 
rather  than  descriptive,  the  author  would 
be  tempted  to  devote  a  maximum  of  space  to 
the    story    of     colonization     in     Victoria.  Al- 

though the  smallest  of  the  Australian  States,  ex- 
cepting Tasmania,  it  has  been  so  blessed  by  natural 
advantages  and  sound  citizenship  that  it  is  now 
carrying  a  larger  population  for  its  area  than  any 
of  the  others. 

The  Victorian  coast  near  Cape  Everard 
afforded  Captain  Cook  his  first  glimpse  of 
Australian  shores;  yet  it  was  forty-seven  years 
from  the  foundation  of  the  British  Colony  at 
Port  Jackson  that  actual  settlement  at  Port 
Phillip  began. 

Nine  years  after  Phillip's  landing,  the  Sydney 
Cove,  a  wooden  cargo  vessel  of  the  period, 
ended  her  voyage  from  Bengal  on  P'urneaux  Is- 
lands in  the  then  un-named  Bass  Strait.  The  mate, 
supercargo,  and  fifteen  of  the  crew  endeavoured 
to  beat  up-coast  to  Sydney  in  the  ship's  long-boat, 
leaving  the  master  and  several  Lascars  on  the 
Island.  The  long-boat  was  driven  ashore,  ap- 
parently near  Cape  Everard,  within  the  present 
Victorian  border. 

Like  the  survivors  of  the  Monumental  City, 
wrecked  sixty  years  later  on  Tallaberga  Is- 
let, near  Gabo,  most  of  them  perished  before 
they  gained  European  settlement.  Only  the 
supercargo  and  two  seamen  reached  Sydney. 
They  left  the  ship  in  F'ebruary,  and  were  picked 
up,  in  May,  exhausted  and  wounded,  by  a  small 
fishing-boat  cruising  to  the  southward  of 
Botany  Bay.  They  had  tramped  along  the  inter- 
vening coast,  living  as  they    might,  and    dogged 


by  murderous  natives,  who  speared  several  of  the 
band.  This  wreck  flickers  the  heroic  figures  ot 
Surgeon  Bass  and  Second-Lieutenant  Hinders  for- 
ward upon  the  shadowy  film  of  History. 

Bass,  then  34  years  of  age,  at  his  own  request 
was  provided  by  Governor  Hunter  with  a  good 
whaleboat  victualled  for  six  weeks  and  manned  by 
six  men.  Thus  outfitted,  this  young  Columbus  set 
southward  along  unknown  and  hostile  shores 
in  his  cockle-shell.  He  rounded  Cape  Howe, 
and,  entering  Victorian  waters — then  sailless  and 
uncharted — worked  his  intrepid  course  beyond 
Wilson's  Promontory  for  sixty  miles  to  Western- 
port.  There,  his  whaleboat  leaking  and  provi- 
sions running  short,  he  was  reluctantly  compelled 
to  put  about  and  fight  turbulent  seas  for  600 
lonely  miles  back  to  Sydney  Cove.  He  had  doubt- 
fully demonstrated  that  Van  Diemen's  Land  was 
not,  as  had  been  supposed  by  Dutch  and  English 
navigators,  a  part  of  the  Australian  mainland. 

Victorians  have  reason  to  be  interested  in  their 
first  explorer.  "Six  feet  high,  dark  complexion, 
wears  spectacles,  a  very  penetrating  countenance" 
— so  he  was  described.  He  left  Port  Jackson  in 
1803 — six  years  after  this  remarkable  feat — with 
the  brig  Venus,  for  the  west  coast  of  South 
America,  to  procure  salt  meat  and  live  cattle  for 
the  settlement.  He  was  taken  prisoner  by  the 
Spaniards,  and  his  subsequent  fate  remains  un- 
known. It  is  presumed  that  he  died  in  South 
America. 

The  immortal  Flinders,  accompanied  by  Bass, 
sailed  in  the  sloop  Norfolk,  of  22  tons,  in  Oc- 
tober, 1798,  on  a  voyage  of  discovery.  They 
finally  established  the  existence  of  a  strait  between 


291 


292 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


Surgeon  George  Bass. 


Captain  Matthew  Flinders. 


Tasmania  and  the  mainland.  Lieutenant  Grant 
in  the  survey  ship,  l.ady  Nelson,  two  years  later 
added  to  the  imperfect  geography  of  the  period 
by  sailing  through  Bass  Strait,  on  the  voyage  of 
that  vessel  from  London  to  Port  Jackson. 

Subsequently,  he  explored  the  Victorian  coast 
in  this  vessel,  of  60  tons,  as  far  as  Westernport, 
where,  during  a  month's  survey,  he  established 
a  small  plantation  on  Churchill  Island,  and  built 
a  block  house — the  first  dwelling  and  garden  on 
Victorian  soil.  Nine  months  later  his  chief  offi- 
cer, Lieutenant  Murray,  then  commanding  the 
Lady  Nelson,  revisited  the  place  and  found  that 
the  wheat  and  Indian  corn  planted  by  Grant  were 
flourishing. 

Governor  King  in  the  latter  part  of  1801  sent 
Lieut.  Murray  down  the  coast  to  make  a  detailed 
examination,  with  a  view  to  forming  a  permanent 
settlement.  He  had  already  forwarded  urgent 
despatches  to  England  on  the  subject.  Murray — 
preceded  by  Bowen,  his  chief  officer,  in  the  Lady 
Nelson's  long-boat — entered  Port  Phillip  Heads 
on  15th  of  February,  1802 — a  memorable  date 
for  all  patriotic  Victorians. 

Murray  was  followed,  six  years  later,  by  Cap- 
tain Matthew  Flinders  in  the  Investigator.  Flin- 
ders landed  and  explored  the  country  on  the 
western  side  of  the  Bay. 

King's  anxious  determination  to  forestall  the 
French,  who  it  was  believed  meditated  the  occu- 


pation of  southern  Australia,  led  him  to  despatch 
a  party  in  the  Colonial  schooner  Cnmhcrlaiid,  of 
29  tons,  from  Sydney  in  November,  1802,  to 
make  a  particular  survey  of  Port  Phillip. 

Charles  Grimes,  the  Acting  Surveyor-General 
of  New  South  Wales,  was  a  member  of  this 
expedition.  They  fell  in  with  Baudin,  the  French 
navigator,  at  Sea  Elephant  Bay,  on  the  east  coast 
of  King  Island,  on  the  23rd  of  the  month. 

Having  explored  King  Island,  and  delivered 
an  official  warning  to  the  Frenchmen  to  keep  off 
Australian  soil,  the  adventurous  band  sailed  across 
the  Strait  to  Port  Phillip,  which  they  entered  on 
January  20th,   1803. 

They  remained  until  the  27th  of  F'ebruai 
examining  the  foreshores  and  charting  the  waters 
of  picturesque  Port  Phillip.  James  Flemming, 
who  was  sent  with  the  party  by  Governor  King 
to  report  on  the  soil,  timber,  and  natural  advan- 
tages of  both  King  Island  and  Port  Phillip,  has 
left  a  most  interesting  journal  of  these  explora- 
tions, which  extended  right  around  the  bay,  and 
included  the  discovery  of  the  Yarra  and  other 
rivers. 

Flemming    recommended    the    banks    of    the 
Yarra  as  the  most  eligible  place  for  settlement, 
and  described  the  country  in  general  as  excellent  ( 
pasture,  with  fine  clay  for  bricks,  good  stone,  and  ! 
timber    inland    suitable    for    building    purposes. 


i 


293 


294 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Hemming,  in  so  far,  justified  the  confidence  which 
King  placed  in  his  judgment. 

On  Friday,  October  9th,  1803,  there  arrived 
off  Port  Phillip  Heads  the  Ocean  transport 
(Captain  Merthon),  followed  on  Sunday,  by 
H.M.S.  Calcutta  (Captain  Woodriff).  These 
vessels,  at  the  instance  of  the  British  Govern- 
ment, had  sailed  from  Spit  Head  on  the  24th  of 
the  preceding  April  with  an  assorted  company  of 
bondmen  and  freemen  to  form  a  settlement  at 
Port  Phillip  in  the  then  Colony  of  New  South 
Wales.  In  May,  1803,  Lngland,  seeing  that  the 
Peace  of  Amiens  would  prove  no  check  upon  the 
ambitions  of  Buonaparte,  had  declared  war 
against  France.  While  Lieutenant-Colonel  David 
Collins  of  the  Royal  Marines  was  landing 
his  men  and  stores  at  Sorrento,  Napoleon  the 
Great  was  perfecting  his  schemes  for  the  invasion 
of  England. 

Lieutenant-Governor  Collins  had  heard  the 
muskets  of  revolutionary  America  discharging 
hot  lead  into  his  father's  regiment  of  red-coats  at 
Bunker's  Hill.  He  had  been  Judge  Advocate  of 
the  baby  Colony  of  New  South  Wales  under  its 
first  Governor,  and  at  the  age  of  47  was  chosen 
to  father  the  settlement  at  Port  Phillip. 

If  the  records  are  true,  Collins  brought  no 
enthusiasm  to  this  task.  He  was  decidedly 
anxious  to  divert  whatever  colonizing  activities  he 
possessed  to  Van  Diemen's  Land.  Even  before 
he  left  England,  he  seems  to  have  determined 
that  this  would  be  his  ultimate  goal.  He  achieved 
his  object  at  what  might  have  been  an  incalculable 
national  cost.  The  country  which  he  libellously 
declared  "uninhabitable,"  and  abandoned  after  a 
stay  of  three  months,  has  proved  one  of  the 
richest  territories  in  Australia. 

From  the  window  of  the  room  where  this  is 
being  written,  the  author  looks  out  across  the  blue 
waters  of  Port  Phillip,  and  sees  dim  outlines  of 
that  very  shore  whereon  the  tents  of  transitory 
settlement  stood  a  hundred  and  ten  years  ago. 
Suburb  succeeds  suburb  and  garden  follows  gar- 
den, along  the  curving  foreshores  which  grow 
between. 

He  turns  to  the  map  of  Port  Phillip  prepared 
by  Surveyor  Grimes,  and  notes  that  the  site  of 
his  own  residence  is  marked  down  as  "barren 
sandy  hills."  The  home-grown  cauliflowers  and 
potatoes  just  placed  upon  the  dinner  table  are  a 
present  testimony  that  even  good  and  hopeful 
Mr.  James  Flemming  was  entirely  wrong  in  this 
conclusion.  Forty  acres  of  splendid  market 
garden  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  railway  line 
corroborate  the  evidence  of  an  amateur  agricul- 
turist such  as  the  author  of  Australia  Unlimited. 
Twelve  or  twenty,  or  fifty  thousand  fruitful  acres 
around  the  shores  of   Port   Phillip   in    1914  are 


greenly   contradicting  the   errors    and    libels    of 
1804. 

Leaving  its  little  human  record  of  one  birth, 
a  marriage,  and  twenty-one  deaths  behind,  the 
last  of  the  settlement  was  embarked  for  Hobart 
on  the  1 8th  of  May.  Thirty-two  years  later,  one 
at  least  of  the  Sorrento  settlers,  John  Pascoe 
Fawkner,  returned  to  the  effective  colonization 
of  Port  Phillip.  The  discoveries  of  Hume  and 
Hovell,  in  1824,  did  much  to  enlighten  the  colonial 
mind  regarding  the  quality  of  territory  south  of 
the  Murray.  An  abortive  attempt  was  made  to 
establish  a  settlement  at  Westernport  in  1824. 
Meanwhile  the  development  of  the  whaling  and 
sealing  industry  among  those  islands  which  lie 
between  Tasmania  and  the  mainland  led  the 
Hentys — a  family  of  Sussex  sheep-breeders,  who 
had  been  unsuccessful  land-seekers  in  Western 
Australia  and  Tasmania — to  establish  themselves 
at  Portland.  They  landed  at  this  fine  harbor  in 
1834  and  inaugurated  a  highly  creditable  and  suc- 
cessful colonial  career.  Victoria  has  reason  to 
be  proud  of  the  quality  of  her  pioneers,  in  the 
forefront  of  whom  stands  this  acquisitive  and 
energetic  family.  When,  in  1836,  Major  Mit- 
chell concluded  his  triumphant  exploration  of 
"Australia  Felix,"  he  unexpectedly  found  the 
Hentys  firmly  established  at  Portland. 

Without  doubt  Major  Mitchell's  glowing  ac- 
count of  the  virgin  pastures  of  the  south-west 
stimulated  the  tide  of  immigration  which  shortly 
set  in. 

John  Batman,  in  1835,  had  already  landed  at 
Port  Phillip  from  Tasmania,  spied  out  the  land 
and  seen  that  it  was  good.  John  Batman  was 
colonial-born,  and  consequently  not  filled  with 
the  fears  and  prejudices  which  have  so  often  led 
migratory  strangers  to  condemn  things  Australian 
which  they  do  not  understand.  This  Parramatta 
lad  had  migrated  to  Tasmania  when  he  was  only 
twenty,  and  engaged  in  sheep-farming.  There  he 
spent  vigorous  days  of  early  manhood  hunting 
bushrangers  and  endeavoring  to  conciliate  the 
unlucky  natives,  who  for  twenty  years  waged 
unequal  war  against  the  white  settlers.  f   , 

The   discoveries  of   Hamilton   Hume,   his  old     ■ 
boy  friend  and  townsman,  first  set  Batman  longing     • 
to  transfer  his  energies  to  more  profitable  fields 
than  Van  Diemen's  Land  had  offered  him.     The 
hopes,  desires  and  beliefs  of  ten  years  bore  fruit 
at  last.     Acting  under  a  partnership  with  some     ' 
fifteen   enterprising  local   spirits,   some  of  whom 
became  the  Fathers  of  Melbourne  later  on — the 
young  colonist    sailed    thither  in    the    schooner 
Rebecca,  of  30  tons,  from  Launceston  on  the  loth 
May,   1835. 

Lieut.-Col.  David  Collins  had  then  been  dead 
twenty-five    years,     and    much    of    the    physic 


ii(j|l 


VICTORIA:   EVOLUTION    AND    PROGRESS. 


295 


Melbourne,   from  the   St.   Kilda  Road. 


Inc 


graphical  error  and  misinformation  of  his  pessi- 
mistic period  was  buried  with  him. 

When,  after  nineteen  days'  voyaging,  the  ex- 
rienced  eye  of  Batman  surveyed  the  land  around 
ndented  Head  waving  with  green  grass  like  a 
wheat-field,  he  knew  that  the  story  Collins  and 
his  satellites  had  written  just  across  the  Bay  at 
Sorrento  thirty  years  before,  was  libellous  and 
untrue. 

The  land  was  so  rich  and  promising  that  Bat- 
man determined  to  secure  the  largest  pos- 
sible area  for  himself  and  his  associates  in 
Hobart  Town.  Three  white  men  and  seven 
Sydney  aborigines  accompanied  him.  F'our  days 
afterwards  his  barque  lay  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Yarra;  and  again  the  hardy  adventurer  came 
ashore  and  investigated  the  territory  as  far  as  the 
present  suburb  of  Eltham.  His  famous  deal 
with  the  natives  was  made  on  the  6th  June,  at 
the  Merri  Creek,  near  Northcote.  P'or  40  pairs 
of  blankets,  130  knives,  42  tomahawks,  40 
looking-glasses,  62  pairs  of  scissors,  250  hand- 
kerchiefs, 18  red  shirts,  4  flannel  jackets,  4  suits 
of  clothes,  and  i  i;o  lb.  flour,  with  a  small  annual 
rental  of  similar  sundries,  the  Pizarro-like  pioneer 
Van  Diemen's  Land  induced  eight  chiefs,  who 
epresented  a  tribe  of  about  fifty  aborigines,  to 
cede  to  him  over  a  half-million  acres,  including  the 
present  sites  of  Melbourne  and  Geelong.  There 
was  joy  among  the  innocent  vendors  that  day,  and 
much  display  of  red  handkerchiefs  and  testing  of 
new  cutlery,  and  presumably  the  purchaser  felt  as 
much  inward  satisfaction  as  the  fortunate  Mel- 
bourne speculator  who  nowadays  succeeds  in  pur- 
chasing a  city  site,  for  one  foot  of  which  he  pays 
as  much  as  John  gave  for  all  his  hold- 
ings. Ultimately  the  Home  Government  can- 
Ifeelled  the  transaction.     On  Tune  the  8th  Batman 


1  L-ii 

■ft. 


boated  up  the  Yarra  as  far  as  the  falls,  just  below 
Prince's  Bridge.  "This,"  he  entered  in  his  diary, 
which  is  now  carefully  preserved  in  Melbourne 
Library,  "will  be  the  place  for  a  village."  It  has 
become  the  centre  of  a  "village"  of  over  600,000 
inhabitants ! 

While  Batman  was  in  Hobart  endeavouring  to 
secure  ofl'icial  recognition  of  his  concession,  John 
Pascoe  Fawkner,  who  as  a  boy  of  twelve  had 
been  with  his  parents  among  Collins's  Sorrento 
settlers  of  1803,  came  across  from  Launceston 
and  staked  out  his  claim  by  the  banks  of  the  Yarra 
on  the  site  of  the  present  Melbourne  Customs 
House.  He  was  accompanied  or  followed  by 
several  other  would-be  settlers  from  Van  Die- 
men's  Land.  So  the  town  of  Melbourne  had  its 
beginnings  in  a  cluster  of  tents  and  mud  huts. 

Batman  brought  over  his  family  and  all  his 
belongings;  planted  an  orchard  on  the  banks  of 
the  Yarra,  and  ploughed  up  twenty  acres  of  land, 
where  the  Spencer-street  railway  station  now 
stands.  His  subsequent  history  is  mainly  a  re- 
cord of  vain  attempts  to  obtain  recognition  or  re- 
compense from  the  Governments  of  the  day  for 
his  services,  and  finally  to  be  allowed  to  retain 
his  little  agricultural  holding  by  the  river.  He 
died  at  the  age  of  40,  apparently  a  broken  and 
disappointed  man. 

With  this  first  genuine  effort  at  colonization 
the  progress  of  Victoria  began.  Up  to  the  dis- 
covery of  gold  in  1 85 1  that  progress  was  prin- 
cipally pastoral.  Until  that  year  its  territory 
remained,  as  "The  Port  Phillip  District,"  a  part 
of  New  South  W^ales.  It  then  became  an 
autonomous  colony,  and  was  christened  Victoria 
in  honour  of  the  late  Queen. 

At  the  time  of  its  separation  from  the  Mother 
State,  Victoria  had  a  total  population  of  76,162, 


296 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


and  contained  a  little  over  fifty-two  thousand 
acres  of  cultivated  land,  no  railways  and  no  tele- 
graphs. By  1 9 14  the  population  had  increased 
to  1,430,878,  the  land  under  cultivation  was 
6,129,893  acres,  and  the  State  had  3,840  miles 
of  railway  open  to  traffic.  Its  expansion  in  other 
directions  had  been  on  the  same  constantly  increas- 
ing scale.  From  the  first  export  of  wool  of 
17^,081  lbs.,  in  1837,  valued  at  £1 1,639,  the  pro- 
duction had  grown  by  19 13  to  no  less  than 
106,833,690  lbs.,  nearly  all  of  which  was  ex- 
ported— a  proof  that  the  soil,  climate,  and  pas- 
turage of  the  State  are  ail  that  these  early  settlers 
believed  them  to  be. 


ing  well  over  the  Murray  into  New  South  Wales 
and  including  the  fertile  districts  of  the  Riverina. 
Between  Wentworth,  at  the  junction  of  the  Mur- 
ray and  Darling  Rivers,  and  Albury,  various  Vic- 
torian railway  systems  touch  the  great  inland 
river  at  ten  different  points  and  extensions  recentlv 
agreed  upon  by  the  Cjovernments  of  the  friendly 
States  will  carry  some  of  these  over  the  border 
into  New  South  Wales. 

The  story  of  the  Victorian  goldfields  contains 
many  romantic  chapters.  Apart  from  actual 
values  won — which  made  an  enormous  total — the 
yields  attracted  a  population  from  all  corners 
of  the  globe,  whose  energies  and  abilities  proved 


'The   Block,"   Collins  Street,   Melbourne. 


I, 

I 


I 


From  the  date  of  its  first  discovery  at  Clunes  in 
1851  the  value  of  Victoria's  gold  to  1913  was 
£293,550,928,  or  about  one  half  the  total  Aus- 
tralian output. 

Yet,  when  the  border  lines  were  marked,  they 
left  in  the  south-eastern  corner  no  more  than  a 
thirty-fourth  part  of  the  continent — a  territory  of 
only  87,884  square  miles — somewhat  less  than 
that  of  Great  Britain. 

The  new  colony  measured  420  miles  from  east 
to  west — its  extreme  length.  Its  greatest 
breadth  was  just  on  250  miles,  and  its  coast-line 
only  600  miles. 

But  Melbourne,  with  its  expansive  harbor,  has 
become  the  natural  outlet  for  a  territory  extend- 


of  sterling  service  in  the  general  work  of  develop- 
ment. At  the  end  of  1855  the  young  colony 
had  nearly  five  times  the  number  of  people  with 
which  her  national  career  had  begun  in  185  i. 

Her  annual  revenue  in  those  few  years  in- 
creased from  £259,433  to  £2,728,656,  and  con- 
tinued to  Increase  until,  in  1914,  it  had  reached 
£10,731,000. 

Those  years,  from  the  advent  of  Batman, 
Fawkner  and  other  historic  pioneers  on  the  shores 
of  Port  Phillip,  to  the  granting  of  responsible 
government,  had  often  been  strenuous.  Ihey 
were  marked  by  honorable  enterprise  and  vigor- 
ous  public  spirit.  They  witnessed  the  steady  ex-  | 
tension  of  pastoral  settlement  and  production, 
and  the  foundation  of  agriculture  and  viticulture 


i 


VICTORIA:   EVOLUTION    AND    PROGRESS 


297 


They  saw  the  struggle  for  independent  govern- 
ment begin  and  end  at  length  in  success. 
The  Port  Phillip  District  became  a  self-governing 
community,  with  its  centre  of  legislation  removed 
from  Sydney  to  Melbourne,  with  its  own  As- 
sembly and  Council,  administrative  departments 
and  a  vice-regal  representative. 

During  the  period  in  question  (between  1839 
and  1 851)  the  colonists  increased  their  numbers 
from  5,000  to  77,000  odd,  of  whom  23,000  were 
resident  in  Melbourne,  8,000  in  Geelong,  and  the 
remaining  46,000  scattered  over  the  Colony. 
Their  herds,  sprung  from  Tasmanian  stock,  had 
!2;rown  to  six  million  sheep  and  40,000  cattle, 
giving  a  total  export  value  of  nearly  a  million 
pounds  sterling  in  1850.  The  land  was  growing 
wheat,  potatoes  and  fodder,  and  John  Batman 
had  long  been  proved  a  wiser  man  in  his  genera- 
tion than  Lieut.-Colonel  David  Collins  of  the 
F^oyal  Marines.  During  that  period  also  a  tale 
of  adventure  and  exploration  had  been  woven: 
unknown  plains  had  been  crossed,  unknown  for- 
ests penetrated,  new  ri\'ers  forded,  new  mountains 
disco\ered  and  named,  and  with  steel  and  fire 
the  pioneers  of  European  civilization  had  pene- 
trated the  distances  and  branded  the  flanks  of 
Nature  with  the  marks  of  human  occupation. 

That  steady  pastoral  and  political  advance- 
ment which  the  new  country  south  of  the 
Murray  had  followed,  was  destined  to  receive  a 
sudden,  unexpected  impetus.  The  proclamation 
of  responsible  Government  on  ist  July,  185 1, 
was  sequelled  on  the  i6th  of  the  same  month  by 
an  equally  important  pronouncement. 

Over  the  signature  of  the  Mayor  of  Melbourne 
a  placard  was  hung  out  from  the  Town  Hall 
setting  forth  that 

"The  Committee  appointed  to  promote  the 
discovery  of  a  gold  field  in  the  Colony  of  Vic- 
toria have  the  satisfaction  of  announcing  that 
unquestionable  evidence  has  been  adduced  to 
them,  showing  the  existence  of  gold  in  a  con- 
siderable quantity  both  at  the  Deep  Creek  on 
the  Yarra,  near  Major  Newman's  run,  and 
also  at  the  Deep  Creek  on  the  Pyrenees,  near 
Mr.  Donald  Cameron's  house."  .... 

Following  closely  on  the  first  discovery  of  rich 
alluvial  gold  near  Bathurst,  in  New  South  Wales, 
this  proclamation  set  the  people  afire  with 
expectation. 

A  month  previously,  leading  citizens  had 
decided  to  offer  a  reward  for  the  discovery  of  a 
payable  gold  mine  within  200  miles  of  Melbourne. 
This  apparently  was  the  successful  result. 

Even  the  most  optimistic  would  hardly  have 
believed  that  it  was  to  herald  the  opening  of  a 
natural  treasure-house  which  has  yielded  a  value 
now  approaching  three  hundred  millions! 


Town   Hall,   Melbourne 


If  Esmond,  the  discoverer  of  reef  gold  at 
Clunes — 96  miles  from  Melbourne  and  22  from 
Ballarat — could  revisit  the  land  that  gave  him 
fame,  if  nothing  else,  he  would  learn  that  there 
are  now  15  mines  on  the  Bendigo  gold  fields  with 
shafts  over  3000  feet  deep,  the  deepest  of  the 
group  being  4,614  feet  (in  1912);  that  no  less 
than  53  shafts  at  that  period  were  down  below  the 
2,000  feet  level. 

Anderson's  Creek,  Buninyong,  and  Ballarat 
followed  quickly  upon  the  discovery  at  Clunes. 
Then  came  Mount  Alexander  and  Bendigo. 
Ararat,  Stawell,  Beechworth,  Maryborough,  suc- 
ceeded one  another;  and  even  the  remote  fast- 
nesses of  Gippsland  were  finally  found  to  be  en- 
riched. 

Hardly  had  the  young  State  been  wedded  to 
Liberty,  ere  Discovery,  like  a  fairy  godmother, 
dowered  her  with  a  marriage  portion  sufficient  to 
begin  national  housekeeping  on  a  princely  scale. 
As  treasure  chest  after  treasure  chest  in  the 
vaults  of  Nature  was  opened,  gold  mania  seized 
the  people  of  Australia.  Its  contagion  spread  to 
other  countries.  Not  since  Pizarro  unlocked  the 
riches  of  Peru  had  the  imagination  of  Europe 
been  so  stimulated  by  tales  of  treasure  in  distant 
lands.     In  a  little  time  the  streets  of  Melbourne 


298 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Central  Bailway  Station,  Melbourne 


were  almost  empty.  People  abandoned  their 
business,  civil  servants  left  without  sending  in 
their  resignations,  the  police  force  deserted  in  a 
body.  Out  of  40  constables  in  the  City  only  two 
remained  on  duty  after  midnight  of  New  Year's 
Day,  1853. 

A  constant  stream  of  doubtful  emigrants  from 
Van  Diemen's  Land  was  muddily  emptied  over 
Melbourne  wharves.  The  Overland  Track,  from 
Sydney  was  dotted  with  foot-passengers  carrying 
assorted  bundles,  containing  their  personal  effects. 
Presently  motley  companies  from  overseas,  one 
of  which  included  a  future  Prime  Minister  of 
England,  began  to  land  at  Williamstown  Pier. 
Now  white-haired  but  yet  vigorous,  many  among 
the  number  remain  to  recall  the  stirring  Colonial 
days  in  which  they  played  their  parts.  They  have 
seen  deep-rutted  streets  of  Melbourne  changed 
into  wide  thoroughfares  of  a  great  city,  and  four 
thousand  miles  of  railway  replace  rough  bush 
tracks  by  which  they  travelled  towards  the  fields. 
The  scene  of  many  a  "rush"  is  marked  by  pot- 
holes or  crumbling  shafts;  but  Bendigo,  Castle- 
maine,  Maryborough,  Stawell,  Ararat  and  Bal- 
larat  are  flourishing  cities,  albeit  they  no  longer 
depend  entirely  or  even  principally  upon  mining 
for  their  support. 

They  were  wondrous  days,  full  of  interest  and 
adventure.  They  called  to  the  strong,  daring 
spirits  of  Europe  and  America  with  golden  bugles, 
whose  echoes  haunted  the  brain  of  youth  for  many 
a  year.     They  were  stirring  days  when  the  griev- 


ances of  a  cosmopolitan  crowd  found  vent  at 
Eureka  Stockade;  when  Luck,  which  ever  plays 
will-o'-the-wisp  along  the  paths  of  men,  danced 
openly  down  the  main  thoroughfares,  turning  now 
and  then  to  scatter  a  golden  benison  of  nuggets 
among  the  following  crowd.  Could  clerks  sit 
contentedly  upon  their  office  stools  or  constables 
phlegmatically  walk  their  beats  when  nuggets  such 
as  the  "Welcome  Stranger,"  weighing  2,248 
ounces  of  pure  gold,  and  worth  close  upon  ten 
thousand  pounds,  might  be  unearthed  at  a  stroke 
of  an  amateur's  pick? 

rhe  roaring  years  of  Bendigo  and  Ballarat 
have  given  place  to  years  of  placid  progress;  but 
they  made  fine  vigorous  music  for  young  Vic- 
toria's debut  upon  the  stage  of  nationhood.  They 
left  with  her  a  hardy  battalion  of  seasoned 
pioneers  of  finest  types  to  father  and  mother 
younger  generations  of  colonists.  They  left  her 
also  with  roads,  bridges,  wharves,  public  works, 
municipal  and  educational  beginnings,  and  an  in- 
fant railway  system.  They  brought  also  some 
administrative  and  social  confusion  and  that  in- 
evitable reaction  which  follows  all  great  excite- 
ments. 

In  1852  the  deposits  of  Victorian  Banks,  on 
the  authority  of  the  banker-historian,  Mr.  Henry 
Gyles  Turner,  increased  from  £820,000  to 
£4,330,000,  and  the  notes  in  circulation  from 
£180,000  to  £1,320,000.  It  was  some  time  before 
such  a  violent  disturbance  of  the  deep  waters  of 
finance  subsided  and  the  era  of  universal  gamb- 
ling gave  place  to  one  of  steady  investment. 


VICTORIA:   EVOLUTION   AND    PROGRESS. 


299 


Fire  Station,  Melbourne 


Trusts,  Lands  and  Geological  Survey,  Public 
Works,  Health,  Treasury,  Mines  and  Agri- 
cultural Departments,  and  other  offices  and  func- 
tions of  civilized  self-government. 

Apart  from  all  these,  which  are  chiefly  under 
direct  control  of  the  Ministry  of  the  day,  the 
State  has  a  Local  Government  system  now  prac- 
tically universal.  Victoria  has  been  practi- 
cally divided  into  urban  or  rural  municipal  dis- 
tricts. There  are  15  cities,  10  towns,  36  boroughs 
in  the  State,  and  147  shires. 

The  councils  of  municipalities  are  empowered 
by  Acts  of  Parliament  to  levy  rates,  collect  licence 
fees,  market    dues,  rents    and    sanitary  charges, 
which,  with  subsidies  from  the  Central  Govern- 
ment,  make   their   principal   sources   of  revenue. 
Their   chief    functions    are   the   maintenance   and 
control  of  streets,  roads,  bridges,  ferries,  culverts, 
sewers,   drains,  water-courses   and  jetties,  within 
their    respective   boundaries;    and    under    proper 
municipal  by-laws  to  control  the  traffic  and  regu- 
late  the  markets,   pounds,   abattoirs,   baths,   and 
places  of  recreation;  also  to  make  arrangements 
Nor  might  the  equally  sudden   invasion  of  a     for  sewerage,   lighting,    water    supply,   and    the 
mixed  population  occur  without    social    disturb-     carrying  on  of  noxious  trades;  and  act  as  local 
ance.       There  had  to  be  some  administration  of      Boards  of  Health, 
unpalatable  economic  medicine  before  the  autono- 
mous Government  of     1837   was   enlarged  to   a 
fuller    measure    of    responsible    Government    in 
1856.      Great  agitation  of  the  public  mind  and 
long  conflict  with  constituted  authority  preceded 
these    radical    amendments    of    the    Constitution 
under  which  Parliaments  of  later  periods  entered 
upon  their  duties. 

When  Victoria  ceased  to  be  a  Colony  and  be- 
came one  of  the  States  of  the  Commonwealth  on 
the  1st  day  of  1900,  she  was  enjoying  the  advan- 
tages of  many  democratic  institutions.  Her 
Statute  Books  were  not  lacking  in  liberal  enact- 
ments. Her  Constitution  had  been  greatly 
amended  and  remodelled  to  meet  the  popular  de- 
mands for  reform.  She  possessed  a  comprehen- 
sive system  of  State  Education,  and  a  well- 
organized  railway  service  controlled  by  Commis- 
sioners. Her  Department  of  Customs,  more 
expansive  than  that  of  New  South  Wales, 
her  Posts,  Telegraphs,  and  Defence,  passed 
over  of  course  with  that  of  the  other  States 
to  Commonwealth  control.  But  she  retains 
her  Chief  Justice,  Puisne  and  County  Court 
Judges,  her  Masters  in  Equity  and  Lunacy, 
her  Commissioners  of  Police,  Public  Service, 
Water  Supply,  Lands  Purchase,  and  Titles,  her 
Agent-General  and  other  high  officials.  She  has 
her  own  State  Electoral  System,  Marine  Board, 
Forestry,  State  Coal-field,  Public  Libraries,  Uni- 
versity, Museums,  Art  Galleries,  Reformatories, 
Gaols,  Training  Colleges,  Harbor  and  Tramway  General  Post  Office,  Melbourne 


300 


AUSTRALIA    UiN LIMITED 


The  total  capital  value  of  rateable  property  in 
the  State  for  191 5  was  £318,960,116.  During 
the  four  previous  years  there  was  an  increase  of 
nearly  44  millions  in  the  value  of  these  rateable 
properties — one  indication  of  the  rapid  progress 
which  Victoria  is  making. 

Out  of  a  population  of  1,417,801  in  19 15  the 
municipal  ratepayers  numbered  393,133,  who 
were  responsible  for  the  respectable  total  given 
above.  On  the  authority  of  the  Government 
Statist  the  amount  of  private  wealth  only  in  Vic- 
toria in  1 9 14  could  be  estimated  at  three  hundred 
and  twenty   millions,   or  £243   per  head  of  the 


On  the  Upper  Yarra 

population,  as  against  £153  per  head  in  England. 
Statistics  of  the  State  indicate  that  the  average 
wealth  of  its  citizens  is  steadily  increasing.  The 
public  debt  is  high,  like  other  Australian  States, 
mainly  for  the  reason  that  large  sums  of  money 
have  been  invested  in  public  works,  a  large  sec- 
tion of  which,  like  the  railways,  are  reproductive. 
Thus  our  public  debts  are  to  be  regarded  more 
in  the  light  of  profitable  investments  than  liabili- 
ties uncovered  by  assets. 

While  political  evolution  was  in  progress, 
the  Colony  was  laying  foundations  of  future 
industries.  People  gradually  ceased  to  expect 
to  win  fortunes  from  the   hands   of   chance,    and 


learned  to  build  them  on  safer  grounds  of  exer- 
tion and  enterprise.  They  came  to  see  that  the 
mineral  riches  of  a  land  blessed  like  theirs  were 
a  providential  lure  to  other  riches  of  agriculture 
and  manufacture  which  would  prove  more  per- 
manent and  universal. 

When  the  prosperous  "seventies  were  young, 
V^ictoria  had  completed  only  276  miles  of  railway. 
By  1 88  I  the  mileage  had  increased  to  1,247.  I" 
1914-15  3,888  miles  had  been  opened.  The 
problems  of  transport  had  been  grappled  and 
practically  solved;  inevitably  settlement  and  pro- 
duction followed. 

By  1 89 1,  over  two  and  a  half  million  acres  of 
land  had  been  brought  to  cultivation.  This  total 
was  doubled  by  the  end  of  191 1.  Coevally  with 
this  increase  of  agricultural  activity,  Victoria  has 
devoted  considerable  capital  to  the  establishment 
of  local  manufactures.  Prior  to  Federation  she 
may  justly  be  credited  with  having  pioneered  many 
Australian  Industries.  In  1871  her  1740  fac- 
tories employed  less  than  twenty  thousand  people. 
By  19 1 5  the  number  of  factories  had  increased  to 
5,413,  finding  occupation  for  1 13,834  hands.  The 
value  of  machinery  and  plant,  land  and  buildings, 
rose  from  something  over  three  and  a  half  mil- 
lions sterling  during  that  period,  to  twenty-two 
and  a  half  millions. 

Between  1881  and  1915  the  value  of  articles 
manufactured  in  Victoria  steadily  climbed  from 
thirteen  and  a  third  millions  odd,  to  fifty-one  and 
a  half,  and  is  still  an  increasing  quantity. 

Perhaps  the  most  significant  statistics  are  those 
connected  with  the  Victorian  dairy  industry.  In 
I  89 1  the  output  of  butter  was  under  17  million 
lbs.     In  1914-15  it  reached  over  62  million  lbs. 

In  the  half  century  which  elapsed  between  the 
opening  of  her  goldfields  and  Federation,  Victoria 
had  been  steadily  proving  her  resources. 

The  path  of  progress  was  not  always  bordered 
by  red  roses  of  success.  Colonization  has  ever 
been  a  rude  and  strenuous  process  in  the  history  I 
of  races.  The  wilderness  is  not  conquered  without  " 
a  conflict,  the  best  of  lands  must  be  prepared  for 
the  plough.  Nor  can  Governments  and  social  in- 
stitutions be  got  into  proper  working  order  with- 
out failures  and  amendments.  Neither  will  the 
speculative  instincts  of  national  youth  all  at  once 
give  way  to  the  steady  scientific  efforts  of  more 
experienced  age.  The  habit  of  sudden  riches  had 
to  be  corrected  in  the  closing  years  of  the  cen- 
tury. The  remedy  was  drastic,  but  the  cure  will 
be  permanent.  The  genius  of  Victoria  thence- 
forward was  destined  to  work  in  harness  with  dis- 
cretion and  science.  But  certain  experiences  were 
gained  during  that  half-century  of  progress  and 
reverse,  which  invest  the  outlook  for  coming  years 
with  elements  of  certainty.  Whereas  hope  was 
often  greater  than  faith,  it  may  be  accepted  that 


I 


30I 


302 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


faith  based  on  facts  will  be  the  guiding  star  of  the 
future. 

The  suitability  of  the  State  for  rural  industries 
has  been  satisfactorily  proved;  the  increase  in 
dairy  output  alone  confirms  that.  Profitable 
cultivation  of  wheat  on  lands  previously  regarded 
as  unfit  for  this  purpose,  the  successful  manufac- 
ture of  raw  products  into  every-day  articles  of 
commerce,  and  the  treatment  of  irrigable  lands, 
are  all  beyond  the  stages  of  experiment. 


below  freezing  point.  Equable  temperatures, 
such  as  these,  make  for  industrial  efficiency  and 
assist  to  build  up  vigorous  communities. 

From  an  exhaustive  table  prepared  by  Mr.  J. 
M.  Reed,  ex-Surveyor-General  and  now  Secretary 
for  Lands,  we  find  that  the  little  State  is  well 
dowered  by  mountains,  having  so  far  as  at  pre- 
sent known,  32  peaks  between  5,000  and  6,000 
feet,  and  37  summits  between  4,000  and  i;,ooo 
feet  high.     On  some  of  these  higher  peaks  in  the 


^^ 

%^' 

/JH 

7 

)t' 

\     WA^ 

V 

&  '^^ 

y 

ii^^ 

If .  M 

> 

'/ 

^.^ 

1 

il 

\Y 

/ 

'/ 

/ 

i,fffli^ 

^M 

^ 

M 

y 

/ 

\  1  Ivfll^F^i^i^'S^'' 

-^ 

// 

/ 

m 
% 

P 

.^ 

J 

'     ''< 

•:' 

■  ■  1 

■'  -   " 

^ 

1^^^ 

m^^^f      m 

^m  ^ 

? 

■    ■■ 

■  -.. 

M 

^^p^ 

""^   ^    Jt 

mk. 

Hifa^ 

X 

^ 

fc*-- 

r.           .-•  .     ,* 

'  ■"" 

•'■1I«I*,T  ■ 

m 

^^ 

*^-   ,  T  ^- 

a 

■^K 

■i^^S^ 

■•"*«* 

"^"■-^ 

r--^ 

'/_ 

'■■   "  "   " 

- J 

Tea-Tree  on  Port  Phillip  Shores 


In  subsequent  pages  these  matters  will  be  ex- 
amined in  some  detail,  and  the  claims  of  Victoria 
as  a  present  field  for  European  immigration  and 
settlement  more  fully  considered. 

No  matter  what  future  contentions  may  be 
raised  about  the  adaptability  of  white  labor  to 
Australian  tropics,  there  is  no  doubt  that  the 
White  Australia  principle  can  always  be  main- 
tained without  difficulty  in  Victoria. 

The  climate  is  exceptionally  suited  to  Euro- 
peans. The  physical  stamina  of  her  men  and  the 
pronounced  beauty  of  her  women  are  distinctly 
evident;  nor  can  this  be  attributed  altogether  to 
superiority  of  that  original  stock  from  which  the 
present  generation  evolved.  The  mean  tem- 
perature recorded  at  Melbourne  Observatory 
over  a  period  of  59  years  was  57.4.  The  average 
showed  that  on  four  days  during  the  year  the 
thermometer  rises  above  100  degrees  in  the  shade, 
and  on  about  three  nights  in  the  year  it  drops 


Main  Range  snow  remains  in  sheltered  places 
from  winter  to  winter. 

Victoria,  especially  in  its  eastern  districts,  is 
well  watered  and  supplied  with  abundant  lakes 
and  streams.  It  enjoys  as  high  an  average  rain- 
fall as,  and  a  milder  climate  than,  that  of  Cireat 
Britain.  The  mountain  system  gives  two  drainage 
areas,  one  group  of  rivers  falling  northward  into 
the  Murray,  the  other  turning  southward  to  the 
coast. 

The  north-west  of  the  State  is  a  vast  plain, 
originally  covered  for  the  greater  part  with  that 
stunted  eucalyptus  which,  known  as  mallee,  has 
come  to  be  associated  in  southern  Australia  with 
wheat-growing  lands.  The  south-west  holds  what 
has  so  far  been  regarded  as  the  best  pastoral  and 
agricultural  district  in  the  State.  The  eastern 
areas  are  generally  mountainous  but  well  watered 
and  productive.  The  central  districts  fall  away 
from  mineral  areas  to  fertile  plains  both  coast- 
ward  and  inland. 


VICTORIA:   EVOLUTION   AND    PROGRESS. 


303 


With  the  object  of  improving  the  main  roads 
of  the  State,  an  Act  was  passed  on  23rd  December, 
19 1 2,  which  empowered  the  Governor-in-Council 
to  appoint  a  board,  to  consist  of  three  members. 

The  duties  of  the  board  are  to  ascertain  by  sur- 
vey and  investigation  what  roads  are  main  roads; 
the  nature  and  extent  of  the  resources  of  Victoria 
in  metals,  minerals,  and  materials  suitable  for  the 
purposes  of  road-making  and  maintenance,  and 
the  most  effective  and  economical  methods  for 
dealing  with  the  same,  and  for  supplying  and 
utilising  the  material  in  any  part  of  Victoria;  the 
most  effective  methods  of  road  construction  and 
maintenance;  what  deviations  (if  any)  in  existing 
roads  or  what  new  roads  should  be  made  so  as 
to  facilitate  communication  and  improve  the  con- 
ditions of  traffic;  and  to  record,  publish,  and  make 
available  for  general  information  the  results  of 
all  such  surveys  and  investigations.  The  duty  of 
furnishing  information  that  may  be  required  is 
imposed  on  the  municipal  authorities. 

■  The  construction  of  permanent  works  and  the 
aintenance  of  main  roads  are  likewise  to  be 
rried  out  by  the  municipalities  to  the  satisfaction 
ot  the  board.  The  total  cost  of  the  works,  in  the 
first  instance,  is  to  be  paid  by  the  Treasury,  but 
subsequently  half  the  amount  expended  on  per- 
manent works  and  maintenance  is  to  be  refunded 
by  the  municipalities  affected. 

For  the  purpose  of  making  permanent  works, 
power  is  given  to  the  Governor-in-Council  to  issue 
stock  or  debentures  to  the  amount  of  £400,000 


a  year  for  five  years,  and  the  principal  and  interest 
are  a  charge  upon  the  consolidated  revenue  of 
the  State.  The  money  so  raised  is  to  be  placed  to 
the  credit  of  an  account  to  be  called  "the  Country 
Roads  Board  Loan  Account,"  which  will  be 
debited  with  all  payments  made  by  the  Treasurer 
towards  the  cost  of  permanent  works.  A  sinking 
fund  of  I  per  cent,  per  annum  on  half  the  amount 
borrowed  is  authorised  to  be  paid  out  of  the  con- 
solidated revenue  until  half  the  amount  borrowed 
is  redeemed.  An  annual  payment  to  the  Treasurer 
of  6  per  cent,  on  the  amount  due  by  each  muni- 
cipality in  respect  of  permanent  works  is  provided 
for,  and  the  cost  of  maintenance,  allocated  to  each 
municipality,  must  be  paid  before  the  ist  July  in 
each  year.  A  special  rate,  not  to  exceed  6d.  in 
the  £1  on  the  net  annual  value  of  rateable  pro- 
perty to  meet  the  cost  of  permanent  works  and 
maintenance,  may  be  levied  in  any  ward  or  riding 
of  a  municipality  as  the  council  may  direct. 

According  to  the  Federal  Statistician,  up  to  the 
30th  June,  1 9 14,  there  were  2017  miles  of  de- 
clared main  roads,  agreed  to  by  the  councils,  and 
gazetted.  In  addition,  there  were  943  miles  of 
proposed  main  roads  not  yet  gazetted.  The  total 
amount  of  contracts  for  permanent  works  was 
£94,877,  of  which  £23,440  represented  contracts 
let  directly  bv  the  board,  and  £71,473  by  the  muni- 
cipalities. The  net  receipts  for  the  year  ending 
30th  June,  1914,  were  £49,279,  of  which  amount 
the  chief  items  were:  motor  registration  fees, 
£26,011,  and  unused  roads  and  water  frontage 
license  fees,  £19,193. 


Nyora  Gully,  Healesville 


f 


304 


I 


On  the  Beach  at  Mentone 


PORT  PHILLIP  AND  THE  HILLS. 


gardening  on  the  outskirts  of  both  cities  will  ac- 
cept as  a  satisfactory  compliment. 

In  the  end,  only  the  very  smallest  proportion  of 
our  whole  Commonwealth  will  be  found  unpro- 
ductive; but,  when  the  utilities  of  all  Australia 
have  been  determined,  it  will  probably  be  realized 
that  Victoria  has  no  real  waste  lands  beyond  the 
rocky  sides  of  her  mountains.  On  the  western 
side  of  Port  Phillip  basaltic  plains  extend  from 
the  outskirts  of  Melbourne  to  Geelong,  occupied 
first  as  pasture  for  sheep,  but  in  latter  years  de- 
voted  to   agriculture,    principally   the   production 


SINCE  Batman's  "village"  grew  to  be  one  of 
the  major  cities  of  the  world.  Port  Phillip 
District  has  been  the  scene  of  rapid 
changes.  Where  ample  mid-Victorian  skirts 
evaded  contact  with  the  mud  and  dust  of  unmade 
thoroughfares,  sleek  motor-cars  convey  modern 
Beauty  to  afternoon  tea,  over  faultless  street  sur- 
faces, where  traffic  obediently  follows  the  move- 
ments of  a  uniformed  constable's  imperious  hand. 
John  Pascoe  F'awkner's  weatherboards  and  slabs 
have  given  place  to  lordly  granite  and  arching 
steel. 

I  he  Yarra,  although  much  yet  remains  to  be        ^   r    ji  i-  i    ■         r        i  ^  , 

done,  has  been  improved  out  of  all  semblance  to  "[  ^°'^^^'''  ^'^"^^  h=is  found  a  ready  market  m 
the  stream  wherefrom,  one  boisterous  Monday  l^^  metropolis.  This  sweep  of  country  takes  m 
morning  eighty  years  ago,  Batman  filled  the  Re-  I;=^^erton,  Werribee,  Little  R.ver  In  spnng- 
becca's  casks  with  fresh  water  before  setting  sail  *'"'"  '*  ''  ^  '^"'^  "f /'■^^"  ,^"^  gold— the  settlers 
for  Tasmania  with  a  freshly-written  treaty  which  ^'''^'^  acres  emerald  with  flounshmg  young  crops 
purported  to  make  him  and  his  associates  lords  of  °J  °^^''  ^"'^.  °P/"  ''^"=>'"f,  °^  fallow  golden  with 
600,000  acres,  now  the  most  valuable  in  the  Com-  ^^P'^  "^/^"^  m  flower.  Many  Insh  farmers  took 
monwealth  "P  ^""^  around  here  when  the  Colony  was  young, 

Batman,m  his  overland  journey  from  Indented      ^"'^  ^^''^  prospered. 
Head,  had  seen  how  suitable  the  lands  were  for  The  eastern  arm  of  Port  Phillip  for  the  first 

pastoral  and  agricultural  purposes.  Unlike  her  few  miles  is  mainly  suburban  and  residential, 
older  rival,  Melbourne  has  rich  soils  at  her  back  Then  come  flat  patches  of  peaty  sand  on  which, 
doors,  in  contrast  to  the  stiff  clays  and  sandstones  with  the  judicious  use  of  fertilizers,  highly  profit- 
on  which  Sydney  is  located.  Victoria  has  been  able  crops  of  vegetables  are  grown.  Mammoth 
described  as  the  "Cabbage  Garden  of  Australia,"  cauliflowers,  potatoes,  onions,  and  tomatoes  are 
a  tag  which  anyone  who  has  had  experience  of     raised  for  local  sale  or  export  to  other  States. 


i 


305 


3o6 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


While  this  book  is  being  written,  its  author  is 
taking  necessary  physical  exercise  and  recreation 
as  an  amateur  gardener  in  this  very  locality.  At 
first  sight  one  might  be  inclined,  like  James  Flem- 
ming,  Governor  King's  agricultural  expert,  to 
condemn  this  particular  strip  of  heath  and 
bracken-coated  sand  as  barren  and  unfit  for  cul- 
tivation. But  never  judge  Australia  by  surface 
indications!  That  may  be  accepted  as  a  guiding 
adage.  It  is  certainly  adaptable  to  market  gar- 
deners in  this  vicinity,  who  are  making  respect- 
able fortunes  on  soils  that  have  no  pretence  to 
richness.  The  secret,  of  course,  is  rational  man- 
uring, good  rainfall,  supplemented  by  irrigation 


pleasant  work  examining  a  land  of  such  beauty 
and  attraction,  a  land  of  gardens  old  and  new,  of 
orchards,  of  blue  shores  and  green  hills,  of  plea- 
sant rural  roads,  along  which  bush  and  settlement 
alternated,  of  clean  and  spacious  inns,  leafy  vil- 
lages, grassy  slopes  and  running  streams. 

Through  the  seaside  suburbs  of  St.  Kilda, 
Brighton,  Hampton,  Sandringham,  Beaumaris, 
Mentone  and  Mordialloc,  the  road  runs  to  Point 
Nepean.  Port  Phillip  covers  a  total  water  space 
of  800  square  miles.  Along  its  shores  are  many 
pleasant  marine  resorts.  On  the  eastern  side  of 
the  Bay  a  beautiful  species  of  "tea-tree"  flourishes. 
From  Sandringham  onwards  this  native  tree  has 


The  River  Yarra   at  Melbourne 


in  some  cases,  and  proximity  to  market.  Proprie- 
tary gardeners  round  here  pay  wages  to  their 
European  laborers  which  would  make  an  English 
or  French  or  German  market  gardener  believe 
that  the  world  had  gone  mad.  They  give  com- 
paratively high  prices  for  implements  and  fertil- 
izers, and  yet  are  reaping  profits  which,  to  a  Bel- 
gian peasant  proprietor,  for  example,  could  be 
associated  only  with  the  Millennium. 

There  are  still  room  and  opportunity  within  a 
50  miles  radius  of  Melbourne  for  hundreds  of 
small  agriculturists  with  a  little  initial  capital. 

In  the  late  spring  of  191 2,  the  author  ex- 
plored the  country  around  this  great  southern 
centre  in  detail.  It  had  two  interests,  the  scenic 
and  the  practical.  Each  day's  motor  journey 
brought  something  of  both.        In  sooth,   it  was 


been  carefully  preserved.  When  it  flowers  in 
Spring  the  whole  countryside  appears  to  be  dusted 
with  snow.  Residents  have  learned  its  value  and 
cultivate  it  for  hedges  and  breakwinds.  It  re- 
sembles the  olive  at  first  appearance,  grows 
rapidly  and  hardily,  and  is  of  general  service  for 
groves  and  gardens. 

Spaces  widen  away  from  the  city,  and  the  trav- 
eller enters  into  delightful  rural  surroundings. 
Something  can  be  written  on  the  attractions  of 
every  Australian  capital,  but  Melbourne  has  a 
charm  entirely  her  own. 

There  is  a  Spring-time  softness,  an  atmosphere 
half  country  and  half  suburb  about  bayside  places 
like  Beaumaris,  Mentone,  and  Mordialloc  which 
cannot  be  matched  in  Australia.     One  happens  on 


■d 
a 

Pi 


O 


307 


3o8 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


little  lavender  farms,  strawberry  and  asparagus 
gardens  in  out-of-the-way  corners.  The  week- 
ender has  not  yet  destroyed  their  quaintness.  He 
is  a  bird  of  summer,  and  haunts  the  foreshores  in 
his  bathing  clothes. 

One  goes  back  a  little  and  finds  the  market  gar- 
dener plodding  down  broad  paddocks  behind  his 
patient  plough  horse,  or  planting  out  long  rows  of 
cauliflowers  after  the  autumn  rains,  or  in  summer- 
time loading  his  cases  of  ripe  tomatoes  on  to  a 
lorry  on  busy  afternoons  before  the  market  days. 
Mayhap  one  chances  on  a  field  of  oaten  hay  with 
the  new-cut  sheaves  in  stook,  sweet-smelling  as 
those  that  made  the  delight  of  rural  England 
when  Milton  was  writing  U Allegro  or  Lycidas. 
These  places  lie  back  from  tree-fringed  shores 
where  the  campers  and  week-enders — children  of 
a  later  time — have  taken  possession. 

At  Mentone  and  Mordialloc  there  are  long 
piers  typical  of  Hobson's  Bay,  where  folks  prom- 
enade on  summer  nights. 

Beyond  Mordialloc  lie  Aspendale,  Chelsea, 
Carrum  and  Prankston,  where  the  railway  leaves 
the  foreshores  of  Port  Phillip  and  goes  across 
the  peninsula  to  Stony  Point  on  the  shores  of 
Westernport — now  converted  into  a  naval  base 
for  the  Commonwealth.  A  short  loop-line  re- 
turns to  Mornington.  Dromana,  Rye,  Sorrento, 
and  Portsea  are  all  popular  watering-places  be- 
tween that  pretty  village  and  the  quarantine  sta- 
tion at  Point  Nepean. 

It  was  half  a  mile  on  the  east  side  of  Sorrento 
Pier  that  Collins  and  his  company  "settled"  for 
three  impatient  months,  a  hundred  and  ten  years 
ago.  A  few  ancient  graves  remain  to  mark  the 
locality. 

PVom  Mordialloc  to  Frankston  the  sun-loving 
Australian  has  found  a  curve  of  congenial  shore 
whereon  to  erect  hundreds  of  little  bungalows  and 
week-end  places.  In  summer-time  the  tea-tree 
echoes  the  happiness  of  Melbourne  youth;  the 
sands  are  dotted  with  bathers,  and  the  blue  waters 
of  Port  Phillip  sparkle  with  Sicilian  light  and 
color,  or  ruffle  grayly  when  a  cool  south  wind 
comes  sweeping  over  Bass  Strait. 

The  glories  of  Sydney  are  more  marine  than 
rural.  The  beauties  of  Melbourne  are  a  delight- 
ful combination  of  both.  Much  has  been  written 
about  Sydney  Harbor — always  a  pleasant  theme 
— but  in  the  wider  spread  of  Port  Phillip,  with 
its  fertile  shores,  there  is  scope  for  patriotic  paint 
and  poetic  rhapsody.  Manly  on  a  summer's  night 
may  be  a  Venetian  Carnival,  but  Mordialloc  on  a 
spring  morning  is  a  page  from  Whittier. 

The  habitat  of  week-enders  practically  ceases 
at  Frankston.  Beyond  that,  it  is  shady  country- 
side and  sunny  watering-place  down  the  Bay. 
From  Frankston  there  is  a  fair  road  across  Morn- 
ington Peninsula  to  Westernport.     Through  the 


villages  of  Hastings  and  Bittern,  it  goes  pleas- 
antly on  to  Hinders  over  hill  and  dale. 

In  spring-time,  orchards  smothered  in  apple 
and  cherry  blossom  enliven  the  way,  and  green 
crops  grow  fence-high  in  unpromising  sandy  soils. 

From  Flinders  to  Cape  Schanck  is  idyllic. 
Green  fields,  rolling  slopes  dotted  with  sheep  and 
cattle,  grassy  headlands;  roads  that  wind  o\'er 
breezy  hill-tops  and  dip  across  running  creeks, 
blue  seas  and  white  surf  on  the  beaches,  make  a 
pretty  pastoral,  full  of  southern  freshness  and  the 
fragrance  of  fruit,  blossom,  and  hay. 

One  envies  these  comfortable  citizens  whose 
breezy  farm-lands  face  the  sea.  On  this  fertile 
stretch  of  basaltic  country  old  homesteads  are 
tucked  away  in  sheltered  corners  of  the  downs, 


Bocks   at   Phillip   Island 


their  avenues  and  groves  of  dark  spiral  pines  pro- 
claiming early  settlement. 

Westernport  is  looped  like  a  horseshoe  around 
French  Island  and  Phillip  Island,  both  of  con- 
siderable area,  both  places  of  attraction  for  Mel- 
bourne visitors,  who  find  here  field  and  marine 
sports  to  make  their  holidays  pleasant. 

Cowes,  Rhyll  and  Newhaven  on  Phillip  Island 
are  popular  summer  resorts.  Tankerton  stands  on 
French  Island,  and  San  Remo  on  the  eastern 
shores  of  the  Bay.  The  latter  is  a  quaint  little 
seaside  place  with  an  old-world  air  about  it. 
Hedges  of  sweet-briar  and  English  trees  help  to 
heighten  this  effect. 

For  a  restful,  reflective  holiday  these  Western- 
port  villages  have  a  quiet  call. 

It  is  pleasant  to  dawdle  about  the  green  fields 
and  old  gardens  of  a  place  like  San  Remo,  to  feel 
the  keen  south  wind  blowing  across  the  sand 
dunes,  to  watch  the  long  grass  waving,  to  follow 
the  red  and  white  roads,  lifting  and  dipping  over, 
slope  and  hollow,  giving  now  and  then  glimpses 
of  blue  Cjippsland  and  Dandenong  Mountains  anc 
blue  stretches  of  ocean  on  either  hand. 


PORT    PHILLIP    AND    THE    HILLS 


309 


white-heart  cherries,  apples,  and  pears;  and  on 
many  a  patch  of  fertile  soil  it  produces  profitable 
crops  of  wheat  and  oaten  hay. 

Turning  back  from  Cape  Schanck  towards  Port 
Phillip,  basalt  gives  place  to  limestone,  but  rural 
features  remain — the  squares  of  green  crop,  flow- 
ering orchards,  long  hedges,  and  old  houses  in 
their  groves  of  pine. 

Dromana,  like  these  other  watering-places,  has 
its  attractions  for  sportsmen  and  holiday-makers. 
The  hotels,  with  rural  heartiness,  see  to  it  that 
substantial  meals  are  laid  before  their  guests, 
appropriate  to  seaside  appetites.  Golfers,  fisher- 
men, shooters  can  enjoy  their  respective  thrills, 
while  for  the  great  amusement-loving  Australian 
public  in  general  the  guide-books  set  forth  their 
snares.  In  summer  many  Melbourne  business 
people  send  their  families  to  Mornington,  Dro- 
mana, Mount  Martha,  or  some  other  of  these 
cool  and  pleasant  places,  and  either  make  daily 
journeys  where  trains  are  available,  or  join  their 
families  for  the  week-ends.  Bay  steamers  make 
regular  excursions  to  the  outlying  piers  of  Port 
Phillip  on  either  shore. 
l^pEastward  from  Port  Phillip  are  a  number  of 
instricts  where  small  blockholders  make  comfort- 
able livings,  where  there  is  room  yet  for  little 
capitalists  to  establish  minor  industries  or  supple- 


The  Beach,    Cowes,   FliiJllip   Island 


ment  established  sources  of  income  with  takings 
from  the  land. 

The  town  of  Dandenong,  through  which  the 
Gippsland  railway  line  runs,  is  an  old-established 
market  centre,  and  the  capital  of  a  shire.  Spread- 
ing trees  shade  its  busy  main  street.  Like  most 
Victorian  towns,  the  aesthetic  side  of  country  life 
has  not  here  been  ruthlessly  trampled  underfoot 
by  too-eager  utilitarianism.  The  civic  nakedness 
which  unfortunately  attaches  to  some  Australian 
places  has  been  decently  covered,  and  the  visitor 
retains  pleasant  recollections  of  the  town. 

From  Dandenong,  through  the  villages  of 
Sherwood  and  Tooradin,  a  road  of  no  especial 
interest  brings  one  again  to  the  shallow  northern 
shores  of  Westernport. 

A  little  further  east  and  we  enter  the  Koo-wee- 
rup  area,  where  Government  effort  in  swamp 
drainage  and  subdivision  has  been  the  means  of 
settling  many  agricultural  families. 

The  railway  which  connects  Southern  Gipps- 
land with  Melbourne  passes  through  Koo-wee-rup 
and  branches  off  at  Nyora  for  Wonthaggi  and  the 
State  coal-fields. 

Koo-wee-rup  is  an  example  of  what  judicious 
road-making  and  engineering  will  do.  An  area 
of  53,000  acres  has  been  converted  into  good, 
wholesome  farmlands.  The  roads  are  flat  and 
heavy  travelling  after  rain;  but   right  close  to  the 


3IO 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


salty  margins  of  Westernport  one  sees,  on  fields 
reclaimed  by  drainage,  excellent  crops  of  hay  and 
other  evidences  of  successful  agriculture. 

Following  the  main  drain  in  a  north-easterly 
direction  for  about  fourteen  miles,  the  traveller 
strikes  the  Gippsland  road  and  railway  line,  and 
comes  back  through  Drouin,  Bunyip,  Pakenham 
and  Beaconsfield  to  Dandenong.  These  places, 
sleeping  under  the  heels  of  the  hills,  are  all  of 
more  or  less  agricultural  account.  Beacons- 
field  may  be  taken  as  an  example  of  an  East  Vic- 
torian village. 


by  Lilydale  to  Warburton,  and  through  Yarra 
Glen  to  Healesville — all  picturesque  routes. 
Through  all  its  rugged  and  fertile  length  the  long 
Dividing  Range  nowhere  holds  greater  scenic 
beauties  than  those  which  mark  the  ends  of  its 
splendid  mountain  course  just  beyond  Port 
Phillip. 

The  Marysville  and  Warburton  districts,  which 
go  well  out  into  the  ranges,  probably  contain  more 
beautiful  mountain  views  than  any  similar  area  in 
Victoria.  As  the  Marysville  Road  rises  beyond 
Healesville,  it  takes  the  traveller  up  into  forests 


^^ 

^  "^^^1 

l^Ci^ 

■■ifln 

JPPNifci^^^M 

^^jU 

l^&M^HBj^^^^^F  " 

^^m 

(f 

'"^         T^                                 «. 

E..  ^    . 

'^'^W^ 

In  the  Drained  Area,  Koo-wee-rup 


English  oaks  spread  their  leafy  branches  down 
its  streets,  its  gardens  are  gay  with  roses,  its 
hedges  sweet  with  briars. 

Waving  crops  along  the  hillsides,  ripening  fruit 
in  the  orchards  testify  that  this  sunny  village  is 
a  valuable  gem  in  a  setting  of  emerald  and  gold. 

Tilth  and  fertility,  good  seasons,  constant  rain- 
fall are  the  features  of  Gippsland:  into  which 
indifferent  roads  radiate  through  villages  and 
townships  such  as  these. 

From  the  old  Gippsland  Road  one  might,  if  so 
minded,  walk  by  upward  tracks  of  great  beauty  to 
Gembrook  and  Fern-Tree  Gully,  Melbourne's 
best-known  hill  places.  As  he  mounts  these  hill- 
sides, growing  steeper  by  the  way,  the  visitor  will 
realize  that  he  is  ascending  the  southern  wall  of  a 
mountain  range  which  has  its  beginnings  not  very 
far  from  the  Gulf  of  Carpentaria  and  extends 
across  a  Continent. 

The  nearer  ranges  are  penetrated  at  three 
points — by  railway  from  Melbourne  through 
Ringwood  and  Fern-Tree  Gully    to    Gembrook; 


of  tree-fern,  blackbutt  and  native  beech.  From 
various  points  of  vantage  panoramas  of  southern 
Australia  at  her  beautiful  best  are  unrolled  be- 
neath him. 

The  higher  rainfall  of  these  hills  is  responsible 
for  a  richer  vegetation  than  that  immediately 
around  Melbourne.  Blackwood  and  mountain 
ash  (Eucalyptus  sieberiana)  probably  achieve 
their  greatest  height  and  beauty  on  these  ranges. 

The  prosperity  of  Warburton  is  largely 
based  on  mountain  ash.  Here,  on  an  area 
of  12  acres,  one  mill  with  24  hands  has 
sawn  out  £5,000  worth  of  timber  in  nine 
months.  At  Neerim  a  single  trunk  yielded 
10,000  6-ft.  palings,  worth  £115.  Members  of 
this  branch  of  the  great  Eucalypt  family  have 
achieved  a  measured  height  of  300  feet.  Fhey 
stand  among  the  forest  monarchs  of  the  earth. 
Despite  their  tall  trees,  these  hill  regions  are  no- 
wise gloomy  or  repellant.  They  are  forever  sweet 
with  blossom  and  musical  with  birds.  Acacias  and 
sassafras,  starry-petalled   clematis,    tecomas,   and 


Matblnna  Falls,  HealesYllle 


311 


s 


312 


PORT    PHILLIP    AND    THE    HILLS 


313 


The  Biver  Yarra  at  Warburton. 


other  native  flowers  bloom  from  season  to 
season,  while  the  singing  birds  of  the  South  are 
rarely  silent  throughout  the  day. 

Mount  Dandenong,  the  last  of  a  long  line  of 
ancestral  peaks,  is  over  two  thousand  feet  in 
height.  With  the  intervening  twenty-four  miles 
towards  Melbourne  laid  out  in  checker-board 
squares  below  him,  the  visitor  gains  from  its 
summit  a  view  which  will  not  fade  from  inward 
vision  in  a  lifetime.  Mount  Dandenong  can  be 
reached  by  regular  coach  service  from  Croydon, 
on  the  Healesville  line.  Other  vantage  places  have 
been  made  accessible.  For  a  healthy  summer 
holiday,  these  nearer  mountains  are  not  to  be  sur- 
passed within  the  Commonwealth  or  beyond  it. 
Beautiful  streams  of  ever-running  water,  river- 
heads,  cascades  and  creeks,  magnificent  vistas  of 
range  and  valley,  titanic  forests,  glades  of  tall 
tree-fern,  groves  of  myrtle,  sassafras  and  wattle, 
farms,  orchards  make  travel  in  these  districts  a 
day-long  delight. 

With  knapsack,  gun  or  Kodak,  one  might  jog 
along  from  sun  to  sun,  over  a  tumble  of  hills,  ex- 
ploring side  tracks,  visiting  places  of  interest  for 
weeks,  and  still  find  each  day  more  pleasant  than 
the  one  that  went  before.  In  this  way  a  pedes- 
trian may  at  his  leisure  enjoy  the  beauties  of 
Mount  Olinda,  Monbulk,  Montrose,  Croydon, 
Sassafras,  Upper  Fern-Tree   Gully  and   the    Na- 


tional Park;  he  may  climb  to  Sherbrooke  and 
Bayswater;  wander  out  to  Belgrave  and  Emerald, 
on  to  Warburton,  Wood's  Point,  Healesville  and 
Marysville,  and  go  even  farther  afield  through 
the  hearts  of  many  ranges  into  the  very  fastnesses 
of  the  Australian  Alps. 

By  Warburton  stands  Mount  Donna  Buang, 
4080  feet  high,  where  winter  snows  are  slow  in 
melting.  Many  prominent  peaks  lift  their  rugged 
crowns  within  the  splendid  mountain  circle  of 
which  Donna  Buang  is  a  commanding  centre.. 

From  the  township  of  Dandenong  in  the  south, 
across  to  the  pretty  railway  suburb  of  Spring 
Vale,  there  is  much  delightful  orchard  and  har- 
vest land.  Glen  Waverley  is  an  idyll  wherein 
ripened  cherries  and  briar  roses  by  the  wayside 
leave  fragrant,  colorful  memories  of  bounteous 
Spring.  These  outer  edges  of  Melbourne  are 
charming  in  their  sunlight  and  shadow,  their 
clearings  between  spaces  yet  covered  with  scrubs 
and  forests;  their  open  fields  and  native  coverts. 

Pleasant  homes  of  fruitgrowers,  and  onion  and 
potato  fields  testify  to  their  fertility.  They  will 
ultimately  become  one  continuous  agricultural 
colony. 

Striking  across  country  by  Tally  Ho  and  Black 
Flat,  through  vistas  of  English  seeming,  one 
comes  to  Mitcham  and  Ringwood  by  a  rising 
road.      The   hillsides   are  gay  with   growing  or- 


.314 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


chards.  Stream  and  slope,  field  and  farm  make 
bright  the  way  to  Lilydale,  famous  as  the  Aus- 
tralian biding-place  of  Madame  Melba.  In  a 
district  gladdened  by  many  delightful  homes,  the 
world-famous  Victorian  Bird  of  Song  has  built  a 
beautiful  nest. 

Coming  on  to  Healesville  from  Lilydale,  one 
sees  the  hazy  mountains,  which,  from  Melbourne, 
are  no  more  than  blue  silhouettes,  taking  on  more 


Crossing  the  fertile  flats  of  Upper  Yarra  from 
Healesville  to  Christmas  Hills,  the  traveller  will 
see  Victoria  in  one  of  her  typical  moods. 
The  Yarra,  beyond  the  actual  city  radius,  to  its 
head-waters  in  the  mountains,  is  one  of  the  love- 
liest rivers  in  the  Commonwealth.  With  clear 
waters  swept  by  willows  or  shaded  by  ornamental 
trees;  with  graceful  bends  and  sparkling  reaches, 
it  pursues  its  purling,  laughing,  singing  way  over 


On  the  Boad  to  Sassafras,  Mount  Dandenong. 


definite  form.  Spaces  along  the  range  have  been 
cleared  and  converted  into  farms.  A  line  of  tall 
trees  with  slits  of  blue  sky  between  them  marks, 
perhaps,  the  summit  of  a  range  whose  lower  slopes 
are  green  with  tilth.  Perched  on  a  shoulder  of 
hill  will  be  the  out-of-town  house  of  some  Mel- 
bourne man  of  means;  lower  down  an  orchard, 
further  on  a  little  farm. 

Healesville  is  full  of  quiet  Australian  charm. 
Englamored  by  forested  hills,  with  a  clear  moun- 
tain atmosphere  and  cool  summer  nights,  it  has 
become  one  of  the  great  resting-places  of  the 
South.  The  Graceburn  Weir,  part  of  Mel- 
bourne's water  supply,  is  located  near  the  town- 
ship. 


sand  and  pebbles — green  water-weeds  waving  in 
its  pools,  gay  flowers  mirrored  in  its  depths.  It  is 
difficult  to  believe  that  the  turgid  stream  churned 
by  the  screws  of  Trade,  which  impresses  the  visi- 
tor so  unfavorably  on  entering  its  mouth  at  Hob- 
son's  Bay,  is  the  same  daughter  of  the  mountains 
that  flashes  a  silver  mirror  to  the  sun  by  Launch- 
ing Place  and  Warrandyte. 

The  steep  climbs  up  Christmas  Hills  are  repaid 
by  glorious  panoramic  views  of  Yarra  Flats,  with 
mountains  on  one  side  and  Melbourne  and  its 
districts  on  the  other. 

A  road  goes  down  on  the  west  to  Elthani, 
which  is  reached  from  Melbourne  through 
Heidelberg  and  Grecnsborough  by  rail. 


Sturt  Street. 


Botanical  Gardens 


.Lake  wendouret. 


.SuburDan  B6.ll&ral^: 


315 


3i6 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


A  Vineyard  at  Lilydale. 


A  little  way  from  Greensborough  are  St. 
Helena  and  Diamond  Creek,  rural  places  of  a 
type  only  to  be  found  in  Victoria  and  Tasmania. 

Heidelberg  was  one  of  the  first  settlements 
along  the  Yarra.  The  adjoining  district,  on  which 
Melbourne  suburbs  are  now  encroaching,  still 
preserves  the  flavor  of  Old  Colonial  days.  Old 
vineyards  and  orchards,  old  houses  sweetened  by 
alder  and  rose,  pear  blossom,  tall  pines,  oak 
trees,  and  trim  gardens,  feature  the  landscape. 
St.  Helena  was  named  by  one  of  the  original  set- 
tlers, who  had  been  associated  with  the  mid- 
Atlantic  captivity  of  Buonaparte. 

At  Diamond  Creek,  one  of  the  first  Victorian 
gold  mines  was,  until  recently,  working.  About 
here  are  many  young  orchards,  where  apples  are 
profitably  grown.  Further  inland,  among  the 
hills,  are  raspberry  gardens,  giving  heavy  returns. 
All  this  pleasant  country-side  is  adapted  for  small 
holdings.  With  city  markets  and  wharves  at  a 
reasonable  distance,  good  fruit,  butter,  crop  and 
stock  will  give  the  careful  block-holder  a  decent 
living  and  something  more. 


The  Yan  Yean  Reservoir,  which  supplies  Mel- 
bourne with  pure  water,  has  been  constructed  by 
damming  the  Plenty  River,  a  tributary  of  the 
Yarra,  at  a  convenient  storage  point  24  miles 
from  the  city.  A  railway  goes  to  Whittlesea,  four 
miles  further.  At  the  foot  of  the  Plenty  Range, 
supplementary  storages  have  been  established 
among  very  beautiful  surroundings. 

The  embankment  of  the  Yan  Yean  is  3,200 
feet  long,  the  reservoir  eleven  miles  in  circum- 
ference. This  pine-bordered  lake  with  background 
of  blue  hills  is  among  the  many  creditable  public 
works  which  have  been  established  in  Victoria 
during  the  half-century  since  gold  was  discovered 
on  the  banks  of  the  Plenty  River. 

With  a  good  hill-climbing  car,  the  tourist  will 
do  well  to  cross  from  the  pleasant  clearings  of 
Whittlesea  towards  Kinglake — another  mountain 
district  of  attraction,  where  cold-country  fruits 
bring  growers  good  profits.  Kinglake  is  on  the 
edges  of  forests  which  have  yielded  an  enormous 
quantity  of  marketable  timber. 


Mitchell  Falls,  Kyneton. 


The  River  at  Yea, 


I 


•a 

S3 


n 


317 


3i8 


PORT    PHILLIP    AND    THE    HILLS 


River   Goulbuni,    Alexandra. 


Through  Kingluke  West  a  hea\y  road  goes  on 
to  Yea,  following  down  King  Parrot  Creek,  and 
passing  through  the  pretty  hamlet  of  Flowerdale. 
By  pinches,  levels  and  slopes,  one  gradually  climbs 
into  the  heart  of  mountains  where  lordly  pano- 
ramas of  billowing  hills,  vividly  green  flats, 
ravines,  forests  and  precipices  await  the  enthusi- 
astic tourist.  It  is  worth  any  amount  of  "top- 
gear"  work  and  hard  climbing  by  muddy  road  to 
get  into  these  mountains.  They  will  give  you  an 
impression  of  Australia  which  you  cannot  find  in 
books  of  travel  written  by  casual  globe-trotters. 

Along  King  Parrot  Creek,  which  empties  into 
the  Goulburn  River,  are  quaint  old  homesteads 
dating  back,  no  doubt,  to  the  days  of  first 
Victorian  settlement. 

Touring  eastward  from  Yea,  the  road,  railway, 
and  river  run  side  by  side  through  a  veritable 
land  of  delight.  Nowhere  in  Australia  is  there 
a  more  glorious  road  than  that  which  winds  along 
the  Goulburn  Valley  from  Yea  to  Tallarook. 

The  Goulburn,  one  of  the  major  tributaries  of 
the  Murray,  enters  that  river  a  little  above 
Echuca.  Like  the  Murrumbidgee  and  Darling, 
where  they  join  the  great  river,  there  is  a  distinct 
difference  in  the  color  of  the  water.  On  my 
motor-boat  journey  down  the  Murray  some  years 
ago,  I  remember  that  the  Goulburn  came  in  un- 
expectedly like  a  dark  green  ribbon  unrolling  it- 
self over  a  court  dress  of  silvery  silk.  The  Mur- 
rumbidgee was  a  lighter  green,  but  the  Darling 
ran  like  a  river  of  milk.  One  noticed  these 
features  the  more,  perhaps,  because  the  waters  of 
the  Murray  are  so  colorless  and  clear.  But  the 
Goulburn — already  no  inconsiderable  stream — is 
clear  enough  where  the  road  meets  it  eastward  of 
Yea.  Its  swiftly-flowing  current  is  carried  along 
between  steep  granite  hills  that  open  out  here  and 
there  in  rushy  swamps  or  patches  of  black  tilth 


lands.  Fruit  and  crops,  farms  and  rustic  scenery 
of  especial  charm  make  the  winding  road  to  Tal- 
larook unusually  pleasant.  Dark  patches  of  fern 
splash  the  green  hillsides  with  a  more  sombre 
green.  Comfortable  farm-houses  surrrounded  by 
poplar  trees,  and  old  huts  of  bark  and  slab  en- 
groved  by  older  trees,  link  the  present  to  the 
past. 

Interstate  railway  passengers  are  familiar  with 
the  country  that  lies  between  Tallarook  and  Mel- 
bourne. Much  of  it  is  rich  and  good:  especially 
about  the  old  settled  districts  of  Broadford,  Kil- 
more,  Wallan,  Donnybrook  and  Broadmeadows. 

The  Sydney  Road  runs  through  all  these 
places.  By  this  long  highway  the  diggers  poured 
down  when  the  gold  excitement  was  high.  By  the 
Bendigo  Road  they  left  Melbourne  for  the  fields. 

Inns  stand  yet  by  the  wayside,  where  flying 
coaches  changed  horses  in  the  roaring  'fifties, 
where  lucky  gold-seekers  held  high-revels  and 
scattered  wealth  to  the  winds.  Crumbling  walls 
by  cross-roads  which  echo  now  the  hooting  of 
motor  horns  not  so  long  ago  gave  back  the  re- 
frains of  songs  that  delighted  the  dandies  when 
Dickens  and  Thackeray  were  revising  the  proof- 
sheets  of  their  earlier  novels. 

The  railway  takes  more  prosaic  generations 
through  Macedon  and  Kyneton  to  Castlemaine. 
Macedon  has  during  many  years  been  a  habitat  of 
the  well-to-do.  Rich  men's  homes  lie  along 
the  hillsides.  Mount  Macedon  is  3,3 2  q  feet  high 
and  from  various  points  unfolds  panoramic 
views  rivalling  those  of  the  Dandenongs.  Another 
railway  has  opened  the  country  to  Lancefield. 
It  junctions  with  the  main  northern  line  at  Kil- 
more. 

Kyneton  is  a  further  example  of  a  solid  \'ic- 
torian  township,  centring  a  good  agricultural 
district.  But  the  rich  lands  of  Kilmore,  Lance- 
field and  Kyneton  are  not  yet  supporting  a 
sufficient  population.  With  the  inevitable  sub- 
divisions which  are  coming,  these  bounteous  agri- 
cultural soils  will  carry  a  far  greater  number  of 
people,  and  the  local  towns  will  benefit  in  propor- 
tion. 

Castlemaine  is  a  place  of  manufacturing  impor- 
tance. Much  staunch  Victorian  machinery  has 
been  turned  out  in  this  little  town  on  the  outskirts 
of  which  the  signs  of  old  diggings — in  the  shape 
of  mullock  heaps,  pot  holes,  rotting  timbers  and 
rusty  iron — are  still  in  evidence. 

Prom  Castlemaine  across  to  Creswick  and  on  to 
Ballarat  the  present  agricultural  landscape  is  dot- 
ted with  poppet-heads  and  dumps  where  reef- 
mining  has  been  pursued  with  varying  success. 
Luckily  for  these  old  Victorian  mining  centres, 
they  were  surrounded  by  some  of  the  finest  farm 
lands  in  the   Commonwealth.     As  their  mineral 


319 


320 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Coliban  Biver,  Kyneton. 


resources  were  exploited,  the  more  permanent 
wealth  of  the  soil  was  developed. 

Ballarat  is  no  longer  a  great  mining  centre,  but 
a  proud,  prosperous  modern  city,  whose  commer- 
cial stability  is  mainly  based  upon  dairying,  gen- 
eral farming  and  manufacture. 

From  Castlemaine  to  Daylesford  is  only  a 
short  run.  Daylesford  makes  a  convenient  health 
district  for  Melbourne  and  Bendigo  and  Ballarat. 
High  hills,  water-falls,  trout  streams,  mineral 
springs,  are  among  its  well-advertised  attractions. 

Daylesford,  with  a  population  of  4,000  people, 
is  one  of  the  brightest  towns  in  Victoria.  In  none 
of  these  many  brisk  and  cheerful  country  places 
within  a  hundred  miles  of  Melbourne  will  the 
most  pessimistic  visitor  discover  that  "weird  ex- 
pectancy" which  strangers  have  been  taught  to 
believe  is  typical  of  the  Australian  bush.  It 
would  be  indeed  difficult  to  find  within  a  hundred 
mile  radius  of  any  other  city  in  the  world  so  much 
fertility,  so  much  varied  natural  beauty,  such  a 
contented  and  healthy  population. 

Between  Ballarat  and  Melbourne  is  Bacchus 
Marsh,  interesting  from  both  geological  and  agri- 
cultural view-points.  Here  one  of  the  most  suc- 
cessful of  the  State's  smaller  irrigation  schemes 
has  brought  prosperity  to  a  number  of  settlers. 
Bacchus  Marsh  is  synonymous  with  agricultural 


values  and  excellence  of  production.  Apart  from 
its  celebrity  for  high-grade  dairy  products  Bac- 
chus Marsh  is  a  most  attractive  resort.  I  he 
Werribee  Gorge — now  converted  into  a  National 
Park — is  within  three  miles  of  its  railway  station. 
This  place  holds  particular  interest  for  geologists. 

Ballarat  is  also  reached  by  a  trunk  line  from 
Geelong.  This  route  takes  the  traveller  through 
some  fine  agricultural  districts.  The  rapid  settle- 
ment of  the  State  has  in  a  great  measure  been  a 
direct  result  of  the  construction  of  lines  and  loop- 
lines  in  all  directions.  No  part  of  Australia  en- 
joys such  a  complete  and  effective  railway  system. 

Since  the  opening  of  the  line  to  Bendigo,  in  Oc- 
tober, 1862,  western  and  north-western  Vic- 
toria have  been  cobwebbed  with  railroads.  ft 


I 


*  * 

in  Australia  than  (jee- 


There  is  no  fairer  place 
long,  which  fronts  Port  Phillip  at  the  head  of 
Corio  Bay.  The  western  shores  of  this  great 
Port  are  intensely  fertile.  Geelong  itself  is  rich 
in  groves  and  gardens,  busy  and  modern,  but  yet 
a  city  of  flowers.  It  is  most  happily  located  on 
sloping  hillsides,  with  a  back  country  of  excep- 
tional beauty. 

From    Geelong    to    Queenscliff  is  a  ilelightful 
journey — one  to  loiter  over  with  a  good  car  upon   * 
a  long  October  day.  The  villa  and  cottage  gardens  ( 


41 


321 


322 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


In  the  Public  Gardens,  Bacchus  Marsh. 


of  (jeelong  will  be  full  of  flowers  about  that 
time — parks  a  vivid  green,  fields  emerald  and  gol- 
den. Imported  gorse  will  make  the  roadside 
hedges  seem  like  the  walls  of  the  new  Jerusalem, 
although  the  farmer  loves  it  not.  Ihe  fruit  trees 
will  be  a-smother  with  pink  and  white.  On  undu- 
lating hillsides  fat  sheep  and  cattle  will  remind  the 
wayfarer  that  he  is  passing  along  a  frmge  of  the 
famous  Western  District.  The  great  bay  will 
glitter ;  white  sails  against  a  background  of  Aegean 
blue  and  the  smoke  of  steamers  will  shew  that  it  is 
one  of  the  world's  busy  ports;  Barwon  River 
will  gleam  across  the  farmlands,  and  Lake  Con- 
newarre  flash  its  silver.  There  will  be  glimpses 
of  blue  mountain-peaks  in  the  distance;  peace- 
ful hamlets  with  shaded  streets  to  glide  through 
slowly,  a  clean  little  inn  to  offer  gossip  or  refresh- 
ment. There  will  be  scent  of  roses,  clover  and 
hay,  song  of  skylarks  and  carol  of  magpies — all 
the  elements  of  a  joyous  journey  through 
green  expanses  that  have  never  borne  the  cruel 
burden  of  Want  or  War. 

At  Portarlington  the  first  page  of  Victorian 
settlement  was  turned  nearly  eighty  years  ago. 
Then  the  aboriginal  hunted  emu  and  kangaroo 
across  those  pastures,  waving  like  wheat-fields, 
which  Batman  saw  and  coveted. 

Batman^and  his  dusky  friends  have  sped  thence. 
New  red-roofed  cottages,  and  some  old  ones 
with  the  stains  of  early  nineteenth-century  wea- 


ther upon  them,  face  the  Bay  where  the  litde 
Rebecca  lay  at  anchor  only  a  life's-length  ago. 

Farther  on  is  the  little  marine  hatnlet  of  St. 
Leonards,  where  clean  incoming  tides  bring  shoals 
of  hungry  fish  to  gladden  the  sportsman's  soul. 

Let  the  man  whose  mind  has  been  filled  with 
harsh  impressions  of  our  lovely  South-land  go 
down  by  Clifton  Springs  and  Drysdale  and  Port- 
arlington, and  recatit! 

When  he  has  grown  tired  of  emerald  pastures, 
waving  crops,  and  flowering  orchards,  he  can 
glide  out  of  this  rapt  demesne  to  where  waves  of 
the  Tasman  Sea  break  on  beaches  of  Barwon 
Heads,  Torquay,  or  Anglesea ;  he  may  even  wan- 
der as  far  as  Lome,  and  loiter  upon  the  beach  or 
explore  the  damp  recesses  of  Cape  Otway  forests. 
He  will  find  shores  full  of  beauty  and  grandeur, 
fields  and  farms,  stretches  of  bushland  swept  by 
invigorating  winds,  fragrant  with  wattle  blossom, 
sunlight  and  spray — but  nothing  to  remind  him 
that  Marcus  Clarke  wrote  his  dismal  preface  to 
Adam  Lindsay  Gordon's  poems  over  in  Mel- 
bourne across  the  Bay. 

It  is  amusing  to  hear  returned  Australians 
speaking  in  raptured  voices  of  the  Sunny  South 
of  Llurope,  of  Lnglish  lanes  and  Irish  meadows, 
and  Caledonian  braes.  Within  the  radius  of  a 
hundred-mile  arc,  drawn  east  and  west  of  Mel- 
bourne, glows  a  Made  verdant  land,  resplendent 
and  glorious  with  mountain  and  meadow,  stream 


PORT    PHILLIP   AND    THE    HILLS 


3*3 


and  cascade,  blue  tidal  waters  and  brave  sunshine 
— entirely  healthy,  entirely  free,  which  enjoys  all 
the  blessings  of  peaceful  production  and  still  holds 
thousands  of  untilled  acres  and  hundreds  of  op- 
portunities for  the  establishment  of  comfortable 
Australian  homes. 

In  Melbourne  already  there  are  650,000 
people,  or  a  little  less  than  half  the  population  of 
the  State.  The  city  itself  does  not  need  to  in- 
crease its  numbers;  but  the  adjoining  rural  dis- 
tricts should  be  able  to  support  many  times  their 
present  total.  Judicious  land  laws,  sub-division 
and  intensive  culture  on  small  areas,  the  establish- 
ment of  new  rural  industries  under  attractive  con- 
ditions of  labor  and  residence,  will  help  to  solve 


this  passing  problem  of  centralization.  The  tap- 
roots of  a  tree  are  naturally  strongest;  but  the 
whole  root  system  must  be  given  room  to  develop 
if  the  growth  of  the  tree  is  to  have  a  normal  con- 
tinuance. 

Professor  Cherry,  formerly  Director  of  Agri- 
culture for  Victoria,  asserts  that  not  one-tenth  of 
the  available  land  of  the  State  is  under  cultiva- 
tion. It  may  be  seen  how  the  present  population  of 
1,400,000  could  be  multiplied  by  ten  without  ex- 
hausting Victoria's  agricultural  strength. 

The  opening  of  an  autonomous  transport,  with 
a  deep-sea  harbor  at  Portland  will  help  to  relieve 
Melbourne.  This  great  national  work  has  already 
begun. 


On  the  Erskine  at  Lome. 


324 


I 


Wamiambool. 


THE  WESTERN  DISTRICT. 


THE  city  of  Geelong  has  a  population  of 
35,000.  On  the  outskirts  of  the  town  are 
several  fine  woollen  mills,  where  the  in- 
comparable fleeces  of  these  districts — sought 
annually  by  purchasers  from  all  over  the  world — 
are  made  into  most  durable  tweeds,  Hannels  and 
blankets.  Immediately  beyond  the  town  there 
liegins  the  fairest  belt  of  agricultural  country  in 
the  Commonwealth.  Furthermore,  it  is  traversed 
by  what,  at  the  end  of  the  year  191 5,  was  de- 
cidedly the  best  main  road  in  the  State. 

Geelong  being  the  natural  capital  of  the  won- 
ilerful  Western  District  of  Victoria,  we  will  make 
it  the  starting-point  of  another  journey. 

To  travel  through  this  agricultural  Utopia  in 
spring,  when  the  crops  are  rustling  against  the 
top-rails  of  the  fences,  is  to  behold  Australia  in 
one  of  her  most  prolific  aspects. 

Richest  volcanic  soils,  visited  by  copious  rain- 
'alls,  with  a  temperate  climate,  make  Western  Vic- 
itoria  from  Geelong  to  Port  Fairy  a  natural 
garden.  Land  has  sold  for  over  £100  an 
acre  within  this  belt,  the  output  of  which  in  wheat, 
wool,  dairy  produce,  has  reached  a  tremendous 
total.  Some  of  the  wealthiest  agriculturists  in 
Australia  have  made  their  fortunes  here.  If  It 
were  the  ambition  of  graziers  to  become  farmers, 
rather  than  vice  versa,  the  Western  District 
would  be  still  more  productive  and  closer  settled. 
When  the  men  of  larger  holdings  see  the  wisdom 
"1  sub-division,  either  on  share-farming  principles 


or  as  landlords  or  financiers,  this  corner  of  the 
Commonwealth  will  swell  the  figures  of  Victorian 
production  further  still. 

Despite  this  prevailing  tendency  to  large 
estates,  the  Western  Districts  are  highly  progres- 
sive and  prosperous.  Some  of  the  best  towns  in 
the  State  have  put  civic  roots  deep  into  their 
basaltic  soils,  and  are  destined  to  grow. 

The  first  of  these  considerable  places  along  that 
pleasant  western  road  is  Colac.  The  town  has 
a  present  population  of  about  4,250  people,  with 
14,500  in  the  shire.  Dairy  farming  and  its  by- 
products have  proved  most  profitable.  The  aver- 
age holdings  are  about  100  acres.  It  is  said  lo- 
cally that  fifty  acres  properly  worked  make  a  good 
living  area.  The  present  capital  value  of  the 
land  about  Colac  may  be  calculated  at  from  £40 
to  £60  an  acre.  Land  suitable  for  the  growing  of 
onions  brings  as  much  as  £4  an  acre  annual  rental. 
Such  land  was  yielding  (in  1 9 1 2 )  six  to  seven  tons 
an  acre,  worth  £20  a  ton  at  the  time.  Ten-acre 
men  were  making  a  fair  income.  It  must  be  re- 
membered that  living  in  this  class  of  country  is 
very  cheap.  Hitherto,  beef  and  mutton  have  been 
procurable  at  prices  that  keep  them  on  the  table 
of  every  working-man :  country  house-rents  are 
low,  commodities  comparatively  cheap,  vege- 
tables and  fruit  grow  readily,  and  a  household 
cow  or  two  are  easily  kept.  Taking  into  consider- 
ation climate,  constant  rainfall,  convenience  and 
company,  the  small  farmer  may  be  better  oft  on 


325 


326 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


ten  or  twenty  or  fifty  acres  here,  than  men  with 
1,500  acres  elsewhere.  With  the  wages  paid  to 
agricultural  laborers  in  Australia,  any  ordinary 
farm  hand,  without  capital,  can  look  forward  to 
becoming  a  proprietor. 

It  has  become  the  recognised  duty  of  each  State 
Government  to  encourage  and  assist  this  class  of 
settler  as  far  as  possible — the  greater  the  number 
of  agricultural  proprietors  the  better  for  the  ef- 
fective occupation  and  future  development  of  the 
whole  Commonwealth. 


erally,  dairymen  at  least  could  greatly  increase 
their  returns.  Even  in  these  splendid  districts 
the  most  casual  observer  will  see  idle  lands  and 
neglected  opportunities.  Still  there  are  plenty  of 
good  farmers  and  well-worked  holdings.  As  the 
Agricultural  Colleges  get  in  their  good  education- 
al work  and  European  and  American  settlers  with 
up-to-date  experience  and  the  necessary  initial 
capital  take  up  Australian  lands,  there  will  pro- 
bably be  a  vast  improvement  in  the  handling  of 
farms. 


Thunder  Point   and  Shelly  Beach,   Warmambool. 


Farmers  of  the  Western  District  have  paid 
great  attention  to  their  dairy  herds.  Oats,  barley, 
onions  and  potatoes,  without  fertilizers,  may  be 
the  standard  crops  of  the  Western  District,  but 
the  production  of  butter  and  cheese,  the  curing  of 
bacon,  are  constantly-increasing  industries.  Graz- 
ing, of  course,  has  always  been  successful;  in  fact, 
the  pastures  of  the  Victorian  volcanic  belt  carry 
a  majority  of  the  sheep  and  cattle  of  the  State. 

Drought  is  unknown.  For  half  a  century  oaten 
crops  have  never  failed.  Despite  these  advan- 
tages, experts  like  Dr.  Cherry,  Professor  of  Agri- 
culture in  Melbourne  University,  still  contend  that 
Victorian  farmers  are  not  getting  anything  like 
the  possible  returns  from  their  holdings.  There 
is  no  doubt  that,  with  conservation  of  water  and 
fodder,  culling  and  more  scientific  methods  gen- 


The  town  of  Colac — electric-lit,  with  teleJ 
phones,  cars,  linotypes  and  most  of  the  minor  coM 
veniences  of  civilization — like  other  Victorian 
towns  of  to-day,  presents  no  extremes  of  poverty ' 
and  wealth.  One  finds  great  equality,  fine  friend- 
liness, general  comfort  and  well-to-do-ness,  and 
keen  local  spirit  among  these  prosperous  little 
rural  communities. 

Lake  Colac,  a  fine  sheet  of  fresh  water, 
22  miles  round  and  averaging  eight  feet  in  depth, 
is  the  scene  of  an  annual  regatta.  Colac  prides 
itself  on  the  fact  that  its  Lake  offers  the  biggest 
field  for  eight-oars  in  the  Commonwealth,  rather 
than  on  the  certainty  that  its  sale  yards  pen  on  an 
average  a  thousand  pigs  a  week. 

The  Shire  of  Colac  would  carry  at  least  twice 
its  present  population. 


I 


THE  WESTERN  DISTRICT  OF   VICTORIA. 


327 


Tower  Hill  and  Lake,  Eoroit. 


As  we  go,    still    westward,   through    halcyon 

land  of  fields  and  farms,  with  good  macadamized 

roads  under  us,  we  see  green  crops  as  even  as  a 

^^^[lilliard  table,  higher  than  the  fences,  or  stocks  of 

I^Bipened    crops   standing   in   the    paddocks    with 

reapers  and  binders  at  work.     Black  soils,  basal- 

I^^ic  soils,   limestone   soils,   chocolate   soils,   spread 
^fcverywhere. 

Otway  Forest  is  marked  by  a  heavy  cloud-bank 
to  the  southward.  Creeks  and  freshwater  lakes, 
lipped  by  a  scarlet  weed,  are  frequent.  Orchards 
of  apricots  and  other  fruit  look  prolific  and 
healthy.  Sheep  and  dairy  cattle  graze  along 
rolling  slopes  in  lush  green  herbage.  Glossy  cows 
nuinch  contentedly  over  rich  pastures.  Lucerne 
fields  hold  bounteous  promise  of  winter  hay.  Po- 
tato plants  lift  their  purple-flowering  heads  down 
long  even  rows.  Dark  green  squares  of  onions 
patch  the  hillsides.  Fine  dwellings,  creameries, 
smart  buggies  and  new  motor-cars  indicate  that, 
whether  the  land  is  cultivated  to  its  full  extent  or 
not,  the  Western  District  men  are  neither  shiftless 
nor  poor. 

This  description  applies  to  all  the  country  be- 
tween Geelong  and  Port  Fairy,  and  takes  in  Warr- 
nambool,  Koroit,  Colac  and  Camperdown.  The 
latter  is  a  smart,  progressive  town  of  about  3,000 
inhabitants.  It  is  the  capital  of  a  shire  about  900 
square  miles  in  area,  holding  a  present  population 

§f  10,000,  which  might  be  increased  to  100,000 
■ith  closer  settlement.  Some  of  the  larger  estates 
re  now  being  sub-divided  into  200  and  400  acre 
farms.  The  writer  heard  of  men  in  the"'Butter 
Belt"  netting  £800  a  year  from  i;o-acre  blocks, 
his  district  is  watered  by  many  lakes,  based  in 
Id  volcanic  craters,  some  of  which  are  of  very 
great  depths.  It  may  be  regarded  as  the  heart  of 
the  future  closer  settlement  and  intensive-culture 

Krea  of  Western  Victoria. 


IK.' 

i 


Warrnambool,  Koroit  and  Port  Fairy,  all  lie 
within  a  few  miles  of  one  another,  and  make  the 
fertile  boundaries  of  a  garden  over  a  hundred 
miles  in  length. 

The  first  is  a  solid  little  city  with  wide,  well- 
paved  and  clean  streets,  sandstone  houses,  good 
stores,  manufactories,  and  other  outward  evi- 
dences of  long-standing  prosperity.  Famed  for 
its  astounding  crops  of  onions  and  potatoes, 
Warrnambool  is  also  a  depot  of  supply  for  a  large 
dairy-farming  area,  than  which  there  is  nothing 
richer  in  the  Commonwealth.  Warrnambool, 
like  Port  Fairy,  is  a  favorite  seaside  resort,  both 
with  rocky  ocean-shore  and  sandy  bay-beach. 

Koroit  is  a  smaller  repetition  of  Warrnambool, 
some  of  the  most  productive  mixed  farms  in  Vic- 
toria being  located  on  the  green  volcanic  slopes 
around  it.  It  is  here  that  a  long-extinct  volcano 
belched  forth  the  richest  soil  deposits  known  in 
Australia,  and  made  the  land  worth  from  £80  to 
over  £100  an  acre. 

Port  Fairy  is  the  terminus  of  the  western  rail- 
way system,  and  a  shipping  centre.  Considerable 
port  improvements  are  being  effected  both  at 
Warrnambool  and  Port  Fairy.  They  are  both 
live  towns,  with  active  municipal  councils  who  see 
to  it  that  the  civic  credit  of  a  growing  population 
is  sustained. 

Between  this  town  and  historic  Portland 
the  coast  lands  are  not  of  such  unvarying  excel- 
lence, but  even  the  poorest  in  seeming  are  capable 
of  high  production  with  proper  treatments,  as  the 
heath  lands  are  now  proving. 

Portland,  among  many  Australian  towns  with 
high  ambitions,  deserves  particular  attention. 
It  claims  the  proud  historical  distinction  of  be- 
ing the  first  place  in  V^ictoria  where  European 
settlement  definitely  began.  Two  hundred  and 
fifty-two  miles  from  Melbourne,  it  is  already  the 


328 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Loch  Ard  Gorge,  Port  Campbell. 


terminus  of  a  railway  system  which  taps  the 
north-western  parts  of  the  State  and  the  adjoining 
border  districts  of  South  Australia. 

It  has  been  patent  for  many  years  past  that 
Melbourne,  like  Sydney  and  Adelaide,  is  called 
upon  to  accept  more  carrying  trade  than  is  good 
for  her  development.  It  is  natural  in  the  opening 
of  new  countries  that  first-established  ports  along 
their  seaboards  will  attract  large  populations,  but 
the  expansion  of  Sydney  and  Melbourne  as  ports 
has  been  out  of  proportion. 

Both  New  South  Wales  and  Victoria  have  now 
determined  upon  a  policy  of  developing  their 
outer  ports  and  inland  railways  in  order  to  pre- 
vent further  centralization.  Serious  problems  of 
transport  have  arisen  which  need  not  be  discussed 
now.  It  is  a  sufficient  guarantee  for  the  future 
of  the  south,  west  and  north,  that  the  expansive 
harbor  works  at  Portland  recently  commenced 
will  create  a  new  deep-sea  port  of  the  first 
magnitude. 

Portland  Bay  is  24  miles  by  12,  with  32  feet 
of  water  and  upwards  for  berthing  at  low  tide. 
It  should  become  an  outlet  for  the  Wimmera  and 
a  large  section  of  the  Victorian  Mallee.  Local 
production  in  the  shape  of  timber,  grain,  potatoes 
and  the  fruits  of  the  temperate  zone  are  already 
exported.  The  Nine-Mile  Forest,  near  Portland, 
boasts  of  producing  15  tons  of  potatoes  to  the 
acre.  Large  stretches  of  heath  land,  some  thrown 
open  for  close  settlement,  are  located  in  the  dis- 
trict. Unpromising  in  appearance,  these  heath- 
covered  coastal  plains  give  payable  returns  of  5 


to  10  tons  of  potatoes  from  an  acre.  Strawberry 
clover,  cocksfoot,  rye  and  other  grasses  thrive 
even  in  the  poorer-looking  soils,  which  extend 
across  towards  Mount  Gambier.  For  their  own 
especial  purposes  they  are  just  as  valuable  under 
the  high  rainfalls  of  this  corner  of  Australia  ;is 
the  fat  lands  in  other  parts  of  the  State. 

Freezing  works  make  one  of  the  existing  indus- 
tries of  Portland,  whence  a  hundred  thousand 
lambs  a  year  are  already  exported.  Farm  lands 
have  a  present  value  of  £15  an  acre,  and  are  in- 
creasing in  value.  As  inevitable  export  trade 
is  developed  at  Portland  Bay,  settlement  will 
doubtless  increase  through  all  this  extreme  south- 
western division  of  Victoria. 

The  north-west  Wimmera  and  Mallee  pro- 
duce sixty  per  cent  of  the  total  wheat  grown  in 
Victoria,  beside  a  fair  proportion  of  woo!  and  fat 
lambs.  It  is  expected  that  this  output,  or  a 
greater  part  of  it,  will  ultimately  be  shipped  direct 
from  Portland.  Once  direct  railway  communica- 
tion is  established  between  the  port  and  the  highly 
productive  districts  northward,  their  products  will 
naturally  gravitate  to  Portland,  saving  thereby 
freight  distances  of  60  and  100  miles. 

The  linking  of  Portland  and  Mount  Gambier 
by  rail  will  drain  the  production  of  that  fertile 
pocket  also  by  a  much  nearer  channel  to  the  sea. 

Between  Mount  Gambier  and  Casterton  to  the 
northward,  and  from  (ilenelg  to  Portland  on  the 
coast,  there  is  a  large  block  of  Victorian  territory 
yet  but  sparsely  settled.  '1  he  writer  crossed 
into     Casterton     from     Mount     Gambier     west 


M 


nm^^m 


;^jf!l^^^!^^ryWff^Wgl 


MMsmMEmw^ 


fs 


i 


i 
I 


i 


I 


i 


if'; 

I 


i 


bO 
S3 


329 


330 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


and  east  in  the  beginning  of  19 12,  and 
crossed  at  the  end  of  the  same  year 
through  Hotspur  and  Digby — south  and  north — 
from  Portland  to  Casterton  again.  The  rainfall 
along  this  route  is  the  same  as  that  of  Mornington 
Peninsula — 30  to  40  inches.  Nearing  Casterton, 
the  country  improves  in  appearance;  yet  the 
more  southern  part  of  it  is  by  no  means  sterile  or 
unfit  for  production.  Like  the  heath  lands  above 
Portland,  it  can  be  turned  to  very  good  account, 
as  patches  of  cultivation  here  and  there  are  al- 
ready testifying. 

Coming  across  from  Mount  Gambler — the 
place  where  good  South  Australians  go  to 
when  they  die — one  leaves  the  black  ploughed 
lands  before  reaching  the  border  and  enters 
what  to  the  average  layman  seems  a  desert 
by  comparison.  I  remember  that  particular 
journey  rather  well,  because  I  had  for 
coach  companions  a  blithe  colonist  of  70,  named 
Cawker — an  old  friend  and  associate  of  Adam 
Lindsay  Gordon — and  a  pessimist,  who  was 
travelling  on  account  of  his  health.  We  left 
Mount  Gambler  while  the  church  bells  were  ring- 
ing and  rattled  along  briskly  behind  a  fair  team 
of  horses,  first  through  a  magnificent  a\enue  of 
pine  trees  and  then  out  on  to  open  country 
with  rolling  hills  of  a  vivid  green;  a  most  strik- 
ing contrast  to  Hergott  Springs,  where  I  had  just 
spent  a  few  dry  but  interesting  days.  We  left  the 
onion  farms  presently  and  crossed  into  rich 
swainp  lands  yet  undrained.  Fine  spreading  gum 
trees  and  flat  open  spaces  featured  this  region. 

The  coach  stopped  just  over  the  Victorian  bor- 
der at  a  little  place  called  Ardno  to  change  horses. 
Here  we  got  an  unexpectedly  good  cup  of  tea.  The 
pessimist  had  complained  about  the.  country  from 
the  moment  we  crossed  the  border  line.  He  kept 
on  complaining  until  the  coach  reached  Casterton 
late  that  afternoon.  Although  they  gave  us  a 
splendid  lunch  in  the  inn  at  Strathdownie,  he  was 
not  happy.  He  said  there  were  too  many  swamps; 
the  people  couldn't  be  healthy  and  the  food 
couldn't  be  good. 

After  leaving  Strathdownie,  the  road  rises  into 
country  of  no  seeming  quality.  There  were 
patches  of  heavy  sand,  which  gave  the  pessimist 
an  opportunity  to  talk  about  Australian  deserts. 
His  heart  was  not  in  Australia.  Still  we  reasoned 
with  him.  But  as  the  sand  grew  heavier  and  the 
stunted  forest  thicker  and  more  unpromising,  a 
tone  of  greater  satisfaction  entered  into  his 
criticisms.  He  said  they  called  Victoria  the  garden 
of  Australia — was  this  any  garden? 

We  had  to  admit  that  it  was  not.  But,  I  ven- 
tured to  suggest,  out  of  a  profound  belief  in  Aus- 
tralia, that  it  might  be  good  for  something. 

"What!"  demanded  the  pessimist  fiercely. 
"What  is  it  good  for!" 


I  replied  that  1  had  not  enough  local  knowledge 
to  enable  me  to  say.  Still,  my  experience  told  me 
that  this  unpromising  soil,  covered  with  poor- 
looking  timber,  was  perhaps  the  very  best  land  in 
the  world  for  some  particular  agricultural  pur- 
pose! 

The  pessimist  laughed  derisively. 

The  next  place  for  changing  horses  was  at  a 
little  clearing  in  this  ugly  forest,  where  a  lonely 
hut  and  a  paddock  were  the  first  evidence  of 
human  occupation  for  many  tedious  miles.  The 
hut-keeper  was  a  solitary  old  man  who  looked 
after  the  coach  horses;  a  tidy  ancient  whose  dom- 
estic surroundings  bespoke  the  clean  methodical 
habits  of  a  typical  bush  bachelor.  He  had  the 
beds  ready  for  the  horses  and  each  animal's  feed 
waiting  in  its  trough. 

Cawker,  Gordon's  friend,  was  the  proprietor 
of  that  line  of  coaches.  He  had  listened  quietly 
to  the  argument  as  we  came  along.  He 
professed  to  know  little  about  farming,  but 
he  knew  the  birth-place  and  history  of 
every  horse  on  the  road.  He  said  the  old 
hut-keeper  had  been  trying  to  make  a  gar- 
den. We  might  get  down  and  have  a  look  at  it. 
It  should  be  some  indication  of  what  the  country 
between  the  border  and  Casterton  was  good  for. 
The  old  bushman  was  pleased  to  lead  us  towards 
a  sloping  piece  of  ground  which  he  had  cleared 
and  planted,  mainly,  he  told  us,  to  fill  in  spare 
time.  It  faced  towards  a  creek  and  seemed  to  be 
no  more  than  a  quarter-acre  of  gray  unfertile 
sand.  The  tidy  man  felt  called  upon  to  apologise 
for  its  appearance.  He  said  it  looked  barren,  but 
he  had  found  it  would  grow  crops  as  well  as  the 
richer  soil  of  Mount  Ciambier  or  Casterton.  In 
proof  of  this  he  had,  among  other  things,  splendid 
beds  of  strawberries,  patches  of  green  lucerne, 
and  an  excellent  crop  of  tomatoes! 

The  pessimist  was  thoroughly  annoyed.  It  hurt 
him  to  find  his  desert  actually  yielding  ripe  straw- 
berries at  the  mere  call  of  a  casual  hut-keeper  who 
modestly  disclaimed  any  professional  knowledge 
of  gardening;  who  was,  in  reality,  only  paid  to 
look  after  Cawker's  coach  horses  and  merely  cul- 
tivated a  quarter-acre  of  available  sand  to  keep 
himself  from  loneliness.  We  made  full  use  of  this 
object  lesson  on  the  deceptiveness  of  Australian 
appearances.  It  was  a  cold  day.  Phe  pessimist 
sank  into  his  overcoat  for  the  rest  of  the  journey. 
Even  when  we  surmounted  the  last  hills,  and  saw 
the  superb  undulating  plateau  of  the  L^pper 
Glenelg  lit  with  sunset  radiance,  he  did  not  re- 
appear. 

Casterton  is  pleasantly  located  on  the  fertile  i 
fringes  of  Major  Mitchell's  "Australia  Felix."  It  i 
is  one  of  Victoria's  active  inland  centres.  Red- 1 
brick  buildings,  fine  tree-planted  streets,  a  back- 
ground   of    vividly    green    hills,    swept    by    cool  , 


THE  WESTERN   DISTRICT  OF  VICTORIA. 


33' 


m 


—1     1 


healthy  winds,  black  flats,  richness,  cultivation, 
electric  light,  art  furniture,  a  good  hotel  and  the 
carpeted  comforts  of  civilization — these  finished 
the  impressions  of  another  day  along  the  border, 
rhis  day  had  brought  the  author  into  the  fourth 
corner  of  Victoria — he  knew  the  other  three — • 
and  it  was  a  consolation  to  find  it  capable  of  grow- 
ing strawberries  and  lucerne  at  least. 

One  sees  along  the  western  road  from  Geelong 
to  Portland,  old-fashioned  farm  houses,  with  gol- 
den fields  of  dandelion  sloping  away  to  willow- 
bordered  creeks.  Like  the  stone  houses  of  Port- 
land, surrounded  by  formidable  walls,  they  be- 
longed to  a  generation  which  has  gone.  Smaller 
villas  on  the  hillsides,  spanking  motor  cars  and 
petrol  waggons  on  the  roads,  proclaim  a  newer 
era. 

About  Casterton  and  along  the  line  to  Branx- 

holme,  where  the  railway  branches  for  Portland, 

the  old  stone  dwellings  are  fewer,  but  the  land  is 

still    lush    and    green.     Rounded    hills,  spreading 

rees,  clear-running  creeks,  bespeak  the  happy  con- 

nction  of  good  rainfall  and  rich  soil.  Trucks 
lied  with  fat  stock  go  down  the  rails,  boxes  of 

tter  await  shipment  at  the  sidings  and  polished 
ream  cans  rattle  toward    the    factories.      Agri- 

Itural  prosperity  is  evident,  even  in  the  slowness 
f  the  trains,  which  stay  to  pick  up  trucks  of  live 

ock,  bags  of  potatoes,  and  "empties"  at  each 
little  station. 

The  distance  from  Casterton  to  Melbourne  is 
200  miles.  The  ordinary  train  completes  it  in  14 
hours.  This  is  not  entirely  the  fault  of  the  Rail- 
way Department.  The  leisurely  habits  of  a 
population  with  nothing  to  worry  about  are  a  con- 
tributing factor. 

From  Branxholme  the  railway  takes  across  to 
Hamilton,  and  then  through  good  open  pastoral 
country  to  Ararat.  Coming  from  Casterton  to- 
wards Melbourne  on  this  line,  the  passenger  has 
the  picturesque  and  striking  peaks  of  the  Gram- 
pians on  his  left  hand,  for  some  distance. 

These  hills  are  of  particular  interest  to  Aus- 
alian  botanists;  no  less  than  1865  varieties  of 
native  plants  have  been  classified  as  indigenous 
to  them.  For  lovers  of  mountain  scenery  they 
also  hold  a  peculiar  attraction.  They  can  be 
reached  at  Hall's  Gap  in  16  miles  from  Stawell, 
on  the  Melbourne-Adelaide  line.  The  Grampians 
iffer  in  some  respects  from  any  other  Australian 
mountains.  Rising  precipitously  out  of  level 
plains,  their  timbered  sandstone  heights  have 
been  the  bed  of  some  ancient  sea,  whose 
warm  waves  beat  on  vanished  southern  shores  un- 
imaginable years  ago.  High  painted  cliffs  facing 
he  solid  plain  roughly  mark  the  borders  of  this 
primal  sea.  Deep  gullies,  filled  with  moss  and 
fern,  pillars  and  monoliths  of  naked  stone,  high 


peaks  from  which  the  wheatfields  of  the  Wim- 
mera  and  the  broken  volcanic  peaks  of 
the  southern  seaboard  are  visible,  make  of 
the  Grampians  a  sort  of  watch-tower  for  Vic- 
toria. These  rugged  sandstone  ranges,  still 
sparsely  settled,  aloof,  remote  and  unusual,  reach 


In  the  Grampians 


their  greatest  elevation  in  Mount  William,  3830 
feet  high.  The  orchard  settlement  of  Pomonal  is 
located  on  the  east  slope  of  Mount  William 
range.  Major  Mitchell  camped  hereabouts  in 
1836.  Apples  are  its  principal  product;  grown 
almost  entirely  for  export  and  with  considerable 
success.  There  is  still  much  Crown  land,  valued 
at  £1  an  acre,  in  this  district,  which,  when  cleared 
of  its  heavy  timber,  is  worth  £25  an  acre.  This 
land  has  proved  suitable  for  the  growth  of  fruits 


332 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Public  Gardens,  Ararat. 


adaptable  to  temperate  conditions  and  is  likely  to 
become  not  the  least  productive  part  of  Victoria. 

From  Hamilton  to  Lake  Bolac  there  is  good 
pastoral  land,  and  from  Lake  Bolac  north  again 
to  the  interesting  little  city  of  Ararat  still  more 
pastoral  and  agricultural  country.  The  rounded 
hills  and  grassy  valleys  of  Australia  Felix  give 
place  to  more  open  and  drier  plains,  changing 
again  to  lands  of  hill  and  hollow  which,  dipping 
across  from  Ararat  through  Maryborough,  and 
rolling  off  to  Ballarat  and  Bendigo,  have  made 
the  richest  gold-producing  pockets  in  all  Aus- 
tralia. 

From  a  sensational  mining-field,  Ararat  has 
merged  into  a  mature  industrial  centre,  sur- 
rounded like  Ballarat  by  districts  which  have 
abandoned  the  miner's  pick  for  the  plough.  This 
successful  grafting  of  an  agricultural  Present  on 
to  a  mining  Past  is  a  pleasing  feature  of  Victorian 
settlement.  While  this  is  being  written  comes  an 
announcement  that  the  last  of  the  famous  alluvial 
companies  of  Ballarat  has  closed  down.  Yet 
there  has  been  no  dislocation  of  business,  and  the 
prosperity  of  the  city  is  nowise  affected. 

This  particular  mine,  the  South  Berry,  in  the 
Creswick  group,  was  the  last  of  a  famous  family 
of  mines  occupying  an  area  of  about  4  miles,  from 
which  an  estimated  twenty  million  pounds'  worth 


of  gold  have  been  taken  since  1851.  The  Madame 
Berry  Company  heads  the  list  of  gold  producers 
in  this  remarkable  group  with  387,314  ounces, 
valued  at  oxer  a  million  and  a  half  of  money;  of 
which  not  less  than  £855,540  were  distributed  in 
dividends.  Sinking  in  alluvial  at  Creswick  has 
varied  in  depth  from  50  feet  to  400  feet  in  the 
Madame  Berry,  the  wash  beds  near  the  shaft  of 
which  were  about  1,100  feet  abo\e  sea  level. 

I'he  Cathcart  mine,  on  the  outskirts  of  Ararat, 
yielded  eleven  thousand  ounces  of  gold  in  1911, 
from  what  was  said  to  be  the  deepest  alknial  de- 
posit in  Australia.  Much  capital  has  been  ex- 
pended in  proving  the  mineral  area  of  the  adjoin- 
ing Langi  Logan  and  Cathcart  groups.  This  may 
be  a  gold-producing  region  for  years  to  come. 

More  exciting  chapters  in  the  mineral  history 
of  Ararat  have  been  written  than  the  slow,  scien- 
tific probing  which  has  established  this  possibility; 
but  it  will  be  a  golden  feather  in  the  cap  of  this 
interesting  field  if  the  deep  leads  which  trend 
southerly  down  the  Hopkins  Plateau  from  the 
Ararat  and  Cathcart  gold-bearing  areas,  should 
yet  prove  as  rich  as  those  wonderful  shallow 
workings  which  made  the  fabulous    fortunes    of 

1855- 

Much  unwritten  adventure  and  romance  hang 
over  the  old  workings    with    which    the    ground 


5ome 

Australian 

Orchids 


Caladenia  carnea. 


Prasophyllum  fuscum. 


333 


334 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


about  Ararat  is  pockmarked  and  furrowed.  It 
was  in  the  precious  pipeclay  at  the  bottoms  of 
these  holes  that  anxious  eyes  from  all  over  the 
earth  looked  for  a  fortune  in  the  roaring  days. 

Imagination  can  hardly  conjure  from  the 
Ararat  of  to-day,  with  its  well-kept  streets  and 
gardens,  the  canvas  city  of  1856-7,  where  fifty  to 
sixty  thousand  people  were  encamped.  Three  tons 
three  and  three-quarters  hundredweight  of  gold 
went  out  of  Ararat    by  the  gold    escort  in    the 


Farms  succeeded  claims;  wheatfields  and 
orchards  followed  the  fossickers'  feverish  bur- 
rowings,  canvas  gave  way  to  brick  and  stone,  and 
in  another  metre  the  epic  of  Australian  settlement 
was  heroically  continued. 


Between  Ararat  and  Stawell  there  are  good 
vineyards  and  orchards.  Stawell  is  a  tidy,  busy 
Victorian  town,  150  miles  from  Melbourne,  form- 


Stawell 


springtime  of  1857.  In  that  canvas  town,  where 
bygone  campfires  flickered  the  shadows  of  long- 
dead  diggers  on  long-folded  tents,  Julia  Mat- 
thews acted  and  Lola  Montez  danced.  On  gum- 
trees,  long  since  converted  into  ashes,  the  futile 
proclamation  announcing  a  reward  for  the  arrest 
of  Peter  Lalor  was  nailed,  when  wounds  won  by 
would-be  patriots  in  Kureka  Stockade  were  still 
unhealed. 

There  are  old  men  in  Ararat  still,  who  remem- 
ber as  children  the  great  rush  of  1855,  which 
opened  the  richest  alluvial  field  the  world  has 
known.  These  worthy  citizens  have  seen  the 
birth  and  renascence  of  a  doubly-productive  dis- 
trict. As  the  output  of  metal  declined,  new 
wealth,  in  the  form  of  superfine  wool,  sound 
wheat  and  good  wine,  was  created.  The  Great 
Western  Vineyard,  planted  by  J.  and  H.  West, 
in  1863,  now  the  property  of  Hans  Irvine,  has  in 
itself  given  Ararat  to  fame  as  a  viticultural  centre. 


ing  still  another  metropolis  for  a  productive  dis- 
trict. This  is  a  sheep-raising,  wine-growing  and 
mineral  region.  The  town,  like  Bendigo,  still 
has  several  gold  mines  in  opL-ration  within  its 
boundaries.  With  the  (irampian  quarries  nearby, 
the  buildings  of  this  little  city  are  more  solid  and 
imposing  than  the  structures  one  sees  in  most 
Australian  country  places. 

Leaving  Stawell,  the  traveller  shortly  enters 
those  flat  plains  which  extend  through  the  Wim- 
mera  and  on  over  the  Mallee  to  South  Australia. 
The  mining  areas  are  left  behind,  and  at  Murtoa 
over  level  expanses  are  written  in  golden  letters 
two  words,  "Wheat"  and  "Wool."  Towards 
Warracknabeal  and  Minyip  the  landscape  has 
changed  to  a  sea  of  wheat  or  a  sea  of  fallow  and 
stubble,  according  to  the  time  of  year. 

There  are  good  farmers  out  here,  mostly  160 
to  640-acre  men.  They  have  learned  the  way 
to  make  sheep  and  grain  pay,  and  keep  on  pay- 


•Agricijltdrai^ 

^  E^DUCATION        ^ 


335 


336 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Longerenong   Agricultural    College. 


ing.  With  stuiiip-jiimp  ploughs,  scarifiers,  har- 
vesters and  hybridised  wheats  the  conquest  of  the 
Wimmera  and  the  Mallee  has  gone  on  rapidly 
during  the  last  few  years.  Favored  by  a  wise 
policy  of  rapid  railway  building,  the  agricultural 
districts  of  Victoria  have  been  pushed  farther  and 
farther  out,  until  practically  the  whole  of  that 
great  north-western  part  of  the  State — which  was 
once  the  despair  of  governments  in  Melbourne — 
has  been  or  soon  will  be  successfully  settled. 

At  Longerenong,  between  Murtoa  and  Hor- 
sham, the  State  has  established  an  Agricultural 
College  and  station,  where  constant  experiments 
are  carried  out  in  connection  with  problems  of 
cultivation;  particularly  with  improving  the  char- 
acter and  yield  of  wheats.  At  this  college  ac- 
commodation is  provided  for  35  resident  students. 
Non-resident  students,  the  sons  of  district 
farmers,  also  attend  the  classes.  In  the  course 
of  his  perambulations  over  Victoria,  through 
erratic  lubrication  of  his  car  (and  taking  the 
wrong  turning),  the  author  was  compelled  late 
one  evening  to  thrust  himself  on  the  hospitality  of 
the  Ballenger  sub-household,  whose  640-acre 
farm  lies  opposite  to  the  Government  College. 
This  family,  well-known  as  successful  bee-keepers, 
consists  of  nine  boys  and  two  girls.  The  640- 
acre  block,  although  an  old  farm,  was  a  new  in- 
vestment for  them.  We  found  three  fine  Bal- 
lenger sons  in  charge;  offshoots  of  the  main 
household  which  lived  and  labored  on  its  original 
holding  in  another  part  of  the  district.  These 
bachelor  boys,  with  joyous  Australian  hospitality, 


fetl  two  belated  travellers  on  good  Wimmera  mut- 
ton, honey  from  their  own  hi\es,  and  breati  of 
their  own  baking.      Having  filled  their  late  and 

unexpected  \isitors,  these  lads  tlrew  roiuid  the  fire 

and  talked.        I'ine  clean-living  Australian  boys! 

I  heir  souls  were  as  upstanding  as  the  peaks  of 
the  blue  (irampians,  20  miles  away  across  the 
plain.  There  was  no  fear  of  failure  in  them,  no 
dour  complainings  about  hard  life  on  the  farm. 

Ihey  meant  to  win  out,  as  thousands  of  cheerful 
young  Australians  are  winning  out  on  the  land. 

It  was  a  good  thing  to  waken  next  morning 
from  a  tired  sleep  on  a  "shake-down"  before  the 
fire,  and  hear  those  hard-headed,  stout-hearted 
Victorian  lads  getting  to  the  work  of  the  day. 
They  had  the  carol  of  magpies  and  the  twittering 
of  sparrows  for  orison.  Their  four-roomed  lined 
weatherboard  cottage  was  surrounded  by  shade 
trees,  mostly  young  sugar  gums,  which  are 
planted  as  breakwinds  on  these  plains.  Green 
fields  and  distant  blue  hills  made  their  outlook 
pleasant.  They  reckoned  to  average  20  bushels 
of  wheat  an  acre  from  their  section  with  good 
farming,  and  there  was  money  to  be  made  in 
various  ways — life  to  them  meant  something 
worth  while. 

What  these  young  men  are  doing  in  Victoria 
thousands  of  others  can  also  do,  if  they  will  face 
their  personal  problems  fairly  and  not  expect 
everything  for  nothing.  Victoria,  like  her  sister 
States,  has  abundant  room  and  opportunity  for 
people  to  whom  the  virtues  of  frugality,  persever- 
ance, and  labor  have  not  become  old-fashioned. 


THE  WESTERN   DISTRICT  OF   VICTORIA. 


337 


It  seems  to  the  writer,  in  his  consideration  of 
Austrahan  problems  of  national  development  and 
individual  happiness,  that  these  qualities  are  not 
incompatible  with  the  most  radical  views  on 
legislation  or  the  most  advanced  methods  of  in- 
dustrialism. The  Australian  settler  can  be  any- 
thing he  chooses  in  politics,  an  uncompromising 
Socialist  or  a  fixed  Conservative,  but  if  he  does 
not  bring  ready  hands  and  right  working  methods, 
he  cannot  look  forward  to  winning  out  like  these 
hearty  lads  of  Longerenong. 

Frugality,  perseverance,  and  effort  were  be- 
hind the  men  who  have  made  the  Wimmera  one 


The  town  and  railway  terminus  of  Rainbow  is 
situated  slightly  to  the  north-east  of  Lake  Hind- 
marsh  in  what  is  practically  the  heart  of  the  Vic- 
torian Mallee. 

Settlement  by  free  selection  began  in  the  Wim- 
mera district,  as  far  back  as  1869.  Several  suc- 
cessive good  seasons  rooted  the  small  land- 
holder firmly  and  left  the  first  settlers,  the  pas- 
toralists,  out  in  the  cold;  but  the  progress  of  these 
far  western  districts  was  hampered  for  practi- 
cally the  life  of  the  occupying  generation,  through 
lack  of  transport  and  lack  of  knowledge. 

Railways  came  in  time.        The  average   rain- 


BoUing  Down  the  Mallee. 


of  the  most  productive  regions  in  Victoria.  New 
country  is  not  conquered  otherwise.  The  earliest 
pioneers,  the  advance  guard  who  drove  their 
flocks  and  herds  before  them,  could  not  have 
alized  that  the  good  pastoral  lands  they 
squatted"  upon  were  destined  later  on  to  also 
become  a  granary  for  the  State.  The  deceptive 
dryness  of  Wimmera  soils  once  more  caused  a  fine 
agricultural  country  to  be  classed  as  suitable  only 
for  grazing. 

The  Wimmera  River  rises  near  Mount  Cole, 
on  the  Divide,  receives  some  tributaries  from  the 
Grampians,  and,  cutting  through  the  deep  allu- 
vial plains  of  north-western  Victoria,  empties  into 
Lake  Hindmarsh  in  latitude  26  S.,  long.  142 — 
about  midway  between  Wentworth,  N.S.W.,  and 
Portland,  Vic. 


fall  of  twenty  inches  was  supplemented  for  town 
and  farm  supply  by  storages  established  in  the 
Grampians  and  at  Wartook  and  Lake  Lonsdale. 
Then  mixed-farming  methods  of  the  second  settle- 
ment period  gave  place  to  systematic  wheat- 
growing.  Fallowing,  summer  working  of  the 
fallows,  seed  drills,  superphosphate,  and  the  har- 
vester, improved  crops  and  improved  markets, 
brought  prosperity  in  their  train.  The  staunch 
settlers  who  had  migrated  from  South  Australia, 
lived  to  see  their  faith  justified.  They  brought 
some  of  these  innovations  with  them.  The 
farm  lands  extended  out  further  and  further  into 
the  Mallee;  new  towns  sprang  up,  new  railway 
lines  were  built,  new  settlers  came  in — the  great 
plains  of  the  Wimmera,  the  mallee  scrubs,  were 
covered  with  hundreds  of  square  miles  of  waving 


^ 


338 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


wheat;  ploughed  pastures  yielded  higher  returns 
of  succulent  grass,  the  settlers  raised  more  fat 
lambs,  bank  accounts  swelled,  the  capital  values 
of  the  land  rose  from  £3  to  £10  an  acre.  To-day 
numbers  of  the  320-acre  men,  who  mostly  com- 
menced with  very  little  capital,  are  worth  from 
£2,000  to  £40,000.  Horsham  has  grown  from 
a  mere  village  into  a  smart  little  city  of  four  or 
five  thousand  people.  Murtoa,  Rupanyup, 
Lubeck,  Dimboola,  Nhill,  Natimuk,  Minyip  have 
all  become  places  on  the  map  of  Victoria.  Other 
towns  and  villages  are  springing  up,  out  to  Ouyen 
and  the  borders. 

So  far  as  experiments  in  irrigation  have  gone, 
they  prove  the  Wimmera  capable  of  intensive  cul- 
ture: a  factor  which  cannot  fail  to  affect  its 
future.  Australia,  like  the  United  States,  will 
pass  through  several  epochs  of  settlement  and 
production.  Hopeful  Western  District  pro- 
phets can  already  foresee  another  era  of  increased 
population  and  production.  Between  Murtoa 
and  St.  Arnaud  the  good  red  and  black  lands  ex- 
tend. Between  St.  Arnaud  and  Maryborough 
the  soils  seem  more  adapted  for  viticulture  and 
fruit-growing  than  wheat. 

Approaching  Maryborough,  the  face  of  nature 
is  once  more  pitted  with  the  remains  of  old  shafts 
and  workings.  Gold  is  still  being  won  around 
here,  although  the  excitement  and  the  rushes  of 
early  days  have  become  no  more  than  memories 
of  oldest  inhabitants.  Maryborough  forms  yet 
another  small  centre  of  industry.  It  may  be 
classed  as  a  progressive,  picturesque,  and  sub- 
stantial city  in  a  mining,  pastoral,  and  agricultural 
district. 


From  this  somewhat  casual  review  of  the 
Western  Districts,  it  may  be  gathered  that 
Victorian  settlement  is  not  faced  by  radical 
difficulties  of  indifferent  soils  or  extremes  of 
climate. 

As  a  comprehensive  statement  of  fact  one  might 
say  that  nil  the  Western  Districts  are  good  for 
some  kind  of  agrarian  production;  that  certain 
portions  of  them,  such  as  the  belt  between  Colac 
and  Warrnambool,  are  the  best  in  the  Common- 
wealth. One  of  the  Scottish  Commissioners,  who 
had  the  widest  international  experience,  told  the 
writer  he  regarded  the  Western  Districts  of 
Victoria  not  only  as  the  best  agricultural  lands  in 
Australia,  but  the  best  in  the  world!  Coming 
from  such  a  proverbially  cautious  source,  the  as- 
sertion receives  additional  weight. 

With  the  exception  of  the  northern  fringe  of 
the  Wimmera  and  the  Mallee,  into  which  they 
merge,  these  districts  have  a  comparatively  high 
rainfall.  Experience  is  now  showing  that  the 
extreme  north-western  portion  receives  the  neces- 
sary quantity  of  moisture  to  ensure  the  success  of 
wheat.  In  regard  to  the  Wimmera  and  Mallee, 
it  has  been  argued  that  the  successes  of  latter 
years  are  due  to  increased  rainfall.  Scientific 
investigation  reveals  the  opposite.  The  rainfall 
of  1889-96  was  heavier  than  any  eight-year 
period  in  the  last  24  years,  but  the  heaviest  har- 
vests have  resulted  from  the  driest  years — due  to 
better  farming  systems  and  the  conservation  of 
water  in  the  soil  by  fallowing.  It  is  not  the 
climate  which  has  improved,  but  the  methods  of 
Australian  dry-farmers. 


f 


Saw  Mill.  Warrandyte. 


i 


^^^ 


cr~=fr?5?^"?^,K^- . 


The  Lakes  Entrance 


GIPPSLAND. 


Ir  was  a  doughty  Scotsman  from  the  Isle  of 
Skye,  named  Angas  McMillan,  who  seriously 
attacked  the  virgin  recesses  of  Eastern  Vic- 
toria in  1839.  McMillan  was  overseer  for  a 
squattage  on  the  high,  cold  plains  of  Omeo — 
where  New  South  Wales  cattlemen  were  already 
established.  After  an  adventurous  journey  of 
exploration    through    trackless    ranges,    in    May, 

1839,  h*^  viewed  from  a  mountain  peak  the  land 
spreading  from  the  Australian  Alps  towards  the 
seaboard,  and  realized  that  it  was  good.  He 
came  back  later  in  the  year  and  established  a 
station  on  the  Tambo  River,  about  forty  miles 
south  of  Omeo.  Using,  this  as  a  base,  in 
January,  1840,  he  penetrated  the  new  country 
as  far  as  the  present  site  of  Mafifra;  discovering 
and  naming  the  great  Gippsland  Lakes,  and  the 
Nicholson,  Mitchell,  Avon,  McAllister  and  La- 
trobe  Rivers. 

His  next  station  was  formed  on  the  Avon  :  from 

which,  in  1841,  he  opened  a  route  to  Port  Albert. 

Count  Strzelecki  entered  Gippsland  in  March, 

1840.  Although  he  has  been  credited  with  the 
actual  discovery,  he  was  not  the  first  in  the  field. 
Nor  did  the  sensational  experiences  of  his  some- 
what amateurish  expedition  forward  the  interests 
of  settlement  in  what  is  undoubtedly  one  of  the 
fairest  provinces  in  Australia. 


k 


Between  Warragul  and  Bairnsdale  one  sees 
some  of  the  best  of  Victoria.  Gippsland  in  1915 
produced  5,323,oofj  pounds  weight  of  wool,  sup- 
ported 264,564  head  of  horned  stock,  averaged 
21.99  bushels  of  wheat  to  the  acre,  and  contrib- 
uted one  of  the  largest  quotas  to  the  sum  total 
of  Victoria's  dairy  products. 

The  development  of  Southern  and  Central 
Gippsland  has  been  comparatively  recent.  Much 
of  this  territory — originally  covered  with  forests 
— was  set  down  as  unsuitable  for  occupation.  The 
struggles  of  early  Gippsland  pioneers  are  an  in- 
teresting part  of  Victorian  history. 

A  few  years  ago  the  fastnesses  of  nearer 
Gippsland  were  untraversed  by  roads,  innocent 
of  railways,  and  sparsely  settled.  On  rich 
alluvial  flats  along  the  rivers  there  were  farms, 
but  even  the  volcanic  hillsides  were  still  covered 
with  mighty  trees.  The  Hill  Country  proper  is 
now  only  partially  occupied.  It  forms  a  section, 
averaging  about  1,500  feet  in  height,  extending 
from  the  coast  of  South  Gippsland  to  the  Upper 
Murray.  Its  soils  are  stiff  loams  for  the  greater 
part,  with  friable  clay  subsoils;  convertible  when 
cleared  of  forest  into  excellent  pastures  and  the 
best  of  orchards.  The  average  rainfall  is  over  30 
inches,  well  distributed. 


339 


340 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


South  Gippsland  soils,  red  and  gray,  are  equally 
famed  for  their  fertility.  Potatoes,  onions,  root 
crops  generally,  enrich  the  settlers  in  these  young 
districts.  But  dairy  farming  has  so  far  returned 
the  bulk  of  profits.  After  the  heavy  trees  have 
been  felled  or  killed  and  the  undergrowth 
cleared  by  axe  and  fire,  a  mixture,  usually  com- 
posed of  rye  grass,  clover,  and  cocksfoot,  is  sown 
broadcast.  After  the  first  rain  this  land  becomes 
payable  pasture. 

About  Leongatha  one  may  study  the  process 
of  Southern  Gippsland  settlement  to  advantage. 
Leongatha  is  on  a  railway  line  which  runs  down 
from  Melbourne  to  Port  Albert.  It  is  78  miles 
from  the  capital,  and  273  feet  above  sea  level. 
From  here  a  road  goes  across  to  picturesque  In- 
verloch  and  Anderson's  Inlet.  Coming  over  from 
Wonthaggi  in  the  direction  of  the  coast,  the 
traveller  will  cross  a  narrow  belt  of  uncon- 
vincing sandy  loams  and  clays.  But  the  coal- 
fields of  Powlett  River  are  a  valuable  mineral 
asset — further  proof  that  Australia  is  a  land  of 
compensations.  Inverloch  is  another  delightful 
place  to  spend  a  holiday.  As  one  approaches 
Leongatha,  the  change  to  rich  allu\'ial  flats  and 
volcanic  hills  is  remarkable.  After  crossing 
through  silent  and  somewhat  monotonous  bush  for 
about  sixteen  miles,  the  traveller  suddenly  glides 
into  a  fair  and  fertile  land,  where  rung  timbers, 
vividly  green  hillsides,  young  fields,  and  new 
houses  announce  that  ci\ili/.ation  has  attacked  the 
wild.  Cattle  are  grazing  everywhere.  I'he 
cowyard  and  dairy,  with  milk  cans  in  rows,  are 
an  inseparable  part  of  this  landscape. 

Leongatha  is  typical  of  other  towns  in  South 
Gippsland.  The  history  of  one  is  practically  the 
history  of  them  all. 

Not  many  years  ago  it  was  primal  forest  await- 
ing in  aeons-old  solitude  for  the  advent  of  man. 
The  first  Gippsland  settlers  approached  their 
tasks  with  heroic  courage.  Their  lives,  in  some 
instances,  were  literally  given  to  the  cause  of 
progress,  and  passed  without  recognition  or 
reward.  They  buried  themselves  among  the 
darkened  trees,  remote  from  railways,  unblessed 
by  roads  in  the  sense  that  ordinary  citizens  regard 
the  word.  With  steel  and  fire  these  outposts 
grimly  entered  upon  the  conquest  of  a  territory, 
whose  ultimate  value  they  may  have  dimly  seen 
but  rarely  lived  to  realize.  Their  descendants 
look  out  in  comfortable  possession  over  green 
pastures,  which  they  knew  as  grassless  forest  wilds, 
overhung  by  canopies  of  tree-tops,  which  shut  out 
the  light  of  the  sun;  whose  midnight  darkness  was 
dense  as  that  of  a  coal-mine. 

The  Government  sold  them  land  in  320-acre 
blocks  for  £1  an  acre;  which  was  currently- 
regarded  as  beyond  its  value.       So  they  battled 


along  slowly,  opening  out  the  tall  timber,  slaying 
their  giants  one  by  one;  agitating  the  Government 
at  times  for  greater  facilities,  keeping  their  dis- 
trict member's  nose  to  the  parliamentary  grind- 
stone, slowly  improving  their  farms,  forming  little 
nuclei  for  townships — living  altogether  rough 
and  strenuous  but  healthy  and  hopeful  lives. 
These  were  the  men  of  25  years  ago.  Now 
forests  are  pastures  and  groups  of  huts  have 
grown  into  thriving  towns. 

Agricultural  land  at  Leongatha,  for  example, 
is  worth  £25  an  acre.  As  far  back  as  1909,  a 
320-acre  block  was  sold  for  £22/10/-  an  acre. 
In  191 2  this  block — one  of  the  original  selections 
— was  bringing  £640  a  year  rental  as  a  dairy 
farm.  Onion-ground  right  through  the  district 
was  worth  £2  an  acre  rental.  There  were  no 
longer  any  Crown  lands  in  that  Shire — which 
carried  a  well-established  and  extremely  prosper- 
ous population,  not  so  great  perhaps  as  it  will  be 
later  on,  when  farms  of  200  acres  have  been  cut 
down  to  20  and  50  under  more  intensive  cultiva- 
tion, for  which  they  are  best  adapted. 

One  man  has  already  cleared  £2,400  as  his 
year's  income  from  40  acres.  Under  these  cir- 
cumstances the  thousand-acre  farm — there  are 
still  a  few — is  a  losing  proposition. 

Faking  the  Post  Office  as  a  centre,  from  a  cir- 
cular area  of  ten  miles,  Leongatha  sends  40  rail- 
way-truck loads  of  fat  cattle  away  each  week. 

The  co-operative  creamery  at  Leongatha, 
worked  on  the  three-loft  gravitation  system,  with 
its  receiving  room,  cooler,  chilling  room,  and 
giant  churn,  could  hardly  be  imagined  by  (iipps- 
land  dairymen  of  25  years  ago.  Science  and 
organisation,  tiled  floors,  and  daily  milk  tests,  did 
not  have  a  place  in  the  old  system.  Now  the 
creamery  butter,  piled  high  on  its  wooden  trough, 
after  the  machinery  has  done  its  work,  proclaims 
the  golden  wealth  of  Gippsland! 

fhere  is  an  interesting  Labor  Colony  near 
Leongatha,  capably  conducted  under  Government 
auspices.  It  fills  the  dual  function  of  a  reforma- 
tory for  inebriates  and  an  experimental  farm. 
This  establishment  possesses  a  carefully-culled 
dairy  herd.  For  46  cows  the  milk  test  night 
and  morning  has  averaged  4.46,  which  compares 
favorably  with  the  famous  Western  Districts, 
declared  by  a  member  of  the  Scotch  Agricultural 
Commission  to  be  "the  finest  dairy  country  in  the 
world."  The  best  cow  in  this  herd,  a  cross-bred 
Jersey  (Holstein  sire)  in  the  191 1  season  yielded 
8,000  lbs.  of  milk,  worth  £16/6/8  in  butter 
values.  When  the  author  of  Australia  UnUmUed 
was  introduced  to  this  Gippsland  matron  in  her 
seventh  year,  she  had  been  milking  for  305  days, 
after  her  fourth  calf,  and  was  then  giving  23  lbs 
of  milk  daily  on  a  5  .  i  test. 


T3 

8 

a 

In 


s 


34t 


342 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  management  of  the  Labor  Farm  gives 
some  attention  to  orcharding.  The  manager 
invited  my  ten-year-old  son  to  examine  a  fifth-of- 
an-acre  strawberry  plot,  which  had  returned  £30 
net  for  191 1.  The  fruit  was  just  beautifully 
ripe.  I  greatly  fear  the  revenue  for  19 12  from 
that  plot  fell  short  of  the  expected  sum. 

The  cherries  that  ripen  by  Leongatha  are  "as 
big  as  plums."  When  we  were  leaving  that 
exceedingly    pleasant    Australian    town,    a    local 


watered  and  fertile  as  these  rich,  radiant  forest 
lands  newly  won  from  Nature.  They,  too,  will 
have  their  butter  factories  and  apple  and  pear 
orchards,  their  raspberry  gardens  and  piggeries 
and  cow  sheds  in  order. 

Lest  we  should  leave  this  sunlit  land  with  an 
impression  that  the  monotonous  country  by  which 
we  reached  it  is  good  for  nothing,  we  pause  to 
peruse  a  report  which  our  newspaper  friend  has 
brought  along  with  his  superb  cherries. 


"Bull-frogs,"    Eastern   Gippsland 


newspaper  man,  who  is  also  an  agriculturist,  came 
down  to  our  hotel  with  a  sample  box  to  cheer  us 
on  the  way. 

We  dealt  with  them  next  morning  as  we  toiled 
up-hill  towards  Mirboo  on  second  gear.  Below 
us  lay  Leongatha — a  happy  memory.  The  dead 
timber  left  standing  in  thin,  skeleton  groups,  the 
green  patches,  rolling  dales,  flowing  creeks  and 
fields  with  clumps  of  tree-ferns  standing  among 
the  crop,  were  all  a  delightful  part  of  that  good 
memory.  Beyond  these,  the  forest  still  rolled, 
first  in  broken  patches,  and  then  in  dark,  densely- 
wooded  distances.  "Where  the  vanguard  camps 
to-day,  the  rearguard  rests  to-morrow."  The 
wooded  vistas  outside  these  occupied  places  will 
be  converted  in  turn  to  blue-black  squares  of 
onions  and  green  squares  of  crop;  for  the  land 
beyond  the  radius  of    the    railway    is    as    well- 


The  report  sets  forth  how  one  Phillipson,  with 
rape  and  paspalum,  has  turned  an  area  of  that 
dull-looking  coastal  belt  between  Inverloch  and 
Leongatha  into  excellent  pasture.  Sixty  acres, 
we  are  told,  treated  as  this  settler — and  a  few 
others  who  follow  his  example — are  treating  it, 
prove  better  than  1,000  acres  in  their  natural 
state.  This  land  will  fatten  three  sheep  to  an 
acre,  and  proves  extremely  profitable — more 
proof  that  Australian  productive  values  are  well- 
balanced. 

Looking  across  Southern  Gippsland  from  the 
hill-tops,  one  sees  that  it  is  destined  for  mixed 
farming  on  iio-acre  blocks;  the  feeding  of  cattle 
on  "siloed"  maize,  the  growing  of  onions,  pota- 
toes and  fruit — that  it  is,  in  fine,  another  Western 
District,  and  one  of  Victoria's  most  valuable 
assets. 


GIPPSLAND 


343 


IroiJi   J.coiigatha   to   Mirboo   North   a   inore- 

!  than-usually     bad     car-road     winds     and     climbs 

,  through  new    country,   from  which  the    original 

;  forest  has  not  all  been  removed.        The  cuttings 

show  the   richest    of  rich    chocolate    land,   with 

jj  friable  soils  to  any  depth;  the  flats  are  green  and 

H  moist, — it  is  as  good  as  anything  in  the  world. 

I  Go  through  it,  as   I   did,  on  a  dew-wet  morning 

:  with  the  magpies  carolling  and  the  lories  flashing 

their  splendid  plumage  from  tree  to  tree,  willows 

waving  gently  by  many  a  creekside,  smoke  issuing 

from    the    chimneys    of  farm-houses    one  comes 

upon  in  corners  and  on  tops  of  hills  !    Go  through 

it  while  the  wind  is  soft  and  cool  before  the  heat 

t)f  the  day,  when  you  can  smell  the  new-cut  hay 

and  hear  the  cream-cans  rattling  along  the  roads! 

You  will  see  that  some  of  the  hillsides  are  yet 

torested;  but  you   will  know  that  every  acre   is 

good,  and  that  soon  it  will  be  all   occupied  and 

fenced  and  covered  with  grass;  that  there  will  be 

more  sheep  in  the  dales  and  more  cows  on  the 

pastures,  more  polished  cream-cans  waiting  by  the 

roadside  in  the  early  morn. 

There  is  another  creamery  at  Mirboo  North, 
brom  here  a  branch  railroad  goes  over  to  join 
the  main  Gippsland  line  at  Morwell,  where,  and 
at  Narracan,  there  are  practically  inexhaustible 
deposits  of  brown  coal — destined,  no  doubt,  to  be 
an  important  factor  in  the  future  of  Victorian 
manufactures. 

Ihe  way  to  iMorwell  is  adventurous-going  for 
motor  cars.  Of  steep  hills  and  ruts  there  is  no 
lack.  The  writer's  impressions  of  this  back- 
track are  that  it  is  very  sandy  in  some  places, 
that  "crab-holes"  are  not  good  for  front  axles, 
and  that  hauling  automobiles  out  of  bogs  pre- 
vents people  getting  anything  like  a  reasonable 
impression  of  scenery,  no  matter  how  interesting 
it  may  be. 

Between  Morwell  and  IVaralgon  is  open 
downs,  with  distant  views  of  mountain  ranges, 
which  include  the  Baw  Baws.  Traralgon  is 
another  prosperous  Gippsland  township.  The 
country  from  here  to  Sale  continues  good.  Bairns- 
dale  in  the  north,  on  a  corner  of  Lake  King, 
and  Sale,  not  far  from  Lake  Wellington,  are  two 
little  capitals  of  importance.  Both  are  busy 
local  centres  of  about  3,000  population. 

Coming  up  from  Lakes  Entrance  by  steamer, 
after  some  hours'  journey  across  the  waters  of 
Lake  Victoria,  one  runs  down  a  narrow  seven-mile 
strait  to  Lake  Wellington,  and  out  of  this  by  the 
Latrobe  River  into  the  Thompson,  and  so  to 
the  town  of  Sale.  It  is  a  most  interesting  jour- 
ney, with  smooth  water  and  scenic  breaks  to  make 
it  more  enjoyable.  Lake  Wellington  covers 
about  120  square  miles:  Lake  Victoria,  much 
narrower  and  longer,  about  90.       The    distance 


between  Lakes  Entrance  and  Sale  is  over 
80  miles.  At  Paynesville,  fifty  miles  from 
Sale,  Lake  Victoria  junctions  with  Lake 
King.  From  here  boats  go  down  to  Bairns- 
dale.  The  Victorian  Railways  and  Tourist 
Department  issues  circular  tickets,  which  will  take 
the  tourist  by  rail  to  Bairnsdale,  thence  by  boat 
to  Lakes  Entrance,  by  second  boat  to  Sale,  and 
back  to  Melbourne — or  the  other  way  about.  The 
Lake  boats  are  comfortably  appointed,  and  supply 
meals  and  light  refreshments  to  passengers.  They 
leave  Lakes  Entrance  for  Bairnsdale  and  Sale  re- 
spectively at  eight  o'clock  in  the  morning  and 
reach  their  respective  destinations  in  time  for 
travellers  to  catch  the  afternoon  Gippsland  ex- 
press to  Melbourne. 

The  Gippsland  Lakes  region  contains  some  of 
the  most  attractive  resorts  in  a  State  particularly 
blessed  with  pleasant  places.  In  eight  miles  from 
Lakes  Entrance,  Lake  Tyers  may  be  reached, 
with  its  Aboriginal  Mission  Station,  where  rem- 
nants of  Victorian  tribes  are  closing  the  last 
chapter  in  neolithic  history. 

Beyond  Lake  Tyers  lie  Orbost  and  Mario,  on 
the  beautiful  Snowy  River,  and  the  remote  splen- 
dors of  Eastern  Gippsland. 

Gippsland  Lakes  are  Thule  to  adventurers  in 
motor  boats,  who  will  find  many  a  land-locked 
haven  with  fresh  water  and  level  ground  for  their 


:f\  ^- 


Lake  Tyers 


344 


GTPPSLAND 


345 


camps,  game,  fish  and  the  joys  of  wide  and  narrow 
waterways.  Into  these  lakes  are  emptied  the 
Tambo,  the  Nicholson,  the  Mitchell,  the  Avon, 
and  the  Latrobe.  Just  across  their  seaward 
margins  runs  the  Ninety-Mile  Beach,  and  all  the 
swamps,  backwaters  and  lagoons  that  hide  be- 
tween Lakes  Entrance  and  Port  Albert. 


Maffra  (1915)  £1/7/6  a  ton.  Ten  tons  of  beet 
are  required  to  produce  a  ton  of  sugar.  Maffra 
mill  is  now  fitted  with  the  latest  machinery,  and  a 
1,250  h.p.  boiler  plant  for  the  expression  of  sugar 
from  beetroot.  The  grower  usually  combines 
general  farming  with  the  cultivation  of  beet;  he 
has  leaves  and  pulp  as  a   by-product  for  stock. 


» 


A  Backwater  of  the  Mitchell. 


From  Traralgon  to  Bairnsdale  by  road — one 
sees  that  Gippsland  is  continuously  good.  Mid- 
way is  Maffra,  where  the  Victorian  Government 
has  endeavoured  to  put  the  beet-sugar  industry 
upon  a  profitable  basis. 

Maffra  climate  and  soil,  are  said  to  be  partic- 
ularly favorable  to  the  growth  of  sugar  beet. 
The  road  from  Traralgon  takes  largely  over 
granitic  ridges  covered  with  ironbark — good 
sheep  lands.  Maffra  is  more  agricultural,  rich 
and  swampy  in  places.  Between  Maffra  and  Bois- 
dale  and  around  the  latter  township  most  of  the 
beet  farms  are  located.  The  average  crop  is 
I  <;   tons  to  the   acre;  price  paid   at   the  mill   in 


i 


Beet  fields  about  Boisdale  alternate  with  lucerne 
fields  and  maize.  There  is  a  cheese  factory  here, 
and  the  district  has  a  fine  butter  average. 

The  soils  are  rich  as  far  as  Stratford.  Beyond 
that,  on  to  Bairnsdale,  until  one  comes  to  the 
celebrated  Lindenow  flats,  they  do  not  strike  one 
as  particularly  good  for  agriculture,  though  scat- 
tered settlers  state  that  they  possess  excellent 
growing  properties. 

It  is  appropriate  that  the  village  of  Stratford 
should  be  on  the  Avon,  and  that  its  principal  inn 
should  be  proudly  called  The  Shakespeare  Hotel. 

Bairnsdale,  171  miles  from  Melbourne,  nestles 
comfortably  in  an  elbow  of  the  beautiful  Mitchell 


346 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITFD 


River.  Like  Sale,  it  has  a  vigorous  business  life, 
and  makes  a  depot  of  supply  for  the  settlements 
as  far  away  as  Cann  River  and  Mallacoota. 
Bairnsdale  is  to  East  Gippsland  what  Mecca 
might  be  to  the  pious  Arabian.  Fat  river  lands, 
growing  maize,  silky  oaks  and  willows,  give  it 
beauty  and  tilth.  Its  foundry  and  School  of 
Mines,  banks,  stores,  canning  factory,  wharves 
and  railway  station  invest  it  to  the  bushmen  out 
of  Croajingalong  with  an  air  of  metropolitan 
activity.  A  pilgrimage  to  "Barns-dale"  is 
not  a  thing  to  be  lightly  undertaken,  and  a  good 
many  bushmen  and  bushwomen  from  the  border 
lands  rarely  get  farther  than  Orbost,  which 
should  be  connected  to  Melbourne  by  rail  by  the 
time  this  volume  is  issued — converted  into  a 
metropolis  further  out ! 

The  climate  of  Central  and  Eastern  Gippsland 
is  benign.  Cool,  invigorating  winters  and  sum- 
mers, never  too  severe,  produce  cherry-cheeked 
girls  and  handsome  lads.  Prosperity  is  univer- 
sal. Good  dwellings,  flower-gardens,  clean 
broad  avenues  and  fine  public  buildings  in  the 
towns,  and  comfortable  well-appointed  farm- 
houses, testify  to  this. 

Settlement  in  Gippsland  is  yet  young.  There 
are  still  thousands  of  good  acres  to  carry 
increasing  population  and  thousands  of 
acres  from  which  yields  will  be  vastly 
increased.  Not  for  agriculture  alone  is 
it  famous.  Walhalla,  on  the  overlooking  hills, 
has  weighted  the  green  gown  of  Gipps- 
land with  golden  bullion.  The  celebrated  Long 
Tunnel  mine  has  yielded,  since  1868,  roughly 
£2,700,000  worth  of  gold,  of  which  more  than  a 
million  and  a  quarter  have  been  distributed  in 
dividends  to  shareholders.  The  adjoining  Long 
Tunnel  Extended  has  been  an  underground  trea- 
sure-chest from  which  a  million  and  a  half  have 
been  drawn. 

Owing,  mayhap,  to  engineering  difliculties,  a 
large  section  of  interesting  country,  known  as 
East  Gippsland,  between  the  Tambo  River  and 
the  border  of  New  South  Wales,  remains  un- 
settled. There  are  yet  within  this  belt  three  mil- 
lion acres  of  unalienated  Crown  lands,  covered 
for  the  most  part  with  hardwood  forests,  which  in 
themselves  are  a  valuable  asset  to  the  State. 

Leaving  Twofold  Bay,  in  New  South  Wales, 
travelling  towards  Victoria  by  a  rough  bush  road 
one  enters  a  region  of  tall  trees  and  sparse  settle- 
ment. The  straight  border  line  surveyed  by 
Black  and  Allan  in  1870-2,  beginning  at  Cape 
Howe,  crosses  constantly  over  hills  and  gullies, 
which  become  mountains  and  ravines  as  the  line 
approaches  nearer  to  the  point  where  it  meets  the 
Murray  River. 


Among  all  the  Australian  bush  lands  there  is 
none  with  greater  appeal  to  the  eye  and  the 
imagination  than  that  which  rolls  upward  from 
the  Victorian  coast  into  the  heart  of  the  Austra- 
lian Alps. 

Prom  the  summit  of  the  trigonometrical  cairn 
on  Howe  Hill,  you  may  look  down  and  see  the 
actual  corner  of  a  Continent.  Pacing  seaward, 
you  behold  the  coastline  on  your  left  hand,  making 
off  towards  Thursday  Island,  and  falling  away  on 
your  right  towards  the  Leeuwin. 

You  may  stand  at  this  south-eastern  angle  of 
Australia  with  the  tall  pillar  of  Gabo  Island  light- 
house right  under  you,  and  overlook  the  State  of 
New  South  Wales  on  one  side  and  the  State  of 
Victoria  on  the  other. 

Inland,  an  impressive  panorama  faces  you. 
Over  a  foreground  of  fresh  and  saltwater  lakes, 
forested  hills  rising  into  blue  forested  mountains 
make  the  picture  as  far  as  your  vision  carries. 

Below  you,  like  mirrors  in  the  sun,  glitter  the 
ever-changing,  ever-beautiful  Mallacoota  Lakes, 
with  their  wooded  shores  and  islets. 

Southward  are  Red  River,  the  Wingen,  Tam- 
boon.  all  the  lone,  mysterious,  coastal  creeks  and 
inlets  that  follow  one  another  from  Bastion  Rock 
to  the  Snowy  bar. 

Sometimes  in  winter  a  fishing  cutter  feels  a 
cautious  way  over  their  uncertain  bars,  and  a  camp 
fire  reddens  the  foreshore  for  a  few  nights. 
Sometimes  a  bushman  rides  down  from  Mallacoota 
to  Cape  I\verard.  Beyond  the  visits  of  these 
passing  strangers,  this  first  hundred  miles  of  Vic- 
torian shore  faces  the  Southern  Ocean  in  greater 
quietude  than  when  Captain  Cook  sighted  it.  The 
coo-ees  of  dusky  huntsmen  are  no  longer  heard  in 
the  bloodwoods,  or  their  shouts  over  its  heathy 
plains.  It  is  a  region  filled  with  the  voices  of 
wind  and  wave,  the  making  and  turning  of  ocean 
tides,  cries  of  whimbrel  on  sandy  flats,  howling  of 
wild  dogs  in  the  scrub.  Wreckage  of  unknown 
ships  strews  its  beaches,  and  spindrift  sweeps  o\'er 
lone  white  sand-dunes;  restless  waves  leave  their 
tributes  of  red  coral,  kelp,  and  shell  along  un- 
trodden shores. 

Westward,  Genoa  Peak  and  the  Drummer 
Mountain  stand  out  in  near  prominence.  Once  a 
week  the  mail  coach  leaves  Genoa  for  Orbost,  a 
link  that  binds  a  handful  of  far-distant  Victorian 
settlers  to  their  seat  of  government  in  Melbourne. 
7  heir  few  frontier  farms  are  on  good  black  river 
flats,  but  the  difficulties  of  transport  hamper  their 
progress.  Apart  from  these  fertile  patches. 
Eastern  Gippsland  is  heavily  timbered.  When 
cleared  it  will  grow  excellent  grass. 

With  a  rainfall  of  40.59  inches,  the 
swamps  and  the  coastal  plains  and  oc- 
casional    jungles     of    tree-fern     and     vine,    can 


an     I 

m 


GIPPSLAND 


347 


all  be  made  productive.  Along  the  coach 
track  between  Genoa  and  the  Cann  River 
one  sees  thousands  of  yet  unoccupied  acres  similar 
to  and  equally  as  good  as  the  best  Tasmanian 
apple  country.  Outside  its  forest  reserves 
Eastern  Gippsland  will  yet  become  a  money- 
getter  for  the  State.  Apart  from  any  undis- 
covered minerals  it  holds,  it  is  essentially  a  timber 
and  fruit  and  dairy  district  of  the  future. 

The  border  line  touches  the  edge  of  Nangatta, 
a  rich  pocket  amid  granitic  hills,  and  runs  west 
by  north  over  the  coast  range  at  Bondi  and 
across  the  Delegate  and  Snowy  Rivers,  till  it 
reaches  the  Murray  just  beyond  the  iVIain  Divide. 
For  eighty  miles  or  so  the  Murray,  which  now 
becomes  the  border  line,  runs  almost  due  north; 
then  it  turns  between  Towong  and  Tintaldra  on 
its  long  western  journey  towards  the  Southern 
Ocean. 

Midway  between  The  Pilot  and  Towong,  the 
rich  flats  of  the  Upper  Murray  begin.  Corryong 
and  Cudgewa  are  comfortably  tucked  away  in 
this  corner,  which  lies  outside  the  boundaries  of 
Gippsland  proper. 

Returning  to  Delegate  River,  the  border  track 
takes  in  from  the  open  plains  of  Monaro  to  hilly 
and  forested  spaces  which  have  yet  attracted  little 
permanent  settlement.  About  Bendock  and 
Bonang  a  considerable  quantity  of  gold  has  been 
recovered.  The  country  right  through  from 
Wangrabelle  and  Yambulla  to  the  coast  is  aurif- 
erous and  no  doubt  contains  some  payable  de- 
posits of  mineral.  There  is  a  prospect  of  an 
alluvial  field  about  the  Muller  River.  The 
Spotted  Dog  mine  at  Mallacoota  Inlet  is  said  to 
have  yielded  about  £20,000  worth  of  reef  gold, 
while  it  was  working.  Gold  has  been  found 
about  Mount  Carlyle,  the  Wallagurah,  Genoa 
Peak,  Club  Terrace,  and  several  other  places 
throughout  Eastern  Victoria. 

From  Bonang  to  Orbost,  on  the  Snowy  River, 
the  chance  wayfarer  will  find  habitations  few  and 
far  between.  At  Goonegerah,  Jensen's  and 
Sardine  Creek,  he  may  obtain  a  meal,  but  the 
remainder  of  his  journey  will  be  through  dense 
hardwood  forests  devoid  of  settlement  or  clear- 
ings. 

But  there  will  be  compensations  of  com- 
manding mountain  views,  running  creeks, 
green  jungles  of  similar  quality  to  Com- 
hienbar,  Cann,  and  Murrangower.  Along 
the  headwaters  of  the  beautiful  Brodribb 
River,  which  joins  the  Snowy  near  Mario,  there 
will  be  places  where  clearest  waters  cascade 
under  canopies  of  foliage  sub-tropical  in  charac- 
ter. The  summit  of  Mount  Buck  or  Mount  Ellery 
will  reveal  a  prospect  of  wonderful  mountains, 
rolling  over  Dargo  and  Tambo  and  Croajinga- 
long. 


The  Citadel,  Buclian. 


The  Snowy  River  has  brought'  down  to  the 
flats  of  Orbost  a  detritus  won  from  the  limestones, 
basalts  and  granites  through  which  it  cuts  its  way. 
Between  Mount  Kosciusko  and  the  sea  it  gathers 
a  fine  volume  of  clear  water  from  ranges  in  New 
South  Wales  and  Victoria. 

These  Orbost  flats  are  exceptionally  fertile. 
Owing  to  remoteness,  maize  has,  until  recently, 
been  their  principal  product.  Of  this  they  yield 
enormous  crops,  sometimes  120  bushels  to  the 
acre,  but  with  the  extension  of  the  railway  from 
Bairnsdale  they  will  no  doubt  be  turned  to  still 
more  profitable  account. 

Between  Orbost  and  Mario  the  Snowy  is  navig- 
able for  small  craft,  and  visitors  with  any  sense 
of  beauty  will  be  gratified  by  views  of  river  banks 
bordered  by  ornamental  native  trees,  ferns,  wil- 
lows, and  flowering  creepers,  with  glimpses  of 
green  maize  fields  or  fields  glowing  with  herbage 
beyond  them.  Mario — a  pleasant  tourist  place 
— -faces  the  Snowy  bar  at  the  end  of  the  Ninety- 
Mile  Beach.  The  Buchan  Caves,  only  a  few 
miles  from  Orbost  as  the  crow  flies,  are  usually 
reached  from  Bairnsdale  through  the  village  of 
Bruthen.  The  railway  will  soon  traverse  this 
green  pocket  at  the  foot  of  half-cleared  hills — 
one  of  many  such  places  along  the  creeks  and 
rivers  of  this  well-watered  corner  of  the  State. 


,148 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITFD 


The  flats  of  Bruthen  yield  tremendous  crops  of 
maize.  There  is  illimitable  scope  for  the  estab- 
lishment of  orchards  through  these  districts. 
Stone  fruit,  especially  peaches  and  plums  and 
apricots,  should  be  most  successfully  grown. 

The  remaining  32  miles  to  the  Caves  run 
through  monotonous  forests  of  stringybark.  and 
mountain  ash.  Occasional  teams  come  in  from 
these  back-blocks  laden  with  wattle-bark  and  wool, 
and  go  back  into  the  mountains  with  stores  and 
supplies. 

The  view  from  the  last  summit  over  Buchan  is 
some  repayment  for  a  dull  drive  through  the  bush. 
The  Buchan  River,  a  tributary  of  the  Snowy,  has 
cut  the    hills   and    sliced  their    sides   in    ancient 

chafings  for  the  sea It  winds  its  way  far 

below,  through  green  flats  and  over  sandy  shoals. 

The  hillsides  opposite  are  dotted  with  trees 
that  seem  like  the  trees  carved  by  Swiss  toymakers 
for  the  delight  of  children.  Behind  them  the 
mountains  are  tossed  and  piled.  Their  higher 
peaks  rise  triumphantly  out  of  this  confusion  into 
calm  blue  skies.  The  limestone  in  this  region 
seems  to  be  honeycombed  with  caves  for  miles. 
Some  of  the  underworld  which  has  been  made 
accessible  to  visitors  is  exceedingly  beautiful.  The 
ventilation  is  much  better  than  one  usually  finds 
in  these  underground  places,  and  the  passages 
and  byways  of  earth  smoother  and  drier- 
going.  Shawls,  mysteries,  chandeliers,  ala- 
baster pillars,  marble  statues  and  images  follow 
one  another,  as  cavern  after  cavern  is  lifted  out 
of  Cimmerian  night  by  the  magnesium  lamps  of 
the  guides. 

It  gives  one  a  curious  sensation  of  unreality, 
this  descent  through  a  hole  in  the  hillside  into  a 
region  of  glamor  and  mystery,  beautiful  but 
weird.  The  magnesium  light  is  obscured  for  a 
second  and  the  timid  stranger  enjoys  the  sensation 
of  being  immersed  in  soundless  night.  He  is 
enveloped  in  a  blackness  more  intense  than  the 
night  of  a  coal-pit.  The  ribbon  splutters  again 
and  this  aching  darkness  is,  by  its  magic,  trans- 
formed into  a  glittering  wonderland  filled  with 
beautiful  and  fantastic  forms.  In  shining  grot- 
toes, whose  roofs  are  supported  by  semi- 
transparent  columns,  cisterns  of  placid  water,  fil- 
tered into  perfect  clearness  through  the  purifying 
limestone,  wait  like  baths  prepared  for  white 
nymphs  of  the  underworld. 

From  chamber  to  chamber  in  this  enchanted 
Palace  of  Night  the  bewildered  stranger  is  led 
through  lofty  vestibules  and  mysterious  corridors. 
He  enters  banquet-halls  of  giants,  boudoirs  of 
goddesses,  workshops  of  mountain  gnomes.  In 
what  might  be  the  frozen  feast-room  of  a  Viking, 
there  is  a  splendid  Christmas  tree,  laden  with 
jewelled    gifts.        In    another    place    "Pompey's 


pillar"  stands  to  mark  the  slow  achievement  of 
those  underground  sculptors  who  have  fashioned 
strange  forms  with  lime  and  water  in  the  studios 
of  night.  The  Victoria  Cave,  containing  a  robed 
image,  bearing  strange  resemblance  to  the  late 
Queen,  is  a  feature  in  this  gallery  of  subterranean 
marvels. 

Beyond  those  caves  which  have  been  made 
accessible  to  visitors,  others  of  greater  splendor 
are  being  found.  The  Victorian  Government  is 
spending  a  reasonable  revenue  in  improving  and 
making  more  accessible  one  of  Australia's  greatest 
nature  attractions. 

After  a  couple  of  hours  spent  in  this  fantastic 
underworld  at  Buchan,  one  emerges  to  hear  the 
river  singing  to  the  hills,  to  behold  with  a  sense 
somewhat  of  relief  the  normal  world  of  sunlight 
and  shadow.  Here  tree-tops  redden  with  tender 
leaves  of  springtime,  granite  peaks  watch  like 
seneschals  over  green  bastions,  and  blue  vistas  of 
forest-covered  mountain,  unbroken  yet  by  any 
clearing,  proclaim  the  vastness  of  this  unsettled 
Australia. 

Beyond  that  picturesque  belt  of  clearing  which 
makes  all  the  civilization  of  Buchan,  roll  eternal 
spires  and  battlements  of  the  Australian  Alps. 
They  sweep  northward — Australia's  greatest 
mountain  range — towards  the  birthplace  of  her 
greatest  river,  the  Murray.  They  contain  many 
fertile  pockets,  many  lovely  \'alleys,  many  grassy 
flats  and  rolling  slopes  which  will  some  day  be 
converted  to  settlement. 

Three-quarters  of  an  acre  of  such  land  at 
Bruthen  is  reputed  to  have  yielded  £200  worth 
of  edible  beans  in  a  year. 

From  Bruthen  to  Omeo  a  winding  mountain 
road  follows  the  course  of  Tambo  River,  up 
and  ever  upward  into  a  very  sea  of  mountains. 
The  bed  of  the  river  is  sandy  and  broken  by 
water-worn  boulders  of  granite.  The  deep,  bass 
voice  of  Tambo  recites  an  unending  monologue  of 
darkened  forest  and  deep  ravine;  of  icy  winters 
when  its  channel  is  filled  with  roaring  snow- 
waters, escaping  from  the  Arctic  grip  of  their 
parent  hills;  of  summers  cooled  by  mountain  airs, 
sweet  with  perfumes  of  flowering  acacias,  dog- 
wood, and  musk.  Following  the  Tambo  upward 
towards  its  source,  the  road  takes  many  windings 
— through  narrow  cuttings  along  the  hillsides, 
over  white  bridges,  round  steep  elbows  and  across 
razorback  ridges.  There  are  views  of  distant 
mountains  seen  through  gaps  which  the  river  has 
worn  out  by  endless  action;  there  are  red  basal- 
tic hillsides,  suitable  for  cultivation.  An  occa- 
sional settler  has  established  his  home  here  and 
lives  as  comfortably  and  hopefully  as  our  remote 
settlers  do.  At  Tambo  Crossing  the  traveller 
finds  some  pretty  patches  of  wheat  and  maize,  and 


GIPPSLAND 


349 


he  will  conic  upon  one  or  two  wayside  inns  within  a 
hundred  miles.  Grapes  and  peaches  indicate 
that  this  rugged  hackbone  of  our  continent  is  still 
hospitable,  still  fertile,  still  full  of  promise  for 
future  production. 

He  draws  near  to  Tongio  and  beholds  a  few 
mountain  farms  located  among  colored  hills,  on 
whose  steep  sides  scattered  trees  are  growing. 
A  sandy  river  runs  over  flats  where  sheep  are 
grazing.  Scarlet  lories,  with  wings  of  deepest 
azure,  fly  up  into  drooping  gum-trees,  and,  around 
the  farmhouses,  Australian  black,  wattles  and 
European  oaks  are  planted. 


o\er  which  the  writer  pioneered  a  cautious  way  in 
December  of  1912  with  a  motor  car.  Superb 
are  the  views  along  that  hazardous  track — 
mountain  is  piled  upon  mountain,  and,  through 
gorges  of  wonder,  the  Mitta  chants  his  defiant 
songs  of  Youth.  These  streams  abound  in 
English  trout.  If  a  man  would  have  cool  sum- 
mer sport  and  breathe  an  atmosphere  that  is  all 
oxygen,  if  he  would  live  the  healthful  life  that 
brings  soul-satisfying  days  and  nights  of  infinite 
restfulness,  let  him  come  out  into  these  indescrib- 
able Alps.  The  very  difl'iculties  he  encounters 
will  spice   his  travels   like   a   well-seasoned  dish. 


In  the  Buclian  Caves. 


The  road  leaves  the  Tambo  near  Cassilis,  and 
crossing  over  a  steep  and  diflicult  mountain  range, 
strikes  the  Mitta  Mitta  River  by  Omeo.  The 
waters  of  the  Tambo  flow  into  Gippsland  lakes, 
but  those  of  the  Mitta  Mitta  join  the  Murray  near 
Wodonga,  and  do  not  reach  their  bourne  in 
Lake  Alexandrina  for  seventeen  hundred  miles. 
The  range  which  makes  the  divide  between  them 
runs  northward  into  New  South  Wales.  Its 
highest  peak  is  Mount  Kosciusko,  the  tallest 
mountain  in  Australia.  It  is  a  Land  of  Big 
Things. 

Omeo  produces  gold  and  grain.  From  Omeo 
to  Glen  Wills  there  is  a  narrow  mountain  road 


Here  in  this  rare  mountain  air,  so  buoyant,  so 
exhilarating,  everyday  worries  of  life  are  seen 
through  the  big  end  of  a  telescope.  They  become 
miniature  and  remote.  Here  again  is  another 
Australia,  wherein  one  sees  snow-covered  trees  in 
the  middle  of  December.  Communication  with 
the  outside  world  practically  ceases  in  winter. 

Mount  Wills  is  5,700  feet  high.  Above  the 
snow-level  its  summit  is  bare.  Beyond  it  lie  the 
mysterious  Bogong  Plains — a  wind-swept  region 
given  over  to  the  genii  of  the  hills.  The  Bogong, 
Feathertop,  Mount  Wills  loom  like  nearby  objects 
from  the  summits  of  Mount  Buffalo,  which  is  to 
the  Victorian  Tourist  Department  what  Mount 


350 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Mount  Wills  in  Winter. 


Kosciusko  is  to  that  of  New  South  Wales — a 
sanctuary  of  high  places. 

The  village  of  Glen  Wills  is  perched  in  pic- 
turesque disarray  along  a  tumbled  mountain  side. 
It  depends  on  gold-mining  for  its  prosperity.  In 
long  winter  nights  its  population  pores  over 
printed  pages — it  is  a  well-read,  patriotic  little 
community.  Between  Glen  Wills  and  Lightning 
Creek  there  are  some  miles  of  mountain  road  that 
will  fill  the  hearts  of  those  who  travel  them  with 
mingled  feelings  of  anxiety  and  delight.  At 
Christmas  Creek  a  view  suddenly  unfolds  before 
them  which,  if  they  possess  the  faculty  of  wonder, 
will   make  an   ineffaceable  memory. 

On  broad  canvases  of  Australian  Nature  pic- 
tures magnificent  and  tremendous  have  been 
painted,  but  this  picture  is  among  those  hung 
"on  the  line."  From  an  angle  in  the  track  one 
beholds  a  titanic  sea,  whose  wave-crests  are  moun- 
tain-tops, whose  hollows  are  mighty  gorges.  The 
mountain  slopes  steeply  down  to  the  shore  of 
this  blue  expanse.  A  strip  of  spectral  trees  slain 
by  the  snows  comes  first;  then  a  forest  of  tall, 
straight  woolly-butt,  and  then  the  enthralling 
panorama  of  a  thousand  cerulean  hills,  billowing 
away  as  far  as  the  eye  carries  into  distance.  The 
last  of  the  major  peaks  upon  the  skyline  is  Kos- 
ciusko. Drifting  clouds  make  moving  patches 
of  shadow  over  forests  that  have  never  known 
the  axe.  In  harmonious  quiet — a  flawless  world 
dreams  beneath  a  flawless  heaven.  Its  keynote 
is — immensity. 


A  queenly  radiance,  Amazonian  yet  virgin, 
englamors  it.  As  I  beheld  it,  the  clear  air  ren- 
dered actinic  by  recent  rain,  with  just  enough  of 
cloud  in  light  fleecy  patches  to  break  the  bald 
beauty  of  the  sunlight,  I  thought  it  was  the  finest 
mountain  view  in  Australia — the  most  impressive 
panorama  I  had  had  the  good  fortune  to  enjoy. 

Although  we  were  travelling  an  anxious  road, 
taking  our  motor  car  over  a  track  which  had  never 
been  crossed  by  a  petrol-engine  before,  or  prob- 
ably since;  although  we  had  lost  two  hours  of  a 
short  afternoon  clearing  a  fallen  tree  from  our 
path,  and  did  not  know  what  further  obstacles 
waited  for  us  in  the  long  downhill  that  lay  between 
Glen  Wills  and  the  Mitta — we  lingered  over  that 
scene. 

My  companion.  Dyer,  said  it  brought  him  as 
near  to  Heaven  as  he  could  ever  expect  to  get. 
But  I  do  not  think  St.  Peter  will  be  too  severe 
on  a  motor-man  who  navigated  his  car  without 
serious  mishap  from  Omeo  to  Tallangatta,  by  an 
unknown  mountain  track,  too  narrow  to  let  two 
vehicles  pass  anywhere  in  six  or  seven  miles. 

Our  hands  were  blistered  from  chopping  at 
the  dead  woolly-butt  which  we  had  encountered  in 
a  cutting  where  there  was  no  going  round.  I  he 
tree  was  fully  eighteen  inches  in  diameter.  It 
was  necessary  to  hack  through  it  twice  with  a 
light  axe  of  indifferent  edge. 

In  sharp  angles  of  steep  grades  our  half-road 
overhung  precipices  of  appalling  steepness.  The 
tree-ferns  in  gorges  below  them  looked  like  green 


i 


GIPPSLAND 


^51 


mishrooms,  the  creeks  like  jrlittering  aluminium 
)ands.  It  was  a  world  of  wonder  and  beauty — 
md  apprehension. 

That  half-track  was  overgrown  in  some  places 
vlth  wild  hop-bush  which  threatened  our  eyes. 
Miows  of  the  previous  winter  had  rutted  the  sur- 
ace  on  ticklish  grades,  where  straddling  ruts 
neant  putting  our  outside  wheels  within  a  few 
nches  of  the  edge.       At  slowest  speed  we  were 


any  thousand  feet  or  so  of  sheer  drop.  One 
slight  mis-movement  of  the  driver's  hand  would 
be  enough. 

The  Genii  heard  our  prayer.  We  braked 
unthinkable  grades,  we  rounded  incredible  curves, 
and  having  glided  like  a  black  spider  down  seven- 
teen miles  of  precarious  web,  we  bumped  into  a 
camp  of  astonished  road-menders  at  the  bottom. 
They  told  us  the  road  over  the  mountain  had  been 


Winter  in  the  Victorian  Alps. 


iking  great  risks.  We  consoled  ourselves  with 
jM)hilosophy  based  on  the  axiom  that  men  die 
Py  once.  While  agreeing  in  subdued  tones  that 
jvery  individual  lives  only  under  sentence  of 
leath,  we  decided  that  motoring  into  the  abyss 
lust  be  a  decidedly  unpleasant  method  of  putting 
le  sentence  into  execution. 
So  Dyer  called  up  all  his  nerve  and  skill,  and  I 
lade  an  invocation  to  the  genii  of  the  Alps  that 
[o  boulder  in  our  path  would  cause  the  front 
Vheels  to  buck  that  narrow  margin  between  them 
ml  the  outer  edge,  that  no  slippery  corner  would 
ause  the  back  wheels  to  skid;  that  no  overhang- 
tig  branch  would  strike  Dyer's  eye  rounding  one 
_|f  those  impossible  corners;  that  no  mischance  or 
■rror  of  judgment  would  precipitate  the  outfit  over 

L 


pronounced  unsafe  for  vehicular  traffic.  We 
had  come  over  it  at  our  own  risk.  We  replied 
that  we  were  thankful  the  risk  lay  behind  us. 

After  that  came  the  crossing  of  Lightning 
Creek — a  brawling  tributary  of  the  Mitta  Mitta. 

I  can  still  see  Dyer  (he  was  a  little  man)  grimly 
chewing  a  pepsin  tabloid  as  he  crouched  behind 
his  steering-wheel,  shoulders  hunched  and  eyes 
glittering  like  points  of  well-burnished  rapiers, 
as  he  precipitated  his  little  American  car  at  that 
creek.  The  bank  was  steep,  and  he  did  not 
know  the  depth  of  water  or  the  character  of  its 
foundation.  The  latter  proved  to  be  of  fairly- 
large  boulders.  The  bumping  was  not  good  for 
a  cheap  American  car,  but  we  won  the  opposite 
bank  at  sundown   and   found   our  cheerful   little 


352 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Carting    Timber   from   a   Bush   Saw-Mill. 


bush  inn  and  its  compensations  of  food  and  rest 
after  the  most  strenuous  day  in  our  exploration  of 
Victoria. 

That  night  we  fell  asleep  to  a  lullaby  of  run- 
ning water.  The  little  hostel  was  located  at  the 
junction  of  two  snow-fed  streams  wherein 
speckled  European  trout  were  numerous. 

Opposite  his  front  door  was  the  tunnel  of  a 
hillside  mine  where  the  innkeeper  dug  for  gold 
in  his  spare  time.  It  was  his  own  mine,  and  he 
worked  it  all  by  himself,  buoyed  by  the  eternal 
hope  of  fortune  which  burns  in  every  gold-miner's 
heart.  Adjoining  hills  have  yielded  golden  tri- 
bute from  year  to  year,  and  why  not  his?  Nearby 
one  saw  the  remains  of  the  Mammoth  mine's 
flume — once  660  feet  long  and  120  feet  high — 
a  proof  that  golden  tribute  had  also  been  paid  to 
the  hills.  The  innkeeper's  tunnel  was  already 
150  feet  in  length.  Who  knows  what  another 
stroke  of  the  pick  may  bring  to  light  in  auriferous 
Australia? 

We  saw  much  evidence  of  successful  mining  in 
our  journey  down  the  beautiful  Mitta  valley. 

From  Lightning  Creek  to  Tallangatta  is  one 
of  the  loveliest  motor  runs  in  Australia,  albeit 
rough    travelling.     Road    and    river    keep    close 


company  all  the  way — a  sinuous  road  tli; 
dips  over  comely  shoulders  of  hills  and  runs  on 
as  the  river  broadens,  upon  levels  of  gracious  pa 
ture.  Sunlight  and  the  sparkle  of  water,  coo!  ar 
shady  reaches  where  floating  lilies  bloom  and  bi 
rushes  sway,  black  farm  lands  fresh  turned  by  tl 
plough,  grazing  lands  green  with  grass  ar 
clover;  birdsong  and  fragrance  of  wild  flowers 
so  this  singing  stream  takes  the  long  road  1 
Spencer's  Gulf. 

Splendid  are  the  white  rivers  of  our  Victorii 
Splendid  is  the  Snowy,  bringing  to  the  Pacific 
tide  strengthened  and  sweetened  by  outpouriil; 
from  a  thousand  hills;  glorious  is  the  Goulbur 
feeding  the  irrigation  farms  with  its  bounteo 
flood;  majestic  is  the  Mitchell,  sweeping  throui 
fertile  flats  by  Bairnsdale;  the  lazy  Loddon  h 
her  charm;  the  Yarra  its  history. 

Under  banks  of  the  Glenelg  are  deep  niyste  ' 
ous  reflections;  the  yellow  waters  of  the  Ove 
tell  of  fine  gold  won  by  busy  dredges;  the  Wn 
mera  sings  his  epic  of  wheat  and  wool,  but  tl 
Mitta  Mitta  is  a  lyric  poet  whose  lays,  I'l 
Lycidas  or  Endymion,  leave  a  taste  of  pastor; 
sweetness.  His  rippling  natal  songs  are  fic 
with  couplets  from  the  Alps,  his  adolescent  nictr 


GIPPSLAND 


353 


re  the  metres  of  the  cavaliers;  but,  grown  to 
ligorous  riverhood,  he  sings  with  the  splendor  of 
llilton  and  the  art  of  Keats. 

rhe  poetry  of  our  rivers  has  never  been  sad- 

iied  by  the  note  of  battle.        It  is  a  poetry  of 

,ce  and  peaceful  human  endeavour,  filled  with 

lices  of  undcfiled  Nature,  and  echoes  of  pioneer 

ffort.       By  the  singing  rivers  of  Victoria  there 


Tallangatta  is  212  miles  from  Melbourne,  and 
enjoys  a  daily  train  service.  Coaches  go  to  and 
from  Corryong,  on  the  Upper  Murray,  and  down 
the  Mitta  Valley.  Some  day  Victoria  may  con- 
struct a  loop  line  from  Tallangatta  to  Bright  via 
the  Mitta  Valley  and  Omeo,  and  thus  make  gener- 
ally accessible  the  most  picturesque  mountain  dis- 
trict in  Australia. 


A  Selector's  Hut  in  the  Gippsland  Forest. 


re  homestead  sites  for  those  who  would  forget 
ic  reddened  rivers  of  Europe  and  all  their  dread- 
il  stories  of  destruction  and  strife. 

Willows  and  alders  grow  by  the  village  of 
litta.  The  traveller  makes  good  going  over 
.rtile  Hats  to  the  railway  township  of  Tallan- 
atta,  terminus  of  a  branch-line  which  meets 
\iiney-Melbourne  railway  at  Wodonga. 

1  his  line  will,  no  doubt,  be  pushed  forward 
itil    it    meets    the    Murray    at    Tintaldra    and 

owong,  where  there  is  much  rich  agricultural 
iiid,  well-watered,  blessed  by  abundant  rains,  and 
cndered  pleasantly  habitable  by  the  mildest  of 
iDuiitain  climates.  Cool  winters  and  balmy 
ummers  make  blessed  the  regions  of  Upper  Mur- 
ay,  where  settlement  thrives  and  industry  in- 
rcases. 


By  going  out  to  Corryong  through  Cudgewa, 
one  may  reach  the  Yarrangobilly  Caves  and 
Mount  Kosciusko,  and  return  through  the  lovely 
valley  of  the  Upper  Murray — which,  after  con- 
struction of  the  proposed  Cumberoona  dam — will 
be  rendered  lovelier  still  by  irrigation. 

Over  all  this  remote  cast  of  Victoria  still  hangs 
a  glamor  of  the  unknown.  Swift  feet  of  settle- 
ment, lured  first  by  glint  of  early  gold,  have 
gone  rapidly  westward  and  left  the  East  yet 
largely  unoccupied  and  difficult  of  access. 

But  there  is  a  future  for  eastern  Victoria  which 
the  writer  fondly  believes  will  be  one  of  close, 
prosperous  settlement.  Millions  of  feet  of  com- 
mercial hardwoods  make  a  valuable  asset  in  its 
forest  reserves  and  maybe  a  million  acres  of  pro- 

w 


354 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


ductive  lands  await  treatment.  What  wealth  of 
precious  and  useful  metal  remains  to  be  won  from, 
highly-mineralized  regions  of  vast  area  time  will 
determine.  This  very  chapter  is  being  scribed 
upon  the  edge  of  an  East  Gippsland  forest.  Be- 
tween the  author's  camp  and  Snowy  River  spread 
a  hundred  lone  miles  of  coastland  without  a  single 
homestead,  exclusive  of  Cape  Everard  lighthouse. 
Northward  to  the  border  line  the  country  is  still 
empty.  But  it  will  not  always  remain  so.  East 
Gippsland  will  yield  marine  wealth  of  its 
shores  and  estuaries,  wealth  of  its  forests,  wealth 
of  its  soils,  as  other  less-favored  parts  of  the 
Commonwealth  are  already  doing.  Good  roads 
are  a  first  essential  for  opening  this  country,  which 
will  be  best  settled  in  small  areas  of,  say,  fifty 
acres. 

The  experience  of  settlement  in  East  Gippsland 
is  that  1 60  to  320  acre  selections  in  heavily-tim- 
bered country  are  beyond  the  strength  of  the  aver- 
age settler.  Forest  growth  is  so  rapid  that 
family  effort  can  only  effectually  clear  a  small  area 
at  a  time.  Prolific  soils  and  heavy  rainfall  ensure 
a  constant  crop  of  scrub  and  undergrowth  until 
the  land  is  permanently  cleared.        For  all  fruits 


of  the  temperate  zones.  East  Gippsland  is  ideal. 
Pigs,  dairy  cattle,  potatoes,  agricultural  produce, 
must  ultimately  come  from  a  land  where  maize, 
lucerne  and  paspalum  already  flourish. 

Out  of  4,920  square  miles  of  Crown  lands  in 
East  Gippsland  there  will  be  some  unproductive 
acres;  but,  with  a  rainfall  ranging  from  40-45 
inches  at  Mallacoota  to  32-40  at  Orbost,  the 
poorer  soils  are  brought  almost  to  the  standard  of 
richer  land  in  less-favored  districts. 

Transport  and  scientific  treatments  are  neces- 
sary. Local  experience  and  local  conditions  will 
make  settlement  profitable.  Without  ports, 
without  railways  and  practically  without  roads, 
the  proved  possession  of  gold,  silver,  copper,  lead, 
tin,  iron,  molybdenum  and  manganese  alone  will 
not  insure  the  progress  of  this  virgin  area  of  over 
three  million  acres.  Nor  will  its  forests  of  grey 
box,  bloodwood  and  silver-topped  iron-bark  find 
markets.  Nor  will  it  produce  the  wool  and 
butter  that  it  could;  nor  its  coast  yield  marine 
wealth  yet  unexploited;  nor  its  sunny  slopes  be 
covered  with  orchards  nor  its  \olcanic  and  alluvia! 
patches  be  universally  converted  into  farms. 


'  Good  roads  are  a   first  essential  ' ' 


Mount  Feathertop  and  Ovens  Eiver 


THE  VICTORIAN  ALPS. 


J';'1"\VJ<:J-:X  Tallangutta  and  Vackandandah 

is  a  fine  strip  of  vineyard,  agricultural  and 

pastoral  land.       Sluice,  dredge,  and  shaft 

also  tell  of  gold-mining  enterprise.       Brown  hilly 

icountry,  breaking  into  grassy  Hats,  where  willows 

and  drooping  gums  give  shade  for  sheep,  stooks 

of  wheat  in  cleared  paddocks,  frequent  creeks — 

re  all  indications  that  North-Eastern  Victoria  is 

contributor  to  the  general  wealth  of  the  nation. 

iewa  lies  midway  between  these  towns — a   de- 

ghtful  hamlet  on  a  pretty  little  river.       A  com- 

ined  hotel    and   grocery   supplies   stout   farmers 

ith    beverages    and    breakfast  foods    of    well- 

dvertised     brands,     while     their     horses     wait 

atiently  under  the  acacias,  whisking  away  sum- 

er  flies  with  busy  tails. 

Yackandandah,  despite  its  peculiar  aboriginal 
name,  is  a  progressive  inland  town.  The  stranger, 
judging  it  by  the  number  of  its  hotels,  might 
imagine  its  population  to  be  of  poetical  Persian 

I™  temperament.  They  are  not  more  bibulous  than 
^our  singularly-sober  population  in  general,  but  as 
the  centre  of  a  mining  district,  Yackandandah  pro- 
vides accommodation  for  a  shifting  community. 

Hydraulic  sluicing  has  helped  to  increase  the 


prosperity  of  this  exceedingly  healthy  township. 
The  pumping  machinery  is  installed  on  barges, 
which  are  floated  from  point  to  point. 

Between  here  and  the  ancient  Victorian  town 
of  Beechworth,  the  clear  dry  airs  of  nearly  two 
thousand  feet  elevation  edge  the  stranger's 
appetite.  One  remembers  the  run  across  from 
Yackandandah  before  breakfast,  through  country 
viewed  too  early  in  the  morning  to  carry  any  spe- 
cial appeal ;  the  little  motor  mishap  that  made 
breakfast  still  later,  and  finally  the  compensation 
of  a  solid  Australian  meal  in  an  old-fashioned 
Australian  hotel. 

One  likes  Beechworth,  not  for  the  "pleasant 
walks  to  the  Cemetery  grounds,  the  Hospital  for 
Insane  and  Mount  Misery,"  as  enumerated  on  the 
printed  cards  at  our  old-fashioned  hotel,  but  for 
avenues  planted  with  mulberries  and  spreading 
shade-trees,  for  old  churches  and  trim  gardens 
and  the  balmiest  airs  that  ever  brought  gladness 
to  one's  soul.  There  is  no  loud  clamor  of 
industry  in  this  town,  which  may  be  reached 
by  train  twice  a  day  from  busy  Melbourne. 
But  wide  streets  and  handsome  public  gar- 
dens,     substantial      stores.      Council      chambers, 


355 


356 


1 


THE    VICTORIAN    ALPS 


357 


museiiin,  hotels  and  residences  show  that  there  is 
no  civic  poverty  either. 

As  a  centre  for  many  tourist  attractions,  which 
can  be  reached  by  good  roads,  Beechworth  is  well 
and  justly  advertised. 

From  Mount  Stanley,  3,450  feet,  the  visitor's 
eye  commands  the  Alps,  Strathbogie  and  Divid- 
ing ranges,  and  the  valleys  of  the  Ovens,  Snowy, 
King,  and  Mitta  Mitta  rivers. 

From  Beechworth  to  Wangaratta  downward 
slopes  take  us  into  level  wheat  and  sheep  lands, 
and  a  warm  dry  climate  like  that  of  Southern 
Ri\erina.  Among     many     prosperous     inland 

towns  Wangaratta,  with  5,000  population,  wears 
an  air  of  confidence.  It  is  a  cathedral  city,  and 
the  proclaimed  capital  of  the  North-Rast.  Wheat 
and  wool  its  surrounding  districts  produce  in 
abundance.  Fruit,  tobacco,  and  potatoes  are 
profitable  local  products.  When  Australia  be- 
comes a  manufacturing  country,  the  growth 
of  little  cities  like  Wangaratta  will  be  greater 
than  their  oldest  or  youngest  inhabitants  have 
;ver  dreamed. 

Wangaratta,  with  its  two  bi-weekly  newspapers, 

:s    foundry,    brewery,    creamery,    butter,    bacon, 

lap   and   brickmaking  industries   already   estab- 

ihed,  with  raw  products  at  hand,  could  be    and 

loubtless  will  be   a  capital  of  importance. 

The  Government  has   established  an   Agricul- 
ral  High  School  here. 

At  night  the  well-lit  streets  of  this  little  inland 
llty  present  moving  pictures  of  sober  citizens, 
country  visitors,  boys  in  khaki  uniforms,  girls 
in  white  dresses,  all  that  passing  phase  and  char- 
acter of  young  colonial  life  which  our  artists  and 
writers  should  endeavour  to  retain — because  the 
spirit  of  Change  heralded  by  the  horns  of  Inven- 
tion is  rapidly  modernizing  the  Bush.  .  .  . 

By  good  road  from  Wangaratta,  one  enters  the 
Ovens  Valley — a  land  of  gold  and  glamor  with 
historical  memories  of  old  "rushes,"  rapid 
"finds,"  and  frequent  fortunes.  The  sluicing 
dredge  robs  the  river  of  clearness  until  one  gets 
above  the  radius  of  its  operations;  but  towards 
'orepunkah  and  Bright  the  Ovens  is  a  clear  and 
leautiful  stream. 

Road,  river,  and  railway  run  down  the  valley 
in  parallel  lines.  They  wind  through  a  land  of 
tall  poplars,  trim  farms,  hop  gardens,  and  green 
paddocks  with  hedges  of  roses. 

As  the  traveller  nears  the  happy  village  of 
Myrtleford,  he  beholds  on  the  south-east  a  bald, 
granite  hump  rising  precipitously  from  the  edges 
of  the  valley.  This  is  the  famous  Mount  Buffalo, 
which  calls  the  tourist  with  equal  attraction  sum- 
mer and  winter. 

kThat  first  sight  in  the  distance  is  somewhat  dis- 
jpointing — Buffalo  in  perspective  is  neither  tre- 


ab 

tf 


mendous  nor  impressive;  it  is  only  when  one  gets 
under  the  shadow  of  the  mountain  or  begins  to 
ascend  its  granite  sides  that  its  mighty  bulk  is 
realized. 

The  ascent  practically  begins  at  the  little  rail- 
way township  of  Porepunkah,  on  the  banks  of 
the  Ovens.  The  Government  has  constructed  a 
solid  road  up  the  mountain,  which  is  now  open 
to  motor  cars  under  reasonable  restrictions. 
Owing  to  the  precipitous  nature  of  this  mountain 
road  the  car  was  interdicted  at  first,  for  fear  that 
the  bones  of  bush  horses  at  least  would  whiten 


North  WaU  of  Buffalo  Gorge. 

under  the  cliffs.  The  road  is  narrow  but  well 
graded.  As  it  mounts  towards  the  Government 
Hospice  it  opens  up  preliminary  scenery  of  great 
beauty.  After  one  gets  accustomed  to  gazing 
down  into  abysses  that  seem  miles  in  depth,  the 
excitement  of  gradual  ascent  is  less  poignant. 

From  a  distance  the  north-eastern  face  of  the 
mountain  bears  a  peculiar  white  scar,  as  if  an 
avalanche  had  swept  down  it  and  left  a  glittering 
cleft  on  its  bare  granite  cheek.  Coming  nearer, 
it  is  seen  that  the  white  scar  is  really  a  stream  of 
water  which,  reaching  the  brink  of  that  precipice, 
up  in  the  clouds,  takes  a  preliminary  header  of 
750  feet  into  the  gorge. 


358 


AUSTRAIJA    UNLIMITED 


^  Ml 


-**_i'*«<>^ 


^ 


I 


The  Chalet  on  Mount  Buffalo 


Though  Buffalo  is,  in  the  distance,  like  most 
great  objects,  somewhat  of  a  disappointment,  as 
the  visitor  mounts  its  bastioned  flank  it  becomes 
more  and  more  impressive.  Ravines  and  pre- 
cipices gather  beneath  him  on  his  upward  climb; 
the  level  world  sinks  lower  and  lower;  the  great 
upper  world  of  mountain  and  cloud  unfolds  like  a 
mysterious  scroll. 

Again  the  air  is  heavenly  and  the  sunlight 
divine;  one's  blood  tingles  in  one's  veins;  life's 
difficulties  seem  easy  of  conquest,  a  curious  sense 
of  courage  and  well-being  lifts  one's  spirits  into 
the  skies — towards  which  Mr.  Catani's  narrow 
road  is  carefully  winding. 

Climbing  out  of  Kurobin  Valley  this  road  offers 
a  halting-place  at  a  junction  of  streams.  Continu- 
ous shouting,  murmuring  and  argument  goes  on 
between  these  gossiping  rivulets  at  their  meeting 
place.  One  of  them  is  that  white  torrent  which 
marks  the  face  of  the  mountain  from  afar — still 
ruffled  and  tumbled  from  its  high  dive  over  Buf- 
falo. The  little  mountain  river  noisily  plunges 
under  a  bridge  and  hurries  away  to  join  the  Ovens 
in  its  lovely  valley  below. 

As  our  road  goes  up  we  glimpse  the  valleys  of 
Eurobin,  Buckland  and  Ovens  at  intervals.  At  a 
height  of  3,600  feet,  it  swings  round  a  mighty  pre- 
cipice and  a  lordly  panorama  brings  us  our  first 
realization  of  what  natural  treasures  this  hunch- 
backed giant  has  locked  in  his  rocky  domains. 


Here  is  no  pastoral  painted  in  conventional 
lines  and  curves,  but  bold  vigorous  expanses  of 
primal  nature  with  little  squares  of  culti\ation  let 
in  to  make  proper  contrast  between  occupied  val- 
ley and  unreclaimed  mountain. 

Here  is  another  of  Australia's  splendid  dis- 
tances, ruffled  by  the  hand  of  Time  into  wonderful 
contours   and   amazing  curves. 

On  the  southern  wall  of  Buffalo,  close  to  the 
Gorge,  is  a  comfortable  (>o\ernment  chalet,  with 
accommodation  for  a  hundred  guests.  There  is 
no  more  delightful  holiday  place  in  Australia, 
summer  or  winter.  Good  and  sympathetic  man- 
agement and  a  reasonable  tariff  have  increased  its 
popularity.  Within  a  minute's  walk  guests  may 
weary  themselves  with  mountain  pictures.  The 
Gorge  is  a  masterpiece  in  this  gallery  of  the  gods. 
You  stand  on  the  edge  of  a  sheer  cliff,  which  is 
the  southern  wall  of  Mount  Buffalo — and  look 
down,  if  you  have  the  nerve,  into  an  amphitheatre 
of  infinite  vastness,  where  constant  changes  of 
scene  lend  endless  interest  to  the  drama  of 
Nature.  Out  towards  the  skyline  is  the  dress 
circle  of  this  mighty  theatre — Bogong  and  Kos- 
ciusko, snow-capped  in  winter,  but  bottomless  blue 
in  summer-time.  There  is  nothing  like  the  blue- 
ness  of  these  glorious  Australian  ranges,  so  deep, 
so  calm,  so  exultant. 

The  valley  below  you — so  far  below  that  it 
seems  to  belong  to  another  world — is  laid  out  in 


I 


^ 


Eurobin  Creek  in  Buffalo  Gorge 


359 


36o 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


red  and  green  squares  of  cultivation.  From  the 
granite  seats  of  the  gods  you  can  see  shadows  of 
clouds  travelling  over  cleared  fields  whose  still 
beauty,  miles  beneath  you,  glows  with  such  distant 
mystery. 

The  road  in  the  valley  winds  like  a  thread  of 
golden  silk  on  a  robe  of  green  and  blue.  The 
road  down  the  mountain  hangs  like  a  silver  cob- 
web between  earth  and  heaven.  Forest-covered 
spurs  radiate  into  altitude  from  their  foothills 
around  the  valley.  You  can  follow  their  out- 
lines until  they  are  lost  in  far-off  skies.  They  are 
part  of  our  world's  oldest  mountain  system,  worn 
down  to  half  their  original  height  by  the  erosions 
of  incalculable  years.  Buffalo  was  once  5,000 
feet  higher.  On  its  granite  base  rested  a  super- 
structure which  pierced  the  clouds  of  bygone 
winters,  in  aching  aeons,  ere  Atlantis  sank  beneath 
the  waters.  In  this  age  of  men  and  machines,  its 
sheer  sides  of  time-worn  rock  are  the  wonder  and 
admiration  of  summer  maidens  in  Melbourne- 
made  gowns  and  picture  hats.  The  snows  of 
winter  whiten  its  wrinkled  forehead  for  the  plea- 
sure of  scientists  and  skaters — lured  thither  by 
the  attractions  of  snow  sports  and  a  gaslit  hotel! 
Its  leaning  towers  and  battlements  are  still 
assailed  by  cyclopean  forces;  weakened  mayhap 
by  everlasting  assault  but  still  strong  enough  to 
brave  and  turn  aside  ten  thousand  storms. 

One  sees  where  tlownfalling  waters  have 
grooved  out  a  channel  in  the  hillside — a  gutter, 
yards  wide,  which  drains  the  roof  of  Buffalo. 
Through  it  pours  with  sound  eternal  that  torrent 
which  seems  like  the  white  track  of  an  avalanche 
down  the  mountain  side  when  viewed  from  Ovens 
Valley.  Looking  down,  one  sees  it  smashed  into 
a  veil  of  spray  arcaded  by  mimic  rainbows. 

Gaunt  snow  gums,  moss-covered  boulders,  pul- 
pit rocks,  lovers'  seats  are  part  of  the  chalet's  out- 
door appointments.  Inside  are  lounges,  dining 
halls,  hot  and  cold  baths,  the  little  conveniences 
which  civilized  Man  finds  essential  to  his  happi- 
ness. 

For  his  benefit  and  pleasure  snow,  wind, 
water  and  sun  have  done  their  work.  From  May 
to  September  the  winter-guest  skates,  skis  and 
toboggans;  from  October  to  April,  the  summer- 
guest  engages  in  what  exhilarating  pleasures  the 
season  offers  him.  Not  the  least  of  these  will  be 
his  inevitable  excursions  to  the  Horn;  which  is 
the  commanding  summit  of  the  Buffalo  Plateau, 
and  readily  accessible  from  the  Chalet  at  the 
Gorge. 

Here,  5,645  feet  above  the  everyday  world,  he 
can  enjoy  the  finest  panoramic  view  on  this  con- 
tinent. On  a  sublime  pinnacle  of  rock,  as  a  pil- 
grim from  some  sacred  minaret,  he  looks  out  over 
Victoria  and  a  part  of  New  South  Wales.   Eighty- 


six  miles  north-east  stands  Mount  Kosciusko,  127 
miles  to  the  south  and  west  Mount  Macedon, 
both  easily  visible  if  the  day  is  fine. 

A  mountain  world  lies  at  his  feet.  Grey  snow 
grass — thick  and  springy — purple  heather  and 
buttercups  adorn  its  slopes.  Patches  of  snow 
gums,  killed  by  over-rigorous  winter,  give  the 
necessary  touch  of  desolation  to  this  singular  land. 
He  hears  clear  springs  bubbling  and  the  song  of 
crystal  creeks  making  immemorial  music  over 
their  eternal  boulders.  Other  round  granite 
boulders,  smooth  as  cannon  balls,  scattered 
around  the  landscape,  show  where  creek  and 
glacier  did  their  work  long  before  ape-men  gib- 
bered the  rudiments  of  speech.  Leviathan  rocks 
25,000  tons  in  weight  arepoised  on  axes  of  ancient 
granite.  Grey  moss  beards  limbs  of  trees,  lichens 
cling  to  stained  rocks.  Where  are  now  the  poin- 
cianas  of  Port  Darwin,  the  screw  palms  of  the 
Gulf?  Instead  of  Horid  jungles,  Australia  the 
Unlimited  presents  here  sombre  galleries  between 
snow-clad  hills,  cyclopean  chambers,  gigantic 
archways,  gargantuan  plum-puddings,  huge 
pebbles,  cantilever  rocks  projecting  40  feet,  under- 
ground cellars,  cubes,  squares,  cannon  balls,  pin- 
nacles and  a  debris  befitting  the  older  foundations 
of  the  world. 

Instead  of  tepid  lagoons  lipped  by  pink  and 
purple  lilies,  she  gives  us  clear  cataracts  leaping 
into  chasms  1,700  feet  deep,  and  falling  away  to 
silver  threads  in  a  vertical  perspective.  Tropical 
stillness  gives  place  in  season  to  a  stillness  of 
snow.  An  Australian  in  fur-lined  coat,  on  ice- 
skates,  takes  the  place  of  the  Australian  in  a  white 
linen  suit. 

From  the  Horn  a  complete  horizon  of  view 
takes  in  the  Baw  Baws,  Bogong,  a  great  part  of 
Gippsland,  and  southern  Riverina. 

Sunset  seen  from  this  superb  summit  is  a  Wag- 
nerian opera  of  light  and  color;  but  sunrise  is  a 
glory  beyond  all  expression.  There  is  a  camp- 
ing-place at  the  foot  of  the  Horn  where  en- 
thusiasts may  spend  the  night  and  rise  betimes  to 
bathe  their  spiritual  senses  in  the  ineffable.  Be 
well  in  body,  be  reasonably  contented  in  mind,  and 
behold  the  coming  of  Day  over  two  Australian 
States.  See  its  first  beams  redden  the  snowy  cap 
of  Kosciusko,  and  five  minutes  later  purple  the 
Wodonga  plains.  See  this,  and  you  will  see 
Australia  in  one  of  her  tremendous  moods,  and 
realize  that  this  is  the  Land  of  Great  Things 


Under  Buffalo,  a  few  miles  down  the  Ovens 
Valley,  is  Bright,  one  of  the  prettiest  villages  in 
the  Commonwealth.  It  is  not  altogether  shade 
trees,  running  waters,  and  shadows  of  the  hills 
that  make  the  charm  of  this  little  township.  It 
has  a  particular  atmosphere  of  peace  and  good- 


i 


THE    VICTORIAN    ALPS 


361 


fellowship  and  easy-going  contentment.  In  the 
cosy  hotel  where  I  bided  with  Dyer  after  ascend- 
ing Mount  Buffalo,  with  our  American  car,  in 
defiance  of  regulations,  one  was  struck,  by  the 
unusual  merit  of  the  pictures — all  Australian  sub- 
jects— which  adorned  the  walls.  Enquiry  re- 
vealed the  fact  that  the  landlord's  daughter  was 
an  artist,  possessing  such  genius  for  form  and 
color  as  one  might  expect  from  the  very  quality 
of  her  native  surroundings. 

It  hardly  came  as  a  surprise  to  learn  that  there 
was  a  true  artist  in  Bright.  Aesthetic  gentle- 
ness of  river  and  hill,  infinite  mood  of  Nature, 
quietude,  and  call,  such  influences  in  places  like 
these  must  bring  response  in  artistic  expression. 
The  future  of  Australia  in  art,  music,  and  poetry 
is  as  certain  as  her  future  in  power,  wealth  and 
industry. 

Bright  has  some  celebrity  as  a  producer  of 
gold.  There  were,  at  the  end  of  1914,  several 
hopper  dredges  at  work  in  the  vicinity.  These 
dredges  were  each  recovering  a  good  average  of 
19  to  25  ounces  of  fine  gold  per  week.  They 
employ  ten  or  eleven  hands  to  each  plant,  and, 
although  greatly  condemned  as  polluters  of 
streams  and  destroyers  of  agricultural  land  on 
the  banks  of  water-courses,  they  have  proved  a 
highly-profitable  investment.  The  precious  "dust" 
is  washed  out  of  the  river  silt  by  a  simple  hydrau- 
lic system  and  snared  on  a  piece  of  ordinary  coir 
matting.  Once  a  week  the  alluvial  gold,  fine  as 
flour,  is  washed  out  of  the  matting.  The  outlay 
on  a  dredge  plant  is  not  beyond  the  possibility  of 
a  small  company,  and  dredge-mining  is  by  no 
means  the  riskiest  of  Australian  mineral  invest- 
ments. Where  it  can  be  proved  that  the  dredge 
is  not  a  destroyer  of  more  valuable  assets  in  the 
shape  of  agricultural  lands,  there  should  be 
nothing  to  prevent  its  extension. 

Myrtleford  is  another  delightful  Victorian 
village,  where  shady  elms  throw  grateful  shade 
and  a  pleasant  low-roofed  inn  invites  the  passing 
traveller  to  rest.  Leaving  Bright  Road  at  Ever- 
ton  the  latter  may  take  a  westerly  track  through 
Oxley  to  Benalla,  crossing  good  level  agricultural 
wheat  and  wool  lands  on  the  way. 

Benalla  is  another  important  district  centre. 
Near  to  Melbourne,  on  a  main  trunk  line,  it  wears 
more  of  a  metropolitan  air  than  most  country 
towns.  There  is  a  growing  volume  of  business 
in  all  these  embryonic  cities  of  Victoria,  and  they 
are  the  pleasantest  of  places  to  live  in.  Where 
transport  is  established,  prices  of  commodities  are 
iitdc  more  than  Melbourne;  living  is  low,  and 
wages  high.  Ordinary  workers,  if  they  be  frugal 
and  secure  permanent  employment,  are  sure  of 
being  able  to  establish  comfortable  homes  at  least, 
and  rear  their    families  under  healthy  and    con- 


genial surroundings.  Business  openings  con- 
tinually present  themselves,  nor  do  these  require 
the  initial  capital  which  is  essential  in  more 
crowded  centres. 

One  will  look  in  vain  for  poverty  in  such 
places.  Go  down  the  main  streets  of  these  coun- 
try towns,  on  a  Friday  or  Saturday  evening,  and 
you  will  see  a  well-dressed,  well-fed,  happy-look- 
ing population.  There  are  no  mendicants,  no 
gutter  urchins,  no  pale  work-worn  faces,  no  rags, 


k 


At  Bright 


no  persona!  appeals  for  help;  none  of  those  out- 
ward and  visible  indications  of  a  ''submerged 
tenth"  which  seem  inseparable  from  centres  of 
population  in  most  countries.  Go  into  the  stores 
and  you  will  find  that  credits  are  generally  sound; 
go  into  the  Savings  Banks  and  learn  that  nearly 
every  householder  has  an  account! 

What  conditions  in  Europe  will  be  like  when 
this  book  goes  forth  on  its  mission,  at  the  con- 
clusion of  the  greatest  war  in  human  history,  no 
man  can  safely  prophesy.  But  this  salient  fact 
stands  out,  that  during  the  continuation  of  that  tre- 
mendous struggle,  the  prosperity  of  Australia  suf- 
fered no  decrease.  Involved  with  the  British 
Empire  in  conflict,  she  has  been  enabled  to  send 
her  contributions  of  men  and  money  to  the 
Mother    Country,    while    pursuing   her   ordinary 


362 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


course  of  settlement  and  development.  The 
stability  of  Australian  securities  has  been  amply 
demonstrated.  In  future  we  are  less  likely  to 
hear  that  the  British  investor  fights  shy  of  Aus- 
tralian enterprises. 

The  financial  soundness  and  prosperity  of  the 
Commonwealth  are  nowhere  made  more  apparent 
than  in  an  analysis  of  business  conditions  in  our 
country  towns.  Little  centres  like  Benalla  are 
certain  to  grow  as  settlement  is  extended. 

With  an  irrigation  and  wheat-growing  district 
northward  in  the  direction  of  the  Murray,  with 
rich  agricultural  lands  southward  towards  the 
ranges;  with  vineyards  and  orchards  and  a  market 
within  easy  distance,  Benalla,  Wangaratta,  the 
townships  of  north-eastern  Victoria  generally  are 
destined  to  thrive. 

The  traveller,  continuing  his  journey  through 
this  section  of  the  State,  may  turn  off  southward 
towards  Mansfield,  which  is  the  present  terminus 
of  a  branch  railroad  passing  through  Molesworth 
to  join  the  main  trunk  line  at  Tallarook.  This 
cross-road  between  Benalla  and  Mansfield  gives 
a  variety  of  forest  and  open,  hill  and  river,  not 
yet  too  closely  settled  to  have  lost  its  native 
charm.  Small  villages  occur,  with  long  intervals 
between  them.  Towards  Mansfield,  the  way  is 
through  well-watered  pastures  and  fertile  fields 
suitable  for  cultivation. 

The  town  of  Mansfield  stands  over  a  thousand 
feet  above  sea  level.  Like  all  Victorian  towns 
along  the  Great  Range,  or  its  many  spurs,  it  en- 
joys an  equable  climate.  The  warmest  summer 
days  are  followed  by  cool  nights.  Extremes  of 
heat  or  cold  lead  to  neither  exhaustion  nor  dis- 
comfort. Natives  of  these  districts  are  notice- 
able for  their  color  and  physical  development. 

The  most  artistic  monument  in  Australia  has 
been  erected  at  Mansfield  in  honor  of  police 
troopers  Kennedy,  Scanlon,  and  Lonigan,  slain  by 
the  blood-thirsty  Kelly  gang  of  bushrangers  in 
the  Wombat  Ranges  nearby,  in  1880.  The  fine 
marble  column  on  its  granite  base  marks  a  phase 
of  Australian  life  which  belongs  to  an  adventurous 
past.  The  tourist  of  to-day  who  gazes  curiously 
at  this  obelisk  in  the  main  street  of  peaceful 
Mansfield,  can  hardly  realize  the  conditions 
which  made  the  lawless  reign  of  the  Kellys  pos- 
sible. 

Some  of  the  most  rugged  mountain  regions  of 
Victoria  lie  within  a  few  miles  of  Mansfield. 
Among  scenic  attractions  for  which  it  is  a  centre 
are  Mount  Buller,  nearly  6,000  feet,  and  the 
Tolmie  Tableland.  Forest  and  fern,  hill,  moun- 
tain and  valley  make  interesting  the  roads  which 
lead  away  to  Jamieson,  Alexandra,  and  Whit- 
field. 


Many  tributaries  of  the  Goulburn  River  have 
their  sources  in  this  part  of  Victoria.  These 
snow-fed  streams  drain  a  wide  area  of  the  eastern 
watershed. 

Beyond  Jamieson  to  the  southward  is  Wood's 
Point.  Between  these  villages,  thirty-six  miles 
of  exquisite  scenery  will  make  amends  for  a  slow 
coach  journey. 

The  Continent  does  not  present  anywhere  else 
such  a  continued  stretch  of  lofty  mountains. 
Matlock  and  Wood's  Point  are  the  highest  towns 
in  Victoria.  If  this  country  could  be  rendered 
more  accessible,  it  possesses  attractions  which 
would  make  it  probably  the  most  popular  resort, 
or  series  of  resorts,  in  Australia. 

Wood's  Point  is  the  small  and  lofty  capital  of 
an  auriferous  district,  containing  many  little 
mining  villages.  Gold  Is  constantly  being  won 
along  this  part  of  the  great  Dividing  Range. 
Wood's  Point  can  be  reached  from  Healesville, 
Walhalla,  and  Warburton  by  bridle  tracks 
through  invariably  picturesque  country.  But  the 
adventurer  will  do  well  to  take  the  summer  season 
for  his  journey.  Forty  miles  from  Walhalla  or 
Warburton  may  easily  enough  be  negotiated  dur- 
ing summer  months,  but  when  winter  snows  lie 
deep  on  Mount  Buller,  and  the  Baw-Baws  have 
changed  their  robes  of  summer  blue  for  white,  it 
Is  quite  another  matter. 

Between  Mansfield  and  Alexandra  Is  a  very 
beautiful  agricultural  district,  watered  by  tribu- 
taries of  the  (ioulburn.  If  clear,  perennial 
streams,  the  mildest  of  mountain  climates,  blue 
hills,  grassy  fields,  green  pastures,  tall  forests, 
x'ineyard  slopes,  orchard  sites,  fertility  and  tilth 
make  for  human  contentment,  then  the  people  who 
ha\'e  been  fortunate  enough  to  secure  holdings  in 
this  favouretl  land  should  be  able  to  enjoy  a  maxi- 
mum of  that  blessed  gift.  f 

Throughout  the  Victorian  hill  country  there  Is 
room  yet  for  thousands  of  settlers  to  whom  the 
possession  of  a  large  preliminary  capital  Is  by  no 
means  necessary.  From  Omeo  to  Healesville 
one  sees  that  Victoria  has  yet  hardly  approached 
the  problem  of  closer  settlement,  while  much  of 
the  eastern  division  can  still  be  regarded  as  virgin. 
Between  Balrnsdale  and  Harrietville,  following 
the  course  of  the  Mitchell  River,  lies  another 
hinterland  in  which  a  vigorous  population  will 
some  day  find  establishment  and  prosperity. 

Alexandra  is  one  of  those  pleasant  Victorian 
townships  which  visitors  are  loath  to  leave. 
Located  In  a  hollow  of  the  hills,  with  broad  tree- 
planted  avenues,  trim  gardens  and  the  abundant 
growths  of  rich  soils  favored  by  temperate  cli- 
mate and  copious  rainfall.  It  sparkles  like  a 
goblet  filled  with  some  rare  vintage.  If,  in  sooth, 
a  man  would  drink  the  true  wine  of  life,  let  him  1 


Pi 


O 

cm 

a 
'3 


a 


36.3 


364 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


On  the  Acheron  Biver 

rise,  as  Dyer  and  I,  "ere  Dawn's  right  hand  is  in 
the  sky,"  and  gHde  out  of  the  sleeping  town  of 
Mansfield,  before  a  single  spiral  of  smoke  has 
begun  to  curl  from  a  cottage  chimney. 

Let  him  be  well  along  a  comparatively  good 
road  before  the  rim  of  a  golden  sun  shows  above 
the  most  easterly  hillside.  Let  him  pull  up  his 
car  on  the  next  summit  and  watch  that  golden  disc 
slowly  mounting  into  a  sky  glorified  by  a 
chromatic  arrangement  of  heavenly  colors.  He 
sees  the  earth  marching  forth  with  banners  of 
rose  and  emerald,  to  greet  the  Conqueror. 

He  listens  to  orisons  the  bush  birds  are  pour- 
ing to  the  day,  canticles  of  running  waters,  soft 
hymns  of  trees,  the  harmony  of  Morning  break- 
ing over  a  land  that  has  never  heard  a  discordant 
shout  of  war. 

His  heart-beats  are  tuned  to  this  joyous  excite- 
ment of  Nature;  his  pulses  respond  to  her 
gracious  exhilaration.  As  his  car  sweeps  down- 
ward into  the  next  hollow  and  rattles  over  a  rustic 
bridge  where  a  passing  whiff  of  mint  and  briar- 
rose  greets  him,  reminiscent  of  God  knows  what 
forgotten  dreams,  he  feels  that  the  morning 
prayers  of  childhood  are,  after  all,  among  life's 
most  beautiful  things. 

If  readers  find  in  this  volume  descriptive  repe- 
tition, let  it  be  forgiven  by  the  fact  that  Australia 
is  filled  with  such  a  plenitude  of  delightful  places. 


Any  writer  attempting  to  deal  at  length  with  its 
natural  attractions  must  claim  such  an  indulgence. 

If  that  road  from  Mansfield  to  Alexandra  has 
left  a  special  memory  of  morning  sweeping  over  a 
land  glorified  by  Nature,  one  may  be  sure  that 
every  Australian  carries  in  mind  similar 
memories — which  are  not  the  lesser  gifts  in  his 
heritage. 

As  this  is  being  scribed  armed  Australians,  in 
the  shadows  of  the  Pyramids,  will  vision,  across 
desert  sands  where  slaves  of  departed  Pharaohs 
labored,  beyond  the  date  palms  of  historic  Nile, 
roads  that  wind  around  Australian  hillsides  as 
pleasantly  as  the  road  from  Mansfield  to  Yea. 
Australians,  by  their  camp-fires  in  African  jungles, 
will  hear  in  fancy  magpies  carolling  by  creeks  such 
as  those  that  glisten  under  canopies  of  tree-fern 
from  Acheron  to  Marysville. 

Rubicon  forest  and  Rubicon  Falls  are  among 
the  many  beautiful  and  wonderful  assets  of 
Nature  with  which  Alexandra  is  enriched.  Being 
only  102  miles  from  Melbourne,  with  a  daily  train 
service,  this  comfortable  little  town  makes  a  plea- 
sant base  for  a  holiday.  Through  all  this 
mountain  country,  drained  by  the  Goulburn  River, 
fish  and  game  are  plentiful.  Within  a  wide  circle, 
taking  in  Trawool,  Yea,  Alexandra,  Jamieson, 
Marysville,  and  Toolangi,  one  might  spend  a 
whole  summer  without  wearying.  If  one  had  a 
summer  to  spare  I  can  imagine  no  better  enjoy- 
ment than  the  exploration  of  those  wonderful 
tablelands  which  spread  from  Mount  Dandenong 
to  Kosciusko,  and  from  Beechworth  to  Bonang. 

From  Alexandra  down  to  Marysville,  along  the 
Acheron  River,  the  road  runs  through  mountain 
and  meadow  land  as  fair  and  kindly  as  any  on 
the  Continent.  Good  volcanic  and  alluvial  soils 
prevail  throughout  the  ranges,  and  along  the 
river  beds  on  the  north-eastern  side  of  Mel- 
bourne. Fine  forests  of  hardwood,  considerable 
minerals,  add  to  the  wealth  of  districts  which  are 
favored  by  their  proximity  to  a  great  city.  A 
prosperous  rural  population  is  gradually  pushing 
its  way  into  the  hearts  of  those  blue  hills  which 
loom  upon  the  north-eastern  horizon  of  the 
southern  city-dweller's  view. 

Within  40  miles  of  Melbourne,  in  those  ranges, 
is  Mount  Donna  Buang  (4,080  feet)  about  five 
miles  to  the  north  of  Warburton.  Donna  Buang  is 
higher  than  any  point  in  England,  Wales  or  Ire- 
land, and  now  gives  metropolitan  people  an  oppor- 
tunity to  enjoy  snow  sports  between  July  and  Sep- 
tember. As  an  instance  of  what  a  still-unex- 
ploited  country  Australia  is,  it  may  be  remarked 
that  the  existence  of  this  mountain  was  practically 
unknown  to  the  people  of  Melbourne  until  Pro- 
fessor Kernot  read  a  paper  on  it  before  the  Royal 
Geographical  Society  of  Victoria  in   1907.    Since 


THE    VICTORIAN    ALPS 


365 


then  a  road  has  been  opened  to  its  summit,  and, 
having  been  made  accessible  from  Warburton  and 
Healesville,  it  is  possible  to  make  a  week-ender's 
trip  to  the  snows. 

Within  these  ranges  lies  the  famous  Blacks' 
Spur  with  its  hot-house  vistas  of  tree-fern  and 
vine.  Timbered  hills  that  will  yet  know  the 
touch  of  cultivation,  perennial  waters,  sassafras 
and  beach  and  flowering  myrtle;  roads  which 
wind  often  like  the  avenues  of  gardens  through 
forests  and  jungles  of  smooth  and  glossy  growth 
— Australian  nature  in  one  of  her  happiest  aspects 
— wayfarers  through  these  hills  will  find  these 
delights  and  more.  From  the  Hermitage  on 
Blacks'  Spur  to  Narbethong,  and  from  Narbe- 
thong  to  Marysville  will  give  these  wayfarers 
pictures  which  will  cause  them  to  wonder  where 
writers  have  gleaned  their  melancholy  impressions 
of  Australia.  Here  is  a  typical  stretch  of 
Victorian  forest  and  hillside  whose  beauty  and 
value  cannot  be  exceeded  in  any  part  of  the  world. 
Streams  about  Marysville  are  reputedly  good  for 
jpout  fishing;  Marysville  is  a  place  of  lovely  val- 
ys,  fern-lipped  streams,  high  waterfalls,  cool 
_  mosses,  scented  acacias,  noble  forests  and  superb 
l^ountain  views.  From  the  summit  of  Lake 
"^4ountain  (4,000  feet)  one  looks  out  over  a  land 
of  mystery  and  wonder,  and  hears  the  wind  in  the 
tops  of  forest  giants  280  feet  above  the  ground 
proclaiming  the  glory  of  Australia. 

On  its  way  home  from  Flastern  Victoria  our 
little  American  car,  much  travel-stained,  came 
over  the  Blacks'  Spur  and  ran  out  by  a  difficult 


road  along  the  edge  of  that  blue  wall  of  moun- 
tains which  one  sees  from  various  parts  of  Mel- 
bourne on  a  fine  day.  Thus  we  beheld  Mel- 
bourne and  its  environs  and  the  plains  and  hills 
behind  them  in  constantly-changing  view-points, 
but  far  and  away  below  us.  Near  to  Warburton 
we  turned  down  over  the  mountain  to  Launching 
Place,  where  the  River  Yarra  is  no  more  than 
a  clear-watered  sparkling  stream. 

Through  Lilydale,  with  a  cool  south  wind 
blowing  in  our  faces,  by  that  lovely  orchard  and 
garden  country  that  circles  Melbourne  on  the 
north  and  east,  past  Mitcham,  where  cherry-trees 
were  laden  with  red  fruit,  through  the  shady  mar- 
ket town  of  Dandenong,  and  back  to  breezy  Mor- 
dialloc,  we  came  so  laden  with  happy  recollections 
of  a  long  journey  through  picturesque  Victoria 
that  our  mental  films  in  places  were  doubtless  like 
photographic  negatives  doubly  exposed. 

Behind  us — from  San  Remo  to  Buchan,  from 
Buchan  to  Buffalo, from  Buffalo  to  Eltham,  there 
glowed  a  cool,  gracious  Australia  filled  as  the 
jewel  caskets  of  an  empress  with  so  many  pre- 
cious things  that  their  individual  values  were 
overlooked,   in  general  wonder  and  admiration. 

The  greater  part  of  this  scenic  East  remains  to 
be  exploited.  Its  possibilities  have  not  yet  been 
developed,  and  its  attractions  are  imperfectly 
advertised.  Its  values  are  not  scenic  alone;  they 
include  large  areas  of  virgin  lands  suitable  for 
settlement,  and  great  natural  resources  of  forests 
and  minerals. 


'The  Hermitage,"  Blacks'  Spur 


m 


"-*« 
^f- 


%' 


m 


m 


366 


A   Settler's   House,   Rochester   District. 


VICTORIAN  AGRICULTURE. 


VIC  rORIA'S  future  progress  largely  depends 
on  the  extent  to  which  her  agricultural 
resources  are  utilised  and  developed 
Though  it  is  the  most  densely  populated  State  in 
the  Commonwealth,  its  vast  agricultural  resources 
hitherto  have  only  heen  partially  exploited. 
With  its  uniformly  rich  land,  favorable  rainfall, 
its  magnificent  water  and  timber  resources,  it  is 
destined  to  become  a  State  of  surpassing  pros- 
perity. Increased  population,  extension  of  the 
area  under  cultivation  and  the  development  of 
more  intensive  methods  of  cultivation  are  needed 
to  properly  utilise  Victoria's  rich  natural  re- 
sources. 

For  decades  past  it  has  been  called  the  Garden 
State  of  Australia,  because  its  soil  and  climate 
are  such  as  to  permit  more  intensive  methods  of 
culture  to  be  practised  than  is  possible  in  any  other 
State.  The  rich  stretches  of  volcanic  soil  in  the 
Western  District  and  the  fertile  alluvial  and  peaty 
areas  of  (iippsland  are  probably  as  rich  as  any 
virgin  soil  in  the  old  world.  These  lands  are 
destined  in  the  future  to  support  a  dense  popula- 
tion of  contented  settlers  when  intensive  methods 
of  farming  are  substituted  for  the  existing  exten- 
sive methods  of  culture. 

A  comparison  of  the  agricultural  production  of 
Victoria,  the  smallest  of  the  States  on  the  main- 
land, with  that  of  other  States  will  convey  some 
idea  of  the  agricultural  development  here  as  con- 
trasted with  other  States.     Although  the  area  of 


Victoria  is  only  one-thirty-third  that  of  the  Com 
monwealth,  it  produced  in  19 13  approximately — 

One-third  of  the  wheat, 
Over  one-half  the  oats.. 
One-half  the  barley, 
Two-fifths  of  the  potatoes, 
One-third  of  the  fruit. 
And  approximately  one-half  the  hay  pro 
duced  in  the  whole  Commonwealth 

This  is  a  fine  record  for  a  State  which  occupies 
only  one-thirty-third  of  the  total  area  of  the  Com- 
monwealth. 

The  Government  is  pursuing  an  enlightened 
policy  of  development  by  ( i )  pushing  ahead  with 
the  construction  of  railways  to  bring  every  settler 
within  reasonable  distance  of  a  railway,  (2)  con- 
serving in  storages  the  immense  volumes  of  water 
which  hitherto  flowed  into  the  sea  and  utilising 
the  water  for  irrigation  purposes,  and  (3)  sub- 
dividing lands  purchased  under  Closer  Settlement 
Acts,  and  allotment  to  settlers  under  the  liberal 
Credit  Foncier  System. 

It  is  estimated  that  the  present  and  projected 
storages  will  impound  sufficient  water  to  irrigate 
700,000  acres  of  land.  Some  idea  of  the  added 
wealth  which  such  an  area  will  ultimately  mean 
to  the  State  may  be  gained  by  considering  the 
annual  output  of  a  single  isolated  irrigation  col- 
ony— that  of  Mildura        Mildura  is  a  compact 


367 


368 


AUSTRALIA 


irrigation  settlement  of  12,000  acres  It  sup- 
ports on  this  area  a  population  of  6000  souls,  and 
the  standard  of  living  of  the  community  is  as  high 
probably  as  any  other  town  of  similar  size  in  the 
world.  The  value  of  its  products  is  £400,000, 
or  an  average  return  of  £33  per  acre  over  the 
whole  area.  If  only  half  this  return  were  se- 
cured from  the  700,000  acres  of  irrigation  land 
that  will  be  available  with  the  projected  storages. 


Crossbreeding   Wheats,  Rutherglen  Experimental  Station 


It  will  mean  an  ultimate  return    of    £8,000,000 
from  the  irrigated  areas  of  the  State. 

Industries  capable  of  considerable  expansion 
and  improvement  are  (a)  wheat  growing,  (b) 
dairying,  (c)  lamb-raising  industries.  At  present 
less  than  10  per  cent,  of  the  total  area  of  the  State 
is  under  cultivation,  in  spite  of  the  acknowledged 
richness  and  abounding  fertility  of  Victoria's 
soils. 

The  area  under  wheat  is  approximately 
3,000,000  acres.  In  every  wheat  district  of  the 
State  large  areas  eminently  suited  for  wheat  cul- 
ture are  still  supporting  only  the  roaming  sheep 
and  the  occasional  steer.  The  cultivated  area 
could,  if  adequate  labor  were  forthcoming,  be 
easily  increased  to  five  to  six  million  acres.  In 
19 1 5,  in  response  to  a  special  appeal  by  the  Gov- 
ernment, the  farmers  of  Victoria  put  in  and  bar- 


UNLIMITED 

vested  i  J  million  acres  more  wheat  than  had  ever 
been  sown  before,  even  though  labor  was  scarce 
and  fodder  expensive.  Not  only  could  the  area 
be  increased  by  two  to  three  million  acres,  but  the 
average  yield  per  acre  could  most  certainly  be 
increased  by  at  least  50  per  cent,  if  the  best 
methods  of  cultivation  were  universally  adopted. 

This  means  that  Victoria's  annual  wheat  pro- 
duction could  be  permanently  raised  to  60-70  mil- 
lion bushels  instead  of  25-30  millions  bushels. 

In  dairying  the  State  is  in  the  midst  of  im- 
portant changes.  Dairymen  are  now  beginning 
to  appreciate  the  three  fundamental  factors  for 
success  in  dairying — breeding,  feeding,  weeding 
Systematic  herd  testing,  involving  the  elimination 
of  the  robber  cows,  combined  with  rational  feed- 
ing, and  rigorous  culling,  are  increasing  the  pro- 
fits from  dairying,  and  with  increased  profits  will 
come  a  healthy  expansion  of  the  industry. 

Finally,  the  natural  pastures  of  Victoria  are 
eminently  suited  for  the  production  of  a  high  class 
type  of  export  lambs.  Hitherto,  Victorian  settlers 
have  depended  too  much  on  the  natural  pastures 
and  too  little  on  providing  fodder  crops  for  feed- 
ing their  herds.  With  the  inevitable  expansion  of 
cultivation,  the  wider  use  of  fodder  crops  for 
feeding  to  sheep  and  the  extension  of  lucerne 
growing  in  the  irrigation  settlements,  lamb-rais- 
ing will  become  a  great  industry  in  Victoria,  and 
numerous  freezing  works  being  erected  in  town 
and  country  provide  the  necessary  guarantee  of  a 
suitable  market. 

The  agricultural  production  of  Victoria  is 
steadily  increasing  year  by  year.  In  1915  the 
total  value  of  products  in  Victoria  amounted  to 
£55,000,000  sterling,  made  up  as  follows: — 

Cultivation £19,765,128 

Dairying  and  pastoral 10,510,954 

Mining 1,946,697 

Forest  produce 881,360 

Miscellaneous 1,990,003 


Total  primary  products   .  .    .  .    £35,085.142 
Value  added  by  manufactures     20,053,552 


Total   value £55,138,194 


In  a  young  country  like  Victoria,  depending  a 
most  entirely  on  the  export  of  primary  products 
for  liquidating  interest  on  national  indebtedness, 
the  stimulation  and  rapid  acceleration  of  her  agri- 
cultural industries  is  a  paramount  necessity.  The 
climate  and  the  liberal  rainfall,  together  with  the 
abounding  richness  of  the  soils,  place  Victoria  in 
a  very  fortunate  position  in  regard  to  offering 
attractions  for  overseas  settlers.       The  range  of 


ts     \ 


VICTORIAN    AGRICULTURE 


369 


li 


Fanners  attending  a  Demonstration  of  the  value  of  Top-Dressing  Grass, 

Eutherglen  Experimental  Station 


soils  and  climate  permits  a  great  variety  of  crops 
to  be  grown.  Wheat,  barley,  oats,  potatoes,  hay, 
lucerne,  and  all  classes  of  fruit  thrive  to  perfec- 
tion, and  already  in  the  production  of  these  Vic- 
toria outstrips  the  other  states. 

Then  there  are  many  industries  which  are  al- 
most untouched — maize  growing,  tobacco,  flax, 
broom  corn — all  of  which  offer  abundant  oppor- 
tunity for  exploitation.  Transport  facilities, 
which  mean  much  to  the  producer,  are  unexcelled 
in  Victoria. 

The  Government  have  realised  that  the  most 
ffective  means  of  accelerating  settlement  and  in- 
tensive culture  of  the  land  is  to  provide  adequate 
transport  facilities,  both  by  road  and  rail,  for  the 
primary  producers.  Victoria  contends  that  no- 
where in  Australia  are  the  men  on  the  land  so 
well  served  with  railways  as  in  this  State.  The 
policy  of  successive  Governments  has  ever  been 
to  drive  these  arteries  of  traffic  through  the  agri- 
cultural areas  of  the  State  until  the  whole  State 
has  been  completely  and  fully  served  with  trans- 
port facilities. 

Side  by  side  with  the  development  of  rail  traffic 
as  been  the  improvement  of  the  country  roads 

Country  Roads  Board  has  been  created  and 
ndowed  with  adequate  machinery  to  improve  the 
oads,  and,  above  all,  wise  and  healthy  legislation, 
rem  the  country  stations. 


The  abounding  richness  of  Victoria's  soil  en- 
ables her  to  carry  a  far  greater  population  per 
square  mile  than  any  other  State  in  the  Com- 
monwealth. Farms  are  closer,  towns  are  nearer, 
and  there  are  abundant  opportunities  for  social 
intercourse.  A  high  standard  of  material  com- 
fort in  the  rural  districts  is  thus  possible. 

With  fertile  soil,  bracing  climate,  abundant 
rainfall,  an  excellent  railway  system,  good  roads, 
and,  above  all,  wise  and  healthy  legislation,  Vic- 
toria's agricultural  future  is  assured. 

Recent  Victorian  Governments  have  given 
much  attention  to  problems  of  close  settle- 
ment. The  State  Department  of  Agriculture  has 
become  a  highly  specialized  organization,  work- 
ing side  by  side  with  the  Chair  of  Agriculture  at 
Melbourne  University,  the  Agricultural  Colleges., 
and  the  Education  Department,  for  the  better- 
ment of  the  man  on  the  land.  No  matter  how 
Victoria's  settlement  policy  may  be  regarded  by 
political  critics,  the  settler  who  has  secured  a  liv- 
ing area  is  sure  of  expert  assistance  and  advice. 
The  author  has  before  him  a  comprehensive 
synopsis  of  departmental  functions  and  articles 
courteously  prepared  for  this  volume  by  Dr.  S.  S. 
Cameron,  Director  of  Agriculture. 

The  Agricultural    Division  proper    comprises 
the     following     seven     branches  —  Experiment 


370 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Farms,  Chemist's  branch,  Science  branch.  Field 
branch,  Horticultural,  Viticultural,  Farmers' 
classes  and  lectures. 

The  objective  of  the  Division — to  quote  the 
Director  of  Agriculture — "is  briefly  to  assist  in 
raising  the  standard  of  cultivation  and  production 
in  every  part  of  the  State  where  agriculture  is 
carried  on,  by  means  of  demonstration  plots, 
demonstration  and  experiment  farms,  regular 
courses  of  lectures,    periodical  visits    and  inspec- 


results.  Expert  officers,  skilled  in  different 
branches  of  production,  are  attached  to  the 
various  farms,  and  give  personal  advice  on  all 
agricultural  matters  free.  The  results  of  the 
researches  and  experiments  are  published  as  they 
accrue  in  the  monthly  journal  of  the  Department, 
and  so  are  made  available  to  all  farmers  in  the 
State. 

"The  State   Research   Farm   at  Werribee  has 
for  its  objects  three  main  lines  of  investigation: — 


Pot-Culture   House,  Rutherglen  Experimental  Station. 


II 


tions  by  expert  officers,  and  by  the  distribution  of 
pamphlets,  bulletins,  etc.,  bearing  directly  on  the 
work,  of  the  farmer.  Investigations  of  plant 
diseases  and  of  soil  and  manurial  problems  are 
also  a  marked  feature  of  the  work  of  the  Division. 

"There  are  four  Experiment  Farms — Werri- 
bee, Rutherglen,  Wyuna  (irrigation),  and  Ba- 
mawm. 

"Hundreds  of  permanent  experimental  plots 
have  been  laid  out  at  these  Experiment  Farms,  and 
the  intelligent  settler  who  visits  these  plots  may 
learn  from  the  results  achieved  those  practices 
which  are    likely  to    give  him  the    best    financial 


1.  Exhaustive     experiments     with   cereal     crops. 

2.  Study  of  irrigation  problems  connected  with 
agriculture.  3.  The  improvement  of  stock,  and 
experiments  dealing  with  the  breeding  of  lambs 
suitable  for  export. 

"The  Wyuna  State  Farm  carries  out  various 
demonstrations  and  experiments  in  irrigated  agri- 
culture. 

"The  Bamawm  Farm  is  situated  in  the  Roches- 
ter irrigation  district,  and  is  devoted  more  parti- 
cularly to  the  culture  of  tobacco  and  citrus  fruits  I 
under  irrigation,    and  the    propagation  of    citrus  i 
trees  for  distribution. 


VICTORIAN    ACiRICULTURF. 


37' 


mmm 


-(MaKnL>AMel 


Buildings  and  Water  Supply,  State  Research  Farm,  Werribee. 


"The  Rutherglen  Experiment  Farm  and  Viti- 

jltural  Station  deals  with  the  culture  of  vines, 

le  raising    of    phylloxera-resistant  stocks,  both 

grafted  and  ungrafted,  for  sale  to  intending  plan- 

|ters,  and  experiments  on  wheat  culture  and  lamb 

raising. 

"Comprehensive  records  giving  full  details  of 
le  experiments  in  progress  and  the  results  ob- 
nned  are  issued  from  time  to  time. 

Chemist's     Branch. — The     functions    of    the 
hemist's  branch  are: — i.  To  administer  the  Arti- 
cial  Manures  Act — and  to  see  that  farmers  are 
rotected  against  fraud  and  adulteration,  in  pur- 
chasing artificial  manures.       2.  To  analyse  soils 
submitted  by  the  public,  and  to  offer  helpful  ad- 
vice on  the  mode  of  treatment  of  such  soils  to 
make    them    more    productive.    3.   To    conduct 
laboratory    investigations    on     specific    problems 
bearing   directly   on    the    improvement   of    farm 
practice.       4.  To  make  such  analyses  of  butter, 
cheese  and  other  farm  products  as  will  lead  to  an 
mproved  quality  in  manufactured  products. 
"The  work  of  the  laboratory  includes  investi- 


gations and  analyses  of  soils,  manures,  fodders, 
waters,  and  milk  for  the  benefit  of  the  settlers. 

"An  examination  of  the  manures  retailed 
throughout  the  country  districts  is  made  yearly 
for  the  purpose  of  detecting  adulteration. 

"Examination  of  waters  as  to  suitability  for 
watering  stock,  domestic,  or  irrigation  use,  and 
reporting  on  same.  Examination  of  all  products 
grown  on  the  soil  as  occasion  demands. 

"The  Science  Branch  includes  botany,  entomo- 
logy, vegetable  pathology  and  biology. 

"The  general  aim  of  this  branch  is  to  assist 
farmers  by  directing  their  attention  to  the  pests 
and  diseases  which  attack  various  farm  crops  and 
animals,  and  to  offer  such  advice  as  will  be  helpful 
in  preventing  losses  of  stock  and  crops. 

"The  Government  Botanist  controls  the 
National  Herbarium,  Melbourne,  which  contains 
over  a  million  sheets  of  plant  specimens  arranged 
and  listed  for  reference,  comprising  not  onlv  a 
unique  type  collection  of  the  Australian  Hora  and 
New  Zealand,  Papuan  and  Polynesian  collections, 
but  also  a  very  large  collection  of  the  plants  of  the 


372 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


whole  world,  in  which  American,  South  African, 
Indian  and  Malayan  plants  are  especially  strongly 
represented.  Owing  to  the  purchase  of  the 
Sonder  and  other  collections,  the  Herbarium  pos- 
sesses type  and  co-type  specimens  of  the  flora  of 
other  countries,  notably  from  South  Africa  in 
regard  to  flowering  plants,  while  in  regard  to 
Algae  it  contains   type  specimens   from   Kutzing 


surrounding  him,  since  the  absence  of  such  know- 
ledge may  often  cause  him  considerable  loss  or 
waste  of  effort. 

"The  Vegetable  Pathologist  identifies  fungus 
pests  attacking  farm  crops,  vegetables  and  fruit 
trees,  and  prescribes  methods  for  overcoming 
these  pests.  He  also  furnishes  to  farmers,  fruit 
growers  and  others,  entirely  free  of  cost,  infor- 


A  Wool   Class,   Sale   Agricultural  High  School 


and  others.  The  character  and  scope  of  the 
Herbarium  is  therefore  such  as  to  make  it  a  centre 
of  reference  in  regard  to  Australian  plants  gener- 
ally, and  also  to  give  it  an  international  standing. 

"The  Herbarium  identifies  all  plants  sent  in  for 
examination  and  gives  information  in  regard  to 
them  free  of  charge. 

"The  investigation  of  scientific  problems  in  con- 
nection with  plant  life  is  rendered  easier  by  the 
existence  of  a  library  comprising  some  9,000 
volumes — mainly  technical. 

"It  is  of  importance  to  a  settler  in  a  new 
country  who  finds  himself  surrounded  by  a  flora 
of  whose  names  and  properties  he  is  entirely 
ignorant,  that  he  should  be  able  to  obtain  infor- 
mation when  necessary  as  promptly  and  expe- 
ditiously as  possible  in  regard  to  the  new  plants 


mation  regarding  diseases  of  crops,  and  undertakes 
methods  of  control. 

"The  Entomologist  performs  a  like  service  witli 
regard  to  noxious  and  destructive  insects,  his  work! 
comprising  mainly: — Destruction  and  control  or^ 
insect  pests.        Identification  and  classification  of  1 
insects.  Advising       farmers,       horticulturists, 

orchardists,  and  the  public  generally  re  No.  i. 
Field  and  other  experiments  with  insecticides. 
Breeding  insects  that  are  parasitic  on  the  injuri- 
ous species.  Instruction  in  economic  entomology 
and  ornithology  by  means  of  lectures,  field  excur- 
sions and  literary  articles. 

"A  Government  Biologist  investigates  the 
diseases  wrought  by  bacterial  foes,  and  deals  with 
the  means  of  overcoming  them. 


VICTORIAN    AGRICULTURE 


373 


Landscape  Gardening,  at  the  Botanic   Crardens,   Melbourne 


"Field  Branch. — The  Field  Branch  assists 
settlers  by — 

"Carrying  out  experimental  and  demonstration 
plots  on  private  farms  to  show  the  variety  of 
wheat,  oats,  barley,  roots,  etc.,  best  adapted  to 
local  conditions,  also  the  kinds  and  quantities  of 
manures  and  fertilisers  that  can  be  most  profitably 
applied  to  various  crops,  and  the  cultural  practices 
most  likely  to  lead  to  success. 

"Cjiving  advice  on  the  cultivation  and  utilisation 
of  various  farm  crops  by  correspondence,  personal 
visits,  and  by  lectures  under  the  auspices  of  the 
local  Agricultural  Societies. 

"Many  of  the  Agricultural  Societies  hold  farm 
competitions  each  year  with  the  object  of  en- 
couraging farmers  in  the  districts  to  improve  their 
methods  of  cultivation.  The  judges  of  these 
competitions  are  usually  members  of  the  Field 
Branch,  and  these  officers  are  thus  enabled  to 
come  into  close  contact  with  the  farmers  of  the 
district  and  assist  them  in  their  work. 

"Officers  with  an  expert  knowledge  of  such 
special  crops  as  tobacco,  flax,  potatoes,  scent 
plants,  have  been  appointed  by  the  Department  to 
encourage  the  growing  of  these  crops. 


Horticultural  Branch. — The  work  performed 
by  the  Horticultural  Branch  covers  three  distinct 
industries,  \iz.,  fruitgrowing  and  marketing,  viti- 
culture, and  potato  growing.  Dr.  Cameron's 
report  shows  the  objective  of  each  section  and  its 
scope,  the  methods  and  means  adopted  in  carry- 
ing out  the  various  duties,  and  also  the  helpful 
relationship  in  which  the  section  stands  to  those 
engaged  in  the  industries  referred  to.  We  will 
take,  for  example,  the  fruitgrowing  industry.  The 
officers  of  the  orchard-supervision  section  render 
advice  as  to  the  choosing  of  localities,  planting 
and  cultivation  of  orchards,  treatment  for  preven- 
tion and  eradication  of  diseases,  etc.  At  the 
Burnley  School  of  Horticulture  intending  growers 
are  furnished  with  all  the  information  likely  to  be 
required  by  them  during  their  participation  in  the 
industry.  The  fruit  inspection  section  deals  with 
all  matters  in  connection  with  the  marketing  of 
the  produce  (advice  re  packing,  suitable  markets, 
requirements  of  other  States  and  oversea  coun- 
tries, etc.),  while  at  the  various  Government  Cool 
Stores  growers  may  keep  in  storage  their  surplus 
fruits  until  such  time  as  they  can  obtain  a  suitable 
market.  It  will  be  seen  from  this  that  there  is 
little  possible  assistance  which  the  Department 
does   not   render  to   fruitgrowers.        As   it   is   in 


374 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


this  industry,  so  with  the  others  dealt  with  by  the 
Horticultural  Branch. 

"The  duties  carried  out  by  the  Orchard  Super- 
visors (i2  in  number,  one  located  in  each  of  the 
fruitgrowing  districts  of  the  State)  may  be  sum- 
marised as  under:  —  i.  Advising  intending 
growers    respecting  the    most  suitable    localities, 


of  any  persons  desiring  to  avail  themselves  of  the 
opportunity.  Each  of  these  officers  is  thor- 
oughly conversant  with  the  most  suitable  districts 
for  fruitgrowing,  and  by  experience  is  well  able 
to  indicate  what  classes  of  fruits  and  what  varie- 
ties of  each  are  best  suited  to  any  locality.  This 
proves  of  great  benefit    to    settlers    from  other 


A  Lily  Fond  at  the  Botanic  O-ardens,  Melbourne. 


varieties  of  fruits,  etc.  2.  Advising  growers  and 
enquirers  re  methods  of  planting,  pruning,  culti- 
vation, etc.  3.  Advising  respecting  treatment 
and  methods  of  eradicating  disease.  4.  Inspect- 
ing orchards  and  gardens  and  enforcing  the  pro- 
visions of  Vegetation  Diseases  Acts.  5.  Lectur- 
ing on  the  various  branches  of  horticulture  and  on 
insect  and  fungus  pests,  and  the  best  methods  of 
dealing  with  same. 

"With  respect  to  the  matter  of  advice  to  In- 
tending growers  respecting  localities,  varieties, 
etc.,  any  information  desired  is  furnished  upon 
written  or  personal  application  to  the  Depart- 
ment. The  services  of  the  Chief  Orchard  Super- 
visor and  a  staff  of  ten  officers  are  at  the  disposal 


countries  who  are  unacquainted  with  local  condi- 
tions. The  same  applies  with  regard  to  advice 
concerning  methods  of  planting,  cultivation,  prun- 
ing, etc.,  and  also  with  respect  to  treatment  and 
eradication  of  diseases.  In  addition  to  the 
orchard  supervision  staff,  growers  and  Intending 
growers  may  avail  themselves  of  the  ser\Ices  of 
the  Government  Entomologist  and  Pathologist 
previously  referred  to. 

"The  State  has  been  divided  into  eleven  dis- 
tricts and  an  Orchard  Supervisor  has  been  sta- 
tioned in  each  of  these.  These  officers  are  in  con- 
stant touch  with  the  growers  In  their  districts,  and 
should  a  grower  at  any  time  desire  Information, 
all  he  has  to  do  Is  to  communicate  with  the  Dis- 


I 


Cro33hre.d    WKczxhs   under^o\i\^  triors. 


WHEATflFRRSdRCHUM 
1913       WHEAT 
191-a      SORGHUM 

1915  WHEAT 

1916  SORCHUM 


Permant-./i      i^ctaiTor?  Te^f 
RUTHERflLEN     &XP&R.IM&)HTflL   ^T/RTtON 


375 


376 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


trict  Supervisor,  who  will  immediately  furnish  it 
and,  if  necessary,  visit  his  orchard.  Lectures  are 
delivered  on  the  various  branches  of  horticulture 
and  on  insect  and  fungus  pests,  and  the  best 
methods  of  dealing  with  these.  Where  practi- 
cable the  lectures  are  accompanied  by  field  demon- 
strations. 

"To  give  the  Department  power  to  protect 
careful  and  painstaking  growers  against  careless 
neighbours  and  to  compel  these  latter  to  keep 
their  orchards  free  from  disease,  a  measure 
termed  the  Vegetation  Diseases  Act  was  passed  in 
1896.  This  Act  gives  power  to  any  properly 
authorised  inspector  to  enter  on  any  land  whereon 
any  tree,  plant,  or  vegetable  is  grown,  to  inspect 
such  trees,  plants  or  vegetables,  to  advise  the 
grower  as  to  the  best  means  of  eradicating  any 
disease,  and,  if  he  neglects  to  prevent  such  disease 
after  receiving  due  notice,  to  inflict  penalties. 

"In  connection  with  orchard  supervision  there 
have  been  and  are  being  established  a  number  of 
experimental  orchards  for  the  purpose  of  demon- 
strating to  growers  and  others  the  beneficial 
effects  of  scientific  methods  of  planting  and  culti- 
vation. 

"There  is  no  phase  of  viticulture  on  which  a 
grower  may  not  obtain  advice  from  the  Depart- 
ment. The  Government  Viticulturist  advises 
vignerons  on  all  matters  pertaining  to  vinegrow- 
ing,  wine-making,  etc.  Experimental  work  is 
carried  out  at  the  Rutherglen  Viticultural  College 
and,  under  Departmental  supervision,  at  some  of 
the  private  vineyards. 

"Some  years  ago  practically  the  whole  of  the 
vineyards  in  Victoria  suffered  severely  from  the 
ravages  of  phylloxera.  A  vigorous  campaign 
was  instituted  by  the  Department  to  cope  with 
the  disease,  and  since  then  the  work  of  reconstitu- 
tion  of  vineyards  has  been  sustained  to  such  an 
extent  that  the  majority  of  vineyards  are  now 
planted,  in  part  at  least,  with  phylloxera-resistant 
varieties.  All  that  was  possible  was  done  by  the 
Department  to  assist  the  growers  in  this  work. 
Large  quantities  of  phylloxera-resistant  stocks  are 
raised  annually  at  the  Rutherglen  Viticultural 
Station  and  supplied  to  the  growers  at  about  one- 
half  the  cost  of  production.  In  the  year  191 6 
over  400,000  phylloxera-resistant  rootlings  were 
distributed  at  the  low  prices  of  £6  per  thousand 
for  grafted  and  £1/10/-  per  thousand  for  un- 
grafted  rootlings. 

"Potato  (.rowing. — The  chief  duties  carried 
out  by  the  (ioxernment  potato  expert  are  of  an 
experimental  nature:  testing  of  new  varieties  and 
their  suitability  to  various  districts,  carrying  out 
experiments  to  determine  the  effects  of  artificial 
fertilizers,  testing  the  effect  of  various  spraying 
mixtures     on     Irish     Blight     and     other     potato 


diseases.  In  addition  to  this,  his  advice  and  ex^ 
perience  are  always  available  should  any  grower 
desire  to  obtain  information  on  any  point  con-_ 
nected  with  the  potato  industry. 

"In  addition  to  experimental  work,  lectures  are 
delivered  by  the  expert  in  potato-growing  dis- 
tricts, and  field  demonstrations  in  various  branches 
of  potato  culture  are  carried  out. 

Burnley  School  of  Horticulture. — This  insti- 
tution, comprising  35  acres  of  a  Government  re- 
serve within  three  miles  of  the  Melbourne  Post 
Office,  has  been  in  existence  for  a  number  of  years. 
Tuition  may  be  obtained  on  all  subjects  pertaining 
to  horticulture,  on  bee-keeping,  poultry  raising, 
fruit  drying  and  preserving,  and  kindred  subjects. 

"In  addition  to  the  ordinary  curriculum,  free 
lectures  and  demonstrations  on  various  subjects 
are  given.  These  enable  persons  desirous  of 
obtaining  information  on  one  subject  only,  to  do 
so  without  paying  for  a  full  course  of  instruction. 

"In  conjunction  with  the  school  there  are  large 
gardens  and  orchards  which  serve  for  field  in- 
struction and  demonstrations  and  for  practical 
training  in  horticulture.  Scholarships  are  granted 
which  enable  students  to  continue  their  studies  at 
the  Botanical  Gardens. 

"In  connection  with  the  instruction  in  poultry 
raising,  experimental  work  in  various  methods  of 
housing  and  feeding  is  carried  out.  A  number  of 
egg-laying  competitions  have  been  held  at  the 
school,  and  record  results  have  been  obtained. 

"Special  provision  has  been  made  for  instruc- 
tion to  women  desirous  of  studying  horticulture. 
Numbers  have  already  availed  themselves  of  this 
provision. 

"Theoretical  tuition  given  at  the  Burnley 
School  of  Horticulture  is  supported  by  practical 
field  demonstrations.  Students  at  this  school 
have  not  only  the  advantage  of  being  told  how  the 
work  should  be  performed  but  are  shown  how 
to  do  it  and  permitted  to  take  part  in  the  field|J 
operations.  ^H 

"The  work  of  the  Live  Stock  Division  may  be 
summarized  under  the   following  heads: — Dairy 
supervision,  stock  diseases,  stallion  examinations, 
sheep    industry,    pig    industry,    poultry    industry,! 
cheese  industry,  honey  industry,  general.  K 

"The  Milk  and  Dairy  Supervision  Act,  which^^ 
came  into  operation  in  June,  1906,  provides  for 
the  inspection  of  dairies  and  dairy  herds  in  dis- 
tricts defined  by  proclamation  under  the  Act.  In 
19 1 2  approximately  one-fourth  of  the  area  of  the 
State  had  been  proclaimed,  each  district  being 
under  the  control  of  a  Dairy  Supervisor,  versed  in 
all  aspects  of  dairy  farm  operations,  who  passes  a 
searching  examination  before  appointment.  His 
duties  are  to  become  acquainted  with  every  dairy 
farmer,  confer  with  and  gi\e  him  advice  in  regard 


J 


VICTORIAN    AGRICULTURE 


377 


Portion  of  the  Burnley  School  of  Horticulture. 


to  the  better  methods  of  producing  milk  or  dairy 
produce,  inspect  premises,  utensils  and  animals; 
encourage  him  in  improved  methods  of  cultivation 
of  fodder  crops,  in  purchasing  and  breeding  of 
dairy  cows,  testing  and  culling,  and  in  construction 
of  farm  buildings. 

"In  19 1 2  160,000  dairy  cows  were  under  dairy 
supervision — an  average  of  13.67  per  dairy  farm. 
The  average  daily  yield  per  cow,  while  milking 
for  a  period  of  nine  months,  is  6.6  quarts.  This 
is  an  increase  from  5.64  quarts,  the  average 
amount  which  was  given  during  the  year  19 10 — 
such  result  being  mainly  due  to  the  advice  given 
by  dairy  supervisors  having  been  followed,  and 
culling  having  been  extensively  practised.  Power 
is  given  under  the  Act  for  the  Governor  in  Coun- 
cil to  extend  the  provisions  thereof  to  new  dis- 
tricts. Every  year  fresh  areas  are  brought  under 
such  operations,  and  ultimately  the  whole  of  the 
State  will  become  subject  to  inspection  by  Govern- 
ment officers. 

"A  scheme  has  recently  been  introduced  for  the 
purpose  of  testing  pure  bred  herds  of  the  State, 
and    for   the    issue  of    a    Government   certificate 


to  those  animals  which  yield  a  given  amount  of 
butter  fat  per  annum. 

"Victoria,"  says  the  Director  of  Agriculture, 
"is  particularly  free  from  contagious  stock 
diseases.  There  has  been  no  outbreak  of 
swine  fever  for  two  years;  anthrax  occurs  in  iso- 
lated areas  only,  and  the  outbreaks  are  few. 
Pleuro-pneumonia  outbreaks  average  about  4  or 
5  per  annum.  The  aim  of  the  officers  of  the 
branch,  in  checking  or  repressing  these  diseases, 
is  to  conserve  the  interests  of  the  individual  as  far 
as  possible. 

"The  procedure  for  the  prevention  of  the  intro- 
duction of  diseases  from  oversea  into  Victoria  is 
carried  out  by  the  veterinary  officers  of  this  divi- 
sion. Under  the  Commonwealth  Quarantine  Act, 
Stock  are  only  permitted  introduction  from  Great 
Britain  and  America,  and  have  to  carry  the  neces- 
sary certificates  of  health,  and  undergo  a  period 
of  quarantine  on  arrival  in  this  State.  The  certi- 
fication of  stallions  is  carried  out  by  the  veterinary 
officers  of  the  branch. 

"An  expert  is  attached  to  the  branch,  whose 
duties   are  to   lecture   and   demonstrate  upon  all 


k 


378 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Ploughing,   Rochester  District 


phases  of  the  sheep  industry,   and  breeding  for 
both  wool  and  carcase  production. 

"This  industry  is  being  tal<.en  up  by  a  large 
number  of  farmers  and  small  landholders.  Lamb 
raising  blends  well  with  wheat  and  cereal  growing, 
*  and  has  become  a  regular  and  increasingly  marked 
feajijre  of  mixed  farming.  Hence  the  necessity 
to  have  available  for  those  entering  on  the  indus- 
try, reliable  information  and  advice. 

"Co-operation  is  being  entered  into  by  farmers 
of  the  State,  which  will  mean  the  regulating  and 
ensuring  of  more  equitable  returns  from  the  Vic- 
torian pig  industry.  The  Gippsland  farmers  have 
opened  a  co-operative  bacon  factory  at  Dande- 
nong  at  a  cost  of  £22,000,  with  a  capital  of 
£50,000,  which  has  a  capacity  for  treating  1,500 
pigs  per  week.  Another  Company  has  been  re- 
gistered (1913)  with  a  capital  of  £100,000,  in 
which  producers  in  the  Western,  North-Eastern, 
and  Kyneton  districts  are  joining  forces  with  the 
object  of  building  a  factory  in  a  central  position. 
The  amount  of  bacon  produced  in  Victoria 
(1915)  was  13,659,974  lbs.,  valued  at  £850,000. 
Victoria  being  essentially  a  dairying  country, 
there  is  room  for  great  improvement.  The 
State  should  be  able  to  obtain  a  larger  portion  of 
the  £24,000,000  paid  by  Great  Britain  for  pig 
products. 

"Lectures  are  given  throughout  the  State  by 
the  Department  of  Agriculture  on  feeding,  breed- 
ing, and  general  management  of  pigs. 

"The  value  of  the  poultry  industry  in  1914  was 
about  £1,750,000;  practically  without  an  export 
trade.  The  industry  is  one  which  has  great  pos- 
sibilities ahead  of  it — the  average  price  of  eggs 
throughout  the  year  being  1/4  a  dozen.  Egg- 
laying  competitions  are  held  annually  by  the 
Department,  Avith  the  result  that  a  considerable 
amount  of  enthusiasm  has  been  induced  and  better 
methods  of  breeding  and  management  are  being 
followed. 


In  1 9 14- 1 5  a  world's  record  was  created  by  a 
pen  of  six  White  Leghorn  pullets  which  laid  1,699 
eggs,  averaging  slightly  over  2  oz.  in  weight. 
During  the  progress  of  the  Burnley  egg-laying 
competition,  the  following  world's  records  have 
been  attained:  1913-14,  White  Leghorns  (wet 
mash)  winter  test  565  eggs,  summer  test  1667; 
1914-ii;  W.L.  (dry  mash)  1699,  Black  Orping- 
ton (wet  mash)  1562;  1915-16W.L.  (wet  mash) 
1661;  1916-17  winter  test,  B.O.,  570  eggs.  An- 
other world's  record  was  attained  in  the  1915-16 
competition  by  570  hens  laying  an  average  of 
219.5  ^gS*  ^^ch  for  the  twelve  months. 

The  most  popular  breed  of  fowl  in  Vic- 
toria is  the  White  Leghorn,  which  is  a  pro- 
lific egg  producer.  The  last  Burnley  egg-laying 
competition  was  won  by  a  pen  of  six  White  Leg- 
horns with  a  total  score  of  1661  eggs,  giving  a 
gross  return  of  18/-  per  bird.  The  heavier 
breeds,  whilst  not  laying  the  same  number  of 
eggs,  gave  a  greater  return  by  1/7  per  head,  and 
this,  without  taking  into  consideration  the  amount 
obtainable  by  the  sale  of  cockerels,  indicates  the 
heavier  breed  to  be  the  more  payable  by  reason  of 
the  fact  that  they  are  better  winter  layers,  when 
eggs  are  dearer. 


Grading  Land,  Shepparton 


f 


"In  1915  3,497,278  lbs.  of  cheese  were  manU' 
factured  in  Victoria.  More  attention,  however, 
is  latterly  being  paid  to  the  industry,  services  of 
the  cheese  expert  attached  to  the  Department 
being  eagerly  sought  for  by  cheese-makers 
through  the  State.  Instruction  given  by  this 
officer  is  very  thorough.  He  remains  on  the 
farm  for  three  or  four  days  to  demonstrate  the 
manufacture  through  all  stages.  As  a  result, 
considerable  improvement  is  reported  in  quality 
of  the  article  now  manufactured. 

"A  bee  expert  is  attached  to  the  branch,  whose 
duties  are  to  encourage  the  keeping  of  bees  under    ^ 


VICTORIAN    AGRICULTURE 


379 


proper  conditions.  This  is  done  by  means  of  lec- 
tures and  demonstrations  throughout  the  country; 
also  by  means  of  inspections  under  the  Bee 
Diseases  Act,  which  has  for  its  object  the  sup- 
pression primarily  of  foul-brood.  The  average 
yield  of  honey  from  about  53,000  hives  may 
be     taken     as     2,500,000     pounds,     the     bees- 


licence  costs  2/6  per  annum;  whilst  a  bee  range, 
which  must  have  a  minimum  radius  of  one  mile, 
is  let  at  id.  per  acre,  i.e.,  £4/3/10  per  annum. 
Under  the  Lands  Department,  on  Crown  Lands, 
bee  farms  may  be  obtained  on  payment  of  1/-  per 
acre  per  annum;  and  bee  ranges  at  id.  per  acre 
per  annum. 


A  New  District:   Tongala  In  1913 


wax  returns  being  about  40,000  lbs.  Owing 
to  the  difficulty,  however,  in  collecting 
figures  by  reason  of  the  scattered  location 
of  the  industry  in  forest  country,  it  is  regarded  as 
an     under-estimate.  The     average     estimated 

return  per  hive  is  20/-;  in  many  cases,  however, 
80/-  per  hive  is  obtained  per  annum;  whilst  only 
recently  392  lbs.  of  honey  were  gathered  in  a 
month  from  one  hive  of  (approximately)  40,000 
bees.  The  future  of  the  industry  holds  great 
possibilities,  as  there  are  large  tracts  of  forest 
country  entirely  untouched  by  apiarists. 

"Considerable  reductions  have  been  made  by 
the  Railway  Department  in  the  carriage  of  bees 
and  hives,  thus  enabling  apiarists  to  move  their 
bees  according  to  season  and  follow  the  honey 
How. 

I^b  "From    the    Forests    Department    a    bee-farm 
li 


General. — The  staff  consists  of  the  chief 
veterinary  officer  (in  charge  of  branch),  6  veter- 
inary officers,  41  dairy  supervisors,  13  stock  in- 
spectors, 7  experts,  and  a  clerical  staff  12.  The 
services  of  the  whole  staff  are  always  available 
to  advise  and  assist  farmers  on  any  portion  of 
the  industries  which  have  been  referred  to. 

"Additional  functions  of  the  branch  are  the  ad- 
ministration of  the  Shearers'  Hut  Accommodation 
Act,  and  the  Sheep  Dipping  Act.  The  former 
provides  that  shearers  shall  be  supplied  with  pro- 
per accommodation,  under  sanitary  conditions; 
the  latter,  that  sheep,  except  under  certain  condi- 
tions, shall  be  dipped  annually,  and  that  sheep 
found  infested  with  ticks  or  lice  shall  not  be  ex- 
posed for  sale. 

"The  veterinary  staff  is  always  available  to  give 
information  to  farmers  on  questions  relating  to 


38o 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Maize  grown  hy  Irrigation. 


health  and  management  of  stock,  and  large  num- 
bers of  replies  to  queries  are  despatched 
annually." 

From  the  foregoing  facts,  officially  supplied, 
intending  immigrants  and  would-be  Victorian 
settlers  generally,  will  learn  with  what  pater- 
nal solicitude  a  splendidly  organized  and 
scientific  Department  of  Agriculture  looks  after 
their  interests,  and  aids  them  at  every  turn  to  find 
the  pleasant  paths  of  profit.  Facts  are  prover- 
bially dry  until  the  reader  finds  some  personal 
application  for  them.  For  further  enlightenment 
of  prospective  settlers  some  facts  compiled  by  the 
Lands  and  Immigration  Departments,  and  issued 
in  19 14,  may  be  ventured. 

"The  total  number  of  holdings  in  the  year  1 9 1 2 
amounted  to  68,703,  and  the  land  held, 
37,218,798  acres.  The  land  utilized  for  culti- 
vation totalled  5)7o6,579  acres,  under  sown 
grasses  1,085,346  acres,  and  30,426,873  acres 
were  under  natural  pastures. 

"Victorian  official  authorities  estimate  the 
minimum  amount  of  capital  necessary  for  an  ex- 
perienced agriculturist  to  start  upon  at  £300. 

"Owing  to  low  cost  of  feeding,  dairymen  in 
Victoria  are  able  to  make  more  money  on  lower 
average  milk  returns  than  dairymen  in  other  coun- 
tries. During  24  years  £30,365,181  were  re- 
ceived from  butter  exported  from  the  State.  Co- 
operation among  farmers  has  greatly  reduced 
costs  of  manufacture  and  marketing,  leaving  a 
larger  profit  for  producers.  As  more  scientific 
methods  of  cultivation,  breeding,  and  feeding  are 
adopted,  this  great  national  income  will  be  vastly 
increased.       Oversea    markets   are     still     under- 


supplied,  there  is  room  for  the  widest  expansion 
that  increased  settlement  can  bring." 

Victoria  claims  to  be  the  granary  of  the  Aus- 
tralian Commonwealth.  "It  has,"  says  Mr.  A. 
L.  V.  Richardson,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  Superintendent  of 
Agriculture,  "produced  more  wheat  during  the 
last  decade  than  any  other  State,  no  less  than 
241,807,960  bushels  of  golden  grain  having  been 
gathered  in  Victoria  during  the  past  ten  years,  or 
a  yearly  total  of  over  24  millions.  The  value  of 
this  wheat  was  nearly  40  millions  sterling. 

"The  wheat  industry  in  Victoria  is  in  its  infancy, 
and  is  capable  of  enormous  expansion.  Some  idea 
of  the  development  possible  may  be  gained  from 
the  fact  that  of  the  total  area  of  Victoria,  namely, 
56,245,740  acres,  only  about  10  per  cent,  of  the 
total  is  at  present  under  cultivation,  and  only  one 
acre  in  twenty  is  under  wheat.  Vast  areas  ideally 
suitable  for  cereal  culture  and  lamb  raising  are  at 
present  held  under  purely  pastoral  conditions, 
support  merely  the  roaming  sheep,  and  have  never 
yet  felt  the  plough.  Many  of  these  pastoral  pro- 
perties are  cut  up  from  time  to  time  into  farms, 
either  privately  or  by  the  Closer  Settlement 
Board,  and  afford  excellent  opportunities  for  new 
settlers  to  acquire  cheap  land  on  reasonable 
terms. 

"The  principal  wheat-growing  areas  are  the 
Mallee,  the  Wimmera,  and  the  Northern  dis- 
tricts, all  situated  north  of  the  Dividing  Range. 
In  1912-13,  2,157,171  acres,  or  87  per  cent,  of 
the  total  area  under  wheat  in  the  State,  were  har- 
vested in  these  three  districts.  There  were,  in 
addition,  20  million  acres  of  land  uncultivated  ir 
these  three  districts  last  season,  the  greater  por^ 
tion  of  which  is  ideally  suited  for  wheat-growing. 


VICTORIAN  AGRICULTURE. 


381 


"There  is  probably  no  country  in  the  world 
where  wheat  can  be  raised  so  cheaply  as  in  the 
wheat  areas  of  Victoria.  Inventive  skill  and 
ingenuity  of  Victorian  implement-makers  have 
evolved  types  of  machines  which,  for  efficiency 
and  economical  work,  could  hardly  be  equalled. 
Multiple-furrow  ploughs,  running  to  fifteen  fur- 
rows, four-horse  seed  drills,  and  complete  har- 
vesters, have  enabled  farmers  to  till  and  crop 
large  areas  with  greatest  economy  and  efficiency. 
This  low  cost  of  production,  together  with  the 
favorable  prices  for  his  produce,  has  placed  the 


assured.  Most  Victorian  wheat-growers  now 
associate  sheep-raising  with  their  farming  opera- 
tions, and  find  the  business  exceedingly  profitable. 

"Over  the  greater  portion  of  the  wheat  area 
farmers  sow  their  seed  on  well  prepared  fallow. 
The  main  object  of  fallowing  is  the  conservation 
of  the  soil  moisture.  Practical  experience  has 
shown  that  by  judicious  fallowing  the  yield  has 
been  increased  by  bushels  per  acre.  Indirectly, 
fallowing  leads  to  the  unlocking  of  the  dormant 
supplies  of  plant  food  in  the  soil.  It  also  en- 
ables the  farmer's  work  to  be  more  evenly  distrib- 


A  Hay  Crop  at  Rochester. 


Victorian  farmer  in  a  secure  financial  position,  and 
the  beautiful  and  substantial  homesteads,  now 
characteristic  of  our  wheat-growing  areas,  reflect 
the  prosperity  attendant  on  this  branch  of  produc- 
tion during  the  past  few  years. 

"There  is  every  reason  to  believe  that  high 
prices  for  wheat  have  come  to  stay.  The 
world's  consumption  of  wheat  is  increasing. 
Wheat  is  gradually  displacing  rice  and  other 
cereals  in  the  East.  Moreover,  the  United 
States,  which  formerly  dominated  the  wheat  mar- 
kets of  the  world,  will  soon  cease  to  be  a  wheat- 
exporting  country.  The  controlling  factor  in  the 
world's  markets  of  the  future  will  be  the  harvests 
of  Australia  and  Argentina. 

"During  the  past  decade  wheat-growers  of  Vic- 
toria have  been  materially  assisted  by  the  develop- 
ment of  the  lamb-raising  industry.  Freezing 
works  established  at  the  seaboard  and  in  the 
country  have  been  the  means  of  securing  a  staple 
export  trade  in  frozen  Iambs.  Glutted  markets 
are    thus    avoided    and    high    prices    for    lambs 


uted  throughout  the  year.  Thus,  the  farmer  has 
ready  at  seed  time  large  areas  of  land  in  the  best 
possible  condition  for  sowing. 

"At  seed  time  about  60  lbs.  of  superphosphate 
per  acre,  costing  2/6,  are  sown  with  the  seed. 

"No  nitrogenous  or  potassic  manures  are 
wanted.  Practical  experience  has  demonstrated 
that  Victorian  yields  are  not  increased  by  such 
applications.  Consequently,  our  Victorian  farmers 
do  not  need  to  apply  costly  nitrogenous  manures 
so  necessary  in  some  wheat  areas  of  the  Northern 
Hemisphere. 

"The  seed  is  sown  in  May,  and  is  ready  for 
harvesting  in  December  and  January.  The  wheat 
when  ripe  is  taken  off  with  a  complete  harvester. 
This  machine  strips  the  heads,  thrashes,  winnows, 
cleans,  and  bags  the  grain  ready  for  market  at 
the  rate  of  10  acres  a  day,  and  can  be  worked  by 
one  man. 

"As  wheat-growing  is  invariably  associated 
with  the  rearing  of  sheep,  it  is  the  general  prac- 
tice in  the  wheat  areas  to  leave  about  one-third  of 


Ik 


382 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Dookie  Agricultural  College 


the  area  in  pasture,  one-third  in  crops,  and  the 
balance  in  fallow.  This  practice,  of  course,  can 
only  be  followed  in  a  country  where  lands  are 
cheap  and  individual  holdings  large;  land  values 
are  still  low  enough  in  the  wheat  areas  of  Victoria 
to  enable  this  method  to  be  followed  with  con- 
siderable profit.  In  the  future,  more  intensive 
methods  of  cultivation  must  prevail,  but  economic 
pressure  has  not  yet  been  sufficient  to  necessitate 
a  change  in  this  system  of  farming. 

"Profits  in  wheat  farming  will  depend  naturally 
on  the  nature  of  the  soil,  the  skill  and  judgment 
displayed  by  the  farmer  in  the  handling  of  his 
resources,  and  on  his  business  ability.  Including 
preparation  of  the  land,  cost  of  seed,  manure,  har- 
vesting, and  marketing,  the  average  total  cost  of 
production  may  be  taken  at  20/-  to  25/-  per  acre. 
In  the  Mallee  districts  the  cost  will  be  less  than  in 
the  Wimmera  and  northern  districts.  The  cost 
will  vary,  too,  with  the  nature  of  the  soil  and  the 
mode  of  preparation  given  to  the  crop.  The 
average  crop  of  the  State  may  be  set  down  at  i  1 
to  12  bushels,  but  individual  crops  of  20  bushels 
and  30  bushels  are  common  enough  with  careful 
farming  in  the  wheat  areas.  Then,  of  course, 
there  are  the  returns  of  the  wool  and  the  lambs." 

With  commendable  foresight  the  Government 
in  1884  reserved  as  an  endowment  for  Agricul- 
tural Colleges  and  experimental  farms  no  less  an 
area  than  i  1; 0,000  acres.  From  the  revenue  re- 
ceived from  this  land  the  Council  of  Agricultural 
l'".ducation  has  established  the  Dookie  Agricultural 
College. 

Dookie  College  is  picturesquely  situated  on  the 
confines  of  the  fam.ous  Goulburn  Valley.     Mount 


Major  forms  the  northern  boundary  of  the  Col- 
lege lands,  which  comprise  some  6,000  acres. 
In  the  distance  may  be  seen  the  outline  of  Mount 
Buffalo  and  other  well-known  peaks. 

Provision  exists  at  the  College  for  100  residen- 
tial students.  Of  the  1,200  who  have  been 
enrolled,  the  names  of  approximately  300  appear 
on  the  Roll  of  Honor  of  Dookie  students  now 
serving  their  country  somewhere  in  France. 

The  College  was  established  to  teach  the  prin- 
ciples and  practice  of  agriculture,  and  in  the 
lecture  halls  and  laboratories  the  student  is  taught 
these  principles,  which  are  correlated  with  the 
practical  work  carried  out  by  him  on  the  farm. 

It  is  realised  that  successful  farming  demands 
more  and  more  that  the  cultivator  of  the  soil  be 
an  intelligent,  well-educated  man,  understanding 
not  only  the  best  methods  of  carrying  out  farming 
operations,  but  also  the  underlying  scientific  prin- 
ciples. 

A  farm  with  2,000  acres  of  land  under  cailti\a- 
tion — of   which    1,000    acres   are   ploughed   each 
year  and  cropped  with  wheat,  oats,  barley,  peas, 
beans,     rape,   flax,   maize,   sorghum,   millets    and 
lucerne — also  over  5,000  experimental  plots,  in-—^ 
dicate  the  extent  of  the  practical  work  which  isHf 
carried    out    by    the    students    under    skilled    in-- 
structors. 

On  the  4,000  acres  which  remain,  sheep  of 
various  breeds,  cattle,  horses,  pigs  and  poultrj 
are  raised.  The  sheep  consist  of  Lincolns,' 
Leicesters,  Merinos  and  Shropshires.  In  addition 
to  the  Ayrshire  dairy  herd,  Herefords  and  Shortj 
horn  stud  cattle  are  kept. 

Dairying  is  a  prominent  feature,  and  factory 
management  is  taught.        Neighbouring  farmers 


VICTORIAN    AGRICULTURE 


383 


bring  their  cream  to  the  College  for  manufacture 
into  butter,  of  which  a  proportion  is  sold  on  the 
Melbourne  market. 

Pigs  bred  from  a  strain  imported  by  the  Coun- 
cil from  l^ngland  are  greatly  in  demand — particu- 
larly those  of  the  large  Yorkshire  breed  for 
crossing  with  the  Berkshire. 

The  general  education  of  the  student  at  this 
College  is  in  no  way  neglected.  English,  arith- 
metic and  commercial  bookkeeping  form  part  of 
the  curriculum,  and  chemistry,  natural  philosophy, 
botany  and  zoology  are  important  subjects  of  the 
course. 

Domestic  arrangements  are  well  provided  for, 
each  student  having  a  separate  bedroom.  Meals 
served  in  the  spacious  dining  hall  are  of  the  best. 
Sports  and  gymnastics  afford  recreation,  and  the 


social  side  of  the  student's  life  are  also  catered 
for. 

Students  over  the  age  of  14  years  are  admitted. 
The  only  charge  made  is  an  amount  which  just 
actually  covers   the  cost  of  the   food  supplied. 

With  the  opportunities  of  education  offered  at 
this  College  and  the  labor-saving  methods  of 
farming  to-day  the  inducement  for  boys  to  be- 
come agriculturists  is  very  much  greater  than  in 
former  years.  Many  city  men  have  of  late  years 
purchased  land  for  the  settling  of  their  boys  after 
giving  them  a  preliminary  training  at  the  College. 

The  prospects  for  a  trained  farmer  in  this 
country  are  very  bright.  The  demand  in  the 
countries  of  the  old  world  for  our  staple  products 
— wheat,  wool  and  meat — is  largely  increasing 
year  by  year.  There  is  no  fear  of  the  market 
being  overtaken. 


A  Veterinary  Class  at  Dookle  College 


384 


Cohuna  Main  Channel. 


IRRIGATION  SETTLEMENTS. 


GENERAL  possibilities  of  Australian  irriga- 
tion are  treated  elsewhere.  Victoria 
deserves  particular  mention  from  the  fact 
that  it  was  the  first  State  to  undertake  irrigation 
on  a  large  scale. 

It  is  an  interesting  history,  recording  some 
losses  and  many  gains.  Its  final  chap- 
ters are,  however,  illuminated  with  pages  of 
success.  Since  the  first  storages  were  created, 
policy  and  method  have  undergone  changes. 

Local  trusts  have  been  abolished.  Nowadays 
the  State  works  for  irrigation  and  water  supply 
are  under  control  of  a  commission  of  three  mem- 
bers, which  also  exercises  authority  over  all 
streams,  and  issues  licenses  and  permits  for  pri- 
\  ate  diversions  of  water.  There  are  in  Victoria 
(1914)  18  irrigation  and  water  supply  districts, 
26  waterworks  districts,  and  32  township  supplies 
served  by  the  Commission.  The  Government, 
after  experience,  decided  that  small  farms  and 
individual  proprietaries  were  best.  Closer  settle- 
ment and  intensive  culture  are  now  the  base  of  its 
irrigation  systems.  Problems  which  beset  irriga- 
tionists  in  other  countries  are  absent  in  Victoria. 
To  quote  Dr.  Elwood  Mead,  under  whose  expert 

Y 


supervision  Victoria's  State  irrigation  schemes 
were  administered  until  his  return  to  the  United 
States  in  191 5  :  "For  the  last  ten  years  there  has 
not  been  a  single  water-right  law  suit  in  this  State. 
Victorian  works  are  also  free  from  the  abuses  and 
excessive  charges  which  are  frequently  manifest 
where  private  ownership  of  water,  or  rights  equi- 
valent to  such  ownership,  are  recognized.  In 
Vicloria  the  price  which  irrigators  pay  for  water 
is  measured  by  the  cost  of  supplying  it;  no  charge 
is  made  for  the  ivater  itself,  and  no  profit  is  de- 
rived, or  expected  to  be  derived,  from  irrigation 
works.  The  State  is  the  sole  riparian  proprietor, 
and  those  who  wish  to  divert  water  must  obtain 
State  consent." 

The  most  extensive  irrigation  works  and  areas 
in  the  State  are  those  connected  with  the  Goulburn 
River,  which  has  an  average  annual  discharge  of 
about  two  million  acre  feet  of  water  per  annum. 

The  area  of  land  commanded  thereby,  and 
suitable  for  intensive  culture  is  between  600,000 
ana  700,000  acres.  The  costs  of  the  Goulburn 
Weir,  the  W^estern  Main  Channel,  Waranga 
Basin,  and  Eastern  Main  Channel,  have  reached 
a  total  of  £1,293,000.      In  four  years,  after  the 


385 


386 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


beginning  of  closer  settlement,  the  irrigated  areas 
increased  by  65,040  acres,  equal  to  80  per  cent. 

The  Goulburn  Weir  is  constructed  of  granite, 
and  rises  50  feet  from  the  bed  of  the  stream.  Its 
width  from  bank  to  bank  is  400  feet.  Above 
the  granite  sub-structure  are  a  series  of  flood  gates 
extending  right  across  the  river.  These  gates 
are  operated  by  turbines,  and  when  raised  provicie 
a  storage  in  the  basin  above  the  weir  equal  to 
20,661  acre-feet  of  water. 

On  either  side  of  the  weir  is  an  irrigation  chan- 
nel. The  eastern  one  is  38  feet  wide  at  the  bot- 
tom and  56  feet  at  the  top,  with  a  carrying 
depth  of  6  feet.  The  western,  or  main  chan- 
nel, is  much  larger,  being  iio  feet  wide  at  the 
bottom  and  131  feet  at  the  top,  with  a  carrying 
depth  of  7  feet.  The  latter  channel  supplies  the 
water  for  the  Tongala,  Koyuga,  Rochester,  Nan- 
neella,  and  Bamawm  irrigation  districts,  and  it 
can  be  seen  how  adequate  the  supply  is  for  the 
land  now  being  opened  up. 

After  leaving  the  weir  the  main  channel  con- 
veys the  water  a  distance  of  24  miles  to  the 
Waranga  Basin.  This  artificial  lake  has  a  stor- 
age capacity  of  196,000  acre-feet;  and  this  can  be 
increased,  by  raising  the  level  10  feet,  to  a  total 
storage  of  326,000  acre-feet.  The  basin  was 
created  by  building  an  earthen  wall  4!  miles  long 
and  31  feet  high.  It  has  two  outlets,  one  supplying 
the  Rodney  channels,  having  a  capacity  of  300 
cubic  feet  per  second,  and  the  other  supplying  the 
Waranga-Mallee  channels  with  a  capacity  of 
1,000  cubic  feet  per  second. 


The  main  western  channel  from  the  Waranga 
Basin  is  92  miles  long,  and  from  it  water  is  taken 
off  to  supply  the  Tongala,  Rochester,  and 
Bamawm  closer  settlement  districts,  and  will  be 
the  source  of  supply  for  the  Stanhope  Estate,  an 
area  of  over  20,000  acres  acquired  for  closer 
settlement. 

The  whole  of  the  main,  subsidiary,  and  dis- 
tributing channels  are  operated  by  means  of  gra- 
vitation only. 

In  addition  to  the  great  Goulburn  River  system, 
the  Coliban  scheme,  with  reservoirs  at  Coliban 
and  Malmsbury,  supplies  the  city  of  Bendigo  and 
a  large  area  of  orchard  and  garden  district  be- 
tween that  city  and  Castlemaine.  Lower  down 
on  the  Loddon  River,  Laanecoorie  Basin,  with 
the  works  of  Tragowel  and  Boort  districts,  irri- 
gates 20,000  acres.  In  the  southern  part  of  the 
State,  Werribee  scheme  provides  water  for  3,500 
acres  at  Bacchus  Marsh,  and  6,000  acres  at 
Werribee.  Land  at  Bacchus  Marsh  has  changed 
hands  at  £100  an  acre,  and  rented  for  £5  an  acre 
per  annum.  Werribee  irrigation  lands — which 
promise  to  increase  in  the  same  ratio — were  being 
sold  in  1914  by  the  Government  at  from  £25  to 
£29  an  acre. 

Victorian  irrigation  works  completed  and  in 
construction  will  irrigate  a  grand  total  of  400,000 
acres,  of  which,  in  19 13,  250,000  acres  were 
already  being  irrigated. 

In  addition  to  these  irrigation  works  the  State 
has  constructed  an  extensive  system  of  channels 
for    supplying    farms    of    the    north-west    with 


Laanecoorie  Weir,  on  tbe  Loddon  River 


VICTORIAN    IRRIGATION    SETTLEMENTS. 


387 


GoiUburn  Weir,  Nagambie 

water  for  stock  and  domestic  purposes.  In  some 
cases  the  supply  is  sufficient  to  irrigate  small 
areas.  This  system  of  channels  provides  a 
supply  sufficient  for  thirteen  millions  of  acres. 
From  1887  to  19 14  the  total  cost  for  irrigation 
and  water  supply  works  was  £7,750,000 — a 
creditable  expenditure  for  a  young  State  which 
^.began  its  career  something  more  than  sixty  years 

)go- 

Dr.  Elwood  Mead  claims  that  irrigation  will 
lultiply  the    population    of    the    State  from    10 
[o  100  times,  and  give  a  corresponding  increase 
the  value  of  products. 

He  points  out  that  "an  irrigation  district  is 
freed  from  the  vicissitudes  and  losses  that  come 
nth  recurring  years  of  drought;  that  a  densely- 
'peopled  rural  area  enjoys  good  home  conditions 
and  attractive  social  life.  With  irrigation  two 
farm  crops  can  be  grown  in  the  year — maize  in 
summer,  wheat  in  winter;  four  to  six  cuttings  of 
lucerne  may  be  obtained,  a  continuous  milking  sea- 
son sustained,  and  all  fruits  made  to  yield  a 
maximum  crop." 

Under  irrigation  a  ten-acre  orange  grove  will 

iring  a  larger  return  than  a  300-acre  wheat-field, 

Ind  one  acre  of  lucerne  will  fatten  more  sheep 

than  20  acres  of  native  grasses. 

The  oldest  of  Victoria's  irrigation  settlements  is 

[ildura,  on  the  Murray,  where  6,000  people  are 

)eing  maintained  by  the  products  of  12,000  acres 

'^alued  for  19 13,  at  £400,000. 

The  State  permits  settlers  on  irrigable  areas  to 
take  land  to  the  value  of  £2,500  unimproved,  and 
ip  to  £4,000  in  improved  value. 

The  usual  size  of  fruit  blocks  is  from  20  to 
40  acres,  and  of  dairying  and  mixed-farming 
blocks  from  30  to  200  acres.  The  State  provides 
blocks  for  farm  laborers  of  from  two  to  five  acres. 
These  are  scattered  throughout  the  irrigation 
districts.  It  will  also  erect  houses  for  settlers  on 
payment  of  a  deposit  varying  from  10 
IHto  30  per  cent,  of  cost.  From  the  be- 
l^fcinning      of      closer      settlement,      1909-10      to 

■i 


1 9 14,  population  on  twelve  principal  irri- 
gation districts  had  been  multiplied  by  eleven. 
An  enormous  increase  in  the  value  of  production 
had  taken  place,  and  there  is  every  indication  that 
progress  in  the  future  will  be  still  more  rapid.  A 
number  of  important  conservation  and  irri- 
gation schemes  have  been  under  consideration  by 
Government.  In  some  cases  plans  and  surveys 
are  made.  It  is  proposed  to  create  a  new  reser- 
voir on  the  Upper  Murray  to  contain  750,000 
acre-feet  of  water,  sufficient  to  irrigate  250,000 
acres.  Another  scheme  which  will  doubtless  be 
carried  out  is  that  for  the  construction  of  a  reser- 
voir at  Camberoona,  on  the  Upper  Murray.  This 
is  to  be  the  joint  work  of  New  South  Wales  and 
Victoria.  This  storage  would  contain  one  mil- 
lion acre-feet  of  water,  and  supply  another 
250,000  acres  of  most  suitable  Victorian  land 
between  Yarrawonga  and  Numurkah. 

Plans  and  estimates  have  been  made  for  a  stor- 
age on  the  Upper  Campaspe  to  hold  100,000 
acre-feet,  and  irrigate  40,000  excellent  acres 
between  Rochester  and  Elmore. 

In  South-Eastern  Gippsland  there  are  100,000 
acres  of  rich  river  flats,  which  it  is  now  proposed 
to  irrigate. 

These  schemes — with  20,000  acres  already 
Irrigated  by  private  diversions  under  Government 
permits — bring  a  proportionately  large  area  of 
the  State  under  the  benign  influence  of  scientific 
storage  and  application  of  water.  When  the 
history  of  irrigation  in  Australia  is  written,  tribute 
must  be  paid  to  the  faith  and  enterprise  of 
Victoria. 

Within  the  northern  irrigation  area — which 
now  covers  that  of  a  small  European  province 
— the  thriving  towns  of  Bendigo,  Rochester, 
Kyabram,  Shepparton,  Kerang,  Cohuna,  Swan 
Hill  and  Echuca  are  located.  These  centres  of 
local  trade  and  industry  are  greatly  benefited  by 
the  settlements  of  which  they  have  become  con- 
venient business  centres.  Victorian  irrigationists 
are  for  the  most  part  within  a  day's  railway  jour- 


Pumping  station,  Blver  Murray 


388 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Currants,  Shepparton. 


ney  of  the  metropolis,  and  have  their  district 
towns  and  cities  for  local  markets.  Local 
creameries  and  butter  factories  are  also  increasing 
the  prosperity  of  the  settlers,  among  whom  one 
finds  many  shining  examples  of  success.  It  stands 
to  reason  that  the  State,  having  invested  large 
sums  in  irrigation  works,  is  anxious  that  its  policy 
should  be  justified  in  fact.  Settlers  profit  by  the 
solicitude  of  the  Government.  The  fertility  of 
Australian  soils  under  irrigation  is  abundantly 
proved  throughout  these  Victorian  areas.  In  the 
Cohuna  district  one  partially-irrigated  holding  of 
40  acres  has  returned  during  seven  years  an  aver- 
age income  of  £1,000  a  year.  A  50-acre  holding 
at  Mildura  has  produced  10,000  cases  of  oranges 
in  one  year.  In  the  Rochester  district  an  acre 
of  tomatoes  gave  a  return  of  £110.  Elsewhere 
lemons  to  the  value  of  £229  were  returned  by  I4 
acres.  Maize  16  feet  high  has  been  grown  at 
Cohuna,  estimated  to  yield  nearly  50  tons  to  the 
acre.  On  another  settlement,  on  2  i  acres  planted 
with  paspalum  dilatatum,  350  sheep  vs'ere  main- 
tained from  March  until  July.  The  same  area, 
after  the  sale  of  these  sheep  at  satisfactory  prices, 
was  restocked  with  25  blood  horses,  which  it  kept 
in  good  condition  throughout  the  summer. 
Potatoes  have  given  £50  an  acre  value  and  beans 
£64.  A  settler  on  Shepparton  No.  1  estate,  who 
has  a  five-acre  block,  picked,  in  the  season  of 
1913-14,  from  trees  three  and  a  half  years  old 
700  cases  of  peaches,  giving  him  a  return  equal  to 
£30  an  acre.  Victoria  will  become  one  ofthegreat- 
est  fruit-growing  countries  in  the  world.  In  ten 
years  her  export  grew  from  a  value  of  £5,826  to 
£150,000.  Out  of  thirt^^n  million  acres  of 
Crown  land  still  unalienated  vast  acreages  are 
suitable  for  fruit-growing.  Physical  and  climatic 
conditions  are  ideal  for  production  of  all  fruits 
which  may  be  grown  in  the  temperate  zones — the 
world's  markets  are  expanding  vearly,  and  difficul- 
ties of  transport  are  being  rapidly  conquered.  Vic- 


toria can  grow  fruit  for  export  nine  months  of  the 
year. 

Experiment  has  proved  that,  with  proper  care, 
in  addition  to  apples,  soft  fruits,  such  as  apricots, 
cherries,  grapes,  lemons,  oranges,  peaches,  pears, 
and  plums,  may  be  successfully  transported  to  all 
parts  of  the  world. 

In  19 1 5-1 6  the  State  produced  a  record  fruit 
crop,  only  a  small  portion  of  which  was  exported. 
Prices  obtained  are  a  proof  of  quality.  Pears 
have  realized  32/-  a  case  on  the  London  market. 
Pears  from  12  -  to  15/-,  apples  lO/'-,  oranges 
12/-  upwards,  plums  10/-  to  15/-.  Good  pros- 
pects are  ahead  of  grape  exports.  The  best 
variety  is  the  Ohanez.  This  season  (1916) 
1,712  packages  (28  lb.  boxes)  were  exported, 
and  these  have  mostly  landed  in  good  condition 
and  will  average  profitable  prices. 

Greater  profits  per  acre  may  be  realized  on 
fruit-growing  than  from  any  other  branch  of  rural 
industry.  Instances  may  be  quoted  where  up- 
wards of  £100  per  acre  per  annum  has  been 
returned  from  orchards.  A  fair  average  profit 
of  £20  per  acre  may  be  placed  to  the  credit  of  the 
fruitgrowing  industry  in  this  State. 

The  irrigation  areas  will  yield  constant  crops 
of  valuable  fruit.  The  author  visited  the  thriv- 
ing town  of  Rochester,  and  from  there  began  a 


VICTORIAN    IRRIGATION    SETTLEMENTS. 


3S9 


ii-rri-i 


I  lour  of   Victorian   irrigation    districts,    beginning 
with   the   younger   settlements   of   Bamawm   and 
Nanneella.       The  total  area  purchased  for  closer 
settlement  in  the  Rochester  district,  exclusive  of 
the  Echuca  estate,  is  24,000  acres.     This  district 
as  first  made  available  for  settlement  in   191 1. 
n  1914  water  rights  had  been  allotted  to  15,000 
acres,  and  practically  the  whole  area  was  under 
cultivation.  In  three  years  21  families  on  Bamawm 
increased   to     150,     mostly    on     20-acre     blocks. 
J   .All    the    sub-Murray  country  across  to    Tongala 
I^Bs  level,  and  easily  watered.       Its  soils  are  red  to 
l^«ellow,  somewhat  stiffer  than  the  lands  across  the 
^Rdurray,  and  further  west  along  the  river  basin. 
I^Bluch  of  it  was  being  reaped  for  hay  when  the 
^^uthor  crossed  it  in  midsummer.        The  season 
had    been  poor,  but    there  were  wide    areas  of 
browning  crops  alternating  with  closer  settlement 
blocks    and    open    spaces    sparsely    timbered    by 
drooping  coolibah  trees.       Little  houses  located 
Hpn  square  blocks,    irrigation  channels    and    vivid 
green  patches  of  lucerne  made  a  feature  of  this 
^rapidly-changing   Australian   landscape. 

!™    The  young  settlements  were  looking  forward 
hopefully  and  were  generally    prepared  for    the 


»*»i''.cs.^«BSW«-*^'W,  ,s^e*WK»-: 


Measuring   Water   to   the    Irrigators. 


usual  effort  of  pioneering.  Everything  was  in 
the  melting  pot.  The  advent  of  irrigation  had 
brought  about  revolutionary  changes.  Where 
one  pastoral  family  had  previously  lived  on  2,545 
acres,  there  were  now  32  families  of  irrigationists. 
Rochester  district  had  been  practically  open  and 
untilled.  Already  there  were  6,500  acres  of 
lucerne.  When  occupation  under  the  new  closer 
settlement  system  was  complete  there  would  be  a 
multiplication  of  population  by  ten.  Railway 
traffic  was  increasing,  towns  were  rapidly  grow- 
ing, industry  had  claimed  another  great  Austra- 
lian Plain. 

The  State  had  greatly  aided  the  district  to  such 
rapid  progress.  Few  of  the  settlers  had  sufficient 
capital  to  improve  and  cultivate  their  blocks  with- 
out some  financial  assistance.  Still  fewer  were 
experienced  irrigators.  To  meet  the  needs  of 
these  settlers  65  per  cent,  of  the  houses  had  been 
built  by  the  State.  The  State  had  also  m  three 
years  graded  and  seeded  over  6,000  acres  of  land 
to  lucerne  and  other  fodder  crops.  The  handi- 
cap of  small  capital  has  been  overcome  in  large 
measure  by  the  State  making  advances  on  im- 
provements up  to  60  per  cent,  of  their  value,  and 


^ 


390 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


furnishing  horses  and  cows  where  the  circum- 
stances seemed  to  warrant  this  action.  In  all, 
1 88  out  of  the  255  settlers  in  the  Rochester  dis- 
trict had  been  given  such  advances,  and  28  had 
been  supplied  with  either  horses  or  cows. 

Advice  and  direction  were  free  to  them  at  all 
times,  a  district  inspector  having  the  settlements 
under  constant  supervision,  and  being  constantly 
in  touch  with  block  holders.  Experts  of  the 
Agricultural  Department  and  experienced  irriga- 
tionists  from  older  districts  made  frequent  visits, 
and  gave  demonstrations  and  lectures  on  proper 
methods  of  planting  and  cultivation. 

What  this  particular  Australian  plain  is  cap- 
able of  may  be  deduced  from  the  fact  that  it  is 
already  growing  30  cwt.  to  the  acre  of  lucerne; 
hay,  clover,  maize,  oats,  beans,  tomatoes,  aspara- 
gus and  strawberries,  where  only  irregular  crops 
of  native  grasses  were  expected  under  original 
conditions. 

On  the  1,200  small  irrigation  farms  which  had 
been  established  in  Victoria  by  1913,  there  was 
no  longer  any  fear  of  drought.  Green  fodder, 
ripe  fruit,  green  vegetables  were  to  be  had  all 
through  the  irrigation  districts  of  the  north  from 
lands  that,  under  other  circumstances,  would  have 
been  sere  and  brown.  The  ten  millions  that 
Victoria  has  spent  on  irrigation  may  not  all  have 
been  laid  out  to  bring  the  highest  results,  but  the 
expenditure  will  ultimately  be  worth  while. 

Half  a  dozen  Milduras  have  been  established; 
70,000  acres  have  been  converted  to  intensive  cul- 
ture, and  the  task  of  turning  arid  lands  into  oases 
each  year  becomes  easier  from  the  experiences 
gained. 

Figures,  compiled  by  the  State  Rivers  and  Water 
Supply  Commission,  show  that  population  has 
greatly  increased  on  the  irrigation  districts. 


Not  every  man  who  has  taken  up  an  irrigation 
area  has  succeeded.  There  are  failures  among 
irrigationists,  as  there  are  among  ordinary 
farmers.  The  natural  tendency  is,  by  the  gradual 
elimination  of  the  unfit,  to  evolve  settlements  which 
contain  the  highest  type  of  settler.  Irrigation 
is  establishing  compact,  prosperous  settlements  in 


3-year-old  Orange  Tree,  Cohuna 


districts  having  low  rainfalls,  making  production 
and  population  possible  in  unexpected  places.  It 
evolves  a  most  desirable  class  of  family  blessed 
with  intelligence,  industry  and  thrift.  Conse- 
quently the  capital  Investment  of  Victoria  must  not 
in  this  connection    be  regarded  altogether  as  an 


j^^  It, 

B 

/•  ^  . 

^                   -M 

^^^^^^^^HpiT^TiWf^^^l^^^^^^l 

^^w^^l 

m 

^^^^^^1^ ' 

■"-    "**  7  / 

^^ 

ttM 

A  Home  in  an  Irrigation  Settlement 


1 


VICTORIAN    IRRIGATION    SETTLEMENTS. 


391 


Pear  Trees,  32  months  old 


interest-bearing  proposition.  The  national  gains 
must  be  reckoned  in  something  more  than  actual 
cash  values. 

The  problem  of  how  much  capital  a  man  should 
command  to  get  a  good  start  on  one  of  these 
Victorian  irrigation  blocks  is  difficult  to  solve.  A 
great  deal  depends  on  the  man.  Some  men 
have  begun  with  £50,  and  are  treading  the  main 
roads  of  success.  Other  men  have  had  £1,000, 
and  are  still  in  the  lanes.  Generally  speaking, 
if  one  has  £300,  energy  and  good  judgment,  there 
ought  to  be  an  independence  at  the  end  of  the 
journey. 

The  population  is  cosmopolitan — Britishers, 
Americans,  PVench,  Australians.  Few  had  any 
previous  experience  of  irrigation.  Some  were 
professional  men,  some  farm  laborers.  Sailor- 
men  and  tailormen  and  gentlemen,  they  are  all 
working  side  by  side,  or  fence  by  fence,  upon  this 
newly-won  Australian  plain.  The  Commission 
watches  over  them  with  a  paternal  eye.  It  is 
anxious  for  their  success,  it  aids  them  all  it  can, 
hears  their  complaints,  investigates  their  failures, 
and  endeavours  to  be  lenient  where  the  settler  of 
grit  and  promise  makes  leeway  with  his  payments 
for  water  or  instalments  of  purchase  money. 

The  State  renders  the  following  assistance  to 
settlers  in  the  grading  of  land: — • 

It  rents  settlers  grading  tools  at  the 
nominal  charge  of  2/6  a  day,  thus  sav- 
ing the  settler  a  large  expenditure  on 
these  implements. 
It  furnishes  at  a  nominal  cost  contour 
plans  showing  the  direction  of  the 
slopes,  thus  enabling  the  settler  to  tell 
how  his  land  should  be  graded. 
It  grades  from  5  to  20  acres  on  about  one- 
third  of  the  blocks  in  advance  of  settle- 
ment, and  adds  the  cost  of  this  to  the 
price  of  the  land. 


The  settler,  therefore,  has  the  option  of  either 
doing  his  own  work  or  of  taking  a  block  where  a 
part  of  the  work  has  already  been  done. 

The  man  who,  in  this  way,  goes  on  to  a  par- 
tially-improved area  of  50  acres,  with  £500 
capital,  works  reasonably  hard,  and  exercises 
ordinary  business  ability,  is  on  a  very  safe  invest- 
ment, which  will  return  him  a  satisfactory  interest 
in  from  two  to  six  years.  Meanwhile,  he  is 
establishing  what  may  be  a  beautiful  and  com- 
fortable home;  he  lives  the  healthiest  of  lives, 
and  commands  more  of  the  essentials  that  make 
for  human  happiness  than  the  average  citizen  else- 
where. 

The  Commission  has  reduced  irrigation  settle- 
ment to  an  exact  science.  Its  carefully-revised 
data  are  nowadays  at  the  disposal  of  the  new 
settler,  who  thus  holds  an  advantage  over  the 
older  pioneer. 

To  settlers  dependent  on  their  own  labor,  and 
with  limited  capital,  the  Commission  strongly 
recommends  a  20-acre  fruit  block  or  a  40-acre 
farm  block  devoted  to  lucerne  and  other  farm 
crops.  Settlers  who  intend  to  grow  fruit  must  plan 
to  make  their  living  and  payments  out  of  other 
crops  for  three  years.  Dairying,  the  growing  of 
small  fruits  and  vegetables  will  all  work  in  with 
the  earlier  years  of  an  orchard. 

Experience  shows  that  small  holdings  are  the 
best.  The  average  cost  of  the  land  is  about  £15 
an  acre;  annual  interest  and  payments  on  princi- 
pal  I  8s.  an  acre,  irrigation  rates  and  taxes  about 


Peach  Orchard,  22  months  old 

7s.,  making  an  annual  total  of  25s.  an  acre.  Thus 
the  settler  with  idle  acres  is  on  a  losing  invest- 
ment— intensive  and  complete  culture  on  small 
blocks  is  the  policy  that  leaves  the  yearly  balance 
on  the  right  side  of  the  ledger.  The  following 
official  statements  of  receipts  and  expenditure 
taken  from  actual  settlement  on  recently  sub- 
divided irrigation  areas  are  interesting: — 


392 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


,1^ 


Measuring  Water,  Mildura. 


The  block  is  lo  acres.  The  settler  came  on 
the  block  two  years  previously.  The  land  at  the 
time  was  new,  unfenced,  entirely  uncleared,  and 
unimproved.  He  had  never  had  experience  in 
farming  before  he  came  on  this  block,  but  had 
kept  a  small  kitchen  garden  for  home  supply.  His 
entire  capital  was  about  three  hundred  pounds 
(£300).  He  has  cleared  the  whole  place,  and 
the  improvements  made  by  him  to  date  are — a 
house,  poultry  houses,  hot-beds  for  plants,  shed 
for  horse  and  cow,  fence  of  wire-netting  around 
the    outside,  and    cross-fence,  besides    the    fruit 


trees,  which  are  planted  on  all  except  about  \  acre. 
The  fruit  trees  consist  of — 500  oranges  and 
lemons,  250  apples,  100  pears,  2^  figs,  25  plums, 
and  mixed.  Sixty  per  cent,  of  these  trees  are 
now  in  the  second  year,  and  40  per  cent,  are  one 
year  old.  The  whole  of  the  place  is  highly  cul- 
tivated and  successions  of  vegetables  for  market, 
and  fodder  crops  for  home  feeding,  are  growing 
throughout  the  whole  year,  in  parallel  lines  be- 
tween the  rows  of  trees.  One  general  work  and 
driving  horse  is  kept.  One  cow  is  kept,  which  gives 
more  than  is  required  of  milk  and  butter  for  the 


Sultanas   at  Mildura. 


I 


VICTORIAN   IRRIGATION    SETTLEMENTS 


393 


West's,  Sheppartou,  30  months  after  settlement 


family  of  five.       Ten  pigs  were  kept  on  the  place  fowls  have  been  bred  upon  the  block,  giving  a 

during  the  last  twelve  months,  and  grown  to  mar-  monthly  profit  of  about  £2.       Besides  the  fruit 

ketable  size,  bringing  a  price  of  £2  los.  each  when  .  '  r  .t  ■     •      1 

,,      „       '      I-    ,      r      t   r        1        •  trees,  some  ot  the  prmcipal  crops  grown  are — 
sold.     Some  or  the  reed  tor  the  pigs  was    pur-  .  .  . 

chased  outside,  leaving  a  net  profit  to  the  place  of  f"^'^^'     '"'"^t-      P^^^'      Potatoes,      strawberries, 

about  one-half,    or  £12     for  the    present    year  beans,  beets,  cabbages,  carrots,  lettuce,  tomatoes, 

(1913).       A  fine  stock  of  White  Leghorn  laying  pumpkins,  and  melons. 


■  Slatemeut  of  Receipts  and  Expettditure  for  year  ended  jutli  April  igJJ. 

KliCElPTS,  ETC.  liXPENDITUKE. 

o  Sales  of  Tomatoes £60     o     o     By  Manure  purchased £30     o     o 

Peas 16     o     o  Wages  paid 5     o     o 

Beans 400            Land   and  water  charges    ....      20     o     o 

Lettuce 6     5     o 

Pumpkins     6     5     o 

Melons 10     o     o 

Pigs 1200 

Poultry 20    10     o 

135      00  55  O  O 

Add  Improvement  in  orchard   ....      50     o     o  Balance    representing    net    gains 

Lfor  year 130  o  o 

Total £185      o     o  £185  o  o 


394 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


This  shows  the  direct  profit  from  the  block  for 
the  year  to  be  £130.  But  the  principal  increase 
for  the  year's  work  is,  of  course,  in  the  growth  of 
the  fruit  trees.  Besides  having  made  more  than 
a  living  for  the  family  while  the  trees  are  growing, 
the  increase  in  the  value  of  these  trees  is  not  less 
than  £5  per  acre,  making  a  sound  showing  of  £180 
gain  for  this  man's  work  for  one  year,  on  a 
lo-acre  block. 


An  inspection  of  No.  2  Settlement  near  Shep- 
parton,  showed  more  Australia  in  the  making, 
an  Australia  of  optimism  and  opportunity. 

American  irrigationists  here,  as  on  the  other 
Victorian  settlements,  speak  cheerfully  of  their 
prospects.  They  consider  Australian  physical 
conditions  better  for  intensive  culture  than  any- 
thing in  the  United  States. 

Here  also  they  were  free  from  combines,  rail- 


•:„-s>,       '■  '.i'v«i,;v'''- ••;;.;:,(■      .(&»■,■ 

■■■:    t-^.-it  ■^:m<*f-^''^'W'0'" 


''T^\-^ 


■•;■'■■■.  .^^ 


K^  - 


yv)?t  .''"^ 


»-:.■;    ■  *■ 


■^v    -. 


*vv.r 


►  >-M 


.»:-j3. 


Peach  Trees  at  West's,  (Planted  32  months). 


From  Nanneella  to  Tongala  there  is  little 
variation  in  the  country,  and  the  same  newness 
was  apparent  when  the  writer  crossed  over  these 
areas  in  19 12.  Turning  south  from  Tongala  we 
passed  through  the  older,  more  picturesque 
orchard  settlement  of  Ardmona,  noted  for  it's 
splendid  crops  of  apricots;  then  on  through  the 
neat  prosperous  towns  of  Kyabram  and  Tatura 
down  to  Shepparton.  Shepparton,  the  centre  of 
a  well-established  irrigation  district,  is  northern 
Victoria  at  its  best.  Orchards  and  vineyards  sur- 
round it.  Buik  on  the  banks  of  the  Goulburn 
River,  its  leafy  avenues,  gardens,  and  wide  streets 
make  it  pleasant  homeland  for  a  well-to-do  popu- 
lation. 


way  trusts,  and  drawbacks  which  the  smaller  pro- 
ducer labors  under  in  countries  where  less  atten- 
tion is  paid  to  industrial  and  social  legislation. 
They  had  a  beneficent  Government  for  landlord, 
in  control  of  railways  and  waterworks.  They  had 
good  purchase  terms,  fixed  freights,  and  cheapj 
water  supply.  All  the  competent  settlers  inter- 
viewed are  satisfied  that  irrigation  in  Victoria  is 
success.  Where  6,000  people  are  sustained  o 
an  area  which,  under  previous  methods  carrie 
one  family,  irrigation  from  the  national  view 
point  also  must  be  regarded  as  successful. 

An    examination    of    the    Victorian    irrigation 
settlements    shows  that    the  contented    men  are 


|( 


VICrOKlAN    IRRKJATION    SETTLEMENTS. 


395 


The   First   Year. 


Five  Years  after  Planting. 


Dr.  Wight's,  Kyabram. 


those  who  decline  to  hold  more  land  than  they 
can  put  to  prolitable  use. 

Irrigationists  are  at  present  charged  5s.  per 
acre-foot  of  water  a  year,  which  means  that  a 
settler  can  water  several  times  for  a  payment  of 
5s.  per  acre  per  annum.  The  cost  for  watering 
50  acres  is  £12  los.  a  year,  and  50  acres  are  suf- 
ficient for  the  average  family.  So  far  lucerne 
seems  to  be  the  staple,  and  will  be  until  such  time 
as  the  fruit-bearing  areas  come  into  full  crop. 
Lucerne  gives  from  three  to  five  cuttings  a  year, 
is  fed  to  cows  and  pigs,  and  makes  the  basis  of 
a  dairyman's  profit.  In  some  places  sheep  in- 
stead of  cows  are  kept,  the  sheep-men  contending 
that  lucerne  gives  better  returns  from  sheep  than 
cows.  The  average  of  milking  cows  on  irriga- 
tion farms  is  about  fifteen.  This  applies  to 
farms  of  50  acres,  of  which  30  acres  are  devoted 
to  fodder  crops — lucerne,  maize,  millet.  Pigs, 
poultry,  and  vegetables  for  family  use — with  a 
surplus  for  sale — are,  of  course,  a  feature  of 
every  small  holding. 

Of  what  this  country  will  grow  even  without 


I  ^  •'■  <^< 


fp..^ 


scientific  irrigation,  the  writer  found  an  illustra- 
tion in  a  hotel  garden  at  Murchison  on  the  banks 
of  the  Goulburn. 

We  came  in  to  Murchison  from  Shepparton 
late  one  afternoon.  A  heavy  storm,  typical  of 
the  Goulburn  Valley,  had  driven  us  to  put  up  at 
the  first  wayside  inn;  which,  like  most  Victorian 
country  hotels,  was  clean  and  comfortable.  The 
storm  broke  with  swishing  rain  and  roaring  thun- 
ders; poured  out  its  benison,  and  passed  on. 

Morning  brought  perfumes  of  rain-soaked 
earth  and  radiant  flowers.  While  waiting  for 
breakfast  I  went  out  as  usual  to  look  over  the 
hotel  garden.        Morning  is  the  proper  time  to 


A  Kyabram  Orchardist's  Home. 


examine  any  garden,  but  a  garden  refreshed  by 
rain  overnight  has  an  especial  charm.  The  hotel 
people  were  pardonably  proud  of  their  half-acre 
of  cultivation.  The  abundance  and  quality  of 
its  growths  were  surprising.  Asparagus  and 
rhubarb  of  the  finest  quality  grew  there;  figs, 
strawberries,  mulberries,  apricots,  apples,  goose- 
berries and  red-cheeked  peaches,  lemons,  pears, 
loquats,  plums,  cherries,  walnuts. 


396 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Peach  Orchard,  Ardmona. 


There  were  hawthorn  hedges  and  walks  over- 
hung by  beautiful  shade-trees,  poplars  and  gums 
among  them. 

There  were  plots  of  vegetables  with  big  white- 
hearted  cabbages,  peas,  carrots,  beets,  celery  and 
parsnips.  There  were  salads  and  herbs.  Red 
roses  and  white,  crimson  ramblers,  verbena,  sweet 
peas,  poppies  and  oleanders,  grew  in  that  won- 
derful garden  also,  and,  where  it  came  up  to  the 
wide  verandahs  of  the  house,  green  drooping 
ferns,  orchids,  and  hot-house  plants  added  orna- 
ment to  utility. 

Finally,  there  was  a  grape  arbor.  Than  the 
odor  of  grapes  in  Hower  there  is  nothing  sweeter. 
So  much  that  is  historical,  aesthetic,  romantic, 
attaches  to  the  vine.  One  smells  the  grape  in 
Hower,  and  lines  from  Omar  and  Keats  drift 
through  one's  mind  as  softly  as  downy  butterflies 
over  meadows  lit  with  spring. 

For  gentle  occupations  like  the  growing  of 
vines,  olives,  and  oranges,  Victoria  has  profit- 
able as  well  as  poetic  opportunities. 

Practically  the  whole  State  is  adapted  for  the 
vine.  Its  climate  is  milder  than  the  South  of 
France,  and  its  dry  inland  districts  carry  im- 
munity from  parasitic  diseases  such  as  European 
vineyards  are  subject  to. 

Soils  corresponding  to  those  from  which  the 
finest  European  vintages  are  won,  are  classed 
among  Victoria's  poorer  lands. 

Many  payable  Victorian  vineyards  are  located 
on  unirrigated  areas,  but  their  yields  are  much 
less  than  those  from  irrigated  sections. 

Under  irrigation,  yields  up  to  ii  tons  per  acre 
of  distillation  grapes  have  already  been  obtained, 
worth  £3  15s.  per  ton  Proceeds  per  acre  aver- 
age from  £25  to  £35  gross.        The  cost  of  pro- 


duction (with  paid  labor)  amounts  at  the  outside 
to  £10  per  acre. 

Wineries  are  in  operation,  and  others  are  being 
established.  These  deal  with  grapes  of  different 
types,  calculated  to  produce  various  grades  of 
wine,  such  as  the  export  type  (full-bodied,  dry), 
sweet  wine  for  local  consumption,  and  lighter 
wines.  Payment  is  made  for  grapes  by  these 
wineries  at  varying  prices,  according  to  quality  of 
variety  and  sugar  percentage  of  fruit.  At  the 
present  time  the  prices  range  from  £4  to  £9  per 
ton. 

I'ew  fruits  lend  thetnselves  so  well  to  drying, 
lose  so  little  in  the  process,  or  meet  with  a  more 
readv  demand  when  dried.  At  present,  the 
local  demand  in  this  direction  is  considerably 
greater  than  the  supply. 

Then  there  are  wines,  brantlies,  \inegar,  cream 
of  tartar  and  by-products  to  make  \'iticulture  more 
profitable.  The  export  trade  for  fresh  grapes  is 
rapidly  extending.  Victorian  grapes  can  be 
placed  on  European  markets  in  early  summer, 
long  before  local  fruit  has  ripened. 

Costs  of  establishing  a  vineyard  in  this  State 
are  officially  given  at  ist  year  £16  3s.  6d.  per  acre, 
second  year  £2  i6s.,  third  year  £8  is.,  all  work 
being  performed  by  outside  labor.  The  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  employs  a  staff  of  experts  to 
assist  inexperienced  growers,  and  every  encour- 
agement is  given  to  this  valuable  industry. 

Under  the  Closer  Settlement  Acts,  the  Lands 
Purchase  Management  Board  is  empowered  to 
expend  at  the  rate  of  £500,000  per  annum  in  the 
purchase  for  the  Crown  of  privately-owned  lands 
throughout  the  State  for  sub-division  and  disposal 
to  eligible  applicants.  Only  one  allotment  can  be 
granted  to  each  person.     Plans  and  particulars  of 


« 


VICTORIAN    IRRIGATION    SETTLEMENTS 


397 


areas  can  be  obtained  at  the  Crown  Lands  En- 
quiry Office,  or  from  the  Secretary  to  the  Board. 

Conditions  of  Purchase.— Land  offered  for 
settlement  has  been  repurchased  by  the  State 
from  holders  at  its  unirrigated  value,  and  will  be 
sold  to  settlers  at  this  price  plus  the  cost  of  sub- 
division and  transfer.  Land  may  be  paid  for 
outright;  the  payments  may  be  extended  over  31  i 
years;  or  the  balance  due  may  be  paid  off  at  any 
time.  The  interest  on  capital  unpaid  is  42  %, 
anil  to  this  there  must  be  added  an  instalment  of 
the  purchase  price.  The  payment  of  these  in- 
stalments has  been  so  adjusted  that  a  settler,  by 
paying  the  equivalent  of  6  %  annually  on  the  cost, 
pays  both  principal  and  interest  in  3  i  i  years.  The 
se liter  will  nbliiiu  a  complete  title  to  his  laud  by 
payiug  6  %  per  aiiiiiim  on  the  cost  for  3  i  A  years. 
Lands  in  the  Rochester  and  Cohuna  districts  will 
vary  in  price  from  £8  to  £15  an  acre.  A  settler 
purchasing  a  40-acre  irrigated  block  at  £10  an 
acre  would,  on  paying  to  the  Government  £24 
per  year  for  31  i  years,  receive  a  title  to  his  land. 

The  Water  Commission  will  give  advice  to 
beginners  regarding  irrigation  methods,  and, 
when  desired,  will  prepare  and  grade  land  for 
irrigation.  The  Closer  Settlement  Board  under- 
takes to  erect  houses,  fence  holdings,  give  expert 
advice  to  settlers  about  the  purchase  of  stock, 
implements,  etc. 

Fhe  purpose  of  this  assistance  is  to  enable  a 
settler  to  go  immediately  to  his  farm  and  begin 
proiluctive  labour,  thus  avoiding  loss  of  time, 
hardship  or  discomfort,  waste  of  money  in  living 
expenses,  or  by  making  unwise  purchases  through 
lack  of  knowledge  of  local  conditions. 

The  Closer  Settlement  Board  will  also  advance 
to  settlers  amounts  equal  to  60  %  of  the  money 


they  expend  in  improvements,  such  advances  not 
to  exceed  £500,  the  interest  on  these  advances  to 
be  5  %.  Briefly,  the  State  desires  to  co-operate 
with  settlers  in  every  possible  manner,  and  espe- 
cially by  giving  them  the  benefit  of  the  knowledge 
and  experience  of  its  expert  officers. 

Every  application  for  a  Closer  Settlement  Allot- 
ment must  be  made  on  the  prescribed  form  and 
lodged  with  the  Secretary,  Lands  Purchase  and 
Management  Board,  accompanied  by  the  registra- 
tion fee  of  5s.,  lease  fee  £1,  and  a  deposit  (equal 
to  3  %  of  the  capital  value  of  the  land)  which  is 
deducted  from  the  purchase  money. 

The  applicant  is  required  to  give  evidence  of 
suitability  and  fitness,  etc.,  to  occupy  the  land;  if 
successful,  a  permit  giving  immediate  possession 
is  issued  (followed  by  a  lease  as  soon  as  prac- 
ticable), and  no  further  payment  is  required  for 
six  months.  The  deposit,  less  the  5s.  registra- 
tion fee,  is  at  once  returned  to  any  unsuccessful 
applicant. 

[The  present  Commission's  plan  is  to  work  the 
loan  advances  account,  always,  of  course,  with 
the  greatest  discrimination,  so  as  to  make  the 
putting  on  of  impro\cments  a  feature  of  more 
importance  than  compelling  the  settler  to  expend 
his  initial  cash  resources  at  the  very  beginning  in 
the  purchase  of  his  land.  In  the  carrying  out  of 
this  policy,  and  always  seeing  to  it  that  the 
settler's  loan  advance  account  (justified  by  the 
permanent  improvements  he  is  making)  keeps 
in  advance  of  his  land  purchase  arrears,  he  is 
regarded  by  the  Commission  as  financially  sound. 
In  this  way  the  capable  working  settler  is  helped, 
and  safety  to  the  State  is  guaranteed  in  the  fact 
that  the  Government  does  not  issue  the  title  to 
the  land  until  it  is  eventually  paid  up.] 


Campaspe  Weir,  near  Rochester. 


MALLEE  LANDS. 


VITAL  problems  of  wheat  culture  having 
been  solved  during  latter  years,  large 
tracts  of  Australian  territory  are  now 
thrown  open  for  cultivation  which  were  pre- 
viously looked  upon  as  non-productive. 

The  Victorian  Mallee  is  one  of  these  tracts. 
It  occupies  an  area  of  12  million  acres,  or  nearly 
one-fourth  of  the  State.  Regarded  in  the  old 
days  as  desert  country,  it  was  not  taken  up  in  pas- 
toral holdings.  The  dense  scrub  which  covered 
it  was  accepted  as  a  sign  of  valueless  soils:  the 
squatter  derided  it,  the  free  selector  gave  it  a  wide 
berth.  Thirty-five  years  ago  a  Victorian  Royal 
Commission  described  it  as  "a  wilderness  in  the 
strictest  sense  of  the  term."  Covering  thousands 
of  square  miles,  given  over  to  wild  dogs  and 
rabbits,  patriotic  Victorians  groaned  when  their 
eyes  rested  on  the  north-western  corner  of  their 


map — so  much  of  the  little  State  could  never  be 
profitably  settled,  so  much  was  waste  land  which 
would  never  be  revenue-producing. 

So,  for  decades,  that  dull  Mallee  scrub  lay  un- 
touched, unoccupied;  the  wild  dog  continued  to 
prowl  its  arid  recesses.  Under  summer  suns  it 
lay  in  parched  silence — a  great  lone  land  extend- 
ing from  the  Murray  away  to  the  south-west  for 
hundreds  and  hundreds  of  miles. 

From  Wimmera  came  the  first  signs  of  its 
awakening.  Edges  of  the  Mallee  go  down  into 
this  region,  which  had  early  been  found  suitable 
for  pastoral  occupation.  Some  enterprising 
spirits  cleared  small  areas  of  scrub  and  ploughed 
it.  They  found  that  the  normal  rainfall  was 
enough  to  return  payable  crops.  They  found 
that  Mallee  soils  were  in  reality  of  unusual  fer- 
tility; that  clean  Mallee  land  grew  good  sound 


MALLEE    LANDS    OF    VICTORIA. 


399 


[lit 

It 


Clearing    the    Land    for    Grass. 


wheat.  Then  the  invention  of  the  stump-jump 
plough  simplified  its  cultivation — the  introduction 
of  fallow  and  phosphate  ensured  a  certainty — the 
Mallee  farmer  was  evolved.  To-day  Mallee 
farmers  are  men  of  importance  in  Victoria.  The 
Mallee  produces  one-fifth  of  the  wheat  grown  in 
the  State.  The  Mallee  is  crossed  by  railway 
es,  and  dotted  with  prosperous  townships, 
roni  Swan  Hill  across  to  the  South  Australian 
border,  right  through  the  centre  of  that  region 
described  by  a  Royal  Commission  as  "a  wilder- 
ness in  the  strictest  sense  of  the  term,"  in  early 
summer  there  is  painted  a  widening  belt  of 
glorious  green  which  later  on  is  turned  to  gold. 
The  three  principal  counties  of  the  Mallee. 
Weeah,  Karkarooc,  Tatchera,  produced  in  191^- 
16  over  thirteen  and  a  half  million  bushels  of 
wheat! 

The  next  good  season  will  see  the  Mallee's  pro- 
duction at  ten  million  bushels,  and  there  are  mil- 
lions of  acres  as  good   as  any  yet  cultivated  to 


V 


me  under  the  plough. 


One  of  the  last  official  trips  made  by  the  ex- 
Surveyor-Gencral,  Mr.  J-  M.  Reed,  before  he 
became  Secretary  for  Lands,  was  out  through 
country  in  which  his  staff  had  spent  strenuous 
months  aligning  lands  for  occupation. 
l^fcThe  work  of  Australian  surveyors  can  hardly 
'^e  calculated  in  ordinary  values.  Men  of  the 
theodolite  and  chain  who  went  out  to  survey  the 
Mallee  were  often  cut  off  from  the  world  for 
months  at  a  time.  They  had  to  carry  water,  pro- 
\isions  and  instruments,  through  trackless  wastes. 
Their  work  was  done  in  all  weathers  and  under 
all  sorts  of  trying  conditions;  their  difficulties 
were  legion,  their  complaints  but  few. 
|j|»On  his  return  from  the  north  Mr.  Reed  favored 
the  author  of  Australia  Unlimited  with  a  brief 
report  which  illustrates  the  progress  of  Mallee 
districts  and  the  policy  of  settlement  therein. 

r "'■■■""■"■ 


veiled  through  the  area  of  Mallee  country  extend- 
ing from  Ouyen,  on  the  Mildura  railway  line,  to 
Murrayville  and  on  to  Pinnaroo,  near  the  South 
Australian  border.  The  surveyed  country  com- 
prises an  area  of  705,000  acres,  in  1,042  allot- 
ments, and  of  these  895  have  been  disposed  of, 
the  balance  of  147  allotments  being  now  available, 
and  applications  have  yet  to  be  considered  by  a 
local  Land  Board.  The  development  of  this 
country,  from  the  earliest  settlement  within  it  in 
1909,  has  been  highly  satisfactory.  It  afTords  a 
very  striking  illustration  of  the  desirability  of 
opening  up  such  country  by  railway  construction  in 
advance  of  or  concurrently  with  settlement;  of 
the  importance  of  simultaneous  water  provision, 
and  of  the  clearing  of  roads  for  traffic.  A  large 
extent  of  country  is  under  cultivation  on  the 
eastern  section,  extending  westerly  from  Ouyen, 
also  on  the  western  section,  of  which  Murrayville 
is  the  centre,  while  the  central  area  is  rapidly 
being  cleared  and  made  ready  for  cropping.  The 
western  section  is  that  on  which  bore  water  is 
obtainable,  and  frequently  within  the  range  of 
view,  while  travelling,  six  to  ten  windmills  may 
be  seen  at  one  time,  each  denoting  a  pure  and 
full  water  supply  for  the  settler.  Some  of  the 
homes  have  water  laid  on  from  the  elevated  tanks. 
The  value  of  this  in  the  hot  Mallee  country 
can  hardly  be  realised.  In  addition  to  the 
fifteen    effective    Government    bores    there    are 


Heavy   Sorghum   Crop,   Swan   Hill. 

numerous  private  ones.  To  this  certainty  of 
water  supply  the  remarkable  progress  of  the 
settlement  can  largely  be  attributed.  Unfortu- 
nately, the  eastern  limit  of  the  underground 
water  appears  to  have  been  reached,  and 
farther  east  surface  catchments  and  storages 
will  have  to  be  relied  on.  Very  many  of  the 
settlers'  homes  are  of  a  superior  type,  being  good 
iron  dwellings  with  complete  outbuildings.  The 
railway  line  has  been  laid  for  about  62  miles  from 


400 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Ouyen.  In  a  very  brief  time  it  will  be  extended  to 
Murrayville,  its  present  terminus  at  68  miles.  Some 
excellent  wheat  yields  have  already  been  obtained, 
but  this  season's  crop,  while  by  no  means  a  failure, 
will  not  give  average  results  equal  to  those  of 
last  year.  Local  estimates  for  the  Murrayville 
portion  give  an  area  of  100,000  acres  under  crop, 


Sweeprakc.     Hdivcbting  Lucerne 

with  an  average  yield  of  7  bushels.  It  is  esti- 
mated that  300,000  bushels  are  awaiting  delivery 
at  Murrayville.  Grain  sites  are  now  being  laid 
out  at  this  station  ground,  and  will  supply  a  very 
keen  present  want.  The  township  allotments 
surveyed  at  the  various  station  sites  are  in  great 
demand.  A  sale  of  10  building  allotments  at 
Ouyen  on  the  5th  instant  realised  ^772,  an  aver- 
age of  £77  per  lot.  At  Walpeup  six  allotments 
gave  an  average  of  £89  per  lot.  At  Underbool 
fourteen  allotments  an  average  of  £70  per  lot, 
and  at  Murrayville,  on  the  7th  instant,  twenty- 
five  town  allotments  realised  £2,617,  an  average 
of  £105  per  lot." 

Victorian  Mallee  land  is  prepared  for  culti- 
vation in  '  similar  manner  to  that  of 
South  Australia  —  described  in  the  chap- 
ter on  settlement  in  Pinnaroo.  In  fact, 
the  Mallee  is  all  part  of  that  vast  area  of 
wheat-growing  soil  which  stretches  across  the 
southern  half  of  the  Australian  continent  from 
Cootamundra,  in  New  South  Wales,  to  Albany, 
in  Western  Australia. 

The  red,  sandy,  Mallee  loam  will  grow  almost 
anything  on  a  minimum  of  moisture.  The 
transformation  from  desolate  scrub  to  greening 
field  is  a  romance  of  Australian  settlement. 

First  come  the  surveyors  making  their  contour 
surveys,  roads  surveys,  water  surveys,  all  the 
work  of  those  busy  bush-camps  which  the  traveller 
comes  upon  here  and  there.  The  Mallee  is  un- 
dulating rather  than  flat.  In  the  northern  Mallee 
of  Victoria  sand  ridges — some  nearly  half  a  mile 
long — are    a    curious    physical    feature.       These 


nearly  all  run  north  and  south.  Roads  and 
courses  for  water  channels  are  laid  down  to  avoid 
these  natural  obstacles.  When  necessary  pre- 
parations have  been  made  by  the  State,  the  settler 
is  allowed  into  the  solitude.  He  attacks  the 
scrub  with  heavy  iron  and  wooden  rollers  drawn 
by  bullocks,  crushing  it  down  quickly,  and  burning 
off  as  soon  as  he  can. 

Parts  of  the  Mallee  are  covered  with  pine,  box, 
and  belah,  which  take  more  clearing.  This 
timber  has  its  value.  Large  quantities  of  it  have 
already  been  used  by  settlers  for  building  and 
fencing.  North  of  Manangatang  good  forests 
of  useful  building  timbers  are  still  available. 

After  the  erection  of  a  home  and  the  rolling 
down  and  burning  off,  come  fencing,  ploughing, 
and  harvesting,  all  the  seasonal  detail  of  a  wheat- 
farmer's  life. 

Supplying  certain  districts  with  water  has  been 
one  of  the  State's  problems.  The  States  Rivers 
and  Water  Supply  Commission  has  overcome 
most  of  the  difficulty. 

Nowadays,  when  a  new  district  is  to  be  opened 
up,  the  F.ngineer  for  Water  Supply  and  his  staff 


Two  Weeks'   Growth  of  Lucerne. 


first  go  over    the    country  intended    for  occupa-» 
tion,  looking  for  depressions  and  suitable  catch^* 
ment  sites   for  Government  dams.        These  are 
mostly  excavated  by  settlers,  and  promptly  paid 
for  by  Government,   a   system   which   is   of  con- 
siderable local  advantage.     In  some  districts,  as 
we  have  seen,   underground  supplies   exist.        In 
other  places  the  State  has  made  water  from  the 
Murray    available.       The    light    rainfall,    if    it 
comes       at      the       right      time,       is       generally      ' 
sufficient     for     an     average     crop,     but     water 


MALLEE    LANDS    OF    VICTORIA. 


401 


for  stock  and  domestic  purposes  has  to 
be  provided.  The  central  part  of  the  Vic- 
torian Mallee  is  almost  entirely  dependent  upon 
storage  tanks  filled  by  natural  rainfall.  Lake 
Hattah  will  probably  be  converted  into  a  per- 
j  manent  storage  to  supply  this  part  of  the  great 
wheat  belt.  By  the  end  of  1913  the  Commission 
had  down  63  bores  which  were  tapping  water  over 
an  area  of  500,000  acres. 

The  Water  Supply  officers  were  then  making 
I    surveys  for  the  reticulation  of  a  large  area  on  the 
I    Murray  border  extending  from  Piangil  to  Euston. 
I    It  is  proposed  to  build  a  railway  from  Chillingol- 
lah,  the  terminus  of  the  Boort  line,  to  Mananga- 
tang,  to  be  carried  on  ultimately  to  some  point  on 
the   Murray.        This    line  would    penetrate    the 
land  to  be  served  by  the  new  scheme,  which  would 
embrace  an  area  of  700,000  acres.       The  water 
*    will  be  drawn  from  a  point  near  Euston,  whence 
easy  gradients  may  be  obtained  into  the  adjoining 
country.        This    scheme    has    a    most    important 
'    effect  on  Mallee  settlement.       This  land  is  of  fair 
IH|erage  quality,  and  at  least   100,000  acres  are 
'■    among  the  best  of  the  Mallee.  Given  to  agri- 

culture, it  will  mean  placing  2,000  families  on  the 
land,  and  an  addition  to  the  national  income  of 
from  £300,000  to  £400,000  per  annum.  Other 
schemes  are  being  investigated  with  the  view  to 
further  use  being  made  of  the  Murray.  The 
reticulation  of  many  new  Mallee  townships  has 
been  part  of  this  scheme.  In  the  general  plan  of 
settlement  in  the  Mallee  this  great  river  will  be 
an  important  factor.  Since  the  Water  Commis- 
sion started  its  work  in  May,  1906,  the  sum  of 
£295,000  has  been  spent  on  the  Wimmera-Mallee 


supply  system,  which  commands  an  area  of  some 
6,000  square  miles.  The  works  comprise  130 
miles  of  main  channel,  and  over  1,100  miles  of 
branch  channels,  with  minor  storages  and  tanks. 

A  million  and  a  half  acres  of  fine  wheat  land  in 
the  Mallee  are  still  waiting  for  water,  railway, 
and  roads,  that  is  to  say,  a  million  and  a  half 
acres  which  stand  next  in  natural  order  of  occupa- 
tion. Beyond  that  again  are  boundless  acres 
which  will  some  day  be  turned  into  fields. 

Constant  experiment  is  being  carried  on  with 
a  view  to  breeding  wheats  most  adaptable  to  local 
conditions.  The  celebrated  "Federation"  and 
"Comeback"  are  likely  to  be  outclassed  by 
hybridized  varieties  of  greater  drought-resisting 
powers,  superior  yields,  and  higher  milling 
strength.  It  is  confidently  predicted  that  with 
scientific  farming  Victoria's  average  yield  will  be 
increased  to  20  bushels  an  acre  in  the  near  future. 
The  yield  of  the  Mallee  will  then  be  twice  what 
it  would  be  under  existing  methods. 

The  Victorian  Government  announces  that  por- 
tions of  about  2,000,000  acres  of  Mallee  land 
will  be  made  available  from  time  to  time  in  the 
near  future,  in  areas  ranging  from  600  to  800 
acres.  The  purchase  money  varies  from  los. 
to  £r  2s.  6d.  per  acre,  payable  by  half-yearly  in- 
stalments over  a  period  of  forty  years  at  from  3d. 
to  6'id.  per  acre  per  annum.  A  license  is  issued 
for  the  first  six  years,  during  which  period  the 
selector  must  reside  on  the  land  and  comply  with 
improvements  conditions  varying  from  los.  to  £1 
per  acre.  He  can  then  obtain  a  lease  for  the 
balance  of  the  period,  or,  by  paying  the  balance 
of  the  purchase  money,  the  freehold  of  the  land. 


A  Victorian  Butter  Factory. 


402 


QUEENSLAND 


404 


QUEEN  OF  THE  NORTH 


TIIJ^SE  chapters  are  written,  for  the  most 
part,  from  recent  Queensland  travel  notes 
and  personal  observations.  But  it  is 
:ul\isable  to  begin  with  some  preliminary  facts 
ciincerning  a  vast  territory,  which  has  been 
(lowered  by  Providence  with  everything  that 
makes  for  national  expansion  and  power,  and 
iiceds  only  people  of  the  right  kind  to  convert  its 
potentialities  into  actual  wealth. 

After  nearly  60  years  of  progress,  ending  in  a 
decade  of  unexampled  prosperity,  the  State  of 
iQueensJand  has  reached  a  definite  period  in  her 
history.  From  now  on,  her  development  is  likely 
to  be  more  rapid.  In  ten  years  she  has  opened  up 
1.973  miles  of  new  railways,  and  is  rapidly  link- 
ing up  die  loose  ends  of  her  great,  decentralized, 
transport  system.  In  ten  years  her  enormous 
agricultural  reserves  have,  for  the  first  time,  been 
clearly  defined  and  the  fact  demonstrated  that 
her  soils  contain  a  richness  greater  and  more  en- 
during than  the  gold  of  (iympie.  Mount  Morgan, 
and  Charters  Towers. 

It  is  the  intense  prodiicliveiicss  of  Queensland 
that  appeals  to  those  who  have  made  a  study  of 
primary  industries;  the  enormous  extent  of  her 
;dluvial  and  volcanic  soils,  her  regular  rainfall 
'>\er  vast  areas  of  fertile  lands,  and  the  diversity 
')f  her  climate,  which  enables  her  to  grow  black- 
lierries  and  cocoanuts  equally  well  within  her 
liorders. 

As  a  producer  of  beef  cattle,  minerals,  sugar, 
and  wool,  she  long  ago  attracted  the  world's 
favourable  attention;  but  as  a  grower  of  fruits 
and  grains  and  a  supplier  of  dairy  produce  her 
comparative  reputation  is  yet  young.  She  is 
essentially  a  food-producing  country,  and,  apart 
from   sustaining  a   large    local    population,     she 


must  become  a  great  exporter  of  foodstuffs  and 
raw  material.  With  a  coastline  of  2,250  miles, 
blessed  by  frequent  seaports  and  harbours,  her 
maritime  expansion  is  not  hampered.  She  pos- 
sesses a  distinct  advantage  in  having  autonomous 
railway  systems,  feeding  various  coastal  centres 
from  inland.  I'his  remarkable  half-million  of 
people— -with  5,407  miles  of  operating  railway 
and  over  two  thousand  miles  more  sanctioned  by 
Parliament  and  in  course  of  construction — ^have 
carefully  avoided  centralization  of  transport: 
the  development  of  Queensland  therefore  must 
proceetl  evenly. 

7  he  inter-coastal  districts  are  provided  for  by 
link  lines.  These  will  allow  closer  settlement, 
for  which  they  are  pre-eminently  adapted,  its 
fullest  expansion. 

Queensland  is  a  generally  interesting  and  often 
beautiful  country,  wherein  robust  health,  com- 
plete liberty,  and  unequalled  chances  are  free  to 
every  man  and  woman  capable  of  enjoying  them. 

From  end  to  end  the  State  can  be  traversed  in 
safety,  nowadays,  by  the  most  rapid  methods  of 
modern  transport.  The  Queensland  of  tradition, 
full  of  alligators,  fevers,  and  savages  has  become 
the  healthiest  of  the  healthy  Australian  States; 
its  alligators  are  eagerly  hunted  by  ambitious 
sportsmen — not  always  successfully — and  the 
remnants  of  its  savages  are,  for  the  most  part, 
peacefully  occupied  in  the  duties  of  mission  sta- 
tions, or  acting  as  self-appointed  guides  to  con- 
fident tourists. 

The  history  of  these  fifty-eight  years  of  pioneer 
endeavour,  which  have  converted  a  crude  young 
colony  into  a  modern  State,  is  fascinating  reading. 
It  makes  a  brave  tale  of  exploration,  adventure, 
commercial  courage,  and  oft-times  big  risks  and 
battles  against  odds.   Not  every  deserving  pioneer 


405 


4o6 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Coal  Mine,  Tannymorel,  Darling  Downs 


has  been  successful,  not  every  pound  invested  has 
borne  interest,  not  every  attempted  industry  has 
been  brought  into  the  category  of  paying  con- 
cerns. There  have  been  losses,  by  drought,  fire 
and  failure;  but  there  have  also  been  steady  and 
Increasing  gains.  When  the  totals  are  taken 
out  in  the  national  ledger,  it  is  seen  at  a  glance 
that  the  credit  side  shows  an  enormously  increas- 
ing balance.  The  finances  of  the  State  are  solid; 
its  assets  are  valuable  enough  to  enable  its  Gov- 
ernments to  fearlessly  and  successfully  borrow 
on  the  world's  money  market  all  that  is  necessary 
for  developmental  work.  Those  assets  comprise 
enormous  pastoral,  mineral  and  agricultural  areas 
of  phenomenal  richness,  from  which  only  a 
moiety  of  their  actual  and  putative  wealth  has  yet 
been  taken. 

How  rich  Queensland  is  in  minerals  another 
hundred  years  of  discovery  and  development  will 
hardly  determine. 

She  possesses  coal  measures  of  enormous  area 
and  incalculable  future  value. 

These  deposits  have  been  located  in  many 
parts  of  the  central  and  southern  districts,  and  in 
several  localities  in  the  northern  and  western 
districts. 


For  200  miles  along  the  south-eastern  sea- 
board there  are  coal  seams  of  commercial  impor- 
tance. Inland  there  are  no  less  than  600  miles  of 
coal  measures  in  one  unbroken  line! 

7  he  area  of  the  geologically  surveyed  coal 
measures  of  Queensland — on  the  authority  of 
Mr.  B.  Dunstan,  Government  Geologist — is  esti- 
mated at  78,073  square  miles,  being  over  20,000 
square  miles  greater  than  all  England  and  Wales! 

The  anthracite  coal  fields  of  Pennsylvania  are 
contained  within  an  area  of  480  square  miles. 
The  anthracite  coal  measures  of  Central  Queens- 
land have  been  proved  over  an  area  of  37,000 
square  miles.  Queensland  anthracite  is  pro- 
nounced as  similar  in  character  and  quality  to  the 
world-renowned  Welsh  coal. 

Of  the  total  area,  20,000  square  miles  contain 
recognized  coal  fields,  the  remainder  comprising 
lands  known  to  contain  coal,  but  not  yet  proved 
for  coal  mining  purposes. 

The  mammoth  seam  in  the  Mackenzie  River 
area  contains  20  feet  thickness  of  permo-carboni- 
ferous  coal  of  good  quality.  The  Clermont 
field  holds  a  66-foot  seam  of  similar  coal,  and  ' 
other  noticeable  deposits  are  the  20  feet  of  fine 
coal  in  the  nine  seams  of  the  Burrum  area,  the  20' 


QUEEN    OF   THli    NORTH 


407 


feet  of  coal  in  the  Callide  area,  and  the  60-foot 
seam  of  brown  coal  at  Waterpark  Creek. 

The  probable  reserves  of  coal  in  sight,  on  a 
conservative  estimate  made  by  Mr.  Dunstan  for 
the  twelfth  session  of  the  International  Geological 
Congress,  dealing  with  the  Coal  Resources  of  the 
World,  were  2,201,300,000  tons. 

The  Blair  Athol  seam,  65  feet  thickness  of 
pure  coal,  is  claimed  to  be  the  largest  in  the  world. 
Blair  Athol  has  a  computed  443,440,000  tons  in 
sight. 

In  regard  to  iron  and  limestone,  Queensland 
is  the  fortunate  possessor  of  widespread  deposits 
of  exceeding  richness. 

We  will  go  to  the  Go\ernment  Geologist  again 
for  some  facts  : — 

Enormous  lodes  of  ironstone  and  incalculable 
supplies  of  limestone  exist  together  at  Kangaroo 
Hills,  60  miles  from  Townsville. 

Marble  and  Morton  Islands,  at  the  mouth  of 
the  Styx  River,  are  practically  composed  of  lime- 
stone, containing  98  per  cent,  carbonate  of  lime. 

Iron  Island,  m  close  proximity,  is  estimated  to 
yield  2,500,000  tons  of  hematite. 

At  Cawarral,  near  Rockhampton,  there  is  an 
enormous  deposit  of  chromite  and  manganese. 
\ear-by  there  is  a  mass  of  70  per  cent,  hematite 
estimated  at  250,000  tons,  with  limestone  in  prac- 
tically unlimited  quantities. 

At  Glassford  Creek  500,000  tons  of  magnetite 
have  been  determined,  and  large  outcrops  of 
limestone. 

Within  ten  miles  of  Gladstone  160,000  tons  of 
manganese  are  available. 

At  Biggenden,  Maryborough,  magnetite  and 
lime  are  abundant. 

Ipswich  has  hematite,  magnetite  and  chromite 
contiguous  to  its  coalfields. 

Mount  Leviathan,  Cloncurry,  consists  of  a 
mass  of  purest  iron  ore  200  feet  high  and  a  quar- 
ter of  a  mile  wide  at  the  base,  holding  from 
foundation  to  apex  10,500,000  tons  of  hema- 
tite. 

With  iron,  coal,  and  lime,  an  inexhaustible 
supply,  the  industrial  future  of  the  State  is  a 
matter  of  population  and  enterprise. 

At  Koorboora  in  Northern  Queensland  the 
largest  wolfram  mine  in  the  world — the  Neville 
— is  located. 

Outside  her  wonderful  gold  deposits,  the  State 
produces  silver,  lead,  tin,  copper,  bismuth,  moly- 
bdenum, scheelite,  graphite,  asbestos,  metallic 
bismuth,  antimony,  mineral  oils,  and  precious 
stones. 

The  annual  mineral  production  of  the  State 
amounts  to  about  four  and  a  half  million  pounds 
sterling — this  with  a  population  no  greater  in 
19 14  than  the   population   of  Sydney,   and    not 


& 


Gold  Ore  Crushing  at  Gynipie 


more  than  twenty  thousand  of  whom  are  actually 
engaged  in  mining. 

These  are  some  of  Queensland's  known  natural 
assets.  Her  capital  mineral  values  are  still 
largely  a  matter  of  conjecture.  But  iifty-eight 
years  of  scattered  discovery  have  proved  that 
Nature  has  been  more  than  usually  lavish  in  allot- 
ing  her  portion  of  useful  and  valuable  metals. 

In  conclusion,  it  is  fair  to  say  that  the  interests 
of  the  mining  industry,  those  of  worker  and  in- 
vestor alike,  have  been  carefully  considered  in 
the  mining  legislation  of  the  State.    .    .    . 


Queensland  possesses  thousands  of  square 
miles  adapted  for  tropical  cultivation.  Already 
she  produces  ninety  per  cent,  of  the  sugar  cane 
grown  in  the  Commonwealth.  The  area  under 
cane — about  a  hundred  and  forty  thousand  acres 
— can  be  extended  to  supply  ten  times  the  popula- 
tion of  Australia.  The  cane  harvest  for  19 14 
represented  a  cash  value  of  nearly  four  and  a 
half  million  pounds  sterling — the  area  under 
cane  occupying  nearly  a  fifth  of  the  agricultural 
production  of  the  State. 

Sugar  growing  in  Queensland  is  oiiicially 
claimed  to  be  one  of  the  most  profitable  occupa- 


4u8 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


tions  open  to  the  agriculturist.  There  are  open- 
ings for  more  planters  in  the  North.  Figures 
compiled  by  the  Intelligence  and  Tourist  Bureau 
in  Brisbane  in  1915  prove  that  albeit  Queensland, 
in  the  preceding  season  (1914)  produced  a  total 
of  225,847  tons,  and  New  South  Wales  19,960 
tons  of  cane  sugar,  13,125  tons  had  to  be 
imported,  mainly  from  Java  and  Fiji,  to  make 
up  the  requirements  of  the  Commonwealth. 

Queensland's  sugar  industry  represents  an  in- 
\'estment  of  about  eight  millions  sterling.  Fhe 
Colonial  Sugar  Refining  Company  has  six  millions 
in  sugar  production  in  Australasia,  but  under- 
takes the  functions  of  refiner  and  distributor 
rather  than  planter. 


£7  per  week  in  the  season  on  Northern  planta- 
tions. Nowhere  else  in  the  world  is  cane  sugar 
profitably  grown  with  white  labor.  Having  come 
safely  through  a  contentious  period,  it  may  be 
assumed  that  sugar-growing  on  that  long  coastal 
belt  is  destined  to  great  expansion.  As  Queens- 
land's largest  primary  industry,  the  State  Govern- 
ment will  continue  to  afford  it  every  encourage- 
ment and  protection. 

"Any  thrifty  canecutter,"  says  an  official 
publication  on  sugar-growing,  "can  save 
enough  out  of  his  earnings  in  a  few  years  to 
make  a  start  for  himself  as  a  canegrower.  In 
fact,  many  of  the  most  successful  growers  of 


Wool  Teams,  Wyandra 


Ihc  Government  gives  publicity  to  the  fact 
that  "there  are  thousands  of  acres  of  Crown  and 
freehold  lands  adapted  for  sugar  growing,  still 
available  to  intending  settlers,  on  reasonable 
terms."  A  large  percentage  of  these  are 
rich  tropical  scrubs.  The  purchasing  prices  of 
these  Crown  lands  range  from  10/-  an  acre  up- 
wards, and  the  payments  are  extended  over  a 
period  of  20  years.  With  £200  to  £500  capital, 
a  man  may  safely  make  a  start  as  a  planter.  The 
sugar  districts  extend  along  the  East  Coast  from 
the  1 6th  parallel  S.  to  the  29th,  with  an  average 
width  of  about  sixty  miles — approximately  30 
million  acres.  Assuming  that  the  population  of 
Australia  increases  to  fifty  millions  within  a 
reasonable  period,  there  will  still  be  enough  land 
along  this  tropical  coast  to  grow  the  127.60  lbs. 
of  sugar  per  head  which  is  sec  down  as  the  annual 
consumption  of  the  Commonwealth,  and  leave 
a  surplus  for  export. 

Since  the  abolition  of  indentured  colored 
labor,  white  cane  cutters  have  been  making  £5  to 


cane  to-day  began  with  nothing.  Land  can  be 
got  on  easy  terms,  as  both  the  Government 
and  large  firms  with  sugar  interests  are  doing 
their  utmost  to  settle  a  community  of  white 
cane  (/rowers  on  small  areas.  At  Mackay, 
in  1907,  over  £500,000  worth  of  sugar,  equal- 
ling a  producing  value  of  more  than  £500  per 
farm,  was  the  product  of  about  a  thousand 
farmers,  fully  three-fourths  of  whom  came  to 
the  district  as  agricultural  labourers. 

"Many  of  the  millowners  who  have  large 
plantations,  and  also  a  number  of  the  larger 
canegrowers,  either  lease  blocks  of  their  land 
to  approved  new  settlers  for  lengthy  periods 
on  easy  terms,  or  they  get  a  number  of  experi- 
enced agriculturists  to  cultivate  portions  of 
their  areas  on  the  half-share  system — that  is 
to  say,  the  owner  of  the  land  provides  every- 
thing required  on  the  farm  in  the  way  of  im- 
provements anci  farming  requisites,  such  as 
house,  implements,  horses,  drays,  plant,  cane, 
&c.     The  agriculturist,  on  the  other  hand,  is 


QUEEN    OF   THI';    NORTFI 


409 


(BJ- 

;i^ 

'^S* 

Ml  ^*- 

1^' 

l»x. 

■  ■,-  »,7» 

tdSi^^^Ml 

M 

^^^ 

Canefields  at  Childers 


expected  to  find  all  labour  for  the  cultivation 
[and  harvesting  of  the  crop.     For  the  due  per- 
Iformance  of  his  share  of  the  contract  he  is  en- 
[titled  to  claim  half  the  profits  of  each  season's 
crop  or  crops.     Quite  a  number  of  the  present- 
lay  successful  growers  took  upthe  cultivation  of 
cane  under  these  conditions,  and  after  a   few 
(rears   they   saved   sufl'icient   money    to    enable 
them  to  acquire  properties  of  their  own. 

"The   lease   and   half-share   systems   should 
[appeal     particularly     to     agriculturists     with 
Jimited  means.     It  is  understood  that  the  majo- 
rity of  the  proprietors  of  the  large  plantations 
ire  prepared  to   favourably  consider  applica- 
Itions  from  agriculturists  in  Australia  or  Great 
JBritain,  Europe,  or  elsewhere." 

"With  a  view  of  inducing  settlement  on  the 
Hand,     the     State   Agricultural     Bank     affords 
lliberal  assistance  to  the  intending  settler  who 
[has  only  a  limited  amount  of  capital.  Advances 
lare  made  at  the  rate  of  £1  per  £1  of  an  amount 
mot  exceeding  £200  for  buildings   (not  exceed- 
nng£4o),  ringbarking,  clearing,  fencing,  drain- 
ing, or  water  conservation,  also  to  the  extent 
of  12/-  in  the  £  of  the  fair  estimated  value  of 
the  holding  with  the  improvements  made  and 
proposed  to  be  made.     No  security  other  than 
a  first  mortgage  is  accepted  as  sufficient.    At  no 
time  can  the  advance  to  any  one  person  exceed 
|£8oo.     Advances  at  the  rate  of   13/4  in  the 
|£  on  the  value  of  the  land  and  improvements 
I  may  also  be  made  up  to  £200  for  unspecified 
purposes.     The  terms  in  regard  to  the  repay- 
'ment  of  the  loans  extend  over  a  period  of  25 


years,  with  5  per  cent,  interest  added.     Simple 

interest  only   is   charged   during  the   first  five 

years." 

Under  the  Sugar  Works  Act  of  191 1,  owners 
or  occupiers  of  cane  lands  within  a  specified  loca- 
lity may  apply  to  the  Governor  in  Council  for  the 
construction  of  sugar  works. 

In  the  event  of  the  Government  being  satisfied 
that  the  erectionof  amillisnecessary — and  owners 
and  occupiers  of  the  cane  lands  affected  having 
guaranteed  to  grow  a  certain  quantity  of  cane  and 
pay  the  rate  which  may  be  levied  in  accordance 
with  the  Act,  to  make  good  any  deficiency — they 
may  direct  and  empower  the  State  Treasurer  to 
construct  the  required  works,  defraying  the  cost 
from  the  Parliamentary  Votes  devoted  to  this 
purpose. 

"The  Treasurer  has  full  power  and  autho- 
rity to  manage,  maintain,  and  control  such 
works,  and  to  grow  or  purchase  cane,  but  cane 
cannot  be  purchased  from  aliens,  and  the  em- 
ployment of  aliens  is  prohibited  in  or  about 
the  mills.  Provision  is  made  for  mill  township 
reserves,  in  which  the  allotments  shall  be  open 
to  perpetual  lease,  and  the  rents  are  to  be  ap- 
plied for  road  improvement  and  other  purposes 
of  public  benefit.  Interest  only,  at  the  rate 
of  4  per  cent,  per  annum,  will  be  charged 
on  advances  made  by  the  Government  for 
the  construction  of  works  for  a  period  of 
two  years  from  completion;  after  that 
period  the  loan  will  be  repaid  in  twentv- 
one  years  by  annual  instalments  at  the  rate 
of    £7/12/4    per    cent,    per    annum,  covering 


4IO 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Kaffir  Corn,  Biggenden 


interest  and  principal.  Any  deficiency  in  the 
payments  will  be  made  good  by  a  rate  levied 
on  the  lands  within  the  area.  When  the  total 
cost  of  the  works  has  been  repaid,  the  cane  sup- 
pliers may  form  themselves  into  a  joint  stock 
company  for  the  purpose  of  taking  over  the 
works,  which  the  Treasurer  is  empowered  to 
transfer  to  such  company." 

All  the  sugar-growing  areas  are  adapted  for 
the  profitable  growth  of  maize,  potatoes,  and  root 
crops,  tropical  fruits  of  certain  varieties,  rubber, 
rice,  tea,  cotton,  vanilla,  &c. 

Many  canegrowers  vary  the  form  of  cultiva- 
tion with  dairying,  maize  growing,  or  mixed 
farming  suitable  to  local  conditions. 

But  Coastal  Queensland  is  eminently  a  sugar- 
growing  region.  Recognising  this,  the  Govern- 
ment is  wisely  making  provision  for  the  future 
expansion  of  a  great  industry  and  offering  all 
reasonable  inducements  and  securities  to  those 
who  are  willing  to  invest  their  capital  or  energy 
in  the  cultivation  of  cane. 

Under  conditions  such  as  these,  it  is  no  surprise 
to  learn  that  "canegrowing  has  changed,  from 
being  the  monopoly  of  a  few  rich  planters  and 
companies,  to  the  most  essentially  democratic  in- 
dustry in  Queensland,"  and  that  among  the  list 
of  planters  individual  successes  might  be  multi- 
plied. 

Side  by  side  with  the  development  of  the  sugar 
industry,  it  is  likely  that  the  future  will  see  an 
enormous  increase  in  the  production  of  tropical 
fruits  along  that  sunlit  Eastern  coastland. 

Mr.  Albert  H.  Benson,  Director  of  Fruit  Cul- 
ture for  the  State  of  Queensland,  gives  a  list  of  78 
different  kinds  of  fruits  which  are  actually  grown 
in  Queensland. 

Mr.  Benson  has  prepared  an  invaluable  little 


book  under  Government  auspices  on  "The  Fruits 
of  Queensland"  (1914).  Therein  he  divides 
the  soils  of  the  North  into  three  classes. 

(i)  Soils  of  Eastern  Seaboard — and  land  ad- 
jacent to  it — suitable  to  the  growth  of  tropical 
and  semi-tropical   fruit. 

(2)  Soils  of  the  Coastal  Tablelands,  suitable 
for  the  growth  of  deciduous  fruit. 

(3)  Soils  of  the  Central  Tablelands,  suitable 
for  the  growth  of  grapes,  dates,  citrus  fruits,  &c. 


Apples,  Stanthorpe 


"Here,"  says  this  widely-experienced  autho- 
rity, "all  kinds  of  tree  life  is  rapid,  and  fruit 
trees  come  into  bearing  much  sooner  than  they 
do  in  colder  climates.  In  addition  to  their 
arriving  at  early  maturity,  they  are  also,  as  a 
rule,  heavy  bearers,  their  fault,  if  anything, 
being  towards  over-bearing.  Fruits  of  many 
kinds  are  so  thoroughly  acclimatised  that  it  is 
by  no  means  uncommon  to  find  them  growing 
wild,  and  holding  their  own    in  the    midst  oi 


s 

o 


01 


s 
<! 


411 


412 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


rank  indigenous  vegetation,  without  receiving 
the  slightest  care  or  attention.  In  some  cases 
where  cultivated  fruits  have  been  allowed  to 
become  wild,  they  have  become  somewhat  of  a 
pest,  and  have  kept  down  all  other  growths.  It 
has  been  actually  necessary  to  take  steps  to  pre- 
vent them  from  becoming  a  nuisance,  so  readily 
do  they  grow,  and  so  rapidly  do  they  in- 
crease." 

Scientific  fruit-growing  is  a  profitable  industry 
in  Queensland  to-day.  But  it  is  only  in  its  in- 
fancy. 

Australian  seasons  being  opposite  to  those  of 
the  Northern  Hemisphere,  our  fruits  ripen  at  a 
time  when  the  markets  of  Europe  offer  the  best 
prices.  With  cold  storage  and  rapid  transport, 
the  export  trade  for  such  fruits  as  will  bear  ship- 
ment must  be  an  expanding  one. 

Bananas  do  remarkably  well  In  Queensland, 
where  there  Is  a  practically  unlimited  field 
adapted  for  their  culture.  Scrub  lands — cleared 
at  a  cost  of  £i  lo/-  to  £2  an  acre — can  be  planted, 
without  ploughing,  and  will  produce  fruit  In  ten 
or  twelve  months.  It  Is  by  no  means  difficult  to 
become  a  tropical  culturlst  In  this  beneficent  land. 
A  banana  plantation  Is  at  Its  best  in  three  years, 
and  its  average  life  Is  about  ten.  The  cultivation 
of  this  valuable  food  plant  requires  little  labour, 


Papaw  Tree 


while  the  harvest,  under  good  conditions.  Is  re- 
markable— 25  to  30  dozen  fruit  sometimes  grow- 
ing on  one  bunch  in  rich  new  soil. 

Queensland,  according  to  experts,  grows  the 
finest  pineapples  in  the  world.  The  culture  of 
this  fruit  Is  entirely  in  the  open,  no  shelter  being 
given  the  plants  as  In  Florida  and  other  countries. 
It  Is  practically  immune  from  disease,  requires  no 
specially  rich  soil,  and  bears  two  main  crops  a 
year. 

From  the  Brisbane  district — where  there  arc 
bearing  plants  40  years  old — the  pine  has  spread 
all  over  the  eastern  coast,  and  its  cultivation  Is 
increasing  rapidly. 

Fifteen  tons  to  the  acre  is  not  an  unusual  crop 
for  Queensland  plantations.  I'he  fruit  can  be 
sold  for  £3  to  ,£4  a  ton  at  a  profit.  The  average 
weight  for  smooth-leaved  varieties  is  6  to  8  lbs., 
but  14  and  16  lb.  pineapples  are  not  unknown  In 
the  fertile  North.  The  canning  of  this  fruit  on  a 
large  scale  Is  an  industry  capable  of  great 
development. 

The  mango  is  another  valuable  tropical  fruit 
which  grows  profusely  everywhere  outside  the 
region  of  frost  in  coastal  Queensland.  Full- 
bearing  trees  may  be  seen  along  the  roadsides  and 
through  the  bush,  sprung  from  chance  seeds.  This 
beautiful  and  prolific  tree,  whose  branches  some- 
times have  a  spread  of  60  feet,  will  crop  as  much 
as  two  tons  of  delicious  fruit  in  one  season — 
which  at  present  Is  mostly  wasted,  or  concerted 
into  food  for  domestic  animals. 

Papaws — which  cure  dyspepsia — granadillas, 
cocoanuts,  delicately-flavoured  passion  fruit,  cus- 
tard apples — all  these  coastal  Queensland  grows 
in  utter  abundance.  In  some  districts  the  guava 
has  actually  become  a  pest  to  settlers ! 

In  fine,  tropical  fruits  and  fibres  of  highest  com- 
mercial value  can  be  produced  on  the  coast  with 
less  difficulty  than  attends  their  growth  in  most 
other  parts  of  the  world,  and  with  higher  per- 
centages of  result. 

Deciduous  fruits  flourish  on  the  coastal  table- 
lands. Their  cultivation  is  rapidly  Increasing  at 
Stanthorpe  and  elsewhere.  The  peach  In  Queens- 
land remains  profitable  for  a  much  longer  period 
than  In  California,  Its  roots  keeping  sound  for  the^L 
full  lifetime  of  the  tree.  Full-bearing  trees  pro-^F 
duce  as  much  as  a  thousand  pounds'  weight  of  fine 
fruit. 

A  surprise  which  Australia  held  in  store  for 
people  who  had  always  associated  the  cultivation 
of  the  strawberry  with  temperate  climates,  has 
been  the  wonderful  success  of  this  fruit  In  Queens- 
land. 

Southern  markets  arc  now  being  supplied  with 
magnificent  strawberries  at  a  time  when  local 
plants  are  hardly  in  flower. 


QUEEN    OF    11  IE    NOKIII 


4 '3 


Orchard,  Bedland  Bay 


The  Department  of  Agriculture  takes  a 
paternal  interest  in  the  orchardist,  who  finds 
cheap  land  available  for  any  kind  of  orchard  he 
may  decide  to  plant. 

Unlike  Florida  and  other  great  fruit-growing 
districts  in  the  United  States,  the  widespread 
orchard  lands  of  Queensland  are  not  subject  to 
those  killing  frosts  which  have  caused  such  tre- 
mendous losses  to  fruitgrowers. 

In  the  tropical  northern  coast,  frosts  are  quite 
unknown,    and   the   most   delicate  plants   can   be 
grown  in  certainty. 

More  remar':able  is  the  fact  that, in  conjunction 
with  these  ideal  conditions  for  tropical  culture, 
the  climate  is  one  of  the  healthiest  in  the  world, 
free  from  those  epidemics  and  fevers  and  pros- 
trating temperatures  which  handicap  life  for 
Europeans  elsewhere. 

Three  species  of  citrus  fruit  are  indigenous  to 
the  State;  which  is  a  sufficient  guarantee  that  the 
soil  and  climate  are  suitable  for  the  successful 
cultivation  of  the  orange  and  lemon. 

After  a  long  experience  in  the  citrus  fruit  dis- 
tricts of  America,  Mr.  Benson  says:- — ■ 
IJ^B    "The    country    adjoining    the    eastern    sea- 

lioard,  extending  from  the  Tweed  River  in  the 

South  to  Cooktown  in  the  North — -a  distance 
||Bpf  about  iioo  miles,  and  extending  inland  for 

nearly    loo   miles — is   naturally    suited    to    the 

growth  of  citrus  fruits,  and  there  is  probably 

Ko  country  in  the  world  that  is  better  adapted 


to,  or  that  can  produce  the  various  kinds  of 
these  fruits  to  greater  perfection  or  with  less 
trouble,  than  this  portion  of  Queensland. 
There  are  hundreds  of  thousands  of  acres  of 
land  in  this  area  in  which  the  soil  and  natural 
conditions  are  eminently  suited  to  the  growth  of 
citrus  fruit,  and  in  which  the  tenderest  varieties 
of  these  fruits  may  be  grown  to  perfection  with- 
out the  slightest  chance  of  their  being  injured 
by  frost;  and  where  the  natural  rainfall  is  such 
that,  provided  the  trees  receive  ordinary  care 
and  cultivation,  there  is  seldom  any  necessity 
for  artificial  irrigation.  At  the  present  time 
there  are  hundreds  of  citrus  trees  growing  prac- 
tically wild  in  different  parts  of  the  coastal 
country  that  are  in  vigorous  health  and  pro- 
ducing heaxy  crops  of  good  fruit,  even  though 
they  are  uncultivated,  unpruned,  unmanured, 
and  have  to  hold  their  own  against  a  vigorous 
growth  of  native  and  introduced  shrubs,  trees, 
and  weeds. 

"We  have  a  better  and  richer  soil  than 
I'lorida,  requiring  far  less  expensive  arti- 
ficial fertilisers  to  maintain  its  fertility.  We 
can  grow  equally  as  good  fruit;  in  fact, 
it  is  questionable  if  F'lorida  ever  pro- 
duced a  citrus  fruit  equal  in  quality  to  the 
Beauty  of  Glen  Retreat  mandarin,  a  Queens- 
land production.  We  get  as  heavy,  if  not 
heavier,  crops,  and  our  trees  come  into  bearing 
very  early.     We  have  no  freeze-outs  similar  to 


414 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


those  which  have  crippled  the  Industry  in 
Florida  so  severely  in  the  past  that  many  of 
their  wealthy  growers  are  actually  covering  in 
whole  orchards  of  many  acres  in  extent  as  a 
protection  from  frost.  If  it  pays  the  Florida 
growers  to  go  to  all  this  expense  in  order  to 
prevent  freeze-outs  and  to  produce  first-class 
fruit,  surely  we  can  compete  with  them  when  a 
seed  stuck  in  the  right  soil  under  favourable 
conditions  will  produce  a  strong,  vigorous, 
healthy  tree,  bearing  good  crops  without  any 
attention  whatever. 


be  carefully  irrigated  and  manured,  as  these 
operations  are  found  to  be  essential  to  the  pro- 
duction of  marketable  fruit. 

"These  few  instances  show  how  favourably 
the  conditions  prevailing  in  Queensland  com- 
pare with  those  of  the  great  citrus-growing  dis- 
tricts of  Europe  and  America,  especially  in  the 
matter  of  soil  and  climate,  and  I  feel  confident 
that,  if  the  industry  were  taken  up  in  the  same 
business-like  manner  that  it  has  been  done  in 
California  and  Florida,  we  could  easily  hold 
our  own  against  any  part  of  the  world." 


Lemon  Trees,  Yeppoou,  Central  Queensland 


"In  comparing  Queensland  with  the  citrus- 
producing  districts  of  Southern  Europe,  we 
have  the  advantage  of  better  and  cheaper  land, 
absence  of  frost,  more  vigorous  growth,  earlier 
maturity  of  the  trees,  and  superior  fruit. 

"As  compared  with  California,  our  soil  is 
no  better  than  theirs,  but  it  costs  much  less,  and 
their  citrus  industry  is  dependent  on  artificial 
irrigation,  their  natural  rainfall  being  alto- 
gether inadequate  for  the  growth  of  citrus 
fruits. 

"In  Jaffa,  also,  where  the  oranges  are  of 
large  size  and  extra  quality,  the  trees  have  to 


Strawberries  are  being  profitably  grown  along 
that  fertile  Eastern  coast  alongside  pineapples 
and  bananas ! 

The  olive  and  the  vine  will  ultimately  be  culti- 
vated in  certain  suitable  parts  of  Queensland, 
where  experimental  plantings  have  given  splendid 
results.  As  settlement  comes,  wine  and  raisins 
will  be  more  freely  grown  In  those  dry  sunny  dis- 
tricts of  the  West,  which  are  particularly  adapted 
for  their  production. 

When  Australia  ceases  to  import  all  her  cord- 
age, there  will  be  a  field  in  the  North  for  the  cul- 


QUEEN    OF   THE    NORTH 


415 


tivation  of  sisal  hemp  and  other  fibrous  plants. 
Sisal,  being  a  drought-resisting  plant,  can  be 
safely  grown  on  poorer  lands  with  low  rainfall. 
It  is  a  plant  particularly  adapted  for  family  settle- 
ment. 


Sleepers  leaving  Landsborough  for  Africa  and  India 

From  these  facts  it  will  be  seen  that  Northern 
fruit-growing  is  capable  of  enormous  extension, 
that  the  State  offers  unlimited  openings  for 
orchardists,  and  that,  comparatively  speaking,  a 
minimum  of  either  labour  or  capital  will  ensure 
a  maximum  return. 

Gold  is  in  the  very  soil  of  Queensland;  not  only 
is  it  to  be  found  at  various  depths  in  the  mines, 
but  on  the  surface  of  the  earth. 

It  was  once  believed  that  only  a  relatively 
small  area  was  arable;  now  it  is  known  that  the 
whole  State  has  agricultural  values,  some  of  them 
among  the  highest  in  the  world. 

Similarly,  profitable  dairy  farming  in  Queens- 
land was  once  classed  among  the  impossibilities. 

With   seventy-seven    factories   on    the   Downs, 

thirty-three   in   the   iMoreton,    and   fifteen   in   the 

Wide  Bay  and  Burnett  district,  it  is  evident  that 

_    this  industry  also  has  d  future  in  the  North. 

I        In  1890  the  whole  State  only  produced  a  little 

over  nine  hundred  tons  of  butter  and  76  tons  of 

m    cheese. 

'  Twenty  years  later,  in  19 10,  the  annual  pro- 
duction stood  at  13,955  tons  of  butter  and  1851 
tons  of  cheese — Queensland  had  been  converted 
from  an  import  to  an  export  country,  her  surplus 

;  for  that  year  amounting  to  nearly  a  million 
pounds  sterling  in  value.  Tn  1914,  37,230,240 
lbs.  of  butter,  and  7,931,869  lbs.  of  cheese,  and 
^>967)486  lbs.  of  condensed  milk  were  produced. 
Bacon  raising,  which  may  be  regarded  as  the 
profitable  by-product  of  dairy  farming,  the  same 
year  increased  by  25  per  cent. 

H  By  this   time   London   buyers   had  learned   to 

■I 


appreciate  the  flavour  of  Queensland  cheese,  and 
her  dairy  products  were  becoming  well  and 
favourably  known  in  South  Africa  and  adjacent 
Asia,  where  demands  for  the  products  of  North- 
ern Australia  will  certainly  increase. 

Queensland  is  the  greatest  beef-cattle  raising 
country  in  the  Commonwealth;  the  major  part 
of  her  territory  is  still  devoted  to  pastoral  indus- 
tries, which  are  fully  dealt  with  in  other  sections 
of  this  book.  SuflScient  to  say  here  that  the  wool 
clip  for  1 9 14  was  worth  six  and  three-quarter 
million  pounds,  and  the  meat  products  (includ- 
ing bacon  and  hams)  over  six  and  a  half  million 
pounds  sterling.  The  State  breeds  thousands  of 
magnificent  horses  of  all  types,  of  which  large 
shipments  are  sent  to  Asia  every  year.  If  native 
pastures  are  rich  and  wide  enough,  countries  suf- 
ficiently mild,  and  water  plentiful  enough  to  sus- 
tain and  fatten  millions  of  beef-cattle,  it  seems 
reasonable  that  milch  cattle  shall  also  find  a  habi- 
tat throughout  her  generous  territory. 

Theory  is  supported  by  fact.  Not  only  does 
the  high-grade  quality  of  Queensland  dairy  pro- 
ducts command  top  price  in  the  London  and  Con- 
tinental markets,  but  when  samples  are  exhibited 


Olive  Trees,  Westbrook 

at  the  leading  British  and  foreign  shows,  they 
have  invariably  secured  first  honours  against  all 
other  competitors. 

From  the  Darling  Downs — once  the  only  dis- 
trict in  which  dairying  was  established — it  has 
spread  to  the  Logan,  Maranoa,  and  Blackall,  and 
the  Central  and  Northern  parts  of  the  State. 

The  Atherton  tableland  is  likely  to  come  en- 
tirely within  the  dairy  farming  sphere.  It  has,  on 
its  higher  levels,  a  climate  equivalent  to  that  of 
the  Darling  Downs,  with  a  much  heavier  and 
more  certain  rainfall. 

With  lucerne,  paspalum,  sorghum,  and  Rhodes 
grass  growing  freely,  as  they  will  do  over  thou- 


4i6 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


sands  of  square  miles  in  Queensland,  the  fortunes 
of  dairy  farmers  are  doubly  assured. 

Keen  rivalry  has  sprung  up  among  Queensland 
breeders  of  dairy  cattle  during  the  last  decade, 
which  has  greatly  reacted  upon  the  industry. 
Queensland  milk  tests  show  high  results — 2^ 
gallons,  containing  3.6  per  cent,  of  butter  fat,  will 
produce  i  lb.  of  commercial  butter. 

£100  a  month  is  not  an  unusual  milk  cheque  for 
a  Queensland  dairy  farmer. 

It  is  officially  proclaimed  that  the  State  Lands 
Department  has  large  areas  of  splendid  dairying 
country,  in  various  acreages,  open  for  selection 
in  the  Wide  Bay,  Burnett,  Blackall,  Central,  and 
Cairns  districts  at  prices  ranging  from  10  -  an 
acre  upwards.  The  terms  of  payments  extend 
over  20  years;  the  deposit  is  the  first  year's  rent 
and  one-fifth  of  the  survey  fees,  and  the  annual 
rental  is  one-fortieth  of  the  purchasing  price. 

Crown  Land  for  the  dairy  farmer  is  available 
in  Wide  Bay  and  Burnett  districts,  close  to  the 
railway  line. 

Its  average  price  is  30/-  per  acre.  Butter  fac- 
tories are  accessible. 

Atherton  and  Herberton  Crown  lands,  adjoin- 
ing the  railway  system  and  within  easy  distance 
of  butter  factories,  can  be  had  for  £2  an  acre. 
Blackall  lands  have  adjacent  railways  and  fac- 
tories, and  range  in  price  from  £2  upwards. 

In  the  Central  Districts,  particularly  around 
Gladstone,  some  good  dairying  country  is  open 
for  selection  from  the  State  at  from  20/-  an  acre 
upwards,  according  to  its  proximity  to  the  rail- 
way. 

When  (he  Great  Western  and  Main  North 
Coast  lines  arc  opened  for  traffic,  large  areas  of 


lands  suitable  for  dairying  will  be  brought  into 
the  radius  of  transport.  These  are  to  be  made 
available  for  closer  settlement  by  the  Lands  De- 
partment. 

There  are  at  the  present  time  nearly  four  and 
a  half  million  acres  of  Crown  land  suitable  for 
dairy  and  general  farming  available  for  selection 
in  various  parts  of  Queensland,  on  exceptionally 
easy  terms.  . 

Advances  from  the  Agricultural  Bank  may  be 
obtained  on  similar  conditions  to  those  which 
have  been  quoted  in  regard  to  small  sugar 
growers  requiring  capital. 

Any  man  of  ordinary  energy  and  intelligence, 
with  two  or  three  hundred  pounds'  capital,  can 
commence  as  a  dairy  farmer  in  Queensland  with 
every  prospect  of  success.  Some  of  the  men  who 
are  lifting  their  £50  to  £100  monthly  milk  cheques 
began  with  less. 

The  share-farming  system  has  also  been  intro- 
duced into  some  parts  of  this  State,  and  will 
doubtless  extend  as  settlement  increases. 

Irrigation  and  ensilage  are  being  added  as  artl 
ficial  aids  to  these  natural  advantages  which  the 
Northern  agriculturist  enjoys.  With  the  general 
application  of  water  and  storage  of  fodder,  the 
last  elements  of  uncertainty  will  be  removed  from 
closer  settlement  propositions,  and  still  more 
scientific  farming  will  bring  still  greater  results. 

Where  irrigation  has  already  been  attempted 
■ — in  the  Lower  Burdekin  district  for  cane  grow- 
ing; on  P'airymead  and  Bingera  sugar  plantations, 
at  (jatton  Agricultural  College,  and  by  some  of 
the  western  bores,  the  results  have  satisfactorily 
proved  that  the  principle  can  be  profitably  ex- 
tended, particularly  on  the  tableland  and  coast. 


11 


Gatton   Agricultural   College 


Central  Railway  Station,  Brisbane 


THE  TRAIL  OF  THE  TROPICS. 


IjN  the  spring  of  1912,  the  writer  was  return- 
ing, via  Brisbane,  from  Northern  Australia. 
To  thoroughly  appreciate  the  glory  of  Aus- 
tralia one  ought  to  come  South  with  the  spring; 
to  follow  in  the  season's  footsteps  from  tropical 
to  temperate  latitudes  and  experience  all  its 
changing  effects. 

After  being  away  from  Australia  for  a  time, 
;  it  was  good  to  drift  down  from  Asia  and  see  the 
Northern  Territory  awakening  to  intense  tropical 
life  at  the  end  of  its  brief  winter;  to  steam  along 
the  Barrier  in  the  wake  of  spring;  and  then,  to 
catch  that  blessed  sun-maiden  in  the  fulness  of  her 
blushes  at  Brisbane. 

Very  lovable  seemed  our  quieter  Southern 
landscapes  after  gorgeous  pictures  of  Orient. 

On  a  cool  Queensland  morning  one  entered  a 
comfortable  train — all  the  passengers  speaking 
English — and,  crossing  the  Brisbane  River,  came 
all-at-once  into  open  spaces. 

Fresh  from  long  journeys  in  crowded  Asia, 
where  the  train  passes  from  squalid  suburbs  of 
one  city  to  squalid  suburbs  of  another — villages, 
houses  and  people  in  between — the  unoccupied 
and  undeveloped  aspect  of  all  Northern  Australia 
made  forcible  contrasts. 

But  it  was  Australia  in  one  of  her  most  beauti- 
ful aspects.  First  came  Ipswich,  a  little  city  in 
purple  and  gold,  for  jacarandas  and  silky  oaks 
were  all  in  bloom;  then  the  railway  line  began  to 
mount,   by   a    series   of    remarkable    angles    and 


k 


grades,  to  'J'oowoomba.  I  lerc  the  air  is  quite 
cool  even  in  late  October,  and  people  have  fresh 
natural  colour  in  their  faces!  Surely  this  is  a 
European  country! 

Then  roll  out  the  Darling  Downs,  high,  fertile, 
black-soil  plateaux,  covered  with  the  glamor  of 
spring. 

Frequent  watercourses,  fields  of  lucerne,  fat 
stock — prosperity  shines  over  a  landscape 
through  which  the  train  travels  rapidly  until  late 
afternoon. 

Then  come  the  orchards  of  Stanthorpe,  where 
English,  fruit  trees  are  laden  with  promise.  Here 
old  alluvial  workings  lie  under  grey  granite  hills 
— mounds  of  dead  activities  with  tall  monuments 
above  them. 

The  shades  of  evening  are  falling  in  deep 
gorges  at  Wallan-garra,  where  the  break  of 
gauge  enforces  a  change  to  the  wider  carriages  of 
the  Mother  State. 

Night  settles  down  over  the  mountains  of  New 
England.  There  is  an  inward  satisfaction  in  the 
knowledge  that  one  is  coming  back  to  explore 
Queensland  next  winter. 


From  Mt.  Kosciusko  to  Melbourne  and  back 
to  Sydney  within  a  week  was  the  preliminary 
journey. 

Then,  on  a  Saturday  evening  in  July,  I  checked 
my  baggage  for  Brisbane  and  took  my  seat  in  an 


417 


Al 


4i8 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


General  View  of  Brisbane,  the  Metropolis, 


old  Standard  Pullman  car  that  bore  my  allotted 
sleeping  berth  number. 

After  a  good  dinner  at  Newcastle  we  turned  in 
under  extra  rugs  and  wakened  at  Glen  Innes  for 
breakfast. 

At  Wallan-garra  the  inter-State  passengers 
amused  themselves  watching  the  transfer  of  mails 
from  one  baggage  car  to  another.  Those  mail 
baskets  bore  many  labels — Nagasaki,  Yokahama, 
Ipswich,  Cairns,  Mareeba — verily  we  were 
Northward  bound. 

As  the  train  dived  into  rough  mountain 
ranges  we  saw  the  wattle's  burning  gold  gleaming 
against  a  darker  background  of  eucalyptus  forest. 
Its  perfume  was  wafted  in  through  our  carriage 
windows.  Queensland  wore  flowers  of  welcome 
in  her  hair  that  sunny  July  morning. 

With  the  coming  of  afternoon  we  broke  out  on 
to  the  emerald  Downs,  still  rich,  fertile  and  shin- 
ing with  prosperity. 

We  were  given  roast  turkey  and  plum-nudding 
for  dinner  in  the  Railway  Refreshment  Rooms  at 
Toowoomba.  The  long  journey  ended  by  9.40 
p.m.  at  the  Central  Station  in  Brisbane. 

As  I  went  to  bed  at  Lennon's  Hotel  that  night 
the  air  seemed  sweet  with  the  subtle  odor  of  some 
tropical  flower.  I  looked  out  of  the  window  and 
saw  the  electric  light  glowing  on  the  dark  leaves 


of  a  papaw  tree  growing  in  the  courtyard  below. 

A  week  before  I  had  looked  out  of  my  bed- 
room window  in  the  Hotel  Kosciusko  to  see  the 
moonlight  gleaming  over  a  landscape  deeply 
covered  in  dazzling  snow.  I  woke  with  the 
Queensland  sun  shining  and  a  rattle  of  earlyj 
electric  cars.  1 

Brisbane  is  a  hearty  place.      If    there    is    any 
poverty  among  its  161,938  inhabitants  the  appear- j 
ances  of  the  North  must  be  singularly  deceptive. 

Everyone  seems  well-dressed  and  contented  »n 
this  Summer  City. 

The  prices  of  all  commodities  compare  favor-* 
ably  with  those  of  Southern  Australia.  Situated 
about  20  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  Brisbane 
River,  the  city  wharves  are  still  capable  of  berth- 
ing vessels  of  over  ten  thousand  tons.  In  19 14-15 
the  value  of  oversea  export  and  import  trade  for 
the  port  of  Brisbane  was  considerably  over 
fourteen  and  a  quarter  millions  sterling. 

Wood-paved  streets,  electric  tramways,  hand- 
some public  and  commercial  buildings,  banks,  fins 
shops,  factories,  frequent  parks.  Botanic  gardens, 
good  hotels,  libraries,  museums,  churches,  col- 
leges, hospitals,  docks,  markets,  theatres,  clubs, 
cafes,  racecourses,  baths,  and  recreation  grounds, 
make  Brisbane  a  modern  city,  despite  the  fact  that 
fifty  years   ago   its   population   was   less   than  a 


THE   TRAIL   OF   THE   TROPICS 


419 


From  the  Observatory 


I 


thousand  people.  Winter  in  Brisbane  is  delight- 
ful. Each  year  a  greater  number  of  southern 
people  go  north  to  enjoy  the  blue  skies  and  balmy 
iiir  of  this  City  of  the  Palms,  where  in  July 
fruit-shop  windows  display  strawberries  and 
custard  apples,  and  adjacent  beaches  are  not  too 
cold  for  open-air  bathing. 


The  Director  of  the  Intelligence  and  Tourist 
Bureau  had  been  instructed  to  prepare  a  compre- 
hensive itinerary;  the  Chief  of  Police  would  give 
mc  an  open  letter  to  his  officers  in  the  Back  Coun- 
try. The  heads  of  other  departments,  Mines, 
i/ands,  Agriculture,  would  all  put  me  in  the  way 
)f  official  information.  It  looked  like  a  busy  time 
ahead.  But,  as  in  other  States,  the  interest 
which  everyone  seemed  to  display  in  Australia 
I'nlivi'Ucd,  the  universal  kindness  and  courtesy 
extended  to  its  author,  the  patriotic  desire  to  assist 
its  mission,  lightened  the  tedium  of  constant  travel, 
and  made  the  pursuit  of  facts  a  pleasure. 

Brethren  of  the  metropolitan  and  provincial 
press  proffered  information  concerning  the 
country,  issued  introductions,  indicated  author- 
ities. The  (jovernment  Geologist  gave  a  whole 
morning  to  summarising  the  physical  features  of 
Queensland — with  emphasis  on  its  varied  mineral 


resources.  1  he  Under  Secretaries  for  lands, 
Mines,  Agriculture,  and  the  Director  of  Educa- 
tion, submitted  to  exhausting  interviews.  The 
Director  of  the  Bureau  of  Intelligence  and  his 
staff  gave  one  the  impression  that  the  chief  delight 
of  their  lives  lay  in  serving  the  aims  of  itinerant 
authors.  The  bluff  Government  printer  cheer- 
fully overhauled  his  library  of  official  literature. 
The  Secretary  of  the  Sugar-Growers'  Association 
wrote  out  a  sheaf  of  personal  introductions  to 
sugar-growers  and  mill-managers  in  the  North. 
The  secretary  of  the  Pastoralists'  Association  pre- 
sented statistics  and  reports.  Busy  commercial 
men  expatiated  on  the  stability  of  various  indus- 
tries— everywhere  there  was  staunch  faith  in 
Queensland's  future,  a  fixed  belief  that  it  would 
yet  prove  the  richest  State  in  the  Commonwealth. 

With  a  three  months'  pass  and  open  authority 
to  explore  this  vast  territory,  one  felt  like 
Pizarro  must  have  done  when  he  landed  in  Peru. 

Through  subsequent  pages  we  will  look  at  some 
of  the  foundations  on  which  Queensland  builds 
her  optimism. 

In  1909  the  Northern  State  celebrated  her 
jubilee. 

Fifty  years  of  self-government  had  filled  her 
history  with  fine  achievement. 


420 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


The  University,  Brisbane 


Since  1909  she  has  added  tresh  conquests  to 
her  previous  records  of  victory  in  the  shape  of 
ports  and  railroads,  in  the  opening  up  of  new 
districts,  inauguration  of  industries,  the  carrying 
out  of  public  works. 

With  a  coastline  of  between  two  and  three 
thousand  miles,  and  an  area  of  670,500  square 
miles — three  times  the  size  of  France — there  is 
ample  scope  for  the  activities  of  less  than  700,000 
people. 

As  a  first  proof  of  the  State's  richness,  let  the 
reader  realise  that  these  680,446  inhabitants — 
about  the  same  population  as  the  city  of  Sydney — 
after  50  years'  growth,  owned  as  a  public  asset  in 
19 1 6,  no  less  than  5,407  miles  of  railway. 

One  need  only  look  at  the  people  in  Brisbane 
streets  to  see  that  it  is  a  good  country.  There  is 
a  general  air  of  well-dressed  independence  about 
the  metropolitan  community,  which  one  does  not 
find  outside  Australia. 

Native  Queenslanders  are  tall  and  tanned  by 
comparison  with  southern  Australians.  But  there 
is  nothing  anaemic  or  unhealthy  about  them. 
Queensland's  death  rate  per  1,000  Is  only  10.96 
— one  of  the  lowest  in  the  world.  The  birth-rate 
Is  the  highest  In  the  world — 29.46  per  1000. 


Here  again  irresistible  scientific  proof  coiitrtet 
diets  another  popular  error.  -'' 

Queensland  has  been  painted  as  a  perennially 
hot  country,  possessing  the  least  healthy  of  Aus- 
tralian climates,  whereas  its  death-rate  is  not  as 
high  as  Victoria,  12.23;  o""  Canada,   14.0. 

Its  climate,  instead  of  being  universally  hot 
and  trying,  varies  from  temperate  to  cool.  It  is 
only  along  the  northern  littoral,  during  certain 
months,  that  they  approximate  in  severity  to  the 
tropical  climates  of  other  countries. 

Dense,  unhealthy  heat  such  as  one  experiences 
In  the  tropics  of  Asia,  Africa,  Central  America, 
the  East  and  West  Indies,  does  not  exist  in  any 
part  of  Australia ! 

From  south  to  north  the  State  extends  about 
1,200  miles.  All  the  way  along,  at  a  short  dis- 
tance from  the  coast,  the  Main  Range  is  a  factor 
In  the  determination  of  climate.  As  far  north  as 
the  Atherton  Tableland,  the  compensations  of 
neighbouring  highlands  exist  for  future  dwellers 
on  the  coast, — a  lucky  dispensation  of  Nature, 
which  will  make  the  "White  Australia"  policy 
easier  for  Queensland. 

West  of  the  Main  Range  the  Great  Plains, 
which  slope  away  to  the  borders  of  South  Austra- 


THE   TRAIL  OF   THE   TROPICS 


421 


lia  and  the  Territory,  have  an  average  elevation 
of  about  700  feet,  and  enjoy  one  of  the  most 
glorious  winter  climates  in  the  world.  Within 
her  borders  the  Northern  State  grows  all  manner 
of  agricultural  products — from  rye  to  cocoanuts. 


It  is  very  pleasant  to  sit  out  in  the  refreshment 
rooms  at  these  gardens  on  a  cane  chair,  dew 
glistening  on  green  lace-edged  palms  and  the 
freshness  of  morning  around  you,  and  attack  this 
luscious  fruit  as  a  prelude  to  breakfast. 


Produce  Markets,  Roma  Street,  Brisbane 


In  the  beautiful  Brisbane  Botanical  gardens  oi.e 
sees  the  coral  tree  and  the  rose  flowering  side  by 
side.  The  palms  that  wave  so  gracefully  at  the 
entrance  to  Parliament  House,  cannot  be  accepted 
as  typical  of  the  electorates  which  are  represented 
inside — for  wheat  at  Roma  and  apples  at  Stan- 
fhorpe  are  flourishing  equally  well. 

The  writer  confesses  that  he  likes  Queensland 
best  in  her  most  tropical  expressions.  There  is  a 
note  in  the  soft  north-easter  as  it  blows  along  the 
Great  Barrier,  rustling  the  fruiting  palm  trees 
and  the  sugar-cane,  which  is  not  found  in  any 
other  Australian  symphony. 

The  palm  and  the  bamboo  in  the  gardens  seem 
most  at  home.  In  Brisbane  the  southerner 
learns  for  the  first  time  the  luxury  of  custard 
;ipples. 


Its  soft,  green  rind  encloses  a  white,  juicy  pulp 
in  sections,  some  of  which  cover  black  seeds — 
bigger  than  those  of  the  sunflower. 

Most  of  the  custard  apple  is  fruit,  and  fruit  of 
a  flavour  which  no  epicure  will  condemn. 

To  get  the  atmosphere  of  tropical  Australia 
one  may  very  correctly  eat  custard  apples  in  Bris- 
bane Botanical  Gardens  before  breakfast. 

Here  are  palms,  sunlight  and  green  trees  along 
the  river's  bank.  If  the  Irish  constable  on  patrol 
is  in  good  conversational  mood  he  will  stop  and 
talk  about  Western  Queensland.  In  the  richest 
of  Kerry  brogues,  he  proclaims  Australia  to  be 
the  finest  country  on  earth  and  Thargomindah  in 
Western  Queensland,  where  he  had  spent  seven 
years,  the  finest  part  of  it. 


422 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


i 


Yet  Thargomindah  is  thought  to  be  desert  in 
some  parts  of  Australia  ! 

In  the  past,  distance  lent  not  enchantment,  but 
error  to  the  v'iew.  Much  of  the  desert  report  has 
been  uttered  with  intention — people  who  had 
found  good  country,  wanted  to  keep  it  to  them- 


Avenue  of  Palms,  Botanical  Gardens,  Brisbane 


selves  for  mercenary  reasons — and  for  the  rest 
when  nothing  definite  was  known  about  some  part_ 
of  the  interior  it  was  classed  as  "desert." 

The  "Barcaldine  Desert"  is  now  regarded  as 
a  good  closer-settlement  proposition. 

Men  who  have  owned  land  in  the  Argentine 
say  that  the  finest  pastoral  lands  in  the  world  are 
those  of  Western  Queensland.  Men  who  have 
gone  out  from  Cloncurry  to  Croydon  found  to 
their  surprise  that  they  were  travelling  through 
emerald  pastures,  where  they  had  always  expected 
to  find  drought-stricken  wastes. 

After  months  of  constant  travel  over  Queens- 
land North  and  West,  an  itinerary  covering 
thousands  of  miles,  the  author  has  failed  to  dis- 
cover even  fifty  square  miles  which  might  be 
classed  as  desert.  If  it  were  possible  to  make 
a  complete  analytical  comparison,  it  would, 
he  believes,  be  found  that  this  State  contains  a 


greater  proportion  of  rich  land  to  its  entire  area 
than  can  be  found  anywhere  else.  ^bl 

loe   ■ 


1| 


From  Jardine's  homestead,  standing  in  its  sha 
of  palms  under  Cape  York,  to  the  sugar  phmtaj 
tions  of  the  Tweed,  what  a  coastline! 

From  Rockhampton  to  Boulia,  what  a  billow 
of  mountain  and  sweep  of  plain ! 

No  man  can  compute  the  riches  of  the 
429,120,000  acres  that  are  contained  within  those 
boundaries. 

rhe  Queenslander  of  to-day  tells  you  with 
pardonable  pride  that  his  imports  for  twelve 
months  are  valued  at  seven  and  a  half  millions  of 
money,  and  his  exports  at  nine  and  a  quarter 
millions,  that  his  cattle  number  five  and  a  quarter 
millions,  and  his  sheep  twenty-one  millions. 


Date  Palms,   Barcaldine 


He  will  call  your  attention  to  the  fact  that 
has  already  constructed  5,407  miles  of  public  andiH 
private     railroad;     that     he     has     another     ^2C, 
miles  in  course  of    construction    and     1,554  anc 
more  miles  approved. 

But  when  the  population  has  increased  to  th^ 
50  millions  of  people  that  Queensland  could  sue 


THE   TRAIL   OF  THE   TROPICS 


423 


Leaving  Brisbane  for  Northern  Ports 


Hi 


port,  the  statistician  of  the  far  future  will  have 
colossal  calculations  before  him.  Long  before 
the  State  holds  five  million  inhabitants,  the  world 
will  know  that  it  is  perhaps  the  richest  territory 
der  the  sun. 


Let  us  leave  the  Capital  city  for  a  time  and  go 
forth  into  this  vast  undeveloped  land,  which  is 
bigger  than  the  combined  empires  of  Germany 
and  Austria,  and  little  less  in  area  than  European 
Russia 

The  old  Kyarra — most  stable  of  steamships 
— is  flying  her  "  blue  peter,"  by  one  of  the  Bris- 
bane wharves.  Heavy-limbed  stevedores  are 
storing  the  last  crates  and  packages  into  her  deep 
holds  as  we  mount  the  gangway.  The  dinner 
bugle  is  blown  just  as  the  vessel  casts  off  and 
begins  to  drop  very  slowly  down  the  muddy 
risbane  River. 

There  are  many  typical  Queensland  characters 
around  the  table.  One  notices  that  the  children 
on  board  are  darker-complexioned,  that  many  of 
the  women  are  sun-tanned.     Although  it  is  July 


k 


nobody  is  over-burdened  with  winter  clothing. 

Then  we  remember  the  ports  of  call — Rock- 
hampton,  Mackay,  Townsville,  and  Cairns,  and 
it  occurs  to  us  that  Bombay  and  Townsville  are  in 
the  same  latitude — north  and  south ! 

From  the  shady  side  of  the  deck  we  watch  com- 
fortable suburban  villas,  perched  up  on  piles,  drift 
slowly  past  our  vision. 

Golden  wattle,  bougainvillea,  and  tropical 
growths  surround  them.  The  distant  hills  are 
blue  with  a  blueness  unknown  to  Southern  eyes. 

We  pass  Cape  Moreton  in  the  gloaming.  The 
north-easter,  bride  of  afternoon,  ripples  greying 
seas.  The  lighthouse  is  getting  busy  already — 
darkness  follows  close  on  sunset  in  these  latitudes. 

There  is  something  indescribably  soft  and  com- 
forting in  the  day-fall  up  here.  Sunset  colours 
behind  the  Glasshouse  Mountains — those  tent- 
shaped  peaks  which  stand  out  so  conspicuously  on 
the  Northern  trail — set  one  thinking  of  lights  that 
fall  through  the  stained-glass  windows  of  ancient 
cathedrals.  Low.  woody  hills  are  outlined  against 
a  pale  saffron  sky;  the  beaches  of  Stradbroke 
Island  show  whitely,  while  the  rest  of  the  world 


424 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


is  fading  into  shadow — this  silent  coming  of 
Northern  night  is  delightful  in  all  its  details. 

As  we  lounge  on  deck — watching  a  sky  pow- 
dered with  stars,  listening  to  the  wash  of  the 
Pacific  against  the  Kyarra's  iron  bulk,  and  the 
steady  thumping  of  her  engines — a  map  of 
Queensland  is  outlined  in  imagination  before  us. 

Romantic  fancy  flies  ahead.  We  see  the 
long  coastline  of  a  thousand  miles,  that  will  face 
a    rising    sun    to-morrow    morning;  jungles    that 


North  for  Keppel  Bay — the  terminus  of  the  first 
of  those  great  East  and  West  railway  systems, 
which  will  protect  Queensland  from  centraliza- 
tion, and  allow  her  development  to  proceed 
evenly. 

As  night  falls,  we  see  Port  Alma  light  ahead. 
Port  Alma  is  right  on  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn. 
The  steamer  slows  down  to  await  the  midnight 
coming  of  the  stevedores  who  are  to  deal  with 
her  Rockhampton  cargo.    We  retire  to  our  berths 


i 

— =& — 

:Jd»..                       ^       .    . 

^ 

itKHi 

iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiin 

Cronin's  Artesian  Bore,  Barcaldine 


creep  down  to  the  water's  edge,  open  plains  cov- 
ered with  long  grasses,  forests  of  stunted  hard- 
wood, mouths  of  rivers,  mangrove  swamps,  coral 
reefs,  the  Great  Barrier,  the  thousands  of  islands 
that  lie  between  Cape  Sandy  and  Cape  York. 

We  see  the  canefields  of  Bundaberg;  all  the 
wealth  and  tilth  of  a  sub-tropical  coastland  as 
different  from  the  coast  between  (jabo  and 
(jlenelg  in  its  physical  features,  in  its  mode  of 
life,  and  in  the  outlook  of  its  population  as  Mon- 
treal is  different  from  Monterey. 

Next  day  is  Sunday.  Midwinter  weather — 
clear,  blue,  and  mild — makes  a  trip  to  the  North 
this  time  of  the  year  an  ever-remembered  delight. 

Sandy  Cape  goes  by — then  the  long,  low 
shores  of  Lady  Elliot  Island,  with  clumps  of 
trees  edging  white  beaches.  They  give  one  the 
impression  of  Australian  plains,  where  one  sees, 
across  a  wide,  level  landscape,  perhaps  a  single 
clump  of  timber  standing  up  conspicuously  on  the 
horizon. 

Flying  fishes  are  skimming  away  from  the 
Kyarra's  bows — a  reminder  of  warmer  seas. 

We  dawdle  past  the  mouth  of  the  splendid  har- 
bor  of    Port    Curtis,    and   bear    away.    East   by 


with  the  knowledge  that  to-morow  will  lind  us 
well  within  the  Tropics. 

A  golden  moon,  perfectly  orange-shaped, 
throws  a  glistening  lightway  over  the  calm  waters 
of  Capricorn;  sleep  comes  with  the  gentlest  roll 
of  a  steady  ship. 

Morning  brings  out  clearly  purple  hills  of  the 
Queensland  Coast,  beaches,  and,  above  all, 
islands. 

From  now  on  we  are  sailing  over  a  Sea  of 
Islands.  Flat  islets,  conical  islets,  islets  of  all 
shapes  and  areas.  Most  of  them  are  covered 
with  a  dense  tropical  vegetation.  Very  few  are 
inhabited,  and,  on  many,  no  one  has  ever  landed. 
They  are  the  haunts  of  birds.  Torres  Straits 
pigeons  at  night,  and  flying  foxes  in  the  daytime, 
find  them  a  safe  covert.  The  atolls  are  alive 
with  sea-birds. 

It  seems  as  if  some  lavish  hand  had  scattered 
emeralds  over  a  field  of  lapis  lazuli.  Perhaps 
a  yet  unworshipped  goddess,  playing  carelessly 
wit!;  her  gem  casket,  has  let  some  of  its  jewelled 
contents  slip  through  her  fingers. 

A  broad  riband  of  blue  velvet  winds  between 
our  ship  and  peaky  foreshores,  wherefrom  ascend 
sharp    pointed    ranges.      There    are    deep    bays 


THE   TRAIL   OF   THE   TROPICS 


425 


studded  with  little  islands  and  points  of  land  pre- 
ceded by  other  islands,  standing  like  outposts  to 
prevent  the  invasion  of  the  seas. 

Our  careful  passage  northward  lies  all  the 
way  between  these  thousand  islets  of  the  Barrier. 
The  ocean  is  constantly  calm.  It  remains  for 
hours  as  smooth  as  an  azure  shield.  Then,  in  re- 
sponse to  some  feathery  breeze,  it  shows,  for  a. 
morning  or  an  afternoon  hour,  little  wave-tops  of 
whipped  cream. 


The  Barrier  would  be  an  ideal  ground  for  a 
yachting  cruise.  There  are  little  sandy  bays  for 
safe  anchorages,  beaches  for  landing  places, 
green  seaward  slopes,  creeks  and  springs  of  fresh 
water.  Game,  oysters  and  fish  can  be  had  every- 
where. 

Golden  whiting  swim  over  the  sands  with 
every  tide.  Scarlet  snapper  haunt  the  seaward 
reefs;  red  bream  and  squire  the  shoreward 
bays. 


Sapphire  Fields,  Anakie  District 


Blues  and  delicate  greens  are  its  dominant 
colours.  It  sparkles  under  floods  of  cloudless  sun- 
light by  day;  at  night  it  is  a  sea  of  enchantment 
lit  by  a  magic  moon. 

Black-tipped  gulls  sail  softly  over  the  ship's 
wake,  or  aeroplane  ahead  of  her  bows.  The 
flying  fish,  with  spangled  wings,  arise  in  shoals. 

Close  under  a  high  island,  with  red  bluffs  fac- 
ing steeply  towards  the  Channel,  we  steam  slowly. 
This  island  slopes  away  gently  on  its  shoreward 
side.  Its  summit  is  covered  with  tall,  dark,  Nor- 
folk Island  pines. 

Many  of  these  islands — now  sleeping  idly  In 
the  coral  seas  of  Queensland — will  no  doubt 
some  day  be  profitably  occupied.  Some  of  them 
are  of  considerable  area  and  covered  with  rich- 
est soils.  On  others,  gold  and  other  minerals 
have  been  discovered. 


Gorgeously-colored  rock-cod  and  all  the  fishes 
of  warmer  seas  feed  in  and  out  of  wondrous 
marine  fields,  which  make  these  Barrier  waters 
the  daydream  of  young  zoologists. 

To  the  naturalist,  the  sportsman,  the  lover  of 
the  wonderful  and  beautiful  in  Nature,  the  Bar- 
rier is  an  everlasting  delight. 

Here  one  may  see  the  coral  insects'  marvellous 
work.  Here  one  may  gather  the  wealth  of  a 
tropic  sea — from  the  delicate  pearl  shell,  which 
has  caught  the  elusive  iridescent  glamor  of  its 
native  waters,  to  that  giant  clam,  which,  closing 
upon  the  foot  of  the  traditional  victim,  holds  him 
in  a  vice-like  grip,  until  he  is  slowly  drowned  by 
an  incoming  tide. 

Here  the  dugong  slowly  feeds.  At  the  mouths 
of    the     estuaries    one     shoots     alligators     and. 


426 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


along  the  coastlands,  wild  boars,  snipe,  quail, 
wild  ducks,  geese — the  sportsman's  larder  will 
be  varied  by  edible  game  of  many  species. 

Above  all  there  is  the  color,  the  life,  the  mys- 
tery of  a  coast  which  has  no  parallel  around 
the  margins  of  the  Seven  Seas.  The  Barrier  is 
unique,  tremendous,  illuminative,  a  crystallization 
of  all  that  has  made  the  South  Seas  a  field  for 
finest  description  and  most  fascinating  romance. 

Whether  one  is  watching  the  water  breaking 
in  a  thin,  white  line  over  some  hidden  reef;  or 
enjoying  the  varying  colors  of  deeps  and  shal- 
lows, there  is  an  ever-present  interest  interwoven 
with  the  changing  hours. 

If  you  would  get  a  mental  picture  of  the  Bar- 
rier, think  of  a  coast  whose  softened  outlines  are 
from  morn  to  night,  a  screen  for  the  play  of  pris- 
matic colors,  varying  from  the  tea-rose  pink  of 
earliest  dawn,  to  the  Oriental  patterns  of  a  sun- 
set beyond  which  one  dimly  sees  the  walls  of 
Heaven. 

Think  of  a  sea  as  blue  as  the  eyes  of  Rossetti's 
Blessed  Damozel,  as  blue  as  Anakie  sapphires,  as 
blue  as  Tyrian  beads,  or  the  mosaics  of  Byzan- 
tium, or  the  tiles  of  the  Alhambra — cornflower 
blue  at  midday,  turquoise  blue  in  the  even- 
ing, but  sometimes  pale  green  In  the  shallows 
and  blue-black  in  patches  where  glides  the  shadow 
of  a  passing  cloud ! 

Think  of  this  enchanted  sea,  fringed  on  its 
eastward  boundary  by  a  reef  of  coral  1,000  miles 
in  length,  with  only  two  or  three  known  openings 
through  which  a  ship  might  safely  pass! 

Think  of  it,  studded  from  North  to  South  with 
islands — islands  in  clustered  groups,  in  archipela- 
goes, in  tens,  and  twos  and  singles;  islands  keep- 
ing solitary  sentinel  over  a  wide  sea-plain;  tent- 
shaped  islands  standing  together  like  the  camp 
of  a  sea-caravan;  islands  strung  out  like  pearls  on 
a  queen's  necklace;  islands  scattered  like  golden 
coins  from  an  emperor's  hand;  islands  where 
waving  palms  beckon  from  white  beaches,  islands 
where  tall  pines  stand  like  grounded  spears  in 
a  hall  of  giants;  a  shower  of  islands  scattered  like 
raindrops  all  the  way  from  Capricorn  to  York; 
lighted  with  the  rainbow  and  sweetened  by  the 
wind  that  brings  the  showers. 

Think  of  the  Great  Untenanted  House,  of 
which  this  is  the  Front  Door — the  State  of 
Queensland,  represented  in  our  western  horizon 
as  we  sail  along  by  a  hazy  purple  line.  It  claims 
to  be  the  "Queen  State  of  the  Commonwealth," 
"a  paradise  for  willing  workers,"  "the  richest  un- 
peopled country  in  the  world."  It  calls  for  farm- 
ers, for  agricultural  laborers,  for  miners,  for 
domestic  servants,  for  men  accustomed  to  live- 
stock. It  offers  comfortable  homes  and  good 
livelihoods   for  steady,   energetic  people  such  as 


these — with  opportunities.  It  wants  men  with 
small  capital  accustomed  to  outdoor  life;  men 
without  capital  not  afraid  of  hard  work;  "young 
men  without  experience,  who  are  willing  to  take 
employment  while  they  learn  the  methods  of 
work  in  Queensland." 

There  it  lies,  with  Its  natural  wealth  yet  await- 
ing exploitation;  with,  to-day,  slightly  over  a  mil- 
lion of  its  429  million  acres  under  cultivation,  its 
minerals  yet  largely  unwon,  Its  richest  soils  un- 
tilled, — and  all  their  potential  harvests,  yet  to 
come! 

The  landllne  fades.  Presently  the  lights  of 
Flat  Top  show  abeam.  We  will  step  off  at 
Mackay — which  Is  a  little  less  than  half  way  to 
the  northernmost  point  of  Queensland,  and  the 
capital  of  a  splendid  district. 

Harbor  Improvements  are  being  effected  which 
will  ultimately  enable  seaward  passengers  to  land 
and  embark  under  pleasanter  conditions.  As  it  is, 
we  are  crowded — with  other  shoregoing  passen- 
gers and  their  luggage- — into  a  tossing  oil  launch. 
We  round  the  ship  and  leave  her  astern,  her  lights 
throwing  distorted  reflections  Into  the  water. 
The  moonlight  does  not  compensate  some  of  our 
nervous  lady  passengers  for  the  pitching  of  the 
little  tender :  but,  after  we  cross  the  bar  and  get 
Into  the  river,  even  mangroves  and  mud  banks 
seem  beautiful  In  the  silver  of  a  tropic  night. 

We  land  at  a  dark  wharf,  smelling  heavily  of 
sugar,  and  are  conveyed  in  a  crowded  cab  to  an 
excellent  hotel,  built  on  the  tropical  plan,  with 
wide  verandahs,  high  rooms,  and  castiron  ven- 
tilators to  keep  them  cool.  Everything  Is  clean 
and  orderly.  We  switch  off  our  electric  light  and 
sleep  under  a  couple  of  blankets.  In  comfort. 

The  morning  comes  clear  and  cool,  with  a 
strong  sea-breeze  blowing.  No  one  could  desire 
a  more  delightful  winter  climate  than  that  of 
Mackay.  The  prosperity  of  this  town  and  dis- 
trict Is  based  on  sugar.  Fourteen  years  ago  the 
writer  spent  some  time  here  studying  at  first 
hand  the  problem  of  White  Australia;  which  had 
not  then  received  legislative  attention  from  our 
Federal  Parliament.  In  fact,  the  actual  Federa- 
tion had  only  just  been  accomplished.  Queens- 
land was  looking  with  much  anxiety  to  the  future. 
Few  people  In  the  North  believed  then  that  the 
cultivation  of  sugar  could  be  profitably  under- 
taken without  colored  labor. 

Now  the  people  of  Mackay  seem  to  think 
that,  given  certain  conditions,  the  sugar  Industry 
can  better  be  carried  on  by  white  labor  alone. 
Whatever  the  ultimate  truth  of  this  much-dis- 
puted problem  may  be,  the  progress  made  by 
Mackay  during  fourteen  years  is  everywhere  vis- 
ible. 

We  have  landed  at  the  height  of  the  cane- 
cutting  season,  which — luckily  for  white  labor — 
falls  in  midwinter. 


HI 


427 


428 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


Westward,  at  a  distance  of  45  miles  moreover, 
stand  the  Eungella  Ranges,  3,000  feet  high — 
where  sanatoria  could  be  established  if  necessary. 
As  we  have  already  pointed  out,  this  compensa- 
tion of  high  lands  lies  behind  the  eastern  littoral, 
and  will  greatly  benefit  the  coming  generations. 

Eungella  is  already  a  health  and  pleasure  re- 
sort for  Mackay,  as  well  as  a  tourist  attraction 
for  the  outside  world. 

The  summit  of  these  jungle-clad  mountains  is 


monwealth  as  the  black  potato  lands  of  Warr- 
nambool. 

We  need  not  ascend  Eungella  Range  to  find 
our  perspective.  A  walk  down  the  streets  of 
Mackay  with  a  warm  sun  shining  and  a  cool  wind 
blowing,  this  balmy  July  morning,  will  give  us 
food  for  reflection  on  the  diversities  of  Australian 
conditions. 

In  the  gardens,  cocoanuts,  bangalow  and  date 
palms  are  the  predominant  growths.        Papaws 


Cane  Train  going  to  Marian  Mill,  Mackay 


attained  from  the  railhead  by  a  wonderful  zig- 
zag track.  Magnificent  vistas  of  tropical  Queens- 
land— river,  valley,  and  mountain — reward  the 
traveller  for  the  steepness  of  the  road.  Here  the 
Southern  Australian  beholds  a  country  green  and 
gorgeous;  which  brings  to  his  mind  pictures  of 
equatorial  Africa,  the  Amazon,  or  the  Indies.  It 
is  difficult  for  him  to  understand  that  this  scene 
of  tropical  vegetation  and  color  is  as  truly 
Australian  as  the  eucalyptus  forests  and  subdued 
landscapes  of  the  South. 

That  still,  sunlit  valley  below,  through  which 
the  Pioneer  River  is  winding,  the  jungle,  the  cane 
farms  and  plantations,  are  as  typical  of  our  Corn- 


are  ripening  in  the  backyards  of  the  workers. 
Some  are  tenderly  covered  with  a  cloth  to  make 
the  process  gradual  and  increase  the  flavor.  The 
papaw  is  a  healthy,  prolific  fruit,  which  is  under- 
stood to  secrete  pepsin.  It  seems  generally  popu- 
lar, and  is  freely  grown  throughout  Queensland. 

Granadilla  vines,  loaded  with  luscious  fruit 
grow  over  the  lattices. 

Jacarandas,  and  other  tropical  trees,  mangoes, 
guavas,  lemons,  beautify  the  dwellings  of  this 
tropical  Australian  town.  As  we  go  North  the 
note  of  difference  becomes  more  pronounced. 
Cairns  will  be  Mackay — but  an  octave  higher. 
Between  the  deep  bass  voices  of  Wilson's  Pro- 


THE   TRAIL   OF   THE   TROPICS 


429 


montory  and  the  soprano  sighings  of  Trinity  Bay 
there  is  a  wide  range  of  harmony. 

But,  through  all  the  composition,  there  runs 
a  standard  theme — prosperity. 

We  will  see  no  poverty  in  Mackay.  We  find 
instead  a  population  enjoying,  almost  without 
exception,  comfort,  independence,  comparative 
wealth. 

Sugar-cane  planting  began  here  in  1865.  The 
industry  has  passed  through  many  stages;  but 
the  suitability  of  this  land  for  sugar  growing  has 
always  been  evident,  and  the  progress  of  the  in- 
dustry steadily  forward,  year  by  year.  Some  of 
the  finest  sugar  mills  in  Australia  are  located  in 
the  Mackay  district.  The  value  of  the  crushing 
for  1910,  at  one  mill,  the  Alexandra,  was 
£600,000.  This  mill  opened  its  career  in  1868 
with  1 1  o  tons. 

For  1 9 14  it  was  estimated  that  the  district  area 
under  cane  would  be  40,540  acres. 

The  crushing  for  1914  yielded  43,462  tons  of 
sugar  and  one  and  a  half  million  gallons  of 
molasses. 

The  proportion  of  sugar  produced  by  white 
labor  alone  in  1913  was  91.7  per  cent. — only 
1 60 1  acres  of  the  34,000  being  "black." 

Of  the  nine  mills  in  active  operation  in  the 
Mackay  district,  it  may  be  said  that  no  group  of 
mills  in  any  part  of  Queensland  are  making  a 
better  financial  return. 

A  number  of  these  mills  were  erected  under 
the  Sugar  Works  Guarantee  Act  of  1893.  This 
Act  was  passed  to  encourage  the  cultivation  of 
sugar  cane  by  white  labour.  The  Queensland  Gov- 
ernment undertook  to  advance  the  cost  of  neces- 
sary mills  and  machinery,  taking  as  security  the 
title  deeds  of  the  plantations,  and  a  mortgage 
over  mill-buildings  and  plants. 

Of  the  Mackay  mills  so  subsidised  not  one  has 
failed  to  meet  its  annual  obligations  to  the  State. 
In  the  Racecourse  and  Marian  mills  the  debts 
have  been  entirely  liquidated. 

The  average  size  of  a  planter's  holding  is 
about   120  acres.      Cane  being  a  heavy  product. 


are  grown,  and  experiments  carried  out  with  va- 
rious fertilizers.  A  small  staff  of  agricultural 
chemists  is  constantly  engaged  in  making  tests 
on  behalf  of  growers,  and  with  a  view  to  keeping 
up  the  productive  qualities  of  Queensland  cane. 

So  far,  the  varieties  which  have  been  found 
most  profitable  are  "Badilla"  and  "Goru,"  both 
ongmally  propagated  from  indigenous  stocks 
procured  in  New  Guinea,  where  several  varieties 
of  sugar-cane  grow  wild. 

The  hours  worked  by  cane  cutters  in  this  dis- 
trict are  8  per  day  for  the  5  months  of  the  sea- 
son. The  average  earnings  are  14/-  to  17/-  a 
day.  Bachelors  living  in  camp  on  the  co-opera- 
tive system  get  an  abundance  of  good  food, 
including  plenty  of  beef  and  mutton,  for  15/-  a 


Cocoanut  Palms  at  Port  Douglas 


week.      Board  and  lodging  in  hotels  costs  them 
a  pound  a  week.     It  is  not  an  uncommon  thing 


for  railway  navvies  and  workers  of  that  class  to 
leave  their  occupation  in  order  to  go  cane  cut- 
ting, which  they  regard  as  easier  and  more  re- 
munerative. Many  of  the  best  Northern  farmers 
the  plantations  are  naturally  grouped  around  the  have  been  cane-cutters.  From  a  worker,  earning 
mills;  the  farms  being  connected  therewith  by  HA  to  17/-  a  day,  to  a  grower,  is  a  mere  matter 
two-foot  tram  lines,  along  which,  in  cutting  sea-  of  evolution.  Nowhere  else  in  the  world  is  the 
son,  little  trucks,  laden  with  the  purple,  jointed  transition  from  wage-earner  to  proprietor  easier, 
cane  are  drawn  by  horse  or  steam  traction  to  the  Having  spent  a  pleasant  and  instructive  couple 

carriers  of  the  mill.  of  days  at  Mackay,  we  will  retire  to  bed  early  and 

Only  a  small  proportion  of  the  lands  suitable  endeavor  to  get  a  sleep.  A  good  traveller's 
for  cane  growing  in  the  North  has  been  brought  motto  is,  "Sleep  when  you  can,  and  eat  always." 
under   cultivation.      The   Government,    realizing  The  Camilla  is  advertised  to  sail   from   Flat 

the  value  of  the  industry  to  the  State,  has  from  Top,  bound  North,  at  a  very  early  hour  in  the 
time  to  time  extended  to  planters  much  legisla-  morning.  The  tender  is  leaving  Mackay  at  2 
tive  and  financial  assistance.  a.m.      Until   the   harbor   improvements   are   car- 

There  is  a  Government  Experimental  Station  ried  out  or  the  North  Coast  Railway  is  con- 
on  the  outskirts  of  Mackay,  where,  on  35  acres  structed  from  Rockhampton — they  are  pushing  it 
of  its  rich  black  lands,  different  varieties  of  cane     along  now — we  will  have  to  adventure  as  tide, 


k 


43  o 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


weather,  and  the  shipping  company  may  decree. 
David,  the  hotel  baggage  master,  suffers  from 
want  of  sleep;  but,  faithful  to  his  duty,  he  wakens 
us  at  I  a.m.  We  bear  our  luggage  through  the 
sleeping  streets  of  Mackay  to  a  dark  river  wharf, 
where  flare  lamps  throw  a  smoky  glare  over 
stacks    of    mustily-sweet-smelling    bags.      A    fa- 


J 


of  the  cabin.  In  one  corner  is  a  cupboard,  which 
does  duty  for  a  bar.  Over  the  dining  table  hangs 
a  swing  sideboard,  containing  half  a  dozen 
glasses  and  two  cruets. 

A  gentleman  with  a  blackened  eye  struggles  in 
for  refreshment.  The  engineer  comes  along  for 
a  nip,  and  the  man  with  the  black  eye  insists  upon 


A  Pineapple  Plantation  at  Woombye,  North  CJoast  Line 


miliar  odor  of  sugar — not  unpleasant,  but  heavy 
— arises  from  the  holds  of  the  lighters  waiting 
alongside  the  wharf  to  be  towed  down  to  Flat 
Top. 

We  descend  by  a  steep  ladder,  thinking  some- 
how of  New  Orleans — into  a  stuffy  cabin  not 
much  more  than  ten  feet  square. 

An  English  steward  brings  us  a  blanket  and 
two  pillows,  which  he  spreads  out  on  the  tran- 
soms.    A  swing  light  is  suspended  from  the  roof 


extending  to  him  the  courtesy  of  the  swing  side- 
board and  the  cupboard.  The  Eye  proclaims 
loudly  that  he  has  just  "sacked  his  boss" — 
presumably  with  violence. 

The  noises  of  machinery  and  winches  follow 
one  another.  Presently  the  motion  of  the  swing 
sideboard  and  the  cruets  proclaims  that  we  have 
crossed  the  bar. 

Our  only  fellow  passenger  is  a  young  military 
captain    who    sleeps    on    the    transom,    lying   on 


' 


THE   TRAIL   OF   THE   TROPICS 


431 


his  back  with  his  mouth  wide  open  and  the  light 
of  the  swing  lamp  full  in  his  face. 

We  toss  down  to  Flat  Top  and  come  alongside 
a  fleet  of  lighters  busily  heaving  out  sugar  into 
the  flare-lit  holds  of  a  waiting  steamer.  By  and 
bye  we  take  two  of  them  in  tow.  Their  tired 
gangs  are  squatted  on  the  hatches  smoking  after 
toil,  and  mentally  calculating  the  amount  of  over- 
time earned.  With  their  dark  hulls  behind  us, 
our  tug  crosses  back  over  the  bar  and  into  the 
river  again. 

Back  once  more  and  wait  for  daylight.  At 
dawn,  aroused  by  shouting,  we  go  on  deck  after 
a  ten  minutes'  sleep.  A  lighter  has  broken  away, 
and  is  drifting  out  to  sea.  We  go  after  her,  and 
give  our  Scandinavian  skipper  an  opportunity  to 
show  his  seamanship. 

He  has  all  the  lovable  characteristics  of  his 
race.  He  handles  that  prodigal  lighter  as  gently 
as  a  father  his  errant  son;  retrieves  it  softly  and 
brings  it  back  to  anchor. 


The  Caviilla  comes  in  with  the  morning — a 
sleek,  splendid  steamer  of  10,000  tons. 

She  has  passengers  for  Mackay,  but  they  have 
to  wait  for  the  doctor,  and  the  doctor  will  not 
be  here  until  sunrise.  Meanwhile,  the  blond 
Scandinavian  skipper  gives  us  morning  tea  in  the 
little  cabin  where  the  cruets  have  been  swinging 
steadily  all  night  and  are  swinging  yet. 

As  we  go  below  we  notice  that  the  eye  of  the 
gentleman  who  has  discharged  his  boss  looks 
much  worse  in  the  daylight.  The  Scandinavian 
shakes  his  head  sadly — he  is  a  sober  man. 

The  doctor  comes  at  last;  the  prodigal  lighter 
is  laid  alongside  the  Camilla.  Somebody  hangs 
out  a  rope  ladder  over  her  iron  flank.  The  Eye, 
the  Officer,  and  Ourselves,  climb  up,  one  after 
another.  We  glare  fiercely  at  the  deck  officer, 
a  lovely  youth  in  gold  braid,  who,  with  a  smiling 
lady  passenger  beside  him,  has  been  looking  over 
the  rail  at  our  gymnastics.  Then  we  seek  out  the 
purser  and  book  our  cabin  for  Cairns  and  the 
heart  of  the  Australian  Tropics. 


Girls  of  North  Queensland 


■8 

a 
a 

■a 

a 


o 


0, 

O 


> 

a 


432 


Cedar  Logs  at  Cairns 


CEDAR  AND  GOLD. 


Go  North,  young  man!  And  still — go 
North!  Until  you  have  sailed  the  Bar- 
rier Sea  and  climbed  the  Barron  Gorge, 
you  cannot  quite  appreciate  the  possibilities  of 
this  Commonwealth.  Your  way  will  be  made 
pleasant.  In  all  the  voyages  that  are  offered 
to  you  by  tourist  bureaux  and  shipping  agencies, 
there  is  not  one  that  you  can  enjoy  under  more 
comfortable  conditions  than  a  voyage  from  Mel- 
bourne to  Cairns  in  midwinter. 

A  reference  to  official  time  tables  will  show 
you  when,  where,  and  how  you  should  proceed — 
and  for  the  rest,  it  is  only  a  question  of  fares 
and  pocket  money.  To  use  an  Americanism,  you 
may  be  assured  that  the  North  will  "deliver  the 
goods." 

The  writer  is  middle-aged,  blase  with  travel, 
and  inclined  to  be  caustic  after  he  loses  a  night's 
rest.     This  may  account  for  the  tone  of  the  fol- 
lowing dissertation,   which   he   lifts   bodily   from 
,  his  notebook : — 

R"The  trip  to  Cairns  in  winter  time  is  de- 
idedly  popular.  Luckily  I  have  a  cabin  to 
lyself — some  passengers  having  landed  at 
Mackay.  The  cabins  are  small  rooms  hand- 
omely  furnished.  The  shipping  companies 
re  evidently  determined  to  make  this  run  the 
ost  attractive  on  the  coast. 


"The  Camilla  is  a  vessel  of  surprises.  1 
have  counted  eight  mates  in  faultless  uniforms 
and  varying  degrees  of  gold  braid.  When  off 
watch  they  promenade  the  decks  with  young 
lady  passengers.  The  skipper  is  white-haired 
and  god-like.  He  has  all  the  dignity  of  an 
admiral  of  the  Blue.  I  cannot  help  thinking 
that  his  officers  have  been  selected  to  match 
the  appointments  of  the  dining  and  music  halls 
— which  are  superb.  Even  the  stokers  are 
superior  to  anything  I  have  seen  coming  up  out 
of  a  ship's  hold.  The  stewards  are  of  another 
race;  they  look  too  noble  to  be  stewards.  I 
would  not  be  at  all  surprised  to  learn  that  there 
are  many  younger  sons  of  distinguished  fami- 
lies among  them.  The  chef  is  surely  a  French 
marquis  in  disguise.  I  conclude  this  by  the 
menu.  The  cabin  boy  looks  to  me  like  Eros 
in  an  Eton  jacket.  I  should  not  regard  it  as 
untoward  if  he  took  a  small  bow-and-arrows 
from  under  his  vest  and  fired  at  the  beautiful 
widow,  who  is  at  present  walking  the  fifth 
deck  with  the  eighth  mate. 

"When  the  bugler's  tarantara  suddenly 
broke  from  the  alleyway  in  a  call  to  breakfast, 
it  sounded  like  a  chord  from  Mendelssohn's 
'Wedding  March.'  Luckily,  we  have  several 
clergymen  on  board. 


43.3 


434 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


"Later. — I  have  discovered  that  the  scenery 
is  the  special  property  of  the  deck  officers.  At 
least  they  point  it  out  to  the  lady  passengers 
as  if  it  belonged  to  them.  There  is  no  ship 
in  "The  Ways  of  Many  Waters,"  like  this: 
My  friend,  John  Masefield,  would  not  recog- 
nise the  Camilla  as  a  ship.  If  Joseph  Conrad 
were  writing  one  of  his  superb  stories  around 
this  vessel  he  would  put  rosewater  in  his  ink. 
Sometimes  I  fancy  that  I  am  journeying  North 
in  a  perfumer's  shop  which  has  broken  loose 
from    its   moorings." 

The  course  from  Mackay  to  Bowen  lies 
through  the  mazes  of  the  Cumberland  Islands. 
The  yachting  calm  of  this  romantic  sea  makes 
a  voyage  on  a  modern  steamer  like  the  Camilla 
pleasurable  to  the  worst  sailor  who  ever  trod  a 
vessel's  deck.  The  most  critical  tripper  grows 
enthusiastic;  invalids  forget  their  ills;  passengers 
are  loath  to  leave  the  decks;  novels  are  put 
aside;  nobody  writes  letters,  for  every  hour  is 
filled  with  fresh  interests  and  the  changing  attrac- 
tions are  too  vivid  to  miss. 

One  way  out  of  the  maze  lies  through  Whit- 
sunday Passage — which  is  the  heritage  of  future 
landscape  painters,  who  are  its  most  capable  in- 
terpreters. Mere  literary  phrase-makers  cannot 
be  expected  to  do  it  justice. 

Bowen  possesses  a  splendid  natural  harbor  and 
a  rich  district;  of  which  we  will  talk  again  pre- 
sently. 

Townsville  is  the  terminus  of  another  East- 
and-West  railway  system,  562  miles  in  length. 

It  faces  the  ever-blue  waters  of  Cleveland  Bay, 
with  Castle  Hill  crouching  behind  it,  one  of 
the  most  interesting  places  in  Australia,  and  a 
great  city  of  the  future.  Since  Federation,  the 
black  and  yellow  population  has  been  reduced  to 
a  very  small  community,  and  the  town  seems  all 
the  better  for  it.  The  14,000  people  of  Towns- 
ville are  healthy  and  prosperous-looking.  They 
will  not  listen  to  disparaging  remarks  about  their 
climate.  Their  faith  in  Northern  Queensland  is 
firmly  fixed.  A  few  years  ago  Townsville  was 
the  centre  of  a  strong  Separationist  movement, 
which  had  for  its  object  the  conversion  of  this 
territory  into  another  State.  Although  the 
causes  of  old  dissension  have  been  gradually  re- 
moved, the  North  still  complains  that  its  local 
conditions  are  not  properly  understood,  either 
in  Brisbane  or  Melbourne. 

Whatever  its  summers  may  be,  Townsville  in 
July  is  amber  and  pearl.  The  arching  skies  are 
perpetually  blue;  the  sea  has  an  unfading  lustre, 
and,  all  day  long,  cool  breezes  are  blowing. 

Nor  do  the  people  seem  languid  or  inert. 
Sturdy  wharf  laborers  work  after  the  strenuous 
manner  of  wharf  laborers  in  colder  climates; 
ex-miners   from    Charters   Towers   may   be   seen 


tolling  in  the  midday  sun  at  street  excavations,  or 
harbor  works. 

The  young  girls  are  fresh-complexioned,  ac- 
tive, vivacious,  apparently  not  unduly  affected 
by  the  climate;  women  rear  large  families  and 
preserve  their  health  as  in  Southern  Australia 
Living  is  slightly  cheaper  than  in  Melbourne  or 
Sydney.  Townsville  imports  Its  requirements 
direct  from  European  markets,  and  directly  ex- 
ports its  wool  and  meat,  and  ore. 

Looking  into  the  race  question  at  Townsville — 
where  the  School  of  Tropical  Medicine  Is  doing 
good  work — one  dimly  catches  some  faint  out- 
lines of  the  future,  and  foresees  a  European  type 
of  leisurely  habit,  resembling  in  character  the 
Southerners  of  the  United  States. 

A  land  where  mango  trees  flourish  as  naturally 
as  grey  tea-trees  around  Port  Phillip;  where  pa- 
paws  grow  In  people's  back  yards;  where  sunrise 
comes  in  chrome  and  vermilion  during  midwin- 
ter: where,  on  a  July  day,  the  stretch  of  water 
between  Townsville  wharf  and  Magnetic  Island 
Is  blue  as  the  sea  by  Tangier — must  naturally 
evolve  a  people  less  robust,  but  more  volatile  and 
swarthier  than  the  natives  of  either  Geelong  or 
Hobart. 

Where  the  willow  fig  (the  Ficus  Benjaminea 
of  botany)  droops  its  glorious  branches,  like  the 
canopy  of  a  sheik's  tent,  to  make  a  winter  shade 
for  maidens  in  white  frocks;  where  belmontia 
trumpets  proclaim  from  floral  mouths  the  scented 
glory  of  the  Tropics;  where  magnolias  and  frangi- 
panni  load  the  air  with  heavy  fragrance,  subtle 
changes  must  take  place  in  the  temperament  of 
the  people,  who  in  after-generations  will  evolve 
— we  know  not  how. 

West  and  South  of  Townsville  there  is  a  won- 
derful territory,  which  we  can  examine  on  our 
way  back  from  the  North. 

Between  Townsville  and  Cairns,  coastward, 
are  splendid  sugar  lands.  Halifax,  Ingham, 
Cardwell,  Mourllyan,  Innlsfall,  are  prosperous 
places  along  this  littoral  where  tropical  cultiva- 
tion Is  profitably  established  and  whence  settle- 
ment will  extend. 

Between  Lucinda  Point  and  Cardwell  winds  the 
celebrated  Hinchinbrook  Channel. 

Shoreward  of  Hinchinbrook  Island,  Nature 
has  constructed  a  gondola  passage  for  the  prows 
of  Romance.  It  is  narrow  enough  to  bring  the 
gorgeous  tropics  before  one's  eyes  like  an  illu- 
minated missal,  held  open  In  the  hand.  It  is 
beautiful  enough  to  evoke  the  rhapsodies  of  the 
most  prosaic  passenger;  and  moves  even  com- 
mercial travellers  to  respectful   admiration. 

South  of  Hinchinbrook  are  the  glorious  Palm 
Islands;  and  North  of  it  is  Dunk  Island,  the 
home  of  Mr.  E.  J.  Banfield,  whose  books  on 
tropical  Australia   are   delightful   and  Interesting 


-r 


QUEENSLAND:  CEDAR  AND  GOLD 


435 


reading.  Looking  at  the  green,  waving  palms  of 
Dunk.  Island  as  we  steam  past  it  at  sunset  over 
a  lake-like  sea  of  sapphire  and  gold,  we  can  un- 
derstand the  happy  optimism  of  this  literary 
beachcomber  of  the  Queensland  Coast.      . 


Every  domestic  detail  reminds  you  that  you  are 
in  the  Land  of  Summer-all-the-time;  but  a  plea- 
sant land  withal,  where  one  might  eat  the  lotos 
without  regret. 

Naturally,    amid   surroundings   such   as   these, 
The  visitor  to  Cairns  can  very  easily  imagine     you  ask,  "Is  the  climate  a  healthy  one  for  Euro- 


I 


that  he   is   entering  the   placid   harbor   of   some 
South  Sea  Island. 

There  is  a  half-moon  beach  of  white  sand,  a 
reach  of  mangroves  and  then  high  volcanic  hills, 
lifting  their  jungled  heads  into  a  region  of 
changing  cloud. 

Being  908  miles  nearer  the  equator  than  Bris- 
bane, the  tropical  note  is  more  intense.  That 
prevailing  odor  of  ripe  fruit,  reminiscent  of  the 
tropics,  assails  you  from  the  wharf  on  landing. 
Ripe  fruit  and  sugar  on  the  wharves,  and  a  land- 
breeze  laden  with  heavy  perfumes  that  are  un- 
known to  cooler  climes — once  you  have  inhaled 
this  your  memory  will  always  recall  pictures 
similar  to  those  that  unfold  themselves  at  Cairns. 

You  will  not  be  in  this  interesting  town  of 
seven  thousand  people — a  fair  sprinkling  of  them 
Asiatics — for  very  long,  before  you  discover  an 
Australia  altogether  different  from  the  Australia 
of  current  description. 

The  traveller  will  find  in  the  hospitable  homes 
of  the  far  North,  conditions  resembling  those  of 
India  or  Malaysia,  rather  than  of  Melbourne. 
Between  the  suburban  bungalows  of  Cairns  and 
the  tiled  villas  of  Port  Jackson  stand  the  diver- 
gences of  two  thousand  miles. 

You  drive  out  of  the  town  along  a  road  bor- 
dered by  pandanus  trees,  past  a  swamp  where 
purple  lilies  and  water  hyacinths  bloom  under 
arches  of  flowering  vines  and  beautiful  orchids. 
Jungle-clad  hills  rise  before  you,  glorified  by 
Oriental  coloring.  The  lights  and  shadows  of  a 
tropic  day  pass  over  their  matted  gullies  and 
rounded  peaks.  A  purple  haze  descends  upon 
them  as  the  sun  goes  westward.  In  a  breezy 
bungalow  built  up  on  piles  over  a  concrete  floor, 
you  are  given  afternoon  tea.  The  wide  verandah 
is  furnished  with  cane  lounges — you  can  see  that 
it  is  really  the  sleeping-place  of  the  house — 
and  that  its  keynote  is  coolness.  This  is  not  a 
climate  where  closed  rooms  make  for  comfort 
or  health. 

The  Japanese  house-servant  has  added  a  little 
Asiatic  decoration  to  the  rooms  with  colored 
paper  and  miniature  flags  in  honor  of  a  home- 
coming, and  looped  up  the  mosquito  nets  over 
the  swinging  cots  on  the  high  piazza  with  rib- 
bons. 

You  notice  in  the  combined  drawing  and  din- 
ing room,  hangings,  abundant  doors — and  elec- 
tric fans. 

Around  you  are  tropic  vines  covered  with 
glorious    flowers,  palms,  and    rustling    bamboos. 


peans.'''  It  is  a  contentious  question,  and  one 
that  it  is  safest  to  answer  through  the  voices  of 
scientific  observers: — 

In  the  Melbourne  Age,  under  date  29th  No- 
vember, 19 13,  Dr.  C.  C.  Butler  Lyne,  M.D., 
Health  Officer  of  Cairns,  published  a  letter  deal- 
ing with  the  subject  of  tropical  disease,  and  its 
relationship  to  the  health  of  his  own  community. 
He  says : — 

"In  Cairns  we  have  the  lowest  death  rate 
of  any  municipality  in  Australia.  We  have  no 
typhoid,  no  diphtheria;  pneumonia  is  un- 
known; and  of  scarlet  fever  there  has  been 
one  case  in  six  years.  .  .  .  There  is  a 
certain  amount  of  mild  malaria  here  every 
year,  which  is  limited  to  a  particular  section 
of  the  town.  The  only  death  of  a  malarial 
patient  that  has  occurred  during  my  residence 
here — for  the  last  six  years — was  due  to  out- 
side causes.     The  Government,  the  municipal 


A  Queensland  Railway  Locomotive 


iM 


436 


QUEENSLAND:  CEDAR  AND  GOLD 


437 


Council,  and  the  Cairns  Shire  Council  are  do- 
ing everything  they  can  to  eradicate  the 
causes,  and  we  hope  to  be  perfectly  free  this 

year." 

At  Kamerunga,  a  few  miles  from  Cairns,  the 
Queensland  Government  has  established  a  nur- 
sery for  the  experimental  cultivation  of  tropical 
and   sub-tropical   plants. 

Kamerunga  has  demonstrated  that  the  commer- 
cial agriculture  of  India,  of  South  America,  of 
the  Tropics  in  general,  is  quite  possible  to  North- 
ern Queensland. 

There  the  visitor  may  see  tea,  coffee,  cotton, 
cocoa,  tobacco,  vanilla,  ramee,  rubber,  cocoanuts, 
breadfruit,  and  hundreds  of  other  valuable  trees 
and  plants  growing  to  perfection. 


export  trade  worth  eleven  to  twelve  million 
pounds  sterling,  may  be  set  down  roughly  as  ten 
times  greater  than  Ceylon. 

It  is  worth  remembering  that,  in  Northern 
Australia,  there  are  various  species  of  indigen- 
ous rice — cotton,  limes,  nutmegs,  tamarinds,  pep- 
per, rubber,  and  other  tropical  plants  of  com- 
merce. On  Mount  Bellenden-Ker,  not  far  from 
Cairns,  at  an  elevation  of  from  2,600  to  4,500 
feet,  an  indigenous  mangosteen  (Garcinia  Mes- 
toni)  has  been  found  growing.  If  a  thorough 
scientific  exploration  of  the  Northern  jungles 
were  carried  out,  there  would  doubtless  be  dis- 
covered hundreds  of  other  useful  plants  and  trees. 

This  will  be  one  of  the  functions  to  be  filled 
by  the   Federal  Agricultural   Department. 


Para  Rubber  Plantation  at  Kamerunga 


Oil  Palms  at  Kamerunga 


I 


Kittool  fibre,  snake  beans,  cassava;  the  cuscus 
grass  of  India,  from  whose  roots  perfume  is  dis- 
tilled; citronella,  used  as  an  unguent  for  keeping 
away  mosquitoes;  tonkin  bean,  used  for  scenting 
tobacco,  and  worth  20/-  a  lb. ;  egg-fruit,  anise, 
cardamom,  sago,  areca  nuts,  kola  nuts — Kame- 
runga grows  them  all. 

Mr.  Howard  Newport,  Instructor  in  Tropical 
Agriculture  for  Queensland,  who  has  had  long 
experience  in  British  India,  said  to  the  writer: — 

"Northern  Queensland  is  a  richer  country 
than  Ceylon,  and  its  climate  is  far  healthier. 
With  the  climate  and  soil  that  we  have  here, 
the  return  per  acre,  from  tropical  agriculture, 
should  be  greater  than  that  of  Ceylon." 

Ceylon  is  a  little  more  than  three-fourths  the 
size  of  Ireland;  only  about  a  quarter  of  the 
whole  island  is  cultivated,  and  the  population  in 
191 1  was  4,109,470.  The  population  of  the 
Australian  Commonwealth  in  1911  was  4,455,005. 

The  area  in  Northern  Queensland  suitable  for 
such  cultivation   as   gives   this   Island   an   annual 


As  an  example  of  how  little  is  yet  known  of 
Northern  Australia,  the  author  of  this  book  met 
that  eminent  and  enthusiastic  Swedish  scientist. 
Dr.  Mjoberg,  out  in  the  depths  of  Atherton 
scrub  in  the  winter  of  19 13.  Dr.  Mjoberg  spent 
three  years  in  Northern  Australia,  and,  as  the 
world  of  science  knows,  has  added  greatly  to 
our  knowledge  of  the  native  fauna.  He  said  that 
no  less  than  eighty-five  per  cent,  of  the  natural 
history  specimens  secured  by  him  in  the  Kim- 
berley  district,  of  Western  Australia,  were  new 
to  science!  Investigations  made  by  him  among 
northern  aboriginals,  it  might  be  mentioned  in 
passing,  disclosed  the  existence  of  many  Suma- 
tran  customs,  a  fact  which  will  be  of  interest  to 
anthropologists. 

Among  fruit-bearing  trees  which  are  adver- 
tised by  the  Queensland  Government  as  now 
available  at  Kamerunga  nursery  are  the  pomelo 
{Citrus  medica),  which  travellers  in  the  Dutch 
Indies  will  remember  as  a  huge  orange  with  large, 
juicy  quarters, — the  litchi  {  Nephelium  lit-chi), 
the  mangosteen,  pecan  nut,  the  Davidsonian  plum 


438 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


fi^7 

.f'? 

Hfe 

-■^.i^ 

Si 

ic^^« 

IM 

^u^ 

1 

|mSmK^^Q| 

^^^i'^^W': '' A^jPP^a|R^9^J\^Sl^^ni^^^Cl 

1 

B^^^ 

S^SSP^K 

1 

i^'.JtM 

mSw^A 

i^^ 

i^^i^BI 

1 

A  Good  Crop  of  Pine-Apples 


(another  Indigenous  fruit  of  utility),  eight  varie- 
ties of  breadfruit,  jack-fruit,  soursop,  and 
hundreds  of  other  valuable  tropical  trees. 

Plants  and  trees  also  available  are  kola,  co- 
caine, quassia,  croton,  kapok,  sugar  palm,  tea, 
five  varieties  of  coffee,  kava  plant,  camphor,  cin- 
namon, pepper,  date  palm,  eight  kinds  of  com- 
mercial rubber,  and  a  long  list  of  valuable  tim- 
ber and  shade  trees,  cereals,  and  annuals  suitable 
for  the  climate. 

The  Instructor  of  Tropical  Agriculture  at 
Kamerunga  asserts  that  for  the  cultivation  of  cof- 
fee the  conditions  of  soil  and  climate  in  North- 
ern Queensland  are  in  advance  of  those  In 
nearly  every  country  where  coffee  Is  being  com- 
mercially cultivated. 

Coffee  already  planted  in  Queensland  has  done 
well,  even  if  It  has  not  always  been  a  complete 
commercial  success. 

In  North  Queensland  all  the  conditions  neces- 
sary for  successful  cultivation  of  coffee  may  be 
found  at  sea  level  and  on  comparatively  flat  land. 

The  experience  gained  by  preliminary  attempts 
— and  some  failures — Indicate  that  coffee  grow- 
ing is  destined  to  become  a  payable  industry  in 


the  North.  The  plantations  in  bearing  at  Mt. 
Buderim,  Mackay,  Atherton,  and  Kuranda  are 
giving  average  returns  of  8  to  lo  cwt.  per  acre, 
and  up  to  20  cwt.  in  specially  good  seasons. 

It  is  estimated  that,  on  15-acre  blocks,  Queens- 
land coffee  planters  with  a  small  initial  capital 
of  about  £450  may  be  sure  of  a  minimum  12 
per  cent,  profit  on  their  outlay,  returnable  In 
three  years.  A  small  plantation  like  this,  which 
could  be  handled  comfortably  by  one  family, 
should  return  an  Income  of  at  least  £4  a  week. 

Once  a  coffee  plantation  Is  established  it  will 
last  a  lifetime — during  which  Its  owner's  living 
is  assured.     ... 

From  Cairns  to  Kuranda  is  the  most  interest- 
ing railway  journey  in  the  Commonwealth. 

The  railroad  runs  first  across  a  rich  coastal 
plain,  largely  occupied  by  banana  plantations, 
where  the  ever-industrious  Chinaman  busies  him- 
self In  making  a  colonial  fortune — while  he  may. 
In  a  few  years,  if  the  Exclusion  Act  works  out 
properly,  these  Asiatics  will  have  no  place  in 
Australian  development.  The  Act  is  no  more 
than  an  insurance  for  race  preservation  and  the 


Palms.     Oairns-Mulgrave  Railway 

439 


440 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


maintaining  of  highest  social  and  economic  stan- 
dards. 

Leaving  this  region  of  cultivation  behind,  the 
train  begins  to  ascend  that  high  range  which, 
as  we  have  seen,  greatly  determines  the  climate 
of  Coastal  Queensland.  On  the  edges  of  a 
palm  glade,  bananas  and  papaws  are  growing 
wild.  Then  the  engine  puffs  over  the  shoulder 
of  the  first  rise,  and  astonished  travellers  find 
themselves  in  depths  of  jungle. 


i 


smoking  dragon  of  progress  that  writhes  around 
a  hundred  curves  in  its  snorting  efforts  to  reach 
the  summit  of  the  range. 

As  the  train  climbs  this  impressive  gorge, 
clinging  to  its  Southern  wall  as  a  caterpillar 
clings  to  a  rock,  the  passengers  look  down  from 
dizzy  heights  into  foaming  waters,  into  breath- 
less jungles,  over  silent  panoramas  of  inexpres- 
sible beauty.  Eastward,  at  one  point  of  van- 
tage, they  may  behold  the  Barron  River,  emerg- 


Barron    Falls,    Cairns   Railway 


Ferns,  orchids,  palms,  creepers,  vines,  ban- 
yans, cedars,  silky  oaks,  kauri  pines,  have  cov- 
ered the  gullies  and  hillsides  with  undulating  ban- 
ners of  green,  on  which  are  emblazoned  most 
gorgeous  designs.  Carpets  of  vegetation  miles 
square  are  woven  into  one  piece.  All  nature  has 
assumed  its  most  florid  aspect;  spangled  butter- 
flies and  beautiful  birds  haunt  these  astounding 
everglades — where  the  botanist  and  the  zoolo- 
gist are  yet  free  to  roam  and  enjoy  the  thrills  of 
discovery. 

Presently  the  Barron  Gorge  unfolds  itself. 
On  its  other  side  are  seen  red  gashes,  where  the 
railway  builders  have  sliced  off  projecting  shoul- 
ders  of  mountain   to   make   a   foothold   for   the 


ing  triumphantly  from  the  duress  of  mountains, 
where,  with  the  last  strokes  of  a  victorious 
sword,  it  has  cleaved  a  way  to  freedom. 

Its  chafing  soul  relieved  at  last,  it  expands  into 
broader  channels  on  its  way  to  those  blue  waters 
which  await  it  in  the  distance. 

Stage  after  stage,  through  frequent  tunnels, 
around  constant  curves,  the  journey  presents  new 
pictures.  Up  that  splendid  cleavage  of  the  hills 
the  grades  continue,  and  precipices,  beneath 
grinding  carriage  wheels  fall  more  steeply  into 
greater  depths. 

A  steel  bridge  spans  a  chasm,  into  which  a  tor- 
rent is  precipitated.  As  the  train  crosses  it  the 
spray  comes   in  through  the   open  windows. 

£1 


QUEENSLAND:  CEDAR  AND  GOLD 


441 


Pines  for  Market,  Woombye 

"Robb's  Monument"  appears  at  the  edge  of  a 
fearsome  scarp  of  rock,  around  which  the  railway 
is  looped  like  a  signal  halliard  through  the  main 
truck  at  a  tall  ship's  masthead.  More  tunnels 
and  curves,  more  jungles,  more  breath-taking 
views  and — with  a  satisfied  snort — the  sturdy 
little  Queensland-built  engine  stops  at  Barron 
Falls  Station,  1,065  f^et  above  sea  level. 

The  Barron  Falls  are  no  more  nor  less  than 
the  sudden  dropping  of  a  North  Queensland 
River,  over  a  rampart  of  rocks  880  feet  high. 

Coming  out  of  a  tableland,  where  the  annual 
rainfall  averages  12  feet,  it  may  be  guessed  that, 
in  the  rainy  season,  the  ordinary  grandeur  of  this 
spectacle  of  wild  waters  tossed,  whirling,  and 
thundering  into  the  black,  slavering  jaws  of  a 
gaping  gorge  approaches  sublimity.  In  this  wild 
Nature  opera  one  hears,  sometimes,  the  march 
of  the  Valkyries,  played  by  an  orchestra  of 
giants;  sometimes  the  beating  of  anvils  in  the 
workshops  of  the  Sons  of  Anak;  sometimes  the 
mad  Marseillaise  of  a  host  distracted  with  vic- 
tory; sometimes,  from  boiling  cauldrons,  a  hissing 
of  antediluvian  monsters  combating  with  wing 
and  claw  in  the  primal  ages  of  the  world. 

The  Barron  has  been  flowing  swiftly  and  musi- 
cally over  its  sands  and  boulders.  It  has  come 
dreaming  out  of  the  forests,  through  the  vine- 
wedded  jungles,  with  sunbeams  for  sport  and 
green  water-weeds  for  playthings. 

Suddenly  it  is  hurled  into  nightmare  depths, 
amid  thunder  and  explosion.  A  mist  resembling 
smoke  constantly  arises  from  this  scene  of 
Titanic  conflict;  and  the  groans  of  a  broken  river 
are  heard  for  miles. 

Kuranda,  the  sanatorium  of  Cairns — and  a 
tourist  resort  for  all  Australia — is  two  miles 
from  the  Falls.  It  is  a  combination  of  tropical 
and  temperate  climates.  The  days  are  children 
of  Capricornian  suns;   the  nights  are  daughters 


of  a  Southern  brood.  Papaws  and  mangoes 
grow  in  the  gardens,  with  cabbages,  turnips,  and 
other  European  vegetables. 

Down  in  Cairns,  people  wear  tropical  clothing 
pretty  well  all  the  year  round.  Here  the  North- 
erner feels  the  need  of  an  overcoat  in  winter 
after  the  sun  goes  down. 

From  the  flat  roof  of  the  hotel  one  can  over;- 
look  a  wide  unoccupied  region.  Mount  Williams, 
a  fine  jungled  mass,  stands  in  the  eastern  hori- 
zon, topped  with  white  cloud.  More  jungled 
hills  roll  away  to  the  West.  There  are  no  clear- 
ings visible  in  all  this  fertile  waste. 

The  hotel  garden  at  your  feet  is  rich  with 
fruits  and  flowers — an  earnest  of  what  this  terri- 
tory will  produce.  In  it  there  grow  limes,  man- 
goes, bananas,  granadillas;  while  poinciana  and 
bougainvillea  sweeten  the  coolness  of  the  gloam- 
ing. 


Coffee  Plantations  at  Mackay 


Evening  lights  are  falling  over  this  outpost. 
The  smoke  of  fires  curls  lazily  upward.  The 
tinkle  of  cow  bells,  and  the  carol  of  a  magpie  tell 
you  that  you  are  still  in  the  Australian  Bush — a 
bush  different  In  color,  vegetation,  and  form  to 
the  familiar  bush  of  the  South,  but  still  an  In- 
separable part  of  Australia,  the  development  and 
occupation  of  which  have  an  all-Important  bear- 
ing on  the  future  of  the  Commonwealth. 

It  will  all  come  good.  These  cedar  logs  on 
the  railway  trucks  at  Kuranda  siding,  awaiting 
carriage  to  the  port  of  Cairns,  are  only  a  phase 
of  to-day. 

These  Impurpled  vistas,  robed  yet  In  virgin 
jungle,  will  gradually  take  on  another  aspect. 

They,  too,  will  have  their  plantations  and 
farms.  The  land  will  grow  coffee,  and  a  ple- 
thora of  other  tropical  cultures.  The  rank, 
natural    growths  will  give  place  to  paspalum  and 


442 


J 


QUEENSLAND:  CEDAR  AND  GOLD 


443 


CO 


Rhodes  grasses;  there  will  probably  be  dairies  on 
i6o-acre  blocks.  Mixed  farming,  suitable  to  cli- 
mate and  condition,  will  be  successfully  carried 
on.  P^verywhere  there  are  running  streams, 
rivers,  lakes,  possible  storages.  Hydro-electric 
power  can  readily  be  generated,  the  land  is  cheap 
and  inexpensive  to  clear,  the  soils  are  rich,  the 
rainfall  is  copious — in  tine,  all  the  elements  of 
successful  Juiropean  settlement  are  here,  and  will 
not  much  longer  call  for  human  energy  and  enter- 
prise,  unheard. 

Whatever  disabilities  residence  on  the  low- 
lands may  present,  life  on  the  plateau  is  univer- 
sally agreed  to  be  healthy  and  pleasant;  there  the 
European  woman  keeps  her  stamina — which  is 
the  most  important  thing  in  the  settlement  of 
Northern  Australia.  In  time,  no  doubt,  the  ranges, 
connected  by  rapid  electrical  transport,  will 
become  the  chief  residential  site  for  families;  Ku- 
randa  at  twenty  miles'  distance  is  no  more  than 
a  suburb  of  Cairns.  Queensland  is  fortunate  in 
aving  these  convenient  summer  retreats,  extend- 
ng  practically  from  the  head  of  Cape  York  Pen- 
nsula  to  Wallan-garra.  As  for  the  dry  heat  of 
ihe  great  plains  west  of  the  Ranges,  it  is  invigor- 
ting  rather  than  depressing,  and  the  winter  over 
11  that  territory  is  sufficiently  cold. 

From  Kuranda  to  Mareeba  the  road  follows, 
or  a  time,  the  clear  waters  of  the  Barron  River, 
'/hich  is  bordered  on  either  bank  by  rich  scrub- 
ands.     This  jungle  is  succeeded  by  open  forest- 
country,  in  which  the  mining  and  timber  township 
of  Mareeba  is  located.     Mareeba  is  flat,  dry,  and 
flourishing. 

From  the  Queensland  Government  Mining 
Journal  we  take  a  paragraph : — "Close  by 
Mareeba,  on  the  Cairns  Railway,  a  reef  has  been 
profitably  worked;  16,000  tons  having  yielded 
an  average  of  gdwts.  23grs.  At  the  Tate  River, 
in  the  locality  of  the  Golden  Treasure,  a  tiny  vein 
is  thus  described  by  Mr.  Skertchley,  at  the  time 
(1896)  Assistant  Government  Geologist.  "In 
many  places,"  he  says,  "this  little  seam  might 
almost  be  described  as  gold  with  quartz 
in  it,  so  rich  was  the  stone.  The  gold 
could     be     dollied     out     in     an 

ito  felted  layers,  from  which  the  quartz  fell  out. 

his,  however,  was  only  a  pocket;  the  country 
has  never  'made  good'  as  a  big  gold  producer. 
But  the  adjoining  districts  have  proved  among 
the  richest  in  Australia  for  tin  and  other  metals." 
The  (jreat  Northern  Tin  Mine,  the  first  mine  of 
tin  ore  in  the  matrix  in  the  Continent,  was  prac- 
tically the  beginning  of  Herberton. 

The  Walsh  and  Tinaroo  mineral  district  em- 
braces Mount  Garnet,  Herberton,  Watsonville, 
Muldiva,  Stannary  Hills,  Orient,  Montalbion,  Ir- 


Aboriginal  Climbing  Tree,  Herberton 


The  whole  of  this  district  is  rich  in  minerals; 
in    fact,   it  is   said   that  nearly   every   metal   and 
mineral    and    gem    of    known    commercial    value 
has    been    discovered    within    the    boundaries    of 
Walsh    and    Tinaroo.    One     of    the    churches    in, 
Herberton  is  said  to  be  built  on  the  surface  indi- 
cations of  a  tin  lode,  and,  despite  the  spasmodic 
manner  in  which  the  whole  field  has  been  handled 
in  the  past,  it  has  given  wonderful  returns.    Cop- 
per, silver,  and  lead  have  so  far  been  the  domi- 
nant minerals,  but  antimony,   bismuth,   wolfram, 
iron     mortar     and  molybdenum  have  all  shown  promise  of  fu- 
ture profits.     How  rich  Northern  Queensland  is 
in  gold,  silver,  copper,  and  useful   minerals  will 
not  be  adequately  known  for  generations.    For  all 
that  far  north  land,  which    takes    in    Cloncurry, 
Croydon,    Charters    Towers,    Herberton,    Cook- 
town,  and  York  Peninsula,  prospector  and  geolo- 
gist alike  have  predicted  a  future  dowered  with 
discovery  and  dividend. 

Following  the  Pick,  there  comes  the  Plough. 


This  has  been  the  story  of  Australian  settle- 
vinebank,  Chillagoe,  and  other  mining  places  of  ment  in  Queensland  as  elsewhere.  Lured  into 
account,  no  account,  and  possible  future.  the  wilds  by  real  or  fictitious  fields,  the  miner  and 


k 


444 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


his  camp-followers  often  remained:  the  shaft 
gave  place  to  the  furrow,  and  the  result  was  more 
profitable  in  the  end.  Historic  Ballarat  is 
declining  as  a  mining  field.  It  has  become  an 
agricultural  centre.  Gympie  is  going  the  same 
way. 

Mareeba  itself  is  an  example  of  how  the  min- 
ing industry  induces  a  permanent  population, 
which  ultimately  wins  more  wealth  from  the  sur- 
face of  the  land  than  the  most  enthusiastic  pros- 
pector ever  dreamed  of  gaining  from  below. 


The  forest  country  has  a  clay  subsoil,  and 
"holds"  better  than  the  richer  scrub  lands. 
Dairying  experiments  made  in  this  class  of  coun- 
try are  particularly  interesting,  inasmuch  as  their 
success  will  mean  that  wide  areas  of  forest  lands, 
which  have  been  set  down  as  "second  class,"  can 
be   turned  to   highly  profitable   account. 

It  has  always  seemed  to  the  writer  that  terri- 
tory which  will  pasture  beef  stock  can  ultimately 
be  converted  to  dairying. 


Mining  Men  of  Mareeba 


For  a  long  time  Mareeba,  as  a  coach,  stage  and 
rail  head,  was  a  busy  distributing  centre  for  the 
Hodgkinson,  Herberton,  and  Chillagoe  fields. 
Then  the  railways  were  pushed  on  to  Atherton 
and  Chillagoe,  and  the  carrying  trade,  on  which 
the  place  had  grown  prosperous,   declined. 

The  population  next  began  to  consider  the  pos- 
sibilities of  agriculture.  Land  was  taken  up, 
cleared  and  ploughed,  and  cultivation  and  dairy- 
ing introduced  with  satisfactory  results.  From  one 
acre  of  potatoes  a  Mareeba  settler  ingathered 
12  tons,  which  gave  him  a  return  of  £i6  to  the 
ton.  Land  which  yields  nearly  £200  worth  of 
crop  to  the  acre  cannot  be  barren.  Yet  none  of 
the  Government  lands  in  this  locality  have  been 
valued  at  more  than  £1  an  acre,  and  most  of 
them  have  been  sold  to  settlers  at  2/6. 


Mareeba,  though  situated  in  what  is  called  a 
"dry"  belt,  has  its  regular  rainy  season,  after 
which  the  district  resembles  a  wheat  field.  Here, 
as  in  other  parts  of  Australia,  the  silo  will  play 
a  big  part  in  the  future. 

The  place  looks  forward  also  to  a  manufactur- 
ing future.  Large  deposits  of  limestone  exist  at 
Emerald  Creek,  a  few  miles  from  the  town,  and 
it  is  thought  that  when  electrical  power  is  gener- 
ated at  the  Barron  Falls,  the  manufacture  of  lime 
for  the  sugar  industry,  and  also  carbide  of  cal- 
cium, will  be  undertaken.  Sawmills  are  already 
established  to  deal  with  the  magnificent  ornamen- 
tal and  hardwood  timbers  of  the  adjoining  dis- 
tricts. The  Mount  Mulligan  coalfield  is  another 
near-by  asset  which  makes  Mareeba  hopeful. 


QUEENSLAND:  CEDAR  AND  GOLD 


445 


Mount  Bellenden-Ker 


I  From  Mareebii,  one  hniiich  of  the  Cairns  rail- 
fay  system  runs  southward  through  Atherton 
nd  Herberton  to  Ravenshoe. 

The  line  re-enters  the  scrub  near  Tolga,  a  rich 
maize-growing  district.  Tolga  is  a  junction  for 
another  branch  which  had  been  extended  as  far 
'IS  Jaggan  in  1915,  and  was  being  carried  on 
towards  the  Johnstone  River  through  some  of 
the  finest  tropical  jungle  in  Queensland.  This 
Atherton  Tableland  has  an  elevation  of  2,466 
feet  at  Tolga  and  Atherton.  Bellenden-Ker  and 
Bartle  Frere  ascend  to  5,158  feet  and  5,438  feet 
respectively.    The  average  elevation  is  2,000  feet. 

The  population,  which  is  rapidly  increasing, 
seems  unusually  robust.  The  State-school  chil- 
dren at  Atherton,  lined  up  for  inspection,  looked 
fresh-faced,  bright,  and  active. 

There  are  many  settlers  from  the  Richmond 
River  in  this  district,  who  maintain  that  the 
Atherton  climate  is  more  equable  than  that  of  the 
northern  rivers  of  New  South  Wales. 

The  Atherton  Tableland,  it  may  be  taken  for 
granted,  is  a  "White  Man's  Country."  It  con- 
tains, at  the  lowest  estimate,  a  million  and  a 
quarter  acres  of  volcanic  scrub  lands,  better  than 
the  Dorrigo  or  the  Big  Scrub. 

Most  valuable  white  oak,  maple,  red  oak, 
crowfoot  elm,  silky  oak,  walnut,  rosewood,  cedar, 
kauri,  black  and  red  bean — timbers  which  the 
Forestry  Department  of  Queensland  does  not 
permit  to  be  destroyed  on  lands  thrown  open  for 
settlement — grow  through  this  magnificent  tropi- 
cal forest.  At  present  the  official  estimate  of  a 
living  area  is  100  to  120  acres,  valued  at  £2/10/- 
to  £5  an  acre.  The  (then)  Commissioner  for 
Lands  at  Cairns,  Mr.  G.  J.  Boulter — a  practical 
optimist — believed  that  these  2,000  square  miles 


fii 


of  scrub  arc  among  Queensland's  most  valuable 
assets.  To  the  author,  who  has  had  the  advan- 
tage of  comparative  knowledge,  it  appeals  as  one 
of  the  best  closer  settlement  proposilions  in  this 
Commonwealth. 

From  a  commercial  point  of  view,  as  Australian 
land  values  go — he  would  estimate  the  virgin 
scrub  land  at  £7  an  acre  purchase  value.  The 
Government  price  averages  £2  to.  £2/10/-  for 
160  acre  sections,  20  years'  leases.  The  maxi- 
mum area,  he  understands,  is  320  acres.  Six 
miles  back  from  the  railway,  sections  are  still 
procurable  by  selection.  Judging  by  results  of 
Big  Scrub  settlement  in  N.S.W — kindred  coun- 
try— Atherton  men  will  do  better  on  smaller 
areas.  About  Tolga,  Chinese  are  paying  £1  an 
acre  annual  rental  for  farms,  and  cropping  them 
solely  for  maize.  It  is  difficult  to  obtain  reliable 
information  from  these  people;  but  there  is  every 
indication  that  they  are  rapidly  growing  rich. 

At  Kairi,  four  miles  from  Tolga,  Chinese 
farms  are  said  to  be  yielding  60  bushels  of  maize 
to  the  acre,  worth  6/-  a  bushel  in  the  field. 

The  Atherton  scrub  belt  should  comfortably 
support  125,000  Europeans  in  rural  occupations 
alone. 

Between  Tolga  and  Malanda  the  railway  cuts 
through  magnificent  jungles.  Within  a  radius  of 
ten  miles,  Malanda  has  gained  no  less  than  500 
new  settlers  in  two  years. 

Malanda  is  83  miles  from'  Cairns.  It  has  an  ele- 
vation of  2,400  feet.  In  all  Australia,  the  writer 
has  not  found  more  prosperous  or  interesting  dis- 
tricts than  these. 

Here,  in  the  heart  of  Northern  Queensland,  are 
good  hotels,  good  living,  tilth,  fertility,  activity, 


446 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


enterprise.  The  people,  who  bear  every  evidence 
of  health,  speak  enthusiastically  of  the  land  on 
which  they  have  settled  and  made  their  homes. 
Here  are  rosy-faced  women  and  children,  and 
hopeful,  energetic  men. 

I  re-met  at  Yungaburra — between  Tolga  and 
Malanda — a  family  I  had  known  in  Eastern 
Gippsland.  They  migrated  North  some  three 
years  previously,  were  doing  well,  enjoying 
splendid  health,  and  looking  forward  with  every 
confidence  to  speedy  independence. 

Not  only  will  this  Tableland  provide  home 
and  fortune  for  thousands  of  families,  but  it 
can  be  made  a  place  of  recuperation  for  people 
from  the  coast  lands  and  the  back  country  to- 
wards the  Gulf. 

It  is  a  resort  on  whose  natural  beauties  a  de- 
scriptive volume  might  be  written. 

Prom  Yungaburra  the  traveller  rides  by  green 
jungle  tracks  to  see  Lakes  Eacham  and  Barrine. 
Having  beheld  these  still,  mysterious  waters  of 
unknown  depths,  in  which  the  tangled  scrub  is 
reflected  in  its  changing  lights  and  colors,  and 
over  whose  silver,  sunlit  surfaces  butterflies  and 
birds  of  gorgeous  coloring  are  mirrored  as  they 
pass — he  bears  away  a  new  impression  of  Aus- 
tralia. These  lakes  are  the  cups  of  extinct  vol- 
canoes— of  depths  varying  from  220  to  240  feet. 

From  the  summit  of  Bellenden-Ker,  if  he 
should  reach  it,  the  adventurer  will  behold  a 
scene  as  impressive  as  that  from  Mt.  Kosciusko 
— but  as  different  as  the  countries  of  the  Equa- 
tor are  from  the  Pole. 

Over  to  the  westward  are  the  wonders  of  the 
limestone  caves  of  Chillagoe.  Within  that  wide 
horizon — which  is  commanded  by  the  highest 
mountain  in  Queensland — lie  the  Millstream 
Palls,  near  Ravenshoe;  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
waterfalls  in  the  world,  the  Tolga  Spring  Falls, 
which  is  the  unexpected  outrush  of  a  river  from 
the  mountain  side;  the  Balancing  Rock,  The 
Tully  Gorge  and  Palls,  the  weird  Cashmere 
Gorge  on  the  Herbert,  the  enchanted  water  gar- 
dens of  the  picturesque  Mulgrave — a  wonderland 
of  mountain  and  jungle,  a  tropic  shoreland,  and 
a  coral  sea  begemmed  with  beautiful  islands. 

Over  river  and  range,  lake,  island,  and  sea 
the  spicy  winds  of  Arafura  blow  unceasingly. 

It  is  a  land  the  beauty  of  which  cannot  be 
expressed  in  words.  It  is  a  land  whose  riches  can- 
not be  expressed  in  figures.  What  pictures  !  The 
wolfram  miner,  in  his  lonely  camp  among  the 
ranges,  sees  the  sun  rising  over  opal-tinted  hills. 
The  tin  "fossicker"  washes  his  dish  of  dirt, 
by  some  remote  cascade,  amid  a  luxuriance  of 
foliage  richer  than  that  of  the  finest  conservatory 
in  Europe.  Cutting  his  pathway  through  the 
scrub,  the  surveyor  tramples  priceless  orchids  be- 
neath his  feet  and  destroys  the  rarest  ferns. 


Here  are  ornamental  woods  of  more  exquisite 
grain  than  any  the  cabinet  makers  of  the  P'ive 
Continents  have  ever  polished — priceless,  per- 
fumed timbers  that  are  too  frequently  burnt  into 
ash-offerings   on  the   rough   altars  of  settlement. 

Here  grow  nutmegs  and  spices  and  sugar,  and 
the   most  luscious   fruits   of  the   earth. 

In  these  warm  seas  are  coral,  red  and  white, 
and  pearls  and  the  mother  of  pearl. 

Gold  and  silver,  precious  stones,  rare  and 
valuable  metals,  iron  and  copper  and  coal  that 
make  the  wealth  of  industry — all  these  the  land 
is   rich  in. 

Its  waters  swarm  with  fishes;  its  forests  are 
filled  with  game;  fat  beeves  roam  its  pastures; 
its  streams  are  perennial  in  their  flow. 

Into  this  Promised  Land,  led  by  the  Joshuas  of 
jVIining  and  Agriculture,  the  army  of  settlement 
is  advancing,  but  it  will  be  many  years  ere  the 
last  walls  of  Nature  collapse  before  the  trumpets 
of  Industry,  albeit  their  ultimate  activities  may 
drown  the  roar  of  the  Barron  Falls 

One  looks  down  on  Cairns  on  the  return  from 
Atherton  with  increased  interest.  That  little  city 
has  a  manifest  destiny:  some  day  it  should  be  as 
great  as  New  Orleans.  When  (he  gaps  in  the 
North  Coast  Line  are  all  filled,  it  will  still  be 
1040  miles  from  Brisbane — far  enough  to  de- 
velop that  destiny  by  its  own  initiative.  The  faith 
of  Queensland  was  displayed  when  the  State  ex- 
pended nearly  a  million  and  a  half  in  building 
the  first  47  miles  of  railway  that  climbs  the 
Barron  Gorge  and  puts  Mareeba  into  touch  with 
Cairns.  The  good  works  of  the  North  are 
shown  in  the  patriotic  efforts  of  its  citizens  to 
open,  develop,  and  make  known  the  wondrous 
territory  that  surrounds  them. 

So  Cairns,  with  its  mangrove  flats,  its  cutters 
at  anchor,  its  overlooking  hills  tipped  with  cloud, 
its  wide  streets  shaded  by  the  spreading  banyans, 
its  Japanese  and  natives,  Asian  odours  and  tropi- 
cal perfumes,  has  an  interest  beyond  what  the 
tourist  finds  in  it.  As  a  city  it  must  expand;  as  a 
port  it  must  grow. 

Rafts  of  cedar,  silky-oak,  and  pine  awaiting 
shipment,  stacks  of  sugar  on  the  wharves,  boxes 
of  fruit,  piculs  of  coffee,  bales  of  hides, 
ingots  of  copper  and  silver,  bunches  of  bananas 
and  bags  of  ore  in  the  sheds;  these  ami  other 
things  indicate  the  lines  of  its  advance,  which  is 
likely  to  be  more  rapid  than  many  other  parts  of 
the  Commonwealth. 

In  few  tropical  parts  of  the  world  do  workers 
command  as  high  wages  as  in  Northern  Australia. 

P'or  example,  wharf  laborers  wheeling  and 
loading  bags  of  sugar  on  the  wharves,  are  paid 
2/4  an  hour  for  daylight  labour;  the  working 
day  being  from  7  to  5,  with  an  hour  for  dinner, 
and    "smoke-o"    morning   and    afternoon.       Por 


;i 


QUEENSLAND:  CEDAR  AND  GOLD 


447 


Cutting  Sugar-Caue. 


iiiglit  work  they  receive  3/6  an  hour.  It  costs  ;i 
working-man  in  Cairns  £1  5  -  a  week  for  living, 
which  includes  the  usual  Australian  abundance  of 
beef  and  mutton.  The  workingman's  table  here 
may  be  supplemented  by  home-grown  pineapples, 

(mangoes,  granadillas,  papaws,  and  custard  apples; 
e  workingman's  pig  may  get  as  fat  as  he  will 
I  sweet  potatoes  and  maize. 
»  *  *  * 

From  Cairns  to  Mooliba  there  is  a  line  of 
astal  railway  42  miles  in  length.  This  is  a  sec- 
tion of  the  great  North  Coast  railway,  which  is 
to  connect  Brisbane  with  Cairns,  and  later,  no 
doubt,  Cooktown  and  Cape  York.  Much  has 
already  been  built,  and  more  is  under  construc- 
tion. Queensland  is  installing  her  transport  on 
scientific  methods,  and  reaping  a  merited  reward 
in  rapid  development  and  decentralisation. 

The  Cairns-Mooliba  line  runs  down  a  narrow 
strip  of  sugar  land,  lying  between  the  Coast 
Hange  and  the  Sea.  I  got  up  in  the  cool  morning- 
time  to  catch  a  mixed  train  leaving  Cairns  at  7.10 
a.m.  There  are  30  stations  between  Cairns  and 
Mooliba,  and  the  train  stops  at  them  all. 


The  conductor  interested  me.  He  was  shunter 
and  stationmaster  on  occasion.  He  coupled  and 
uncoupled  trucks,  delivered  mails  and  announced 
the  names  of  platforms,  including  Cu-Cania,  Miri- 
winni,  and  Quingilli.  Everybody  along  the  line 
knew  and  evidently  liked  him,  and  he  knew  and 
apparently  liked  everybody.  It  was  a  slow  train, 
but  very  friendly. 

Imagine  a  delightful,  fresh  morning,  and  this 
friendly  train  rolling  along  slowly  over  Hats  and 
tea-tree  swamps,  and  then,  out  into  the  canefields. 
On  your  right  hand  is  a  range  of  purple  moun- 
tains; on  your  left  the  sea.  The  tall  green  cane 
glistens  with  dew. 

At  the  Mulgrave  Mill,  there  is  a  long  line  of 
waiting  trucks  loaded  high  with  newly-cut  cane. 
The  leaves  have  been  stripped  from  its  purple, 
jointed  stalks.  One  hears  the  rollers  working 
steadily,  and  the  heavy  sweet  smell  of  the  cane 
harvest  is  in  the  air. 

Under  the  heel  of  a  conical  peak  one  sees  a 
young  cotton  and  rubber  plantation,  and  beyond 
it  a  galvanised-iron  church.  Mango  trees,  bam- 
boos, and  bananas  grow  around  the  homesteads; 
over  the  fences  hibiscus  proclaim  the  morning 
from  the  mouths  of  scarlet  trumpets.     Pink  and 


448 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


white  Belmontia  blooms  blazon  on  the  verandahs 
— it  is  a  land  of  glorious  flowers. 

Is  this  a  white  worker's  country?  It  is  still  a 
contentious  question  in  Northern  Australia 
There  are  many  people  in  North-Western  Aus- 
tralia, the  Territory,  and  Northern  Queensland 
who  conscientiously  argue  in  favor  of  colored 
labor. 


Sugar  lands  along  this  line  are  \alued  at  £6  an] 
acre  as  standing  scrub,  which  costs  £7  an  acrel 
to  fell  and  "log  up."  Cleared  of  stumps,  it  is' 
worth  anything  from  £15  to  £30  an  acre. 

Many  Italians,  having  got  together  the  neces-l 
sary  capital,  are  becoming  planters.  They  are! 
proving  excellent  citizens. 


JHililiattBk^m^2ta^iH£&. 

■pv' 

i^?'X^     "      -^ 

!?■'>-     •■.: 

Ik^' 

>  *    ■  '^ 

'      "         1 

!*•■- 

■G^W^R,"  ■  »'<*» 

^        .IM: 

1 

^l^^^B 

%^:       'SMP^      IMP 

^^ 

■ '  m' 

",3                                      ■-  v^KM^Sf^p.id^^Xt-                                                rT^a^qpvBV 

'■* 

■  i-  .,  . 

■^ 

_^ 

j. 

;l:^ 

'^>1 

b 

...  -^     .«5^ 

m 

^ 

PIf^4^11 

HSH^^^^^^           y-    -^~^^  sgffrr'r'  '  -      -_^bi^'                                  '^■^■■HB^H 

m 

F*' 

"^^Hi 

li 

^^«.„*i!^^^ 

^t*"                                  l^^^^^^y^^ 

^^ 

^b« 

■HS^^KC 

■^^^^^^^^K 

■m 

. 

^^MMR^^Bi 

M 

^» 

?5t^ 

^ 

■ 

:«^£L'!!f*~.: 

-""' 

Cattle  Creek,  Mackay  District 


This  book  has  nothing  to  do  with  party  poli- 
tics. It  is  intended  chiefly  to  correct  erroneous 
ideas  and  proclaim  non-partisan  facts. 

With  an  open  mind,  the  author  merely  states 
that  in  his  opinion  the  clear  tropic  air  of  Cairns 
is  no  worse  for  European  lungs  than  the  sooty 
air  of  London;  that  life  in  Mackay  is  no  more 
fatal  for  white  women  than  life  in  Morrison's 
"Mean  Streets."  At  the  time  of  my  visit,  cane 
cutters  working  4!  days  were  earning  £3/10/-, 
£5,  and  as  high  as  £8  a  week.  Gangs  of  Italians 
were  making  £1  a  day  per  man,  while  the 
Mulgrave  River  planters  were  netting  £40  an 
acre  for  their  cane,  after  paying  the  expenses  of 
harvesting  and  milling. 


I  pulled  off  at  McDonnell's  Creek,  to  see  my 
old  newspaper  friend,  Fred  Morton,  who  has 
turned  sugar  grower.  His  country  lies  almost  in 
the  shadow  of  Bellenden-Ker — 5,158  feet  of  jun- 
gled  mountain,  that  reminds  one  of  the  moun- 
tains of  Java.  We  sat  on  the  verandah  and 
talked  of  the  country  and  of  its  future.  In  spring, 
Morton  said,  the  forest  in  front  of  us  would  be 
still  brighter  with  scarlet  berries  and  flame  trees 
and  flowers  of  all  hues,  and  wonderful  painted 
butterflies  fluttering  over  it  all.  In  the  scrub  were 
brush  turkeys  and  cassowaries,  green  pigeons,  and 
the  beautiful  Torres  Straits  pigeon. 

Up  on  the  heights  there  were  cataracts  and 
v/aterfalls  rivalling  the  Barron.     Enough  hydro- 


QUEENSLAND:  CEDAR  AND  GOLD 


449 


electric  power  could  be  generated  there  to  supply 
all  Northern  Queensland. 

That  Bohemian  household  presented  phases  of 
Australian  life  and  character  which  made  me  feel 
good. 

With  five  young  sons  and  a  wife  who  typifies 
all  that  is  strong  and  resourceful  in  Australian 
motherhood,  Morton,  grown  tired  of  the  seden- 
tary life,  attacks  the  jungle  in  middle  age  with  fine 
hope  and  courage! 

Under  Bellenden-Ker,  which  from  jungled  foot- 
hills covered  with  beautiful  trees,  lianas,  ferns  and 


— the  correct  outlook  on  this  phase  of  the  colour 
question. 

Altogether  it  is  a  blue  and  memorable  day, 
filled  with  gentle  kindness  and  hospitality  and  the 
sweetness  of  old  acquaintance. 

As  I  go  back  to  Cairns,  a  neighbouring  planter 
who  has  been  rung  up  on  the  house  telephone 
puts  a  heavy  bundle  of  special  sugar  cane  on  the 
platform  of  the  little  railway  carriage  for  ship- 
ment south  to  a  family  of  Australian  children 
who  have  never  seen  a  cane  field 

The  sun  sets  in  purple  and  gold,  and  lights  the 
Barrier's  thousand  reefs  and  isles.     These  placid 


Maize  Growing  at  Eel  Creek,  Wide  Bay  District 


orchids,  rises  to  purple  heights,  constantly 
covered  in  cloud,  he  has  sat  him  down  and  made  a 
Northern  home. 

He  knows  the  North,  believes  in  it,  loves  it. 
We  lunch  in  the  porch,  surrounded  by  ferns  and 
orchids  gathered  from  the  bush.  It  Is  a  delight- 
ful lunch,  and  Includes  a  special  dish — the  stewed 
rind  of  granadllla  with  custard — unexpectedly 
good.  A  young  cassowary,  which  followed  the 
children  home  from  school  one  evening  and 
adopted  the  family,  is  part  of  the  Morton  en- 
tourage. It  is  ungraceful  but  amusing.  We  are 
waited  on  at  table  by  a  brown-skinned,  soft-eyed, 
half-caste  girl,  whom  the  matron  of  the  establish- 
ment is  teaching  to  "live  up  to  her  white  blood" 


k 


seas  have  known  hurricanes,  but  to-night  they  will 
be  as  calm  as  Lake  Eacham,  which  was  once  a 
lake  of  volcanic  fire. 

We  say  adieu  to  Cairns.  Gradually  the  pic- 
ture fades  away — the  mangroves  and  hills,  pearl- 
ing cutters  and  passing  steamers,  tender  young 
cedars  blushing  red  in  the  scrub,  coloured  tops  of 
mango  trees  in  flower,  towering  kauri,  cascades, 
waterfalls,  flowering  lantanas,  white  sails  beneath 
v/hlte  clouds,  aboriginal  camp  fires,  black  fisher- 
men with  poised  spears  upon  coral  rocks  awash 
with  the  incoming  tides,  tin-miners'  tents,  maize 
fields  and  farms,  banana  groves,  the  great  pla- 
teau, the  poppet-heads,  the  tin-roofed  towns,  the 
forests,  and  the  long  rivers  winding  through 
silent  places  to  the  Gulf. 


A3 


Fisher  Falls,  Inulsfail,   North  Queensland 


450 


1 


COOKTOWN,  CAPE  YORK,  THE  GULF. 


FOR  over  six  degrees  of  latitude  higher  than 
Cairns  the  projecting  finger  of  York 
Peninsula  points  towards  the  equator.  To 
the  majority  of  Australians  this  is  still  terra 
incognita.  Yet  it  is  as  large  as  England  and 
Wales,  highly  mineralised,  productive,  well- 
watered,  with  high  mountains,  frequent  rivers, 
and  frontages  to  two  oceans. 

Of  its  west  coast — facing  the  Gulf  of  Car- 
pentaria— comparatively  little  is  known.  The 
Chief  Protector  of  Aborigines  makes  an 
annual  tour  of  inspection  along  the  seaboard 
from  Thursday  Island  southward,  where  abori- 
ginal mission  stations  have  been  established  at 
long  distances  apart.  There  are  no  towns  and  no 
settlement  yet. 


A  telegraph  line  runs  from  Thursday  Island  to 
Cooktown  on  the  west  side  of  the  Main  Range, 
which  lies  more  towards  the  Pacific  than  the 
Indian  Ocean. 

There  are  stations  at  Cape  York,  McDonnell, 
Mein,  Coen,  Musgrave,  Fairview,  and  Laura. 

Mapoon  Mission  Station  is  located  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Batavia  River,  which  empties  into 
the  fine  harbour  of  Port  Musgrave,  80  miles 
southward  of  Cape  York — on  the  Gulf  shore. 

The  natives  engage  in  beche-de-mer  and  pearl 
fishing.  The  shores  of  this  coast  are  low  and 
sandy,  with  dense  mangrove  swamps  at  the 
mouths  of  the  rivers. 

At  the  junction  of  the  Hey  and  Embley  Rivers, 
further  south,   some  astonishing  native  middens 


Queensland  /Aborigines'   Mission  Band 


452 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


have  been  discovered.  They  are  from  20  to  30 
feet  in  height,  and  extend  in  mounds  over  several 
hundred  yards.  These  heaps  are  composed  prin- 
cipally of  cockle  and  oyster  shells.  The  whole  of 
York  Peninsula  has  apparently  been  thickly  popu- 
lated by  aboriginals  for  unknown  hundreds  of 
years  before  the  Dutchmen  saw  Cape  Keer 
Weer. 

Weipa  Mission  Station  is  located  22  miles  up 
the  Embley.  There  is  a  track  from  Weipa  to 
Moreton  Telegraph  Station — 436  miles  from 
Cooktown.  At  Moreton  there  is  comparative 
civilisation,  and  they  get  a  fortnightly  mail ! 

Iron  ore,  in  supposed  quantities,  exists  on  the 
northern  part  of  the  Peninsula,  about  Batavia 
River  particularly.  It  is  readily  accessible  from 
the  sea,  and  may  have  a  future  value. 

Thick  scrub,  tea-tree  flats,  and  undulating 
downs  are  the  features  of  the  Peninsula,  away 
from  the  coast.  Geologically,  large  sections  of 
the  country  correspond  to  the  opal-bearing  sand- 
stones of  the  Western  Tablelands. 

With  a  55-inch  annual  rainfall,  the  Peninsula 
generally  is  luxuriantly  grassed  and  well 
timbered. 

The  coast,  between  the  Mitchell  River  and 
Normanton,  is  flat,  low,  and  sandy.  It  was  along 
here  that  the  earliest  Dutch  discoveries  were  made 
and  the  first  geographical  names  given  to  any  por- 
tion of  Australia.  We  have  to  thank  Mynheer 
of  the  early  seventeenth  century  for  Duyphen 
Point,  Cape  Keer  Weer,  Nassau  and  Staaten 
Rivers,  and  Van  Diemen's  Inlet. 

Mangroves,  marshes,  salt  pans,  and  shallow 
muddy  seas  are  the  features  of  the  Southern  Gulf 
Coast. 

From  some  of  the  islands  in  the  Gulf — almost 
unknown  and  rarely  visited — valuable  cargoes  of 
guano  have  been  secured  from  time  to  time. 

On  most  of  the  Wellesley  Islands  the  natives 
still  remain  in  possession.  Sweers  Island,  visited 
by  Flinders  in  the  Investigator,  is  occupied  and 
stocked  with  sheep.  Horn  Island,  near  Cape 
York,  has  been  worked  as  a  goldfield,  and  Pos- 
session Island,  where  Cook  proclaimed  British 
suzerainty  over  the  east  coast  of  Australia,  has 
also  yielded  some  gold. 

Mining  has  practically  been  the  history  of  this 
yet  undeveloped  northern  hinterland.  Goldfields, 
old  and  new,  mark  the  outposts  of  civilisation  be- 
yond Cooktown.  Of  all  these,  so  far,  the  Palmer 
has  been  the  greatest.  In  1878  this  famous  allu- 
vial field  recorded  the  tremendous  output  of 
116,759  ounces  of  fine  gold.  It  was  the  richest 
patch  of  alluvial  yet  discovered  in  the  State. 

For  six  years  its  reefs  gave  an  average  of  2  oz. 
5  dwts.  to  the  ton  for  every  ton  of  stone  put 
through  the  mills.  From  1878  to  1908 — in 
thirty  years  of  life,  the  yield  of  the  Palmer  made 
the  grand  total  of  1,325,095  oz.  of  fine  gold. 


:d  oi^H 


And  yet  this  famous  field  is  not  worked 
New  reefs  are  constantly  being  located,  and  the 
Palmer  River  and  its  branches  continue  to  yield 
gold,  year  after  year.  In  his  Annual  Report  for 
1913  the  Under  Secretary  for  Mines  says  of  t^Hj 
Palmer: — "There  should  be  a  good  opening  f^^ 
a  prospecting  party  with  up-to-date  methods  to 
find  some  payable  propositions  for  perhaps 
dredging  or  sluicing." 

Without  doubt  there  are  "good  openings"  in      I 
many  parts  of  York  Peninsula,  which  sadly  wants 
a    more    vigorous    policy    in     development     am 
mining. 

"There  is,"  the  District  Warden  says,  "a  ge 
ral  depression  on  all  these  goldfields,  but  it  wou 
seem  it  is  not  so  much  the   fault  of  the  mini 
themselves  as  a  lack  of  the  capital  necessary 
work  and  develop  them  properly." 

Distance,  and  difficulty  of  transport,  have  rJ 
tarded  the  development  of  what  are  undoubtedly 
richly  mineralised  districts.  Systematic  mining, 
experienced  workmen,  competent  management, 
and  necessary  expenditure  will  come  in  time. 

Alluvial  fields  beyond  the  Palmer  have  yielded 
large  quantities  of  gold.  The  Coen,  a  hundred 
miles  to  the  north,  remained  undiscovered,  or  at 
least  unworked,  until  1900.  There  one  digger 
won  over  1,000  ounces  of  wash  gold.  Huntley, 
the  discoverer  of  the  Coen,  "dollied"  300  ounces 
that  year  from  a  reef  near  by.  Seventeen  thou- 
sand tons  of  Coen  stone  gave  an  average  value 
of  £5  a  ton.  The  output  from  Coen  has  sinci 
declined.  Reliable  opinion  is  unanimous  thai 
these  fields  are  by  no  means  worked  out 

Hamilton  field,  adjoining  the  Coen,  yielded 
over  £35,000  worth  of  gold  that  year.  Like  its 
neighbours,  it  is  now  moribund.  * 

Croydon,  Palmer,  Coen,  Hamilton,  Alice 
River,  and  Starcke  goldfields  may  be  regarded  as 
all  parts  of  one  vast  auriferous  system,  which 
has  already  made  Northern  Queensland  another 
Ophir,  and  mining  enthusiasts  believe  it  is  ye| 
only  partially  exploited.  Between  the  chronil 
optimist,  who  claims  that  the  country  has  mere! 
been  scratched,  and  the  careful  geologist,  who 
reports  hopefully,  there  is  a  wide  margin  of 
chance.  One  can  safely  say  that  many  fortunes 
will  be  won — and  lost — in  these  Northern  mines 
during  the  next  generation.  ^' 

From  time  to  time  rushes  have  taken  place  in 
the  far  North.  The  Batavia  River  rush,  in  the 
early  part  of  191 1,  caused  some  local  excitement. 
This  is  not  to  be  wondered  at.  Men  who  follow 
mining  believe  that  the  extreme  North  is  still  as 
rich  in  possibilities  as  it  has  proved  in  reality. 
They  have  had  the  sensational  experience  of  the 
Palmer,  Charters  Towers,  Croydon,  ChilIaQ;oe, 
Coen,  Herberton,  Cloncurry — who  dare  say  these 
were  all  the  riches  munificent  Northern  Nature  - 
had  in  her  immemorial  keeping? 

X 


i 


COOKTOWN,    CAPE   YORK,   THE   GULF 


453 


■ 

■V  If  the   history   of   Northern   prospecting   and 
■  mining  speculation  were  written,  it  would  make 
a  fine  volume  of  adventure  and  sensation. 

How  often  has  merest  accident  preluded 
mighty  discovery !  How  often  has  the  Adventurer 
become  the  Millionaire!  The  wildest  romances 
of  fortune-hunting  could  be  woven  in  facts  about 
the  mines,  good  and  bad,  that  lie  between  Towns- 
\ille  and  Possession  Island. 

Batavia  River  only  yielded  a  paltry  2,500 
ounces  of  gold  for  twelve  months'  toil — but  who 
knows?  To-morrow  the  world  may  be  ringing 
with  the  discovery  of  another  Palmer ! 

Let  the  output  of  Cooktown  and  York  Penin- 
sula Districts  be,  in  191 1,  no  more  than  £28,161 
worth  of  gold.  Next  year  some  Gulf  port  may 
be  crowded  with  eager  diggers  on  their  way  to 
another  Charters  Towers! 

People  do  not  get  so  excited  over  tin.  Yet  tin 
mining  of  later  years  has  become  immensely  pro- 
fitable. 

The  tin  fields  of  the  Peninsula  are  spread  over 
a  wide  area.  They  are  being  worked  in  a  casual 
and  slipshod  fashion- — but  the  last  word  has  not 
Ibeen  written  in  the  history  of  Peninsula  tin,  nor 
of  gold,  nor  wolfram,  nor,  probably,  iron  and 
coal. 

The  district  from  end  to  end  has  a  good  clim- 
ate.       There   is    no    difficulty   in   growing   fruit, 
jvegetables,  and  other  produce  on  many  fine  agri- 
cultural patches  with  which  the  mineral  fields  are 
interspersed. 


A  Wayside  Station  on  the  Cloncurry  Railway 


During  the  last  three  years  there  has  been  an 
increasing  occupation  of  the  remaining  pastoral 
lands  of  York  Peninsula.  In  1912  an  official  in- 
spection was  made  of  the  far  Northern  division 
of  the  Peninsula,  and  large  areas  of  good  grazing 
lands  discovered. 

Such,  in  fine,  is  a  brief  and  cursory  review  of 
this  long  arm  of  the  Commonwealth  which 
reaches  from  Normanton  and  Mourilyan  to 
Torres  Strait. 

Thursday  Island  makes  a  stepping  stone  to- 
wards Australian  New  Guinea,  which  is  only  a 
short  day's  sail  across  calm  equatorial  waters. 
The  way  is  spotted  with  Islands.  The  town  of 
Thursday  is  interesting  for  its  pearling  associa- 
tions. Here  the  Japanese  diver,  the  Manilaman, 
the  Macassarman,  the  Chinese  storekeeper,  and 
the  aboriginal  make  subjects  for  students  of  eth- 
nology. Thursday,  on  a  hillside  sloping  to  a 
wharf.  Is  the  farthest  out  of  Queensland  post 
offices — 1,500  miles  from  Brisbane. 

From  Thursday  Island  to  Cooktown,  coming 
South,  frequent  steamers  tread  with  infinite  cau- 
tion the  narrow  passages  between  the  Barrier 
Reef  and  the  mainland. 

From  the  time  the  vessel  dips  her  flag  to  Jar- 
dine's  house  at  Somerset — which  is  just  below 
Cape  York — there  is  constant  Interest  for 
passengers  during  daylight  hours,  and  continual 
anxiety  for  skippers  and  pilots  all  times  of 
day  and  night.  Skippers  frequently  anchor  along 
this  coast  from  dark  until  daylight,  rather  than 
take  the  risk. 


454 


COOKTOWN,  CAPE  YORK,  THE  GULF 


455 


Steamers  inward  bound  make  Goode  Island 
light  in  grey  daylight  if  they  can.  The  narrow 
passage  into  Thursday  lies  between  an  archi- 
pelago of  islets. 

Here  reefs,  shoals,  and  swirling  tides  put  out 
their  traps  for  ships.  Through  a  narrow  mouth 
in  the  coral  up  here,  Bligh,  with  wonderful  pre- 


There  are  beaches  of  white  sand  and  pretty 
jungles  to  keep  the  ladies  amused,  and  Jardine's 
house,  with  its  palms  and  open  courtyard  perched 
on  the  side  of  a  hill  on  the  mainland,  a  little  sandy 
cove  at  its  feet.  But  for  the  men  on  the  bridges 
iv  is  an  anxious  time  passing  Mr.  Jardine's  front 
door  so  closely. 


A  Banana  Plantation 


cision,  brought  his  boat  on  its  heroic  voyage  from 
Tahiti  to  Batavia  after  the  Bounty  mutiny 
[- — Bligh,  the  much-maligned,  who  was  compli- 
lented  on  the  quarter-deck  by  Nelson  for 
)ravery,  and  accomplished  a  voyage  without 
)arallel  in  maritime  history! 

Up  here  the   Quetta's  iron  hull  is  rusting  on 

le  rock  that  entrapped  her. 

Below  Sextant  Rock    and    the    high    hill    that 

Irounds  off  a  continent — bare  of  trees,  grassed  to 

Kts  summit,  and  sloping  northward  to  the  water 

fof  the  Strait — lies  the  "pass,"  where  careful  men 

)n  the  bridges  do  "slew"  their    ships,    while    all 

lands  stand  by,  and  second  officers  go  for'ard, 

nth,  for  the  most  part,  Chinese  crews. 


Anxious,  too,  for  them  is  that  narrow  but 
supremely  beautiful  course  that  leads  the  iron 
feet  of  Commerce  southward  to  Pipon  Island 
light,  off  Cape  Melville,  on  the  nether  shores  of 
Princess  Charlotte  Bay. 

The  low,  sandy  shores  of  Pipon,  fringed  with 
mangroves,  may  grow  monotonous  to  the  three 
lighthouse  families  who  occupy  those  white 
buildings  which  are  all  the  dwellings  on,  maybe, 
two  hundred  miles  of  coast.  Once,  the  story 
runs,  natives  from  the  mainland  put  off  in  their 
canoes  to  attack  this  lonely  light-station,  and  a 
terrified  woman  escaped  in  an  iron  tank  by  her 
open  door — the  sea. 

Back  from  this  rocky  coast  are  sleeping  moun- 
tains    blanketed     with     jungle.       Eastward     He 


456 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


Native  Canoes  on  the  Bloomfield  Biver 


islands — some  covered  with  emerald  vegetation, 
some  mere  coral  reefs  and  atolls.  At  sunrise  and 
sunset  flocks  of  wild  ducks  and  Torres  Straits 
pigeons  may  be  seen  flying  back  and  forth  from 
freedom's  haunts  to  natural  sanctuaries. 

At  night  corroboree  fires  light  the  darkness  of 
shores  yet  unoccupied  by  Europeans 

Morning  off  Cooktown  is  all  that  the  South 
Pacific  can  give.  You  go  to  your  berth  overnight 
in  the  East  Indies  and  waken  in  the  Pacific  Islands. 

The  land  under  your  lee  might  be  Tahiti  or 
Samoa,  or  the  Fijis.  Purple  peaks,  of  Polynesian 
contours,  rear  their  jungle-covered  heights  before 
you.  Mount  Peter  Bott — taboo  to  the  natives — 
conspicuous  among  them. 

Captain  James  Cook  and  his  company  had  this 
scene  before  them  from  June  17th  until  August 
6th  in  the  winter  of  1770. 

It  was  Cook  himself  who  buoyed  the  channel, 
"which  I  found  narrow,  the  harbour  small,  but 
very  convenient  for  our  present  purpose." 

He  brought  the  Endeavour,  then  a  lame  duck, 
into  the  harbour  that  bears  his  name,  after  the 
coral  off  Cape  Tribulation  had  ripped  her  his- 
torical old  wooden  side.  She  came  in,  fothered 
under  the  starboard  fore-chains,  making  fifteen 
inches  of  water  an  hour,  and  her  gallant  company 
worn  out  with  exertion  and  anxiety. 

Here  she  lay  careened  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Endeavour  River,  after  going  ashore  twice  on 
the  way  in,  for  nearly  two  months,  while  his  car- 
penters and  armourers  employed  themselves  daily 


upon  the  business  of  caulking  ship,  and  making 
bolts  and  nails  and  ironwork.  The  slopes  of 
Mount  Cook  echoed  for  the  first  time  the  lusty 
hammering  of  English  coopers  repairing  the 
rotten  water-butts  of  the  ship. 

Cook's  men  were  kept  busy  during  those  weeks 
loading  and  unloading  ship,  digging  wells,  cutting 
wood,  watering,  hauling  the  seine,  gathering 
greens,  catching  turtle,  making  rope  and  brooms, 
and  generally  performing  all  the  duties  which  the 
eighteenth  century  commander  could  find  for  his 
crew. 

The  tree,  to  which  the  old  wooden  bark  was 
moored,  is  still  standing,  and  a  monument  marks 
the  landing  place  of  the  navigator. 

A  stone  cairn  at  the  almost  inaccessible  sum- 
mit of  Mount  Saunders  on  the  north-west  side  of 
the  bay  was  re-discovered  in  1904.  It  was  about 
four  feet  high,  with  room  in  the  centre  for  a  flag- 
staff. It  is  said  that  on  one  of  the  stones  of  the 
cairn  the  word  "Cook"  had  been  chiselled. 

These  historical  recollections  make  the  ap- 
proach to  Cooktown  doubly  interesting  to  an 
Australian.  Here  the  great  captain  spent  his 
longest  period  on  Australian  soil. 

It  was  a  strenuous  time  for  the  Endeavour's 
people.  Morning  off  Cooktown  would  not  have 
the  poetic  or  artistic  appeal  to  them,  which  it 
brings  to  the  passenger  of  aesthetic  temperament, 
who  may  appreciate  to  the  full  the  soft  early 
lights  that  deepen  with  the  day,  the  royal  ranges 
in  their  purple  morning  robes,  the  lake-coloured 
rocks,  the  sea  of  velvet. 


COOKTOWN,  CAPE  YORK,  THE  GULF 


457 


If  he  be  a  shore-going  passenger,  his  vessel  will 
not  be  tied  to  that  now-dead  tree  at  the  mouth  of 
the  Endeavour  River,  but  will  land  him  comfort- 
ably at  a  wharf  where  logs  of  sandalwood,  bags 
of  ore,  rice  and  coffee,  and  boxes  of  tropical  fruit 
are  waiting  shipment. 

Fishing,  shooting,  and  beautiful  drives  through 
tropical  scenery  are  offered  him.  He  may  go  in- 
land by  railway  67  miles  to  Laura,  and  see  mines 
of  tin  and  gold.  By  Cooktown  he  may  gather 
sandalwood,  or  seek  for  nuggets,  or  pearls. 

Perhaps,  in  the  end,  it  will  pay  him  better  to 
seek  for  a  good  section  of  scrub  land,  whereon  he 
may  produce  rubber,  or  coffee,  or  cocoanuts.  Of 
such  land  there  are  mighty  areas  yet  untouched 
in  the  Far  North.  The  Daintree  and  Bloomfield 
Rivers,  between  Cooktown  and  Port  Douglas, 
and  Mount  Molloy,  60  railway  miles  from 
Cairns,  are  all  part  of  that  vast  scrub,  which  we 
have  already  viewed  at  Kuranda,  Tolga,  and 
Malanda.  This  scrub  extends  southward  to 
^^Jiinchinbrook,  in  varying  widths,  elevations,  and 
I^Kontours.  It  encloses  mountains  like  Mount 
^^^lexander,  a  crater  4,000  feet  high.  Mount  Wind- 
'"or  (4,000),  Bartle  Frere,  and  Bellenden-Ker. 
It  contains  assets  such  as  the  Tully  and  Barron 
I      Falls,  and  the  Mossman  and  Johnstone  Rivers. 

I^Vlills  and  mines  it  has,  and  vigorous  settlement 
^pi  the  making;  but,  as  we  have  already  said,  it  is 
productive  enough  to  support  125,000  people  on 
the  land — under  conditions  which  obtain  in  Aus- 
tralia to-day. 

Below  the  Annan  River — the  greatest  tin-pro- 
ducing fields  of  the  Far  North — lies  the  town  of 
Port  Douglas  on  an  idyllic  strand;  green  islands 
with  golden  beaches,  lagoons,  and  feathered 
palms,  cast  their  shadow-pictures  into  blue  mir- 
rors of  unruffled  seas. 

Romantic  mountains  roll  behind  it,  painted  at 
sunrise  and  sunset  with  the  impressionist  brushes 
of  the  Tropics.  Birds  and  insects  of  gorgeous 
colours  haunt  the  everglades  of  these  hills. 
Trains  of  pack  mules,  laden  with  ore,  one  time 
trod  their  shady  tracks;  but  now  their  quietness 
W^  rarely  broken,  save  by  a  native  hunter  walking 
"Softly  under  the  cedars;  or  a  prospector,  dream- 
ing of  fortune,  as  he  rides  slowly  along  with  his 
pack-horses  beside  him. 

When   Port  Douglas  was  the  shipping  depot 
for  Hodgkinson  and  Mount  Molloy  fields,  it  en- 
■     joyed  all  the  activity  that  active  mining  carries 
with  it. 

But  Cairns'  railway  took  the  product  of  these 
fields  another  way,  and  then  Port  Douglas  set- 
tled down  to  develop  the  alluvial  lands  of  the 
Mossman  and  Mowbray  Rivers  as  a  sugar-grow- 
ing  proposition. 

Mills  and  tramlines,  enterprise,  and  favourable 
condition  have  done  the  rest— the  sugar  fields  of 


Mossman  are  now  among  the  finest  in  the 
State. 

South  of  Cairns  lies  the  beautiful  and  fertile 
Tully  River  District,  another  section  of  this 
Northern  Jungle,  which,  let  us  hope,  will  carry 
the  125,000  people  of  our  prediction  at  no  very 
distant  time. 

On  the  Tully  the  Queensland  Government  pro- 
claims land  for  farmers  which  will  grow  cane, 
maize,  root  crops,  lucerne,  paspalum,  and  arti- 
ficial grasses;  citrus  and  stone  fruits,  bananas, 
pineapples,  cotton,  tobacco — recommended  as  a 
special  crop  for  North  Queensland  farmers — 
rubber,  coffee  and  cocoa. 

There  are  not  many  countries  where  all  these 
products  can  be  raised  inside  the  one  fence. 

The  Tully  district  embraces  the  land  between 
Cardwell  and  Maria  Creek,  watered  by  con- 
stantly running  creeks  and  rivers,  lagoons  and 
swamps,  and  destined  for  agriculture  and  dairy 
farming. 

A  greater  volume  of  water  than  the  Barron 
comes  over  the  Tully  Falls,  the  main  drop  of 
which  is  885  feet.  Hydro-electric  power  for  the 
rapid  development  of  this  district  could  and 
should  certainly  be  generated.  The  author  con- 
fidently asserts  that  all  this  great  scrub  can  be 
converted  into  one  of  the  biggest  White  Aus- 
tralian propositions,  in  a  very  few  years,  by  at- 
tacking it  on  American  methods. 


Tully  Falls,  Oaims  Hinterland 


A4 


458 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Gallet  Creek,   Calrns-Musgrave   District 


There  is  latent  power  enough  going  to  waste 
between  Cooktown  and  Cardwell  to  run  electric 
trams,  rapid  mountain  railways,  sugar  mills,  can- 
ning works,  fibre  factories,  butter  factories  and 
creameries,  tobacco  factories,  cotton  mills,  timber 
mills,  furniture  factories,  mines,  and  various 
suitable  industries  which  could  be  established. 

If  a  Government  which  has  to  safeguard  and 
aid  the  development  of  a  territory  greater  than 
any  European  country,  except  Russia,  cannot 
stand  financially  for  all  this,  then  let  reasonably- 
restricted  commercial  citizenship  step  in  and  do 
it.  The  whole  Commonwealth  will  profit  by  the 
rapid  filling  up  of  one,  at  least,  of  its  empty  places 
in  the  North. 

From  Rockingham  Bay  northward  there  will 
be  another  Clarence  and  Richmond  and  Tweed, 
another  Dorrigo,  and  more. 

The  Tully  is  rich  in  cedar,  pine,  silky  oak, 
black  bean,  and  valuable  ornamental  timbers. 
Back  from  the  river  are  natural  pastures  covered 
with  good  herbage,  which,  in  their  virgin  state, 
will  carry  three  cattle  to  every  two  acres  all  the 
year  round. 

Para  rubber,  cane,  and  bananas  are  the  prin- 
cipal cultures  of  the  Tully.       These  can  be  ex- 


tended and  other  payable  agricultural  industries 
developed. 

The  rainfall  has  averaged  lOO  inches  per  an- 
num during  the  last  35  years. 

Such  are  the  tropical  coast  lands  of  Northern 
Queensland;  such  is  the  great  arm  of  alternate 
mineral  and  agricultural  lands,  which  is  known 
as  York  Peninsula;  such  are  some  of  the  higher 
scrub  lands  overlooking  the  coast.  What  of  the 
western  country  out  by  Georgetown,  Croydon, 
Normanton,  Burketown,  and  the  Gulf? 

The  average  annual  rainfall  of  Georgetown  is 
34.05  inches,  of  Croydon  27.97,  of  Normanton 
37. 6g.  Compared  with  parts  of  Southern  Aus- 
tralia this  may  be  classed  as  adequate,  if  not 
copious. 

If  a  short  line  connecting  Croydon  with  For- 
sayth  were  built,  Normanton  and  Cairns  would 
be  in  touch  by  railway.  It  appears  to  the  casual 
observer  of  Queensland  development,  that  short- 
ening the  sea  journey  round  Cape  York  and 
establishing  quicker  communication  with  the 
Pacific,  would  greatly  hasten  the  progress  of  the 
Gulf  country,  which  is  not  the  least  of  the  State's 
assets.  Its  future  seems  to  be  essentially  pastoral 
and  mineral. 


COOKTOWN,  CAPE  YORK,  THE  GULF 


459 


The  history  of  the  Etheridge  goldfield,  which 
now  has  a  rail  head  at  P'orsayth,  263  miles  from 
Cairns,  shows  that  from  1900  to  1908  the  output 
of  reef  gold  was,  in  round  figures,  71,346  ounces, 
won  from  73,279  tons  of  quartz  crushed.  A 
great  portion  of  the  gold-bearing  quartz  of  the 
Etheridge  carries  a  heavy  admixture  of  sulphides 
of  iron,  zinc,  and  lead,  which  have  prevented  the 
economic  treatment  of  the  ore  by  ordinary 
battery  process.  The  number  of  recorded  reefs 
is  over  200,  scattered  over  a  wide  area.  Most 
of  the  gold  won  between  1900  and  1908  was  from 
easily-mined  and  easily-treated  stone.  Copper 
and  silver-lead  have  also  been  discovered,  and 
successfully  mined,  in  this  district. 


Up  to  1 9 14,  the  total  yield  of  Etheridge,  Oaks, 
and  Woolgar  was  582,595  fine  ounces,  with  an 
average  value  per  ton  cf  stone  treated  of  nearly 
■£4/5/-,  or  a  total  increased  value  for  the  year  of 
£2,476,029. 

The  goldfields  of  Croydon  from  1886  to  1914 
produced  in  all  758,199  ounces  of  fine  gold. 

So  much  for  the  mineral  side  of  the  question. 
A  reference  to  latest  stock,  returns  shows  that  the 
three  Gulf  districts — Norman,  Burke,  and  Ethe- 
ridge— were  carrying  over  a  million  head  of 
horned  cattle. 

Altogether  this  distant  Gulf  country  is  not  the 
least,  nor  the  worst,  of  Queensland's  posses- 
sions. 


Whitsunday  Passage,  North  Queensland 


I 


i 


I 


Gill  Street,   Charters  Towers 


THE  HEART  OF  QUEENSLAND. 


THE  romance  that  goes  with  every  great  min- 
ing field  still  hangs  over  Charters  Towers. 
At  least  the  stranger  finds  it  so.  All 
remote  places  in  Australia  are  set  down  as  insuf- 
ferably hot.  In  spite  of  experience  and  travel 
it  is  hard  to  divest  one's  mind  of  these  precon- 
ceived impressions. 

Arriving  at  the  Towers  late  one  night  in 
August,  the  writer,  somewhat  to  his  surprise, 
wakened  on  a  fresh,  foggy  morning  in  a  tem- 
perate clime. 

The  shower-bath  had  a  southern  nip  in  it. 
Further  west  it  was  destined  to  prove  still  colder. 
Like  Kalgoorlie,  the  Towers  has  cool,  invigora- 
ting winters;  and  a  summer  climate  which  its  per- 
manent residents  find  healthy  and  bearable. 

A  coastal  invalid  requiring  a  refreshing  change 
'would  do  well  to  winter  at  Charters  Towers,  Kal- 
goorlie, or  Broken  Hill!  Yet  what  distressing 
stories  have  been  published  about  these  places ! 
What  entirely  false  impressions  created! 

Strolling  down  Ann-street,  Charters  Towers, 
under  tall  willow  fig  trees  which  shaded  beauti- 
ful,   pleasant    cottages    facing    the    parks,     the 

riter  smiled  from  the  depths  of  his  overcoat  at 
some  of  his  own  previous  fancies.  Surely  this 
was  not  the  terrible  "Towers" — this  Old  Vic- 
torian mining  township  transplanted  North!  Not 
Knly  poppet-heads  in  the  distance  brought  Ben- 
i 


^^tui 

iB^^r 


digo  to  mind,  but  shady  avenues,  bandstands, 
green  lawns,  gravelled  walks,  fountains,  bush 
houses,  tennis  courts — all  of  which  indicated  civic 
spirit  and  public  taste.  Where  was  the  coarse 
strenuousness,  the  absolute  barrenness,  the  unre- 
lieved ugliness  that  one  had  been  led  to  expect? 
They  were  like  the  "Great  Australian  Desert" 
— constantly  shifting  further  and  further  back. 
In  sooth,  there  were  signs — in  the  great  "dumps" 
of  grey  and  greenish-grey  stone  which  marked  the 
lodes — that  tremendous  underground  labours  had 
taken  place. 

The  town  was  covered  with  a  greyish  dust;  for 
the  heart  of  the  hills  was  being  pulverised  in  huge 
stone  mills,  and  a  constant  burring  of  machinery 
sounded  like  the  ominous  swarming  of  a  colossal 
hive  of  bees. 

Hundreds  of  thousands  of  pounds  worth  of 
mining  plant  was  hived  under  galvanised-iron 
sheds  within  the  city  radius,  a  city  of  18,000  busy 
people. 

Distant  smoke  stacks  on  the  sky-line  showed 
the  extent  of  the  field.  Sounds  of  signals  from 
below,  winding  gear  at  work;  shouts  of 
school  children,  rattling  of  cart  wheels,  the 
tooting  of  motor  horns,  all  proclaimed  that 
civilisation  had  claimed  another  distant  Aus- 
tralian range — once  regarded,  like  many  a  far-off 
range  to-day,  as  of  no  particular  account. 


461 


462 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Chinese  Method  of  Irrigation,  Hughenden 


From  the  time  of  first  discovery  on  Charters 
Towers  to  the  end  of  the  year  19 14,  this  field 
had  yielded  over  six  and  a  half  million  ounces 
of  fine  gold. 

The  stability  and  constant  production  of  the  old 
fields  are  a  feature  of  Queensland  gold-mining. 
Gympie,  Charters  Towers,  Mount  Morgan,  after 
long  and  productive  lives,  are  still  among  the  big 
working  mines  of  the  continent.  Charters 
Towers  was  discovered  in  1872.  For  many  years 
its  annual  gold  yield  has  been  the  greatest  of  all 
Queensland  mineral  fields.  As  a  copper  proposi- 
tion Its  life  begins  as  late  as  1907.  Ravenswood 
preceded  Charters  Towers  by  three  years.  It 
was  a  party  of  reef  miners  from  Ravenswood  who 
located  the  Towers.  Discouraged  by  the  strik- 
ing at  water  level  of  refractory  mundic  ore,  irre- 
ducible by  any  then  known  process,  this  party  of 
Ravenswood  men  went  westward  prospecting, 
and,  in  the  usual  casual  way  of  mineral  discovery, 
found  what  has  since  proved  the  richest  goldfield 
in  Queensland — one  of  the  richest  in  the  world. 
One  of  the  Charters  Towers  pioneers  made  (and 
squandered)  a  fortune  of  £300,000.  He  was  after- 
wards found  dead  with  his  swag  beside  him  on 
the  track  between  "The  Towers"  and  Croydon. 

From  the  time  of  its  formation  to  the  year 
1906  one  Towers  company — the  Mill's  Day 
Dawn  United — returned  to  its  shareholders  no 
less  than  £427,500  in  dividends. 

The  area  of  the  proclaimed  field  is  1,700  square 
miles.  "The  reefs  follow  a  definite  system.  They 
form  a   sort  of  horseshoe  bend  with  its  convex 


side  to  the  south,  and  underlie  towards  the  centre 
of  this  curve  at  a  low  angle."  The  gold  runs  in 
"shoots,"  traversing  the  lodes  at  various  angles, 
generally  occupying  the  whole  width  of  the  lode, 
from  wall  to  wall,  but  alternating  with  extensive 
blank  patches. 

The  lodes  consist  of  white  quartz,  in  which 
sections  of  "specimen"  gold  have  been  found; 
but  as  a  general  principle  the  mineralised  shoot 
carries  iron  pyrites,  with  occasionally  galena  and 
zinc  blende  and  traces  of  copper.  The  average 
observer,  examining  the  reef  stone  of  the  Towers, 
would  be  unable  to  see  the  slightest  trace  of  gold 
in  it;  but  to  the  men  who  know,  the  discovery  of 
such  stone  in  another  part  of  Australia  would  set 
their  hearts  thumping. 

This  lode  material  is  cleanly  held  in  the  parent 
syenite  or  granite,  which  makes  the  general  for- 
mation of  the  low-lying  hills  of  the  Towers. 
To  the  average  layman  there  is  nothing  in  the 
world  to  indicate,  moreover,  that  this  common- 
looking  drab  range,  possessing  no  particular 
eminence,  no  distinctive  feature  of  gorge  or  cliff, 
or  rocky  bastion,  is  seamed  and  veined,  for  miles, 
with  rich  quartz  reefs  which  have  returned  mil- 
lions of  pounds'  worth  of  precious  gold. 

In  the  minds  of  most  people,  broken  and  rug- 
ged mountains  are  always  associated  with  natural 
treasure.  In  reality,  the  bullion  boxes  of  nature 
at  Ballarat,  Bendigo,  Gympie,  Kalgoorlie,  Mount 
Morgan,  Broken  Hill,  Charters  Towers,  were 
just  left  lying  around  in  most  unlikely-looking 
places.        The  same   inappropriate   surroundings 


THE    HEART    OF   QUEENSLAND 


463 


I  tame  most  of  our  treasure  pictures.      The  men 
fho   went   prospecting  in   picturesque   or   likely- 
ooking  spots,  more  often  than  not  were  rewarded 
with  scenery — and  maybe  a  "colour." 

The  casual  traveller,  crossing  over  some  place 
as  barren  in  seeming  as  a  brickyard,  has  chanced 


Result  of  Irrigation,  Hughenden 


on  a  field  which  presently  set  the  feet  of  adven- 
ture moving  from  one  end  of  the  world  to  the 
other.  It  is  mostly  in  stories  that  the  wild  and 
rugged  mountain  and  the  deep,  mysterious  gully, 
conceal  the  fortune  hunters'  prize. 

The  future  of  Charters  Towers  district  may  be 


In  the  Kingaroy  Country,  Burnett  District 


464 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


agricultural.  There  is  a  basaltic  strip  of  country 
extending  from  the  Towers  towards  Atherton,  at 
an  elevation  of  1000  to  2000  feet,  which  is  said 
to  be  similar  in  quality  to  Kingaroy  district.  The 
mean  annual  rainfall  of  the  Towers  is  26.67 
inches,  which  is  more  than  sufficient  for  agricul- 
ture elsewhere. 


spite  of  their  surroundings,  a  testimony  that  the 
land  is  no  desert. 

Some  day  both  Kalgoorlie  and  Charters 
Towers  may  be  more  interested  in  the  surface  of 
the  soil  than  they  have  been  in  the  galleries  of  the 
underground. 


Hauling  Timbei 


It  would  be  ludicrous  to  think  that  the  neat 
flower  gardens,  the  mangoes,  bananas  and  pa- 
paws,  which  beautify  the  comfortable  residences 
of  the  Towers,  were  the  result  of  a  climate  and 
condition  unfavorable  to  the  growth  of  profitable 
crops.  Good  grass  can  be  seen  growing  by  the 
side  walks  in  the  streets  of  the  town  itself.  The 
leaves  of  the  papaws,  the  grass  alike,  are 
covered  in  grey  dust;  but  there  they  flourish,  in 


Charters  Towers  is  82  miles  from  Townsville, 
and  a  thousand  feet  higher.  The  railway  from 
Townsville  to  Cloncurry  mounts  gradually  to  the 
plateau  on  which  Charters  Towers  is  located, 
goes  as  high  as  18 19  feet  at  the  170  mile  distance, 
and  falls  again  gradually  to  400  and  600  feet  at 
Cloncurry. 

Hughenden  is  236  miles  from  Townsville,  and 
Cloncurry  481.     The  man  who  travels  down  that 


THE    HEART   OF   QUEENSLAND 


465 


A  Queen^aud  Cattle  Camp 


long  railway,  from  the  coast  line  to  the  heart  of 
Queensland,  will  learn  something  of  Australia. 

A  mail  train  leaves  Townsville  every  Monday 
at  8  p.m.,  and  reaches  Cloncurry  at  a  quarter 
to  eight  on  Tuesday  evening.  The  ordinary  daily 
train  goes  only  as  far  as  Hughenden,  where  pas- 
sengers remain  overnight,  and  complete  their 
journey  to  Cloncurry  next  day. 

At  Charters  Towers  station,  awaiting  the  daily 
train,  you  see  a  huge  stack  of  parcels  done  up  in 
sugar  bags,  with  address  labels  attached. 

This  is  the  daily  bread  and  meat  for  down  the 
line — for    Ulgulu,    Powlathanga,   Mungunburra, 

d  other  little  sidings  and  stoppings  with  weird 
aboriginal  names,  where  the  stockman,  the  horse- 
breeder,  the  miner,  or  the  maintenance  man 
abide. 

Out  of  the  Towers,  if  it  happens  t-^  be  spring- 
time, the  train  runs  into  a  forest  of  wattle  in 
bloom,  which  makes  odorous  the  first  few  miles. 

It  is  a  flat,  thickly-wooded  country — much  of 
the  convenient  timber  has  been  felled  for  use  at 
the  mines — but  it  is  no  desert  on  the  face  of  it. 

Outside  each  railway  carriage  is  a  hook,  from 
which  is  suspended  a  water-bag  for  the  use  of 
passengers.  This,  however,  means  no  more  than 
a  fashion — or  a  convenience. 

As  you  go  down  into  the  west,  at  various  sid- 


I 


ings  are  stock  trains  waiting  to  pass  on  their  way 
to  Townsville.  The  Desert-Believer  pauses  to 
think  when  he  sees  these  long  trains  laden  with 
fat  cattle,  sheep,  and  horses  from  the  interior  of 
Queensland. 

Tall  brown  grasses  wave  before  the  wind — a 
cool,  dry  wind — and  the  beautiful  cerise  blossoms 
of  the  beefwood  sweep  to  and  fro  on  swaying 
branches. 

This  handsome  acacia  is  locally  known  as 
"desert  oak" — it  could  only  grow  in  good  coun- 
try, and  it  is  not  an  oak — facts  which  go  to  show 
that  Australian  nomenclature  is  not  to  be  taken 
too  literally. 

At  a  refreshment  room  down  the  line  the  train 
stops  for  lunch,  and  the  wayfarer  gets  good 
western  beef,  such  beef  as  makes  him  wonder  if 
he  has  ever  really  eaten  meat  before. 

Here  he  may  study  the  men  and  women  of  the 
west — rough,  hearty,  healthy,  and  eminently 
cheerful.  Why  should  they  not  be  cheerful, 
these  sawmillers  and  drovers,  tank  sinkers, 
sheepmen,  cattlemen,  and  miners,  in  a  land  of  the 
best  wages,  the  best  living,  the  best  climate,  and 
the  best  chances  in  the  world !  Freedom,  justice, 
health,  absolute  security  for  life  and  property, 
and  opportunity — these  are  qualities  and  condi- 
tions that  make  for  human  happiness,  and  men 


466 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


may  find  them  all  on  the  wide  lands  of  Queens- 
land. 

The  train  goes  on  again,  constantly  stopping  to 
put  down  packages  and  passengers;  to  throw  out 
loaves  and  letters  for  prospectors  and  stockmen, 
camped  perhaps  by  the  bed  of  some  dry,  sandy 
creek,  which,  like  the  rock  of  Moses,  will  yield 
a  clear  supply  of  unexpected  water  by  digging  a 
hole  a  foot  deep!  The  tea  at  the  refreshment 
rooms  was  made  from  just  such  water — and  it 
was  good. 

Good  forest  and  long  grass  cover  the  plateau 
now.  At  Cape  River,  which  is  nowhere  in  par- 
ticular, a  Chinaman  loads  six  cases  of  fine-looking 
oranges  into  the  brake  van — the  "desert"  is  re- 
ceding yet  further  into  the  distance! 

At  Torrens  Creek — where  there  is  a  meat  pre- 
serving works — we  have  entered  a  district  of  fine 
red  soils,  covered  with  beautiful  timbers,  and 
closely  resembling  the  Riverina  in  New  South 
Wales. 

Sunset  sees  us  in  flat  alternate  red  and  black 
lands,  covered  with  magnificent  grasses.  The 
train  waits  for  us  to  dine  at  a  bush  public-house 
with  shy  bushmen.  Opposite  is  seated  a  man 
with  soft  brown  eyes  and  plastered  hair,  a  hand- 
some man  who  "belongs"  out  in  the  Barkly  Table- 
land over  the  Queensland  border. 

It  is  dark  when  the  train  reaches  Hughenden. 
You  find  a  comfortable  hotel,  commission  the 
boots  to  wake  you  at  5  in  the  morning,  and  sleep 
with  several  blankets  over  you. 

To-morrow,  they  tell  you,  you  will  see  the 
downs,  which,  the  brown-eyed  man  said  gently,  is 
"the  heart  of  Queensland." 


It  is  still  dark.  You  are  taken,  half-awake,  to 
a  lamplit  platform  where  another  train,  with  a 
row  of  waterbags  hanging  out  along  the  car- 
riages, is  waiting. 

Daylight  has  just  broken  as  this  train  draws 
slowly  out- — bound  for  Cloncurry,  245  miles  fur- 
ther west. 

Dawn's  left  hand  is  in  the  sky,  a  faint  red 
colour  which  gradually  turns  to  deepest  rose  and 
spreads  right  up  to  zenith.  It  reveals  to  your 
astonished  eyes  a  boundless  expanse  of  beautiful 
downs,  covered  with  tall,  dew-wet  grasses  of  the 
richest  varieties  that  Australian  black  soils  pro- 
duce ! 

We  pull  up  at  the  woolshed  four  miles  from 
Hughenden.  Across  the  local  landscape  a  man 
is  pedalling  a  bicycle.  A  horseman  follows  him. 
There  are  no  bushes,  no  trees;  these  two  figures 
grow  out  of  the  distance  like  figures  on  a  photo- 
graphic negative,  silently,  mysteriously — there  is 
nothing  behind  them  but  the  skyline  where  it 
meets  the  plain. 


On  again  in  the  coolness  and  the  fragrance  of 
that  undescribable  morning,  a  morning  that  falls 
like  a  prayer  from  the  lips  of  this  Immensity  of 
Plain  and  Sky. 

Brave  old  Phillip  in  your  tent  by  Sydney  Cove! 
Seer  and  Prophet  in  a  snuff-stained  camlet  coat! 
We  hear  your  voice  calling  like  a  silver  bugle 
across  the  years: — "I  believe  the  colony  will  be 
the  finest  acquisition  that  England  has  ever 
made!" 

The  sun  has  risen !  Like  a  ship  at  sea,  the 
train  travels  on,  the  moving  centre  of  an  enor- 
mous circle — of  black  soil. 

It  looks  like  a  hayfield  in  spring,  a  hayfield 
whereon  a  ploughman  might  cut  a  hundred-mile 
furrow  without  meeting  a  stump ! 

It  extends  from  the  Gulf  to  the  southern  bor- 
der— through  Aramac,  Barcaldine,  Blackall, 
Roma,  and  Cunnam.ulla !  It  is  the  Heart  of 
Queensland!  This  patch  of  prairie  which  we  are 
crossing  now,  on  a  rapid  calculation,  contains 
6,400,000  acres. 

To-day  they  call  20,000  acres  a  living  area. 
Some  day,  one  feels  sure,  that  will  be  reduced  to 
640  acres,  a  square  mile. 

Altogether  Queensland  may  have  eighteen  to 
twenty  million  acres  like  this. 

Under  it  all,  from  the  Gulf  to  the  Border,  and 
further  North  and  South — from  Boulia  to  Black- 
all  and  further — East  and  West — is  ci  sea  of 
underground  water! 

The  inland  sea  sought  by  early  explorers  was 
there  all  the  time.  But  they  searched  in  the  wrong 
place  for  it.  If,  instead  of  seeking  on  the  surface, 
they  had  looked  below,  the  early  History  of  Aus- 
tralia would  have  been  differently  written. 

It  is  called  the  great  Artesian  Basin.  It  is  one 
of  the  big  things  of  Australia — one  of  the  phy- 
sical wonders  of  the  world! 

It  renders  a  vast  Inland — where  pastoral  and 
agricultural  industries  would  otherwise  be  subject 
to  caprice  of  season — certain  of  permanent  and 
profitable  occupation. 

Another  chapter  of  this  volume  will  be  devoted 
particularly  to  the  fascinating  subject  of  Artesian 
Water.  Enough  to  say  here,  that  it  is  an  asset 
to  Queensland  which  cannot  be  expressed  in  ordi- 
nary money  values. 

These  astounding  prairies  are  covered  with 
Flinders,  Mitchell,  and  blue  grass,  which,  any 
Australian  stockman  knows,  are  the  finest  stock- 
feed  the  Commonwealth  grows. 

Horses  do  as  well  on  Mitchell  grass  as  maize. 
At  Queensland  back-block  race  meetings,  it  is  no 
uncommon  thing  to  find  on  the  programme  an 
event  for  Grass- Fed  Horses  against  Hard-led 
Horses,  and  the  back-country  men  put  their 
money  on  "grass-fed" — and  win. 
Where  the  grass  has  been  burned  alongside  the 


THE    HEART    OF   QUEENSLAND 


467 


Scrub   Clearing  in  North  Queensland 


m 


railway  line  to  make  fire-breaks,  kangaroos,  great 
red  fellows,  can  be  seen  hopping  away  from  the 
young  green  feed.  Flocks  of  bustards,  the  "wild 
turkeys"  of  Australia,  mobs  of  native  com- 
panions, emus,  and  all  kinds  of  native  game,  are 
everywhere  plentiful. 

Fat  bullocks,  sleek  horses,  fat  sheep  testify  to 
the  richness  of  the  herbage,  which  can  be  con- 
verted into  ensilage  or  hay. 

With  proper  management  Western  Queensland 
need  fear  no  drought — ample  fodder  for  the  sus- 
tentation  of  stock  can  be  stored,  and  an  inexhaus- 
tible supply  of  water  is  obtainable  by  simply  tap- 
ping the  earth.  It  is  impossible  to  overrate  the 
value  of  these  Central  and  Western  Downs. 
Xeither  Asian  steppes  nor  American  prairies  can 
vie  with  them.  They  are  the  backbone  of  the 
continent,  and  will  ultimately  be  the  spinal  cord  of 
its  settlement. 

Listen !  Three  hundred  and  eighty  miles  west 
from  Townsville,  you  stand  on  a  perfectly  flat, 
blacksoil  plain  with  not  a  bush,  let  alone  a  tree, 

sight!     It  is  ready  for  the  plough. 

Here  you  could  put  the  share  into  a  rich,  friable 
mould,  and  furrow  to  the  skyline  in  any  direction. 
If  you  asked  me  what  that  land  is  worth,  I  would 
say  its  ultimate  value  is  one  hundred  pounds  per 
acre.  Someday,  after  my  bed  is  made  (in  good 
Australian  earth,  I  hope)    that  will  be  its  price. 


To-day  it  is — without  population — worth  no 
more  than  the  annual  rentals  which  pastoralists 
are  paying  the  Government  for  it.  Even  to-day 
10,000  acres,  carrying  4,000  sheep  with  greasy 
wool  at  2/oi  a  lb.,  and  scoured  wool  at  3/4  a  lb., 
would  be  a  family  independence. 

When  this  land  is  green,  in  early  summer,  the 
sight  of  it  brings  reverence  to  a  man's  soul.  It  is 
all  one  sea  of  waving  grass  a  level  foot  high,  from 
where  you  stand  to  where  sky  and  plain  meet. 

From  winter  to  winter,  a  snowflake  has  never 
rested  upon  it.  Yet  its  warmest  days  of  summer 
are  followed  by  nights  of  refreshing  coolness. 

Four-hundred-mile  stretches  of  prairie,  such  as 
this,  do  not  occur  frequently. 

Hayfields,  a  hundred  and  sixteen  thousand 
square  miles  in  area,  with  plenty  of  water  and  a 
liveable  climate,  are  difl'icult  to  find  outside  Aus- 
tralia. The  population  of  all  Queensland  is  a 
little  over  half  a  million  people.  One  of  these 
hayfields  will  contain  that  number  without  diffi- 
culty in  days  to  come. 

Between  Hughenden  and  Cloncurry,  the  downs 
have  an  average  rainfall  of  19  inches  a  year,  and 
the  artesian  basin  extends  at  least  to  the  silurian 
formation,  which  begins  a  little  to  the  eastward 
of  that  point. 

It  may  be  too  soon  to  talk  of  agriculture  for 
this  country,  but,  in  the  ordinary  course  of  evolu- 
tion, its  time  must  come. 


468 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


Here  are  some  present-day  facts  locally  gath- 
ered. 

At  Torrens  Creek,  55  miles  to  the  eastward  of 
Hughenden,  181  west  of  Townsville,  on  20,000 
acres  a  white  man  is  running  8000  sheep. 

Beyond  Cloncurry,  on  Fort  Constantine  Sta- 
tion, are  1280  square  miles  of  good  pastoral 
country,  a  fourth  of  which  had  "fallen  in"  (the 
leases  expired)  in  19 13.  This  would  be  taken 
up  on  28  years'  lease  at  ild.  to  ifd.  per  acre 
annual  rental. 

About  Richmond — treeless  downs  country  on 
the  railway  line,  71  miles  west  from  Hughenden 
— the  land  is  being  thrown  open  by  the  Govern- 
ment in  10,000-acre  blocks  on  the  easiest  terms. 

At  Hughenden,  on  ten  acres,  a  Chinaman  is 
making  £1000  a  year  with  citrus  fruit  and  vege- 
tables. 

You  go  westward  with  the  sun — at  railway 
speed — from  dawn  to  dark,  and  you  are  still  on 
the  same  grassy  plain,  still  occupying  the  moving 
centre  of  that  constant  circle  which  is  the  horizon. 
The  sun  goes  down  as  it  does  at  sea,  and  all 
around  that  horizon  there  is  colour  in  the  sky, 
and  not  a  tree ! 

Far  away  in  the  west,  you  may  trace  the  outline 
of  a  low  range  of  hills.  That  is  Cloncurry,  where 
this  wealth  of  soil  and  subterranean  water  gives 
place,  for  a  time,  to  mineral  wealth,  almost  as 
incalculable ! 

For  hundreds  of  miles  you  have  been  travel- 
ling in  a  straight  line — a  long  goods  train  with  a 
half-dozen  passenger  carriages,  and  the  guard's 
van  at  the  tail. 

You  have  not  seen  a  cluster  of  houses  since 
Richmond,  at  breakfast  time.  An  occasional  tent, 
an  occasional  railway  siding  along  the  unfenced 
track,  and  a  couple  of  station  woolsheds — these 
are  all  the  signs  of  habitation. 

The  smoke  from  the  engine  hangs  out  across 
the  plain  in  a  straight,  black  line,  as  the  smoke 
from  a  steamer's  funnel  at  sea  on  a  calm  even- 
ing. 

It  is  impossible  to  describe  the  light  that  has 
grown  up  into  an  absolutely  cloudless  sky  on  the 
sun's  downward  track.  It  is  impossible  to  convey 
to  the  reader's  mind  adequate  impressions  of  the 
immensity,  the  fertility,  the  wonder  and  glory  of 
these  matchless  Queensland  Downs. 


The  mineral  fields  of  Cloncurry,  say  the  mining 
men,  cover  the  greatest  copper  deposits  in  the 
world. 

They  extend,  approximately,  250  miles  north 
and  south.  In  19 14  they  were  supporting  4,217 
people. 

Cloncurry  is  a  series  of  surprises  to  the  stran- 
ger.    Five  hundred  miles  inland  from  Townsville 


he  expects  to  find  absolute  crudity.  He  enters 
instead  into  an  atmosphere  of  comparative  com- 
fort and  perfect  order.  Electricity  and  the  inter- 
nal-combustion engine  are  hastening  the  develop, 
ment  of  inland  Australia.  Out-back  the  great  dis- 
tances, away  from  the  railway  lines  and  beyond 
the  railheads  are  rapidly  covered  by  the  motor 
car.  You  will  see  more  automobiles  than  stage 
coaches  In  Cloncurry.  The  Austraha  of  Cobb  & 
Co.  is  no  more. 

In  August,  19 13,  working  miners  were  receiv- 
ing 16/3  for  shifts,  and  11/-  for  surface  work,  at 
Cloncurry.  For  22/6  a  week  they  could  get  good 
board  and  lodging  anywhere  on  the  fields. 

On  the  stations  married  couples  were  getting 
£120  a  year,  with  free  keep  and  quarters. 

Western  Queensland  is  certainly  a  land  of 
opportunities,  for  capital  and  labour  alike. 

The  future  of  Cloncurry,  they  tell  you  locally, 
depends  largely  on  the  railway  policy.  Cloncurry 
wants  railway  communication  with  the  Gulf  of 
Carpentaria.  A  gulf  port,  they  say,  will  mean 
the  development  of  many  mining  shows  which 
would  not  pay  under  present  conditions. 

The  value  of  the  field's  output,  all  metals,  for 
1914  was  £536,575.  Over  eleven  hundred 
leases  had  been  taken  up  as  far  back  as  1908,  in 
addition  to  the  freehold  properties  which  were 
secured  30  years  ago. 

The  Mines  Department  mentions  about  489 
mining  leases  on  which  exploration  or  active 
operations  were  being  carried  on  in  19 14. 

The  principal  groups  were  the  Mount  Elliott, 
Hampden,  Cloncurry  Copper  Mines  Ltd.,  Mount 
Cuthbert,  Mount  Federal,  Mount  Oxide. 

English  and  French  investors  hold  large  In- 
terests In  Mount  Elliott  and  Hampden-Clon- 
curry. 

Feeder  lines  have  been  put  out  from  Clon- 
curry to  Malbon,  MacGregor,  Duchess,  Hamp- 
den, Selwyn,  Mount  Cuthbert,  and  will  doubtless 
be  extended,  as  this  great  mineral  field  is  de- 
veloped, over  the  15,000  square  miles  it  covers. 

We  are  told  by  mining  experts  that  the  "most 
promising  properties  on  the  whole  field  have  not 
yet  been  exploited  very  energetically  because  of 
their  isolation."  One  particularly  rich  group  of 
mines  Is  located  150  miles  west  of  Cloncurry 
township. 

Owing  to  the  distance  and  cost  of  transport, 
prior  to  the  opening  of  the  great  Northern  Rail- 
way to  Cloncurry,  only  the  richest  of  Cloncurry 
ores  were  regarded  as  payable.  The  local  defini- 
tion of  "poor  ore"  is  from  20  per  cent,  to  30  per 
cent.,  according  to  locality.  Camels  are  even  now 
bringing  in  ore  to  Cloncurry  160  miles  at  a  cost 
of  £8  a  ton,  and  the  ore  is  so  rich  that  it  pays. 


THE    HEART   OF   QUEENSLAND 


469 


Pretty  nearly  every  form  of  ore  deposit  is  to 
be  found  in  this  Cloncurry  District,  which  must 
become  one  of  the  greatest  mining  centres  in  the 
Austrahan  Commonwealth. 

No  known  copper  field  can  show  the  same  area 
and  richness  of  surface  deposits.  The  most 
eminent  geological  and  mining  opinion  is  that,  in 
all  probability,  these  ore  bodies  will  "live"  at  a 
depth. 

Fluctuation  in  price  of  metals  may  hasten  or 
retard  the  progress  of  Cloncurry,  but,  as  one  of 
the  greatest — if  not  the  greatest — conper-produc- 
ing  districts  on  earth,  it  is  now  firmly  estab- 
lished. 


The  approved  Great  Western  Railway,  which 
is  to  unite  Brisbane  with  Camooweal,  via  Charle- 
ville,  and  link  up  the  western  terminals  of 
the  Rockhampton  and  Townsville  systems  from 
Cloncurry,  Winton,  and  Blackall — will  hasten  the 
development  of  the  West.  It  is  a  conception 
worthy  of  statesmen  who  direct  the  destinies  of  a 
Land  of  Big  Things. 

All  Western  Queensland  has  proved  good. 
The  Gulf  is  good;  from  Cloncurry  to  the  Terri- 
tory border  is  good;  the  Georgina  is  good,  Birds- 
ville  is  good,  the  Diamantina  is  good,  and  the 
Barcoo  is  splendid. 


A  street  in  Longreach 


■A  very  large  industrial  population  can  be  in- 
stalled along  this  great  mineral  belt.  There 
should  be  no  difficulty  in  supplying  them  with 
locally-grown  food. 

Adjacent  pastoral  country  is  already  produc- 
ing the  best  beef  and  mutton  in  the  world.  Clon- 
curry can  itself  grow  oranges,  and  has  produced 
cabbages  28  lbs.  in  weight.  Naturally,  a  mining 
community  will  pay  little  attention  to  agriculture, 
but  all  through  the  mineral  belt,  one  sees  places 
where  hundreds  of  fields,  orchards  and  gardens, 
might  be  established. 

Not  only  on  the  steep  banks  of  the  Gregory — 
which  takes  the  waters  of  the  Barkly  Tableland 
to  the  Gulf — not  only  along  the  Leichhardt,  the 
Flinders  and  the  Cloncurry,  is  agricultural  settle- 
ment possible,  but  ultimately  cultivation  in  some 
form  or  another  will  be  established  at  various 
places  throughout  the  land. 


If  any  man  doubts  these  assertions,  he  can 
look  up  the  stock  returns. 

In  the  backyards  of  Cloncurry  you  could,  with 
water,  grow  cabbages  or  asparagus.  The  sand  of 
the  roads  is  intensely  fertile.  This  district  has 
been  described  as  "poor  mineral  country."  Yet 
some  of  its  mines  are  yielding  80  per  cent,  cop- 
per! 

After  rain  the  red  soils  of  this  80  per  cent, 
region  become  green  fields.  Grass  grows  up 
everywhere.  It  is  a  mineral  field  300  miles  in 
length,  150  miles  wide,  and  still  no  "desert." 

Out  here,  when  the  cold  south-east  wind  is 
blowing,  a  man  shivers  in  his  overcoat. 

The  interior  of  Australia  is  the  healthiest  clim- 
ate in  the  world.  The  idea  that  it  is  insufferably 
hot  is  a  profound  error.  With  the  thermometer  at 
Cloncurry  registering  116,  one  midsummer's  day, 
they  held  a  sports  meeting,  in  which  cycling  and 


47° 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


foot  racing  were  principal  items.  July  and 
August  at  Cloncurry  are  appreciably  cold.  Eight 
degrees  of  frost  have  been  registered  at  Southern 
Cross,  Western  Australia;  winter  in  the  Mac- 
Donnell  Ranges  is  described  as  "severe." 

The  idea  that  all  the  interior  is  primitive,  bar- 
baric, out-of-date,  is  another  delusion. 

You  may  go  down  by  rail  from  Cloncurry  to 
Hampden  and  come  to  a  place  in  remotest 
Queensland  where  £450,000  have  been  spent  in 
the  development  of  one  mine,  or  group  of  mines. 
You  find  there  a  courteous  general  manager — 
Erie  Huntley  is  he  dight — who  will  introduce  you 
to  the  ground  floor — electric  lit — of  a  giant 
smelter,  where  800  horse-power  of  created  force 
awaits  the  direction  of  modern  minds.  You  will 
find  1000  men  employed — strong  European 
workers,  enjoying  good  health  and  earning  big 
wages.  You  will  see  the  red  slag  at  the  lips  of  the 
smelters,  the  huge  Iron  pots,  the  iron  ore  and  lime 
and  copper  ore  (all  got  close  by  from  hills  that 
look  like  decomposed  plum  puddings),  and  you 
may  watch  the  whole  process  of  the  reduction  of 
copper  ingots  from  native  rock. 

In  no  other  part  of  the  whole  world  would  you 
find  a  better  equipment,  better  management,  more 
economical  processes,  or  more  satisfactory  re- 
sults  

Then  go  back  to  Hughenden,  where  Closer 
Settlement  Is  being  promoted  on  20,000-acre 
selections — 28  years'  leases,  with  right  to  pre- 
empt certain  portions,  or  right  of  preferment — 
and  walk  along  the  main  street  to  the  bank  of  the 
perfectly-dry  Flinders  River,  two  to  three  hun- 
dred yards  wide.  Here  you  will  see  a  Chinaman's 
garden  of  just  ten  acres.  The  industrious  Celes- 
tials have  excavated  a  small  "sumph"  hole  in  the 
sand  of  the  river  bed,  at  the  head  of  this  garden. 
From  this  soakage,  by  means  of  a  Californian 
windlass  and  an  old  grey  horse,  "John"  irrigates 
his  orange  trees,  very  badly  pruned,  and  waters 
other  fruit  and  vegetables. 

This  primitive  pumping  plant  is  a  standing 
joke.  When  the  attendant  Chinaman  retires  to 
lunch,  he  blindfolds  the  old  grey  horse,  and  that 
patient  animal  walks  round  and  round — unat- 
tended. 

Yet  fortunes  are  being  made  on  that  block  by 
despised  Asiatics! 

What  the  Chinaman  can  do  by  Hughenden, 
Europeans,  working  with  better  plant,  on  more 
scientific  methods,  can  also  do — and  more.  They 
can  do  it,  and  someday  will  do  it,  all  over  North- 
Western  Queensland. 

Go  down  south  by  west  from  Hughenden  over 
the  same  wonderful  black-soil  plains,  covered 
with  Mitchell  and  Flinders  grasses,  feeding  fat 
stock,  horses  and  sheep — to  WInton,  one  hun- 
dred and  thirty-two  miles. 


The  difference  in  elevation  is  a  little  over  400 
feet;  the  land  is  practically  the  same,  but  the 
artesian  water  lies  somewhat  deeper  under  Its  sur- 
face. 

Here  are  some  5000-acre  men  on  pastoral 
blocks,  averaging,  so  local  Information  tells  us, 
a  sheep  to  three  acres. 


I 


A  Street  View  in  Barcaldine 


After  shearing-time  motor  waggons  and  teams 
converge  on  WInton  from  stations  away  to  the 
South  Australian  border,  laden  with  wool,  for  the 
far-off  port  of  Townsvllle.  Nearly  eleven  thou- 
sand tons  weight  of  wool  was  shipped  out  of 
Townsvllle  during  the  season  of  1913. 

WInton  may  be  taken  as  the  very  centre  of 
Western  Queensland.  Here  and  at  Longreach, 
In  fact  all  over  the  Great  Inland,  It  may  be  seen 
that  the  population — men,  women,  and  children 
— are  of  a  healthy  and  vigorous  type.  There  is 
comparative  roughness  of  living,  but  progress  will 


1 


THE    HEART    OF    QUEENSLAND 


471 


bring  gentler  conditions,  as  it  has  done  in  older 
parts  of  Australia. 

At  Winton,  with  sixty  or  seventy  teams  and 
motor  lorries  bringing  in  wool  from  out-back,  one 
may  see  the  real  bushman  of  to-day — an  intelli- 
gent, shrewd,  educated  and  resourceful  character, 
altogether  different  from  the  dull,  uncanny,  bur- 
lesque creature  who  represents  the  Bush  in  certain 
Australian  literature  and  on  the  melodramatic 
stage. 

Hughenden,  Winton,  Longreach,  Barcaldine, 
Blackall   are  all  modern  towns,  well  supplied  with 


Ilk   and 


Grapes  at  Boiua 

modern  conveniences,  which  include  sanitation, 
water  supply,  electric  light,  daily  mails,  and  motor 
services. 

There  are  also  moving  picture  shows  and 
plenty  of  dancing  and  amusements  for  the  youth 
of  the  West. 

Between  Winton  and  Longreach — railheads 
for  the  Northern  and  Central  systems — there  is 
regular  motor  traffic  This  128  miles  over  the 
downs,  also  covered  with  Flinders  grass,  and 
dotted  with  sheep  and  fat  cattle,  is  now  only  a 
matter  of  a  few  hours.  The  whole  journey  from 
the  Gulf  to  Bourke  in  New  South  Wales  could 
easily  be  done  in  four  or  five  days  with  a  good 
car,  allowing  for  meals  and  sleeps.  Writers  on 
back-block  Queensland  would  do  well  to  make  a 
note  of  this  fact.  There  will  be  no  blacks  to 
impede  progress  at  any  part  of  the  journey;  no 
fear  of  hunger  nor  thirst,  no  deserts  nor  difficult 
mountains  to  cross,  with  petrol  for  the  tank  and 
water  for  the  radiator  procurable  all  the  way. 
There  will  be  some  gates  to  open  and  shut,  one 
or  two  sandy  patches  to  negotiate — the  rest  will 
be  much  easier  than  motoring  from  Melbourne 
to  Geelong.  The  family  motorist  can  take  his 
wife  and  children  in  absolute  security  and  confi- 
dence. Let  him  choose  dry  weather  in  late  spring, 
and  he  will  behold  the  Heart  of  Queensland — a 


hayfield  12  degrees  of  latitude  in  length,  and  be- 
come for  evermore  a  wildly  enthusiastic  Aus- 
tralian. 

Half-way  between  Winton  and  Longreach  he 
will  strike  a  galvanized-iron  house  on  a  wide, 
open  plain. 

He  may  stop  his  car  there  for  lunch — about  60 
miles  north  of  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn — and  eat 
better  beef  than  city  restaurants  ever  put  before 
him. 

Along  this  Winton-Longreach  belt  there  are 
both  artesian  and  sub-artesian  supplies  of  water. 
The  small  settler  may  have  a  cheap  scheme  with 
windmill  power  from  the  nearer  sub-artesian 
source,  and  the  big  pastoralist  his  deep-sunken, 
more  expensive  artesian  bore. 

Longreach,  the  terminus  of  that  great  central 
railway  system  which  finds  an  outlet  at  Rock- 
hampton,  is  an  entirely  prosperous  place,  with 
good  shire  government  and  modern  conveniences 
of  town  life. 

Most  of  the  pastoral  leases  here  will  "fall  in" 
about  1927.  Subdivisions  already  effected  have 
brought  many  new  settlers  to  this  district.  Land 
for  selection  is  constandy  becoming  available  in 
this  way.  One  hears  of  great  successes  rapidly 
achieved  by  small  men.  A  prominent  citizen 
who  ten  years  ago  was  a  working  shearer,  now 
boasts  a  fortune  of  £40,000.  There  are  others 
equally  successful. 

Whether  a  man  achieves  fortune  or  not,  there 
is  no  fear  of  poverty  in  the  West,  and  he  may  be 
assured  at  least  of  reasonable  prosperity  and 
health.  The  best  of  food  is  plentiful — beef, 
game,  fruit,  poultry,  vegetables — and  only  needs 
good  cooking.  High  wages  prevail  everywhere, 
and  opportunities  for  betterment  await  upon  those 
who  will  know  how  to  conserve  their  chances. 

The  prevailing  holdings  of  100,000  and 
180,000  acres  will,  in  the  future,  be  reduced  to 


Gidyea  Forest 


472 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


A  Street  In  Barcaldine 


grazing  farms,  and  probably  dairy  farms,  irriga- 
tion blocks,  and  wheatfields. 

The  people  of  the  Great  Central  Plateau,  re- 
freshed by  long  winters  with  cool  nights  and  occa- 
sional frosts,  will  have  all  the  necessary  energy 
and  strength  to  engage  in  these  standard  rural 
industries  for  which  it  is  eminently  suitable. 

How  far  irrigation  from  artesian  sources  can 
be  carried  is  not  yet  possible  to  determine. 

At  Barcaldine,  where  bore  water  is  exceedingly 
good,  small  irrigation  plots  are  producing  fruit 
successfully.  Towards  Blackall  and  Tambo,  the 
lighter  soils  and  increased  rainfall  make  agricul- 
ture more  certain.  Tambo  has  an  average  rain- 
fall of  23.28  inches,  and  Roma  26.09.  Experi- 
ments on  the  Government  Agricultural  Area  at 
Roma,  covering  seven  years,  show  that  one  wheat 
grown  here  (Bunge  No.  lA,  rust-resisting)  will 
average  20  bushels  to  the  acre.  I  should  say,  as 
a  very  conservative  statement,  that  the  Queens- 
land wheat-growing  belt  will  prevail  as  far  north 
as  the  so-called  Barcaldine  "desert."  Roma  is  on 
the  eastern  edge  of  the  cypress  pine  country;  how 
far  westward  from  there  the  wheat  belt  will 
extend  one  hardly  dares  to  prophesy.  Charle- 
ville,  165  miles  further  west  of  Roma,  has  an 
average  rainfall  of  20.58  inches.  Cunnamulla, 
121  miles  still  further  south-west,  14.04  inches. 
Pinnaroo,  South  Australia,  is  making  wheat  pay 
on  a  12-inch  rainfall  and  much  lower  average 
crop  to  the  acre  than  20  bushels.  Latitude,  of 
course,  has  to  be  taken  Into  consideration,  but 
specially  hybridised  varieties,  and  the  fallowing 
system,  will  carry  wheat-growing  into  suitable 
soils  far  beyond  the  radius  which  has  hitherto 
been  regarded  as  possible  in  our  Australian 
States.  Queensland  may,  if  she  chooses,  become 
a  great  bread-producer  too. 


There  are  good  sleeping  and  dining  cars  on 
the  Central  Line,  which  relieve  the  journey  be- 
tween Longreach  and  Rockhampton.  Trucking 
yards  at  the  western  stations  indicate  that  it  is 
still  a  cattle  country,  but  it  also  produces  excellent 
wool.  Between  Ilfracombe  and  Barcaldine  the 
soils  are  lighter  than  those  between  Hughenden 
and  Cloncurry.  Mitchell  grass  and  grey  boree 
timber  are  prominent  native  growths  along 
here. 

Barcaldine  is  no  more  than  the  other  Cities  of 
the  Plain,  but  its  councillors,  or  residents,  have 
seen  to  it  that  shade  trees  are  planted  in  the 
streets,  and  that  the  beautiful  indigenous  timbers 
around  the  town  have  not  been  ruthlessly  cut 
down.  Tree  planting  is  one  of  those  necessary 
duties  that  Australian  legislators  ought  to  enforce 
and  local  governments  encourage.  There  are 
always  natural  trees  which  will  grow  if  they  are 
asked  to,  and  the  ugliest  locality  may  thus  be 
beautified. 

Because  of  its  trees,  Barcaldine  stands  out  from 
among  the  cities  of  Central  Queensland,  and  men 
outback  speak  of  it  as  the  Faithful  speak  of  Bag- 
dad. 

Even  the  trains  of  fat  sheep  from  Aramac 
leave  it  with  apparent  regret. 

The  thermometer  in  the  Lands  Office  at  Bar- 
caldine only  once  in  ten  years  has  reached  105 
degrees.  The  people  of  Barcaldine  ask  you  to 
compare  their  thermometric  readings  with  those 
of  western  New  South  Wales. 

In  point  of  fact  there  are  many  hotter  places  in 
Australia. 

Travelling  eastward  from  Barcaldine,  the 
stranger  will  meet  one  of  Australia's  unexpected 
changes.  Within  a  little  distance,  the  dark  lands 
typical  of  the  Downs  give  place  to  loose  red  soils, 
resembling  the  wheat  lands  of  New  South  Wales. 


THE    HEART    OF   QUEENSLAND 


473 


The  landscape,  as  If  by  magic,  is  suddenly  trans- 
formed— covered  at  one  sweep  of  the  Magician's 
Wand  with  beautiful  timbers,  drooping  white 
gums,  wilga,  myall,  glossy-leaved  box,  bauhinia, 
and  ornamental  shrubs  and  flowers.  Mistletoes 
droop  from  the  trees;  the  yellow  acacias  throw 
out  their  pungent  perfumes.  In  the  cleared  spaces 
long  grasses  wave- — from  a  titanic  field  the  face 
of  Queensland  has  all  at  once  been  converted  into 
a  lovely  landscape  garden. 

Never  shall  I  forget  the  impressions  I  received 
on  coming  for  the  first  time  into  this  delightful 
country,  which  covers  hundreds  of  square  miles! 

I  had  gone  down  into  the  Downs  from  Towns- 
ville,  out  to  Cloncurry,  back  to  Hughenden,  down 


Surely  the  men  who  called  this  a  desert  were 
either  woefully  ignorant,  or  wantonly  wicked. 

A  little  spinifex  grass  grows  in  patches  here 
and  there;  that  is  all  the  similarity  as  far  as  I  can 
perceive  to  country  that  has  wrongly,  for  the  most 
part,  been  classed  as  "desert"  elsewhere.  Kan- 
garoo grass,  which  is  a  sign  of  good  country, 
grows  beside  it.  A  glance  at  the  official  map  of 
Queensland  shows  naturally  that  there  is  an  in- 
creased rainfall  here. 

There  is  a  sheepman  near  me.  I  ask  him  a 
question.  He  says,  "We  get  80  per  cent,  of  lambs 
here  as  against  40  per  cent,  on  the  Downs." 
Lambing  takes  place  in  the  hot  weather,  and  there 
is  more  shelter.     The  planting  of  shade  belts  on 


Artesian  Boie  Diain,  Barcaldine 


to  Winton,  across  to  Longreach,  and  now  I  was 
returning  eastward  to  Rockhampton.  For  days 
I  had  beheld  nothing  but  treeless  or  lightly-tim- 
bered black  soil  plains.  The  sudden  change  made 
a  sharper  contrast. 

Opposite  me  in  the  railway  car,  as  we  left  Bar- 
caldine, sat  a  youth  engrossed  in  a  cheap  English 
novel. 

He  looked  sideways  out  of  the  train  window, 
and  remarking,  "JVe  are  in  the  Desert  now," 
resumed  his  reading.  The  entrance  to  this  "Bar- 
caldine Desert"  is  marked  to  me  by  the  fact  that 
I  have  seen  more  surface  water  and  heavier  tim- 
ber than  I  have  looked  on  in  a  thousand  miles. 
Otherwise  it  is  no  more  than  the  change  from 
Field  to  Garden. 


IL 


the  treeless  Downs  would  no  doubt  increase  the 
average,  but  the  fact  stands. 

As  we  get  deeper  into  the  "desert,"  a  greater 
greenness  and  softness  comes  over  the  scene.  I 
notice  the  tops  of  some  graceful  gum  trees  white 
with  blossom — for  it  is  Spring  here.  All  the 
wilgas,  too,  are  dusted  with  white.  In  some 
places  there  are  acres  of  purple  flowers;  in  others 
patches  of  shrubs  resembling  English  may.  The 
heavy  odour  f'-om  a  forest  of  acacia  is  blown  in 
on  the  cool  midday  air,  and  yonder  there  is  a  sea 
of  glorious  flowering  heather. 

Rich  red  soils — tongued  with  grey  ornamental 
trees  and  a  riot  of  wild  flowers — so  the  Desert 
smiles.  Our  "deserts"  will  enable  us  to  feed 
millions  of  our  own  and  still  leave  enough  over 
to  help  feed  other  millions  beyond  the  seas! 


S 


c8 

Q 


474 


Queensland  Pastures 


EAST  AND  WEST. 


THE  man  who  goes  to  Rockhampton  in  mid- 
summer, and  takes  his  impressions  there- 
from, is  liable  to  fall  into  errors  similar 
to  those  of  certain  early  Australian  explorers. 
Oxley  reached  the  Lachlan  in  a  very  wet  season, 
and  concluded  that  the  interior  was  a  vast  morass. 
Sturt  found  the  Barrier  at  a  dry  time,  and  con- 
demned the  site  of  Broken  Hill  as  the  most  worth- 
less country  in  the  world.  It  is  necessary  to  visit 
Rockhampton  in  August  as  well  as  February. 
Frost  and  ice  are  by  no  means  uncommon  in  this 
part  of  Queensland  during  the  winter  months. 

The  past  history  of  the  district  of  which  Rock- 
hampton is  the  immediate  port  and  centre,  has 
been  largely  one  of  rich  mineral  discovery,  gold 
excitement,  mining  investment,  pastoral  progress, 
trade. 

Its  future  history,  from  all  appearances,  will 
be  equally  interesting,  but  entirely  different.  It 
should  be  a  story  of  tremendous  agricultural  de- 
velopment, of  closer  settlement,  dairying,  fruit 
growing,  and  so  on.  During  the  last  decade 
(1903-13)  a  complete  change  has  been  effected 
in  the  local  outlook.  Results  are  now  achieved, 
especially  in  dairying,  which  would  have  been  re- 
garded as  impossible  by  Central  Queenslanders 
of  the  last  generation. 


On  the  pastoral  districts  which  Rockhampton 
serves  much  money  has  been  made,  and  lost,  and 
made.  To  and  through  Rockhampton  the  wealth 
won  on  Mount  Morgan,  Clermont,  Emerald, 
and  other  mining  fields  has  poured  in  a  golden 
stream.  In  19 14  Port  Alma,  Rockhampton,  and 
Broadmount  handled  £3,764,432  worth  of  ex- 
ports, mainly  wool,  meats,  hides,  sheepskins,  cop- 
per, gold,  and  live  stock. 

That  trade  is  destined  to  assume  still  larger 
proportions.  This  city  of  21,000  people  is  likely 
to  grow  into  one  of  the  most  populous  and  pros- 
perous centres  of  the  Commonwealth. 

This  will  be  independent  of  Mount  Morgan, 
or  the  discovery  of  any  new  field  as  rich,  which 
the  greatest  mining  optimist  can  hardly  hope 
for. 

The  discovery  of  Australia  has  been  going  on 
for  more  than  a  hundred  years,  but  it  is  yet  in- 
complete. Central  Queensland — that  generous 
section  of  it  which  lies  between  the  mountains  and 
the  sea — has  afforded  a  recent  illustration  of 
this. 

Inland  from  the  banks  of  the  Fitzroy  River, 
on  which  Rockhampton  is  situated,  and  out  across 
country,  lie  millions  of  acres  of  black  brigalow 
scrub. 


475 


476 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


Brigalow  country,  like  mallee,  was  always 
looked  upon  as  "poor"  in  the  old  days. 

The  brigalow  {acacia  excelsa),  according  to 
botanists,  sometimes  attains  a  height  of  loo  feet. 
In  ordinary  brigalow  scrubs  the  trees  are  about 
60  to  70  feet,  and  do  not  make  a  close  forest  like 
the  mallee. 

Brigalow  country,  in  Central  Queensland,  costs 
30/-  an  acre  for  clearing  and  seeding  with  Rhodes 
grass.  It  then  acquires  a  stock-carrying  capacity 
of  four  cows  to  three  acres,  and  makes  the  finest 
of  dairy  pastures. 

Here  is  a  discovery  as  valuable  as  Mount  Mor- 
gan! Less  spectacular,  but  to  the  people  of 
Queensland,  ultimately  worth  as  much — or 
more. 

Furthermore,  much  of  this  once-despised  briga- 
low scrub  is  composed  of  heavy  black  and  red 
soils,  fairly  well  watered,  or  of  such  formation 
that  water  can  readily  be  conserved  by  the  set- 
tlers. 

The  first  man  to  take  up  brigalow  is  said  to 
have  been  a  Gippsland  farmer,  who  was  as- 
tounded at  his  own  success.  He  found  that  the 
cheap  and  ugly  scrub  which  could  be  so  rapidly 
and  inexpensively  converted  into  pasture,  would 
feed  more  cows  to  the  acre  than  any  Southern 
dairy  district.  He  naturally  grew  interested — 
and  rich. 

Then  the  ploughing  and  planting  of  the  briga- 
low began :  slowly  at  first,  but  latterly  with  greater 
rapidity  and  confidence. 

Potatoes  were  planted,  and  returned  unex- 
pectedly heavy  crops.  Maize  was  planted,  and 
yielded  45  bushels  to  the  acre.  Lucerne,  without 
irrigation,  gave  five  crops  in  six  months.  Another 
province  had  been  added  to  Queensland! 


This  Central  Coast  and  highlands  produce  tro- 
pical and  temperate  fruits  equally  well.  Straw- 
berries and  papaws  flourish  together;  the  land 
will  grow  practically  everything.  And  there  is 
an  abundance  of  it,  suitable  for  closer  settlement. 
Half  the  country,  for  150  miles  along  the  Valley 
of  the  Dawson,  is  brigalow.  The  Fitzroy,  the 
Mackenzie,  and  the  Dawson  all  await  the  settler. 
North,  south,  and  west  there  will  be  available 
acres  that  cannot  fail  to  support  comfortable 
Queensland  homes.  Fourteen  miles  from  Rock- 
hampton  there  is  a  block  of  virgin  red  soil,  40 
miles  long  and  five  miles  wide,  which,  on  160-acre 
blocks,  should  be  capable  of  supporting  800 
families.  Allowing  the  usual  average  of  five  per- 
sons to  each  household,  this  gives  about  one-fifth 
the  present  population  of  the  city  itself. 

Agricultural  living  areas,  as  allocated  by  the 
district  Lands  office,  which  controls  an  enormous 
area  of  Crown  lands,  run  from  160  to  1280  acres. 
The  danger  here,  as  in  other  places,  is  that  the 
intensive  culturist  may  get  too  much  land.  A  dairy 
herd  of  a  hundred  cows  is  a  big  thing  anywhere. 
Gracemere,  a  celebrated  station,  now  the  Bodalla 
of  the  North,  milks  from  600  to  700  cows.  This 
huge  dairy  is  conducted  on  entirely  modern  lines. 
Nowadays,  there  are  few  losses  from  ticks  in  Cen- 
tral Queensland. 

The  prickly-pear  pest  requires  attention,  but 
the  writer  met  one  dairyman,  80  miles  west  from 
Rockhampton,  who  has  converted  his  pear  curse 
into  a  blessing.  He  is  rearing  his  pigs  on  a  special 
mixture  of  pear,  pollard,  molasses,  sulphur,  and 
salt,  and  claims  to  be  making  money. 

Wiseheads  up  here  declare  the  drought  of 
1902  to  have  been  a  blessing  in  disguise,  in- 
asmuch as  that  unexpected  shortage  taught  set- 


A  MoVi  of  Central  Queensland  Cattle 


I 


■a 

I 
I 

5 


477 


478 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


tiers  the  necessity  for  conservation.  The  average 
rainfall  for  Rockhampton  is  over  41  inches;  80 
miles  from  the  coast  it  falls  to  30  and  24  inches. 
It  is  asserted  that  the  ring-barking  and  felling  of 
the  scrub  causes  dry  creeks  to  flow  in  this  district. 

A  storage  for  irrigation  is  meditated  at  a  suit- 
able site  in  the  Boomer  Mountains,  30  miles 
from  Rockhampton. 

These  discursive  statements  may  be  accepted 
as  so  many  points  in  favour  of  future  agricultural 
development;  they  could  be  supplemented  by  a 
volume  of  facts  and  figures. 


Visitors  will  not  fail  to  ascend  (by  rack-rail- 
way some  of  the  distance)  to  Mount  Morgan, 
the  richest  gold  mine  on  the  continent. 

On  the  way  up  they  will  pass,  on  the  outskirts 
of  the  city,  swamps  covered  with  red  weed,  where 
the  ibis  feeds  and  the  white  crane  stalks  among 
purple  water-lilies :  thence,  through  lucerne 
patches,  mangoes,  and  grassy  forest  land,  to- 
wards the  mountain,  where  many  pleasant  homes 
have  been  made  in  fertile  corners. 

Mount  Morgan  is  a  giant  workshop  in  the 
hills,     twenty-four     miles     from     Rockhampton. 


Gold  Mines,  Mount  Morgan 


We  will  content  ourselves  with  one  short  ex- 
tract from  the  Annual  Report  of  the  Department 
of  Lands. 

The  report  is  printed  under  the  name  of  Mr. 
W.  P.  Bond,  the  Land  Commissioner  for  the  dis- 
trict.    He  says : — 

^^Tlie  Barmoya  Scrub,  which  a  few  years 
ago  was  a  zvallaby  run,  is  now  a  network  of 
cultivated  farms.  . 

"The  chief  crops  grown  are  all  kinds  of 
fruit,  maize,  potatoes,  wheat,  lucerne,  pump- 
kins, and  Rhodes  grass. 

"The  shallow  belar  and  brigalow  scrubs  are 

particularly  suitable  for  growing  Rhodes  grass, 

which  in  this  locality  gives  a  carrying  capacity 

of  a  beast  to  seven-tenths  of  an  acre." 

And  remember!  There  are  millions  of  acres  yet 

of   that   cheap,   ugly,   brown   brigalow   with   the 

silver-bronze  leaves. 


Gold  was  first  discovered  here  by  Edwin  Morgan 
in  1882.  The  present  share  capital  of  the  mine 
is  one  million  pounds  in  £  shares.  Since  its  for- 
mation the  Company  has  expended,  in  round  fig- 
ures, over  ten  million  pounds  sterling  in  wages, 
machinery,  taxes  and  general  expenses,  and  dis- 
tributed another  nine  millions  in  dividends. 

Altogether  this  one  mine  has  contributed  near- 
ly twenty  millions  of  money  to  the  wealth  of  Aus- 
tralia. It  still  employs  2,800  hands,  and  sup- 
ports a  city  of  thirteen  thousand  people ! 

The  directors'  annual  balance  sheet,  issued  fur 
the  year  ended  31st  May,  1915,  shows  a  total 
revenue  for  that  year  of  £1,005  400,  ^""^  ^"  ^''" 
penditure  of  £838,760 — of  which  £742,011  was 
for  wages,  &c. 

One  comes  away  from  this  historic  hillside 
with  a  confused  impression  of  busy  men  and 
straining  horses,  of  tremendous  dumps,  smoking 
"slag,"    huge    smelting    pots,    furnaces,    molten 


QUEENSLAND:    EAST   AND   WEST 


479 


^^B^B^i£i_ 

^fiiiiiiii^Llill^___   '  '^■' 

^^^^n^^^ 

Sockhampton,  the  Capital  of  Central  Queensland 


metal,  heavy  fumes,  whirling  belts  and  noisy  en- 
gines, cranes,  dynamos,  locomotives,  tall  stacks 
and  electric  trams.  It  is  a  hub  of  organization; 
a  theatre  of  tremendous  energy.  Economic  ap- 
plication of  muscle  and  mind  is  here.  Experi- 
ence, invention,  ability,  are  here.  The  problem 
of  Mt.  Morgan  yesterday  was  the  payable  reduc- 
tion of  copper.  Unless  the  bottom  falls  out  of 
the  world's  copper  markets,  it  has  been  solved. 

All-powerful  capital  is  here.  It  has  established 
a  reservoir  of  water  with  a  capacity  of  376  mil- 
lion gallons.  It  draws  limestone  flux — 10,000 
tons  a  month — from  Marmor  quarries  principally, 
51  miles.  It  brings  ironstone  flux  from  Iron 
Island  and  peulic  flux  from  Many  Peaks — 151 
miles.  It  hauls  in  iron,  manganese,  coke,  sul- 
phur, and  nitre  for  the  roasting  and  boiling  that 
goes  on  unceasingly  in  its  mammoth  kitchen  on 
the  Hill — a  kitchen  through  which  there  passed 
a  little  less  than  260,000  tons  of  ore,  to  make 
those  figures  in  the  Directors'  annual  balance 
sheet  for  191 2. 

In  1892,  when  a  million  ounces  of  gold  had 
been  taken  practically  from  the  surface  of  Mt. 
Morgan,  geological  reports  asserted  that  "only 
a  very  small  proportion  of  the  known  amount  of 
payable  ore  had  been  excavated."  In  19 15  the 
Annual  Report  of  the  Under  Secretary  for  Mines 
said: — 

"At  Mount  Morgan,  still  by  far  the  great- 
est of  our  mines,  the  year,  especially  for  the 
latter  part,  has  been  one  of  great  activity. 
Mt.  Morgan  last  year  produced  256,218  tons 
of  ore,  which,  with  20,002  tons  from  Many 
Peaks,  yielded  106,520  oz.  of  fine  gold,  valued 
at  £452,468 ;  and  7,796  tons  of  copper,  valued 
at  £471,658;  33,978  ozs.  of  silver,  valued  at 
£3,539;  a  total  value  of  £927,665.    The  year's 


record  is  thus  highly  satisfactory,  and  encour- 
ages the  hope  that  this  great  industrial  enter- 
prise will  long  continue  to  be  the  centre  of  a 
large,  prosperous,  and  contented  community." 

The  community,  directly  and  indirectly  sup- 
ported by  Mount  Morgan,  all  told,  may  be  put 
down  at  5,000  workers.  This  includes  timber 
getters. 

The  town,  which  nestles  at  the  foot  of  that 
famous  hill  of  gold  and  copper,  seems  busy  and 
cheerful. 

The  children  are  well-fed,  healthy-looking, 
young  Australians;  the  women  vigorous;  the  men 
robust.  Wages  earned  by  miners  run  8/-,  9/-, 
10/-,  11/-,  to  13/4  a  day.  Contract  men  win  as 
much  as  17/6  a  day.  Costs  of  living  are  com- 
paratively low. 

Does  Australia  contain  more  than  one  Mount 
Morgan?  It  is  quite  possible.  The  first  Queens- 
land gold  reef  was  opened  at  Crocodile  Creek, 
in  the  Rockhampton  district,  in  1865.  Rock- 
hampton  had  seen  many  rushes  and  hailed  many 
local  mineral  finds  before  Mount  Morgan — a 
morning's  ride  from  town — was  discovered,  seven- 
teen years  later. 

Although  it  has,  so  far,  proved  the  richesc 
mine  on  the  continent,  it  possesses  many  geolo- 
gical features  common  to  other  gold  and  copper 
propositions. 

The  country  rock,  in  the  immediate  neighbour- 
hood of  the  great  mine,  is  mainly  composed  of 
silicified  sandstone,  grey  washes,  and  undurated 
shale.     The  sandstone  is  rich  in  iron  pyrites. 

As  we  have  said,  the  gold-bearing  surface  of 
the  lode  was  enormously  rich.  The  gold  values 
declined  with  depth :  but  the  copper  contents  of 


48o 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


this  astounding  mineral  deposit  increased!  To 
be  at  once  the  richest  gold  mine  and  the  most 
productive  copper  mine  in  Queensland  has  been 
the  distinction  of  Mt.  Morgan. 

It  might  be  said,  for  the  better  understanding 
of  the  layman,  that  Mt.  Morgan  is,  or  was,  a 
pyramid  of  copper,  whose  apex  was  gold. 

Although  his  original  theory  of  the  geological 
cause  of  Mt.  Morgan  (a  thermal  spring,  a  gey- 
ser, in  the  open  air  spouting  fitfully  water  and 
chloride  of  gold),  has  been  proved  wrong.  Dr. 
Jack,  ex-Government  Geologist,  asserted  that  the 
discovery  of  Mt.  Morgan  "may  lead  to  others 
of  equal  importance  in  a  direction  where  gold  has 
never  hitherto  been  looked  for. 

"A  vast  area  In  our  western  Interior  Is  com- 
posed of  cretaceous  rocks,  and  has  been  covered 
with  the  desert  sandstone,  of  which  isolated  table- 
lands remain  to  attest  Its  former  wide  expansion. 
Beneath  the  cretaceous  rocks,  palaeozoic  rocks 
undoubtedly  extend,  and  these  doubtless  contain 
many  reefs  as  rich  in  gold  as  those  which  are 
exposed  to  view  In  the  ranges  near  the  coast." 

Mr.  B.  Dunstan,  the  present  Geologist,  has 
said  of  the  field: — 

"It  is  well  known  that  past  practices  here  have 
not  in  a  single  instance  availed  to  show  when 
conditions  are  favorable  or  otherwise  for  stone 
to  carry  gold.  In  the  Mt.  Morgan  Mine  itself 
It  Is  Impossible  to  tell  by  appearances  whether 
the  stone  Is  rich  or  poor.  Of  two  samples  which 
might  be  absolutely  the  same  in  texture,  color, 
structure,  specific  gravity  and  mineral  constitu- 
ents, one  would  perhaps  yield  as  many  ounces  of 
gold  to  the  ton  as  the  other  would  penny- 
weights." 
The  faith  of  those  who  believe  another  Mt. 
Morgan  possible  may  yet  be  justified. 

Stories  of  the  mining  fields,  for  which  Rock- 
hampton  has  been,  and  is,  the  port  and  frequent 
depot,  would  make  Interesting  volumes. 

At  Mt.  Wheeler,  20  miles  from  the  city,  a  small 
boy  one  day  discovered  a  nugget  worth  a  thou- 
sand pounds. 

About  two  hundred  miles  to  the  west  from 
Rockhampton  Is  Anakie  gem  field.  Here  nature 
has  written  a  fascinating  romance.  Here  Is  an 
open  jewel-casket  of  incalculable  value. 

As  a  proved  gem-producing  area,  Anakie  has 
probably  no  rival  in  any  country — Slam  included. 

It  has  taken  many  years  for  the  Australian 
sapphire  to  overcome  a  prejudice  which  was 
largely  mendacious.  But  its  popularity  Is  grow- 
ing, and  the  output  from  Anakie  is  rapidly  in- 
creasing. 

"The  demand  for  the  gemstones  of  Anakie," 
said  the  Government  Mining  Journal,  in  1912, 
"Is  regulated  almost  completely  by  the  lapidaries 


of  Germany,  who  distribute  the  cut  material 
throughout  Russia,  which  Is  the  principal  consum- 
ing country.  The  German  firms  have  agents  oa 
the  fields  and  in  the  southern  capitals  of  the  Com- 
monwealth, these  latter  In  turn  being  represented 
by  local  sub-agents. 

"In  all  there  are  now  (1914),  17  buyers,  and 
of  these  ten  are  stationed  at  Sapphire  and  seven 
at  Ruby  Vale.  Three  of  them,  representing  south- 
ern or  well-known  Continental  firms,  are  always 
open  for  business,  and  one  of  them  had  a  turnover 
of  £6,000  last  year  (19 12-3),  but  the  activities 
of  the  remainder  are  circumscribed.  Some  of 
them  periodically  visit  the  producing  centres, 
where  they  purchase  parcels  of  stone  after  due 
examination,  which,  it  may  be  mentioned,  cannot 
be  undertaken  unless  the  day  be  cloudless,  for 
the  prized  deep  violet  blues  appear  quite  opaque 
in  dull  weather.  The  prime  requirements  of  the 
German  market  since  1906  are  stones  of  a  dark 
violet  blue  colour,  which  in  the  larger  sizes  (up 
to  3  oz.  in  weight)  bring  as  much  as  £5  per 
oz.  Largest  blues  are  sometimes  3  oz.  In 
weight.  Large  blue  include  the  dark  violet 
stones,  20Z.  or  more  in  weight.  These,  if  cut 
locally,  yield  a  black  gem.  It  is  suspected  the 
Germans  have  devised  some  means  whereby  the 
colouration  may  be  reduced;  hence  the  reason  for 
the  strong  demand  for  these  stones.  The  purest 
corundum  In  the  world  is  found  at  Anakie.  This 
also  Is  bought  at  a  high  price  by  Germany  for 
some  secret  process — perhaps  aeroplane  bear- 
ings." 

The  war  has  caused  a  temporary  "slump," 
which  will  doubtless  be  ultimately  overcome  by  the 
opening  up  of  new  markets. 

It  is  forty  years  ago  since  the  first  stones  were 
discovered  on  this  field,  which  covers  an  area  of 
about  200  square  miles.  The  payable  ground 
is  yet  confined  to  two  or  three  central  proposi- 
tions, of  which  the  "Reward"  and  "Freehold" 
are  the  principal.  Both  date  from  the  discovery 
of  the  field.  The  Reward  was  granted  to  the 
original  discoverer  and  reporter  of  the  existence 
of  sapphires  In  payable  quantities.  Of  the  Re- 
ward, Geologist  Ball  says  it  covers  "an  area  of 
160  acres  of  the  richest  ground  on  the  field." 
Both  mines  are  held  by  the  same  man,  J.  P.  Mit- 
chell, who  arrived  In  this  district  from  Scotland 
ten  years  ago,  as  he  himself  says,  with  absolutely 
empty  pockets.  It  Is  understood  that  he  Is  about 
to  open  these  mines  out  on  a  large  scale.  For 
five  years,  up  to  and  including  19 13,  the  men 
employed  on  the  Reward  have  met  with  striking 
success;  the  most  valuable  gems  got  on  the  field 
have  been  produced  by  this  mine.  This  fact,  and 
the  large  area  of  virgin  ground,  decided  the  pro- 
prietor to  float  the  Reward  and  subsequently  the 
Freehold. 


QUEENSLAND:    EAST   AND   WEST 


481 


m^4^-  \ 


Examining  Sapphires 

Queensland  is  a  country  of  opportunities. 
Anakie  Sapphire  Field  furnishes  more  than  one 
example. 

P>om  J.  P.  Mitchell,  who  five  years  after  his 


which  would  make  the  lucky  owner  an  independent 
man  in  three  years.  This,  too,  considering  the 
value  of  the  product  in  the  rough,  as  disposed  of 
to  the  buyers.  Such  mines  have  been  found  at 
Sapphire  Town  and  at  Ruby  Vale,  and  with  the 
large  area  of  unprospected  country,  other  mines 
just  as  valuable  are  undoubtedly  waiting  to  be 
discovered. 

The  man  without  capital  benefits,  "it  being 
tacitly  understood  that  the  field  is  reserved  for 
the  small  claimholders."  Any  man  holding  a 
Miner's  Right,  which  costs  5/-,  can  peg  out,  hold, 
and  work  his  hundred  yards  square  of  gem-bear- 
ing country.  In  three  weeks  he  may  learn  to 
make  a  living,  later  on  good  wages,  and  ultimate- 
ly, if  lucky,  "a  pile." 

The  average  working  population  in  19 14  was 
196  miners.  The  returns  in  value  notified  to  the 
Government,  £15,800.  There  is  no  penalty  in 
vogue  for  inducmg,  or  compelling  returns,  and 
for   obvious   reasons   it   is   justifiable   to   suppose 


arrival  in  Rockhampton  was  the  holder  of  the  '^^at  the  value  actually  won  was  considerably  over 
largest  claims  on  the  field,  to  the  latest  new-chum  '^hat  figure.  Yet  it  gave  an  average  (in  191 2) 
seeking  a  living  and  experience,  Anakie  offers  an      °^  £200  for  twelve  months  per  man   employed, 


almost  equal  chance. 

A  man  need  not  be  a  practical  miner  to  make 
a  start  as  a  gem  seeker  on  Anakie. 

Digging  for  sapphires  is  simple.  It  con- 
sists in  some  cases  of  "surfacing"  or  handpick- 
ing.  In  some  claims  the  soil  is  removed  and 
treated  by  washing.  In  other  cases,  open  cutting, 
or  removing  the  overburden  from  the  wash,  is 
practised,  followed  by  washing,  as  in  the  case  of 
the  surface  material;  or  shafts  are  sunk  through 
the  overburden  into  the  wash,  which  is  then  haul- 
ed to  the  surface  by  a  windlass.  The  term  "wash" 
applies  to  the  material  which  carries  the  sap- 
phires. This  is  readily  distinguished  from  the 
barren  surrounding  country  or  earth.  It  corre- 
sponds to  the  gangue  of  the  ore  in  metalliferous 
mining. 

The  underground  workings  are  not  deep,  40 
feet  being  the  limit  at  present.  The  average 
depth  is  about  20  feet,   in  firm  ground. 

The  area  which  can  be  held  by  one  man  as  a 
claim  is  300  feet  by  300  feet.  The  available 
country  is  extensive,  amounting  to  30  square 
miles.  A  hundred  yards  by  a  hundred  yards! 
Just  consider  what  this  means.  If  only  a  foot 
thickness  of  wash  is  found  all  over  this  block, 
the  amount  of  gem-bearing  material  would 
amount  to  6,000  tons.  Taking  the  average  re- 
turns of  the  field,  the  gross  value  of  this  is 
£1/5/4!  per  ton.  It  must  always  be  remembered 
that  there  are  exceptional  mines  where  the  gross 
value  goes  as  high  as  £40  per  ton.  Added 
to  the  certainty  of  making  a  living  on  the  sap- 
phire fields,  there  is  the  possibility  of  dropping 


the  great  majority  of  whom  were  working  for 
themselves. 

It  has  been  calculated  that  two  tons  weight  of 
precious  stones  were  removed  from  Anakie  dur- 
ing that  year. 

*  *  *  * 

By  an  intensely  blue  sea,  studded  with  islands, 
lies  Yeppoon,  much  frequented  by  the  people  of 
Rockhampton  in  summer.  There  are  hotels  and 
boarding  houses  by  the  shore,  where  one  may 
have  native  oysters,  fine  fat  Queensland  roast 
beef,  green  peas,  and  fruit-salads  galore. 


Classing  Sapphires 

Some  of  the  islands  along  this  coast  have  been 
taken  up  as  selections  under  the  Lands  Acts  of 
the  State. 

An  Englishman,  a  successful  grazier  from  Cen- 
tral Queensland,  has  retired  to  one  island  about 
a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  mainland,  80  miles 
north  of  Yeppoon.     He  will  have  fish  and  oys- 


on  a  property  giving  a  return  of  £40  a  ton,  and     ters   and  game   and   fruit   in   abundance.      To   a 


48: 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


Sisal  Hemp,  Childers 


man  who  loves  the  beauty  of  ocean,  sky,  beach, 
and  foreland,  there  can  surely  be  no  pleasanter 
place  to  spend  the  evening  of  one's  days. 

Nor  need  he  be  wealthy  to  find  those  plea- 
sures, which  in  other  countries  are  reserved  for 
the  rich  alone. 

The  old  age  pensioner  in  his  tent  along  the 
shore  by  Yeppoon  may  get  as  much  enjoyment 
out  of  life  as  some  American  millionaires. 

Under  the  wild  fig-trees,  garlanded  with  vines, 
he  may  sit  and  dream  an  old  man's  dreams  in 
peace. 

On  the  borders  of  Rockhampton,  at  Lake's 
Creek,  are  located  the  freezing  and  meat  preserv- 
ing works  of  the  Central  Queensland  Meat  Ex- 
port Company,  where  rhany  of  the  fat  cattle  for 
which  Queensland  is  world-famous  are  converted 
into  product  and  bi-product.  The  price  paid  here 
for  bullocks  by  this  Company  in  1913  was  £7  per 
head;  for  cows,  £4/15/-.  To-day,  prices  are  as 
high  as  £17  for  bullocks,,  and  £15  for  cows  in 
the  Brisbane  market.  The  capacity  of  the  works 
is  300  cattle  or  3,000  sheep  a  day.  Their 
annual  export  is  about  10,000  tons  of  frozen 
meat,  and  60,000  cases  of  canned  goods.  In 
the  canning  season  this  place  employs  over  500 
hands.  Officials  state  that  "cattle-raising  is  one 
of  the  most  profitable  industries  in  the  State,  un- 
der ordinary  conditions.  The  operations  of  the 
cattle-man  depend  entirely  upon  the  amount  of 
capital  he  has  at  his  disposal  to  put  into  the  in- 
dustry. Still,  many  men  have  started  with  a 
few  head  and  gradually  worked  up." 

With  a  capital  of  £5,000,  it  is  possible  to  make 
a  good  start  on  a  20,000-acre  holding.  Queens- 
land still  has  millions  of  acres  suitable  for  cattle- 
raising,  which  can  be  leased  from  the  Crown  for 
long  periods   at  particularly  low  rentals. 

Sidney  Kidman,  the  "Australian  Cattle  Kina," 
Is  instanced  as  a  very  small  beginner.  To-day 
he   is  one  of  the  biggest  dealers   in   the  world, 


owns  stations  all  over  the  Commonwealth,  and 
can  muster  his  cattle  by  the  hundred  thousand. 

Mr.  Kidman  runs  over  20  cattle  stations  in  the 
Northern  State. 

The  herds  of  Queensland  in  19 14  totalled 
five  and  a  half  millions,  of  which  only  387,311 
head  were  dairy  cattle;  the  rest  were  beef  cattle 
of  various  ages  and  qualities,  spread  over  the 
wide,  natural  pastures  of  the  State. 

The  great  "runs"  lie  out  chiefly  in  the  north 
and  west — by  Camooweal,  and  Cloncurry,  and 
Burketown.  These  range  from  2,000  to  5,000 
square  miles,  and  may  carry  from  10,000  to 
50,000  head. 

Warenda,  on  the  Gregory,  has  5,000  square 
miles,  and  until  recently  ran  25,000  cattle.  It 
now  carries  over  100,000  sheep. 

Dalgonally,  Julia  Creek — Cloncurry  district, 
ran  49,060  head. 

Some  of  the  pleasantest  Australian  literature, 
including  A.  B.  Paterson's  Clancy  of  the  Over- 
flow, has  been  written  around  the  cattle  drover 
and  his  wild,  romantic  life. 

The  far  west  Queensland  stations  send  their 
mobs  of  "fats"  by  hoof  to  Oodnadatta;  whence 


An  Ant  hiU,  28  ft.  high 


.a 

Q 


s 


o 
o 
o 

a 
o 


19 


a 

o 
•a 

u 

o 

a 
< 


484 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


A  Mob  of  Queensland  Horses 


they  are  trucked  by  rail  to  Adelaide,  South  Aus- 
tralia. These  cattle  will  be  on  the  road  from  four 
to  six  months,  and  may  travel  2,000  miles  before 
they  reach  their  market. 

Yet  the  Central  Australian  pastures  are  so  rich 
that  large  percentages  will  arrive  in  splendid  con- 
dition and  command  top  prices. 

This  common,  everyday  fact  is  in  itself  a  prac- 
tical proof  that  the  interior  of  the  continent  is 
anything  but  an  arid  waste. 

Not  long  since,  Sidney  Kidman  brought  a  large 
mob  of  fat  cattle  from  the  far  interior  to  South 
Australia.  The  distance  covered  was  2,000 
miles. 

For  a  mob  of  1,000  prime  bullocks  bred  in 
Queensland,  fattened  on  Cooper's  Creek,  and  tak- 
en by  road  and  rail  to  Adelaide  and  Melbourne 
the  same  owner  received  £15  5s.  per  head. 

Yet,  on  Cooper's  Creek,  it  will  be  remembered, 
the  final  scene  in  the  lamentable,  yet  foolish 
tragedy  of  Burke  and  Wills  was  played  out  only 
a  half-century  ago. 

Of  gold  and  beef  and  wool.  Central  Queens- 
land therefore  has  no  lack.  The  production  of 
the  two  last  is  constantly  increasing.  Mt.  Mor- 
gan has  not  ceased  to  spill  its  millions,  and  other 
mineral  riches  remain  to  be  exploited.  Go  where 
he  may  over  the  coastlands,  the  highlands,  and 


the  plains,  the  fortune  seeker — whatever  his  line 
— will  find  little  difficulty  and  no  danger  in  his 
path.  If  he  wishes  to  become  a  settler,  there 
are  sheep  lands,  cattle  lands,  dairy  lands,  fruit 
lands  suitable  for  his  purpose.  District  upon  dis- 
trict will  call  him.  The  country  wants  him;  and 
if  he  be  a  sane,  sober  man,  with  ordinary  human 
luck,  he  should  not  fail  to  "make  good." 

It  is  hard  for  people  in  other  countries  to  real- 
ize the  personal  freedom,  the  expansion,  the 
opportunities  for  success,  the  leisure,  and  the  cli- 
mate which  Australians  enjoy.  In  all  Queensland 
there  are  not  yet  three-quarters  of  a  million 
people,  and  Queensland  covers  670,500  square 
miles,  in  which  it  would  be  difficult  to  find  ten 
square  miles  absolutely  useless. 

Go  north  from  Rockhampton  along  the  coast 
to  Broadsound !  You  pass  through  good  cattle 
lands,  into  the  sugar  growing  districts  of  Mackay. 
Go  still  north  from  Mackay!  You  will  cross 
over  a  hundred  miles  of  magnificent  soils  suitable 
for  tropical  agriculture,  to  the  Proserpine  River. 

Thence  you  go  down  again  by  open  pastoral 
and  agricultural  expanses  to  Bowen,  with  its 
splendid  natural  harbor  and  surrounding  assets. 
Back  of  Bowen,  90  miles,  say  reliable  authori- 
ties,  there   "lies   another   Darling  Downs." 

Back  of  Bowen  harbor,  about  sixty  miles,  there 
certainly  lies   an   enormous   coalfield,   which  will 


QUEENSLAND:    EAST   AND    WEST 


485 


be  turned  to  account  some  day.  A  thousand  mil- 
lion tons  of  high-grade  coal  will  not  remain 
untouched  for  ever. 

Farming  and  fruitgrowing  are  practically  be- 
ginning around  Bowen.  Commercial  crops 
grown  in  the  district  of  Bowen  include  bananas, 
tobacco,  maize,  English  potatoes,  sweet  potatoes, 
sugar-cane,  pineapples,  oranges,  melons,  tomatoes, 
all  varieties  of  vegetables,  mangoes,  cigar  leaf, 
and  calabashes. 


Come  south  from  Rockhampton,  through 
forest  and  jungle,  stock  lands  and  tilth  lands, 
again  to  the  spacious  harbor  of  Port  Curtis. 
Here  Gladstone  stands  as  the  capital  of  another 
wide  territory,  exporting  its  frozen  meats  by  the 
tens  of  millions  of  lbs.  annually;  its  horses,  sheep- 
skins, hides,  minerals,  and  fruits,  and  agricultural 
products. 

Come  still  further  south,  to  the  wealthy  city 
of  Bundaberg,   capital   of  still   another  prosper- 


■;  iii:c.W.-^^ff5;iSv:-i^'-^i>;-^te^:       V 


•T«^ 


^s^ 


^ 


^<»^— """y 

<<-•'*•#; 


Orion   Downs,   Springsure   District 


From  1st  January  to  31st  December,  1914,  this 
little  centre  shipped  no  less  than  168.000  packages 
of  fruit  and  vegetables,  including  110,000  cases 
of  tomatoes. 

Horses,  canned  and  frozen  meats,  gold,  silver, 
copper,  lead,  and  bismuth  also  go  out  of  Bowen. 

From  thence  go  still  further  north — by  rail, 
if  you  like — to  Ayr,  on  the  Burdekin;  and  find 
yourself  in  the  heart  of  one  of  the  most  progres- 
sive sugar  districts  in  Queensland. 


ous  sugar-growing  district.  Here  the  mills  turn 
out  their  twenty  to  forty  thousand  tons  of  sugar 
in  a  season. 

Near  Bundaberg  are  the  famous  plantations 
of  Fairymead  and  Bingera;  and  behind  it  Chil- 
ders,  Isis,  where  sisal  hemp,  tobacco,  and  sugar 
are  grown;  where,  again,  there  are  grassed  lands 
and  jungle  lands  and  all  the  diverse  fertility  and 
richness  of  this  marvellous  Northern  State. 


486 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


Mount  Perry  copper  field  is  only  67  railway 
miles  inland. 

Go  west  again  to  the  head  waters  of  the  Bur- 
dekin,  the  Mackenzie,  the  Dawson,  the  Burnett, 
the  F'itzroy.  You  will  find  open  acres,  but  no 
sterile  wastes.  It  is  all  capable  of  some  produc- 
tion, and  merely  wanting  people.  Cattle  stations 
it  has,  sheep  stations,  mining  places, — but  every- 
where there  is  room  and  requirement  for  popu- 
lation. 

There  will  be  interest  in  your  journey,  diver- 
sity, change,  difference  in  climate  and  vegetation: 
and  you  will  find  hospitality  and  learn  the  way 
of  the  pioneer. 


flashes    marble    white    upon    a    flamingo-colored 
water  surface ! 

Over  those  coastal  hills;  pyramids,  perhaps,  of 
copper,  whose  apexes  are  yellow,  like  Mt.  Mor- 
gan, with  gold! 

Over  the  jungles,  where  wild  pigeons  feed  on 
scarlet  berries,  bunched  under  a  canopy  of  green 
palm  leaves. 

Over  the  bngalow,  turning  its  bronze-green 
leaves  to  the  evening  breeze. 

Over  the  gullies,  wetted  with  rain,  cooled  by 
coming  night  winds;  over  the  ranges,  musical 
with  soughing  of  tall  eucalypti  and  eeolian  ca- 
dences of  the  pine. 


An  Island  on  the  Queensland  Coast 


At  the  junction  of  the  Comet  and  Nogoa 
rivers  you  will  see  lost  Leichhardt's  marked  tree, 
where  in  1856  A.  C.  Gregory  dug,  as  directed — 
and  found  nothing. 

At  Springsure,  206  miles  from  Rockhampton, 
you  will  breathe  invigorating  mountain  air,  en- 
joy interesting  scenery,  and  learn  the  lore  of  the 
runs  from  rough-riding  stockmen  and  experienced 
overseers. 

At  Clermont  you  will  hear  stories  of  old 
digging  days;  at  Blair  Athol  you  may  gather 
facts  about  the  coal  measures  of  Queensland, 
which  have  here  found  one  of  their  industrial 
beginnings. 

*  *  *  * 

Lounging  on  the  beach  at  Emu  Park,  watching 
the  clean  tides  of  Keppel  Bay,  one  turns  to  see 
the  sun  setting  in  colors  of  purple  and  gold. 

It  is  900  miles  westward  in  the  sun's  track 
to  the  border  of  South  Australia.  Nine  hundred 
wondrous  miles  along  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn. 

Let  your  fancy  follow  the  sun  over  these  coas- 
tal  swamps,   where   the   crane's   reflected   image 


Over  the  temperate  western  slopes,  and  down 
on  the  great  plateau;  over  the  box  forests,  over 
the  flowering  wilga  and  fragrant  acacia,  out  on  to 
the  sheep  stations;  out  farther,  till  you  meet  the 
wide,  glorious  Downs,  on  whose  waving  grasses, 
wander  a  thousand  lowing  herds,  and  on  and  on 
and  on,  to  the  Georgina  and  the  Diamantina  and 
the    radiant    red    heart    of    the    Farthest    West. 

Follow  the  sun's  track  in  fancy,  follow  it  in 
fact!'  Nevermore  will  you  doubt  the  destiny 
of  Australia ;  nevermore  will  you  doubt  that  this 
great  State  of  429  million  odd  acres,  five  and  a 
half  times  bigger  than  the  British  Isles,  three 
times  the  size  of  France,  has  a  future  of  power, 
wealth,  population,  prosperity,  and  progress. 

Follow  the  sun,  from  East  to  West  across  the 
State  of  Queensland!  Follow  the  track  of  the 
sun! 

It  rises  low  over  the  Great  Barrier  Reef,  and 
floods  a  thousand  islands,  from  Saibai  by  palm- 
clad  Papuan  shores,  to  Point  Danger,  with  the 
ineffable  colors  of  a  southern  morning.  White 
sails    of   pearling   luggers,    iron    flanks    of   huge 


QUEENSLAND:  EAST   AND    WEST 


487 


The  Florida  Bore 


coastal  steamers,  long  white  beaches,  stained  fore- 
lands, mangroved  mouths  of  many  rivers,  light- 
houses, cocoanut  trees,  grow  out  of  the  night's 
darkness,  like  images  on  a  negative — accelerated 
by  latitude. 

Smoke  arises  from  the  little  coastal  cities  far 
apart,  from  townships,  from  remote  telegraph 
stations,  from  the  camps  of  dugong  fishers,  tim- 
ber getters,  cane  cutters,  trappers,  nomads,  dro- 
vers, prospectors,  and  aboriginals. 

Smoke  goes  up  from  the  selectors'  homes  in 
the  clearings;  from  the  planters'  bungalows; 
from  the  station  dwellings,  the  miners'  huts,  the 
orchardists'  wooden  houses  standing  on  piles; 
from  the  scattered  habitations  and  biding  places 
of  six  hundred  thousand  odd  people,  spread  over 
670,500  square  miles. 

Machetes  are  slashing  in  the  cane  brakes, 
milk  is  spurting  in  the  pails;  ripened  fruits  are 
being  packed  into  cases;  the  air  is  laden  with 
odours  of  pineapple,  bananas,  mangoes,  papaws; 
axes  are  flashing  in  the  timber;  ploughshares 
gleaming  in  the  furrows;  horses  are  being  sad- 
dled in  the  stockyards;  the  dust  of  travelling 
stock  uprises;  and  all  the  sound  and  movement 


that  attaches  to  human  life  and  labor  are  called 
into  being. 

But  over  hundreds  of  yet  unoccupied  miles, — 
virgin  forests,  primal  jungles,  untenanted  plains, 
unvisited  coasts, — there  are  solitude  and  the 
sounds  of  Nature  only. 

Follow  the  sun  over  Queensland !  Follow  the 
sun ! 

The  pearl  diver  is  coming  up  with  his  tribute 
of  iridescent  shell,  which  in  the  depth  of  Torres 
has  captured  the  pale  colors  of  Queensland  dawn. 

The  miner  is  bringing  up  from  his  shallow 
shaft  precious  opal,  which  has  gathered  to  itself 
the  glory  of  Queensland  sunrise. 

At  Anakie,  the  sapphire-seeker  is  holding  to 
the  light  gemstones  that  have  imprisoned  the  blue 
of  Queensland  skies. 

By  hillward  creeks  the  fossicker  bends  over  his 
dish,  to  see  what  golden  nuggets  it  may  contain. 

In  the  sugar  mills  the  rollers  are  steadily 
crushing  sweet  juice  from  the  cane.  In  the  mines 
jaws  of  iron  are  crunching  metal  from  the 
rock. 

In  the  woolsheds  greasy  fleeces  are  falling  away 
from  the  shears.    Over  many  a  plain  and  through 


488 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


many  a  glade,  fat  caltle  are  moving  slowly; 
while  "Clancy  rides  behind  them  singing,"  sing- 
ing the  glad,  melodious  song  of  a  free  life,  in  a 
free  country — a  song  of  Youth  and  Courage,  and 
infinite  Hope  for  the  Future. 

"He  sees  the  vision  splendid  of  the  sunlit 
plains  extended."  He  shapes  their  message  into 
words,  and  gives  it  to  the  winds  to  carry  over- 
seas. It  is  the  voice  of  Queensland  calling  for 
strong  men  and  women;  calling  to  the  crowded 
older  lands  of  Europe — a  voice  laden  with  pro- 
mise of  healthy  lives  and  happy  homes,  indepen- 
dence, ultimate  fortune  and  ease. 

If  anyone  were  inclined  to  doubt  the  authen- 
ticity of  the  message  let  him  examine  the  facts. 

Example  could  be  added  to  example,  until  the 
long  list  of  successes  pretty  well  covered  the 
whole  white  races.  English,  Irish,  Scotch,  Ger- 
mans, Russians,  Italians,  Scandinavians — men  of 
every  European  nationality — have  found  Queens- 
land the  best  country  in  the  world.  Scores  of 
them  have  landed  on  her  hospitable  shores  with 
a  few  shillings,  and  won  out  to  be  farmers  of 
substance,  independent  freeholders,  solid  citizens, 
hall-marked  with  district — sometimes  national — 
recognition. 

For  struggling  farmers  in  Europe  with  agri- 
cultural experience  and  a  little  capital,  Queens- 
land offers  opportunities  for  which  they  will  wait 
a  lifetime  in  vain. 

For  the  workers  who  elsewhere  can  look  for- 
ward to  nothing  but  uncertainty,  poor  living,  and, 
at  best,  enduring  toil  till  the  end  of  their  days — 
Queensland  holds  constant  employment  at  com- 
paratively higher  wages  and  shorter  hours,  re- 
ligious liberty,  political  equality,  personal  se- 
curity, and  provision  for  old  age.  Added  to 
these  are  free  education  for  their  children,  and 
an  open  chance  of  fortune  in  a  land  teeming  with 
unexploited  wealth. 

With  little  over  half  a  million  people  in  the 
State  in  19 14,  the  Government  Savings  Bank  had 
a  depositors'  list  of  192,402  names,  with  a  total 
savings  of  nearly  lO']  millions  of  pounds,  or  an 
exact  average  of  £58/8/6  per  head. 

The  twelve  banks  of  Queensland  in  that  year 
held  assets  totalling  nearly  twenty-four  millions. 

Yet  out  of  her  429,120,000  acres,  the  total 
area  under  cultivation  had  only  reached  981,218 
acres  in  19 14. 

It  can  be  seen  from  these  figures  what  this 
country — more  than  three  times  the  area  of 
France  and  infinitely  richer  in  soils  and  minerals — 
will  become  when  she  has  attracted  a  greater 
population.  According  to  the  census  of  191 1, 
France  was  supporting  no  less  than  39,601,509 
people. 

There  is  nothing  that  France,  or  any  other 
European  country,  grows  or  produces  that 
Queensland,   in  common  with  Australian   States, 


cannot  grow  and  produce  equally  as  well,  and 
often  better.  On  the  other  hand,  there  are  many 
things  of  which  Europe  is  entirely  barren  that 
Australia  can  produce  in  abundance. 

Under  these  circumstances  neither  emigrant 
nor  investor  need  have  much  fear  that  Queens- 
land will  prove  a  land  of  failure. 

It  is  officially  proclaimed  that,  "there  are  nu- 
merous avenues  of  investment  in  sheep  and  cattle 
stations,  farming  and  dairying  on  a  large  scale, 
city  and  country  properties,  mines  and  timber; 
in  the  development  of  secondary  industries,  and 
in  the  growing  of  rubber." 

With  £150  to  £200,  a  man  can  start  dairying 
in  a  small  way,  and  gradually  increase  his  herd 
and  operations.  On  £250  to  £300,  he  could 
make  an  excellent  beginning. 

One  hundred  pounds  capital  would  be  suffici- 
ent to  make  a  start  at  fruitgrowing. 

The  man  without  capital  might  work  for  a 
farmer  or  station  owner  until  he  had  enough  to 
pay  his  deposit  on  the  land  he  eventually  selects. 
There  arc  60  land  districts  in  Queensland;  in  all 
of  which  Crown  Lands  are  still  obtainable. 

Conditions  under  which  land  can  be  acquired  in 
each  of  the  Australian  States  will  be  found  in 
the  chapter  on  The  Croivu  Lands  of  the  Common- 
wealth. These,  generally  speaking,  have  been 
based  on  the  lines  of  settlement  pursued  under 
each  State  Government,  but  Queensland  has  a 
unique  form  of  tenure,  known  as  "prickly-pear  se- 
lections": which  does  not  prevail  elsewhere. 
When  we  come  to  the  story  of  the  prickly  pear 
we  will  better  appreciate  why  prickly  pear  lands 
have  been  brought  under  special  legislation. 

East  and  West  from  the  Barrier  to  the  Border, 
as  the  sun  goes,  there  is  room  for  thousands  of 
homes,  for  dairies,  orchards,  plantations,  mixed 
farms,  all  the  various  industries  that  have  already 
been  proved  profitable;  and  for  others  that  will 
arise  as  settlement  goes  on. 

The  rougher  days  of  pioneering  have  passed. 
The  settler  of  to-day  has  all  the  impetus,  the  in- 
vention, of  the  20th  century  behind  him.  His 
progress  is  more  rapid  and  certain;  his  personal 
exertions  less.  He  is  no  longer  isolated;  rapid 
transport  brings  him  into  touch  with  centres  of 
population — with  his  markets,  his  medicine,  and 
his  news. 

They  were  strong  men,  those  northern  pion- 
eers— broad-visioned,  patient,  and  brave.  East 
and  West,  from  the  Barrier  to  the  Border,  they 
laid  the  foundations  of  a  future  in  which  Queens- 
land will  surely  be  the  motherland  of  a  mighty 
race.  , 

In  the  house  of  our  Commonwealth — that 
dark-browed  sister,  so  richly  dowered,  who  keeps 
the  Northern  Gate,  shall  yet,  mayhap,  become  the 
strongest  and  the  greatest. 


Sheep  at  the  Hermitage,  Darling  Downs 


SOUTHERN  QUEENSLAND. 


AFTER  he  has  gathered  granadillas  at 
Cairns,  heard  the  nor'-easter  sighing  in  the 
bamboos  at  Rockhampton,  and  seen  the 
moon  rise  over  the  canefields  of  Bundaberg,  the 
traveller  should  take  train  to  Toowoomba. 

A  hundred  miles  from  Brisbane,  and  1,921 
feet  above  sea  level,  he  may  here  begin  his  in- 
spection of  the  Great  Northern  Tableland  and 
all  it  contains. 

He  will  find  mountains  and  eucalypts — a  land 
altogether  different  from  the  tropical  coast. 

The  apple-cheeked  girls  of  Toowoomba  might 
pass  for  Victorians  in  Sydney,  or  Tasmanians  in 
Melbourne. 

Beside  its  prestige  as  capital  of  the  famous 
Darling  Downs,  Toowoomba  enjoys  a  reputation 
as  a  fashionable  summer  resort  for  Queensland. 

Rich  in  foliage,  coolness,  and  scenic  beauty,  it 
is  one  of  the  pleasantest  cities  in  Australia. 

The  surrounding  district  pours  out  a  varied 
benison  of  fruit  and  flour,  wine  and  cream. 

Botanic  gardens,  parks,  residential  schools,  fine 
hotels,  daily  newspapers,  substantial  public 
buildings,   and   pleasant  villas   testify   to   its   im- 


portance— not  only  as  a  tourist  resort,  but  a  city 
of  wealth,  culture,  and  general  prosperity. 

Toowoomba  is  a  proud  Queen  of  the  Hills, 
crowned  with  garlands  of  flowers. 

At  this  centre  the  traveller  finds  a  railway  de- 
pot of  great  activity,  through  which  several  im- 
portant systems  send  their  passengers  and 
freights. 

One  branch  finds  its  terminus  at  Crow's  Nest, 
34  miles  north  by  east  along  the  Tableland,  tra- 
versing much  good  forest  and  farm  lands. 

The  soils  en  route  are  chocolate,  red,  and  black, 
exceptionally  rich  in  the  scrubs,  much  of  which 
has  been  cleared  and  converted  into  field  and 
pasture,  beautified  in  spring  by  a  wealth  of  wild- 
flower,  among  which  English  eyes  are  gladdened 
to  see  buttercups  and  bluebells. 

The  timbers,  of  good  milling  quality,  include 
pine,  blackbutt,  ironbark,  and  turpentine. 

Wheat,  lucerne,  potatoes,  and  maize  flourish 
up  here,  equally  as  well  as  the  cotton  grown  by 
Ipswich  at  the  feet  of  the  ranges.  Southern 
Queensland  is  as  variously  fertile  as  those  north- 


489 


490 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


em  districts,  over  which  the  reader  has  already 
glanced. 

Another  branch  line  goes,  south  and  west, 
through  to  Wyreema,  Pittsworth,  and  Millmer- 
ran — 54  miles. 

Pittsworth  is  a  small  centre  of  agricultural 
activity.  With  an  elevation  of  nearly  1,700  feet, 
the  cultivation  of  wheat,  barley,  and  oats  varies 
maize  and  lucerne-growing. 

From  Toowoomba,  the  western  railway  goes 
out  to  Charleville;  and  from   Charlevllle,  south 


surface.  The  Downs  were  discovered  by  Allan 
Cunningham,  the  botanist.  In  1827 — one  of  his 
many  great  services  to  Australia. 

Since  the  beginning  of  settlement  in  1840,  they 
have  been  a  constant  home  of  prosperity.  From 
a  squatting  period,  they  have  now  definitely  pass- 
ed to  a  closer  settlement  stage.  To-day  they  are 
a  vision  of  green  pasture  lands,  dotted  with  dairy 
cattle  of  the  finest  breeds,  hillside  homes  In  the 
midst  of  waving  cereals,  lucerne  paddocks,  clo- 
ver   meadows,     and    orchards — while    ploughed 


Bullocks  Drawing  Timber 


by  west,  to  Cunnamulla,  which  is  604  miles  from 
Brisbane. 

The  way  to  Dalby,  on  this  line.  Is  over  green 
lucerne  lands  of  the  Darling  Downs.  These 
Downs  hold  four  million  acres  of  the  richest 
chocolate  and  black,  soils  In  Australia,  from  four 
to  sixty  feet  deep. 

This  sweet  and  lovely  land  is  watered  by  young 
rivers  fresh  from  the  ranges — birthplaces  of  the 
Condamlne,  the  Maclntyre,  and  other  affluents  of 
the  Darling,  whose  flowing  currents  reach  the  sea 
at  the  Murray's  mouth,   1,800  miles  away. 

Its  average  rainfall  Is  over  30  Inches  a  year, 
and,  at  almost  any  part  of  It,  further  supplies 
of  water  may  be  obtained  a   few  feet  from  the 


fields.  In  chocolate  squares,  vary  the  prevailing 
green. 

At  Dalby.  there  Is  another  railway  depot,  with 
short  branch  lines  laid  out  across  the  blacksoll 
plains  to  Bell  and  Tara. 

At  Macallster  one  sees  blue  hills  In  the  remote 
distance  across  a  fertile  blacksoil  plain,  well  wat- 
ered, well  grassed,  diversified  by  occasional 
patches  of  crop  and  scattered  farm  houses.  Like 
an  enormous  disc,  this  plain  spreads  away  to  all 
points  of  the  compass;  crossed  by  straight  roads 
and  fences,  and  still  dotted  with  sheep  and  cattle. 

At  Warra,  the  region  of  prickly  pear  {opuutia 
inermis)    definitely  begins. 

It  Is  almost  uncanny  to  pass  from  the  sunlit  ex- 
panses   of    the    Downs    into    the    dark    brigalow 


492 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


Town  Hall,   Toowoomba,   Darling  Downs 


scrub  and  find  the  whole  face  of  nature  closely 
and  evenly  covered  by  this  grey-green  intruder 
from  Mexico,  which  has  been  the  bane  of  Queens- 
land Governments  for  some  years. 

Mile  after  mile  the  traveller  is  faced  by  one 
vast,  impenetrable,  spiny  thicket  of  obdurate 
vegetation,  which  has  smothered  thousands  of 
fertile  acres  and  threatens  to  overrun  more. 

The  Government  has  offered  large  rewards 
for  an  effective  method  of  dealing  with  the  pest, 
and  will  practically  give  infested  lands  to  selec- 
tors, who  will  take  them  up  and  clear  them  of 
the  Mexican  interloper. 

A  Government  Prickly  Pear  Commission  has 
spent  eighteen  months  abroad,  travelling  through 
Java,  India,  Ceylon,  South  Africa,  the  countries 
of  the  Mediterranean,  South  America,  the  West 
Indies,  and  the  United  States. 

It  has  returned  with  parasites,  and  vegetal 
diseases,  for  further  investigations  and  trials  at 
the  Dulacca  Experimental  Station,  where  the 
whole  problem  of  prickly  pear  has  been  under 
careful  scientific  review. 

The  Lands  Department,  the  Government  Ana- 
lyst's Department,  and  the  Department  of  Agri- 
cultural Chemistry  are  all  concerned  in  the  elab- 
orate experiments  at  Dulacca,  which  are  also  re- 
ceiving sympathetic  attention  from  scientific  men 
in  the  universities  of  Sydney  and  Melbourne. 


As  one  travels  through  the  dominions  of  which, 
for  the  time  being,  opuntia  iiiermis  is  absolute 
overlord,  one  sees  why  this  grey-green  invader 
has  been  able  to  advance  its  spiny  regiments  so 
victoriously;  why  all  through  the  dark  brigalow 
scrub,  all  over  the  open  spaces,  all  across  the  re- 
serves, and  right  up  to  the  selectors'  front  doors, 
its  tall  globulous  growth  has  overcome  all  other 
vegetation. 

The  affected  regions  are  mainly  those  rich 
black  soils  blessed  with  a  sufficient  rainfall — • 
which  would  grow  the  useful  and  kindly  plants 
of  cultivated  fields  to  perfection. 

Had  there  been  a  human  population  to  keep 
those  soils  in  tilth  this  prickly,  saponaceous  cactus 
— which  has  utilitarian  uses  in  other  countries — 
would  never  have  been  allowed  to  get  the  upper 
hand. 

Obviously,  closer  settlement  is  the  one  sure 
preventive  for  such  pests;  but  with  a  vast  State 
carrying  little  more  than  one  person  to  the  square 
mile,  this  is  more  platitude  than  cure.     .     .     . 

Roma  is  318  miles  to  the  west  from  Brisbane. 
People  who  have  been  misled  by  mendacious 
stories  of  Queensland  climate  will  find  here  a  win- 
ter much  colder  than  that  of  Sydney,  a  summer 
less  trying. 

Clear  air,  frosty  mornings,  blue  skies!  Life 
is  worth  living  at  Roma  in  the  month  of  August. 


bo 


493 


494 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


An  Early  Homestead,  Boma  District 


The  traveller  fills  his  lungs  and  feels  the  im- 
mediate effect  in  greater  vitality  and  increased 
appetite.  It  is  pure  oxygen — the  invigorating 
breath  of  those  great  clean,  wind-swept,  sun- 
sweetened  spaces  of  Australia,  which  lie  before 
him  for  thousands  of  miles  when  he  turns  his  face 
to  the  West. 

He  may  believe  this  wind  has  blown  across  the 
continent  through  Birdsville  and  Eromanga  and 
Charleville  from  Charlotte  Waters.  He  may 
fancy  that  it  was  cleanly  born  in  the  Indian  Ocean, 
first  touched  the  continent  at  Cape  Inscription — 
where  Dirck  Hartogs  found  it,  was  purified 
and  rarified  as  it  blew  over  the  plains  and  ranges, 
went  lightly  across  the  silent  spaces  of  West- 
ern Australia,  through  the  Musgrave  Mountains, 
and  across  the  Northern  Territory  to  the  Queens- 
land border. 

Between  Cape  Inscription  and  Roma  lie  2,350 
miles  of  Australia,  free  from  all  disease,  not  a 
township  of  a  hundred  houses  all  the  way,  not 
a  village  in  a  thousand  miles;  no  fever-haunted 
jungles,  no  poisonous  marshes,  nothing  but  odor- 
ous eucalyptus  forests,  inland  ranges,  and  wide, 
silent  plains.     It  is  a  good,  invigorating  air. 


At  Roma,  318  miles  west  from  Brisbane,  we 
find  ourselves  in  the  heart  of  a  beautiful  dairy- 
farming  and  wheat-growing  country,  with  plenty 
of  room  for  settlers. 

The  fields  are  white  with  daisies  or  yellow  and 
purple  with  wildflowers. 

We  have  come  to  a  border  region,  where  the 
black  soils — which  go  down  from  the  Gulf  of 
Carpentaria  through  Queensland  into  north- 
western New  South  Wales — are  giving  way  to 
the  rich  red  soils  typical  of  the  southern  West, 
the  centre,  and  the  far  West  of  the  continent. 

The  timber  changes  in  a  short  distance  from 
brigalow  and  glossy-leaved  box  to  cypress  pine, 
and  those  native  growths  which  indicate  good 
wheat  lands  in  New  South  Wales. 

Wheat-growing  out  here  has  proved  a  profit- 
able industry.  At  the  State  Farm  near  Roma 
much  useful  agricultural  research  is  going  on. 
The  wheat  plots  are  particularly  interesting. 
They  wave  from  the  edge  of  the  red  soil  green 
banners  of  advance;  for  the  grain  is  going  west 
and  further  west,  towards  the  Great  Inland 
Railway  that  will  join  Camooweal  to  Charleville 
in  the  near  future. 

At  the  State  Farm  they  are  growing  fine  citrus 
fruits — Washington  navel  oranges  especially — 
without  irrigation.  Apricots  and  olives  give  good 
results.  Grapes  flourish,  and  the  vines  are  free 
from  disease.  Around  Roma  vineyards  and 
wheatfields  beautify  the  landscape. 

Along  the  northern  road  are  orchards,  oran- 
geries, vineyards,  hayfields,   and  wheat  crops. 

Agriculture — generally  speaking — ceases  in 
Queensland  at  a  few  miles'  distance  from  the  rail- 
way lines.  It  does  not  pay  to  transport  products 
beyond  a  certain  radius.  But  the  land  preserves 
its  characteristics,  and,  some  day,  if  there  is  re- 
quirement, intervening  areas  between  present  rail- 
way zones  will  be  found  just  as  suitable  for  agri- 
culture and  dairying.  Lucerne  and  potatoes  will 
probably  be  a  staple  crop  out  here  later  on. 

Beyond  the  320-acre  blocks  lie  the  sombre 
brigalow,  the  hills,  given  over  to  pear,  the  myall, 
box,  and  black  ironbark — hundreds  of  square 
miles  as  good  as  any  that  has  known  the  plough, 
waiting  to  be  converted  into  farms. 

Beyond  the  farms,  on  natural  pastures,  with 
artesian  water,  wool-growing  will  still  remain  a 
staple  industry.  There  is  ample  room  for  both. 
Mount  Abundance,  a  station  of  100,000  acres, 
between  Roma  and  Charleville,  is  said  to  carry 
3,000  head  of  cattle  and  100,000  sheep. 

Transport  and  people  !  That  is  the  basic  policy 
of  Queensland.  It  is  a  policy  which,  if  rightly 
followed  out,  will  lead  to  rapid  national  advances 
in  the  next  few  years. 

The  town  of  Roma  was  for  a  short  period — 
four  or  five  months — lit  with  natural  gas,  struck 


SOUTHERN   QUEENSLAND 


495 


•* 


l»l£i 


■!.'<>        •'.     ft.- 


Wheat  at  Boma 


in  an  artesian  bore  within  the  municipal  radius. 
One  night  the  supply  of  gas  unaccountably 
and  inconveniently  ceased.  Since  then  annoyed 
ratepayers  have  been  paying  taxes  to  cover  the 
cost  of  a  gas  supply  which  has  vanished.  Geolo- 
gists even  do  not  tell  why.  One  theory  is  that 
this  was  once  an  oil  region,  but,  probably  through 
some  convulsion  of  nature,  the  country  was  frac- 
tured, and  the  oil  escaped. 


Although  experts  assert  that  the  subterranean 
reservoirs  of  oil  are  no  longer  there,  local  en- 
thusiasts continue  to  believe.  They  have  other 
explanations  for  the  sudden  cessation  of  the  town 
gas  supply — which,  by  the  way,  went  to  waste  for 
six  years  before  it  was  reticulated.  The  Govern- 
ment is  now  engaged  in  boring  operations  in  order 
to  definitely  determine  whether  oil  wells  of  any 
extent  exist. 


Harvesting  at  Soma 


496 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


Whether  or  no  there  remains  any  gas  or  exists 
any  oil  in  the  earth  under  Roma,  there  are  cer- 
tainly some  valuable  medicinal  waters  at  Mucka- 
dilla  Bore,  26  miles  further  along  the  western 
railway. 

The  thermal  baths  at  Muckadilla  are  under 
control  of  the  Queensland  Railway  Department. 
Rest  houses  and  bath  houses  have  been  estab- 
lished, and  the  number  of  patients  increases. 


The  Department  absolutely  declines  to  receive 
phthisical  or  other  contagious  or  infectious  cases 
for  treatment,  but  it  provides  all  facilities, — in- 
cluding stretchers  in  railway  carriages  when  pa- 
tients are  unable  to  sit  up — for  the  access  of  the 
afflicted  to  this  artesian  Bethesda  by  Mount 
Abundance. 

If  Ponce  de  Leon  might  amend  his  quest  and 
bring  it  up  to  date,  he  would  wire  to  the  manager 


a  .- 


Harvesting  Wheat,  near  Warwick 


According  to  the  Government  Analyst,  the 
water  is  radio-active.  It  issues  from  the  bore  at 
a  temperature  of  124  deg.  Patients  are  immersed 
at  a  heat  of  no  degrees,  and  also  drink  freely 
of  this  highly  mineralized  water,  which  contains 
in  each  gallon — silica  3grs.,  iron  igr.,  calcium  car- 
bonate 3igrs.,  magnesium  carbonate  i^grs., 
sodium  carbonate  i6grs.,  sodium  chloride  ygrs., 
sodium  sulphate  ligrs. 

It  has  been  established  beyond  doubt  that  the 
water  possesses  highly  curative  properties  in 
chronic  digestive  troubles,  and  for  sub-acute  and 
chronic  rheumatic  affections  sound  medical 
authority  declares  its  effects  to  be  marvellous. 

This  remarkable  bore, — which  has  been  the 
means  of  restoring  many  hopeless  invalids  to 
health — is  enclosed  by  artesian  casing  and  sunk 
to  a  depth  of  3,762  feet.  It  is  one  of  the  deepest 
artesian  bores  in  Queensland;  and  has  a  flow  of 
23,000  gallons  a  day — sufficient  to  supply  600 
people  with  medicated  baths. 


of  the  hotel  at  Muckadilla  for  a  room,  wire  to  the 
station-master  at  Toowoomba  for  a  sleeping 
berth,  and  go  down  in  comfort  to  his  20th  cen- 
tury Fountain  of  Youth  in  South-western  Queens- 
land— 300  miles  from  the  coast,  1,170  feet  above 
sea  level — where,  in  a  most  invigorating  atmos- 
phere, summer  or  winter,  he  could  at  least  rid 
himself  of  gout  and  rheumatism. 


Having  seen  the  Downs  dip  slowly  into  the 
red-soil  plains,  the  traveller  should  return  to  Too- 
woomba, and  entrain  for  Warwick. 

Gowrie,  Westbrook,  Cambooya,  and  Green- 
mount  lie  on  the  road — all  long  famous  through- 
out Australia  for  their  richness.  Butter,  cheese, 
malt,  of  the  highest  qualities  have  established 
their  fertility. 

Warwick  is  the  centre  of  an  idyllic  agricultural 
region,  which  has  been  turned  to  good  account 
by  two  generations  of  enterprising  farmers.  Some 


SOUTHERN   QUEENSLAND 


497 


Bending  Broom  Millet 


recent  Scotch  visitors  to  Australia  have  printed 
a  statement  that  "the  Darling  Downs  are  known 
as  a  region  where  Nature  makes  a  marvellously 
generous  response  to  the  farmer,  though  he  be 
neither  very  energetic  nor  scientific." 

It  may  be  that  the  philosophy  of  a  superabun- 
dant country  like  Queensland  is  more  generous 
than  that  of  the  poorer  land  from  which  these 
gentlemen  came. 

The  Queensland  farmer  need  not  be  more  than 
half  as  scientific  and  energetic  as  the  farmer  in 
Scotland  to  reap  twice  the  result. 

The  farmers  of  the  Darling  Downs,  facing  no 
fearsome  winters,  dreading  no  denudation  of 
their  inexhaustible  soils,  being  in  no  wise  cramped 
for  room,  inhabiting  an  infinitely  richer  territory 
than  anything  north  of  the  Tweed,  have  no  ne- 
cessity to  put  forward  that  strenuous  battle 
against  unkindlier  Nature,  to  which  circumstances 
have  perpetually  condemned  their  less  fortunate 
Scotch  contemporaries.  The  Darling  Downs 
cover  an  area  more  than  one-fifth  as  great  as  the 
whole  of  Scotland.  The  rolling  slopes  are  bathed 
in  wholesome  sunlight,  nearly  every  day  through- 


out the  year.  Its  perennial  waters  run  sweet  and 
clear.  It  grows  maize  equally  as  well  as  oats, 
rye,  and  barley.  It  fattens  beef  and  mutton  equal 
to  the  best  bred  quality  in  Europe.  Its  lucerne 
flats  yield  six  cuttings  a  year.  Its  people  are  uni- 
versally prosperous  and  contented. 

What  indeed  does  it  matter  to  them  if  Edm- 
burgh,  after  eight  hundred  years,  has  only  half 
the  population  of  Melbourne,  which  is  only  eighty 
years  old?  What  to  them  that  the  total  area  of 
arable  land  in  all  Scotland  in  1910  was  estimated 
at  3,348,446  acres — much  less  than  the  Darling 
Downs.  In  their  wealth,  independence,  and  Aus- 
tralian ease  they  are  not  greatly  concerned  that 
in  all  Scotland  in  the  year  19 10  there  were  only 
2,674  landowners,  who  held  over  300  acres! 

With  these  facts  in  his  mind  the  traveller  may 
visit  the  dairy  farms  around  Warwick,  and  on 
the  verandahs  of  comfortable  villas,  commanding 
views  unequalled  in  any  part  of  the  world  for 
beauty  and  fertility,  talk  under  the  lilac  blooms  to 
intelligent  sons  of  brave  and  intelligent  pioneers, 
some  of  them  Scotchmen,  who  are  prepared  for 
whatever  the  future  may  hold. 


498 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


Branch  railways  extend  from  Warwick  to 
Dirranbandi,  Killarney,  and  Maryvale.  Allora,  a 
picturesque  little  township,  is  approached  by  a 
short  railway  from  Hendon. 

These  little  cities  and  towns  of  the  Downs  are 
well  planted  with  shade  trees;  possess  good  wide 
streets,  and  are  altogether  pleasant  places.  Or- 
chards, with  stone  and  citrus  fruits,  almonds, 
chestnuts,  olives,  walnuts,  and  table  grapes,  prove 
the  catholicity  of  the  climate — which  ripens  water 
melons  and  blackberries  side  bv  side. 

Killarney,  at  the  terminus  of  a  delightful  jour- 
ney, is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  places  in  Aus- 
tralia.    It  lies  under  the  northern  slope  of  Mac- 


timbered  country,  with  brigalow,  pine,  and  belar 
belts. 

Texas  is  the  place  chosen  by  Wills  &  Co.  to 
foster  a  tobacco-growing  industry  in  Queensland. 
It  is  on  the  Maclntyre  River  (one  of  the  tribu- 
taries of  the  Darling),  which  forms  the  border 
line  here. 

At  their  Raleigh  Plantation,  a  village  com- 
munity of  would-be  settlers  acquires  as  workers 
an  experience  of  tobacco  planting  and  leaf  handl- 
ing, which  will  enable  them  to  become  growers 
later  on. 

At  present  Australia  is  not  producing  anything 
like   enough  tobacco   for  her  own   requirements. 


Potato   Field,   KiUamey,   Darling   Downs 


pherson's  Range,  the  border  mountains  between 
Queensland  and  New  South  Wales — amid  arca- 
dian surroundings. 

Much  scrub  timber,  pine,  cedar,  silky  oak,  and 
mahogany,  has  been  obtained  from  the  hills 
around  Killarney.  Sub-tropical  bird  life  and  plant 
life  receive  the  fullest  expression  in  these  jungle- 
covered  plateaux,  where  ferny  gullies,  waterfalls, 
gorges,  lakes,  and  glorious  forests,  make  a  tour- 
ist's paradise. 

From  Warwick,  a  border  railway  runs  south- 
west to  Thallon,  Inglewood,  Goondiwindi,  and 
Dirranbandi — over  257  miles. 

From  Inglewood  one  goes  down  by  motor,  or 
mail  coach,  to  Texas.  The  road,  after  leaving 
the  red  scrub  lands  of  Inglewood,  runs  through 


although  she  has  every  facility  for  so  doing.  Ex- 
perts assert  that  this  country  can  grow  and  cure 
as  good  tobacco-leaf  as  any  other,  and  the  fac- 
tories already  established  here  are  equally  cap- 
able of  making  it  up. 

Thirty  to  forty  thousand  acres  of  good  to- 
bacco lands  have  been  located  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Texas.  Chinese  growers  in  this  locality 
have  raised  over  six  tons  of  tobacco  from  5  acres 
in  the  year,  which,  at  3od.  a  lb.,  the  price  paid 
for  the  leaf,  netted  them  about  £450.  This  is 
an  exceptional  crop,  the  average  return  being 
about  half  a  ton  to  the  acre. 

Dairying  and  wheat-growing  supplement  the 
culture  of  tobacco  in   I'exas  district. 


SOUTHERN   QUEENSLAND 


499 


^' 


Picking  Fruit  at  Westbrook,  near  Toowoomba 


Crop  of  Young  Maize  at  Westbrook 


500 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


For  a  stretch  of  forty  or  fifty  miles  on  either 
side  of  the  Dumaresq,  these  approved  tobacco- 
growing  lands  extend.  The  flats  are  roughly  a 
mile  wide  on  each  side  of  the  border.  Of  the 
forty  or  fifty  thousand  acres,  about  2,000  are,  so 
far,  devoted  to  tobacco-growing. 

The  Wills  Plantation, — which  is  part  of  a 
cattle  station,  purchased  by  this  company — holds 
700  acres,  already  planted,  and  supports  some 
400  people.  The  company  is  paying  into  the  dis- 
trict about  £30,000  for  tobacco-leaf. 

Going  from  Warwick  to  Stanthorpe  by  the 
main  southern  line,  the  train  leaves  the  Downs 


The  story  of  Stanthorpe  began  about  forty 
years  ago  with  the  discovery  of  large  deposits  of 
stream  tin.  It  proved  to  be  the  richest  alluvial 
tinfield  so  far  on  the  continent.  The  numbers  of 
potholes  and  sunken  shafts  along  the  banks  of 
the  creek,  which  meanders  over  its  sandy  bed  on 
the  outskirts  of  the  town,  remain  to  testify  to  the 
activity  of  old  days. 

In  a  few  years  three  million  pounds'  worth  of 
tin  was  taken  out  of  the  field.  When  the  alluvial 
deposits  "petered  out"  and  the  bulk  of  the  popu- 
lation drifted  away,  many  miners  and  their  fami- 
lies remained  to  pick  up  a  precarious  livelihood 


Planting  and  Irrigating  Tobacco,  Texas,  Darling  Downs 


and  climbs  into  another  and  entirely  different  re- 
gion. The  change  from  basaltic  to  granitic  for- 
mation is  accompanied,  as  usual,  by  a  change  in 
soils  and  timbers. 

The  increased  altitude — 3,008  feet  at  Thulim- 
bah — also  effects  a  change  in  climate.  Stan- 
thorpe district  is  much  colder  than  the  Downs, 
some  of  its  hills  having  an  elevation  of  over 
4,000  feet.  Climates  being  as  much  the  result  of 
altitude  as  latitude — coastal  Queenslanders  find, 
in  their  own  southern  mountains,  recuperative  air 
and  temperatures  which  will  help  them  to  pre- 
serve the  stamina  of  a  white  race  in  the  north 
of  Australia. 


as  trappers,  fossickers,  half-hearted  settlers,  curs- 
ing the  ill-luck  that  left  them  stranded  on  a  de- 
serted diggings  in  the  cold  and  barren  hills. 

The  land,  of  course,  was  barren,  from  the  fact 
that  it  was  too  cold  for  maize-growing  and  too 
broken  for  wheatfields. 

It  was  a  long  time  before  it  occurred  to  local 
inhabitants  that  the  800  square  miles  of  decom- 
posed granite  in  which  Stanthorpe  lies  might  still 
have  a  value — even  after  three  million  pounds' 
worth  of  tin  had  been  taken  out  of  it. 

Then  some  enterprising  spirits  began  to  experi- 
ment   with    European    fruits.      The    result    was 


I 


SOUTHERN   QUEENSLAND 


501 


tii:-^  -  ^..** 


Bridge  over  Dumaresq  River,   Texas  District 


better  than  anybody  expected.  The  Stanthorpe 
granite  had  been  decomposed  not  only  to  hold 
stream  tin — which  anybody  might  wash  out  in  a 
dish  by  a  creek  bed — but  apparently  to  feed  a 
plant  life  which  was  unsuitable  for  the  warmer 
coast  lands,  or  the  more  tropical  North. 

The  little  struggling  selectors — mostly  married 
men  with  young  families  who  could  not  retreat 


with  the  rest  of  the  mining  army  when  it  deserted 
the  worked-out" field — slowly  began,  on  their  160 
and  320  acre  blocks,  to  take  heart  of  grace. 

They  commenced  to  extend  their  orchards  of 
peaches  and  plums,  apples  and  pears.  As  the 
fruit  came  to  maturity  the  local  market  grew. 
Now  there  are  about  4,000  acres  of  orchards,  and 
Stanthorpe   is   once   more   a   place   of   increasing 


Tobacco  Fields,  Texas,  Darling  Downs 


a 

C3 


502 


SOUTHERN   QUEENSLAND 


503 


prosperity  and  importance.  In  this  second  stage 
of  its  history  its  fortunes  are  still  based  on  the 
decomposed  granite. 


^' 


Ipswich,  24  miles  from  Brisbane  on  the  mam 
southern  line,  is  a  stepping-off  place  for  branch 
lines  running  to  Dugandan,  Marburg,  and  Laid- 
ley,  and  to  Yarraman  Creek,  by  all  of  which 
routes  a  portion  of  the  wealth  of  Queensland  is 
poured  into  the  metropolis. 

Ipswich  has  laid  the  foundations  of  a  big  coal- 
mining and  manufacturing  future,  and  will,  in 
time,  become,  without  doubt,  the  Newcastle  of 
the  North. 

For  200  miles  the  south-eastern  seaboard  of 
Queensland  is  enriched  by  valuable  coal  measures, 
among  which  the  Ipswich  fields  have  been  made 
commercially  profitable. 

Its  measures  are  of  the  Trias-Jura  system, 
cover  an  area  of  12,000  square  miles,  and  carry 
large  proved  reserves  of  coal.  At  present 
the  Ipswich  collieries  are  responsible  for  two- 
thirds  of  the  output  of  the  State.  During  19 14 
thirty  were  in  operation.  The  average  value  of 
their  coal  at  the  pit's  mouth  was  7/4  a  ton.       It 


Quince  Tree,   Stanthorpe 


There  is  a  fresh  influx  of  population  now — all 
agriculturists,  and  no  miners.  While  the  apples 
and  nectarines,  the  cherries  and  quinces,  are  com- 
ing into  bearing,  the  settlers  successfully  cultivate 
vegetables,  specializing  on  tomatoes,  potatoes, 
onions,  and  other  profitable  garden  crops. 

Established  orchardists  are  clearing  £700  and 
£800  a  season  from  their  fruits,  as  a  regular  in- 
come— from  that  up  to  £1,800. 

One  reliable  citizen  showed  the  writer  a  clear- 
ance of  £900  nett,  for  the  past  season,  from  30 
acres.  Two  brothers  near  by  are  netting  £1,100 
a  year  from  60  acres.  Uncleared  orchard  land 
in  the  neighbourhood  could  be  purchased  freehold 
at  from  £3  to  £5  an  acre.  The  clearing  would 
cost  from  £5  to  £12  an  acre.  With  good  roads, 
always  possible  in  granite  country,  this  orchard 
belt  can  be  extended  many  miles  back  from  the 
existing  railway. 

Stanthorpe  is  a  valuable  asset  to  the  State  of 
Queensland. 

It  grows  some  of  the  finest  fruit  of  Australia. 
It  is  the  apple  orchard  of  the  North,  and  a  sana- 
torium for  the  tropical  districts.  Retired  civil 
servants  and  others  who  desire  a  retreat,  where 
snow  in  winter  is  not  unknown,  are  building 
homes  and  planting  orchards  in  the  district. 

Dredge  mining  for  tin  is  still  profitably  carried 
on.  Wolfram,  molybdenite,  copper,  silver  and 
gold  make  chapters  in  the  mining  history  of  th's 
interesting  mountain  region. 


Bocks  at  Stanthorpe 


has  excellent  steaming  properties,  and  is  suitable 
for  the  production  of  coke  and  gas. 


Between  Brisbane  and  the  southern  border  is 
a  long  surfy  shore  line,  with  hard  sandy  beaches 


Coal-mining  at  Bundamba,  near  Ipswich 
504 


SOUTHERN   QUEENSLAND 


505 


^x^;:;^^::^ 


Coke   Ovens  in  the   Bundamba  District,   near  Ipswich 


for  bathers,  tidal  creeks,  and,  finally,  the  sub- 
tropical fertility  of  the  Tweed  River,  across 
which,  to  the  southward,  spreads  the  prosperous 
big  scrub  of  northern  New  South  Wales. 

The  South  Coast  Railway  line  runs  through 
the  farming  district  of  Beenleigh  to  Southport, 
Brisbane's  most  popular  watering  place,  and  on 
to  Tweed  Heads,  where  it  junctions  with  the 
North  Coast  line  of  New  South  Wales,  which 
will,  in  a  little  time,  connect  Brisbane  wirh 
Sydney. 

When  certain  gaps  in  Australian  railways  are 
completed,  it  will  be  possible  for  a  passenger  to 
entrain  at  Meekatharra  in  north-western  Aus- 
tralia, and  journey  by  rail  around  to  Cairns,  a 
distance  of  4,768^  miles.  These  railway  lines 
are  all  in  construction  at  time  of  publication  of 
this  book. 

Between  Sydney  and  Brisbane,  travellers  on 
this  long  journey  will  have  choice  of  two  routes; 
they  may  go  North  by  the  present  overland  sys- 
tem, or  take  the  Coast  route,  crossing  the  border 
near  Murwillumbah. 

Between  the  Tweed  and  Brisbane  spread  the 
fertile  Logan  and  Albert  districts,  reached  by  a 
branch  railway  from  the  main  South  Coast  line 

The  Albert  and  Logan  are  old  settled  districts 
— as  antiquity  in  a  very  new  country  is  reckoned — 


and  gained  an  early  reputation  for  their  fertility. 
The  country  is  picturesque,  well  watered,  and  com- 
paratively well  settled  in  reasonably  small  areas. 
As  Brisbane  grows  in  population  their  values 
must  increase. 

This  applies  also  to  the  farm  and  orchard 
lands  along  the  shores  of  Moreton  Bay.  This 
wide,  island-studded  sheet  of  water,  with  its  blue 
hills  and  blue  bays,  is  a  fine  asset  to  a  growing 
city.  Snapper-fishing,  oystering,  shooting  are 
yet  within  easy  reach  of  tired  townsmen,  with 
yachting  cruises  and  motor  runs  to  make  variety. 

There  is  an  ideal  bush  road  bordered  by  forest 
oaks  that  takes  you  from  South  Brisbane  to  Wel- 
lington Point,  a  tongue  of  rich,  red  volcanic  soil 
thrust  out  into  Moreton  Bay.  Here  are  flourish- 
ing little  farms,  convenient  to  city  markets, 
whereon  bananas,  papaws,  mangoes,  pine- 
apples, and  strawberries  are  successfully  culti- 
vated. 

Cleveland,  further  to  the  South,  also  nestles  on 
the  slopes  of  the  Bay.  It  is  chiefly  a  ten-acre- 
block  proposition,  giving  a  competence  to  indus- 
trious families  from  strawberries  and  pineapples, 
which  average  £45  and  £50  a  year  per  acre  nett 
returns.  The  advantage  of  railway  communica- 
tion with  Brisbane  is  apparent.  Sixteen  years  ago 
these  Cleveland  blocks  were  worth  no  more  than 


5o6 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


£6  an  acre  in  the  real  estate  market.  They  are 
valued  now  at  from  £60  to  £100  an  acre. 

Some  miles  further  is  Redland  Bay,  yet  a  little 
way  from  a  railway,  but  supporting  a  highly  pros- 
perous community  on  its  rich  chocolate  slopes, 
which  fall  gently  towards  the  blue  expanse  of 
Moreton  Bay. 

The  people  of  Redland  Bay  and  their  holdings 
are  a  proof  that  Europeans  can  live  and  prosper 
under  sub-tropical  conditions.  Here  the  student 
of  Australian  development  will  see  sturdy  men, 
and  healthy  women  and  active  children  amid  the 
orangeries  and  banana  groves.  Their  good  sub- 
stantial homes  indicate  that  the  cultivation  of 
tropical  fruits  is  not  only  a  healthy,  but  profitable, 
occupation  in  White  Australia. 


It  gives  an  additional  zest  for  the  superb  pine- 
apple, which  you  purchase  for  sixpence,  to  know 
that  the  white  man  by  whom  it  was  grown,  on 
this  unexpected  farm  in  the  forest,  is  an  English 
immigrant,  who,  if  he  had  remained  in  his  own 
country,  would  never  have  been  able  to  include 
pineapple  in  his  daily  list  of  table  fruits,  let  alone 
rear  and  educate  a  family  by  its  cultivation. 

And  this  kind  of  settlement  is  possible  of 
enormous  expansion.  Let  the  Statistician  and  the 
Prophet  car  out  together  through  the  tram-served 
suburbs  of  Brisbane,  until  the  houses  grow  far- 
ther apart  and  vistas  of  wooded  hills  appear. 
Gradually  the  town  drops  into  panorama  at  their 
feet  as  they  climb  to  the  top  of  Mount  Coottha 
by  a  pleasant,  winding  road. 


View  from  Perry's  Knob,   Marburg,  Moreton  District 


Coming  from  Brisbane  through  the  tea-tree 
scrub,  covered  with  its  sickly-sweet  blossom, 
through  'forest  oak'  lands — which  are  not  re- 
garded anywhere  as  of  special  fertility,  over 
black  tidal  inlets  and  occasional  fresh-water 
creeks,  lipped  by  vines  and  jungle — the  visitor 
is  not  at  first  impressed  by  the  agricultural  possi- 
bilities. But  Australia  must  never  be  judged  by 
surface  indications.  The  most  unpromising  coun- 
try is  often  the  richest  in  results. 

Along  here  you  will  cross  out  of  a  dull  forest 
and  come  on  a  clearing  planted  with  healthy- 
looking  orange  trees.  You  take  the  trouble  to  in- 
terview the  settler,  and  he  tells  you  without  much 
enthusiasm  that  he  has  cleared  £700  a  year  from 
those  seven  acres  of  Washington  Navels  for 
years;  that  his  five  acres  of  pineapples  are  yield- 
ing him  a  profit  of  £30  a  year  per  acre,  and  that 
almost  any  fifteen  acres  around  there  is  more  than 
enough  for  a  family. 


From  the  summit  of  this  overlooking  hill  un- 
rolls a  lovely  scene.  Brisbane,  with  its  winding 
river,  its  streets  and  squares,  suburbs,  and  open 
spaces  lies  below.  Southward  stand  the  sharp 
volcanic  peaks  of  Macpherson's  Range;  there 
are  hundreds  of  square  miles  of  country,  suitable 
for  forty-acre  men,  in  that  direction. 

Eastward  is  Moreton  Bay,  whose  southern 
shores  we  have  just  been  visiting.  There  is  room 
for  scores  and  scores  of  new  settlers  down  there. 

The  Main  Ranges  stand  out  on  the  western 
horizon.  Occasional  squares  of  clearing  proclaim 
that  abundant  good  land  lies  in  that  direction, 
basaltic  hillsides  that  will  produce  bananas:  fruit 
land,  lucerne  land,  dairy  farming  land.  There 
is  room  for  more  and  more  people  west  of  Bris- 
bane. 

Let  the  Prophet  and  the  Statistician  turn  their 
gaze  Northward ! 


SOUTHERN   QUEENSLAND 


507 


In  the  nearer  distance  they  see  little  valleys 
and  fertile  pockets,  where  people  have  small 
farms  within  easy  reach  of  the  city,  and  do  well 
with  pineapples,  bananas,  vegetables,  dairy  cows, 
and  mixed  products.  Green  squares  of  feed  oats 
and  black  ploughed  patches  show  that  cultivation 
is  creeping  on,  but  there  is  room  for  10  and  20- 
acre  men — plenty  of  room  ! 

Away  beyond  Zillmere,  Strathpine,  and  Petrie 
are  a  hundred  miles  through  which  the  North 
Coast  railroad  runs  to  Gympie. 


Citrus  orchards  in  the  Blackall  have  also 
proved  highly  payable. 

Yandina,  Nambour,  Cooroy,  Kin  Kin,  Kenil- 
worth,  are  all  attracting  settlers.  Valuable  cedar 
and  kauri  pine  have  been  won  from  these  scrubs. 

Gympie,  having  contributed  over  eleven  and 
three-quarter  million  pounds  sterling  to  the  total 
gold  value  won  from  Queensland  mineral  fields, 
is  being  converted  into  a  dairying  and  agricul- 
tural district.  All  the  way  through  this  belt, 
which  extends  from  the  eastern  coast  in  alternate 


Scene  on  the  Marburg  Railway,  Moreton  District 


If  the  Prophet  hazarded  a  prediction  that  two 
or  three  hundred  thousand  people  would  some 
day  hold  small  farms  and  orchards  in  the  terri- 
tory which  this  single  line  of  railway  traverses — 
one  east  and  west  branch  from  Caboolture, 
runs  through  splendid  forests,  to  Kilcoy — the 
Statistician  could  no  doubt  support  the  prophecy 
with  facts. 

There  are  some  splendid  lands  along  that  route 
— the  famous  Blackall  Ranges,  the  rich  scrubs  of 
Woombye,  Maroochy,  and  Yandina,  lands  which 
will  produce  strawberries  and  pineapples  and 
dairy  fodder,  as  well  as  any  in  Australia. 

Beyond  the  Glasshouse  Mountains — those 
singular  peaks,  which  attracted  the  attention  of 
the  Endeavour  s  company  as  that  historic  vessel 
sailed  slowly  northward — there  are  large  areas 
of  glorious  palm  scrubs  which  will  grow  sugar- 
cane, bananas,  and  coffee.  At  Buderim  Moun- 
tain (a  rich  volcanic  tableland  accessible  from 
Palmwoods  Railway  Station)  coffee  is  being 
somewhat  extensively  cultivated. 

The  pineapple  plantations  around  Woombye 
are  perhaps  the  most  profitable  in  Queensland. 
There  a  crop  from  25  acres  has  netted  the  grower 
£1,200. 


forest  and  scrub,  there  is  room,  room  for  hun- 
dreds of  prosperous  homes. 

At  Theebine,  twenty-two  miles  north  of 
Gympie,  a  branch  railway  has  been  carved  out  in 
a  south-westerly  direction  through  Kilkivan  and 
Kingaroy  to  Nanango  and  Tarong. 

This  is  an  interesting  journey,  taking  the  travel- 
ler into  country  of  comparatively  recent  and  very 
rapid  development.  The  land  begins  to  improve 
at  Kilkivan,  and  gets  still  better  towards 
Kingaroy. 

En  route  to  this  flourishing  district  one  sees 
more  green  crops,  black  flats,  and  fertile  slopes 
covered  with  tall  pasture  grasses.  Fat  cattle 
browse  contentedly  by  flowing  creeks;  stock  trains 
and  timber  trains  wait  at  the  sidings,  where  logs 
of  cedar  and  pine  and  other  commercial  timbers 
are  ready  to  be  shipped. 

The  scrubs  of  the  Upper  Burnett  and  around 
Kingaroy  are  not  so  tropical  in  appearance  as  the 
Blackall,  but  their  soils  have  high  agricultural 
values. 

The  towns  of  Kingaroy  and  Wondai  have 
boomed  since  their  beginnings,  seven  years  back, 
as  centres  of  surrounding  settlement.  With  an 
altitude  of  a  thousand  to  nearly  fifteen  hundred 
feet,  they  enjoy  a  climate  suitable  for  the  growth 


5o8 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


of  maize,  lucerne,  potatoes,  onions,  garden  truck, 
and  green  crops,  and  the  raising  of  sheep  and 
cattle.  It  is  stated  that  young  fields  on  the  Upper 
Burnett  have  given  iio  bushels  of  maize  to  the 
acre,  and  yielded  25  tons  or  potatoes  to  the  acre  at 
a  time  when  potatoes  were  worth  £12/10/-  a  ton. 
The  paean  of  South  Queensland's  pros- 
perity is  heard  loudly  at  the  busy  little 
township  of  Wondai.  Even  'Scotty,'  the 
barber,  is  jubilant.  Barbers,  as  a  rule, 
are  pessimists.  Not  so  one  sartorial  artist 
from  Caledonia  stern  and  wild,  as  his  scis- 
sors scientifically  shorten  a  wandering  writer's 
hair.  "Is  Australia  a  good  country!"  Scotty 
swears  roundly  that  it  is  the  best.  He  has  tried 
Canada  too.  He  began  here,  three  years  ago, 
with  nothing.  Now  he  has  £150  worth  of  stock 
and  good  money  in  the  bank.  To  him  came  three 
months  back  "a  working  chap  stony  broke."  He 
asked  for  a  pipe,  a  pound  of  tobacco,  and  matches. 
He  was  going  out  in  the  bush  for  a  'job.'  He  has 
just  turned  up  with  a  cheque  for  £40,  his  three 
months'  savings,  to  settle  his  little  account  in  the 
shop.  How  long  would  a  working  chap  wait  to 
save  £40  in  the  old  country?  Scotty  asks  this 
pertinent  question  as  an  illustration  of  his  fierce 
contention  that  Australia  is  the  best  country,  that 
Queensland  is  the  best  State,  and  that  his  little 
town  of  Wondai  is  the  best  part  of  it.  Out  of 
the  mouths  of  children  and  bush  barbers  there 
sometimes  falls  a  homely  wisdom! 

A  mournful-looking  man,  with  a  stubble-beard 
waiting  to  be  shaven,  says  he  knows  where  there 
is  some  bad  country — out  on  the  Boyne,  near 
Gladstone.  This  man  has  a  small  head  and  a 
bloodshot  eye.  He  does  not  look  like  a  judge 
of  country.  Besides,  his  bad  lands  are  a  long 
way  off.  Out  near  Gladstone  there  would  pro- 
bably be  a  local  oracle  with  a  bloodshot  eye,  who, 
in  a  discussion  of  this  sort,  would  know  of  bad 
country — a  long  way  off,  on  the  Upper  Burnett. 
These  bad  lands  of  Australia  are  always  in  the 
distance. 

In  South  Australia  they  used  to  lie  in  the 
Pinnaroo,  but  that  has  been  converted  into  wheat 
fields. 

In  Western  Australia  they  were  located  in  the 
north-west;  but  a  Director  of  Tropical  Agricul- 
ture in  that  State  has  claimed  the  north-west  for 
future  close  settlement. 

In  Victoria,  for  years,  they  were  situated  in 
the  Mallee,  but  the  Mallee  is  now  growing  thou- 
sands of  tons  of  grain. 

In  New  South  Wales  they  were  placed  for  a 
generation  or  more  about  Wentworth,  on  the 
Darling  River,  but  men  are  reaping  thousands  a 
year  from  50-acre  citrus  orchards  at  Wentworth. 

In  Queensland  they  were  all  along  from  Ca- 
mooweal  to  CunnamuUa,  but  the  Government  is 


constructing  a  railway  right  through  that  territory, 
a  railway  hundreds  of  miles  in  length.  Australian 
governments  do  not  waste  thousands  of  public 
revenue  on  useless  or  unprofitable  railways. 

The  'bad  lands'  nowadays  in  popular  supersti- 
tion exist  in  Central  Australia  or  the  Northern 
Territory.  Photographs  and  facts  which  will  be 
found  in  other  parts  of  this  volume  throw  rather 
a  different  light  on  that  matter. 

The  myrtle  scrubs  of  Kingaroy  were  once  re- 
garded as  a  worthless,  impenetrable  thicket,  but 
they  can  hardly  be  bought  for  £15  an  acre  a  few 
years  after  a  railway  touches  them. 

A  few  miles  motor  travelling  over  a  dusty  bush 
road  brings  the  traveller  from  Nanango,  at  the 
head  of  the.Kilkivan  line,  to  Yarraman  Creek, 
the  rail  head  of  the  Brisbane  Valley  branch  line, 
which  junctions  with  the  southern  system  at 
Ipswich. 

This  line  runs  south  through  the  heart  of  pine- 
clad  hills.  There  is  a  pulp  mill  at  Yarraman 
Creek,  and  all  through  the  ranges  timber-getters 
are  busy  'snigging  out'  huge  logs  and  hauling 
them,  by  bullock  drays  and  traction  engines,  to 
the  railway  sidings,  whence  they  are  trucked  to 
mills  or  exported  in  the  log  from  Brisbane  to  the 
southern  States. 

Bunya,  hoop  pine,  and  kauri  crown  the  granite 
ridges — forest  after  forest,  for  miles. 

Blackbutt,  grey  gum,  ironbark,  and  tallowwood 
grow  over  the  slopes  and  flats.  The  watershed 
of  the  Brisbane  River  is  a  natural  treasury  of 
durable  and  valuable  timbers,  in  which  the  best 
hardwoods  and  softwoods  of  the  Australian  Con- 
tinent are  represented  in  magnificent  straight 
trunks  of  finest  grain  and  quality. 

The  Brisbane  Valley  line  is  just  102  miles  in 
length.  Dropping  the  ranges  it  descends  into 
rich  pastoral  and  agricultural  districts  towards 
Esk,  Coominya,  and  Ipswich. 

Within  this  circular  journey  of  370  miles 
(without  counting  the  districts  between  the  pros- 
perous city  of  Maryborough  and  Gayndah, 
crossed  by  another  branch  line  90  miles  in  length) 
there  is  a  rich  undeveloped  principality  offering 
prosperity  to  any  man  of  industry  and  intelligence 
who  cares  to  accept  it. 

There  is  room  all  over  Southern  Queensland 
for  hundreds  of  thousands  of  people.  Northern, 
Central,  and  Southern  Queensland  are  equally 
good. 

In  fine,  the  man  or  woman  who  decides  upon 
migrating  to  Queensland,  will  find  a  fair  field  and 
the  favour  of  religious,  political,  and  legal 
equality. 

The  education  of  every  child  is  provided  for; 
every  adult  is  entitled  to  vote. 

The  Government  encourages  immigration  and 
offers  land  on  easy  terms,  and  financial  assistance 


^^•^- 


m 

i 

^^^^^^^^^^^^^HL) 

':  .  m 

1 

m 

-* 

1 

i 

>> 

3 


9 

a 


5IO 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


through  its  Agricultural  Bank.  On  mortality 
statistics  the  climate  is  the  healthiest  in  the  world. 
Nowhere  else,  we  repeat,  are  there  better  open- 
ings, greater  chances  for  self-governing  citizens  to 
enjoy  good  health,  security,  contentment,  and  ulti- 
mately, if  they  are  of  energetic  and  ambitious 
mind  to  win  whatever  success  may  lay  nearest 
to  their  heart's  desire. 

For  would-be  landowners  (and  there  is  no 
human  ambition  healthier  and  saner  than  this) 
there  are  chances  that  no  other  country  can  give  at 
the  present  stage  of  the  world's  progress. 


From  mountain,  plain,  and  coast  this  sturdy 
young  State  is  calling,  calling  for  white  men  and 
women  to  come  and  share  her  largesse. 

Hear  the  voice  of  Queensland,  dwellers  in  the 
smoky  cities  of  Europe,  toilers  in  the  crowded 
fields  of  the  Old  World! 

It  is  the  voice  of  freedom,  of  prosperity,  ot 
youth,  of  Jhope. 

English,  Irish,  Scotch,  and  Welsh — sons  of  the 
Motherland,  sons  and  sons'  sons  of  the  bearers 
of  her  banners  across  the  world.  Sons  of  the 
men  who   fought  with  Nelson  to  keep   the  sea- 


Scene  on  Marburg  Line 


The  new  Queensland  settler  may  take  his 
choice  of  dairy  farm,  sugar  plantation,  tobacco 
plantation,  vineyard,  orchard,  wheat  farm,  pig 
farm,  sheep  farm,  poultry  farm,  mixed  farm, 
horse  run  or  cattle  run.  He  may  grow  cotton, 
coffee,  maize,  bananas,  pineapples,  citrus  fruits, 
or  stone  fruits,  hay,  potatoes,  or  barley.  He 
may  devote  himself  to  mining  or  mineral  dis- 
covery, to  timber  getting,  to  hunting  or  fishing 
for  profit.  No  matter  what  his  trade,  profession, 
or  occupation,  the  man  who  wants  a  fair  chance 
in  a  new  country  need  have  no  fear  of  failure. 
There  is  room  for  men  and  room  for  money  In 
the  great  north-east  State  of  the  Commonwealth, 
and  no  fear  that  either  will  be  as  water  spilled 
on  sand;  rather  will  they  be  as  good  seed  sown 
in  rich  soil — a  productive  and  ever-increasing 
quantity. 


roads  open;  breed  of  the  breed  that  has  turned 
the  furrow  on  Cymric  hillsides,  in  Celtic 
meadows,  by  Caledonian  braes,  on  English  leas, 
descendants  of  the  yeomanry,  the  peasantry,  the 
soldiery,  the  guilds,  and  the  companies,  college 
men  and  public  school  men.  This  message  for 
you,  especially  for  you. 

A  great  possession,  one  of  England's  greatest 
possessions,  is  In  need  of  men.  Six  hundred  odd 
thousand  British  colonists  are  holding  as  an  out- 
post a  territory  that  will  support  sixty  millions 
of  people!  The  outpost  calls  for  reinforcements 
from  the  main  army.  Broad-browed,  hard- 
sinewed  speakers  of  Shakespeare's  speech, — if  the 
old  love  of  Adventure  is  not  dead,  if  the  old 
splendid  spirit  of  conquest  and  colonization  has 
not  vanished — this  message  will  not  be  sent  In 
vain. 


SOUTHERN   QUEENSLAND 


5" 


Russians,  sons  of  the  steppes,  communal  sons 
and  daughters  of  the  villages,  hardy,  enduring, 
patient  and  strong,  Queensland  has  black  soils 
for  ploughing.  There  you  shall  be  freeholders, 
and  your  children  will  eat  white  bread.     Come! 

Finns,  in  the  forests  of  Queensland  winds  of 
PVeedom  sing  natal  songs  through  tall  dark 
pines.  Through  all  the  winters  their  high  heads 
are  free  from  snow.     Come  ! 

Danes,  Norwegians  and  Swedes,  Queensland 
has  dairy  lands  where,  with  less  labour,  the 
farmer  may  win  ten  times  more  than  Northern 
Europe  can  ever  give.  Your  highest  mental  and 
social  and  scientific  standards  are  here  upheld. 
Come ! 

Dutchmen,  you  whose  colonizing  genius  has 
paralleled  that  of  Britain.  Frugal,  cleanly, 
methodical,  and  intelligent,  for  you,  particularly 
for  your  people  in  the  East  Indies,  tropic  tired, 
here  is  a  land  where  any  man  can  establish  and 
uplift  a  European  home.     Come! 

Brave  Belgians,  where  the  flag  of  Britain  flies 
you  are  doubly  welcome  for  evermore.  Beneath 
the  peaceful  skies  of  Queensland — deep  and  holy 
as  the  heroic  spirit  that  has  burned  the  name  of 
your  native  land  eternally  upon  the  banner  of 
human  glory — there  is,  mayhap,  a  solace  for 
your  sorrows  and  a  salve  for  your  wounds.  Come ! 

Frenchmen,  Swiss,  here  are  acres  and  olives 
and  vines;  beef  food  on  every  man's  table,  fine 
wools  for  growing,  sugar,  silks,  tobacco  and 
cotton,  asking  culture.  A  land  of  sunlight, 
flowers,  fertility,  beauty.  Valiant,  light-hearted 
husbandmen,  vignerons,  sowers  and  tillers  of 
France,  scientific,  economic,  devoted  sons  of  the 
soil,  good  citizens,  liberty  lovers,  life  lovers. 
Come ! 

Men  of  Southern  Europe,  here  is  a  climate 
that  appeals  to  you,  in  which  you  may  live  and 
labour  as  happily  as  under  your  own  blue  skies, 
but  with  far  greater  hope  of  ultimate  indepen- 
dence and  ease.  Here  there  is  no  poverty,  no 
crushing  burdens  of  taxation,  work  for  all,  cheap 
living,  opportunities  for  saving  money.     Come  ! 

To  men  of  North  America,  desiring  less  stren- 
uous conditions,  milder  climates,  immediate  open- 
ings for  enterprise;  to  the  South  African,  tired 
of  turmoil;  to  the  European  who  is  weary  of 
sojourn  in  Asia,  yet  dreads  the  return  to  his  cold 
northern  winters;  to  White  Men  all  over  the 
world,  Queensland  calls! 

It  is  a  siren  voice.  One  that  the  dweller  in 
southern  Australia  is  also  likely  to  answer  if  the 
spirit  of  adventure  or  unrest  should  seize  him. 

You  hear  it  in  the  rustling  of  the  sugarcane 
when  the  north-east  monsoon  blows  along  the 
coastland — 


"The  silken  soft  nor'-easter, 

The  little  lady  breeze. 
The  Lord  sends  down  from  China 

To  cool  His  summer  seas." 

You  hear  it  in  the  lap  of  tides  that  make  and 
ebb  across  those  pearling  grounds  of  the  deep- 
dyed  Arafura  Sea.  You  hear  it  when  the  wind 
sways  those  festooned  jungles,  where  the  flame- 
trees  blaze  like  torches  amid  the  green. 


Bottle   Tree,  Burnett  District 


You  hear  it  through  the  bronze-green  briga- 
low  trees,  among  the  sandalwood,  and  over  the 
bunya  pines. 

You  hear  it  down  the  granite  gorges,  over  the 
gnarled  gums,  and  out  on  the  hills,  where  the 
stampers  and  rollers  are  at  work  pounding  and 
grinding  the  glittering  metal  from  its  matrices  of 
rock. 

You  hear  it  calling  from  the  West,  from  the 
rivers  of  the  gulf,  from  the  Diamantina  and  the 
Barcoo,  from  the  farm  lands  of  the  Southern 
Downs,  from  the  sheep  lands  of  the  Centre,  from 
the  cattle  lands  of  the  North,  over  the  salt-bush, 
over  the  grassy  plains,  over  the  forests  and  scrubs 
— a  wonderful,  exultant,  anthem  of  boundless 
potentiality,      incalculable      riches,      undeveloped 


512 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


resources  and  unlimited  opportunities  for  the  main  undeveloped.  The  tide  of  immigation  will 
profitable  investment  of  Labor,  and  Money,  and  set  more  rapidly  towards  Queensland's  shores. 
Brains.  The  way  of  the  Commonwealth  is  forward.  Her 
It  needs  no  prophet  to  foretell  that  this  Call  battalions  of  the  north  will  march  in  the  fore- 
of  the  North  will  be  answered.  The  world  has  front  of  the  army  of  advance,  the  silken  ban- 
grown  too  small  for  such  a  wide  rich  field  of  ners  of  progress  waving  before  them,  the  golden 
human  enterprise,  energy,  and  investment  to  re-  bugles  of  prosperity  cheering  them  on. 


Nambour  Sugar  Mill 


NORTHERN  TERRITORY 


Gl 


514 


PIONEERS   AND   OUTPOSTS. 


I 


SOME  of  the  most  interesting  and  produc- 
tive lands  in  Australia  lie  within  the 
boundaries  of  the  Northern  Territory. 
Despite  all  that  has  been  written,  said,  and  imag- 
ined about  these  yet  unexploited  regions — which 
extend  north  and  south,  between  the  nth  and 
26th  lines  of  latitude,  and  east  and  west  from 
the  129th  degree  of  longitude  to  the  138th — they 
hold  in  their  523,620  square  miles  potential 
wealth  above  and  below  the  ground. 

The  Territory  has  a  much  larger  area  of  land 
in  proportion  to  its  coast  line  than  any  other 
division  of  the  Commonwealth;  but  that  coast- 
line is  still  over  a  thousand  miles  in  length,  with 
more  than  one  fine  natural  harbor  between  Car- 
pentaria and  Kimberley.  Much  of  the 
coast  is  scarcely  known,  and  yet  imperfectly 
charted.  Large  tracts  of  virgin  country  in  the 
Territory  remain  practically  unexplored;  other 
large  areas  are  being  profitably  devoted  to  pas- 
toral purposes:  the  remainder  awaits  occupation 
and  development. 

It  is  a  land  of  unexpected  distances,  silent, 
unique,  and  lone.  Its  broad  coastal  rivers,  fed 
by  heavy  monsoonal  rains,  flow  rapidly  towards 
the  sea. 

When  the  volume  of  flood-waters  is  greater 
than  they  can  contain,  these  rivers  overflow  their 
muddy  banks  and  inundate  rich  alluvial  plains — 
through  which  their  final  courses  wend — leaving 
behind  a  heritage  of  delta,  swamp,  billabong,  and 


lagoon,   wherein   buffaloes   wallow  and  wildfowl 
feed. 

Some  of  these  rivers  are  navigable  for  greater 
distances  inland  than  the  rivers  of  northern  New 
South  Wales.  7'hey  water  land  rich  in  quality, 
but  more  tropical  in  character,  than  the  lands  of 
the  Clarence,  Richmond  and  Tweed. 

They  form,  in  the  writer's  opinion,  close  set- 
tlement areas  of  greater  economic  ^'alue  than  any 
other  series  of  coastal  rivers  in  Australia. 

Three  years'  sojourn  on  the  Clarence  River, 
and  a  close  study  of  sub-tropical  and  tropical  con- 
ditions along  the  eastern  seaboard,  from 
Shoalhaven  to  the  Barron,  strengthen  this  con- 
viction. 

If  a  large  agricultural  population  can  find  habi- 
tation and  scope  anywhere  in  the  Northern  Ter- 
ritory of  Australia,  it  will  surely  be  along  those 
fertile  river  belts,  which  may,  with  available  irri- 
gation, be  converted  into  hotbeds  of  production. 

Whatever  immediate  difficulties  stand  in  the 
way  of  this  desired  result,  the  future  possibility 
stands  good.  Capital  must  be  expended;  local 
experience  may  have  to  be  acquired  and  carefully 
sifted;  reliable  labor  must  be  made  available, 
special  inducements  offered  to  settlers,  and  profit- 
able markets  established,  before  effective  occupa- 
tion of  the  Territory  is  accomplished. 

These  matters  are  likely  to  give  the  Federal 
Administration  some  concern  for  years  to  come. 


515 


5i6 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Inland,  the  Territory  presents  the  usual  differ- 
ences of  forest,  hill,  and  plain  which  feature  the 
interior  of  our  continent.  They  are  the  result  of 
geographical  and  physiographical  conditions,  and 
are  in  no  wise  determined  by  survey  lines. 

The  straight  edges  of  the  map  give  1,970  miles 
of  boundary  in  all. 

If  we  are  not  influenced  by  prejudice,  pique,  or 
ignorance,  we  realize  that  stepping  across  one  of 
these  lines  (respectively  550,  650,  and  770  miles 
in  length),  at  any  point,  does  not  tal<e  us  at  once 


ties  of  the  Adelaide  River  might  have  to  be  ac- 
cepted with  reservations. 

It  may  be  postulated,  that,  of  the  335,116,800 
acres  contained  within  those  geographical  lines, 
there  will  be  pastoral,  mineral,  and  agricultural 
values  as  good  as  those  in  other  Australian  States, 
and  in  average  proportion. 

Of  all  these  acres,  in  the  year  of  grace  19 16 
there  were  not  a  thousand  under  cultivation,  fol- 
lowing pages  will  show  what  potential  crops  their 
fertile  expanses  undoubtedly  hold. 


Territorial  Inland 


into  land  radically  different  from  the  adjacent 
land  of  Western  Australia,  South  Australia,  or 
Queensland. 

Much  of  the  hostile  color  in  which  the  North- 
ern Territory  is  painted  has  been  acquired  by 
casual  travellers  between  Darwin  and  Pine 
Creek,  a  journey  of  145  miles  along  a  railway 
which  was  built  primarily  as  an  outlet  for  a  rather 
monotonous  belt  of  mineral  country. 

The  difficulties  of  transport  in  Northern  Aus- 
tralia are  so  great,  the  distances  so  vast,  that 
very  few  people  have  been  enabled  to  form  any- 
thing like  a  comprehensive  impression  of  the 
country.  Those  were,  as  a  rule,  either  untrained 
or  unreliable  observers.  Even  the  eye  of  science 
is  often  limited  to  one  perspective.  The  opinion 
of  an  anthropologist  on  the  agricultural  possibili- 


But  a  few  preliminary  facts  must  be  presented 
to  throw  an  explanatory  light  on  the  position. 

To  understand  why  the  whole  Territory  has 
at  the  present  time  a  population  of  less  than  3,000 
white  people,  we  must  go  back  a  little  into  the  his- 
tory of  this  remarkable  country,  bearing  in  mind 
all  the  time  that,  mile  for  mile,  the  Territory 
comparatively  holds  no  greater  vacancies  than 
adjoining  parts  of  northern  Australia — that  the 
problems  of  colonization  it  presents  are  no  more 
complex  than  those  of  Carpentaria  or  Kimber- 
ley. 

Abel  Tasman  visited  it  in  1644,  and  found 
"cruel,  treacherous,  and  murderous  savages." 

In  1803 — on  his  voyage  of  discovery  along  the 
Australian  coast — the  indefatigable  Flinders  met 
six  Malay  proas  near  Blue  Mud  Bay.    He  learned 


PIONEERS    AND    OUTPOSTS 


5'7 


Sawmillers'  Camp,  Melville  Island 


that  they  were  part  of  a  fleet  of  60  vessels  then 
fishing  along  the  coast  for  trepang. 

The  Macassar  headmen  informed  him  that  re- 
gular excursions  to  the  North  of  Australia  had 
been  made  by  their  proas  as  far  back  as  they  could 
remember. 

There  is  a  noticeable  Malay  type  among  cer- 
tain coastal  tribes  in  the  North.  It  is  probable 
that  intermittent  Malaysian  trade  in  trepang,  tor- 
toise-shell, and  pearls  went  on  for  centuries  be- 
fore Europe  knew  definitely  of  the  existence  of  a 
Southern  Continent. 

With  their  little  bamboo  barrels  full  of  fresh 
water;  with  rice,  cocoanuts,  dried  fish,  and  fowls 
for  provender,  the  hardy  Malays  may  have  ven- 
tured South  seeking  Australian  delicacies  for  the 
tables  of  Chinese  mandarins,  before  Columbus 
sailed  out  of  Palos  on  his  memorable  first  voyage 
across  the  Atlantic. 

It  has  been  calculated  that  trepang,  tortoise- 
shell,  and  pearls  to  the  value  of  a  million  and  a 
half,  left  the  North  Australian  coast  in  this  man- 
ner during  the  hundred  years  that  followed 
Flinders'  visit. 


In  1825  the  British  Government  established  a 
military  depot  on  Melville  Island.  Bathurst 
Island  is  separated  from  it  by  the  narrow  Apsley 
Strait.  These  two  islands,  holding  two  million 
acres,  lie  to  the  northward  of  Darwin. 

The  nearest  point  of  the  mainland  is  about  15 
miles.    The  distance  to  Timor  330  miles. 

This  settlement,  known  as  Fort  Dundas,  was 
located  on  the  north-western  side  of  Melville,  on 
the  shores  of  Apsley  Strait,  which  is  40  miles  in 
length,  and  varies  from  i  i  to  5  miles  in  width. 

In  1826  Major  Campbell,  of  the  57th  Foot, 
was  appointed  commandant  by  Governor  Dar- 
ling. He  left  Sydney  in  the  colonial  schooner 
Isabella,  on  August  19,  and  arrived  on  September 
19.  Campbell  took  charge  of  a  population  of 
115  men  and  six  women.  The  males  included  54 
prisoners.  The  live  stock  included  16  cattle,  23 
sheep,  and  54  pigs.  Sixteen  buffaloes  had  just 
been  landed  from  Timor,  intended  for  killing. 
The  buffaloes  imported  from  Timor  for  breeding 
purposes  spread  all  over  Melville  Island  in  thou- 
sands, and  are  in  large  numbers  there  at  the 
present  time. 


5i8 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


It  was  an  unfortunate  position.  The  natives 
proved  constantly  troublesome.  The  short-range 
muskets  and  pistols  of  the  period  left  the  advan- 
tage with  spears  thrown  from  ambush.  They 
killed  two  officials,  two  soldiers,  and  three  prison- 
ers in  all.  So  the  settlement  was  removed  in  1827 
to  Raffles  Bay  on  the  mainland,  where  it  remained 
until  abandoned  in  1829  by  peremptory  orders 
from  England.  During  this  period  the  Malays 
visited  the  depot  for  trade. 


magnitude.  It  is  not  enough  for  the  purposes  of 
commerce  to  know  that  a  certain  plant  has 
flourished  in  a  garden,  or  has  grown  spontane- 
ously in  particular  localities.  The  questions  are 
whether  over  large  tracts  of  country  it  can  be 
raised  for  the  protection  of  the  capitalists,  and 
by  means  of  labor  not  dear  in  proportion  to  that 
of  other  places  producing  the  same  commodity, 
and  moreover,  capable  of  being  brought  to  sale 
of   that   quality   and   condition    which    the    estab- 


Scene  in  Central  Australia 


In  1837,  under  instructions  from  the  Imperial 
Government,  Sir  Gordon  Bremer  founded  the 
settlement  of  Victoria  at  Port  Esslngton,  on  the 
northern  shore  of  Coburg  Peninsula.  The  old 
stone  jetty,  the  ruins  of  the  bakehouse,  and  some 
Government  buildings  still  stand.  The  clearings 
have  been  re-covered  by  forest.  A  fine  tamarind 
tree  occupies  a  site  near  the  church. 

In  1840  we  find  Messrs.  Elliot  and  Villiers  re- 
porting to  Lord  John  Russell,  as  to  whether  this 
settlement  should  be  maintained  or  not. 

On  the  question  of  agriculture,  they  said,  "No 
partial   experiment  can   decide   a    subject  of   this 


llshed  markets  would  require.  To  form  an 
opinion  in  the  present  case,  we  do  not  find  that 
enough  is  known,  either  of  the  soil  or  of  the 
seasons." 

These  very  wise  and  pertinent  conclusions  still 
apply  in  some  degree  to  Northern  Territory  pro- 
duction; but  seventy-five  years'  experience  and 
change  must  be  taken  into  our  modern  considera- 
tion of  the  Northern  problem. 

In  1842  Captain  MacArthur,  who  had  two 
years  previously  succeeded  Sir  Gordon  Bremer 
as  Governor  of  Port  Esslngton,  recording  the 
convictions  of  his  experience,  said: — "Sugar  cane 


pioni-:ers  and  outposts 


519 


Permanent    Water — Batchelor   Demonstration   Farm 


will  doubtless  answer  well  here;  indigo  and  cot- 
ton, though  totally  neglected,  have  attracted  much 
attention.  The  soil  appears  to  be  particularly 
favorable  to  arrowroot.  Rice  will  grow,  .  .  . 
but  I  fearlessly  pronounce  that  European  laborers 
will  never  be  successfully  employed  here  whilst 
amongst  that  class  of  people  the  love  of  ardent 
spirits  is  so  prevalent.  It  must  be  considered  that 
the  moment  they  land  here  they  literally  com- 
mence life  de  novo  :  strange  climate,  strange  soil, 
strange  products,  strange  pursuits,  all  demanding 
change  of  habits,  change  of  prospects,  and  at  last, 
effecting  a  change  even  in  the  constitution !" 

Captain  MacArthur's  pronouncement,  made 
over  seventy  years  ago,  might  be  accepted  as  a 
working  guide  for  the  Territory  to-day.  A  con- 
sensus of  medical  experience,  gained  in  the  North 
during  the  long  interval  which  has  elapsed, 
strengthens  his  declaration  regarding  the  effects 
of  alcohol  in  our  tropics.  Much  of  the  ill-health 
and  most  of  the  deaths  which  have  been  attri- 
buted to  Territory  climate,  are  in  reality  the  re- 
sult of  individual  intemperance.  On  this  point 
the  author  made  special  inquiries  in  the  Northern 
Territory,  and,  from  a  mass  of  local  evidence,  is 
forced  to  the  conclusion  that  alcohol  is  much  more 
to  be  dreaded  than  fever  in  the  North;  that  in  a 
great  many  burial  certificates,  where  the  cause  of 
death   in   a    kindly   way   has   been   set   down    as 


"Fever,"  it  should  in  reality  have  been  written 
"Drink." 

It  may  be  added,  in  justice  to  the  \ictims,  that 
the  ways  of  outposts  are  hard;  that  lack  of 
social  enjoyment  and  restraining  feminine  in- 
fluences in  the  past,  have  led  men  to  habits  which 
inevitably  undermine  health  in  any  climate,  but 
spell  swift  death  in  the  Tropics. 

There  are  men  alive  in  the  Territory  who  have 
been  intermittent  hard  drinkers  for  years — the 
frontiersman  has  rarely  been  conspicuous  for 
sobriety  anywhere, — but  these  are  mostly  bush- 
men  of  iron  constitutions  who  live  active  outdoor 
lives:  the  toughest,  hardiest,  pluckiest,  most  pic- 
turesque bunch  of  wild  birds  on  the  continent — 
native  characters  such  as  Mrs.  Gunn  depicts 
— somewhat  conventionalized — in  her  charming 
little  book,  "JVe  of  the  Never  Never."  Between 
such  specialized  types  and  the  average  product  of 
civilization,  who  has  gone  unacclimatized,  too 
often  unadapted,  to  the  Territory  there  is  no 
comparison. 

Without  pursuing  this  contentious  subject  fur- 
ther, the  writer  gives  Captain  MacArthur's 
seventy-year-old  opinion  a  general  endorsement. 
It  is  one  of  the  most  xaluable  contributions  yet 
made  on  the  subject  of  European  life  in  a  part  of 
Australia,  situated  no  further  from  the  equator 
than  Sydney  is  from  Brisbane. 


;20 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Goats  and  Ant-Hills 


After  McDouall  Stuart's  last  expedition, 
organized  from  Adelaide,  had  reached  the  shores 
of  Van  Diemen's  Gulf,  the  Province  of  South 
Australia  began  to  cast  an  acquisitive  eye  on  the 
country  between  the  26th  parallel  (her  Northern 
boundary)  and  the  Arafura  Sea. 

Between  the  year  1840,  when  the  Governor  of 
New  South  Wales,  under  instructions  from  Lord 
John  Russell,  sent  Captain  MacArthur  from 
Sydney  to  take  charge  of  the  settlement  at  Port 
Essington,  and  1863,  the  Mother  Colony  held 
possession  of  all  that  northern  hinterland.  She 
retained  it  long  after  the  Colony  of  Queensland 
had  been  formed,  and  the  boundary  of  the  Cen- 
tral Province  extended  along  the  26th  parallel 
to  the  West  Australian  border. 

It  was  suggested  about  1862  that  the  Home 
Government  should  create  a  separate  colony  of 
North  Australia.  South  Australia  succeeded  in 
turning  this  proposition  aside.  In  1863  the  Im- 
perial Government  temporarily  annexed  the  Ter- 
ritory to  South  Australia,  with  the  right  to  revoke 
or  alter  the  arrangement  at  pleasure. 

This  right  was  never  exercised,  and  the  Terri- 
tory remained  under  the  Government  at  Adelaide 
until  taken  over  by  the  Commonwealth. 

The  history  of  the  Northern  Territory  under 
South  Australian  administration  is  rather  the 
story  of  a  child  endeavoring  to  carry  a  grown 
miner's  burden  of  ore  to  the  crusher.  The  effort 
weakened  the  child.  When  the  stone  was  brought 
to  the  mill  it  proved  rich  but  refractory.  It  could 
not  be  converted  by  any  known  process. 

In  1864  the  first  South  Australian  Resident — 
B.  T.  Finniss — and  his  staff  arrived  in  the  Terri- 
tory by  sea,  and  promptly  selected  a  site  for  the 
capital  settlement  at  Escape  Cliffs,  which  proved 
utterly  unsuitable. 

The  members  of  this  outpost  quarrelled  with 
Finniss,   on  whom   a   Royal   Commission   shortly 


sat  and  condemned  for  mismanagement,  destruc- 
tion of  stores,  and  other  great  waste  of  the  funds 
of  the  settlement. 

The  Commissioners  pointed  out  that  many  of 
the  party  sent  were  quite  unfitted  for  the  work; 
that  a  proper  supply  of  food  was  lacking;  that  a 
sense  of  neglect  arising  from  infrequent  com- 
munication with  remote  Adelaide  and  the  effects 
of  a  climate  "not  favorable  to  European  labor," 
had  tended  to  increase  insubordination. 

It  was  a  bad  start. 

The  South  Australian  Government,  under  the 
Northern  Territory  Act,  had  sold  at  auction  in 
Adelaide  243,840  acres  of  land,  and  received  pur- 
chase money  amounting  to  £82,5  <;3  4s.  6d.  in  re- 
turn. The  Government  was  to  complete  surveys 
of  the  area  sold,  so  as  to  enable  purchasers  to 
take  possession  within  five  years. 

Finniss  had  instructions  to  carry  out  this  sur- 
vey, which  he  failed  to  comply  with  during  his 
short  and  stormy  career  as  Government  Resident. 
In  1866,  three  years  after  the  sale,  the  Govern- 
ment's obligations  to  the  purchasers  began  to 
press  sorely  on  the  Administration,  who  cast 
about  for  some  means  of  evading  them. 

Accordingly  they  moved  a  series  of  resolutions 
in  the  Legislative  Council,  that  the  "Government 
Resident  and  his  party  be  withdrawn,  that  no  fur- 
ther attempt  at  the  survey  be  made,  and  that  the 
monev  paid  by  purchasers  for  land  be  refunded 
them." 

It  was  said  in  the  course  of  the  debate  that 
undertaking  the  colonization  of  the  Territory  was 
a  mistake  from  the  beginning,  that  the  community 
in  the  South  was  too  small  and  too  remote  to  at- 
tempt so  big  a  task. 

The  resolutions  were  carried  in  the  Council, 
but  negatived  in  the  Assembly;  except  that  which 
related  to  the  withdrawal  of  the  Acting  Resident 
and  his  party  from  Escape  Cliffs. 


PIONEERS    AND    OUTPOSTS 


521 


A  steamer  was  sent  from  Adelaide  to  retrieve 
the  unhappy  first  settlers.  The  land  purchasers 
warmly  memorialized  the  Government  on  the 
matter  of  its  obligations  and  demanded  the  refund 
of  their  money,  with  interest  at  10  per  cent.,  from 
date  of  payment. 

Trouble  and  expense  occasioned  by  this  unfor- 
tunate transaction,  continued  until  1869,  when 
Sur\eyor-(jeneral  (joyder  and  a  staff  were  finally 
despatched  to  the  North  to  select  a  site  for  the 
capital  and  undertake  the  survey  of  the  town  lots 
and  broad  acres  disposed  of  in   1863. 


were  it  not  that  the  remoteness  of  the  field  opened 
a  door  to  promoters  and  incompetent  mine  mana- 
gers. As  a  result  of  companies  overweighted 
with  promoters'  shares,  unnecessary  purchase  of 
expensive  machinery  before  any  work  was  done, 
labor  troubles  and  incapable  mine  managers,  an 
undoubtedly  rich  mineral  region  was  unfairly 
slumped. 

In  1870  the  South  Australian  Parliament,  re- 
fusing assistance  or  co-operation  from  the  other 
Colonies,  hurriedly  passed  a  Bill  to  authorize  the 
construction  of  an  overland  telegraph  line  from 


Cyanide  Plant 


Mr.  Goyder,  one  of  the  most  reliable  officials 
ever  connected  with  a  government  service  (al- 
though South  Australia  has  had  conspicuously 
able  officers,  as  well  as  splendid  explorers),  se- 
lected Darwin  as  the  site  of  the  northern  capital. 

He  reported  that  South  Australia  had  no  rea- 
son to  fear  the  result  of  her  connection  with 
the  place  chosen.  The  country,  he  declared,  was 
suitable  for  horses  and  cattle;  the  soil  in  the 
slopes,  valleys,  and  parts  of  the  tablelands  well 
adapted  for  cultivation  and  mostly  rich. 

Goyder  completed  his  survey  in  quick  time,  and 
kept  its  cost  within  his  estimates.  The  Govern- 
ment of  the  day  backed  up  its  position  by  an  act 
extending  the  time  for  applications  for  land,  but 
the  mischief  was  done. 

As  a  result  of  a  lawsuit  brought  by  certain 
purchasers,  and  finally  determined  in  1873,  the 
Government  had  to  pay  out  £73,396  12s.  prin- 
cipal, interest  and  costs. 

By  the  end  of  1875  the  Territory  bill  was 
£333,546 — an  initial  expenditure  practically  bar- 
ren of  results. 

The  discovery  of  gold  at  Pine  Creek  in  1871 
might   have   been   a    good    thing    for   the    North 


Port  Augusta  to  Darwin.  An  arrangement 
had  been  made  in  London  with  the  Eastern  and 
Australian  Telegraph  Company,  whereby  the  lat- 
ter agreed,  upon  certain  conditions,  to  extend 
the  cable  service  from  England  to  Port  Darwin, 
and  to  complete  it  by  the  end  of  1871. 

The  estimate  for  the  line  between  Port 
Augusta  and  Darwin  laid  before  the  Houses  of 
Parliament  was  £120,000.  It  cost  in  actual  fig- 
ures £420,721  9  10,  and  proved  a  rather  expen- 
sive honor  to  the  quixotic  young  Colony. 

Parliamentary  agitation  for  the  construction 
of  a  transcontinental  railway — Adelaide  to  Port 
Darwin — definitely  began  in   1872. 

In  1883  an  Act  was  passed  by  South  Australia 
authorizing  the  importation  of  Indian  Coolie 
labor  into  the  North  for  the  purpose  of  carrying 
on  the  work. 

In  1883  the  construction  of  the  Darwin- 
Pine  Creek  Section  was  authorized  by  the  House. 
G.  R.  McMinn,  the  senior  surveyor  of  the  Ter- 
ritory, had  described  the  country  along  the  tele- 
graph line  as  some  of  the  poorest  within  its 
boundaries,  and  recommended  a  deviation  in 
choosing  the  route  for  the  railway. 


HI 


5  22 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


It  was  originally  intended  that  the  line  should 
be  constructed  by  European  and  cheap  Indian 
labor. 

The  work  of  construction  began  in  1887,  and 
was  carried  out  with  Chinese  coolies.  Inevitably, 
no  land  settlement  resulted. 

Various  efforts  were  made  during  the  years 
that  followed  to  have  this  transcontinental  rail- 
way completed  on  the  land-grant  system.  Both 
Houses  of  the  South  Australian  Parliament,  in 
1890,  passed  a  motion  to  that  effect,  and  followed 
it  in  1902,  twelve  years  later,  with  a  Transcon- 
tinental Railway  Act.  This  Act  provided  for 
building,  on  the  land  grant  system,  a  link  line 
from  Oodnadatta — where  the  railway  had  then 
been  carried  from  Port  Augusta — to  Pine  Creek. 

The  open  authority  granted  by  Parliament 
never  materialized  in  fact,  and  the  responsibility 
of  the  construction  of  this  railway  was  laid  upon 
the  Commonwealth,  as  a  condition  of  the  trans- 
fer of  the  Territory  in  191 1.      .      .     . 

While  main  lines  of  developmental  policy  were 
being  discussed  or  attempted  in  Adelaide,  prac- 
tical experiences  were  being  gained  in  the  Terri- 
tory. It  was  demonstrated  that  valuable  tropical 
products  could  be  grown,  if  not  yet  grown  to  pay. 
It  was  proved  that  on  large  sections  of  the  coun- 
try beef  cattle  could  be  raised  to  profit,  that  sheep 
and  horses  would  thrive,  that  pearls,  gold  and 
precious  metals  might  be  won. 


Whether  or  not  the  Territory  could  be  de- 
veloped by  white  labor  alone,  had  not  been  de- 
cided. South  Australian  opinion  was  generally 
against  it;  but  with  the  installation  of  a  Federal 
White-Australia  policy,  it  became  a  sine  qua  non 
that  the  attempt  must  be  made.  Legislation  per- 
mitting colored  immigration  to  the  Territory, 
placed  on  the  Statutes  of  South  Australia,  no 
longer  applied.  No  more  railways  would  be  con- 
structed by  Asiatic  labor,  and  outside  of  aborigi- 
nals and  the  aliens  already  in  the  North — nearly 
eight  times  the  number  of  the  white  population,  by 
the  way — no  more  colored  labor  could  be  im- 
ported. 

Doubtless  this  consideration  influenced  South 
Australia  in  handing  over  the  Territory  to  the 
Commonwealth. 

It  was  argued  that  the  difficulties  attending  on 
tropical  agriculture  in  the  North  without  colored 
field  labor  had  been  clearly  established;  that,  un- 
der the  circumstances,  it  was  wiser  and  fairer  to 
hand  o,ver  the  country  to  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment which  had  instituted  a  policy  locally  re- 
garded as  inimical  to  the  welfare  of  the  Terri- 
tory. On  the  Commonwealth,  therefore,  has 
been  laid  the  burden  of  South  Australia's  Terri- 
tory debt,  and  the  onus  of  development  under  its 
strictly  White-Australian  conditions.  The  working 
out  of  this  problem  by  the  administration  in  Mel- 
bourne is  being  watched  with  close  interest 
throughout  Tropical  Australia.     In  it  are  bound 


The  Wealth  of  Tropical  Production 


PIONEERS    AND    OUTPOSTS 


523 


A  Flooded  River 


up  momentous  questions  of  race  deterioration, 
effective  occupation,  the  very  existence  of  the 
Commonwealth  itself. 

Such  being  the  case,  it  may  be  taken  for  granted 
that  the  Administration  will  spare  neither  effort 
nor  expense  in  the  endeavor  to  make  the  North- 
ern Territory  attractive  and  liveable  for  Euro- 
peans. A  great  deal  has  already  been  done  with 
that  end  in  view,  and  the  Governmental  pro- 
gramme includes  a  great  deal  more. 

The  main  conditions  of  the  transfer  were: 
(i)  That  the  Commonwealth  should  assume  the 
responsibility  of  loans  effected  by  South  Austra- 
lia in  connection  with  the  Territory  (which 
amounted  in  June,  1909,  to  £2,748,062),  "by 
annually  reimbursing  the  State  the  amount  of  in- 
terest paid  in  connection  with  Territory  loans; 
by  providing  a  sinking  fund  to  pay  off  such  loans 
on  maturity,  and  by  paying  off  the  deficit  in  re- 


spect of  the  Northern  Territory."  (2)  That  the 
Commonwealth  should  construct  a  transcontinen- 
tal railway  from  Pine  Creek  southwards  to  a 
point  on  the  northern  boundary  of  South  Aus- 
tralia. (3)  That  the  Commonwealth  should,  at 
the  time  of  the  acquisition  of  the  Territory,  pur- 
chase from  South  Australia  the  railway  from  Port 
Augusta  to  Oodnadatta;  and  (4)  That  the  Com- 
monwealth should  construct  a  railway  from  a 
point  on  the  Port  Augusta  railway  to  connect  with 
the  other  part  of  the  transcontinental  railway  at 
a  point  on  the  northern  boundary  of  South  Aus- 
tralia. 

The  total  cost  of  the  investment  to  the  Com- 
monwealth was  then  calculated  at  about  ten  and 
a  quarter  millions  of  money,  and  the  annual  de- 
ficit for  the  first  year  or  two  after  the  comple- 
tion of  the  transcontinental  railway  at  about 
£400,000. 


^^-  .ii!sa*3»*..  --  f  wmiWQi'  > 

I 

1 

1 

1 

\i  #-. 

^;>i|^.^^4.%/:^^l-   ':^ 

,::.^  *f 

'■''^•■•^'■T*f-i-'S 

J^BB^^^^w  ^V"  'BBn 

Ir^!^. 

( 

.aa||j^>-...,' >■'■■■  JM 

Kapok   Trees,   near   Darwin 


COASTAL  CLIMATE  AND  PRODUCTION. 


ALTHOUGH  South  Australian  administra- 
tion passed  over  to  the  Commonwealth  an 
annual  deficit  of  £130,000  on  the  North- 
ern Territory,  and  an  annual  loss  on  the  working 
of  the  Oodnadatta  line  of  £82,000,  her  dearly- 
hought  and  P'ederally-paid-for  experience  should 
be  of  some  value. 

During  the  years  in  which  she  controlled  those 
broad  demesnes  to  the  northward  of  parallel  26, 
certain  resources  were  determined  and  certain 
possibilities  outlined. 

Apart  from  public  expenditure,  admittedly  mis- 
spent in  some  directions,  there  was  considerable 
commercial  investment. 

An  analysis  of  this  investment  shows  that  Ter- 
ritorial outlay,  generally  speaking,  was  not  safe- 
guarded with  that  discretion  and  judgment  cur- 
rently credited  to  private  enterprise. 

In  the  process  of  pioneering  industries  any- 
where, losses  are  liable  to  overbalance  gains.  Our 
sympathy  and  admiration  are  due  to  those  who 


take  risks  from  which  the  benefits,  if  any,  are  as 
much  national  as  individual. 

One  cannot  help  thinking  that  many  little  In- 
dustrial attempts  in  the  Territory  might  have 
proved  commercially  successful  if  better  judg- 
ment had  been  exercised  by  the  capitalists  behind 
them. 

Still,  they  cannot  be  regarded  as  absolute 
losses;  inasmuch  as  they  established  facts  which, 
like  beacons  in  the  night,  may  yet  guide  the  ships 
of  Northern  enterprise  to  safe  havens. 

Without  doubt  the  coastal  districts  of  the 
Northern  Territory  will  grow  sugarcane.  I  have 
personally  examined  country  on  the  Adelaide  and 
Daly  Rivers  which  I  am  convinced  will  produce 
certain  varieties  of  cane  as  well  as  any  lands  in 
tropical  Australia,  the  Malay  States,  or  the  Dutch 
Indies. 

T  had  lived  beforehand  for  years  in  Australian 
sugar    country,    travelled    over    practically    every 


'5  24 


COASTAL    CLIMATE    AND    PRODUCTION' 


525 


Coconut  Palms  and  Sisal  Hemp,   in   the   Botanic   Gardens,    Darwin 


mile  of  it  in  Queensland,  been  out  into  the  north- 
west of  Western  Australia,  and  had  just  come 
from  Java,  where  I  had  spent  some  time  gather- 
ing information  on  tropical  agriculture.  Accurate 
as  I  desire  to  be  in  all  my  pronouncements 
throughout  this  volume,  I  feel  under  the  circum- 
stances that  this  opinion  should  prove  correct. 

I  might  go  further  and  predict  that  with  neces- 
sary irrigation,  drainage,  and  the  introduction  of 
specialized  x'arieties  of  cane,  the  sugar  yield  in 
the  Territory  is  likely  to  be  heavier  than  in  most 
parts  of  Queensland. 

Sun,  soil,  and  water  are  there.  Correct  treat- 
ment will  ensure  results. 

The  failure  of  the  De  Lissaville  plantation,  on 
Cox's  Peninsula  opposite  Darwin,  in  the  eigh- 
ties, was  reported  due  to  the  method  in  which  the 
cane  was  planted.  Although  an  expert  from  An- 
tigua, sent  by  the  South  Australian  Government 
to  report  on  this  matter,  pronounced  the  area 
"first-class  sugar  land  and  well  watered  in  every 
place,"  I  do  not  regard  the  locality  as  suitable  for 
sugar  growing  like  the  Adelaide  River,  which  is 
navigable  for  eighty  or  ninety  miles  for  the  class 
of  steamers  used  for  freighting  sugar  on  the  East 
Coast  of  Australia,  and  could  easily  be  command- 


ed by  railway,  tramway,  or  motor  traction  from 
Darwin. 

In  1884  the  Acting  Government  Resident  at 
Darwin  reported  that,  through  wrong  methods, 
capital  and  energy  were  literally  being  thrown 
away  in  respect  to  local  sugar-growing.  The 
only  results  were  conclusive  proofs  that  the 
Territory  would  grow  sugarcane;  and  that  it 
could  be  profitably  grown — under  exact  agricul- 
ture. 

About  this  time  an  English  Company  started  a 
plantation  on  the  Adelaide  River,  which  passed, 
later  on,  to  other  hands.  Ultimately  its  capital 
was  diverted  into  pastoral  investment,  but  it  left 
behind  a  number  of  coffee  and  rubber  trees,  which 
continued  to  flourish  for  many  years. 

This  abandoned  plantation  was  visited  by  Mr. 
Holtze,  the  Director  of  the  Government  Botanic 
Gardens  at  Darwin,  in  1890.  He  reported 
that  the  Liberian  coffee  plants,  "which  had  been 
neglected  for  three  years  and  were  smothered  in 
weeds,  were  many  of  them  up  to  10  feet  high, 
and  covered  from  top  to  bottom  with  fruits." 

In  1895  ^  special  Commissioner  sent  from 
South  Australia  to  report  on  the  agricultural 
lands  of  the  Territory,  inspected  the  remains  of 
the  plantation,  and  was  surprised  at  th^  vitality 


t;26 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Date  Palms 

of  rubber  and  coffee  trees,  which  he  found  still 
there,  in  spite  of  bush  fires  and  neglect! 

With  the  retirement  of  Mr.  Otto  Brandt,  who 
for  five  years  endeavored  to  establish  a  plantation 
at  Shoal  Bay  on  the  north-eastern  side  of  Darwin, 
desultory  attempts  at  sugar  planting  ceased  in 
the  Territory. 

A  good  quality  of  sugar  was  actually  expressed 
in  some  quantity  at  Shoal  Bay,  but  owing  to  a 
series  of  unlucky  happenings,  this  plucky  planter 
gave  up  in  1890. 

In  the  writer's  opinion,  neither  Cox's  Peninsula 
nor  Shoal  Bay  holds  the  same  possibilities  for  suc- 
cessful sugar  growing  as  other  parts  of  the  coast. 
The  failure  to  make  a  financial  success  of  these 
two  main  efforts  can  in  no  way  be  taken  as  a  proof 
that  the  Territory  is  unsuitable  for  tropical  agri- 
culture. 

It  is  generally  admitted  by  those  whose  experi- 
ence is  of  any  value,  that  the  country  is  peculiarly 
adapted  for  the  growth  not  only  of  sugar  but 
other  commercial  products  of  the  tropics.  The 
question  will  be  how  to  make  those  things  pay. 
The  cost  of  irrigation  I  do  not  take  so  much  into 
account — irrigation  and  fertilizers  can  always  be 
good  investments — but  the  cost  of  labor  and  the 
distance   from   markets,   must  be   reckoned   with 


at  present.  The  Federal  Administration,  recog- 
nizing these  facts,  is  endeavoring  to  equalize  mat- 
ters, so  that  intending  white  settlers  will  be  placed 
on  a  fair  footing  with  producers  in  other  parts  of 
Australia.  By  a  special  bonus  system  and  the  in- 
stallation of  central  mills,  as  in  Queensland,  the 
Federal  Government  should  be  able  to  establish 
the  sugar  industry. 

In  the  Botanic  Gardens  at  Darwin,  the 
Holtzes,  father  and  son,  have  proved  over  a 
period  that  no  less  than  six  hundred  different 
tropical  plants  will  grow  in  the  Territory. 

Twenty  years'  expei-ience  with  Para  rubber 
has  shown  that  it  can  be  successfully  grown;  that 
Cera  rubber,  the  finest  species,  is  best  suited  to 
the  country.  Liberian  and  robusta  coffees  can  be 
cultivated  with  the  best  results.  Cocoanut  palms 
in  these  gardens  twenty  years  old  were  carrying 
a  heavier  crop  in  19 12  than  trees  at  Singapore  or 
Batavia.  These  trees  had  been  hollowed  by 
white   ants,  but  were  still   robust  and   prolific. 

The  Darwin  Gardens  form  a  green  and 
verdant  object-lesson  in  Territorial  possibility. 
There  one  sees  breadfruit  and  jackfruit,  sapo- 
dilla  plums,  custard  apples,  durians,  pomelos,  In- 
dian    gooseberries,      Bengal     quinces,     bananas, 


Fine-Apple  Plant 


I 


COASTAL    CLIMATE    AND    PRODUCTION 


527 


blimbing  (an  East  Indian  fruit  of  Havor),  and 
other  delicate  fruits  of  the  tropics,  all  flourishing 
and  bearing.  There  grow  nutmegs,  vanilla,  pi- 
mento, cinnamon,  patchouli,  turmeric  (used  in  the 
manufacture  of  curry  powder),  and  other  valu- 
able condiments  and  spices  of  commerce. 
There  tea  and  cocoa  thrive. 


Bananas 


Cocaine  plants,  worth  i  /j  a  lb.  in  Java  in 
1912,  kola  nuts,  and  tamarinds  grow  without 
difficulty.  The  tamarind  grows  freely  on  the  north 
coasts  of  Australia,  although  it  may  originally 
have  been  introduced  there  by  the  Malays. 

Of  tropical  flowers,  palms,  and  grasses  this 
garden  displays  a  florid  variety. 

Within  its  leafy  avenues  and  open  spaces  one 
sees  coral  trees  covered  with  blood-red  blossoms, 
splendid  poinciana,  glorious  bougainvillea,  white 
bunches  of  frangipanni  centred  with  yellow,  scar- 
let-flowered quassia,  and  allamandas  with  ever- 
flowering  golden  bells. 

Dwarf  palms,  sago  palms,  tobacco,  Bermuda 
arrowroot,  citrus  fruits — which  will  require  irri- 


gation to  become  commercially  possible — pine- 
apples, mangoes,  pawpaws,  these  have  all  been 
tested  and  proved  prolific. 

Among  fodder  plants  which  have  been  experi- 
mented with,  Coapin,  a  South  African  native, 
seems  likely  to  prove  one  of  the  best  grasses  for 
the  Territory.  It  will  grow  in  swamps  as  well 
as  on  poor  ridges;  is  always  green  and  always 
good  for  dairy  stock. 

Paspalum  grows  luxuriantly,  and  other  foreign 
and  native  grasses   of  value   can  be   introduced. 

Arrowroot,  maize,  rice,  and  tobacco  are  agri- 
cultural certainties. 

The  rice  plant  is  indigenous  to  Northern  Aus- 
tralia; also  the  Tacca  primatifidia,  which  forms 
the  main  supply  for  Fiji  arrowroot. 

Indigo  is  classed,  locally,  as  a  noxious  plant. 

These  experimental  gardens  alone  have  demon- 
strated that  in  the  ordinary  soils  and  conditions 
of  the  Territory  there  is  nothing  to  prevent  a 
highly  successful  cultivation  of  useful  and  valu- 
able tropical  plants. 

Ihis  knowledge  gained,  the  only  problem 
which  remains  for  the  Commonwealth  is  how  to 
produce  them  profitably;  and  at  the  same  time 
keep  tip  to  racial  and  ecotwmic  standards  estab- 
lished by  existing  legislation. 

Like  most  problems  of  human  progress,  there 
is  no  doubt  a  solution;  but  recent  world  happen- 
ings have  shown  that  this  matter  can  no  longer 
he  delayed. 

The  policy  of  the  Cook  Government  with 
regard  to  the  Northern  Territory  was  disclosed 
in  a  statement  by  the  Minister  for  External 
Affairs,  which  was  laid  on  the  table  of  the 
House  of  Representatives  in  the  last  session  of 
1914. 

"The  development  of  the  Northern  Terri- 
tory, having  been  assumed  as  a  continen- 
tal responsibility,  must,"  says  Mr.  Glynn,  "in- 
.  volve  for  a  time  a  draft,  without  direct  or 
immediate  return,  upon  the  resources  of  the 
Commonwealth.  Its  relation  to  defence,  and 
to  the  maintenance  of  the  associated  policy  of 
settlement  by  white  races,  suggests  that  the  ne- 
cessity for  and  justification  of  the  expenditure 
of  the  earlier  years  must  be  determined  by 
other  than  purely  commercial  considerations. 

"It  is  thought  that  the  time  is  come  for  a 
comprehensive  and  continuing  policy  to  be  sys- 
tematically applied.  Notwithstanding  the  com- 
parative failure  of  more  or  less  fitful  and  ir- 
regular attempts  of  now  nearly  60  years  to 
settle  the  Northern  Territory,  Parliament  will 
doubtless  authorise  a  substantial  capital  expen- 
diture towards  definite,  comprehensive  and  cor- 
related objects,  especially  if  made  as  a  loan  to 


:28 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


How  the  Grass  grows  at  Darwin 


be  repaid  by  the  Territory  in  the  event  of  suc- 
cess. 

"In  view  of  the  possibility  of  the  Territory 
being  erected  into  a  State,  or  subdivided,  it  is 
proposed  to  debit  it  with  the  capital  expendi- 
ture of  the  works  to  be  carried  out.  For  the 
purpose  of  railway  and  other  works  of  de- 
velopment a  loan,  the  amount  of  which  will  be 
determined  by  the  estimates,  may  well  be 
placed  in  a  trust  fund  to  the  credit  of  the  Ter- 
ritory, repayable  as  the  Territory  shows  a 
sufficient  balance  of  revenue  over  expenditure. 
The  land  bill  will  make  provision  for  moderate 
or  small  freehold  areas  to  be  acquired  in  com- 
pliance with  prescribed  conditions.   " 

Briefly,  the  developmental  policy  outlined  by 
the  Minister  included  the  building  of  nearly  2,000 
miles  of  railway,  at  a  cost  of  ten  million  pounds. 

"Under  the  authority  of  the  Pine  Creek  to 
Katherine  River  Railway  Act  1913  this  line 
is  being  built.  A  survey  is  being  made 
of  the  route  from  the  Katherine  to  Bitter 
Springs.  Proposals  will  be  submitted  for  the 
construction  of  railways  to  connect,  through 
the  MacDonnell  Ranges,  Oodnadatta  and  the 
Katherine  River;  to  connect  Newcastle  Waters, 
or  some  other  point  on  the  transcontinental  rail- 
way, with  the  Queensland  border  at  Camooweal 


or  elsewhere,  when  the  Great  Western  rail- 
ways system  of  Queensland  is  in  course  of  con- 
struction to  such  place;  and,  as  probably  a  later 
project,  to  link  Anthony's  Lagoon  on  the  branch 
line  to  Queensland  with  the  Pellew  Islands 
at  the  mouth  of  the  MacArthur  River.  The 
lengths  of  line  would  be : — Oodnadatta  to  the 
Katherine,  1,026  miles;  Newcastle  Waters  to 
Camooweal,  360  miles;  Anthony's  Lagoon  to 
Pellew  Islands,  230  miles;  a  total  of  1,616 
miles.  The  cost,  with  water,  roads,  &c.,  would 
probably  amount  to  £10,000,000.  The  work 
of  construction  and  the  expenditure  will  be 
spread  over  about  eight  years.  Construction 
will  be  supported  by  statutory  provisions  for 
some  reasonable  and  direct  contribution  to- 
wards expenditure  by  the  land  owners,  lessees 
and  others  directly  benefited,  and  for  the  pro- 
motion of  closer  settlement. 

"It  is  desired  to  make  railway  construction 
minister  to  settlement  by  holding  out  reason- 
able inducements  to  suitable  workers  to  immi- 
grate to  the  Territory,  by  making  provision 
for  them  to  work  on  the  lines  at  the  standard 
rate  of  wages  and  conditions  of  employment 
prescribed  for  similar  areas,  say,  in  Queens- 
land, by  any  Commonwealth  or  State  industrial 
authority,  or  under  the  small  contract  system, 
and  take  up  available  land  for  agricultural  pur^ 


COASTAL    CLIMATE    AND    PRODUCTION 


529 


poses  or  mixed  farming  in  the  vicinity  or  within 
reasonable  distance  of  the  railways.  The  labor 
desired  (and  to  secure  which  steps  will  be  taken 
directly  by  the  Government  or,  when  the  con- 
struction is  by  large  contract,  under  arrange- 
ments with  the  contractor),  is  efficient  white 
workers,  with  a  large  proportion  of  married 
men,  from  the  States  of  the  Commonwealth 
or  Irom  Southern  European  countries.  The 
proposed  land  legislation  will  make  provision 
for  group  settlement. 

"Bores,  which  are  necessary  for  communi- 
cations, will  be  put  down  to  tap  the  under- 
ground water  supplies  and,  incidentally,  to 
make  available  permanent  stock  routes.  The 
three  great  lines  of  development  are  clearly 
pastoral,  mining,  and,  as  an  aid  to  these,  bor- 
ing for  water. 

"Each  bore  on  completion  will  be  leased  with 
an  area  of  pastoral  country  sufficient  to  enable 
the  lessee  to  make  a  livelihood.  This  will 
make  the  route  at  all  times  safe,  and  demon- 
strate the  possibilities  of  the  country  for  pas- 
toral development.  Covenants  by  the  lessee  to 
maintain  the  wells  and  the  supply  of  water  for 
the  purposes  of  others  will  be  inserted  in  the 
lease.  Approximately,  the  cost  of  sinking  and 
equipment  of  each  bore  would  be  £1,000  to 
£1,250.  To  carry  out  this  policy  would  prob- 
ably mean  the  establishment  of  about  twelve 
complete  bores  and  ten  trial  bores,  costing,  in- 
cluding equipment,  about  £15,000  to  £20,000." 

In  addition  to  this,  it  was  proposed  to  establish 
roads,  foster  agriculture,  and  secure  a  more  ade- 
quate return  from  existing  pastoral  leases.  Par- 
ticular encouragement  was  also  to  be  given  to 
mining  and  dairy  farming.  With  a  view  to 
assisting  immigrants  who   desire  to   obtain  land 


immediately  upon  their  arrival  in  the  Common- 
wealth, the  Minister  decided  that  the  Adminis- 
trator of  the  Northern  Territory  should  have 
power  under  certain  conditions  to  lease  land  with- 
out inviting  applications  by  advertisement.  In  ex- 
ercising this  power  the  administrator  must  be 
satisfied  that  any  person  desirous  of  leasing 
land  is  a  bona  fide  resident  of  the  Territory,  or 
has  a  boiui  fide  intention  to  become  such  a  resi- 
dent within  such  period  not  exceeding  six  months, 
as  is  fixed  by  the  Administrator.  The  granting  of 
the  lease  must  also  be  recommended  by  the  Classi- 
fication Board,  which  is  to  fix  the  annual  rental 
for  the  first  period  of  the  lease.  There  is  a  fur- 
ther provision  that  if  the  lessee  does  not  occupy 
the  land  within  six  months  the  lease  shall  be  liable 
to  forfeiture. 

It  must  be  remembered  that  these  outlines  of 
policy  were  settled  before  the  war,  and  that  the 
financial  stringency  which  has  arisen  as  a  result 
has  made  it  impossible  to  carry  out  the  proposed 
works  with  the  expedition  that  was  hoped  at  the 
time  the  Minister  made  his  statement. 


Opmions  differ  very  greatly  on  the  question  of 
colored  labor.  The  late  Hon.  (afterwards 
Senator)  T.  Playford,  of  South  Australia,  after  a 
visit  to  India  and  the  Territory,  some  years  ago, 
reported : — 

"On  the  question  of  the  kind  of  labor  re- 
quired for  the  growth  of  tropical  products  in 
the  Territory,  I  have  come  to  the  following 
conclusion : 

"That  the  Territory  must  have  cheap  labor 
for  tropical  products  if  tropical  products  are 
to  be  grown  and  sold  with  profit  /;/  the  markets 
of  the  world.    This  is  admitted  by  all  who  have 


In  the  Sand  HUls 


530 


AUSTRALIA    UiNLIMITED 


any  special  knowledge  of  the  subject.  Only 
tropical  products  can  be  grown  in  the  Terri- 
tory. European  labor  is  not  cheap;  therefore, 
if  Europeans  could  stand  the  climate,  tropical 
products  could  not  be  produced  at  a  profit. 

"It  is  generally  admitted  that  Europeans  can- 
not stand  field  work  in  tropical  countries;  there- 
fore, first  on  the  ground  that  European  labor 
is  not  cheap;  and,  secondly,  on  the  ground  that 
laborers  cannot  stand  the  climate,  it  is  not  pos- 
sible to  employ  Europeans  for  tropical  agri- 
culture." 


Out  of  a  mass  of  evidence  and  opinion  favor- 
able to  colored  labor,  we  will  take  the  preceding 
statements  as  representative  of  past  political  and 
scientific  outlook.  It  is  a  momentous  question, 
and  should  be  approached  in  the  most  judicial 
manner.  It  may  be  politically  said  that  degrees 
of  latitude  cannot  be  affected  by  Federal  Acts  of 
legislation.  It  may  be  scientifically  affirmed  that 
where  the  wet  bulb  of  the  thermometer  stands 
constantly  at  80  degrees  the  efficiency  of  Euro- 
peans is  inevitably  impaired — with  deterioration 
of  the  race  after  one  or  more  generations  as  the 


Weighing  Pearl  Shell,  Port  Darwin 


After  22  years  of  experience  as  Director 
of  the  Botanical  Gardens  in  Darwin,  Mr. 
Maurice  Holtze,  since  Director  of  Adelaide  Bo- 
tanical Gardens,  a  scientist  of  great  reputation, 
gave  it  as  his  opinion  that  the  Territory  would 
surely  become  a  prosperous  field  for  plantation 
enterprise,  providing  that  facilities  to  obtain  land 
were  granted  to  investors  and  facilities  given  to 
obtain  suitable  cheap  labor.  Mr.  Holtze  recom- 
mended the  Tamil  coolie,  adding,  of  course,  that 
intelligent  management  and  careful  conservation 
of  capital  on  these  virgin  enterprises  were  essen- 
tial to  success. 


inevitable  result.  Just  as  there  are  people  who 
would  like  to  believe  in  heaven  and  cannot,  be- 
cause they  consider  that  the  facts  are  against  the 
possibility,  so  there  are  people  who  desire  to  be- 
lieve in  an  all-white  Australia  but  cannot,  for  the 
same  reason. 

These  people  may  find  statements  from  the 
other  side  helpful  to  their  conversion.  First,  with 
regard  to  competition  in  the  markets  of  the  world, 
it  is  contended  that  Australia  does  not  need  to 
come  into  competition  with  her  neighbors  in  the 
East  Indies,  with  Ceylon,  Central  America,  and 
other  countries  as  a  grower  of  tropical  commodi- 


COASTAL    CLIMATE    AND    PRODUCTION 


531 


A  Frontiersman 


Barkly  Tableland  as  those  of  the  Riviera  apply 
to  Southern  Russia. 

With  Federal  encouragement  tropical  products 
can  be  produced  at  a  local  profit  by  Europeans 
if  European  laborers  can  stand  the  climate.  Ex- 
perience gained  by  Queensland  since  the  introduc- 
tion of  the  White-Australia  policy  indicates  that 
European  labor  is  at  least  temporarily  possible. 

The  experience  gained  at  Hawaii,  the  Philip- 
pines, and  in  the  construction  of  the  Panama 
Canal,  proves  that  white  men  can  prevail  in  the 
tropics. 

Experiences  gained  at  Ismailia — where  in  six 
years  malaria  was  exterminated — and  Rio 
Janeiro,  show  that  this  serious  obstacle  can  be 
surmounted. 

Professor  Sir  Baldwin  Spencer,  who  has  had 
an  extended  experience  of  the  North,  claims  that 
the  climate,  though  trying  at  times  for  women 
and  children,  is  not  unhealthy.  Inland,  at  a 
height  of  from  two  to  three  hundred  feet,  general 
good  health  prevails.  "This,"  says  Professor 
Spencer,  "is  an  important  aspect  of  the  Territory 
in  regard  to  its  future  population.  The  most 
striking  feature  of  the  whole  country  is  the  gum 
tree,  and  the  Territory  is  pre-eminently  not  tropi- 


ties;  that  for  the  time  being  there  will  be  ample 
field  for  growers  to  supply  local  markets — under 
a  bonus  or  protection  from  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment, if  necessary — and  that,  as  Australian  popu- 
lation increases,  Australian  demands  for  these 
particular  commodities   will   increase  with  it. 

Regarding  the  efficiency  of  European  labor, 
it  is  argued  that  the  heat  of  the  Australian  tropics 
is  different  in  character  from  that  of  other  tropi- 
cal countries,  Java  for  instance;  that  it  is  dis- 
tinctly healthier,  drier,  and  more  endurable — 
all  of  which  is  undoubtedly  true. 

Further,  it  is  asserted  that  liuropean  labor,  and 
particularly  that  of  Southern  Europe,  can  now  be 
permanently  and  satisfactorily  employed  in  field 
work  throughout  tropical  Queensland. 

The  introduction  of  white  labor  into  Queens- 
land sugar-growing  has  been  admittedly  a  good 
thing  lor  the  State.  Further  statements  in  sup- 
port of  this  contention  will  be  found  in  chapters 
of  Australia  Unlimited  dealing  with  the  question 
of  tropical  agriculture  in  Queensland. 

The  Hon.  T.  Playford's  sweeping  statement 
that  only  tropical  products  can  be  grown  in  the 
Territory  was  evidently  based  on  coastal  experi- 
ence. 

Millions  of  acres  will  grow  products  other  than 
tropical.  The  climatic  conditions  of  Port  Dar- 
win apply  as  little  to  the  MacDonnell  Ranges  or 


After  Ten  Years'  Tent  Life  in  the  Territory 


532 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Pastoral  and  Mineral  Areas 


cal  either  in  vegetation  or  cUmate.  \n  all  except 
the  coastal  districts,  you  have  a  really  cool  and 
delightful  climate  for  three  or  four  months  in 
the  year." 

Since  the  establishment  of  an  Institute  of 
Tropical  Medicine  at  Townsville  in  191 1,  Dr. 
Anton  Breinl,  the  director,  has  made  some  cau- 
tious pronouncements  on  the  subject.  In  a  recent 
interview  he  has  pointed  out  that  it  is  quite  wrong 
to  approach  the  matter  as  if  the  Northern  Terri- 
tory was  one  tract  of  land  with  even  conditions. 
Interior  and  coast  districts  differ  immensely,  es- 
pecially in  regard  to  wet-bulb  readings,  which 
are  the  proper  estimate  of  habitable  conditions. 
The  tropical  diseases  which  might  affect  a  white 
population  in  the  Territory  were  not  the  most  im- 
portant consideration;  it  was  simply  a  question 
of  the  effect  of  climate.  As  far  as  tropical  dis- 
eases went,  he  was  firmly  convinced  that  this  divi- 
sion of  Australia  could  be  inhabited  by  a  white 
population. 

In  his  first  annual  report,  the  Administrator, 
Dr.  Gilruth,  said  "he  was  satisfied  that  neither 
by  reason  of  climate  nor  of  poverty  of  soil  did  the 
development  of  the  Territory  by  white  people 
present  insuperable  difficulties  or  even  difficulties 
of  an  extraordinary  nature.     The  health  of  the 


European    population    was    distinctly    good,    and 
that  of  the  children  excellent." 

Dr.  M.  J.  Holmes — -the  Officer  of  Health  ap- 
pointed by  the  Federal  Government — in  his  first 
annual  report  stated : 

"The  climatic  conditions  of  the  Territory 
are  absolutely  compatible  with  the  highest 
standards  of  health.  The  great  majority  of 
deaths  occur  from  diseases  of  world-wide  dis- 
tribution, and  not  from  diseases  which  could 
in  any  way  be  attributed  to  any  adverse 
peculiarity  of  climate  or  unhealthy  geographi- 
cal situation. 

"From  the  point  of  view  of  the  question  of 
the  suitability  of  the  Territory  for  the  upbring- 
ing of  white  children,  a  routine  medical  inspec- 
tion of  the  schools  would  furnish  important 
data.  Appearances  indicate  no  deterioration 
whatever,  mental  or  physical,  in  the  rising  gen- 
eration, which  appears  to  enjoy,  if  anything, 
a  greater  freedom  from  ill-health  than  the  chil- 
dren of  the  southern  States.  This,  however, 
is  a  matter  which  will  require  careful  obser- 
vation before  a  positive  statement  can  be  made. 
The  influence  of  the  climatic  and  other  condi- 
tions on  successive  generations  will  have  to  be 
considered;  but,   in   my  opinion,  we   need  not 


COASTAL    CLIMATE    AND    PRODUCTION 


533 


■jtig-^  -f         t  Wst-^fSl.aS!.^*' 


Natives  of  Oodnadatta 


■^awf 


fear  that  the  influences  will  tend  towards  de- 
terioration." 

In  an  unofficial  report  recently  forwarded  to 
the  Minister,  Dr.  Richard  Jones,  formerly  medi- 
cal inspector  at  Hawaii,  based  his  conclusions  on 
the  investigations  made  by  some  of  the  greatest 
and  most  widely  recognized  authorities  in  the 
world. 

He  says  that  "through  the  gigantic  strides 
in  sanitation  and  rational  hygiene,  together 
with  the  scientific  discoveries  made  in  the  de- 
partment of  tropical  diseases,  we  have  arrived 
at  a  new  era,  when  the  possibility  of  the  accli- 
matisation of  the  white  man  within  tropical  re- 
gions must  be  regarded  in  a  totally  different 
light  from  that  of  earlier  periods.  On  inquiry 
as  to  the  effect  of  heat  on  human  beings,  it  was 
found  that  high  temperatures  could  be  tolerat- 
ed without  harm. 

"Though  resident  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands 
for  some  years,  I  cannot  recall  one  single 
instance  where  an  illness  could  be  attributed  to 
the  heat  of  the  sun.     And  the  laborers,  many 


of  them  Europeans  and  Americans,  worked  in 
exceptional  heat  in  the  midst  of  tall  sugar  cane. 

"Experience  proves  that,  under  proper  hy- 
gienic conditions  and  careful  management,  the 
European  child  might  live  and  thrive  almost 
as  well  as  in  a  temperate  climate. 

"Those  going  to  tropical  Australia  must  be 
of  robust  constitution  and  in  perfect  health. 
Personal  habits  are  also  of  the  utmost  impor- 
tance, temperance  and  morality  are  powerful 
weapons  in  the  struggle  of  life." 

Dr.  Jones  considers  it  has  been  proved  that  the 
European  can  live  and  perpetuate  his  kind  in  tro- 
pical regions,  that  the  difficulties  in  the  way  of 
colonisation  are  not  due  to  climate,  but  to 
parasitism,  and  that  acclimatisation  to  a  great 
extent  is  a  mere  question  of  hygiene  and  sanita- 
tion. The  continuous  forward  march  of  the 
sciences  which  enables  public  health  measures  to 
be  put  into  operation,  will,  in  the  end,  secure  for 
the  Commonwealth  Government  all  that  its  ambi- 
tion desires — not  only  for  the  opening  up  of  the 
Northern  Territory,  but  for  the  advancement  of 
the  whole  continent. 

From  all  this  may  we  not  conclude  that — with 
proper  sanitation,  food,  and  clothing — European 
labor  in  our  tropics  is  possible,  and  that,  with 
compensations,  there  should  be  no  deterioration 
of  type? 

Against  this  again,  Territorians  of  any  extend- 
ed experience  seem  unanimously  of  opinion  that 
agricultural  development  on  the  coastal  districts 
will  never  be  permanently  established  without  col- 
ored labor.  I  give  an  excerpt  from  a  personal 
letter  just  received  from  an  observant  Terri- 
torian : — 

"I  will  give  you  the  correct  definition  of  this 
climate,  after  eighteen  years'  sojourn  in  it,  and 
you  can  form  your  own  conclusions.  The 
climate  of  the  Northern  Territory  of  course 
is  not  fatal;  nor  is  it  for  most  of  the  year  in 
any  part  uncomfortable;  in  fact,  one  can  lix'c 
in  it  for  the  first  year  or  two  without  effects 
of  any  description  beyond  finding  it  extreme- 
ly trying  during  the  hot  season  to  unseasoned 
Europeans.  After  the  first  three  years,  with 
the  majority,  it  starts  to  tell  by  way  of  feeling 
run-down.  From  that  out  with  some  people 
it  is  a  tremendous  drain  on  one's  vitality.  It 
is  like  all  tropical  climates;  the  longer  one  re- 
mains in  them  the  greater  is  the  sap  on  one's 
vitality.  You  bring  men,  even  horses,  from  a 
cooler  climate  to  this.  After  a  certain  time 
they  lose  50  per  cent,  of  their  actual  energy. 
That  is  to  say,  a  navvy  who  can  bury  the  shovel 
to  the  maker's  name  for  eight  hours  a  day  in 


534 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


a  temperate  climate  can  only  do  it  in  this,  after 
awhile,  for  four  hours.  A  horse  from  the  tem- 
perate country  that  you  can  ride  eighty  miles 
per  day,  in  this  climate  will  after  a  time  only 
carry  you  forty.  I  think  my  judgment,  borne 
out  by  ejcperience,  worth  more  than  the  opinions 
of  those  who  have  been  only  a  year  or  two  in 
the  Territory.  There  is  not  a  greater  support- 
er of  a  White  Australia  than  myself,  but  I  am 
bound  to  confess  it  will  not  work,  in  the  north- 
ern portion  of  Australia." 


Furthermore,  in  populating  the  Northern  Ter- 
ritory it  will  be  advisable  at  first  to  select  South- 
ern Europeans,  or  people,  especially  females,  who 
have  been  born  in  or  acclimatized  to  the  more 
northern  parts  of  Australia. 

With  anything  like  reasonable  domestic  sur- 
roundings the  robust  Westralian  or  Queensland- 
bred  woman  will  experience  little  or  no  incon- 
venience in  the  Further  North. 

But  the  object  of  Northern  Territorv  archi- 
tecture,   public    and    pri\ate,    should    be    for    the 


A  Northern  Territory  School 


Such  conclusions  must,  of  course,  be  carefully 
examined.  At  the  same  time,  the  author  is  con- 
strained to  point  out  that  the  effective  occu- 
pation of  the  Northern  Territory  lies  not  so  much 
in  the  adaptability  of  white  men  as  white  women. 
Here  another  argument  enters,  and  may  not  be 
lightly  dismissed. 

Experience  of  Northern  Australia  has  shown 
that  in  some  cases  the  health  of  the  white  woman 
has  undoubtedly  suffered.  Housing,  in  the  writ- 
er's opinion,  has  had  much  to  do  with  this.  Gal- 
vanized iron,  being  portable,  has  been  universally 
used  as  a  building  material.  The  Dutch,  with 
their  four  hundred  years'  experience  of  tropical 
colonization  northward  of  Australia,  pay  greater 
attention  to  this  matter.  White  women,  wives  of 
the  official  and  military  classes,  are  not  constantly 
housed  under  galvanized  iron  in  India  or  the 
Malay  States  and  expected  to  carry  out  their  own 
house  duties  and  bear  children  as  well. 


future  to  provide  a  maximum  of  shade,  coolness, 
and  comfort  for  the  women  of  the  house. 

Accepting  that  European  life  and  labor  are 
assured,  the  main  things  are  the  establishment 
of  transport  and  the  encouragement  of  profitable 
production. 

We  have  seen  that  no  fewer  than  600  varieties 
of  tropical  plants  can  be  grown  in  the  Northern 
Territory,  in  parts  of  the  coastal  districts. 

This  would  give  a  substantial  area  on  which 
tobacco,  cotton,  rice,  coconuts,  rubber,  and  other 
commercial  growths  may  be  successfully  cultivated 
by  the  right  people  under  the  right  methods. 

In  South  Timor,  only  a  few  hours'  sail  from 
Darwin,  the  production  of  copra  is  a  sound 
commercial  project.  The  land  devoted  to  this 
industry  is  very  often  not  to  be  compared  to  that 
of  the  Northern  Territory.  The  initial  cost  of 
planting  coconuts  should  not  be  prohibitive,  and 
subsequent  costs  to  the  time  of  first  harvest  in- 


Dairy  Stock — Batchelor  Demonstration  Farm 

/ 


Merino  Sheep — Batchelor  Demonstration  Farm 


535 


536 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


stack  of  Upland  Rice  Hay 


finitesimal.  The  preparation  of  copra  for  the 
market  is  simple;  the  sun  does  the  most  of  it. 
The  by-products  of  the  cocoanut  are  always  vaki- 
able,  the  commercial  demand  for  copra  constant. 
Established  plantations  are  said  to  return  £28  to 
£40  an  acre  net  on  the  average  price  since  19 10. 

The  cultivation  of  coconuts  along  the  coast 
seems  therefore  to  be  quite  practicable,  and  bears 
every  promise  of  profit.  Colored  labor  in  this 
particular  industry  is  by  no  means  indispensable 
— but  a  certain  amount  of  aboriginal  labor  could 
be  employed.  The  planter  must  be  prepared  to 
wait  five  years  for  his  returns;  but,  after  his 
coconut  trees  are  established,  he  may  give  atten- 
tion to  other  products. 

In  considering  any  danger  from  future  Asiatic 
influences,  it  must  always  be  remembered  that  the 
coastal  Territory  is  a  rice-growing  country. 

It  has  the  same  rainfall  (60  inches),  similarly 
distributed  in  season,  as  Saigon,  and  allegedly 
superior  soils  to  those  of  French  Cochin  China, 
one  of  the  greatest  rice-growing  countries  in  the 
world. 

It  is  not  generally  realized  here  that,  in  the 
United  States  of  America,  rice  is  now  the  twelfth 
crop  in  point  of  value. 

In  1910  U.S.A.  had  723,000  acres  under  rice, 
which  yielded  24!  million  bushels,  worth  about 
80  to  90  cents  a  bushel.  The  average  crop  per 
acre  had  increased — by  more  scientific  cultivation, 
no  doubt- — from  29.9  bushels  in  the  year  1907,  to 
33.9  per  acre  in  1910.  The  crop  was  worth 
between  three  and  four  millions  sterling  to  the 
nation. 

Louisiana  and  Texas  are  the  principal  rice- 
growing  States.  Similar  soils  to  those  on  which 
rice  farming  in  Louisiana  is  carried  out  are  abun- 
dant in  the  Northern  Territory.  The  average 
American  farm  is  from  60  to  80  acres,  and  the 


scientific  methods  adopted  do  not  necessitate  the 
exclusive  employment  of  colored  labor.  Fhe  rice 
is  sown  in  drills  on  dry  land,  and  then  artificially 
flooded.  As  the  crop  ripens  the  fields  are  gradu- 
ally dried  off  and  ordinary  reapers-and-binders 
used  to  harvest  it. 

The  Daly  and  Adelaide,  and  probably  other 
coastal  rivers  of  the  Territory,  seem  destined  by 
nature  for  the  cultivation  of  this  indigenous 
cereal. 

It  may  have  been  that  the  rice  plant  was  origin- 
ally introduced  from  Northern  Australia  into  the 
countries  of  Asia. 

Upland  rice  grows  without  any  difliculty  in  the 
Territory,  and  although  not  such  a  profitable 
crop  as  paddy  rice,  will  proxe  of  great  value  on 
soils  of  lesser  richness. 

Rice  in  America  is  harvested  and  threshed  like 
wheat.  Despite  the  fact  that  wages  of  agricultural 
labor  are  so  much  higher  in  the  United  States 
than  in  India,  the  Dutch  Indies,  China,  or  Cochin 
China,  it  is  claimed  that  in  Louisiana  and  Texas, 
under  these  methods,  the  finished  product  is  more 
cheaply  turned  out  than  in  China.  In  Java  field 
workers  earn  30  Dutch  cents  (sixpence)  a  day. 
Under  manual  labor  in  the  Orient  one  man  will 
not  cultivate  more  than  two  acres  of  rice  suc- 
cessfully— the  average  is  much  less.  In  those 
two  States  of  the  Republic,  where  machinery  is 
employed,  one  man  can  cultivate  80  acres. 


Ooco-Nuts 


Under  similar  methods — and  there  is  appar- 
ently nothing  to  prevent  their  introduction  into 
Australia  — ■  rice  could  be  profitably  cultivated 
without  cheap  colored  labor  in  the  North. 

The  proposition  is  one  worthy  of  attention  by 
prospective  settlers.  Rice  may  yet  pay  better 
than  wheat  in  this  Commonwealth. 


COASTAL  CLIMATE  AND  PRODUCTION 


537 


Java,  four  days'  steam  from  Darwin,  is 
now  supporting — on  an  area  of  48,504  square 
miles — a  population  of  over  thirty  millions. 
There  is  no  starvation  and  nowadays  no  famine. 

This  population  is  largely  rural,  and  derives 
its  existence  from  the  soil.  There  are  practically 
no  manufactures  on  the  island. 

If  only  a  fifth  (16,000  square  miles)  of  this 
Territorial  belt  were  taken  as  being  suitable  for 
agricultural  production,  it  would  mean  on  a  fifty- 
acre  basis,  that  a  million  people  at  least  might 
be  subsisted.  On  fifty-acre  blocks  the  Govern- 
ment of  New  South  Wales  are  settling  hundreds 
of  families  on  the  Murrumbidgee  Irrigation 
Area.  Ten  acres  at  Mildura,  Renmark,  or  Went- 
worth  make  an  ample  living  area  for  Australian 
families. 

Ten  drained  and  irrigated  acres  on  the  Daly 
or  Adelaide  Rivers  would  probably  yield  more 
than  ten  acres  in  any  other  part  of  the  Common- 
wealth. 

Taking,  on  a  ten-acre  basis,  the  usual  average 
of  five  persons  to  a  family,  those  16,000  square 
miles  would  carry   five  million   Australians. 

Other  things  being  equal,  this  is  not  expecting 
too  much  from  land  that  will  grow  two  crops  of 
maize  in  a  year. 

Although  I  hope  Mr.  Maurice  W.  Holtze  may 
prove  wrong  in  his  pronouncements  concerning 
colored  labor,  I  am  convinced  that  he  was  right 
when,  summarizing  his  22  years  of  invaluable 
special  experience,  he  pronounced  the  soil  and 
climate  of  the  Territory  quite  suitable  for  the 
production  of  "sugar,  rice,  coffee,  tobacco,  cocoa- 
nuts,  indiarubber,  jute,  vanilla,  arrowroot,  tapi- 
oca, sesameseed,  peanuts,  maize,  and  the  usual 
food  and  fodder  plants  and  fruits  of  the  tropics 
and  sub-tropics." 

For  oil  and  fibre-producing  plants  the  climate 
and  soils  of  the  North  seem  specially  adapted, 
and  there  is  no  physical  reason  why  they  should 
not  be  successfully  grown. 

The  Northern  Territory  will  grow  cotton  equal 
to  the  best  grown  in  the  United  States.  When 
we  take  into  account  that  the  U.S.A.,  after  the 
crisis  of  1903,  was  producing  eleven  million  bales 
out  of  the  estimated  world's  total  production  of 
16  million  bales,  this  fact  assumes  a  peculiar  im- 
portance. 

Between  Brock's  Creek  and  the  Daly  River 
the  writer  recently  culled  specimens  of  sea-island 
cotton  from  beside  the  track  at  many  places. 
This  cotton  was  growing  wild  through  the  bush, 
and  not  in  soils  evidencing  any  special  fertility. 
It  was  then  the  end  of  the  dry  season,  and  the 
plants  were  podding  freely.  The  cotton,  it  is 
said,  has  been  reproduced  in  this  semi-wild 
state  from  stock  introduced  into  the  Ter- 
ritory   at    Darwin   experimental     plots.       Seven 


of  the  eight  known  species  of  cotton  have 
thus  become  native  to  the  country.  This  shows 
that  the  coast  is  particularly  favorable  to  the 
growth  of  this  ever-valuable  plant.  If,  as  assert- 
ed, cotton-picking  machines  have  now  been  per- 
fected and  the  hybridizing  of  a  species  of  cotton 
which  will  ripen  simultaneously  proves  successful, 
there  is  no  reason  why  Australia  should  not  be- 
come one  of  the  world's  greatest  cotton  producers. 
It  has  been  accepted  by  the  British  Cotton 
Growers'  Association  that  the  Northern  Terri- 
tory of  Australia  is  highly  suitable  for  cotton- 
growing;  but  the  question  of  cheap  labor  enters 
into  the  proposition — until  such  time,  at  least,  as 
the  experiments  mentioned  have  brought  even- 
ripening  and  machine-picking  into  practical  com- 
mercial existence. 

Ideal  conditions  for  the  growth  of  cotton  are 
understood  to  be  deep,  mellow  soils;  plenty  of 
moisture  until  the  bolls  are  well-developed,  and 
a  drier  atmosphere  while  the  ripening  and  har- 
vesting are  in  process.  These  conditions  certain- 
ly obtain  in  the  Territory. 

Expert  comparisons  have  been  carefully  taken 
out  between  the  expected  productiveness  of  our 
Northern  cotton  lands  and  those  of  the  United 
States,  which  are  all  in  favor  of  Australia.  The 
value  of  cotton  land  in  the  United  States  averages 
£6  an  acre.        In  the  Northern  Territory  more 


Spiders'  Nests 


538 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


productive  lands  might  be  secured  for  practically 
nothing.  The  cultivation  of  cotton  is  not  so  try- 
ing to  white  labor  as  that  of  sugar  cane.  It 
seems  to  me  that  as  sugar  can  now  be  generally 
grown  in  Queensland  (with  Federal  Government 
support)  by  white  labor,  cotton-growing  in  the 
Northern  Territory  under  the  same  auspices,  on 
small  areas,   is  a   possible   development. 

The  bonus  system  would  doubtless  meet  with 
the  approval  of  the  Australian  States.  We  have 
all  the  advantages  of  modern  invention,  and  there 
is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  prejudice  against 
Australian  cotton  would  be  any  greater  than  pre- 
judice against  Australian  wool. 

If,  at  any  future  time,  the  cultivation  of  tobacco 
on  a  large  scale  is  encouraged  in  Australia,  there 
will  be  no  difficulty  in  growing  large  quantities  of 
leaf  in  the  Territory.  Small  plantings  have  al- 
ready been  tried  with  excellent  results. 

If  local  manufacturers  should  decide  that  the 
million  a  year  which  the  Commonwealth  is  spend- 
ing on  imported  leaf,  can  be  more  profitably  fil- 
tered through  the  retaining  medium  of  local  in- 
dustry, there  is  nothing  in  climate  or  conditions  to 
prevent  the  establishment  of  tobacco  plantations 
in  the  far  North. 

In  fact,  rice,  cotton,  coffee,  and  tobacco  appear 
to  be  Territorial  certainties,  if  correct  treatments 
are  followed  and  the  economic  side  of  production 
is  carefully  considered. 

Recent  Government  experiments  at  Batchelor 
Farm,  57  miles  from  Darwin,  indicate  that 
European  fodder  plants  will  thrive  on  country 
which,  to  the  casual  observer,  certainly  does  not 
appear  to  be  of  special  fertility. 

Despite  this,  it  is  too  early  to  predict  success 
for  mixed  farming  and  dairying  on  this  class  of 
land. 


If  dairy  farming  can  be  made  successful  any- 
where in  the  Territory — on  the  coast,  or  along 
the  line  of  the  Transcontinental  Railway,  with  its 
terminus  at  Darwin — the  markets  of  Asia  and 
Malaysia  lie  close  at  had. 

Again,  if  European  cattle  and  horses  will  not 
thrive.  Zebu  and  Indian  cattle,  buffalo,  donkeys, 
pigs,  goats,  Timor  ponies  have  all  been  tested 
and  found  to  succeed  admirably. 

Freezing  works — the  buildings  covering  over 
an  acre  of  ground  surface  exclusive  of  yards,  etc. 
— have  been  established  at  Darwin,  and  the 
treatment  of  cattle  for  export  was  commenced  in 
April,  191 7.  The  Works  are  the  property  of 
the  North  Australian  Meat  Co.  Ltd.,  and  have 
been  erected  at  a  cost  of  over  half  a  million 
sterling. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Govern- 
ment, private  owners  of  cattle  may  have  their 
stock  treated  at  the  works  under  reasonable 
terms  and  conditions. 

The  Government  gave  no  subsidy  whatever 
towards  the  cost  of  the  works,  but  in  the  agree- 
ment mentioned  it  has  been  provided  that  special 
rates  are  to  be  charged  for  the  haulage  of  full 
train  loads  of  cattle  for  the  works — these  rates 
being  based  upon  those  ruling  in  North  Queens- 
land. 

The  establishment  of  these  Works  has  neces- 
sitated the  enlargement  of  the  wharf  at  Darwin 
in  order  to  berth  the  additional  shipping  conse- 
quent upon  the  increased  trade. 

The  extension  of  the  railway  from  Pine  Creek 
to  the  Katherine  River  was  undertaken  in  conse- 
quence of  the  establishment  of  these  works.  When 
in  full  swing  it  is  expected  that  from  400  to  500 
head  of  large  stock  will  be  treated  daily. 


A  Native  Canoe 


Pearling  Luggers,  Darwin 


DARWIN  AND   PINE  CREEK. 


FROM  the  harbor  of  Dilli,  in  Timor,  to 
Darwin  is  only  a  run  of  36  hours;  but 
Darwin  is  usually  the  visitor's  first  im- 
pression of  the  Territory.  The  change  from 
vivid  coloring,  dense  life,  and  intense  vegetation 
in  the  Dutch  Indies,  to  rather  sombre  first 
glimpses  of  our  Australian  coast  might  be  some- 
what disappointing  to  strangers,  but  to  one  Aus- 
tralian, homeward-bound  from  Java  in  September, 
1912,  the  light  on  Point  Charles,  fading  out  with 
dawn,  was  very  good  to  see. 

The  sun  rose  as  the  Mcitaram  steamed  slowly 
into  one  of  the  finest  open  deepwater  harbors  in 
Australia. 

Darwin  was  long  ago  proclaimed  the  "Key  to 
the  East."  It  must  ultimately  become  among  the 
most  important  shipping  depots  in  the  Common- 
wealth. 

A  cool  morning  breezte  was  blowing.  The  Bay 
was  clear — a  wide  expanse  of  blue  and  green 
waters,  with  a  glimpse  of  white  sand  and  red 
rock  here  and  there  around  its  shores.  A  table- 
top  hill  stood  out  prominently  in  the  north-west. 
These  flat-topped  hills  are  typical  of  the  Terri- 
tory. 

The  outlines  of  many  bays  and  coves  were 
visible,  some  ending  in  the  misty  indefiniteness  of 
distance. 


The  sunlight  possessed  those  actinic  qualities 
which  the  Australian  abroad  misses  so  sadly  and 
which  are  most  pronounced  in  the  North-West. 

There  is  no  sunlight  like  that. 

An  L-shaped  wharf,  with  a  crane  and  port- 
able engine;  Fort  Hill — without  guns — a  retain- 
ing wall,  ending  in  a  red  road  leading  townwards; 
Government  House,  embowered  in  tropical  foli- 
age; a  lugger  and  a  Chinese  junk  stealing  along 
close  to  the  mangroves — that  is  the  port  of  Dar- 
win. 

There  are  other  trading  and  pearling  luggers 
laid  up  around  some  of  the  bays,  and  a  decrepit 
steamer  or  so  may  be  coughing  in  from  some  land 
of  romance  and  mystery,  but  that  is  all  the  visible 
shipping  of  this  "Key  to  the  East." 

Low,  wooded  shores,  long  arms  of  water 
reaching  inland  towards  unknown  hills — a  sense 
of  great  distance,  an  indescribable  quietness,  the 
quietness  of  a  vast,  unoccupied  land,  hang  over  it 
all.  Oriental  odors,  Australian  houses,  and  fig- 
ures in  tropical  clothing  make  the  passing  pic- 
ture. 

Instinctively,  one's  imagination  follows  that 
coastline, — eastward  to  Burketown  in  the  Gulf 
of  Carpentaria,  there  is  not  a  township;  west- 
ward to  Wyndham  on  the  borders  of  the  Kimber- 
ley,   there   is  not   a   village    within    1,500  miles. 


539 


540 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Chinese  Residents  at  Darwin 


The  shores  are  covered  with  high  brown  grass, 
and  everything  is  dry.  In  a  few  weeics,  after  the 
rains,  everything  will  be  more  than  green. 

Just  over  a  hill  is  Darwin,  the  unfinished 
metropolis  of  an  empty  country. 

Its  Asiatic  quarter,  housing  now  only  about  600 
aliens,  presents  the  usual  squalor;  but  the  situation 
of  the  city — that  is  to  be — seems  an  excellent  one, 
and  the  town,  as  far  as  it  has  developed,  is  to  a 
writer  vastly  interesting.  Here  one  might  meet 
some  of  the  most  delightful  characters  in  all  the 
world. 

Here  you  can  talk  with  men  out  of  unknown, 
unmapped,  unvisited  Australia.  You  will  meet 
stray  wanderers  from  Borroloola  on  the 
MacArthur,  which  is  an  outpost  of  seven  white 
men,  500  miles  from  Camooweal — its  nearest 
post  office.  It  also  gets  a  mail  from  Darwin 
every  six  weeks.  You  will  drink  with  a  man 
from  the  remote  field  of  Tanami,  which  is  600 
miles  from  Pine  Creek.  You  may  interview  here 
a  prospector  from  Kimberley,  or  an  explorer 
from  Arnhem's  Land,  each  with  tales  of  the 
remoteness  to  tell. 

To  these  men  the  life  of  Darwin  is  one  of 
luxury  and  ease.  To  them  the  officials  are  draw- 
ing-room experts,  who  know  nothing  about  the 
requirements  of  the  country  or  its  treatment. 

You  will  meet  buffalo  shooters,  pearlers,  stock- 
men, adventurers,  and  hear  a  gossip  gathered 
over  five  hundred  thousand  square  miles  of  Aus- 
tralia; wherein  there  is  not  another  place  as  great 
and  populous  as  Darwin,  with  its  few  hundred 
European  inhabitants,  of  which  100  are  white 
women. 

Our  literary  sympathies  are  with  these  pic- 
turesque characters.  We  admire  their  stamina, 
courage,  and  endurance;  but  we  must  often  allow 


for  their  prejudices  in  coming  at  practical  conclu- 
sions. They  lack  comparisons,  and,  being  a  few 
people  in  a  great  country,  are  perhaps  inclined  to 
be  over-critical  of  newcomers  and  new  methods. 
But  for  manliness,  hospitality,  generosity,  bush 
knowledge,  they  are  not  to  be  outclassed  on  this 
continent. 

Life  in  Darwin  is  distinctly  different  from 
life  in  Hobart.  It  has  a  slightly  Asiatic  flavor; 
but  it  could  be  made  enjoyable  enough.  People 
who  have  lived  there  for  30  years  attest  its 
healthiness.  Its  rainy  season  is  tepid  and  trying; 
but  the  dry  months  of  winter  are  perfect.  From 
May  to  September  Darwin  might  be  a  sanitorium 
for  the  South. 

There  are  nowadays  ice,  fruit,  vegetables, 
the  little  conveniences  of  civilization.  The 
finest  mangoes  and  pineapples  I  have  ever  tasted 
— North  Queensland,  Dutch  Indies,  and  Pacific 
Islands  not  excluded — are  grown  on  the  outskirts 
of  the  town.  These  little  pineapple  plantations 
are  located  in  most  unpromising,  dry,  stiff  soils; 
but  the  fruit  has  a  flavor  unequalled,  and  the 
plants — apparently  without  any  special  cultivation 
— bear  profusely. 


^^S^^  S-^  1 

r 

^m^^^^^BSMk 

r 

Yi 

f 

^^^^^^^n 

'^i^bkJm     L 

IB?  A     'c...^ 

WK^ 

^^^HR^v' 

R^ 

^ 

^  ^1  if  ^ 

tasL.^,k^,:; 

M 

Papaws  at  Point  Charles 


At  Point  Charles,  across  the  bay,  the  lighthouse 
keepers  are  growing  abundance  of  pawpaws,  pine- 
apples, upland  rice,  and  cocoanuts  for  their  own 
requirements  on  similar  unpromising  soil.  Like 
other  parts  of  Australia,  one  cannot  judge  the 
Territory  by  surface  indications. 

The  streets  of  this  outpost  are  not  overhung 
as  yet  by  tall  buildings.  There  are  public  offices, 
three  hotels,  and  the  scattered  cottages  of 
officials  and  residents;  some  beautified  by  tropical 


IS 


541 


542 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Guinea  Grass,  Residency  Grounds,  Darwin 


trees  and  flowers,  among  which  the  glorious  poin- 
ciana  and  the  subtle  frangipanni  seem  most  popu- 
lar. 

The  dwelling  houses  are  mostly  wooden,  with 
galvanized-iron  partitions  or  walls,  concrete  or 
cement  floors,  and  verandahs  of  latticed  bamboo. 

The  Asiatic  quarter  is  unbeautiful,  but  not  now 
insanitary.  Unfortunately,  it  occupies  a  promi- 
nent position  along  the  main  highway  from  the 
harbor.  The  reserve  for  aboriginals  is  on  the 
other  side  of  the  town,  and  some  distance  from 
it.  Here  a  paternal  Government  in  Melbourne 
is  doing  its  best  for  the  dispossessed. 

The  Hospital  of  Darwin  has  doubtless  a 
most  interesting  medical  history.  Since  the 
Federal  regime  began  it  has  been  enlarged  and 
improved.  I  make  bold  to  suggest  that  the  Gov- 
ernment will  do  well  to  fill  the  rather  frequent 
vacancies  in  its  nursing  staff  by  recruits  from 
Queensland  or  Western  Australia,  if  they  can  be 
got. 

While  comings  and  goings  among  nurses  from 
the  South  have  been  frequent,  there  is  one  local 
nurse  who  has  been  19  years  connected  with  this 
hospital,  who  had  been  for  a  period  of  five  years 
constantly    attending   to    her    duties    without    an 


annual  holiday,  and  who  claimed  that  she  had 
not  had  a  day's  sickness  during  the  whole  period. 

Nurses,  professional  men,  officials  generally 
who  take  up  their  residences  in  the  Far  North, 
must  prepare  to  adapt  themselves  to  pioneer  con- 
ditions for  years  to  come.  The  spirit  of  the  In- 
dian Civil  Service  must  be  infused  into  the  Terri- 
tory. Men  and  women  of  sound  physical  de- 
velopment, with  altruistic  temperaments,  are 
needed. 

They  must  feel  that  they  are  soldiers  in  a 
righteous  war  of  conquest,  and  accept  hardships 
incidental  to  the  campaign  with  courage  and 
philosophy. 

They  may  not  see  the  victory  or  participate  in 
the  spoils;  but  that  sense  of  national  duty  and 
those  invaluable  sentiments  of  patriotism  and 
self-sacrifice,  which  have  made  England  a  great 
Colonial  Empire,  will  uphold  them  in  their  allot- 
ted tasks. 

After  all,  life  in  Darwin  is  not  nearly  so 
monotonous  as  in  some  inland  towns.  Facing  the 
sea  on  three  sides,  with  broad  streets  ami  open 
spaces;  with  tree-shaded  drives,  fishing  grounds, 
good  shooting,  yachting,  sea  beaches,  and  natural 
pleasure   resorts,  blue  skies,   calm   seas,   there  is 


1 


I 


MErW    TYPE:  OF  RE5ILEN£E:,  Ck/^f^WIN  . 


543 


544 


AUSTRALIA    UNL1MITF.D 


An  Artesian  Boring  Party 


plenty  of  interest  for  those  who  are  not  wedded 
to  a  purely  artificial  life.  There  may  be  at  pre- 
sent a  lack  of  social  enjoyment  and  of  feminine 
association — a  condition  neither  less  nor  more 
severe  than  other  Australian  places  have  passed 
and  are  passing  through  in  the  course  of  their 
evolution  from  townships  into  cities. 

There  are  thousands  of  uncomplaining  bush- 
folk  elsewhere  who  would  find  Darwin  a  place  of 
gaiety  and  interest. 

With  proper  health  regulations,  tree  planting, 
the  encouragement  of  a  sane  civic  and  social 
spirit,  this  capital  of  the  Furthest  North  will  be- 
come more  and  more  liveable  as  the  Territory 
develops  its  resources  and  increases  its  popula- 
tion. 

What  has  to  be  guarded  against  in  the  estab- 
lishment of  all  colonies.  If  the  lessons  of  history 
are  of  any  value,  is  the  untrained,  unskilled 
pioneer,  whose  incompetence  and  failure  handicap 
other  would-be  starters  in  the  race. 

In  my  opinion  it  is  absurd  to  talk  of  haphazard 
agricultural  settlement  in  the  Northern  Territory 
at  this  juncture. 

The  very  best  modern,  commercial,  and  scien- 
tific brains,   and  the  widest  comparative   experi- 


ence of  tropical  methods  of  production  will  have 
to  be  brought  to  bear. 

If  industries,  by  protective  legislation,  can  be 
placed  on  a  sound  economic  basis,  I  have  no 
doubt  that  capital  could  be  organized  for  their 
development,  but  no  sane  investor  approaches  a 
proposition  where  he  cannot  see  at  least  reason- 
able security  of  investment  and  a  possibility  of 
profit. 

The  development  of  the  Northern  Territory 
will  not  be  effected  by  oflicials,  experimental 
stations,  and  government  action  alone.  Encour- 
agement must  be  given  to  private  settlement  and 
enterprise. 

Let  the  economic  basis  of  modern  production 
be  right  or  wrong,  just  or  unjust,  evolutionary  or 
enduring,  the  fact  remains  that  lands  which  are 
rendered  profitable  by  Nature  or  man  can  be 
occupied,  developed,  and  exploited;  while  lands, 
which  from  natural  or  human  causes,  are  not  pro- 
fitable will  be  left  alone. 

After  spending  some  busy  time  in  the  country, 
after  closest  study  of  all  available  historical, 
scientific,  oflicial  and  general  information  on  the 
subject,  and  with  a  comparative  knowledge  of 
Australia  probably  unique,   I   say,  with  due  con- 


DARWIN    AND    PINE    CREEK 


545 


sideration  of  all  the  difficulties,  that  if  adequate 
settlement  is  not  effected  in  the  Northern  Terri- 
tory, Man  and  not  Nature  will  be  to  blame. 

It  would  indeed  be  a  reflection  on  that  trans- 
mitted genius  of  colonization — which,  in  little 
more  than  a  hundred  years,  has  enabled  us  to 
make  our  Commonwealth  the  richest,  the  freest, 
the  most  vital  of  all  the  younger  nations — if  we 
were  to  confess  ourselves  beaten  by  this  problem 
of  white  settlement  in  the  North. 

Let  any  patriotic  Southerner  stand  on  the  cliffs 
overlooking  Darwin,  "the  Key  to  the  East," 
and  survey  the  scene.  The  land  before  him  is 
Australian  In  contour,  foliage,  color,  and  forma- 
tion. It  is  the  Australia  of  anywhere  north  of 
the  Tropic  of  Capricorn,  where  a  third  part  of 
Australia  lies.  The  only  un-Australian  object  in 
sight  will  be  the  corrugated  shanties  of  the  Asiatic 
quarter,  the  days  of  which  are  now  definitely 
numbered. 

The  land,  if  he  could  traverse  it,  would  present 
to  him  few  features  which  his  general  knowledge 
of  the  Continent  would  not  make  familiar;  the 
risks  of  travel  are  no  greater  than  Australian 
bushmen  have  been  taking,  as  part  of  their  day's 
work,  for  the  last  hundred  and  twenty  years. 

Let  us  go  out  and  see  some  of  it: — 

The  train  for  Pine  Creek,  a  composite  train, 
leaves  Darwin  about  seven  o'clock  in  the  morning, 
twice  a  week. 

It  is  pleasant  to  get  up  early  and  enjoy  the  bath 
and  morning  coolness,  which  rank  among  the  con- 
stant pleasures  of  the  Tropics. 

The  hotel  breakfast  is  reasonably  good;  not 
so  light  and  suitable,  or  so  well  served  as  breakfast 
In  the  Dutch  colonies  across  the  water,  but  better 
than  some  back-country  hotels  of  our  experience. 

At  the  railway  station  there  Is  a  little  crowd  of 
people  dressed  for  the  most  part  in  tropical  or 
sub-tropical  clothing — khaki  or  linen. 

The  passengers  are  an  assorted  company. 

A  gang  of  white  labourers  is  going  down  to  the 
Government  Experimental  Farm.  They  are  by 
no  means  representative  Australian  workers;  but 
labor  happens  to  be  at  a  premium  in  Darwin  just 
now. 

In  our  carriage  are  a  French  priest,  a  pastoral- 
ist,  and  a  prospector. 

The  priest  has  been  a  missioner  in  New  Guinea ; 
the  pastoralist  Is  returning  to  his  station  300  miles 
south  of  the  rail-head;  and  the  prospector  Is  going 
back  to  his  "tin  show"  somewhere  beyond  Pine 
Creek. 

The  priest  tells  us  that  the  people  are,  reli- 
giously speaking,  no  worse  than  people  anywhere 
else.  The  pastoralist  informs  us  that  he  has 
1,000   head   of   bullocks   which   he   can   send   to 


Darwin,  but  he  considers  they  are  worth  more 
than  £3  a  head. 

With  his  wife  and  grown-up  family  he  occu- 
pies a  considerable  area  of  grazing  lands,  twenty 
or  thirty  miles  north  and  east  of  Daly  Waters 
telegraph  station,  on  the  overland  route.  He 
describes  his  holding  as  rolling  downs,  well 
grassed  and  eminently  suitable  for  stock-raising. 
There  is  a  30-inch  rainfall,  although  It  lies  along 
the  1 6th  parallel,  and  is  250  miles  In  a  direct  line 
from  the  sea  coast.  It  is  situated  midway  across 
the  Territory,  going  from  east  to  west. 

This  sturdy  old  citizen  has  lived  out  In  the 
heart  of  the  Bush  all  his  life.  He  regards  the 
Northern  Territory  as  the  best  part  of  Australia. 
Whatever  the  coast  may  be,  he  avows  that  Its  In- 
land districts  will  grow  beef  and  wool  as  well  as 
Queensland  and  Western  Australia.  With  a 
railway  to  the  Katherine,  and  freezing  works  at 
Darwin,  he  will  be  quite  content. 

As  to  climate,  he  claims  that  he  and  his  family 
have  lived  all  their  lives  four  hundred  miles  from 
the  nearest  doctor.  Certainly,  his  son  recently 
had  to  go  to  Darwin  for  medical  treatment,  as 
the  result  of  a  mishap. 

He  was  out  riding,  when  the  accidental  dis- 
charge of  a  revolver  put  a  bullet  through  his 
leg.  This  was  no  ordinary  ailment,  which  could 
be  remedied  by  a  box  of  Cockle's  Pills. 

So  the  wounded  youth  was  carried,  on  horse- 
back chiefly,  300  miles  to  the  railway  at  Pine 
Creek;  taken  down  to  Darwin,  and,  in  due  course, 
completely  cured. 

The  rapidity  of  his  recovery,  the  old  man 
argues,  is  a  testimony  to  the  healthfulness  of 
climate  of  the  Territory. 

The  prospector  has  just  come  to  the  end  of 
£400  worth  of  tin,  and  is  going  back  to  make  a 
fresh  start  in  life.  He  is  of  a  different  type,  but 
he  has  a  similar  faith  in  the  Territory.  He  says 
"as  long  as  a  man  keeps  In  the  Bush  he  is  all 
right.  It  is  town  life  that  kills  people"  :  whereat 
the  eyes  of  the  French  priest  twinkle  merrily. 


Botanic  Gardens,  Darwin 


II 


546 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  train  affects  no  express  speed.  The  line 
is  unfenced,  and  the  country  either  side  covered 
with  long  rank  grass — very  dry  just  now.  After 
the  rainy  season  it  will  be  a  different  matter.  Then, 
they  tell  you,  it  will  be  as  high  as  the  telegraph 
wires,  and  green!  Tall  anthills  and  stunted 
eucalypts  are  the  outstanding  features. 

At  Adelaide  River  we  stay  a  long  time  for 
lunch.  Everybody  is  entirely  friendly,  and  soli- 
citous for  the  welfare  of  strangers.  The  con- 
ductor of  the  train  brings  along  hot  water  for  tea, 
and  half-a-dozen  lunch  baskets  are  opened  and 
offered.  There  is  no  hotel  or  refreshment 
room,  but  a  smiling  half-caste  presents  some  ripe 
pawpaws  at  the  train  windows,  and  dessert  is 
assured. 

So,  through  similar  country,  the  only  railway 
in  the  Territory  goes  down  by  Yam  Creek  and 
Brock's  Creek,  to  its  terminus  at  Pine  Creek. 

As  the  present  northern  rail-head  of  a  trans- 
Australian  line,  that  will  travel  through  the  heart 
of  the  Continent  to  the  southern  rail-head  at  Ood- 
nadatta.  Pine  Creek  has  an  interest  for  us.  Even 
when  this  continental  gap  is  bridged  by  1063  miles 
of  steel,  Oodnadatta  will  be  still  688  miles  from 
Adelaide.  The  time  is  coming  when  one  will  be 
able  to  travel  from  Perth  to  Darwin  by  rail.  Aus- 
tralia is  approaching  a  new  era,  one  in  which  her 
progress  will  necessarily  be  more  rapid  and 
general. 

First  as  an  outpost,  and  then  as  a  mineral  field 
with  a  history.  Pine  Creek  is  worth  attention. 

It  is  an  unpicturesque  bush  township  of 
galvanised  iron.  But  from  here  a  man  can 
travel  southward  by  the  one  overland  route  for 
a  thousand  miles,  and  not  come  to  another.  From 
here  he  may  cross,  via  the  Katherine,  to  the  Roper 
and  thence  overland  to  Burketown,  if  he  can 
get  through.  Or  he  may  pick  up  the  trail  from 
Brock's  Creek  to  the  Victoria  River  and  go  on 
across  the  Kimberleys  to  Derby,  before  he  finds 
another  village  as  great.  That  journey  will  take 
him  a  good  thousand  miles. 

He  might  leave  the  Ord  River  track  on  his 
right  hand  and  go  down  through  Victoria  River 
downs  and  Wave  Hill  stations  to  Tanami.  From 
Tanami,  if  he  dared,  he  could  take  the  western 
trail  over  the  border  into  Hall's  Creek  (W.A. ) 

Or  he  might  go  south  as  far  as  Newcastle 
Waters  on  the  Overland  Telegraph  Line,  and 
thence,  through  Anthony  Lagoon  and  Avon 
Downs  Station,  into  Camooweal  (Q. ).  These 
are  about  all  the  regular  trails,  and  on  none  of 
them  is  there  a  township  like  Pine  Creek,  [n 
fact,  the  journeys  would  be  from  station  to  station 
on  the  east  and  west,  with  many  camping  places 
in  between. 

Men  take  these  trails  and  come  through  all 
right.     "Paddy"  Ryan,  working  with  the  survey 


party  at  Daly  River  in  the  spring  of   19 13,  had 

carried    his    swag    across    Western    Queensland, 

through  Camooweal  to   Borroloola,   the  outpost 

of  seven  whites  on  the  MacArthur,  and  from  there 

to  the  Daly,  2,500  miles  in  all,  unarmed.    It  was  a 

long  way  to  walk  to  a  job  perhaps;  but  it  served 

to    demonstrate    that   the    despised    "melancholy 

colonial"    can    overcome    distances    in    his    own 

quiet  way. 

*  *  *  * 

A  geodetic  survey  party — Carnegie  Institute 
men — has  just  arrived  from  Oodnadatta.  The 
quiet,  capable  young  Australian  in  charge  has 
good  words  to  say  of  the  great  hinterland  to  the 
southward.  Men  and  horses  alike  are  in 
healthiest,  hardiest  condition  after  their  long 
journey. 

Pine  Creek  being  the  furthest  outpost  of  educa- 
tion in  the  Territory — the  next  Public  School  is 
1000  miles  south — we  will  go  and  examine  the 
Federal  School.  The  teacher  is  a  North  Queens- 
lander,  who  has  been  here  since  1906.  She  thinks, 
given  a  change  at  the  end  of  every  three  years, 
white  women  will  endure  the  climate  without 
trouble.  Her  25  scholars — nearly  all  born  at 
Pine  Creek — she  says  are  just  as  healthy  and 
intelligent  as  the  children  of  Queensland,  where 
she  had  12  or  13  years'  experience  as  a  teacher. 
School  hours  are  from  8  a.m.  to  12.30.  The 
schoolroom  is  constructed  to  give  as  much  air  and 
coolness  as  possible.     The  attendance  is  good. 

Pine  Creek  is  supplied  with  good  sub-arfesian 
water  pumped  from  a  depth  of  80  feet  by  wind- 
mill into  a  16,000-gallon  storage  tank.  Water 
free  from  mineral  taint  may  be  obtained  in  this 
way  throughout  large  areas  of  known  country.  As 
far  as  exploration  for  subterranean  water  has 
been  followed,  it  would  seem  that  all  inland  and 
Central  Australia  is  adequately  supplied.  Pacts 
bearing  on  this  interesting  subject  will  be  found 
in  another  section  of  Australia  Unlimited. 

Pine  Creek  people  may  have  plenty  of  fresh 
meat,  green  vegetables,  pineapples,  water-melons, 
bananas,  and  various  other  local  products. 

Although  the  land  is  far  from  agricultural  in 
appearance,  old  residents  claim  that  it  will  grow 
anything  in  the  way  of  fruits  and  garden  stuff. 

They  tell  you  that  at  Mt.  Ellison,  near  Pine 
Creek,  half  a  ton  of  pumpkins  were  harvested 
from  one  seed ! 

But  they  are  not  as  proud  of  this  as  they  are 
of  the  statement  that,  from  one  of  the  claims  on 
the  hills  overlooking  the  town,  in  six  weeks  re- 
cently, tributary  Chinese  miners  raised  600  tons 
of  stone,  which  went  over  six  ounces  of  gold  to 
the  ton. 

These  auriferous  hills  have  been  burrowed  by 
Chinamen  for  years.  The  Cosmopolitan,  worked 
by  Chinese  on  tribute  for  an  English  company, 


DARWIN    AND    PINE    CREEK 


547 


seems  to  be  the  only  proposition  with  any  great 
vitahtv  left.  One-half  its  revenue  goes  to  Eng- 
land; the  other  half  to  China.  Even  the  miners' 
supplies  are  bought  from  local  Chinese  store- 
keepers. 

As  a  miner  the  Chinaman  is  no  acquisition  to 
any  country.  Blind  stabbing  for  "followers"  is 
his  primitive  method.  As  a  "fossicker"  he  roots 
over  everything,  covers  over  everything,  cannot 
work  below  water  level ;  generally  speaking,  is  no 


hundred  pounds  he  has  made  he  will  saddle  his 
horse,  fill  his  packs — on  credit — and  get  him  gone 
into  the  Silence.  There  are  a  few  little  camps  of 
"fossickers"  away  out  there  in  the  Night,  where 
adventurous  spirits  engage  in  solitary  combat  with 
Nature's  elemental  forces — their  lives  almost  as 
primitive  as  those  of  the  blacks.  Our  sympathies 
would  be  wasted  on  these  Bohemians  of  the  Back 
Blocks.  They  are  a  free  and  happy  band  of 
Bushmen,  to  whom  the   restraint  and  regularity 


A  Creek  in  Central  Australia 


I 


good  to  any  field,  young  or  old.  His  joss-house, 
his  hovel,  his  bags  and  kerosene  tins,  his  insani- 
tary Asiatic  presence  are  no  acquisition  to  any 
mining  field. 

We  are  glad  to  leave  the  surface  workings  on 
the  hills,  the  ramshackle  shafts  covered  by  dry 
boughs,  the  Oriental  shacks,  built  of  all  sorts  of 
ugly  scraps,  and  get  back  to  the  cleaner  corru- 
gated surroundings  of  Pine  Creek  Hotel. 

Even  the  gentleman  from  the  Interior  who,  in 
blue  dungarees  and  shirt,  wanders  around  the  pre- 
cincts inviting  utter  strangers  to  take  drinks  with 
him,  is  not  so  depressing. 

This  gentleman  is  also  "doing  in"  the  proceeds 
of  some  months  solitary  work  on  a  "tin  show" 
over  there.     When  he  has  spent  the  two  or  three 


of  civilization  are  unbearable.  As  the  fast-dying 
Australian  aborigina;!  is  the  last  lineal  descendant 
of  the  Stone  Age,  so  they  will  probably  be  the  last 
of  the  true  frontiersmen — about  whom  future 
children  of  civilization  will  ever  love  to  read. 

The  dividing  walls  of  our  hotel  are  of  galvan- 
ised iron;  the  floors  concrete,  with  a  strip  of  mat- 
ting by  each  bedside.  The  service  is  easy-going. 
In  our  absence  at  the  mines  the  aboriginal 
groom,  acting  on  some  unexplainable  impulse,  has 
taken  all  our  luggage  back  to  the  railway  sta- 
tion. It  is  lucky  he  did  not  put  it  on  the  coach 
going  to  the  Katherine. 

The  passengers  by  that  vehicle  will  camp  out 
on  the  road  to-night.  The  region  of  regular 
accommodation  ends  at  Pine  Creek,   and  is  not 


548 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


picked  up  again,  saving  the  Katherine  pub,  till 
the  traveller  reaches  Camooweai   or  Oodnadatta. 

For  dinner  at  this,  the  last  bush  hotel  for  a 
i,ooo  miles,  they  give  us  good  beef  soup,  sucking 
pig — with  three  or  four  kinds  of  fresh  vege- 
tables— plum  pudding  and  watermelon — all  in 
utter  abundance.  If  the  appetites  of  the  Terri- 
tory are  to  be  judged  by  the  contents  of  the 
guests'  plates,  there  is  no  need  to  enquire  fur- 
ther if  this  is  a  healthy  country. 

They  tell  you  that  there  have  been  no  cases 
in  the  local  hospital  for  19  months:  which  is 
accounted  for  by  the  fact  that  the  few  sick  and 
injured  people  are  more  likely  to  go  down  to 
Darwin  than  remain  here.  The  girl  who 
waits  at  the  table  is  one  of  a  family  who  trekked 
across  here  from  Camooweai.  She  is  vigorous 
and  healthy,  and  in  spite  of  her  onerous  duties 
professes  that  she  never  feels  the  heat,  not  even 
in  summer  time. 

We  must  go  back  from  Pine  Creek  to  Brock's 
Creek  to  outfit  for  the  Daly  River.  We  leave 
the  pack-horses  from  the  Heart  of  Australia  to 
rest  and  meditate;  leave  the  southern  trail  wind- 
ing away  between  the  flat-topped  hills  into  wood- 
ed distances  and  open  plains,  still  unfenced,  un- 
tenanted, and  lone;  leave  the  tin-roofed  outpost 
that  faces  Oodnadatta  across  a  thousand  unoccu- 
pied miles,  and  entrain  for  our  next  stepping-off 
place. 

Stony  ridges,  covered  with  long  brown  grass, 
magnetic  anthills,  which  face  always  north  and 
south,  creeks  fringed  by  bamboos,  with  occasional 
screw  palms  and  patches  of  macrozamia,  seem 
to  be  the  features  of  this  mineralized  belt,  which 
covers  a  large  area  north  and  south  of  Pine 
Creek,  and  has  produced  already  gold,  copper, 
tin  and  wolfram  in  payable  quantities. 

At  one  time  Yam  Creek  had  a  population  of 
1,400  people;  but  it  is  now  a  place  of  rusty  kero- 
sene tins  and  empty  bottles. 

Brock's  Creek  occupies  a  depression  between 
small  hills,  thinly  covered  with  trees.  It  may 
be  briefly  described:  A  tin  goods-shed,  waiting- 
room  and  telegraph  office,  with  a  platform  and 
hoist,  made  the  railway  depot.  There  is  a  police 
station,  a  public  school,  two  tin  houses,  and  a 
combined  galvanized  store  and  "pub."  Some 
straggling  banana  trees,  rambling  goats,  and  list- 
less natives  complete  the  picture. 

Ugly  as  it  seems.  Brock's  Creek  is  a  place  of 
some  importance.  A  traveller  leaving  here  by 
the  South-western  trail  would  not  meet  another 
"pub"  until  he  got  to  Wyndham  or  Hall's  Creek, 
in  Western  Australia;  nor  would  he  find  another 
railway  platform  until  he  reached  Meekatharra 
or  Marble  Bar. 


Over  hundreds  and  hundreds  of  those  miles 
there  would  be  no  pubs,  no  houses,  nothing  but 
the  sun  by  day,  the  stars  at  night — and  the  long, 
lonely,  blazed  trail  that  winds  through  the  vast- 
ness  of  yet  unoccupied  regions,  for  which  the  Fu- 
ture holds  a  destiny  which  cannot  be  foretold. 

Travelling  eastward  of  Brock's  Creek  for 
twenty  or  thirty  miles,  one  enters  the  watershed 
of  the  Mary,  which  follows — as  far  as  its  lower 
reaches  are  known — a  parallel  course  to  the  Ade- 
laide; and  empties  into  a  swamp  near  Chambers 
Bay.  So  far  only  its  head-waters  and  tributaries 
are  marked  on  the  map.  I  am  assured  by  those 
few  people  who  have  a  knowledge  of  the  Upper 
river  that  it  is  as  good  as  anything  in  the  Terri- 
tory. 

Rev.  Tenison  Woods  visited  the  Mary,  which 
appeared  to  impress  him  from  more  than  one 
point  of  view: — 

"The  country  south-east  from  Mount  Wells, 
as  far  as  the  Mary  River,"  he  said,  "is  ex- 
ceedingly rugged,  and  many  of  the  ranges  and 
valleys  almost  inaccessible.  The  most  closely 
metalled  road  would  not  be  more  deeply  and 
thickly  covered  with  stones  than  the  valley  and 
ranges.  Several  long  and  high  spurs  (500  feet 
above  the  plain)  are  continued  to  the  eastward 
into  the  valley  of  the  Mary  River,  but  at  about 
100  miles  from  South-port  the  ranges  decline 
to  the  level  of  the  plain. 

"At  the  sources  of  the  Mary  the  river  takes 
its  rise  amid  flat-topped  cliffs  of  the  most  pic- 
turesque description.  The  view  along  the 
stony  white  gorges  has  few  parallels  in  Aus- 
tralia. The  valley  of  the  river  is  hemmed  in 
by  straight  cliffs  of  castellated  outlines  some 
150  or  200  feet  high.  There  is  often  a  slope 
or  talus  at  the  bottom,  but  they  are  only  acces- 
sible in  a  few  places,  and  the  valley  is  for  the 
most  part  fertile  and  shaded  by  fine  graceful 
palm  trees;  springs  bubble  out  from  the  shady 
thickets  at  the  foot  of  the  cliffs  giving  rise  to 
streams  many  feet  wide,  and  deep  from  their 
sources.  The  valley  is  strewn  to  a  bewildering 
extent  with  huge  boulders  and  masses  of  rock, 
which  have  fallen  down  from  above,  because 
the  magnesite  is  very  brittle,  with  a  founda- 
tion of  loose  and  very  friable  sandstone.  Thus 
no  very  long  time  would  be  required  for  the 
springs  to  crumble  and  break  away  the  edge 
of  the  tableland,  or  scoop  away  the  valleys 
as  we  see  them  now. 

"The  springs,  therefore,  I  believe  to  be  the 
origin  of  the  cliffs  and  gorges  at  the  head, 
not  only  of  the  Mary  but  of  the  West  and 
South  Alligator  Rivers,  and  many  besides.  The 
magnesite  and  sandstone  strata,  are  very  per- 
meable to  water.     The  heavy  rainfall  of  the 


DARWIN    AND    PINE    CREEK 


549 


wet  season  easily  drains  through  the  strata,  and 
bubbles  out  at  the  base,  where  it  has  weathered 
and  broken  it  away  into  abrupt,  precipitous, 
and  fortress-like  hills. 

"Beyond  the  Mary  to  the  eastward  there 
is  a  tableland  of  a  very  broken  character,  form- 
ing scenery  which  has  few  parallels,  I  think, 
on  the  face  of  the  earth.  To  use  the  words  of 
my  journal  at  the  time  of  my  visit: — 

"  'There  was  no  high  hill  near  us,  but  from 
the  summit  of  the  steep  slope  above  the  camp 
a  fine  view  was  to  be  obtained.  A  fine  view 
and  a  strange  one;  indeed,  I  doubt  if  there  be 
another  like  it  in  the  world.  All  around  was 
such  a  sight  of  cliffs  and  gorge,  isolated  hills 
and  flat-topped  hills,  hills  like  lighthouses,  hills 
like  fortresses  and  bastions,  and  city  gates,  and 
ruined  palaces — in  short,  like  everything  and 
anything  except  the  common-place  and  monot- 
onous. And  then  there  were  such  combinations 
of  colours — white  cliffs  and  red  cliffs,  blue  cliffs 
and  striped  cliffs;  in  fact,  I  am  afraid  to  go  on 
for  fear  of  overtaxing  the  confidence  of  my 
readers.      I   could  have  gazed   and  wondered 


at  the  scene  for  a  long  time,  and  still  found 
plenty  to  wonder  at  and  ponder  over,  for  it 
is  a  prospect  about  which  one  could  imagine 
anything.  It  seemed  to  me  so  lifelike  and  so 
deathlike,  so  real  and  so  imaginary,  that  I 
knew  not  what  to  compare  it  to.  One  could 
hardly  believe  that  such  startling  shapes,  so 
like  the  work  of  man,  could  be  entirely  a  freak 
of  nature,  and  then  the  utter  absence  of  any- 
thing like  human  life  about  it  suggested  all 
sorts  of  associations.'  " 

Foregoing  facts  go  to  prove  that  even  those 
comparatively  unfertile  areas  such  as  the  railway 
has  penetrated  are  suitable  for  occupation.  A 
large  and  valuable  mineralized  area  is  interspersed 
with  lands  either  capable  of  agricultural  produc- 
tion or  possible  for  pastoral  purposes.  The 
Darwin  and  Pine  Creek  sections  and  the  adjacent 
districts  will  all  have  their  values  and  uses.  They 
may  not,  in  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge, 
compare  favorably  with  the  inland  plateaux  or 
the  river  belts,  but  that  they  are  destined  to  sup- 
port a  considerable  population  the  author  has 
no  doubt. 


Oovenuuent  School  at  Fine  Creek 


^^Ii.-I^^"^i 


'•^■•■fr 


S^ai&^s 


•iim,^^iie6iim 


tttm^er 


On  the  Daly  Blver 


THE  DALY  RIVER. 


ON  the  13th  September,  1912,  with  W.  C. 
Kellaway,  of  the  Public  Works  Depart- 
ment, Darwin — a  good  mate — a  black 
boy,  "Paddy,"  and  two  pack-horses,  the  writer 
started  from  Brock's  Creek  for  the  Daly  River. 

We  would  be  out  in  the  open  for  some  time, 
so  our  plant  contained  the  bushman's  usual  ne- 
cessities of  travel — including  mosquito  nets, 
which  are  indispensable  items  of  all  Territory 
equipment. 

Each  man  had  an  enamelled  mug,  strapped  to 
his  saddle,  and  the  horses  carried  neck-bags  full 
of  water. 

The  opening  part  of  the  journey  lay  through 
open  forest  and  around  or  across  flat-topped  hills 
of  slight  elevation.  Coarse  grass  was  plentiful 
and  creeks  frequent — the  majority  of  them  dry  at 
this  time  of  the  year. 

Skies  were  cloudless.  The  midday  sun  all 
through  proved  exceedingly  hot.  But  we  found 
the  heat  dry  and  bearable.  We  were  close  upon 
the  beginning  of  the  rainy  season,  when,  old  Ter- 


ritorians  assert,  the  climate  is  more  trying  than 
at  any  other  time  of  the  year. 

Paddy  had  left  my  horse  standing  in  the  sun 
while  he  was  putting  the  final  touches  to  his  packs 
at  Brock's  Creek.  When  I  got  into  the  saddle 
it  was  like  sitting  on  a  stove.  I  had  done  no 
riding  since  I  left  Eastern  Gippsland,  eighteen 
months  previously,  save  riding  little  Timor  ponies 
to  look  at  volcanoes  in  Java.  I  had  been  living 
soft  and  getting  no  physical  exercise.  I  confess, 
that  setting-out  filled  me  with  some  anxiety,  in 
view  of  tales  I  had  heard  down  South  of  the  fear- 
some effects  of  Territory  suns. 

After  seven  days'  steady  riding,  sleeping  out 
at  night  under  my  net,  eating  tinned  beef  from 
the  packs  and  drinking  black  tea,  I  returned  to 
Brock's  Creek  feeling  fifty  per  cent,  better  than 
I  had  felt  for  twelve  months.  From  which  I 
conclude  that  rough,  active  life  in  the  Northern 
Territory  of  Australia  would  have  no  more  ill 
effects  upon  me  personally  than  rough,  active  life 
in  Gippsland  or  any  other  part  of  the  Common- 
wealth has  had  to  date.     It  is  true  that  I  have 


550 


THE    DALY    RIVER 


551 


been  acclimatised  to  Australian  Tropics,  and  that 
I  had  just  come  from  a  climate  which  by  compari- 
son with  that  of  the  Territory  is  as  Hades  to 
Honolulu;  but,  all  the  same,  I  am  convinced  if 
the  right  kind  of  men  will  lead  the  right  kind 
of  lives  in  the  Farthest  North,  they  can  remain 
fit  and  efficient.  I  express  no  opinion  here  on 
the  question  of  manual  labor;  but  I  should  judge 
that  this  rule  would  be  capable  of  general  appli- 
cation. 


There  was  plenty  of  green  feed  for  our  horses; 
so,  belled  and  hobbled,  we  left  them  free  to  browse 
in  equine  content  while  we  set  up  our  cheese-cloth 
nets,  topped  with  calico,  over  our  stretchers  and 
made  ready  for  the  night. 

There  was  plenty  of  bird  and  insect  life.  Litde 
speckled  doves  kept  up  a  constant  cooing;  the 
music  of  the  horse  bells  was  good  to  hear  again. 

Our  black  boy — garbed  in  blue  dungarees  and 
shirt,  an  old  cabbage-tree  hat,  and  a  native  neck- 


A  Glimpse  of  Daly  Kiver 


Having  left  the  unpicturesque  ridges  of  Brock's 
Creek  behind,  the  country  gradually  began  to 
improve.  At  the  Howley,  some  miles  along  the 
track,  a  few  Chinamen,  presumably  fossickers, 
are  living.  A  genial  Asiatic  humorist  came  to  the 
door  of  his  cabin  and  invited  us  to  a  drink  of 
"square  face."  He  seemed  hurt  when  we  declined 
his  hospitality.  It  was  a  hot  day,  and  he  meant 
well. 

We  made  our  first  camp  that  afternoon  at 
Green  Ant  Creek;  a  well-watered,  pleasant  place 
of  biding.  The  creek  was  in  reality  a  chain  of 
beautiful  ponds  fringed  with  flowering  water- 
lilies  and  shaded  by  pandanus  trees. 


lace  and  charm — unhooked  the  leather  pack-bags, 
undid  the  oilcloth  covering  from  the  bundle  of 
bedding,  and  made  a  camp  fire. 

As  the  sun  set,  flocks  of  white  cockatoos  scream- 
ed from  their  roosting  places  along  the  red  hills, 
thinly  timbered  with  eucalypts.  Ironwood,  and 
occasional  flame  trees,  brightened  the  flats;  while 
the  leafless  wild  cotton,  with  its  yellow  flowers 
and   silky   pods   proclaimed   a    future   possibility. 

Having  mealed  on  "bully"  beef,  tea,  and 
bread  and  jam,  after  a  smoke  and  a  yarn  we 
crawled  under  our  cheese-cloths  and  slept,  undis- 
turbed by  the  noises  of  the  night,  which  were  no 
more  than  the  thudding  of  kangaroos,  the  calling 


552 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


of  night  birds  and  those  sounds  of  nocturnal  na- 
ture  which  make  a  Bushman's  lullaby. 

The  next  stage  of  our  slow  journey  lay  at  first 
through  poor,  dry  country,  and  then  out  on  to 
fine  alluvial  flats  watered  by  creeks  and  lagoons. 
Long  grasses,  through  which  mobs  of  marsupials 
fed  leisurely,  pandanus,  palms,  and  tropical 
growths  along  the  edges  showed  that  the  coun- 
try between  Port  Darwin  and  Pine  Creek  was 
in  no  wise  typical  of  the  Northern  Territory, 


Screw  Palms 

We  lunched  at  Station  Creek.  It  must  be  re- 
membered that  these  places  are  no  more  than 
local  names;  that  between  the  Chinamen's  huts 
at  The  Howley  and  Daly  River  there  is  not  a 
single  homestead. 

Lunching  meant  getting  alongside  a  creek  or 
waterhole;  unhooking  the  packs,  making  tea, 
opening  another  tin  of  "bully"  beef;  having  some 
food,  a  smoke,  and  a  short  rest;  then  reloading 
the  packs,  mounting  and  getting  on   again. 

A  long  afternoon's  ride  through  country  of 
no  special   interest  brought  us  to  Swamp   Billa- 


bong,  where  we  found  one,  Robert  Williams,  of 
New  Zealand,  outspanned. 

Mr.  Williams  had,  he  told  us,  been  over  to 
the  Daly  on  behalf  of  some  Welsh  settlers,  who 
thought  of  migrating  from  Patagonia.  He  was 
returning  in  a  waggonette,  with  two  lean,  tall, 
furtive-eyed  natives  as  guides  and  companions. 

It  was  a  lonely  camp,  and  I  think  that  pleasant, 
silver-haired,  old  gentleman  was  glad  to  see  us 
ride  out  of  the  timber  at  sundown,  with  our 
hobbles  and  bells  jingling  a  tired  tune  of  travel. 

So  Kellaway,  the  placid  and  thoughtful,  and 
withal  capable  Chief  of  Public  Works,  the  emis- 
sary from  distant  Patagonian  Welshmen,  and  the 
writer  sat  round  a  camp-fire  in  the  remote  bush 
and  discussed  a  good  many  subjects,  from  Laf- 
cadio  Hearn's  Japan  to  the  breeding  of  Aire- 
dale dogs;  while  three  dusky  figures  squatted  be- 
fore an  adjoining  camp-fire  and  discussed  in  the 
language  of  the  Stone  Age  whatever  matters  of 
food,  fight,  or  family  may  have  been  in  their 
minds. 

The  third  day's  riding  led  us  through  alter- 
nating poor,  fair,  and  good  country.  Certain 
places  were  literally  alive  with  game.  Kan- 
garoos, red  and  gray,  moved  over  grassy  flats, 
where  bush  fires  had  left  an  aftermath  of  green 
feed — like  sheep  moving  in  a  paddock. 

Gigantic  jabiru,  making  a  rapid  preliminary 
run,  rose  and  spread  their  great  wings  in  flight. 
Quail  buzzed  up  from  the  dry  grasses  beneath 
our  horses'  feet. 

We  "spelled"  during  the  heat  of  midday  at 
some  lagoons,  which  had  been  the  scene  of  a 
tragical  conflict  with  natives  in  early  days. 

All  along  our  track  we  had  found  plenty  of 
good  water  at  short  stages,  which  makes  for  com- 
fort in  tropical  travel.  One  can  remove  the  grime 
at  the  end  of  the  day  and  turn  in  under  one's 
cheese-cloth  with  a  clean  skin. 

The  last  stage  of  our  three-days'  ride  brought 
us  through  mineral  country  where  some  copper 
lodes  have  been  worked  with  fair  result.  Beyond 
this   spread   rich,   flat  lands  of  the   Daly   River. 

Here  we  found  a  settlement  in  the  making. 
The  site  selected  by  the  Government  for  its  Ex- 
perimental Farm  presented  a  raffle  of  canvas  and 
galvanized  iron.  Buildings  were  being  erected, 
fences  run  up,  and  ground  cleared  for  planting. 
Lubras  in  red  turkey-twill,  one-piece  garments, 
and  black  boys  in  slightly  less,  hung  round  the 
camps,  occasionally  making  some  pretence  of  la- 
bor. A  Government  survey  party  was  busy  plot- 
ting out  sections  for  expected  settlers. 

The  Daly  proved  to  be  a  fine,  deep  river,  with 
rapid  current,  navigable  for  small  craft  as  far 
as  the  borders  of  the  settlement.     Its  banks  are 


THE    DALY    RIVER 


553 


bordered  by  beautiful  trees,  while  cedar,  Leich- 
hardt  pines,  drooping  gums,  casuarinas,  iron- 
wood,  and  tea-tree. 

Along  this  river  is  a  stretch  of  alluvial  plain, 
approximately  lOO  miles  by  5,  which,  drained  and 
irrigated,  I  would  say  is  worth  at  least,  on  com- 
parative productive  values,  £150  to  £200  an  acre. 
The  drainage  and  irrigation  works  necessary 
to  bring  about  this  result  would  no  doubt  be  very 
costly,  but  though  the  expenditure  of  capital  would 
be  enormous,  I  have  no  doubt  that  it  would  be 
amply  repaid  in  the  course  of  years. 


appear  as  vast  fields  of  green  crops.  The  flats 
are  crossed  by  frequent  billabongs  or  back  chan- 
nels, through  which  water  runs  rapidly  in  Hood 
time,  and  dotted  with  lagoons.  Beautiful 
purple  and  pink  water-lilies  fringe  these  clear 
lagoons,  which  are  the  haunts  of  thousands 
of  wildfowl.  On  green  swamps  regiments  of  wild 
geese  parade.  Spoonbills,  egrets,  nankeen  and 
white  cranes,  jabiru,  coots,  and  wild  duck  play  and 
feed.  Thousands  of  marsupials  hop  along  the 
edges  of  the  swamps;  game  in  every  variety,  from 
buffalo  to  quail,  make  this  rich  land  their  habi- 


A  Water-Lily  Lagoon 


I  spent  a  long  day  with  members  of  the  Govern- 
ment survey  party,  riding  through  these  wonder- 
ful flats,  covered  by  cane  grass  so  dense  that 
neither  man  nor  horse  ahead  of  me  was  visible 
Eat  ten  yards'  distance.  Never  in  any  part  of 
!  the  work!  have  I  beheld  a  strip  of  country  which 
seemed  better  suited  for  intense  tropical  cultiva- 
tion. 

To  any  experienced  eye  the  alluvial  plains  of 
I  the     Daly     present     possibilities     which     cannot 
[be     excelled     north     of     Capricorn.        Let     the 
:  reader     imagine     an     ever-flowing    river,     navi- 
gable    for     small     craft     over     70     miles    from 
its    mouth,    winding  through   magnificent  black- 
soil  flats.       For    miles    these    flats    are    covered 
with     coarse     grass  —  often   ten     and     twelve 
feet  high.     Where  it  has  been  burned  off  they 


tat.  The  waters  are  teeming  with  fish,  the  air 
constantly  vibrating  with  the  flight  of  birds. 

In  days  gone  by  some  Jesuit  fathers  established 
an  aboriginal  station  on  the  banks  of  the  Daly. 
The  station  was  an  agricultural  success,  but  an 
ethical  failure.  The  natives  of  the  Daly  did  not 
want  religion.  They  made  persistent  efforts  to 
spear  the  missioners.  Finally  the  good  Fathers 
gave  up  the  mission,  leaving  behind  them  a  fine 
tropical  garden  and  some  tilled  lands,  which  were 
speedily  overrun  by  cane  grass. 

The  remains  of  the  garden  are  still  there — 
groves  of  mango  trees  laden  with  fruit — and  the 
Territory  mango  is  the  finest  grown;  cocoanuts, 
limes  and  cotton,  all  run  wild,  burnt  over, 
neglected,  weed-worried,  but  yet  healthy  and 
prolific. 


554 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Fruits  of  the  Tropics 


Ploughing  could  be  done  with  a  25  h.p.  oil 
tractor  at  the  rate  of  ten  or  twelve  acres  a  day. 

Recently  the  Government  offered  13,000  acres 
of  these  lands  in  holdings  from  290  to  620  acres 
on  remarkably  easy  terms.  Many  settlers  availed 
themselves  of  the  opportunity.  They  should, 
with  reasonable  luck  and  good  management,  do 
very  well. 

For  the  first  5000  blocks  of  agricultural  land 
applied  for  in  the  Territory  under  the  Federal 
regime,  the  title  given  to  settlers  is  perpetual 
leasehold;  no  rent  payable  for  21  years  or  for  the 
applicant's  life,  whichever  period  is  the  longer. 

Where  rent  becomes  payable  it  is  subject  to 
re-appraisement  every  twenty-one  years.  It  is 
doubtful  if  anywhere  in  the  world  such  lands  have 
ever  been  given  away  on  terms  like  these.  The 
Federal  Government  has  evidently  determined 
that  every  inducement  and  compensation  shall 
henceforward  be  offered  to  settlement  in  North- 
ern Australia. 

Consider  that  these  lands  are  alluvial,  that  they 
are  the  detritus  of  a  river  which, like  the  Clarence 
or  Richmond,  brings  water  carriage  to  the  far- 
mer's door.  The  Daly  is  frequently  over  a  mile 
wide,  and  60  miles  from  its  seaward  entrance 
has  a  width  of  100  yards  of  deep,  fresh,  running 


As  a  personal  opinion,  I  would  advance,  that 
for  new  settlers  on  lands'  similar  to  the  Daly, 
maize  should  be  the  most  profitable  first  crop. 
The  returns  come  in  quickly,  and  the  produce  is 
relatively  easy  to  handle  in  transport.  The  Daly 
River  land  ought  to  yield  an  average  crop  of 
60  bushels  to  the  acre 

After  the  ground  has  been  properly  handled 
and  worked  it  should  pay  to  plant  lucerne.  There 
will  be  a  good  market  for  lucerne  hay  at  Manila 
and  Singapore.  Allowing  for  wet  months,  soils 
such  as  I  rode  over  on  the  Daly  ought  to  give  six 
prolific  cuts  of  lucerne  in  the  year. 

Pig-breeding  in  the  Territory,  in  view  of  the 
great  demand  for  pork,  frozen  or  salted,  which 
always  exists  in  the  East,  is  certain  to  be  among 
the  profitable  industries  of  the  future. 

The  pig  flourishes  in  the  Territory.  I  saw 
hundreds  of  wild  pigs  on  the  Adelaide,  some  of 
which  I  shot  and  examined.  They  appeared  to 
be  perfectly  free  from  disease,  and  were  in  excel- 
lent condition. 

Mules  for  farm  work  may,  later  on,  be  bred 
locally.  I  saw  flats  on  the  Daly  containing  fully 
500  acres  which  were  ready  for  the  plough.  They 
would  cost  no  more  than  a  box  of  matches  for 
clearing — no  trees  to  fell,  no  stumps  to  remove, 
nothing  but  the  long  cane  grass  to  burn  off.  This 
country  might,  as  it  stands,  be  used  to  grow 
maize,  with  certain  portions  perhaps  devoted  to 
rice  in  the  wet  season. 


Papaws  and  Cabljages 


THE    DALY    RIVER 


55.? 


Pigs  bred  on  the  Adelaide  River,  near  Darwin 


water.  The  lower  lands  are  flat  and  sometimes 
flooded,  but  30  miles  from  its  mouth  the  banks 
of  the  river  are  high  and  covered  by  belts  of 
tropical  jungles  half  a  mile  or  more  in  width.  At 
the  back  of  these  again  lie  the  open  plains  with 
scattered  white  gum  trees  and  wide  stretches  of 
tall  rich  grass,  which  is  oflicially  described  as 
"nutritious  and  suitable  for  dairying."   This  grass 

.retains    its    succulence    for    nine    months    of    the 

I  year. 

Consider  that  these  intensely  rich  jungle  soils 
can  be  irrigated.  The  land  has  already  shown 
that  it  will  grow  crops  of  maize,  sugar-cane, 
sorghum,  sweet  potatoes,  and  vegetables !  The 
modern  agriculturist  will  surely  experience  no 
great  difficulty  in  reducing  these  elemental  factors 
to  actual  wealth. 


While  out  on  the  Daly  country  the  writer  met 
Mr.  J.  E.  Palmer,  since  appointed  Director  of 
the  Daly  Government  Farm.  Mr.  Palmer  is  a 
New  Zealand  farmer  of  considerable  experience. 
He  had  just  returned  from  an  exploratory  journey 
50  miles  up  the  Daly  River;  thence  southward 
and  westward  to  Anson  Bay. 

He  reported  the  discovery  of  a  series  of  ther- 
mal springs  and  a  hot  lake. 

He  found  splendid  plains  on  both  sides  of  the 
River,  and  crossed  thousands  of  fertile  acres, 
covered  knee-deep  in  meadow  grasses,  which 
might  be  converted  into  natural  ensilage  if  there 
were  any  use  for  it. 

Large  areas  which  he  examined  Mr.  Palmer 
pronounced  to  be  eminently  suitable  for  agricul- 
tural purposes.        In  some  cases   drainage   of  a 


In  Tropical  Australia 


5S6 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


simple  and  inexpensive  character  would  be  neces- 
sary. He  classed  these  virgin  demesnes  as  equal 
to  the  best  in  the  Commonwealth. 

The  establishment  of  telephonic  communication 
between  Darwin  and  the  Daly,  and  the  installa- 
tion of  a  motor  service  from  Brock's  Creek,  will 
bring  this  settlement  forward. 

It  is  stated  that  a  native  has  gone  with  mails 
from  Daly  River  to  Brock's  Creek  and  back  in 
36  hours — total  distance,  140  miles.  It  is  true 
that  a  man  who  was  accidentally  shot  with  a 
Browning  pistol  was  carried  on  a  stretcher  by 
fourteen  native-bearers  to  the  same  place  in  a 
few  hours,  but,  like  the  attacks  on  the  Jesuit  mis- 
sion, these  matters  are  now  part  of  a  story  told. 
The  hand  of  the  Twentieth  Century,  prosaic, 
utilitarian,  but  bringing  greater  comfort  and 
security  with  it,  has  closed  that  chapter  in  pioneer 
adventure.  The  more  rapid  the  progress  of  the 
Territory  is  made,  and  the  more  of  modern 
science  and  invention  enlisted  in  the  work,  the 
better  it  will  be   for  Australia   generally.    .    .   . 

With  Brother  Kellaway  jogging  placidly  be- 
side me,  and  the  lean,  dusky  Paddy  spurring  the 
packhorses  along  in  the  rear,  I  left  Daly  River 
one  cool  morning  to  return  to  Brock's  Creek, 
altering  the  route  in  order  to  cover  as  wide  a 
range  of  country  as  possible. 


— T —^. 5 : 1 

WW^^'. 

^  *JW;^ 

f^^^^jk^ 

Maize,  Daly  Bivei 


' '  Good  Country ' ' 


By  this  time  I  was  thoroughly  "set,"  full  of 
vigor  and  appetite,  and  enjoying  the  rough  life 
immensely. 

Paddy's  early  morning  proposal  to  carry  my 
Winchester  had  been  received  with  no  enthusiasm. 
I  am  sorry  I  cannot  give  Paddy  a  certificate. 
He  was  a  Daly  River  native,  which  accounts  for 
much.  The  only  recommendation  he  received 
when  he  was  being  attached  to  the  expedition 
was  that  he  had  speared  his  own  father.  This 
may  have  been  mere  Brock's  Creek  gossip;  but 
it  influenced  me  in  refusing  him  the  carbine  and 
carrying  it  thenceforward  on  my  own  hip,  as  I 
rode.  I  have  found  the  short  .38  the  handiest 
rifle  for  the  Bush.  It  is,  however,  useless  in 
hunting  buffalo.  The  weapon  used  by  Freer, 
Connell,  Lawrie,  Paddy  Cahill,  and  all  well- 
known  buffalo  hunters  of  the  North  is  a  Martini 
service  rifle  with  the  barrel  cut  down  to  short 
carbine  length.  The  shooting  is  mainly  done 
from  horseback,  the  weapon  being  used  as  a  pistol 
at  close  range.  The  ball  is  planted,  if  possible, 
into  the  back  of  the  shoulder  or  the  spine.  The 
buffalo  is  liable  to  get  annoyed  if  shot  with  a  .38, 
or  even  a  .42  calibre  Winchester. 

There  was  no  monotony  about  our  journey. 
As  we  jogged  along,  to  the  bushman's  tune  of 
creaking  saddles  and  jingling  bells  and  hobble- 
chains,  one  little  incident  after  another  enlivened 
us.  Once  the  ubiquitous  Paddy,  in  dismounting, 
caught  the  flapping  sole  of  his  ancient  boot  in  the 
stirrup-iron,  fell,  and  was  dragged  under  his 
frightened  horse's  neck  for  some  distance.  In 
falling  our  athletic,  ungainly  aboriginal  somehow 
succeeded  in  grabbing  the  reins  close  to  the  bit. 
This  opened  the  horse's  mouth;  Paddy's  mouth, 
exceptionally  large,  opened  also  with  fright  and 
excitement,  and  so  they  plunged  through  the  tim- 
ber, mouth  to  mouth,  a  feaisome  sight,  until  we 
succeeded  in  straightening  out  the  mess. 


s 

P 


557 


558 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Despite  warnings,  the  same  accident  was  re- 
peated, only  on  the  second  occasion  Paddy  was 
dragged  some  distance  under  his  horse's  hoofs. 
He  would  probably  have  been  kicked  to  death  if 
his  stirrup-leather  had  not  luckily  slipped  out  of 
the  saddle  and  left  him,  much  chastened  and 
somewhat  bruised,  under  an  ironwood  tree. 

Like  other  travellers  of  the  great  Lone  North- 
land, we  followed  a  daily  routine. 

In  that  charmed  hour  when  tropic  morning  is 
still  a  demure  vestal  in  light  blue  and  gray,  we 
would  wriggle  from  under  our  dew-wet  cheese- 
cloths and  find  the  most  convenient  place  in  the 
creek,  or  waterhole,  near  which  one  always 
camps,  for  a  wash.  All  around  these  camping 
places  one  sees  sets  of  stakes,  four  in  number,  to 
which  the  corners  of  travellers'  mosquito  nets 
have  been  tied.  The  popularity  or  suitability  of 
the  camp  might  be  gauged  by  the  number  of 
stakes.  There  is  plenty  of  room,  and  each  wan- 
derer gratifies  his  individual  instinct  in  selecting 
the  space  for  his  "doss." 

While  we  bathed,  Paddy  attended  to  the  fire, 
and  put  on  water  to  boil  for  our  tea  or  coffee. 

Sometimes  we  fried  bacon  for  breakfast.  After 
rashers  of  this,  with  mugs  of  black  tea  and  slices 
of  bread  and  jam,  or  fried  onions  or  tinned  cake, 
we  would  set  to  packing  up.  Mostly,  Paddy  left 
things  lying  around  overnight.  Tidiness  was  not 
one  of  his  accomplishments.  Open  tins  of  jam  had 
a  habit  of  getting  loose  in  the  pack-bags,  and 
lids  were  rarely  closed  on  anything.  While  some- 
body washed  the  breakfast  plates,  somebody  else 
sorted  out  the  provisions  from  the  pyjamas  and 
packed  them  into  leather  panniers,  which  hung 
one  on  either  side  of  the  pack-saddles. 

Rugs  and  bedding  were  rolled  up,  made  into 
a  swag,  and  covered  with  a  waterproof. 

Then  the  boy  brought  the  horses  back  to  camp 
from  wherever  they  had  got  to,  packs  were 
hoisted,  girths  tightened  up,  and  the  outfit  re- 
sumed its  day's  journey. 

Towards  the  end  of  our  first  day's  ride  we 
struck  a  solitary  Chinaman  making  his  way  on 
foot  from  the  copper  mine  at  the  Daly  to  Brock's 
Creek.  This  withered  old  heathen  carried  his 
belongings  slung  on  a  pole.  He  politely  asked 
us  to  have  a  drink  of  tea,  which  he  had  just 
brewed  in  an  ancient  billycan  from  the  waters  of 
Blackfellow  Creek. 

At  night  we  camped  at  Pleasant  Creek,  and 
the  following  day,  riding  into  Brock's  Creek,  we 
struck  W.  J.  Byrne,  who  has  a  cattle-run  out  here 
on  the  western  side  of  the  railway  line,  returning 
from  Brock's  Creek  with  his  blackboy  and  pack- 
horses. 

These  were  all  the  people  of  the  Daly  River 
Track. 


We  might  have  gone  on  into  the  Great  Quiet- 
ness to  the  southward  and  travelled  for  weeks 
without  meeting  as  many — for  there  are  over 
all  these  half-million  square  miles  not  more  than 
2,000  white  people. 

Of  the  70  miles  of  alternate  ridge  and  flat  be- 
tween the  railway  line  and  the  Daly  River,  which 
we  crossed  twice,  it  may  be  said  that  a  great  deal 
can  ultimately  be  made  profitable.  A  few  miles 
to  the  westward  of  the  railway  the  land  generally 
improves  in  quality. 

The  track  leaves  mineralized  and  broken  areas 
and  enters  open  lightly-timbered  country,  through 
which  there  is  an  abundance  of  coarse  grass  and 
good  water.  Treeless  flats,  which  are  composed 
of  rich-looking  soil,  and  jungles,  occur  here  and 
there.  These  rich  lands  could  undoubtedly  be 
converted  into  farms.  Ihey  ought  to  grow  cot- 
ton and  tobacco  to  perfection.  The  remainder  of 
the  country  seems  suitable  for  grazing.  Opinions 
differ  regarding  sheep.  "Spear  grass"  is  a  present 
difficulty.  It  is  likely  that  sheep  will  do  better 
further  inland.  As  a  cattle  country  other  parts 
of  the  Territory  have  been  proved  beyond  all 
doubt.  And,  I  repeat,  the  lands  on  which  herds 
of  beef-cattle  flourish  will  ultimately  support 
dairy  herds.  But,  unless  population  increases  at 
a  greater  rate  in  the  Territory  than  it  has  done 
in  Queensland  and  New  South  Wales  during  the 
last  50  years,  it  is,  to  my  mind,  much  too  early  to 
talk  of  dairy  farming  as  a  staple  industry  for  the 
North. 

It  must  be  remembered  that  long  leases  of 
cattle  country  were  granted  in  1901  to  certain 
pastoral  companies  and  individuals  by  the  South 
Australian  Government.  These  leases  do  not 
expire  until  the  year  1943.  For  example,  the 
Bovril  Australian  Estates  Company  Ltd.  hold 
1286  square  miles  in  the  Northern  Territory,  for 
which  they  pay  a  total  annual  rental  of  £64  6s. 
under  "Pastoral  Permit."  Under  pastoral  lease, 
expiring  in  1943,  they  also  hold  11,380  square 
miles  at  a  total  annual  rent  of  £723  13s. 

Local  authority  asserts  that  the  country  be- 
tween Brock's  Creek  and  the  Daly  is  not  suitable 
for  cattle-raising. 

In  the  present  stage  of  Territorial  evolution  it 
will  be  wise  to  keep  to  certainties,  of  which  there 
are  plenty,  and  leave  doubtful  propositions  for 
later  on.  There  is  no  necessity  to  worry  now 
over  these  poor  metalliferous  tracts  which  the 
railway  follows  between  Darwin  and  Pine  Creek, 
when  thousands  of  virgin  acres,  palpably  destined 
for  the  plough,  can  readily  be  made  accessible 
elsewhere. 

By  the  time  these  have  been  occupied  and  de- 
veloped, lands  poorer  in  seeming — but  as  Aus- 
tralian experience  elsewhere  leads  one  to  hope, 
perhaps  finally  richer  in  some  special   result — may 


THE    DALY    RIVER 


559 


be  attempted.  Colonization  elsewhere  has  fol- 
lowed the  line  of  least  resistance.  It  will  have  to 
take  the  same  cautious  course  in  the  Northern 
Territory  of  Australia. 

In  the  Daly  River  Valley  and  its  adjacent  dis- 
tricts alone,  the  Commonwealth  possesses  an 
asset,  the  capital  value  of  which  might  some  day 
be  approximated  at  enormous  sums. 

Unless  there  is  some  fatal  and  utterly  unfor- 
seen  flaw  in  human  experience,  some  mistake  in 
careful  comparisons,  some  false  premise  to  logi- 


ing  the  monsoon  and  intermittent  rains  fall  be- 
tween. The  line  between  wet  and  dry  season 
in  the  Territory  is  clearly  drawn.  Torrential 
downpours  feature  the  wet  season,  which  lasts 
six  months  of  the  year.  The  other  six  months 
are,  as  a  rule,  quite  dry.  Agriculture  can  and 
will  be  made  a  success:  but,  as  in  other  countries 
where  similar  climatic  conditions  prevail,  science 
must  supplement  nature,  and  provisions  be  made 
for  storage  and  application  of  water.  What  Vic- 
toria is  doing  at  very  great  national  expense,  can 


Aboriginal  Drawings 


cal   conclusion   based   on    established    facts,    this 
statement  should  hold  good. 

But  neither  on  the  Daly  River  nor  otherwhere 
in  the  coastal  Territory  is  this  increase  in  values 
going  to  be  brought  about  by  a  few  passes  of  a 
magician's  wand.  It  can  only  come  by  a  step-by- 
step  climbing  of  a  Ladder  of  Experience.  Men 
must  be  prepared  to  learn  in  patience  what  they 
apply  with  care.  The  valor  of  enterprise  should 
be  tempered  with  discretion.  As  regards  agri- 
culture, the  peculiarity  of  Northern  seasons  must 
first  of  all  be  taken  into  account.  In  this  re- 
spect the  coastal  districts  of  the  Territory  and 
the  Kimberleys  differ  from  the  littoral  of  North- 
ern Queensland,  where  heavy  rainfalls  occur  dur- 


be  done  in  the  Territory  quite  cheaply.  People 
talk  of  Java,  just  over  the  water  from  Northern 
Australia,  and  draw  invidious  comparisons.  These 
people  are  probably  unaware  that  Java,  with  all 
its  tropical  rainfall,  is  irrigated  from  end  to  end. 
It  may  be  the  Garden  of  the  World,  but  irriga- 
tion is  the  basis  of  its  agriculture  fr.om  Tanjon 
Priok  to  Pasoeran.  When  I  came  down  from 
Garoet  to  Djokjakarta,  in  August  of  19 12,  I 
found  some  of  the  intervening  country  suffering 
from  a  worse  drought  than  any  that  has  occurred 
in  Australia  in  my  time. 

In  1867  the  whole  of  this  district  was  over- 
whelmed by  an  earthquake,  which  destroyed  the 
capital  Djokja,  and  thousands  of  its  inhabitants. 


560 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


It  is  always  at  the  mercy  of  the  neighboring  vol- 
cano Merapi.  These  are  evils  which  the  great- 
est pessimist  in  Darwin  need  not  fear.  The 
division  of  the  Territorial  year  into  wet  and  dry 
seasons  is  nothing  to  the  handicaps  Nature  has 
laid  on  the  noted  Island  of  Java,  which,  despite 
the  same  wet  and  dry  season,  despite  earthquakes, 
volcanic  eruptions,  droughts,  taxes,  failures  of 
rice  crops,  epidemics,  and  the  Chinese,  manages 
to  support  thirty-six  millions  of  human  beings. 
If  a  subject  colored  race  can  achieve  so  much 
in  the  face  of  such  natural  and  social  impedi- 
ments, surely  an  independent  nation  of  freemen 


me  of  its  honest  conviction  that  without  cheap, 
colored  labor  sugar-growing  in  that  district  was 
a  rank,  impossibility.  In  19 14  Mackay  told  me 
of  its  honest  experience  that  sugar-growing  with 
white  labor  was  not  only  possible,  but  that  it 
had  brought  about  unexpected  and  increasing 
prosperity! 

We  come  now  to  the  question  of  pests  in  the 
Territory.  Cattle  tick  has  been  prevalent.  So  has  it 
been  in  Texas,  South  Africa,  and  Queensland.  It 
might  also  be  mentioned  that  an  epidemic  of  roup 
in  fowls  occasionally  occurs  in  poultry  yards 
quite  remote  from  the  tropics.     Ticks,  like  other 


mf'' 


Myall  Blacks 


can  overcome  infinitely  lesser  difficulties  of  settle- 
ment in  the  Northern  Territory  of  Australia ! 
It  has  been  said  that  the  North  could  not  com- 
pete with  the  cheap  labor  of  Java.  If  Texas 
and  Louisiana  can  grow  rice  cheaper  than  it  is 
grown  in  China — why  not?  Further,  is  it  neces- 
sary that  there  should  be  any  competition?  Is 
Indian  cotton,  for  instance,  allowed  to  compete 
with  the  cotton  of  South  Carolina? 

As  we  can  get  over  the  dry  seasons,  so  we 
can  get  over  the  cheap  labor  problem.  Looked 
at  from  an  economic  viewpoint,  I  do  not  mini- 
mise the  importance  of  the  question,  but  I  went 
back  to  Mackay  in  Queensland  recently  after 
thirteen  years'   absence.      In    1900   Mackay  told 


parasitic  diseases,  have  their  remedies.  Dips  are 
resorted  to,  and  cattle  become  immune.  A  little 
over  a  decade  ago  the  herds  in  the  Rockhampton 
district  were  decimated  by  tick  fever.  Now  Rock- 
hampton is  being  rapidly  converted  into  a  great 
dairy-farming  centre.  Central  Queensland  went 
through  a  period  of  despair  in  1899-1900.  Now 
the  people  there  worry  as  little  about  cattle  ticks 
as  the  residents  of  Hobart  do  about  frost. 

Termites  are  very  destructive  in  some  parts  of 
the  Territorial  Coast.  They  attack  the  wood- 
work of  houses  and  sometimes  destroy  fruit  trees. 
Darwin,  however,  is  not  the  only  spot  on 
earth  which  suffers  from  white  ants.  Termites 
are  no  more  fatal  to  fruit  crops  than  codlin  moths 


THE    DALY    RIVER 


561 


A  Daly  Kiver  Farm 


or  other  pests.  They  can  be  eradicated  or  pre- 
v'ented  in  similar  manner.  As  for  their  inroads 
on  buildings,  everybody  knows  that  Parliament 
House  in  Sydney  has  been  honeycombed  with 
them  for  years,  and  large  sums  of  money  have 
to  be  spent  to  keep  it  in  repair. 

The  obvious  remedy  is  to  construct  buildings 
in  ant-infested  districts  of  resistant  materials.  No 
self-respecting  termites  will  waste  their  time  on 
bricks,  stone,  or  re-enforced  concrete  or  tiles — 
all  of  which  are  far  more  suitable,  building  ma- 
terials for  the  climate  than  the  wood  and  gal- 
vanized iron  so  generally  used. 

I  have  heard  it  argued  even  by  Territorians 
that  certain  coast  lands  will  not  carry  more  than 
one  beast  to  the  square  mile,  because  the  natural 
grasses  are  too  rank  and  sour;  that  when  these 
are  burnt  off  in  March  the  resultant  green  feed 
only  lasts  a  few  weeks. 

This,  even  if  true,  I  do  not  accept  as  a  fatal 
objection  to  the  future  productivity  of  the  places 
at  issue.  I  examined  some  of  this  alleged  sour 
country,  and  concluded  that  it  would  grow  both 
Rhodes  grass  and  paspalum  dilatatum.  If  these 
do  not  flourish,  or  flourish  too  well — one  must 
be  prepared  for  contingencies  in  country  where 
the  ordinary  grasses  grow  to  a  height  of  twelve 
and  fourteen  feet — then  I  feel  sure  that  among 
the  remarkable  variety  of  native  Australian 
forage  grasses  and  plants — greatly  neglected  and 
unrealized — there  are  many  which  can  be  intro- 
duced. Out  of  the  360  known  species  of  grass 
indigenous  to  this  Continent  there  will  be  found 
many  greedily  acceptable  of  this  particular  cli- 
mate and  soil.     A  country  cannot  be  classed  as 


unfit  for  grass  because  it  overgrows  one  native 
variety  which  is  lacking  in  nutrition  for  stock 
feed.  It  really  seems  as  if  the  land  in  its  virgin 
state  suffers  from  over-activity,  and  requires  se- 
datives rather  than  stimulants. 

Again,  if  the  coast  had  proved  unsuitable  for 
European  cattle,  it  is  certainly  suitable  for  the 
Indian  buffalo,  which,  from  a  few  head  of  stock 
left  behind  when  Port  Essington  was  abandoned 
by  the  British  Government,  have  grown  into  enor- 
mous herds. 

In  ten  years  after  buffalo  shooting  became  an 
industry  in  the  North,  the  Customs  records  at 
Darwin  showed  a  total  export  of  50,000  hides. 

On  Melville  Island  the  few  buffalo  left  behind 
when  the  flag  was  lowered  on  Fort  Dundas  had 
increased  to  many  thousands,  before  people  on 
the  mainland  realized  either  their  numbers  or 
value. 

Moreover,  around  Port  Essington  are  herds 
of  English  cattle  and  horses,  bred  in  a  wild  state 
from  some  left  behind  by  the  settlement.  Indian 
Brahmin  cattle  and  goats  thrive  wonderfully. 
On  the  Adelaide,  crosses  between  Brahmin  cattle 
and  Herefords  have  made  excellent  stock. 

The  increase  of  goats  is  as  high  as  130  per  cent. 
The  production  of  mohair  is  evidently  an  indus- 
try which  would  prove  successful  on  the  coast. 
Donkeys,  mules.  Zebu  cattle,  and  pigs  all  thrive 
splendidly. 

Taking  all  this  into  consideration,  there  seems 
no  reason  to  doubt  that  mixed  farming  and  agri- 
culture on  tropical  lines  can  be  successfully  under- 
taken throughout  the  coastal  districts. 


562 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Aborigines  with  Buffalo  Horns  at  Melville  Island 


Such  being  the  case,  one  naturally  concludes 
that  settlement  is  only  a  matter  of  effort,  experi- 
ence, and  acclimatization. 

Summarized,  the  wet  and  dry  seasons  are  not 
unique,  the  country  is  well  watered,  exceptionally 
fertile  in  parts,  has  a  wide  range  of  productive- 
ness, and  is  not  afflicted  with  pests  or  diseases  any 
worse  than  those  with  which  pioneer  settlers  in 


other  parts  of  Australia  have  effectively  coped. 
As  Southern  settlers  sometimes  ha\'e  to  wire-net 
their  fences  against  the  depredations  of  rabbits 
and  marsupials,  spray  their  fruit  trees,  protect 
their  dwellings  against  white  ants,  so  Northern 
settlers  must  meet  their  difficulties  with  ordinary 
human  resource.  Even  cathedral  spires,  these 
days,  are  fitted  with  lightning  conductors. 


Bound  for  Melville  Island 


Headwaters  of  the  Adelaide  Bivei 


ON  THE  ADELAIDE. 


As  the  Daly  and  Adelaide  Rivers  can  both  be 
made  readily  accessible  from  Port  Darwin 
by  fast  steamers,  motor  services,  tram- 
ways and  branch  railways,  they  form  the  most 
likely  sites  for  early  settlement. 

Thanks  to  the  courtesy  of  local  officials  and 
the  Department  controlling  the  Territory,  I  was 
enabled  to  visit  the  latter  district,  accompanied 
by  Constable  MacDonald,  of  Darwin.  Mac. 
was  a  hefty  South  Australian  who  had  seen  ser- 
vice in  South  Africa,  where  he  had  earned  two 
medals  and  seven  bars.  He  proved  a  first-class 
bushman  and  a  good  mate. 

He  picked  me  up  one  sunny  October  morning 
at  the  "Eighteen  Mile,"  on  the  Darwin — Pine 
Creek  railway  line,  with  the  police  waggonette. 


a  blackboy  and  a  pair  of  fresh  horses.  We  had 
packs  of  bedding,  stretchers,  rugs,  a  supply  of 
tinned  beef,  bacon  and  sundries,  and  flat-sided 
billies  and  dishes  to  do  our  own  cooking. 

The  track  goes  out  from  here  to  Lawrie's 
homestead,  which  was  all  the  civilization  on  the 
Adelaide  in  the  latter  part  of  191 2. 

We  had  plenty  of  provisions  and  a  tent  and 
fly.  I  brought  my  shotgun,  rifle  and  automatic 
Colt,  for  the  shooting  on  the  Adelaide  was  re- 
ported to  be  good. 

A  few  miles  along  the  trail  we  met  a  coatless, 
shirtless  man  carrying  a  Martini  carbine.  The 
stranger  proved  to  be  N.  Sunter,  who  was  on 
his  way  back  to  a  camp  where  his  natives  were 
preparing    buffalo     hides     for     shipment.       Mr. 


563 


;64 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


A  Traveller 


Sunter  rode  with  us  in  the  waggonette  so  far.  He 
was  one  of  the  most  interesting  characters  I  met, 
even  in  that  Land  of  the  Adventurous  and  Un- 


usual 


Thirty-one  years  of  age,  an  ex-ship's  officer, 
of  medium  height,  spare  build,  muscular,  sun- 
tanned, and  hard  as  nails,  this  little  gentleman 
walks  a  hundred  miles  a  week  through  pathless 
bush;  stalking  on  foot  the  strongest  animal  in  the 
world.  He  sleeps  where  darkness  finds  him,  is 
frequently  wetted  by  tropical  rain,  has  never  had 
a  touch  of  fever,  and  swears  by  the  Territory.  A 
fine,  hopeful  little  man! 

Since  July,  he  tells  us,  he  has  been  charged  by 
buffaloes  once  a  week  on  an  average;  but  he  has 
been  nimble  enough  on  his  feet  and  quick  enough 
on  the  trigger  to  escape  injury.  He  may  be  ac- 
cepted as  an  example  of  what  is  possible  to  a 
white  man  in  Northern  Australia. 

After  dropping  our  interesting  wayside  ac- 
quaintance at  his  camp,  we  drove  for  some  miles 
through  scrub  and  forest  until  we  reached  a  belt 
of  beautiful  jungle,  through  which  flowed  a  clear 
creek.  It  was  a  cool,  picturesque  midday  camp. 
Cinchona,  screw  palms,  and  other  tropical 
growths  shaded  us  from  the  sun,  while  cooing  of 
fruit  pigeons  and  a  ripple  of  running  water  made 
good  bush  music. 

That  afternoon  we  saw  our  first  buffaloes — 
three  of  them  hurling  their  black  bulk  through 
scrub  and  undergrowth  as  they  took  alarm  at  our 
approach.  Until  we  sighted  the  open  plains  of 
the  Adelaide  River  a  few  hours  later  we  travelled 
through  country  of  no   particular   interest.      But 


wonderful  vistas  of  black,  alluvial  flats,  which 
met  us  as  we  came  out  of  the  timber  above  W. 
Lawrie's  homestead,  made  amends  for  it. 

We  drove  down  under  an  enormous  banyan 
tree  beside  a  running  creek,  half  a  mile  from  the 
house,  and  set  our  boy  Tommy,  a  much  supe- 
rior native  to  Paddy,  to  get  our  first  camp  ready. 
Out  westward  an  extensive  bush  fire  had  sent  up 
a  tremendous  cloud  of  black  smoke,  fringed  with 
angry  red.  Eastward  the  sunlit  plains  spread 
away  towards  the  sea,  a  corkscrew  line  of  timber 
marking  the  serpentine  windings  of  the  Adelaide 
River.  Just  over  there  brave  McDouall  Stuart — 
the  first  man  to  cross  the  Australian  Continent 
from  South  to  North — stooped  down  and  washed 
his  face  and  hands  in  the  saltwater  when  his 
splendid  task  was  done.  We  had  come  out  sud- 
denly from  a  somewhat  dull  and  monotonous 
forest,  of  no  apparent  value,  into  a  region  of  in- 
describable fertility,  covered  with  long  grasses, 
watered  by  lagoons,  creeks  and  billabongs, 
teeming  with  bird  and  animal  life.  Everywhere 
there  was  game,  and  the  spoor  of  game — buffalo 
wallows  in  the  mud  of  the  watercourses,  traces  of 
wild  pigs,  tracks  of  marsupials,  wild  horses,  wild 
cattle,  wild  dogs.  Kangaroos  and  wallabies  we 
saw  in  hundreds;  quail,  pheasants,  wild  ducks, 
geese,  pigeons,  bustards,  white  ibis,  cranes,  cocka- 
toos, owls,  egrets,  parrots,  and  snipe  haunted  the 
watercourses,  hid  in  the  grasses,  or  beat  the  air 
with  thousands  of  whirring  wings.  Every 
swamp,  every  clump  of  pandanus,  every  patch  of 
jungle  had  its  furred  and  feathered  companies. 
The  waters,  as  we  were  destined  to  learn, 
swarmed    with    fish,    and,    sometimes,    alligators. 


ON    THE    ADELAIDE 


565 


The  soil  on  the  Adelaide  is  for  the  most  part 
deep  hiack  loam.  With  appropriate  treatment 
one  feels  sure  that  it  can  be  made  highly  produc- 
tive. The  flats  are  flooded,  or  partly  flooded,  in 
the  rainy  season  of  summer.  They  are  dry 
during  the  winter  months  and  covered  with  heavy 
cane  grass,  through  which  buffaloes  move  heavily. 
Here,  as  on  the  Daly,  drainage  and  irrigation  will 
be  necessary  to  convert  the  best  areas  into  farm 
lands.  Then  they  will  grow,  I  believe,  every  pro- 
fitable crop  that  can  be  raised  in  a  tropical  climate. 
The  present  cane  grass,  three  to  six  feet  high,  will 
be  superseded  by  more  succulent  fodder  plants, 
and  for  maize,  sugar,  tobacco,  cotton,   rice,  pig- 


South  Wales  will  place  on  her  Murrumbidgee 
Irrigation  area.  Looked  at  with  the  experienced 
eyes  of  Asia,  or  the  scientific  perspective  of  Ame- 
rica, the  Adelaide  would  make  an  ideal  irrigation 
scheme.  As  population  is  attracted  to  the  Terri- 
tory, this  will  probably  be  its  ultimate  destiny. 

As  is  done  in  other  places,  the  waters  of  the 
river  can  be  controlled  and  applied  when  required. 
Meanwhile  portions  of  the  land  can  be  devoted 
to    certain    useful    purposes — without    irrigation. 

After  we  had  staked  our  mosquito  nets  and 
got  our  bunks  ready  that  afternoon,  we  went 
over  to  "yarn"  with  the  solitary  veteran  who  has 
occupied  this  outpost,  with  considerable  personal 


A  Camp 


raising,  and  the  raising  of  stock  adapted  to  the 
tropics,  there  will  probably  be  nothing  better  in 
Australia,  which  is  equivalent  to  saying  that  there 
is  nothing  better  in  the  world.  There  will  be 
plantations  and  mills  there  before  many  years, 
unless  the  colonizing  instincts  of  Australians  re- 
ceive some  unexpected  setback.  At  the  present 
time  cotton  is  growing  and  podding  freely  along 
the  Adelaide  and  its  tributaries.  Coftee  and  rub- 
ber have  been  tried,  as  we  have  seen  in  a  previous 
chapter,  with  entire  success  as  far  as  their  adapt- 
ability to  local  conditions  is  concerned. 

Boats  of  500  tons  burthen  can  safely  navigate 
the  river  for  at  least  60  miles. 

This  vast  champaign,  over  which  we  drove  and 
rode  during  four  following  days,  laid  out  as  an 
irrigation  proposition  in  ten,  twenty  and  fifty-acre 
blocks,  ought  to  support  as  many  people  as  New 


success,  for  many  years.  He  proved  to  be  a 
silver-haired,  active  old  man  of  65,  hale  and 
strong;  with  a  blue,  penetrating  eye,  the  eye  of 
one  not  unaccustomed  to  facing  difficulty  or 
danger. 

He  rode  in  at  nightfall  with  a  little  troop  of 
colored  stockmen — including  two  lubras  in  male 
attire.  We  sat  amicably  together  to  an  evening 
meal  of  curried  buffalo  and  rice,  prepared  by 
Ah  Choy,  his  Chinese  cook. 

The  old  man  talked  of  the  places  and  things 
he  knew;  of  North  and  Western  Queensland, 
where  he  had  spent  his  earlier  days,  and  whence 
in  the  sixties  he  had  trekked  into  the  Territory; 
of  Japan,  Manila,  and  Singapore,  where  his  busi- 
ness and  pleasure  have  taken  him.  He  has  made 
much  morley  shipping  horses  and  cattle  to 
Manila.     He  held,  under  Pastoral  Permit,  1,703 


566 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Black  and  White 


square  miles  of  the  Territory;  under  Pastoral 
Lease,  4,801  square  miles;  Annual  Lease,  400 
square  miles;  Right  of  Purchase  Lease,  160 
acres;  Agricultural  Lease,  640  acres. 

To  control  a  principality  covering  6,905 
square  miles  would  cause  some  people  pride. 
Neither  ostentation  nor  luxury  seems  to  be  Mr. 
Lawrie's  weakness.  He  lives  a  very  simple  bache- 
lor life,  surrounded  by  his  faithful  aboriginals 
and  Chinese,  and  employs  a  white  overseer  for 
his  out-stations.  To  see  him  riding  out  on  his 
run,  with  one  of  his  native  stockwomen  at-  his 
saddle  bow,  clad  in  men's  dungaree  trousers, 
spurs,  print  shirt,  old  straw  hat,  and  clay  pipe,  one 
would  hardly  judge  him  to  be  the  overlord  of  such 
a  vast  domain. 

Between  Lawrie's  homestead  and  the  head  of 
navigation  on  the  Adelaide,  there  is  no  road,  but, 
setting  off  early  in  the  morning  from  the  big 
banyan  tree,  we  essayed  to  drive  this  distance. 
If  we  got  there,  we  would  have  the  distinction 
of  being  the  first  adventurers  to  reach  that  point 
with  a  wheeled  vehicle. 

It  proved  a  rough  but  highly  interesting  cross- 
country drive.  We  had  borrowed  a  Martini  at 
Lawrie's  in  the  event  of  striking  a  buffalo  bull 
with  evil   intentions.      The   old  bulls   are   driven 


away  from  the  herds  by  younger  rivals;  and,  as 
is  the  way  with  enforced  exiles,  they  become  very 
resentful. 

In  the  long  grass  one  might  very  easily  drive 
right  on  to  buffalo  without  seeing  them.  Over 
these  fertile  plains,  through  which  the  Adelaide, 
fringed  by  bamboo  and  paper-bark,  winds  to 
wards  its  mouth  in  Adam  Bay,  we  made  a  cir- 
cuitous passage;  heading  swamps  and  lagoons, 
and  dodging,  as  far  as  possible,  the  rougher 
ground.  Still  there  were  dry  buffalo  wallows 
which  had  to  be  bumped  over,  and  hillocky 
patches  where  wild  pigs  had  been  rooting. 

The  day  was  cloudless  and  reasonably  cool. 
Green  ornamental  trees  fringed  the  lagoons, 
where  water-lilies  gleamed  in  purple  and  gold; 
pink  water-lilies  glorified  the  swamps;  green  pas- 
tures were  spangled  with  gorgeous  flowers. 

One  might  readily  imagine  that  we  were  driv- 
ing every  now  and  then  over  stretches  of  park 
lands;  or  through  a  vast  botanical  garden.  It 
would  be  even  more  beautiful  at  the  end  of  the 
rainy  season. 

I  could  never  bring  myself  to  destroy  game 
for  which  I  could  not  find  use;  but  temptations 
to  shoot  were  continual.  Wallabies  and  kan- 
garoos constantly  hopped  away  from  either  side 
of  us,  and  sat  up  within  range.  We  must  have 
disturbed  some  thousands  of  marsupials  as  we 
drove  along.  Every  swamp  was  covered  with 
wildfowl. 

We  found  ourselves  that  night  with  a  mixed 
bag,  comprising  a  brace  of  black  ducks,  a  bustard, 
six  squatter  pigeons,  and  a  couple  of  geese.  The 
pigeons  were  grilled  on  the  coals  of  our  camp 
fire  for  tea,  the  bustard  and  ducks  I  converted 
into  a  stew  for  breakfast;  the  geese  were  donated 
to  Tommy,  who  cooked  them  on  the  fire  as  they 
came  to  him,  feathers  and  all,  and  carried  them 
on  as  a  standby  next  day.  Mac.  said  the  nigger 
enjoyed  them  more  than  the  stew.  He  suggested 
that  I  should  also  get  a  few  flying  foxes,  out  of  a 
noisome  camp  of  these  creatures  in  the  bamboos 
by  the  river. 

After  that  bustard  stew.  Tommy  pronounced 
our  bully  beef  "no  more  good,"  which  gave  mo 
an  excuse  to  shoot  birds  for  him  during  the  rest 
ol  the  trip. 

Our  camp  that  night  was  located  near  the 
crossing.  The  grass  had  been  burned  off,  and 
there  were  nice  patches  of  green  feed  for  the 
horses. 

After  a  clean-up,  a  full  meal,  a  smoke,  and  a 
yarn,  we  retireci  under  our  mosquito  nets  and  fell 
asleep  amid  the  calling  of  morepokes,  the  wail  of 
dingoes,  and  the  noise  of  wild  geese,  swans  and 
whistling  duck  flying  overhead. 


ON    THE    ADELAIDE 


567 


When  I  looked  out  from  under  the  cheese-cloth 
I  saw  the  full  moon  setting  silver  and  white. 

A  little  later  the  sun  came  up  in  rose  and  gold. 
The  bush  again  responded  to  the  call  of  day.  The 
North  wakened  to  its  wonted  life  and  color.  Wild 
geese  swayed  in  the  tops  of  the  tea-tree;  their  half- 
webbed  feet  affording  them  no  clutch,  and, 
stretching  out  their  wings,  Hew  to  new  feeding 
grounds.  P'locks  of  white  cranes  with  indrawn 
necks  moved  from  swamp  to  swamp.  Native 
Companions  danced  their  minuets  in  the  sunrise. 
Great  black  buffaloes  rubbed  their  muddy  flanks 
against  a  convenient  trunk  or  anthill;  and  wild 


jolted  out  no  doubt  in  the  terrific  bumping  over 
rough  ground  the  previous  day.  It  was  a  pretty 
anxious  situation.  Our  Martini  was  out  of  action 
for  the  moment;  the  chances  of  stopping  an  old 
buffalo  bull  on  the  charge  with  a  .38  Winchester 
or  a  shotgun  were  so  remote  that  they  could  not 
be  taken  into  account. 

Mac.  got  hurriedly  to  work  on  the  Martini 
with  his  jack  knife,  in  the  hope  of  effecting  repairs 
before  things  happened,  while  I  held  the  reins 
with  one  hand  and  slid  cartridges  and  fond  hopes 
into  the  magazine  of  the  Winchester.  Tommy 
fumbled  in  the  ammunition  bag  for  more.     No- 


» 


Buffalo  Hunting 


Timor  ponies  galloped,  with  long  tails  and  manes 
floating. 

We  started  back  along  the  Adelaide  next  day, 
keeping  as  near  the  banks  as  we  could. 

We  found  the  same  fecund  rich  soil,  the  same 
luxuriance  of  vegetation,  the  same  plentitude  of 
bird  and  animal  life. 

Once  we  came  upon  an  old-man  buffalo.  He 
rose  facing  us  through  the  high  grass,  shaking 
his  ponderous  head  and  lashing  his  tail.  Mac. 
pulled  up  the  horses.  Tommy,  who  sat  on  the 
luggage  behind,  passed  the  Martini  forward.  As 
I  hurriedly  attempted  to  slip  in  a  cartridge  1 
discovered  that  the  breech-block  had  come  loose — 


body  laughed  or  sang.  We  were  a  busy  crowd, 
and  all  the  time,  as  we  worked  noiselessly,  we 
kept  our  eyes  on  the  old  bull  in  front  of  us. 

He  had  a  magnificent  pair  of  spreading  horns, 
and  his  sides  were  glossy  with  mud.  I  recollected 
that  the  assistant  lighthouse-keeper  at  Point 
Charles,  a  one-time  hunter  of  buffaloes,  a  fort- 
night previously  had  drawn  a  diagram  for  me, 
showing  the  vulnerable  points  of  these  animals. 
As  nearly  as  I  remembered  they  were  two,  the 
spine  and  the  flank.  He  explained  that  the  buf- 
falo's hide  is  about  two  and  a  half  inches  thick.  An 
ordinary  Winchester  bullet  would  not  penetrate 
it,  also  that  it  was  next  to  impossible  to  shoot  a 


568 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


burtalo  coming  towards  you,  inasmuch  as  the 
skull  and  horns  made  an  effectual  armor-plate  for 
the  small  brain  located  at  the  back  of  the  head. 
Further,  I  remembered  that  Lawrie,  in  his  ex- 
ploits after  buffalo,  had  had  every  bone  in  his  body 
broken  except  his  neck. 

A  little  experience  Freer  from  the  Alligator 
River  had  related,  flashed  through  my  mind.  In 
the  off-season  you  will  generally  find  Freer  at  the 
Hotel  Metropole  in  Sydney.  You  would  scarcely 
believe  that  he  spends  some  months  of  the  year, 
with  a  plant  of  35  natives  and  65  horses,  out  on 
the  Alligator,  shooting  buffalo  for  their  hides.  It 
was  a  graphic  story  of  a  charge  by  a  wounded 
buffalo.  His  horse  fell,  his  rifle  went  oft  under 
him,  and  when  he  recovered  his  senses  he  found 
a  dead  horse  and  a  dead  buffalo  beside  him,  and, 
as  he  expressed  it,  "the  toes  of  one  of  his  feet 
where  the  heel  ought  to  be." 

So  Freer  lay  a  fortnight  in  camp  at  the  Alli- 
gator with  a  broken  ankle  and  dinted  ribs,  trying 
to  retain  control  of  his  natives  and  his  senses — 
until  he  had  to  give  in  at  last  and  get  the  niggers 
to  carry  him  aboard  his  lugger.  The  story  of 
how  he  sailed  the  lugger  to  Darwin  with  a  broken 
foot  and  ribs  was  the  most  dramatic  part  of  it; 
but  it  went  out  of  my  head  because,  just  then, 
Mac.  handed  back  the  Martini  with  the  announce- 
ment that  it  would  shoot  now.  Simultaneously 
the  bull  seemed  to  alter  his  mind.  Turning 
round,  he  made  towards  the  distant  hills  with  the 
sun  flashing  along  that  glossy,  two-and-a-half-inch- 
thick  hide. 

Tommy  was  a  Palmerston  native,  and  unused 
to  buffalo.  He  had  turned  a  sort  of  sickly  gray 
color.  This  was  his  second  big  fright  on  the 
trip.  He  had  been  sent  to  the  river  for  water 
the  evening  before,  and  nearly  trod  on  an  alli- 
gator. The  game  in  that  district  was  almost  too 
plentiful. 

We  got  back  to  Lawrie's  safely  at  the  close  of 
the  day,  and  made  another  camp.  .  .  . 

On  Sunday  we  decided  on  having  a  sort  of 
picnic  down  the  river  at  Alligator  Creek.  The 
previous  day  Mac.  had  spent  with  the  Chinese 
carpenter  effecting  repairs  to  the  waggonette.  The 
buffalo  wallows  had  proved  too  much  for  the 
drawbars  and  some  of  the  ironwork.  Our  mos- 
quito nets  were  tied  to  the  wheels  of  the  buggy, 
and  the  harness  was  hung  in  a  stunted  tree.  Op- 
posite stood  Lawrie's  bachelor  quarters,  a  three- 
roomed  house  built  of  galvanised  iron,  with 
wrought-iron  posts  and  ties — an  indication  that 
white  ants  were  bad  on  the  Adelaide.  The  floors 
were  made  of  wood  blocks  bedded  in  cement.  The 
Chinese  cook  slept  in  the  harness  room,  and  there 
were  back  rooms  for  the  household. 


In  front  of  the  house  was  a  stack  of  rice  straw, 
some  banana  and  orange  trees. 

The  stars  were  yet  showing.  A  clank  of  wild 
geese  came  from  invisible  birds  overhead.  There 
was  a  light  in  the  house  and  a  fire  in  the  kitchen. 
A  clatter  of  gins  began.  It  commences  at  day- 
break, lasts  all  day  and  well  into  the  night.  Pre- 
sently a  tall  lubra,  dressed  in  a  one-piece  print 
frock  edged  with  red  braid,  comes  out  to  let  the 
goats — there  are  some  hundreds  of  them — out 
of  the  enclosure  in  which  they  have  been  penned 
during  the  night. 

Breakfast  over,  "Topsy,"  a  cheerful-looking 
half-caste  girl,  goes  down  to  the  stockyard  with 
a  couple  of  bridles  over  her  arm  to  bring  up  the 
saddle  horses. 

Topsy  and  Jimmy  and  the  Boss  ride  off  to- 
gether. We  are  to  meet  them  at  Alligator  Creek 
for  lunch. 

The  old  man  makes  a  rather  picturesque 
figure  with  his  sunlit  grey  beard,  his  open  shirt 
front,  old  felt  hat  tilted  back,  brown  dungaree 
pants,  elastic-sided  boots,  and  spurs. 

With  his  bodyguard  riding  slightly  in  the  rear, 
he  goes  from  point  to  point,  looking  at  his  cattle. 

It  is  a  warm  Oriental  Sunday.  They  are  get- 
ting a  waggon  away  loaded  with  buffalo  hides. 
The  Chinaman,  who  is  blacksmith,  carpenter  and 
cook,  and  a  devoted  servant,  is  in  charge.  He 
leaves  a  very  fat  colored  lady  to  act  as  cook  in 
his  absence. 

A  tall  native  woman  goes  down  to  the  stock- 
yard for  his  saddle  horse.  She  takes  a  great 
stride  and  swings  her  arms  after  the  manner  of  all 
native  women  as  they  walk. 

The  team  horses  are  brought  up.  I  he  women 
go  among  them  fixing  nose-bags  and  talking 
shrilly  to  the  animals. 

There  is  much  going  to  and  fro,  and  much 
chatter  in  native  dialect  and  broken  English.  The 
team  is  harnessed  at  last.  With  an  aboriginal 
sitting  on  top  of  the  smellful  hides,  and  the 
weather-beaten  Chinaman  riding  slowly  behind, 
it  takes  its  way  through  the  scattered  timber, 
swaying  heavily,  leaving  a  dense  cloud  of  dust  in 
its  wake. 

We  got  our  own  horses  harnessed  to  the  empty 
buggy,  and  with  "tucker"  and  water-bag,  gun, 
rifle,  and  ammunition,  picked  our  way  through 
the  pandanus,  across  the  level  high  grass  plains 
towards  our  rendezvous  at  Alligator  Creek.  The 
water  of  this  creek  was  fresh  in  certain  places,  but 
backed  up  by  the  tide.  When  the  tide  falls,  the 
barramundi  are  left  in  shallow  water,  and  may 
be  speared  or  shot.  Accompanied  by  Jimmy,  I 
went  along  the  creek  and  began  the  day's  sport 
by  getting  two  splendid  fish,  about  2olbs.  weight, 
with  the  Winchester. 


1 


ON    THE    ADELAIDE 


569 


Jimmy  found  the  fish.  If  I  would  pray  for 
any  gift,  I  think  it  would  be  that  I  might  have 
sight  as  keen  as  that  of  an  Australian  black- 
fellow  ! 

To  put  a  .38  Winchester  bullet  into  the  back 
of  a  barramundi's  head  by  shooting  into  the  water 
at  a  certain  angle,  is  easy  enough  when  you  have 
learned  the  trick;  but  to  first  find  the  fish  planted 
alongside  a  log  in  the  waterhole  or  hidden  in 
waterweeds,  requires  eyesight  which  very  few 
Inishmen  possess. 


mob  which  I  calculated  contained  at  least  two 
thousand,  alighted  about  two  hundred  yards  from 
where  I  was  stretched  out  in  the  half-baked  mud. 
I  pulled  out  my  automatic  Colt  and  emptied  it 
among  them.  This  shook  the  whole  swamp  up. 
Mobs  of  black  duck  flew  high  into  the  air,  and, 
after  circling,  dived  down  again  with  a  threaten- 
ing noise  like  that  of  distant  thunder.  A  flock  of 
jack  snipe  flew  past  me.  I  cut  out  a  couple  with 
two  barrels  of  No.  2  shot  intended  for  ducks. 
Parras,  whistlers,  teal,  ibis  and  cranes  came  along 


A  Creek  in  Central  Australia 


We  lunched  on  "bully"  beef,  biscuit  and  black 
tea,  brewed  by  the  lady  in  dungarees. 

Jimmy  undertook  to  show  me  a  place  where 
"plenty  bird  sit  down."  On  the  road  I  shot  a 
fine  boar,  and  a  brace  of  Torres  Straits  pigeons. 
Presently  we  came  to  the  edge  of  a  long  narrow 
swamp,  which  was  literally  alive  with  game.  I 
laid  down  flat  in  a  buffalo  wallow  near  the  edge, 
and  instructed  the  boy  to  go  up  one  side  and 
come  down  the  other.  It  was  after  midday,  the 
sun  was  hot  on  my  back,  and  I  attracted  plenty  of 
mosquitoes.  But  I  forgot  these  discomforts, 
watching  the  movements  of  more  edible  game  than 
I  have  ever  seen  together  in  one  place.  As  the 
nigger,  attired  only  in  his  shirt  and  hat,  scouted 
along  the  edge  of  the  watercourse,  the  birds  be- 
gan to  come  down  in  companies,  battalions,  bri- 
gades.    Geese  seemed  to  be  most  numerous.     A 


at  different  heights  and  ranges;  in  a  word,  the 
shooting  on  that  swamp  was  all  that  a  good 
sportsman  might  imagine  in  his  rosiest  day- 
dreams. 

The  acting-cook  prepared  our  barramundi  for 
high  supper  that  Sunday  evening.  We  three  white 
men  mealed  heartily  off  the  finny  section  of  the 
day's  bag.  The  balance  went  to  the  blacks.  I 
noticed  that  Topsy  dressed  for  dinner — that  is  to 
say,  she  changed  her  dungaree  trousers  to  a  print 
skirt.  We  kept  up  some  style  out  on  the  fron- 
tiers of  the  world  that  memorable  Sabbath 
night. 

About  midnight  I  was  awakened  by  a  douche  of 
cold  water  on  my  face.  It  was  raining.  After 
the  calico  top  of  my  mosquito  net  had  gathered 
all  it  could  hold,  I  must  have  turned — and  emptied 
the  contents  over  myself.     I  could  hear  the  rain 


570 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


beating  heavily  on  to  the  warm  earth.  Mac.  was 
swearing  at  the  blackfellow  for  something  he  had 
neglected  to  do.  So  I  scuttled  out  with  my  rug 
and  spent  the  rest  of  the  night  in  an  old  cane 
lounge  on  Lawrie's  verandah.  The  anopheles 
stood  on  their  heads  and  punctured  me  as  I  slept. 

It  was  evident  that  the  rainy  season  had  com- 
menced, although  the  morning  came  blue  and 
clear.  The  sun  soon  dried  our  nets  and  blankets. 
We  decided  to  get  on  towards  Darwin  and  make 
a  safe  and  early  camp. 

So  we  turned  our  backs  on  the  Adelaide,  rich 
■  and  fertile,  destined  some  day,  no  doubt,  to  be  a 
site  of  settlement  and  industry.  Its  productive- 
ness is  beyond  question.  This  river  valley  is  large 
enough  to  support  a  great  population.  Under 
proper  treatment  it  should  be  as  profitable  as  any 
agricultural  area  in  Australia. 

A  long  pull  through  theforest  brought  us  again 
to  the  creek  where  we  had  rested  for  lunch.  We 
spelled  and  watered  our  horses,  boiled  tea, 
gnawed  some  tough  Torres  Straits  pigeons, 
grilled  by  Lucy  the  cook  at  the  homestead  that 
morning,  opened  a  tin  of  beef  and  another  of 
canned  peas,  smoked,  yarned,  re-harnessed,  and 
make  a  short  afternoon  stage  to  Howard  Creek, 
where  we  found  Ah  Choy  and  Binghi  returning 
with  Lawrie's  team.    It  was  an  amusing  company. 

The  Chinaman  was  lean  and  wrinkled,  the 
blackfellow  fat  and  round.  He  had  mutton-chop 
whiskers,  and  his  round  face  wore  a  chronic  grin. 

We  stretched  a  tent-fly  over  our  nets  to  avoid  a 
repetition  of  the  previous  night's  experience,  hung 
up  our  water-bag,  arranged  our  saddles  and  har- 
ness neatly,  and  covered  the  provisions,  ammuni- 
tion, and  photographic  stuff  with  oilcloth. 

After  he  had  belled  the  horses  and  let  them  go 
for  the  night,  the  fat  blackfellow  amused  himself 
trying  to  spear  fish  in  the  creek. 

I  presented  our  Tommy  with  a  swamp  pheasant 
which  I  had  just  shot.  He  put  it  on  the  coals  of 
the  camp  fire  to  roast  for  his  dinner.  It  came  off 
very  black,  but  Tommy  seemed  to  enjoy  it. 

We  were  out  of  bread,  so  Ah  Choy  obligingly 
made  us  some  "Johnny  cakes."  One  learns  not 
to  be  too  particular  in  the  Territory.  After  the 
usual  preparation  he  spread  the  coals  carefully 
and  laid  the  round  discs  of  dough — mixed  and 
kneaded  on  a  bag — on  top.  We  scraped  the  char- 
coal and  ashes  from  them  ourselves  when  they 
were  cooked. 

That  was  my  last  camp  in  the  Territory.  I 
felt  as  we  sat  round  the  fire,  an  incongruous  com- 
pany, that  such  pictures  of  reality  as  we  made, 
though  common  enough  in  the  Bush  to-day,  will 
soon  fade  from  the  screen  on  which  so  much  typi- 


cal of  pioneer  life  has  been  cast  by  the  cinemato- 
graph of  Time.  Our  camp  reproduced  in  some 
measure  the  early  days  of  Southern  Australia, 
slightly  modified  by  modern  conditions.  It  repre- 
sented the  actual  life  of  the  North  in  1912. 
Through  the  darkness  that  had  crept  over  this  un- 
tenanted land,  red  fires,  such  as  ours,  were  twink- 
ling— with  lonesome  distances  between  them. 
Companies  such  as  ours  were  squatted  on  the 
ground  before  these  solitary  fires:  little  companies 
made  up  of  a  white  man,  or  maybe  two,  and 
aboriginals  or  chance  Asiatics.  "Fhey  smoked 
pipes  and  talked,  or  watched  the  coals  reflec- 
tively. 

Behind  them  were  the  shadowy  outlines  of  trees 
■ — -eucalypts,  and  palms,  or  a  background  of  salt- 
bush,  or  the  naked  plain. 

From  every  point  of  the  compass  came  the 
whispers  of  northern  Night;  but  there  was  no 
distant  echo  of  crowds,  no  hum  of  cities,  no 
pale  reflections  from  the  lights  of  towns.  East- 
ward stretched  Arnhem  Land,  as  innocent  of 
white  men  as  in  those  quiet  days — seventeenth- 
century  days — when  lumbering  hulls  of  Holland 
cautiously  felt  their  way  along  its  coasts.  Thou- 
sands of  square  miles  out  there  had  never  yet 
been  trodden  by  a  white  man's  foot. 

Southward  spread  other  unknown  lands,  which 
no  white  man  has  entered. 

Everywhere,  like  an  expectant  hostess  with 
banquet  spread,  the  Territory  awaited  the  coming 
of  her  guests.  Looking  into  that  last  camp  fire, 
while  the  Chinaman  and  the  blackfellows  talked 
quietly  together,  while  the  owls  hooted  and  wild 
dogs  howled,  I  heard  in  fancy  a  hymn  of  the 
Future,  rising  from  low  vibrant  nature  notes  to 
chords  reverberant  with  human  endeavor.  I 
heard  the  whistle  of  the  Trans-continental  Ex- 
press and  saw  her  headlights  boring  dark  gaps  in 
the  MacDonnell  Ranges.  I  heard  the  rumble  of 
freight  trains  laden  with  fat  sheep  and  wool  going 
down  from  Barkly  Tablelands  towards  the  Mac- 
Arthur.  I  heard  the  Victoria  Downs  through 
passenger  train,  the  Roper  River  Mail,  the  mixed 
train  from  the  Mary,  the  Arnhem  Land  Express. 

I  heard  the  screws  of  fast  coastal  steamers 
churning  the  waters  of  Gulfs  Van  Diemen  and 
Carpentaria,  and  the  explosions  of  auxiliary  en- 
gines of  lesser  craft,  exploiting  the  little  rivers  on 
a  shallow  draught. 

I  heard  the  chug-chug  of  rollers  in  mammoth 
sugar  mills,  the  buzzing  of  cotton  jinnys,  the  thud- 
ding of  presses  in  tobacco  factories,  the  clinking 
of  harvesters  in  ripened  rice  fields,  the  buzzing  of 
shears  in  machine  sheds,  the  hissing  of  refrigera- 
tors, the  thousand  homely  sounds  of  human  pro- 
gress. 


ON    THE    ADELAIDE 


571 


Repairing  the  Waggonette  at  Lawrle's 


I  saw,  in  imagination,  the  young  cities  of 
Darwin,  Daly,  Victoria,  Adelaide,  Roper,  Arn- 
hem,  MacArthur,  Katherine,  Anthony,  Barkly, 
Arltunga,  MacDonnell — beautified  by  leafy 
avenues,  fountains,  and  glorious  gardens,  electric 
lit  and  alive  with  enterprise — these  and  a  hundred 
more  covering  sites  yet  unnamed.  I  saw,  in  fine, 
a  splendid  young  State  come  to  her  own;  another 
star  added  to  the  flag  of  the  Commonwealth.  I 
heard  the  voices  of  her  representatives  in  the 
Federal  Houses  at  Canberra;  I  saw  steel  muzzles 
of  cannon  in  her  forts  pointing  seaward;  I  heard 
the  wireless  keeping  watch  by  night  and  day  along 
her  summer  seas;  I  heard  scouting  aeroplanes 
coming  home  to  their  military  hangars;  I  heard 
the  tramp  of  young  Australian  feet  at  drill.  And, 
as  the  light  of  the  camp  fire  slowly  died,  I  lifted 
my  eyes  to  the  tropic  stars,  glittering  like  bayonet- 
points  above  me,  and  prayed  the  God  of  Nations 
and  of  Battles  that  my  vision  might  be  true;  that 
this  Northern  State-to-be  might  put  her  young 
feet  upon  the  paths  of  Destiny,  as  her  Southern 
Sisters  had  providentially  done — in  peace 

The  Pine  Creek  to  Darwin  train  was  due  at 
the  20-Mile  about  two  o'clock.  Despite  a  broken 
swingle-bar  we  got  there  before  noon.  Mac.  and 
I  had  our  last  "billy"  of  black  tea  together.  He 
left  me  and  drove  off  through  the  forest  towards 
Darwin.  I  sat  in  the  little  galvanized-iron  shed, 
which  was  all  the  railway  station,  and  did  some 
hard  thinking  over  Territory  matters. 

_  Characters  on  the  galvanized  iron  indicated 
that  the  shed  had  been  erected  by  Chinese  carpen- 
ters. At  one  time  there  were  10,000  Chinamen 
in  the  Territory.  The  continuation  of  the  line 
will  be  by  white  labor.  Already  it  is  on  the  road 
to  the  Katherine. 


One  hopes  that  fibrous  cement,  which  is  only  a 
shade  dearer  than  galvanized  iron,  will  be  used  in 
the  station  buildings.  The  heat  under  that  shed, 
although  it  was  still  early  in  October,  was  far 
from  comfortable.  There  was  a  sign  down  the 
railway  track,  "Look  out  for  Trains."  With  two 
trains  a  week  to  look  out  for,  the  infrequent  popu- 
lation are  fairly  free  from  accidents. 

I  had  the  railway  line  and  the  three  wires  of 
the  Overland  Telegraph  for  company.  It  had 
rained  again  in  the  night,  and  the  air  was  heavy 
and  drowsy.  There  was  a  billy  of  tea  beside  me, 
some  biscuits  and  cheese,  an  oil-cloth  swag,  a  can- 
vas swag,  cartridge  bag,  camera,  rifle,  and  a 
bundle  of  spears;  so  if  anything  happened  to  the 
train  I  could  last  out. 

There  was  a  truck  of  buffalo  hides  waiting  on 
the  side  track,  so  I  guessed  it  hadn't  gone  through 
ahead  of  time.  One  heard  so  many  curious  stories 
about  the  Pine  Creek  railway.  The  Bush  around 
me  was  utterly  barren  of  human  presence;  but  it 
was  civilization  compared  to  the  Bush  that  lay 
beyond. 

Down  there  only  20  miles  was  Darwin,  with 
500  people;  and  over  there,  another  20  or 
30  miles,  was  Lawrie's  homestead  on  the 
Adelaide. 

My  thoughts  went  back  to  the  Adelaide,  to  that 
white-headed  old  man  of  65  and  his  primitive 
entourage.  One  would  travel  eastward  from  that 
three-roomed  galvanized  outpost  of  liuropean 
civilization  right  across  the  Territory  to  Cape 
Arnheim — four  hundred  miles  as  the  crow  flies — 
and  not  meet  another  house.  Lawrie  himself  re- 
presented a  pioneering  type  which  was  common 
enough  in  the  southern  parts  of  Australia  in  our 
grandfathers'  times.     His  life  was  made  up  of 


572 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


elemental  things;  he  had  no  need  for  white  table 
cloths  to  cover  the  wooden  table  whereon  his 
native  servitors  set  out  his  meal  of  curried  buffalo 
and  home-baked  bread  or  damper,  tea  with  goats' 
milk  and  brown  sugar  for  sweetening.  Like  many 
another  successful  Australian,  he  had  gone  out  on 
to  the  very  edge  of  things  and  taken  the  risks.  He 
knew  the  ways  of  natives.  His  black  boys  held 
him  in  considerable  fear,  if  not  respect.  He  had 
seen  rubber  and  coffee  fail  from  causes  with  which 
the  Territory  and  its  climate  had  nothing  to  do; 
but  he  had  made  cattle  pay,  because  he  was  hard 
of  limb,  sound  of  head,  and  knew  how  to  take 
advantage  of  chances  a  good  country  gave  him. 
For  these  reasons  he  deserved  respect.  At  65 
years  of  age,  after  spending  over  40  years  in  the 
Northern  Territory,  he  was  a  robust,  active, 
healthy  old  man.  He  rose  before  the  stars  had 
left  the  sky,  hurled  himself  like  an  athlete  under 
his  terrific  shower  bath,  and  dressed  to  a  loud 
accompaniment  of  orders  shouted  to  his  staff.  His 
patriarchal  day  began  amid  a  rattle  of  horses, 
goats,  cats,  dogs,  and  natives  generally,  and  in- 
cluded a  wild  ride  after  cattle,  or  a  still  wilder 
chase  after  buffalo,  with  cutting  out,  yarding, 
branding,  shooting  and  skinning  as  accompanying 
episodes  of  either  pursuit. 

In  sooth,  the  saddles  and  pack  saddles  on  their 
racks  under  his  verandah  were  never  left  there 
for  ornament;  nor  were  the  Martini  carbines, 
the  belts  of  cartridges,  skinning  outfit  of  knives 
and  steel  in  a  leather  roll,  hung  upon  the  walls  of 
the  adjoining  room,  kept  for  mere  effect.  The 
hides,  pegged  out  on  the  ground  at  the  back,  the 
buffalo  meat  in  the  cask,  and  the  pile  of  horns,  dis- 
proved that. 

If  the  buffaloes  spoiled  the  water  for  his  stock 
in  dry  seasons  by  wallowing  in  the  waterholes — 
nothing  will  drink  after  them — at  least  they  con- 
tributed hides  to  his  revenue,  worth  a  pound  each, 
and  meat  to  the  larder  of  his  retinue. 

If  on  his  out-stations  wild  blacks  had  sometimes 
speared  his  cattle,  the  more  civilized  tribesmen 
had  entered  his  service. 

So  in  what  moments  of  rest  he  permitted  him- 
self, this  remarkable  old  Territorian,  overlord  of 
nearly  7,000  square  miles  of  Australia,  might  lie 
on  his  cane  lounge  and  justly  congratulate  himself 
on  his  achievement. 

He  was  an  actual  proof  that  white  men  can 
live  and  may  prevail  in  the  farthest  North;  that 
men  who  have  the  pluck  to  get  out  on  the  Edge  of 
Things  must  win  out. 

What  men  like  "Old  Bill"  Lawrie  can  do  in 
Northern  Australia,  young  men  who  have 
strength  in  their  limbs  and  courage  in  their  hearts 
can  do  under  the  constantly-improving  conditions 
that  obtain  in  the  Northern  Territory  to-day. 

Let  the   man  who   reads   this   remember   that 


eastward  from  Lawrie's  to  the  coast,  four  hun- 
dred miles,  there  is  not  another  homestead  yet. 
All  that  unoccupied  demesne — including  the  whole 
plateau  of  Arnhem  Land,  1,000  feet  and  less 
in  height — is  well  watered,  traversed  by  good 
rivers,  and  undoubtedly  holds  virgin  riches  to  be 
won.  Much  of  it  remains  to  be  explored;  all 
of  it  is  waiting  to  be  conquered.  This  much  is 
known,  that  there  are  splendid  agricultural  lands 
on  the  South  Alligator,  the  East.  Alligator,  and 
the  Goyder;  that  mineralized  areas  exist  toward 
the  heads  of  the  Liverpool  and  Blythe  Rivers — 
whose  courses  are  not  yet  completely  mapped. 

Here  is  an  open  chance  for  the  adventurous 
spirits  of  Europe,  America,  Australia.  The  maps 
of  the  world  are  every  day  being  filled;  the  map 
of  the  Territory,  from  Lawrie's  to  the  Gulf  of 
Carpentaria,  is  still  largely  open  spaces  and  dot- 
ted lines. 

Even  the  coast,  from  the  Queensland  border 
to  Melville  Island,  is  yet  imperfectly  known  and 
marked.  Van  Alphen  River,  Abel  Tasman  River, 
who  knows  anything  of  these?  Or  of  the  coast 
from  Sandy  Head  to  Port  MacArthur,  where  it 
is  proposed  to  establish  freezing  works  some  day. 
The  MacArthur  is  good  pastoral  country. 
Between  Borroloola,  the  MacArthur,  and  the 
Limmen  River  one  hears  that  there  is  an  excel- 
lent belt  of  alluvial  soils,  for  a  distance  of  over 
a  hundred  miles.  The  Limmen,  and  its  tribu- 
tary the  Wickham,  with  their  affluents,  are  said 
to  water  good,  well-grassed  pastoral  lands,  where 
cattle  have  done  splendidly. 

The  MacArthur  Country  begins  with  man- 
grove flats,  five  or  ten  miles  wide,  along  the 
coast.  These  are  followed  by  an  alluvial  belt, 
particularly  pronounced  along  the  rivers.  Then, 
at  an  average  of  25  miles,  a  sandstone  tableland 
occurs,  which  gives  place  to  a  geological  dip 
into  limestone  and  surface  plains  which  rise 
gradually  towards  Barkly  Tableland. 

The  MacArthur  itself  is  navigable  for  vessels, 
of  light  draught  only,  for  40  or  50  miles,  but  an 
excellent  harbor  could  be  established  at  its  mouth, 
which  would  be  an  outlet  for  a  productive  in- 
land region,  spreading  as  far  back  as  the  overland 
telegraph  line. 

The  coastal  belt  is  suitable  for  tropical  agri- 
culture. The  tablelands,  well-grassed,  well-wat- 
ered, which  begin  about  60  miles  inland  from  Bor- 
roloola, are  stated  to  be  admirably  adapted  for 
sheep. 

Off  Port  MacArthur  lie  the  Sir  Edward  Pellew 
Group  of  islands;  blessed  by  constant  rainfall  and 
greened  with  much  vegetation.  On  Vanderlin 
Island,  the  most  easterly  of  the  group,  there  are 
good  landing  and  deep  water.  Cocoanuts  are 
growing  there,  and  Centre  Island,  in  the  heart  of 
the  group,  is  covered  with  tamarind  trees,  grow 


i 


ON    THE    ADELAIDE 


J  /J 


'Like  the  Patriarchs  of  Old" 


ing  from  seeds  dropped  by  Malay  trepang  fishers 
for  hundreds  of  years.  VanderUn  Island  is 
20  miles  in  length,  and  is  lOO  square  miles  in 
area.  Groote  Eylandt,  eighty  miles  or  so  to  the 
northward,  occupies  about  950  square  miles.  It 
has  a  light  sandy  soil,  full  of  decayed  vegetable 
matter,  and  is  sparsely  timbered.  Groote  Ey- 
landt is  well  watered,  and  has  a  copious  rainfall. 
It  is  described  as  an  ideal  place  for  cotton-grow- 
ing. 

Between  the  Limmen  and  the  Roper — 40  miles 
— is  a  strip  of  saline  plain,  said  to  be  of  no  par- 
ticular value. 

The  Roper  is  a  splendid  stream,  navigable  for 
90  miles  for  vessels  of  light  draught.  It  rises 
in  a  country  of  undulating  downs,  covered  with 
black  soil,  and,  like  the  Daly  and  Adelaide,  will 
be  one  of  the  Territory's  richest  assets.  The 
Hodgson,  Elsey,  and  Wilton  Rivers  are  impor- 
tant feeders.  Approaching  the  Roper  Bar,  tra- 
velling east,  is  that  weird  range  described  by  Dr. 
Woolnough : — 

"From  Mt.  McMinn  to  Hell's  Gate,  a 
distance  of  about  13  miles,  the  track  runs  across 
alluvial  flats  all  the  way.  Hell's  Gate  is  a 
most  extraordinary  feature.  There  is  a  sharp- 
ly defined  escarpment  consisting  of  red  sand- 
stones and  shales  like  those  of  Mt.  McMinn. 
They  are,  however,  weathered  most  remark- 
ably into  forms  exactly  like  those  shown  in 
pictures  of  the  'Bad  Lands'  of  Nebraska.  The 
pass  through  the  range  is  a  narrow  gorge,  with- 
in which  rise  on  every  hand  turrets  and  spires 
of  blood-red  sandstone,  quite  precipitous  in 
character  and  so  closely  set  that  a  vehicle  is 


forced  to  wind  hither  and  thither  to  find  a 
way  through.  These  towers  vary  in  height 
from  20  feet  up  to  150  feet,  and  the  horizontal 
stratification  of  the  rocks  composing  them  adds 
to  the  quaintness  of  their  outlines.  The  whole 
gorge,  with  its  contents  of  fantastic  shapes,  is 
enclosed  by  battlements  of  similar  red  sand- 
stone rising  to  a  height  of  at  least  150  feet, 
and  giving  the  whole  place  a  most  sinister  ap- 
pearance, which  well  justifies  the  Dantesque 
name  applied  to  it  by  the  pioneers.  The  pass 
opens  out  on  to  the  summit  of  a  small  plateau, 
but  this  is  soon  passed  over,  and  the  descent 
of  its  eastern  edge  is  begun." 

The  Roper  originates  as  a  perennial  stream 
at  Bitter  Springs.  It  is  fed  by  many  springs, 
which,  hot  and  cold,  are  numerous  in  the 
Territory.  Deep  and  wide,  its  banks  covered 
by  a  dense  growth  of  pandanus,  it  can,  at  a  com- 
paratively little  engineering  expense,  be  converted 
into  a  great  inland  waterway  for  vessels  of 
draught.  Some  of  its  deepwater  reaches  are 
forty  miles  in  length.  To  the  Roper  River 
lands  the  advantage  of  a  hundred  miles 
of  water  carriage  through  the  heart  of  their 
tropical  richness  cannot  be  estimated.  The 
gardens  of  the  few  white  people  who  represent 
European  settlement  on  the  Roper  are  a  living 
testimony  to  the  productivity  of  the  soils.  It  is 
believed  that  Irrigation  can  be  installed  on  the 
Roper  at  comparatively  moderate  costs. 

The  Elsey  holds  large  areas  of  alluvial.  From 
Port  Roper  to  Blue  Mud  Bay  there  are  rivers 
and  supposed  rivers,  with  patches  of  cypress  pine 
and  alluvial,  but  of  this  stretch  very  little  is 
known. 


574 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Off  Cape  Barrow,  among  the  nest  of  islands 
which  are  scattered  along  these  coastal  seas,  there 
are  trepang  and  pearling  grounds,  of  which  the 
Japanese  and  Malays  have  the  best  knowledge. 

In  the  northern  bight  of  Blue  Mud  Bay  there 
is  reported  to  be  good  anchorage,  although  these 
waters  have  not  been  properly  surveyed.  Tre- 
pang and  turtle  are  plentiful  in  Caledon  Bay,  and 
in  Melville,  Arnhem,  and  Buckingham  Bays  also. 
Between  Caledon  Bay  and  Cape  Arnhem  there 
is  an  unnamed  bay  with  good  anchorage  in  three 
to  four  fathoms.  The  Caledon  Bay  Prospecting 
Company,  who  examined  this  country  in  191 1, 
reported : — 

"We  would  particularly  mention  as  suitable 
for  cultivation  the  lands  to  the  north  of  the 
Walker  River,  and  probably  along  the  Koola- 
tong  River,  while  the  areas  of  swamp  country 
through  which  the  party  travelled  after  leaving 
the  Wyonga  River  to  Caledon  Bay  should 
make  excellent  farming  country.  These  lands 
are  mostly  covered  by  a  deep  black  loam,  and 
are  abundantly  watered,  fresh  water  extending 
right  to  the  shores  of  Caledon  Bay,  which  is 
quite  easy  of  access  from  the  back  country; 
much  of  the  lands  from  Caledon  Bay  back 
West  to  the  Goyder  River  could  be  farmed, 
i.e.,  lands  South  of  the  Divide,  but  their  posi- 
tion would  for  the  present  leave  them  useless 
for  all  practical  purposes.  Along  the  swampy 
valley  of  the  Goyder  River  the  whole  of  the 
lands  comprised  in  an  area  of  about  900  square 
miles  is  splendid  plantation  and  agricultural 
country,  probably  no  better  existing  in  Aus- 
tralia. 

"In  the  matter  of  pastoral  country,  after 
leaving  the  Wilton  River  and  going  East,  with 
the  exception  of  a  narrow  strip  of  diorite 
country  extending  from  Diorite  Creek  to  the 
Rose  River,  we  practically  did  not  again  touch 
upon  what  could  be  termed  good  pastoral  lands 
until  we  were  within  twenty  miles  of  the  head 
of  the  Goyder  River.  We  passed  through 
much  land  that  might  be  classed  as  inferior, 
but  certainly  not  good,  from  the  head  of  the 
Goyder  and  back  West  for  some  "forty  miles. 
Taking  in  the  Wilton  and  the  site  of  the  old 
Bulman  Station,  and  continuing  down  the  Wil- 
ton River  to  its  junction  with  the  Roper  River, 
the  country  is  undoubtedly  deserving  of  much 
attention  in  pastoral  interests." 

The  Government  has  established  a  sheep  station 
at  Mataranka  at  the  head-waters  of  the  Roper 
River.  The  land  which  is  being  utilised  for  this 
purpose  was  formerly  held  under  lease  by  Messrs. 
Lawrie  and  Co.,  who  agreed  to  surrender  the 
lease  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  the  station 
where  tests  could  be  carried   out  regarding  the 


possibilities  for  successful  sheep  raising.  The 
area  is  well  watered  by  the  Roper  River,  the  Elsey 
Creek  and  various  billabongs  more  or  less  per- 
manent. 

Two  thousand  ewes  and  forty-five  rams  were 
purchased  on  the  Queensland  border,  and  after 
an  overlanding  journey  which  occupied  8  months, 
arrived  at  the  station  with  about  10  per  cent,  of 
loss. 

Beyond  two  small  home  paddocks  no  general 
fencing  was  undertaken  until  it  was  ascertained 
that  there  was  no  herbage  on  the  station  dele- 
terious to  the  sheep.  A  dingo-proof  fence  was 
then  erected  enclosing  an  area  of  about  10,000 
acres. 

Pending  the  completion  of  the  fencing  the 
flock  had  to  be  shepherded  by  day  and  penned  by 
night.  Naturally  under  these  conditions  neither 
the  animals  or  the  wool  benefited.  Since  the 
fencing  was  completed,  and  the  sheep  have  had 
their  liberty,  a  great  improvement  has  been 
noticed  both  in  the  animals  and  the  fleeces. 


A  Northern  Territory  Bushman 


ON    THE    ADELAIDE 


575 


Spring  near  MacArthur  River 


^^Ltl 


Wessels  Islands  are  described  as  poor  and 
sandy,  but  the  English  Company  Islands — -so 
called  by  Flinders — are  said  to  be  good.  They 
have  a  height  of  about  300  feet,  with  deep  water 
around  them;  although  between  11  deg.  and  12 
deg.  North,  they  possess  an  equable  climate,  being 
constantly  swept  by  sea  breezes.  The  coastline 
between  here  and  Goulburn  Islands  is  incom- 
pletely charted,  and  rarely  visited  by  Europeans. 
The  Goulburn  Islands  are  well-watered  and 
fertile. 

On  South  Goulburn- — 30  square  miles  in  area — 
there  is  a  beautiful  lake,  covered  with  water- 
lilies  and  fringed  with  corkscrew  palms.  About 
4  or  5  thousand  acres  have  been  declared  suitable 
by  the  late  Mr.  Nicholas  Holtze  (who  visited 
the  Group  in  191 1)  for  indiarubber,  sisal  hemp, 
cocoanuts,  or  cotton.  Sea  Island  cotton  of  good 
uality  he  discovered  growing  wild. 

Good  pearling  grounds  probably  exist  off  this 
island.  North  Goulburn,  14  square  miles,  holds 
"nice  loamy  soil,  well  adapted  for  Para  rubber, 
cocoanuts,  or  upland  rice."  Both  these  islands 
also  contain  grass  lands  suitable  for  stock.  On 
Grant  Island  there  are  3  to  4  thousand  acres 
suitable  for  cocoanuts  and  sisal  hemp.  Croker 
Island,  area  126  miles,  is  further  to  the  west- 
ward. It  lies  just  off  Coburg  Peninsula — where 
the   remains   of  the   English   settlement  of   Port 


Essington  are  still  to  be  seen — and  contains  a 
large  area  of  land  very  suitable  for  agricultural 
purposes.  Mr.  Holtze  estimated  that  there  was 
an  area  of  at  least  10,000  acres  of  first-class  land 
in  one  part  of  Croker  Island,  "without  a  stick  or 
a  stone  on  it,  which,  with  partial  drainage,  would 
be  admirably  suited  for  Para  rubber,  sugar  cane, 
maize,  or  upland  rice." 

On  Coburg  Peninsula  are  herds  of  wild  Timor 
ponies,  wild  pigs,  wild  cattle,  and  buffaloes. 

Melville  Island,  facing  the  mouth  of  the  Ade- 
laide, has  an  area  of  2,400  square  miles.  It  sub 
sists  large  herds  of  buffalo,  and  may  therefore  be 
accepted  as  pasture  land  of  good  quality.  It  is 
composed  of  alternate  forest,  swamp,  plain,  and 
jungle.  The  soil  of  the  latter  is  a  light  sandy 
loam,  in  which  tobacco,  cocoanuts,  rice,  and  cot- 
ton would  thrive.  Melville  and  Bathurst  Islands 
adjoining  it  are  both  well  watered,  and  have  a 
high  rainfall. 

Dr.  Jensen,  who  has  recently  examined  por- 
tions of  the  Coast  and  coastal  islands  between 
Darwin  and  the  MacArthur,  summarizes  his 
conclusions  as  follows: — 

"Many  parts  of  this  great  uninhabited  area 
are  ideal  for  coconut  plantations  and  cotton, 
while  tropical  fruits  would  thrive.  The  cheap 
productions  of  Asiatic  countries  will,  of  course. 


576 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


not  succeed  here  until  either  the  natives  can 
be  taught  plantation  work,  or  the  place  of 
labour  can  be  taken  by  machinery.  The  sandy 
coastal  soils  are  not  really  poor,  for  dead  coral 
and  shell  material  exists  in  them  in  some  abun- 
dance. During  most  of  the  year  (at  least  seven 
or  eight  months)  the  ground  water  is  deep, 
hence  either  deeply-rooting  crops  or  drought- 
resisting  crops  must  be  grown.  The  capil- 
larity of  the  soil  is,  however,  excellent,  and  no 
dense  clay  sub-soil  comes  in  to  interfere  with 
capillarity  and  drainage  in  these  coastal  areas 
of  recent  elevation. 

The  following  crops  should  be  capable  of 
thriving  in  these  regions : — 

( 1 )  Perennial,  without  irrigation,  every- 

where.— Cocoanut,  cotton,  pine- 
apple, guava. 

(2)  In  damp  places  along  rivers  and  bil- 

labongs  (flooded  country). — Pas- 
sion fruit,  bananas,  guavas,  limes, 
oranges,  lemons,  pommelos. 

(3)  Irrigated   in   dry   season. — Rice,   lu- 

cerne (in  places),  wheat  (in 
places),  melons,  sweet  potatoes, 
yams,  pumpkins,  and  other  vege- 
tables. 

(4)  In  wet  season,  same  as  above    (3). 

(5)  Dry  farming  for  dry  season  growth, 

wheats. 

The  character  of  the  permo-carboniferous 
country  is  not  such  as  to  enable  one  to  build 
up  hopes  of  its  successful  utilization  in  agri- 
culture or  grazing.  A  few  gorges  or  river  beds 
through  these  areas  afford  sufficient  space  for 
farming  operations  to  be  carried  on,  but,  gen- 
erally speaking,  the  best  use  that  these  areas 
can  be  put  to  is  their  utilization  as  aboriginal 
reserves,  since  game  is  fairly  plentiful  in  all 
the  numerous  gullies  that  intersect  them. 


Much  of  the  flat  country  covered  by  the 
Palasozoic  behind  the  north-west  coast  would 
be  good  grazing  country.  The  English  Com- 
pany's Island  and  Cape  Wilberforce  are  quite 
useless  for  agricultural  purposes;  Groote  Ey- 
landt  has  the  appearance  of  containing  much 
valuable  farming  and  grazing  land. 

It  should  also  be  remarked  that  the  coastal 
stretch  from  Mount  Saunders  to  Port  Brad- 
shaw  has  the  appearance  of  containing  a  con- 
siderable stretch  of  rich  agricultural  and  pas- 
toral country." 

This  pronouncement  is  included  in  a  Geological 
Report,  issued  as  Bulletin  No.  10,  by  the  De- 
partment of  Home  and  Territories. 

The  Rev.  Tenison  Woods,  who  in  his  lifetime 
made  very  few  mispronouncements,  has  left  this 
as  a  heritage  of  hope: — 

"I  can  confidently  assert  that  the  Northern 
Territory  is  exceptionally  rich  In  minerals,  only 
a  small  portion  of  which  has  been  made  known 
to  the  public.  I  do  not  believe  that  the  same 
quantity  of  minerals,  veins  of  gold,  silver,  tin, 
copper,  and  lead  will  be  found  In  any  equal 
area  in  Australia.  In  fact,  I  doubt  if  many 
provinces  will  be  found  in  any  country  so  singu- 
larly and  exceptionally  favored  as  Arnheni 
Land  in  respect  to  mineral  riches.  The  penin- 
sula of  Arnhem  Land  will  eventually  become 
one  of  the  greatest  mining  centres  of  Austra- 
lia." 

If  the  prophecy  of  this  renowned  and  reli- 
able scientist  Is  fulfilled,  then,  the  400-mIle  stretch 
of  mostly-unmapped  territory,  which  constitutes 
William  Lawrie's  backyard,  must  ultimately  come 
into  its  own. 

With  consolations  like  these  to  comfort  my 
mind,  I  filled  In  that  long  wait  for  the  Darwin 
train. 


Edible  Turtle 


A  Hundred  Miles  up  the  Boper  River 


INLAND   DISTRICTS. 


LEAVING  the  coastal  belts,  one  enters  a 
drier  and  healthier  climate.  Our  present 
maps  of  the  Northern  Territory  show  that 
pastoral  occupation  inland,  so  far,  is  concentrat- 
ed on  three  great  belts — one  in  the  north-west, 
known  as  the  Victoria  River  Country;  one  to 
the  east,  described  generally  as  the  Barkly 
Tableland;  the  third,  centrally  located  in  the 
south,  and  extending  through  the  MacDonnell 
Ranges,  down  to  the  South  Australian  border. 

These,  with  a  few  large  leases  and  permits 
along  the  Overland  Telegraph  Line,  make  pretty 
well  all  the  marks  of  occupation  on  our  maps  in 
the  year  19 17.  Nor  can  the  term  occupation 
applied  to  these,  be  accepted  in  the  sense  in  which 
it  is  used  in  regard  to  other  parts  of  the  world; 
or  even  in  respect  to  the  more  settled  districts 
of  the  Commonwealth. 

The  building  of  the  Overland  Railway  from 
Oodnadatta  to  Pine  Creek  must  bring  a  large 
part  of  Australia  into  the  realms  of  practical 
value.  Although  I  have  not  personally  been  fur- 
ther south  than  the  Katherine,  or  further  north 
than  Hergott  Springs,  on  this  route,  I  am  bound 


to  deduce  from  reliable  evidence  at  hand  that 
there  is  an  enormous  amount  of  good  and  useful 
country  along  this  1,063  miles,  which  will  be 
crossed  by  the  proposed  line,  or  may  be  made 
accessible  from  it. 

When,  at  Pine  Creek,  I  saw  the  horses  of  the 
Geodetic  Survey  Party  turned  out  after  crossing 
the  Continent  north  and  south.  They  were  in 
better  condition  than  my  own  horses  have  some- 
times been  at  the  conclusion  of  a  comparatively 
short  coast  journey  in  the  south. 

Mr.  Kidson,  the  chief  of  this  party,  was  a  fel- 
low passenger  later  on,  from  Darwin  to 
Brisbane.  I  spread  a  map  of  the  Territory,  on 
which  I  had  been  making  some  notes,  before  him 
in  the  saloon  of  the  Taiyuan,  one  afternoon,  and 
marked  down  his  descriptions  and  opinions  of 
country  he  had  crossed  over. 

This  map  is  before  me  now.  I  judge  that 
the  opinion  of  Mr.  Kidson — who  has  been  en- 
trusted by  the  Carnegie  Institute  with  the  Geo- 
detic Survey  of  Australia — is  quite  as  reliable  as 
that  of  some  chance  traveller;  especially  as  it  is 


577 


578 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


supported  by  evidence  collected  from  all  sources 
worthy  of  any  attention. 

I  will  take  the  notes  from  the  map  just  as  they 
come,  and  the  reader  will  understand  that  therein 
he  has  the  condensed  description  of  1,063  m'les 
across  this  Continent. 

We  begin  at  Charlotte  Waters  near  the  South 
Australian  border.  Mr.  Kidson's  scientific  eye 
discovered  this  to  be  stony  tableland,  falling  into 
lands  covered  with  succulent,  good  Mitchell  grass 
— pastoral  country. 


ling  through  already  established  pastoral  districts, 
which  are  taking  us  into  the  once-alleged  "Dead 
Heart  of  Australia."  These  stations  send  the 
finest  fat  cattle  to  Adelaide  markets. 

At  Alice  Springs  (2,500  feet)  it  is  '"all  good 
Mitchell  grass,  silver  grass,   and  rich  herbage." 

We  are  now  in  the  MacDonnell  Ranges,  said 
to  be  the  ideal  climate  of  all  Australia.  An  ele- 
vation of  3,000  to  4,000  feet  ensures  cool  nights. 
In  winter  ice  and  frosts  are  frequent.     The  late 


Oodnadatta  Railway 


It  must  be  kept  in  mind  that  the  lowest  rain- 
fall is  in  the  extreme  south,  and  that  it  is  a  gradu- 
ally increasing  quantity  as  we  go  northward. 
The  Dalhousie  thermal  springs  indicate  that 
artesian  waters  will  be  obtainable  all  along  here. 

Following  up  the  F'inke  River  for  thirty  miles 
or  so,  we  enter  mulga  and  mallee  scrub,  covering 
rich  plains  subject  to  floods — where  water  can  be 
procured  at  shallow  depths  through  dry  seasons. 
Beyond  this  is  marked  "good  country,"  until  we 
arrive  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  25th  parallel; 
where,  for  a  time,  it  becomes  poor.  Hereabouts 
the  prevailing  vegetation  is  desert  oak  and  spini- 
fex.  Half  a  degree  further  north  we  are  again 
in  good  country,  covered  with  saltbush  and  cotton 
bush. 

The  stations  of  Hayes  Bros,  formerly  held  by 
the  Willowrie  Land  and  Pastoral  Association 
Limited  run  along  the  24th  parallel.  Here  we 
find  very  good  plains,  and  patches  of  green 
grasses,  even  in  dry  time. 

Bear  in  mind  that  we  are  all  this  time  travel- 


James  Tyson,  the  most  successful  stockowner  of 
the  last  generation,  pronounced  the  MacDonnell 
the  best  in  Australia  for  horse-breeding. 

From  Alice  Springs  men  report  having  travel- 
led east  and  north-east  for  150  miles  through  the 
most  succulent  herbage  up  to  their  horses's  knees. 

All  the  MacDonnell  is  suitable  for  sheep, 
cattle,  and  particularly  horses. 

In  fact,  the  whole  distance  from  Oodnadatta 
to  the  Katherine  has  been  defined  by  competent  ■ 
authority  as  good  for  cattle  and  horses. 

The  southern  wall  of  the  MacDonnell  Ranges 
rises  from  the  plains  like  a  rampart  1,000 
feet  high.  At  intervals  of  a  few  miles  there  are  ( 
fissures  through  this  wall,  from  which  a  water- 
course emerges.  The  Hale  River  flows  through 
the  largest  of  these  fissures,  which  is  only  10 
or  15  yards  wide  in  places,  with  walls  rising  500 
feet  or  more.  This  narrow  moat  in  the  moun- 
tains has  a  length  of  five  miles.  It  sometimes 
opens  out  to  a  width  of  two  chains,  is  absolutely 


J 


INLAND    DISTRICTS 


579 


Horses  in  the  Northern  Territory 


impassable  for  camels,  and  contains  permanent 
waters  on  which  the  sun  rarely  shines. 

The  Ranges,  which  run  east  and  west  for 
400  miles,  are  about  sixty  miles  wide.  They  extend 
across  the  Territory  in  one  direction  almost  to  the 
West  Australian  border.  The  highest  points 
average  3,000  to  4,000  feet  above  sea  level. 
Mount  Heughlin  is  4,756  feet  high.  They  are 
largely  auriferous,  and  include  the  Arltunga 
Goldfields — about  45  miles  from  the  Overland 
Telegraph.  Coal  has  been  discovered  in  the 
valley  of  the  Hale  River. 

After  crossing  these  ranges  the  traveller  enters 
the  great  Inland  Plateau,  on  which  he  remains 
in  his  travels  northward    until    he    reaches    the 


coast  ranges,  over  800  miles  away.  The  annual 
rainfall  at  Alice  Springs  is  1 1  inches,  which,  as 
we  have  said,  increases  all  the  way  north.  They 
have  had  4,000  sheep  at  Alice  Springs  for  the 
use  of  telegraph  officers,  and  they  are  reported  to 
do  well.  Peaches  and  apricots  thrive  there. 
After  the  monsoonal  rains,  seeding  grasses  cover 
the  earth.  At  these  telegraph  stations  fresh  vege- 
tables are  grown,  and  record  pumpkins  and  to- 
matoes have  been  raised.  There  is  no  question 
about  the  fertility  of  the  inland  soil. 

Resuming  our  journey,  we  pass  on  towards 
Anthony's  Well.  The  Mueller  and  Sandover 
Rivers  take  their  rise  here,  to  flow  some  hundreds 
of  miles  into  the  interior  and  disappear. 


Cattle  in  the  Northern  Territory 


58o 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


At  the  23rd  parallel  we  are  in  splendid  coun- 
try. From  there  to  Barrow's  Creek  Telegraph 
Station,  elevation  1,724  feet,  It  is  all  good — 
buck  bush  and  salt  bush,  which  the  bushman 
avows  is  a  sign  of  rich  soil  anywhere. 

Murray  Downs  Station,  parallel  21,  is  very 
good,  but  there  is  some  poor  country  a  few  miles 
wide  between  Barrow's  Creek  and  this  point. 


good  pastoral  country  is  shown  within  a  few  miles 
of  the  Western  Australian  Border  midway  be- 
tween parallels  20  and  21.  This  splendidly 
grassed  section  occupies  about  500  square  miles. 
All  that  lies  between  the  explorer's  out  and  in 
trails  is  marked  "Terra  Incognita." 

The   Davidson   Expedition   endured   some   dry 
and  lonely  times;  but  the  worst  accident  that  be- 


A  "Heart  of  Australia"  Station  Homestead 


We  have  now  crossed  three  hundred  miles  of 
the  Territory,  with  only  two  small  patches  mark- 
ed  "poor." 

North  of  Murray  Downs  we  enter  the  Daven- 
port and  the  Murchison  Ranges,  described  as 
"patchy."  The  map  plotted  by  C.  Warnecke 
from  Mr.  Allan  Davidson's  explorations,  1898 
to  1 90 1,  includes  the  Davenport,  Musgrave,  and 
MacDouall  Ranges.  It  covers  a  wide  district, 
extending  from  the  Overland  Telegraph  Line 
some  miles  to  the  West  Australian  borderline. 
Gardner's  Ranges,  along  this  borderland,  and  the 
lands  below  Tanami  to  the  21st  parallel,  are  well 
marked.  The  course  of  the  journey  out  lay  due 
west  along  the  20th  parallel  from  Kelly's  Well 
on  the  Telegraph  Line,  for  over  120  miles.  It 
then  takes  north-west  to  the  19th  parallel,  and 
runs  that  down  to  the  border. 

The  journey  back  was  from  Tanami,  south  and 
east,  to  Barrow  Creek  Telegraph  Station.     Very 


fell  it  was  the  washing  out  of  a  camp  and  destruc- 
tion of  stores  by  heavy  rains,  in  February  '98! 
I'ollowing  this  terrific  downpour,  all  Central  Aus- 
tralia seemed  filled  with  the  croaking  of  millions 
of  frogs,  the  waterholes  became  stocked  with  fish, 
and  game  was  plentiful. 

At  Elkedra  Creek  the  party  camped  at  what 
had  been  a  large  waterhole,  but  then  contained 
only  a  foot  or  two  of  water  and  many  fish.  The 
weather  was  intensely  cold,  frost  being  frequent. 
This  seemed  to  paralyze  the  fish,  which  would  be 
found  floating  around  helpless  in  the  mornings. 
The  larger  ones,  weighing  up  to  three-quarters 
of  a  pound,  were  picked  out  as  required  and  fried 
for  breakfast.  When  the  sun  rose  and  the  water, 
warmed,  the  remaining  fish  revived. 

Mr.  Davidson  describes  much  of  the  countr 
he  traversed  as  indirectly  proved  to  be  deserti 
or  of  no  value  from  a  mineral  point  of  viewf 
The  greater  part  of  it  will  doubtless  become  use4 


581 


582 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


ful  for  pastoral  purposes.  The  establishment  of 
permanent  water  supplies  will  be  essential.  Judg- 
ing by  Mr.  Davidson's  own  observations  in  the 
Murchison,  there  is  a  great  probability  that  the 
artesian  formation  of  Western  Queensland  enters 
into  this  part  of  Central  Australia.  We  will  have 
to  revise  our  impressions  of  the  heart  of  Aus- 
tralia. Heavy  rains  and  frosts  are  not  features 
of  deserts. 

The  Frew  River  has  its  beginning  at  Murray 
Downs.  Before  reaching  the  Frew,  Mr.  D.  J. 
Gordon — a  journalist  in  whose  judgment  one  can 
place  confidence — found,  1,300  miles  from  Ade- 
laide and  in  the  very  heart  of  the  Australian  Con- 
tinent, a  valley  along  the  Spence  Creek  which  he 
"had  seen  nothing  to  equal." 

Mr.  Gordon,  representing  the  South  Austra- 
lian Register,  entered  the  Frew  region  in  1891 
from  Barrow  Creek — the  limit  of  his  journey 
northward. 

His  description  of  the  lands  he  traversed  is 
sufficient  to  show  what  pessimistic  delusions  have 
haunted  the  people's  minds  concerning  Central 
Australia. 

"On  either  bank  of  the  Spence,"  says  Mr. 
Gordon,  "grow  large  trees,  confusing  in  their 
very  variety,  luxuriant  grasses,  wild  flowers, 
and  delicate  ferns.  Large  snow-white  lilies 
grow  to  the  water's  edge,  while  the  screeching 
cockatoos  and  beautifully  plumaged  birds  that 
fly  overhead  all  tell  us  we  have  come  into  a 
new  country.  On  our  right,  about  a  quarter 
of  a  mile  away,  running  parallel  with  the  creek, 
is  a  high  range  of  hills  rising  abruptly  and  over- 
looking the  valley,  with  white  lime-trees  and 
vegetation  growing  to  the  very  tops,  and 
flowering  creepers  overspreading  the  rocks. 
The  sky,  sun,  air,  and  eloquent  waters,  inspir- 
ing mountain-tops,  the  murmuring  and  glossy 
woods,  are  all  evidence  that  here  is  this  val- 
ley Nature  deals  with  a  bountiful  hand.  .  .  . 
Here  the  Frew  commences,  the  water  trickling 
down  the  side  of  a  high  rocky  hill,  and  start- 
ing off  in  a  little  stream  until,  assisted  by  some 
tributaries,  it  broadens  out,  and  within  a  few 
miles  of  its  rise  flows  with  some  force.  We 
camp  in  a  narrow  gorge,  through  which  the 
river  runs,  and  where  there  is  a  huge  rockhole 
of  great  depth.  We  rode  for  35  miles  along 
the  Frew,  which  at  the  time  of  our  visit  was 
running.  Altogether,  the  country  is  the  best 
watered  and  the  finest  we  have  yet  seen.  At 
places  the  Frew  is  almost  wide  enough  and 
deep  enough  to  be  navigable.  Where  the  Frew 
Head  Station  is  situated  the  river  widens  out, 
and  there  are  several  splendid  sheets  of  water. 
It  is  evident,  from  the  vegetation,  that  the 
Frew  country  has  a  good  rainfall,  and  as  the 


river  contains  a  variety  of  fish,  some  of  them 
being  several  pounds  in  weight,  it  is  pretty  good 
evidence    that    protracted    droughts    are    un- 
known.  Some  of  the  station  hands  have  caught 
sufficient  fish  in  the  waterhole — Tootoowa,  as 
the  natives  call  it — close  by  the  station,  in  two 
hours,  to  last  all  hands,  for  a  week.     Birds  are 
very  numerous  on  the  Frew.     Twenty-five  miles 
below  the  station  we  saw  a  sight  to  delight  in 
— a    moonlit   lake   some   two   miles   long;   on 
either   bank   the    typical   Australian    gumtrees 
towering  above  the  water  in  majestic  splendour, 
making  with  their  evening  shadows  a   picture 
full  of  the  sublime  and  beautiful.     The  natives 
have  christened  the  place  with  a  pretty  name 
— Arralooloola.      Nature's   gifts  are  -plentiful 
here,  and  we   saw  wild  ducks,   pigeons,   emus, 
and  kangaroos,  and  no  doubt  in  the  water  are 
fish  in  abundance.     The  valley  of  the  Frew  be- 
low the  station  opens  out,  the  ranges  leaving 
the  river  at  one  place  almost  at  right  angles, 
only  to  return  again,  however,  later  on.     The 
grass  and  foliage,  rich  and  luxuriant,  are  made 
green  with  the  running  of  rivers  and  gracious 
with  temperate  air.       We  journeyed  west  and 
north-west    over    several    unnamed  ranges  to- 
wards Tennant  Creek,  passing  a   large   fresh- 
water swamp,  alive  with  wood-duck,  until  we 
struck  a  creek  called  The  Whistle  Duck,  owing 
to  it  being  a  rendezvous  for  the  whistling  duck. 
When  out  here  we  came  across  several  good 
patches    of    healthy    saltbush,    the    finding    of 
which  set  at  rest  any  doubts  as  to  whether  the 
country     is     suitable     for     pastoral     purposes. 
There   are   some  very   fine  waterholes   on   the 
Elkedra,  providing  a  plentiful  supply  of  water, 
and  the  valley  is  almost  as  rich  in  herbage  as 
that  of  the  Frew.     In  our  various  journeyings 
over  the  Frew  country  we  noticed  the  follow- 
ing trees : — Gum,  bean,  corkwood,  paper-tree, 
tea-tree,   gidyea,   bloodwood,   beefwood,    iron- 
bark,  lancewood,  and  emu  and  apple  tea-tree. 
There  were  several   others  that  wc  were  un- 
able to  class.     Then  as  to  grasses  and  herbage, 
we  saw  Mitchell  grass,  silver  grass,  kangaroo 
grass,   blue   grass,   mulga   grass,    and   harpoon 
grass  that  grows  downward  in  the  shape  of  a 
harpoon.        Then   there   is   saltbush,    bluebush 
(much  the  same  as  the  Queensland  bluebush), 
Queensland  barley  grass,  herbage,  and  various 
kinds  of  creepers  and  runners.     There  was  one 
fine  specimen  of  grass,  very  much  like  an  oat 
stalk,  that  our  horses  took  a  great  fancy  to. 
Then  we  noticed  also  various  native  fruit  trees, 
such   as   the   currant-bush,   native   orange   and 
pear    trees,    plum,    yam,    and    quinine    bushes.       ij 
Birds  are  numerous.     There  is,  of  course,  the 
crow  and  magpie;  where  can  you  go  in  Aus- 
tralia and  not  find  them?     Among  the  cocka- 


INLAND    DISTRICTS 


583 


Chambers'   Pillar,   Central  Australia 


toos  there  are  the  Major  Mitchell,  galah, 
black,  pink,  and  white.  Among  others,  there 
are  the  magpie,  lark,  bowerbird,  parrots  of  a 
dozen  varieties,  ringnecks,  bliiebonnets,  and 
galahs,  kingfishers,  doves,  pheasants  (small 
birds  with  lovely  fantails),  hawks,  (eagle, 
brown,  and  kite  hawks),  rock  pigeons,  with 
pretty  little  topnots  and  very  tame,  slate- 
coloured  pigeons,  bronzewing,  and  flock 
pigef)n,  robin  redbreasts,  skylarks,  mutton 
birds,  the  minah,  Derwent  jackass,  morepoke, 
bellbird,  lyrebird,  blackbird,  and  curlews.  The 
woods  are  full  of  these  and  other  kinds  of 
birds.  The  sportsman  would  be  able  to  find 
plenty  of  game  in  this  country  to  the  east  of 
Barrow  Creek.  There  is,  of  course,  the  kan- 
garoo and  emu,  the  latter  being  unusually  large 
in  these  parts,  wild  turkeys,  ducks  (the  whistle, 
black,  teal,  diver,  and  woodduck),  wallabies, 
wild  dogs,  euros,  paddy  melons,  kangaroo  rats, 
wideawakes,  and  mountain  devils." 

Over  three  hundred  miles  eastward  in  a  bee- 
line  from  this  place — where  wild  honey  is  plenti- 
Iful  and  the  woods  are  full  of  doves — lies  Clon- 
curry,  in  Queensland.   The  Barkly  Tableland  rolls 
Jetween.        Leaving   this   interesting   proposition 
[for  the  moment,  we  will  proceed  Northward. 

After  crossing  the  Murchison — which  is  one 
[of  the  Central  Australian  mineral  possibilities — 
[we  get  down  to  Tennant's  Creek  through  spini- 


fex  and  scrub;  thence  to  Powell's  Creek,  through 
alternate  rich  agricultural  and  pastoral  lands. 

Powell's  Creek  Telegraph  Station  is  on  the 
edge  of  the  Barkly.  Tracks  go  east  from  here, 
from  Renner's  Springs  Station  (30  miles  South 
of  Powell's)  to  Era  Downs  Station  and  Anthony 
Lagoon.  The  annual  rainfall  at  Powell's  Creek 
is  15  inches.  Renner's  Springs  are  located  in 
exceedingly  rich,  well-grassed  country.  They  be- 
long to  the  peculiar  type  of  mound  springs  com- 
mon in  Central  Australia,  and  form  a  permanent 
supply.  Through  all  this  little-known  region, 
and  right  across  the  Barkly  to  the  head  of  the 
MacArthur  River,  water  is  obtainable  at  shallow 
depths,  and  there  is  evidence  to  show  that  it 
can  be  supplied  from  sub-artesian  sources. 
F>om  Powell's  Creek  to  Newcastle  Waters 
all  this  country  is  marked  "good."  A 
little  to  the  northward  the  best  forest  on  this 
thousand-mile  line  exists.  From  Newcastle  Wat- 
ers a  trail  runs  north-west  to  Victoria  Downs 
Station.  The  Waters  are  described  as  an  inland 
lake  100  miles  in  circumference.  From  New- 
castle Waters  to  Daly  Waters  the  way  is  across 
a  level  plateau  dotted  with  fairly  tall  scrub,  in 
which  lancewood  and  ironwood  prevail.  After 
Daly  Waters,  and  beyond  the  i6th  parallel,  all 
the  land  is  rolling  downs,  with  a  thirty-inch  rain- 
fall, increasing  to  40  inches  at  the  Katherine 
River;  where  one  enters  the  outer  edge  of  those 
coastal   conditions   and   climates   that  obtain   for 


584 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Pine  Creek  Railway 


the  remaining  200  miles  to  Darwin,   and  which 
we  have  already  examined. 

From  Powell's  Creek  to  the  Katherine,  for 
three  hundred  miles,  all  authorities  agree  that 
some  of  the  very  best  lands  in  the  Territory  are 
to  be  found.  All  this  wide  region — which  we 
have  reason  to  suppose  stretches  from  the  West 
Australian  border  to  the  Gulf  of  Carpentaria — 
appears  to  be  adapted  for  pastoral  and,  partially 
at  least,  for  agricultural  purposes. 

That  section  of  it  contained  in  the  Barkly 
Tableland  is  undoubtedly  among  the  best  in  Aus- 
tralia. There  are  over  80  million  acres  between 
these  two  points  on  the  Overland  Route,  which 
are  composed  of  high,  well-drained  land,  immune 
from  drought,  enjoying  a  healthy  climate,  resem- 
bling that  of  Western  Queensland,  with  proved 
capacities  for  the  profitable  raising  of  sheep  and 
cattle,  and  possibly  capable  of  growing  specially 
hybridized  wheats. 

The  reader  has  now  travelled  the  unbridged 
gap  between  Ooduadatta  and  Ppte  Creek,  and 
finds  none  of  it  classed  as  desert.  One  or  two 
strips  in  the  South  are  marked  "poor."  The 
rest  is  valuable,  and  should  all  be  turned  to  pro- 
fit within  a  reasonable  period.  Within  that 
silent  storehouse  is  locked  a  pastoral  and  mineral 
wealth  of  inestimable  values.  The  Heart  of 
Australia  is  no  longer  "dead."  On  the  contrary, 
it  pulsates  with  red  life.  From  its  arteries  it 
will  yet  pour  out  vigor  and  strength  through  the 
whole  body  of  the  Continent.  Let  us  be  done  for- 
ever with  this  foolish  talk  of  the  "Central  Aus- 
tralian Desert."  Where  the  rivers  supply  fish 
several  pounds  in  weight;  where  the  fresh- 
water swamps  are  alive  with  game;  where  Mit- 
chell grass  and  wild  oats  grow  profusely;  where 
bronzewings  and  bellbirds  call,  is  no  desert,  but 
a  sweet  and  wholesome  land,  awaiting  only  trans- 
port and  settlement  to  make  it  as  productive  as 
other  regions  in  the  South  and  East  and  West  of 
Australia.  These,  condemned  as  "deserts"  by 
early  ignorance,   are   now  proved  to   be   among 


the  richest  in  the  world.  Enterprise,  Faith,  Good 
Management — these  are  the  magic  words  where- 
by the  doors  of  this  Treasure  House  will  be 
opened.  Australia  need  have  no  fear  of  calling 
the  young  blood  and  the  strong  blood  of  the 
world  to  share  the  largesse  of  her  boundless 
acres;  there  will  be  enough  for  all.  The  "Red 
Heart  of  Australia"  will  carry  millions  of  people. 
The  whole  Continent  is  good  from  its  inmost 
core  to  its  outmost  rind.  The  Northern  Terri- 
tory of  Australia  can  no  longer  be  looked  upon, 
even  by  the  most  prejudiced  critics,  as  the  Bad 
Spot.     It  is  as  sound  and  healthy  as  all  the  rest. 

In  thirty  years  after  the  linking-up  by  trans- 
American  railways,  the  United  States  increased  its 
population  from  38  to  nearly  80  millions.  In 
thirty  years  from  the  opening  of  the  Trans-Aus- 
tralian Railways,  if  the  people  of  Australia  act 
wisely,  this  Commonwealth  should  be  the  theatre 
of  a  still  greater  advancement.  The  foundation  of 
Australia's  exceptional  wealth  is  her  pastoral  in- 
dustry. Only  a  relatively  small  portion  of  the 
Territory  has  yet  come  into  pastoral  occupation. 
Climate  and  soil  are  such  as  lead  to  profitable  re- 
sults in  other  parts  of  the  Commonwealth.  All 
that  is  required  will  be  the  establishment,  in  cer- 
tain districts,  of  permanent  supplies  of  water; 
which  are  undoubtedly  available  as  they  have 
proved  to  be  in  western  New  South  Wales, 
Queensland,  Western  and  South  Australia. 

During  the  driest  time  that  Southern  Austra- 
lia has  known,  Sidney  Kidman,  a  man  wise  in 
his  generation,  was  sending  out  of  the  Territory, 
week  after  week,  mobs  of  prime  fat  cattle  to 
markets  rendered  unusually  profitable  by  that 
very  dry  time. 

From  the  days  when  John  McDouall  Stuart 
first  saw  and  named  Chambers  Pillar — that  re- 
markable natural  monument  which*  may  be  accept- 
ed as  the  Centre  of  the  Continent — to  the  year 
1 9 14,  many  fallacies  regarding  Inland  Australia 
have  been  exploded.  Some  of  these  early  mis- 
conceptions have  clung  to  the  Northern  Terri- 
tory and  helped  to  retard  its  development.  But 
the  settler  or  the  investor  of  to-day  will  have  all 
the  experience  of  those  intervening  years  to  guide 
him  in  his  consideration  of  the  Territory  as  a 
field  for  his  energies  or  his  capital.  He  will  dis- 
card over-prejudiced  or  unreliable  opinion,  and 
form  his  conclusions  from  facts. 

Stuart  himself,  although  he  was  the  first  white 
man  to  cross  Central  Australia,  over  fifty  years 
ago,  does  not  anywhere  describe  the  country 
which  we  have  just  run  over  on  the  map  as  desert 
or  unfit  for  occupation.  On  the  contrary,  he 
records  frequent  watercourses,  and  fertile  lands 
splendidly  grassed.  Sturt  Plains,  the  PVew,  Daly 
Waters,  the  Strangways,  he  speaks  of  in  glowing 


INLAND    DISTRICTS 


585 


A  Eiver  of  the  Farthest  North 


i 


terms.  Of  the  Roper  he  says  simply:  "This  is 
the  finest  country  I  have  seen  in  Australia."  It 
reminds  one  of  the  laconic  entry  Governor  Phil- 
lip made  in  his  logbook,  on  entering  Port  Jack- 
son:  "I  have  this  day  discovered  the  finest  har- 
bor in  the  world."  Phillip  and  Stuart  each  pos- 
sessed the  seeing  eye. 

Stuart  gave  the  Chambers,  the  Katherine,  the 
jWaterhouse,  the  Adelaide  unstinted  praise.   Sum- 
ing  it  all  up  at  Thring  Creek  (N.T.),  on  July 
4th,  1862,  a  most  memorable  day  in  the  history 
of  Australia,  he  wrote  devoutly,  cheerfully,   and 
with  the  direct  simplicity  of  a  great  mind: — 

"I  can  hear  the  wash  of  the  sea.  Stopped 
the  horses  to  clear  a  way  whilst  I  advanced 
a  few  yards  on  to  the  beach,  and  was  delighted 
to  behold  the  water  of  the  Indian  Ocean  in 
Van  Diemen's  Gulf.  Thus  have  I,  through 
the  instrumentality  of  Divine  Providence,  been 
led  to  accomplish  the  great  object  of  the  ex- 
pedition, and  take  the  whole  party  safely 
through  one  of  the  finest  countries  man  could 
wish  to  behold;  good  to  the  coast  and  with  a 
stream   of   running  water   within   half   a   mile 


of  the  sea.  From  Newcastle  Water  to  the  sea 
beach,  the  main  body  of  the  horses  have  been 
only  one  night  without  water,  and  then  got  it 
within  the  next  day.  //  this  country  is  settled 
it  will  be  one  of  the  finest  colonies  under  the 
Crown,  suitable  for  the  growth  of  any  and 
everything." 

This  was  written  seven  years  before  I  was  born. 
The  name  of  John  MacDouall  Stuart  was  one 
of  the  first  that,  as  an  Australian,  I  learned  to 
revere.  The  judgments  of  middle  age — ripened 
by  an  experience  of  this  Continent  which,  in  all 
modesty,  I  might  claim  to  be  exceptional — have 
strengthened  my  respect  and  admiration  for  this 
great  and  brave  man.  The  country  which  he 
praised  so  highly  is  not  yet  adequately  settled; 
but  there  is  no  reason  to  doubt  that  Stuart's  per- 
spective was  aligned  to  facts.  His  viewpoint  is 
strengthened  and  supported  by  the  opinions  of 
other  reliable  authorities.  .  .  .  Bachelors 
of  Science,  who  sit  down  at  Emanuel  College  in 
the  University  of  Cambridge  and  form  transcen- 
dental deductions  as  to  the  future  of  settlement 
in  our  Island  Continent,  are  likely  to  prove  false 


586 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


prophets.  But  the  experienced  bushman  or  ex- 
plorer, native-born  and  raised  on  the  frontiers — 
where  physiographic  and  economic  theory  so 
often  proves  worthless — rarely  commits  an  error 
of  judgment  in  determining  the  value  of  new 
country. 

J.  A.  Giles — who  crossed  and  examined  Cen- 
tral Australia  in  1872-4 — sprinkles  his  descrip- 
tions with  enthusiastic  phrases.  He  speaks  of 
rich  chocolate  loam,  magnificently  grassed  and 
lightly  timbered,  towards  the  Katherine.  The 
land  on  either  side  of  this  river  he  describes  as 
"magnificent,  consisting  of  rich,  black,  loam, 
chocolate,  and  brown  clay,  with  lighter  soils,  all 
splendidly  grassed  and  timbered."  He  confirms 
Stuart's  good  opinions,  although  his  trip  was  un- 
dertaken in  a  comparatively  dry  season,  and  finds 
valuable  lands,  with  grass  and  water,  all  along 
the  overland  route  from  the  Katherine  to  Char- 
lotte Waters.  There  are  a  few  dry  stages;  but 
the  great  bulk  of  the  Territory  north  to  south 
is  rich  and  useful.  Of  the  MacDonnell,  from  the 
James  Range  to  Barrow  Creek,  250  miles,  he 
writes:  "It  is,  as  far  as  climate,  water,  grasses, 
and  herbage  are  concerned,  admirably  adapted 
for  sheep,  cattle,  and  horses.  The  climate  is 
much  milder  than  in  the  Northern  runs  of  South 
Australia,  and  the  country  is  infinitely  better 
grassed." 

The  late  Ernest  Favenc,  speaking  ten  years 
later  of  the  Barkly  Downs,  which  he  crossed 
between  parallels  17  and  19,  classed  it,  outside 
of  certain  poor  patches,  which  are  to  be  expected 
in  any  area  so  vast,  as  "equal  to  anything  in  Aus- 
tralia." 

Favenc  was  among  the  first  to  point  out  the 
natural  richness  of  spinifex  country;  a  value 
which  is  now  practically  recognized  in  North- 
western Australia,  where  spinifex  chaff  is  regard- 
ed as  among  the  best  fodders  for  stock.  Certain 
varieties  of  this  once-derided  plant — which  has 
always  been  associated  in  the  Australian  mind 
with  desert — are  now  proved  to  be  among  the 
best  of  our  native  fodder  plants.  Mr.  A.  S.  Cot- 
ton, one  of  Queensland's  most  successful  stock- 
owners,  and  part-owner  of  Brunette  Downs  Sta- 
tion, in  the  Barkly  Tableland,  says  : — 

"My  experience  is  that  spinifex  is  the  best 
insurance  you  can  have  against  drought. 
There  is  the  porcupine  spinifex,  which  is  not 
so  good  as  the  other,  but  it  occurs  only  in 
patches,  and  if  a  drought  is  on  the  stock  will 
eat  it.  I  had  a  run  in  Queensland,  near  Hugh- 
enden  (in  the  1900  drought)  which  was  prac- 
tically all  spinifex  ridges,  and  while  my  neigh- 
bours all  round  me  in  the  black  soil  country 
were  losing  thousands  of  stock,  I  came  through 
without  any  loss  at  all." 


Favenc  believed  the  spinifex  itself  was  value- 
less, but  he  found  in  his  various  trips  across  the 
Territory,  that  "even  in  what  is  known  as  the 
worst  spinifex  desert,  there  are  vines  and  grasses 
that  horses  and  cattle  are  always  eager  for  and 
do  well  on."  Favenc  told  me  more  than  once 
that  he  regarded  the  Northern  Territory  as  the 
best  part  of  Australia. 


A.  S.  Cotton  recently  testified  before  the  Rail- 
way Commission  that,  in  his  mind,  the  Barkly 
Tableland  was  the  finest  horse  and  cattle  country 
he  had  ever  seen,  and  absolutely  free  from  stock 
diseases.  The  station  mentioned  was  carrying 
35,000  head  of  stock.  He  hoped  that  it  would 
one  day  carry  100,000  after  they  had  developed 
their  water  resources.  They  had  put  down  six 
sub-artesian  bores  to  a  depth  of  200  feet,  and 
had  not  failed  to  get  water  in  each  case.  The 
supply  was  worth  2,000  gallons  an  hour  per  bore. 
It  rises  to  within  170  feet  of  the  surface.  Geo- 
logical report  shows  that  bores  properly  dis- 
tributed over  this  tableland,  and  along  the  main 
routes,  will  ensure  safe  travelling  for  men  and 
stock  and  convert  the  whole  district  into  settle- 
ment country.  There  are  already  about  65  pri- 
vate bores  on  the  Tableland,  supplying  the  large 
pastoral  properties.  These  bores  give  from 
20,000  gallons  to  70,000  gallons  a  day.  The 
supply  appears  to  be  inexhaustible.  Pumping 
tests  extended  over  74  hours  to  the  full  capacity 
of  the  pumps  made  no  difference  in  the  water 
level  in  the  bore.  It  is  expected  that  under  this 
again  a  true  artesian  supply  exists.  Sub-artesian 
being  obtainable  everywhere  on  the  Barkly  Table- 
land at  an  average  depth  of  300  feet,  artesian 
is  considered  fairly  certain  at  2,000  feet  or  over. 
The  Tableland  extends  from  the  Queensland  bor- 
der, near  Camooweal,  in  a  north-westerly  direc- 
tion, to  within  40  miles  of  the  Overland  Tele- 
graph Line  at  Powell's  Creek — a  distance  of  300 
miles,  with  an  average  width  of  100  miles.  Its 
elevation  is  600  to  1,000  feet  above  sea  level; 
Professor  Spencer  says  2,000  feet.  Its  20  million 
acres  are  generally  accepted  as  the  most  valuable 
pastoral  and  probably  agricultural  land  in  the 
ritory. 

It  is  proposed  as  part  of  Federal  development , 
to  connect  this  tableland  by  railway  with  a  port 
at  the  Pellew  Islands. 

The  problems  of  Its  settlement  do  not  appear 
difficult.      Economic   power   for  the   pumping  of 
sub-artesian  water  to  the  surface  will  have  to  bej 
established.     Shade  and  timber  belts  may  require] 
to  be  planted;  cheap  and  quick  transport  installed. 
After  that,  the  development  of  the  Barkly  as  aj 
stock    proposition     (sheep,    horses,    and    cattle)j 
should  be  rapid  and  general. 


INLAND    DISTRICTS 


587 


Alfred  Giles,  who  in  1880  had  been  six  times 
across  the  Continent  from  Adelaide  to  Port  Dar- 
win, with  deviations  from  the  telegraph  line  east 
and  west,  has  recorded  glowing  opinions  of  the 
Red  Heart  of  Australia.  Five  of  those  six  jour- 
neys he  travelled  with  stock — sheep,  horses,  and 
cattle. 

"Rolling  downs,  grassy  plains,  rich  pastoral 
and  agricultural  lands,  richly  grassed  slopes; 
open  plains  of  blue-black  soil,  capable  of  produc- 
ing all  kinds   of  tropical   vegetation,   permanent 


watered  by  permanent  rivers  and  springs;  and 
our  annual  tropical  rainfall  renders  the  word 
'drought'  as  having  no  meaning  here.  We 
have  at  times  a  scarcity  of  feed  toward  Sep- 
tember and  December,  but,  to  counteract  this, 
enormous  stacks  of  splendid  bush  hay  could  be 
stored  in  March  or  April,  and  chaffed-up;  and 
who  knows  what  agriculturists  may  not,  ere 
then,  tempt  the  soil  to  produce — maize,  sweet 
potatoes,  oats,  and  the  Indian  grain,  that  would 
fodder  the  shipments  of  horses  on  their  brief 


Crossing  the  Katherine  Blver 


ater,   abundant  water,   water   easily   obtainable 
it  shallow  depths  by  sinking,  springs,  never-fail- 
ig  streams,  lands  all  that  the  most  exacting  set- 
tler could  require;  good  timbers,  limestone  in  un- 
limited quantities,  good  building  stone,  rich  black- 
loil  flats  and  valleys;  open  black-soil  plains,  with 
ibundance    of    permanent    water     in    billabong 
:reeks"  :  these  are  the  features  Explorer  Alfred 
Giles  had  discovered  in  his  journeys  across  the 
Territory.    Twenty  years  after,  in  1902,  he  wrote 


"My  25  or  30  years'  experience  in  this  Ter- 
ritory enables  me  to  point  to  vast  areas  of  such 
suitable  country  (for  the  breeding  of  horses), 


voyage  to  the  East?  The  country  is  capable 
of  doing  all  this,  as  you  know — indeed,  it  has 
been  waiting  the  opportunity.  Northern  Aus- 
tralia will  take  her  place  amongst  the  great 
producing  countries  of  the  world  in  tropical 
and  semi-tropical  productions,  besides  her  im- 
mense mineral  resources." 

As  late  as  19 14,  full  of  belief,  he  gave  similar 
evidence  before  the  Federal  Royal  Commission 
on  Territory  Railways.  On  this  occasion  he  tells 
us,  among  other  things,  that  the  Roper  is  suited 
for  mixed  farming.  Of  his  own  experience,  he 
says  that  cattle  bred  on  the  coast  country  will  do 
just  as  well  as  on  the  downs  country,  and  that  he 


588 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


has  never  had  the  slightest  trouble  with  horses 
up  there. 

This  man,  whose  faith  has  stood  the  test  of 
30  years'  experience,  knows  that  there  is  no  "dead 
heart"  in  Australia.  He  knows  that  the  core  of 
the  Continent,  which  extends  from  Charlotte 
Waters  to  the  Katherine,  is  sound  and  good. 

Out  of  this  mighty  heart  what  treasures  of 
meat  and  wool  are  destined  to  be  poured!  By 
its  maternal  beats  what  millions  will  yet  be  fed 
and  clothed!  As  Australians  realize  their  heri- 
tage, the  industrial  pulsations  of  that  Red  Heart, 
feeble  now,  will  grow  to  constant  rhythmic  throbs 
which  will  send  through  the  great  transcontinen- 
tal aorta  floods  of  national  life  into  the  veins  and 
arteries  of  the  whole  Commonwealth. 

Chas.  Winnecke  —  explorer  and  surveyor, 
whose  name  has  also  been  written  upon  the  maps 
of  Central  Australia — says  of  the  Barkly  Table- 
land : — 

"I  was  able  to  trace  the  exact  south-western 
boundary  of  these  magnificently-grassed  downs 
and  plains  from  latitude  18  deg.  30  min.  S., 
longitude  134  deg.  30  min.  E.,  to  latitude  22 
deg.  S.,  longitude  137  deg.  E.  and  138  deg.  E. 
— a   distance  in   a   north-west    and    south-east 


Northern  Territory  Forest 


direction  of  nearly  400  miles.  To  the  north- 
east of  this  line  the  country  which  I  examined 
to  some  distance  beyond  the  Queensland  boun- 
dary (longitude  138  deg.  E.)  consists  of  open, 
magnificently-grassed  Mitchell  grass  downs  and 
plains,  intersected  by  numerous  large  and  small 
watercourses,  some  of  which,  from  the  volume 
of  water  that  sometimes  flows  down  their  chan- 
nels, have  been  termed  rivers.  Two  of  these 
were  discovered  and  named  by  me,  viz.,  the 
Playford  and  Buchanan  Creek.  These — like 
the  Rankine,  James,  and  Herbert  Rivers,  and 
Creswell,  Brunette,  Corella,  Lome,  Happy, 
and  other  creeks — have  clay  channels,  contain- 
ing numberless  large  and  small  waterholes, 
some  of  which  have  been  known  to  last  stock 
several  years  without  being  replenished.  Ex- 
cellent facilities  for  large  dams  exist  almost 
everywhere  in  these  rivers  and  creeks. 

"The  bluebush,  of  a  few  feet  in  height,  and 
the  polygonum,  which  sometimes  attains  a 
height  of  20  feet  and  more,  are  most  excellent 
feed  for  stock.  My  horses,  of  which  I  had  a 
very  large  number,  thrived  amazingly  on  these 
two  plants.  Almost  without  exception,  the 
whole  of  these  tablelands  consist  of  this  variety 
of  country.  The  famed  Mitchell  grass  pre- 
dominates everywhere,  but  several  other  allied 
grasses  are  found  interspersed  with  it.  This  is 
most  noticeable  near  the  belts  of  timbered 
country. 

"During  my  connection  with  the  develop- 
ment of  this  country  near  the  Queensland  bor- 
der, I  ascertained  that  abundance  of  water  can 
be  obtained  at  a  depth  of  about  200  feet  below 
the  surface.  At  this  depth,  apparently,  there 
is  a  strong  and  unlimited  underground  flow  of 
water  northward,  on  which  exhaustive  pump- 
ing could  make  no  diminishing  impression. 

"I  was  employed  in  surveying  and  sketching 
or  mapping  this  country  for  nearly  18  months, 
during  two  summers  and  a  wet  season,  and 
found  the  climate  equal  to  that  of  the  temper- 
ate zones  further  south.  The  temperature 
ranges  from  26  deg.  F.  in  June  to  120  deg.  in 
January.  During  this  latter  period,  however, 
the  prevailing  south-east  breezes  neutralise  the 
general  effect  of  such  a  high  temperature. 

"Fever  is  an  unknown  ailment  here;  no  single 
instance  then  and  since  has  come  to  my  know- 
ledge.     The   elevation   of  this  country   above] 
sea-level  on  the  western  parts  is  about  800  feet,,] 
and  on  the  eastern  portions  near  the  Queens- 
land border,  latitude  22  deg.,  about  450  feet.j 
This,    I    think,   may   account   for   the   equable) 
climate. 

"In  my  opinion — which  I  expressed  then^ 
against  the  general  conviction,  and  which  has 


INLAND    DISTRICTS 


589 


Horses  from  the  MacDonnell  Banges 


since  been  verified  by  actual  proof — this  coun- 
try is  eminently  suitable  for  sheep  that  have 
thrived  in  higher  latitudes  immediately  to  the 
westward,  and  on  greatly  inferior  country, 
without  showing  any  deterioration  either  in  the 
wool  or  carcase    after  a  number  of  years. 

"The  average  rainfall  is  about  20  inches, 
though  this  has  been  greatly  exceeded  of  late 
years. 

"My  experience  of  the  Northern  Territory 
extends  over  35  years.  /  have  been  astounded 
at  the  frequent  mention  of  desert  country.  My 
experience  is  that  some  of  the  finest  pastoral 
country  in  the  ivorld  is  found  in  Central  Aus- 
tralia. Water,  principally  artesian,  is  more 
abundant  than  supposed.  Gold  is  scattered  all 
through  this  vast  area,  one  quartz  range  show- 
ing gold  for  fully  36  miles.  The  Orabarra 
Reef,  in  the  Jervois  and  Tarlton  Ranges,  has 
never  been  visited  by  any  white  man  but  my- 
self. Professor  Tate  and  experts  Watt  and 
Achimiovitch  (members  of  the  Horn  Expedi- 
tion, of  which  I  was  commander)  all  stated  that 
the  best  indications  of  diamonds  exist  to  the 
west  of  Charlotte  Waters.  Coal  of  good  qua- 
lity is  found  in  the  MacDonnell  and  more 
northern  areas.  It  speaks  for  itself  that  more 
than  a  fourth  of  the  Territory  is  settled  with 
stations,  mines,  etc.  /  have  no  hesitation  in 
declaring  that  it  will  be  the  finest  and  most 
remunerative  country  in  Australia." 

David  Lindsay  and  W.  H.  Tietkins,  both  men 
whose  names  are  inscribed  on  the  honor  roll  of 
Australian  exploration,  have  published  optimistic 
conclusions  regarding  the  Territory.  Mr.  Lind- 
say is  the  author  of  an  enthusiastic  book,  entitled 


"Territoria,"  which,  as  well  as  Mr.  Simpson 
Newlands'  valuable  collation  on  the  North-South 
Transcontinental  Railway,  I  have  found  most  in- 
teresting and  useful. 

Travelling  westward  from  the  MacDonnell 
Ranges,  Mr.  Tietkins  finds  "beautiful  streams  of 
water,  luxuriant  pasture,  grassy  mulga  flats 
covered  with  luxuriant  herbage;  flat,  well-grassed 
country;  delightful  weather,  charming  surround- 
ings, the  evening  air  laden  with  the  delicate  per- 
fume of  many  wild  flowers;  flowing  springs,  really 
open  country,  rich  in  every  variety  of  pasture; 
very  splendid  and  well-grassed  country;  more 
bright  flowers  in  blossom  all  round,  their  varied 
hues  and  delicate  tints  presenting  a  brilliant  and 
ever-varying  panorama  of  splendor,  eclipsing  all 
the  vetch  which  grows  here  in  patches  of  an  acre 
or  two;  the  color  of  its  flowers,  a  bright  carmine, 
forming  quite  a   feature  of  the  landscape." 

Judging  by  this  it  will  be  vain  to  look  for  that 
mythical  "Australian  Desert"  in  this  direction. 

Descanting  on  Lake  Amadeus  and  the  adjacent 
country,  Mr.  Tietkins  says  : — 

"Within  view  of  this  Lake  Amadeus  are  two 
of  the  most  remarkable  features  in  Australia. 
I  refer  to  Mount  Olga  and  Ayers  Rock;  but  it 
is  a  subject  that  baffles  any  power  of  descrip- 
tion. This  granite  wall,  with  its  several  indents 
or  bays,  is  half  a  mile  long,  I  dare  say,  and 
right  at  the  foot,  or  foundations  as  it  were, 
and  in  the  indents,  deep  pools  of  beautifully 
clear  cold  water  will  be  found,  upon  which  the 
sun  never  shines,  the  granite  walls  rising  quite 
perpendicularly  on  either  side  for  over  1,000 
feet.  Mount  Olga  is  a  few  hundred  feet  higher 
than   Ayers   Rock   and   covers   a   much   larger 


590 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


area,  and,  I  think,  quite  inaccessible.  The  wall 
on  its  northern  side  is  quite  as  perpendicular  as 
that  of  a  room,  and  towards  the  top  it  hangs 
over:  but  from  the  foundations  of  this  monster 
there  issues  a  stream  of  beautiful  water  that  is 
as  permanent  as  the  hill  itself.  It  runs  for  a 
few  chains  over  a  pavement  of  coarse  pudding- 
stone  or  conglomerate,  and  is  then  lost  in  the 
sand." 

Professor  Sir  Baldwin  Spencer  describes  Ayers 
Rock  as  "a  huge  dome-shaped  monolith,  brilliant 
Venetian  red  in  color,  a  mile  in  length  and  five 
miles  in  circumference:  its  sides  rising  precipi- 
tously to  a  height  of  2,500  feet,  it  stands  out  in 
lonely  grandeur  against  the  clear  sky." 


An  Ant-HiU 


The  MacDonnell  Ranges  and  the  Barkly 
Tableland  have  been  proved,  and  are  only  await- 
ing railway  communication  to  increase  their  pre- 
sent productiveness,  perhaps  a  hundredfold.  With 
the  establishment  of  transport  and  water  supply, 
it  would  seem  that  the  white  spaces  on  the  map, 
which  stand  between  them,  will  also  be  filled.  Our 
knowledge  of  these  spaces  is  not  yet  complete; 
but,  as  far  as  it  carries  us,  we  have  every  reason 
to  believe  that  they  will  have  their  uses  and  values 
like  the  rest.  With  the  conservation  of  water  in 
certain  places,  they  will  at  least  have  grazing 
values  equal  to  other  parts  of  Australia  which  are 
being  profitably  worked. 

Those  regions  which  spread  across  from  the 
overland  telegraph  to  the  West  Australian  border, 
north  of  the  19th  parallel,  have  been,  for  the  most 
part,  already  determined.  They  include  the  fam- 
ous Victoria  River  and  the  huge  cattle  stations  of 
the  Bovril  Australian  Estates  Limited,  Connor, 
Doherty  and  Durack,  Joseph  Bradshaw,  Copley 
and    Patterson,    W.    T.    Buchanan,    and    others. 


These  holdings  comprise  a  solid  block  of  leases 
45,000  square  miles  or  more  in  area,  extending 
from  the  mouth  of  the  Victoria,  nearly  as  far  as 
Tanami  goldfields  in  the  south.  Much  of  this 
country  should  ultimately  come  in  for  closer  set- 
tlement. There  is  a  large  extent  of  volcanic  soil 
on  the  Victoria  Downs,  which  has  been  described 
as  similar  to  that  of  Mt.  Gambier — easily  one  of 
the  most  fertile  districts  in  Australia. 

Southward  from  the  head  waters  of  the  Vic- 
toria, fine  sheep  country  also  exists. 

Mr.  L.  A.  Wells,  who  in  1907  completed  a 
trigonometrical  survey  of  32,000  square  miles 
between  Pine  Creek  and  the  Western  Australian 
border  (one-half  of  which  he  declared  arable) 
acquired  during  his  two  years  and  two  months' 
work  much  valuable  information  concerning  this 
section.  His  report  on  the  "Character  of  Country 
Adjacent  to  the  Victoria  River"  appertains  to  an 
area  of  10,000  square  miles  of  what  he  describes 
as  "splendid  pastoral  country,  generally  thinly 
wooded  and  luxuriantly  grassed  with  a  species  of 
Mitchell  grass,  Flinders,  and  other  rooted  and 
annual  varieties.  This  area,"  he  says,  "includes 
about  two  and  a  half  million  acres  of  plains,  ele- 
vated flats  and  downs,  consisting  of  black,  brown, 
and  red  soil,  a  large  portion  of  which  is  very  rich, 
being  fertilized  by  the  decomposing  basaltic  rocks. 
The  whole  of  the  country  is  fairly  well  timbered. 
About  130,000  head  of  cattle  were  then  depas- 
turing within  the  10,000  square  miles  in  question. 
Owing  to  so  many  advantages — the  numerous  and 
abundant  natural  waters,  prolific  grasses,  and  as- 
sured rainfall — it  is  an  ideal  breeding  country  for 
stock,  and  I  doubt  if  there  is  a  better  cattle  country 
in  Australia.  In  my  opinion,  about  one-half  of  the 
32,000  square  miles,  equal  to  10,240,000  acres,  is 
good  arable  land,  whilst  the  whole  area  has  col- 
lectively a  herd  of  200,000  head  of  great  stock 
depasturing  thereon.  A  large  portion  of  the  best 
country  is  but  lightly  stocked  on  account  of  the 
absence  of  natural  waters,  whilst  the  whole  of  the 
herd  mentioned  are  dependent  on  natural  sup- 
plies. With  increased  facilities  and  by  keeping 
the  stock  out  from  the  permanent  supplies  as  long 
as  possible,  this  area  would  depasture  400,000 
head  of  cattle.  A  considerable  portion  of  this 
area,  comprising  the  lower  end  of  the  Victoria 
River  Downs  run.  Wave  Hill  run,  and  south-east 
thereof,  Invermay,  Gordon  Downs,  and  portions 
of  the  Ord  River  run,  is  suitable  for  sheep-raising 
on  extensive  lines.  The  Plora,  Daly,  and  Kathe- 
rine  rivers  are  running  streams  all  the  year  round, 
whilst  the  Victoria  and  Wickham  rivers  have 
beautiful  reaches,  several  miles  in  length,  of  deep 
and  wide  permanent  waters.  There  are  also 
many  other  permanent  supplies  off  the  rivers." 

Wm.  F.  Buchanan  has  testified  regarding  the 
thousand  or  so  square  miles  held  by  him  on  the 


INLAND    DISTRICTS 


591 


Victoria  that  "it  is  some  of  the  best  in  the  Terri- 
tory, and  the  increase  and  health  of  cattle  raised 
there  are  good."  As  regards  the  expenses  of 
carrying  on  the  industry,  Mr.  Buchanan  held  that 
"increased  population  and  a  greater  amount  of 
energy  thrown  into  pastoral  matters  will  reduce 
them.  The  Territory  is  as  good  as  Queensland 
for  pastoral  pursuits." 


is  no  inconsiderable  stream.  Its  course  runs  east 
to  west.  Deep  water  prevails  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Fitzmaurice;  but  there  is  a  whirlpool  tide.  The 
Fitzmaurice  waters  the  northern  section  of  the 
Bradshaw  pastoral  limit. 

Fifteen  miles  south  of  Victoria  River  Station, 
it  is  stated,  the  good  sheep  country  begins,  and 
extends    in    that    direction    for    200    miles,    and 


Palms,  ErichauS  Ranges 


Cattle-raising  began  out  here  in  the  early  8o's. 

t  has  had  ample  time  to  prove  itself.    The  herds 

ave  ranged  from  2,000  to  40,000  head  on  these 

stations.     There  are  still  immense  tracts  to  come 

into  occupation,  and  the  carrying  capacity  of  those 

ken  up  can  doubtless  be  greatly  increased. 

Victoria  Downs  Station  has  an  area  of  between 

leven  and  twelve  thousand  square  miles.     It  is 

mostly  Flinders  grass  country,  well  watered.     At 

the  end  of  19 12  this  station  was  carrying  107,000 

head  of  cattle  and  900  head  of  horses,  which  was 

ot  within  30,000  of  its  estimated  capacity.     The 

rainfall  here  is  between  23  and  24  inches,  well 

■distributed. 
1    The  Fitzmaurice   River,   which  enters  the  sea 
r""  ""'""'"■■'•'"■  ""■"■■ 


int 
Hie 


10,000  square  miles  in  the  neighborhood  of  Long- 
reach  and  Wave  Hill  are  suitable  for  dairy  farm- 
ing. 

Wave  Hill  Station — classed  by  Americans  as 
superior  to  any  cattle  lands  in  the  United  States — 
has  an  area  of  10,725  square  miles,  and  was  re- 
cently carrying  75,000  head  of  cattle  and  1,500 
horses.  With  the  establishment  of  a  sub-artesian 
water  supply,  the  manager  estimates  that  it  will 
support  40  or  50  thousand  more.  He  regards 
sixty-five  per  cent,  of  Wave  Hill  as  being  suitable 
for  sheep.  The  average  rainfall  here  is  about  20 
inches,  distributed  from  September  to  March. 

Stock  from  this  station  have  been  driven,  year 
after  year,  across  to  Newcastle  Waters,  over  to 
Corella  and  Lake  Nash,  and  down  the  Georgina 


592 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


to  Glengyle  in  Queensland.  This  route  crosses  the 
Northern  Territory  from  north-west  to  south- 
east, and  takes  over  the  border  into  Central  West- 
ern Queensland.  Cattle  must  have  grass  and 
water,  as  any  tyro  knows.  It  will  be  superfluous, 
therefore,  to  seek  for  the  supposed  "Central 
Desert"  on  this  route. 

Although  there  is  little  yet  known  of  the  un- 
mapped spaces  to  the  southward — which  extend 
from  the  Western  Australian  border-line  right 
across  the  Territory  to  Queensland,  crossed  only 
by  the  Telegraph  line — it  is  believed  that  a  good 
south-eastern  stock  route  can  be  established  from 
the  Victoria  River  districts  to  the  overland  tele- 
graph line. 

Mr.  Davidson  in  1900,  on  his  mineral  explora- 
tion, made  several  journeys  to  and  from  the  Tele- 
graph line.  Mr.  Alec  Ross  crossed  with  camels 
from  Tanami  after  the  rains.  His  trip,  from 
Tanami  to  Alice  Springs,  was  safely  completed  in 
29  days. 

On  his  return  he  took  a  more  southerly  trail, 
and  reported  traversing  some  very  good  country 
en  route. 

It  has  been  recommended  that  the  Victoria 
River  should  be  connected  with  the  proposed  main 
trunk  line  by  a  branch  line  from  Katherine  River. 
Looked  at  with  other  eyes  than  those  of  the  cattle- 
men, who  have  proved  the  good  land  for  their 
own  particular  industry,  such  a  railway  should  be 
a  sound  national  investment. 

The  Western  Coast  has  a  rainfall  of  50  inches, 
which  gradually  diminishes  to  20  inches  at  Wave 
Hill,  between  200  and  300  miles  inland.  Fruit 
and  vegetables  will  grow  freely  over  this  well- 
watered  belt  of  50  or  60  million  acres;  rice  and 
sugar-cane  mayhap  on  the  alluvial  plains  of  the 
lower  Victoria ;  sheep  and  horses  on  the  uplands — 
this  vast  corner  of  the  Territory  is  undoubtedly 
rich  in  productive  possibilities. 

The  Victoria  has  the  longest  watershed — ap- 
proximately 100,000  miles — and  is  the  most  im- 
portant river  in  the  Territory.  At  its  mouth  it  is 
26  miles  wide,  and  is  navigable  on  high  tides  for 
25-feet  vessels  as  far  as  Blunder  Bay,  where  there 
is  good  anchorage  in  6  to  7  fathoms  of  water. 
Altogether  it  has  iio  miles  of  navigable  waters. 

Between  the  two  proposed  points  of  connec- 
tion lies  Willeroo — another  undeveloped,  fertile 
district — and  the  head  of  the  Daly,  of  which 
wc  have  already  read  the  most  favorable  reports. 

The  Flora  River  Falls  are  along  this  route, 
55  miles  from  the  Katherine.  The  Flora  is  a 
tributary  of  the  Daly.  It  is  described  as  being 
slightly  different  to  all  the  other  rivers  in  the 
Territory,  and  carries  one  of  the  largest  volumes 
of  water.  According  to  Mr.  T.  H.  Pearce,  of 
Willeroo   Station,   an   experienced   pastoralist: — 


"It  is  estimated  that  90,000,000  gallons  per 
hour  pass  over  the  Kathleen  Falls.  From  the 
Kathleen  Falls  to  the  junction  with  the  Kath- 
erine, a  distance  of  15  miles,  is  one  large  water- 
hole.  The  depth  of  the  water  just  below  the 
falls  is  70  feet  or  more.  Above  the  falls  the 
water  extends  for  8  miles,  and  on  the  loamy 
banks  a  considerable  area  of  land  suitable  for 
agriculture  is  to  be  had." 

On  the  southern  edges  of  the  Victoria  leases, 
lies  (Mucka)  Clare  Innes  Station.  Crossing  the 
1 8th  parallel  East  of  here  one  enters  a  land  of 
which  little  is  known.  In  the  opinion  of  Mr. 
Pearce — who  has  crossed  this  hinterland — with 
railway  communication  and  a  proper  conserva- 
tion of  water,  it  will  carry  20  to  30  millions  of 
sheep  easily,  and  a  great  number  of  big  stock  as 
well. 

He  describes  it  as  level  throughout,  with  edible 
spinifex,  grassed  patches,  and  a  little  stock  bush. 
Water  is  obtainable  at  shallow  depths. 

The  reports  of  the  Davidson  Central  Austra- 
lian Mineral  Exploration  Expedition,  1898  to 
1900,  greatly  confirm  this  view.  Mr.  Davidson 
(who  first  located  Tanami),  although  his  mis- 
sion was  purely  geological,  found  at  least  one 
500-mile  square  of  "splendidly  grassed  pastoral 
country." 

The  southern  trail  from  Mucka  to  Tanami 
takes  the  occasional  traveller  through  alternate 
poor  and  good  land.  In  191 1,  Mr.  Lionel  C.  E. 
Gee,  then  Magistrate  and  warden  in  the  Terri- 
tory, went  down  to  Tanami  from  Mucka,  170 
miles,  and  was  agreeably  surprised  to  find  that 
the  term  "desert"  applied  to  this  region  was  a 
misnomer.     Mr.  Gee  reported  that — 

"Large  areas  of  good  and  fair  pastoral 
country  exist  throughout,  so  far  as  the  vast 
extent  of  waste  lands  has  been  examined:  and 
I  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that,  apart  from 
the  mineral  probabilities  of  Tanami — which  I 
trust  will  be  systematically  and  thoroughly 
tested  later  on — the  pastoral  possibilities  are 
great,  and  that  altogether  the  effect  of  the 
Tanami  discovery  is  to  add  a  new  and  valu- 
able province  to  the  Northern  Territory. 

During  the  hot  and  dry  time,  when  there 
seemed  little  for  the  animals  to  eat  except  spini- 
fex, the  horses  and  camels  kept  in  splendid 
hard  condition  and,  to  use  a  bush  expression, 
'you  could  ride  all  day  without  wetting  the 
saddle-cloth.'  Many  practical  stockmen  have 
expressed  to  me  their  convictions  that  Tanami 
district  will  prove  an  ideal  place  for  horse- 
breeding.  ■ 

The  country  may  be  classed  as  rolling  downs 
of  considerable   general   elevation,   determined 


INLAND    DISTRICTS 


593 


by  the  Government  Geologist's  barometrical 
observation  as  about  1,400  feet  above  sea  level, 
sandy  rises,  red  loam  flats,  stony  rises,  stony 
and  sandy  table  country;  these  alternations  ex- 
tending for  vast  distances  in  every  direction. 
Low  trees,  bushes,  and  spinifex,  are  seen  every- 
where. Spinifex  is  generally  regarded  as  an 
abomination;  but  there  are  three  varieties  here, 
two  of  which  contain  very  nutritive  qualities, 
and  are  good  fodder  plants  for  stock  as  a 
standby.  When  in  seed  after  the  rains  patches 
look,  like  waving  oatfields.  There  are,  of 
course,  extensive  areas  of  useless  desert  spini- 
fex. The  long  red  loam  flats  which  are  fre- 
quently crossed  are  well  clothed  with  many 
sorts  of  bunchy  grass,  bushes  and  patches  of 
mulga  and  supplejack — the  two  latter  being  ex- 
cellent camel  feed. 

The  conclusion  is  forced  upon  one  that, 
apart  from  the  considerable  auriferous  proba- 
bilities of  the  district,  there  are  pastoral  pos- 
sibilities which  will,  sooner  or  later,  be  intelli- 
gently developed  and  utilized;  probably  in  the 
first  instance  in  the  direction  of  horse-breeding, 
for  which  the  country  seems  particularly  suit- 
able." 

The    recorded    rainfall    at    Tanami     for     10 

lonths  was  15  J  inches,  three  times  greater  than 

that    of    Oodnadatta    and    surrounding    districts 

j(8oo  miles  south),  wherein    the    pastoral    indus- 

Itry  has  long  been  successfully  established.     The 

iheat  of  midsummer  Mr.  Gee  found  to  be — 

"dry,  burning,  clear,  and  not  unhealthy;  and 
every  day  there  is  a  breeze  of  more  or  less 
strength  from  the  south-east.  The  nights  are 
perfect  throughout,  nearly  always  still  and 
cloudless,  and,  owing  to  the  elevation  of  the 
country,  a  coolness  in  them  which  makes  sleep 
natural  and  refreshing." 


The  months  of  July  and  August  were  cold,  the 
lowest  register  being  50  deg.  Bright,  sunny  days 
and  cold,  clear  nights — the  typical  winter  of  In- 
land Australia. 

Hall's  Creek  (W.A.)  lies  220  miles  north- 
westward of  Tanami  by  a  well-watered  track. 

Mr.  Worgan,  now  of  Darwin — who  acted 
as  warden  at  Tanami  for  12  months  while  this 
field  was  being  actively  worked  by  small  parties 
of  miners  a  few  years  ago — thinks  well  not  only 
of  the  mineral,  but  the  pastoral  prospects  of  the 
district.  He  regards  it  as  good  "dry"  country 
quite  suitable  for  occupation  under  ordinary  Aus- 
tralian conditions.  He  advises  a  thorough 
artesian  survey  of  all  the  southern  portion  of 
the  Territory.  On  his  return  journey  to  Darwin 
Mr.  Worgan  walked  600  miles  (from  Tanami  to 
Pine  Creek)   beside  his  camel. 

I  value  Mr.  Worgan's  judgment  quite  as  highly 
as  that  of  any  disappointed  prospector  who  fail- 
ed to  locate  a  great  Boulder  or  a  Mount  Mor- 
gan in  these  remote  regions. 

Evidence  adduced  before  the  recent  Federal 
Railway  Commission  leads  us  to  believe  that  even 
the  remote  south-western  corner  is  capable  of 
profitable  occupation.  Sub-artesian  water  is  sup- 
posed to  exist,  and  50  per  cent,  of  the  land  at  least 
carries  good  edible  bushes  and  grasses. 

The  south-western  corner  is  similarly  possible. 
With  the  establishment  of  these  final  facts,  I  must 
unreluctantly  announce  to  those  chronic  pessimists 
who  have  clung  for  three  generations  to  a  belief 
in  an  ever-receding  "Australian  Desert,"  that  this 
bogey  is  now  definitely  relegated  for  all  time  to 
the  Limbo  of  Ancient  Lies.  It  will  have  for  men- 
dacious company  in  these  shadowy  realms,  to 
which  we  now  consign  it,  many  a  hoary  fable 
gathered  from  the  classical  geographies  of  an 
unreliable  past. 


A  Garden  at  Alice  Springs 


The  Prospector's  Camel 


MINERAL  RESOURCES. 


OUT  of  a  mass  of  contradictory  opinion, 
emanating  from  both  practical  and  theo- 
retical sources,  we  will  now  endeavor  to 
form  a  reasonable  estimation  of  the  mineral  re- 
sources of  the  Northern  Territory,  as  far  as  they 
have  been  examined. 

The  history  of  operative  mining  in  these  yet 
imperfectly  known  expanses  of  Australia,  which 
lie  between  the  26th  parallel  and  the  Indian 
Ocean,  is  condensed  into  a  comparatively  small 
volume.  It  is  advisable  to  turn  the  leaves  very 
carefully,  and  to  let  the  "bulls"  on  one  page  en- 
gage the  "bears"  on  the  other  as  best  they  may. 

Gold  was  first  discovered,  in  1869,  by  Govern- 
ment survey  parties  on  the  Blackmore  and  Char- 
lotte Rivers.  There  is  a  fixed  belief  among  a 
majority  of  those  who  have  had  any  experience 
in  the  Territory  that  misdirected  enterprise,  bad 
management,  and  unreliable  labor  alone  have  pre- 
vented their  country  from  equalling  or  eclipsing 
the  adjoining  States  of  Queensland  and  Western 
Australia  as  a  producer  of  useful  and  valuable 
minerals. 

This  belief  has  some  foundation  in  fact.  At 
the  same  time  we  must  consider  that  first  South 
Australian  and  then  Federal  Governments,  would 
hail  with  delight  the  discovery,  in  this  unoccupied 
possession,  of  a  field  such  as  Kalgoorlie  or  Char- 
ters Towers.  Taking  the  scientific  aspect  first, 
we  find  the  Rev.  J.  E.  Tenison  Woods,  as  far 
back  as  the  year  1886,  predicting  that  the  penin- 


sula of    Arnhem    Land  will  become    one  of  the 
great  mining  centres  of  Australia. 

The  whole  of  the  geology  of  the  Northern 
Territory,  Tenison  Woods  describes  as  being  "of 
a  simple  kind.  The  formations  are  few  in  num- 
ber. There  are  no  fossils,  and  the  exposed  sec- 
tions are  numerous  and  clear." 

"The  most  conspicuous,  as  well  as  the  most 
common,  is  mica  slate.  It  is  not  crystalline, 
and  therefore  I  do  not  call  it  metamorphic. 
At  Talc  Head,  Darwin,  the  brilliant  show 
of  mica  which  there  occurs  marks  the  occur- 
rence of  five  or  six  mineral  lodes;  also  at  Snad- 
den  Creek,  McKinlay  Mine,  and  Mount  Shoo- 
bridge.  The  whole  of  this  formation  is  paleo- 
zoic, and  probably,  from  its  mineral  character, 
of  the  same  age  as  the  auriferous  slates  and 
schists  of  Victoria,  New  South  Wales,  etc.  In 
those  colonies  it  is  called  'lower  silurian,'  but, 
in  justice  to  Professor  Sedgwick,  should  be 
named  'upper  Cambrian,'  or  (as  proposed  as 
a  compromise)  'Ordovician.'  There  are  no 
fresh  fossils  to  verify  this  Identification.  Plant 
impressions  are  certainly  found  in  the  slates 
at  Pine  Creek,  but  they  cannot  be  identified 
as  yet;  but  the  whole  character  of  the  forma- 
tion is  such  as  to  leave  little  doubt  on  the  mind 
of  the  geologist  as  to  the  identity  in  age  with 
the   auriferous   deposits   elsewhere. 

Dykes. — In  every  part  of  these  deposits 
there    are    dykes,    mineral    lodes,    and    faults. 


594 


MINERAL    RESOURCES 


595 


i 


Near  Port  Darwin  there  has  been  a  consider- 
able overflow  of  ancient  lava,  which  now  con- 
sists of  a  few  hills  of  diorite,  a  volcanic  rock 
of  deep  blackish-green  color  and  waxy  lustre. 
It  consists  of  crystals  and  hornblende,  mixed 
with  felspar,  triclinic  in  small  quantities.  Un- 
til more  carefully  examined,  the  rock  at  Port 
Darwin  camp  may  be  called  'diorite.'  There 
are  also  diorite  dykes  in  many  places,  especi- 
ally where  the  gold  has  been  abundant,  such 
as  at  Margaret  Creek  and  other  places.  In 
addition,  the  country  is  interlaced  in  abundance 
with  dykes  or  veins  of  a  greyish-blue  flaggy 
rock  of  volcanic  character  and  extraordinary 
hardness.  The  term  generally  used  by  the 
miners  for  the  outcrops  of  the  heads  of  a  vein 
is  a  'blow,'  and  the  idea  of  their  origin  is  con- 
nected with  the  action  of  fire.  Whatever  may 
be  the  origin  of  veins,  it  is  certain  that  the 
burnt  red  and  black  appearance  is  the  result 
of  exposure  to  the  action  of  air  and  water, 
which  has  rusted  the  iron  ores  and  decomposed 
the  other  minerals.  For  a  long  time  past  the 
miners  have  had  a  prejudice  against  what  are 
called  'ironstone  blows,'  or  caps  of  lodes  in 
which  there  was  a  great  development  of  per- 
oxides of  iron.  They  have  often  been  tried 
and  found  poor  in  gold,  or  destitute  of  it,  so 
that  even  prospecting  them  has  been  generally 
abandoned.  There  are  a  good  many  through- 
out the  district,  and  the  majority  have  been  un- 
touched. They  are  the  heads  of  true  mineral 
lodes,  the  mineral  character  of  which  will  not 
be  determined  until  the  water-level  is  reached. 
Silver,  copper,  and  lead  are  the  principal  min- 
erals to  be  expected  in  them,  with,  probably, 
a  little  gold.  I  think  they  are  rich  ore,  but  not 
suited  for  ordinary  methods  of  treatment,  or 
the  battery  appliances  in  use  here.  New  and 
patent  methods  for  the  separation  of  the  ores 
will  have  to  be  adopted. 

Granite. — All  round  the  mining  area  is  a  belt 
of  granite.  I  infer  that  it  is  a  complete  ring, 
though  I  have  not  traced  it  in  every  part.  Thus, 
granite  is  found  on  the  west  side  all  along  the 
telegraph  line,  and  on  the  east  side  all  along 
the  valley  of  the  Mary,  on  the  north  side 
from  the  Fergusson  to  within  four  miles  of 
Pine  Creek,  and  on  the  south  about  the  neigh- 
borhood of  the  Finniss  River.  On  the  north- 
west and  south  sides  of  this  belt  the  granite 
is  pink  in  color,  coarse  grained,  with  large  crys- 
tals of  orthoclase  felspar  often  two  inches  and 
more  in  length.  Usually  this  coarse  kind  of 
granite  is  termed  granite  porphyry.  On  the 
west  side  it  is  partly  of  this  kind,  but  on  the 
east  its  place  is  almost  entirely  taken  up  by 
blue,  close-grained  granite — a  valuable  stone. 
On  all  sides  this  granite  crops  up  into  hills  of 


lOo  feet  and  more  in  height,  but  never  quite 
so  high  as  the  metalliferous  slates. 

The  existence  of  this  belt  of  granite  round 
the  mineral  deposits  is  of  the  greatest  impor- 
tance. It  is  a  state  of  things  which  all  experi- 
ence has  taught  to  be  the  most  favorable  for 
mineral  deposits.  Usually  the  greatest  rich- 
ness is  found  at  the  edges  of  these  formations, 
or  rather  at  the  junction  of  the  slates  with  the 
eruptive  granite;  and  from  what  I  have  seen, 
this  locality  seems  to  be  no  exception.  All 
along  the  east  side  of  the  ranges,  or  the  val- 
ley of  the  Mary  River,  there  is  a  continuous 
outcrop  of  mineral  veins  almost  upon  such  junc- 
tion. 

It  would  seem  as  if  silver,  lead,  copper,  and 
tin  were  the  metals  developed  on  the  edges  of 
this  junction,  while  gold  exists  generally 
throughout  the  slates.  But  the  district  is  hard- 
ly sufficiently  prospected  to  form  safe  conclu- 
sions. The  width  of  this  ring  of  granite  varies 
as  far  as  it  is  known.  On  the  south  of  Pine 
Creek  it  is  at  least  15  miles  wide,  and  in  some 
parts  of  the  valley  of  the  Mary  it  must  be 
nearly  as  much,  as  well  as  on  the  north.     On 


Primitive  Windlass 


596 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


the  west  it  is  overlaid  by  sandstone  and  mag- 
nesite  rocks.  An  accurate  geological  survey 
of  this  line  of  junction  would  lead  to  the  dis- 
covery of  many  mineral  lodes. 

When  the  belt  of  granite  is  traversed  we 
find  that  the  metalliferous  formation  again 
crops  out  on  the  north  and  south — thus  the 
whole  country  between  Southport  and  Port 
Darwin  consists  of  that  formation  capped  here 
and  there  with  a  little  magnesite.  There  are 
many  quartz  lodes,  and  I  am  of  opinion  that 
the  outcrop  of  ironstone  in  ridges  of  black 
nodular  limonite  marks  the  locality  of  mineral 
lodes.  There  is  every  reason  to  suppose  that 
the  junction  between  the  granite  and  slates  on 
the  outside  of  the  granitic  ring  should  be  as 
rich  in  mineral  lodes  as  the  inside  line  of  junc- 
tion. Mineral  lodes,  which  become  barren  in 
passing  from  one  country  to  another,  become 
metalliferous  in  returning  to  the  country  from 
which  they  took  their  origin.  Thus,  then,  the 
edge  of  the  granite  country  on  the  outside  of 
the  belt  to  the  westward  of  the  telegraph  line, 
to  the  south  of  the  Fergusson  and  north  of 
the  Finniss  should  be  prospected,  and  may 
prove  to  be  rich  in  minerals." 

Such  was  the  opinion  of  one  of  the  foremost 
Australian  geologists  twenty-eight  years  ago,  re- 
garding the  more  northern  portion  of  the  Terri- 
tory. 

Between  the  years  1873  and  1891,  261,801 
recorded  ounces  of  gold,  won  principally  by 
Chinese,  were  exported  from  the  country.  As 
mining  has  been  very  largely  In  the  hands  of 
Chinamen  down  to  the  present  day,  such  results 
as  are  obtainable  must  be  accepted  as  mere  ap- 
proximations, and  will  be  much  under  the  actual 
values. 

By  that  time,  it  had  been  pretty  conclusively 
proven  that  the  country  was  rich  at  least  in  gold 
and  tin. 

Between  first  discoveries  in  the  coastal  dis- 
tricts and  the  present  time,  several  fields  have 
come  Into  passing  prominence:  Arltunga  (in  the 
MacDonnell  Ranges),  Tanami,  the  Katherine, 
and  others  more  or  less  known  to  investors. 

Mr.  H.  Y.  L.  Brown,  for  many  years  Govern- 
ment Geologist  for  South  Australia,  examined 
many  metalliferous  districts  throughout  the  Ter- 
ritory, and  contributed  much  useful  and  Interest- 
ing Information  to  our  still  imperfect  knowledge 
of  Its  mineral  resources. 

The  rocks  forming  the  Musgrave  Ranges,  he 
declared  were  most  favorable  for  the  occurrence 
of  metallic  minerals.  Of  these  remote  regions 
he  gave  a  scientific  judgment:  "It  Is  reasonable 
to  expect  that  In  a  country  composed  as  this 
Is  of  highly  metamorphic  granite  rocks,  upheaved 


and  Intersected  by  Igneous  dykes,  metallic  min- 
erals exist  and  will  be  found  when  the  country  has 
undergone  thorough  exploration." 

Mr.  Allan  Davidson's  party  located  and 
proved  low-grade  reefs  in  the  Murchison  Ranges 
between  Barrow's  and  Tennant's  Creeks,  which 
were  too  remote  from  railway  transport  then  to 
be  payable,  but  should  prove  profitable  when  the 
Transcontinental  Railway  reaches  this  district. 

It  must  be  remembered  that,  geologically.  Cen- 
tral Australia  remains  to  be  mapped.  The  Great 
Paleozoic  Plateau  takes  in  the  Musgrave  and 
MacDonnell  Ranges.  The  astoundingly  rich 
gold  deposits  discovered  In  West  Australia  occur 
In  these  rocks.  The  Paleozoic  Plateau,  with  its 
auriferous  possibilities,  occupies  the  greater  area 
of  the  Northern  Territory.  It  rolls  In  metamor- 
phic folds  across  from  the  known  gold-bearing 
regions  of  Western  Australia,  to  the  known  gold- 
bearing  regions  of  Queensland,  holding  within  Its 
silent,  time-worn  heart,  heaven  knows  how  many 
Great  FIngals,  and  Great  Boulders,  as  recurring 
birthday  gifts  for  young  Australia. 

Pilbarra,  Ashburton,  Murchison  (W.A.), 
Southern  Cross,  Coolgardle  have  been  some  of 
the  plums  in  this  old  metamorphic  pudding.  It 
is  reasonable  to  suppose,  with  the  geologists,  that 
the  Territory  has  received  its  share  of  the  argen- 
tiferous ingredients  with  which  that  ancient  house- 
wife, Time,  enriched  the  dish. 

Mica,  tourmaline,  beryl,  and  garnets  are  all 
plentiful  in  the  MacDonnell  Ranges.  Low-grade 
gold  has  been  located  by  prospectors  at  many 
places,  which  later  on  will  pay  to  work. 

The  principal  mica  localities  are  on  the  north- 
ern watershed  of  Hart  Range,  in  the  vicinity  of 
Mount  Palmer;  where  the  gem  stones  mentioned 
also  occur.  The  number  of  mica-bearing  dykes 
Is  considerable.  They  extend  over  a  large  area. 
A  little  mining  has  been  attempted  in  this  dis- 
trict. This  Industry  requires  capital,  and  depends 
upon  the  price  obtainable  for  the  product.  When 
the  railway  enters  the  MacDonnell,  like  other 
mineral  propositions  there,  It  will  no  doubt  pay. 

Mr.  Brown,  In  1904,  pronounced  Arltunga  to 
be  a  very  promising  field,  with  large  bodies  of 
fairly  rich  gold-bearing  stone.  On  Hatch  Creek 
and  Coodlnga,  which  are  both  in  this  southern 
division,  he  Inspected  two  small  quartz  reefs,  then 
returning  prospects  of  about  2oz.  of  gold  per 
ton.  The  White  Range,  Arltunga,  he  reported 
as  remarkable  for  the  extraordinary  number  of 
auriferous  outcrops  spread  about  within  a  short 
distance  of  one  another.  He  believed  at  the 
time  that  with  good  management,  economic  min- 
ing and  treatment  of  the  ore,  large  and  payable 
returns  of  gold  would  continue   for  many  years 


to  come. 


d 


MINERAL    RESOURCES 


597 


Gold  was  discovered  in  the  matrix  at  Arltunga 
in  1897,  at  which  time  the  gullies  and  ravines 
thereabout  were  being  worked  for  alluvial.  This 
goldfield  is  in  the  MacDonnell,  70  miles  north- 
east of  Alice  Springs  Telegraph  Station.  From 
the  White  Range  Block,  in  1902,  209  tons  of 
stone  yielded  472  ounces,  approximate. 

Arltunga  field — which  is  pretty  well  watered 
— has  yielded  a  fair  amount  of  gold  to  date.  Pro- 
fitable mining  is  likely  to  go  on  there  for  years. 


Transcontinental  Railway,  it  is  exceedingly  likely 
that  many  payable  propositions  will  be  opened  in 
this  proved  gold-bearing  region. 

In  the  more  northern  fields,  mining  has  been 
carried  on  with  vicissitudes  for  more  than  30 
years.  Gold,  tin,  copper,  wolfram,  silver-lead 
have  been  won  in  payable  quantities,  and  continue 
to  be  won,  but  there  have  been  no  sensational  de- 
velopments such   as  the   high   geological   opinion 


Chinese  Bagging  Dried  Concentrates 


Mr.  Brown  held  that  the  Territory  was  an 
extensive  and  valuable  field  for  mining  opera- 
tions; that  it  required  to  be  opened  by  deep-sink- 
ing on  those  parts  already  located,  and  that  a 
large  proportion  of  likely  country  remained  to 
be  prospected. 

Mr.  A.  Davidson's  extended  mining  explora- 
tion of  eleven  thousand  square  miles  east  of  the 
transcontinental  telegraph  line,  during  three  years 
1898  to  1901,  did  not  result  in  the  discovery  of 
a  field  which  under  the  conditions  could  be  re- 
garded as  payable.  Mr.  Davidson  located  sev- 
eral gold-bearing  reefs,  including  Tanami,  which 
has  since  yielded  a  fair  amount  of  gold.  He  dis- 
covered copper  and  opals,  and,  in  several  locali- 
ties, alluvial  gold. 

The  elevation  of  the  MacDonnell  country  ex- 
amined is  2,000  feet.     With  the  opening  of  the 


of  Rev.  Tenison  Woods,  for  example,  would  have 
led  us  to  expect. 

Seven  years  ago,  1907,  the  gold  bullion  pro- 
duced and  recorded  for  the  year  (exclusive  of 
the  MacDonnell  Ranges)  was  8,023 Aoz.,  valued 
at  £23,504.  For  the  same  year  the  northern 
fields  gave  436  tons  of  tin,  worth  £41,365.  The 
chief  tin-producing  districts  then  were  Horseshoe 
Creek,  Mt.  Todd,  Mt.  Wells,  West  Arm,  and 
Snadden's  Creek.  Shows  were  being  worked  also 
at  Mt.  Shoobridge,  Mt.  Tolmer,  The  Finniss, 
and  the  Daly  River.  Horseshoe  Creek  and  Mt. 
Todd  stood  first  in  point  of  production. 

About  twenty  thousand  pounds  sterling  worth 
of  copper  was  the  total  for  that  year,  which,  with 
four  thousand  pounds  worth  of  silver-lead,  and 
eleven  thousand  pounds  worth  of  wolfram,  made 
up  the  whole  mineral  production  of  the  country, 


598 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


from  the  MacDonnell  northward.  Chinese  miners 
were  then  receiving  six  to  eight  shillings  a  day, 
and  European  miners  three  pounds  ten  to  four 
pounds  a  week. 

Chinese  carpenters  and  engine-drivers  re- 
ceived eight  to  nine  shillings  a  day,  as  against 
£4  and  £6  a  week  to  Europeans. 

In  the  following  year  the  output  of  gold  was 
slightly  less,  but  its  value  slightly  more.  Tin 
showed  a  slight  decrease  owing  to  a  fall  in  price. 
Copper  and  wolfram  fell.  Altogether,  the  total 
decrease  of  Territory  production  in  minerals  for 
that  year  was  £37,490. 

In  April,  1909,  gold  was  first  discovered  at 
Tanami  in  payable  quantities.     In  the  same  year 


Tin  Concentrates 


alluvial  tin  was  found  at  Umbrawarra,  near  Pine 
Creek.  That  year  the  Territory  returns  (north- 
ern section)  showed  a  slight  increase. 

Its  best  five  consecutive  years  had  been  a  total 
yearly  average  of  £108,000.  Its  average  during 
the  five  years  preceding  1909  was  £90,456. 

During  19 10  some  silver-lead  and  zinc  pro- 
positions in  the  Boolman  locality  were  brought 
prominently  before  the  public  by  a  Melbourne 
syndicate,  £10  shares  reaching  £180  in 
a  couple  of  months,  a  few  being  pur- 
chased locally  at  the  latter  figure.  This  rash 
speculation,  coupled  with  incorrect  statements  and 
erroneous  published  reports  of  the  marvellous 
richness  of  the  formations,  caused  a  rush  to  that 
locality.  A  large  area  under  mineral  lease  appli- 
cations was  taken  up  by  speculators,  who  formed 


syndicates,  but  on  the  receipt  of  a  report  by 
Mr.  Wilson,  a  mining  expert,  condemning  the 
field,  all  the  holdings  were  abandoned. 

The  Umbrawarra  tin  show  was  worked  out  and 
Tanami  abandoned  the  year  before  the  Territory 
passed  over  to  Commonwealth  control.  It  was 
not  a  bright  one  as  far  as  mining  was  concerned. 
From  1894  to  191 1  the  total  recorded  value  of 
minerals  won  was  £1,500,000  (approximately). 

During  191 1  the  mining  industry  showed  no 
genuine  improvement,  and  little  development 
work  of  a  progressive  nature  was  carried  out. 

In  1 91 2  the  Federal  Government  appointed 
Dr.  H.  I.  Jensen,  D.Sc,  Director  of  Mines  and 
Chief  Government  Geologist  for  the  Northern 
Territory. 

Like  the  Rev.  Tenison  Woods,  Dr.  Jensen 
seems  to  have  formed  a  high  opinion  of  the 
mineral  resources  of  the  Territory.  He  is  a 
scientist  of  great  energy  and  considerable  repu- 
tation, and  appears  to  have  determined  upon  an 
exhaustive  personal  examination  of  the  land  in 
which  he  occupies  such  an  onerous  and  important 
post. 

Already  Dr.  Jensen  has  supplied  us  with  geo- 
logical reports  on  the  Darwin  mining  district, 
the  MacArthur  River  district,  the  Barkly  Table- 
land, and  a  progress  report  on  the  geological  sur- 
vey of  the  Pine  Creek  district,  all  of  which  have 
been  now  issued  as  official  bulletins  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  External  Affairs. 

Dr.  Jensen  has  come  to  the  conclusion  that  cer- 
tain reefs  at  Pine  Creek  are  "saddle  reefs,"  re- 
sembling in  mineralogical  formation  the  famous 
saddle  reefs  of  Bendigo. 

Mr.  H.  Y.  L.  Brown,  years  previously,  exam- 
ined the  field,  and  was  inclined  to  that  belief. 
Since  Dr.  Jensen's  period  the  field  has  been  visited 
by  Mr.  E.  J.  Dunn,  until  recently  Government 
Geologist  of  Victoria.  Mr.  Dunn  has  pro- 
nounced the  Pine  Creek  field  to  possess  a  close 
structural      resemblance      to      Bendigo.  He 

says :  "/  am  satisfied  that  the  gold-bearing 
quartz  will  be  repeated  in  saddle  after 
saddle  as  one  sinks  upon  it.  I  am  satisfied  from 
the  work  already  done  on  the  surface  that  the 
stone  is  rich  enough  to  warrant  a  large  expendi- 
ture of  money." 

Since  then  Mr.  Oliver,  now  Director  of  Mines, 
has  very  carefully  plotted  the  reefs  of  the  fields, 
and  shown  them  to  be  nearly  all  saddles  and  legs 
of  saddles. 

These  conclusions  are  highly  important.        If 
correct    (and  there  is  a  strong  weight  of  expert 
evidence)  they  set  aside  the  contention  of  miningJ 
critics  that  the  gold  of  this,  the  most  importantj 
and  productive  field  yet  located  in  the  Territory/ 
does  not  live  to  a  depth.     It  is  a  curious  thing,i 
that  in  the  earlier  years  of  Broken  Hill  this  theoryj 


MINERAL    RESOURCES 


599 


was  also  current.  "The  saddle  nature  of  the 
reefs,"  says  Dr.  Jensen,  "accounts  for  the  pre- 
vailing idea  that  the  reefs  are  purely  superficial. 
In  no  case  has  a  shaft  been  sunk  deep  enough  to 
catch  the  next  saddle  below.  So  consistent  is  the 
southerly  pitch  that  one  may  safely  predict  nume- 
rous saddles — at  least  six  or  eight  super-imposed 
at  the  south  end  of  the  field.  In  no  instance  has 
any  but  the  topmost  saddle  been  worked.  That 
the  gold  is  as  good  in  the  lower,  unexposed  sad- 
dles as  it  has  been  on  the  surface,  is  not  only  cer- 
tain from  geological  deductions,  but  the  table  of 
assays  shows  that  rich  stone  has  been  obtained 
from  considerable  depths  by  diamond  drilling. 
Altogether  six  bores  have  been  put  down  at  Pine 
Creek  and  two  at  the  Union,  seven  miles  north  of 
Pine  Creek.  In  tvi'o  of  the  Pine  Creek  bores  no 
lodes  were  met  with,  though  small  quartz  leaders 
carrying  gold  were  frequent.  (Nos.  2  and  4.)  In 
two  others  only  low-grade  quartz  reefs,  but  in 
Nos.  I  and  6  good  values  were  obtained." 

Of  the  assays  mentioned.  No.  i  (date 
29/4/13),  Pine  Creek,  at  a  depth  of  486  feet,  on 
bore  angle  of  45  deg.,  vertical  depth  343.61  feet, 
gave  20Z  4dwt.  igr.  of  gold,  and  looz.  idwt.,  on 
average  of  ift.  of  stone. 

At  about  360  feet  vertical  depth  No.  6  gave 
40Z.  iidwt.  I  Igr.  gold. 

"It  is  therefore  certain,"  concludes  Dr.  Jensen, 
"that  by  sinking  shafts  on  the  south  end  of  the 
field  saddle  after  saddle  of  rich  quartz  will  be 
met  with."  Further  investigations  with  the  dia- 
mond drill  are  being  made. 

Pine  Creek  field  is  over  forty  years  old.  Up 
to  date  is  has  yielded  about  one  million  pounds' 
worth  of  gold,  mostly  won  by  Chinamen  working 
as  miners  for  Europeans,  who  hold  the  mineral 
leases. 

The  Eleanor  claim  gave  one  man  9,000  ounces 
of  gold  in  five  years.  In  the  Christmas  Mine,  35 
tons  of  stone  gave  480  ounces,  and  as  high  as  40 
ounces  per  ton  have  been  reported  from  another 
mine.  In  November,  1894,  the  New  Thunderer 
Mine  reported  crushing  150  tons  for  872  ounces 
of  gold,  at  a  depth  of  70  feet.  In  1891,  a  crush- 
ing from  the  Republic  gave  255  ounces  of  gold 
from  9  tons  of  stone. 

If  returns  such  as  these  are  to  be  repeated 
at  lower  depths,  then  the  last  has  not  been  heard 
of  Pine  Creek  as  a  gold-producer,  providing  al- 
ways that  labor  and  costs  are  not  going  to  so  re- 
duce the  profits  that  the  legitimate  investor  will 
hesitate  before  embarking  his  capital  here. 
BbThe  field,  as  the  writer  saw  it  in  the  latter  part 
of  1912,  presents  a  discouraging  spectacle,  owing 
to  the  rooting  and  burrowing  of  Chinese,  which 
has  been  going  on  for  so  many  years.  Still,  on 
the  claim  next  to  where  the  diamond  drill  was  ex- 


ploring at  that  time,  it  was  reported  to  me  that 
six  hundred  tons  of  stone,  raised  within  the  pre- 
vious six  weeks,  had  gone  six  ounces  of  gold  to 
the  ton. 

Despite  antiquated  Asiatic  methods,  a  general 
air  of  squalor  and  untidiness,  and  ubiquitous  evi- 
dence that  the  Chinaman  had  followed  his  inevi- 
table "white-ant"  policy,  I  came  away  from  the 
mineral  region  around  Pine  Creek  and  Brock's 
Creek  with  a  haunting  belief  that  it  was  like  a 
strong  child  which  had  met  with  an  illness.  I  felt 
that  proper  treatment  only  was  needed  to  effect  a 
cure;  that  its  temporary  disability  would  not  pre- 
vent the  child  in  question  from  entering  later 
upon  a  vigorous  youth 

Dr.  Jensen  has  examined  the  metalliferous  area 
on  the  MacArthur  Riv^er.  Giving  evidence  before 
the  Railway  Commission,  he  condensed  his  infor- 
mation as  follows : — 

"Around  the  MacArthur  head  station,  about 
40  miles  from  Borroloola,  there  is  a  large 
metalliferous  limestone  area,  in  which  I  think 
several  permanent  lodes  will  eventually  be  dis- 
covered. So  far,  only  the  small  leases  of  the 
nature  of  aggregations  have  been  worked.  The 
ores  found  in  this  limestone  country  are  chiefly 


A  Territorlan 


6oo 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


ij:*v*i 


complex  silver-lead  zinc  ores,  which  do  not  pay 
to  work  in  such  a  remote  region.  I  believe  that 
when  railway  communication  is  established  be- 
tween the  MacArthur  River  and  a  port  in  the 
Pellew  Islands,  this  metalliferous  area  will  sup- 
port a  great  many  miners,  and  it  might  then 
become  possible  to  open  the  large  ore  bodies 
and  erect  smelting  works  in  the  district.  The 
development  of  this  field  would  certainly  not 
pay  under  existing  conditions.  Further  back 
at  Yah  Yah,  still  in  the  MacArthur  River  dis- 
trict, there  are  other  copper  lodes,  out  of  which 
a  few  tons  of  excellent  copper  ore  have  been 
taken.  But,  of  course,  mining  did  not  pay,  for 
the  reasons  already  given.  The  Yah  Yah 
country  is  very  similar  to  the  district  between 
Carlton  Hill  and  Argilla  in  the  Cloncurry  dis- 
trict. 

"Encircling  the  Barkly  Tableland  is  a  rim 
of  metamorphic  rock  which  is  highly  mineral- 
ized, but  none  of  the  mineral  veins  hitherto 
discovered  has  been  large  enough  to  warrant 
extensive  operations.  With  the  establishment 
of  transport  many  of  these  smaller  shows  could 
be  opened  up  and  profitably  mined,  and  larger 
ore  bodies  would  be  sought  for  and  probably 
found."      .      .      . 

In  191 1,  a  prospecting  party,  under  agreement 
with  the  Acting-Administrator,  left  Pine  Creek 
for  the  Roper  River  and  Caledon  Bay,  which 
lies  some  thirty  or  forty  miles  southward  of  Cape 
Arnhem. 


They  found  several  new  rivers  and  added 
greatly  to  existing  knowledge  of  the  physio- 
graphy of  that  region.  This  party  was  absent 
from  May  to  September.  It  examined  a  circuit 
704  miles  in  length.  With  the  exception  of  what 
they  believed  to  be  antimony — found  in  small 
quantity  in  the  Ranges  between  Caledon  Bay  and 
the  Goyder  River — no  mineral  of  consequence 
was  discovered. 

Much  of  the  lands  traversed,  however,  they 
reported  suitable  for  cultivation,  as  we  have  al- 
ready seen. 

Professor  W.  G.  Woolnough  made  a  geo- 
logical examination  of  certain  mineral  areas  in 
the  Territory  about  the  same  time.  His  report 
from  a  mining  viewpoint  is  extremely  non-com- 
mital. 

"Mt.  Diamond,"  he  says,  "is  another  of  those 
depressing  places  so  frequent  in  the  Territory, 
where  thousands  of  pounds  worth  of  mining 
machinery  is  standing  idle,  although  report  states 
that,  at  the  time  of  cessation  of  work,  the  ore 
values  in  the  mines  were  most  promising." 

The  Rev.  Tenison  Woods  many  years  previ- 
ously said  of  Territory  mining  generally: — -"Not 
one  of  the  mines  hitherto  worked  or  abandoned 
has  been  exhausted  of  gold,  not  25  per  cent,  of  the 
auriferous  reefs  of  the  country  have  been  fairly 
tested.  A  slight  examination  convinces  me  that 
many  of  the  reefs  in  the  Territory  contain  rich 
metal,  even  though  the  prospector  has  turned 
away  from  them." 


1 


MINERAL    RESOURCES 


60 1 


In  regard  to  Wolfram  Camp — Territorially 
described  as  the  richest  wolfram  mine  in  the 
world — Professor  Woolnough  remarks: — "The 
main  wolfram  lode  is  situated  in  the  slates  at  their 
immediate  junction  with  the  granite,  a  position 
which  seems  most  favorable  to  the  development 
of  the  mineral  on  a  large  scale."  The  tin  claims 
hereabouts   he   describes  as  of  small   dimensions 


Approaching  Horseshoe  Creek,  the  scene 
changes  from  the  auriferous  belt  to  one  of  tin. 
Much  attention  has  recently  been  directed  to  the 
tin-bearing  region,  of  which  this  is  a  part.  From 
the  Horseshoe — which  lies  between  Pine  Creek 
and  the  Katherine,  about  40  miles  from  the  for- 
mer place — the  field  extends  in  a  north-easterly 
direction  to  Hidden  Valley.     This  stretch  of  tin- 


Bobbing  a  Turtle's  Nest 


and  not  much  value.  But,  beyond  the  limits  of  the 
granite,  in  a  southerly  direction  in  Hidden  Valley, 
very  promising  tin  shows  were  being  worked 
among  the  slates.  He  says: — "It  is  not  poverty 
of  mineral  which  renders  the  granite  workings 
unprofitable,  but  its  dissemination  over  such  a 
wide  area.  The  tin  particularly  is  distributed 
through  the  granite  in  considerable  quantities,  but 
nowhere  in  sufficient  abundance  to  render  extrac- 
tion on  a  large  scale  possible.  Only  by  working 
on  the  scale  on  which  Nature  does  is  concentration 
possible.  By  the  weathering  of  the  granite  and 
the  sorting  of  the  weathered  materials  by  run- 
ning water,  the  tinstone  has  been  concentrated  as 
alluvial  tin,  under  the  alluvials  which  form  the 
extensive  plains  of  the  district.  Whether  it  can 
be  recovered  from  these  economically  is  a  ques- 
tion which  can  be  answered  only  by  trial.  By  means 
of  well-equipped  dredges  it  might  be  possible  to 
save  the  tin,  as  has  been  done  in  other  places.  The 
association  of  tin  and  wolfram  introduces  an  awk- 
ward problem,  as  these  two  minerals  have  so 
nearly   the   same   specific   gravity  that   it   is  very 


bearing  country  resembles  the  Irvinebank  field  in 
Northern   Queensland. 

The  metalliferous  area  at  Horseshoe  is  about 
5  by  22  miles;  Hidden  Valley  about  the  same. 
The  country  is  traversed  by  fissures  running 
N.N.W.-S.S.E.  The  fissure  lodes  in  the  chlorite 
schists  are  themselves  rich  in  tin,  and  the  chloride 
schists  on  either  wall  of  the  lode  impregnated 
with  tin  also.  It  is  considered  that  if  a  battery 
capable  of  treating  formation  about  li  per 
cent.,  at  a  profit,  were  established  there  would 
be  a  great  future  for  this  area.  Existing  bat- 
teries cannot  treat  ore  going  less  than  5  per  cent, 
tin  profitably.  Great  local  faith  exists  in  the  fu- 
ture of  this  field,  which  seems  to  be  shared  by 
the  geologists. 

Mt.  Todd  tin  mines  are  located  a  little  to  the 
southward  of  Horseshoe  Creek. 

Below  Katherine  Telegraph  Station  are  the 
Maude  Creek  gold  mines,  now  abandoned.  This 
area  appears  to  be  patchy.  The  belt  eastward  to 
Urapunga  on  the  Roper  has,  so  far,  not  displayed 
any  special  claim  to  mineralogical  attention. 


602 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


I 


Copper  Mine,  Coronet  Hill 


From  Pine  Creek  to  Sturt's  Creek,  on  the  west- 
ern side  of  the  Overland  Telegraph,  a  geological 
map  made  by  H.  Y.  L.  Brown,  on  L.  A.  Well's 
topographical  survey,  does  not  show  any  metal- 
liferous rocks  of  mineral  value  beyond  the  Pine 
Creek  and  Katherine  regions.  This  survey  took 
in  Willeroo,  the  head  of  the  Flora,  and  the  Vic- 
toria, as  far  as  Gordon  Downs  Station — between 
the  1 8th  and  19th  parallels.  Between  this  point 
and  Tanami  some  gold-bearing  areas  were  lo- 
cated. 

Tanami,  although  it  added  a  short  picturesque 
chapter  to  the  history  of  Territorial  mining,  did 
not  prove  another  Coolgardie.  Its  remoteness, 
while  adding  to  the  romance  of  the  field,  greatly 
handicaps  any  chances  it  may  still  have.  The 
nearest  store  and  hotel  are  at  Hall's  Creek,  in 
Western  Australia,  231;  miles.  The  nearest  place 
of  afternoon  call  to  the  northward  is  Victoria 
River  Depot,  410  miles. 

Mr.  Worgan,  who  was  at  Tanami  for  twelve 
months,  assured  me  that  the  country  for  100 
miles  around  is  worth  prospecting.  But  when 
the  Afghan  carriers  charge  £40  a  ton  carriage 
on  supplies  from  Victoria  Depot,  and  £27  a  ton 
from  Hall's  Creek,  neither  of  which  are  exactly 
centres   of  civilization — it   will   be   realized   that 


the  ordinary  prospector,  who,  after  all,  is  the  sun 
est  gold  finder,  anywhere,  is  somewhat  handi- 
capped. 

The  difficulties  of  getting  to  and  from  Tanami 
have  also  to  be  considered.  Davidson  located  the 
field  in  1900.  In  1904  Davidson,  Lawrie,  and 
Campbell  got  on  to  payable  gold  there.  Half  a 
dozen  daring  spirits  had  visited  the  spot  in  the 
interval.  Lawrie's  party  were  unable  to  remain, 
as  the  water  in  Tanami  rock  holes,  their  only 
visible  supply,  gave  out.  In  1906-7-8  Lawrie,  with 
different  mates,  went  back  and  worked  while  the 
water  held.  Lawrie,  Lambert,  and  Brown  work- 
ed together  in  1908.  In  1909  Brown  perished 
while  travelling  from  Gordon  Downs  to  Tanami. 

In  1909,  Government  Geologist  Brown  went 
down  and  examined  the  place.  On  his  return  to 
Pine  Creek  he  telegraphed  to  the  Minister  for  the 
Northern  Territory  in  Adelaide,  that  the  field 
was  an  important  one,  and  that  the  rich  stone 
found  near  the  surface  would  live  to  a  depth. 
The  lode  formation  of  the  district  he  described 
as  "typical  auriferous  country." 

Just  after  he  left,  Lawrie's  party  found  2ilbs. 
of  stone  carying  180  ounces  of  gold.  More  allu- 
vial was  discovered  about  the  same  time.  With 
this  a  limited  rush  to  Tanami  began,  which  ended 
badly  for  some  of  those  who  joined  it. 

In  1910  Government  well-sinkers  established 
a  water  supply,  after  the  little  isolated  population 
had  undergone  a  most  anxious  time. 

The  discovery  of  good  water  at  163  feet  was 
followed  late  in  February  by  rain.  In  three  days 
eleven  and  a  half  inches  had  fallen.  The  whole 
face  of  the  country  changed  as  if  by  magic.  Rock 
holes,  swamps,  lagoons,  were  overflowing,  and 
green  herbage  carpeted  the  face  of  the  land.         fl 

Experienced  miners  on  the  field  were  full  of 
confidence  in  its  future,  and  hung  on  bravely.  A 
mining  expert  from  Adelaide,  despatched  at  the 
instance  of  syndicates  in  that  city,  however,  sent 
in  an  unfavorable  report,  which  apparently  dis- 
couraged the  investment  of  large  capital.  The 
prospecting  parties  were  composed  of  men  of 
limited  resources,  and  Tanami,  although  it  had 
yielded  about  £10,000  of  high-grade  gold,  gradu- 
ally sank  into  a  state  of  suspended  animation. 

Prospectors  working  from  Tanami  as  a  base 
have  located  gold  at  various  points  within  a 
radius  of  52  miles.  Gold-bearing  reefs  have  also 
been  reported  between  the  MacDonnell  Ranges 
and  the  Barkly  Tableland.  The  values  of  these 
are  believed  to  be  high  enough  to  make  their 
working  payable  if  some  means  of  communication 
were  established.  Mr.  Davidson — who  was  un- 
doubtedly a  most  careful  and  thorough  mining 
expert — has  placed  on  record  the  following  con- 
clusions, which  we  must  regard  as  having  a  very 


I 


'^z^y'M 


/^ujTu^iyi 


603 


6o4 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Men  who  are  Needed  for  the  Territory 


important  bearing  on  the  future  development  of 
this  part  of  Australia  : — 

"Taken  together,  all  these  belts  represent  a 
very   extensive   area   of  metalliferous   country, 
and  of  such  a  promising  character  that  the  re- 
sults obtained  appear  contradictory  to  all  or- 
dinary indications.     The  fact  that  in  most  in- 
stances the  returns  were  low-grade  is  a  marked 
feature  of  the  reefs  throughout  these  regions. 
At  the  same  time  I  am  convinced  that  many — 
under  more  favorable  conditions — will  pay  to 
work;  also,  to  all  those  connected  with  prospect- 
ing, it  is  only  too  well  known  that  a  large  ele- 
ment of  luck  enters  into  this  work,  and  it  is  but 
rarely  that  the  pioneers  of  a  country  strike  the 
good  things  it  may  contain.  This  occurs,  despite 
the  most  careful  working;  and,  although  in  this 
instance  it  was  the  rule  to  test  everything  in  the 
nature  of  a  lode  or  reef,  I  am  only  too  well 
aware  that,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  I  was 
well  supported  in  the  desire  to  miss  nothing, 
the  best  may  still  remain  to  be  unearthed  by  suc- 
cessors.    The  country  is  there  and  the  gold  is 
there,  and  it  remains  for  others  to  improve  on 
the  prospects  obtained. 

Throughout  the  lower  Northern  Territory 
there  is  an  enormous  area  of  metalliferous 
rocks,  extending  throughout  the  MacDonnell 
Burt,  Treuer,  and  the  ranges  south  of  the 
western  end  of  the  MacDonnell,  and  also  in 
the    vicinity    of    and    to    the   north  and  north- 


east of  Anna  Reservoir  country  and  the  Bux- 
ton Range.  In  addition  to  the  known  gold- 
bearing  areas,  much  of  the  country  included  in 
these  ranges  will,  no  doubt,  be  proved  to  carry 
gold;  but  nothing  but  a  series  of  rich  discov- 
eries would  advance  the  country  under  present 
conditions. 

The  one  essential  feature  necessary  for  the 
development  of  the  interior  and  the  opening  of 
payable  goldfields  is  cheaper  communication. 
This  can  only  be  accomplished  by  continuing 
the  Transcontinental  Railway  across  the  con- 
tinent. An  extension  from  Oodnadatta  to  the 
MacDonnell  Range  and  the  Arltunga  gold- 
field  would  very  materially  assist  In  opening  the 
interior,  and  make  other  portions  more  acces- 
sible. The  possibilities  this  country  contains 
certainly  warrant  a  great  endeavor  (even  at 
a  sacrifice  for  a  time)  being  made  to  create  a 
central  mining  population.  As  in  any  other 
country  far  removed  from  the  manufacturing 
centres,  a  very  heavy  initial  outlay  will  be  re- 
quired to  develop  the  mining  industry  of  the 
interior;  and,  in  view  of  the  advantages  to  be 
derived  from  this  source,  no  effort  or  expendi- 
ture should  deter  those  in  authority  from  con- 
structing a  line  which  would  induce  strong  min- 
ing companies  to  operate  In  Central  Austra- 
lia. 

This  statement  was  taken   from   Mr.   David- 
son's notes  on  country  explored  east  of  the  tele- 


a 
a 
R 

o 


M 


605 


6o6 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


white  and  Black 


graph  line,  printed  after  three  years'  close 
scientific  prospecting,  in  which  he  located  Tanami 
and  added  greatly  to  our  general  knowledge  of 
the  hinterland  lying  to  the  east  and  central  west  of 
the  Overland  Telegraph  line.  The  indications 
are  favorable  to  the  existence  of  alluvial  gold. 

Of  the  possibilities  contained  in  the  Tanami 
country  he  held  a  highly  favorable  opinion : 
"When  once  payable  lines  of  reefs  are  discov- 
ered in  narrow  belts  of  exposed  country  they  will 
be  traced  into  the  areas  now  covered  with  sand 
and  alluvium;  thus  opening  up  enormous  possi- 
bilities." 

Dr.  Jensen  estimates  that  there  are  100,000 
tons  of  two-ounce  stone  to  be  worked  in  the 
claims  that  have  been  pegged  on  the  Tanami  field 

Dr.  Jensen  visited  the  field,  where  he  saw 
13,700  tons  of  ore  exposed,  which  he  estimated 
to  be  worth  14,000  oz  of  gold.  This  alone  would 
keep  a  lo-head  battery,  dealing  with  24  tons  a 
day,  occupied  for  two  years.  Dr.  Jensen  further 
said  that  the  claims  in  the  neighborhood  should 
have  100,000  tons  of  stone  to  work  on,  contain- 
ing, on  the  average,  i  oz.  of  coarse  gold  and  i  oz. 
of  fine  gold,  or  2  oz.  a  ton.  Within  a  mile  of 
the  Tanami  well,  there  were  60,000  tons  of 
quartz  available  for  treatment. 


East  of  Tanami  some  fine  pastoral  country  was 
discovered. 

From  Darwin  to  Tanami  is  696  miles.  J 

The  indefatigable  H.  Y.  L.  Brown,  Govern- 
ment Geologist  for  South  Australia,  conducted 
extensive  surveys  and  examinations  over  the 
north-west,  north  and  eastern  parts  of  the 
Territory  from  1905  to  1907. 

He  reported  to  some  extent  hopefully  on  the 
auriferous  prospects  of  the  mines  then  working 
in  the  neighborhood  of  Brock's  Creek,  and  found 
the  indications  favorable  to  payable  deposits  of 
copper,  and  of  lode  and  alluvial  tin,  in  the  Daly 
River  district,  where  much  mining  has  been  done. 
Mr.  Brown  declared  that  there  was  a  large  open- 
ing for  dredging  and  hydraulic  sluicing  in  the 
Territory. 

"The  following,"  he  says,  "are  the  princi- 
pal alluvial  diggings  eligible  for  inspection  by 
those  interested  in  hydraulic  sluicing  by  up-to- 
date  methods: — For  gold — Bridge  Creek, 
Howley,  Pine  Creek,  Union,  Brock's  Creek, 
Fountain  Head,  Woolngie,  Wandi,  Yam 
Creek,  Shackle,  Houschildt's  Diggings,  The 
Driffield,  Maude  Creek  and  Mount  Gates, 
Margaret;  for  gold  and  tin — Sandy  Creek, 
Horseshoe  Gully  (west  of  Spring  Hill). 

Water  would  have  either  to  be  conserved  in 
dams  or  obtained  by  pumping,  and  operations 
would  probably  have  to  be  suspended  during 
the  dry  season  in  most  cases. 

For  bucket  dredging  the  following  river  and 
creek  flats  and  low-lying  country  are  likely  pro- 
positions:— For  gold — Mary  River  (upper 
branches).  Watt's  Creek  and  McKeddie's  dig- 
gings. Little  Phillips  River,  Adelaide  River 
(heads  of),  Darwin  River,  Mount  Ringwood 
diggings,  Blackmore  Creek,  Tumbling  Wat- 
ers; for  gold  and  tin — McKinley  River  and 
branches,  Edith  River,  Ferguson  River,  Cullen 
River,  Margaret  River,  Finniss  River  and 
branches,  creeks  and  flats  below  Mount  Wells; 
for  tin — Mount  Tolmer  (creeks  and  flats), 
Bynoe  Harbor  district. 

In  these  a  good  supply  of  water,  in  most 
cases  running,  is  available.  At  Mount  King- 
wood  water  could  be  obtained  from  a  large 
lagoon." 

So  far,  mining  enterprise  has  not  responded  to 
what  seems  an  exceedingly  likely  proposition. 

Mr.  Brown  estimated  about  7,400  square  miles 
in  the  north-western  section  as  metalliferous — 
gold,  tin,  and  copper  being  the  principal  metals. 
Much  of  this  still  remains  to  be  scientifically  pros- 
pected. He  found  that  In  spite  of  vast  sums  of 
money  having  been  put  up  by  English  capitalists. 


MINERAL    RESOURCES 


607 


A  Surveyor's  Camp 


with  the  avowed  intention  of  developing  well- 
known  lines  of  reef  at  a  depth,  a  shaft  which,  away 
back  in  1886,  had  been  put  down  300  feet  at 
Spring  Hill,  remained  the  record  depth! 

Among  the  mines  which  had  been  practically 
abandoned,  so  far  as  mining  development  is  con- 
cerned, but  which  he  held  should  be  systemati- 
cally re-opened,  the  following  may  be  mentioned 
as  examples : — Eureka  and  Maybell,  gold,  silver, 
and  lead;  Evelyn,  silver,  lead,  and  zinc;  Extended 
Union,  gold;  Daly  River  Mine,  copper;  Mount 
Wells,  tin;  several  mines  on  the  Pine  Creek  and 
Union  lines  of  reefs. 

As  a  result  of  his  examination  of  the  north 
and  north-east  coast,  the  South  Australian  Geo- 
logist recommended  to  be  prospected  for  gold  and 
other  metallic  minerals  the  areas  around  Mel- 
ville and  Caledon  Bay,  the  tributaries  of  the 
Roper  northward,  westward,  and  southward  of 
Leichhardt's  bar;  the  MacArthur  country,  and 
particularly  the  Alligator  Rivers  and  the  country 
to  the  southward  drained  by  their  tributaries. 

A  Government  Exploring  and  Prospecting  Ex- 
pedition to  the  south-western  portion  of  the  Ter- 
[j  ritory  in  1905-6  added  another  bright  little  story 
to  the  history  of  Australian  exploration;  but  prov- 
ed practically  resultless  from  a  mining  point  of 
view.  The  party  was  under  the  command  of 
Mr.  F.  R.  George,  who  died  at  Alice  Springs  on 
Jiis  return  from  the  wilderness,  leaving  the  note- 


books of  the  expedition — written  up  to  date — to 
be  posthumously  published  by  his  Department. 
Australia  is  fortunate  in  the  possession  of  public 
officers  like  F.  R.  George,  late  of  the  South  Aus- 
tralian Mines  Department.  If  any  reader  of 
Australia  Unlimited  should  ever  reach  Alice 
Springs,  I  would  ask  him  to  stand  at  this  man's 
graveside — if  he  were  buried  there,  as  I  presume 
— and  tender  the  military  salute.  It  will  be  a 
little  act  of  recognition  to  the  memory  of  a  good 
soldier  of  the  Frontier. 

His  Journal,  which  has  a  pathetic  interest,  is 
before  me  as  I  write  this.  The  party  left  Tod- 
morden  Station  near  Oodnadatta,  S.A.,  on  Sep- 
tember 28th,   1905. 

Their  route  was  laid  to  the  southward  of 
Ayer's  Rock  and  Mt.  Olga,  below  Lake  Amadeus. 
It  ran  down  the  Petermann  Ranges  to  the  West 
Australian  border,  between  the  24th  and  25th 
parallels. 

The  entry  in  the  Journal  opposite  October  15th 
reads: — 

"Travelled  on,  bearing  240  deg.,  until  our 
outgoing  pad  of  last  trip  and  followed  this  to 
about  two  miles  S.  60  deg.  E.  from  Michell's 
Nob.  Recent  native  tracks.  Passed  several 
small  clay-pans  containing  water.  My  birth- 
day, and  am  now  32  years  of  age.  Camp  No. 
14." 


6o8 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  expedition  had  a  hard  time.  Two  men 
were  treacherously  speared  by  natives,  but  recov- 
ered. Some  of  the  camels  died,  and,  it  being  mid- 
summer, the  heat  was  trying  to  men  isolated  and 
depending,  as  they  were,  on  what  water  supplies 
they  might  find  In  the  new  lands  they  were  travers- 
ing, under  the  additional  handicap  of  two  tem- 
porarily disabled  comrades.  The  party  returned 
to  Alice  Springs  on  31st  March,  1906,  where  sud- 
den change  of  water  and  diet  affected  the  leader, 
who  had  been  weakened  by  the  strain  of  the  pre- 
ceding months.  After  a  brief  illness  he  died  on 
April  4th. 

The  Journal  records  the  discovery  of  good  pas- 
toral patches;  but  no  payable  mineral  was  located. 

The  work  of  this  expedition  was  continued  by 
Mr.  W.  R.  Murray,  to  the  east  and  west  of 
the  Overland  Telegraph  Line,  and  through  parts 
of  the  Davenport  Ranges.  Most  of  the  time  was 
spent  In  seeking  for  an  alluvial  field,  as  low-grade 
reefs  would  not  pay  owing  to  remoteness. 

As  with  the  earlier  trip  under  the  leadership 
of  F.  R.  George,  this  examination  disclosed  no 
more  than  the  presence  of  gold  in  reefs  here  and 
there.     Colors  were  got  by  dry  blowing. 

The  climate  was  described  as  splendidly 
healthy,  and  travelling  In  the  cool  months  ex- 
tremely pleasant. 

Since  the  writing  of  this  book  began,  favorable 
reports   have   been   published   regarding   a    fresh 


discovery  of  tin  at  Maranboy,  some  50  miles  from 
the  Katherlne  River  Telegraph  Station.  The 
field  is  remote.  Dr.  Jensen,  after  an  examination, 
has  determined  It  to  be  two  to  four  miles  In  width, 
and  covering  an  actual  area  of  about  20  square 
miles.  Twelve  tons  of  ore  bagged  yielded  nearly 
50  per  cent,  of  concentrates. 

So  far  Mt.  Wells  has  been  the  best  tin  mine 
In  the  Territory.  It  has  yielded  about  one-third 
of  the  total  output.  Unusually  rich  tin  ores  have 
been  worked  to  profit  at  Bynoe  Harbor,  and  on 
the  Venture  Syndicates'  claims  at  Horseshoe 
Creek.  Distance,  cost  of  production,  and  cost  of 
transport  have  all  to  be  considered. 

Like  most  other  Industries  In  the  Far  North 
and  Centre,  developmental  mining  will  need  first 
the  aid  of  good  roads  and  railways,  and,  unless 
the  discovery  of  exceptionally  rich  fields — such  as 
Broken  Hill,  Kalgoorlle,  or  Ballarat — brings  in- 
evitable activity  and  Investment,  progress  will  be 
slow.  As  the  case  stands,  there  are  a  limited  num- 
ber of  openings  for  judicious  Investment,  and  a 
large  field  for  speculative  exploration. 

A  vast  region  which  has  been  proved  to  contain 
copper,  lead,  Iron,  tin,  gold,  tantalite,  mica,  and 
gems  is  worthy  of  thorough  scientific  exploration. 
The  most  modern  machinery,  labor-saving  appli- 
ances, adequate  water  supplies,  transport,  and 
the  best  of  management,  will  be  necessary  even 
after  payable  fields  are  opened. 


Camels  Drinking  at  a  Creek 


» 


SOUTH   AUSTRALIA 


Ml 


•a 


6ro 


ADELAIDE  AND  THE  HILLS. 


lOUTH    AUSTRALIA    was    proclaimed    a 
Province  under  the  British  Crown  in  1836. 
It  was   granted   self-government   in    1857, 
md  entered  the  Federation  as  an  Australian  State 
|in  1 90 1. 

Its  present  area  is  380,070  square  miles,  with 
population  of  less  than  half  a  million. 

I  noted  these  facts  in  a  guide-book  as  the  Mel- 
Ibourne  to  Adelaide  express  roared  up  the  incline 
from  Bacchus  Marsh  on  Thursday,  April   nth, 
1912. 

Brown  autumn  lands  of  Victoria — some  in 
fallow  and  some  newly  turned  by  the  plough — 
were  fading  into  dusk.  I  was  going  West  to 
travel  through  all  the  winter  months,  but  I  would 
not  see  a  flake  of  snow! 

On  the  platform  at  Ballarat  I  foregathered 
with  a  spectacled  stranger,  who  told  me  that  blacks 
were  still  dangerous  between  Wyndham  and  Pine 
Creek,  but  if  I  interviewed  one  Durack  in  Perth 
he  would  be  able  to  give  me  more  specific  informa- 
tion concerning  a  trail  into  the  Territory  which  I 
wanted  to  take  later  on. 

From  the  casual  way  in  which  that  stranger 
spoke,  Durack  might  have  been  just  across  the 
platform,  so  I  guessed  my  fellow-traveller  was  an 
Australian. 

We  breakfasted  at  Murray  Bridge,  where  they 
.specialize  in  fried  fish. 

p     Between  the  Bridge  and  Mount  Lofty  I   dis- 
cussed agricultural  machinery  with  the  son  of  an 
^American  manufacturer,   who   was   touring  Aus- 
tralia for  pleasure — plus  business.     He  said  the 
Irm  already  had  9,000  ploughs  at  work  In  the 


Commonwealth.  Wheat-growing  lands  of  South 
Australia  were  evidently  being  turned  by  Ameri- 
can ploughshares. 

The  plough-maker  thought  Australia  a  wonder- 
ful country,  but  greatly  undeveloped. 

At  Mount  Lofty  one  saw  orchards  laden  with 
ripened  fruit,  beautiful  homes  tucked  into  corners 
of  the  hillsides,  almond  groves  and  gardens  ablaze 
with  color. 

Then  came  distant  views  of  Adelaide  from  the 
train  windows — Adelaide,  which  vies  with  Hobart 
for  beauty  and  charm.  The  surrounding  country 
was  brown  and  dry,  as  the  end  of  summer  usually 
finds  It,  but  the  capital  city  displayed  no  depression 
or  anxiety;  dryness  is  a  passing  condition  well 
understood  by  South  Australia. 

I  went  uptown  to  see  some  old  friends,  and 
heard  for  the  first  time  of  the  West  Coast,  where 
they  were  opening  new  wheat  lands.  The  people 
had  discovered  that  there  were  some  ten  million 
acres  of  new  bread-producing  land  over  there,  but 
were  not  excited  about  it.  Canada,  at  the  period, 
would  have  been  announcing  the  fact  from  all 
the  railway  hoardings  and  lecture  platforms  in  the 
United  Kingdom.  Over  all  that  valuable  area 
(I  again  remembered)  settlers  during  a  life- 
time would  never  experience  a  fall  of  snow! 

The  City  of  Adelaide  one  always  finds  bright, 
breezy,  busy,  and  sunny.  Speedy  electric-car  ser- 
vices run  down  its  wide  streets.  Automobiles  and 
motor-bikes  rubber  along;  solid  stores  and  ware- 
houses proclaim  the  permanence  and  importance 
of  its  commerce.  But  whiskered,  tanned  faces, 
sprinkled  through  the  city  throng,  bring  to  mind 


611 


6l2 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


broad  sunlit  spaces  behind  this  prosperous  centre 
of  South  Australian  population.  Out  there  old 
colonizing  features,  old  identities,  old  characters, 
and  slow,  bush  ways  still  prevail.  Out  there  pack- 
horses  and  camel-trains  are  more  frequent  than 
motor-lorries,  and  occasional  white  horses  of  the 
Mounted  Police  are  the  only  outward  and  visible 
signs  of  government  and  law. 

Casual  visitors  who  behold  at  the  Adelaide 
Tourist  Bureau,  fruit  in  jars,  mineral  specimens  in 
cases,  paintings  of  wild  flowers  and  photographs 
of  selected  scenery,  cannot  realize  the  long,  long 
distances  that  lie  beyond  the  easy  garden  tracks  of 
touristdom.  Away  north  and  west,  the  red  heart 
of  a  continent  pulsates  with  vigorous  life. 

In  his  pleasant  villa  at  Rose  Park,  my  old 
friend,  Fred  Johns — whose  "Notable  Austra- 
lians" and  up-to-date  "Annual"  are  standard 
works  of  reference  in  every  newspaper  office 
library — talked  of  South  Australia  with  life-long 
enthusiasm. 

Some  years  ago  he  bought  a  piece  of  land  in  an 
eastern  suburb  of  Adelaide,  where  he  could  enjoy 
a  view  of  the  hills  and  sleep  quietly  in  the  morn- 
ings. Now  he  cannot  see  the  hills  for  houses,  and 
he  cannot  sleep  late  after  long  nights  at  his  office 
because  of  hammering  and  sawing  from  the  build- 
ing of  new  houses  and  more  new  houses.  His 
only  consolation  is  that  he  can  sell  his  home  at  a 
considerable  profit  and  get  farther  back  to  escape 
the  rush  of  on-coming  Adelaide.  He  uses  these 
facts  to  illustrate  the  progress  and  prosperity  of 
the  city.  Its  cleanliness,  order,  and  good  govern- 
ment were  too  apparent  to  need  illustration. 

The  beauties  of  North  Terrace  make  Ade- 
laide's chief  attraction.  Here  or  hereabouts  are 
concentrated  most  of  the  public  institutions,  the 
Museum,  Botanical  and  Geological  Gardens,  Pub- 
lic Art  Gallery,  Technical  Colleges,  and  so  on. 

Buildings  of  great  architectural  charm  face  a 
square  of  beautiful  gardens,  wherein  green  palms, 
glorious  flowers,  and  fountains  afford  patriotic 
citizens  constant  satisfaction. 

Under  arches  of  roses  the  lovers  of  this 
southern  capital  may  walk  on  Sundays.  The 
people  seem  peculiarly  gentle,  neither  so  active 
nor  so  assertive  as  the  folks  of  Sydney,  nor 
so  commercially  alert  as  the  folks  of  Melbourne. 
Mayhap  the  great  empty  spaces  beyond  the  city 
have  imbued  them  with  a  spirit  of  quietude  and 
rest. 

Adelaide  is  located  upon  a  plain  which  begins 
to  slope  upward  into  hills  towards  the  south  and 
east. 

To  the  South  Australian  capital  these  hills  are 
an   eternal  boon.      In  fertile  valleys  much 

garden  produce  is  rais  x'chards  enrich  their 

slopes,  o'ut-of-town  ;       ^cnces  and  sanatoria  nestle 


upon  their  summits.  They  ripen  juicy  straw- 
berries and  exceptional  peaches  for  the  city  mar- 
kets. Their  vineyards,  olive  groves,  and  almond 
trees  yield  valuable  harvests. 

Visitors,  taking  a  tram  to  the  foothills,  can  walk 
from  the  terminus  of  one  suburban  system  to 
another — along  a  series  of  dipping  and  winding 
roads  bordered  by  hedges  of  grey  olives.  Front- 
ing these  rural  roads  are  many  delightful  litde 
mansions  and  villas  surrounded  by  vines  and  foli- 
age. The  city  sleeps  in  sunlight  below,  blue  waters 
of  St,  Vincent's  Gulf  beyond  it  making  a  pano- 
rama of  tilth  and  beauty  which  is  probably  with- 
out equal  in  the  world. 

South  Australia,  "Our  Lady  of  the  Sun,"  was 
enjoying  her  beneficent  winter  when  I  came  to  her 
with  note-book  and  kodak  in  191 2.  The  green 
gardens,  bright  flower  beds,  and  rustling  cotton 
palms  of  Adelaide  gave  me  pleasant  welcome. 

I  stood  in  King  William  Street  at  5.30  p.m. 
of  a  soft  April  afternoon  to  watch  the  crowd. 
The  sunlight,  clarified  and  golden,  with  a  tinge  of 
red  in  it,  illuminated  the  tops  of  tall  buildings;  the 
air  was  fresh,  it  carried  a  faint  odor  of  ripened 
fruit  and  new-mown  hay — the  autumn  flavor  of  a 
good  season  drawing  to  a  close. 

A  well-dressed,  comfortable  crowd  of  pedes- 
trians filled  the  pavements.  Along  a  wide  street, 
roofed  by  blue  sky,  waggonettes  with  two  horses 
— universally  well  groomed  and  well  fed — were 
making  a  leisurely  pace.  White-capped  tram- 
guards  and  motor-men  with  khaki  coats  propelled 
their  swifter  conveyances  skilfully  through  the 
traffic. 

In  sunset  light  the  Town  Hall  spire  seemed 
like  a  shaft  of  gold.  At  Government  House  gates 
stood  a  guard  house,  without  sentries.  Wildfowl 
played  and  splashed  on  the  artificial  lake  beyond. 
Every  street  running  east  and  north  gave  a  dis- 
tant view  of  the  hills.  On  green  lawns  of  Parlia- 
ment House  grounds  hydrants  were  showering 
and  sparkling  sprays  of  water. 

No  pale,  ragged  operatives  wended  a  weary 
way  homeward.  Active  young  men  on  bicycles, 
smart  girls  in  trams,  having  completed  their  eight- 
hours'  day  in  shop,  office,  or  factory,  rode  cheer- 
fully away  to  suburban  cottages,  where  gardens 
and  pianos  were  the  rule.  Adelaide  has  no  slums, 
no  congested  quarters,  none  of  the  poverty  and 
depravity  of  Old  World  cities.  It  is  gloriously 
clean,  prosperous,  and  Australian! 

From  the  pointsman  in  his  cage  aloft,  who 
directs  the  street  cars  in  the  way  they  ought  to 
go,  to  the  last  apprentice  in  the  street,  from  the 
automobile  proprietor  to  the  gentleman  driving 
the  municipal  dust-cart,  they  all  had  their  privi- 
leges and  their  chances. 


ADELAIDE   AND   THE   HILLS. 


613 


Who  visits  Adelaide  for  the  first  time  will  cer-  see  the  rural  side  of  South  Australia.  He  may 
tainly  give  an  early  day  to  the  Hills.  White  turn  from  Clarendon  towards  Mount  Lofty, 
winding  roads  climb  into  these  by  gradual  ascents     where   dainty  villas   and  more   pretentious  man- 


at  different  points.     One  usually  goes  up  by  one 
route  and  returns  by  another. 

As  the  ascent  is  made,  one  turns  at  elbows 
of  the  road  to  look  back  upon  Adelaide,  with  its 
spires  and  gardens,  its  broad  avenues  and  squares 
of  green. 

Up  in  the  ranges  there  are  many  picturesque 
villages.     I  have  seen  them  in  the  springtime,  all 


sions  of  the  rich  make  cool  retreats  in  summer. 
Coming  through  thinly-timbered  hills  to  Piccadilly, 
he  will  pass  many  vineyards. 

On  Piccadilly  flats  most  of  the  vegetables  con- 
sumed in  Adelaide  are  grown.  xMarket  gardeners 
here  are  a  prosperous  class.  They  have  good  sub- 
stantial homes,  and  some  possess  motor-lorries 
to  cart  their  produce  to  market.  The  Chinaman 
is  conspicuous  by  his  absence. 


Orchards  in  Mount  Lofty  Ranges 


blossom  and  fragrance.  That  year  I  rolled 
through  them  in  autumn,  when  their  poplars  were 
turning  golden.  The  orchard  trees  were  disrob- 
ing themselves  of  tinted  leaves,  preparing  for 
winter  sleep — a  habit  acquired  from  older  lands; 
which  they  have  not  yet  learned  to  discard.  Briars 
hung  red  berries  over  our  track.  Old  inns  invited 
rest.  Old  stone  houses  slept  amid  their  shade  of 
laurel,  hawthorn,  and  pine. 

Through  lovely  Coromandel  Valley  and  back 
through  the  delightful  village  of  Clarendon  will 
be  a  pleasant  run  for  the  motorist  who  wishes  to 


Through  valleys,  filled  with  perfume  of  ripened 
apples  and  quinces,  the  motorist  comes  to  Nor- 
ton's Summit,  where  the  finest  panoramic  views 
of  Adelaide  are  expanded  for  the  enlightenment 
of  visitors. 

A  great  deal  of  this  interesting  and  picturesque 
hill  country  is  yet  open  for  new  settlers,  who  can 
do  well  with  orchards,  vineyards,  and  gardens. 
The  climate  is  benign,  living  cheap,  and  markets 
within   an   hour's  jow  As  the  city   expands 

the  area  under  settl  through  the  hills  will 

extend  also.  ''hhii 


Ik 


6i4 


Ostriches  on  a  Port  Augusta  Farm 


PORT  AUGUSTA,  HERGOTT  AND  THE  GREAT 

INLAND. 


SOME  of  my  most  interesting  travel  days 
were  spent  in  Broken  Hill.  An  account  of 
that  astounding  city  of  the  "Wilderness" 
will  be  found  elsewhere.  It  was  on  a  Sunday  night 
fhat  I  left  it.  Pleasant  acquaintances  I  had  met 
gave  me  final  farewells  at  the  railway  station, 
as  if  they  were  really  sorry  to  see  me  go.  Broken 
Hill  may  not  be  a  beautiful  place,  but  it  is  ex- 
ceedingly hospitable. 

The  sleeping-car  was  stuffed  with  mining  mag- 
nates, including  a  Hill  millionaire — somewhat 
stout  and  wheezy  from  good  living. 

I  climbed  awkwardly  into  a  top  berth  in  the 
narrow  car  and  slept,  more  or  less,  until  I  felt  the 
conductor  quietly  shaking  me  at  4.20  a.m.  I  had 
arranged  to  pull  off  at  Petersburg,  which  seemed 
a  remarkably  quiet  and  starlit  place  when  I  slipped 
off  the  express  a  few  minutes  later. 

At  the  railway  station  bar  two  travellers  were 
quietly  drinking;  a  tired-looking  woman  and  a 
child  sat  in  the  waiting-room.  Roosters  were 
crowing  somewhere  in  the  darkness. 

A  hotel-runner  with  a  rich  Irish  brogue  seized 

my  gripsack  and  piloted  me  to  the  "commercial" 

room  of  his  hostel,  where  I  amused  myself  until 

daybreak  writing  in  my  note-book  impressions  of 

,  Jroken  Hill. 

\^f  That  morning  I  spent  enquiring  into  the  pros- 
pects and  products  of  Petersburg  and  its  sur- 
roundings. I  found  that  this  important  railway 
junction  was  1,800  feet  above  sea-level,  that  it 
had  become  the  centre  of  a  wheat-growing  district 


constantly  increasing  in  area,  and  that  the  average 
rainfall  for  31  years  had  been  13.03  inches.  On 
this  rainfall,  with  fallowing  and  the  use  of  phos- 
phates, local  soils  produced  up  to  20  bushels  of 
wheat  per  acre. 

Water  was  procurable  everywhere  by  sinking  to 
depths  of  from  80  to  200  feet.  The  local  supply 
was  entirely  from  such  wells  or  dams. 

Minerals,  including  radium,  were  present 
through  the  adjacent  country. 

In  the  afternoon  I  entrained  for  the  North. 
Blue,  cloudless  skies  and  a  new  light  of  special 
actinic  quality  made  glorious  a  Central  Australian 
day.  Through  wheat  lands,  ploughed  and  fal- 
low— chocolate  or  red  in  color — the  railway  ran 
for  many  miles. 

The  country  was  bare  of  trees,  except  for  oc- 
casional clumps  of  mallee.  Distant  hills  glowed 
in  orange  and  purple  lights,  sharp  of  outline,  Aus- 
tralian, and  very  loveable  to  Australian  eyes. 
Their  slopes  must  be  beautiful  beyond  expression 
when  spring  rains  call  the  land,  and  from  end 
to  end  it  emeralds  in  reply. 

Farther  north,  as  night  falls,  naked  hills  take 
on  the  most  delicate  tints  of  violet,  orange,  and 
blue — the  clarify  of  the  atmosphere  brings  their 
outlines  out  like  a  contour  map. 

In  dry,  gravelly  creeks,  beautiful  eucalypts 
spread  a  grateful  shade.  Little  groves  of  cypress 
pines  appear  at  intervals,  the  rest  is  physiography 
and  intense  color. 


^ 


6r- 


6i6 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Port  Augusta  is  destined  to  become  one  of  the 
most  important  places  in  the  Commonwealth. 
Located  at  the  head  of  Spencer's  Gulf,  it  will  be 
the  terminal  port  for  two  transcontinental  railway 
systems,  which  are  destined  to  open  up  the  north, 
centre,  and  west  of  a  continent.  With  27  feet  of 
water  at  its  wharves,  it  is  capable  of  berthing 
vessels  of  highest  tonnage. 

By  the  time  this  book  has  gone  forth  the  East- 
West  Transcontinental  will  probably  be  open  for 
traffic.     The  line  between  Katherine  River  in  the 


rose  color  in  early  light  of  morning — these  fea- 
tures impress  themselves  on  the  traveller's 
memory. 

There  is  no  running  water  to  be  seen  at  this 
time  of  year.  There  are  chocolate  fields  ploughed 
ready  for  wheat,  but  no  green  growths  in  a 
hundred  miles.  These  come  later  with  seasonal 
rains.  Out  of  Its  unleached  soils  this  land  will 
give  highest  agricultural  returns.  Its  possibilities 
are  yet  imperfectly  realized.  It  has  been  damned 
as  "desert,"  but  it  is  no  more  desert  than  countries 


Flinders  Bange 


I 


Northern  Territory  and  Oodnadatta  may  be  some 
years  in  construction,  but  it  is  part  of  our  Federal 
policy,  and  must  be  accomplished. 

Australians  do  not  yet  realize  what  the  con- 
struction of  these  two  great  inland  highways  will 
mean  to  the  Commonwealth.  Even  Port  Augusta, 
when  I  visited  it  in  19 12,  had  not  thoroughly 
awakened  to  its  good  fortune. 

En  route  to  Hergott  Springs  I  left  that  interest- 
ing little  town  dreaming  by  the  shores  of  its  gulf. 
Sunrise  spread  over  the  hills  above  It — such  a 
sunrise  as  one  gets  out  in  this  clear,  dry  atmo- 
sphere— an  Inundation  of  softest  shades  In  orange 
and  purple,  gradually  revivifying  and  glorifying 
the  earth. 

Coarse    red    sand,    saltbush,    dry    creek-beds 
bordered  by  spreading  gum  trees,  pointed  peaks, 


which  carry  close  populations  under  correct  treat- 
ment. 

Loaded  at  little  solitary  railway  stations,  with- 
out platforms  or  much  convenience,  wheat  in  in- 
creasing quantity  already  goes  down  each  year 
along  cheap  narrow-gauge  South  Australian  lines, 
from  places  once  regarded  as  utterly  unsuited  for 
farming. 

At  Quorn  one  buys  meat  pasties  and  sandwiches 
for  the  long  train  journey  to  Hergott  and  Oodna- 
datta. Quorn  is  a  place  of  green  trees,  gardens, 
and  good  hotels — the  best  In  the  North.  Teapots 
and  hampers  are  part  of  travellers'  outfits. 

Once  a  fortnight  the  train  goes  right  through 
to  Oodnadatta.  Water  for  the  locomotive  Is 
carried  along  on  trucks  fitted  with  specially-con- 
structed tanks.       This  section  of  railway  crosses 


PORT    AUGUSTA,    HIlRGOTT,    AND    THE    GREAT  INLAND. 


617 


into  a  part  of  Australia  with  lowest  recorded  rain- 
falls. 

A  man  with  a  corrugated  neck  and  a  dried 
portmanteau  occupies  the  seat  opposite.  We  en- 
gage in  conversation.  Out  here  strangers  become 
friends  at  once.  Everybody  seems  friendly, 
patient,  good  tempered. 

The  man  with  the  dried  portmanteau  is  manag- 
ing a  sheep  station  covering  15,000  square  miles. 
He  knows  the  Cooper  and  Lake  Eyre  as  well  as 
I  know  Collins  Street,  Melbourne. 

Our  route  takes  us  over  Flinders  Range,  a  re- 
markable mountain  system  of  great  geological 
age.  Its  sharp,  pointed  summits  are  treeless; 
its  sides  and  slopes,  generally  speaking,  destitute 
of  vegetation. 

Millenniums  ago  those  bare  roots  of  worn-down 
mountains  were  perhaps  covered  by  tropical 
forests.  Some  day,  when  possible  storages  have 
been  established  and  subterranean  sources  of 
water  supply  located,  the  lands  below,  now  the 
home  of  sandstorm  and  mirage,  will  be  perma- 
nently green  again. 

A  sudden  patch  of  perhaps  forty  acres  nicely 
timbered  and  covered  with  waving  grasses,  as 
the  result  of  a  natural  uprising  of  underground 
waters,  shows  what  fertile  properties  these  loose 
red  sands  contain.  One  good  shower  of  rain 
will  always  cover  this  country  for  hundreds  of 
square  miles  with  waving  grasses  and  nutritious 


herbage.  In  ordinary  times  it  is  the  home  of 
the  goat,  the  donkey,  and  the  camel.  In  good  sea- 
sons it  will  depasture  sheep  and  cattle  by  the 
thousand. 

All  day  the  train  rolls  northward  from  Quorn. 
We  pass  through  Beltana,  which  was  a  base  for 
exploring  expeditions  in  early  days.  Good  salt- 
bush  grows  here,  and  there  are  frequent  shade  and 
permanent  water. 

Between  Beltana  and  Leigh  Creek  there  is  a 
series  of  flat  pancake  hills,  with  time-worn  edges, 
all  pointing  southward.  Then  come  masses  of  red 
ironstone  and  low  hills  covered  with  saltbush. 

At  Leigh  Creek  they  have  located  good  coal. 

Over  red,  gravelly  plains  spreading  to  the 
horizon,  over  grey  saltbush,  over  Lands  Beyond 
the  Plough,  there  rose  full-orbed  a  clear,  wonder- 
ful, Central-Australian  moon! 

So  by  a  narrow-gauge  track,  unfenced — where 
the  train  sometimes  runs  over  a  strayed  camel — 
the  traveller  comes  at  last  to  Hergott  Springs. 

Hergott  is  a  base  for  the  camel-carriage  of 
Central  Australia.  From  here  trails  go  out  to 
Cooper's  Creek,  to  the  Diamantina,  to  Birdsville, 
and  the  back  of  beyond. 

Through  days  of  brilliant  sunshine  and  dewless 
nights,  these  gaunt,  flat-footed  beasts  plod  on,  with 
turbaned  Afghan  drivers  beside  them,  laden  with 
boxes,  bales,  and  barrels  for  distant  stations  in 
the  Bush.     Musha  Khan,  with  his  cerise  turban 


Camels  in  Central  Australia 


Nl 


6i8 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Afghans  Loading  a  Camel 


and  a  foot  of  shirt  hanging  out  under  his  coat,  is 
overlord  of  many  swarthy  servants,  and  master  of 
a  household  presided  over  by  a  European  wife. 

Tired  pack-camels  of  Musha  Khan  come  down 
to  drink  at  the  overflow  from  the  artesian  bore  at 
Hergott,  when  their  long  journey  back  is  finished. 

Fresh  pack-camels  of  Musha  Khan  fill  them- 
selves from  the  same  source  before  starting  out 
to  pad  their  24  to  30  miles  a  day  across  the  Great 
Inland. 

In  a  backyard  of  the  Afghan  quarter  I  watched 
a  group  of  Mahometans  throwing  a  camel  calf,  to 
brand  him.  The  yells  of  that  young  and  lusty 
camel  went  out  across  Central  Australia.  A  small 
Afghanistralian  youngster  hopped  about  excitedly 
while  the  colored  section  of  his  family  busied 
themselves.  When  the  agony  was  over  and  the 
siren  of  the  ship  of  the  desert  had  sunken  to  a 
protesting  gurgle,  that  half-caste  child  executed  a 
dance  which  he  had  probably  learned  from  a 
corroboree  in  the  native  quarter. 

In  Hergott  there  are  a  European,  an  Afghan, 
and  an  aboriginal  quarter — the  last  somewhat  re- 
moved from  the  town. 

Good  dates  are  grown  near  Hergott,  Musha 
Khan  informed  me,  and  Musha  should  be  a  judge 
of  dates;  Other  good  things  will  grow  at  Hergott 
and  beyond  it — right  into  the  heart  of  the  con- 
tinent. 

By  and  by  the  aborigine,  the  Baluchi,  and 
the   Hindoo  will   give   place  to   pure  Australian 


types;  internal-combustion  engines  will  supplant 
camels,  and  civilization  spread  her  polish  over 
the  surface  of  the  land. 

It  was  at  Hergott  that  I  met  Woodhead,  of  the 
South  Australian  Mounted  Police.  His  station 
was  located  on  the  Birdsville  track,  200  miles  out 
towards  the  border  of  the  State.  It  covered  three 
degrees  of  latitude  in  depth,  and  extended  in 
length  from  about  longitude  137  to  141. 

Despite  his  responsibility  for  the  preservation 
of  law  and  order  over  so  much  of  the  map.  Wood- 
head  was  brown,  stalwart,  and  cheerful.  He  in- 
formed me  that  good  oranges  might  be  obtained 
at  Birdsville  or  Alice  Springs  for  4/-  a  dozen,  and 
fair  potatoes  for  1/6  a  lb. — housekeeping  in  the 
remote  interior  has  its  problems,  especially  when 
the  camel  train  is  overdue. 

I  attended  a  race  meeting  at  Hergott  with  my 
friend  Woodhead.  He  introduced  me  to  a  con- 
stituent, who  had  come  down  from  Birdsville  to 
witness  that  function. 

At  Hergott  races  I  met  also  Adam  Khan,  who 
promised  that  I  should  be  stoned  for  attempting 
to  photograph  him  and  his  half-caste  family.  He 
was  a  fierce,  resentful  character,  Adam  Khan,  and 
lives  in  my  memory  with  a  Japanese  lady  of  doubt- 
ful age  and  no  apparent  reputation,  who  promised 
me  worse  punishment  for  a  similar  offence  at 
Broome. 


A  Horse  Waggon  at  Hergott 


PORT    AUGUSTA,    HERGOTT,    AND     THE    GREAT  INLAND. 


619 


Afghan  and  aboriginal  preponderated  at  the 
races. 

That  night  there  was  a  theatrical  performance 
and  a  dance  at  the  boarding-house  where  I 
dwelled.  The  dining-room  was  cleared  of  its 
stools  and  tables  after  the  play.  Women  in  white 
silk  dresses  (bought,  one  guessed,  from  Indian 
hawkers),  bushmen  in  short  coats  and  "peg-top" 
trousers,  footed  it  gaily  over  an  uneven  floor  until 
daybreak. 


Saddling  the  Favorite 


Hergott  is  remote,  but  I  failed  to  discover  any 
"melancholy  Australians"  there. 
1^^  I  had  a  word  on  the  overland  telegraph  line 
^^^ith  Alice  Springs  and  Charlotte  Waters;  neither 
station  reported  any  of  this  mythical  species  in 
their  locality.  Charlotte  Waters  complained  that 
pelicans  and  ducks  were  causing  trouble  to  the 
wires — flying  against  them  in  mobs,  I  presumed — 
but  otherwise  our  brief  telegraphic  conversations 
were  quite  cheerful. 

Still  Alice  Springs  is  994  miles  from  Adelaide 
and  1,105  ^"d  three-eighths  miles  from  Port  Dar- 
win— they  gave  us  the  exact  mileage  themselves 
— and  there  is  yet  no  Limited  Express,  with  dining 
and  sleeping  cars  attached,  on  that  route. 
j  At  Hergott,  under  the  guidance  of  Said  Gool- 

meer,  storekeeper,  we  visited  the  only  Mahometan 
mosque,  of  my  knowledge,  in  Australia.      It  was 


Lady  Visitors 


constructed,  minaret  and  all,  of  galvanized  iron. 
A  solitary  Afghan  squatted  on  his  praying  carpet 
within,  facing  the  East.  He  went  on  with  his 
adorations  as  if  the  small  party  of  Unbelievers 
had  no  existence. 

The  open  Koran  was  there,  the  towel,  and  the 
bathing  pool.  Ladies,  who  accompanied  us,  were 
allowed  just  inside  the  door  with  their  boots  on. 

Woodhead  had  a  prisoner  to  take  to  Port 
Augusta,  so  we  went  back  together.     With  us  on 


Law  and  Order 

At  a  Hergott  Springs  Bace  Meeting 


620 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


the  down  joLirney  was  Constable  White,  of  Oodna- 
datta,  who  had  spent  two  years  in  a  police  camp 
in  the  Northern  Territory,  before  that  country 
was  taken  over  by  the  Federal  Government. 

Thornton  and  Murphy,  of  the  S.A.  Mounted 
Force,  we  left  behind  at  Hergott  to  police  the 
Entire  North  for  the  time  being.  Murphy  had 
stood  for  law  and  order  ten  years  at  Anthony 
Lagoon,  in  the  Territory,  and,  newly  wed,  was 
enjoying  a  transfer  to  comparative  civilization. 

They  were  all  good  men.  Quiet  and  com- 
petent, never  flurried,  never  tired.  Men  of  this 
fibre  made  military  history  at  the  Dardanelles. 

We  had  a  mixed  company  in  our  train  going 
South.  There  was  the  gentleman  with  the  old 
Panama  hat,  the  variegated  kerchief,  and  the 
quirt — a  champion  rider  of  the  Bush.  "Nothing 
foaled  can  shift  him,"  they  told  me.  There  were 
the  prisoners,  for  whom  one  felt  sorry — because 
freedom  out  there  seems  a  more  precious  thing; 
there  were  Afghans,  jockeys,  and  a  small  boy 
who  was  travelling  500  miles  "to  get  his  teeth 
fixed." 

Out  of  the  clear  lights  and  colors,  the  mirages 
and  vast  distances  of  Central  Australia,  we  drew 
near  to  Quorn. 

I  went  down  through  wheat  lands  to  Gawler, 
where  beautiful  red  soils,  ploughed  and  seeded, 
lay  waiting  for  the  rains. 

Teams  with  clouds  of  dust  behind  were  plough- 
ing up  the  wheat-fields  everywhere,  miles  and  miles 
of  wheat-fields,  proclaiming  Australia  to  be  the 
future  granary  of  the  world,  and  South  Australia 
— the  dry  central  State — not  the  least  productive 
section  thereof. 

Five  million  acres  under  cultivation  for  wheat, 
oats,  and  lucerne  in  1915  proved  this  fact.  The 
State  produced  thirty-five  million  bushels  of  wheat 
in  1915,  thirty  millions  of  which  were  available 
for  export.  Add  to  this  three  and  a  half  mil- 
lion gallons  of  wine,  and  a  wool  crop  worth  over 
two  millions  of  money,  and  we  get  an  idea  of 
the  prosperity  enjoyed  by  the  less-than-half-a- 
million  people  who  constitute  the  present  popu- 
lation. 

Another  indication  of  prosperity  is  the  sav- 
ings of  the  people.  In  1916,  299,308  South 
Australian  depositors  had  to  their  credit  in  the 
State  and  Commonwealth  Savings  Banks  (includ- 
ing the  penny  banks)  £10,035,036,  an  average 
per  depositor  of  £33/10/7  and  per  inhabitant  of 
£23/2/11. 

South  Australia  claims  the  construction  of  the 
first  State-owned  railway  in  the  British  Empire, 
the  invention  and  establishment  of  the  Torrens 
system  of  land  titles,  and  the  introduction  of  the 


first  complete  system  of  local  civic  government. 

Like  the  other  Australian  States,  it  has  its  free, 
secular,  and  compulsory  school  system.  There 
are  at  the  present  time  more  than  850  primary 
State  schools  in  South  Australia;  21  District 
High  Schools,  located  in  the  more  populous 
centres,  and  a  School  of  Art  in  Adelaide.  The 
chief  Technical  School  is  tht  South  Australian 
School  of  Mines  and  Industnss  in  Adelaide: 
there  are  also  Technical  Schools  at  Gawler, 
Kapunda,  Moonta,  Mount  Gambicr,  and  Port 
Pirie. 

The  Government  offers  annually  90  scholar- 
ships and  bursaries  for  competition  among  the 
boys  and  girls  of  the  State.  These  entitle  the 
winners  to  a  period  of  free  tuition  at  one  of  the 
high  schools,  a  private  secondary  school,  or  the 
University,  together  with  a  sum  of  money  for 
maintenance.  It  is  possible  for  a  pupil  of  a  small 
country  school  to  gain  an  exhibition  at  the  age  of 
I2i,  and  attend  the  Adelaide  High  School,  or  a 
District  High  School  for  three  years.  During  this 
time  the  Senior  Public  Examination  of  the  Uni- 
versity may  be  passed,  and  if  the  student  does 
well  he  may  be  awarded  a  Senior  Exhibition,  and 
secure  a  further  two  years'  free  tuition  at  the  Ade- 
laide High  School.  He  may  then  pass  the  Higher 
Public  Examination  and  be  awarded  a  bursary, 
covering  a  four  years'  course  at  the  University  in 
either  arts,  science,  law,  or  medicine.  If  he  take 
up  either  the  arts  or  the  science  course  it  is  pos- 
sible to  gain  an  evening  studentship,  and  eventu- 
ally secure  the  B.A.  or  B.Sc.  degree. 

Besides  the  scholarships  offered  by  the  Govern- 
ment, the  University  and  the  endowed  secondary 
schools  referred  to  above  also  award  a  large 
number.  Thus  a  practically  free  course  is  open 
from  the  lowest  class  in  a  primary  school  to  the 
attainment  of  a  degree  or  a  scholarship  from  the 
University. 

The  University  of  Adelaide  was  founded  in 
1874.  It  grants  degrees  in  arts,  science,  law, 
medicine,  and  music,  and  diplomas  in  music,  com- 
merce, and  in  various  branches  of  applied  science. 
It  was  the  first  University  in  Australia  to  grant 
degrees  to  women. 

People  who  migrate  to  South  Australia  can  be 
sure  of  good  laws  and  good  wages,  land  on  easy 
terms,  and  free  education  and  opportunities  for 
their  families. 

A  population,  less  than  that  of  many  cities,  who 
produce  up  to  seventeen  million  pounds  annual 
wealth,  have  prosperity  and  happiness  to  share 
with  less  fortunate  immigrants  from  other  lands 
anxious  to  establish  homes  in  the  central  Austra- 
lian State. 


PRIMARY   PRODUCTION. 


YORK  Peninsula  resembles  Italy  on  the  map. 
It  projects  like  a  Wellington  boot  from  the 
mainland  of  South  Australia,  with  its 
western  coastline  on  Spencer's  Gulf  and  its  eastern 
shores  along  the  Gulf  of  St.  Vincent.  Its  average 
rainfall  is  low,  but  with  modern  treatment  it  has 
been  found  that  nearly  all  the  Peninsula  will  grow 
wheat  profitably.  Its  farmers  to-day  are  prosper- 
ous citizens,  who  own  motor-cars  and  fat  banking 
accounts. 

The  celebrated  copper  mines  of  Wallaroo  and 
Moonta  have  made  it  a  centre  of  great  industrial 
activity.  Wallaroo,  the  port  for  Moonta,  on 
Spencer's  Gulf,  is  a  substantial  town.  Wallaroo 
and  Moonta  have  produced  approximately  four- 
teen million  pounds  worth  of  copper  since  their 
discovery.  In  the  output  of  this  metal  South  Aus- 
tralia leads  the  Commonwealth.  The  Kapunda 
mine,  about  50  miles  north  of  Adelaide,  was  dis- 


covered in  1842.  Burra  Burra  mine  added  some 
five  millions  to  the  total  wealth  production  of  the 
central  State.  Silver-lead  and  iron  also  exist  in 
large  quantities.  At  Iron  Knob,  21  million  tons 
of  high-grade  ore  (66  per  cent.)  are  estimated. 
Broken  Hill  Proprietary  draw  largely  on  this  de- 
posit for  their  reduction  works  at  Port  Pirie. 
Thirty-three  miles  of  privately-owned  railway 
connect  this  valuable  mountain  of  iron  with  the 
seaboard  of  Spencer's  Gulf. 

The  phosphate  deposits  of  South  Australia  are 
particularly  valuable  and  extensive.  A  thousand 
tons  of  phosphatic  rock  has  given  64^  per  cent, 
tricalcic  phosphate,  with  only  2  per  cent,  of  iron. 

At  Kadina,  running  eastward  across  Yorke 
Peninsula,  one  enters  a  series  of  plains,  which 
have  at  one  time  been  lightly  timbered  with  mallee 
and  pine.  They  are  now  cleared  along  the  rail- 
way route,  and  given  to  the  plough. 


Smelting  Works  at  Port  Pirie 
621 


622 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Crusliing  and  Sorting  Plant,  Wallaroo  Mines 


This  limestone  country  is  growing  the  best  of 
wheat.  Its  farmers  have  established  water  sup- 
plies for  domestic  purposes,  phosphates  are 
readily  obtainable,  and  the  areas  are  large  enough 
to  permit  of  profitable  fallowing. 

Fine  chocolate  plains  lie  around  the  head  of 
St.  Vincent  Gulf.  From  Port  Wakefield  the  line 
turns  across  to  Balaclava  over  dark  red  wheat 
lands,  spreading  as  far  as  the  eye  can  see. 

When  I  visited  this  territory  early  in  May  the 
drills  and  rollers  were  at  work,  filling  the  horizon 
with  pillars  and  walls  of  dust  which  rose  skyward 
all  day  long. 

Blyth  and  Clare  are  the  centres  of  this  mag- 
nificent wheat  belt;  there  crops  of  35  and  40 
bushels  to  the  acre  are  gathered.  Wheat  is  grown 
all  the  way  north  to  Port  Pirie  and  on  to  Port 
Augusta. 

Wheat  has  been  South  Australia's  staple.  The 
dry  farmers  of  that  State  are  admitted  to  be 
among  the  best  and  most  advanced  agriculturists 
in  the  world.  The  grain  produced  is  of  the 
best  quality,  giving  highest  percentages  of  flour 
and  a  good  color.  It  always  commands  the  most 
profitable  markets  in  Britain. 

South  Australian  practice  is  to  crop  the  land 
once  in  three  years,  the  second  year  after  harvest 


being  given   to   grass   and   stubble,   the   third  to 
fallow. 

Costs  of  production  are  exceptionally  low, 
owing  to  the  use  on  large  areas  of  multiple- 
furrow  ploughs;  eight-  and  ten-horse  cultivators; 
1 1  ft.  drills,  strippers,  and  harvesters.  With  these 
appliances  and  the  favourable  conditions  existing, 
an  average  yield  like  that  of  1912-13  (10.34 
bushels  to  the  acre)  pays  the  farmer  well.  One 
man  can  produce  as  much  as  5,000  bushels  a  year. 
Very  light  dressings  of  superphosphates  are  suf- 
ficient. 

The  raising  and  fattening  of  sheep  and  lambs 
is  generally  combined  with  wheat-growing.  Men 
with  small  capital,  energy,  and  discrimination  are 
bound  to  win  out  on  the  wheat  lands  of  South 
Australia. 

The  Government  Immigration  authorities  con- 
sider that  £1,000  to  £1,700  is  a  sufficient  capital 
for  cash-paying  newcomers  desiring  to  take  up 
1,000  to  1,500  acres  freehold  under  Crown  Lands 
terms.  This  sum  will  enable  them  to  improve, 
stock  up,  and  keep  going  until  the  first  crop  is 
harvested. 

F^xperienced  mallee  farmers  would  be  safe  in 
selecting  wheat  lands  on  a  capita!  of  £500.  The 
wide,  level,  dun-colored  expanses  of  mallee,  which 


SOUTH    AUSTRALIA:    PRIMARY   PRODUCTION. 


623 


were  once  regarded  as  the  poverty  of  the  State, 
have  now  proved  a  mine  of  wealth.  The  gold 
flow  from  that  inexhaustible  mine  increases  year 
by  year.  The  prosperity  of  Adelaide  is  a  re- 
flection of  the  prosperity  which  prevails  through- 
out the  rural  districts.      Millions  of  acres  have 


distillery  in  the  Southern  Hemisphere  is  already 
located  in  South  Australia. 

The  vineyards  are  totally  free  from  phylloxera, 
and  all  other  serious  diseases  of  the  vine. 

A  pleasant  parallel  industry  is  the  growing  of 
currants  and  raisins,  which  has  proved  extremely 


Traders  on  the  Upper  Murray 


m 


yet  to  come  under  the  plough.     There  is  room  in 

South  Australia  for  thousands  of  wheat-growers 

still. 

*  *  *  * 

The  wines  of  the  central  State  are  justly  famed 
around  the  earth.  Sun  and  soil  combine  to  give 
local  vignerons  best  results.  French  experts  have 
been  imported,  but  France  has  also  learned  from 
South  Australia.  Land  in  abundance  suitable  for 
vineyards  is  available.  Comfort  and  competence 
wait  those  who  will  take  them  up. 

The  quality  of  local  wines  is  constantly  improv- 
ing, the  quantity  exported  increases  annually — 
this  may  be  regarded  as  one  of  the  greatest  in- 
dustries of  the  future.      The  largest  winery  and 


profitable  to  the  limited  few  who  have  undertaken 
it. 

South  Australia  already  produces  30,000  gal- 
lons of  olive  oil  per  annum,  of  the  finest  quality. 
Net  returns  from  olives  amount  to  about  £15 
per  acre.  The  grower  can  become  his  own  manu- 
facturer, and  waste  or  poor  ground  on  many  hold- 
ings may  be  profitably  utilized  for  the  cultivation 
of  olives. 

There  are  500  lineal  miles  of  South  Australia 
suitable  for  the  production  of  temperate  and  sub- 
tropical fruits.  The  finest  peaches  grown  in  Aus- 
tralia may  be  had  in  Adelaide  in  January,  and  I 
have  seen  the  most  beautiful  strawberries  selling 
in  the  streets  of  that  city  at  tenpence  a  box. 


k 


Sandstone  CliS  and  Fool 


624 


SOUTH    AUSTRALIA:    PRIMARY  PRODUCTION. 


625 


A  Big  Melon  and  a  Little  Kangaroo 


Local  apple-growers  estimate  an  average  net 
return  of  £20  per  acre. 

The  almond  and  the  apricot  flourish.  The 
Murray  Valley,  with  irrigation,  grows  citrus  fruits 
to  perfection. 

Bee-farming  and  poultry-raising  in  certain  dis- 
tricts will  also  yield  good  livings  of  themselves 
or  increase  the  profits  of  fruit-growing  and  mixed 
farming. 

The  south-eastern  districts  are  most  suitable  for 
the  production  of  potatoes  and  root  crops. 

Naracoorte,  famed  for  its  caves,  is  reached 
through  forest  country  closely  resembling  those 
Victorian  districts  which  lie  at  the  feet  of  the 
Grampians.  Over  level  limestone  roads,  arched 
by  spreading  gum  trees,  the  tourist  may  travel 
through  cool  and  rainy  regions  to  green  Mount 


Bock  Formation 


Gambler,  there  to  behold  the  Blue  Lake  and  many 
other  interesting  evidences  of  volcanic  action,  com- 
paratively recent.  The  intervening  lands  are 
mainly  occupied  by  sheep  farmers. 

Mount  Gambier  soils  are  exceptionally  fertile, 
and  the  town  itself  is  attractive  and  progressive. 
The  funnel  of  an  extinct  crater  happening  to  be 
within  municipal  radius  affords  an  outlet  for  sur- 
plus rainwater  and  some  civic  rubbish.     For  this 


Government  Reclaimed  Area,  Murray  Bridge 


626 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Angaston 


and  other  reasons,  Mount  Gambler  is  clean  and 
sanitary,  a  place  of  frequent  showers,  of  foliage 
and   ilowers. 

Its  evergreen  surroundings  delight  the  eyes  of 
inland-dwellers,  who  find  it  fresh  and  cool  when 
Central  Australian  suns  are  pouring  out  their 
summer  heat.  Drought  has  never  clutched  it  with 
fevered  hand.  It  is  always  an  oasis,  a  tourist 
resort,  a  rest  place  for  the  heat-browned  sons  and 
daughters  of  the  North. 

Good  South  Australians,  when  they  die,  go  to 
Mount  Gambier.  The  poet  Gordon  dwelled 
there,  and  gave  the  place  celebrity.  On  the  hill- 
side above  the  Blue  Lake,  an  obelisic  marks  the 
spot  where  that  rhyming  horseman  achieved  his 
hazardous  jump,  with  a  fair  chance  of  rolling  with 
his  steed  down  the  steep  red  sides  of  that  old 
crater  into  the  waters  below. 

Mount  Gambier,  with  its  exquisite  greenness, 
its  roses,  its  pine  groves,  black  ploughed  fields 
(worth  £40  an  acre  to-day),  volcanic  lakes,  and 
romantic  surroundings,  should  have  influenced 
Gordon's  muse.  One  fails  to  understand  how 
the  poet  retained  his  melancholy  impressions  of 


Australia  after  living  for  years  in  one  of  its  most 
fertile,  fragrant,  and  prosperous  places.  Like 
others  who  have  written  about  Australia — and 
who  are  even  yet  accepted  as  inspired  exponents 
of  this  mighty  continent — Adam  Lindsay  Gor- 
don's eyes  beheld  the  land  through  darkened 
glasses,  in  which  a  true  perspective  was  deflected, 
by  the  angularities  of  personal  misfortune,  into 
false  and  erratic  curves. 

South  Australia  has  many  other  beautiful  and 
pleasant  places  besides  Mount  Gambier,  but  it  is 
doubtful  if  any  of  them  would  have  brought  cheer- 
fulness to  Gordon's  melancholy  soul. 

The  modern  traveller  will  find  in  the  vineyards 
and  gardens  of  Angaston,  in  the  orchard  slopes 
and  fields  of  Gawler,  on  the  golden  shores  of  Port 
Victor,  by  the  joyous  seaside  at  Glenelg,  along 
the  Coorong,  and  down  the  Murray,  a  thousand 
joys  and  beauties  that  the  morbid  poet  missed. 

He  will  find  that  South  Australia,  too,  is  a  vast 
garden  wherein  will  yet  be  grown  a  greater  abun- 
dance of  wheat  and  wine  and  wool;  where  all  the 
fruits  and  flowers  of  the  world  may  be  profitably 
cultivated  by  a  happy  and  prosperous  people. 


SOUTH    AUSTRALIA:    PRIMARY   PRODUCTION. 


627 


South  Australia  is  only  at  her  beginnings.  She 
has  in  the  Murray  Valley  an  asset  of  incalculable 
value.  With  irrigation  this  will  support  many 
times  the  present  population  of  the  State. 

She  has,  in  the  great  MacDonnell  Ranges,  soon 
to  be  opened  by  a  transcontinental  railway,  the 
best  horse-breeding  country  in  Australia. 

She  has  Eyre's  Peninsula,  of  which  we  have 
written  elsewhere. 

She  has  the  Great  North,  the  problem  of  which 
can  be  faced  with  equanimity  in  the  light  of  estab- 
lished facts. 


She  has  her  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
acres  of  wheat  -  growing  mallee,  her  oil- 
fields, her  copper  deposits,  her  inex- 
haustible supplies  of  iron  ore  —  better  than 
that  of  Elba,  marine  riches  of  her  coasts, 
agricultural  resources  of  her  ranges  and  plains — 
all  that  a  rich  and  yet  only  partially  explored 
country  of  vast  area,  benign  climate,  and  stored 
opportunity,  can  give  to  those  who  are  weary  of 
countries  less  blessed  by  nature,  less  free,  less  at- 
tractive to  the  eyes  of  Youth  and  Adventure,  less 
likely  to  yield  the  prize  of  personal  success  which 
all  men  covet. 


The  Beach  at  Glenelg 


The  "Dead  Heart"  of  Australia 


THE  "DESERT"   MYTH. 


THE  history  of  Inland  Exploration  has  been 
sketched  in  somewhat  tedious  detail  in 
order  that  readers  of  this  book  may  be 
enabled  to  arrive  at  more  accurate  conclusions 
regarding  modern  Australia. 

During  the  125  years  of  nation  building, 
misconceptions  have  arisen  which  can  only  be  dis- 
pelled by  persistent  contradiction. 

We  have  seen  how,  in  old  colonial  days,  the 
whole  Continent  was  condemned  as  arid  and 
inhospitable. 

During  the  genesis  of  colonization,  confident 
authorities  asserted  that  only  a  limited  section  of 
the  eastern  littoral  could  ever  be  rendered  habit- 
able. 

In  the  middle  period  of  European  occupation 
it  was  generally  accepted  that  nature  had  irrevo- 
cably cursed  Australia  with  desert  areas  of 
enormous  extent. 

Towards  the  end  of  the  nineteenth  century, 
these  "deserts"  had  shrunk  to  a  very  small  pro- 
portion of  the  whole  Continent. 


In  the    first  decade    of    the  twentieth  century! 
thoughtful  people  have  come  to  doubt  the  exist- 
ence of  one  actual  desert  within  the  wide  borders 
of  the  Commonwealth. 

The  author,  while  journeying  on  his  special 
mission  over  the  Australian  States,  met  L.  A. 
Wells  in  Adelaide,  and  asked  him  for  a  pro- 
nouncement for  this  volume  upon  that  still 
unoccupied  hinterland  between  the  121st  and 
129th  meridians  and  19th  and  31st  parallels — of 
which,  as  one  of  the  last  explorers,  he  possesses  a 
more  intimate  knowledge  than  any  man  living. 

Into  the  grey-blue  eyes  of  Explorer  Wells 
(eyes  that  have  looked  over  great  distances) 
there  came  a  light  of  faith.       He  said: — 

"/  believe  the  country  that  is  apparently 
desert  will  he  no  desert  for  future  genera- 
tions!" 

Judged  by  the  lessons  of  the  past.  Wells  is  right. 
The  country  which  was  apparently  desert  for  two 


628 


'-^~^~fo^t-ST\/^Tt:U/^lV  ^ 


I 


629 


630 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  Bread  of  the  Wastes 


preceding  generations  is  no  desert  for  the  genera- 
tion of  to-day. 

Contrast  the  optimistic  prophecy  of  this  Aus- 
trahan-bred  explorer  of  1891  and  1896  with  an 
entry  in  Captain  Sturt's  journal  sixty  years 
earlier : — 

"I  have  the  melancholy  satisfaction  of 
discovering  the  worst  country  In  the 
world!" 

This  entry  was  made  at,  or  near,  the  present  site 
of  a  city,  where  Pullman  sleeping  cars  are  nightly 
bearing  travellers  to  and  fro;  where  more  than 
sixty  millions  of  mineral  wealth  have  been  won 
from  the  hearts  of  the  hills;  where  many  a  green 
garden  stands  in  fragrant  proof  that  the  school 
of  observers  to  which  the  brave  and  gener- 
ous Sturt  belonged — were  utterly  wrong! 

Had  Sturt  but  known  it,  the  red  sandy  soil  of 
the  Barrier  (the  basic  red  soil  of  Australia)  Is 
everywhere  proving,  under  correct  treatment,  the 
most  fertile  In  the  world. 

Let  us  see  how  this  Desert  Myth  originated. 

It  is  easier  to  understand  nowadays  that  the 
physical  conditions  prevailing  over  a  great  part 
of  inland  Australia  misled  early  settlers  and 
explorers  as  to  the  actual  quality  of  the  country 
they  condemned. 

The  greater  part  of  the  Interior  consists  of  a 
low,  level  plateau,  covered,  broadly  speaking,  with 
loose  friable  red  soils,  so  fine  In  some  districts  that 
they  appear  to  the  casual  eye  as  sand. 

Instead  of  a  "Dead  Heart  of  Australia"  there 
exists  in  reality  a  Red  Heart,  destined  one  day  to 
pulsate  with  life. 

Certain  parts  of  this  country  suffer  (or  benefit, 
as  the  future  may  decide)  from  an  occasional  dry 
season.  In  other  parts,  towards  Central  Aus- 
tralia, the  annual  ramfall  is  admittedly  low.     But 


it  must  he  remembered  that  no  part  of  Australia 
Is  absolutely  rainless;  that  a  dry  season  is,  more- 
over, always  local  In  character.  In  one  or  two 
districts,  or  over  a  section  of  a  State,  the  annual 
rainfall  may  fall  below  the  average,  as  Is  the 
nature  of  seasons  everywhere,  but  never  at  any 
time  has  anything  like  a  universal  drought 
occurred.  While  the  meteorological  conditions  of 
the  Southern  Hemisphere  remain  as  they  are,  it 
never  can.  Add  to  this  the  fact  that  over  thou- 
sands of  square  miles  of  Australia,  over  nearly 
all  the  well-watered  coastal  districts  that  extend 
from  the  Glenelg,  on  the  borders  of  South  Aus- 
tralia, around  to  King  Sound,  In  the  north-west 
of  Western  Australia,  and  again  over  the  whole 
south-west  of  Western  Australia,  from  Albany  to 
Geraldton,  a  dry  season  Is  practically  unknown. 

Owing  to  the  porous  nature  of  their  typical 
red  soils,  and  to  other  physical  features  of 
the  Inland  country,  the  rains,  Instead  of  being 
carried  off  to  the  sea,  are  retained.  This,  as  a 
generalization,  applies  to  the  major  (western) 
portion  of  the  Continent. 

It  led  people  to  believe  that  extensive  areas  of 
Australia,  being  without  flowing  rivers,  were  to 
be  classed  as  waterless  wastes. 

In  reality  this  absence  of  rivers  is  one  of  the 
providences  of  Nature. 

Australian  Nature,  of  her  ancient  wisdom,  has 
substituted  permanent  underground  storage  and 
flow  for  regular  surface  condensation  and 
drainage.  Nowhere  In  the  earth's  physical  his- 
tory is  there  to  be  found  a  more  wonderful  com- 
pensation. Here  Is  the  first  of  those  many  para- 
doxes presented  by  the  oldest  of  the  Continents, 
old  in  time  but  new  to  the  experiences  of  civil- 
ized man. 

Traveller  and  settler  alike  have  been  baffled 
and  discouraged  by  conditions  which,  later  on, 
were  found  contributing  to  successful  settlement. 

The  Explorer,  being  perforce  a  writer  of  some 
sort,  gave  his  impressions  to  the  world.  The 
more  literary  faculty  he  possessed  the  more  his 
pen-pictures  of  waterless  wastes  and  sandy 
Saharas  unrelieved  by  any  oasis,  left  his  readers 
with  firm  convictions  that  Inland  Australia  was 
unfit  for  permanent  occupation  by  white  men. 

Weird,  indeed,  have  been  the  Imaginings  of 
those  who  have  never  seen  the  "back  country." 

To  many  of  them  It  Is  still  a  weary  desert, 
covered  with  stunted  salt-bush  and  spiteful  splni- 
fex;  where  lost  travellers,  who  have  had  the  mis- 
fortune to  enter  Its  confines,  for  some  heroic 
reason,  gasp  out  their  dying  breath  with  empty 
waterbags  beside  them;  while  clouds  of  flies  and 
crows  afford  the  only  shade  between  them  and  a 
pitiless  sun. 


THE    "DESERT"    MYTH, 


631 


Certain  better-informed  Australian  writers, 
with  a  craving  for  the  fV  uniatic,  have  fostered 
these  impressions.  A  country  unknown  to  War, 
must,  for  the  purposes  of  fiction,  be  invested 
with  some  thrilling  features.  Accidental  hap- 
penings like  dry  seasons  and  bush  fires  have  been 
made  to  appear  the  permanent  conditions  of  the 
Continent. 


This  long-accepted  desert  has  made  a  back- 
ground for  more  than  one  typical  Australian 
story. 

Roughly,  it  runs  north  and  south  between  the 
River  Murray  and  the  Melbourne  to  Adelaide 
railway  line. 

Thousands  of  travellers  have  crossed  its 
southern  edge  in  the  firm  belief  that  they  were 


Long  Beach  at  Morgan  on  the  Murray   River 


Foreign  writers,  not  knowing  any  better, 
accepted  the  stereotyped  descriptions  of  ignorant 
or  prejudiced  observers,  and  helped  to  create  a 
"typical  Australia,"  which  is  quite  alien  to  the 
actual  Continent. 

Melancholy,  for  certain  explainable  reasons, 
has  been  a  feature  of  local  Australian  writings. 
It  seems  strange  that  the  most  cheerful  and  pros- 
perous population  in  the  world  should  have  been 
represented  in  the  fields  of  expression  by  a  bril- 
liant band  of  writers  and  artists  whose  predomin- 
ant note  is  gloom. 

As  a  first  example  of  misjudgment  in  matters 
Australian,  we  may  take  the  "Ninety  Mile 
Desert;"  so  marked  on  Australian  maps  until 
quite  recently,  and  still  so  branded  on  maps  out- 
ide  Australia. 


11' 


passing  through  a  real  desert.  Thousands  of 
Australian  school  children  of  the  last  generation 
were  taught  to  identify  it  as  desert  on  the  class 
map. 

And  to  the  eye  of  an  outsider  it  would  still,  in 
its  virgin  state,  appear  to  be  a  very  barren  and 
ugly  country  indeed.  But,  as  the  Pinnaroo 
District  of  South  Australia,  it  is  furnishing  one 
of  many  proofs  that  we  must  never  judge 
Australia  by  surface  indications. 

The  story  of  the  Pinnaroo  has  been  an  object 
lesson  to  those  who  would  still  doubt  the  future 
of  our  Commonwealth. 

Let  us  go  and  see  what  happened  to  the 
"Desert,"  and  why,  as  desert,  it  has  been  removed 
from  the  map  of  Australia  after  occupying  an 
ignoble  place  thereon  for  60  or  70  years. 


632 


AUSTRAIJA    UNLIMITED 


iiake  Bonney  Landing,  Murray  River 


On  the  2 1  St  April,  19 12 — as  it  happened,  a 
period  of  unusual  dryness  in  South  Australia — 
the  writer  boarded  a  train  at  Adelaide  station 
bound  for  this  "desert."  The  other  occupants 
of  the  carriage  were  the  representative  of  a  fire 
insurance  company  and  a  smart,  clean-shaven 
young  fellow,  who  looked  rather  like  an  English 
tourist. 

The  train  climbed  over  Mount  Lofty  Ranges 
and  rattled  down  to  Murray  Bridge,  where  a 
pleasing  vista  of  green  irrigation  farms  along 
the  bank  of  a  wide  river  hinted  the  future  possi- 
bilities of  this  fertile  Lower  Murray  Valley. 

A  motley  crowd  of  rough  but  good-humored 
South  Australians — lean,  tall,  tanned  fellows  for 
the  most  part — crowded  into  the  refreshment 
room. 

Failing  to  secure  some  fruit  that  he  was  seek- 
ing, the  insurance  man  re-entered  the  carriage  as 
the  train  was  starting,  and  with  strong  Australian 
emphasis  expressed  his  disappointment. 

Whereat  the  smart,  clean-shaven  young 
man  explained,  waving  his  hands  towards 
the  hills  which  we  had  just  descended: — "Too 
much  fruit  grown  around  here.  It  doesn't 
pay  to  send  it  to  the  railway  station  to  sell.  I 
know  one  man  who  took  5,000  cases  off  his  hold- 
ing last  year.  Suppose  he  only  got  five  shillings 
a  case  for  it,  that's  over  a  thousand  pounds,  isn't 
it?"      We  agreed. 


"Well,  who  is  going  to  peddle  apples  on  a 
railway  platform  when  they  can  sit  under  their 
own  verandah  and  make  a  thousand  a  year  out  of 
them?" 

It  was  the  class  of  question  that  conveys  its  own 
answer,  and  it  applies  not  only  to  apple-growing, 
but  to  many  other  avocations  in  free  and  indepen- 
dent Australia. 

The  absence  of  fruit  in  retail  quantities  having 
opened  up  avenues  of  conversation,  the  smart 
young  man  with  the  tourist  appearance  and 
polite  but  friendly  manner,  turned  out  to  be  a 
wheat  farmer  from  the  Pinnaroo. 

In  comic  journals  a  farmer  is  inseparable 
from  long  whiskers.  He  is  generally  alluded  to 
as  a  "hayseed,"  or  "Dad  Wayback."  Old  figures, 
like  old  fictions,  die  hard.  But  it  has  to  be  con- 
fessed that  much  of  the  farming  in  this  country 
is  being  done  now  by  smart,  clean-shaven  young 
men,  who  play  tennis  with  their  farmer  neigh- 
bours on  Saturday  afternoons.  Quite  frequently 
a  glance  at  the  gripsacks  of  these  well-informed 
young  men  discloses  old  European  luggage-labels. 

At  Tailem  Bend  our  train  split  into  two 
sections:  one  part  departing  for  Serviceton  and 
Mount  Gambier,  the  other  making  a  leisurely 
departure  for  the  "desert." 

Tailem  Bend  may  never  be  beautiful,  but  it 
is  located  in  a  limestone  belt  where,  on  1,000-acre 
blocks,  farmers  are  finding  that  they  get  good 
crops  in  good  seasons. 


THE   "DESERT"   MYTH. 


633 


The  Tailem  Bend  .to  Pinnaroo  railway  is  of 
very  recent  construction.  It  was  opened  in  1907. 
After  much  agitation  the  Bill  authorizing  its  con- 
struction had  been  taken  through  the  South  Aus- 
tralian Parliament  by  a  political  ruse,  its  oppon- 
ents loudly  declaring  to  the  last  that  the  revenue 
would  not  pay  for  the  axle  grease.  Much  to  the 
chagrin  of  these  earnest  pessimists,  the  line  has 
not  only  paid  its  working  expenses,  but  it  bids 
fair  to  clear  the  cost  of  its  construction  as  well. 

This  "desert"  railway  was  cheaply  built;  its 
platforms  are  yet  no  more  than  hard  earth,  and 


points  of  the  compass.  A  man  lost  in  its  blue 
silent  distances  would  be  as  helpless  as  a  man  cast 
overboard  in  mid  ocean.  Ten  chances  to  one  he 
would  die  of  thirst;  for  there  are  no  rivers,  no 
streams,  no  permanent  creeks  and  rarely  any  sur- 
face storages  in  the  Mallee. 

It  was  this  that  terrified  and  repelled  the  men 
of  preceding  generations.  To  cross  the  Mallee 
safely  one  needed  to  be  a  good  bushman.  The 
Mallee  being  grassless  and  apparently  without 
permanent  water,  was  useless  for  stock.  No 
wonder  it  was  classed  as  worthless  desert. 


Harvesters  at  Work  in  the  Pinnaroo 


the  stations  mere  galvanized  sheds  and  sidings, 
with  stacks  of  wheat  awaiting  shipment  nearby; 
but  it  has  served  to  open  up  a  new  province  where 
fortunes  have  been  rapidly  won. 

Land  which  was  sold  by  Government  at  8/6  an 
acre  less  than  ten  years  before,  was  changing 
hands  at  £6.  Men  who  started  with  nothing  had 
become  independent,  and — speculative  increases 
aside — all  the  capable  wheat-farmers  throughout 
the  district  had  done  exceedingly  well. 

Everywhere  along  the  line  one  saw  the  work 
of  pioneer  settlement  going  on.  In  the  shallow 
limestone  belt,  which  fringes  the  deeper  red  soils, 
the  fields  showed  piles  of  stones  as  well  as  Mallee 
roots.  The  farm  houses  here  were  mostly  built 
of  white  stone.  A  dry  expanse  of  stunted,  lead- 
colored  Mallee  stretched  away  from  patches  of 
newly-cleared  land,  which  followed  the  railway 
in  a  narrow  intermittent  belt. 

This  sea  of  squat,  ugly  bush  extended  to  all 


But,  lo !  a  miracle  of  Australian  nature. 

It  was  discovered  later  on  that,  at  a  maximum 
depth  of  240  feet  everywhere  under  the  limestone, 
there  is  a  plentiful  supply  of  good  sub-artesian 
water  for  all  stock  and  domestic  purposes. 

And,  lo !  the  miracle  of  the  Human  Mind! 

It  was  also  found  that  the  average  soil  of  the 
Mallee  country  is  peculiarly  adapted  for  the 
growth  of  wheat;  that  by  the  application  of  a 
certain  fertilizer,  and  by  judicious  fallowing,  the 
rainfall  of  the  very  driest  Pinnaroo  years  is  quite 
sufficient  to  ensure  profitable  crops ! ! 

And  now  comes  a  simple  equation.  As  the 
physical  composition  of  the  Mallee  country  is 
monotonously  similar,  if  one  acre  or  one  hundred 
acres  will  produce  a  profitable  crop  of  wheat,  the 
whole  of  it,  given  transport,  can  be  converted  into 
farms/ 

What  a  fine  sum  for  the  Australian  school- 
master of  to-day. 


634 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Sons  of  the  "Desert" 

He  says  to  his  class — 

"Boys,  I  have  before  me  a  map  of  South  Aus- 
traha,  dated  1890.  There  is  a  corner  here  to 
the  eastward  marked  'Ninety  Mile  Desert.'  It 
appears  to  be  about  ninety  miles  in  length,  and 
on  an  average  fifty  miles  wide.  There  are  640 
acres  to  a  square  mile.  How  many  acres  does 
that  desert  contain?" 

And  the  bright  boy  of  the  class,  the  boy  who 
is  going  to  grow  into  a  smart,  clean-shaven 
farmer,  fond  of  Saturday  tennis  and  rifle  shoot- 
ing, will  promptly  reply : — 

■'Two  million  eight  hundred  and  eighty  thou- 
sand acres." 

"Boys,"  continues  the  schoolmaster,  "I  have 
before  me  also  a  copy  of  the  Adelaide  Register, 
dated  191 2,  which  contains  an  advertisement 
offering  a  farm  of  875  acres  of  this  very  country 
at  £5/15/-  an  acre.  Now,  to  be  well  inside  the 
mark,  we  will  work  out  the  whole  area  as  just 
two  million  acres  of  wheat  lands  worth  £5  an  acre 
— which  gives,  as  the  blackboard  shows  you,  a 
capital  land  value  for  this  particular  block  of 
'desert'  of  ten  million  pounds!" 

*  *  *  * 

When  one  learns  that  there  are  many  mil- 
lions of  acres  of  this  class  of  country  within  the 
already-determined  area  of  profitable  production, 
one  begins  to  dimly  realize  the  opportunities 
Australia  holds  for  modern  agriculture. 

Naturally  those  keen  dry-farmers,  the  South 
Australians,  are  running  out  new  railway  lines  into 
their  Mallee  country. 

And  this  "conquest  of  the  desert"  is  so  vastly 
interesting. 

The  train  stops  at  a  clearing  in  the  Mallee, 
where  one  sees  a  township  in  the  making.  One 
stands  up  elbow  to  elbow  with  tall  brown  bushmen 
at  the  counter  of  a  galvanized-iron  refreshment 
room.  The  counter  is  covered  with  a  gaudy 
linoleum,  and  behind  it  are  coarsely-gowned  bush 
girls  handing  out  cups  of  strong  tea  and  pies. 

The  train  moves  on  again  in  a  leisurely  way 
through  more  virgin  Mallee  and  fresh  clearing. 


The  light-colored  soils  have  given  place  to  red. 
At  all  the  sidings  there  are  trucks — full  of  knotted 
Mallee  roots — waiting  to  be  taken  away.  Thou- 
sands of  tons  of  these  roots  have  been  removed 
from  the  wheat  fields — after  the  cleaning  and 
burning  is  finished — and  sold.  They  have  a  high 
calorific  value,  and  bring  the  settler  locally 
10/6  a  ton.  The  clearing  of  the  Mallee  is  a 
simple  and  inexpensive  process.  The  scrub  is 
first  rolled  down  with  a  traction  engine,  hauling 
an  old  tubular  boiler  (for  choice)  behind  it.  This 
or  some  heavy  object  is  used  to  iron  the  scrub  out 
flat;  after  which  it  is  burned  off  and  the  roots 
removed  in  time.  The  rolling  costs  3/6  an  acre, 
picking  12/-  an  acre — about  15/-  an  acre  in  all 
to  get  it  in  trim  for  crops. 

The  Mallee  soil  gets  better  and  firmer  after  it 
has  been  worked. 

It  is  now  the  ploughing  and  planting  season. 
The  freight  trains  are  bringing  in  gaudily-painted 
agricultural  machinery. 

In  the  vicinity  of  each  substantial  farm  house, 
one  sees  a  windmill.  It  is  a  land  of  tanks  and 
wells,  but  vegetables  and  fruit  are  everywhere 
being  produced  by  irrigation — the  Pinnaroo  water 
is  good  for  all  purposes. 

The  banks  seem  to  have  opened  little  galvan- 
ized offices  at  nearly  every  stopping  place  along 
the  railway,  and  the  great  grain-handling  agen- 
cies are  equally  well  represented. 

A  fine  red  dust  works  its  way  into  the  railway 
carriages — the  dust  of  the  desert,  rich  with  the 
accumulated  fertility  of  untold  ages.  The  home- 
coming farmers  who  have  been  down  to  the  city 
on  business  do  not  appear  to  mind  this  dust.  It 
may  still  furnish  a  theme  for  discomforted 
writers,  but  it  is  a  marvellous  producer  of  wheat, 
and  wheat  is  Bread.  The  good  old  Australian 
"desert"  only  waited  to  be  tickled  and  it  laughed 
— into  baker's  loaves  ! 

Lean  out  of  the  carriage  window  and  breathe 
the  air  of  the  "desert" — it  is  like  wine!  See  the 
sun  setting  over  the  desert — it  is  a  glory !  Behold 
the  sons  of  the  "desert."  They  are  six-foot  men, 
stalwart  and  strong,  independent  landholders, 
freemen,  each  adult  a  ruler  with  an  equal  voice 
in  the  government  of  the  country;  and  each  adult 
woman — sister,  mother,  wife  or  daughter — the 
same. 

The  train  rolls  on.  Undulating  into  blue  in- 
finity spreads  the  Mallee,  with  brown  stubble 
fields  marking  the  steadily-encroaching  wheat. 

The  clean-shaven  man  is  approaching  home. 
He  tells  with  quiet  pride  of  the  progress  of  his 
particular  district.  He  says  they  always  have 
cool  evenings  and  nights,  even  if  it  is  hot  in  sum- 
mertime. In  the  spring  his  country,  all  the  coun- 
try, is  bright  with  ffowers.  Six  years  ago  there 
was  nothing  at  the  town  of  Pinnaroo,   the  ter- 


THE    "DESERT"    MYTH. 


635 


minus  of  this  line.  Four  years  ago  two  houses. 
Now  there  are  streets  and  solid  buildings  of  stone 
and  concrete;  churches,  a  public  library — they  are 
called  "Institutes"  in  this  State — a  photographic 
studio,  a  newspaper,  most  of  the  primary  things 
of  civilization ! 

At  Pinnaroo  we  disembark  and  find  a  comfort- 
able hotel,  where  they  charge  you  for  good  meat 
meals   1/6,  for  clean  beds   1/6,  and  give  you  a 


her  wherever  the  Flag  of  her  Progress  is  carried. 
Here  six  years  ago,  remember,  only  the  wild  dog's 
howl  was  heard  across  a  waste. 

It  is  hard  to  realise  that  this  broad,  dusty  street 
— bearing  all  the  familiar  signs  and  legends  of 
the  butcher  and  baker,  the  lawyer,  the  banker, 
and  the  land  agent — with  its  row  of  young  sugar- 
gums,  which  have  replaced  the  beautiful  scrub 
pines,  its  concrete  sidewalks  and  plate-glass  fronts. 


Pinnaroo 


bath  with  an  abundant  flow  of  clear  water.  We 
go  out  to  buy  postcards  at  a  stationery  shop. 
The  proprietor  is  a  Londoner.  He  had  been  a 
carpet  buyer  in  Asiatic  Turkey  for  an  English 
firm.  He  has  seen  brigands  hanged.  He  prefers 
the  town  of  Pinnaroo  to  either  Aleppo  or  Bagh- 
dad. The  worry  of  persuading  the  Turks  to 
make  carpets  of  a  color  design  that  would  suit 
the  European  taste  is  upon  his  mind  no  more. 

Day  is  calling  across  the  "desert."  One  hears 
a  bronzewing  cooing  in  the  cypress  pines  some- 
where on  the  outskirts  of  the  town. 

The  air  is  frosty;  the  water  in  the  bath  quite 
sharp. 

Where  current  impression  would  conjure  up 
distressing  visions  of  a  country  burned  by  per- 
petual heat,  one  finds  a  delightful  winter  climate, 
bracing,  cool  and  enjoyable  for  many  months  in 
the  year.  And  this  applies  to  nearly  the  whole 
of  inland  Australia. 

Pinnaroo  is  beginning  the  day  lightheartedly. 
The  State-school  bell  tolls  out  in  token  that  Aus- 
tralia bears  the  blessings  of  free  education  with 


its  coach-teams  and  horsemen,  bicycles  and  motor 
cars- — owes  its  growth  and  vitality  to  four  good 
wheat  seasons.  Yet  the  figures  are  these.  In 
1896  the  first  selector  took  up  4,000  acres  of  this 
country,  which  he  sold  in  1901  for  £10  an  acre. 
His  first  crop  of  wheat  was  13  acres,  from  which 
he  reaped  just  32  bags  of  the  finest  wheat,  and  this 
was  the  first  actual  demonstration  from  the  desert. 
But  not  till  the  railway  came  in  1907  was  wheat 
grown  for  export.  In  1907-8  the  Pinnaroo  Hun- 
dred yielded  55,350  bushels  of  wheat.  In  1915- 
16  its  crop  increased  to  665,662  bushels,  and  the 
crop  of  the  adjoining  districts  advanced  in  pro- 
portion during  the  same  period. 

A  cultivated  belt  about  fifteen  miles  wide,  with 
a  railway  line  running  down  the  middle  of  it! 
But  another  line  is  being  pushed  on,  and  it  is 
only  a  question  of  time  when  all  this  great  area 
of  Mallee  will  be  converted  into  one  vast  wheat- 
field. 

On  the  other  side  of  the  Victorian  border, 
which  is  only  a  few  miles  away,  five  out  of  eleven 
million  acres  of  the  same  Mallee  are  already 
growing  wheat,  and  there  are  another  three  mil- 


636 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


lions  In  sight!  Here  also  the  "worthless  wastes" 
have  been  converted  into  fields  and  gardens  with- 
in a  few  years. 

So  much  for  the  dry-farming  possibilities  of 
the  "desert."  Later  on  we  will  see  to  what  fur- 
ther account  it  may  be  turned  under  irrigation. 

As  the  various  aspects  of  Australian  settlement 
are  studied,  it  will  be  found  that  experience  has 
almost  universally  reversed  earlier  opinion.  If 
any  farmer  had  predicted  thirty  years  ago  that 
the  Pinnaroo  would  become  a  granary,  or  that  the 
Mallee  lands  of  Australia  were  destined  to  form 
the  great  wheat  areas  of  the  Continent,  he  would 
probably  have  been  removed  to  a  lunatic  asylum. 

So  with  the  more  conservative  Australian 
minds  of  to-day.  They  cannot  realize  yet  that 
the  country  from  sea  to  sea  is  one  vast  Continent 
of  undeveloped  riches.  Differing  from  all  other 
countries  in  flora  and  fauna,  it  also  presents  a 
series  of  physical  and  climatic  paradoxes.  If 
Australian   nature    sometimes   masks    her   smiles 


with  frowns,  it  is  only  that  her  ancient  lineage 
forbids  the  familiarity  of  the  unworthy.  She 
would  test  her  courtiers  before  she  admits  them 
to  her  confidence.  It  is  within  the  Law  of  Evolu- 
tion— which  may  only  be  Providence  in  disguise 
— that  a  strenuous  environment  produces  an  en- 
during type.  Fortunately  for  the  future  of  Euro- 
pean civilization  in  the  Southern  Hemisphere, 
Australia  has  presented  paradoxes  and  difficul- 
ties, for  the  overcoming  of  which  both  mental 
and  bodily  activity  are  necessary. 

The  problem  has  been  solved,  the  equation 
worked  out  as  far  as  the  Mallee  Is  concerned. 
There  is  no  longer  any  doubt:  the  settler  of  the 
future  will  know  exactly  where  his  opportunities 
lie.  He  will  know  the  correct  treatment  of  the 
soils.  The  rest  will  remain  with  his  individual 
industry.  From  the  moment  the  axe  is  laid  to 
the  first  root  on  his  holding,  the  path  to  success 
will  be  plainly  marked  for  his  feet.  Barring  the 
chance  of  personal  fate,  he  may  confidently  look 
forward  to  ultimate  independence  and  security. 


^^-iL,/'/fc  i^iM. 


stripping  Wheat  on  Land  once  Condemned  as  Sterile 


In  South  Australia 


637 


An  Apricot  Orchard 


DROUGHT  AND  DRY  COUNTRY. 


DURING  the  hundred  and  odd  years  of 
their  experience,  Australians  have  learned 
that  certain  districts  at  uncertain  periods 
are  liable  to  spells  of  extremely  dry  weather. 
The  primary  industry  in  each  division  of  the 
Commonwealth  has  been  pastoral.  Consequently, 
the  failure  of  natural  pastures  on  which  stock, 
and  particularly  sheep,  were  dependent,  has  led 
to  heavy  losses.  These  losses  in  the  early  days 
temporarily  affected  the  prosperity  of  an 
entire  colony.  Not  only  pastoralists,  but  a 
large  number  of  business  firms  and  townspeople 
would  suffer  as  the  result  of  a  drought  in  the 
back  country.  As  other  industries  grew  up  and 
the  areas  of  occupation  were  extended,  these  de- 
pressions became  less  general.  The  stock  owner, 
also,  in  the  light  of  experience,  became  better  able 
to  meet  the  physical  difficulties  accidental  to  his 
occupation.  In  time  two  highly  important  facts 
were  made  plain.  First,  that  no  matter  how 
severe  or  extended  the  drought  might  prove  on 
the  sheep  stations,  there  would  be  found  in  the 
majority  of  holdings  enough  native  vegetation  to 
carry  the  stock  through  //  water  were  obtainable. 
Secondly,  when  the  rainfall  returned,  as  it  inevit- 
ably did,  to  normal,  the  country  recovered  its  cus- 
tomary fertility  with  astonishing  rapidity;  so  that 
the  losses  of  dry  seasons  were  compensated  by  the 
gains  of  the  good  seasons  which  followed. 

These     two     features     of    the     much-dreaded 
Drought  made  the  silver  lining  to  a  cloud  in  the 


light  of  which  Australian  pastoralists  have  de- 
veloped much  cheerfulness  and  a  resource  which 
will  ultimately  cause  the  drought  not  to  be 
dreaded  at  all. 

Much  pessimistic  literature  has  resulted  from 
the  drought,  which  lends  itself  peculiarly  to 
word-painting  and  dramatic  description.  Some 
of  the  most  impressive  pictures  by  which  Austra- 
lia has  been  disadvantageously  advertised  abroad, 
were  thus  created  out  of  entirely  local  visitations. 

We  may  safely  predict  that  the  trials  and  losses 
of  the  Past  will  not  be  repeated  in  the  Future. 

It  is  incidental  to  Australian  meteorology  that 
the  rainfall  of  certain  clearly-defined  dry  districts 
will  at  times  fall  below  the  average.  In  other 
parts  of  the  Continent  the  rainfall  will  be  con- 
stantly low.  But  it  is  also  providentially  true 
that  under  an  enormous  surface  needing  water 
the  most,  right  away  into  the  heart  of  Australia, 
has  been  found  to  exist  a  subterranean  sea  of 
artesian  water,  whereby  the  remotest  places  are 
now  being  rendered  capable  of  profitable  occupa- 
tion. 

Apart  from  this,  the  conservation  of  water 
in  surface  storages  is  everywhere  possible 
throughout  these  dry  districts,  which  comprise 
some  of  the  most  fertile  lands  we  possess.  This 
carries  with  it  extended  possibilities  of  irrigation 
and  closer  settlement  for  each  State. 

Not  only  is  the  "dry  country"  Australian  learn- 
ing to  depend  less  upon  the   rainfall  and  more 


638 


DROUGHT  AND  DRY  COUNTRY. 


639 


upon  human  foresight  for  water  for  his  flocks  and 
herds;  but,  as  a  stock  raiser,  he  is  coming  to  the 
conservation  and  storage  of  fodder  also. 

It  has  long  been  known  that  the  natural  herb- 
age of  our  great  plains  is  richest  in  nutriment. 
This,  with  beneficent  climates,  has  led  to  the  pro- 
duction of  beef,  mutton  and  wool  such  as  no  other 
land  can  grow.  But  it  has  only  of  later  years 
been  learned  that  this  natural  herbage  can  be  con- 
verted into  ensilage  and  more  than  sufficient  of 
it  kept  in  hand  to  make  the  longest  and  severest 
Australian  drought  no  more  than  a  disagreeable 
incident,  which  might  occur  once  in  the  average 
pastoralist's  lifetime. 

Beyond  this  stage  in  the  evolution  of  an  indus- 
try there  doubtless  awaits  a  time  when  these  stocks 


Australia  men  will  be  masters  of  the  seasons  in- 
stead of  their  slaves. 

With  the  extension  of  railways,  the  conserva- 
tion of  water,  and  the  storage  of  natural  fodder, 
the  future  possibilities  of  the  "dry  districts"  are 
going  to  be  enormously  increased. 

Large  tracts  of  Australia  are  coming  into  occu- 
pation, for  which  the  wildest  enthusiast  of  the 
last  generation  would  not  have  dared  to  forecast 
a  profitable  future. 

Take,  for  example,  that  huge  belt  of  territory 
which  extends  from  the  western  shores  of  Spen- 
cer's Gulf  across  to  Esperance  in  Western  Aus- 
tralia. 

This  belt  may  be  said  to  begin  with  Eyre's 
Peninsula,  comprising  about  fifteen  million  acres. 


Jetty,  Port  Lincoln 


Agricultural  Machinery  for  Eyre's  Peninsula 


of  local  fodder  will,  when  needed,  be  supple- 
mented by  fodder  readily  transported  from  closer 
settlement  areas. 

In  north-western  New  South  Wales  the   silo- 
ing of  native  herbage  has  proved  an  entire  success. 
The  system  can  doubtless  be  applied  elsewhere, 
as  in  the  northern  parts  of    South  Australia,    a 
country  which  has  hitherto  proved  very  uncertain, 
ere   exist   extensive    areas    of    fertile   but   arid 
soils  covered  at  times  with  magnificent  grasses, 
thousands  of  tons  of  which  might,  when  occasion 
ffers,  be  converted  into  fodder  reserves.     In  the 
dry  climates  of  our  back-country,  stock-feed  pro- 
^^perly  conserved  will  last  an  unusually  long  time. 
I^B     The  day  will  doubtless  arrive  when  all  over 


Now  Eyre's  Peninsula  has  been  looked  upon  as 
one  of  the  waste  places  of  this  Continent.  The 
writer  confesses  that  he  had  little  knowledge  and 
less  opinion  of  the  Peninsula  and  the  wide  lands 
beyond  it  until  quite  recently,  when  he  found  him- 
self on  the  comfortable  deck  of  the  s.s.  Morialta, 
bound  for  Port  Lincoln,  watching  cows,  horses, 
and  nine-furrow  ploughs  coming  inboard  from  the 
busy  wharves  of  Port  Adelaide. 

The  Port,  with  all  its  maritime  activities,  its 
marine  stores,  groups  of  firemen  and  sailormen, 
was  modern  enough.  So,  too,  were  the  ship's 
passengers  fore  and  aft.  Some  were  evidently 
bushmen,  some  commercial  travellers,  some  far- 
mers, and  some,  who  went    for'ard  with  swags 


640 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


and  folding  stretchers,  railway  navvies  and  men 
of  the  camps. 

At  last  H.M.  Mails  arrived  in  huge  canvas 
bags,  the  mail  for  the  Peninsula  and  beyond  it — 
letters  for  Eucla  on  the  Bight,  where  the  delivery 
is  once  a  month,  newspapers  for  the  outposts  on 
the  Gawler  Ranges,  harvester  literature  for  the 
nearer  places,  and  literature  concerning  ammuni- 
tion and  supplies  for  further  back. 

The  Morialta's  lines  were  cast  off,  and  her 
screws  began  to  churn  the  very  smooth  waters  of 
St.  Vincent  Gulf,  into  which  York  Peninsula 
dips  an  arched  foot  suggestive  of  Italy.  Nor 
might  any  Italian  sky  be  clearer  than  that  in  which 
the  sunset  colors  lingered,  nor  any  Mediterranean 
breeze  kindlier  than  that  which  brought  the 
Morialta's  passengers  good  appetites  for  dinner. 

Among  them  was  Surveyor  Murray,  who 
knew  the  corner  of  the  Commonwealth  whereto 
we  were  bound  better  than  anybody,  having  spent 
the  greater  part  of  a  lifetime  tracing  its  features 
in  that  particular  detail  which  falls  to  the  function 
of  Government  Survey. 

Sitting  on  a  hatch  under  the  stars,  Surveyor 
Murray  forecasted  the  future  of  the  Peninsula 
and  told  how  underneath  its  apparently  inhospit- 
able limestone,  very  often  at  the  shallowest 
depths,  there  was  water,  and  how,  with  the  use 
of  superphosphates,  four-fifths  of  its  fifteen  mil- 
lion acres  (in  areas  from  1,500  to  2,000  acres) 
were  capable  of  producing — Wheat. 

The  discovery  of  twelve  million  acres  of  good 
grain-growing  lands  in  one  corner,  which  has  long 
been  regarded  as  a  negligible  quantity,  adds  ano- 
ther item  to  the  national  asset.  Some  countries 
would  make  rather  a  fuss  about  it,  but  the  Aus- 
tralian, being  used  to  big  things,  accepts  the  fact 
as  a  matter  of  course — or  criticism. 

We  came  into  Port  Lincoln  with  the  sunrise. 

Port  Lincoln  is  the  depot  for  Eyre's  Peninsula. 
It  is  one  of  the  best  natural  harbors  in  Australia, 
well  sheltered    and  deep. 

It  has  two  entrances.  The  Gulf  vessels  come 
in  by  one  gate  and  go  out  by  the  other,  in  perfect 
safety.  It  is  capable  of  accommodating  a  fleet  of 
battleships,  and  will  be  used  by  the  Federal  Gov- 
ernment as  a  naval  base. 

Around  it  spread  low,  bushy  hills  covered  with 
mallee.  Its  waters  abound  in  edible  fish,  and  its 
shores  are  rich  in  oysters.  Eighteen  miles  distant 
mineral  oil  has  been  discovered,  a  fact  which  may 
hasten  the  future  of  this  excellent  port. 

Hardly  were  the  Morialta's  lines  fast  before 
the  cranes  began  to  heave  out  material — sleepers 
from  the  forests  of  New  South  Wales,  steel  rails 
from  wherever  Australian  departments  make 
their  purchases,  fishplates,  and  all  the  familiar 
truck  and  gear  of  railway  construction. 


The  uses  of  the  Peninsula  being  no  longer  in 
doubt,  the  Government  in  Adelaide  was  marking 
out  railway  lines,  surveying  lands  which  were  to 
be  made  available  for  settlers,  and  examining  the 
country  for  water  supply. 

From  Port  Lincoln  fifty  miles  of  railway  were 
already  open.  This  line  will  be  pushed  up,  with 
feeders,  into  the  heart  of  the  Peninsula.  Other 
lines  will  go  out  into  the  Mallee,  running  up  the 
coast  of  Spencer's  Gulf,  along  the  western  coast 
to  Streaky  Bay,  and  ultimately,  no  doubt,  across 
to  Eucla. 

Along  these  iron  roadways  the  Mallee  will 
go  down;  the  wheat  will  come  up — another  Aus- 
tralian "Desert"  will  be  splashed  with  alternate 
green  and, gold. 

A  man's  outlook  is  largely  colored  by  the  feel- 
ings of  the  moment.  A  man  like  Explorer  Eyre, 
struggling  from  one  native  well  to  another 
through  absolutely  unknown  and  hostile  country, 
looks  upon  his  surroundings  with  different  eyes 
from  the  man  who,  after  a  comfortable  breakfast 
in  Port  Lincoln,  mounts  the  box  seat  of  a  coach 
and  sets  out  for  the  West  Coast  behind  a  spank- 
ing team  of  horses. 

All  the  way  to  Denial  Bay,  284  miles  away, 
he  will  experience  neither  hunger  nor  thirst  that 
he  cannot  readily  satisfy. 

He  will  bowl  along  a  good  road,  bordered  by 
mallee  scrub  and  sheoaks  in  places,  and  in  other 
places  by  patches  of  fine  agricultural  country,  by 
parklike  slopes  and  forest  places  abounding  in  tall 
timber. 

He  will  take  tea  at  the  rest  houses  and  dinner 
at  the  hotels,  and  a  hundred  miles  from  Port  Lin- 
coln he  will  still  behold  wheat  stacks  and  stubble 
fields! 

At  Streaky  Bay,  eighty  miles  farther,  he  will 
find  that  township  sites  are  at  a  premium;  and  at 
Murat  and  Denial  Bays — still  farther,  where  the 
railway  is  to  go  in  time^ — he  will  still  be  in  arable 
country  with  an  assured  future.  And  so  on  to 
Chintawanta  and  Eucla,  over  a  territory  as  large 
as  a  European  kingdom.  Along  this  coast — yet 
imperfectly  lighted  and  little  known  to  the  out- 
side world — from  Thistle  Island — which  is  grow- 
ing good  barley — to  Nuyt's  Archipelago,  there 
are  already  many  little  ports  wherefrom  the 
annual  shipments  of  wheat  are  steadily  increasing. 

From  Peter  Nuyt's  Islands — which  marked  the 
terminus  of  Dutch  navigation  eastward — to 
Esperance  there  will  be  many  more. 


4 


On  the  eastern  shores  of  the  Peninsula,  Tumby 
Bay  has  grown  up  like  a  goldfields  township,  only 
based  on  a  certainty,  where  the  gold  town  too 


J3 


o 
02 


< 


641 


Ol 


642 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


often  rests  in  the  shallow  wash-dirt  of  specula- 
tion. 

Behind  Tumby  Bay  roll  fine  blue  hills,  and  fac- 
ing its  long,  weedy  beaches  are  stout  stone  build- 
ings, with  brick  "tucks"  to   gratify  the   eye. 

Here  are  huge  stacks  of  wheat  covered  with 
galvanized  iron,  flour  mills,  an  "Institute,"  and 
picture   shows.      Tumby   has   been   entirely   built 


being  built.  It  runs  parallel  to  Eyre's  Peninsula 
at  a  considerable  distance  northward,  and  sweeps 
away  across  the  Nullarbor  Plains,  west  to  Kal- 
goorlie — over  a  thousand  miles  in  all.  A  large 
section  of  Australia  which  it  will  traverse  is  yet 
undetermined.  Western  America  was  far  better 
known  and  understood  when  the  first  trans-Ameri- 
can railway  was  constructed. 


_^m^^^mttm 


mm^^s^m^ 


i 


A  Sheep  Station  Homestead 


up  by  wheat  in  six  years,  and  its  comfortable- 
looking  population  know  that  it  is  the  beginning 
of  a  great  centre. 

At  Franklin  Harbor  the  Gulf  steamer  picks  up 
a  group  of  wheat  farmers  going  across  to  Wal- 
laroo, to  catch  the  morning's  train  for  Adelaide. 

Watching  these  quiet,  manly  fellows,  number- 
ing, one  feels  sure,  some  agricultural  college  men 
among  the  younger  members,  listening  to  their 
conversation  as  they  sit  about  the  decks  smoking, 
one  realizes  that  the  old  melodramatic  Australia, 
the  Australia  of  the  red-shirted  bushman,  the  sun- 
downer, and  the  drought  is  rapidly  becoming  a 
thing  of  the  past. 

From  Port  Augusta,  at  the  head  of  Spencer's 
Gulf,  the  Transcontinental  Railway  Line  is  now 


Much  of  the  country  that  the  Union  Pacific 
line  crossed  was  then  classed  as  "desert."  But 
the  American  dry-farmer  of  to-day  knows  better. 

The  Australian  dry-farmer  of  the  future  will 
be  able  to  pronounce  more  fully  upon  the  land^ 
to  be  crossed  by  his  trans-continental,  after  fur- 
ther experience  has  been  gained. 

In  the  light  of  what  has  already  been  written 
it  can  at  once  be  realized  that  not  1,000  square 
miles  of  Australia  is  likely  to  prove  worthless. 


As  far  back  as  1896  the  Western  Australian 
Government  dispatched  an  expedition  under  the 
command  of  Arthur  Mason  to  obtain  Information 
respecting  a  supposed  incursion  of  rabbits  from 


SOUTH    AUSTRALIA:      DROUGHT   AND    DRY   COUNTRY 


643 


South  Australia.  The  rabhit — as  all  the  world 
knows — has  been  a  cause  of  many  losses  (and 
some  profits)  in  Australia.  The  reason  for  the 
rabbit  will  be  made  clear  in  another  section  of 
this  book. 

Even  in  a  big  country  like  ours,  where  officials 
are  called  upon  to  perform  the  most  arduous 
tasks,  and  actually  do  perform  them  with  a  mini- 


tion;  also  a  full  description  of  country,  soil,  and 
vegetation  met  with,  and  its  possibilities;  and  also 
collect  any  specimens  of  natural  history  or  flora, 
and  note  any  auriferous  or  mineral  indications, 
and  fix  positions  of  same." 

So  with  three  men,  eight  camels,  and  provisions 
to  last  about  five  months,  we  find  the  expedition 
leaving  Kurnalpi  on  the  17th  of  June.     Kurnalpi 


A  Forest  Pool 


mum  of  error  and  a  maximum  of  patience,  the 
commission  issued  to  Mr.  Mason  was  fairly  com- 
prehensive. 

Among  other  things,  he  was  "during  his  travels 
to  record  any  natural  features  of  interest  met 
with,  or  any  incidents  of  importance;  and  also 
endeavour  to  fix  any  positions,  landmarks,  water 
holes,  or  springs,  so  that  they  may  be  laid  down 
in  our  maps  for  public  and  departmental  informa- 


was  then  the  farthest  out  settlement,  travelling 
eastward. 

For  the  first  week  it  rained  every  day,  but  the 
water  did  not  remain  on  the  surface. 

This  is  a  peculiarity  of  the  whole  south-west- 
ern part  of  Australia,  in  which  there  is  not  one 
long  river  of  account.  The  diamond  drill  is  show- 
ing why — the  storage  is  below. 

Brieflv  summarized,  the  Mason  party  travelled 


k 


644 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


east  by  south,  a  distance  of  about  300  miles,  to 
a  point  some  thirty  miles  from  Eyre's  Sand  Patch 
on  the  Great  Australian  Bight.  It  then  bore 
away  in  a  straight  line  to  the  north-east,  two 
hundred  and  fifteen  miles,  and  then  fell  back  due 
south  to  Eucla,   160  miles. 

This  divides  the  journey  into  three  long  stages. 
Mr.  Mason  condensed  his  experiences  into  a 
printed  report  of  just  50  pages.  It  is  one  of  the 
most  interesting  official  documents  ever  issued 
by  a  Government  Printer. 

Wewill  take  a  few  extracts: — 
(First  Stage.)  — 

"The  country  between  Kurnalpi  and  Yindi 
looked  magnificent,  there  being  abundance  of 
grasses,  saltbush,  and  numerous  Howers. 
The  soil  about  Yindi  is  of  a  rich,  dark  red  loam. 
.  .  .  On  the  24th  June  we  left  Yindi.  For 
the  whole  distance  during  the  first  day  and  for 
a  few  miles  on  the  next  day  the  country  was  undu- 
lating; of  a  rich,  dark  loam  covered  with  salt 
bush  and  grass,  and  timbered  with  mulga,  casua- 
rlnas,  willows  and  gums.  It  is  magnificent  for 
stock  purposes.  Within  about  eight  miles  of  the 
Ponton  there  was  plenty  of  good  feed,  the  grass 
containing  so  much  moisture  that  after  the  camels 
had  been  feeding  for  an  hour  they  required  no 
water. 

"For  the  whole  fifty-six  miles,  the  Oasis  to 
Yayoudle  Rock  Hole,  we  passed  through  the  most 
magnificent  pastoral  downs  I  have  ever  seen,  and 
occasionally  through  small  'oases'  of  from  one  to 
ten  acres  each  in  area,  with  beautiful  green  feed  of 
trefoil  and  other  grasses  two  feet  high.  The 
country  evei'ywhere  had  the  appearance  of  an  im- 
mense farm,  covered  with  all  varieties  of  grasses, 
flowers,  and  shrubs.  The  flowers  were  beautiful 
to  see,  and  consisted  of  Sturt  peas,  marguerites, 
daisies,  and  everlastings.  Everywhere  the  eye 
can  reach  it  is  one  vast  sea  of  beautiful  changing 
shades  of  green.  .  .  .  For  the  next  few  days 
our  course  was  125  deg.,  on  which  bearing  we 
travelled  about  fifty-six  miles  through  some  of  the 
best  grazing  country  in  the  Colony.  .  .  .  The 
soil  is  exceedingly  rich,  of  a  dark  red  loam, 
around  Yayoudle,  and  the  country  is  of  limestone 
formation.  The  plain  is  richly  grassed.  This 
was  the  end  of  the  first  section  of  the  explora- 
tion." 

(Second  Stage.) — • 

"Leaving  the  main  camp,  on  the  i6th  July  we 
(Mason  and  Yonge)  started  on  the  journey  to 
Boundary  Dam,  travelling  on  a  course  of  40  deg., 
a  distance  of  215  miles.  After  going  about  twenty- 
five  miles  through  some  splendid  gently  undulat- 
ing grazing  country  we  came  on  to  the  plains. 


which  we  named  Premier  Downs,  after  the  Hon. 
Sir  John  Forrest,  Premier  of  Western  Australia, 
who  in  1870,  on  his  trip  from  Perth  to  Adelaide 
via  the  Great  Australian  Bight,  penetrated  some 
considerable  distance  inland.  These  Downs  are 
entirely  destitute  of  timber,  and  covered  with 
magnificent  grasses,  wild  oats,  barley,  and  kan 
garoo  grass,  etc.,  a  great  variety  of  flowers,  in- 
cluding white  and  yellow  marguerites,  etc.  Ail 
around  for  miles  in  every  direction,  the  plains 
have  a  really  beautiful  appearance.  We  jour 
neyed  104  miles  through  this  magnificent  country. 
The  soil  throughout  is  of  a  rich  red  chocolate 
loam!  At  150  miles  we  struck  the  timbered 
country — myall,  mulga,  wattle,  etc.,  with  plenty 
of  grass,  flowers,  saltbush,  etc." 

(Third  Section — From  a  point  near  Boundary 
Dam  South  to  Eucla.)  — 

At  this  point  the  natives,  during  the  night, 
entered  the  camp,  unhobbled  the  camels,  and 
drove  them  off  beyond  any  hope  of  recovery  by 
men  on  foot;  stole  the  greater  part  of  the  pro- 
visions, and  left  the  party  with  eight  gallons  of 
water  160  miles  from  Eucla,  their  nearest  known 
source  of  permanent  water  supply. 

They  determined  to  walk  the  hundred  and  sixty 
miles ! 

And  now  let  Arthur  Mason  tell  his  own  story 
of  the  retreat  to  Eucla.  It  is  one  of  many  fine 
tales  of  the  Australian  Bush,  and  it  has  this  par- 
ticular value  that,  in  spite  of  all  his  hardships  and 
suffering,  the  man  never  loses  faith  in  the  country 
he  is  crossing  over: — 

"On  the  27th  July  we  left  our  ill-fated  camp, 
near  Boundary  Dam,  on  our  long  and  perilous 
tramp  to  Eucla.  We  started  early,  walking  foi 
an  hour  and  then  resting  for  half  an  hour,  endea- 
vouring to  the  utmost  to  keep  up  our  strength. 
The  load  we  carried  proved  heavy,  and  my  hurt 
knee  was  already  beginning  to  make  itself  felt; 
my  only  hope  was  that  it  would  last  the  journey. 
The  course  we  steered  was  about  174  deg.,  which 
would  strike  about  ten  miles  west  of  Eucla.  The 
country  passed  through  for  the  first  twenty-seven 
miles  was  almost  desert,  of  an  undulating  lime- 
stone and  sandy  composition,  with  scrub,  spinifex, 
mallee,  quondongs,  myalls,  and  a  little  salt  and 
blue  bush.  Water  may  possibly  be  obtained  in 
the  sand  hills  by  digging.  At  night,  for  want 
of  a  moon,  we  found  it  very  awkward  walking; 
and  it  was  bitterly  cold,  as  we  had  no  other  cloth- 
ing but  what  we  stood  up  in.  At  the  twenty- 
seventh  mile  we  came  on  to  the  open  plains,  which 
looked  magnificent,  being  covered  with  many 
varieties  of  beautiful  flowers,  grasses  and  herb- 
ages. My  feet  began  to  be  painful,  and  through 
the  broken  limestone  ever  which  we  had  to  pass, 
I  found  it  difficult  to  proceed.       In  consequence 


SOUTH    AUSTRALIA:    DROUGHT   AND    DRY    COUNTRY. 


645 


i 


A  South  Australian  Mail  Coach — Port  Lincoln 
to  Eucla 


felt  very  nervous,  for  I  knew  that  if  my  knee 
gave  way  it  was  all  over  with  me.  At  night 
we  slept  on  the  plains  in  a  black  frost,  and  on 
rising  our  clothes  were  quite  stiff  with  ice.  The 
weather  was  pleasantly  warm  during  the  day, 
and,  of  course,  we  were  fully  exposed  to  the  sun's 
rays,  and  as  we  found  the  water  was  evaporating, 
we  had  to  tear  up  some  of  our  clothes  to  protect 
the  waterbags. 

"After  travelling  about  sixty  miles  we  passed 
the  extreme  limit  of  the  blowholes,  many  of  them 
being  in  full  blast;  in  some  the  sound  was  like 
rushing  water,  in  others  like  a  train  at  full  speed, 
and  again  like  the  noise  of  an  approaching  hurri- 
cane; many  blow  outwards  and  others  suck  in- 
wards. On  several  occasions  we  tried  to  go 
down  them,  but  only  succeeded  in  getting  down 
about  twenty  feet.  They  are  spirally  constructed, 
and  are  not  more  than  eighteen  inches  to  two  feet 
in  diameter.  Once  I  got  caught  in  one,  and  it 
took  me  some  considerable  time  to  get  out.  / 
believe  the  holes  lead  to  an  immense  quantity  of 
underground  water. 

"The  country  is  magnificent,  one  of  the  grandest 
grazing  lands  in  the  world,  thousands  upon  thou- 
sands of  acres,  covered  with  many  varieties  of 
grasses,  viz.,  kangaroo,  couch,  umbrella,  wild  oats, 
and  barley,  etc.;  numerous  flowers,  amongst  them 
stars  of  Bethlehem,  marguerites.  Start  peas,  ever- 
lastings, etc.;  and  several  shrubs,  including  salt, 
blue,  and  cotton  bushes,  pig-face,  wild  grape, 
marsh    mallows,    and    also    some    red    creeping 


poison.  We  found  it  very  dangerous  walking 
at  night  on  account  of  the  blowholes;  they  are 
hidden  by  the  grass,  and  on  several  occasions  we 
nearly  fell  down  them.  We  were  still  on  the 
plains,  and  it  was  terribly  cold  during  the  night; 
we  got  nearly  frostbitten  sometimes.  There  was 
no  wood  to  make  a  fire;  the  water  was  commenc- 
ing to  get  very  low;  the  provisions  were  finished, 
and  we  were  beginning  to  feel  the  pangs  of  hun- 
ger. I  did  not  know  how  it  would  end,  as  Eucla 
was  still  a  long  way  off." 

This  portion  of  his  narrative  is  quoted  because 
it  emphasises  the  important  fact — that  in  spite  of 
its  lack  of  surface  water — due  to  physical  condi- 
tions alone — the  land  so  painfully  traversed  was 
"still  magnificent  and  looked  like  fields  of 
undulating  crops." 

Obviously  the  rains,  although  quite  adequate  to 
ensure  these  growths,  soak  rapidly  away  through 
the  porous  limestone. 

A  little  human  ingenuity  to  conserve  a  suffi- 
ciency of  this  water  for  domestic  purposes  is  all 
that  the  country  needs  to  make  it  capable  of 
producing  enormous  wealth. 

Mr.  Mason  says  of  the  Premier  Downs:  "Even 
without  water  it  is  the  richest  pasturage  I  have 
ever  seen,  and  is  even  better  than  the  Riverina." 

Altogether  he  estimated  that  there  were  "30 
million  acres  of  some  of  the  best  pastoral  and 
agricultural  land  in  the  world"  within  the  radius 
of  his  travels. 

Since  1901,  Transcontinental  Railway  explora- 
tions and  developments  have  largely  verified 
these  statements.  There  is  no  doubt  now  that, 
as  all  Western  Queensland  has  been  made  occu- 
piable  by  surface  conservation  and  by  the  dis- 
covery of  artesian  supplies,  so  the  greater  part 
of  South-Western  Australia,  long  regarded  as 
useless,  will  prove  a  national  asset  of  incalculable 

value. 

*  *  *  * 

We  have  seen  that  of  Eyre's  Peninsula  twelve 
million  acres  are  set  down  as  arable,  and  that  in 
the  continuing  country  between  Eucla  and  Kal- 
goorlie  30  million  acres  are  pronounced  "the  best 
in  the  world."  What  now  of  the  country  follow- 
ing on  after  that,  the  part  of  South-Western  Aus- 
tralia lying  between  Mason's  Camp  at  Yayoudle 
Rock  Hole,  above  Eyre  on  the  Bight — and  King 
George's  Sound — roughly,  about  450  miles? 

Taking  an  average  width  of  100  miles,  this 
gives  another  twenty-eight  to  twenty-nine  millions 
of  acres. 

Esperance  lies  almost  midway  between  Eyre 
and  Albany.  It  is  836  miles  from  Adelaide,  524 
from  Fremantle,  and  220  from  Norseman,  the 
nearest  railway  depot.  Esperance  is  yet  fairly 
remote  from  any  centre. 

Remoteness  has  too  often  been  confused  with 


o 


c3 


646 


SOUTH    AUSTRALIA:      DROUGHT   AND    DRY   COUNTRY. 


647 


South  Australian  Merinos 


barrenness  in  our  ideas.  Outlying  places  are  con- 
demned on  any  chance  statement,  simply  because 
they  are  remote.  Their  inaccessibility  puts  them 
at  a  disadvantage,  and  the  voices  of  the  few 
people  who  could  testify  to  their  possibilities  are 
not  heard.  It  must  be  kept  in  mind  that  the  whole 
continent  is  still  new  to  settlement;  that  each  dis- 
rict  in  each  State  is  clamoring  for  attention. 

Since  the  opening  of  the  eastern  goldfields  of 
Western  Australia  this  country  to  the  southward 
f  Kalgoorlie  has  become  better  known. 

A  direct  railway  survey  has  been  made  and  a 
million  and  a  half  acres  of  fine  wheat  country 
determined  along  its  route.  The  average  rainfall 
over  the  largest  area  is  23  inches — more  than  suf- 
ficient for  the  growth  of  cereals.  Pinnaroo  pro- 
duces millions  of  bushels  on  an  outside  average  of 
15  inches! 

The  climate  is  found  also  to  be  delightful,  with 
cold  invigorating  winters,  and  summers  during 
which  there  are  compensating  breezes  at  night 
after  the  hottest  days;  for  all  this  land  faces  the 
Antarctic  Ocean,  and  is  continually  swept  by  cur- 
rents of  cooler  air;  altogether  a  country  fitted  for 
occupation  by  Europeans. 

Another  undeveloped  agricultural  province 
may  be  added  to  the  list,  possessing  at  Esperance 
what  is  claimed  to  be  the  "best  natural  harbor 
from  Port  Darwin  to  Port  Phillip,"  holding  with- 
in its  wide-spreading  arms  stretches  of  rich  wheat 
and  dairy  lands. 

So  promising  is  this  Mallee  that  a  number  of 
experienced  South  Australian  dry-farmers  have 
selected  lands — obtainable  from  the  Government 
at  ID  -  an  acre  on  easy  terms — and  although  han- 
dicapped yet  by  lack  of  transport,  are  quite  satis- 
fied that  their  future  will  be  a  rosy  one. 


On  one  farm,  45  miles  north  of  Esperance,  600 
acres  recently  gave  2^  tons  of  hay  to  the  acre, 
and  a  cleared  paddock  of  1,000  acres,  left  to 
grow  grass,  carried  800  sheep,  16  horses,  and 
several  cattle  for  nine  months  of  the  year.  There 
is  no  difficulty  with  water  conservation,  and  the 
district  is  as  healthy  for  stock  as  any  in  Australia. 
Take  this  in  conjunction  with  the  proved  fact  that 
the  lands  of  the  coastal  sections  are  capable  of 
intense  culture,  and  the  last  area  of  this  "Great 
South-Western  Desert"  begins  to  look  quite  as 
promising  as  the  preceding  forty-two  million 
acres. 

Let  us  hear  what  some  of  the  pioneers  are 
growing,  over  in  that  country  where  Eyre  stag- 
gered, thirst-tormented,  exhausted,  despairing,  on 
his  western  way;  where  the  great  waves  of  the 
Bight  beat  on  hundreds  of  miles  of  lonely  shores; 
where  the  average  Australian  imagination  con- 
jures up  a  vision  of  desolate  sand  dunes  and  for- 
bidding sterility. 

Mr.  J.  W.  White,  an  ex-member  of  the  South 
Australian  Legislature,  a  recognised  authority  on 
Mallee,  who  was  also  a  member  of  a  Commission 
appointed  to  report  on  the  Mallee  lands  in  the 
central  State,  after  taking  up  his  residence  in  the 
Esperance  district  and  living  there  for  several 
years,  writes: — ■ 

"It  has  been  proved  without  doubt  that  the 
land  in  and  around  Esperance  is  capable  of  intense 
culture.  As  an  example,  in  the  garden  of  Mr. 
F.  Douglas,  vines,  figs,  apples,  peach,  mulberry, 
apricot,  etc.,  bear  fruit  that  for  quality  and  quan- 
tity is  equal  to  anything  in  other  parts  of  the  State. 
The  vineyard,  situated  about  three  miles  inland, 
planted  by  Mr.  Sims,  contains  a  choice  selection 


648 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


of  table  grapes,  the  bunches  of  which  often  weigh 
from  6lb.  to  jlb.  each.  On  the  Dalyup  river, 
20  miles  west  of  Esperance,  and  from  five  to  ten 
miles  inland,  are  the  orchards  of  Messrs.  Rouse, 
Daw  and  Irvine.  All  kinds  of  fruit  grow  there 
in  profusion. 

"The  wonderful  growth  of  vegetables  is  notice- 
able wherever  settlement  has  taken  place.  Pota- 
toes and  onions  weigh  2lb.  and  31b.  each.  The 
former  near  the  sea  coast  can  be  grown  success- 
fully all  the  year  round,  as  also  can  tomatoes. 
Marrows,  pumpkins,  squashes  and  pie  melons 
grow  in  fallowed  land  without  irrigation,  and 
yield  heavily.  An  abundant  supply  of  fresh 
water  is  obtainable  at  from  ^ft  to  12ft.  sinking, 
in  most  places  within  ten  miles  of  the  coast. 

"Twenty-six  miles  north  of  Esperance  some  of 
the  best  farming  land  in  the  State  is  to  be  seen, 
and  extending  northwards  for  a  distance  of  40  to 
45  miles.  Wherever  cultivation  has  taken  place 
results  have  been  most  satisfactory." 

There  is  in  reality  less  doubt  about  the  possi- 
bilities of  this  last  section  of  the  Great  Southern 
Belt  than  the  two  more  eastern  divisions. 

Of  the  land  that  lies  between  Albany  and  the 
Leeuwin  something  specific  will  be  said  later  on. 
For  the  present  it  suffices  to  know  that  it  is  already 
in  places  producing  profitable  crops  of  grain.  In 
other  parts  it  is  covered  with  the  finest  and  most 
valuable  hardwood  forests  in  the  world. 

Any  agricultural  amateur  knows  that  deserts 


do  not  produce  titanic  trees,  or  15  to  30  bushels 
of  wheat  to  the  acre;  but  it  requires  some  special 
Australian  experience  to  realize  that  waterless 
tracts  of  country  like  the  Premier  Downs,  though 
superbly  grassed  and  timbered,  are  not  desert 
either.  In  the  light  of  experience  also  we  learn 
that  enormous  stretches  of  porous  soils  may  re- 
ceive a  rainfall  sufficient  to  yield  the  finest  har- 
vests when  brought  under  the  plough,  and  yet 
refuse  the  unprovided  traveller  enough  drinking 
water  to  keep  him  alive. 

We  have  jolted  roughly  over  that  part  of  Aus- 
tralia which  lies  between  the  141st  meridian  and 
the  115th:  i.e.,  from  the  eastern  boundary  line  of 
South  Australia  to  the  shores  of  the  Southern 
Ocean.  The  string  of  that  bow  is  1,500  miles 
long,  and  the  bow  itself  (only  a  narrow  slice  cf 
the  continent)  holds  probably  70  million  acres, 
which,  mostly  untouched,  may  be  classed  as  "the 
finest  pastoral  and  agricultural  lands  in  the 
world."  The  most  that  can  be  said  against  them 
is  that  they  are  lacking  surface  waters  in  certain 
places.  But  they  receive  more  than  an  adequate 
rainfall,  and  the  application  of  the  merest  human 
effort  and  intelligence  will  make  them  eminently 
liveable  from  end  to  end. 

From  the  border  of  South  Australia  east  to 
Cape  Howe,  lies  the  State  of  Victoria — how  good 
has  been  shown  in  detail  elsewhere. 

From  Leeuwin  to  Howe,  in  fine,  there  rolls 
the  whole  Southern  breadth  of  the  Australian 
Continent,  and  behold!  it  is  all  good. 


An  Irrigated  Orchard 


Drying  Raisins  at  Eenmark 


IRRIGATION,  WATER  CONSERVATION  AND  DRAINAGE 


NATIONAL  irrigation  in  the  arid  and  semi- 
arid  States  of  America  was  once  a  dream 
of  the  future — to-day,  it  is  in  actual  prac- 
tice. Country  which  was  considered  as  "desert" 
now  supports,  with  the  successful  and  economical 
application  of  water,  tens  of  thousands  of  pros- 
perous settlers. 

South  Australians,  who  know  their  country  and 
appreciate  its  resources,  are  for  expansion  as 
regards  irrigation.  They  know  that  the  monarch 
river  of  Australia — the  Murray — which  flows 
through  their  State  for  nearly  400  miles,  can  be 
used  as  a  fertilising  agent  on  a  grand  scale. 
It  is  officially  estimated  that  there  are  160,000 
acres  of  low-lying  lands  along  the  Mur- 
ray within  South  Australia  which,  at  moderate 
cost,  can  be  reclaimed  and  made  available  for 
intense  culture.  There  are  also  approximately 
250,000  acres  of  high  lands  which  are  capable  of 
irrigation  by  pumping. 

The  birth  of  practical  irrigation  in  the  Central 
State  dates  from  the  advent  of  Messrs.  Chaffey 
Bros.,  at  Renmark,  in  1887.  Previously,  a  num- 
ber of  progressive  settlers  had  practised  artificial 
watering,  but  not  on  an  extensive  or  properly 
established  system. 

The  State  Department  of  Irrigation  and  Re- 


k 


clamation  was  formed  in  19 10.  A  vigorous 
policy  is  now  being  pursued  in  preparing  settle- 
ments that  have  hitherto  been  utilised  for  nothing 
more  than  sheep  runs.  Vast  areas  of  fer- 
tile land  still  remain  in  the  hands  of  the 
Crown,  to  be  ofi^ered  at  a  small  rental  and 
under  ideal  conditions  to  the  settler  who  is  able 
to  contribute  industry  and  intelligence,  with  a 
reasonable  amount  of  capital,  towards  its  devel- 
opment. 

Renmark  affords  a  striking  example  of  the 
many  prosperous  communities  which,  with  in- 
creased population,  will  become  established  on 
South  Australian  river  areas.  To-day  this  settle- 
ment stands  as  a  monument  to  the  persevering 
industry  and  intelligence  of  those  settlers  who 
were  undaunted  by  initial  difficulties  and  early 
failures.  In  1913  a  total  of  5,237  acres  were 
irrigated,  and  the  results  achieved  during  several 
years  past  have  been  remarkable;  the  total  value 
of  the  produce  is  not  less  than  £135,000  annually. 

The  Renmark  Settlement  has  established  a 
reputation  for  the  quality  and  flavour  of  its  dried 
fruits.  The  prevailing  climatic  conditions  enable 
sun-drying  to  be  carried  on  with  more  than  ordi- 
nary success.  It  is  also  the  home  of  the  famous 
Washington    Navel    oranges,    which    a    leading 


649 


650 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Irrigation  Drain  near  Beachport 


English  journal  declared  were  undoubtedly  the 
finest  that  had  ever  entered  Covent  Garden. 

A  little  more  than  5,000  acres  has  been  settled 
under  the  State's  scheme  for  developing  these 
lands,  while  over  40,000  acres  are  now  in  process 
of  preparation  for  allotment,  by  the  construction 
of  water  supply  channels  and  the  erection  of  pump- 
ing plants.  Yet  this  is  the  fringe  only  of  lands 
on  which  successful  irrigation  practice  is  possible. 

The  lands  mapped  out  for  future  development 
comprise  about  a  quarter  of  a  million  acres,  cap- 
able of  producing  to  the  greatest  perfection  the 
peach,  apricot,  nectarine,  orange,  lemon,  fig,  pear, 
and  grape-vine — including  the  muscat,  sultana  and 
zante  currant  varieties  for  drying,  and  doradillas 
for  distillery  purposes.  Lucerne  and  other  fod- 
ders have  also  proved  their  adaptability  to  both 
the  sandy  and  heavier  soils  of  these  areas  and 
are  everywhere  being  grown  successfully. 

The  State's  operations  in  providing  for  future 
settlement  are  not  confined  to  the  class  of  lands 
already  dealt  with.  The  reclamation  of  the 
swamp  lands  on  the  lower  reaches  of  the  river 
also  forms  an  important  part.  The  reclamation 
policy  was  inaugurated  by  a  former  Governor  of 
the  State,  Sir  W.  F.  D.  Jervois,  who  in  1881 
reclaimed  about  3,300  acres  of  swamp  land  near 
Wellington.       Further  areas  were  developed  by 


private  enterprise  from  that  time  onward,  and 
in  1904  State  operations  were  commenced  by  the 
reclamation  of  Mobilong  and  Burdett  areas. 
About  3,000  acres  of  this  class  of  land  are  now 
held  under  Closer  Settlement  conditions,  and 
many  familes  are  making  a  comfortable  living 
off  areas  varying  from  20  to  30  acres.  Several 
swamps,  comprising  about  5,000  acres,  are  in 
course  of  reclamation. 

Many  thousand  acres  still  remain  to  be  dealt 
with,  whilst  the  reclamation  of  Lake  Albert, 
situated  near  the  Murray  mouth,  and  compris- 
ing an  area  of  40,000  acres,  is  receiving  serious 
consideration.  Lake  Alexandrina,  of  75,000 
acres,  is  also  to  be  considered.  Major  Johnson, 
who  has  been  engaged  by  the  State  in  preparing  a 
scheme  for  locking  the  River  Murray,  has 
already  made  a  special  report  on  the  subject  of 
the  reclamation  of  these  areas. 

The  soils  on  these  lower  reaches  of  the  river 
have  proved  by  analyses  and  actual  results  to  be 
amongst  the  richest  in  the  world.  They  are  com- 
posed of  layer  upon  layer  of  rich  river  silt,  inter- 
mixed with  immense  bodies  of  decomposed  vege- 
table matter  to  a  depth  in  many  places  of  over  ' 
40  feet.  There  can  be  no  possible  shadow  of  a  ' 
doubt  that,  where  such  lands  are  properly  re- 
claimed against  the  inroads  of  flood  waters  and 


SOUTH   AUSTRALIA:    IRRIGATION    AND    WATER    CONSERVATION 


651 


The  Austin  Excavator  Working  on   Swamp-lands,   River   Murray 


effectively  drained,  they  will  become  some  of  the 
most     productive     in     the     world.        In     refer- 
ring   to    these    lands    in  a    pamphlet     published 
in    1903,  Professor    Perkins,   now    Director    of 
griculture  for  the  State,  said:  "The  swamp  soil, 
s  might  have  been  anticipated  from  the  results 
of  the  mechanical  analysis,  is  abnormally  rich  in 
itrogen;  of  phosphoric  acid  it  contains  twice  the 
mount  normal  to  a  good  average  soil,  and  pos- 
sibly ten  times  the  quantity  usually  found  in  the 


average  South  Australian  soil;  in  potash,  soluble 
and  strong  acids  it  is  exceedingly  rich." 

Practical  results  from  these  lands  include  a 
crop  of  150  tons  of  onions  from  five  acres,  grown 
by  Messrs.  A.  W.  Morphett  and  Co.,  of  Woods' 
Point.  The  average  annual  lucerne  hay  crop  is 
from  seven  to  ten  tons  and  over.  During  the 
summer  of  1914-15,  when  the  State  was  visited 
by  its  record  drought,  the  settlers  on  the  reclaimed 
lands   reaped    a     rich    harvest,   the   returns   for 


steam  Shovels  at  Work  on  South-Eastern  Drains. 


652 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


lucerne-hay  reaching  up  to  £90  per  acre.  Dairy- 
ing, pig  and  sheep  raising  are  the  principal  occu- 
pations of  the  settlers  on  these  lands. 

The  conditions  applying  to  allotment  are  simple. 
The  lands  are  allotted  under  the  Perpetual 
Lease  system,  at  rentals  based  on  4  per  cent,  on 
the  unimproved  value,  or  cost  of  the  land  when 
resumed  by  the  State  and  cost  of  reclamation. 
Water  and  drainage  rates  are  also  charged,  suffi- 
cient to  cover  cost  of  pumping  and  drainage  and 
general  management  expenses  of  the  areas.  In 
the  case  of  irrigable  lands,  as  distinct  from  those 
reclaimed,  interest  on  the  channels  and  pumping 
plants  is  obtained  through  the  water  rate.  The 
area  of  land  either  irrigable  or  reclaimed  allotted 
to  any  one  applicant  is  restricted  to  50  acres,  but 
this  area  has  proved  to  be  much  in  excess  of  what 
can  be  successfully  developed  by  one  man  without 
the  hire  of  considerable  labor. 

Assistance  is  offered  to  the  lessees  in  preparing 
the  land  for  planting,  the  Department  having 
power  to  expend  up  to  £15  per  acre  on  the  irrig- 
able and  reclaimed  land  in  each  lessee's  block,  for 
fencing,  clearing,  grading  and  constructing  irri- 
gation channels  and  tanks,  or  in  other  words,  the 
land  can  be  actually  prepared  for  planting,  with 
the  exception  of  the  ploughing.  An  amount  equal 
to  not  less  than  15  per  cent,  of  the  estimated  cost 
of  the  work  must  be  paid  as  a  deposit,  the  balance 
being  repayable  by  20  annual  instalments  with 
interest  added,  commencing  after  the  expiration 
of  the  fifth  year.  The  lessee,  however,  has  the 
option  of  paying  off  the  whole  of  the  amount  due 
at  any  lesser  period. 

Further  advances  can  be  obtained  on  improve- 
ments effected  by  the  settler  on  his  holding,  in 
the  erection  of  buildings  and  other  improvements 
and  the  purchase  of  stock.  The  services  of  an 
expert  irrigation  instructor  are  available  to  ad- 
vise the  settlers,  free  of  cost,  on  all  matters 
pertaining  to  the  development  and  management 
of  their  land.  Further  than  this,  assistance  is 
offered  in  the  marketing  and  disposal  of  produce 
through  the  erection  by  the  Government  of  fruit- 
packing  and  grading  sheds,  and  it  is  intended  to 
still  further  extend  this  means  of  assistance  by 
providing  distilleries  and  butter  and  cheese  fac- 
tories. '  '1 

Undoubtedly,  the  future  of  irrigation  develop- 
ment in  the  Central  State  is  exceptionally  bright. 
At  the  present  time,  the  local  markets  can  con- 
sume much  more  than  the  produce  from  these 
areas,  while  the  increase  in  population  in  the  near 
future,  with  the  exploitation  of  markets  further 
afield,  should  give  a  wonderful  impetus  to  these 
long-neglected  and  unsettled  lands. 

The  problem  of  Water  Supply  is  inevitably  one 
of  vital  importance  to  a  growing  country,  especi- 
ally to  a  State  in  which  the  greater  part  of  the 


yearly  revenue    is    derived  from  its  agricultural 
and  pastoral  industries. 

Though,  in  the  eighty  years  since  its  first 
colonisation,  the  population  of  South  Australia 
has  only  ranged  from  about  400  people  in  1836 
fo  433iOOO  at  present,  this  far-sighted,  if  small, 
community  has  up  to  June  30th,  19 16,  expended 
£5,413,853  in  water  conservation  and  reticula- 
tion— an  outlay  which  represents  a  capacity 
in  reservoirs,  etc.,  of  8,056  million  gallons. 
Roughly,  four  and  a  half  millions  was  spent  in 
reservoirs  and  reticulation  for  the  settled  areas, 
and  the  balance  in  water  provision  for  outside 
and  remote  districts,  and  the  opening  up  of  mail 
and  cattle  tracks  into  the  central  regions  and  to 
the  north-eastern  borders  of  the  State. 

The  water  supply  for  Adelaide  and  suburbs  is 
obtained  from  the  watersheds  of  the  Torrens 
and  Onkaparinga  rivers,  which  have  a  catchment 
area  of  about  305  square  miles.  Thorndon  Park 
was  the  first  reservoir  from  which  the  city  was 
supplied:  it  was  constructed  in  1857,  and  had  a 
holding  capacity  of  139  million  gallons.  In  1872 
Hope  Valley  reservoir  was  constructed,  to  hold 
746  million  gallons,  and,  from  these  two, 
Adelaide  and  its  suburbs  were  supplied  until  1896 
when,  owing  to  the  rapid  increase  in  the  popula- 
tion and  the  extension  of  the  deep  drainage 
system,  a  further  source  became  essential.  In 
October  of  that  year,  the  largest  reservoir  in  the 
State — Happy  Valley— which  took  five  years  to 
construct,  was  brought  into  operation.  It  is  filled 
from  the  Onkaparinga  River,  and  has  a  holding 
capacity  of  3,200  million  gallons.  Looking  ahead, 
however,  the  Government,  with  an  eye  to  the 
city's  continual  expansion,  are  now  constructing 
a  reservoir  at  Millbrook  with  a  holding  capacity 
of  nearly  3,650  million  gallons,  which,  when  com- 
pleted, will  provide  an  auxiliary  supply  for  the 
city  and  suburbs. 

There  is  a  stretch  of  country  nearly  300  miles 
long,  between  Happy  Valley  (a  few  miles  south 
of  Adelaide)  and  Port  Augusta  (in  the  north), 
which  Is  reticulated  by  a  continuous  and  ample 
supply  of  water  from  the  various  reservoirs  of 
the  Metropolitan,  Barossa,  Bundaleer,  Beetaloo, 
Port  Germein,  and  Port  Augusta  systems.  They 
are  tapped  with  about  3,200  miles  of  mains  and 
represent  a  gross  annual  revenue  of  £170,000. 
The  principal  country  water  districts  are  the 
Bundaleer,  Barossa,  Warren  and  Beetaloo,  in 
which  a  number  of  towns,  as  well  as  country  lands, 
are  supplied.  The  holding  capacities  of  these 
reservoirs  are  1,334,  1,000,  1,000  and  899  mil- 
lion gallons  respectively.  Many  miles  of  con- 
crete channels  and  tunnels  convey  the  water  to 
these  storages  from  their  different  catchment  areas 
of  about  724  square  miles,  upon  which  the  aver-  ' 
age  rainfall  is  about  19  Inches  on  the  Bundaleer, 
28  inches  Barossa,  and  26  inches  Beetaloo. 


i 


SOUTH   AUSTRALIA:    IRRIGATION    AND    WATER    CONSERVATION 


653 


Barossa  Reservoir  (capacity — 1,000,000,000  gallons) 


The  water  districts  reticulated  with  mains  of 
ifferent  sizes  extend  from  Aldinga  in  the  south 
Port  Augusta  in  the  north,  and  include  an  area 
!>f  about  3,708,748   acres.      A  good  supply  has 
3een  provided  in  each  of  the  districts  for  all  land- 
holders, which  is  of  immense  value  to  the  farmers 
as  well   as   the   State.        Several   Murray   River 
townships   and   country   lands   are    supplied   with 
water  pumped   from   the   river   into   small   reser- 
voirs or  tanks.        Mount  Gambier  in  the  south- 
j       east  has  an  unlimited  supply  of  excellent  water 
j       pumped  from  the  Blue  Lake,  which,  with  precipi- 
tous banks  200  to  250  feet  high,  is  perhaps  the 
I^^nost  picturesque  lake  in  the  Commonwealth, 
^f    The  semi-arid  nature  of  much  of  the  interior 
and  the  precarious  natural  water  supplies  at  one 
time    rendered    the    occupation  of    a    great  deal 
of  the  country  impossible  for  pastoral  or  agricul- 
tural  purposes,   and  only   in   exceptional   seasons 
could  the  main  north-eastern  stock  routes  be  tra- 
versed with  cattle.        Now,   however,  the   great 
stock   routes,  extending   north-east   to   the   boun- 
i^^daries  of    New  South  Wales    and    Queensland, 
Pflfcorth  to  the  Northern  Territory,  north-west  to- 
ward the   Musgrave   Ranges,   and  south-west  to 
|^_the  border  of  West  Australia,  have  been  opened 
l^^p  by  a  system  of  wells,   bores,   reservoirs  and 
tanks    with    the    necessary  pumps,   buckets,   and 
troughs,  constructed    often  in  the  face  of  great 


I 


difficulties,  work  having  at  times  to  be  suspended 
until  the  arrival  of  more  favorable  seasonal  con- 
ditions. 

In  some  cases,  the  stock  route  supplies  become 
pioneer  supplies  for  agricultural  settlement,  to- 
gether with  such  further  provision  as  may  be 
necessary.  In  those  districts  where  underground 
water  is  not  available,  excavated  reservoirs  up  to 
six  million  gallons  capacity  have  been  made  where 
suitable  catchments  and  ground  exist,  and  exca- 
vated tanks,  concrete-lined  and  roofed,  with  capa- 
cities of  200,000  and  500,000  gallons,  have 
lately  been  adopted  with  success  for  the  smaller 
catchments,  while  numerous  masonry  tanks  of  less 
capacity  have  been  constructed  in  the  past. 

As  a  preliminary  aid  to  agricultural  settlement 
a  large  number  of  catchment  sheds,  each  with  gal- 
vanized tanks,  aggregating  10,000  gallons  capa- 
city, have  been  erected  on  lands  thrown  open  for 
selection,  and  a  similar  type  of  shed  with  tanks 
is  also  used  on  stock  routes  where  no  natural 
catchments  exist. 

The  south-western  portion  of  the  greatest 
known  artesian  basin  lies  within  the  borders  of 
South  Australia.  The  extent  of  the  Australian 
artesian  basin  is  590,000  square  miles,  of  which 
the  central  State  has,  as  determined  by  plani- 
metrical  measurements,  about  102,400  square 
miles. 


654 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


South  Australia  was  one  of  the  first  States  to 
move  in  extensive  artesian  boring.  Every  suc- 
cessive experiment  was  keenly  watched,  and, 
before  long,  a  definite  area  was  mapped  out  in 
which  it  was  tolerably  certain  that  water  in  great 
quantity  could  be  obtained  almost  everywhere  by 
the  use  of  boring  rods. 

The  theory  formed — that  the  excessive  rain- 
fall on  the  Queensland  Great  Dividing  Range 
soaks  down  into  an  immense  layer  of  porous 
strata  between  two  impervious  rock  beds,  form- 
ing   a    kind  of  water  sandwich — appears  to  be 


to  be  explored  by  the  drill,  and  the  problems  of 
the  south-westerly  extension  of  the  Great  Basin, 
or  of  the  existence  of  other  supplies  in  the  western 
region,  have  to  be  solved. 

Keen  engineering  minds  the  world  over  have 
for  years  been  giving  of  their  best  in  the  great 
work  of  conquering  unutilised  lands.  How  the 
waste  and  arid  acres  of  immense  distances  have 
yielded  to  the  fertilising  agency  of  irrigation 
forms  history  in  many  a  now-thriving  settlement. 
On  the  other  hand  a  wonderfully  fertile  tract  of 
country  known  as  the  South-East,  is  largely  given 


Drain  excavated  by  machinery  in  limestone   country 


borne  out  by  the  facts,  as  revealed  by  the  drill 
within  the  assumed  artesian  area.  South  Aus- 
tralia has  within  the  great  basin,  forty-one  useful 
bores,  of  which  thirty-one  are  artesian,  and  the 
remainder  sub-artesian.  These  vary  in  depth 
from  280  feet  to  4,850  feet,  and  in  temperature 
from  86  deg.  F.  to  208  deg.  In  the  River  Mur- 
ray basin,  useful  water  has  been  found  in  seventy- 
three  bores,  the  two  southernmost  of  which  flow. 
In  various  other  localities,  twenty-six  successful 
bores  have  been  sunk,  and  three  of  these  are 
artesian. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  a  large  number  of 
experimental  and  exploratory  bores  have  been 
put  down,  one  of  which,  within  the  great  basin, 
has  attained  a  depth  of  5,458  feet,  without  so 
far  securing  useful  water.  Private  enterprise, 
too,  has  made  rapid  strides  in  boring,  and  the 
more  progressive  agriculturists,  pastoralists,  and 
gardeners  have  their  own  bores  and  pumping 
ing  plants.       Vast  areas  of  this  State  still  remain 


over    to    swamps.       This    country    lies    in    close 
proximity  to  the  dry  sandy  belts  of  mallee. 

It  is  the  dream  of  South  Australian  statesmen 
to  convert  it  into  a  closely-settled  and  highly- 
cultivated  region  of  a  productivity  akin  to  that 
in  the  drier  portions  of  the  district,  where  the 
rich  volcanic  soil  continuously  yields  wonderful 
crops  of  cereals,  fodders,  and  vegetables.  With 
a  rainfall  averaging  from  25  to  30  inches 
annually,  all  that  nature  requires  to  restore  her 
equilibrium  in  this  waste  country  is  a  scheme  of 
artificial  drainage. 

The  district  reveals  some  remarkable  features. 
The  settled  portions  are  situated  chiefly  within  the 
counties  of  MacDonnell,  Robe,  and  Grey,  which 
comprise  approximately  four  million  acres. 
General  features  of  the  country  are  a  series 
of  low  ranges  running  parallel  with  the 
seacoast,  with  flats  between  them  ranging  in 
width  from  one  to  six  miles.       The  ranges  are 


COLTIVflTION  OP  INFECIOR  COONTFJY  UNQER  IRRIC/qTI0A4 
/^E/qR    MILLICtNT.  50UTH  ^OSTQflLM 


655 


II 


656 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


covered  with  trees  and  scrub  and  are  usually  of 
a  sandy  nature  on  top,  with,  in  places,  a  surface- 
crust  of  limestone  overlying  sandstone.  These 
ranges,  little  used  except  for  grazing  purposes,  are 
proved  capable  of  growing  apple  and  other  fruit 
trees. 

The  flats  between  the  ranges  vary,  in  soil 
quality,  from  rich  peaty  ground  to  very  shallow 
soil  overlying  hard  limestone.  All  are,  or  have 
been  more  or  less  subject  to  inundation  by  flood- 
waters  which  accumulate  on  the  flats.  The  only 
natural  outlet  for  these  flood-waters  was  in  a 
northerly  direction  along  the  low  or  western  side 
of  the  flats.  The  porous  nature  of  the  sub-soil 
on  some  of  the  higher  levels  causes  a  good  deal 
of  percolation  under  the  ranges  from  one  flat  to 
another.  Many  instances  are  known  where 
large  quantities  of  water,  at  one  time,  disappeared 
into  what  are  locally  called  run-away  holes. 
During  recent  years  these  run-away  holes  appear 
to  have  lost  their  absorbing  capacity  to  a  large 
extent,  and  it  has  been  found  impracticable  to 
utilize  them  to  any  great  degree  in  permanently 
draining  the  country. 

Drainage,  therefore,  must  be  by  way  of  arti- 
ficial outlets  to  the  sea.  Getting  down  to  serious 
work,  Parliament,  in  1908,  passed  a  bill  authoris- 
ing an  expenditure  of  £300,000  on  main  drains 
to  intersect  the  country  and  carry  the  flood-waters 
in  a  direct  course  to  the  sea.  Prior  to  this,  some 
work  had  been  done  in  the  way  of  cutting  drains 
along  the  valleys  to  assist  the  floods  along  their 
natural  course  northwards.  These  drains,  to- 
gether with  others  yet  to  be  constructed,  will  act 
as  feeders  to  the  main  line  of  drainage  towards 
the  sea.  The  whole  of  the  drains  which  were  con- 
templated under  the  Bill  are  now  well  advanced 
towards  completion.  Considerable  improve- 
ment in  the  country  traversed  by  them  is  already 
apparent.  Though  draining  produces  a  notice- 
able effect  almost  immediately,  the  land  is  usually 
not  at  its  best  until  after  a  drying  period  of  about 
three  years. 

The  Millicent  district  may  be  said  to  be  the  only 
area  in  the  South-East  where  complete  drainage 
of  the  land  has  been  carried  out.  Here  between 
75,000  and  80,000  acres  of  land  have  been 
drained,  and  what  was  once  only  fit  for  grazing 


has  now  become  one  of  the  most  fertile  and  pro- 
ductive areas  of  the  State. 

The  amount  spent  on  national  drains  in  the 
South-East  other  than  those  provided  for  in  the 
1908  Bill  is  £346,627,  which  includes  the  cost  of 
the  Millicent  drainage  scheme.  A  further  sum 
of  ■£35.378  has  been  spent  under  another  Act 
which  empowers  the  Government  to  construct 
drains  on  requests  being  made  by  the  landowners, 
the  cost  to  be  refunded  to  the  Government  in 
forty-two  yearly  instalments,  with  interest  at  4 
per  cent.  The  area  to  be  benefited  under  the 
1908  Bill  is  given  as  1,700,000  acres.  The 
works  proposed,  however,  will  not  give  complete 
drainage  to  this  area,  but  are  designed  as  the 
main  arteries  of  a  system  which  will  eventually 
be  carried  out  under  some  scheme  of  closer  settle- 
ment not  yet  formulated. 

A  good  deal  of  the  land  in  the  South-East  is 
held  in  large  holdings,  which  are  used  exclusively 
for  grazing.  This  prevents  the  country  from 
paying  the  amount  required  to  give  complete 
drainage,  but  closer  settlement  under  a  Govern- 
ment re-purchase  scheme  should  rectify  this  con- 
dition of  affairs,  and  the  South  East  would  then 
make  rapid  advancement  in  point  of  productive- 
ness and  population. 

Undoubtedly,  South  Australia  may  be  congra- 
tulated on  its  drainage  enterprise.  Nothing  simi- 
lar has  been  done  in  any  of  the  other  States.  In 
191 1  the  Engineer-in-Chief  (Mr.  Graham 
Stewart),  under  whose  direction  the  drainage 
works  are  being  carried  out,  was  commissioned  by 
the  Government  to  visit  Europe  and  America  for 
the  purpose  inter  alia  of  selecting  suitable  machi- 
nery for  making  the  extensive  excavations  neces- 
sary to  cut  direct  lines  of  drainage  to  the  sea. 
The  department  has  utilised  the  most  up- 
to-date  methods  in  the  work.  The  machines, 
which  were  introduced  in  1913,  have  removed 
nearly  3,000,000  cubic  yards  of  excavation.  Rock 
drills  are  used  for  boring  holes  for  explosives, 
and  the  latter  loosen  the  ground  sufliciently  for 
the  economic  and  expeditious  operation  of  steam 
navvies.  The  plant  has  proved  highly  satisfac- 
tory, especially  in  a  work  unfavourably  situated 
for  manual  labor  on  account  of  the  wet  nature 
of  the  country.  The  scheme  and  its  progress 
have  been  favorably  commented  upon  by  all  engi- 
neers who  have  visited  the  works. 


WESTERN   AUSTRALIA 


PI 


658 


Western  Australia 


DAMPIER'S  "MISERABLEST  COUNTRY" 


IT  will  be  remembered  that  the  Voyager  Dam- 
pier,  in  the  year  1688,  roundly  condemned 
the  whole  Australian  Continent,  be- 
cause he  failed  to  readily  supply  his  ship  with 
water  along  that  limited  portion  of  the  North- 
West  Coast  which  he  visited. 

Describing  the  land  as  "barren  and  destitute 
of  water  unless  you  make  wells,"  he  strengthened 
his  assertion  by  declaring  its  natives  to  be  "the 
miserablest  people  in  the  world."  Such  a  race 
would  naturally  be  natives  of  the  miserablest 
Country — and  for  two  centuries  all  the  world 
accepted  Dampier's  statements  as  facts. 

Several  preceding  centuries  had  believed  the 
world  to  be  flat,  and  it  required  much  argument 
to  correct  this  popular  error. 

That  portion  of  Western  Australia  visited  by 
Dampier  in  1688,  is  still  believed  to  be  the 
poorest  of  the  Commonwealth. 

As  our  readers  have  been  asked  to  accept  some 
facts  concerning  the  admittedly  good  parts  of 
Australia,  a  little  account  of  this  "miserablest 
country"  makes  an  appropriate  conclusion. 

There  is  a  regular  fortnightly  service  from 
Fremantle  (W.A.)  along  the  North-West  Coast 
and  down  to  Batavia  and  Singapore,  carried  out 
by  the  W.A.  Steam  Navigation  Co.  and  the 
Ocean  Steamship  Co.  conjointly. 

We  will  board  the  ss.  Charon,  two  thousand 
eight  hundred  tons,  at  Fremantle,  with  a  good 
supply  of  Kodak  films  and  a  notebook.  It  is  also 
well  to  take  some  tropical  clothing,  for  Australia 
enjoys  more  than  one  climate. 

Forward,  the  crew  is  composed  entirely  of 
Malays.    Aft,  all  hands  except  the  engineers  and 

Ideck  officers,  are  Chinese. 
We  will  find  Captain  Dalgliesh  affable,  and  we 
will  cultivate  him.     He  will  let  us  have  the  run 


of  the  chart  room,  and  he  knows  the  North-West 
Coast  as  well  as  any  man  afloat.  He  is  also  an 
authority  on  the  law  of  storms. 

Our  cargo  consists  largely  of  supplies  and  mer- 
chandise for  the  Nor'-West  towns  and  sheep  sta- 
tions. Forward,  laid  along  the  deck,  are  several 
huge  piles  of  jarrah,  intended  for  repairing  the 
wharf  at  Cossack,  which  suffered  in  the  great 
Koomhana  gale. 

Our  first  port  of  call  is  Geraldton. 

While  the  vessel  is  putting  cargo  out  at  the 
long  pier  we  will  go  ashore  and  look  round. 

There  is  a  railway  from  Perth,  306  land  miles, 
to  this  place,  running  through  country  which  is 
being  rapidly  settled  and  converted  into  dairy- 
ing, pig  raising,  horse  breeding  and  wheat  grow- 
ing    districts,     enjoying     a     sufficient     average 


'An  air  of  leisurely  prosperity  at  Geraldton" 


659 


66o 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Harvesting  on  Hawkhuist  Estate,  York 


rainfall  of  i8i  inches.  In  this  neighbourhood 
Pelsart  landed  after  the  wreck  of  the  Batavia. 

As  the  historical  Abrolhos  Islands  bear  40-45 
miles  due  west  at  their  highest  point,  we  will  not 
be  able  to  see  them. 

There  is  an  air  of  leisurely  prosperity  about 
Geraldton.  Pelsart  marooned  the  two  first 
authenticated  Australian  white  settlers  at  Cham- 
pion Bay.  The  population  of  town  and  district 
numbers  at  present — three  hundred  years  later — 
13,500. 

Judging  by  the  bales  of  sheepskins  and  wool 
waiting  on  the  wharf  to  be  hoisted  into  the 
Charon's  hold  for  Singapore,  the  outskirts  of 
Dampier's  "miserablest  country"  are  not  alto- 
gether hopeless  these  days. 

If  Pelsart  could  come  back  to  inquire  what  be- 
came of  his  two  mutineers  he  would  see  what  fool- 
ish conclusions  some  fine  old  sea-captains  cher- 
ished about  the  quality  of  this  particular  coast. 
He  would  find  wharves,  mills,  railway  yards  and 
many  unexpected  changes,  including  32-bushel 
crops  inland.  He  would  hear  that  one  concession- 
aire had  sold  £400,000  of  land  between  Perth  and 
Geraldton  in  2!  years;  that  the  North-West  is 
regarded  by  experienced  pastoralists  as  being 
amongst  the  best  sheep  country  in  Australia,  and 
that  from  Geraldton  eastward  one  might  travel 
by  railway  to  Sandstone  (309  miles)  and  west 
and  north  to  Meekatharra  (334  miles)  through 
lands  classed  first  as  agricultural  and  wheat,  and 
then  through  good  pastoral  and  mineral  country, 
to  his  journey's  end. 

The  old  Dutch  commodore,  who  had  such  an 
unhappy  experience  along  here  in  1629,  would  be 
still  more  astounded  to  find  orchards  of  citrus 
fruits,  wherein  the  average  yield  from  a  single 
mandarin-tree  is  200  dozen  of  excellent  quality. 

The  sand  plains  that  seemed  so  barren  to  his 
eyes,  and  to  the  eyes  of  Dampier  and  others  who 
followed  him,  he  would  hear  spoken  of  as  good 


summer  pasture  for  sheep;  while  the  country  cov- 
ered with  stunted  trees — York  gums,  jam  and 
black  wattle — is  classed  among  the  best.  The 
York  gum  land,  when  cleared,  at  a  maximum  cost 
of  £2  an  acre,  grows  excellent  pasturage.  Its 
soil  is  a  heavy  loam,  easily  ploughed,  and 
cannot  be  surpassed  in  the  State  for  the  growth 
of  cereals.  It  is  refreshing  to  find  that  in  the 
coastal  strip  from  Geraldton  to  the  Murchison 
River  there  are  still  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
acres  of  good  country  available  for  settlement; 
that  more  than  one  site  for  an  irrigation  colony 
exists,  and  that  a  i6-bushel  crop  of  wheat  is 
often  possible  from  these  first-class  arable  lands, 
on  which  any  practical  man  can  make  a  good  liv- 
ing and  more. 

Of  coal  and  gold,  lead  and  copper,  this  par- 
ticular district  in  the  "miserablest  country"  has 
added  no  mean  sum  to  the  national  output.  The 
Great  Fingal  goldmine  at  Day  Dawn  alone  has 
produced  about  £4,000,000  in  gold  to  date! 

As  nowadays  in  America  land  is  valued  by  the 
amount  of  lucerne  it  will  grow,  the  fact  that  ex- 
periment with  lucerne  out  here  has  demonstrated 
its  power  beyond  doubt  to  get  rooted  and  live 
through  the  hottest  summer,  without  irrigation, 
is  worthy  of  attention. 

As  in  other  so-called  "dry  districts,"  water  is 
available  in  good  supply  at  a  depth  of  20  feet. 

Inland  from  the  coast  again  is  a  vast  artesian 
basin,  the  extent  of  which  is  yet  unknown. 

So,  for  the  growth  of  cereals,  fruits,  dairy  and 
garden  produce;  for  the  raising  of  stock,  and  for 
the  production  of  precious  metals,  this  section  of 
"miserablest  country"  is  proven  quite  suitable. 

Both  Master  Dampier  and  Mynheer  Pelsart 
were  wrong.  The  land  which  produces  oranges 
— 14  to  a  stem — peaches,  apricots,  grapes,  pas- 
sion fruit,  figs,  nectarines,  and  other  luscious 
fruits;  where  "sweet  potatoes  grow  like  weeds," 
and  melons  crop  20  tons  to  the  acre,  is  good 
enough  for  European  settlement! 


DAMPIER'S  "MISERABLEST  COUNTRY" 


66i 


In  the  morning,  leaving  Geraldton,  we  will 
slide  back  the  teak  door  of  our  deck  cabin,  while 
the  "boy"  is  getting  our  "chatty"  bath  ready,  and 
behold  the  brooding  shores  of  Western  Austra- 
lia, under  whose  ruffled  breast  a  covey  of  fledg- 
ling islets  are  nestling,  and  the  fresh,  invigorat- 
ing breeze  will  come  to  us  across  a  sunlit  sea. 
We  are  travelling  north  in  midwinter,  when  the 
seas  are  always  smooth  and  the  skies  are  always 
clear.     Each  day  brings  us  farther  into  the  Aus- 


and  tie  up  at  Carnarvon  Wharf  late  in  the  even- 
ing— a  day  after  leaving  Geraldton. 

This  part  of  the  coast,  projecting  farthest  to- 
wards the  early  tracks  of  Indian  trade,  was 
apparently  the  first  known  to  Europeans.  Here 
came  Dampier  in  the  Roebuck,  in  August  of  1699, 
when  William  the  Third  was  King. 

We  will  rise  early,  for  the  mornings  on  this 
coast  are  too  beautiful  to  miss. 


I 

I 


Loading  Camels  for  Nullagiue 


of 

t 


\m 


tralian  tropics — that  wonderland  which  has  yet 

be  pictured  and  written  and  sung. 

There  are  150  tons  of  pearlshell  waiting  ship- 
ment at  Broome,  and  the  skipper  is  anxious  about 
the  tide,  although  we  are  yet  many  days  from 
that  port — for  the  thirty  and  forty  feet  tides 
of  the  North-West  Coast  have  to  be  reckoned 
ith. 

As  the  lazy  hours  drift  by  we  will  steam  round 

e  sandy  headland  of  Cape  Inscription,  where 
stands  one  of  the  few  lighthouses  of  this  coast — 
the  most  westerly  beacon  in  Australia.  From 
here  our  course  lies  north-east  across  Sharks 
ay  to  Carnarvon,  on  the  Gascoyne  River.  We 
pass  Bernier  and  Dorre  Islands,  used  as  lock  hos- 
pitals for  natives  by  the  Westralian  Government, 


It  is  an  open  port,  facing  Geographe  Channel, 
so  named  by  M.  le  Capitaine  Baudin,  in  the  days 
when  the  First  Napoleon  was  Emperor  of  France, 
and  tried  to  name  Australia  "Terre  Napoleon." 

A  broad  electric-blue  band  right  around  the 
horizon,  a  sky  stained  to  the  zenith  with  an  in- 
credible blending  of  colors,  herald  the  sunrise. 

A  whale  ship,  red  and  smeared,  is  steaming 
slowly  into  the  roadstead.  In  her  "crow's  nest," 
a  white  barrel  at  the  crosstrees,  no  lookout  is  sta- 
tioned. Her  bomb  gun  for'ard  glitters  in  the 
dawnlight. 

She  drops  anchor  softly  and  comes  to  rest,  the 
flag  of  Norway  drooping  over  her  stern. 

The  Malays  chatter  and  laugh  as  they  begin  to 
take  the  Charon's  hatches  off. 


662 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


One's  splash  bath  is  cool  and  refreshing,  and 
the  brightness  and  smoothness  of  the  Tropics  are 
with  us  now. 

The  cabin  boy  slips  in  announcing,  with  silken 
voice,  the  benefaction  of  "tea  an'  toas'." 

Our  Carnarvon  cargo  will  not  be  all  out  before 
night  time,  and  as  there  is  wool  to  load,  we  can 
breakfast  at  our  leisure,  before  walking  the  mile- 
long  jetty  that  takes  us  towards  the  town. 


Unloading  Pearl-Shell 


It  is  Saturday,  and  there  is  a  large  assemblage 
of  Australians,  young  and  old,  at  the  sports 
ground  to  witness  a  football  match. 

These  residents  of  Dampier's  "miserablest 
country"  are  surprisingly  active,  cheerful,  and 
prosperous-looking.  To  all  enquiries  regarding 
the  climate  they  give  optimistic  replies.  When 
we  ask  about  the  country  they  take  us  to  one 
Angelo,  a  resident  of  substance,  who  is  carrying 
out  some  experiments  in  agriculture  at  a  little  dis- 
tance from  town. 

Angelo  is  an  Australian  and  an  enthusiastic  be- 
liever in  the  destiny  of  the  North-West.  He 
brings  a  buggy  and  drives  us  across  a  very  dry 
plain  to  the  banks  of  the  Gascoyne,  where  he  has 
laid  out  his  irrigation  area. 


Now  the  Gascoyne,  like  many  other  Australian 
rivers,  is  among  the  paradoxes  of  this  unrealized 
continent.  For  many  months  at  a  time  it  appar- 
ently ceases  to  flow.  To  the  eyes  of  an  inexperi- 
enced observer,  like  Dampier  for  example,  it 
would  then  be  a  river  of  dry  sand — no  more. 
Dampier  spent  eight  days  around  here  vainly 
looking  for  water.  Apparently  the  river  was  not 
running  in  August,  1699.  Other  staggering, 
swaggering  figures  out  of  the  Past  have  landed, 
looked,  and  turned  seaward  again,  roundly  curs- 
ing an  inhospitable  shore. 

Had  they  only  known  it,  the  Gascoyne — which 
drains  an  enormous  area  of  country — was  running 
all  the  time — below  ! 

Under  that  wide,  sandy  river  bed,  and  for  a 
mile  or  more  wide,  on  either  bank,  for  a  proved 
distance  of  100  miles  upstream,  there  is  a  constant 
and  abundant  flow  of  good,  clear  water.  This 
fact  our  friend  Angelo  realized  full  well.  One 
doubts  not  that  many  who  are  to  come,  the  future 
settlers  of  the  North-West,  will  know  also. 

There  is  a  "sumph"  hole  sunken  in  the  sand 
some  distance  away  from  the  Gascoyne,  and  a 
petrol  engine  is  pumping  up  water  at  the  rate  of 
about  1,300  gallons  an  hour.  This,  supplemented 
by  a  supply  lifted  by  windmills,  is  disbursed  over 
the  area  under  treatment,  as  the  particular  sec- 
tions of  Mr.  Angelo's  cultivation  require  it.  The 
soils  are  typical  Australian  red  soils,  similar  to 
those  about  Yanco  in  New  South  Wales,  or  such 
as  are  found  anywhere  through  the  saltbush  dis- 
tricts. 

The  water  is  struck  at  a  depth  of  about  24  feet 
from  the  surface.  Unlike  some  of  the  artesian 
supplies,  it  is  not  highly  mineralized.  The  system 
followed  here  is  to  give  the  ground  2  cwt.  of 
"super"  and  half  a  ton  of  lime  to  the  acre.  The 
results  stand,  or  rather  flourish,  before  us.  Here, 
for  example,  are  ten  acres  of  irrigated  lucerne 
planted  in  November  which  gave  five  "cuts"  be- 
fore July  13th.  At  the  March  cutting  this  lucerne 
was  three  feet  four  inches  high,  after  twenty-seven 
days'  growth ! 

Here  also  are  tomatoes — worth  £1  a  case  in 
Perth — pomelos,  papaws,  lemons,  oranges,  and 
mandarins  in  fine  promise,  figs  in  profusion, 
plantains,  mangoes,  guavas  and  rock  melons,  with 
peas,  cauliflower,  and  all  kinds  of  vegetables. 

As  evidence  of  the  catholicity  of  climate  in  this 
district,  we  will  gather  a  sample  of  cotton  grow- 
ing alongside  a  bed  of  strawberries. 

The  success  of  the  Angelo  irrigation  area  at 
Carnarvon  can  be  repeated  in  hundreds  of  thou- 
sands of  similar  sites  in  the  North-West.  There 
is  room  for  millions  of  prosperous  people  in  that 
vast  hinterland  between  the  Murchison  and  the 
Kimberleys,  which  to-day  contains  only  7,000  in- 
habitants.     ... 


DAMPIER'S  "MISERABLEST  COUNTRY' 


663 


Diver  and  Crew  on  a  Pearler 


»The  following  morning  will  find  us  on  the  way 
)  Onslow,  just  around  the  shoulder  of  the  Con- 
nent.      We    have    now    entered    the    pearling 
grounds,  which  extend  round  to  Cooktown  on  the 
Queensland   Coast.       They  are   a   national   asset 
II      worth  at  least  a  million  annually  if  they  were  rea- 
sonably exploited.     We  are  running  down  a  little- 
known   coast   line,   where   the   ship's   charts   still 
i     carry  dotted  lines  in  places  and  shore-lights  are 
few  and  far  between.     On  the  islands  offshore, 
— of  which  there  are  hundreds,  from  a  few  acres 
in   area   to   the   size   of   a   European   duchy — we 
I      could  get  wild  sheep  and  turtle  in  abundance. 

Behind   Onslow    extends,    as    usual,    plenty    of 

good  pastoral  and  agricultural  country.     For  50 

miles  in  places  one  might  run  a  straight  furrow 

through   richest   soil   without   clearing   a    stump. 

These   lands   will   grow   anything.        They   must 

some  day  come  under  the  plough.        Individual 

fortunes  are  certainly  being  made  in  the  North- 

West.  Recently  a  man  bought  a  station  for  £1,000 

i^H  the  conclusion  of  a  dry  spell.     The  good  rain 

^^Tame  shortly  after,    and    he    made    £40,000    on 

his  deal.     But  that  is  not  the  final  destiny  of  the 

Great  North-West,  despite  the  fact  that  our  old 

Charon  already  has   1,500  bales  of  wool,  worth 

£14  a  bale,  in  her  holds. 

\m^    Onslow  itself  is  low-lying  and  sandy.       It  faces 

''the    Indian    Ocean — calm    enough    except    in    the 

typhoon  season,  and  dotted  now  with  sails  of  the 


pearling  luggers  in  the  offing,  laying  east  by  north 
for  Port  Hedland  or  Broome. 

We  lie  at  anchor,  waiting  until  the  two- 
masted  lighters  with  huge  brown  fore-and-aft 
sails,  bear  slowly  down  to  us  on  a  nice  little  ruffle 
of  wind. 

They  are  laden  with  bales  of  wool  and  heavy 
boxes  of  pearl-shell,  and  manned  by  crews  of  fine- 
looking  half-castes.  There  is  much  colour  in  the 
North-West. 

It  takes  all  day  to  dump  the  cargo  in  and  out. 
At  last  the  lighters,  fully  laden  with  fodder,  tyres, 
sulkies,  beer,  groceries  and  other  requirements  of 
remote  Australia,  spread  their  brown  wings  in 
the  lovely  afterglow  of  sunset,  and  drift  away 
ever  so  slowly  towards  the  low-lying  sandy  shore. 

The  Malays  fasten  down  our  hatches  again. 
The  Captain  is  finishing  a  game  of  bridge;  the 
passengers  lounge  about  in  their  deck  chairs 
enjoying  a  rather  warm  evening  breeze — the 
characteristic  dry  air  of  this  coast,  purified  by 
contact  with  the  great  plains. 

Strange  Asiatic  words,  shouts,  and  orders  echo 
along  the  decks.  Presently  the  screw  begins  to 
churn  phosphorescent  seas,  as  we  bear  away  for 
Cossack. 

Morning  finds  us  among  the  islands  of  Dam- 
pier  Archipelago.  This  coastland  being  impreg- 
nated with  iron  (of  which  there  are  large 
deposits,  as  well  as  gold  and  other  metals),  red  is 
the  dominant  note  in  Nature's  color  scheme. 

Between  Onslow  and  Cossack  there  is  a 
calling  place  for  steamers  called  Fortescue, 
where  the  ship's  compasses  are  always  affected — 
probably  by  a  submarine  deposit  of  iron.  At 
Magnetic    Shoals    and    Cape    Lambert,    similar 


i 


Cleaning  Pearls 


664 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Pearling  Luggers  at  Anchor,  Port  Hedland 


deviations  are  to  be  expected.        To  quote  that 
naval  oracle,  the  Admiralty  Chart: — 

"The  whole  of  the  coasts  of  North- 
Western  Australia  are  as  yet  very  imper- 
fectly examined  and  charted,  and  mariners 
are    cautioned  accordingly." 

We  will  pass  Legendre  Island  towards  evening. 
Its  red  masses  of  ironstone,  shaped  into  fantastic 
natural  architecture,  look  like  the  canyon  villages 
of  New  Mexico. 

Next  morning  we  will  find  ourselves  by  the 
high  wharf  at  Cossack,  built,  as  all  wharves  have 
to  be  built  on  the  North-West  Coast,  to  meet  the 
tremendous  rise  and  fall  of  tide. 

Day  glides  gloriously  over  a  red  headland,  and 
brings  an  immediate  sparkle  to  the  sea.  We 
may  go  ashore  on  a  tropic  beach,  and  gather  pink 
seashells  and  spotted  cowries.  It  is  all  blue  and 
gold.  Sky,  land,  and  sea  have  taken  on  brighter 
colors,  and  the  dim  shadow,  the  mist,  the  spin- 
drift, the  grey  clouds  of  the  temperate  zone  have 
vanished — we  are  in  another  country,  where 
people  wear  white  clothing  and  helmets  in 
winter. 

Along  curving  forelands,  like  the  walls  and 
battlements  of  ancient  cities,  of  square  and  solid 
seeming,  stand  naked  masses  of  ironstone. 
Rank  grasses  grow  along  the  sea  margin,  but 
inland  there  are  deep  red  soils  holding  rich  pas- 
ture and  succulent  herbage.       Where  there  is  a 


good  tropical  rainfall — 1 1  inches  have  fallen  in  an 
hour — one  finds  running  rivers  and  lush  bush 
growth. 

Big  men  wearing  wide-brimmed  felt  hats  and 
khaki  trousers,  are  laboring  to  land  the  long 
sticks  of  timber  from  the  steamer.  Their  calm 
and  easy  efficiency  and  great  strength  make  favor- 
able contrast  with  the  excitability  and  lesser 
physical  strength  of  the  Malay  crew.  Whether 
or  not  Tropical  Australia  is  to  be  conquered 
entirely  by  Europeans,  the  I'uropean  is  the  more 
competent  and  capable  worker,  albeit  independent 
and  harder  to  handle    in  large  operations. 

We  will  leave  the  pearling  luggers  at  anchor, 
the  sage-green  hillsides,  the  pink  and  white  cliffs, 
the  lighthouse  and  the  tramway  that  make  the 
picture    of    Cossack,    and   we    will    go    out   on   a 


A  Pearl  Blister, 
(Containing  either  a  Pearl  or  Mud) 


DAMPIER'S  "MISER ABLEST  COUNTRY" 


665 


jMimmmth 


Fort  Hedland 


i    ^( 


fourteen-foot  rise,  our  skipper  handling  his  ship 
ke  an  archangel  in  white  uniform  and  gold 
raid.  With  a  cool  breeze  blowing,  a  clear  sky 
nd  a  smooth  sea,  the  run  to  Depuch  Island  is  like 
yachting  trip  on  Sydney  Harbor.  But  in  the 
willy-willy  months  we  would  find  this  to  be  the 
pivot  of  tremendous  storms.  The  roofs  of 
the  houses  in  Cossack  are  secured  by  chains  to 
prevent  their  being  lifted  off  by  the  wind.  At 
Depuch  we  find  evidences  of  the  Koombana 
gale  and  other  typhoons. 

Here  is  the  Concordia  barque,  refloated  and 
lying  off  the  narrow  sandy  beach,  where,  luckily, 
she  went  ashore.  Opposite  our  anchorage  is  a 
schooner,  high  and  dry,  and  near  by  the  Crown 
of  England,  broken  in  two;  part  of  her  stern 
visible  above  the  water,  and  a  raffle  of  wreckage 
ashore. 

The  lighter.  Cuprum,  laden  with  wool  and 
Ore  and  manned  entirely  by  Greeks,  comes  along- 
side. The  Chinese  tally  clerk,  a  neat  person 
who  always  wears  white  shoes,  takes  up  his  posi- 
tion with  his  back  to  a  stay,  to  set  down  in  his 
tally  book  in  neat  English  hand-writing,  the 
number  and  distinguishing  marks  of  the  squatters' 
wool  bales  as  they  are  swung  inboard.  He  checks 
also  the  baskets  of  champagne  and  other  require- 
ments of  the  mines,  as  they  go  out. 

It  is  another  side  of  Australia,  with  which  Aus- 
tralians are  little  familiar. 


Ik 


The  products  of  this  coast  are  mostly  sent  for 
transhipment  to  Singapore.  It  is  cheaper  than 
shipping  them  to  Perth  and  thence  to  Europe. 
Depuch  Roads  make  the  port  for  Balla  Balla,  a 
rich  mineral  district,  where,  within  a  radius  of  20 
miles,  iron,  silver,  lead,  copper  and  gold  have  been 
worked  at  a  profit;  but  the  mineral  resources  of 
the  wide  North-West  are  practically  untouched. 
Competent  mining  authorities  predict  that  it  will 
yet  prove  the  Ophir  of  Australia. 

It  is,  somehow,  a  rich  mysterious  light  of  Ophir 
that  softly  glamors  all  the  afternoon.  Deepest 
greens  and  blues  and  reds  are  continually  coming 
and  going  over  sea  and  land.  A  green  tide  runs 
like  a  flooded  river  under  the  ship's  quarter,  and, 
beyond  the  colored  islets,  spreads  a  sea  of  abso- 
lute azure. 

Shoreward  rises  a  series  of  ruddy  hills,  with 
patches  of  vegetation  sprinkled  through  them. 

Around  a  wall  of  geranium-colored  rocks  the 
tide  rapidly  recedes  and  leaves  marine  growths 
of  vivid  hues  to  add  their  quota  to  the  painted 
picture. 

White  trunks  of  distant  gum  trees  are  sil- 
houetted against  the  universal  background  of  red. 
But  in  the  falling  sunset  everything  turns  to  rose 
and  gold.  For  the  mystery  and  romance  of  this 
enchanting  coast,  neither  the  stout  Greeks  in  the 
lighter  nor  the  brown  Malays  in  the  hold  have 
much  leisure.  They  are  kept  intensely  busy  to 
get  everything  in  and  out,  so  that  our  ship  may 

Ql 


666 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


L.  T^ 


The  Chinese  Tally  Clerk 


depart  upon  the  next  tide.  Tides  here  are  the 
constant  study  of  shipmen  and  to  this,  in  the 
typhoon  season,  is  added  a  constant  study  of  the 
glass. 

In  the  hghter's  cuddy — which  is  no  more  than 
a  square  malt  tank  cut  down  to  accommodate  an 
American  stove — a  huge  pot  of  stew  is  cooking. 
Demetrius,  the  lighterman,  has  evidently  learned 
to  appreciate  our  good  Australian  mutton,  of 
which  he  may  cheaply  procure  an  abundance  here. 
Such  wages  and  such  living  could  never  be  his 
along  a  Mediterranean  shore. 

Like  the  Italian,  he  is  a  good  colonist,  and  the 
children  of  both  make  fine  Australians. 

The  last  bale  is  inboard,  the  last  packet  slung 
over  the  side.  Our  anchor  is  lifted  out  of  a 
hyacinth  lake,  the  drops  falling  from  it  as  red  as 
zircons  when  it  leaves  the  water.  With  golden  and 
vermilion  clouds  floating  lightly  overhead,  we  slip 
onward  to  Port  Hedland  over  an  opaline  sea. 

From  Port  Hedland  a  railway  runs  through 
the  Pilbarra  goldfields  to  Marble  Bar — 125  miles. 
We  are  now  over  a  thousand  miles  from  Fre- 
mantle.  Marble  Bar  is  said  to  be  the  hottest 
place  in  Australia.  One  month  the  temperature 
averaged  112  degrees,  but — and  here  is  a  strik- 
ing fact — the  people  of  Marble  Bar  are  "White 
Australians"  to  a  man. 

Ask  any  of  these  residents — one  white  woman 
at  least  has  lived  there  for  18  years  and  mothered 


a  family  of  twelve — ask  them  without  prejudice 
if  they  regard  their  climate  as  healthy  and  live 
able  for  Europeans,  and  they  will  say  "Yes." 

They  tell  you  that  the  white  man  can  work  in 
the  sun  of  the  Australian  tropics  better  than  the 
black;  they  tell  you  that  they  are  singularly  free 
from  all  kinds  of  sickness,  and  they  point  with 
pride  to  their  children. 

All  this  can  doubtless  be  attributed  to  the  el 
ceeding  dryness  of  a  climate  wherein  the  moa 
intense  heat  is  invigorating  rather  than  enervaj 

ing- 

The  way  into    Port    Hedland  is  wicked  ar 
winding,  as  our  skipper  knows.     We  slow  dowr^ 
before  the  Outer  Bar,  and  the  voice  of  the  Malay 
leadsman  at  his  station  is  heard  droning — 

"Maark  Tree! 

"Undah  Quartah  Tree ! 

"Hahahrp  Tree — Dee-ee-p  pfour! 
"One'n'a  qwartah,  pfour,   Hahahrp  pfour"- 
Beyond  the  Inner  Bar  lies  a  sandy  point  on  whic 
the  houses  of  Port  Hedland  have  been  thrown 
one  hopes  more  from  expediency  than  choice. 


Heaving  the  Lead 


pie^ 


The  steamer  is  safely  landed  at  the  piej 
There  is  more  wool  to  load.  We  will  go  ashore 
and  hear  what  the  local  people  have  to  say  about 
things. 

They  are  all  firmly  convinced  that  they  live  in 
a   healthy  country.        There   are   mud   flats   and 


J 


DAMPIER'S  "MISERABLEST  COUNTRY" 


667 


m 


angrove  swamps  about  the  place,  but  it  is 
claimed  to  be  free  of  fever.       We  will  hear  from 

e  mountainous  O'Meara,  foreman  of  the  rail- 
ay  gang,  that  his  heavy  fellows  find  the  climate 
perfectly  healthy,  but  a  trifle  too  hot  for  mid- 
day work  during  a  summer  which  lasts  from 
November  to  March. 

His  fettlers  are  earning  15/-  a  day.  O'Meara, 
a  railway  builder  of  much  experience,  asserts 
emphatically  that  they  can  outlast  and  outwork 
any  colored  laborer. 

He  swears  that  one  white  railway  navvy  is 
worth  at  least  ten  coolies. 

O'Meara  is  not,  physically,  the  kind  of  person 
with  whom  one  would  care  to  argue  violently 
and  his  gang  look  more  like  gladiators  in 
the  pink  of  condition  than  the  weak  and  degener- 
ate white  man  who  is  usually  associated  with  the 
Tropics. 

Furthermore,  out  here  one  meets  the  finest  type 
of  man  Australia  is  producing.  They  are,  as  a 
body,  of  stalwart  and  enduring  physique; 
generous,  intelligent,  and  courageous  in  tempera- 
ment. 

No  band  of  frontiersmen  ever  met  difficulty 
r  danger  as  light-heartedly  as  that  bronzed 
bush  brigade  of  the  North-West. 

Our  Australian  bushmen  are  unequalled  riders, 
peerless  shots,  resourceful  hunters  and  brave  as 


men  may  be;  but  the  revolver  and  the  knife  have 
never  been  permitted  to  usurp  the  functions  of 
judge  and  jury  as  in  some  other  new  countries. 
Not  a  mining  camp  along  our  whole  continental 
line  of  advance  but  has  been  strictly  kept  to  law 
and  decency,  from  the  putting  in  of  the  first  pros- 
pector's peg  to  the  height  of  the  highest  rush. 
There  is  not  a  settled  district  throughout  the  Con- 
tinent to-day  where  men  carry  firearms,  although 
they  have  been  everywhere  free  to  do  so.  Only 
in  very  few  places  nowadays  in  the  far  North 
need  one  anticipate  any  trouble  with  natives.  No- 
where on  earth  is  there  a  greater  security  for 
every  citizen,  or  better  protection  for  life  and 
property  than  in  the  Australian  Commonwealth. 

Out  here,  where  the  pearler,  the  trepang- 
fisher,  the  trocus  and  tortoiseshell  gatherers,  and 
the  beche-de-mer  men  sail  over  yet  uncharted 
seas;  where  the  prospector,  the  drover  and  the 
stockman  ride  across  yet  unmapped  distances; 
where  police  stations  are  hundreds  of  miles  apart, 
there  is  no  open  lawlessness,  and — despite  a 
mixed  population — comparatively  little  crime. 

From  Port  Hedland  to  Broome  our  course  will 
be  across  a  corner  of  the  Amphinome  Shoals,  past 
Bedout  Island  lighthouse,  and  wide  of  the  Ninety- 
Mile  Beach  to  Roebuck  Bay. 

Broome  is  the  great  pearling  depot  of  the 
North-West.       Here  we  find  Asia  and  the  East 


m^a^i 


O'Meara,  Boss  of  the  Gang. 


668 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


On  the  Road  to  Marble  Bar 


Indies  fully  represented.  There  are  2,500  people 
in  Broome,  of  whom  1,500  are  aliens. 

In  a  business  street  we  will  read,  following  one 
another,  the  signs  of  Horimoto,  Japanese  cabinet 
maker;  Kazakos,  Greek  fish-vendor;  Ted 
Quinn,  Irish  saddler;  Chas.  Mummery,  English 
chemist. 

The  Charon,  having  £43,000  worth  of  pearl- 
shell  to  take  aboard,  we  can  go  ashore  for  dinner 
at  a  hotel,  where  Japanese  waiters  will  serve  us 
with  superior  mien.  We  will  see  the  many 
picturesque  activities  of  the  pearling  industry, 
and  hear  the  two  sides  of  the  case — all  of  which 
may  be  given  later. 

The  Asiatic  quarter  in  Broome  is  decidedly  un- 
pleasing.  It  consists  of  narrow  lanes  and 
insanitary  houses,  where  dirt  and  overcrowding, 
most  offensive  to  Australian  eyes,  certainly  pre- 
vail. 

Pearls  worth — before  the  war — four  to  five 
thousand  pounds  a  shell  are  sometimes  found. 
Pearls  worth  a  thousand  are  fairly  frequent. 

Life  on  these  white-sailed  luggers,  lying  east 
by  north  around  the  Western  Australian  coast  was 
worth,  to  the  adventurous,  more  than  the  price  of 
pearls.  Many  of  those  engaged  in  the  industry 
were  born  gamblers,  who  went  ashore  for  high 


play  now  and  then.  These  are  the  men  who  pay 
£500  for  a  good-looking  blister  and  sell  it  for  5s. 
ten  minutes  afterwards  if  it  proves  a  "duffer." 
The  luggers  watch  one  another  very  closely. 
When  they  see  a  fellow  away  out  off  the  land,  and 
guess  he  is  on  "shell,"  the  whole  visible  fleet 
swoops  down  on  the  spot  like  a  flock  of  gulls.  On 
Saturdays  the  supply  ships  go  out  with  wood  and 
water,  provisions  and  necessaries.  With  an  east 
wind,  not  too  strong,  the  pearler  is  happy.  The 
crews  at  the  pump  sing  as  the  shell  is  coming 
aboard  and  work  morosely  when  the  diver  is 
not  on  it.  The  deepest  pearling  grounds  which 
can  be  worked  are  at  22  and  23  fathoms.  Divers 
have  groped  for  shell  at  30  fathoms;  but  the 
mortality  is  high  enough  under  what  may  be  called 
normal  conditions.  The  principal  pearling 
grounds  are  from  Amphinome  Shoals  to  Roebuck 
Bay,  and  round  to  King  Sound.  The  celebrated 
'Southern  Cross'  pearl  was  found  at  the  Lacepede 
Islands.  It  is  said  that  this  queen  of  pearls  was 
discovered  in  a  shell  on  the  beach  and  first  sold 
for  25  shillings. 

The  natives  of  the  mission  station  on  Sunday 
Island  vary  the  cultivation  of  tropical  produce 
with  pearling — the  whole  coast,  before  the  war, 
was  more  or  less   interested   in   shell.        If  you 


i 


DAMPIER'S  "MIShlRABLEST  COUNTRY" 


669 


wanted  to  buy  pearls  cheap,  you  would  go  to  the 
yardmen  in  the  hotels.  You  might  get  a  bargain 
worth  £50  for  £5.  I  spoke  with  a  nice  little  man, 
who  produced  £120  worth  of  pearls  in  a  Cockles' 
pill-box  from  his  waistcoat  pocket.  There  was 
an  ex-policeman  along  the  coast  who  owned  a 
hotel  and   four  pearling  luggers.        There  were 


The  coast,  from  Sharks  Bay  northward,  is  all 
looked  upon  as  pearling  grounds,  but  the  work- 
able places  extend  intermittently  over  this  wide 
marine  area,  in  depths  up  to  26  fathoms. 

Shells  exists  in  deeper  waters  farther  from  the 
land,  but  it  cannot  be  got  at.  The  deeper  water 
gives  better  patches  of  shell,  just  as  the  most  in- 


Coongan  River,  Marble  Bar. 


men  who  went  to  the  coast  with  next  to  nothing — 
two  of  my  own  bush  school  mates  among  them — 
and  came  away  "close  up"  millionaries. 

It  is  a  romantic  life;  the  grounds  have  stories  as 
opaline  as  the  wide-lipped  shell  they  bear.  Out 
here  "Gentleman  James"  pursues  his  tossing  way 
among  a  thousand  sparkling  islands.  Out  here 
"Black  Jack"  goes  up  and  down  flying  the  pirate 
flag  on  his  lugger.  Down  here  come  queer  craft 
out  of  Java,  out  of  Koepang,  out  of  the  Malay 
Archipelago.  Without  doubt  Asian  strangers  are 
landed  at  times  in  quiet  bays,  mangrove  fringed, 
where  the  patrol  boats  of  the  Commonwealth,  if 
there  are  any,  do  not  go. 

The  pearling  industry  began  thirty  years  ago 
on  this  coast  with  naked  divers,  mostly  aborigines, 
who  fished  new  grounds  with  whale-boats.  When 
I  first  went  into  the  north-west  there  were  about 
3)500  men  engaged  in  pearling,  of  whom  a  few 
hundreds  were  whites. 


u 


accessible  regions  seem  to  hold  the  biggest  nuggets 
of  gold. 

This  industry  has  been  worth  £300,000  to 
£400,000  a  year  to  the  Commonwealth.  Before 
the  war  pearlers  reckoned  that  it  ought  to  yield 
five  millions  within  fifteen  years.  Pearling  is  not 
the  only  marine  industry  along  this  coast,  trepang, 
trocus  shell,  tortoise-shell,  beche-de-mer  are  all 
abundant. 

Diving  for  pearl-shell  has  been  brown  man's 
business.  The  mortality  among  white  divers  has 
always  been  heavy.  White  workers  earn  at 
wharf-labouring,  safely,  as  much  as  diving  would 
bring  them,  so  they  do  not  put  on  the  dress  and 
go  below.  Those  who  have  done  so,  mostly  got 
paralysis  and  died  or  else  got  out. 

Out  of  300  coloured  divers  on  the  coast  deaths 
average  20  a  year;  so  the  luggers'  crews  are  com- 
posed of  Malays,  Manilamen,  Javanese,  and 
Japanese.    The  latter  make  the  best  divers. 


670 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


These  men  sign  on  for  a  period  of  three  years 
at  thirty  shillings  a  month;  Singapore  is  the  re- 
cruiting ground.  Earnings  increase  to  50s.  a 
month  with  experience.  Practised  divers  get  £3 
a  month  and  a  "lay"  of  £30  a  ton  on  shell. 
Pearlers  whom  I  talked  with  in  Broome  said  their 


keep  a  warship  to  patrol,  probably  a  fleet  of  them. 
Men  would  land  to  get  wood  and  water  and 
abscond.  In  fine  they  preferred  to  live  under  the 
British  flag,  but,  if  driven  off  the  northern  coasts, 
they  could  live  under  another  and  still  take  pearls 
and  pearl-shell  from  Australian  waters. 


Japanese  Monument,  Broome. 


divers  were  making  £150  and  £200  a  year;  most 
of  which  they  spent  in  that  town  during  "lay-up" 
season.  They  believed  that  the  white  man  could 
not  dive.  If  the  Commonwealth  Government 
insisted  upon  a  White  Australia  policy  in  connec- 
tion with  the  pearling  industry,  the  luggers  would 
go  over  to  Java  and  register  under  the  Dutch 
flag.  This,  my  pearling  friends  explained,  would 
be  certain  to  cause  international  trouble  sooner 
or  later.  Luggers  would  come  across  and  work 
off  shore,  outside  the  three-mile  limit,  and  inside 
it  wherever  they  could.     Australia  would  have  to 


As  poaching  shell  along  a  coastline  of  800  miles 
presented  little  difficulty,  I  saw  no  reason  to 
doubt  their  statements.  Chinese  and  Arab 
owners  of  luggers  registered  in  Koepang  already 
carry  on  nefarious  trading.  They  can  see  a 
steamer's  smoke  a  long  way  off,  and  glide  away 
into  one  of  the  many  unknown  creeks  and  bays 
along  this  coast. 

The  Asiatics  are  quite  familiar  with  our  un- 
charted places. 

Most  of  the  business  in  Broome  is  carried  on 
by  Japanese.     It  may  be    true    that    during   the 


DAMPIER'S  "MISERABLEST  COUNTRY" 


671 


monsoon,  the  "lay-up"  season,  pearling  crews 
spend  ashore  nine-tenths  of  the  money  they  have 
earned  afloat,  but  they  spend  it  chiefly  among  their 
own  people.  In  Broome  one  finds  Japanese 
billiard-rooms,  Japanese  brothels,  Japanese  clubs, 
Japanese  doctors,  and  Japanese  stores.  Japanese 
newspapers  and  magazines  circulate,  and  the 
Japanese  language  is  written  and  spoken  more 
than  English.  The  Japs  import  their  food  and 
clothing  from  Nippon. 

Broome  wants  building  and  sanitation  by- 
laws badly.  It  might  be  made  a  beautiful  tropical 
city — the  palms  and  flowers  in  the  mission  garden 
and  the  houses  in  the  European  quarter  prove 
this — but  its  crowded,  neglected  Asiatic  quarters 
are  not  good  for  Asia,  and  reflect  no  credit  on 
Australia.  As  long  as  this  continent  contains 
alien  citizens  they  must  be  given  all  the  privileges 
of  citizenship,  and  encouraged,  or  compelled,  to 
carry  out  all  its  duties. 

The  people  of  Broome,  believing  that  their 
prosperity  depends  upon  pearling,  excuse  and 
tolerate  conditions  which  would  not  be  allowed 
to  exist  elsewhere  in  White  Australia. 

The  people  of  Broome  are  wrong.  Beyond 
pearling,  which,  like  mining,  is  always  a  specula- 
tive industry,  there  lie  permanent  pastoral  and 
agricultural  possibilities  for  their  districts — as  yet 
realized  by  very  few. 

Right  in  the  town  of  Broome  two  artesian  bores 
have  been  put  down.       Water  was  struck  at  1,600 


Landing  at  Broome 


A  Westralian  Mounted  Policeman 


feet  depth.       The  second  bore  yielded  a  million 
gallons  a  day. 

There  are  large  areas  of  pindan  country.  At  a 
hundred  feet  depth  everywhere  at  the  edge  of 
the  plain,  wells  yield  good  supplies  where  500 
to  1,000  head  of  cattle  can  be  watered.  The 
maximum  capacity  of  these  pindan  wells  is  esti- 
mated to  be  as  much  as  40,000  gallons  a  day. 

These  discoveries  have  begun  to  put  a  dif- 
ferent aspect  on  the  question  of  settlement. 
Fourteen  years  ago  there  was  no  water,  no  cattle 
— nothing.  Now  water  is  being  located  every- 
where, and  there  has  been  a  rapid  increase  of 
cattle  and  other  pastoral  development. 

It  is  a  relief  therefore  to  leave  the  Asiatic 
quarter  and  come  up  town  agair>  and  see  the  clean 
tropical  houses  of  the  Europeans,  built  up  on  piles 
or  masonry  pillars,  which,  with  their  wide  veran- 
dahs and  open  rooms,  ensure  health  and  coolness. 
Many  of  them  have  gardens,  for  the  red  sands  of 
Broome  will  grow  anything  if  watered.  The 
cable  station  is  a  fine  building,  with  trees  and 
grounds.  Occasional  street  palms  and  baobab 
trees,  with  a  beautiful  blaze  of  flowers  in  the 
Mission  garden,  show  how  this  tropical  town 
might  be  beautified. 

Like  all  the  North-Western  population,  the 
white  people  of  Broome  seem  well  and  robust. 
The  chemist  says  the  climate  "is  rather  too 
healthy  for  his  business."  Others,  who  have  an 
opportunity  of  forming  correct  conclusions,  sup- 
port this  statement. 

Of  course  there  are  people  who  drink  too  much 
whisky;  for  the  Australian  has  not  yet  realized 
that  overmuch  alcohol  is  quick  death  in  the 
tropics. 


-vS^. 


A  Camel  Train 


A  Camel  Sulky 


672 


DAMPIER'S  "MISERABLEST  COUNTRY" 


673 


I 


The  Camel  as  a  Lady's  Hack 


Leaving  Broome  in  the  heel  of  its  great  open 
bay,  its  placid  green-blue  waters  dotted  with 
white  sails  of  pearling  luggers,  we  will  sail  on 
through  the  Buccaneer  Archipelago  to  the  mouth 
of  King  Sound.  By  Cape  Leveque  terrific  tides 
make  white  water  on  seven-fathom  depths.  Our 
ship  will  go  down  the  Sound  with  a  ten-knot  tide 
that  stirs  up  the  mud  from  the  sea  bottom. 

We  are  landing  the  first  white  woman  for  the 
Leopold  Ranges,  and  she  is  getting  her  goods  and 
chattels  ready — chairs  that  unscrew,  wire  stret- 
chers which  will  roll  up,  mosquito  tents — the 
furniture  which  experience  of  outdoor  life  has 
told  her  to  collect.  Her  husband  is  going  up 
to  the  Leopold  to  take  charge  of  a  mining  pro- 
position, and  she  has  elected  to  go  with  him. 

We  have  reached  Derby,  the  last  place  of  any 
importance  on  this  coast  until  we  arrive  at 
Wyndham  in  Cambridge  Gulf,  at  the  other  side 
of  Kimberley,  537  miles  by  sea,  and  nearly  400 
miles  across  country  in  a  straight  line;  but  the 
journey  across  country  should  only  be  undertaken 
by  an  experienced  bushman,  for  a  large  part  of 
the  Kimberley  country  is  not  yet  occupied  by 
Europeans;  although  the  grapes  and  European 
fruits  found  growing  wild  there,  with  the  old  guns 
and  Dutch  relics  that  have  been  picked  up,  lend 
colour  to  the  belief  that  the  Dutch  established  a 
secret  outpost  here  hundreds  of  years  ago. 

From  Derby  to  Wyndham  lies  a  fertile  pro 
vince,  enjoying  a  regular  rainy  season.  It  is  an 
intensely  tropical  country  capable  of  producing 
rubber,  cocoanuts,  dates,  fibres,  coffee,  cotton, 
rice,  and  other  valuable  commodities.  Its  seas 
are  rich  in  pearls  and  trepang — which  is  prepared 
here  and  shipped  to  Macassar  and  Singapore 
Off  the  Kimberley  coast  lie  the  Lacepede  Islands, 
where  that  great  "Southern  Cross"  pearl  was 
found  a  few  years  ago. 


Occasional  pearls  that  bring  four  and  five 
thousand  and  many  worth  a  thousand  are  got 
along  this  coast.  Pearl  and  trocas  shell  are  a 
constant  export. 

The  rice  plant  is  indigenous  to  Kimberley,  as  to 
the  Northern  Territory.  Date  seeds  thrown 
casually  upon  the  soil  will  spring  up  in  the  wet 
season.  Here  flourishes  the  beautiful  baobab 
tree,  introduced,  mayhap,  in  the  far  past  by  Arab 
sailors.  Here  grow  a  thousand  tropical  plants, 
which  might  be  turned  to  profitable  account 
Sheep  and  long-horned  bullocks  the  Kimberley 
produces  most  successfully.  Cattle,  so  far,  have 
been  its  chief  export,  but,  its  future  will  not  be 
pastoral  only.  Its  vegetation  and  physical 
features  differ  from  the  rest  of  tropical  Aus- 
tralia. One  enters  the  Kimberley  forests  to  find 
beautiful  white  gums  drooping  over  long  brown 
grasses,  which  give  place  to  green  natural  pastures 
in  the  rainy  season. 

Native  trees  with  scarlet  beans  and  the  spread- 
ing baobab  displace  the  quiet  eucalypts  of  the 
South.  Both  surface  and  artesian  water  are 
plentifully  disbursed  over  this  as  yet  undeveloped 


As  a  Carriage  Horse 


territory;  which  also  abounds  in  gold  and  tin  and 
other  precious  metals.  In  its  beautiful  alluvial 
valleys  the  tamarind  trees  are  growing  from 
stock  dropped  originally  as  seed  by  visiting 
Malays,  perhaps  long  before  Cook  landed  at 
Botany  Bay.  Its  rivers,  lagoons  and  chains  of 
ponds  teem  with  fish  and  game.  If  it  were 
developed  by  closer  settlement  it  would  be  a  land 
of  Plenty  and  Profit.  It  is  not  wise  policy  that 
so  much  highly-productive  country  in  the  North 
should  remain  unoccupied.  With  conservation 
of  water,  ensilage,  tropical  agriculture  and  stock 
raising  on  small  areas  this  country  will  support 
thousands  of  prosperous  homes. 


674 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Captain  Dalgleish  and  "Paddy' 


the  rocks  which  constitute  the  backbone  of  the 
ranges. 

"These  rocks  are,  in  the  main,  granite,  basalt, 
and  other  volcanic  rocks,  limestone  and  sand- 
stone. As  may  be  expected  the  resulting  soils 
contain  a  plentiful  supply  of  mineral  plant-food 
elements.  The  aridity  of  the  climate,  which 
prevents  the  excessive  leaching  of  soluble  salts, 
tends  to  maintain  the  initial  fertility  of  such 
soils. 

"A  depth  of  free  soil,  such  as  we  are  not  accus- 
tomed to  in  the  South-West  is  a  striking  feature 
of  the  North-West  land. 

"From  the  Gascoyne  to  the  Yennary,  leguminJ 
ous  plants  abound.  The  solanums  are  alsej 
very  prominent  and  afford  an  explanation  of  th^ 
luxuriant  growth  of  tomatoes,  chillies,  cape 
gooseberries,  and  egg  fruit  (bringels),  found  il 
gardens. 

"Every  plant  met  with  is  pretty  well  an  edibU 
one,  and  few  there  are  that  sheep  or  other  stoclj 
will  not  eat  at  some  period  of  the  year. 

"This  variety  of  natural  feed  thus  giveS 
an  explanation  of  the  reason,  now  tha^ 
wells  and  artesian  bores  are  well  distributed 
over  the  country,  of  its  comparative  safety  evcfl 
in  years  of  drought. 


Lest  all  the  foregoing  should  be  regarded  as  an 
enthusiastic  defence  of  Dampier's  "Miserablest 
Country,"  it  is  advisable,  in  conclusion,  to  supple- 
ment it  by  some  extracts  from  official  sources: — 

Bulletin  No.  13  of  the  Department  of  Agri- 
culture of  Western  Australia,  is  entitled 

"The  Nor'-West  and  Tropical  North." 

The  author  of  this  most  valuable  report  is  Mr. 
A.  Despeissis,  M.R.A.C.,  and  ex-Commissioner 
for  Tropical  Agriculture. 

He  was  given  a  special  commission  from 
his  Government  to  go  into  the  whole  ques- 
tion of  agriculture  in  the  North-West  and  the 
Kimberleys,  and  the  report  embodies  the  result  of 
his  skilled  and  patient  investigations.  First  he 
has  something  to  say  about  the  soils: — 

"The  drainage  area  of  the  North-West  and 
Northern  Rivers  covers  immense  areas.  The 
country  forms  an  extensive  succession  of  prairie 
lands,  intersected  at  distances  by  the  beds  of 
rivers  and  watercourses,  a  number  of  which  only 
run  for  a  few  months  in  the  year.  These  im- 
mense plains  extend  between  the  sea  board  and 
the  ranges,  which  rise  about  60  to  lOO  miles 
from  the  coast. 

The  soil,  on  the  whole,  consists  of  deep  allu- 
vial deposits,  the  result  of  the  disintegration  of 


A  Baobab  Tree,  Derby 


^f^5  on  ^be  E^hua^C 


^ST 


_^\Af>- 


g^M^NPqR/^H 


I 


675 


676 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Date   Palm,   Yarrie 


"Except  in  isolated  spots,  which  are  appar- 
ently salty,  no  fears  of  a  rise  of  alkalies  need  be 
entertained.  The  analysis  of  soils  officially  taken 
strengthens  this  statement,  which  to  some 
extent  has  already  been  demonstrated  at  station 
gardens,  where  particularly  fine  vegetables  are 
grown  under  a  system  of  artificial  watering. 

"Over  the  North-West  the  soils  are  very  deep, 
and  to  a  great  depth  are  very  consistent  both 
physically  and  chemically.  In  that  respect  it  is 
much  like  Utah,  another  arid  country,  where 
the  valleys  are  broad  and  level,  the  soil  deep, 
and  every  foot  suitable  for  agricultural  pur- 
poses. There  it  is  found  that,  under  ordinary 
conditions,  the  soil  is  able  to  retain  in  each  foot 
an  amount  of  water  that  is  equivalent  to  about 
three  inches  of  rainfall.  The  average  total 
rainfall  for  Utah  is  12  inches,  which  could  be 
retained  by  about  four  feet  of  soil  according  to 
this  calculation.  Consequently  a  farm,  the  soil 
of  which  is  eight  feet  deep,  can  retain,  without 
loss  of  drainage,  the  total  rainfall  for  two  years, 
and  if  12  feet  deep,  the  rainfall  for  three  years, 
provided  the  land  be  thoroughly  and  suitably 
cultivated. 

"The  problem  therefore  which  concerns  the 
Utah  farmer  and  also  the  farmer  on  our  dry 
areas  in  a  great  measure  is  the  storage  of  as 
much  as  possible  of  the    rainfall    Into   the    soil. 


By  means  of  appropriate  surface  cultivation  this 
he  is  able  to  do  in  a  great  measure. 

"The  importance  of  deep  soils  is  recognised  in 
both  arid  and  irrigation  farming,  and  shallow 
soils  are  of  little  value  in  arid  farming. 

"From  the  Gascoyne  to  the  Ashburton,  where 
the  level  country  consists  of  10  to  20  feet  of  free 
loam,  the  conditions  required  for  retaining  rain- 
water are  distinctly  favourable. 

"Underneath  an  apparently  waterless  country 
it  has  been  proved  that  there  exist  vast  stores  of 
water,  which  every  few  miles  are  tapped  by 
means  of  wells. 

"The  objective  of  station  owners  is  to  provide 
water  for  stock  at  least  every  six  miles,  and 
unless  a  river  with  pools  of  water  runs  through 
the  country,  wells  are  now  put  down.  They 
are  from  10  to  100  feet  deep,  the  majority  20 
to  40  feet. 


Prospectors  of  Kitchener  Mine,  Bamboo  Creek 


"Of  late  years,  the  windmill  has  become  a 
familiar  feature  in  the  landscape,  and  when  the 
country  is  clear,  one  has  at  times  two  or  three 
mills  in  sight  when  travelling. 

"Inquiries  made  on  my  return,  from  Perth  and 
Fremantle  firms,  enable  me  to  state  that  during 


DAMPIIiR'S  "MISERABLEST  COUNTRY" 


677 


A  Ship  of  the  Desert 


the  last  five  or  six  years  over   1,200  windmills 
have  been  sold  for  the  North-West." 

Now  comes  a  statement  of  supreme  import- 
ance. As  a  flash  suddenly  illuminates  and  makes 
clear  the  darkness  of  a  landscape,  so  does  this 
statement,  solidly  grounded  on  scientific  fact, 
throw  a  clear  white  light  on  the  problem  of  the 
conquest  and  development  and  effective  occupa- 
tion of  an  enormous  territory. 

"From  the  Gascoyne  to  the  Ord  in  Kimberley, 
over  twenty  rivers  carry  away  the  flood  water 
during  the  rainy  season,  and  drain  an  immense 
stretch  of  country  about  2,000  miles  wide. 

"The    conservation    of    portion    of    the    flood 
water    which   at  times    runs  to   the    sea   is    an 
engineering  proposition  which  I  am  told  by  the 
officers  of  the  Water  Conservation  Department 
offers  no  difficulty/ 
"When    the   North-West   rivers    are   properly 
"dammed,  and  a  systematic  method  of  water  con- 
"servation  and  distribution  is  effected,  millions  of 
"acres  of  rich  plains   along  lengthy  river  front- 
"ages  will  be    made   available    for  the    plough. 
"Land  bringing  los.  per  i ,000  acres  rental  will 
"sell  for  as  many  pounds  an  acre."       Back  the 
prospect  this  opens  up  with  the  knowledge  that 
"systematic  borings  have  revealed  the  presence  of 
"an  almost  continuous  artesian  supply   of  water 
"around  the  coast-line  of  JVestern  Australia  be- 
"tween  the  tableland  and  the  sea-shore,"  that  vast 
areas  of   sub-artesian   water   have   already  been 
located  at  Kimberley,   and  out  as  far  as  Hall's 
Creek,  and  imagine  what  the  future  of  this  coun- 
try will  be  for  irrigationist  and  pastoralist  alike!" 
Remember  also  in  regard  to  the  former  that 
enormous    deposits    of    guano    exist    along    the 


coast  from  Sharks  Bay  northward,  and  that 
lime  in  abundance  is  found  through  the  North- 
West  and  Kimberley. 

The  report  afl'irms  further  on  that — 

"The  soil  of  the  North-West  in  every  respect, 
both  physically  and  chemically,  is  suitable  for 
raising  some  kind  of  tropical  crops,  the  choice 
of  which  would  be  governed  to  a  great  extent  by 
the  amount  of  moisture,  either  naturally  or  arti- 
ficially imparted  to  that  soil. 

"A  vast  area  of  fertile  country,  well  watered, 
remains  yet  to  be  opened  on  high  plateaus  north 
of  the  King  Leopold  Range,  and  there  again 
the  country  will  probably  be  found  to  be  cap- 
able of  carrying  a  white  farming  population. 

"Provided  some  of  those  comforts  which 
abound  in  other  tropical  countries  are  procur- 
able, the  North,  for  seven  or  eight  months  in 
the  year,  can  be  made  as  pleasant  as  almost  any 
portion  of  Australia.  Women,  probably  on 
account  of  their  sedentary  life,  do  not  stand  the 
climate  as  well  as  do  men,  who  live  mostly  out- 
doors." 


^^ 


/*  '     j\    ^    VIM    r      • 


k 


A  Trolly  driven  by  Sail 


678 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


This  statement  applies  pretty  generally  to 
Northern  Australia.  It  opens  up  an  aspect  of 
European  settlement  which  has  been  fully  con- 
sidered in  another  part  of  this  book.  The  Com- 
monwealth, with  less  than  five  million  people, 
annually  imports  £4,382,000  of  products  cap- 
able of  being  grown  in  her  own  tropical  North. 
As  our  population  increases  this  sum  will  increase 
with  it.  Australia  has  reached  a  stage  when 
she  must  take  into  very  serious  consideration  the 
effective  occupation  and  development  of  her 
tropics,  which  extend  over  hundreds  of  thousands 
of  square  miles. 

Among  the  crops  which  the  North-West  and 
Kimberley  are  capable  of  producing  profusely — 
according  to  the  Department  of  Agriculture — are 
almonds,  apricots,  arrowroot,  bananas,  bread- 
fruit, coffee,  cocoa,  cocoanuts,  cotton,  dates,  pea- 
nuts, grapes,  maize,  oranges,  olives,  rice — "which 
should  become  for  the  tropical  North  what  wheat 


now  is  for  the  southern  part  of  Australia" — 
rubber — there  grows  in  Kimberley  a  native 
gutta  percha  tree,  and  an  allied  native  rubber 
which  extends  over  the  Territory  and  North 
Queensland — sesamum,  sisal  hemp,  tobacco  and 
other  tropical  and  sub-tropical  crops. 

Such  being  the  case,  it  only  remains  for  wise 
Governmental  policy  to  rapidly  develop  a  large 
area  of  this  continent,  which  we  have  proved  to 
be  anything  but  the  "miserablest  country"  in  the 
world. 

Already  the  land  richly  produces  wheat, 
beef,  mutton,  wool,  horses,  pigs,  and 
other  crops  and  stock  of  commercial  value. 
Its  possibilities  have  hardly  been  glanced 
over,  its  potentialities  are  yet  unknown, 
but  with  correct  treatment,  it  can  be  made 
like  the  rest  of  Australia — a  land  of  wealth, 
health,  and  happiness  for  many  millions  of  the 
White  Race. 


'\-    ^ 


Sheep  at  the  Harding  Biver 


■■*«,. 

^s 

„  .^    J 

■> 

■ 

r^ 

CTH 

The  City  of  Perth 


WHAT  THE  WEST  WILL  DO 


S 


li 


PICER  was  my  cabin  mate  on  the 
voyage  to  Western  Australia.  He 
had  been  to  Ashanti,  the  Gold  Coast, 
western  and  southern  America,  China,  Siberia, 
the  Rand,  all  places  where  gold  men  go. 
But  Coolgardie,  at  the  height  of  its  glory, 
was  the  thing  of  his  experience.  He  was 
ike  an  Alpine  climber  who  in  his  time  has  looked 
iver  many  tall  mountains,  but  has  a  vivid  memory 
of  one  transcendent  peak  that  rises  above  all  the 
others.  Spicer,  after  the  manner  of  mining  ex- 
perts, was  retrospective  and  prophetic.  He  recol- 
lected how  in  the  early  days  25  miners  perished, 
going  out  to  a  new  Westralian  rush,  because 
Lindsay's  Afghan  camel-drivers  forgot  or  mis- 
understood the  instructions,  and  failed  to  follow 
up  the  excited  prospectors  with  supplies  of  water. 
He  predicted  that  the  Pamirs  will  be  the  copper 
country  of  the  future  and  Bolivia  the  land  of  tin. 
He  swore  by  the  Krooboy,  invariably  dressed  for 
dinner,  though  the  custom  was  optional  on  our 
merely  interstate  steamer,  and  growled  because 
he  had  to  be  in  Mexico  in  a  few  weeks,  revolution 
or  not.  He  was  familiar  with  all  the  known 
and  unknown  processes  for  the  reduction  of  pay- 
able or  unpayable  minerals,  and  he  had  3,000 
photographs,  taken  by  himself,  of  the  gold  mines 
of  the  world. 

Spicer  had  been  shot  in  Portuguese  Africa,  and 

sunstruck     in    Arizona.       He     was     a     walking 

azetteer,  a  mine  of  splendid  stories,  an  interest- 

ng  and  instructive  travelling  companion,  with  re- 

ned  tastes  in  literature  and  sound  judgment  in 

cigars. 


i 

ci 


In  Western  Australia  you  will  yet  meet  many 
men  of  this  type,  for  Western  Australia,  until 
then  a  mere  British  colony  of  the  dullest  type, 
suddenly  became,  in  the  early  nineties,  a  golden 
Mecca  towards  which  pilgrims  began  to  pour  from 
the  four  corners  of  civilisation,  and  especially 
from  the  forty-four  corners  of  its  frontiers. 

There  have  been,  and  no  doubt  will  continue 
to  be  in  this  world,  sons  of  Jacob  who  will  be 
farming  men  and  stay  peacefully  at  home  and  go 
the  rounds  of  the  nests  after  the  laying  hens,  and 
sons  of  Esau  who  will  chase  the  wild  goose  from 
Alaska  to  Leonora,  and  after  resting  awhile,  re- 
pursue  that  elusive  bird  to  Meekatharra  and 
Marble  Bar. 

Since  the  world  grows  smaller  year  by  year, 
and  German  cannon  carry  twenty  miles,  it  is  well, 
mayhap,  that  one-third  of  a  continent  remains  to 
the  adventurers.  It  is  the  devout  prayer  of  the 
author  that  when  Australia  Unlimited  is  issued 
the  greatest  war  of  history  will  be  over.  Its  con- 
clusion should  leave  some  hundreds  of  thousands 
of  stout-hearted  Europeans  with  nowhere  par- 
ticular to  go,  and  nothing  in  particular  to  do.  Let 
them  give  Australia  their  serious  consideration. 
Let  them  reflect  that  the  western  third  of  this 
continent  contains  a  total  area  of  over  six  hundred 
and  twenty-four  and  a  half  million  acres,  of  which 
I3>5 84,000  acres  are  in  process  of  alienation. 
Let  them  remember  that  at  this  date  the  total 
population  of  Western  Ausralia  was  only 
318,016. 

The  United  States  expects  to  get  five  million 
new  immigrants  after  the  war.  There  is  no 
country  which  has  more  need  for  immigrants  than 


679 


68o 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Western  Australia,  while  its  vast  and  varied 
desmesnes  will  give  employment  and  wealth  to 
millions.  The  total  number  of  its  inhabitants  is 
not  yet  greater  than  half  the  population  of  Sydney. 
Imagine  an  area  of  957,920  square  miles  holding 
a  population  hardly  equal  to  that  of  a  London 
suburb,  when  it  is  capable  of  sustaining  all  the 
people  of  England  and  FVance  in  greater  comfort 
than  they  ever  enjoyed  before  the  great  war. 

Although  the  people  of  Western  Australia  are 
so  few  in  numbers  they  have  achieved  great  things. 

At  the  end  of  the  financial  year  19 15-16  the 
State  had  produced  gold  to  the  value  of  125^  mil- 
lions; add  to  this  nearly  a  million  pounds  worth  of 
copper,  nearly  a  million  pounds  worth  of  coal,  and 
nearly  a  million  and  a  quarter  pounds  worth  of 
tin,  and  it  makes  a  fine  total  from  mineral  wealth 
alone. 

In  1915-16  the  State  had  1,867,547  acres  under 
crop  with  edible  grains.  The  value  of  timbers 
exported  during  that  year  totalled  £442,014,  of 
pearl  shell  £162,597  ('"  1913  't  had  been 
£374,729),  of  wool  £1,273,183,  and  of  wheat 
£1,023,362. 

In  fine,  the  trade  of  three  hundred  thousand 
people — men,  women,  and  children — was  worth 
£8,983,000  in  imports,  and  £8,040,484  in  ex- 
ports. 

Our  voyage  across  the  Bight  from  Adelaide 
occupied  four  days,  during  which  one  had  an 
opportunity  of  discussing  the  West  and  its 
problems  with  many  home-going  passengers. 
Most  of  these  people  had  migrated  from  the  east- 
ern States  of  Australia  during  the  great  gold-find- 
ing period.  Beyond  an  occasional  trip  East,  which 
they  may  take  for  sentimental  or  business  reasons, 
none  of  them  wished  to  return.  They  were 
enthusiasts  whom  the  "Golden  West"  had  claimed 
for  evermore.  They  seemed  universally  proud 
of  their  adopted  country,  realised  her  incalculable 
resources,  and  fervently  believed  in  her  future. 
This  fine  local  patriotism  is  general  throughout 
the  West. 

The  gold  fever  brought  the  cream  and  the 
dregs  of  the  Eastern  States.  It  is  safe  to  say  the 
dregs  have  long  drained  away:  the  cream  remains. 
You  meet  loveable  and  hospitable  folks  all  over 
Australia,  but  there  is  a  fine  hospitality  and  rugged 
manliness  about  Western  Australia  which  invites 
the  stranger  to  prolong  his  stay. 

F"or  a  student  of  pioneer  character  there  is  a 
golden  field  wherein  will  be  found  at  their  highest, 
those  British  qualities  which  glorified  the 
shambles  of  Yser,  and  lit  with  rainbow  light  the 
darkness  of  the  mine-strewn  submarine-haunted 
North  Sea. 

Among  that  quiet  well-behaved  crowd  of  West- 
erners In  the  Kyarra's  spacious  saloon,  there  were 


some  whose  ventures,  privations,  failures,  and 
achievements  would  make  volumes  as  interesting 
as  the  best  of  fiction. 

You  meet  such  characters  all  through  the  un- 
peopled distances  of  this  great  State.  They  are 
not  boastful — the  Britisher  holds  it  small  to  boast 
— but  they  have  gone  through  remarkable  experi- 
ences without  losing  grip;  and  their  atmosphere  is 
one  of  quiet  strength  and  great  self-reliance. 

From  home-going  Western  Australians  I 
gathered  preliminary  good  impressions  of  a 
country  which  was  new  to  me. 

My  first  near-view  of  Western  Australia — 
whose  coasts  gave  European  eyes  their  earliest 
impressions  of  a  new  continent — was  gained  on  a 
grey  May  morning,  near  Albany. 

Islands,  bluish  bays,  and  cone-shaped  peaks 
grew  more  distinctly  from  the  water.  Then  came 
Albany  with  bare  granite  rocks,  splashes  of  dark 
shrub,  steep  low  cliffs,  sandy  beaches,  and  blue 
low-lying  hills.  Slaty  clouds  drifted  away.  The 
land  before  us  was  lit  by  a  pale  orange  light,  a 
land  with  an  air  of  mysterious  distances,  drawing 
you  towards  them  with  the  ancient  Lure  of  Gold ! 

A  cool  north  wind  was  blowing,  which  would 
be  anything  but  cool  In  summer.  Slow  Westerners 
on  the  upper  deck  awakened  at  the  approach  of 
home.  Soft  lights  glowed  in  their  eyes;  but  they 
did  not  display  the  wild  enthusiasm  with  which 
returning  Sydney  people  enter  the  Heads  of  Port 
Jackson. 

Cone-shaped  hills  in  the  background  rose 
higher,  mottled  granites  of  nearer  hills  grew 
plainer,  and  with  the  sun  at  last  ascendant,  we 
glided  over  a  spacious  harbor  to  the  pier. 

Although  Albany  is  so  far  south  In  latitude,  it 
seems  tropical  In  climate  and  conditions.  While 
the  ship  lay  at  her  wharf  a  tremendous  rain- 
storm, reminiscent  of  Northern  Queensland,  swept 
across  the  bay.  The  beauties  of  Albany  Harbor 
compensate  for  a  certain  dullness  In  the  town.  It 
is  a  summer  resort  for  the  Goldfields,  the  centre 
of  a  growing  agricultural  district,  and  a  port  of 
some  importance.  It  Is  the  capital  of  the  South- 
West,  and  the  South-West  contains  fifty  million 
acres  of  virgin  agricultural  land  waiting  for  occu- 
pation and  development.  Rainfall  along  the  coast, 
Albany  to  Cape  Leeuwin,  Is  from  30  to  50  Inches 
annually.  Soils  of  the  South-West  vary  from  sandy 
to  heavy  chocolate  loams,  producing  potatoes, 
onions,  root  crops,  cereals,  maize,  and  millet; 
fruit — especially  apples — and  general  produce. 
Dairy  farming  is  yet  only  In  Its  infancy,  but 
a  proved  success. 

When  cleared  of  timber  this  land  becomes 
splendid  natural  pasture.  It  can  be  rendered 
more  productive  by  the  sowing  of  artificial  grasses, 
which  grow  readily. 


68i 


682 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Guano  deposits  are  believed  to  exist  in  caves 
along  this  coast.  There  is  scope  for  irrigation 
and  intensive  farming  on  drained  swamp-lands. 

Living  areas  well  watered  and  productive  are 
practically  gi\'en  away  by  the  Government.  The 
climate  is  perfect,  the  summer  temperature  rarely 
above  80  degrees. 

Fremantle  is  usually  the  first  Australian  port 
visited  by  steamers  coming  out  zia  the  Suez  Canal. 
It  is  interesting,  but  unbeautiful.  Large  sums  of 
public    money    have    been    expended    on    harbor 


tralian  culture  and  progress,  will  benefit  by 
association.  The  Commonwealth  will  gain  more 
from  this  transcontinental  railway  than  mere 
pecuniary  profit  on  outlay 

It  was  Empire  Day  when  I  arrived  in  Perth. 
Some  thousands  of  State  school  children  were 
assembled  in  one  of  the  public  parks. 

Western  Australia  has  an  educational  system 
similar  to  that  of  the  other  States.  Primary  educa- 
tion is  free  and  compulsory.       General  religious 


Yachting  on  the  Swan  Elver 


works.  Since  the  discovery  of  the  goldfields  F  re- 
mantle  has  become  a  shipping  and  transhipping 
depot  for  an  enormous  territory  containing  the 
greater  part  of  Western  Australia's  present  popu- 
lation. The  connecting  of  Fremantle  with 
Melbourne  by  rail  is  going  to  effect  a  great  change 
in  western  commercial  life.  Mails  will  be  brought 
overland  daily.  Transport  of  passengers  and  goods 
between  the  East  and  West  will  be  shortened 
by  days,  and  two  countries.  East  and  West,  welded 
more  closely.  One  result  will  be  that  the  more 
populous  East  will  gain  a  better  understanding  of 
the  undeveloped  West  and  its  needs.  The  West, 
by  coming  into  closer  contact  with  centres  of  Aus- 


teachings  are  given.  Compulsion  is  regulated  by 
the  distance  of  parents  from  established  schools, 
two  miles  being  the  limit  for  children  between  the 
ages  of  six  and  nine.  For  those  between  nine  and 
fourteen,  three  miles.  But  the  State  makes  a 
driving  or  riding  allowance  at  the  rate  of  sixpence 
per  day  for  the  children  of  settlers  beyond  this 
radius,  if  the  child  attends  school  regularly  and 
punctually.  Every  effort  is  made  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Education  to  carry  the  school  to  farthest 
back.  Provisional  schools  are  established  on  an 
average  minimum  attendance  of  ten  pupils.  Vast 
as  the  State  is,  the  immigrant  need  have  little  fear 
that  his  children  will  not  receive  the  same  educa- 


WHAT    THE    WEST    WILL    DO 


683 


^^m): 


Bathers  on  the  Swan  Biver 


nal  opportunities  as  those  of  the  more-settled 
East.  By  means  of  provisional,  half-time,  and 
sparsely-populated  districts  schools,  the  Depart- 
ment follows  the  pioneer.  The  system  of  training 
has  wisely  been  adapted  to  meet  probable  require- 
ments of  a  generation  destined  to  carry  on  the 
work  of  settlement  and  occupation.  It  aims  at 
being  more  than  usually  practical.  The  school 
buildings  are  designed  with  proper  attention  to 
lighting  and  ventilation,  with  class-rooms  giving 
an  allowance  of  eleven  square  feet  space  to  each 
child.  Systematic  medical  and  dental  examina- 
tions of  all  State  school  children  are  carried  out. 
Beyond  primary  schools  is  the  Perth  Modern 
School,  and  the  new  University.  Bursaries  and 
exhibitions  are  part  of  the  system,  with  continua- 
tion classes  and  technical  schools  in  the  larger 
towns.  It  is  intended  that  Perth  University  shall 
be  a  free  and  democratic  institution,  and  its  cur- 
riculum more  practical  than  classical.  A  Chair 
of  Agriculture  has  been  privately  endowed. 

So  much  for  the  school  system  of  the  Great 
West.  The  scholars  assembled  in  loyal  demon- 
stration that  day  seemed  of  lighter  physical  mould 
than  the  children  of  Eastern  Australia,  somewhat 
browner  than  Tasmanian  or  Victorian  children, 
but  doubtless  quite  as  healthy  and  enduring  as  any 
other  Australian  type. 

The  people  of  Perth  approximate  to  the  people 
of  Brisbane  in  physical  appearance.     The  native- 


k 


born  men  are  tall  and  lean,  the  women  smart,  tall, 
and  generally  good-looking.  There  is  a  local 
tradition  that  the  eastern-bred  woman  has  to  go 
home  from  time  to  time  to  keep  healthy;  a  theory 
based,  I  imagine,  more  on  sentiment  than  fact. 

All  my  enquiries,  general  and  scientific,  indicate 
that  the  climate  of  Perth,  at  least,  is  no  more  try- 
ing to  European  women  than  the  climate,  of 
Sydney.  There  are  no  complaints  among  the 
native-born.  Some  of  the  freshest  and  healthiest- 
looking  girls  in  Australia  are  to  be  found  in 
Kalgoorlie. 

The  national  emblem  of  the  West  is  the  black 
swan,  mentioned  by  Juvenal,  and  later  by 
Camoens.  Specimens  were  probably  introduced 
into  Europe  from  Western  Australia  long  before 
Pontius  Pilate  represented  Roman  government  in 
Jerusalem. 

The  emblem  is  everywhere  patriotically  dis- 
played, on  the  summits  of  buildings,  at  the  bows 
of  steamers,  in  shop  windows,  on  post-cards, 
letter-heads,  stamps,  flags,  and  various  appropri- 
ate surfaces.  Some  of  the  commercial  swans  look 
exceedingly  like  geese,  but  the  official  swans  are 
generally  graceful  and  pleasing. 

On  the  Swan  River,  which  greatly  adds  to  the 
attractions  of  Perth,  flocks  of  black  swans  are  fre- 
quent; the  birds  are  legally  protected,  tame, 
despite  the  passing  of  steamers,  motor-boats,  and 
all  the  disturbing  machinery  of  civilisation. 


684 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Perth,  with  its  107,000  people,  is  a  beautiful 
and  attractive  city.  I  used  to  think  of  it  as  a  very 
dry  and  dusty  place,  but  during  the  several 
pleasant  busy  weeks  I  spent  there  rain,  heavy  rain 
at  that,  was  rather  too  frequent. 

During  fifteen  years  the  modern  city  has  been 
built.  St.  George's  Terrace,  overlooking  the  Swan, 
is  one  of  the  finest  streets  in  Australia,  running 
from  an  important  business  thoroughfare  into  a 
residential  avenue. 


sees,  beyond  a  vista  of  embowered  villas  built  in 
Swiss  and  Italian  styles,  a  fine  city  spreading  to- 
wards a  background  of  blue  hills,  he  realises  that 
the  West  also  is  good. 

In  King  Park  expansive  lawns,  plots  of  glorious 
flowers,  groves  of  ornamental  trees  gleam  in  the 
foreground  facing  the  city.  Behind  them  still 
grows  a  native  vegetation,  comprising  the  oldest 
and  most  enduring  forms  among  surviving  botani- 
cal species. 


Ascot  Racecourse,  Perth 


Between  the  modern  houses  of  new  Perth,  old 
shingle-roofed  dwellings  are  still  sandwiched,  but 
these  examples  of  cruder  architecture  are  rapidly 
disappearing. 

Blue  clear  winter  skies,  cool  winds,  and  soft 
rains  are  etched  deeply  into  my  impressions  of 
Western  Australia,  particularly  of  Perth.  These 
things  the  eastern  Australian  finds  hard  to  realise. 
He  has  been  schooled  by  jaundiced  teachers  into 
a  belief  that  the  West  is  chiefly  composed  of  sandy 
wastes.  When  the  astonished  Easterner  takes  his 
first  walk  through  King  Park  and,  from  the  sum- 
mit of  a  curving  terrace,  beholds  the  lawns  and 
gardens  of  the  West,  sees  the  lovely  waters  of 
Swan  River,  dotted  with  motor-boats  and  yachts; 


Beautiful  scarlet,  white,  and  yellow-flowerec 
eucalypti  overhang  red  gravel  roads,  char- 
acteristic of  Perth.  Black  oak,  xanthorrhea, 
stunted  gums,  give  the  dark  native  bush  a 
generally  sombre  appearance.  Where  other 
growths  find  root  in  its  fertile  sands  and 
clays  they  are  invested  with  greater  bright- 
ness by  the  contrast.  The  palm  tree  and 
the  fig  tree  naturally  flourish  in  a  congenial  clim- 
ate. Western  Australia's  dark-looking  sandy 
bush  lands,  cleared,  cultivated,  and  planted  under- 
go a  magical  transformation.  Anywhere  around 
Perth,  one  can  study  this  wonderful  process  of 
assimilation.  On  the  one  side  yellow  sterile-looking 
sands  carrying  their  curious  native  growths,  on 


WHAT    THE    WEST    WILL    DO 


685 


■e  oti 


The  Swan  River  at  Perth 


lU 

tc 


i€  Other  side  the  same  sands  transformed  into 
glossy  lawns  and  gardens.  Elsewhere  similar 
results  can  be  observed — the  no-account  sands  are 
being  converted  into  orchards  and  fields. 

Ten  acres  of  such  soils  are  enough  to  support 
a  family.  The  Department  of  Agriculture  asserts 
that  a  settler  worth  £30  an  acre,  initial  capital,  is 
certain  of  a  living  on  that  area,  which  will  give 
him  abundant  crops  of  apples,  pears,  plums, 
peaches,  apricots,  and  grapes.  The  orchards  of 
Western  Australia  are  remarkably  free  from 
pests;  the  fruit  produced  is  among  the  very  best 
in  this  Commonwealth. 

Perth  and  its  suburbs  find  constant  market  for 
quantities  of  fruit.  A  large  surplus  of  suitable 
\  arieties  is  now  annually  exported. 

Within  a  radius  of  20  miles  from  the  capital 
the  student  of  agriculture  and  settlement  will 
secure  enough  practical  example  to  convince  him 
that  Western  Australia  can  support  her  millions 
too. 

He  need  go  no  further  than  the  village  of  Guild- 
ord  to  discover  that  the  sombre  South-West  is 
really  a  land  wherein  Time  has  stored  the  produc- 
tive powers  of  half-a-dozen  geologic  periods; 
where  Nature  has  concentrated  the  germinating 
forces  of  a  hundred  epochs  and  covered  them  with 
coarse  carpets  for  their  better  preservation — or 
disguise. 


Guildford  is  an  old  settlement  with  many  archi- 
tectural relics  of  earlier  Western  days.  It  is  the 
centre  of  a  proved  district,  where  farming  and 
fruit-growing  have  been  carried  on  for  many 
years. 

The  author  went  over  the  wonderful  vineyards 
of  Mr.  G.  Barrett-Lennard,  which  are  an  illustra- 
tion of  what  the  West  will  do.  It  was  the  i6th 
of  June  when  we  visited  this  place.  A  second  crop 
of  grapes  was  ripening  on  some  of  the  vines.  The 
main  crop — which  is  annually  held  back  to  reach 
the  London  market  at  the  most  profitable  time — 
had  been  harvested. 

This  vineyard  is  irrigated  by  water  pumped  to 
a  main  storage  and  gravitated  thence  to  the  vines. 
It  occupies  some  hundreds  of  acres,  and  represents 
thousands  of  pounds  of  invested  capital  and  a 
life's  work,  but  the  proprietor  has  the  satisfac- 
tion of  receiving  the  best  prices  paid  for  table 
grapes  in  the  City  of  London,  where  he  stands  in 
competition  with  the  growers  of  the  world. 

Exhibit  after  exhibit  from  the  Barrett-Lennard 
vineyard  has  brought  an  array  of  first  prizes  which 
stand  to  the  joint  credit  of  individual  enterprise 
and  the  State. 

Mr.  Barrett-Lennard  informed  us  that  the  de- 
mand was  inexhaustible.  Year  by  year  he  has 
added  to  the  area  under  cultivation,  investing  his 
capital  with  perfect  faith  in  the  future  of  an  indus- 
try which  he  has  greatly  pioneered  in  the  West. 


686 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Rainfalls  in  this  district  are  adequate.  Soils  of 
this  vineyard  generally,  are  of  a  friable  character. 
What  this  experienced  vigneron  described  as  his 
most  prolific  and  profitable  section,  was  apparently 
no  more  than  a  patch  of  white  sand. 

Passing  through  Guildford  and  on  towards 
Mundaring  one  sees  the  beginnings  of  settlement 
on  small  areas.  The  bush  is  still  dark  and  sombre, 
covering  soils  of  an  unpromising  appearance  in 
eastern  eyes.  But  their  quality  has  been  proved  to 
the  satisfaction  of  scores  of  small  settlers  who  are 
busily  clearing  and  planting  orchard  blocks.  Their 
little  weatherboard  cabins  are  still  surrounded  by 
ringbarked  or  fired  timber.  Patches  of  trees  have 
in  some  places  been  uprooted  by  explosives,  leav- 
ing large  holes  in  the  ground.  Whereas  houses 
around  the  older  settlements  are  beautified  by 
orchards  and  ornamental  trees,  these  places  are 
still  raw  and  crude,  but  all  pregnant  with  the  same 
fruitful  possibilities.  Yellow  soils  that  to-day  are 
thickly  burdened  by  jarrah,  xanthorrhea,  broad- 
leaved  banksias  and  macrozamia,  will  in  a  few 
years  be  growing  the  finest  of  the  world's  fruits. 

As  the  old  houses  along  the  Swan  are  surround- 
ed by  luxuriant  foliage,  these  cabins  will  have 
given  place  to  modern  cottages  and  villas  dozing 
happily  among  their  groves  of  sunlit  trees. 

One  notices  that  bananas  flourish  in  the  Chinese 
gardens  along  the  Swan  River,  and  a  few  miles 
further  inland  at  Mundaring  apples  of  the  very 
finest  quality  are  freely  grown,  so  that  there  will 
be  a  wide  range  of  trees  from  which  the  planter 
may  select  his  stocks. 

In  another  direction,  but  still  not  far  from  the 
capital,  is  a  settlement  called  Lower  Roleystone. 
Here  the  author  inspected  the  holding  of  a  settler 
named  Butcher,  who  on  a  somewhat  hilly  section 
of  typical  south-western  country  has  done  exceed- 
ingly well  with  citrus  fruits. 


This  settler  came  in  here  24  years  ago.  He 
began,  he  tells  you  simply,  by  supplying  timber 
to  local  mills.  Gradually  he  became  interested  in 
fruit-growing.  Twenty  years  gone  he  planted  57 
orange  trees.  They  are  still  there — two  rows. 
He  has  taken  from  these  two  rows  of  trees  1,200 
cases  of  fruit  in  a  year,  worth  £500.  Finding  the 
orange  pay  he  gradually  increased  his  trees  to  400. 
He  has  installed  a  simple  and  inexpensive  irriga- 
tion scheme  and  waters  his  trees  once  every  three 
weeks  in  the  bearing  season — from  January  to 
April. 

His  thorny  mandarins,  seedlings,  have  given 
him  15  cases  to  the  tree,  worth  15s.  a  case.  His 
markets  have  been  confined  to  Perth  and  the  Gold- 
fields.  This  excellent  settler  is  a  native  of  West- 
ern Australia  and  47  years  of  age  at  the  time  of 
our  interview.  He  told  us  candidly  that  he  began 
with  a  borrowed  five  pound  note.  He  was  now 
the  owner  of  5,000  acres  of  land,  had  an  increas- 
ing income  from  sheep,  horses,  and  fruit,  and  was 
worth  at  least  seven  or  eight  thousand  pounds. 
He  had  recently  been  offered  £3,000  for  his  15 
acres  of  orangery,  but  declined  to  sell.  What  this 
man  has  achieved  in  the  South-West,  thousands 
of  others  may  also  do — thousands  have  already 
done. 

Like  the  successful  orange-grower  of  Roley- 
stone, they  started  their  careers  from  scratch. 

They  came,  many  of  them,  from  the  East  with 
little  or  no  money  a  few  years  back.  To-day  they, 
too,  are  landed  proprietors,  financiers,  merchants, 
successful  farmers,  men  of  leisure  and  means. 

One  meets  these  hearty  characters  everywhere, 
none  of  them  too  proud  to  admit  their  humble 
beginnings;  all  of  them  enthusiastic  about  the 
Great  West  and  her  golden  future.  They  may 
be  a  little  too  much  inclined  to  conviviality, 
they  are  proper  men. 


SOUTH  TO  LEEUWIN  AND  ROUND  AGAIN 


FREEDOM  and  good  fellowship  are  in  the 
air  of  the  West.  From  Eucla  to  Wynd- 
ham  the  hand  of  hospitality  is  opened  to 
the  stranger  unless  he  is  a  loafer  or  a  rogue. 

Destitution  is  unknown,  poverty  is  rare  and, 
under  normal  conditions,  unemployment  unusual. 
The  men  of  the  outposts  make  one  very  welcome. 
There  is  little  formality,  but  great  good  nature 
and  toleration.  I  was  reminded  of  this  by  my  first 
interview  with  the  Hon.  John  Scaddan,  the  elected 
leader  of  a  territory  more  than  four  times  greater 
than  that  of  Japan.  I  found  the  Premier's 
secretary  far  more  difficult  than  his  good  humored 
chief,  who  not  so  long  ago  was  a  working  miner, 
and  had  risen,  by  sheer  quality  and  opportunity, 
to  the  first  position  in  a  free  State. 

His  friends  and  followers  know  him  with  demo- 
cratic affection  as  "Happy  Jack." 

We  sat  with  a  map  of  Western  Australia  before 

for  some  time  considering  my  itinerary.  When 
I  delicately  suggested  that  Western  Australia 
should  be  cut  into  three  States  the  Premier  smiled 
in  a  non-committal  fashion.  He  said  I  had  better 
go  and  see  the  South-West  for  a  beginning.  They 
had  a  strip  of  country  down  there  as  big  as  Vic- 
toria, which  he  believed  was  destined  to  be  another 
Victoria  for  agricultural  production.  The  Gov- 
ernment fruit  expert  was  going  down  there  next 
week  and  we  might  travel  together. 

Then,  as  six  other  Australian  Premiers  have 
graciously  done,  he  bade  me  draw  freely  on  all 
sources  of  official  information  and  sent  me  forth 
armed  with  an  open  authority  to  commandeer  in- 
formation for  Australia  Unlimited.  Later  on  I 
met  the  ex-Premier,  Mr.  Frank  Wilson — since 
restored  to  office— who  also  placed  a  mine  of 
personal  information  at  my  disposal.  It 
has  been  my  good  fortune  to  gain  sup- 
port and  assistance  for  this  volume  from  legisla- 
tors and  officials  representing  entirely  different 
shades  of  political  opinion. 

Mr.  J.  F.  Moody,  the  Government  Fruit  Com- 
missioner, proved  a  good  travelling  companion.  A 
native  of  New  South  Wales,  with  practical  experi- 
ence of  fruit  culture,  he  had  no  delusions  about  the 
West  as  a  fruit-producing  country.  He  said  it 
was  probably  the  best  in  the  world.  We  travelled 
■M^ully  a  thousand  miles  together,  inspected  a  series 


of  districts,  and  went  thoroughly  into  problems 
of  settlement  and  agricultural  treatment.  As  a 
result  I  became  affected  with  the  Fruit  Commis- 
sioner's enthusiasm  and  returned  to  Perth  with 
much  broader  views  of  Western  resources. 
Chauffeur  Adolf  Geigor,  and  photographer, 
E.  L.  Mitchell,  made  up  the  party.  The  first 
stage  of  our  motor  journey  took  us  to  Brunswick 
State  Farm.  This  Government  farm  and  agricul- 
tural station  is  located  on  comparatively  good 
lands;  but  they  do  not  represent  the  best  of  the 
South-Western  Division. 

Still  the  enquirer  need  have  gone  no  further  to 
learn  that  Western  Australia  is  a  land  of  re- 
sources, the  range  and  scope  of  which  are  yet 
unrealised.  From  Perth,  in  a  morning's  run,  we 
passed  through  miles  and  miles  of  unoccupied 
bush  nearly  all  of  which  could  be  turned  to  profit- 
able account. 


Nl 

^ 

BJF^s^^B 

I^MfP^ 

^»!i  if^ '  >'*<^'-  fit  k 

L^v 

■v^ 

^mV^>^j^f  ■ 

^> 

IHc^^M^/ '  ^'iij^^^HkjC^^H 

^"5  K 

^ 

■'^'<L  flu '  ' 

V " 

i 

^f^  J.r-v, - 

-  -i  j 

'  :^  m 

w 

-  '^    m^ 

^ 

^^^^1 

'■  1 

t 

Jfl 

""^ 

"«*•• 

!•:;:-.  -^^^^ 

■  ^dB^^^i 

iiiu<diiiKHH 

i 


Land  that  will  be  Cleared  for  Cultivation 


687 


688 


SOUTH     rO    LEEUWIN    AND    ROUND    AGAIN 


689 


A  New  Selector  at  Brunswick 


These  second-class  lands  changed  to  land  of 
first  quality;  hundreds  and  hundreds  of  square 
miles  of  it,  sparsely  populated,  is  still  for  the 
most  part  available  for  settlement. 

Brunswick  State  Farm  showed  what  might  be 
done,  what  7niist  be  done  if  one-third  of  a  conti- 
nent in  area,  but  still  in  population  only  an  outpost 
of  three  hundred  thousand  Europeans,  is  to  be 
effectively  occupied  by  the  white  races. 

Let  there  be  no  delusions  about  this  matter,  no 
splitting  of  party  straws,  nothing  of  theoretical 
platitudes,  mincing  of  facts!  This  book  has  been 
subsidised  and  supported  by  Labor  and  Liberal 
Governments,  and  much  of  its  facts  are  subject  to 
official  verification.  But  its  author  reserves  to 
himself  the  right  to  make  whatever  pronounce- 
ments he  may  consider  to  be  in  the  interests  of  the 
Commonwealth  and  the  Australian  people.  He 
affirms  that  all  that  part  of  Australia  which  lies 
west  of  meridian  141  will  have  to  be  seriously 
approached  as  a  closer  settlement  proposition 
from  now  onward.  A  sufficient  population  iniisl 
be  established  in  the  Northern  Territory,  in  South 
Australia,  and  in  Western  Australia  to  ensure 
permanent,  effective  occupation,  and  a  realisation 
of  the  White  Australia  policy.     If  the  States  con- 


k 


cerned  cannot  deal  with  this  problem  it  must  de- 
volve on  the  Commonwealth.  If  the  Common- 
wealth is  unequal  to  the  task  the  Imperial  Govern- 
ment must  respond  to  the  call. 

This  is  not  a  question  of  either  Labor  or 
Liberal  policy,  of  profits  or  wages;  it  is  a  question 
of  preserving  the  integrity  of  the  British  Empire. 
It  is  the  one  question  on  which,  in  the  author's 
opinion,  the  Empire  would  be  justified  in  dictating 
a  course  of  action  to  the  self-governing  Australian 
people. 

Brunswick  State  Farm  in  itself  was  a  scientific 
demonstration  that  300,000  people  have  no  ethical 
or  just  right  to  monopolise  enormous  areas  of 
food-producing  territory  unless  they  encourage 
the  landless  millions  of  Europeans  to  share  their 
opportunities.  To  convert  those  wastes  to  pro- 
ductive account  a  vast  increase  of  population  is 
necessary.  Western  Australia,  with  the  aid  of 
the  Commonwealth,  should  pursue  the  most  liberal 
and  persistent  of  immigration  policies. 

The  management  of  this  interesting  Experi- 
mental Station  is  excellent.  Milking  sheds,  pig- 
sties, dairy  pastures  and  orchards  all  testified  to 
this  fact. 


690 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


On  the   Biisselton  Road 


We  inspected  an  area  of  33  irrigated  acres  of 
lucerne  which  was  yielding  eight  crops  per  annum. 
We  saw  the  experiments  which  were  being  made 
with  pasture  grasses,  and  noted  that  paspalum  and 
Berseem  clover,  Egyptian  variety — were  giving 
most  satisfactory  results.  We  saw  green  fodder 
crops  along  the  banks  of  the  creek,  fat  cattle,  sleek 
hogs,  splendid  horses,  and  fine  sheep.  We  were 
told  that  stock  were  entirely  free  from  disease, 
and  that  what  was  being  done  there  under  Govern- 
ment management  might  be  done  .well  and  profit- 
ably by  hundreds  of  agriculturists  over  thousands 
of  square  miles  in  the  South-West. 

We  left  Brunswick  State  Farm  with  a  comfort- 
able feeling  that  the  arid  West  was  in  reality  a 
land  of  intense  agricultural  productiveness. 

Running  southward  from  Pinjarra  this  conclu- 
sion was  rendered  still  more  certain.  The  country 
seemed  to  get  better  and  still  better  every  mile  we 
covered.  Beautiful  flats,  fertile  hills,  volcanic 
slopes,  an  annual  rainfall  of  40  inches — It  was 
Indeed  another  Western  District  enjoying  a 
climate  more  equable  than  that  of  Warrnambool 
or  Korolt. 

We  passed  through  the  prosperous  port  of 
Bunbury — centre  of  a  rich  agricultural  and  timber 
section — and  on  to  Busselton,  the  capital  of  a  still 
more  fertile  district.  Our  road  to  Busselton  ran 
through  a  glorious  forest  of  tuart,  one  of 
Western  Australia's  most  valuable  hardwoods, 
and  an  exceedingly  beautiful  tree. 

The  tuart  {E.  gomphocephaUi)  is  peculiar  to 
the  South-West.  It  is  only  found  in  a  narrow 
coastal  belt  extending  from  Guildford  to  Bussel- 
ton. It  apparently  achieves  Its  greatest  height 
and  girth  in  limestone  formations.  The  Western 
Railway  Department  uses  the  hard-grained, 
tensile,  tuart  extensively  in  the  construction  of 
rolling  stock. 

Busselton  district  Is  yet  only  on  the  fringes  of 
Its  agricultural  possibilities.     Where  the  land  had 


been  cleared  it  was  covered  with  green  grass  and 
clover.  Frequent  creeks  and  rivers,  running  clear- 
ly over  beds  of  limestone,  with  abundant  pasture 
will  make  this  corner  of  the  South-West  highly 
profitable  for  dairying. 

We  entered  Busselton  by  a  natural  avenue 
shaded  by  tuart  trees,  and  left  It  en  route  to 
Yallingup  and  Margaret  River  Caves,  by  another 
shady  avenue  of  peppermint  trees. 

The  road  to  the  caves  is  the  best  in  Western 
Australia.  In  alternate  red  and  white.  It  rises 
over  hills  covered  with  beautiful  eucalypts,  and 
dips  into  curves  along  the  river. 

It  opens  the  way  to  the  most  wonderful  and  ex- 
tensive cave  region  In  the  Commonwealth.  From 
the  shores  of  Geographe  Bay  to  the  Leeuwin, 
and  probably  right  around  Into  the  Great  Austra- 
lian Bight,  this  cave  district  extends.  It  has  only 
recently  become  known.  A  settler  by  Yallingup 
was  out  In  the  bush  looking  for  his  horses  one  day 
In  1899.  A  mallee  hen  flew  up  from  what  looked 
like  a  hole  In  the  hillside  and  attracted  the  settler's 
attention  to  a  cavity.  Bushman-like  he  took  off 
his  bridle  reins  and  stirrup  leathers,  buckled  them 
together  and  lowered  himself  Into  the  earth  and 
went  home  with  tales  of  wonder.  Since  then  forty 
thousand  visitors  have  visited  Yallingup. 

We  found  a  comfortable  cave  house,  under 
Government  management,   and  plenty  of  accom- 


Eoad  near  Brunswick 


«l 


691 


6()2 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  Old  Mill  at  Busselton 


modation  and  amusement  for  tourists.  Prom  here 
we  explored  adjacent  caves  at  our  leisure. 

The  formations  in  these  caves,  particularly  the 
"shawls,"  are  of  exceptional  beauty.  Stalactite 
of  delicate  semi-transparent  texture  and  marvel- 
lous colouring  has  been  woven  by  the  spinners  of 
Time  into  patterned  fabrics  such  as  one  sees  in  the 
dim  light  of  an  Oriental  bazaar.  Subterranean 
looms,  working  in  utter  silence  through  incalcul- 
able Night,  have  turned  out  dazzling  draperies, 
which  hang  in  perfect  folds  from  the  roof  of  this 
bazaar.  Mysterious  potters  and  sculptors  have 
labored  through  unthinkable  periods  to  produce 
the  fantastic,  the  majestic,  the  sublime.  Marble- 
white  pillars  sparkling  with  the  radiance  of 
polished  brilliants,  organ  pipes  (whereon  the 
guide  sounds  a  perfect  octave),  mysteries,  coats- 
of-arms,  spread-eagles,  statues,  teddy-bears,  and 
sticks  of  macaroni,  are  all  part  of  their  labors. 

The  finest  cave  in  this  Yallingup  group  yet 
explored  has  been  called  Bedford  Hall.  It  is 
difficult  of  access  and  imperfectly  ventilated,  but 
it  will  repay  the  male  visitor  who,  after  wriggling 
and  squeezing  and  crawling  through  heaven  knows 
what  labyrinths  and  tunnels  of  the  underworld, 


finds  himself,  grimy  and  half  suffocated,  within  its 
mysterious  walls.  H 

Bedford  Hall,  150  feet  below  the  surface  of 
the  earth,  is  about  the  last  word  in  underground 
wonders.  The  author  is  blase  regarding  caves, 
but  he  would  endure  the  same  difficulties  to  visit 
that  glittering  cavern  again. 

The  Government  had  opened  up  82  chains  of  j 
caves,  grottos,  and  caverns  at  Yallingup.  Not  the  ' 
least  interesting  among  a  series  of  interesting 
sights  is  the  tap-root  of  a  red  gum,  which  hangs 
from  roof  to  floor  in  one  of  these  caves,  no  less 
than  120  feet  below  the  surface  where  the  tree 
itself  begins  to  rear  its  lofty  trunk  towards  the 
sky ! 

From  Yallingup  we  went  down  to  Karridale, 
through  some  of  the  finest  agricultural  lands  in 
the  Commonwealth. 

The  South-West  is  the  home  of  the  hardwood. 
Here  forest  after  forest  of  karri  and  jarrah^ 
springs  from  splendid  soils.  The  white-barked 
wandoo,  resembling  spotted  gum  in  appearance, 
and  useful  in  the  construction  of  railway  carriages, 
red  gums,  swamp  gums,  all  flourish. 


SOUTH    TO    LEEUWIN    AND    ROUND    AGAIN 


693 


After  native  timbers  have  been  ringbarked  on 
the  loamy  hillsides,  mammoth  native  clover  and 
burr-clover — often  four  feet  in  height — 
spring  spontaneously  from  the  soil.  Where 
the  clover  seed  comes  from  is  one  more 
mystery  of  Australian  nature.  With  the 
application  of  phosphates  these  crops  of 
pasture  can  be  enormously  increased.  The  red 
gum  areas  are  particularly  fertile. 

Once  cleared  and  ploughed  they  will  grow  any- 
thing. 

Lime  in  any  quantity  is  easily  procurable,  guano 
deposits  are  to  be  found  along  the  coast.  The 
South-West  is  destined  to  become  an  agricultural 
factor  of  the  highest  value. 

Co-operative  settlement,  or  the  cutting  up  by 
syndicates  of  large  areas  into   200  or  500  acre 


regions  in  the  South  and  North-West  are  devoted 
to  the  purposes  for  which  Nature  intended  them. 

Meanwhile  the  forests  of  the  South-West  are 
yielding  a  valuable  natural  product  and  consider- 
able revenue. 

By  the  courtesy  of  Millar's  Ltd.,  we  were  put 
up  at  Karridale  for  some  days  and  given  an  op- 
portunity to  examine  the  methods  of  this  powerful 
commercial  organisation  in  dealing  with  timber. 

One  grey  day  some  years  ago  a  hundred  hurried 
ladies  came  to  Karridale.  They  had  been  landed 
from  the  wreck  of  the  "Pericles,"  and  were  grate- 
ful for  the  cheerful  welcome  of  the  only  biding- 
place  within  a  score  of  miles. 

A  few  miles  from  Karridale  the  picturesque 
Blackwood  River  opens  out  over  a  sand  bar  into 
the  Southern  Ocean. 


Millar's  Mill,  Karridale 


SO 


blocks  and  preparing  same  for  settlers,  seems  to 
be  the  solution  of  the  problem.     Individual  enter- 
rise  will  not  overcome  difficulties  of  pioneering 
r  open  a  way  for  that  rapid  settlement  which  is 
so  necessary  if  the  Commonwealth  is  to  be  pre- 
erved. 

A  board  of  scientific  experts  should  be  ap- 
pointed to  classify  the  agricultural  lands  of  West- 
ern areas.  Once  these  have  been  determined, 
and  while  the  work  is  going  on,  large  areas  could 
be  settled  on  the  group  or  community  system,  by 
the  Government,  or  by  private  enterprise  under 
^^—bxed  Government  conditions. 

^^B  If  artesian  water  exists,  as  we  may  now  con- 
l^prlude  it  does,  all  the  way  from  Eucla  to  Broome, 
the  inland  districts  can  safely  be  left  for  pastoral 
development  while  those  enormous   fertile  coast 


I 


Squat  farm  houses,  with  wide  square  stone  chim- 
neys and  shingled  roofs  show  that  the  Blackwood 
has  been  an  early  settlement.  Hereabouts  the 
remnant  of  the  Dutch  crew  of  68  who  landed  from 
a  wreck  near  the  mouth  of  the  Swan  in  1656  are 
believed  to  have  finished  up.  First  settlers  on  the 
Blackwood  River  found  traditions  among  the 
natives  which  gave  colour  to  the  theory.  It  is 
likely  that  the  68  survivors  of  the  Golden  Dragon, 
historically  stated  to  have  been  left  on  the  South- 
West  coast  in  the  year  1656,  may  have  chosen  to 
remain  close  to  Cape  Leeuwin  where  they  would 
have  some  chance  of  sighting  any  Dutch  vessels 
rounding  the  continent. 

The  Leeuwin  itself  is  a  little  finger  of  land 
pointing  inward  to  the  Bight — worn-down  reefs, 
the  break  of  seas  on  rocky  islets  off  shore,  white 


694 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Young  Australians,  Jarrahdale 


patches  marking  further  shoals  and  reefs.  It  was 
through  difficulties  and  dangers  such  as  these  that 
an  intrepid  Dutch  navigator  felt  his  way  around 
this  historic  corner  in  1622. 

We  came  down  to  the  Leeuwin,  the  first  motor 
vehicle  to  bump  its  way  right  to  the  lighthouse, 
on  a  clear  winter's  afternoon.  When  we  reached 
the  point  where  it  was  impossible  to  proceed 
further  west  or  south  on  Australian  soil,  we 
alighted  somewhat  reverentially.  One  felt  inclined 
to  take  off  one's  hat  to  the  memory  of  the  hardy 
Dutchman  of  three  hundred  years  ago. 

They  have  justly  mentioned  his  achievement  on 
the  base  of  the  pillar  115  feet  high,  from  which 
on  these  nights  revolving  catoptrics  flash  out  a 
half-million  candle-power  warning  to  modern 
mariners  of  steam. 

The  lighthouse  is  a  fine  grey  pillar  built  from 
local  freestone  and  dedicated  in  1895  to  the 
world's  mariners  by  Sir  John  Forrest.  It  faces  two 
sides  of  the  Australian  continent.  East  and  north 
the  land  falls  away  from  it  in  sandy  beaches  and 
long  low  headlands.  On  a  fine  day  the  meeting 
oceans  are  all  sapphire  and  pearl,  with  skipjack, 
herring,  and  snapper  ready  for  the  hook,  but  in 
wild  winter  weather,  with  mighty  breakers  smash- 
ing over  numerous  shoals  and  loud  winds  whistling 
round  the  corner  of  a  continent,  the  light-keepers 
on  Leeuwin  sit  by  the  fireside  and  smoke. 

A  few  miles  eastward  of  Leeuwin  is  Augusta, 
where,    along   the   sea-margins    moist   with   spin- 


drift, noises  of  modern  industry  drown  faint 
echoes  of  colonial  days.  Eighty-two  years  ago 
Colonel  Molloy  with  a  military  party  formed  his 
settlement  on  the  Blackwood.  We  saw  what  had 
been  an  enclosure  in  the  forest  where  decaying 
wooden  tablets  marked  the  graves  of  some  of 
these  early  settlers. 

This  extreme  south-western  corner  of  Australia 
will  be  suitable  for  dairy-farming,  for  the  growth 
of  lucerne  and  fruit,  for  pig-raising  and  mixe^ 
farming. 

The  Millar  Company  have  4,000  acres  of  fre^ 
hold  at  the  Leeuwin  and  20,000  acres  elsewhere 
in  the  district,  which  may  be  devoted  to  farmina 
on  the  share  system. 

The  large  estates  of  the  West  will  probably 
forced  into  sub-division  by  heavy  land  and  incomi 
taxes.     iVIuch  good  agricultural  land  is  locked  uf 
in  the  South,  while  in  the   North-West   some   300J 
million  acres  are  at  present  depasturing  no  niorj 
than  four  millions  of  sheep. 

Western  Australia  must  get  revenues  to  con^ 
tinue  her  development.  She  must  have  population. 
Her  unoccupied  spaces  are  a  greater  danger  to  the 
Commonwealth  than  those  of  the  Northern 
Territory.  She  will  not  deserve  the  assistance  of 
her  sister  States,  if  she  allows  any  parochial  or 
party  considerations  to  stand  between  her  and  this 
national  objective. 


Unloading   Jarrah  Piles,   Cossack 


11 


EH 


o 
Ph 

.a 

a 

ei 

be 
a 
s 
o 
>< 


69  s 


696 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


On  the  Margaret  River  we  found  excellent  soils 
with  slopes  eminently  suitable  for  the  growth  of 
citrus  fruits.  There  is  scope  for  an  irrigation 
settlement  here. 

Returning  to  Busselton  we  crossed  eastward 
through  40  miles  of  indifferent  country  to  Nannup. 
This  strip  of  white  sandy  plains,  iron-stone  ridges 
burnt  out  by  bush  fires,  sere  leaves,  silent  places, 
crooked  timber,  desolation  and  loneliness  gradu- 
ally changed  to  good  country  again. 

First  came  occasional  flats,  some  of  which  were 
occupied.  A  house  (black  or  unpainted  as  a  rule) 
ploughed  ground,  orange  trees,  water,  greenness. 


after  all  are  Australia's  waste  places,  how  vast! 
her  profitable  and  productive  domains. 

Between  Nannup  and  The  Warren,  in 
pocket  of  the  hills  we  found  the  interesting  DixJ 
son  homestead,  begun  50  years  ago  in  the  hear^ 
of  an  apparent  wilderness  by  the  father  of  the 
present  family.  A  fine  old  brick  and  shingle  resiJ 
dence,  surrounded  by  cypress  pines,  stood  amonj 
cleared  paddocks  and  fields.  Behind  it  was  stif 
primitive  forest,  sombre  and  tall. 

Although  the  Dixsons  had  established  the  facd 
that  their  land  would  grow  anything,  their  sub- 
sistence has  been  largely  by  cattle-raising.     In  the 


Hauling  Jarrah  Logs 


tilth  followed  on  stunted  timbers  and  barren 
acres. 

Nannup  subsisted  by  reason  of  an  adjoining 
timber  mill.  There  were  two  stores,  and  a  hotel 
at  which  we  secured  decent  accommodation,  and  a 
few  new  frame  houses  and  earlier  dwellings 
roofed  with  shingles.  The  inhabitants  were  mostly 
timber  people  and  those  who  attended  to  their 
wants — rough  workers,  but  earning  good  money 
and  enjoying  good  food  and  healthy  conditions. 
With  sap-stained  hands,  roughly  clad,  hardened 
with  toil,  browned  by  the  sun,  they  were  free  men 
in  a  self-governing  country,  and  enjoyed  equal 
chances  of  fortune  in  a  land  where  fortune  has 
often  fallen  in  the  most  unexpected  places. 

We  left  Nannup  after  early  breakfast.  A  light 
fog  was  only  lifting  above  the  tree-tops,  cool  fresh 
airs  blew  over  the  dewy  land,  sunlit  forests 
arched  with  bluest  skies  lay  before  us.  The  clouds 
of  yesterday  had  fled,  barren  scenes  had  changed 
to  scenes  of  fertility,  and  we  realised  how  narrow 


early  days,  when  everything  for  household  use  had* 
to  be  carted  60  miles,  there  was  no  other  means  of 
living,  but  they  realised  now,  with  a  railway  in 
reasonable  distance,  that  their  holding  of   1,200 
acres  could  be  turned  to  more  profitable  uses. 

Vines  and  roses,  orchards  in  bearing,  cleared 
paddocks   planted   with    rye    and    potatoes,    these 
showed  the  possibilities.       There  are  millions  of.t 
acres  of  Crown  lands  in  the  West  where  fruitful  . 
homesteads  will     profit     by     the     experience    of , 
pioneers  like  these.  *■? 

One  left  that  lonely  old  gabled  home  amid  its' 
fruit  trees,  flowers,  and  fields  feeling  light-hearted  • 
and  optimistic  for  the  future  of  the  West. 

Leaving  Dixson's  we  crossed  a  running  brook 
and  began  to  mount  the  opposite  slope.  Again 
the  world  changed.  We  were  approaching  the 
edges  of  the  karri,  tallest  and  finest  of  Westralian 
timbers.  The  traveller   realises  at  once  that 

nothing  short  of  heavy   rainfall   on   richest  soil 
could  have  produced  such  forests.  j 


i 


SOUTH    TO    LEEUWIN    AND    ROUND    AGAIN 


697 


New  Settlers  in  the  Forest 


^ 


tf 


All  one  day  we  motored  slowly  through  a  wind- 
ing avenue,  under  trees  such  as  can  be  found  no- 
where else  in  this  world.  Imagine  this  titanic 
forest  covering  1,200,000  acres  of  ground — miles 
on  miles  of  perfectly  straight,  smooth  trunks, 
towering  like  pillars  in  a  temple  averaging  200 
feet  in  height,  four  feet  in  diameter,  and  120  to 
150  feet  to  the  first  branch!  In  some  places  stand 
kings  among  these  regiments  of  giants,  three  hun- 
dred feet  high,  without  a  branch  on  the  first  160 
jCet  of  their  round,  polished  trunks. 

Looking  up  through  the  lofty  canopy  of  leaves 
one  sees,  as  if  from  a  deep  shaft,  distant  patches 
of  blue  sky  and  hears  the  wind  in  the  tree-tops  a 
long  way  off ! 

In  my  varied  impressions  of  Australian  Nature 
there  is  none  so  vivid,  so  curious  as  that  of  the 
aeolian  song  of  the  wind  in  the  branches  of  the 
karri,  remotely  overhead.  Usually  the  wind 
talks  to  us  as  a  near  and  familiar  friend.  In 
the  karri  its  voice  is  heard  in  spiritual,  mysteri- 
ous echoes,  like  the  music  of  muffled  bells  far  up 

an  old  cathedral  tower. 

The  religious  impression  is  heightened  by  one's 
surroundings.  Patches  of  sunlight  filter  down  as 
if  through  stained-glass  windows,  and  amid  the 
shadowed  pillars  one  listens  to  the  music  of  dis- 


k 


tant  waterfalls  rising  and  falling  like  the  notes  of 
an  organ.  Had  the  Greeks  known  a  forest  such 
as  this,  with  what  mythical  shapes  would  they  not 
have  peopled  it? 

When  the  smooth  grey  trunks  of  the  karri 
have  been  ringbarked  in  occasional  clearings,  one 
realises  from  the  dead  timber  the  incredible  height 
of  these  trees. 

When  the  soils  in  which  they  have  found  root- 
age is  bared  to  the  sunlight,  after  millions  of 
years,  it  literally  chokes  with  new  growth.  The 
problem  is  which  will  be  more  valuable,  the  grey 
timber  or  the  red  land  that  grows  it? 

Powellized  karri  is  being  used  for  sleepers  on 
the  Transcontinental  Railway — to  the  apparent 
satisfaction  of  the  Federal  Government.  It  has 
been  claimed  officially  that  for  superstructure,  for 
wood-blocking,  and  for  the  construction  of  rail- 
way waggons  it  is  equally  useful. 

On  our  way  to  The  Warren,  in  the  heart  of  the 
forest,  we  came  upon  two  Yorkshire  immigrants 
just  landed.  They  had  secured  an  area  of  283 
acres  from  the  Government  and  were  attacking 
it  with  typical  British  resolve.  They  had  located 
close  to  the  track  with  pups,  goats,  fowls,  tubs, 
and  a  raffle  of  miscellaneous  effects. 

s  1 


698 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Karri 


Their  stretchers  and  blankets  were  spread 
under  loose  sheets  of  galvanised  iron. 

With  broad  axes  and  saws  they  were  preparing 
to  "make  good." 

They  were  pleased  with  the  land,  which  they 
had  secured  at  i6s.  an  acre,  with  20  years  to  pay 
off,  and  they  reckoned  to  go  in  for  mixed  farming 
and  sheep. 

A  father,  three  brothers,  and  four  farmer 
friends  in  Yorkshire  were  waiting  to  hear  how 
they  got  on;  if  they  saw  success  ahead  the  others 
would  follow. 

Men  like  these,  for  their  courage  alone,  are  an 
asset  to  any  young  country,  and  Western  Aus- 
tralia should  see  that  they  are  given  a  fair  chance 
to  succeed.  The  only  danger  with  a  resolute  type 
like  this  is  that  the  newcomer  may  be  encouraged 
or  allowed  to  take  up  land,  even  the  best  land,  too 
remote  from  existing  transport.  Most  of  the 
failures  among  Australian  settlers  arise  from 
their  selecting  in  heavy  country  away  from  port  or 
railway.  When  production  does  become  possible, 
haulage  and  distance  from  market  take  away  the 
profit.  Men  wait  for  railways,  which,  through 
no   fault  of   governments   constantly   faced  with 


heavy  expenditure  on  public  works,  are  a  long  time 
coming,  and  they  grow  tired  of  waiting. 

The  future  policy  throughout  Australia  will  be 
to  build  railways  ahead  of  settlement,  and  not 
after  it. 

Along  that  48  miles  between  Nannup  and  The 
Warren  through  the  karri  belt,  there  were  fine 
alluvial  flats,  good  red  and  chocolate  soils,  abund- 
ant streams — all  the  factors  of  primary  produc- 
tion. Reserving  the  best  of  the  timbers  would 
still  leave  room  for  settlement. 

The  Warren  is  the  home  of  the  Brockman 
family,  who  have  held  this  outpost  singly  for  50 
years.  Another  quaint  old  brick  house,  convict- 
built;  ancient  pear  trees — highly  prolific — roses 
and  vines  have  left  a  happy  memory. 

With  bush  hospitality  the  establishment  pro- 
vided lunch  for  a  party  of  four  utter  strangers 
as  a  matter  of  course. 

The  next  fifty  miles,  which  we  traversed  to- 
wards Bridgetown,  in  an  easterly  bearing,  gave 
us  a  still  better  impression. 

This  belt  is  composed  entirely  of  good  soils 
benefited  by  heavy  rainfall. 

Bridgetown  is  located  in  the  fattest  of  fat  lands. 
The  districts  surrounding  are  exceedingly  pros- 
perous and  progressive — for  Western  Australia. 

The  winter  climate  of  this  corner  is  glorious; 
cool  nights  and  clear  days  succeed  one  another 
for  weeks.  The  land  is  ideal  for  lucerne  and 
root  crops.  It  grows  fruit  to  perfection,  is  excel- 
lent for  sheep-raising  or  dairying.  The  inhabit- 
ants are  fresh-complexioned  and  moderately 
active;  the  young  women  resembling  most  in  type 
those  of  Victoria.  Production  can  be  extended 
indefinitely  in  the  South-West,  and  carried  inland 
to  the  beginning  of  the  great  wheat  belt. 

From  the  tin-field  of  Greenbushes,  across  to 
Bunbury,  we  travelled  through  districts  still 
largely  awaiting  occupants,  which  can  be  made 
capable  of  supporting  thousands  of  families. 

Our  home  journey  was  not  devoid  of  interest. 
Owing  to  leakage  in  a  petrol  pipe  two  of  us 
walked  to  Whitley  Falls  in  the  great  calm  of  a 
Western  Australian  bush  night.  It  was  a  dark 
and  lonesome  road;  but  at  length  we  saw  the  dim 
light  of  a  bush  "pub,"  and  heard  the  grunting  of 
pigs.  Mitchell  said  it  was  like  the  song  of  night- 
ingales. 

There  was  to  be  a  wedding  at  the  "pub."  the 
following  day.  Festoons  of  coloured  paper  had 
been  stretched  across  the  dining  room.  The 
establishment  was  heavy  with  preparation.  We 
had  difficulty  in  securing  a  late  meal  of  cold  beef. 
There  was  no  bed  for  one  visitor,  let  alone  four, 
and  none  probably  at  Mundijong — the  nearest 
place. 

Towards  midnight  Adolf,  who  had  remained 
at    the    Serpentine    with    Moody    and    the    car, 


SOUTH    TO    LEEUWIN    AND    ROUND    AGAIN 


699 


^  =  ^>'f . 


Wheatley's  Apple  Store 


cider  and  vinegar,  jams  and  preserves  of  all  kinds, 
fruit  canning  and  drying  (i.e.,  the  curing  of 
currants,  raisins,  apricots,  apples,  peaches,  etc.). 

District  Inspectors  are  appointed  for  the  sup- 
pression of  orchard  and  garden  pests,  and  to- 
assist  the  Commissioner  in  his  educational  work. 
These  officers  are  continually  travelling  their 
several  districts  from  orchard  to  orchard. 

Districts  are  safeguarded  to  prevent  the  trans- 
portation of  pests  to  clean  areas,  and  the  use  of 
second-hand  fruit  cases  and  bags  is  limited  to 
guard  against  the  dissemination  of  destructive 
insects  and  other  pests. 

Beneficial  insects  have  been  imported  from 
abroad  and  liberated  under  the  direction  of  the 
Government  Entomologist. 

Settlers  in  the  South-West  will  have  the  advan- 
tage of  an  experienced  department  behind  them. 
To  cope  with  problems  of  clearing  new  country 
the  Government  has  installed  ten  traction  engines 
ivhich  are  constantly  at  work  in  various  parts  of 
the  State. 

By  the  use  of  traction  engines  the  cost  of  clear- 
ing is  considerably  reduced,  and  settlers  are  en- 
abled to  place  their  land  under  crop  earlier  than 
would  be  possible  by  the  ordinary  means.  An 
engine  is  sent  to  any  district  from  which  a  sufficient 
number  of  applications  are  received.     The  actual 


I 


I 


succeeded  in  fishing  the  rubber  or  whatever  it  was 
out  of  the  carburetter.  We  slid  sleepily  into 
Perth  about  daybreak,  still  convinced  that  when 
the  Great  South-West  gets  its  due  it  will  become 
one  of  the  most  closely-populated  and  highly  pro- 
ductive territories  in  the  Commonwealth. 

The  Government,  realising  this,  has  endea- 
voured to  organise  its  development  on  scientific 
lines.  Mr.  J.  M.  B.  Connor,  State  Agricultural 
Commissioner  for  the  South-West,  had  done  a 
great  deal  to  realise  this  result. 

The  Commissioner  for  the  South-West  has  the 
direction  of  the  dairying  division,  and  imparts 
information  on  questions  concerning  the  cultiva- 
tion of  root  and  fodder  crops,  and  the  care, 
management,  and  breeding  of  stock.  Many  small 
herds  are  being  accumulated  throughout  the  dairy- 
ing districts,  where  an  abundant  rainfall  favours 
the  production  of  the  essential  root  and  fodder 
crops. 

Particular  attention  is  being  devoted  by  the 
Commissioner  to  raising  suitable  stock. 

The  Fruit  Industries  Commissioner — who  ac- 
companied us  on  this  most  interesting  tour — gives 
advice  to  settlers  on  all  questions  connected  with 
the  planting  of  fruit  trees  and  vines,  their  culti- 
vation, pruning,  manuring,  spraying,  the  picking, 
packing  and  grading  of  fruit  for  export,  making 


A  Pear  Tree,  Bridgetown 


700 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


cost  of  performing  the  work  is  charged  to  the 
settler.  This  is  at  the  rate  of  i6s.  8d.  per  hour 
during  the  time  that  the  engine  is  actually 
employed.  The  owner  of  the  land  is  required  to 
provide  sufficient  water  for  the  engine  (approxi- 
mately 200  gallons  per  day)  for  which  purpose 
water  carts  are  provided.  The  maximum  term 
of  repayment  is   10  years    in    half-yearly    instal- 


ments, or  for  a  lesser  period,  depending  on  the 
position  of  the  applicant.  Interest  is  charged  at 
the  rate  of  5  per  cent. 

In  order  to  enahle  settlers  to  clear  mallee  and 
scrub  country  at  a  minimum  cost,  special 
machinery  is  provided  for  the  purpose,  the  cost 
fteing  reduced  by  this  means  from  30s.  to  los. 
approximately. 


Dixson's  in  the  Jarrah  Forest 
On  the  Brunswick  State  Farm 


Another  View  of  Dixson's 
'Brockman's,"    The   Warren 


Nuggets  of  Gold  (actual  size) 
From  Euby  Well,  Peak  Hill  Goldfield 


I 

^^■"^ROM  the  year  1886  to  date,  over  600  tons 

^Hfi        of  gold,  valued  at  about  129  millions  sterl- 

1^^^  ing,     have    been    won    in    the    State     of 

Western  Australia.       No  one  with  any  knowledge 

of  the  subject  doubts  that  wealth  perhaps  greater 

than  this  remains  to  be  discovered. 

Although  the  colony  was  established  in   1829, 
nd  rewards  were  constantly  offered  for  the  dis- 
covery of  a  payable  field,  it  was  not  until   1886 
that  a  party  of  prospectors  from  the  Northern 
I^J'erritory  located  the  Kimberiey  goldfield. 
I^H   With   this   event  the   romantic   history   of   the 
I^Kreat  Western  State  really  begins.     The  Kimber- 
'^■ley  "rush"  was  followed  in  1888,  and  subsequent- 
ly, by   discoveries   at     Yilgarn,     Golden     Valley, 
Southern  Cross,  and  Pilbara. 

fin,    copper,     antimony,     and    asbestos    were 

oevally  determined  in  the  rich  North-West  and 

ore  tin  at  Greenbushes  in  the  South. 

In   1889  rich  alluvial  gold  was  found  at  Ash- 

urton.     In   1891  the  Murchison  was  proclaimed 


THE  GLAMOR  OF  GOLD 


a  goldfield.  In  1892  Bayley  and  Ford  discovered 
Coolgardie,  and  the  subsequent  history  of  gold- 
mining  in  Western  Australia  became  sensational. 

Bayley  and  Ford  were  Victorian  miners.  They 
left  Perth  in  April,  1892,  on  an  ordinary  gold- 
finding  journey,  making  a  north-easterly  track. 

When  about  250  miles  out  on  this  trail  they 
lost  their  horses  and  were  compelled  to  make  for 
the  bush  village  of  Newcastle  to  secure  others. 
Leaving  Newcastle  they  crossed  the  Southern 
Cross  district,  went  through  the  new  Yilgarn  fields 
and  struck  eastward,  following  the  almost  obliter- 
ated tracks  of  Hunt's  exploring  expedition  of 
1864-5. 

The  quest  for  water  brought  them  to  a  native 
well,  which  the  tribesmen  knew  as  "Goldarda." 
There  was  good  feed  on  a  flat  near  the  well  for 
their  horses,  and  the  country  being  highly  aurifer- 
ous they  set  to  prospecting.  The  result  was  that 
Bayley  and  Ford  in  less  than  a  month  had  200 
ounces  of  gold  in  hand.     From  their  first  find  this 


701 


702 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Crowd  of  Miners  Listening  to  Father  Long 


lucky  twain  worked  on  quietly  in  the  great  quietude 
of  the  bush,  until  their  provisions  began  to  run 
out.  Then  they  made  back  to  Southern  Cross  for 
further  supplies.  The  day  after  their  return  they 
located  what  became  known  as  Bayley's  Reward, 
and  hammered  out  of  the  lode  before  sunset  §00 
ounces  of  specimen  gold! 

On  the  appearance  of  another  couple  of  miners 
who  had  scented  their  find  and  followed  up  quickly 
on  their  tracks,  Bayley  rode  back  to  Southern 
Cross  and  applied  for  a  lease  of  his  lode,  from 
which  the  other  two  had  quickly  hammered  off 
200  ounces !  In  proof  of  his  claim  Bayley  showed 
the  Mining  Warden  554  ounces  of  gold!  Such 
was  the  opening  chapter  in  this  romantic  story. 

Three  days  after  the  news  of  Bayley's  find. 
Southern  Cross  was  deserted  and  a  rush  of  gold- 
seekers  from  all  over  Australia,  from  all  over  the 
world,  had  begun. 

By  July,  1901,  ten  years  later,  Bayley's  original 
claim  had  yielded  gold  valued  at  £529,454,  and 
paid  in  dividends  £183,600. 

Followed  "The  Londonderry"  and  "Wealth  of 
Nations,"  the  first  no  more  than  a  rich  pocket 
which  served  to  attract  British  investors;  the 
latter  a  low-grade  mine  after  its  first  sensational 


yields  of  three  pieces  containing  1,144  ounces. 
This  mine  was  located  by  an  Indian  camel  driver, 
who  received  10  shillings  for  his  share.  The 
Perth  syndicate  which  owned  the  camel— part  of 
their  prospector's  outfit — took  out  £23,000  i^ 
gold  and  then  sold  the  mine  for  £140,000.  ^•- 

Coolgardie  then  became  a  centre  from  which 
various  lines  of  discovery  radiated  into  the  mulga, 
Menzies,  Broad  Arrow,  and  Kanowna  among 
these.  Kanowna  (first  known  as  White  Feather) 
proved  the  richest  alluvial  field  in  Western  Aus- 
tralia. One  day's  record  of  gold  sold  to  the  banks 
is  stated  to  have  been  no  less  than  20,000  ounces! 

Lode  mining  followed  alluvial  in  most  cases. 
About  nine  months  after  Bayley  and  Ford  re- 
ported their  find  at  Coolgardie,  Patrick  Hannan, 
prospector,  his  mate  Flannagan,  and  about  150 
others  were  making  for  a  reported  new  field  some- 
where out  in  these  great  dry  central  distances 
which  had  become  lighted  up  by  a  magical  glamor 
of  gold. 

They  camped  25  miles  from  Coolgardie  to  await   i 
teams  and  water-carts  which  were  following.     In 
those  exciting  days  the  miners  raced  ahead  to  the 
finds  and  let  the  "grog,"  water,  and  provisions 
come  after  them.      That  night  it  rained.        The 


WESTERN    AUSTRALIA:    THE    GLAMOR    OF    GOLD 


703 


Announcing  the  Locality  of  the   "Sacred  Nugget,"   Kanowna,  1908 


excited  crowd,  knowing  the  iguana  holes  and 
soaks  would  be  full,  pushed  ahead.  Hannan  and 
Hannagan  had  lost  a  horse,  the  search  for  which 
delayed  them.  While  looking  for  the  strayed 
animal,  Flannagan  pickeci  up  some  slugs  of  gold. 
They  stayed  permanently  behind  the  rush  and 
"specked"  100  ozs.  in  a  few  days.  Then  Hannan 
posted  back  to  Coolgardie  and  put  In  an  applica- 
tion for  a  reward  area,  which  is  now  the  north- 
eastern end  of  Hannan's  Street  in  the  city  of 
Kalgoorlie.  Hannan  belonged  to  the  dusty  band  of 
"dry-blowers,"  who  prospected  ahead  of  raucous 
civilisation.  They  formed  the  vanguard  of  an  army 
of  occupation,  which  has  converted  more  than  one 
arid,  silent  spot  into  a  centre  of  industry. 

The  "dry-blower"  carried  his  pick  and  shovel 

id  dish,  from  which  he  blew  (usually  by  means 
oT  a  bellows  worked  by  foot  or  hand)  the  lighter 

rticles  of  his  prospect  instead  of  washing  it. 

The  "dry-blower"  or  the  "shaker"  was  a  son 
of  circumstance,  a  surface  worker  at  best,  who 
could  not  stay.  Without  him,  nevertheless,  the 
lode  miner  and  the  capitalist  could  not  have  been. 

While  I  was  on  the  fields,  a  small  alluvial  rush 
broke  out  at  a  place  called  Ora  Banda.  Cutbush, 
then    Mayor    of    Kalgoorlie,    and    Johnson    and 


m 


Friedman — all  good  fellows  and  excellent  friends 
— were  interested  in  a  mine  out  there  which  they 
wanted  me  to  see,  I  decided  to  go  down  to  Broad 
Arrow,  cross  over  through  the  mulga  to  Ora 
Banda,  and  meet  the  "dry-blower"  at  home. 

Johnson  went  up  with  me.  He  and  Friedman 
were  working  partners  in  the  mine,  both  fine  physi- 
cal types,  normal,  intelligent,  strong  Australians, 
who  had  "made  good"  in  the  West.  Johnson 
told  me  that  he  had  come  to  Kalgoorlie  14  years 
before,  run  down,  a  physical  wreck.  The  climate 
had  re-converted  him  into  a  healthy  and  robust 
man. 

Broad  Arrow  had  been  the  scene  of  one  of  the 
sensational  rushes  of  eighteen  or  twenty  years 
back.  The  pepper  trees  sighed  regrets  for  glories 
departed.  In  the  railway  refreshment  rooms  and 
on  the  platform  coatless  men  in  blue  dungarees, 
soft  shirts,  and  wideawake  hats  secured  a  leisurely 
meal.  Most  of  these  were  miners  or  men  carting 
firewood  to  the  mines — which  consume  600,000 
tons  a  year. 

In  galvanised-iron  buildings  painted  white, 
with  air  spaces  under  gabled  roofs  and  wide  ver- 
andahs. Government  officials  put  in  their  day's 
work. 


704 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


A  notice  board  outside  the  Mining  Warden's 
office  carried  information  regarding  prospecting 
areas,  leases,  exemptions,  and  summons  notices  to 
appear  at  the  Warden's  Court  on  dates  fixed  by 
authority  under  penalties,  within  the  jurisdiction 
of  the  Mining  Acts.  Good  ironstone-gravel  tracks 
led  off  here  and  there  to  old  workings  or  old  fields, 
to  the  Great  Beyond ! 

Once  there  were  eight  lively  hotels  in  Broad 
Arrow,  but  now  a  solitary  "pub"  is  sufficient  for 
the  business. 


ence,  never  learned.  In  this  case  the  hump- 
backed team  was  hauling  a  heavily-laden  jinker 
under  the  guidance  and  advice  of  a  sun-burned 
bushman  with  a  bullock  whip.  By  the  way  that 
bushman  talked  to  those  camels  it  was  evident  that 
he  had  neither  love  nor  respect  for  them ;  but  they 
worked  with  a  docility,  an  humbleness,  no  Biblical 
camel  ever  knew.  One  could  see  by  their 
demeanour  that  a  new  situation  had  arisen,  one 
that  offered  no  precedent,  a  situation  sordid,  un- 
poetic,  and  lowering  to  the  traditional  status  of 


Characteristic  Quartz  Outcrop 


The  glamor  of  the  field  has  gone.  A  shaft  in 
the  distance,  the  little  wooden  cross  of  a  tin  church 
and  memories  of  the  "Golden  Arrow"  and  "Hill- 
end"  remain. 

Waiting  for  Johnson's  motor-car  to  come  in 
for  us — it  had  punctured  somewhere  out  in  the 
mulga — we  whiled  the  time  away  watching  a 
camel  team  hauling  out  water  pipes  from  the  rail- 
way yards.  The  Government  was  installing  a 
pipe  line  to  supply  Ora  Banda  with  salt  water, 
which  would  have  to  be  locally  condensed. 

The  snarling  of  the  camel  is  a  fearsome  sound 
to  hear;  the  camel,  so  like  an  animated  ant-hill,  is 
a  fearsome  beast  to  handle,  but  the  Australian 
bushman  does  things  with  the  camel  that  Asia  and 
Africa,  with  all  their  thousands  of  years'  experi- 


camelhood.  But  they  did  as  the  dusty  persoh 
with  the  bullock  whip  decreed.  For  this  is  a  coun- 
try where  precedent  does  not  count,  where  the 
achievements  of  men  and  beasts  are  mightier  than 
the  heroes  and  animals  of  antiquity.  Jason  was 
fortunate  in  his  Homer,  but  who  will  justly  sing 
the  accomplishment  of  Mercer,  70  years  of  age, 
who  journeyed  with  two  mates  from  Kalgoorlie 
to  Tanami  and  back — 2,000  miles — on  a  rumour 
of  gold. 

Platelayers  going  by  on  their  trolley  with  Win- 
chesters ready  to  shoot  the  grey  bustard,  the  wild 
turkey  of  the  Australian  plains,  bicycle  tracks  . 
radiating  towards  the  horizon,  goats  tied  to  ver- 
andah posts  of  the  railway  station,  red  downs 
dotted  with  grey  salt  bushes  and  clumps  of  black 


wI':sti<;rn  Australia:  the  glamor  oi-  gold 


705 


Coronation  Day  at  Bamboo  Creek 


oaks,  clay  pans,  gold-diggers'  claims  and  work- 
ings, above  all  a  sky  blue  beyond  blue,  and  over  all 
a  delightful  air  that  sets  the  blood  tingling.  All 
these  told  you  that  you  had  come  closer  to  the 
heart  of  the  Great  West. 

It  was  dry,  but  no  desert;  arid  but  not  sterile. 
Yesterday  the  music  of  the  stamper  proclaimed 
that  it  had  awakened  from  immemorial  slumber; 
to-morrow,  who  knows?  Its  level  expanses,  filled 
with  the  nitrogenous  riches  of  a  million  years, 
may  echo  the  song  of  the  traction  plough? 

At  Ora  Banda  Hotel  I  found  a  friend.  Garnet 
by  name.  We  had  never  met  before,  but  he 
was  a  great  reader  of  mine,  and  he  guessed  that 
sooner  or  later  I  was  pretty  sure  to  turn  up.  Out 
in  the  bush  a  day  or  two  later  I  met  Paddy  Mac, 
who  also  said  he  had  been  expecting  me  for  some 
time. 

Paddy  belonged  to  the  old  dry-blowing  brigade, 
the  crowd  that  "Dryblower"  Murphy,  "Bluebush" 
Wethered,  and  "Peter  Doubt"  Spruhan  have 
expressed  in  rugged  verse  and  prose,  the  sun- 
baked, fly-bitten  regiments  who  by  camel-back, 
horse-back,  and  on  foot  have  carried  their  water- 
bags,  their  half-hundreds  of  flour,  their  Colts  and 
Winchesters  and  tobacco  pipes,  where  even  the 
bravest  of  our  brave  explorers  might  have  hesi- 
tated to  go.  Paddy  told  me  the  only  thing  he  had 
left  on  earth  to  love  was  the  old  she-camel  that 
brought  him  out  to  the  West.  For  18  years  he 
has  hung  on  looking  for  a  lode,  such  as  Hannan 
and  Bayley  found,  such  as  thousands  like  him  have 
sought  and  hoped  for.  His  first  mate  died,  his 
second  mate  was  starved  out,  but  Paddy  still  hangs 
on  in  his  little  gunyah  in  the  bush  back  of  Ora  Ban- 
da.  Years  ago  he  struck  a  bit  of  gold.  Now  and 
then  he  prospects  out  a  little  more — enough,  to  re- 
plenish his  store  of  provisions.  He  runs  a  few 
fowls  who  keep  themselves  and  get  fat  on  white 
ants,  fossicks  for  his  lode  when  the  impulse  moves 
him,  and  would  rather  go  without  a  meal  than 
miss  his  weekly  number  of  the  Sydney  Bulletin. 
It  is  just  possible  that  Paddy  Mac  may  strike  his 


lode  before  he  crosses  the  Last  Divide.  I  ex- 
amined a  lode  not  three  miles  from  his  hut  which 
shows  how  luck,  rather  than  science,  is  of  service 
to  the  gold-seeker  in  this  country.  The  apex  of 
this  particular  lode  was  just  thirty-six  inches 
from  the  surface,  and  its  discovery  came  by  merest 
accident.  The  surrounding  country  seemed  on 
the  surface  to  be  more  suitable  for  growing 
oranges  or  wheat  than  anything  else — providing 
one  could  get  enough  water.  There  were  no  visible 
indications  of  mineral  wealth,  nothing  more  than 
salmon  gum  and  saltbush  to  testify  to  its  existence 
a  few  feet  below  the  surface.  Yet  I  offered  that 
little  mine  to  a  Melbourne  crowd  for  £50,000  a 
few  days  later,  and  subsequent  events  proved  that 
they  missed  a  good  investment.  I  doubt  if  the  ex- 
haustive geological  and  petrological  survey  which 
they  talk  of  in  the  lobbies  of  the  Legislature  in 
Perth  would  ever  reveal  the  existence  of  "shows" 
such  as  these.  Only  the  guiding  hand  of  Provi- 
dence is  any  help  in  the  matter,  and  the  ways  of 
Providence  are  inscrutable,  according  to  the  best 
authorities. 

Legislation  may  cheapen  the  cost  of  living  in 
Western  Australia,  reduce  cab  fares,  limit  the 
public  houses,  establish  many  more  government 
tanks  to  hold  half-a-million  gallons  of  water, 
erect  State  batteries  and  perform  a  thousand  pub- 
lic functions,  but  it  cannot  reduce  the  vagaries  of 
human  fortune  to  a  formula  or  establish  the  exist- 
ence of  payable  gold  in  any  given  spot  by  mathe- 
matical calculation. 

Any  man  in  that  dryblower's  camp  in  the  bush 
back  of  Ora  Banda  could  tell  you  that — and  more. 
An  outpost  of  about  40  held  that  spot  at  the  time 
I  visited  it.  Some  ages  before  the  appointment  of 
the  first  Government  geologist,  a  river  whose 
course  will  never  be  marked  on  a  map  swirled 
around  ancient  boulders  and  through  channels  in 
pre-historic  rocks,  depositing  from  time  to  time 


Sulphide  Dump   (worth  about  £10,000) 
At  Gimblet  Goldmine,  Ora  Banda 


7o6 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  First  Westralian  Goldmine   (near  Southern  Cross) 


specs  and  chunks  of  gold.  Some  of  this  gold  was 
absolutely  pure  and  some  of  it  still  carried  quartz 
from  its  original  matrices.  Time — which,  philo- 
sophically speaking,  is  only  a  method  of  conscious- 
ness— went  on :  the  never-to-be-mapped  river  was 
diverted  from  its  channel,  or  dried  up  or  disap- 
peared in  some  convulsion  of  the  earth's  crust. 
Its  dry  bed  was  covered  over  with  soil  gradually, 
or  suddenly,  to  a  depth  of  perhaps  six  feet.  This 
served  as  a  most  effective  cloak  or  veil  for  the  gold 
below  the  surface.  Saltbush  grew  out  of  the  soil, 
which  was  exceedingly  fertile,  mulga,  salmon  gums 
and  an  occasional  very  beautiful  currajong  tree. 
Then  a  sun-shrivelled,  hard-living  son  of  human 
conditions  arrived  out  of  the  quiet  unpeopled 
plain,  threw  his  belongings  down  in  the  shade  of  a 
bush,  scraped  a  sample  of  earth  into  a  tin  dish  and 
subjected  it  to  special  examination.  He  was 
satisfied  with  what  he  saw.  He  marked  off  a  space 
of  75  feet  for  himself,  put  up  a  tent  and  went  to 
work.  By  ones  and  twos,  mostly  twos,  other  skin- 
dried,  tough-living  sons  of  earthly  desire  drifted 
at  intervals  out  of  the  still  bush,  marked  off  claims 
and  set  to  work  burrowing  into  and  baring  the  bed 
of  that  Unmapped  River.  Each,  meanwhile, 
eagerly  and  systematically  sought  to  transfer  to 
his  own  particular  leather  pouch,  or  pocket,  those 
slugs,  specks,  and  chunks  of  alluvial  gold  which 
had  fallen  by  virtue  of  their  higher  specific  gravity 


into  the  crannies  and  pot  holes  and  crevices  over 
which  the  immemorial  waters  of  the  never-to-be- 
mapped  river  had  poured  and  sung. 

Among  the  claims,  protected  by  a  little  barri- 
cade of  stones  and  a  little  fence  of  sticks,  a  Cape 
gooseberry  was  growing,  the  miners'  pet.  They 
would  go  without  a  drink  to  keep  that  plant 
alive ! 

I  wanted  to  see  some  alluvial  gold.  The  secrecy 
with  which  this  class  of  miner  envelops  a  new 
find  stood  in  my  way  at  first.  But  before  I  left  the 
little  rush,  an  old  Irish  prospector  produced  from 
his  trousers  pocket  a  greasy  rag  wrapped  around 
a  little  parcel  made  up  of  an  equally  greasy  seg- 
ment of  newspaper.  This  he  reverentially  un- 
rolled and  showed  two  pieces  of  gold,  with  iron- 
stone, worth  about  £30.  Subsequently  I  read  in  ' 
the  newspapers  that  a  40-ounce  and  44-ounce  '^ 
nugget  had  been  found  at  Ora  Banda.  The  men 
engaged  in  road-making  had  thrown  down  tools 
and  made  for  the  field. 

It  was  an  interesting  corner  of  the  bush,  with 
its  camps  and  claims,  and  gritty  figures  of  men  at 
work  in  the  wash.  A  perfume  of  burning  sandal- 
wood filled  the  air  from  fires  lighted  to  dry  the 
dirt  before  it  was  treated  in  the  dry-blowing 
machines.  When  mining  is  slack  the  floating 
population  occasionally  devotes  itself  to  collecting 
sandalwood  for  sale. 


WESTERN    AUSTRALIA:    THE    GLAMOR    OF    GOLD 


707 


The  rattle  of  the  dry-blowers  went  out  across 
rich  saltbush  flats,  over  red  ironstone  ridges, 
through  beautiful  drooping  wilgas  and  groves  of 
salmon  gum  and  white  boles  of  gimlet  wood.  Dry- 
blowers  fitted  with  handles  and  an  adjustable 
wheel,  which  can  be  trundled  along  barrow 
fashion,  were  among  the  "plants"  of  this  primitive 
field.  Some  of  these  may  have  been  brought  500 
miles.  Distances  in  the  West  are  different.  One 
or  two  of  newer  appearance  had  been  wheeled 


on.  Huge  "mullock"  heaps  were  being  put 
through  the  puddling  mills,  vats,  and  filter 
presses.  From  these  the  gold,  in  a  solution  like 
clear  water,  is  poured  out  over  zinc  shavings — 
where  galvanic  action  is  set  up — and  precipitated, 
a  somewhat  more  complicated  and  scientific  pro- 
cess than  the  wasteful  methods  of  early  mining 
days. 

The  mullock  heaps  here  were  worth  i  is.  a  ton. 
one  little  mine  has  £17,000  in  its    heap;    and    in 


/" 

^     — ^ 

'^^rv^     ^^  -^vrnf 

If''. 

^1 

^ 

►J^E^.J 

^k|.     jL^m^^  .i/jt/Lga^  'X^^^^H 

" 

9H 

^^^«^           ->•'  t    .--'^ '                                   ^^Tt 

V      ■-  - 

-  -^ 

Jiia 

Alluvial  Miners,  Ora  Banda 


■fverf 
amp 


^er  from  Broad  Arrow,  about  40  miles.  In  one 
;amp  I  noticed  a  new  hide  bucket.  These  are 
made  in  Kalgoorlie,  and  appertain  to  deeper  sink- 
ing. And  there  were  long-handled  shovels,  dishes, 
blucher  boots,  tinned  meats,  "fifties"  of  flour, 
tinned  beans  and  peas,  and  fish,  wire  meat  safes, 
stretcher  beds,  water-bags,  and  all  the  usual  be- 
longings of  a  mining  camp. 

At  Ora  Banda  I  found  the  Alford  family,  who 
had  driven  overland  with  cattle  from  South  Aus- 
tralia— father,  wife,  and  daughter.  They  took 
two  years  on  the  journey.  Ora  Banda  has  long 
been  known  as  a  good  lode-bearing  field.  At  the 
|»time  of  my  visit  there  were  several  mines 
IHtn  operation  and  considerable  cyaniding  was  going 


the  house  where  the  final  process  was  going  on 
£50  a  day  was  being  silently  deposited  in  little 
tanks  chemically  set  like  traps  to  catch  the  same 
metal  which  that  wrinkled  old  Irishman  unrolled 
with  reverence  from  a  greasy  rag! 

The  men  who  are  interested  in  gold  finding, 
or  gold  treatment — and  these  make  up  a 
majority  of  Westerners — have  no  time  for  agri- 
culture or  any  other  industry. 

Talking  with  a  mine  manager  out  here,  I 
happened  to  mention  that  the  surrounding  salt- 
bush  was  one  of  our  most  valuable  Australian 
fodder  plants. 

"D — n  the  saltbush,"  he  replied;  "it's  no  good 
for  mining  timber." 


7o8 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Wild  Flowers  at  Murrim  Murrim 


Which  led  to  a  discussion  on  the  qualities  of 
local  woods  for  these  purposes.  The  mining  man 
asserted  emphatically  that  salmon  gum  was  the 
finest  wood  in  the  world. 

The  only  attempt  at  agriculture  out  there  was 
that  of  a  despised  citizen  who  had  taken  a  log, 
studded  it  with  iron  spikes,  scratched  over  an  acre 
of  the  free  red  loam  and  thrown  in  wheat.  Great 
local  surprise  was  expressed  at  the  appearance 
of  what  I  found  in  the  month  of  June  to  be  a  nice 
green  crop.  It  confirmed  my  belief  in  a  future 
for  this  country  which  most  mining  men  of  to-day 
cannot  appreciate. 

When  dry-blowers  and  cyanide  plants  have 
filled  their  respective  functions,  when  steel-lined 
rooms  and  galvanised  roofs  have  given  place  to 
an  architecture  more  suitable  for  hot  climates; 
when  the  number  of  10,000  gallon  tanks  has  been 
multiplied,  the  storages  generally  increased,  when 
the  "flute  players,"  i.e.,  the  "talkers,"  are  all  gone 
and  the  "doers"  come  into  their  own,  this  land  will 
enter  upon  another  and  more  lasting  phase  of  pro- 
duction. 

When  my  father  marched  from  Fort  Laramie 
to  Benicia  with  General  Harney's  regiments  there 
was  little  thought  that  Nevada  and  Utah  and 
Wyoming  would  be  over-run  by  farmers  within 
the  next  generation. 

Where  Johnson  and  Martin  and  I  pulled  up  our 
American  car  to  examine  that  green  crop,  which 
had  been  sown  broadcast  after  scratching  the  pri- 
mitive soil  with  a  pre-historic  plough,  there  is  no 
thought  to-day  that  another  generation  may  see 
the  land  glowing  with  wheat  and  vine. 

Yet  if  our  rulers  are  wise,  it  will  be  so.  And  if 
they  are  not  wise,  then  the  fate  of  Belgium  will 
have  been  no  example  and  no  warning  for  the 
people  of  this  Commonwealth. 

The  closer  settlement  of  Western  Australia  pre- 
sents to-day  far  less  difficulties  than  the  settlement 
of  the  Hawkesbury  Valley  did  a  hundred  years 
ago.  There  are  no  great  mountain  chains  to  cross 
and  roads  are  easy  of  construction,  roads  suitable 


to  the  petrol  carriage,  which  eats  up  the  miles 
after  a  fashion  our  fathers  never  dreamed  of.  The 
road  from  Broad  Arrow  to  Ora  Banda,  for  in- 
stance— running  in  a  bee-line  for  miles — had  been 
cleared  and  made  by  camels  who  do  not  cut  up  the 
soft  loamy  soils  with  their  flat  feet.  The  saltbush 
and  wilga  had  been  grubbed  out,  and  the  top  soil 
scraped  aside.  A  hundred  miles  west  is  no  more 
than  ten  east.  With  a  team  of  24  camels  they 
were  laying  the  water-pipes  between  those  two 
places  at  the  rate  of  2i  miles  a  day.  This  included 
the  opening  and  filling  of  the  trenches.  They 
would  need  to  do  this  when  the  lowest  wages  paid 
by  the  Water  Supply  Board  at  the  time  was  1  2s. 
a  day.  The  trench  was  opened  with  a  special  steel 
mould  board  plough  (a  wheel  appliance  gauging 
the  depth  exactly),  and  ingeniously  filled  by  a 
simple  mechanical  contrivance  after  the  pipes 
(Australian  patent  pirated  by  the  Americans) 
were  rapidly  laid  down. 

In  days  to  come,  when  hydraulic  engineers  and 
dry-farmers  ha\'e  changed  the  face  of  the  West, 
stories  of  gold  and  gold-seekers  will  make  good 
reading. 

The  gnamma  holes,  those  primitive  storages, 
said  to  have  been  made  by  aborigines  in  the  past, 
will  remain  as  curiosities.  The  gnamma  hole  is 
usually  about  8  feet  deep.  It  is  located  in  the 
granite  outcrop  in  a  kind  of  natural  cement  and 
retains  a  limited  amount  of  good  water,  which 
has  sa\'ed  many  a  traveller's  life. 

Other  natural  features  of  the  country  will  par- 
tially change.  The  human  characters  who  have 
invested  it  with  added  interest  will  pass  away. 

With  them  will  disappear  another  phase  of 
pioneering,   full  of  type  and  incident.     The  men 


A  Gnamma  Hole 


5 


WESTERN    AUSTRALIA:    THE    GLAMOR    OF    GOLD 


709 


Sandstone,  East  Murchison  Goldfield 


who  followed  the  little  "leads"  and  "shoots"  on  to 
payable  gold,  who  celebrated  their  discoveries 
with  roaring  sprees,  who  paid  in  "dust"  and 
called  no  man  master,  will  have  gone  for  ever. 

Prendergast,  "Shandygaff,"  Taffy  Wilson, 
Dunn  the  Fighting  Man — the  prospector  and  his 
peculiar  parasites — will  have  vanished  from  the 
fringes  cf  civilisation.  Thieves  who  were  hunted 
out  of  remotest  camps  under  a  modified  lynch  law, 
to  take  their  chances  in  wastes  unknown,  honest 
men  who  crowded  200  strong  around  the  con- 
denser on  a  new  "rush"  to  pay  2S.  6d.  a  gallon 
for  a  bag  of  hot  water,  half  of  which  would  be 
pressed  out  before  they  got  away  from  the  crowd 
— new  chums  and  old  hands,  will  all  alike  have 
joined  the  Great  Majority. 

That  hardy  breed  which  was  lured  into  the 
West  by  the  glamor  of  gold  will  perhaps  leave 
worthy  successors  behind,  but  the  free,  wild  life 
will  be  gone.  The  chances  of  fortune  will  also  be 
laid  on  more  mathematical  lines.  How  uncertain 
these  have  proved  is  instanced  by  many  a  romantic 
story.  There  was  the  case  of  the  new  chum  Eng- 
lishman who  arrived  at  a  far  out  "rush"  and  pro- 
ceeded to  make  a  nuisance  of  himself  by  asking 
experienced  claim-holders  for  advice.  At  last, 
wearied  of  foolish  questions  someone  told  him  to 
"peg  out  there  and  be  d — d." 


"There"  was  a  piece  of  unlikely-looking  ground 
which  no  experienced  miner  would  touch.  The 
new  chum  pegged  out,  to  the  joy  of  the  whole  field. 
But  the  laugh  went  the  other  way  when  inside  of 
an  hour  the  new  chum  brought  up  a  30-ounce 
nugget  in  his  amateur  dish  of  wash. 

There  was  the  story  of  the  boomster  (told  me 
by  himself),  who  earned  £5,000  one  morning  be- 
fore breakfast,  pegging  out  claims  for  London 
investors.  Of  the  other  man  who  came  to  Kal- 
goorlie  selling  hot  pies  and  went  away  worth 
£80,000.  Men  who  chased  the  "goose"  into  the 
unexplored  on  the  strength  of  "mulga  wires"  and 
gulls  who  listened  to  promoters  at  the  other  end 
of  the  cable  were  actuated  by  the  same  motive,  but 
the  actual  followers  of  the  wild  goose  got  the  most 
excitement.  They  saw  the  W^est  and  tasted  its 
joys.  Some  of  them  went  right  down  to  elemental 
conditions. 

There  was  a  little  man — Edwards  was  his  name 
— a  "Cockney,"  who  sat  with  me  in  the  hotel  at 
Kalgoorlie  all  one  Saturday  evening  and  talked. 
As  every  writer  knows,  the  great  majority  of  those 
who  get  good  experiences  have  no  sense  of  literary 
values.  But  there  is  an  occasional  man  with  a 
"seeing  eye,"  and  Edwards  was  one  of  those 
men. 


710 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


He  had  followed  the  "water  dog,"  the  man  who 
goes  to  find  water  for  diggers,  and  he  had  gone 
alone.  He  knew  Kimberley,  The  Cross,  Pilbarra, 
Murchison,  in  their  pre-Coolgardie  days,  and  he 
knew  the  fields  from  the  start.  He  had  lived 
among  the  cannibalistic  natives  of  theNorth-West, 
who  had  eaten  his  Italian  mate  "all  but  his  heels." 
He  knew  the  straight  tracks  of  an  emu  with  zig- 
zag cross  tracks    indicate  that  the  bird  has  gone 


He  described  the  crowd  in  spotless  moles  who 
rode  into  Cue  after  having  found  gold. 

He  told  how,  after  seven  months  in  the  saddle, 
his  principal  desire  was  for  crystal  sugar  which 
somehow  represented  refinement,  luxury,  the 
smoothness  and  sweetness  of  civilisation  to  him 
at  the  time. 

I  learned  from  him  thatthe  finest  crop  of  empty 
bottles  on  this  Continent    can    be    harvested    at 


Oroya  Groldmine,  Black  Range,  East  Murchison 


to  water  and  come  back  feeding!  Knowledge 
such  as  this  is  worth  more  than  gold.  In  the  wide 
arid  stretches  of  the  interior  it  is  just  such  know- 
ledge which  saves  men  from  disaster  and  death. 
He  knew  the  mistakes  of  some  early  explorers, 
and  had  a  quiet  contempt  for  "pot-house  pros- 
pectors" and  "flute  players."  In  the  early  days 
of  Cue  he  had  walked  with  his  mates  to  Millie 
Camp,  lo  miles  for  water,  before  breakfast,  to 
come  back  with  full  bags  and  find  their  claims 
jumped.  One  man  lost  three  claims  in  a  week 
this  way,  going  out  to  get  water  for  a  sick  mate. 

He  could  tell  you  the  difference  between  the 
"Nor'-Westers"  and  the  "Pack-Saddle  Men,"  the 
men  in  inevitable  flannels  and  moleskins,  and  the 
men  who  wore  waistcoats. 


Cossack  if  one  could  only  find  a  profitable  way  to 
get  them  out. 

This  item  was  reverently  added  to  the  "Re- 
sources of  Western  Australia"  in  my  note-book. 

I  learned  from  him  that,  when  it  is  a  case  of  life 
or  death,  tying  a  handkerchief  filled  with  salt  over 
a  blackfellow's  mouth  may  Induce  him  to  disclose 
the  existence  of  a  water  hole,  but  rarely  of  a  sacred 
well.  Being  absolutely  without  water  from  mid- 
day, Thursday,  until  late  on  Saturday  night,  was 
his  most  poignant  experience. 

His  mate,  Charlie,  was  an  outlaw  from  Queens- 
land, who  had  not,  to  his  constant  regret,  seen  a  , 
Melbourne   Cup   for    17   years,   but  he  knew  all 
horses,    pedigrees,    and    performances    from   the 
beginning  of  things. 


WESTERN    AUSTRALIA:    THE    GLAMOR    OF    GOLD 


711 


So  without  a  drop  of  water  left,  under  the 
cloudless,  day-long  heat  of  a  mid-summer  sun, 
away  in  the  remote  North-West,  these  two  rode 
on  "pushing"  the  pack  horse  in  front  of  them,  all 
day,  every  day  from  noon  on  that  best-remem- 
bered Thursday  of  their  lives  until  the  indistinct 
Saturday  of  their  deliverance  from  death. 

"I  tried  a  stone  in  my  mouth,"  said  Edwards. 
"It  brought  away  part  of  the  roof  of  my  mouth 
when  I  took  it  out.       We  came  to  a  dry  creek 


down  the  bank.  We  smelled  the  ground,  it  was 
damp.  We  scratched  away  the  sand  near  a  big 
stone,  dipped  our  faces  in  and  drank.  Charlie 
ladled  out  a  dishful  for  his  horse.  The  horse 
wouldn't  drink,  so  he  threw  the  dish  at  him 
and  swore.  We  seemed  to  tumble  over  then  and 
go  to  sleep.  Next  morning  Charlie  wakened  up. 
It  was  the  day  after  Derby  Day  in  England.  He 
sat  up  and  wondered  what  horse  won.  Then  he 
wondered  why  his    horse  had    refused  to  drink 


Frazer's  Mine,  Southern  Cross 


ed  and  began  sinking  a  hole;  left  that  without 
getting  any  water  and  pushed  on.  All  day  Satur- 
day we  didn't  speak  to  one  another.  All  day 
Saturday  I  thought  I  was  travelling  in  a  train  from 
the  docks  to  Fenchurch  Street.  At  the  foot  of  the 
steps  leading  down  to  Fish  Street  Hill,  I  thought 
there  was  a  little  'pub'  I  knew  20  years  ago, 
where  they  sold  cool,  delicious,  bitter  ale.  That 
kept  me  up.  I  wasn't  tired.  I  wasn't  hungry.  I 
wasn't  thirsty.  I  was  just  expectant  and  kind  of 
glad. 

"It  came  dark,  but  we  kept  on.  No  use  stopping 
now.  We  kept  right  on.  By  and  by  coming  out 
of  a  dream  like,  we  felt  the  ground  going  away 
from  us.    Charlie  was  leading  his  horse.    He  went 


after  two  days  without  a  taste.  Then  he  looked 
over  at  me  and  sang  out.  'Good  God!  look  at 
your  face !'  I  was  only  half  awake,  but  I  opened 
my  eyes  wide  and  looked  at  him,  and  I  said, 
'Great  Scott,  look  at  your  own !' 

"We  faced  one  another,  sitting  up  on  the  moist 
sand.  Our  faces  were  caked  with  scum  where  we 
had  dipped  them  in  to  drink  the  night  before.  No 
woncier  Charlie's  horse  refused  it.  It  took  us  two 
hours  to  clean  out  that  hole  before  we  had  another 
drink  of  it." 

Charlie  was  lost  at  last  and  never  seen  again. 
Edwards  often  wondered  what  had  become  of 
him.  He  was  minus  an  eye,  so  his  old  mate  told 
me.     I  fancied  I  could  see  this  one-eyed  Charlie, 


712 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


hatless,  in  moleskin  pants,  and  flannel  shirt,  at 
a  bush  race  meeting,  betting  his  mates  five 
ounces  to  one,  and  setting  up  the  whisky  and  rum 
at  a  sovereign  a  bottle. 

He  went  out  duck  shooting  in  Kimberley  on 
one  occasion.  His  gun  burst  and  shattered  part 
of  his  hand.  Being  outside  the  region  of  doctors, 
Charlie,  one-eyed  Charlie,  took  a  tomahawk  and 
cut  the  dismembered  part  oft  himself.  He 
recovered. 

"Between  Sandy  Creek  and  Taylor's"  this  one- 
eyed,  one-handed  figure  of  the  grim  North-West, 
went  out  with  two  horses  and  disappeared.  We 
can  bet  he  died  game. 


A   Currajong  Tree 


Coming  down  Barrack  Hill,  Paddington,  which 
is  a  suburb  of  Sydney,  in  December  of  19 14,  a 
knot  of  brown  fellows  in  khaki  got  into  my 
compartment  in  the  tram. 

Curiously,  the  story  about  that  one-eyed  man 
drifted  into  my  mind.  I  could  not  help  thinking, 
although  the  Germans  had  shown  no  lack  of  per- 
sonal courage,  the  German  Empire  with  all 
its  resources  could  not  produce  just  that  type;  the 
type  from  which  Charlie  was  recruited,  and  which 
I  saw  reflected  in  the  khaki-clad  gentlemen 
opposite.  I  felt  sure  those  gentlemen  would 
acquit  themselves  with  valor  and  resource. 

They  are  filled  with  quaint  superstitions ;  they 
pay  their  tributes  to  Bacchus,  believing  that  the 


to 

I 


gods  of  luck  fa\ored  the  feckless;  but  this  Legio 
of  the  Long  Track  is    nowise    unintelligent,    or 
unafraid.      From  the  expert  prospector  who  can 
"dry  dish"  70  dishes  a  day  to  the  English  new 
chum,  they  are  all  children  of  chance,  prepared  to 
take  the  "duffers"  with  the  finds.     The  knowi 
old  hands  will  strip  in  the  afternoon  and  get  t 
morning  breezes  to  blow,  the  new  chum  will  sh 
his  sweat  with  less  economy. 

They  earn  their  dust  hardly,  and  scatter  it 
freely.  Too  often  the  "pack-horse  storekeeper," 
and  the  publican  skim  the  cream  of  a  rush — trad- 
ing bad  liquor  for  a  pound  a  bottle;  nails,  three 
for  sixpence,  and  horse-shoes  and  flour  at  a  shilling 
a  pound. 

One  hears  of  thirsting  men  who  bought  a 
shilling's  worth  of  brandy  and  received  a  "nob- 
bier" of  water  with  it;  how  processions  of  diggers 
went  out  to  new  rushes;  how  the  unprovided,  in- 
experienced, sometimes  died  on  the  track;  how  the 
most  enduring  and  wisest  won  through,  sucking 
the  water  through  a  bit  of  cloth  in  the  salt  clay 
pans,  staggering  on  from  rock  hole  to  rock  hole, 
and  finally  staking  out  claims  that  brought  them 
riches,  or  nothing  at  all. 

They  are  a  combination  of  bushman  and  miner, 
men  who  could  pick  out  the  tracks  of  a  special 
horse  in  a  mob  of  500,  who  had  as  keen  an  eye  for 
indications  of  gold  in  a  landscape  of  a  hundred 
miles  radius.  They  say  among  themselves  that  a 
man  who  cannot  stand  a  stroke  of  lightning  is  no 
good  for  that  country.  In  point  of  fact,  where 
men  like  Edwards,  sometime  of  London,  can  sur- 
vive, harden,  and  become  entirely  competent,  the 
average  man  can  also  live  and  enjoy  life  as  it 
would  be  impossible  for  him  to  do  under  gentler 
conditions.  The  harder  days  are  done.  At  the 
last  "Bullfinch"  rush  men  who  could  command 
motor-cars  got  in  first,  lube  skirts  reached  Kal- 
goorlie  before  they  became  fashionable  in  Sydney, 
and  the  lady  who  took  to  champagne  drinking  be- 
cause she  was  always  christening  new  batteries 
(the  custom  being  to  break  a  case  over  the 
machinery  and  go  on  a  three  days'  drunk)  is  dead. 
But  the  glamor  of  gold  still  clings  to  Western 
Australia.  The  sun  of  the  fortune-hunter  has  not 
set.  Beyond  the  farthest-out  fields,  there  are  yet 
vast  regions  unexplored.  Within  the  radius  of 
known  fields  there  are  golden  possibilities  yet  un- 
exploited,  lodes  and  nuggets  which  have  eluded 
the  gold-seeker's  grasp.  Kalgoorlie  will  not  be 
the  last  of  the  great  mines,  nor  Nullagine  the  final  ; 
word. 

The  Government  geologist  kindly  presented  me 
with  forty-two  volumes  of  reports.  I  have  not 
read  them  all,  but  I  have  read  enough  to  convince 
me — with  what  I  know — that  only  a  moiety  of  the 
mineral  wealth  of  the  Mighty  West  has  yet  been 
seen.  ■  ! 


I 


b 

s 


7'3 


7'4 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


When  Coolgardie  and  Kalgoorlie  had  called 
the  fortune-seekers  of  the  world  to  them,  the  dis- 
appointed went  away  often  poorer  than  they 
came.  Having  missed  expected  riches  they  had 
no  good  reports  of  the  land  that  disappointed 
them.  It  was  to  them  and  to  their  followers,  the 
"Waterless  West,"  a  waste  in  which  gold  might 
be  found,  but  hardships  and  perils  outbalanced  all 
possible  gains.  The  first  and  last  charge  against 
Western  Australia  which  calls  for  investigation  is 
that  of  aridity. 

Even  these  discursi\'e  pages  prove  that  the  dry- 
ness of  the  State  is  partial,  not  general.  The  gold- 
fields  happened  to  be  within  the  dry  zone.  To 
make  life  and  labor  possible  the  young  State  was 
faced  with  the  problem  of  a  goldfields  water  sup- 
ply. She  replied  with  Mundaring  Weir  and  the 
biggest  hydraulic  pumping  scheme  in  the  history 
of  engineering. 

The  concrete  face  of  Mundaring  is  not  more 
solid  than  the  national  spirit  which  undertook  this 
task  and  completed  it  within  five  years.  These 
three  hundred  thousand  people  of  the  West  have 


already  spent  five  millions  sterling  on  water  i 
servation.  The  goldfields  scheme,  whereby  w 
for  cities,  mines,  and  gardens  is  carried  a  distance 
of  350  miles,  is  responsible  for  over  three  and  a 
quarter  millions  of  this.  The  number  of  towns 
supplied  now  approaches  30,  and  extensions  of 
116  miles  have  been  made-  to  serve  agricultural 
areas.  The  average  daily  consumption  of  wateiB 
is  about  three  million  gallons.  The  maximum 
delivery  per  day  is  five  million  gallons.  From  a 
strictly-actuarial  viewpoint  the  scheme  has  proved 
improfitable,  the  annual  revenues  being  inadequate 
to  cover  working  expenses  and  interest,  and  leave 
a  proportionate  contribution  to  sinking  fund.  But 
if  shortages  in  sinking  fund  do  occur,  the  gains  to 
the  State  in  other  directions  will  more  than  com- 
pensate for  them.  The  total  public  debt  of  West«l 
ern  Australia  is  over  thirty-four  millions.  ItS 
assets,  including  revenue-producing  works,  such  as 
this  Goldfields  Water  Supply,  keep  good  the 
national  credit.  Under-production,  under-popula- 
tion,  are  far  greater  dangers  than  borrowing 
money  for  such  necessary  national  undertakings.    , 


i 


Helena  River,  Mundaring 


IGHTEEN  years  before  I  landed  in  Perth, 


ri  .  two  of  us  tossed  up  a  coin  in  a 
wine  saloon  in  Rowe  Street,  Sydney,  to 
see  whether  we  would  join  the  expectant 
bands  who  were  then  daily  packing  the 
steamers  for  Fremantle,  or  stay  in  our  billets.  We 
were  both  well  placed  at  the  time.  Neither  felt 
particularly  sorry  when  the  toss  went  against  us. 
But  I  know  that  I  ha\'e  missed  the  best  experience 
this  Continent  had  to  offer  in  my  lifetime.  It 
would  have  been  worth  more  to  a  young  journalist 
of  24  than  six  or  seven  hundred  a  year. 

As  I  went  up  the  Kalgoorlie  track  in  191 2  the 
moon  was  shining  brightly.  Every  now  and  then 
one  caught  the  glitter  of  a  bottle  or  a  tin  that  had 
heen  emptied  by  those  early  pilgrims  to  the  fields 


aa»i«^«gwaMi.- 


Hannan  Street,  Kalgoorlie 


KALGOORLIE 


"Young  man,"  said  he,  "the  finest  lot  of  horses 
and  barmaids  went  up  that  road  that  ever 
travelled  anywhere  in  this  world." 

I  believe  him.  No  doubt  there  went  up  that 
track  also  some  of  the  worst  and  best  the  world 
held  at  that  period.  They  came  from  all  over; 
such  men  as  only  great  wars  and  great  discoveries 
will  bring  together.  They  came  with  large  hope 
and  little  money.  Some  went  back  in  a  few  months 
with  their  fortunes  made.  Others  left  with  empty 
pockets  and  full  curses. 

As  the  trenches  of  the  army  converted  clerks 
into  heroes,  so  the  fields  brought  out  latent 
qualities  in  some  characters,  and  exposed  hidden 
meanness  in  others. 

Men  got  chances  which  could  not  possibly  come 


b 


The  man  who  sat  in  the  railway  carriage  opposite  to  them  under  ordinary  circumstances.     Just  as 

me  had  a  fine  business  in  Hay  Street,  Perth,  but  the    rapidly-changing    fortunes    of    a    battlefield 

he  sighed  when   he  spoke  of  the  boom  days  at  reduce   colonels   to   honorable   dust   and   elevate 

Coolgardie,  where  his  original  fortune  had  been  subalterns     to    colonels,     so    the     rapidly-rolling 

made.  wheels    of    fortune    presented    different    faces    to 

He  looked  out  of  the  window,  and  the  moon-  different  individuals  on  the  fields.       Opportunity 

light  on  his  silvery  hair  made  him  venerable.  came  and  the  wise  man  seized  it.     One  man  made 

715 


7i6 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


half-a-million  in  railway  construction.  He  took,  a 
contract  to  build  the  line  at  £i,ooo  a  mile.  People 
said  he  was  insane.  But  there  was  a  clause  in  his 
contract  which  enabled  him  to  levy  interim  tolls 
on  passengers  and  goods.  After  the  first  20  miles 
of  road  had  been  constructed  this  particular  wise 
man  cleared  £20,000  a  week.  F^or  him  Western 
Australia  was  the  finest  country  in  the  world. 

The  foolish  man  bought  champagne  in  Cool- 
gardie  at  £15  a  case,  drank  half  of  it  with  his 
friends,  passed  the  half-emptied  case  back  to  the 
publican,  and  bought  another  at  the  same  price. 
The  glory  of  the  moment  departed,  and  the  fool- 
ish man  found  no  good  in  the  West. 

Nothing  changes  more  rapidly  than  values  on 
a  goldfield. 

The  Council  Hall  at  Coolgardie  was  sold  while 
I  was  in  that  decayed  city,  for  £250.  Yet  it  cost 
£13,000  to  build;  £700  was  spent  on  champagne 
at  the  opening  ceremony. 

Some  oldest  inhabitants  looked  back  on  those 
opening  ceremonies^ — which  must  have  been  paral- 
yzingly  frequent — as  the  best  part  of  the  boom 
days. 

They  remembered  particularly  the  festivities 
which  took  place  when  the  great  goldfields  pump- 
ing scheme  was  completed,  how  a  camel  escort  of 
principal  citizens  went  out  to  meet  Sir  John  For- 
rest and  got  astray,  and  some  of  the  party  did  not 
return  for  two  days.  How  the  banquet  termin- 
ated with  an  inspired  humorist  walking  round 
the  table  with  his  foot  in  an  oyster  pie.  Then  De 
Baun  turned  out  the  lights.  And  somebody  asked 
De  Baun,  who  was  the  caterer,  next  day  how  he 
kept  account  of  the  crockery  and  cutlery  for  that 
colossal  feed:  "Did  you  count  it  in?" 

"Yes,"  he  counted  it  in. 

"Did  you  count  it  out?" 

"No,"  said  De  Baun,  "I  swept  it  out." 

The  West  is  wide-hearted,  jovial,  prodigal 
still.  I  had  to  tell  my  friends  in  Perth  that  even 
the  temperance  drinks  I  have  confined  myself  to 
for  many  years  cannot  be  taken  as  if  through  a 
tube. 

At  Kalgoorlie,  although  all  drinks  were  still  a 
shilling,  one  found  the  frequent  invitation  to 
"liquor  up"  embarassing.  The  bar-maidens  of 
Kalgoorlie  are  still  the  most  beautiful  and  exem- 
plary in  the  world,  but  a  busy  literary  man  does 
not  necessarily  gain  information  suitable  for  a 
somewhat  staid  publication  from  Junoesque 
divinities  in  frequent  temples  of  Bacchus.  Kal- 
goorlie preserves  most  of  the  traditions  and  many 
of  the  habits  of  boom  days.  It  is  still,  perhaps, 
the  most  interesting  city  in  Australia. 

Every  mining  machinery  agency  on  earth  seems 
to  be  represented  there.  The  old  claims  appeal 
instantly    to    the    stranger's    imagination.     Here 


School  of  Mines,  Coolgardie 


fortunes  were  actually  lost  and  won.  Here  gold- 
seekers  of  all  nationalities  shovelled  and  scraped 
under  Australian  suns,  waiting  that  chance  which 
was  to  bring  each  of  them  his  heart's  desire. 

The  old  claims  look  like  red  anthills  now.  The 
earth  has  been  burrowed  and  sieved  for  miles. 
One  sees  the  last  marks  of  picks  in  long-abandoned 
claims  where  the  owners  finished  up  eighteen  or 
twenty  years  ago.  One  sees  also  fresh  workings 
of  fossickers — chiefly  ancient  miners  who  will  not 
take  the  old-age  pension.  They  make  a  living, 
and  sometimes  a  little  rise,  by  pawing  over  old 
ground. 

On  the  quiet  Sunday  of  my  arrival  in  Kalgoorlie 
I  went  up  on  a  hillock  overlooking  the  city.  It 
gave  me  a  fine  commanding  view  of  the  greatest 
goldfield  on  earth.  Everywhere  I  saw  shafts, 
poppetheads,  machinery,  and  paddocks  of  iron- 
stone gravel  pockmarked,  burrowed,  tunnelled, 
pitted  and  torn.  Great  heaps  of  yellow  clay, 
gravel,  and  stone;  smaller  heaps  of  red  clay, 
gravel,  and  stone.  The  stones  at  my  feet  were 
quartz,  but  the  gold  of  Kalgoorlie  does  not  all  lie 
in  quartz.  Its  famous  telluride  ores  faced  mining 
experts  with  a  problem  which  the  genius  of  Aus-  , 
tralia  finally  solved  on  the  spot.  Along  the 
Golden  Mile  mullock  heaps  became  tall  hills;  for 
there  lies  the  rich  core  of  the  field.     The  turning 


*t- 


KALGOORLIi:,  WESTERN  AUSTRALIA 


717 


over  ot  the  immediate  landscape  has  been  general. 
In  his  rage  for  wealth,  Man  creates  ugliness. 
Here  a  chaos  of  holes  and  hillocks  defaces  crea- 
tion. In  his  passion  for  order  man  re-creates 
beauty.  There  lie  patches  of  green  cultivation, 
parks,  gardens,  ornamental  trees.  A  line  of 
low  blue-black  hills  on  the  horizon   shows  what 


ing  away  from  the  mineral  area;  soils  which  Mr. 
Foster  Eraser  erroneously  classed  as  "desert" 
from  information  gathered,  presumably  on  his  one 
hurried  journey  to  Mundaring  Weir. 

With  an  average  rainfall  of  10  inches,  dry- 
farming  experts  of  to-day  will  readily  agree  that 
such  soils  are  by  no  means  outside  the  wheat  area. 


Intersection  of  Hannan  and  Maritana  Streets,  Kalgoorlie 


Kalgoorlie  was  like  before  the  eyes  of  human 
discovery  were  attracted  by  a  glitter  of  gold. 
Nearer  to  view  are  the  little  white  houses  of  work- 
ing miners,  with  an  occasional  vine,  a  rare  fence, 
an  infrequent  effort  to  make  a  real  garden  within 
a  real  enclosure  which  would  be  a  barrier  to  pre- 
datory goats — inseparable  from  mining  claims  in 
this  country. 

A  cool  breeze  was  blowing  from  the  south-west. 
It  is  the  prevailing  wind,  which  has  helped  to  wear 
the  mountains  of  the  interior  down  to  their 
golden  roots,  to  alternately  disclose  and  hide 
their  riches.  There  was  absolutely  not  a  hands- 
breadth  of  cloud  in  the  whole  blue  expanse  of  sky. 

I  he  air  was  like  wine  that  glorious  June  morning 
when  I  surveyed  the  great  field  from  my  com- 
manding hill-top  above  the  Golden  Mile.       One 

■aw  blood-red  soils  instinct  with  fertility  spread- 


What  they  will  do  under  Irrigation,  wherever 
irrigation  can  be  made  possible,  we  can  gather 
from  local  examples. 

Just  below  my  range  of  vision  is  a  miner's 
shack  and  claim.  Three  iron  pipes  have  been 
lashed  together  for  poppet-heads.  A  wire  rope 
and  whim  make  the  winding  gear.  This  miner 
is  married — a  pair  of  woman's  stockings  flutter 
from  a  rope  outside  the  shack,  which  with  a  shirt, 
a  towel,  and  a  pair  of  socks  seem  to  constitute  a 
family  washing.  One  cannot  help  thinking  that 
men  like  these  would  live  infinitely  more  comfort- 
able and  productive  lives  as  small  irrigationists  or 
dry-farmers. 

The  present  Western  Australian  wheat  belt  ex- 
tends from  Northampton  to  Albany,  a  distance  of 
600  miles.  Its  average  width  is  about  60  miles, 
and  its  approximate  area  60  million  acres.     With 


7i8 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Oranges   Grown   at   Kalgoorlie 


an  average  crop  of  ten  bushels  to  the  acre,  there 
would  be  a  production  of  six  hundred  miUion 
bushels  of  grain  per  year  from  this  strip  alone. 
But  the  wheat  belt  will  not  be  contained  within 
these  theoretical  boundaries;  in  time  it  will  be 
extended,  one  feels  sure,  as  far  as  Kalgoorlie,  and 
farther.  Men  laugh  when  one  speaks  of  Kal- 
goorlie as  an  agricultural  district.  Men  would 
have  laughed  a  few  years  ago  if  Temora  were 
talked  of  as  a  future  wheat-growing  area. 
Laughter  is  cheap.  Ridicule  may  impede,  but  it 
will  never  prevent  progress.  No  one  knows  how 
long  Western  mines  will  last,  but  wealth  of  West- 
ern soils  is  eternal.  With  irrigation  their  true 
productive  qualities  are  brought  out. 

In  Ayr  Street,  Kalgoorlie,  an  old  Mildura 
settler,  L.  C.  Noland,  has  a  quarter-acre  garden 
under  irrigation  from  the  goldfields  water  supply. 
His  water  rates  amounted  to  two  shillings  and  six- 
pence a  week.  This  quarter-acre  interested  me 
quite  as  much  as  the  Golden  Mile.  It  displayed 
an  even  more  valuable  and  permanent  asset.  No 
quarter-acre  on  Yanco  or  Mildura  showed  heavier 
yields  or  greater  variety  of  production.  The 
quality  of  both  fruit  and  vegetables  was  superb. 
Lisbon  lemons  and  Mediterranean  orange  trees, 
five  years  of  age,  I  found  in  magnificent  bearing, 
carrying  crops  of  the  choicest  quality.  They  were 
worth  4d.  a  lb.  in  Kalgoorlie  at  the  time.  With 
i6olbs.  of  fruit  to  a  tree  there  was  some  profit  in 
the  proposition.  San  Michael  of  Azores  oranges 
displaying  their  great  golden  balls  among  glossy 


leaves — Joppas  in  heavy  clusters,  prolific  man- 
darins, all  testified  that  soil  and  climate  were 
eminently  suitable  for  growing  high-class  citrus 
fruits. 

Red  Prince  sultanas,  Gordo  Blancos,  Zante 
currants  proclaimed  them  equally  suitable  for  the 
growing  of  grapes.  Nectarines,  peaches,  Japan- 
ese plums,  figs,  mulberries,  apricots,  Mr.  Noland 
was  growing  them  all,  and  his  garden  contained, 
moreover,  one  hundred  \arieties  of  beautiful 
roses.  In  his  neat  little  bachelor  house,  electric  lit, 
with  poultry,  books,  and  garden,  giving  him  both 
pleasure  and  profit,  L.  C.  Noland  appealed  to  me 
as  a  good  Australian  citizen.  His  example  is  one 
that  the  congenial  Westerner  might  more  often 
follow;  decreasing,  perhaps,  the  profits  from 
public-house  and  picture  show,  but  increasing 
national  and  indi\'idual  wealth,  and  increasing 
ultimate  happiness  to  an  incalculable  degree. 

Down  at  Kalgoorlie  Racecourse  one  saw  again 
what  water  and  good  gardening  can  do  in  the 
heart  of  the  West.  But  it  was  the  subtle  difference 
between  the  painted  lady  and  the  pretty  house- 
wife. The  quarter-acre  in  Ayr  Street  remains  the 
kinder  memory.  They  had  150  varieties  of 
geraniums  at  the  racecourse  and  650  hybrids,  and 
a  plant-house  full  of  asparagus  ferns,  palms,  and 
ornamental  plants  of  great  variety.  The  lawns 
and  grounds  are  as  green  and  smart  as  those  of 
I'lemington. 

Water  is  the  secret.  In  early  days  condenser 
water  cost  2S.  a  gallon.  The  difficulties  of  getting 
a  bath  were  incredible.  Personal  discomfort 
incidental  to  passing  conditions  made  dusty  exiles 
regard  the  place  as  unfit  for  habitation.  Now 
Kalgoorlie  householders  going  in  for  an  irrigated 
garden  get  their  first  5,000  gallons  for  £1.  After 
that,  up  to  20,000  gallons,  the  charge  is  2s.  a 
thousand.  From  20,000  it  increases  to  2s.  6d. 
Mr.  Noland's  meter  reading  from  21st  December 
to  1st  of  April,  the  driest  months,  gave  a  consump- 
tion of  18,000  gallons.  Under  these  circum- 
stances there  is  no  excuse  for  that  consumption  of 
bottled  beverages,  which  begins  before  breakfast 
with  a  certain  unsober  section  of  Westerners,  who 
evidently  aspire  to  perpetuate  earlier  bad  habits 
of  the  fields. 

The  Government  Health  Officer  at  Kalgoorlie 
informed  the  author  that  "the  consumption  of 
alcohol  is  still  beyond  all  reason,  and  is  the  cause 
of  a  higher  mortality." 

Normal  life  in  the  city  of  Kalgoorlie  is  undoubt- 
edly healthy.  A  number  of  weak-lunged  people 
from  the  coast  go  thither  for  change.  Ihere  is  no 
hygienic  necessity  for  white  women  to  take  an 
annual  holiday.  The  change  from  heat  of  day  to  , 
evening  coolness  is  sudden,  but  in  an  atmosphere 
as  dry  as  the  interior  not  harmful.  Frost  in 
winter  is  unexpectedly  frequent  on  the  fields. 


KALGOORLIE,  WESTERN  AUSTRALIA 


719 


Li\ing  can  also  be  made  pleasant.  An  abund- 
ance of  fresh  fruit  and  vegetables — much  of  the 
latter  locally  grown — plenty  of  fine  gardens,  shade 
trees,  flowers,  the  city  has  a  great  deal  to  make  it 
attractive. 

After  its  mineral  era  is  over  it  may  look  for- 
ward, like  Gympie  and  Ballarat,  to  a  continuation 
of  its  prosperity  in  other  realms  of  production. 

The  tropical  inland  cities  of  Australia 
should  be  greater  hives  of  industry  in  another 
hundred  years  than  our  coastal  cities  are  to-day. 
When  ladies  of  adventure,  who  retired  on  fortunes 


Sydney.  One  of  these  girls  had  gone  to  work  in 
Kalgoorlie  at  the  age  of  14.  She  had  been  14 
years  in  the  same  place,  with  little  or  no  change, 
except  a  holiday  to  Perth. 

The  other  girl  had  had  12  years  continuous 
service.  They  were  both  plump,  robust,  clear- 
complexioned,  and  indisputably  healthy,  a  condi- 
tion and  appearance  which  applies  to  a  majority 
of  the  women  in  Kalgoorlie  and  Boulder  City. 

The  winters  are  perfect,  clear  sunlit  days, 
golden  sunsets  full  of  colour,  white  stars  and  silver 
moonlight,  air  so  pure  that  it  makes  mere  living 


A  Garden  in  Kalgoorlie 


won,  barmaids  who  married  millionaires,  "swamp- 
ers" (the  fellows  who  rushed  the  rushes),  pro- 
moters of  crazy  companies  are  no  more  than 
memories,  other  generations  of  Westerners  will 
draw  new  wealth  from  lands  that  lured  their  sires 
with  the  glamor  of  gold. 

Let  it  be  thoroughly  understood  that  this  part 
of  Western  Australia,  at  least,  is  unequivocally  a 
white  man's  country.  In  summer,  local  ther- 
mometers may  register  i  10  degrees,  but  the  nights 
are  cool.  White  women  can  live  comfortably  and 
attend  to  their  domestic  duties.  In  the  hotel 
where  I  stayed  were  two  waitresses,  natives  of 


an  exhilaration — these  are  among  the  blessings 
that  population  enjoy. 

Men  who  go  away  from  Kalgoorlie  for  a  holi- 
day tell  you  they  are  glad  to  get  back  again. 
Handsome,  red-cheeked  girls,  and  rosy  children 
tread  the  wide  streets  of  Kalgoorlie  and  Boulder 
City.     There  is  no  poverty  and  few  unemployed. 

The  visitor  hardly  expects  to  find  such  fine 
stores,  fruit  and  fish  shops,  smart  cafes,  frequent 
if  costly  electric  car  service,  green  lawns,  shady 
avenues,  bright  gardens,  nor  such  civic  patriotism 
and  well-managed  public  institutions. 


AUSTRALIA    UNLliMlll-D 


Goldfields  Girls 


Among  other  things  I  inspected  the  Municipal 
Electric  Lighting  and  Power  Plant  at  Kalgoorlie. 
They  generate  here  a  650  kilowatt  power,  in 
addition  to  an  accumulator  giving  another  500 
kilos  per  hour.  The  longest  service  is  i^  miles; 
lighting  rate,  6d.  net;  power,  4d.  to  2d.;  heaters, 
i4d.  This  plant  has  shown  a  profit  of  £80,000 
since  its  inception  14  years  ago. 

The  street  service  is  conducted  by  private  enter- 
prise. Its  debenture  holders  are  getting  the 
profits. 

As  another  example  of  the  unusual  in  Australian 
conditions,  which  has  taxed  our  inventive  faculties 
and  made  us  resourceful,  may  be  instanced  the  fact 
that  in  the  Municipal  power  house,  all  the  accumu- 
lator's plant  is  carefully  covered  to  prevent  the 
ironstone  dust  of  Kalgoorlie  destroying  the  cells. 
Iron,  as  the  electrician  knows,  is  deadly  to  cells. 

This  accumulator  plant  is  capable  of  1,000 
amperes  for  an  hour,  or  500  for  three  hours, 
and  does  away  with  two  shifts.  Its  economy  and 
reliability  are  established. 

The  local  fuel  being  entirely  wood,  the  manage- 
ment has  installed  a  hot-air  plant  which  saves 
them  £500  a  year. 

Kalgoorlie  takes  some  pride  in  its  public  insti- 
tutions, and  boasts  that  their  locally-made  grano- 
lithic track  on  the  electric-lit  recreation  ground  is 
the  fastest  in  the  Commonwealth. 

It  is  by  the  wonderful  machinery  of  the  mines 
that  more  serious-minded  citizens  wish  the 
stranger  to  be  most  impressed,  for  this  represents 


in  one   respect  resembles  a  great  manufacturing 
centre  rather  than  a  goldfield. 

Paddy  Hannan's  miner's  right  is  framed  in  the 
Town  Hall.  Hannan  first  discovered  alluvial 
gold  at  Kalgoorlie — a  fact  which  entitles  him  to 
a  pension  and  perpetual  fame.  Kalgoorlie  was 
known  as  Hannan's,  away  back  in  1896.  Han- 
nan's right  hangs  there  upon  civic  walls,  but  il 
represents  no  more  than  a  passing  phase  in  tht 
history  of  Kalgoorlie.  Up  on  the  Golden  Mih 
stand  the  mills  which  slowly  grind  the  heart  of  j 
low  range  of  Australian  hills  to  impalpable  dust.  ■ 

Local  engineers  complain  of  having  to  impor 
all  their  machinery.  On  vacant  blocks  through 
out  the  town,  one  sees  boilers,  engines,  fly-wheel 
— a  raffle  of  steel  and  iron  gone  to  "scrap."  The> 
too,  represent  a  passing  phase,  defunct  mines' 
bones  of  dead  floats,  out-of-date  processes.  U 
at  the  Golden  Mile  there  is  no  rust  on  their  boiler , 
— yet. 

The  story  of  the  Golden  Mile  is  more  thrill«i_ 
than  a  chapter  from  Monte-Cristo.  1 1 

In  1893,  after  the  exciting  find  of  Coolgardi' 
two  brothers,  George    and    William    Brookmai 
jam  makers  and  grocers  in  Adelaide,  decided  th; 
they,  too,  would  make  a  bid  for  fortune  in  tl 
West.     So  they  formed  the  Coolgardie  Minir 
and  Prospecting  Company  with  a  capital  of  £15; 
in  ten  shares,  £5  paid  up  and  five  shares  reckonc 
as    paid    to    £5.     The    preliminary    capital    w: 
organised  to  despatch  three  men  to  the  fields  wl 
were  to  do  their  best  for  the  syndicate  and  thei , 
selves.     A  practical  miner  named  Pearce,  accoi 
panied  the  enterprising  grocer,  W.  G.  Brookma 


the   Kalgoorlie  of  to-day,   the  modern   city  that     to  the  West.     Coolgardie  was  just  petering  0 


KALGOORLIK,  WESTERN  AUSTRALIA 


721 


when  Brookman  gathered  together  his  famous 
syndicate  of  fifteen.  Ada  Crossley,  the  Australian 
singer,  is  said  to  be  one  of  the  bunch.  The  north- 
ern end  of  the  little  range  had  given  the  first 
gold — Hannan's  Reward.  Brookman  couldn't 
get  near  it.  It  had  been  pegged  out  to  the  last 
inch.  So  he  went  away  south-east  three  miles,  as 
a  good  company  promoter  might  do,  took  a  404 
acre  lease,  saw  the  warden  and  claimed  exemp- 
tion ! 


back  in  Albany  he  got  the  surprise  of  his  life  when 
he  learned  that  Brookman  had  accidentally 
pegged  off  the  richest  mines  of  Kalgoorlie. 

This  is  the  popular  story.  On  the  other  hand, 
it  is  well  to  remember  that  Zebina  Lane  was  the 
son  of  a  Californian  pioneer,  that  he  was  born  in 
Bendigo  with  the  thump  of  the  stampers  for  his 
cradle  song,  that  he  was  familiar  with  all  matters 
appertaining  to  mining  from  boyhood,  that  he  had 
been  manager  of  Block  14  Mine  at  Broken  Hill 


A  Native  of  the   Goldflelds 


"hey  called  it  derisively  "Brookman's  Farm." 
The  claims  yet  retain  their  original  symmetry, 
shape,  and  size.  It  was  so  far  away  from  the  line 
of  lodes,  so  remote,  such  an  obvious  impossibility, 
a  "wild  cat, "a  "side  show,"  that  the  whole  field 
treated  it  with  derision.  But  Fortune  is  a  great 
jokist.  Brookman  got  to  work  and  found  a  little 
"leader."  Zeb  Lane,  the  already  famous  Zeb 
Lane,  paragon  of  promoters,  came  along  and  had 
a  look  at  it.  Report  said,  and  still  says,  that  the 
Great  Zeb  didn't  think  much  of  it,  but  went  to 
England  to  float  a  company.  It  was  boom  time 
and  the  British  public  "sprang"  to  the  tune  of 
£175,000.    They  say  that  when  Zeb  Lane  arrived 


and  paid  a  quarter  of  a  million  in  dividends  out 
of  this  mine  to  its  shareholders  before  he  saw 
Hannan's  or  the  Great  Boulder.  He  probably 
knew  a  Golconda  when  he  saw  it. 

He  went  to  Western  Australia  in  1893  to  in- 
spect the  goldfields.  The  Great  Boulder  was  then 
owned  by  the  original  (Adelaide)  syndicate.  He 
got  the  offer  of  this  and  other  properties,  so  the 
old  records  say,  and  taking  a  trip  to  London 
floated  the  Great  Boulder  and  two  other 
companies. 

Practical  work  on  the  Great  Boulder  began 
when  Lane  returned  from  England  in  1894.  The 
capital   of  the  company,   as  we   have   seen,   was 


722 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


^^y^£^ 

mi 

^E.r-£|)&^^:  ''■  SBBPHKili^^ 

W&i^^m, 

f.^^^Jift^ 

^i^^m 

fe^ffl^«p" 

w 

f^     ,  .     ^v 

Early   Days   on  the   Golden  Mile 

£175,000  in  £1  shares.  By  the  end  of  1895  six 
shillings  per  share  had  been  paid  in  dividends,  and 
up  to  that  time  4,291  ozs  treated,  yielding  26.817 
ounces  of  gold,  worth  £4  2s.  6d.  an  ounce.  Some 
British  investors  had  good  reason  to  congratulate 
themselves  on  an  Australian  speculation. 

In  1898  the  Adelaide  syndicate  was  wound  up. 

The  disbanding  company  voted  its  original 
capital,  £150,  to  its  secretary  as  a  bonus.  The 
chairman  (G.  Brookman)  stated,  for  the  benefit 
of  the  public,  that  the  capital  value  of  the  shares  in 
the  companies  promoted  from  their  holdings  at 
the  Golden  Mile  ("Brookman's  Farm")  was 
then  £7,275,000.  Those  companies  had  produced 
at  that  date  gold  weighing  17  tons  and  worth 
£24,000,000.  The  money  distributed  to  the  Ade- 
laide shareholders  was  £950,000  in  cash  and 
£3,421,000  in  shares. 

The  visitor  to  "Brookman's  Farm"  to-day  finds 
machinery  and  process  worthy  of  the  richest  group 
of  gold  mines  in  the  world.  The  London  agent, 
the  champagne-drinking  manager,  and  the  gor- 
geous promoter  have  disappeared.  Sober  mining 
engineers  and  metallurgical  chemists  have  taken 
their  places.  Twenty  years'  experience  stands 
behind  the  mining  managers  of  Kalgoorlie. 

In  1893  the  only  machinery  on  the  field  for 
treating  surface  alluvial  and  quartz  were  the 
"shaker"  and  "dolly  pot."  In  1894  a  unit  mill 
was  erected  on  Kalgoorlie  Mine,  tailings  from 
which  have  assayed  £40  a  ton.  In  1895  an 
Austral  Otis  ball  mill  was  erected,  to  be  replaced 
by  a  ten-stamper  battery  in  a  gully  between  the 
Lake  View  Consols  and  Great  Boulder  Proprie- 
tory Mines.  The  ore  was  hand-fed,  amalgamated 
in  the  boxes  and  copper  plates,  passed  over  blanket 
tables  into  pits,  and  the  slimes  run  off  into  dams. 
The  sand  in  the  pits  was  stacked  for  future  treat- 
ment. 

When  I  visited  Kalgoorlie  in  191 2  an  enterpris- 
ing engineer  named  Truman,  who  had  invented  a 
new  method  of  treating  slimes,  was  doing  exceed- 


ingly well.  He  had  bought  up  a  number  of  dumps 
(the  residue  of  mines,  consisting  of  ore  which  has 
already  been  subjected  to  one  or  other  of  the  old- 
fashioned  methods  of  extraction)  and  was  run- 
ning the  charcoal  out  of  them,  into  which  gold 
had  been  precipitated.  The  charcoal  had  been 
put  into  trucks  to  prevent  contents  sticking  to  the 
sides.  Those  clinkers  were  worth  £300  a  ton. 
The  little  mulga  sticks  which  had  got  into  the 
slimes  In  solution  and  picked  up  fine  gold  were 
worth  £50  a  ton.  The  by-products  of  modern 
mining  have  often  proved  more  profitable  than 
original  reductions. 

The  oxidised  ores  at  Kalgoorlie  cut  out  at 
relatively  shallow  depths,  and  gave  place  to  sul- 
phides— which  brought  another  metallurgical  pro- 
blem for  solution.  Soon  after  sulphides  were  met 
with,  telluride  of  gold  was  identified  on  Block  45 
Lease,  and  subsequently  in  all  the  other  mines, 
in  exceedingly  rich  ore  bodies.  At  that  time  the 
fields  possessed  no  means  of  reducing  telluride, 
which  had  to  be  shipped  to  smelters  at  P'remantle, 
Dapto,  and  Wallaroo. 

Freight  and  smelting  charges  took  a  good  slice 
of  the  profits.  Constant  experiments  and  frequent 
installations  of  new  processes  went  on  at  most  of 
the  big  mines  for  years.  Finally  the  Merton  and 
the  Edwards  types  of  furnaces  for  the  dry-crush- 
ing mills  were  introduced  from  Victoria.  The 
treatment  resolved  itself  into  a  breaking  of  the 
ore  in  Gale  or  Blake  crushers,  milling  in  Krupp 
or  Grifiin  mills,  roasting  in  Merton  or  Edwards 
furnaces,  cooling  the  ore,  or  not,  and  mixing  with 
weak  cyanide  solution. 

In  classification  the  sand  was  ground  in  pans 
and  the  coarse  gold  amalgamated,  the  slimes  from 
all  sources  thickened  and  run  into  agitators, 
treated  with  cyanide,  and  finally  filter-pressed. 
The  residue  is  disposed  of  in  xarious  ways. 

In  the  wet-crushing  mills  Wifley  tables  have 
been  generally  installed  to  separate  the  pyrites 
from  the  ore.  The  concentrates  are  roasted  in 
Merton  or  Edwards  furnaces,  ground  fine,  and 
amalgamated  in  pans,  agitated  with  cyanide,  and 
filter-pressed. 

The  first  tube  mill  used  in  gold  reduction  was 
introduced  at  Hannan's  Star. 

The  fall  in  costs  caused  by  local  improvement; 
in  treatment  has  been  considerable.  When  th( 
ores  of  Kalgoorlie  were  being  shipped  to  smelter; 
costs  went  up  to  £6  a  ton.  Nowadays  10s.  6d.  ; 
ton  for  wet  and  dry-crushing  mills  may  be  givei  i 
as  a  fair  average. 

In  1909-10  The  Golden  Mile — 13  mmes— 
was  treating  a  grand  total  of  73,000  tons  of  crudi 
ore  each  month,  and  5,900  tons  of  concentrates 
This  is  a  world's  record.  Taking  into  calculatioi 
the  prices  of  labor  and  material,  the  costs  of  e.\ 
traction  were  lower  than  that  of  any  other  niininj 


KAL.GOORLIE,    WESTERN    AUSTRALIA. 


723 


field.  This  happy  condition  still  prevails,  a  high 
tribute  to  the  efficiency  of  Western  Australian 
mining  management. 

The  surface  of  the  Marvellous  Mile  is  to-day 
a  line  of  colossal  factories  with  high  chimneys, 
where,  under  high  roofs,  ore  bodies  automatically 
elevated  from  underground  workings  are  sub- 
jected to  enormous  forces  which  grind  them  as 
wheat  is  ground  in  a  mill.  The  fine  floury  dust  is 
subjected  to  chemical  process  and  the  last  possible 
atom  of  metal  extracted. 

In  gigantic  \ats  with  revolving  spindles,  the 
floury  heart  of  the  hills  is  chemically  treated. 
Ball  mills,  crushers,  and  roasters  slowly  and  de- 
liberately perform  their  functions.  Within  these 
weird  re\'olving  merry-go-rounds  one  gets  a  vision 
of  Hades.  Enormous  heat,  enormous  power, 
irresistible  acids  have  all  been  harnessed  to  the 


will  of  science.  The  capital  value  of  this  machin- 
ery of  the  fields  is  calculated  in  millions,  but  in- 
vestors may  rest  assured  that  the  element  of 
waste  has  been  practically  eliminated  and  profits 
are  being  made  on  the  smallest  margins  of  payable 
product. 

After  producing  50  million  pounds  worth  of 
gold  in  eighteen  years,  ore  to  the  value  of  ten 
millions  was  still  blocked  out  in  the  workings  of 
eleven  principal  Kalgoorlie  mines.  And  Paddy 
Hannan,  the  Irish  prospector,  who  discovered  the 
field  in  1893,  is  a  pensioner  of  the  State. 

There  is  still  in  Kalgoorlie  a  business  man  who 
was  offered  Lake  Views  at  6d. — they  went  to  £38  ; 
Boulders  at  is.  6d. — they  went  to  £18;  and  Ivan- 
hoes  at  2s.  6d.- — they  went  to  £17.  He  told  me 
with  a  self-pitying  twinkle  in  his  eye,  that  he 
"turned  them  all  down." 


Deserted  Alluvial  Diggings. 


7^4 


On  the  Sheep  Hills,  Newmarracarra 


THE  SIX  DIVISIONS 


THE  products  of  Western  Australia  are: 
Sheep,  cattle,  wheat,  and  all  cereals,  fruit, 
and  wine,  timber,  pearls  and  pearl  shells, 
gold,  coal,  and  other  minerals. 

Western  Australia  needs:  Farmers,  orchardists, 
vignerons,  agricultural  labourers,  and  industrious 
men  of  all  kinds  who  are  able  and  willing  to  work 
on  the  land. 

Western  Australia  claims:  That  no  other  State 
has  a  better  or  more  healthy  climate  than  is  found 
in  her  agricultural  areas,  or  has  so  excellent  a 
market  for  all  agricultural  produce  and  fruit. 
Nor  is  there  any  State  which  does  more,  if  so 
much,  to  give  practical  encouragement  to  settlers 
on  her  lands. 

Western  Australia  gives  evident  proof  of  the 
value  she  places  upon  land  settlement  and  of  her 
bona  fide  desire  to  increase  her  agricultural  ex- 
pansion by  the  unique  concessions  she  grants. 

— Official  Bulletin. 

At  the  risk  of  repetition,  I  must  insist  upon  the 
fact  that  the  sub-division  of  Western  Australia 
into  three  States  or  Territories  is  necessary.  The 
Government  at  Perth  is  faced  with  a  task  beyond 
the  range  of  human  possibility.  The  time  has  gone 


k 


— it  went  early  in  August,  19 14 — when  Austra- 
lians can  afford  to  shelve  racial  problems,  or  post- 
pone national  tasks.  To-day  is  red  enough,  but 
to-morrow  may  be  redder  still.  Had  it  not  been 
for  Britain's  naval  expenditure  during  the  last  five 
years — an  expenditure  which  a  large  number  of 
representative  Britons  opposed  tooth  and  nail — 
the  Governments  at  Perth  and  in  Melbourne 
would  ere  this  have  been  relieved  of  their  re- 
sponsibilities. The  salaries  of  legislators  would 
also  have  automatically  ceased.  In  order  to  face 
with  some  degree  of  equanimity  a  situation  which 
may  be  even  blacker  than  that  of  August,  19 14, 
Australia  must  begin  now  a  policy  of  immigration 
and  land  settlement  which  will  convert  the 
potentialities  of  her  waste  places  into  actual  pro- 
duct and  ensure  perpetual  tenure  of  this  continent 
to  a  white  race,  living  according  to  the  freest  and 
most  liberal  European  standards. 

We  can,  while  pursuing  this  policy,  if  our  legis- 
lators see  fit,  offer  our  friends  and  allies  commer- 
cial compensations. 

Unless  we  are  prepared  to  frame  such  laws 
and  create  such  conditions  as  will  lead  within  the 
next  generation  to  the  occupation  and  develop- 
ment of  our  vast  wealth-producing  domains,  we 


725 


726 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


will  have  neither  title  nor  justification  to  offer  in 
support  of  our  exclusive  policy.  Nor  will  we, 
perhaps,  have  the  necessary  strength  to  enforce  it. 
The  theory  that  we  can  call  upon  Britain  always 
to  defend  us  is  a  confession  of  unfilial  cowardice 
and  helplessness.  It  is  a  mistaken  patriotism  at 
best,  as  dangerous  to  the  Motherland  as  to  our 
own.  That  pre-war  delusion  cherished  by  some 
fatuous  Australians,  that  in  the  event  of  trouble 
in  the  Pacific  the  United  States  would  come  to  the 
assistance  of  the  Commonwealth,  has  no  material 
substance  behind  it. 


over  an  area  of  975,920  square  miles,  representa- 
tive government  is  hardly  possible,  rapid  colonisa- 
tion not  to  be  hoped  for,  and  continuation  of 
present  ownership  extremely  doubtful.  I  have 
listened  vainly  for  an  answer  to  many  riddles  in 
the  West.  The  East  is  busy  with  its  own  local 
affairs,  and  greatly  ignorant  of  the  facts.  One 
solution  of  the  difficulty  came  from  a  German 
professor  about  five  years  ago.  He  suggested 
that  the  unoccupied  but  fruitful  spaces  of  Western 
Australia  should  be  given  over  to  Germany  on 
the  grounds    (ethically  substantial)    that  Britons 


Pearling   Luggers   at   Broome 


Therefore,  it  behoves  every  public  man,  every 
patriot  throughout  the  length  and  breadth  of  Aus- 
tralia, to  strive  for  the  laws  and  conditions  which 
will  bring  our  ship  to  havens  of  national  security, 
prosperity,  and  the  peace  which  results  from  an 
entire  preparedness  for  war. 

This  occupation  of  Western  Australia  is  one  of 
those  vital  national  problems  which  must  be  at- 
tacked. The  country  to  the  south  of  the  28th 
parallel  could  be  more  readily  settled  if  it  were  not 
handicapped  by  the  burden  of  the  great  north-west 
and  eastern  divisions.  The  Kimberleys,  all  that 
fine  tropical  territory  north  of  the  20th  parallel, 
would  work  out  its  destiny  much  better  with  a 
government  at  Derby  or  Broome. 

But  with  a  population  of  107,000  in  Perth  and 
suburbs,  and  a  balance  of  perhaps  220,000  spread 


were  making  no  use  of  them,  while  Germany  was 
badly  in  need  of  colonies  for  her  crowded  people. 
It  was,  no  doubt,  part  of  the  German  programme 
of  1914  to  carry  this  theory  into  fact.  Because 
Germany — thank  heaven — has  failed  in  this 
attempt,  Australia  must  not  consider  the  ledgei 
closed.  The  first  balance-sheet  only  has  beer 
struck. 

There  are  people  in  Sydney  and  Melbournt 
who  still  regard  Western  Australia  as  an  arid  lam 
producing  gold  in  large  quantities,  but  generall; 
unsuited  for  agriculture  and  of  indifferent  valu 
for  pastoral  purposes.  These  people  would  b 
surprised  to  learn  that  those  sands  of  Westeri , 
Australia  which  early  explorers  classed  as  deser 
are  among  the  richest  soils  in  the  Avorld.  EacI 
year  the  truth  is  being  manifested  that  vast  inlani 


WESTERN    AUSTRALIA:    THE    SIX    DIVISIONS 


727 


Whim  Well  Copper  Mine 


districts  of  the  West  which  have  been  regarded  as 
doubtful,  even  by  better-informed  Australians,  are 
really  of  immense  future  value. 


On  maps  of  Western  Australia  since  1907  a 
red  line  has  been  drawn  connecting  Hall's  Creek, 
in  Kimberley  Division,  with  Leonora  in  the 
Central  Division. 

This  is  marked  "Stock  Route,  A.  W.  Canning, 
1906-7."  It  runs  from  near  the  i8th  deg.  of  S. 
Latitude  to  the  29th,  in  a  south-westerly  trend,  for 
about  1,050  miles.  Between  Hall's  Creek  and 
Wiluna,  half  across  a  continent,  there  is  not  yet  a 
single  hamlet!  I  sat  in  the  vestibule  of  the  Palace 
Hotel  one  evening  thinking  what  uninhabited 
distances  spread  away  into  the  darkness  beyond 
the  circle  of  the  lights  of  Perth.  As  I  sat  there  I 
noticed  among  a  group  of  lean,  brown  Westerners, 
a  man  I  was  looking  for.  A  large  proportion  of 
the  men  who  passed  through  that  lamp-lit  vesti- 
bule towards  dining  saloon  or  bar  were  of  this 
type.  One  often  wondered  what  back-bush  his- 
tory these  spare,  sun-browned  fellows  had 
written. 

The  man  I  wanted  to  see  was  Canning.  He 
had  promised  to  come  in  and  have  a  yarn.  I 
noticed  as  we  sat  in  the  dining  room  together 
later  on  that  he  had  a  grey-blue  eye,  the  long- 
distance eye  one  might  call  it,  which  seems  typical 
of  these  explorers  and  back-bushmen. 

He  told  me  in  a  quiet,  modest  way  all  about 
the  highway  he  had  built  through  the  West.  Be- 
fore he  undertook  to  make  a  new  line  across  the 


k 


map  of  Australia  he  believed  that  water  existed 
throughout  the  eastern  division  from  the  fact  that 
the  aborigines,  of  which  there  have  been  consider- 
able numbers,  never  migrated. 

His  equipment  for  the  survey  included  21 
camels,  none  of  which  he  lost,  and  a  herd  of  goats 
which  kept  the  party  in  milk  and  fresh  meat.  After 
survey  the  construction  of  the  route — marking 
a  track  and  making  wells — occupied  two  years. 
This  time  he  took  out  62  camels,  400  goats,  and 
no  tinned  meats.  He  moved  like  a  Biblical 
patriarch,  halting  with  his  expedition  from  time 
to  time  to  labor  or  rest.  The  equipment  included 
windlasses  and  troughing  for  54  wells. 

At  each  well  he  established  a  depot.  For  830 
miles  of  the  stock  route  there  are  wells  averaging 
14  miles  apart.  Native  names  have  been  given  to 
these.  Looking  at  the  map  one  would  think  that 
they  were  places  of  habitation,  but  there  are  no 
houses  between  Hall's  Creek  and  Wiluna. 

Mr.  Canning  says  that  his  route  lies  through 
patches  of  fair,  good,  dry  country,  through  coun- 
try which  is  sometimes  good,  and  in  good  seasons 
among  the  best.  In  dry  lakes  covered  over  with 
soil  there  was  always  succulent  pasturage.  He 
was  agreeably  surprised  to  find  such  a  large  area 
of  fair,  pastoral  country,  and  particularly  pleased 
by  discovering  that  everywhere  there  was  an 
abundance  of  water  to  be  had  by  shallow  sinking. 
It  was  gratifying  to  get  an  inflow  of  4,300  gallons 
an  hour  at  a  depth  of  9  feet,  as  Mr.  Canning  did 
in  the  heart  of  what  was  once  believed  to  be  a 
waterless  desert.  At  a  depth  of  twenty  feet  it 
was  usual  to  get  a  flow  of  2,000  gallons  an  hour. 
We  can  better  understand  now  why  the  interior  of 


728 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Westralian  Natives. 


Australia  is  crossed  by  so  few  flowing  rivers;  prac- 
tically all  the  rainfall  of  an  enormous  watershed 
is  retained  by  a  vast  underground  storage  system, 
which  will  prove  of  incalculable  value  to  future 
settlers.  If  the  establishment  of  wells  at  an  aver- 
age distance  of  14  miles  for  850  miles  on 
Canning's  stock  route  is  possible,  the  interior  of 
Western  Australia  will  nearly  all  be  turned  to  pro- 
fitable account  by  pastoralists.  Immense  areas 
are  still  open  to  pastoral  occupation.  Canning's 
route  traverses  also  some  hundreds  of  miles  of 
sand  hills  and  spinifex.  The  prevailing  wind  is 
south-east,  and  these  hills  all  run  in  the  same 
direction.  This  is  only  a  central  belt,  which  con- 
stitutes about  all  the  actual  desert  of  the  continent. 
Explorer  Wells  believes  much  of  it  will  some  day 
be  converted.  The  northern  end  of  Canning's 
route  lies  along  Sturt's  Creek,  which  once  a  year 
may  flow  through  all  its  course  and  carries  fine 
pools  of  permanent  water  on  which  wildfowl  are 
plentiful.  In  flood  time,  like  other  rivers  of  the 
interior,  its  waters  submerge  the  surrounding 
country  for  miles.  Several  profitable  cattle 
stations  have  been  established  in  this  region. 
Farther  south  the  natives  have  been  troublesome, 
and  cattle-spearing  has  been  one  of  the  drawbacks 
to  pastoral  settlement. 


South  of  the  20th  parallel  there  are  great  areas ; 
of  good  country,  then  comes  the  sandy  belt  and  ■ 
more  good  country  from  about  the  23rd  parallel 
south.     None  of  this  has  yet  been  taken  up,  so  far 
as  the  writer  knows. 

Since  the  Canning    route    was    made    possible 
mobs  of  cattle  have  been  driven  down  from  Kim- 
berley  to  Lake  Way  station,   thence    to    Perth, 
arriving  in  good  condition  at  their  long  journey's; 
end.     Their  drovers  also  arrived  as  healthy  and' 
fit  as  men  could  be.     The  men  of  Canning's  ex- 
pedition returned  without  a  touch  of  fever.   The\ 
were  free  from  illness  of  any  kind  during  theii 
two  years'  exile.    With  goats'  meat,  wild  turkeys 
pigeons,  and  kangaroos  thev  enjoyed  a  change  ol 
diet  which  doubtless  helped  them  to  avoid  those 
physical  disabilities  which  some  of  the  explorer: 
suffered  from. 

East  Kimberley  graziers  have,  says  an  officia 
report  published  since  the  opening  of  Can 
ning's  stock  route,  been  deeply  interested  t< 
see  a  demonstration  made  of  the  practi 
cability  of  overlanding  mobs  of  200  t( 
400  head  of  cattle  along  this  newly  openei 
route  to  the  Eastern  Goldfields  market.  Al ' 
though  wells  have  been  put  down  at  intervals  o 
about    14   miles    along   a    stretch    of    800   mile 


WI'ISTERN  AUSTRALIA:  THE  SIX   DIVISIONS 


729 


erroneously  called  "desert"  country,  yet  a  practi- 
cal demonstration  alone  of  the  capabilities  of 
these  wells  to  water  good  sized  mobs  of  travelling 
cattle  and  of  the  pastures  to  support  them,  has 
been  anxiously  looked  forward  to.  This  demon- 
stration has  since  been  successfully  carried  out, 
and  this  season  a  mob  of  horses — over  100 — and 
three  mobs  of  bullocks — 250  to  350  strong — were 
overlanded.  One  of  these  mobs,  under  the  care 
of  two  experienced  drovers,  James  Thomson  and 
Geo.  Shoesmith,  was  attacked  by  wild  blacks  and 
the  drovers  were  murdered.  The  others  reached 
Wiluna  in  splendid  order,  the  loss  being  only  3 
per  cent.,  while  the  bullocks  are  reported  to  have 
gained  weight  on  the  track.  The  opening  of 
this  stock  route  offers,  therefore,  an  important 
outlet  to  a  good  market  for  cattle  which  until  then 
had  to  be  driven  down  the  Ord  Valley  to  Wynd- 
ham  and  had  to  face  losses  sometimes  of  25  per 
cent.,  due  to  tick  fever,  irrespective  of  other  losses 
at  sea  and  depreciation  whilst  on  board  ship.  This 
new  outlet  will  also  enable  cattle  owners  to  market 
within  the  State  large  quantities  of  stock,  which 
in  previous  years  had  to  be  overlanded  to  the 
Queensland  meat  works.  I  am  told  that,  in  1909, 
16,000  head  of  cattle  were  overlanded  to  the 
Eastern  States. 
The  journey  from  Hall's  Creek  to  Wiluna 
ng  this  new  route  takes  four  to  five  months, 
"nd  all  those  who  have  used  it  speak  highly  of 
the  watering  facilities  provided. 


A  few  days  after  my  interview  with  A.  W. 
Canning,  there  happened  in  to  the  Palace  Hotel, 
another  lean,  hard  man  with  a  penetrating  brown 
eye,  an  eye  that  I  would  not  care  to  see  looking 
at  me  in  hostility  behind  the  sights  of  a  rifle.  This 
was  Sergeant  Pilmer,  of  the  Western  Australian 
Mounted  Police,  just  returned  from  a  punitive 
expedition  in  the  North-West.  This  expedition  had 
been  sent  out  in  charge  of  Sergeant  Pilmer  by  the 
Government  to  bring  the  murderers  of  the  droving 
party  to  justice.  The  hostile  natives  came  in  con- 
tact with  the  police  at  Libral  Well,  a  little  south 
of  where  Canning's  stock  route  crosses  the  22nd 
parallel.  The  Sergeant  gravely  said  that  "he  did 
not  think  they  would  do  it  again."  They  found 
and  buried  the  remains  of  the  party  which  had 
been  murdered. 

It  was  Pilmer  who  hunted  down  the  notorious 
native  bandit,  "Pigeon,"  and  his  gang.  He  had 
had  fourteen  years'  service  on  the  North-West 
coast,  and  his  firm  belief  in  the  future  of  that 
hinterland  was  based  on  a  first-hand  knowledge. 

The  Pilmer  expedition  crossed  from  Weld 
Springs, discovered  by  Sir  John  Forrest  in  1874, to 
Goodah  on  the  Sturt,  better  known  as  "Gregory's 
Salt  Sea."     This  country.  Sergeant  Pilmer  states, 


is  capable  of  supporting  a  very  large  population. 
There  is  abundance  of  water  at  shallow  sinking. 
The  prevailing  soil  is  a  rich  loamy  sand  adapted, 
he  believes,  for  the  growth  of  rice  and  wheat. 
The  expedition  found  plenty  of  native  wells  and 
surface  water  as  pure  as  rain  water,  conserved  by 
a  wise  providence — or  beneficent  nature — making 
provision  over  a  period  of  ages  for  the  establish- 
ment of  future  population. 

They  went  through  after  a  three  years'  drought 
and  found  in  places,  where  there  had  been  local 
thunderstorms,  patches  of  the  most  succulent 
vegetation. 

Present  difficulties  in  the  way  of  occupation  are 
that  this  good  territory  lies  300  miles  from  the 
nearest  rail-head  at  Nannine,  and  200  to  300 
miles  of  bad  country  intervene. 

One  can  go  down  into  it  by  way  of  Ashburton 
or  by  the  Gascoigne  and  Burton  stock  routes. 

The  southern  end  of  this  Eastern  Division, 
although  lacking  surface  water,  will,  it  is  believed, 
prove  profitable. 

David  Lindsay,  Frank  Hann,  L.  A.  Wells, 
Sergt.  Pilmer,  and  Surveyor  Canning  know  the 
interior  of  Western  Australia  as  well  as  any 
men  living.  I  have  discussed  the  subject  with 
them  all,  excepting  Hann,  and  none  are  pessimis- 
tic regarding  the  future  uses  of  this  vast  hinter- 
land. 


Waiting   for  Kangaroos. 


730 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  opinions  of  the  Forrests  corroborate 
theirs;  although  these  belonged  to  a  previous  and 
perhaps  less  hopeful  generation.  The  early 
knowledge  which  Sir  John  Forrest  gained  of  his 
native  State  doubtless  helped  to  confirm  his  faith 
and  inspire  his  good  works. 

The  maps  of  Sir  John  Forrest's  famous  expedi- 
tion  from   Champion   Bay  to  the  overland  tele- 


A  Prospector 


graph  line  in  1874  are  marked  in  alternate  good 
and  bad.  "Grassy  country,"  with  frequent  water, 
prevails  to  the  Robinson  Ranges.  Here  at  the 
head  of  the  Murchison,  the  Forrest  party 
found  "most  magnificent  country,  beautifully 
grassed  and  thinly  wooded."  Towards  the  Kim- 
berley  Ranges  the  lands  crossed  deteriorated  in 
quality  for  a  short  distance  and  then  changed 
again  to  "fine,  open,  extensive  flats,  richly  grassed, 
many  clumps  of  immense  white  gums  studded 
over  the  plain."  Weld  Springs  is  described  as  a 
"beautiful  oasis."  In  the  Warburton  Ranges 
there  are  grassy  flats  which  compensate  the  ex- 
pedition for  a  bad  stretch  crossed,  in  an  easterly 
direction  from  Weld  Springs.  So  the  interior 
presents  smiles  or  frowns  through  the  Warburton, 
Cavanagh,  Tomkinson,  Mann,  and  Musgrave 
Ranges  onward  to  the  Alberga  River  and  the 
overland  telegraph  line. 

I  met  many  prospectors  in  the  West  who  had 
penetrated  these  unoccupied  spaces  marked  as  yet 
only  by  the  hands  of  discovery  or  exploration. 
These  men  belong  to  the  "Dry  Belt;"  they  are  a 
part  of  its  loneliness,  its  mystery,  its  immensity. 
When  the  women,  the  parsons,  and  the  goats 
arrive  they  go  farther  back.  Their  feet  have 
strayed    into  unknown   regions;  their    eyes  have 


beheld  unknown  places.  As  a  rule  they  are  quiet, 
grave  men,  but  not  pessimists.  Ask  them  what 
they  think  of  the  interior  and  they  will  tell  you — 
"some  day."  Some  day  the  vast  hinterland, 
through  whose  solitudes  the  dusky  native  flits 
noiselessly  in  his  spinifex  sandals,  will  pour  out 
treasures  of  gold  and  wool. 

The  manners  of  this  brigade  may  not  be  per- 
fect, but  their  knowledge  is  first  hand.  They  have 
been  out  into  the  solitudes,  and  seen ! 

One  dry-belt  prospector  told  me  how  the  war- 
den of  the  furthest  field  ordered  all  the  people 
back  because  of  a  coming  water  famine.  He  and 
his  mates  "took  the  back-country  back  for  it,"  i.e., 
disobeyed  the  warden's  injunction  and  travelled 
farther  into  the  unknown.  Away  out  in  the  hot 
hinterland  they  discovered  a  lake  of  beautiful 
fresh  water  covered  with  wildfowl.  The  fellows 
100  miles  in  were  perishing  for  water. 

Their  camels  were  uneasy  as  they  sat  with  their 
noses  to  the  camp-fire  that  night.  In  the  morning 
they  found  themselves  surrounded  by  hostile 
natives.  My  friend  did  not  pursue  the  subject 
further.  He  said  "they  came  through  all  right." 
From  which  I  concluded  that  the  natives  forced 
matters  to  an  issue. 

Alleged  ill-treatment  of  aborigines  by  explorers 
and  surveyors  in  Western  Australia  has  made  men 
take  risks  rather  than  chance  an  indictment.  The 
Central  Australian  native  is  treacherous;  but  he 
has  a  marvellous  intimacy  with  the  land  over 
which  he  roams.  His  knowledge  of  the  where- 
abouts of  water  he  sometimes  desires  to  keep  to 
himself.  In  order  to  preserve  their  own  lives, 
white  men  have,  and  do  commandeer  tribesmen  to 
ask  as  guides.  If  the  ironwork  of  Canning's  wells 
has  sometimes  come  in  handy  for  native  chisels 


Salt  Formation  in  a  Mine 


1 


WKSTFRN  AUSTRALIA:  THE  SIX   DIVISIONS 


731 


and  spear-heads,  it  is  some  payment  for  informa- 
tion reluctantly  or  willingly  given  by  the  blacks. 
This  hinterland,  all  Central  Australia  in  fact,  is 
far  better  watered  than  was  ever  expected.  Sur- 
veyors of  the  Canning  expedition  located  water 
on  plans  made  from  native  maps  drawn  in  the 
sand.  By  getting  the  blacks  to  tell  them  what 
growths  prevailed  thereabouts  they  could  judge 
what  a  distant  soak  or  well  was  like.  The  native 
wells  were  found,  as  a  rule,  in  sandstone.  They 
were  usually  filled  with  detritus  and  had  to  be 


reservoir,  and  were  in  the  habit  of  visiting  it  for 
a  supply. 

Canning,  who  had  surveyed  the  line  for  the 
rabbit-proof  fence,  one  of  the  Government's 
big  public  undertakings,  spoke  pleasantly  of  that 
cold,  clear  underground  pool  in  the  heart  of 
the  continent.  He  said  he  had  walked  80  miles 
without  a  drink  once,  when  the  sun  was  bordering 
on  150  in  the  shade,  with  a  poisoned  camel  behind 
him  and  very  uncertain  prospects  ahead.  Another 
time   he   claimed   to   have   done    210  miles   with 


Natives  Fishing  in  the  De  Grey  River 


mil 


cleared  and  deepened.  After  putting  some  of 
these  wells  down  ten  feet  the  survey  party  got  a 
How  of  400  gallons  an  hour.  One  of  the  best 
supplies  of  water  on  the  route  the  chief  discovered 
by  following  a  runaway  native  down  a  natural 
tunnel  in  the  rock.        Crawling  after  his  dusky 

hase  he  caught  him  by  the  foot  about  20  feet 
linderground  and  held  on.  Fifteen  feet  farther 
the  tunnel  opened  out  into  a  spacious  arched 
chamber  100  feet  in  length,  which  contained  a 
pool  of  clear,  cold  water,  six  feet  deep.  The 
party  were  able  to  enjoy  a  swim,   subsequently, 

nder  the  high  roof  of  this  cavern  in  the  heart  of 
Australia !  Fire-sticks  of  the  natives  showed  that 
they  knew  of  the  existence  of  this  subterranean 


k 


camels  in  five  days  with  water  only  once  en  route. 

Despite  hardships  incidental  to  the  penetration 
of  new  lands,  his  faith  in  Western  Australia  was 
intense.  Dry  though  the  climate  of  some  districts 
might  be,  he  had  found  the  heat  healthy  and  bear- 
able. Men  who  would  be  dead  in  an  hour  in 
India  could  work  without  a  hat  in  120  degrees  of 
heat  in  the  West. 

Sitting  on  a  bench  in  King  Park  next  day, 
with  the  beautiful  Swan  River  at  my  feet,  I  tried 
to  picture  mentally  that  great  Canning  trail,  1,050 
miles  in  length,  which  began  off  there,  hundreds 
of  miles  beyond  Coolgardie,  and  ended  away  out 
in  Kimberley,  where  grass  five  and  six  feet  waved 
over  hundred-mile  stretches  of  glorious  country. 


732 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


A  Westralian  Aboriginal 


On  the  coast  of  Kimberley  they  found  European 
fruits  growing  wild,  and  signs  of  early  Dutch 
occupation.  East  and  south  from  Kimberley, 
somewhere,  are  the  tracks  of  a  waggon,  58  years 
old. 

Canning  thinks  Leichhardt  reached  the  lower 
part  of  the  Northern  Territory — the  blacks  of 
the  interior  have  a  legend  to  the  effect  that  the 
party  quarrelled  among  themselves  and  that  the 
tribesmen  slew  the  remnant.  This,  as  I  have  said 
before,  is  a  current  theory  among  bushmen  of  the 
Dry  Belt. 

Rock  pictures  of  Kimberley  aborigines  indicate 
early  contact  with  Europeans.  I  examined  some 
reproductions  done  by  the  Fathers  of  the  mission 
station  at  Drysdale  River,  wherein  the  figure  of  a 
man  is  depicted  wearing  sabots,  trousers,  and 
jersey — all  very  evidently  Dutch  of  the  sixteenth 
or  seventeenth  century.  Crosses  carved  in  stone 
are  frequent,  and  rock  figures,  undoubtedly  Euro- 
pean, including  the  model  of  a  boat,  44  feet  long, 
have  been  recently  discovered. 

Kimberley  is  still  terra  incognita,  where  a  few 
fortunate  pastoralists  have  established  cattle 
stations;  where  occasional  pearling  luggers  dare 
the  40-feet  tides  of  Collier  Bay  and  Cambridge 
Gulf;  where  daring  spirits,  white  and  black,  face 
overland  by  long-blazed  trails,  and  equally  daring 


spirits,  white  and  brown,  make  landings  at  the 
mouths  of  bays  and  rivers  of  which  Australians 
hardly  know  the  names,  or  pursue  their  quiet 
ways  among  islands  over  which  the  flag  of  the 
Commonwealth  has  never  more  than  theoretic- 
ally waved. 

Terra  Incognita  also,  is  much  more  of  that 
tropical  North.  Who  knows  of  the  Throssell 
Ranges  at  the  head  of  the  Oakover,  where  the 
blacks,  if  they  catch  you,  will  strangle  you  with  a 
rope  made  of  reeds? 

That  is  the  way  they  found  John  Pickering,  who 
had  left  his  mate  Colreavy  to  make  over  to 
Nallagine.  That  is  the  way  other  wanderers  have 
finished  up.  Constable  Fogarty,  of  Onslow,  a 
Limerick  lad  with  a  blue  eye,  could  tell  you  some 
weird  stories  of  that  hinterland — Constable 
Fogarty,  whose  next  mate  is  stationed  1 90  miles 
from  him,  who  goes  out  cheerfully  300  miles  in^ 
the  back-country  to  arrest  a  native. 

But  the  Throssell  Ranges  are  good,  with  plentT 
of  grass  and  water,  and  promising  with  gold.     So, 
like  the  Leopold,  this  fastness  a   hundred  miles 
long  and   16  miles  wide  is  destined  soon  to  yield 
its  secrets.      Perhaps   more  than   one  mysterious 


Curious   Aboriginal   Marking 


> 


3 


734 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Coppin's  Gap  near  Marble  Bar 


Stream,  like  the  Ruddle,  will  be  found  running 
away  from  it  to  lose  itself  in  the  sand. 

Sitting  on  my  bench  in  the  park  I  tried  to  pic- 
ture Canning's  wells,  timbered  with  straightdesert 
oak — impervious  to  white  ants — which  has  been 
carted  sometimes  a  hundred  miles  on  camel  back. 
I  watched  in  fancy  lonely  drovers  with  their  herds 
of  fat  cattle  stringing  southward  from  soak  to 
soak,  keeping  careful  lookout  at  night  for  mar- 
auding blacks  or  stampeding  steers.  I  saw  the 
deep  water  holes  of  Sturt's  Creek  covered  with 
duck  and  teal;  the  flat-topped  Central  Australian 
hills,  the  long  grassy  plains,  the  belts  of  spinifex 
and  sand. 

The  vegetation  of  the  park  included  bottle 
trees,  palms,  figs,  cedars,  scarlet  eucalypts,  silver- 
leaved  banksia,  acacias,  and  oleanders — varied 
growths  of  the  world's  gardens.  Over  there  on 
dark  blue  hillsides,  the  oldest  vegetation  of  a 
planet  shaded  its  oldest  and  richest  soils.  Out 
there,  beyond  there,  the  wonders  and  wealth  of 
that  planet's  oldest  terrain  awaited  exploitation 
at  the  hands  of  modern  science  and  industry. 

The  houses  facing  the  Park  and  overlooking 
Swan  River,  occupying  perhaps  the  finest  city  sites 
in  Australia,  gave  the  lie  to  drunken  Dutch 
Captain  Vlaming,  who  derided  the  surrounding 
land  on  his  flying  visit  in  1696.     A  red  road  dip- 


ped  downward  under  shady  trees,   a   broad  ex- 
panse of  distant  roofs,  some  red-tiled  and  some  of 
galvanised  iron,  the  smoke  of  many  chimneys,  the 
exquisite  greenness  of  the  Park  itself,  the  bluest 
sky,  the  purest  air,  a  still,  delightful  atmosphere, 
a  glorious  panoramic  view  of  Perth  bounded  by 
its  hills — all  this  tended  to  delight  one  with  the 
West.       A  recurring  charm  beyond  all  was  the 
feeling  that  one  had  entered  a  land  of  surprises, 
of  the  unexpected,  of  vast  distances  pregnant  with  i 
possibilities,   nebulous   yet,   but   destined   to   take] 
on  definite  shapes;  to  give  forth  secret  riches  anc 
open  treasure  chests  which  were  filled  before  the  v 
mountains  of  Europe  had  risen  upon  their  founda 
tions. 

Without  doubt,  these  enormous  domains  to  eas 
and  north  and  south,  would  support  their  prosper 
ous  millions.  Any  policy  daring  to  oppose  thei 
occupation  would  be  a  policy  of  madness.  Then 
was  only  one  policy  for  a  nation  possessing  s< 
many  millions  of  food-producing  acres — to  ensur 
their  peaceable  settlement  by  people  of  the  whit 
race  before  they  were  settled  at  the  instance  o 
armed  force. 

Still  sitting  on  my  bench  I  reviewer 
some  of  the  facts  I  had  collected.  First  there  wa 
the  Eucla  Division  reaching  from  the  South  Au; 
tralian  border  to  Esperance,  along  the  shores  0 


WESTERN    AUSTRALIA:   THE    SIX    DIVISIONS 


735 


the  Great  Bight,  an  undoubted  land  of  promise  of 

ij     which  I  have  already  spoken. 

(  Esperance,  especially,  seemed  ripe  for  settle- 
ment. Here  on  thousand  and  two  thousand  acre 
blocks  farmers  can  do  well.  In  the  light  soils  of 
this  district  one  man  with  a  team  and  a  set  of 
implements  can  readily  put  in  a  crop  of  from  200 
to  300  acres.  With  the  assistance  of  an  extra 
hand  he  can  take  his  crop  off.  The  policy  of  such 
holdings  will  be  250  acres  in  crop,  250  acres 
fallow,  250  for  sheep,  and  250  to  come  and  go 
on.     It  is,  so  far,  a  non-artesian  district,  but  with 


sheep  stations  contain  as  much  as  two  million 
acres;  there  five-year-old  sheep,  bred  on  milk 
bush,  have  never  drunk  water,  and  waistcoats  are 
infrequent  and  linen  collars  rare. 

The  Eastern  Division  crossed  by  Canning's 
stock  route  we  have  just  had  under  review,  and 
found  to  possess  a  most  promising  future. 

The  last  division  of  the  Western  State,  Kim- 
berley,  we  know  to  be  a  tropical  hinterland  of 
tremendous  productive  powers. 

While  I  was  in  Perth,  Conigrave,  the  explorer, 
had  just  returned  from  an  eighteen  months'  trip 


its  15-  to  25-inch  annual  rainfall,  wells  and  sur- 
face conservation  will  be  adequate.  Esperance  is 
worthy  of  port  improvement  and  a  railway.  The 
quality  of  Premier  Downs  and  the  territory 
crossed  by  the  Trans-Continental  Railway  is  con- 
sidered elsewhere. 

Next  there  was  the  South-Western  Division, 
taking  in  Albany,  Perth,  Busselton,  Bunbury,  and 
all  those  valuable  forest  and  agricultural  tracts 
over  which  we  glanced  in  a  preceding  chapter. 

Then  the  Central  Division,  containing  Kalgoor- 
lie  and  those  great  mineral  areas,  whose  riches 
have  astounded  the  world. 

Then  the  North-West,  where,  in  another 
chapter,  we  follow  and  disprove  Master  Dampier, 
our  first  English  critic.     In  the  wide  North-West 


"out  back  of  Wyndham."  He  had  been  living  in 
No  Man's  Land  on  kangaroo  meat,  and  he  was 
hard  and  fit.  If  I  were  to  print  all  the  enthusiastic 
statements  made  to  me  by  this  scientifically-trained 
traveller,  the  most  conservative-minded  people 
would  cease  to  doubt  the  future  of  the  Far  North. 
Mr.  Conigrave — latest  but  not  least  intrepid 
Australian  explorer,  had  examined  territory  pre- 
viously unvisited  by  Europeans  and  found  it 
entirely  good. 

Within  these  six  great  divisions  is  the  whole 
State  of  Western  Australia  contained.  Each  in 
turn  displays  resources  of  the  richest  kind.  Each 
division  has  its  particular  advantages,  but  all  labor 
under  the  disadvantage  of  scanty  population  and, 
for  the  north-west  and  Kimberley,  a  distance  far 


736 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


A  Date  Palm,  with  Fruit 


A  progressive  Government  policy  of  construct- 
ing light  agricultural  railways,  combined  with  a 
vigorous  system  of  inducing  immigration,  is  prov- 
ing a  speedy  means  of  increasing  the  acreage 
under  cultivation. 

A  Commissioner  for  the  Wheat  Belt  has  been 
appointed  to  ensure  the  observance  of  the  best 
and  most  up-to-date  methods  of  this  important 
branch  of  agriculture.  His  advice  is  available, 
and  he  is  anxious  to  be  consulted  on  questions  of 
tillage,  fertilisation,  the  varieties  of  crops  to  be 
grown,  etc.  A  considerable  amount  of  his  time 
is  employed  in  touring  the  country,  imparting  in- 
formation to  settlers  on  the  spot,  and  in  lecturing 
at  various  centres.  By  this  means  local  conditions 
are  best  served. 

Pamphlets  are  published  for  free,  distribution 
on  matters  pertaining  to  cereal  culture,  the  fer- 
tility of  the  soil,  etc. 

Special  legislation  exists  for  the  protection  ^B 
settlers  by  the  registration  of  fertilisers,  which  aff 
required  to  contain  the  stipulated  fertilising  con- 
stituents, according  to  the  brand  or  name  under 
which  they  are  sold.  Samples  are  taken  and 
proven  by  analysis,  and  any  attempt  in  the  direc- 
tion of  misrepresentation  on  the  part  of  the  ven- 
dors is  promptly  followed  by  prosecution. 

Three  State  farms  are  under  the  control  of  the 
Commissioner,  Nangeenan,  Chapman,  and  Nar- 
rogin.     These  afford  practical  demonstrations  of 


too  great  from  the  seat  of  government.  Again, 
Western  Australia  should  be  three  States  instead 
of  one. 

Between  Geraldton  and  Wyndham  (with  the 
exception  of  a  short  line  from  Port  Hedland  to 
Marble  Bar)  there  is  not  yet  a  single  mile  of  rail- 
way. This  vast  sweep  includes  all  the  North-West, 
Kimberley  and  the  Eastern  Division — an  area 
greater  than  the  whole  of  Queensland.  It  cannot 
be  said  that  effective  white  occupation  exists 
here ! 

Owing  to  climatic  conditions  and  regularity  of 
rainfall  in  the  wheat  belt,  the  average  yield  for 
ten  years  in  Western  Australia  has  been  the  high- 
est, except  Queensland,  where  the  area  cultivated 
for  wheat  is  by  far  the  smallest  in  the  States. 

In  the  five  years  preceding  19 14  the  State  had 
opened  954  miles  of  new  railways  into  the  wheat 
belt.  In  1 9 14  632  miles  further  had  been  author- 
ised and  were  under  construction.  Altogether, 
Western  Australia  had  2,854  miles  of  railway 
builded. 

The  area  considered  necessary  tor  wheat 
farms  is  of  not  less  than  1,000  acres.  Clearing  in 
the  Wheat  Belt  costs  20s.  to  25s.  per  acre.  A 
settler  with  £300  initial  capital  is  morally  cer- 
tain of  success. 


Irrigated  Garden,  near  Carnarvon 


^ 


» 


737 


t'l 


7.38 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


McGibbon's  Estate,  Bruce  Bock 


the  methods  to  be  observed  in  the  cultivation  of 
cereal  crops.  Experiments  are  undertaken  for 
determining  the  best  varieties  suited  to  the  differ- 
ent parts  of  the  State.  Seed,  well  graded  and  true 
to  name,  is  also  distributed  from  these  sources. 

Intending  immigrants  are  officially  promised: — 

First  quality  land  at  moderate  prices. 

Financial  assistance  by  the  Agricultural  Bank 
in  the  form  of  loans  from  £25  to  £2,000  maxi- 
mum. 

Assisted  passages  from  Great  Britain  for 
farmers  and  farm  laborers. 

Special  reductions  in  rent  for  the  first  three 
years  of  occupancy.  Expert  advice  on  farming, 
grazing,  wheat-growing,  fruit-growing,  intense 
culture,  stock,  and  all  agronomic  subjects.  Main 
roads  cleared  in  advance  of  settlement.  Water 
supply  in  the  wheat  country.  Railways  existing 
and  projected  to  all  agricultural  land  centres  with- 
in reasonable  distance.  Freezing  works,  cool 
storage  facilities.  Shipping.  Abattoirs.  Regular 
rainfall  seasons.  Glorious  climate.  Practically 
only  two  seasons — spring  and  summer.  No  long, 
cold,  dreary  winter  months. 


4 

tallyll 


The  lands    of    the    State    are    departmental 
classified  as  follows: — 

Approx.  Area. 
Sq.  Miles_^ 

1.  Dairying,  fruit,  grazing,  intense  cul- 

ture for  vegetables,  including 
potatoes,  &c.,  in  suitable  places, 
the  latter  particularly  in  the 
coastal  swamps 

2.  Sheep,  oats,  fruit 

3.  Cattle,  horses,  &c 

4.  Wheat    and    other    cereals, 

some  cattle 

Larger    grazing    farms  ,  wheat    in 

variable  seasons 

Sheep,  cattle,  horses,  &c 647,220 

Sheep  and  cattle  chiefly.  A  large  area 

is  suited  for  the  growth  of  cotton 

and  tropical  fruits 178,00^ 


sheep. 


68,500 

48,500 


Total 975-920 

Outside  of  her  gold  and  mineral  fields,  which 
cover  an  area  equal  to  6i  times  that  of  England 
and  Wales,  the  sunny  West  has  sources  of  wealth 


■MMiaiiliijat,' -'-  ■  ^-    ^ 

■'hS^i 

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^■^^^^IMH^B^^k^^BK  .^  ' 

-   T-\|  — -^ 

^^^^^^^■■^■■■1 

» 


Bullock  Wool-Team,  Carnarvon 


WESTERN    AUSTRALIA:    THE    SIX    DIVISIONS. 


739 


beyond  computation.  While  the  population 
equals  one  to  every  three  square  miles,  this  wealth 
must  remain  for  the  most  part  unrealised. 

"WesternAustralia's  greatest  and  most  pressing 
need"  says  the  Lands  Department,  "is  more  popu- 
lation, more  particularly  settlers  on  the  land,  and 
it  is  her  boast  at  the  present  time  that  she  can 


country  is  in  the  interior  and  on  the  North  and 
North-West  coast.  Here  are  to  be  found,  particu- 
larly in  the  North,  millions  of  acres  which  carry 
nutritious  indigenous  grasses  and  scrubs  on  which 
stock  thrive.  These  northern  pastoral  areas 
possess  a  good  climate,  and  are  practically  free 
from    stock    diseases.     The     country    has     also 


Felling  a  Karri  Tree. 


ler  the  best  inducements  for  the  orchardist, 
viticulturist,  gardener,  farmer  or  grazier.  The 
wonderful  climatic  advantages,  the  enormous 
vacant  areas  practically  drought-proof,  the  excel- 
lent wheat,  fruit,  and  grazing  lands,  are  calling 

for  thousands  of  settlers  and  laborers 

Although  at  present  practically  confined  to  the 
coastal  fringe,  the  pastoral  industry  has  immense 
capabilities  of  expansion.        The  truly  pastoral 


wonderful  recuperative  powers,  for  though  the 
rainfall  is  light  as  one  proceeds  inland,  the  edible 
shrubs  are  remarkably  hardy  and  provide  susten- 
ance through  long  periods  of  dry  weather,  and  the 
soil,  being  rich,  responds  immediately  to  the 
slightest  fall  of  rain  with  a  strong  growth  of 
grass. 

"On  the  cattle  stations  of  the  North,  fencing  is 
largely  dispensed  with,  the  cattle  being  allowed  to 


■ 


740 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


m^ 


•■«43r^^ 


A   Camel   Wool   Team 


Town  Water  Supply,   Derby 


roam  at  will  except  for  periodical  musters  for 
branding.  But  in  the  sheep  country,  all  the  runs 
are  divided  by  sheep-proof  wire  fences  into  pad- 
docks varying  in  area. 

"Systematic  water  conservation  during  recent 
years  has  done  wonders  in  improving  the  carry- 
ing capacity  of  the  country.  By  well-sinking, 
water  is  obtained  at  shallow  depths  and  raised  by 
windmills  or  other  motive-power.  The  most  im- 
portant development  in  this  direction,  however, 
has  been  the  successful  tapping  of  the  artesian 
basin.  Throughout  the  North- Western  Division, 
boring  has  resulted  in  immense  flows  of  water 
from  subterranean  reservoirs,  and  a  great  en- 
hancement of  values.  Country  previously  con- 
sidered impracticable  is  now  being  stocked  up,  and 
as  the  artesian  basin  is  known  to  be  of  vast  extent, 
the  most  sanguine  hopes  are  justified  of  water 
from  this  source  similarly  enriching  other  areas  '! 
now  regarded  as  almost  worthless." 


A  Wheat  Waggon  drawn  by  Donkeys 


TASMANIA 


742 


NORTHERN  TASMANIA 


LAUNCESTON  AND  THE  TAMAR. 


FOR  many  years  one  entertained  a  mental 
picture  of  Tasmania  in  which  barren  stones 
and  bitter  snows  loomed  through  sub- 
Antarctic  mists.  That  heart-shaped  island  to  the 
southward  of  the  Australian  continent  held  no  ap- 
peal for  a  native  of  the  mainland  with  sunlit  views 
of  life. 

When  Tasmania  joined  the  Commonwealth, 
Australia  began  to  regard  its  smallest  State  with 
more  interest. 

Shortly  after  Federation,  a  commercial  pro- 
position took  me  to  the  northern  part  of  Tas- 
mania. It  was  winter  time.  My  Tasmanian 
friends  said  I  would  see  the  Island  at  its  very 
worst.  I  shipped  at  Melbourne  with  an  almost 
Antarctic  outfit,  in  which  I  was  half  inclined  to 
include  a  pair  of  snow  shoes,  to  aid  my  progress 
about  Burnie  and  Launceston. 

I  found  the  Scotch  mate  of  the  ship  suffering 
from  sciatica,  which  I  mentally  attributed  to  his 
being  in  the  Tasmanian  trade. 

My  (irst  view  of  the  Island  was  off  the  Nut  of 
Stanley,  when  I  ventured  up  on  deck  in  a  chilly 
morning.  This  dark  headland  lay  like  a 
couchant  lion  to  guard  the  southern  stronghold 
of  a  white  race.  A  sharp  wind  came  over  grey 
seas,  blowing  from  that  lone  mysterious  South 
where  the  planet  turned  noiselessly  on  its  axis — 
where  seal  and  penguin  had  their  habitat,  and 
weird  volcanic  lights  reddened  eternal  snows. 

Sunrise  came  with  a  slowness  noticeable  to  one 
who  was  more  used  to  the  swift  movements  of 
the  tropics;  one  thought  how  differently  the  morn- 
ing danced  in  at  Cairns. 


The  Scotch  mate  stumped  off  the  bridge,  and 
said,  "It's  a  nice  mornin'  again." 

I  ventured  to  remark  that  it  was  rather  cold. 
"Mon,"  said  he,  "ye  dinna  ken  cow'd.  Ye  should 
hae  a  wunther  in  the  North  Sea."  I  learned  from 
him  later  that  he  had  contracted  sciatica  in  Glas- 
gow, and  had  really  taken  a  berth  in  the  Tas- 
manian trade  in  order  to  enjoy  a  congenial 
climate. 

As  the  sunlight  grew,  one  noticed  that  the  land 
was  of  a  most  vivid  and  refreshing  greenness. 

By  the  time  our  ship  was  laid  alongside  the 
pier  at  Stanley,  I  had  revised  some  of  my  pre- 
conceptions of  Tasmania.  Pale  sunlight  on  the 
hills  took  on  a  warmer  glow,  tall,  attenuated  trees 
on  their  summits  seemed  less  like  shabby-genteel 
ladies;  and  the  snows  and  stones  of  early  imagina- 
tion dispersed  with  the  mists. 

Our  Scotch  mate  limped  up  to  the  skipper, 
and  announced  "eight  hundra'  bags  of  potatoes 
and  a  hundra'  an'  fifty  tons  of  ore,"  as  that  little 
port's  contribution  to  our  freight. 

While  vulgar  winches  were  rattling  this  into 
the  holds  of  the  Melbourne  SS.  Company's 
"Sydney,"  some  of  us  went  ashore  and  climbed 
on  to  the  "Nut"  to  get  a  more  extended  view  of 
the  Island. 

I  remember  that  climb  from  the  fact  that  an 
argument  which  had  begun  between  two  of  my 
fellow-passengers  in  Melbourne  was  reaching  a 
critical  stage. 

One  of  them  was  a  hotelkeeper  from  Williams- 
town,   who  had   shipped  on   a   sailing  brig  as   a 


743 


744 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


boy,  and  acquired  experiences.  He  was  in  the 
Straits  of  Sunda  during  the  eruption  of  Krakatoa. 
He  had  been  smuggling  gas-pipe  guns  to  abet 
rebellions  in  the  South  Seas.  He  possessed  a 
pair  of  clear  steel-blue  eyes,  and  drank  much 
whisky. 

The  other  was  a  garrulous,  semi-sober  drum- 
mer, who  touted  for  a  shady  business  concern  in 
Brisbane.  He  boasted  of  convivial  hours  spent 
with  Henry  Lawson  at  the  Civic  Club,  of  which 
he  swore  that  wayward  literary  genius  was  a  life 
member. 


ately  one  saw  that  the  Tasmania  of  reality  was 
an  exceedingly  beautiful  and  fertile  country. 

The  day  had  grown  warm  and  sunny.  Be- 
neath us,  running  eastwards  towards  Burnie  and 
Devonport,  was  a  coastline  of  alternating  beach 
and  foreland.  Inland  were  patches  of  tall  timber, 
interspersed  with  clearings. 

Just  across  the  neck,  joining  the  Nut  to 
the  mainland,  was  a  stretch  of  coastal  plain 
of  apparently  indifferent  quality.  From  the 
edge  of  this  strip  began  the  volcanic  downs 
of  Northern  Tasmania — among  the  greenest, 
fairest,  and  most  fertile  lands  on  earth. 


The  Nut,  Stanley 


Five  minutes'  conversation  with  the  drummer 
had  convinced  the  hotelkeeper  that  his  fellow- 
passenger  was  a  liar;  so  he  made  a  point  of  con- 
tradicting his  every  statement.  The  discussion 
was  interminable.  It  covered  almost  everything 
within  the  range  of  passengerdom.  When  the 
drummer  made  excursions  into  wider  domains, 
the  hotelkeeper  followed  him  like  a  hunter,  and 
brought  him  down.  He  potted  at  him  sitting, 
and  when  he  essayed  a  flight  into  higher  regions 
of  mendacity,  he  was  peppered  on  the  wing. 

A  hundred  yards  from  the  summit  of  the  Nut 
the  combatants  succumbed  breathless.  Through 
this  fortunate  accident  we  were  enabled  to  enjoy 
an  undisturbed  view  over  the  district.     Immedi- 


Since  I  first  viewed  this  scene,  that  apparently 
worthless  strip  of  coastal  flat,  about  a  thousand 
acres  in  area,  has  been  cleared,  drained,  and 
planted  as  an  apple  orchard  by  the  Van  Diemen's 
Land  Company.  It  was  a  part  of  their  original 
concession,  regarded  for  half  a  century  as  of  no 
agricultural  value.  My  friend  Leslie  Evans,  of 
the  Government  Agricultural  Department  at 
Hobart,  took  a  keen  interest  in  this  proposition. 
When  we  were  approaching  Stanley  on  our 
ofl'icial  journey  in  the  summer  of  19 14  we  went 
over  this  area  together. 

I  found  it  to  be  in  appearance  no  more  than  a 
thousand  acres  of  typical  peaty  sand  located  on 
a  sea  margin,  with  patches  of  whiter  sand  inter- 


LAUNCESTON    AND    THE    TAMAR 


745 


North  Coast  Railway,  near  Bumle 


spersed,  growing  in  its  primitive  state  clumps 
of  tea-tree,  sword-grass,  and  rushes.  There  are 
at  least  five  hundred  thousand  similar  despised 
acres  along  the  eastern  coast  of  Australia. 

As  Mr.  Evans  was  interested  in  the  enterprise, 
he  was  curious  to  hear  my  judgment,  rather,  I 
think,  for  its  comparative  than  scientific  value. 

I  told  him  candidly,  "If  this  will  grow  apples 
there  is  no  waste  land  in  the  Commonwealth." 

Presumably  the  experienced  Van  Diemen's 
Land  Company  is  not  investing  fifty  or  a  hundred 
thousand  of  its  capital  in  agricultural  duffers. 
The  Stanley  apple  proposition  should  be  a  suc- 
cess, though  the  locality  suffers  from  exposure  to 
heavy  winds,  and  breakwinds  may  be  found  neces- 
sary. 

Looking  down  coast  from  the  Nut  one  saw 
that  the  cold,  bleak  island  of  early  fancy  was  in 
reality  a  land  of  forest,  farm,  and  orchard,  all 
pleasantly  fertile  and  green,  or  rich  with  promises 
of  future  fertility  and  greenness. 

With  our  potatoes  and  ore  safely  stowed,  we 
steamed  along  over  placid  seas  to  Burnie.  Square 
ploughed  fields  of  chocolate  ground  on  the  hill- 
sides looked  like  brown  patches  on  a  green  dress. 

An  Irish  passenger  maintained  that  there  was 

ily  one  island  within  the  circle  of  the  Seven  Seas 
to  compare  with  Tasmania  for  beauty,  for 
climate,  and  for  richness  of  soils.  He  said  Tas- 
mania would  be  another  Ireland,  capable  of  sup- 
porting a  population  greater  than  that  of  his  own 
green  motherland  before  the  migration  of  the 
Irish  began. 

Ireland  was  a  western  segment  broken  off  the 
European   Continent,  Tasmania   a  southern  seg- 


ment broken  away  from  the  Australian  Continent 
— his  Celtic  imagination  saw  something  signifi- 
cant in  this  comparison. 

For  the  rest,  he  was  a  prosperous  orchardist  in 
the  Tamar  Valley,  going  back  home  after  a  holi- 
day on  the  mainland. 

A  Scotchman  for  business,  an  Englishman  for 
philosophy,  and  an  Irishman  for  propaganda. 
His  eyes  filled  with  tears,  his  voice  quivered  with 
emotion,  as  he  fondly  compared  the  island  of  his 
adoption  with  that  of  his  birth. 

"Young  man,"  he  exclaimed,  leaning  over  the 
steamer  rail  and  pointing  to  the  shoreline, 
"yondher  lies  the  finest  potato  land  outside  the 
County  Cavan,  and  beyant  it  is  the  sweetest  apple 
country,  barrin'  me  own  parish,  in  the  whole  wide 
wurrld." 

As  our  coastal  voyage  continued,  the  Tamar 
apple-grower  handed  out  facts  concerning  Tas- 
mania, all  gathered  from  practical  experience. 
He  told  us  how  the  finest  fruit-growing  lands  of 
the  Island  were  those  which  the  two  first  genera- 
tions classed  as  worthless,  how  settlers  had  rushed 
the  heavily-timbered  red  volcanic  country,  and 
borne  all  the  burdens  and  costs  of  clearing  it 
when  they  might  have  secured  the  lightly-timbered 
greyer  soils,  which,  as  orchards  in  full  bearing, 
are  now  worth  £ioo  an  acre.  But  of  course  there 
were  no  swift  oversea  steamers,  no  cold  storages, 
no  foreign  markets  for  Tasmanian  fruit  in  earlier 
days. 

Night  fell  as  we  steamed  along  that  smiling 
coast.  Lamps  of  little  towns  twinkled  through 
the  darkness  to  starboard;  finally,  with  red  lights 
of   Devonport   in   line,   we   slipped    slowly    into 

VI 


746 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


smooth  waters  of  the  River  Mersey — and  tied  up 
at  our  wharf.  Devonport  seemed  very  grave 
and  still  under  a  clouded  moon;  electric  arcs 
flickered  over  deserted  pavements — my  first  Tas- 
manian  town  had  gone  to  bed. 

In  the  morning  Devonport,  unrolling  leisurely 
from  a  blanket  of  mist,  proved  an  entirely  pros- 
perous place,  compactly  built  and  conveniently 
laid  out. 

A  narrow-gauge  railway  runs  along  the  coast 
from  Burnie  down  the  valley  of  the  Mersey  and 


asmanian 


lish   another   on   the   shores    of    the   Ta 
Derwent. 

Early  in  1914,  while  at  work  on  this  compila- 
tion, I  met  in  Sydney  the  late  Hon.  A.  E.  Solo- 
mon, then  Premier  of  Tasmania. 

Mr.  Solomon  courteously  invited  me  to  accom- 
pany him  on  his  return,  and  see  more  of  the  Island 
State  than  previous  flying  visits  had  enabled  me 
to  do. 

A  few  weeks  later  we  crossed  the  Strait,  and 
landed  in  Launceston  together,  where  I  was  im- 


^^^Hj 

|^4^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H 

^HBL  ^IB   ^^^^^ri^^^H 

Hl^  ^^^H 

^■^|^H|H| 

Hartnett    Falls,    Upper    Mersey    River 


junctions  with  the  main  line  from  Launceston  to 
Hobart. 

The  Mersey  is  a  strong,  rapid  stream,  bordered 
by  acacias,  willows,  and  poplars. 

Misty  hills,  green  rain-wet  fields,  tea-tree 
hedges,  boxthorn  'and  cypress,  figure  in  my  first 
mid-winter  impressions  of  Northern  Tasmania. 

Black  basaltic  pebbles,  and  heptagons  of  rock, 
tall  timber — dead  along  the  hillsides  where  the 
young  farms  are — red-cheeked  people,  and  gene- 
ral prosperity  are  also  in  the  picture. 

I  found  the  climate  milder  than  the  air  of  Mel- 
bourne at  that  time  of  year.  I  returned  to  Vic- 
toria with  a  feeling  that,  after  all,  some  excuse 
might  be  found  for  Lieut.-Colonel  David  Collins, 
who,  early  in  the  nineteenth  century,  abandoned 
a  settlement  at  Sorrento,  on  Port  Phillip,  to  estab- 


mediately  put  in  touch  with  sources  of  oflicial  and 
general  information. 

Launceston  is  among  the  most  modern  and 
commercially-active  cities  of  the  Commonwealth. 
In  civic  service  it  is  much  ahead  of  Melbourne. 
The  generation  of  cheap,  hydro-electric  power 
for  municipal  purposes  on  the  outskirts  of  the 
town  is  partly  responsible  for  the  progress  of  the 
city.  Hydraulic  generation  of  electrical  force 
can  be  greatly  extended  in  Tasmania — the  land 
of  lakes  and  rivers.  It  will  aid  the  rapid  develop- 
ment of  her  great  natural  resources.  With  her 
cool  climate  and  cheap  power,  the  Island  State 
may  aspire  to  become  a  great  manufacturing  base 
for  the  Commonwealth. 

The  electric  light  and  power  station  located  on  i 
the   South   Esk    River   is   worth   a   visit — for  it? 
scenic  surroundings,  if  for  nothing  else. 


LAUNCESTON    AND    THE     TAMAR 


747 


Electric  Power  Station,  Launceston 


^^BWith  iio  feet  head  of  water  the  engineers, 
modern  magicians,  have  secured  a  direct  result 
of  1360  h.p.  The  system  is  alternating,  and  3- 
phase — 50  cycle  giving  5200  volts. 

The  waters  of  the  Esk  have  been  diverted  by 
a  tunnel,  2762  feet  in  length,  to  feed  with  in- 
herent force  four  giant  dynamos  in  the  gorge 
below. 

France's  spiral  turbines  communicate  with  each 
dynamo.  The  generators  are  of  300  kilowatts, 
and  from  this  power  station  in  the  hills  overlook- 
ing the  city,  Launceston,  with  its  24,000  popula- 
tion, is  enriched  with  light  and  power.  Over 
30  miles  of  public  streets  are  thus  lighted,  and 
4000  private  consumers  supplied.  A  most 
efficient  and  payable  municipal  street  car  service 
is  also  maintained. 

The  municipality  controls  the  whole  light  and 
power  services,  charging  for  lighting  yd.  per 
unit  for  the  first  10  units  per  half-year  per  8-c.p. 
lamp,  and  li^d.  per  unit  for  all  over  this  quantity, 
subject  to  a  discount  of  id.  and  id.  per  unit  re- 
spectively if  paid  within  14  days. 

I' or  power  and  heating,  charges  are  2 id.  per 
unit  for  the  first  200  units  per  quarter  per  brake 
horse-power  or  kilowatt,  id.  per  unit  for  all  over 
this  quantity,  subject  to  a  discount  of  ]d.  and  ^d. 
per  unit  respectively  if  paid  within  14  days. 
Alternative  sliding  scale  for  large  power  con- 
l^mers  up  to  80-h.p.  Discount,  12I  per  cent. 
HpThe  Council  wires  premises,  and  customers 
may  pay  for  their  wiring  in  cash  or  on  the  de- 

r "'" '"  "■ '~  '■"■" 


over  a  period  not  exceeding  10  years,  with  interest 
at  the  rate  of  6  per  cent,  on  the  unpaid  balance. 
Alotors  are  supplied  on  rental,  15  per  cent,  per 
annum  being  charged,  or  sold  on  very  liberal 
terms.  Payments  may  be  extended  over  a  period 
of  three  years,  with  interest  at  the  rate  of  10  per 
cent,  per  annum  on  the  unpaid  balances. 

A  word  on  the  Island's  hydro-electric  resources 
may  be  inserted  here. 

In  1909  the  Tasmanian  Parliament  granted 
concessions  to  the  Complex  Ores  Company,  which 
opened  the  way  for  a  development  of  latent 
hydro-electric  power. 

Five  years  later  the  Government  acquired  the 
works  from  that  company  and  proceeded  to  com- 
plete what  is  known  as  the  Great  Lake  Scheme. 

Under  this  system  cheap  force  is  supplied  to 
Hobart  and  intervening  stations. 

The  Great  Lake  is  the  most  extensive  of  many 
fine  natural  reservoirs  scattered  over  Tasmanian 
highlands. 

It  has  an  area  of  42  square  miles,  is  3250  feet 
above  sea  level,  and  receives  the  rainfall  of  over 
two  hundred  square  miles. 

By  the  erection  of  a  dam,  700,000,000  cubic 
yards  of  water  have  been  added  to  the  original 
contents. 

F"rom  the  outlet  of  the  Great  Lake  the  water 
runs  down  the  River  Shannon  for  four  miles,  and 
then  a  canal  three  and  a  half  miles  long  carries 
the  water  into  a  lagoon,  with  an  area  of  300 
acres,  which  acts  as  a  regulating  and  settling  reser- 
voir.    From  this  lagoon  a  mile  of  wooden  pipe. 


I.AUNCESTON    AND    THE    TAMAR 


749 


four  feet  in  internal  diameter,  and  three-fourths 
of  a  mile  of  double  steel  pipe  take  the  water  down 
to  the  power  station  on  the  bank  of  the  River 
Ouse.  The  total  fall  in  the  mile  and  three- 
quarters  is  1 132  feet.  Allowing  for  losses,  this 
gives  a  net  head  of  1050  feet  at  the  turbines. 

In  the  power-house  is  installed  plant  with  a 
capacity  of  9000  electric  horse-power.  The  plant 
can  be  increased,  as  the  demand  requires  it,  to 
30,000  horse-power,  and  eventually  to  consider- 
ably more  than  that.  The  next  link  in  bringing 
the  power  to  the  place  where  it  will  be  used  is  the 
transmission  line,  63  miles  long,  from  the  remote 
upland  valley  of  the  Ouse  to  Hobart.  Along 
this  line,  700  steel  towers,  each  70  feet  high, 
carry  three  copper  wires,  with  a  capacity  of  20,000 
horse-power  delivery.  A  second  set  of  three 
can  be  added  at  any  time.  The  station  near 
Hobart  breaks  down  the  transmission  line  volt- 
age of  88,000  to  connect  it  with  the  city.  There 
are  two  sub-stations,  with  which  a  complete  system 
of  distributing  mains  is  connected.  The  mineral 
output  of  Tasmania  will  be  greatly  facilitated  in 
future  by  the  extension  of  cheap  electrical  power. 
The  island  stands  first  among  the  States  as  a 
producer  of  tin,  second  in  silver-lead,  and  fourth 
for  copper. 

Her  coal  production  is  smaller  than  any  of  the 
^tates  except  South  Australia.       Her  savings  in 

)al  alone  should  quickly  reimburse  her  for  out- 

ly  on  the  Great  Lake  Scheme. 


This  new  power  will  be  utilized  for  the  making 
of  munitions  of  war,  the  production  of  nitrates 
and  carbide  of  calcium,  and  for  the  treatment  of 
complex  mineral  ores. 

It  will  be  generally  applied  for  lighting  pur- 
poses, for  tramways,  and  for  manufactures. 

Hobart,  with  the  finest  harbor  in  Australia, 
must  benefit  enormously.  One  can  safely  fore- 
cast a  vigorous  future  for  this  southern  city,  par- 
ticularly in  the  manufacture  of  woollens  from 
the  superb  fleeces  of  Tasmania. 

Launceston  is  only  a  16  hours'  steam  journey 
from  the  mainland.  Vessels  enter  the  mouth  of 
the  River  Tamar  at  Low  Head  early  in  the  morn- 
ing, and  reach  Launceston,  40  miles,  before 
lunch-time.  The  banks  of  the  Tamar  are  beauti- 
fied by  extensive  apple  orchards  and  picturesque 
homes. 

Many  retired  Anglo-Indians  have  established 
themselves  here.  These  orchard  lands — until  re- 
cent years  valued  at  no  more  than  ten  shillings 
an  acre — are  bringing  their  owners  good  annual 
incomes,  and  their  capital  values,  when  cleared 
and  planted,  have  increased  two  hundred  fold. 

The  waters  of  the  Tamar,  home  of  the  succu- 
lent flounder,  are  clear  and  sparkling.  This 
winding  water-journey  of  forty  miles  takes  the 
traveller  through  a  halcyon  land  of  meadow  and 
slope  which  spring  smothers  under  blossoms  and 
autumn  reddens  with  ripened  fruit. 


Woollen  Mills,  Launceston 


750 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Trevallyn  and  the  Eiver  Tamar,  Launceston 


At  the  end  of  an  idyllic  passage  comes  Laun- 
ceston, which  beyond  the  progress  already  noted, 
is  one  of  the  cleanest,  best  governed  cities  in 
Australasia. 

From  a  publication  issued  by  the  Town  Hall 
we  learn  that — "If  a  gentleman  desires  to  reside 
in  Launceston  and  to  build,  the  Corporation  will 
supply  the  building  stone,  execute  the  sewering  and 
sanitary  work,  cement  his  pathways,  asphalt  his 
tennis  court,  lay  on  and  supply  his  house  with 
water,  instal  and  supply  it  with  electric  current 
to  light  his  rooms,  heat  his  radiators  and  clothes 
iron,  and  work  his  sewing  machine  and  lift.  His 
children  can  be  educated  at  the  State  schools,  of 
which  the  members  of  the  Council  form  the  Board 
of  Advice.  They  can  learn  to  swim  in  the  Cor- 
poration Baths,  while  those  desiring  it  may 
luxuriate  in  a  Turkish  bath  in  the  same  building. 
The  Corporation  Museum  and  Art  Gallery  are 
open  for  their  education  and  pleasure.  In  the 
Corporation  reserves,  parks,  and  Cliff  Grounds 
they  can  take  part  in  games,  and  often  enjoy  ex- 
cellent music  supplied  by  bands  subsidised  by  the 
Corporation.        They    can    attend    literary    and 


musical  competitions,  and  participate  in  tourist  ! 
drives  organised  by  the  Tourist  Association,  both 
similarly  assisted.  They  will  be  able  to  travel 
about  the  city  in  the  Corporation's  up-to-date 
electric  tramways,  which  are  considered  by  com- 
petent judges  to  be  equal  to  any  similar  systems  , 
in  the  Australian  States.  He  will  know  that  the 
Public  Health  and  Sale  of  Food  and  Drugs  Acts 
are  administered  by  the  Council,  and  that  the 
Corporation  owns  and  controls  the  only  abattoirs 
and  fish  market  in  the  city.  If  unfortunately  his 
house  catches  fire  a  municipally  subsidised  fire 
brigade,  in  whose  management  the  Council  par- 
ticipates, will  hasten  to  stay  the  conflagration. 
Should  illness  overtake  him  he  can  be  treated  at 
the  General  Hospital,  on  whose  board  of  manage- 
ment the  Council  is  represented,  and  finally,  when 
he  'rests  with  the  blest,'  he  will  have  the  solace  of 
knowing  that  his  body  will  be  interred  in  the 
Corporation  Cemetery." 

This  is  municipal  socialism;  but  the  city  fathers   ^ 
make  no  profession  of  being  socialists.      On  the 
other  hand,  Broken  Hill,  ruled  by  rankest  social- 
ists, cannot  compare  with  Launceston  at  all. 


LAUNCESTON    AND    THE    TAMAR 


751 


Beyond  the  cleanly  streets  of  Launceston  lies 
a  rich,  basaltic  country,  good  for  dairying  and 
general  agriculture.  Black  soils,  benefited  by 
ample  rainfall,  make  Tasmania  famous  for  root 
crops.  The  climate  of  Northern  Tasmania  is 
similar  to  that  of  the  south  of  England,  with 
winters  less  severe.  In  springtime,  hedges  of 
gorse,  hawthorn,  and  briar  remind  English  people 
still  more  of  their  motherland. 

But  there  is  no  pov'erty  here.     Everybody  earns 


fashioned.  This  may  have  been  the  case  some 
years  ago,  but  Launceston,  Burnie,  Devonport, 
Hobart  are  modern  cities,  with  modern  conveni- 
ences and  plenty  of  commercial  activity. 

Although  Tasmania  is  as  great  in  area  as  Scot- 
land, its  whole  population  is  little  more  than 
200,000  people. 

Along  the  main  line  of  railway  between  Laun- 
ceston and  Hobart  the  traveller  sees  how  little 


In  Denison  Gorge,  Scottsdale,  near  Launceston 


good  wages,  enjoys  good  food,  wears  good  cloth- 
ing, and  is  housed  in  at  least  moderate  comfort. 

Launceston  is  a  city  of  parks  and  gardens, 
enterprise  and  progress. 

Southern  womanhood  probably  finds  its  highest 
physical  expression  in  Tasmania. 

In  Launceston  and  Hobart  the  women  are 
dowered  with  much  beauty  and  refinement.  All 
through  the  Island  one  sees  the  type  of  Shelley's 
Devonshire  Maid — the  rosy  healthy  rural  maiden 
of  older  English  poetry  and  fiction. 

There  is  a  delusion  on  the  mainland  that  the 
cities    of    Tasmania     are     slow-going    and    old- 


has  been  done  to  develop  this  rich  and  beautiful 
island,  well  capable  of  carrying  the  millions  who 
subsist  on  rugged  Scottish  soils.  There  is  no 
intensive  cultivation  here,  no  farming  on  narrow 
acreages,  no  rigid  agricultural  economies,  no 
scientific  effort  to  make  the  land  yield  all  it  can. 
One  sees  rich  black  soil  and  flats,  capable,  no 
doubt,  of  growing  lucerne,  given  over  to  the 
grazing  of  a  few  sheep  on  native  grasses.  Dairy- 
farming  as  it  is  carried  on  in  the  State  of  Vic- 
toria is  rare  in  Tasmania. 

Lands  such   as  these   are  worth,   on   average, 
£15    an   acre.       They  will  yield,   under    present 


752 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


methods  of  cultivation,  25  bushels  of  wheat  or  35 
bushels  of  oats  to  the  acre. 

The  Tasmanian  winter  climate  is  not  as  cold 
as  mainlanders  believe.  It  is  not  nearly  as  cold 
as  in  Denmark,  where  modern  dairying  has  at- 
tained probably  its  highest  results.  As  Tasmania 
corresponds  in  hemispheric  position  with  Southern 
France  and  Northern  Italy,  it  is  better  suited  for 
dairying  than  Denmark  or  Sweden. 

Tasmanians  are  even  more  credulous  than  Aus- 
tralians. They  have  been  told  that  they  are  slow- 
going  and  behind  the  times.  They  believed  it. 
Launceston  natives  regard  themselves  as  pro- 
vincials in  comparison  with  folks  of  Melbourne. 
They  imagine  that  Melbourne,  having  twice  the 
population  of  all  Tasmania,  is  twice  as  pro- 
gressive. When  I  informed  them  that,  at  that 
time,  Melbourne  had  no  electric  street  traction, 
that  mails  in  that  city  were  not  delivered  on 
motor-cycles,  that  electric  ironers,  fans,  and  radia- 
tors in  private  houses  were  not  then  general,  they 
seemed  surprised,  these  things  being  all  part  of 
their  daily  lives.  It  is  a  long  way  from  Laun- 
ceston to  Thursday  Island,  and  much  misunder- 
standing exists  between. 


When  (at  a  cost  of  £400,000)  Launceston 
completes  its  harbor  scheme  now  under  way,  and 
gains  a  low-water  depth  at  Bell  Bay  of  36  feet, 
production  in  Northern  Tasmania  should  be 
greatly  stimulated.  Direct  deep-sea  carriage  will 
be  established  with  valuable  agricultural,  orchard, 
and  timber-growing  country. 

Leaving  the  volcanic  soils  of  Northern  Tas- 
mania for  the  moment,  we  find  through  the  central 
or  midland  section  broken  country,  country  with 
fertile  valleys  rejoicing  in  black  soil  slopes  suit- 
able for  fruit  and  flats  from  which  successful 
hop-growers  have  in  the  past  netted  £50  an  acre 
profit  per  annum. 

By  sharp  curves  a  narrow-gauge  railway 
rounds  these  hills  and  crosses  the  flats.  Old 
colonial  houses  surrounded  by  hawthorn  hedges 
occur  now  and  then,  and  a  few  solidly-built 
villages  at  long  intervals.  The  rest  is  mostly 
forest  and  sheepwalk.  There  are  still  nearly  ten 
and  a  half  million  acres  of  unalienated  Crown 
lands  in  the  Island  out  of  a  total  of  16,778,000 
acres. 


Devonport 


o 


a 

Pi 
bo 

e 
o 


o 

a 


753 


SOUTHERN  TASMANIA: 
HOBART  AND  THE  DERWENT. 


COMING  out  of  good  sheep  and  potato  land, 
the  approach  to  Hobart  is  delightful. 
Hobart  is  without  doubt  the  most  pic- 
turesque of  all  our  capitals. 

The  overland  line  enters  the  Derwent  Valley 
some  distance  from  the  city,  running  through 
orchards  which  slope  towards  the  waterside, 
orchards  laden  in  late  summer  with  ripened  apples 
and  pears. 

Mountain  shadows  are  reflected  in  the  deep 
waters  of  Derwent,  which  in  winter  time  are 
capped  by  lingering  shadow-snows. 

Black  swans  float  gracefully  over  these  sub- 
merged peaks;  motor-boats  break  their  contours 
with  busy  propellers;  occasionally  a  white  sail 
detaches  itself  from  some  sheltered  haven  and 
fares  forth  towards  the  breezy  south. 

Hobart  is  located  on  hills  which  slope  steeply 
to  the  shores  of  the  best  harbor  in  the  Common- 
wealth, a  harbor  sheltered  from  all  weathers, 
and  capable  of  floating  the  leviathan  fleets  of  the 
twentieth  century.  Behind  the  city  Mount  Wel- 
lington climbs  skyward,  sheltering,  and  s'ometimes 
chilling,  the  city  of  red  brick  and  stone  at  its 
feet.  The  40,000  or  so  who  make  up  the  resident 
population  of  city  and  suburbs  can  gather  from 
the  formation  of  clouds  on  their  paternal  moun- 
tain-top some  indication  of  coming  weather. 

I  have  found  no  fairer  place  than  peaceful 
Hobart  Town  of  a  sunny  Sunday  morning,  with 
all  her  church  bells  chiming  and  the  skies  clear 
save  for  a  white  cap  of  cloud  on  the  summit  of 
Mount  Wellington. 

Cobblestone  gullies,  narrow  streets,  old  stone 
prisons,  warehouses,  and  public  buildings  tell  of 
colonial  beginnings. 

The  architecture  of  Hobart  In  1915  will  re- 
mind old  colonists  of  Sydney  forty  or  fifty  years 
ago.  We  see  In  Hobart  the  terraced  houses, 
the  solid  masonry  and  shingles  of  our  grand- 
fathers' period.  Bluestone  and  sandstone  pre- 
dominate as  building  materials.  Solid  masonry 
everywhere  shows  that  labor  was  cheap  In  those 
early  days.  Hobart  has  the  steepest  streets  of 
all  the  Commonwealth  cities. 

From  sheltered  corners,  buttressed  by  walls  of 
solid  masonry,  one  gets  glimpses  of  the  harbor. 
These  appear  like  pictures  In  stone  frames,  with 
blue  water  in  their  further  distances,  and  beyond 


the  sloping  shingled  roofs  In  the  foreground  are 
smooth  spars  and  gaudy  funnels  of  ships  at 
anchor. 

Virginia  creepers,  beeches,  oaks,  and  pines, 
with  flower  gardens  laid  out  in  the  l'"ngllsh  fashion 
give  the  town  an  air  of  old-worldness  which  Is 
rare  In  Australia.  This  savor  of  old-fashion 
mellows  the  Island  for  the  literary  and  artistic 
palate. 

From  attic  windows  under  gabled  roofs  eyes 
now  dimmed  by  age  or  closed  in  death  looked 
out  over  these  narrow  streets  as  Sir  John  Franklin 
went  by. 

Down  at  the  Hobart  Museum  they  have  Sir 
John  Franklin's  gun,  a  fine  old  double-barrelled 
fowling-piece,  and  some  relics  of  the  Ill-fated 
Arctic  expedition,  including  a  tattered  fragment 
of  a  boat's  ensign  left  at  Cape  P'elix  In  1847,  ^"'^ 
discovered  In  1859.  The  same  institution  pos- 
sesses a  Schiedam  bottle  left  by  Pelsart  on  the 
x'^brolhos,  and  the  full  skeleton  in  a  glass  case 
of  Truganlnl,  the  last  Tasmanian  aboriginal. 

To  the  anthropologist,  Truganini  is  the  most 
Interesting  thing  in  Hobart.  As  the  last  of  a 
neolithic  race  whose  origin  and  history  are 
fascinating  subjects  for  scientific  investigation, 
Truganini  Is  famed  and  remembered  while  the 
most  important  people  of  early  Hobart  sleep  In 
neglected  cemeteries,  forgotten  and  unsought. 

Great  men  have  come  from  afar  to  visit 
Truganini  at  the  Museum,  to  make  exact 
measurements  of  her  skull  and  compare  its  brain 
capacity  with  that  of  pithecanthropus  crectiis  and 
rhe  Pithdown  ape-man. 

In  the  year  1876  Truganini,  the  last  remnant 
of  Tasmanian  tribes,  passed  over  to  the  hunting- 
grounds  of  the  aboriginal  elect.  She  lived  to  70 
years,  and  saw  her  native  island  take  its  first 
toddling  steps  on  the  path  of  civilisation.  In  her 
piccaninny  days  Tasmania  was  a  settlement  in 
swaddling  clothes.  Before  her  death  had  closed 
a  last  chapter  In  the  history  of  a  race  far  older 
than  the  Briton,  her  native  Island  had  become 
an  autonomous  colony,  with  a  Governor,  Houses 
of  Parliament,  and  all  the  complicated  parapher- 
nalia of  administration  on  which  the  Australian 
loves  to  lavish  his  surplusage  of  levies,  fines  and 
taxes. 


754 


HOBART    AND    THE    DERWENT 


755 


Carnarvon  (Port  Arthur) 


Simple  life  of  Tasmanian  savagery,  naked,  un- 
ashamed, elementary,  had  given  place  to  the 
over-complex,  over-clothed,  and  over-strenuous 
civilisation  of  the  nineteenth  century.  Hobart, 
from  a  collection  of  queer  huts  and  buildings — 
such  as  one  sees  in  fascinating  old  color-plates 
of  the  period — had  grown  to  the  size  of  a  re- 
spectable linglish  town. 

Much  of  its  architectural  quaintness  it  still  re- 
tained, and  keeps  to  this  day.  It  would  be  a 
pity  for  the  snug  little  town  under  Mount  Wel- 
lington to  enter  into  competition  with  those  ugly 
toadstools  of  cities  which  have  grown  up  from 
hotbeds  of  progress  in  a  night.  She  must,  to  be 
in  keeping  with  herself,  preserve  her  high  sloping 
roofs  of  shingle,  her  thick  stone  walls  and  narrow 
streets,  whose  steepness  is  a  pleasant  change  from 
the  dead  levels  of  avenues  elsewhere  laid  out  ac- 
cording to  diagram  and  faced  on  either  side  by 

J^rallclograms  in  concrete  and  steel. 

I^JFor  a  long  summer  holiday  go  to  Tasmania, 
at  least  once  in  a  lifetime,  and  spend  a  week  of 
It  in  Hobart.  Having  sampled  all  the  climates 
of  the  Commonwealth,  I  can  commend  that  of 
Hobart  in  midsummer.  The  eastern  coast  of 
Tasmania  and  Eastern  Gippsland,  in  Victoria,  I 
pronounce  to  be,  as  far  as  climatic  conditions  are 
concerned  the  two  perfect  dwelling-places  of  the 
world. 


k 


A  week  in  Hobart  will  be  little  time  enough 
for  the  tourist.  If  he  is  wise  he  will  keep  away 
from  all  the  relics,  mementoes,  and  literature  of 
the  convict  period  (including  among  the  latter 
the  morbid  inspirations  of  that  melancholy  genius 
Marcus  Clarke) ,  and  take  Hobart  and  its  beauties 
as  they  are  to-day. 

Visitors  with  gruesome  imaginations  are  wel- 
come to  gloat  over  the  ruins  of  Port  Arthur  and 
soak  themselves  in  the  comparatively  brief  but 
lamentable  history  of  convict  settlement,  just  as 
other  people  are  at  liberty  to  spend  their  bank 
holidays  at  the  cemetery;  but  for  those  who  love 
sunlight  and  scenic  beauty,  the  eternal  glory  of 
mountain  path  and  riverside,  the  delight  of  motion 
and  the  call  of  the  Day  that  is  Ours,  there  will  be 
less  of  interest  in  the  Days  which  were  Theirs  and 
Done  With. 

Hobart  has  a  Tourist  Bureau  to  tell  people 
where  to  go,  and  most  people  want  to  be  told 
where  to  go.  Both  being  blessed  with  interesting 
and  attractive  surroundings,  competition  for  tour- 
ists between  Launceston  and  Hobart  is  rather 
keen,  but  Hobart  probably  secures  the  greater 
number.  Within  its  ranges  are  Tasman  Peninsula, 
D'Entrecasteaux  Channel,  Huon  River,  and  the 
silver  reaches  of  the  River  Derwent.  To  a  de- 
scriptive writer  these  would  yield  sufficient  matter 
for  a  pleasant  little  volume.    At  the  southern  end 


756 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


of  Tasman  Peninsula  lie  the  ruins  of  Port  Arthur 
penal  settlement,  known  nowadays  as  Carnarvon. 
Apart  from  its  convict  memories  it  is  one  of  the 
most  attractive  of  Tasmanian  townlets.  From 
its  ancient  oaks  and  elms,  its  fallen  roofs  and 
crumbling  walls  englamoured  by  a  ghostly  past, 
its  buildings  of  solid  freestone,  its  shores  honey- 
combed with  caves  and  blowholes,  brooding 
mountains,    winding     driveways,    ancient    grave- 


is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  valleys  in  the  world. 
Coromandel  Valley  in  South  Australia,  the  valley 
of  Burragorang  in  New  South  Wales,  and  the 
valley  of  the  Derwent  are  among  the  glories  of 
the  Commonwealth,  but  of  these  the  Derwent  is 
fairest.  When  its  hop-fields  are  in  flower  Der- 
went is  a  dream,  when  its  apple  orchards  are 
reddening  it  is  a  desire.  At  all  times  it  is  good 
for  the  eyes  of  artists.     Its  moods  will  some  day 


yards,  and  darkly  enfoliaged  paths,  the  visitor 
will  bring  away  impressions  mysterious  and  un- 
familiar. 

Excursions  into  the  beautiful  Derwent  Valley 
make  less  impressive  but  brighter  memories.  As 
far  upstream  as  Bridgewater  the  waters  of  Der- 
went are  more  lake-like.  Above  Bridgewater 
the  river  really  begins.  The  waters,  grown 
clearer,  reflect  in  sensitive  detail  mountains  and 
trees.  Tasmania,  being  for  the  most  part  a 
rugged  volcanic  country  with  a  high  rainfall, 
there  is  no  monotony  in  its  landscapes.  The 
valley  of  the  Derwent  presents  alternating  pic- 
tures of  primitive  forest  and  cultivated  flat.     It 


be  the  theme  of  poets.  If  a  tired  man  goes  td 
New  Norfolk  he  will  find  himself  in  an 
atmosphere  of  absolute  rest.  In  this  littlA 
elysium — 25  miles  by  rail  from  Hobart — 
sweetened  by  scent  of  apples  and  hops,  where 
the  hotels  are  good,  the  trout  fishing  excellent, 
he  can  perhaps  forget  for  a  season  that  there 
is  war  in  the  world. 

At  Plenty,  a  little  farther  on,  are  hatcheries 
where  the  Tasmanian  Fisheries  Commission 
breed  ihe  various  species  of  trout  and  salmon 
with  which  the  splendid  streams  of  the  Island 
are  stocked.  These  fish  ponds  are  shaded  by 
ornamental  trees  and  bordered  by  green  lawns — - 


HOBART   AND    THE    DERWENT 


757 


The  River  Derwent  at  New  Norfolk 


Tasmania's  infant  fishes  revel  in  artistic  sur- 
roundings. 

Between  Plenty  and  Russell,  its  present 
terminus,  the  narrow-gauge  railway  follows  the 
Derwent,  crossing  and  recrossing  the  river  at 
several  points,  an  engineering  necessity  which 
greatly  adds  to  the  interest  of  a  most  delightful 
journey. 

From  this  point  the  beautiful  Russell  Falls 
are  available.  Seven  miles  from  Russell  the 
rustic  delights  of  Ellendale  will  attract  lovers  of 
the  simple  life.  Lakes  in  which  speckled  trout 
are  reported  plentiful,  caves,  gorges,  waterfalls, 
and  all  the  tumbled  glories  of  this  glorious  island 
have  their  expressions  here. 

For  a  young  man  there  should  be  nothing  better 
than  a  tramp  along  the  Derwent  Valley  in  summer 
time. 

For  the  more  rapid  cyclist  or  motor  man,  the 
aesthetic  tourist,  for  all  to  whom  the  cool,  in- 
vigorating south  appeals,  there  is  no  pleasanter 
resort  at  all  times.  When  days  of  war  have 
given  place  to  years  of  industry  and  peace  such 
districts  as  these,  and  Tasmania  is  rich  in  them, 
will  attract  not  only  visitors  and  tourists  but  per- 


^ 


manent  settlers  who  are  seeking  to  establish 
homes  amid  healthful,  beautiful,  and  fertile  sur- 
roundings. 

The  Huon,  accessible  from  Hobart  by  road 
or  by  the  winding  strait  named  after  a  French 
navigator,  is  one  of  Tasmania's  earliest  settled 
districts.  Much  of  this  most  picturesque  voyage 
lies  over  smooth,  blue,  southern  water  sparkling 
between  Bruni  Island  and  the  mainland.  The 
channel  varies  in  width  from  two  to  ten  miles, 
and  the  steamers'  regular  course  brings  the  travel- 
ler to  many  delightful  little  Tasmanian  townlets 
nestling  amidst  orchards  and  gardens.  Some 
of  these  are  popular  holiday  places  for 
the  people  of  Hobart.  Over  Dover  Bay, 
land-locked  and  glorious — south  of  the  Huon — 
looms  Adamson's  Peak  (4017ft.),  snow-capped 
for  most  part  of  the  year.  Beyond  it,  at  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  range,  stand  Mount  Hartz,  with 
Lake  Hartz,  a  broad  sheet  of  silver  water,  forest- 
fringed,  at  its  feet.  Sea  fishing  and  oystering 
are  good  here.  The  Huon  Company's  tramway 
takes  one,  by  permission,  into  the  heart  of  a  hard- 
wood forest,  which  has  already  yielded  an  enor- 
mous    quantity     of     highest-grade     commercial 


758 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


timber.  Geeveston,  Franklin,  and  Huonvilie,  the 
head  of  navigation,  are  all  more  or  less  centres 
of  the  apple  industry.  By  road,  and  the  roads 
of  Tasmania  are  good,  Huonvilie  is  only  23  miles 
from  Hobart.  The  overland  journey  is  charm- 
ing, and  the  round  trip  one  of  the  most  popular 
on  the  itinerary  of  that  excellent  institution,  the 
Hobart  Tourist  Bureau 

Port  Cygnet  is  a  saltwater  indentation  of  Huon 
River,  on  the  opposite  shore  from  Geeveston. 
It,  too,  depends  for  its  prosperity  on  apples, 
timber,  and  tourists.  Tasmania  may  be  deliberate 
in  matters  industrial  and  mayhap  political,  but  the 
little  island  has  for  some  time  awakened  to  the 
value  of  its  natural  attractions.  The  Tourist 
Bureaus,  both  in  Launceston  and  Hobart,  are 
highly  developed  institutions,  endeavoring,  I 
fancy,  to  achieve  a  maximum  of  result  from  a 
minimum  of  outlay.  There  is  no  visible  extra\'a~ 
garice  in  Tasmania,  but  more  attention  might  be 
given  to  investors  and  less  to  invalids.  Tasmania, 
from  a  scenic  point  of  view,  is  wondrously  beauti- 
ful and  attractive,  but  the  country  possesses 
agricultural  and  industrial  possibilities  as  great 
as,  and  in  some  respects  greater  than,  any  State 
in  the  Commonwealth.  No  other  26,000  square 
miles  under  the  six-starred  flag  can  equal  it  for 
the  variety  and  wealth  of  its  natural  resources, 
which,  like  Australian  resources  elsewhere,  remain 
greatly  undeveloped. 

Hobart  is  the  most  beautiful  of  southern  cities. 
It  may  yet  be  the  most  important.  It  is 
the  best  naval  base  in  the  Commonwealth;  it  could 
become  great  in  manufacture  and  shipping. 

The  capital  of  one  of  the  earliest  Australian 
colonies,  it  assumes  the  dignity  of  comparative 
age.  The  southern  island  was  discovered  by  stout 
old  Abel  Jans  Tasman  on  the  24th  of  November, 
1642.  On  4th  March,  1772,  Marion  du  Fresne 
cast  anchor  in  Marion  Bay,  on  the  eastern  coast 
of  the  shores  which  Tasman  had  seen  and  called 
Van  Diemen's  Land  a  hundred  and  thirty  years 
previously.  A  year  later  Furneaux  visited  and 
named  Adventure  Bay,  at  the  junction  of  North 
and  South  Bruni  Islands.  These  historical  places 
are  both  within  easy  distance  of  modern  Hobart. 
In  1777,  four  years  afterwards.  Cook,  on  his 
third  voyage,  landed  from  the  Advenlnre  and 
Discovery  at  the  same  spot.  Bligh,  in  1789, 
put  in  twelve  days  here  on  his  way  to  Tahiti. 
In  1792,  on  the  occasion  of  his  second  voyage, 
which  ended  in  the  most  picturesque  mutiny  on 
record,  the  brave,  bad-tempered  Bligh  again 
visited  the  southern  part  of  Van  Diemen's  Land. 

In  179;^  D'Rntrecasteaux  completed  a  nautical 
survey  of  the  channel  which  bears  his  name. 

In  1794  Captain  Hayes  entered  and  named 
the  Derwent.  It  was  not  until  1803  that  Lieutenant 
John    Bowen,     of    the    historical    Lady  Nelson, 


hoisted  the  flag  over  the  first  British  settle- 
ment at  Risdon,  on  the  eastern  banks  of  the  Der- 
went, opposite  the  present  city  of  Hobart.  Go- 
vernor Collins  was  the  father  of  Hobart.  Arriv- 
ing at  what  was  then  known  as  Sullivan  Cove  on 
the  15th  February,  1804,  he  chose  the  present 
site  for  his  settlement. 

Thereafter,  until  the  Federation,  in  1900,  the 
story  of  Hobart  is  one  of  colonial  governors  and 
colonial  days.  Sixty  years  after  Collins  dropped 
anchor  in  the  Derwent  the  Duke  of  Edinburgh 
turned  the  sod  of  the  first  railway,  and  the  follow- 
ing year  the  island  was  connected  to  the  main- 
land by  cable.  During  its  hundred  and  odd  years 
the  old  town  has  grown  slowly.  It  is  still  insular 
in  habit,  but  its  orchards  and  gardens  are  divine. 
There  be  some  restless  spirits  who  proclaim  that 
the  town  and  the  State  in  general  require  new 
blood  and  fresh  enterprise,  that  the  national  popu- 
lation should  not  be  less  than  a  million,  that  the 
richest  sheep  lands  and  potato  lands,  mixed  farm- 
ing lands,  orchard  lands  are  awaiting  develop- 
ment. They  say,  these  restless  spirits,  that 
minerals,  timbers,  and  soils  of  untold  wealth  are 
still  untouched. 

Doubtless  they  are  right,  and  ultimately  they 
will  have  their  way;  but  one  still  hopes  that  if 
progress  comes  Hobart  will  not  be  modernized 
out  of  recognition.  The  high-decked  street  cars, 
built  apparently  on  the  model  of  Abel  Tasman's 
ship,  akhough  they  do  not  make  such  leeway, 
enable  one  to  see  more  of  the  shingled  roofs  than 
those  rapid  electric  cars  which,  with  frightful 
jarring  noises,  whirl  the  eager  citizens  of  Sydney 
to  business  or  pleasure. 

These  tramways  are  the  property  of  the  muni- 
cipality, which  was  incorporated  in  1857,  and  is 
responsible  for  an  exceedingly  clean  and  well- 
kept  city,  blessed  with  fish  markets,  abattoirs,  and 
other  civic  conveniences,  and  a  supply  of  excellent 
water  derived  from  sources  at  Mount  Wellington. 

One  judges  from  the  fact  of  ofl'iciating  clergy- 
men being  asked  to  pay  only  half  fees  at  the 
Tasmanian  Club  that  the  society  of  Hobart  is 
somewhat  ecclesiastical  in  tone.  One  understands 
that  mid-Victorian  proprieties  are  rarely  outraged 
by  a  native  population  remarkably  reverential  by 
comparison  with  the  citizens  of  Townsville  or 
Mackay. 

At  Hobart  one  feels  naturally  the  inclination 
to  go  to  church  on  Sunday  mornings.  At  Towns- 
ville, alas,  the  temptation  is  to  go  fishing  in- 
stead. 

On  the  occasion  of  my  visit  to  Hobart,  Synod 
was  electing  a  new  bishop.  Never  before  in  any 
Australian  town  had  I  seen  such  public  interest 
taken  in  any  ecclesiastical  event. 

Ihough  dignity  and  propriety  in  Hobart  be 
as  high  as  the  street  cars,  though  important  per- 


HOBART    AND    THE    DERWENT 


759 


sonages  are  as  strictly  guarded  by  their  inferiors 
as  ("he  antiques  in  a  museum,  though  convention 
be  as  implacable  as  a  Prussian  colonel,  there  is 
something  gentle  and  homely  about  the  old  town, 
the  gentleness  of  a  kind-hearted  spinster  lady  in 
old-fashioned  silks  breathing  of  lavender. 

I  find  in  my  Tasmanian  notebook  a  malicious 
parody,  "Send  no  poet  to  Hobart,  send  flowers." 
I  think  the  flowers  I  would  send  would  be  frangi- 
panni,  and  port  wine  magnolias;  but  then  I  am 
a  child  of  Australian  suns,  and  it  may  be  that  the 
morning  on  which  I  made  that  malicious  entry 
was  cold 


color  and  design,  but  others  solidly  builded  in 
the  knowledge  of  winter,  are  laid  out  and  fur- 
nished after  the  manner  of  modern  Europe  in  its 
temperate  latitudes. 

The  public  buildings  of  brown  freestone,  so 
largely  used  in  early  Sydney,  have  the  stern 
solidity  of  pre-Commonwealth  days.  Hobart  is 
like  the  Sydney  of  earlier  recollection,  and  its 
steep,  narrow  streets  are  similarly  named.  iVlel- 
bourne  and  Adelaide  hv.ve  broken  away  from  the 
early  Sydney  tradition  Perth  and  Brisbane  show 
distinct  traces  of  it,  but  in  Hobart  it  becomes  a 
replica. 


Fern  Tree  Bower,  near  Hobart 


The  next  entry  says; — "But  side  by  side  with 
this  ancient  city  of  formulas,  ghosts,  shingle 
roofs,  and  grim  old  public  buildings  ig  a  new 
town,  of  the  20th  century,  and  the  laughter  of 
gay  tourisi  girls  re-echoes  from  the  corridors  of 
those  ancient  colonial  buildings  which  are  now 
mere  relics  of  the  past." 

The  suburbs  of  Hobart  are  built  on  sloping 
hillsides.  Virginia  creeper,  ivy,  cypress,  the 
growths  of  old  English  gardens,  surround  most 
of  their  villas.  Some  of  these  are  still  saddened 
by  ancient  furniture,  horsehair  chairs  and  couches, 
eavy  cedar  sideboards,  and  carpets  of  Victorian 


l^fiieavy 


The  waterside  by  Hobart  is  fascinating.  Old- 
fashioned  characters  are  to  be  met  who  live  com- 
pletely out  of  the  modern  world  of  shipping  and 
trade.  Little  sailing  vessels  and  fishing  smacks 
lie  by  the  wharves.  One  among  a  knot 
of  idlers,  I  spent  the  whole  morning  on  the  pier- 
head watching  a  fisherman  driving  a  direct  retail 
trade  with  a  constant  stream  of  customers.  He 
had  a  stout  well-boat,  capable,  no  doubt,  of 
weathering  all  the  rough  and  tumble  of  Lower 
Derwent  and  the  adjoining  straits.  With  a  scoop 
he  brought  up  each  flapping  prize,  knocked  it  on 
the  head  with  a   wooden  mallet,   passed   a   con- 


760 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


venient  loop  of  wire  through  the  gills,  and  handed 
it  up  to  his  purchaser  on  the  wharf.  For  a  house- 
holder of  leisure,  I  can  imagine,  next  to  catching 
it  himself,  no  surer  way  of  securing  a  fresh-fish 
dinner.  There  was  a  friendliness  and  cleanli- 
ness about  the  method  which  lifted  it  above  the 
ordinary  sordid  ways  of  fish  hawking. 

Little  ketches  and  cutters  laden  with  bags  of 
grain  or  lengths  of  sawn  timber  made  an  appro- 
priate foreground  for  this  breezy  picture. 

The  waters  of  the  harbour  were  deep  and  clear, 
unpolluted  by  the  usual  debris  which  finds  its  way 
into  crowded  ports.  Behind  us  rose  the  town  in 
a  series  of  gradually  ascending  tiers,  and  over  us 
was  a  very  blue  Tasmanian  sky.  The  fisherman 
and  his  well-boat  interested  me  more  than  the 
pictures  in  the  Tasmanian  Art  Gallery,  which  con- 
tained, as  far  as  I  could  see,  little  work  of  either 
Tasmanian  or  Australian  artists,  saving  some 
examples  of  Heysen,  presented  by  subscribers. 
The  Tasmanian  Library  houses  a  good  supply 
of  decorous  fiction.  It  is  sustained  by  small 
annual  grants  from  Government  and  Municipal 
Council,  plus  the  revenue  from  lectures. 

Any  judge  of  national  character  can  see  by  a 
Friday  night  crowd  in  Hobart  that  returns  from 
the  latter  source  are  likely  to  be  small. 

The  pale  student  is  conspicuously  absent. 
There  is  no  lack  of  vitality  in  this  crowd,  more 
active  in  its  movements  than  crowds  of  the  north. 
Matrons  and  girls  alike  are  robust  and  rosy,  and 
there  are  apparently  no  striking  extremes  of 
poverty  and  wealth. 

If  not  aesthetic,  these  natures  are  at  least 
cradled  in  delightful  natural  surroundings. 
Hobart,  seen  from  the  hills,  with  its  dark  shingle 
and  bright  red  roofs,  its  gardens,  its  vegetation, 
its  blue  land-locked  bay  surrounded  by  mountains, 
its  splendid  roads,  running  out  through  suburbs 
where  patches  of  orchard  and  cultivation  fringe 
the  town,  is  easily  the  prettiest  city  in  the  Com- 
monwealth. Stone  walls  and  hawthorn  hedges, 
deep  distant  gorges,  cleared  hillsides,  and  hills 
still  covered  by  ancient  forests,  white  sails  on  far- 
off  bays,  dark  pines  and  green  willows,  make  a 
frame  for  the  picture.  Hobart,  as  I  visualize  it 
one  blissful  Sabbath  morning — gone  into  the 
ewigkeit — is  almost  a  prayer. 

Church  bells  are  tolling,  tolling.  Bands  of  chil- 
dren in  uniform  are  marching  to  service.  A  bishop, 
in  black  apron  and  ecclesiastical  putties,  walks 
soberly  along.  Behind  him,  in  irreverent 
proximity,   strolls   a   tourist  whose   Norfolk  suit 


and  rolled-top  stockings  betoken    that    pleasure, 
like  piety,  has  its  distinctive  vestments. 

Pausing  among  the  inscriptions  in  a  very  old 
cemetery  hardly  a  stonc's-throw  from  the  business 
and  official  heart  of  the  city,  I  hear  the  wind 
from  Mount  Wellington  whispering,  among  the 
leaves  of  lordly  elms  and  beeches  and  through 
the  cypress,  stories  of  old  Hobart  Town.  Some 
of  them  are  laments,  but  some  are  glad,  with 
drums  and  fifes  and  marching  redcoats,  and 
laughter  of  gentlemen  in  pumps  and  knee-breeches 
going  a-courting. 

I  tell  myself  that  I  will  come  back  to  Tasmania 
some  day  to  rent  one  of  these  delightful  villas 
perched  up  on  a  hillside,  and  write  a  book  about 
old  times;  a  cheerful,  joyous  book,  full  of  the 
vigor  of  young  settlement  and  the  wine  of  ad- 
venture in  new  lands. 

The  children  will  attend  a  Tasmanian  seminary 
to  receive  a  stiffening  in  propriety  as  an  antidote 
to  that  recklessness  born  of  beaches  on  the  Aus- 
tralian mainland  which  leads  young  soldiers  into 
surfing  in  the  face  of  Turkish  shrapnel. 

Their  mother  will  gratify  a  long-deferred 
ambition  to  read  Meredith's  novels  (a  task  which 
cannot  be  undertaken  amid  the  distractions  of 
life),  and  between  trout-fishing  expeditions  to  the  ! 
rivers  and  lakes  of  the  Island,  I  will  write  my 
historical  novel.  Yes,  truly,  Tasmania  is  the 
place  for  leisured  literary  composition. 

Being  on  the  sea  coast,  Hobart,  with  an  annual 
average  temperature  of  about  55deg.  F.,  possesses 
only  one  among  the  six  well-marked  climates  which 
Tasmania  boasts,  but  although  the  climates  of 
the  little  island  do  vary  in  a  most  unexpected 
manner,  the  summers  are  nowhere  unbearably 
hot,  nor  the  winters  unendurably  cold.  The 
mountain  plateaux  of  the  interior  and  the  southern 
ranges  have  the  coldest  winter  in  the  Common- 
wealth, distinct  from  the  mild  winters  of  the 
east  coast,  which,  owing  to  warm  sea  currents, 
resemble  those  of  the  Mediterranean.  In  summer 
the  Midlands  days  remind  one  of  western  New 
South  Wales,  but  the  nights  are  cooler. 

The  west  coast  is  a  land  of  enormous  rain- 
fall. One  should  have  a  winter  in  Hobart  to 
get  the  true  taste  of  the  south,  and  see  the  Tas- 
manian mountains  capped  with  constant  snow. 

One  should  ascend  Mount  Wellington  in  sum- 
mer when  the  famous  Fern  Tree  Bower  offers  its 
greenest  attractions,  and  also  in  winter,  when  the 
journey    savors  of  an  Alpine  adventure. 


f  i' 


<J 


'V 


-^l 


1 

& 

1 

™ 

r^ 

1 

Cf*'>>f 

^ 

|!S5^ 

r 

1 

k_  ' 

rt[ 

*■'".  ■    ^ 

it 

-  , 

,» ^ 

A  Tamar  River  Orchard 


SETTLEMENT  AND  DEVELOPMENT. 


m 


To  Mr.  Leslie  Evans,  of  the  Department 
of  Agriculture  at  Hobart,  I  owe  much 
particular  knowledge  of  Tasmania.  With 
a  literary  mind,  his  outlook  was  enlightened  and 
unprovincial.  When  the  late  Hon.  A.  E.  Solo- 
mon, a  gentle  and  courteous  politician  whom 
Tasmania  could  ill  spare,  arranged  for  Mr. 
Leslie  Evans  to  accompany  me  on  an  official  tour, 
he  knew  evidently  that  he  was  matching  one 
enthusiastic  spirit  with  another.  At  the  outset  of 
our  journey  my  faith  in  the  States  of  the  main- 
land was  equalled  by  Evans'  faith  in  his  native 
island. 

At  the  end  of  it  my  belief  in  the  industrial  and 
agricultural  possibilities  of  that  island  was  as  firm 
as  his  own. 

There  were  two  other  members  of  our  party 
whom  one  seems  to  have  forgotten,  but  to  the 
energetic  Evans,  for  the  time  being  guide,  phil- 
sopher  and  friend,  I  shall  not  only  remain  under 
lasting  obligation  but  remember  as  an  affinity. 

On  a  sunlit  Monday  morning,  well  aired,  we 
left  "Highfield,"  acar  together,  crossed  the 
Derwent  by  the  powerful  "Kangaroo"  punt  to 
picturesque  Bellerive,  and  glided  out  towards 
Sorell. 


The  way  was  brightened  by  small  orchards  of 
apricots  and  apples,  healthy  and  well  kept,  as  the 
majority  of  Tasmanian  orchards  are. 

Tasmania  has  learned  that  clean,  scientific 
orcharding  pays.  The  slipshod  methods  which 
one  frequently  sees  on  the  mainland  are  practic- 
ally unknown.  Southern  fruitgrowers  are  in  the 
business  to  make  it  return  the  biggest  profits  pos- 
sible from  suitable  soils  and  acceptable  varieties. 

We  crossed  stone  causeways  which  proclaimed 
that  labor  for  road  making  and  bridge  building 
had  once  been  cheap  in  Tasmania.  Our  roads 
throughout  a  long  motor  journey  around  and 
across  the  island  were  superb,  a  fact  for  which 
we  had  primarily  to  thank  unwilling  immigrants 
of  long  ago. 

Sorell  proved  a  grain-producing  country  of 
limited  area.  We  crossed  over  hills  of  barren 
seeming  and  ran  down  to  Orford,  a  little  port 
on  the  east  coast.  Across  a  blue-water  strait 
we  saw  Maria  Island,  its  northern  end  rising  into 
conspicuously  high  hills. 

Over  this  blue-water  channel,  fringed  with 
golden  sands,  two  topsail  schooners  were  pound- 
ing— their  tall  white  cloths  full-bellied,  and  the 
spray  flashing  like  flung  diamonds  at  their  bows. 


761 


762 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


It  was  as  fine  a  picture  as  one  might  see  in 
southern  seas.  Instinctively  it  brought  to  mind 
brave  Abel  Janszoon  Tasman  beating  up  the  same 
coast  two  hundred  and  seventy  odd  years  before. 
From  his  vessel's  heavy  Dutch  bows  the  spray 
also  fell  in  sunlit  jewels,  and,  full-bellied  with  the 
wind,  her  lone  sails  stood  whitely  against  that 
same  background  of  cobalt  blue. 

A  few  miles  farther  we  found  our  first  lunching 
place  at  Spring  Bay.  It  was  a  hearty  Tasmanian 
lunch,  with  plenty  of  good  roast  beef  and  pudding 
to  it,  served  in  an  old  hostel  with  mid-Victorian 
appointments. 

Hard  by  Spring  Bay  the  enterprising  Tas- 
manian firm  of  H.  Jones  and  Co. — producers  and 
exporters,  as  every  Australian  housewife  knows, 
of  most  excellent  jams  and  preserves — have 
planted  a  magnificent  orchard  of  apples  and  pears 
310  acres  in  area.  Local  conditions  seem  especi- 
ally adapted  for  the  growth  of  pears.  These 
soils  to  Australians  elsewhere  would  appear 
incapable  of  such  results. 

On  either  side  of  this  block  of  310  acres,  capital 
value  of  which  can  hardly  be  less  than  £30,000, 
are  thousands  of  acres  just  as  good  and  suitable 
for  orchard  purposes.  Throughout  Tasmania 
hundreds  of  similar  acres  await  occupation  and 
treatment.  No  State  in  the  Commonwealth 
needs  a  bolder  policy  of  immigration  and  settle- 
ment; no  State  is  more  immediately  suitable  for 
unacclimatized  settlers  from  Northern  Europe. 
Australia  herself  must  decide  whether  the  future 
civilization  of  the  continent  is  to  be  Asiatic 
or  European.  Australian  statesmen  hencefor- 
ward must  be  judged  by  their  outlook  on  this 
question.  One  thing  is  certain,  we  are  no  longer 
justified  in  our  political  attitude  towards  the 
people  of  the  Orient.  We  have  no  moral  right 
to  exclude  natives  of  India  and  Japan  while 
we  continue  to  follow  our  present  haphazard 
policy  of  settlement  and  immigration.  The  waste 
acres  of  Tasmania,  like  those  of  the  mainland, 
proclaim  these  facts  with  tongues  pregnant  of 
destiny  and  disaster. 

Australian  heroes  of  the  Dardanelles  have  won 
enduring  fame.  It  is  open  for  Australian  states- 
men to  win,  without  personal  risk,  honors  as 
enduring  as  those  that  are  now  inscribed  upon 
the  banners  of  the  bush  brigades  who  fought  by 
Gallipoli. 

Southern  statesmen  who  can  grapple  with  this 
problem  of  settlement  and  development,  boldlv, 
fearlessly,  apart  from  petty  influences  of  party, 
undisturbed  by  the  hooting  or  hand-claps  of 
crowds,  will  earn  monuments  as  high  as  those 
America  owes  to  Washington  and  Lincoln,  or 
England  to  Hampden  and  Pitt. 

Who  would  not  be  patriotic  with  the  East 
Coast  of  Tasmania  unfolding  a  blue  and  golden 


tapestry  before  him,  the  softest  of  summer  winds 
blowing  and  the  clearest  of  skies  overhead? 

The  wide  reaches  of  Oyster  Bay  glittered,  with 
picturesque  Schouten  Island  and  Freycinet  Penin- 
sula— the  names  tell  of  early  French  and  Dutch 
voyages  to  our  shores — shielding  them  with  a 
protective  arm  extended  towards  the  boisterc 
south. 

Tucked  comfortably  away  in  a  sheltered  corner 
of  this  wide  blue  bay  is  Swansea,  a  little  gem  of 
a  marine  village,  where  black  wattle  freights  the 
winds  in  flower-time  with  incense  from  golden 
censors  swung  by  invisible  acolytes  before  the 
altars  of  Nature.  | 

Good  Tasmanian  wools  are  grown  in  this  dis- 
trict, which,  were  our  southern  industries  better 
developed,  might  locally  be  made  into  tweeds  for 
tourists.  Like  most  accessible  Tasmanian  places, 
Swansea  puts  out  a  welcoming  hand  to  visitors. 
All  over  the  island  a  visitor  will  find  his  inns  com- 
fortable, tables  good,  sheets  well  aired,  and 
charges  low.  What  more  can  any  traveller  ask? 
He  will  find,  moreover,  about  them  a  certain  air 
which  will  remind  him  of  those  inns  which 
Dickens  describes  with  his  most  exquisite  touches. 
In  sooth,  some  of  them  were  established  during 
the  period  of  which  he  loved  to  write,  and  doubt- 
less were  modelled  originally  upon  their  English 
contemporaries.  They  too  had  their  ladies  in 
dimity,  snufi^-taking  guests,  and  gentlemen  of  the 
road.  To  their  front  doors  once  drove  top- 
hatted  celebrities  with  champing  teams  and  re- 
splendent coaches.  Romance  has  not  passed 
them  by,  nor  tragedy  neither. 

At  sunny  Swansea  there  is  a  nine-mile  beach 
fringed  by  casuarina  and  banksia.  In  summer 
occasional  groups  in  "Continental"  bathing  attire 
make  a  modern  foreground  for  that  ancient  vil- 
lage with  its  old  houses,  old  gardens,  old  barns,  1 
and  convict-built  public  buildings,  solid,  dark  and 
stern. 

By  ever-splendid  motor  roads,  almost  as  care-  ' 
fully  maintained  as  the  high  roads  of  Java,  over 
stone  causeways  and  stone  bridges,  we  came  to 
this   blue    resort   of   quaint   and   olden    seeming. 
Its  three-storey  brick  gaol  was  now  a  store.       Its 
iron-barred  windows  told  of  lawless  days.       We 
left  it  there  to  dream  amidst  a  perfume  of  wall- 
flower  from  gardens  with  hedges  of  dipt  yew. 
gardens  wherein  grew  blue  larkspur,  daisies,  rose- 
mary and  thyme.       It  recalled  to  mind  far-back 
dreams    and   impressions    of   childhood,    revivec ; 
mayhap     by    perfumes    wafted     from     its    ol,di 
fashioned  flowers.  vl 

Throughout  Tasmania,  for  one  traveller  a 
least,  this  has  been  the  recurring  impression,  fillec 
with  all  the  delightful  sadness  it  evokes. 

One  understands  how  early  British  colonist; 
hungered  for  home,  and  how  they  endeavored  t( 


TASMANIA:  SETTLEMENT   AND    DEVELOPMENT 


763 


re-create  the  England  of  memory  in  an  island  like 
this. 

From  Great  Swanport,  a  place  of  lagoons  and 
waterfowl,  we  turned  north-west  past  shining, 
deep  Lake  Leake,  and  on  to  Campbelltown  by 
nightfall. 

This  township  lies  in  the  heart  of  the  Tas- 
manian  midlands,  home  of  famous  merino  sheep 
and  much  historical  tradition.       The  main  road 


At  one  of  the  great  fireplaces  of  the  inn,  built 
to  accommodate  generous  logs — for  winters  of 
the  midlands  are  passing  cold — his  Victorian 
Highness  may  even  have  toasted  his  ducal  toes ! 
One  remembers  Campbelltown  by  these  things, 
and  by  the  sun,  setting  behind  the  Western  Tiers, 
that  plateau  of  3000  feet  high,  on  which  the  great 
lakes  of  Tasmania  are  located  and  in  which  many 
of  her  rivers  have  their  birthplaces. 


At  Devonport  Station 


and  railway  from  Launceston  to  Hobart  run 
through  it.  We  bedded  at  a  comfortable  inn 
which  pre-dated  the  railway  period.  Hunting 
pictures  of  the  thirties  hung  on  its  walls. 
Its  stables  were  built  of  solid  stone.  The 
candlesticks,  the  carved  mantels,  low  ceilings  and 
broad  stairways  spoke  of  days  that  are  gone, 
days  of  more  leisurely  habit,  of  slow  transport, 
crudity,  credulity,  but  strong  in  prim,  quiet  accept- 
ance of  colonizing  duties  and  difficulties,  heroic  in 
effort  and  rich  in  achievement. 

In  the  "parlor"  of  this  early  hostel  were  cedar- 
framed  chairs  and  sofas  graced  by  decorative 
carvings  of  forgotten  wood-workers.  On  one 
of  these  couches — a  coat  of  arms  proudly  figured 
upon  its  back — tradition  held,  the  Duke  of  Edin- 
burgh reclined,  when  a  Tasmanian  visitor  in 
1868. 


k 


From  Campbelltown  we  ran  north  by  west 
along  Macquarie  River  to  the  delightful  town  of 
Cressy,  through  some  of  the  best  pastoral  lands 
in  Tasmania.  This  country  reminds  one  greatly 
of  far  western  New  South  Wales.  There  are 
possible  sub-divisions  within  this  area. 

Cressy  is  a  business  centre  for  a  large  fertile 
district  wherein  grain  is  largely  grown.  It  lies 
on  the  edges  of  the  dairying  and  potato-growing 
areas  of  Northern  Tasmania — a  fragrant,  charm- 
ing old  place,  with  well-trimmed  gorse  hedges 
around  its  fat  farm  lands,  stout  country  homes, 
and  every  sign  of  prosperity  and  production. 

From  here  down  to  Westbury,  through  Glenore, 
Oaks,  Hagley,  and  other  villages,  there  is  no 
sweeter  highway  in  the  world. 

If  I  had  to  live  in  any  Australian  village,  I 
think    I    would  choose  Westbury.        Everything 


764 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


yishlkli—i 

^■^^fe' 

■ 

w 

^  ._ 

';.< 

fJ^H 

I 

Y 

^^■y^^l^H 

^^^Hh^^^IHHh 

1 

^^^^^^^^^^^HB^I 

^^^^^_^^___^^^^^^^^_ 

^^^E^  ^    ^/ V 

^^B 

BmE 

The  Devil's  Gullet,  Western  Tiers 


about  it,  from  the  clock  in  the  church  tower  to 
the  doctor's  garden,  wherein  I  once  ate  inordinate 
quantities  of  ripe  plums,  is  part  of  a  pleasing  pic- 
ture. A  serenity  and  a  rustic  beauty  hover  over 
Westbury  which  would  calm  the  most  strenuous 
soul  and  bring  contentment  even  to  a  member  of 
the  Stock  Exchange,  despite  himself. 

Weeping  willows  gracefully  overhang  the  brook 
that  meanders  around  the  town;  beautiful 
Monterey  pines  remove  last  traces  of  harshness 
from  visiting  winds;  leafy  streets,  green  fields  and 
gardens,  beauty  and  serenity — it  has  all  the  quali- 
ties that  go  to  make  an  ideal  village.  Apples 
in  its  orchards  were  no  redder  than  cheeks  of  the 
maiden  who  bore  smiles  and  substantial  helpings 
to  our  lunch  table.  The  cream  of  Westbury  still 
flows  richly  over  the  apple  pie  of  memory.  It 
is  one  of  those  thousand  places  on  a  traveller's 
memory-road  to  which  he  turns  when  rest  long- 
ings are  upon  him. 

The  blue  hydrangea,  the  Golden  Bride  Lily  of 
Japan,  bloom  at  the  doorsteps  of  its  cottages. 
Beyond  it,  far  off  across  a  dozing  landscape  of 
field  and  farm,  stand  the  Western  Tiers — azure 
walls  of  mountain  shimmering  through  a  haze. 

Through  far-spreading  lands  such  as  these,  rich 
as  any  in  the  Commonwealth,  we  glided,  smoothly 
as  the  rhythm  of  a  Swinburnian  lyric,  to  Delor- 
aine,  a  considerable  place  on  the  Meander  River. 

Deloraine  is  among  the  fairest  and  most  pros- 
perous of  Tasmanian  towns.     It  lies  just  between 


cereal-growing    lands     and    rich,     red,     volcanic 
potato  lands  of  the  north-west  Coast. 

From  Deloraine  to  Devonport,  through  Eliza- 
beth Town  and  Sassafras,  the  road  runs  directly 
across  these  magnificent  basaltic  hill  lands,  de- 
voted largely  to  the  growing  of  root  crops  at 
present,  but  destined  no  doubt  to  become  dairy 
farms  later  on.  The  average  potato  crop  is  five  ■ 
tons  to  the  acre,  giving  usually  a  value  of  about 
£4/10/-  a  ton.  At  times  the  yield  is  as  great 
as  twelve  tons  per  acre.  The  holdings  are  of 
about  200  acres,  and  the  potato  fields,  which  form 
a  small  proportion  of  this  area,  have  in  some 
instances  been  cropped  continuously  without 
renewals  for  twenty-five  years. 

The    present   capital    value    of   this    land   can 
be  set  down  at  £30  an  acre.       The  soil  is  rich, 
velvety-looking.        It  will  produce  anything  thikH 
can  be  grown  in  the  temperate  zone.  ■ 

After  a  hundred  years  of  settlement  there  are 
yet  only  half  a  million  acres  of  Tasmania's  sixteen 
millions  under  cultivation.  But  there  is  no  reason 
why  this  compact  little  country,  so  universally 
fertile  and  productive,  should  not  under  the  newer 
order  of  things  progress  much  more  rapidly. 
The  wider  angle  of  view  upon  Imperial  expansion 
which  must  result  from  the  greatest  war  in  human 
history  will  make  her  legislators  extend  their 
horizon.  That  ridiculous  assumption  of  age,' 
which  is  as  appropriate  to  the  case  as  the  filling 
an  infant's  feeding  bottle  v,""h  whisky  instead  of 


TASMANIA:   SETTLEMENT   AND    DEVELOPMENT 


765 


vi 


m 


milk,  must  be  given  no  place  in  future  considera- 
tions of  an  island  State  yet  in  its  childhood;  nor 
must  Tasmania  expect  to  lean  helplessly  on  her 
ampler  sisters  of  the  Commonwealth.  Ireland 
is  geographically  a  small  unit  in  the  total  of  a 
British  Empire;  but  Ireland,  despite  her  ancient 
grievances,  still  lives  in  the  favorite  imagery  of 
her  poets  as  Kathleen  na  Houlahan,  very  young 
and  very  fair.  She  has  her  established  manufac- 
tures, her  expanding  industries,  her  shipyards,  her 
intensive  agriculture.  Tasmania  can  grow  as 
good  flax  and  as  fine  potatoes,  as  solid  bacon,  as 
rich  milk  and  cream.  She  has  better  minerals, 
timbers,  clays,  and  wools. 

She  can  turn  out  blankets,  woollen  goods,  and 
oatmeal,  butter,  fruit,  and  a  thousand  things. 
When  the  organisation  of  Australian  industries 
is  completed  Tasmania  will  get  her  share. 

"The  best  of  the  world  lies  between  latitudes 
40  and  50,"  say  patriotic  Tasmanians.  Men 
from  Scotland  speak  of  oatmeal,  and  men  from 
Bradford  tell  you  that  the  good  water  and  the 
good  wool  of  the  island  ought  to  ensure  the  best 
blankets.  Some  day  there  will  be  mills  in  plenty. 
Down  by  Latrobe,  on  the  banks  of  the  Mersey, 
our  expedition  came  again  into  apple  country, 
s  Jones  and  Co.'s  great  orchard  on  the  East 
oast  showed  what  one  side  of  the  island  will  do 
in  the  production  of  pears  and  apples,  these  apple 
gardens  of  the  Mersey  demonstrated  that  North- 
ern Tasmania  is  also  profitable  fruit  country. 
The  industry  can  be  vastly  extended.  Bush 
nd  is  still  available  for  £1  an  acre  freehold,  quite 
as  good  as  that  which  has  been  converted  into 
orchards.  The  whole  island  abounds  in  peren- 
nial streams.  Agricultural  settlement  is  not  sub- 
ject to  drought,  seasons  are  even  and  do  not  run 
to  extremes. 

In  Northern  Tasmania  we  spent  several 
pleasant  days  traversing  rich  and  profitable  potato 
lands  which  lie  around  Ringarooma,  Scottsdale, 
Branxholm,  and  Springfield;  crossing  round  in 
due  course  to  SheflSeld,  a  prosperous  township 
in  basaltic  hills  south-west  of  Devonport. 

From  here  we  ran  down  to  the  foothills  of  Mt. 
Roland,  which  marks  the  end  of  the  Western 
Tier,  a  fine  bold  mountain  3000  feet  high,  along 
the  blue  wall  of  which  it  is  an  outward  sentinel. 

These  districts  remind  one  greatly  of  Gipps- 
land.  One  sees  the  same  intense  greenness  of 
the  cleared  land,  the  same  patches  of  tall  dead 
trees,  the  same  background  of  dark-looking  for- 
ests and  hazy  hills.  The  farmhouse  and  the  roses 
are  also  there,  older  and  more  English-looking, 
but  resembling  the  Gippsland  hillside  farms.  But 
there  is  a  mighty  difference  in  the  roads.  Before 
the  advent  of  the  Victorian  Country  Roads  Board 
gave  one  at  least  hope  for  the  future,  a  journey 
through  Gippsland  occasioned  as  many  grave  con- 


The  Alum  Cliffs,  Mersey  River 


siderations  as  a  journey  through  Russian  Poland. 
But  the  beautiful,  well-kept,  macadamized  roads 
of  Tasmania  held  no  such  terrors  for  travellers. 
To  this  day  it  is  almost  impossible  to  motor 
through  Eastern  Gippsland,  but  one  can  car  in  per- 
fect comfort  and  perfect  safety,  from  one  end  of 
Tasmania  to  the  other.  By  the  connecting  of 
Orbost  in  Victoria  with  Eden  in  N.S.W.  an  alter- 
nate road  route  between  Sydney  and  Melbourne 
would  be  opened.  After  a  century  and  a  quarter 
of  settlement  there  is  only  one  road  between  these 
two  great  capitals! 

For  strategic  reasons  alone  one  would  expect 
the  New  South  Wales  Government  to  extend  the 
good  coastal  road  which  practically  ends  at  Two- 
fold Bay  to  the  Victorian  border,  and  the  Vic- 
torian Government  to  construct  a  good  road  be- 
tween Orbost  and  that  point.  The  whole  expen- 
diture necessary  is  so  small  that  one  wonders  at 
the  statecraft  which  has  been  responsible  for  such 
neglect. 

Climbing  by  a  splendid  Tasmanian  road  from 
Sheffield  to  Staverton,  one  realized  more  fully 
the  advantages  which  Tasmanian  settlers  had 
over  Gippslanders  in  this  respect. 

Rising  out  of  the  clearings  into  ringbarked 
areas  new  to  occupation,  the  strenuous  task  of 
these  Tasmanian  pioneers  grew  more  apparent. 


766 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Here  was  being  waged  a  heroic  struggle  between 
man  and  nature. 

Enormous  trees  towered  skyward — trees  whose 
peers  can  only  be  found  in  the  hearts  of  Gipps- 
land  forests  or  in  the  kharri  country  of  Western 
Australia. 

Into  the  steep  basaltic  hills  ran  straggling  lines 
of  stone  and  log  fences.  Fallen  logs  of  unbeliev- 
able girth  and  length  cumbered  the  earth.  In 
one  place  I  saw  where  an  ingenious  settler  had 
felled  four  trees  in  the  form  of  a  square  to  make 
a  small  paddock — -the  breaks  in  this  little  field 
were  closed  with  stones. 

Were  it  not  for  the  fact  that  here  we  have 
twenty  feet  depth  of  the  richest  chocolate  soil  and 
a  forty  inch  annual  rainfall,  settlement  would  not 
pay.  No  wonder  such  soils  raise  those  tall  spires, 
reaching  to  incredible  heights,  in  sapless,  leafless 
witness  of  its  growing  qualities.  One  Tasmanian 
blue  gum  (Eucalyptus  globulus)  showed  a  height 
of  350  feet,  theodolite  measurement. 

A  90-ton  schooner  was  built  entirely  from  an- 
other Tasmanian  tree. 

Into  this  wilderness  of  logs  and  dead  timber 
we  penetrated  as  far  as  our  car  could  go.  We 
examined  a  wayside  schoolroom,  crowded  with 
healthy  children,  and  reflected  that,  despite  their 
difficulties,  these  settlers  possessed  many  compen- 
sating advantages.  They  had  splendid  roads, 
good  schools,  good  horses,  high  prices,  good  pros- 
pects, health  and  liberty.  No  country  in  the 
world  could  offer  them  better  chances  than  those 
which  lay  before  them. 

On  older  lands  below,  shingle-roofed  barns 
were  plentifully  filled  every  year,  and  snug 
homesteads  surrounded  by  flower  gardens  showed 
what  the  labors  of  their  predecessors  in  settle- 
ment had  achieved. 

From  Devonport  to  Ulverstone  is  a  dimpled 
land.  Here  fecund  soils,  richly  red  and  choco- 
late, annually  produce  bountiful  crops  of  potatoes. 
One  meets  waggon-loads  of  this  floury  product 
along  the  road.  In  nooks  that  seem  like  bits  of 
English  downs  flocks  of  Shropshire  sheep  rest  and 
graze. 

Pigs,  in  carts  a-journeying,  proclaim  it  market 
day  in  Ulverstone.  Men  in  gaiters,  barking 
dogs,  blue-eyed  schoolgirls,  blackwoods  left  to 
spread  their  shade  in  cleared  fields,  brawling 
creeks  and  clear-watered  rivers,  sparkling  hill- 
sides, winding  roads,  make  picture-subjects  for 
Australian  artists.  There  is  no  sweeter  pastoral 
in  all  the  world.  Beauty,  fertility  and  fragrance 
make  all  the  miles  of  travel  along  this  idyllic 
coast  glorious  and  memorable. 

Between  Ulverstone  and  Penguin  railway  and 
road  run  side  by  side.  One  hears  the  waves  of 
Bass  Strait  breaking;  one  hears  the  magpie  carol- 
ling; soft  airs,  blue  bays,  white  beaches,   green 


fields  and  perfect  roads  keep  travelling  pleasant. 
Around  Penguin  there  are  wide  stretches  of  good 
basaltic  land. 

Fine  Monterey  pines  and  hedges  of  green  fat- 
leaved  boobyalla  feature  Penguin,  which  is  also  a 
holiday  place  and  centre  of  an  agricultural  dis- 
trict. One  sees  more  pigs,  cows,  and  sheep  being 
driven  to  market — sheepmen  and  dogs  all  red- 
dened by  the  fertile  dust  of  Northern  Tasmania. 

Little  narrow-gauge  trains  puff  along,  laden 
with  potatoes  and  timber.  These  things  make 
productive  contrasts  to  merely  aesthetic  assets  of 
sweeping  coast,  headland,  beach  and  bay,  mono- 
tonously musical  with  incessant  lapping  of  waves 
and  pungent  with  salt  smell  of  seaweed  and 
marine  growths. 

From  a  business  viewpoint  the  best  of  these 
Bass  Strait  towns  is  Burnie,  the  natural  capital 
of  a  potato-growing  and  dairying  district  which 
cannot  be  surpassed.  There  are  good  hotels  in 
Burnie,  and  I  know  of  few  watering-places  in  the 
south  where  one  could  better  spend  a  summer 
holiday.  Burnie,     Rockhampton,     and     Port 

Augusta  are  three  widely-separated  Australian 
towns  with  a  big  future.  But  if  I  were  called 
upon  to  reside  permanently  in  any  of  them, 
I  should  choose  Burnie  without  a  second's  hesita- 
tion. 

I  group  these  three  places  because  they  have 
been  conspicuously  marked  for  progress.  Port 
Augusta  will  be  the  terminus  of  two  great  railway 
systems;  Rockhampton  and  Burnie  each  have  a 
great  developing  background.  They  are  ports 
with  rich  agricultural  districts  behind  them. 

Chocolate  soils,  heavily  timbered,  but  each  year 
coming  more  and  more  into  cultivation,  extend  in 
thousands  of  acres  around  and  beyond  Burnie  to 
Waratah  in  the  West  Coast  Division. 

The  railway  to  Zeehan  runs  through  much 
unoccupied  land  of  high  agricultural  value.  It 
is  heavily  timbered,  like  the  land  which  has  been 
converted  into  potato  areas,  but  it  can  also  be 
turned  into  farms.  There  are  at  least  a  million 
acres  here  awaiting  settlers. 

Zeehan  is  90  miles  from  Burnie  and  the  centre 
of  active  mining  industry.  Tasmanian  agricul- 
tural authorities  assert  that  the  future  of  the 
West  Coast  lies  in  dairy  farming.  Its  mineral 
history,  in  which  Mount  Lyell  figures  so  promi- 
nently, holds  many  brilliant  chapters  of  pro- 
duction. Mount  Lyell  is  asserted  to  be  the  richest 
and  most  scientifically  developed  copper  proposi- 
tion in  the  world. 

The  West  Coast  has  an  astounding  rainfall, 
possesses  many  fine  streams,  and  is  believed  to 
hold  mineral  resources  far  beyond  anything  de- 
veloped. Much  of  it  is  still  unmapped  and  un- 
explored. 


o 
O 


P. 

Pi 


Hi 

3 
O 


767 


768 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Burnie  is  a  terminus,  also,  for  Blythe  River 
ironworks.  Making  provision  for  its  future, 
some  £150,000  have  been  expended  in  harbor 
works.  An  investor  might  do  worse  than  lay 
by  a  few  good  building  allotments  in  this  thriving 
Tasmanian  town. 

From  Burnie  to  Stanley  we  had  blue  ocean 
on  one  hand  and  lovely  hillside  farms  on  the 
other.  Stubble  fields  stood  here  and  there,  but 
the  greater  part  of  this  land  is  cropped  for  pota- 
toes. The  farmers  plough  their  tubers  in  and 
plough  them  out.  They  do  not  desire  the  strenu- 
ous life  of  the  dairyman.  Rolling  softly  through 
the  most  idyllic  country  I  have  ever  traversed,  I 
could  sympathize  with  this  outlook.  It  was  such 
a  sweet  and  lazy  land:  so  rich,  so  responsive. 
Why  live  laborious  days  when  one  might  crop 
ample  acres  easily,  thereby  obtaining  a  sure  living, 
and  for  the  rest  enjoy  the  music  of  those  clear 
creeks,  the  glamor  of  gentle  slopes  nursing  happy 
hillside  farms  on  their  rounded  shoulders,  inhale 
the  breath  of  blackwood  and  fern,  sweet  briar, 
hawthorn,  dandelion,  and  pine  carried  on  ocean 
breezes  blowing  ever  softly  from  the  sea? 

The  blue  and  balm  of  that  coast  can  never  be 
forgotten.  Orchards  laden  with  ripened  fruit, 
gardens  full  of  flowers,  rivers  purling  over  sand 
and  pebbles,  wind  in  the  bracken,  kine  in  the 
yards,  a  white  sail  in  the  oiling — the  coast  road 
from  Burnie  to  Stanley,  bounded  by  log  fences, 
or  wire,  sometimes  stone  walls,  winding  and  curv- 
ing over  hills  and  dales,  has  left  an  impression 
as  beautiful  as  a  child's  dream  of  heaven. 

Tall  timbers  stand  darkly  dead  on  the  hills, 
but  the  sun  shines  bright  on  ploughshares  along 
the  slopes.  Beyond  the  coastal  belt  one  sees  the 
vanguard  of  settlement  working  slowly  inland. 
Stumps  in  the  fields — the  feet  of  giants  long  con- 
verted into  smoke — tell  us  that  once  this  beauti- 
ful country  was  densely  forested.  Regrets  for 
the  destruction  of  timber  need  not  trouble  us. 
Fields  are  worth  more  than  trees;  a  fact  which 
self-constituted  forestry  authorities  are  loath  to 
admit. 


Right  across  this  fertile  littoral,  a  barren 
sandstone  or  limestone  range — The  Sisters — has 
been  thrown.  It  rises  to  a  thousand  feet  in 
height,  is  bare  of  anything  except  grass-tree,  and 
makes  a  narrow  wall  between  two  immense  gar- 
dens. Nature  seems  to  have  feared  that  the  uni- 
versal beauty  and  richness  of  the  country  would 
become  monotonous  without  a  contrast,  so  she 
laid  The  Sisters  down  like  a  seam  between  two 
strips  of  exquisite  carpet. 

Within  sight  of  the  Nut  of  Stanley  there 
are  some  fine  dairies,  averaging  37s.  6d.  to  £2 
a  cow  per  month  returns  for  five  months  of  the 
year  on  natural  feed. 

The  Van  Diemen's  Land  Company,  whose 
concession  embraced  some  of  the  best  agricul- 
tural lands  in  the  world,  are  selling  now  at  £30 
an  acre. 

Buyers  are  not  far  to  seek,  and  one  heard  of 
a  transaction  in  broad  acres  between  the  Com- 
pany and  a  sometime  tenant-farmer  amounting 
to  £17,000. 

From  Stanley  we  returned  by  a  back  road 
through  Mount  Hicks,  Yolla,  and  Henrietta,  prac- 
tically all  the  way  through  splendid  chocolate 
soils,  encumbered  by  millions  of  myrtle  logs 
felled  by  the  settlers'  axes,  and  rapidly  decaying 
on  the  ground.  These  farms  in-the-making  will 
be  just  as  good  as  those  nearer  the  coastline. 

Tasmania  has  no  definite  immigration  policy, 
but  her  Crown  lands  can  be  readily  acquired,  and 
she  has  room  for  thousands  of  settlers. 

In  this  remarkably  pleasant  journey  from 
Hobart  around  and  across  the  Island  one  saw 
that  there  were  openings  everywhere  for  indus- 
trious people. 

Beyond  those  green  places,  where  of  ancient 
forests  only  a  few  shady  blackwoods  remained, 
beyond  the  logs  and  dead  trees  of  newer  lands 
half  cleared,  in  blue  hazes  one  beheld  where  the 
farms  of  the  future  would  in  their  turn  slowly 
evolve  from  distances  yet  virgin,  but  full  of  pro- 
mise as  those  already  won  from  Nature  by  the 
settler's  hand. 


i 


Ringtail  Gully,  Waratah 


769 


wi 


A  Young  Orchard. 


AGRICULTURE  AND   PRODUCTION. 


THE  soils  of  Tasmania  are  deficient  in  lime, 
but  they  show  a  larger  percentage  of 
nitrogen  than  those  of  Australia.  As 
there  are  unlimited  deposits  of  limestone  avail- 
able in  various  parts  of  the  State,  this  deficiency 
need  not  be  taken  into  account. 

Good  limestone  unroasted  can  be  put  on  the 
railway  trucks  at  a  cost  of  £i  a  ton,  with  a  car- 
riage of  one  halfpenny  a  ton  per  mile.  The 
standard  quality  applied  is  one  ton  per  acre  for 
agricultural  purposes  and  a  half-ton  broadcast 
for  pastures. 

When  the  writer  last  visited  Tasmania,  there 
were  only  thirty  butter  factories  throughout  the 
Island.  There  might  have  been  many  more  were 
it  not  for  the  disadvantages.  Butter  was  not 
frozen  solid  on  the  road  to  Melbourne,  where 
the  Island's  product  was  largely  shipped.  Ob- 
viously Burnie,  the  port  which  serves  those 
splendid  dairy  districts  of  Northern  Tasmania, 
will  become  a  shipping  depot  for  export  over- 
seas. 

There  are  no  pleuro,  no  ticks,  no  anthrax,  and 
very  little  contagious  disease  among  cattle  in  Tas- 


mania, which  is  rendered  additionally  immune  by, 
the  fact  that  the  sea  forms  its  sole  borderline. 

Scab  in  sheep  has  been  eradicated.  F'or  long 
wools  and  merinoes  Tasmania  holds  first  ptafi 
Its  climate  gives  the  sheep  a  strong  constituted 
and  the  finest  quality  wool. 

The  best  of  blood  stock  has  been  exported  t( 
the  mainland.  That  strain  of  heavy  horses  foij 
which  Victoria  is  celebrated  owes  its  stamina  td 
stock  supplied  by  the  Van  Diemen's  Land  Com 
pany,  who  possess  also  the  finest  examples  o 
milk  Shorthorns  in  the  Commonwealth.  Fron 
one  of  these  cows  the  yield  has  been  64lbs.  o 
milk  per  day,  giving  2ilbs.  of  butter  a  week. 

If  Abel  Janszoon  Tasman  had  only  known  it 
he  was  the  discoverer  of  a  land  far  more  proliti 
than  Holland,  with  a  better  winter  climate  an^ 
all  advantages  for  the  production  of  the  chees 
and  butter  which  have  made  prosperity  for  th 
Dutch. 

Like  all  the  other  States,  Tasmania  will  in  th  ' 
future  require  as  many  suitable  settlers  as  she  ca 
obtain. 


770 


.1 


Table  Cape,  North-West  Coast 


771 


772 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


In  an  agricultural  sense  the  only  partially- 
settled  parts  of  the  Island  in  191 6  were  the  north 
and  north-west.  The  districts  served  by  the  main 
railway  line  were  mostly  devoted  to  sheep  rais- 
ing. The  lake  country  suited  summer  pastur- 
ages, and  on  the  southern  portions  of  the  Island 
fruit-growing  was  an  increasing  industry. 

The  south-west  was  still  practically  untouched. 
It  is  known  to  be  exceedingly  rich  in  minerals, 
and  contains  large  sections  of  undoubtedly  good 
agricultural  lands. 

First-class  Crown  lands  were  available  some- 
what away  from  the  railway  radius,  and  heavily 
timbered,  at  £1  per  acre.  Land  suitable  for  fruit- 
growing— as  our  chapter  dealing  with  Crown 
Lands  of  the  Commonwealth  sets  forth  fully — 
could  be  obtained  for  ten  shillings  an  acre. 

Several  subdivisions  of  freehold  estates  in 
older-settled  districts  have  been  successfully 
carried  out.  The  Van  Diemen's  Land  Company 
disposed  of  small  farms — cut  from  some  of  their 
vast  holdings  in  the  north — at  £30  an  acre. 

On  the  Tamar  many  orchards  have  been 
cleared  and  planted  for  retiring  Anglo-Indians, 
who  find  the  climate  most  congenial.  An  Indian 
official  with,  say,  five  remaining  years  of  service 
before  him,  can  thus  have  a  productive  home 
prepared  for  himself  and  his  family,  and  take 
possession  upon  his  retirement  from  the  arduous 
services  of  the  tropics. 

Since  cold  storage  became  an  established  fact, 
the  area  under  apples  has  steadily  increased. 
The  markets  of  the  world  were  open,  and  Tas- 
mania as  a  grower  of  apples  became  famous 
abroad.  This  crop  was  well  on  the  way  to  half 
a  million  annual  value  before  the  war. 

With  increased  purchasing  power  of  foreign 
consumers  and  cheaper  freights,  Tasmanian 
apples  can  be  made  a  staple  fruit  throughout  the 
northern  hemisphere.  They  can  be  on  the  market 
when  the  local  product  is  not  available.  For 
quality  and  flavor  they  equal,  and  often  excel, 
the  best  varieties  grown  in  Europe. 

Scientific  orcharding  is  quite  as  necessary  in 
the  southern  hemisphere  as  any  other  part  of  the 
world,  and  settlers  who  will  secure  the  greatest 
returns  are  those  who  keep  this  fact  constantly 
before  them. 

Orcharding  is  methodical  work,  but  it  requires 
a  certain  amount  of  discretion  and  energy.  With 
proper  treatment  results  are  higher  than  from 
almost  any  other  form  of  agricultural  produc- 
tion. Forty  pounds  per  acre  has  been  about  the 
average  yield  in  Tasmania. 

For  small  capitalists  with  families  it  offers 
good  openings.  A  man  can  go  on  with  the  pro- 
duction of  small  fruits  while  his  trees  are  coming 
into  bearing,  he  is  sure  of  an  increasing  living, 
and  enjoys  a  pleasant,  healthy  life. 


For  the  small,  general  farmer,  Tasmania  is 
rich  in  unexploited  chances.  The  Government 
extends  to  him  a  paternal  hand,  and  gives  him 
every  encouragement  to  make  a  successful  estab- 
lishment. 

Mixed  farming  in  the  south  includes  stock- 
raising,  dairying,  fruit-growing,  poultry,  and  pigs. 

Forage  and  potatoes  are  also  grown  in  suit- 
able localities.  Potatoes  have  long  been  a  Tas- 
manian staple,  especially  on  north-west  coastal 
lands. 

The  values  of  export  in  latter  years  have  gone 
up  steadily  to  figures  approaching  £500,000  an- 
nually. These  totals  could,  of  course,  be  multi- 
plied tenfold  by  increased  settlement. 

Cleared  lands  in  potato  districts  are  often 
available  at  reasonable  prices,  but  there  are  so 
many  good  investments  for  intending  agricul- 
turists all  over  the  Commonwealth  that  golden 
opportunities  are  turned  down  for  others  that 
appear  to  be  richer  still. 

For  the  assurance  of  intending  immigrants 
with  families,  it  should  be  stated  that  throughout 
Tasmania  are  scattered  hundreds  of  free  State 
schools,  and  that  high  schools  and  colleges,  both 
State  and  proprietary,  are  established  in  the 
larger  centres  of  population. 

Mr.  Leslie  Evans  proffers  some  sound  advice 
for  young  settlers: — "Land  is  cheap  and  the 
climate  is  delightful.  Women  have  votes  in  this 
part  of  the  Southern  Hemisphere.  English 
grasses  and  clovers  flourish  here,  and  English 
landscape  scenery  can  also  be  enjoyed.  In  fact, 
Tasmania  is  Old  England  over  again,  minus  some 
undesirable  features.  But  don't  think  you  are 
coming  to  Tasmania  to  pick  apples  off  trees  in 
the  streets,  because  they  grow  in  orchards  which 
are  in  most  cases  several  miles  from  the  cities. 
Don't  imagine  a  couple  of  hundred  pounds  is  all 
you  require  to  set  you  up  In  the  fruit  Industry 
without  further  effort,  because  It  will  not  do  so; 
the  less  capital  you  have  the  more  work  must  be 
done.  Don't  think  it  is  'infra  dig'  to  take  your 
coat  off  if  it  hampers  the  play  of  your  muscles; 
no  one  will  make  remarks  about  your  being  in 
your  shirt-sleeves  In  hot  weather.  Above  all, 
please  do  not,  as  many  have  done,  begin  to  teach 
your  employer  the  second  week  you  have  been 
on  the  orchard.  This  has  resulted,  with  one  other 
falling,  in  getting  many  Englishmen  looked 
askance  at  in  this  part  of  the  world.  Work  hard  i 
the  first  week,  and  make  up  your  mind  to  work  " 
harder  the  second,  because  the  chances  are  you 
will  not  be  'fit'  at  the  beginning.  Don't  take 
your  money,  if  you  bring  any,  out  of  the  bank 
until  you  have  been  In  the  State  at  least  six  months. 
Make  this  a  golden  rule,  and  if  any  one  wishes 
you  to  break  it,  don't  accept  the  suggestion." 


TASMANIA:    AGRICULTURE    AND    PRODUCTION 


773 


t 


Mr.  Evans  has  prepared  a  report  on  the  crops, 
conditions,  and  possibilities  of  Tasmanian  agri- 
cultural districts  for  Australia  Unlimited. 

The  Hiton  District. — The  residents  at  the  dif- 
ferent centres  in  this  belt  are  largely  sons  of 
pioneers  who  were  no  doubt  attracted  by  timber 
possibilities.  The  banks  of  the  Huon  are  more 
and  more  being  dotted  with  orchards,  while  for 
aquatic  pastimes  the  river  can  hold  its  own  with 
any  stream  in  the  Commonwealth.  The  outlying 
ranges,  including  the  famous  Hartz  Mountains, 
Adamson's  Peak,  and  the  "Sleeping  Beauty"  or 
"Huon  Belle,"  together  with  the  lesser  peaks,  on 
a  still  summer  morning  present  a  scene  of  daz- 
zling beauty  which  no  pen  can  justly  portray. 
In  the  winter  months  (June  to  August)  the 
climate  of  the  Huon  is  severe. 

South  Bruni  and  D'Entrecasteaux  Chantiel. — 
The  D'Entrecasteaux  Channel  links  up  the  Huon 
River  with  the  Derwent,  where  Hobart,  the  capi- 
tal,  stands,    12   miles    from    its    mouth.        The 
Channel  is  much  nearer  by  water  to  Hobart,  and 
its  shores  are  studded  with  charming  villas.    The 
views  from  the  surrounding  hills  are  beyond  de- 
scription.    South  Bruni,  where  orchards  are  com- 
ing into  prominence,   shelters  the   southern    and 
astern  side  of  the  Channel,  and  this  place  must 
e  visited  and  seen  for  itself.     As  a  yachtsman's 
aradise,  the  Channel  has  no  counterpart  in  the 
outhern  Hemisphere.       On  both    sides  of  any 
entre  between  Gordon  and  Mills  Reef  there  are 
0  miles   of  lovely,   landlocked  lake-like   water- 
ay;  generally  speaking,  bold  water  to  the  very 
anks,   and   ranging  from   one  to   four  miles   in 
idth.     The  rugged  grandeur  of  the  surrounding 
ills,  the  dainty  little  bights  and  anchorages,  to- 
;ether  with  the  smooth  water,  will  some  day  be 
;uly  appreciated. 

The  Glenorchy  District. — Glenorchy  is  a  small 
burb  of  the  capital,  where  a  fine  quality  of  fruit 
grown.  The  land  here  is  beginning  to  carry 
;n  enhanced  value,  owing  to  the  fact  that  the 
ty  is  extending  in  that  direction,  and  building  is 
going  on  apace.  One  small  orchard  of  four  acres 
gave  over  1000  bushels  of  apples  to  the  acre  for 
some  years,  but  it  is  now  played  out.  Hop  culture 
is  carried  on  in  a  small  way  at  this  centre. 
Orchards  extend  right  on  to  South  Bridgewater, 
nd  there  are  many  fine  sites  to  be  purchased. 


The    Bagdad    Valley. — Twenty     miles     from 
obart  by  rail  brings  one  to  the  Bagdad  Valley. 
A  nice  little  centre,  English  in  character,  is  Bag- 
dad, but  it  enjoys  a  lighter  rainfall  than  the  Huon, 
and  yields  are  not  so  heavy.    There  is  a  sprinkling 
i^jiiere  of  professional  men  from  the  capital  who 
l^^wn  orchards.     Bagdad  holds  the  proud  position 

t"' ■""'"'"■  "*'"■'"■ 


price  on  record  was  given.     The  amount  stands 
at  considerably  over  £200  per  acre. 

The  Derwent  Valley. — New  Norfolk,  Mac- 
quarie  Plains,  and  Glenora  are  situated  in  the 
upper  part  of  the  valley  of  the  River  Derwent. 
Many  thousands  of  fine  acres  of  orchard  lands 
can  be  seen  throughout  this  magnificent  belt.  The 
last  bend  of  the  Derwent  approaching  New  Nor- 
folk is  pre-eminently  picturesque.  Here  the 
waters  of  the  Derwent,  and  higher  up  the  valley 
those  of  its  tributaries,  are  employed  for  irriga- 
tion purposes  both  for  fruit  and  hops.  The  fine 
plantations  and  palatial  residences  here  show 
what  apple-growing  means  to  the  settler. 

Tasman's  Peninsula. — Before  proceeding  to 
the  northern  end  of  the  island  it  would  be  well 
to  briefly  note  what  Tasman's  Peninsula  is  capable 
of,  as  there  are  many  hundreds  of  acres  of  suit- 
able land  yet  to  be  employed  in  this  vicinity. 
Some  phenomenal  yields  have  been  taken  off  a 
small  patch  at  Nubeena.  The  Peninsula  will 
always  remain  historically  of  importance  owing 
to  its  past.  Here  the  tourist  finds  Port  Arthur, 
Eaglehawk  Neck,  with  the  Blowhole,  Tasman's 
Arch,  Devil's  Kitchen,  and  the  Tesselated  Pave- 
ment. Much  activity  is  being  displayed  on  the 
foreshore  of  Norfolk  Bay,  a  large  inland  sea, 
where  our  warships  go  for  ball  practice. 
Orchards  are  being  extended  in  several  direc- 
tions, and  its  proximity  to  Hobart  assures  it  a 
fine  future.  A  few  miles  higher  up  the  coast 
Messrs.  H.  Jones  and  Co.'s  orchard  of  300  acres 
at  Triabunna  is  linking  up  the  outlying  centres 
with  profitable  fruit  production. 

The  North-East. — At  Scamander  and  Georges' 
Bay,  now  mainly  of  interest  as  watering-places 
where  bream  and  other  fishing  is  enjoyed,  fruit 
culture  is  progressing.  The  mild  climate  pro- 
duces a  very  highly-colored  apple,  and  there  are 
thousands  of  acres  still  the  property  of  the  Crown 
near  St.  Helens  (George's  Bay).  A  good  rain- 
fall (29  inches)  is  enjoyed.  The  soil,  being 
largely  decomposed  granite,  results  in  an  apple  of 
firm  flesh  and  well  adapted  for  carriage  to  dis- 
tant markets.  Some  day  in  the  not  far  distant 
future  the  north-east  will  command  high  attention 
as  a  fruit-producing  area. 

Travelling  west  from  George's  Bay  the 
orchards  at  Scottsdale  and  Lilydale  come  into 
view.  The  highest-grade  apples  are  grown  at 
these  places,  and  there  is  plenty  of  room  for  new- 
comers. Scottsdale  flourishes  on  rich  basaltic 
soil  arising  from  decomposed  volcanic  rock,  which 
is  brick-red  in  color,  and  the  vigorous  trees,  if 
rightly  pruned,  centre  their  activities  in  the  direc- 
tion of  heavy  yields.  Color  might  be  declared 
the  dominant  feature  of  apples  grown    in    this 


774 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


belt.  It  remains  to  be  seen  whether  the  still 
milder  climate  at  St.  Helens  will  not  produce  a 
better  apple  in  this  respect.  Judging  from  what 
has  been  grown  at  Scamander  and  George's  Bay, 
the  growers  at  Lilydale  will  require  to  maintain 
the  highest  standard  of  cultivation. 

Estuary  of  the  Tamar. — Fruit-growing  on  the 
banks    of    the    Tamar    River     was     practically 


I 


dential  houses  with  orchards  than  the  estuary  of 
the  Derwent. 

The  Mersey  Valley. — Last,  but  by  no  means 
least — in  the  opinion  of  some,  first  of  all — we 
approach  the  Spreyton  district,  where  apple  cul- 
ture is  making  a  distinct  forward  movement. 
Latrobe,  Spreyton,  Railton,  and  Devonport  will 
in  the  near   future   produce   many  thousands  of 


Lake  Hartz,  Hartz  Mountains 


unknown  ten  years  ago.  Now  there  are 
over  4000  acres  planted.  In  1908  there  were 
only  724  acres.  Modernity  is  the  main  charac- 
teristic of  this  movement,  both  in  regard  to  sys- 
;em  and  management.  In  another  decade  or 
earlier  the  I'amar  will  be  a  scene  of  great  activity, 
when  ocean-going  steamers  call  for  fruit  at  Bell 
Bay.  This  estuary  has  a  foreshore  of  at  least 
100  miles.  River  scenery  of  a  very  beautiful 
character  goes  in  with  the  selection,  and  already 
its  banks  have  been  embellished  by  the  presence 
of  comfortable  homes,  picturesque  gardens,  and, 
what  should  be  of  greater  import,  cultured  people. 
The  lower  reaches  of  the  Tamar  Estuary 
have   a   longer   foreshore    (shore-line)    for   resi- 


cases  of  high-grade  apples,  and  as  the  port  0 
Devonport  is  adjacent  there  is  every  natura 
facility.  Perhaps  nowhere  else  in  this  State  wil 
there  be  found  so  many  retiretl  Anglo-Indian 
as  within  a  stone's-throw  of  Devonport.  Thi 
fact,  combined  with  the  rich  surrounding  countr 
and  all  the  enjoyments  of  modern  life,  shouJi 
exert  a  strong  attraction  to  newcomers. 

Taking  districts  seriatim,  Mr.  Evans  give 
valuable  information  regarding  local  product; 
land  values,  and  lands  available,  more  partici 
larly  in  northern  areas: 

Stavertoii  (Sheffield  District). — The  land  i 
this  district  is  worth  from  £3   to  £12  per  acrt 


Gordon  Elver  Gorge,  West  Coast 


I 


775 


776 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


St.  Columba  Falls,  George  Eiver 


according  to  the  clearing  that  has  been  carried  out. 
Peas,  oats,  and  potatoes  grow  well,  but  the  dis- 
trict is  adapted  to  dairying  and  grazing.  It  will 
carry  two  sheep  to  the  acre  in  properly  fenced 
paddocks. 

Barr'tugton. — On  chocolate  farms  oats  go  up  to 
80  bushels  to  the  acre;  potatoes  8  tons  per  acre; 
two  acres  for  a  fully-grown  beast;  two  sheep  to 
the  acre.  The  price  of  land  runs  from  £12  to 
£20  per  acre. 

Stoodley—^[\%Qd  farming  prevails,  mostly 
potatoes.  Since  the  Irish  blight,  blue  peas  have 
been  very  profitable.  -  Land  runs  in  value  from 
£5  to  £30  per  acre,  average  price  £12.  The 
number  of  stock  on  100  acres — 30  sheep,  6  cows, 
20-30  pigs,  and  the  usual  stock  to  work  the  farm. 

Forth. — Mixed  farming — wheat,  oats,  peas, 
beans,  potatoes,  mangolds,  hay,  dairying,  poultry, 
sheep.  Oats  and  hay  are  the  most  profitable 
crops.  Land  is  worth  from  £15  to  £27  per 
acre.  Fifty  acres  is  considered  the  minimum  on 
which  a  living  could  be  made.  The  land  will 
graze  one  beast  to  the  acre,  or  eight  sheep  on  the 
same  area.  LTncleared  fruit  land  is  valued  at  £5 
per  acre;  when  cleared  its  value  rises  to  £15  per 
acre. 

Ridgeley. — Land  uncleared  is  valued  at  £2  to 
£4  per  acre,  partly  cleared  £10  to  £15,   whilst 


cleared  land  rises  to  £15  to  £20  per  acre.  There 
is  splendid  feed  where  the  land  is  good  and  of 
even  quality.  The  district  is  well  provided  with 
transport,  shipping,  markets  (Burnie  and  Wara- 
tah).  The  minimum  area  to  make  a  living  off 
is  considered  to  be  50  acres.  Mixed  farming 
prevails,  dairying,  grazing,  cropping.  The  best 
crop  is  considered  to  be  the  potato,  which  averages 
4  tons  to  the  acre.  Oats  are  largely  grown,  and 
yield  50  bushels  to  the  acre.  Dairying  and  graz- 
ing are  extensively  carried  on;  sheep  not  general  in 
this  district.  The  land  will  carry  one  beast  to 
three  acres;  one  cow  to  four  acres,  which  allows 
for  a  little  cropping.  Sheep,  one  to  the  acre  on 
good  runs. 


ipal] 
rhel 

ODS  1 


Irishtown. — Potatoes  and  oats  are  the  princi 
crops  of  this  district,  taken  alternately.  The 
former  average  4  tons  to  the  acre.  Hay  crops 
give  2  tons  to  the  acre,  but  good  crops  rise  to  3 
tons  per  acre.  Since  Irish  blight  broke  out  dairy- 
ing has  made  great  strides.  The  soil  is  well 
suited  to  cereals,  pulse  and  roots.  First-class 
land  is  worth  from  £1  to  £10  per  acre,  the  price 
depending  on  situation,  amount  of  improvements 
and  instalments  paid  to  the  Crown,  rather  than 
on  its  quality.  Partially  cleared  land  is  worth 
from  £3  to  £5  per  acre.  Not  less  than  100  acres 
should  be  purchased  as  a  holding.  Grass  land 
will  carry  one  cow  to  three  acres;  roughly  cleared 
land  one  cow  to  six  acres,  or  one  ewe  and  lamb  per 
acre. 

Kindred. — Mixed  farming  holds  sway :  potatoes 
are  grown  on  the  chocolate  soil.  Oats  for  grain 
and  hay.  Peas,  turnips  and  mangolds,  the  latter 
to  supplement  the  green  feed  for  dairying,  which 
has  made  great  strides,  as  witness  the  establish- 
ment of  co-operative  butter  factories  at  Ulver- 
stone,  Burnie  and  Devonport.  Wheat  is  only 
raised  In  small  quantities  for  home  use.  All 
stock  enjoy  the  best  of  health.  Pork  raising  as 
a  supplement  or  adjunct  to  dairying  goes  on. 
Beef,  mutton,  wool  are  produced  In  small  quan- 
tities. The  price  of  unimproved  land  is  about 
£15  per  acre.  Improved  areas  run  from  £12  to 
£25  per  acre.  The  holdings  run  from  100  to 
150  acres,  but  50  acres  are  considered  the  mini- 
mum from  which  a  living  could  be  made.  The 
land  will  carry  one  beast  to  the  acre,  or  three  sheep 
to  a  similar  area. 

The  altitude  Is  from  500  to  700  feet.  The 
roads  in  the  district  are  good.  j 

Preston. — Mixed  farming:  oats  and  potatoes 
are  the  leading  crops.  Potatoes  yield  from  5  to 
10  tons  per  acre;  oats  from  50  to  80  bushels  per 
acre.  It  is  considered  that  100  acres  are  neces- ' 
sary  to  make  a  living  off.  Bush  land  Is  valued 
at  £4  per    acre,    grazing    land  at  £7/10/-,  and 


TASMANIA:    AGRICULTURE    AND    PRODUCTION 


777 


improved  farms  at  £13  per  acre.  The  land  will 
carry  about  one  beast  to  two  acres,  and  one  sheep 
per  acre.  The  grazing  land  is  best  suited  for 
dairying. 

North  Motion. — Potatoes  and  oats  are  the 
principal  crops  grown  in  this  district.  Potatoes 
are  planted  from  June  to  October.  The  mild 
winters  allow  a  continuous  supply  of  fodder  to  be 
grown.  Partly  cleared  land  is  valued  at  from 
£8  to  £12  per  acre;  cleared  land  at  from  £20  to 
£24  per  acre.  Fifty  acres  are  required  to  make 
a  living  on.      The  altitude  of  the  district  is  500  ft. 


Mount  Olympus,  Lake  St.  Clair 

New  Ground. — Mixed  farming:  wheat,  hay, 
potatoes.  Improved  areas  are  valued  at  from 
10  to  £30  per  acre.  From  50  acres  upwards 
are  needed  to  make  a  living  on.  Fruit  land,  un- 
cleared, runs  from  £2  to  £14  per  acre,  according 
to  situation.       £10  per  acre  will  fit  fruit  land  for 

I  the  plough  or  planting.  Sheep  on  farms  (not 
runs),  two  to  five  head  per  acre.  One  beast  to 
two  acres. 
Moorville  Road. — Potatoes  are  the  leading 
crop  in  this  district.  Oats,  peas,  hay  also  largely 
grown.  Dairying  is  carried  on  here.  The  best 
land  is  valued  at  from  £12  to  £20  per  acre.  Mini- 
mum area  to  make  a  living  on  100  acres.     Pota- 


toes yield  from  5  to  6  tons  per  acre;  oats,  50 
bushels;  hay,  li  tons;  blue  peas,  40  bushels  per 
acre.  This  district  grows  good  grass.  English, 
cocksfoot,  white  and  red  clover,  turnips,  mangolds 
do  well  here. 

Devonport. — Potatoes,  dairying,  and  mixed 
farming.  First-class  land  is  worth  £25  per  acre. 
Dairying  land  from  £10,  subject  to  the  clearing 
done.  A  good  living  can  be  made  on  75  acres  of 
red  soil,  and  125  acres  of  dark  loam.  Uncleared 
fruit  land  is  worth  from  £1  to  £10,  according  to 
its  position.  Fruit  land,  newly  planted,  is  valued 
at  £30  to  £40  per  acre.  Coming  into  bearing, 
£60  to  £70,  with  cost  of  looking  after  added.  The 
land  in  this  district  would  carry  a  heavy  head  of 
stock,  but  it  is  not  utilised  much  for  grazing.  Crop 
yields  are  heavy  here. 

Table  Cape. — Mixed  farming:  potatoes,  oaten 
hay,  oats,  blue  peas,  wheat,  barley,  in  the  order 
named.  The  district  is  admirably  adapted  for 
dairying  and  grazing.  Uncleared  land  is  valued 
at  about  £6  per  acre.  Improved  farms,  £25 
per  acre.  Minimum  area  to  make  a  living  on, 
50  acres.  Fruit  land  uncleared,  from  £3  to  £10 
per  acre.  Cost  of  clearing  ranges  from  £10  to 
£20  per  acre.  Grass  land  will  carry  three  sheep 
to  two  acres ;  one  cow  to  three  acres.  On  scrubbed 
and  grassed  land  one  cow  to  four  acres,  if  fire- 
weed  and  ferns  kept  down. 

Scottsdale  West. — This  district  is  admirably 
adapted  for  dairying,  as  it  is  well  watered  and 
grows  grass  and  clovers  to  perfection.  Mixed 
farming  is  carried  on,  peas,  oats,  potatoes,  roots. 
Drabsoil  partially  cleared  is  worth  from  £3  to 
£8  per  acre.  Chocolate  soil  partially  cleared  and 
grassed  rises  in  value  from  £10  to  £14  per  acre. 
The  minimum  area  to  make  a  living  on  dairying 
is  100  acres.  Clearing  land  suited  for  orcharding 
costs  £10  per  acre.  The  land  will  run  two  sheep 
to  an  acre  or  one  beast  to  four  acres. 

Scottsdale. — All  classes  of  farming  and  horti- 
culture are  carried  on  here,  but  dairying  is  per- 
haps the  most  profitable.  First-class  cleared 
farms  are  worth  £20  per  acre,  and  100  acres  are 
sufficient  to  make  a  living  on.  This  price  applies 
also  to  cleared  fruit  land  of  first-class  quality 
close  to  the  railway.  Uncleared  fruit  land  can 
be  had  for  £1  per  acre.  As  much  as  £100  per 
acre  have  been  taken  off  an  orchard  in  this  dis- 
trict in  one  season.  Some  farms  will  carry  from 
5  to  10  sheep  per  acre,  others  only  one. 

Lilydale. — About  2000  acres,  also  smaller 
holdings,  available  for  orcharding  and  mixed 
farming  in  this  district. 

Avoca. — There  is  not  much  land  available  in 
this  district,  as  it  is  mostly  held  as  large  estates 
used  as  sheep  runs,  but  well  adapted  for  mixed 


778 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


XiObster  Creek,  Leven  River 


farming,  hay,  wheat,  and  cereals.  Price  of  land 
.£2  to  £3  per  acre.  Taking  the  good  with  the 
bad  land,  the  area  required  for  a  holding  is  not 
less  than  1000  acres.  It  will  carry  one  sheep  to 
the  acre,  which  number  could  be  increased  by 
cropping. 

Frankford. — Grass,  dairying,  and  rearing 
stock.  Most  profitable  farm  products,  oats  and 
potatoes.  Price  of  land  from  30s.  to  £7.  Mini- 
mum area  required,  150  acres.  Fruit  land, 
cleared,  £7 ;  uncleared,  £3  per  acre.  When  fenced 
against  rabbits  and  cleared  would  carry  four 
sheep  per  acre;  i  beast  per  acre. 

Upper  Flowerdale. — Mixed  farming  and  dairy- 
ing are  carried  on  at  this  centre.  Potatoes  are 
planted  from  April  to  October,  and  the  yield  is 
from  6  to  lo  tons  per  acre.  The  dairying  indus- 
try is  making  headway.  Cocksfoot  and  other 
grasses  and  clovers  do  well,  and  last  in  the  ground 
from  five  to  seven  years.  Partly  cleared  and 
cleared  farms  run  from  £8  to  £25  per  acre.  Land 
scrubbed,  grassed  and  fenced,  without  further  im- 
provements from  £3  to  £8  per  acre.  The  land  is 
increasing  in  value  as  the  metal  roads  are  extend- 


ing further  back.  The  number  of  head  of  cattle 
the  land  will  carry  varies  according  to  the  clearing 
and  grassing  done.  A  fair  average  would  be 
two  sheep  to  an  acre,  and  one  beast  to  three  acres. 
If  fodder  crops  are  grown,  the  average  is  much 
higher.  On  one  of  the  best  400-acres,  with 
fodder  and  grass  land,  there  were  reared  800 
lambs  and  fattened  for  market;  400  ewes  were  fed 
and  10  cows  milked,  besides  running  surplus  cattle, 
horses,  etc.,  to  work  the  farm.  Out  of  the  400 
acres,  60  acres  were  planted  with  potatoes,  oats, 
etc.,  for  marketing. 

St.  Helens. — Crown  land  is  available  in  this 
district,  £1  per  acre  first-class;  100  acres  scrubbed 
and  grassed  sufficient  to  make  a  living  by  dairying. 
Second-class  land  is  available,  suitable  for  fruit- 
growing, at  a  cost  of  10/-  per  acre;  clearing  cost 
from  £10  to  £15  per  acre.  Land  can  be  cleared, 
fenced,  and  planted  with  fruit  trees  for  £20  to  £25 
per  acre.  The  land  will  carry,  when  cleared  and 
grassed,  one  cow  on  3-5  acres;  three  sheep  per 
acre.  There  are  nearly  100  acres  of  young 
orchard  land  in  this  district.  Large  areas  of 
land  near  the  port  are  still  available.  The  fruit 
colours  well  here.        Dairying  is   carried   on   at 


TASMANIA:    AGRICULTURE    AND    PRODUCTION 


779 


Pyengana,  Gould's  Country,  New  England,  and 
Upper  Scamander.  The  cheese  factory  at  Pyen- 
gana produces  70  to  80  tons  of  cheese  per  annum, 
and  in  addition  there  are  large  dairymen  who  do 
not  supply  the  factory.  Gould's  Country  also  pos- 
sesses a  factory.  Pyengana  is  20  miles  from  St. 
Helens,  Gould's  Country  12  miles,  and  Scamander 
12  miles.  The  roads  are  good  in  this  part  of 
the  island.  There  are  considerable  areas  open 
for  selection  suitable  for  grazing.  The  climate 
is,  perhaps,   as   mild   as   any   part   of  the   State. 


for  their  own    use,  and    who  sell  in    the  district 
chiefly. 

There  is  no  land  for  sale  here,  all  available 
sites  having  long  since  been  taken  up.  It  is  not 
an  orcharding  district.  Recently  very  fair  land 
has  been  discovered  in  the  broken  country  of  hills 
and  gorges,  between  Mount  Nicholas  and  Mount 
Victoria,  which  is  heavily  timbered,  and  more  or 
less  unexplored. 

The  drawback  to  the  cold  plains  In  this  district 


Timber  Train  in  Geeveston  Forest 


Transport  by  steamer  to  Hobart  or  Launceston 
.at  17/-  per  ton. 


1^ 


St.  Mary's. — The  district  is  a  long-settled  one, 
and  there  is  no  land  now  for  sale.  The  land  is 
occupied  mostly  for  pastoral  purposes  and  dairy 
farming;  but  since  the  railway  opened  In  1886, 
ereals  are  on  the  increase.  The  farming  com- 
munity here  Is  divisible  into  three  classes: — 


(i)  Pastorallsts  In  the  valley  of  the  Break  o' 
Day,  who  also  grow  wheat  and  oats.  (2) 
Tenants  in  the  valley  who  rent  portions  of  the 
above  estates  and  grow  the  same  cereals.  (3) 
Settlers  In  the  hill  districts,  opened  up  since  the 
'sixties,   chiefly   by   Germans,   who   grow   enough 


Is  the  perishable  nature  of  the  timber,  which  con- 
sists of  "cabbage-gum,"  "swamp-gum"  (the  open 
country  variety),  and  "white-gum,"  all  of  which 
suffer  from  the  cold  and  windy  climate,  and  are 
continually  on  the  break  down,  causing  a  litter, 
which  requires  constant  clearing  up.  This 
militates  now,  with  the  high  price  of  labour, 
against  keeping  the  runs  clear.  A  run,  or 
paddock,  cleared  up,  will  in  seven  to  nine  years  be 
just  as  "dirty"  again. 

Caruarvoit. — Dairying  and  orcharding  are  the 
principal  industries  on  Tasman's  Peninsula.  Cul- 
tivation consist  principally  In  growing  fodder  for 
stock.  A  hundred  acres  of  good  land  are  con- 
sidered  a   sufficient   area   to   make   a   living   on. 


78o 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


There  is  plenty  of  land  in  this  district  suitable  for 
orcharding;  clearing  light  scrub  costs  from  £5  to 
£15  ;  heavily  timbered  costs  £25  to  clear  ready  for 
the  plough.  Orchards  newly  planted  cost  £40 
per  acre;  in  full  bearing  £100.  Scrub  land, 
grassed,  the  first  season  will  carry  a  fat  beast  to 
the  acre,  but  after  two  or  three  years  it  will  take 
about  three  acres  to  keep  a  cow,  and  about  three 
sheep  to  the  acre.  During  July,  August,  and 
September,  stock  will  require  feeding,  or  to  be 
turned  on  to  a  bush  run. 

Wattle  Grove. — Fruit  culture  is  the  chief  in- 
dustry in  this  district.  Apples,  pears,  stone  fruit 
and  berries  grow  well.  Uncleared  land  runs  in 
price  from  £5  to  £10  per  acre;  cleared  land,  £40; 
orchards  newly  planted,  £50;  in  full  bearing,  £100 
upwards  per  acre.  Roughly  cleared  land  will 
carry  one  beast  or  five  sheep  to  the  acre.  If 
tillage  were  employed  this  number  could  be  in- 
creased. A  capital  of  £2000  should  purchase  a 
property  with  a  turnover  of  between  £400  to  £500 
per  annum. 

Tyenna. — The  hop  is  the  most  profitable  crop 
on  the  river  flats.  Potatoes  and  vegetables  grow 
well.  There  is  fine  grass  country,  and  the  dis- 
trict is  admirably  suited  to  dairying.  The  bulk 
of  the  land  is  held  by  the  Crown,  and  costs  from 


10/-  to  £1  per  acre  to  purchase,  and  £3  per  acre 
to  scrub  the  timber,  ring,  and  burn  off,  and  sow 
with  grass.  The  cost  of  clearing  the  timber  would 
be  much  more.  A  few  settlers  will  sell  at  prices 
ranging  from  £6  to  £8  per  acre,  which  means  3  or 
4  acres  under  cultivation,  and  from  50  to  100 
acres  in  grass  on  roughly  cleared  land.  Small 
fruits  grow  well  here.  The  land  will  carry  two 
sheep  to  the  acre  all  the  year  round,  but  owing  to 
the  rough  state  of  the  country,  each  acre  is  taken 
up  to  the  extent  of  about  2  square  chains  by  stand- 
ing timber,  logs,  bark,  and  rubbish.  It  will  carry 
one  beast  to  every  4  or  5  acres  all  the  year  round. 
Apples  grow  well,  but  take  the  black  spot  as  no 
spraying  is  carried  out.  If  the  settler  grows 
hops,  a  small  area  will  suffice  for  a  living;  but_ 
for  mixed  farming,  which  is  general,  it  is  cor 
sidered  that  from  100  to  150  acres  are  required  t<| 
live  on. 

Glen  Hiion. — Land  for  sale  under  freehold 
rare  in  this  centre.  The  cost  of  clearing  new* 
land  and  preparing  same  for  orchard  purposes 
varies  from  £20  to  £25  per  acre.  Orchards  in 
full  bearing  cost  from  £100  to  £150  per  acre  to 
purchase.  Roughly  cleared  land  will  depasture 
two  head  of  cattle  per  acre  in  summer;  in  winter 
3  acres  are  required  to  support  one  beast.  Crown 
land  exists  at  the  Denison  and  Weld  Rivers. 


Packing  Stores  to  the  Bingarooma  Tin-Alines 


THE  ISLANDS  OF  TASMANIA. 


TASMANIA  is,  in  reality,  the  mother  of  many 
islands.  She  is  surrounded  on  all  sides 
by  her  fledgelings.  They  are  a  vigorous 
brood,  cradled  in  sturdy  southern  conditions.  As 
time  goes  on,  they  will  find  homes  and  wealth  for 
thousands  of  strong  Australians. 

Wind-swept  and  sea-girdled,  these  Islands  of 
the  South,  to  a  great  degree  are  still  awaiting  for 
human  occupation  and  development : — 

The  Furneaux  Group  of  Islands — of  which 
the  largest  are  Flinders,  containing  about  513,000 
acres.  Cape  Barren,  about  110,000  acres,  and 
Clarke  Island,  28,000  acres — is  situated  in 
Bass  Strait,  off  the  north-east  corner  of  the 
mainland,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  Banks 
.Strait,  about    15    miles    across  in  the  narrowest 


place.  It  lies  in  almost  a  direct  line  between 
Cape  Portland  and  Wilson's  Promontory,  and 
forms  one  of  the  links  that  remain  of  the  mountain 
system  which  undoubtedly  at  one  time  connected 
Tasmania  with  the  Continent  of  Australia.  The 
formation  of  this  group,  we  are  officially  informed, 
is  almost  exclusively  granitic  and  Tertiary,  with 
metamorphic  schists  and  sandstones  in  places.  Tin 
has  been  discovered  on  each  of  these  islands,  but 
not  in  payable  quantity. 

Clarke  Island  is  leased  as  a  sheep-run,  for  which 
it  is  best  adapted.  Cape  Barren  Island,  as  the 
name  suggests,  is  broken,  rough,  and  the  soil  of 
poor  quality.  Some  4000  acres  across  the  western 
end  have  been  set  aside  as  a  reserve  for  the  use 
of  half-caste  inhabitants. 


k 


A  Harvesting  Scene,  Olenore 
781 


782 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Selection  under  "The  Crown  Lands  Act,"  until 
recently  has  been  practically  confined  to  the 
western  border  of  Flinders  Island,  where  about 
10,000  acres  have  been  taken  up  and  are  being 
improved.  During  the  years  1909  and  19 10  most 
of  the  useful  land  on  Flinders  Island  was  selected, 
and  is  now  on  its  trial. 

Some  of  the  smaller  islands  are  exceedingly  fer- 
tile, notably  Great  Dog,  Green,  Kangaroo,  and 
Preservation  Islands.  The  sooty  petrels  (Puffiniis 
teiuiirostris),  better  known  as  mutton-birds, 
abound,  and  are  the  principal  means  of  support  to 
the  native  islanders.       The  young  birds  are  cap- 


The  distance  from  populous  centres,  of  course, 
presents  a  difficulty  that  would  have  to  be  taken 
Into  account.  It  is  of  importance  to  note  that 
these  islands  lie  in  the  direct  routes  between 
Hobart  and  Melbourne,  and  between  Launceston 
and  Sydney;  they  are  therefore  con\'eniently 
situated  for  trading. 

No  official  rainfall  record  is  kept  at  Flinders; 
but  at  Goose  Island,  15  miles  away,  the  record 
shows  79  inches  per  annum.  This  plentiful  water- 
supply  docs  not  appear  to  obtain  on  Hinders 
Island,  as  the  settlers  frequently  complain  of  the 
scanty  rainfall,  and  they  estimate  the  annual  fall 


On  the  North  Coast  Boad 


tured  in  their  holes  by  night  in  hundreds  during 
the  month  of  March.  They  yield  up  large  quan- 
tities of  pure  oil,  and  are  then  pickled  for  the  out- 
side market.  Wild  ducks  are  plentiful,  and 
swans  and  Cape  Barren  geese  are  obtainable. 
Chappel,  Babel,  Storehouse,  Forsyth,  or  Penguin 
Islands,  and  part  of  Little  Green  Island,  are  re- 
served as  "rookeries"  or  breeding-grounds  for  the 
mutton-birds. 

From  the  position  of  these  islands,  the  richness 
of  the  soil,  and  the  temperature  of  the  climate — 
for  which  the  latitude,  the  low  elevation,  and  local 
salt-water  currents  are  responsible — they  are 
peculiarly  adapted  to  the  production  of  vegetables 
of  every  description  during  the  winter  months, 
when  they  are  unobtainable  on  the  mainland,  and 
would  therefore  command  a  high  price.  The 
question  therefore  suggests  itself  whether  a  pro- 
■fitable  trade  in  early  vegetables  could  not  be 
opened  up  in  conjunction  with  the  fishing  industry. 


at  about  20  inches.  This  comparatively  \oy 
estimate  may  be  due  to  the  rapid  absorption  of 
water  during  the  summer  months,  owing  to  the 
sandy  nature  of  the  soil.  The  fact  remains,  how- 
ever, that  the  island  is  not  so  well  watered  as  could 
be  wished,  and  the  water  in  several  creeks  and 
lagoons  is  brackish  and  unfit  for  drinking. 

Hunter  Group. — These  islands  lie  near  the  Tas- 
manian    coast,    between     Woolnorth    antl    King 
Island.       The    group    includes    Robbin's    Island, 
24,4<;o  acres;  Walker  Island,    1720   acres;  Tre- 
foil Island,  255    acres;    Barren    Island,    21,000   . 
acres;    Three-Hummock    Island,    23,000    acres;   I 
Perkins  Island,  2600  acres;  with  the  small  islands 
of  Albatross,  Steep,  Stack,  Kangaroo,  and  Petrel,   I 
containing  collectively  about  1300  acres.  The  first  , 
three  islands  named  have  been  granted  to  the  Van 
DIemen's  Land  Company,  and  comprise  a  small 
proportion  of  fair  land,  Trefoil  being  exception- 


On  the  Eiver  Mersey 


783 


784 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


ally  good.  The  most  of  the  other  islands  are 
leased  from  the  Crown  for  pastoral  purposes  at 
low  rentals.      They  are  unsuited  to  cultivation. 

Maria  Island. — Maria  Island,  so  named  by 
Tasman,  the  enterprising  navigator,  in  the  year 
1642,  forms  a  prominent  feature  on  the  east 
coast  of  the  mainland.  Its  principal  place 
of  communication  is  Triabunna,  9  miles  dis- 
tant by  boat.  It  was  used  as  a  penal  settlement 
in  the  forties,  of  which  there  are  still  many  signs 
remaining.  It  covers  an  area  of  24,000  acres. 
It  presents  a  bold  and  rugged  aspect  along  the 
north-east  shore,  the  highest  point,  called  Mount 
Maria,  rising  to  an  altitude  of  2329  feet  In  about 
i^  miles.  The  best  land,  which  was  included  In 
the  old  settlement,  extends  from  Port  Darlington 
at  the  extreme  north  of  the  island  southerly  along 
the  western  shore,  and  comprises  about  1500 
acres,  500  of  which  have  been  sold  to  the  directors 
of  the  Maria  Island  Company,  and  about  1000 
acres  purchased  under  "The  Crown  Lands  Act" 
by  selectors.  A  large  proportion  of  the  land  pur- 
chased and  applied  for  was  at  one  time  cleared 
and  cultivated,  and  included  a  hop  plantation.  At 
present  12,300  acres  are  leased  for  pastoral  pur- 
poses. 

The  peaks  of  Mount  Maria  are  composed  of 
grey  granite  rock,  whilst  the  north-east  corner  of 
the  island  exposes  Immense  masses  of  fossiliferous 
limestone,  giving  place  along  the  western  shore  to 
diabasic  greenstone,  or  trap  and  sandstone  rock 
towards  the  southern  end,  which  is  of  a  sandy  and 
worthless  description.  Tin,  gold,  and  silver  are 
said  to  have  been  discovered,  but  In  small  quan- 
tities. 

Practically,  the  whole  of  the  Island  Is  now  avail- 
able for  settlement.  About  4000  acres  have  been 
selected. 

Brum  Island  (Norih  and  South)  forms  the 
eastern  shore  of  D'Entrecasteaux  Channel.  The 
island  extends  northerly  from  Bruni  Head,  off 
Southport,  to  the  estuary  of  the  Derwent,  which  is 
distant  13  miles  from  Hobart.  It  Is  of  very 
Irregular  shape,  and  connected  by  a  narrow 
neck  or  Isthmus  at  Adventure  Bay.  It  comprises 
a  total  area  of  90,000  acres,  of  which  28,000  have 
been  alienated.  Of  the  portion  remaining,  there 
is  some  good  heavily-timbered  and  scrub  land  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  Little  Taylor's  Bay,  South 


Bruni ;  but  settlement  thereon  is  hampered  by  the 
want  of  direct  communication  with  a  market,  al- 
though steamers  pass  daily  through  the  Channel 
to  and  from  the  capital.  It  is  of  Igneous  origin, 
in  which  greenstone  predominates.  Portions  of 
the  north-west  of  South  Bruni,  and  the  extreme 
south  and  north  of  North  Bruni,  are  of  Tertiary 
formation,  In  which  anthracite  coal  has  been  dis- 
covered, but  so  far  has  not  been  turned  to  profit;^ 
able  account. 

Orchards  are  being  planted  out  at  Daniel'^ 
Bay,  South  Bruni,  where  a  comfortable  boarding- 
house  has  been  established.  Thence  excur- 
sions may  be  made  to  Cloudy  Bay,  with  its 
clouds  of  mist  caused  by  the  breaking  of  the  heavy 
surf  upon  its  rocky  shore;  Cloudy  Lagoon;  Ad- 
venture Bay,  with  a  sandy  beach  some  6  or  7  miles 
in  length;  celebrated  for  the  variety  of  marine 
shells  to  be  found  there;  and  the  lighthouse  at 
Bruni  Head,  from  which  may  be  obtained  a  beau- 
tiful and  extensive  view  of  ocean  and  distant  moun- 
tain. Bream-fishing  can  be  had  in  a  large  creek 
flowing  Into  Cloudy  Lagoon,  and  Daniel's  and 
Taylor's  Bay  abound  In  fish  of  all  kinds. 

Schoiiten  Island,  lying  to  the  south  of  Freyclnet 
Peninsula,  off  Little  Swanport,  is  unfit  for  culti- 
vation, but  sound  and  otherwise  suitable  for  depas- 
turing sheep.  The  greatest  drawback  experienced 
In  working  this  Island  is  the  inconvenience  of  boat- 
ing the  stock  to  and  from  it.  It  comprises  8500 
acres  of  more  or  less  stony  country. 

The  Macquarie  Group. — This  group  is  situated 
In  the  South  Pacific  Ocean,  in  latitude  54°  50' 
south,  and  in  longitude  159°  east,  distant  from 
New  Zealand  In  the  south-westerly  direction 
about  600  miles.  It  was  originally  discovered 
In  181 1  by  some  adventurers  from  New  South 
Wales  engaged  In  seal-fishing.  It  comprises 
Macquarie  Island,  about  18  miles  in  length  by  all 
miles  In  breadth;  Bishop  and  Clerk,  30  miles  to 
the  south;  and  Judge  and  Clerk,  7  miles  to  the 
north  of  Macquarie  Island.  It  is  low-lying,  with 
not  a  stick  of  timber  anywhere  to  be  found,  and 
has  been  worked  for  years  as  a  birding  and  sealing 
ground  by  authority  of  the  New  Zealand  Govern- 
ment, under  the  belief  that  It  was  a  dependency  of 
that  Dominion,  but  more  recently  under  licence 
from  Tasmania.  The  other  Islands  are  of  less 
Importance,  but  used  for  similar  purposes. 


BRITISH    NEW  GUINEA 

(PAPUA) 


Yl 


NATIVE:  VILLflCe,  PT  MORESBY. 


m 


I 


II 


5ETTLE:RS  -HOME.  5/!M/1Rfll 


786 


1 


I 


Samarai,  Fapua 


BRITISH    NEW  GUINEA  (PAPUA) 


IN  area  the  island  of  New  Guinea  exceeds 
300,000  square  miles.  Discovered  by 
Europeans  four  hundred  years  ago,  it  still 
mains  an  undeveloped  country. 
In  1914  the  total  white  population  of  Papua 
(British  New  Guinea)  was  only  1186.  This 
was  increased  some  few  hundreds  by  the  occupa- 
tion of  the  German  portion  of  the  Great  Island, 
in  September  of  that  year,  by  a  military  expedi- 
tion raised  and  despatched  by  the  Australian  Go- 
vernment. 

All  those  parts  of  the  island  west  of  the  141st 
degree  of  latitude — about  150,000  square  miles 
— belong  to  the  Dutch. 

The  German  portion  included  the  north-eastern 
mainland,  the  larger  islands  of  Bismarck.  Archi- 
pelago, and  nearly  200  smaller  islands. 

The    south-eastern    portion    only    is    a    depen- 
dency of  Australia,  being  under  the  administra- 
tion of  the  Commonwealth,  but  not  included  in 
Papua  is  divided  into  eleven  magisterial  dis- 
ricts,  presided  over  by  a  Lieutenant-Governor. 
Papua  is  entirely  tropical.     The  native  popula- 
on  has  been  approximated  at  half  a  million.    The 
apuan   is   of   a   more   advanced   type   than   the 
aboriginal  of  Australia,  has  some  knowledge  of 
gnculture,  and  is  probably  more  capable  of  con- 
ormmg  to  the  manners  and  usages  of  civilization. 
Native  labour  has  been  largely  utilized  for  con- 
struction of  roads  and  public  works,  for  clearing 


forest  to  establish  plantations,  and  for  the  culti- 
vation of  such  tropical  products  as  rubber  and 
coconuts. 

Colored  service  is  voluntary.  Employers  are 
under  legal  obligation  to  properly  house  and 
feed  their  native  servants,  who  must  also  be  re- 
turned to  their  villages  at  the  completion  of  their 
agreement.  Refusal  to  work  after  engagement, 
or  desertion  from  service,  renders  the  laborer 
liable  to  punishment.  The  term  of  Indenture  is 
limited  to  three  years.  Wages  must  be  paid  In 
the  presence  of  an  officer  of  the  Government. 

Under  just  conditions,  the  Papuan  is  said  to 
have  been  converted  into  a  faithful  and  intelligent 
servant. 

In  March,  19 14,  two  hundred  and  twenty-eight 
plantations  had  been  established  in  British  New- 
Guinea.  These  covered  an  area  of  43,000  acres, 
and  were  yielding  good  profits. 

Coconuts,  sisal  hemp,  rubber,  and  cotton  were 
the  principal  products,  with  coffee,  vanilla,  kapok, 
tapioca,  cinnamon,  tea,  maize,  and  tobacco  as 
secondary  industries.  Rubber  trees  yield  an  aver- 
age of  2lb.  per  tree  here,  as  against  lib.  in  the 
Malay  States. 

About  350,000  acres  of  coconuts  had  been 
planted  by  natives  for  food  supply.  In  conformity 
with  a  Government  regulation. 

The  Government  had  established  six  planta- 
tions, of  a  total  area  of  1,515  acres,  for  the  pro- 
pagation of  coconuts  and  Para  rubber.       Others 


78' 


788 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


are   being   developed   by   means    of    five    annual 
Government  loans  of  £5,000  each. 

Although  the  greater  part  of  the  interior  is 
still  unexplored,  enough  is  known  of  New  Guinea 
to  justify  the  conclusion  that  it  is  one  of  the 
richest  and  most  suitable  countries  in  the  world  for 
tropical  agriculture.  Tea,  coffee,  cocoa,  rice, 
cotton,  and  tobacco  will  be  profitably  culti\ated. 


"The  above,  it  must  be  remembered,  represents 
the  total  local  outlay  of  the  proprietary  company, 
as  there  are  no  rents  to  pay  for  the  first  ten  years, 
no  survey  fees,  and  no  costs  for  the  preparation 
and  registration  of  the  lease. 

"New  Guinea  is  said  to  be  the  best  rubber-grow- 
ing country  in  the  world.  There  are  enormous 
areas  of  easily-accessible  virgin  land  suitable  for 


Sisal  Hemp  at  Fairfax  Harlior 


So  far  the  attention  of  planters  has  mainly  been 
given  to  the  growth  of  Para  rubber  and  coco- 
nuts. 

Costs  given  in  The  Ofiicial  Handbook  of  Papua 
for  preparatory  work  are  as  under: — 

"Para  Rubber. — For  cutting  down  the  timber 
and  burning  same,  with  the  exception  of  the  large 
stumps  and  logs,  lining,  holing,  and  planting  with 
120  trees  to  the  acre,  and  handing  over  a  Para 
rubber  plantation  well  weeded  and  in  good  going 
order,  contracts  have  been  let  at  £6  per  acre,  and 
satisfactorily  fulfilled.  This  price  has  allowed  a 
reasonable  profit  to  the  contractor.  This  does 
not  include  rubber  plants,  erection  of  buildings, 
etc. 


this  industry,  with  a  heavy  and  even  rainfall.  The 
cost  of  clearing  and  planting  250  acres  with  rubber 
in  the  Territory  of  Papua — over  six  years — is 
equal  to  about  £17  per  acre. 

"The  manager  of  one  of  the  largest  coco'iut 
plantations  in  the  Territory,  in  an  article  appear- 
ing in  the  issue  of  the  Tropical  Agriculturist,  Cey- 
lon, for  October,  1908,  says: — 'The  Territory 
is  situated  outside  the  hurricane  zone,  has  ar : 
agreeable  climate  and  a  plentiful  rainfall  (excepl 
in  the  dry  belt  of  the  Central  Division).  Thus  the 
planter  has  every  advantage  which  nature  car 
bestow  to  render  his  enterprise  successful.  The 
soil  is  considered  equal  in  richness  to  anything  ir 
the  world;  and  our  correspondent's  experience 
leads  him  to  express  it  as  his  opinion  that,  in  th( 


BRITISH    NEW   GUINEA 


789 


course  of  a  few  years,  when  Australia  has  realized 
what  a  valuable  asset  she  possesses  right  at  her 
very  doors,  Papua  will  have  become  the  most  pro- 
lific and  richest  exporter  of  tropical  products  out- 
side of  Ceylon.  Labour  is  plentiful  and  cheap, 
and  land  easily  obtainable  on  the  most  liberal 
terms.  His  estimate  of  the  expenditure  neces- 
sary to  plant  500  acres  of  coconuts  for  the  first 
year  is  £2,856,  or  £5  13s.  3d.  per  acre,  including 
the  erection  of  houses  for  the  manager  and  as- 
sistant manager.  The  cost  of  planting  1,000 
acres  (?oo  acres  the  first  year,  300  acres  the 
second  vear,  and  180  acres  the  third  year)  is — 

First  year £2,856 

Second  year ii935 

Third  year     1,602 

Fourth,    fifth,    sixth,    seventh,    and 

eighth  years     VjI  15 

£13,508 

or  £13  I  OS.  per  acre. 

"The  above  planting  costs  represent  the  experi- 
ence of  a  manager  who  planted  300  acres  with 
coconuts  in  this  Territory." 

Alluvial  and  volcanic  soils  prevail  along  the 
least  and  up  to  elevations  of  6,000  feet. 


Mount  Victoria,  in  Owen  Stanley  Range,  has  an 
elevation  of  13,200  feet. 

Good  harbors,  high  mountains,  and  broad,  ever- 
flowing  rivers  are  physical  features  of  this  great 
undeveloped  island.  The  Fly  River  is  navigable 
for  small  craft  for  over  500  miles. 

Capital  for  the  development  of  tropical  in- 
dustries has  of  latter  years  been  forthcoming. 
The  authorities  have  aimed  at  anticipating  and 
removing  as  far  as  possible  the  difliculties  of 
pioneering. 

Government  buys  land  direct  from  the  natives, 
which  it  leases  in  perpetuity  to  planters,  in  areas 
not  exceeding  5,000  acres,  at  an  annual  rental  of 
threepence  per  acre. 

But  these  are  mere  official  facts;  dry,  as  facts 
usually  prove,  but  necessary  for  reference. 

To  most  of  us,  there  is  another  New  Guinea, 
a  land  of  wonder  and  mystery,  where  tattooed 
head-hunters  in  weird  war-paint  and  feathers 
tread  dripping  jungle  paths  darkened  by  tower- 
ing tropical  vegetation.  Volumes  of  absorbing 
ethnological  interest  can  be  written  about  the 
tribesmen,  the  men  of  the  polished  stone  age,  their 
traditions,  superstitions,  and  customs. 

Broad,  rapid-flowing  rivers,  and  mountains  that 
lift  their  heads  from  foothills  of  forest  into  the 
snows;  feathery  palms,  and  Birds  of  Paradise  are 


A  Native  Village 


790 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


in  our  vision  of  the  Dusky  Island.  They  are  a 
part  of  its  gorgeous  reality. 

Precious  sandalwood  and  ebony,  beautiful  orna- 
mental timbers,  bamboos,  scented  woods,  and 
ornate  tropic  flowers  are  all  to  be  found  in  the 
jungles  of  the  real  New  Guinea. 

Indigenous  cotton,  sugar-cane,  rubber,  vanilla, 
nutmeg,  ginger,  bananas,  breadfruit,  sago  palms, 
nuts,  fruits,  and  vegetables,  all  grow  as  profusely 
as  in  the  neighbouring  East  Indies.  New  Guinea 
is  as  fecund,  as  naturally  lavish,  as  rich,  as  Borneo 
or  the  marvellous  island  of  Java — no  more  than 
a  two-days'  sail  from  its  shores.  Drugs,  dye- 
woods,  spices,  pearls,  pearl  shell,  tortoise  shell, 
and  gold  are  among  its  products. 


A  New  Guinea  Belle 

Copper,  silver,  tin,  lead,  zinc,  iron,  manganese, 
sulphur,  and  petroleum  have  all  been  discovered, 
and  large  coal  beds  are  also  said  to  exist. 

Of  all  these,  mineral  oil  has  probably  the 
greatest  value. 

Oil  struck  on  the  Vailala  River  is  pronounced 
to  be  of  excellent  quality.  Exploratory  work  so 
far  carried  out  indicates  that  the  petroleum  fields 
of  New  Guinea,  like  those  of  Java  and  Sumatra, 
cover  a  large  area.  The  establishment  of  this 
fact  is  of  vast  importance  to  the  Commonwealth 
and  to  the  Empire. 

Not  long  before  the  war,  England  voted  two 
million  pounds  out  of  consolidated  funds  to  en- 
able the  Admiralty  to   carry  out  its   agreement 


:) 


with  the  Anglo-Persian  Oil  Company.  At  that 
time  nearly  fifteen  millions  of  British  money  were 
invested  in  oil  production  in  Russia,  of  which  ten 
millions  might  be  regarded  as  "effective"  capital. 

The    British    Empire,    with    only    2.6    of   the 
world's  oil  supply,  may  find  in  Papua  a  proper 
of  inestimable  value. 

With  modern  means   of  preventing  and  co: 
bating  tropical   diseases,   European   life   in  Ne;^ 
Guinea  is  attended  by  constantly  lessening  risks. 

The  more  settled  districts  are  well  policed  by 
native  constabulary  controlled  by  white  officers. 
The  ordinary  comforts  and  pleasures  of  a 
planter's  life  in  the  tropics  may  be  enjoyed  safely.      I 

For   the   adventurous   mind,   the     ethnological    \ 
student,  the  lover  of  Nature  in  its  more  florid  ex-    I 
pressions,  for  the  sportsman,  the  Dark  Island  of 
the  North  has  an  eloquent  call. 

There   are   stores,   hospitals,   missions,   hotels,    ' 
bungalows,  schools,  cart  roads  and  horse  tracks, 
rest  houses,   in  Papua  already.     Later  on  there    , 
will  be  railways  and  motor  cars. 

Wild  pigs,  crocodiles,  cassowaries,  scrub 
turkeys,  marsupials,  ducks,  quail,  snipe,  and 
pigeons  in  abundance  await  the  sportsman. 

As  this  valuable  island  is  opened  up,  its  moun- 
tains will  afford  healthful  sanitoria  for  Euro- 
peans. Within  a  day's  journey  of  Port  Moresby 
altitudes  of  2,000  feet  give  cool  nights  and  less 
oppressive  days. 

The  beautiful  island  of  Samarai  is  the  base  of 
an  archipelago  of  great  tropical  beauty,  extend- 
ing eastward  to  the  Louisiades.      To  quote  the 
Hon.  Staniforth  Smith,  who  (until  he  volunteered 
for  military  service  as  a  private)    was  Adminis- 
trator of  the  Territory  of  Papua  :  "The  scenery  is  ■ 
always  beautiful,   in  many  instances    grand    and 
majestic.     In  a  cruise  through  the  islands  a  fasci-, 
nating  panorama  of  novelty  and  beauty  unfol(J[H 
itself  before  one's  gaze.    Tiny  islets,  crowned  with 
palms,  and  clad  to  the  water's  edge  in  robes  of  . 
emerald   green,   dot    the    horizon,   and   contrast 
strangely  with  some  giant  peak,  grim  and  weather- 
scarred,   that    springs    sheer  out  of  the   watery 
depths.     In  other  places  mighty  cliffs,  hidden  by 
walls  of  foliage,  shut  out  the  view,  and  usher  the  |t 
traveller  into  some  land-locked  harbor,  where  he  ~ 
can  drop  anchor  on  a  shingly  beach,  and  explort 
the  hidden  recesses  of  the  primeval  forest,  or  visii 
the  peaceful  villages  of  its  interesting  inhabitants. 

"To  the  mountain-climber  the  more  inaccessibli 
central  main  range  offers  great  attractions,  bu 
expeditions  of  this  nature  require  the  engagemen 
of  guides  and  carriers,  and  more  elaborate  ar 
rangements. 

"On  the  north-east  coast,  in  the  neighbourhoo< 
of  Cape  Nelson,  the  high,  bold,  headlands  an( 
deep  indentations,  forming  small  land-locked  bays 


i: 


BRITISH    NEW  GUINEA 


791 


have  been  compared  to  the  famous  fiords  of 
Norway;  while  inland  little-known  mountain 
chains  and  smoking  craters  invite  the  more  ven- 
turesome to  explore  their  secret  recesses. 

"In  the  Western  and  Gulf  Divisions  the  low- 
lying  country  is  less  picturesque;  but  the  mighty 
rivers,  fringed  with  sago  and  nepa  palms,  are 
navigable  by  steam-launch  for  many  miles.  The 
inhabitants  of  the  large  villages  on  these  rivers, 
are  a  strong  and  vigorous  race,  whose  staple  food 
is  sago.    The  large  communal  houses,  or  'dubus,' 


Headquarters  are  located,  one  being  as  much  as 
900  miles  away.  Garrisons  are  maintained  at 
each  of  the  important  stations. 

"The  trade  of  the  possessions  is  principally 
copra,  but  exports  consist  also  of  cocoa,  medi- 
cinal barks,  maize,  and  shells  (used  for  making 
pearl  buttons).  The  average  monthly  output  of 
copra  is  1,000  tons.  All  exports  come  to  Aus- 
tralia in  British  vessels,  and  all  stores,  rations  and 
commodities  used  in  the  territory  for  trading  and 
the  upkeep  of  plantations  go  from  Australia. 


At   Sariba,   near  Samarai 


seen  at  these  villages,  sometimes  300  feet  long 
and  60  feet  high,  constitute  the  highest  conception 
of  native  architecture.  In  most  instances,  these 
large  dwellings  are  used  exclusively  by  the  male 
inhabitants." 


i 


In  connection  with  New  Guinea  these  notes 
^aken  from  a  recent  Budget  speech  of  the  Minister 
for  Defence  are  interesting: — 


"The  possessions  previously  known  as  German 

ew  Guinea,  south  of  the  Equator,  continue  to 

be     occupied     by     Australian      troops,      under 

Brigadier-General  Pethebridge,  as  Administrator 

and  Commanding  Officer.       The    islands  are    at 

arying  distances   from  New  Britain,  where  the 


^ 


"Under  the  terms  of  surrender  Germans  who 
subscribed  to  the  oath  of  neutrality,  and  have 
observed  regulations,  are  permitted  to  follow 
their  vocation  within  prescribed  areas,  but  the 
proceeds  from  any  business  or  plantation  are 
officially  supervised  to  prevent  any  benefit 
accruing  to  the  enemy. 

"The  Customs  receipts  from  October,  19 14,  to 
30th  June,  1916,  were — Import  duty,  £39,570; 
and  export  duty,  £8,695. 

"At  the  end  of  19 13  the  white  population  of 
the  colony,  including  Japanese,  was  about  1,600, 
of  which  75  per  cent,  were  Germans.  Since  our 
occupation  about  300  Germans  have  been  sent  out 
of  the  colony.  There  are  about  1,300  Chinese 
in  the  possessions. 


792 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


"About  75,000  acres  are  under  cultivation — 
mostly  coconuts. 

"About  12,000  natives  are  variously  employed 
in  connection  with  plantations,  the  usual  period 
of  contract  being  3  years.  As  a  rule,  natives 
work  more  satisfactorily  when  employed  on  an 
island  quite  distinct  from  that  which  they  are 
natives  of. 

"German  paper  money  is  not  now  recognised 
as  currency  in  the  possession,  but  German  silver 


and  nickel  coins  are  accepted  at  the  value  of  1 1 
for  a  mark.  Any  German  silver  money  which 
comes  into  the  Commonwealth  Bank  at  Rabaul  is 
not  re-issued,  British  money  gradually  supplanting 
the  German  currency. 

"A  branch  of  the  Commonwealth  Bank  of  Au 
tralia  has  been    established    at    Rabaul,    and    it! 
business  is  steadily  increasing. 

"The  health  of  the  troops  is  most  satisfactory,' 
owing  to  the  precautions  taken  by  the  Military 
Medical  Staff." 


I 


Para  Rubber  Trees   (6  years  old)  at  Javarere,  Papua 


PATRIOTIC,  BENEVOLENT, 
AND   NATIONAL 


Zl 


704 


AUSTRALIA'S  ARMY  AND  NAVY. 


I 


L 


THE  ethical  motif  behind  Australian  mili- 
tarism is  Home  Defence.  But  at  the  out- 
break of  the  European  War,  the  States,  in 
complete  Federal  concord,  voluntarily  came  for- 
ward with  men  and  money  to  assist  the  cause  of 
Britain  and  her  Allies.  Australia  felt  that  she 
owed  allegiance  to  the  Parent  Isles  from  which 
her  original  stock  had  sprung.  In  what  she 
regarded  as  a  just  war  she  was  prepared  to  con- 
tribute more  than  a  fair  proportion  of  her  blood 
and  treasure. 

Although  a  referendum  of  the  men  and 
women  of  Australia  resulted  in  a  majority  against 
conscription,  the  Commonwealth  still  contributed 
volunteers,  and  her  soldier  sons  still  continued  to 
fight  like  Paladins  across  the  sands  of  Egypt  and 
down  the  shattered,  shell-torn  front  that  marked 
the  boundary  between  the  Teuton  and  the  Gaul. 

In  the  year  1870  the  last  Imperial  regiment  had 
been  withdrawn  from  Australia.  From  that  date 
— prior  to  Federation — the  Colonies  maintained 
small  detachments  of  permanent  soldiery,  and 
extended  the  militia  system  with  a  cadet  training 
in  the  larger  schools. 

At  the  time  of  Federation,  the  total  defence 
force  of  the  six  incoming  States  was  under  30,000 
men. 

The  Commonwealth,  as  provided  by  the  Act 
of  Constitution,  took  over  control  of  defence 
matters  in  due  course.  The  Federal  Act  of  1909 
did  away  with  the  old  voluntary  scheme,  and  intro- 
duced a  compulsory  military  and  naval  system  for 
home  defence. 

While  totally  opposed  to  war,  the  enlightened 
democracy  of  Australia  were  unanimously  re- 
solved that  every  future  citizen  born  in  the  Com- 
monwealth should  be  trained  and  ready  to  defend 
his  native  country  against  possible  armed  aggres- 
sion. 

The  Act  of  1909  provided:—  Junior  Cadet 
training  for  lads  12  and  13  years  of  age,  followed 
by  Senior  Cadet  training  for  lads  from  14  to  18 
years  of  age;  and  thereafter  adult  training  for 
two  years  in  the  citizen  forces,  to  equal  16  days 
annually,  followed  by  registration  (or  a  muster 
parade)  each  year  for  6  years.  Arrangements 
for  registration,  enrolment,  inspection,  and  medi- 
cal examination  of  persons  liable  to  be  trained 


were  made.  The  latter  acts  introduced  neces- 
sary modifications,  the  principal  being  the  exten- 
sion of  adult  service  to  eight  years.  On  ist 
January,  191 1,  by  proclamation,  compulsory 
training  was  established.  The  already  existing 
militia  (voluntarily  enlisted)  were  free  to  com- 
plete the  three  years  for  which  they  had  engaged 
to  serve,  but  conformity  to  the  new  system  was 
essential.  Officers  and  non-commissioned  officers 
might  re-engage.  All  male  inhabitants  of  Aus- 
tralia, who  are  British  subjects,  and  have  resided 
in  the  Commonwealth  for  six  months,  are  liable 
to  serve.  Exemptions  exist  for  certain  indivi- 
duals and  classes  of  people;  and  may  be  granted 
in  the  case  of  unpopulated  and  sparsely  populated 
areas.  The  training  is  as  follows: — Prom  12  to 
14  years  of  age,  in  the  junior  cadets.  From  14 
to  18  years  of  age,  in  the  senior  cadets.  From 
18  to  26  years  of  age,  in  the  citizen  forces.  All 
male  inhabitants  of  Australia  between  the  ages  of 
18  and  60  years  are  made  liable  to  serve  in  the 
defence  forces  in  time  of  war. 

At  the  conclusion  of  his  tour  around  Australia, 
undertaken  in  order  to  advise  the  Commonwealth 
upon  questions  of  defence,  the  late  Lord  Kit- 
chener said  that  "one  of  the  greatest  needs  of 
Australia  was  systematic,  statesmanlike,  and  com- 
prehensive railway  extension;  that  trunk-lines 
opening  up  communication  and  developing  the  fer- 
tile districts  in  the  interior  would  undoubtedly 
stimulate  the  growth  of  population,  as  well  as 
foster  trade,  and  considerably  increase  the  means 
of  defence." 

This  is  a  question  which  will  concern  Australian 
statesmen  long  after  the  two  Transcontinental 
lines,  now  in  course  of  construction,  have  been 
completed. 

Railway-builders  are  Nation-builders  also ;  they 
deal  with  certainties,  whereas  much  that  party 
politics  embodies  in  the  too-wide  horizon  of  its 
activities,  is  open  to  doubt. 

This  article  may  fitly  include  a  few  interesting 
facts  dealing  with  what  Australia — a  small,  en- 
lightened, but  non-militant  democracy — has  done 
in  what  she  regarded  as  a  just  war  against  bar- 
barism. 

The  first  Australian  Division  of  20,000  left 
Australia  on  the  1st  November,  1914.       Twelve 


795 


796 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  First  Australian-made  Armored  Motor  Car 


months  later  over  100,000  troops  had  been 
organized,  equipped  and  despatched  for  active 
service  abroad.  This  number  had  increased  to 
220,000  on  the  31st  July,  19 16,  on  which  date 
there  were,  in  addition,  45,000  men  in  training  in 
camps  in  Australia.  In  addition,  many  miscel- 
laneous units  requiring  special  training  had  been 
raised  and  despatched  from  Australia. 

The  Imperial  Army  organization  has  been 
rigidly  adhered  to,  and  the  system  of  training 
modelled  on  that  of  the  Imperial  Army.  During 
the  period  of  training,  special  arrangements  were 
made  to  ensure  thorough  training  in  musketry, 
bayonet  fighting,  scouting,  entrenching  by  day  and 
by  night,  the  use  of  bombs,  grenades,  etc. 

To  ensure  that  the  training  and  examination  of 
officers  of  the  A.I.F.  are  conducted  on  uniform 
lines,  all  candidates,  after  selection  on  the  results 
of  preparatory  competition  examinations  in  their 
respective  military  districts,  are  sent  to  a  final 
officers'  training  and  qualifying  school  at  Dun- 
troon,  where  the  staff  of  the  Royal  Military  Col- 
lege is  available  to  supervise  the  school. 
Already  1,382  candidates  have  attended  the 
school,  and  the  consequent  effect  is  the  stan- 
dardizing of  the  training  of  the  troops,  which  is 
a  very  material  factor  in  the  efficiency  of  the 
Army. 

The  Minister  of  Defence,  in  his  Budget  speech 
late  in  19 16,  was  able  to  announce: — 

"Except  in  the  case  of  one  or  two  items  which 
the  Imperial  Government  has  undertaken  to 
supply,  the  whole  of  the  troops  forming  the 
Expeditionary     Forces     of    the     Commonwealth 


have  been  fully  clothed,  and  fitted  out  with  the 
very  latest  fighting  equipment.  No  unit  up  to 
the  present  time  has  embarked  for  Australia 
deficient  in  any  single  article  of  clothing  or 
equipment  which  would  in  any  way  impair  its 
fighting  efficiency. 

"The  fitting  out  for  service  abroad  of  units 
which  hitherto  had  not  formed  part  of  the  Aus- 
tralian war  organization  called  for  considerable 
initiative  and  resource,  as  much  experimental 
work  became  necessary  in  providing  new  stores — 
regarding  which  only  meagre  details  were  avail- 1 
able  locally.  All  difficulties  in  this  respect,  have, 
however,  been  successfully  surmounted,  and  it 
has  been  made  manifest  that  the  resources  of  the 
Commowivcalth  in  labor  and  machinery  sufficed 
to  produce  almost  every  item  of  necessary  mili- 
tary equipment. 

"For  transport  and  supply  services  in  connec- 
tion with  troops  embarked  to  date,  3,400  vehicles 
and  16,000  sets  of  harness  have  been  provided. 
Practically  all  these  vehicles  have  been  made  in 
Australia,  also  about  11,000  sets  of  saddlery. 
The  Government  Harness  and  Saddlery  Factory 
has  turned  out  an  enormous  amount  of  leather 
and  canvas  work,  embracing  150  distinct  articles, 
and  has  proved  a  most  valuable  adjunct  to  the 
resources  of  the  Department  in  the  execution  of 
the  orders  for  supplies  urgently  required  to 
meet  unforeseen  demands. 

"It  is  satisfactory  to  note  that  25  per  cent,  of 
the  rifles  supplied  to  the  Australian  Imperial 
Force  have  been  manufactured  at  the  Common- 
wealth   Small    Arms    Factory.        The    weapons 


AUSTRALIA'S    ARMY    AND    NAVY. 


797 


supplied    from    this    source    have    been    well    re- 
ported on. 

"The  supply  of  Small  Arm  Ammunition  (also 
made  in  Australia)  has  always  been  found  to  be 
one  of  the  greatest  difficulties  in  time  of  war. 
The  resources  of  the  Commonwealth  have  been 
severely  taxed  in  this  connection,  but  all  re- 
quirements have  been  fully  met. 

"The  troops  in  military  occupation  of  the  late 
German  possessions  in  the  South  Pacific,  in  addi- 
tion to  some  thousands  of  native  police  and 
others  employed  by  the  Administrator,  have  had 


arrangement  of  those  services  was  made.  Such  re- 
arrangement has  worked  well  and  smoothly,  and 
the  public  can  be  confidently  assured  that  all 
invalids  will  receive  the  very  best  possible  treat- 
ment. As  the  Government  of  India  were  short 
of  nurses,  a  large  number  have  been  sent  from 
Australia  to  assist  them  in  nursing  their  in- 
valids." 

Up  to  date  of  the  Minister's  pronouncement,  no 
less  than  216  decorations  for  service  in  the  field 
have  been  gained  by  members  of  the  A.I.F.,  in- 
cluding fourteen  Victoria  Crosses. 


i 
I 


to  be  provided  with  ammunition,  equipment,  and 
pecial    clothing  to  comply  with    climatic  condi- 
tions and  local  custom. 

"Provision  has  also  been  made  for  the  main- 

enance  of  the  Citizen  Army  to  enable  the  train- 

ng   prescribed    under    the    Defence    Act    to    be 

carried  out  and  to  facilitate  efficient  mobilization 

if  necessary. 

"Every  endeavor  has  been  made  to  keep  the 
Medical  Services  up  to  the  highest  possible  stan- 
dard. Complaints  were  received  in  the  early 
part  of  the  year  regarding  the  conduct  of  the 
Australian  Hospitals  in  Egypt.  As  a  result,  the 
Director-General  of  Medical  Services  visited  all 
medical    units    overseas,     and     a     complete     re- 


Senator  Pearce  was  also  able  to  announce 
that : — 

"The  Central  Flying  School,  at  Laverton,  has 
been  established  for  the  training  of  officers  of 
the  military  forces,  as  military  pilots,  and  for 
the  training  of  non-commissioned  officers  as 
mechanics.  Permanent  personnel  consisting  of 
three  officers  and  50  other  ranks  is  provided. 

"The  aerodrome  is  700  acres  in  extent,  with  a 
water  frontage  on  which  hydroplane  hangars  are 
being  constructed. 

"The  buildings  at  the  Flying  School  include 
aeroplane  hangars,  repair  shops,  offices,  officers' 
quarters,  and  non-commissioned  officers'  quar- 
ters. 


798 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


"The  repair  shop  is  fully  equipped,  and  in  it 
complete  aeroplanes  are  constructed.  The 
aeroplane  engines  are  constructed  in  Melbourne. 

"The  flying  equipment  at  present  comprises 
eight  aeroplanes  and  one  hydroplane. 

"A  half-flight  of  the  Australian  Flying  Corps 
was  organised,  trained,  and  despatched  to 
Mesopotamia  in  April,  1915.  A  squadron  of 
the  Australian  Flying  Corps,  consisting  of  28 
officers  and  200  other  ranks  has  been  despatched 
for  active  service,  and  a  further  squadron  will 
be  despatched  in  a  few  months. 

"Schools  for  officers  to  qualify  as  pilots  are 
held  regularly." 


In 


rd  to  the 


4 

he^J 


regard  to  the  Royal  Military  College,  the 
following  facts  are  officially  supplied  :- 

"The  College  was  officially  opened  on  the 
27th  June,  191 1.  Its  object  is  to  provide  a 
supply  of  thoroughly  well  trained  officers  capable 
of  undertaking  the  duties  of  administration  an( 
instruction  of  the  Citizen  Forces.  The  Colle 
has  been  established  somewhat  on  the  lines 
West  Point  in  the  United  States,  and  the  C 
lege  course  is  free,  entrance  to  same  being 
competitive  examination,  which  is  open  to  all 
who  fulfil  certain  prescribed  conditions. 

"No   charges  of  any  description   are  made  to 
parents  of  successful  candidates  for  admission 


Interior   of   Metal-Rolling   Mills  Female  Operatives  at  Work 

Small  Arms  Ammunition  Making  in  Australia 


AUSTRALIA'S    ARMY    AND    NAVY. 


799 


jp> 


'■■*'**^  '   ««M«*. 


;^'  .^ 


TTnnf 


[{ I  IP 


Australian  Light  Horse   Field  Artillery. 


"Of  the  graduates  from  Dimtroon,  seven  have 
been  mentioned  in  despatches,  three  granted  Mili- 
tary Crosses,  and  one  the  Croix  de  Guerre." 

In   1909 — -"for  the  more  effective  coastal  de- 
fence of  the  Commonwealth" — in  agreement  with 
'      the    British    Government — Australia    decided    to 
establish  a  naval  unit  of  her  own. 

The  battle  cruiser  Australia    arrived    in  home 

waters    in    September,    1913.        Eleven    months 

plater  she  was  hurriedly  coaled  in  Sydney  harbor 

I^Hnd  sent  forth  on  her  historic  mission  to  German 

'^rJew  Guinea,  which  was  captured  by  the  Austra- 

I^lian  troops. 
^K  Subsequently  the  Australia  played  the  overture 
to  that  tragical  and  heroic  act  in  the  drama  of 
naval  war  when  the  Falkland  Islanders  heard  the 
thunder  of  Admiral  Sturdee's  guns  announcing  the 
doom  of  Von  Spec's  squadron. 


The  destruction  of  the  German  raider  Emden 
by  the  Sydney  gave  early  laurels  to  the  young  Aus- 
tralian navy,  and  further  justified  a  policy  which 
had  brought  about  the  entente  between  Australia 
and  England  regarding  naval  defence. 

The  establishment  of  a  Naval  College  at  Jervis 
Bay,  the  port  for  the  Federal  Capital,  was  a  part 
of  the  new  scheme  of  defence.  Other  colleges 
and  naval  bases  are  being  developed.  The  course 
of  naval  training  pursued  here  is  similar  to  that 
of  English  Naval  Colleges,  but  the  pay  of  the 
men — who  enter  for  a  period  of  five  or  seven 
years,  with  liberty  to  re-engage  for  a  longer 
period — is  double  that  offered  by  the  British 
Navy. 

At  Jervis  Bay  in  19 16  the  College  held  its  full 
complement  of  trainees. 


Some  of  the  Crew  of  H.M.A.S.  "Australia" 


8oo 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  following  is  an  official  sketch  of  the  fleet's 
work  to  the  winter  of  1916: — 

"Although  the  work  of  Australian  warships 
during  this  second  year  of  the  war  has  been  less 
spectacular  than  before,  its  importance  and  value 
to  the  Empire  have  in  no  way  diminished.  In 
naval  war,  just  as  in  land  wars  of  the  older  type, 
fighting  occupies  a  comparatively  small  part  of 
the  war's  duration.  During  the  wars  with 
France  from  1793  to  1815,  for  instance,  the  num- 
ber of  engagements — even  counting  engagements 
between  single  ships — averaged  about  one  per 
year.  The  real  work  of  the  navy,  persistent,  ardu- 
ous, usually  monotonous,  is  blockading,  patrolling, 
occasionally  convoying;  preventive  rather  than 
destructive,  and  in  this  sort  of  work  Australian 
ships  and  crews  have  for  the  last  year  taken  their 
full  share.  In  most  cases  the  work  has  been 
done  in  tropical  climates;  it  has  produced  few  pal- 
pable results  in  prizes  or  ships  destroyed;  it  has 
necessitated  long  periods  of  continuous  steaming 
at  sea,  apparently  objectless  sentry-go,  which  try 
both  ship  and  crew  more  severely  than  does  the 
excitement  of  actual  fighting.  But  a  fence  is 
all  the  more  satisfactory  when  nobody  tries  to 
climb  it,  and  the  patrol  devoid  of  incidents  is 
probably  all  the  more  effective. 

"H.M.A.S.  Australia,  which  reached  England 
on  28th  January,  1915,  and  was  at  once  attached 
to  the  Grand  Fleet  in  the  North  Sea,  has  since 
then  been  engaged  in  assiduous  patrolling  as  flag- 
ship of  Vice-Admiral  Pakenham,  in  command  of 
the  second  battle-cruiser  squadron.  She  was  by 
ill-luck  unable  to  take  part  in  the  Jutland  battle. 

"The  two  light  cruisers,  H.M.A.S.  Sydney  and 
H.M.A.S.  Melbourne  have  been  engaged  on  more 
varied  service.  They  were  attached,  on  arriving 
in  European  waters,  to  a  squadron  under  the 
command  of  Vice-Admiral  Patey,  and  have  since 
been  employed  in  patrols  and  investigations,  which 
have  taken  them  as  far  south  as  Monte  Video,  and 
as  far  north  as  Halifax,  in  Nova  Scotia.  This 
has  meant  not  only  an  unusual  amount  of  sea  time 
but  life  in  climates  varying,  often  sharply,  from 
the  cold  of  a  Canadian  winter  to  the  perpetual 
moist  heat  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico — by  the  end  of 
last  year,  for  instance,  the  Sydney  had  steamed 
well  over  100,000  miles  during  her  commission, 
nearly  three-quarters  since  the  outbreak  of  war. 
More  than  half  of  the  Sydney's  sea  time  has  been 
spent  in  the  tropics.  When  the  course  of  events 
admitted  of  it,  the  two  ships  paid  visits  to  several 
British  possessions  in  the  Atlantic  and  the  Gulf. 

"While  the  two  newest  cruisers  were  on  this 
duty  in  the  Atlantic,  H.M.A.S.  Pioneer  was  en- 
gaged in  somewhat  similar  work  in  the  Indian 
Ocean.  She  was  attached  to  the  squadron  that 
blockaded  German  East  Africa,  and  took  an 
active  part  in  many  of  its  more  exciting  opera- 


tions. From  the  time  of  her  arrival  off  the 
African  coast  she  was  employed,  in  company  with 
other  ships,  in  watching  the  mouth  of  the  Rufigi 
River,  up  which  the  cruiser  Konigsberg  had  taken 
refuge,  and  when,  in  July,  191 5,  the  monitors 
sent  out  from  England  entered  the  shallow  river, 
and  succeeded  in  blowing  up  the  enemy  ship,  the 
Pioneer  was  employed  in  shelling  German  land 
defences  at  the  river  mouth.  Later  on  she  visited 
Capetown,  and  has  since  been  used  on  regular 
patrol  work,  also  taking  part  in  several  visits  to, 
and  attacks  on,  coast  towns  in  the  German 
colony. 

"The  remaining  ships  of  the  squadron — 
H.M.A.S.'s  Encounter,  PVarrego,  Parramatta, 
Yarra,  and  Una,  along  with  the  Psyche  and  Fan- 
tome,  temporarily  attached  by  the  Admiralty  to 
the  Australian  Navy,  and  manned  by  Australian 
crews,  have  been  effectively  and  continuously 
employed  nearer  home  in  guarding  the  routes  bv 
which  Australian  trade  and  Australian  convoys 
traverse  the  neighboring  oceans.  In  the  course 
of  this  work  they  have  covered  huge  mileages, 
mainly  in  tropical  waters,  under  conditions  of 
much  discomfort.  They  have  entered  many 
harbors  previously  little  known  and  rarely  visited, 
and  thus  have  added  to  the  world's  permanent 
stock  of  maritime  knowledge. 

"Besides  the  warships  of  the  squadron  the 
Navy  Office  has  under  its  charge  many  other  ships, 
a  fleet  of  transports,  and  another  of  cargo  vessels, 
as  well  as  colliers,  oil  ships  and  supply  ships  for 
the  use  of  the  fighting  fleet.  Of  these  naturally 
little  can  be  said  except  that  they  have  throughout 
the  year  performed  their  allotted  duties  steadily 
and  well.  Besides  carrying  to  the  various  seats 
of  war  the  several  Australian  contingents — men, 
horses,  and  gear — the  transports  have  carried  to 
Europe  Australian  products — wool,  wheat,  mea)| 
etc. — to  the  amount  of  180,000  tons.  Another 
85,000  tons  have  been  carried  in  the  cargo  vessels. 
The  Commonwealth  indeed  has  become  the  big- 
gest shipping  firm  in  Australia.  It  employs  a 
total  tonnage  of  about  680,000,  and  uses  for  its 
ships  other  than  warships  during  the  year  more 
than  420,000  tons  of  Australian  coal.  The  ships 
recently  purchased  by  Mr.  Hughes  will  add  to  the 
work  done  in  this  direction. 

"The  whole  of  this  mass  of  traffic  has  moved 
securely  through  the  oceans  under  the  protection 
of  the  Imperial  Navy,  whose  squadrons  imprison 
the  German  High  Seas  Fleet,  deny  to  German 
trade  the  Atlantic  trade  routes,  blockade  German 
coasts  in  the  Indian  Ocean  and  keep  the  western 
Pacific  free  from  German  raiders  and  gun  run- 
ners. In  each  of  these  tasks  some  Australian 
warship  is  taking  its  part  as  usefully  and  credit- 
ably as,  if  less  conspicuously  than,  Australian 
troops  are  taking  theirs  in  the  war  on  land." 


8oi 


s 


802 


STATE  EDUCATION  IN   NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 


ins 

I 


AT  the  end  of  the  year  1913,  Mr.  Carmichael, 
Minister  for  Public  Instruction    in    New 
South  Wales,  enlightened  the  public  with 
some  highly  interesting  facts. 

"The  outward  and  visible  signs  of  educational 
progress,"  said  Mr.  Carmichael  on  this  occasion, 
"may  be  seen  in  the  new  Education  Offices,  which 
are  fast  approaching  completion,  in  the  founda- 
tion of  the  Teachers'  College  now  being  laid 
within  the  University  grounds,  in  the  Conserva- 
torium  of  Music,  which  is  being  remodelled  in  the 
Government  House  grounds,  and  in  the  hundreds 
of  new  school  buildings  of  the  most  modern  type, 
while  others  have  been  made  more  fitted  for  edu- 
cational purposes  by  remodelling.  Chief  of  the 
new  schools  are  the  new  High  School  at  North 
Sydney,  and  the  new  High  School  at  Orange, 
while  there  is  scarcely  a  suburb,  and  certainly  no 
inspector's  district,  throughout  the  State  where 
;onsiderable  sums  have  not  been  spent  during  the 
ast  year  in  making  school  buildings  more  fitted 

conserve  the  sight,  hearing,  and  general  health 
f  school  pupils. 

Apart  altogether  from  school  buildings,  the 
striking  feature  of  19 13  is  the  remarkable  growth 
of  public  interest  in  education.  There  has  been 
an  unprecedented  increase  in  school  enrolment, 
and  a  record  attendance,  which  reflects  in  a  re- 
markable degree  the  influx  of  population  into  this 
State.  No  other  State  within  the  Commonwealth 
can  show  anything  approaching  the  increase  in 
school  population  that  New  South  Wales  is 
able  to  show  for  19 13." 

In  order  that  those  interested  in  international 
methods  of  education,  as  well  as  intending  citizens 
of  the  Mother  State,  should  know  definitely  how 
the  educational  activities  of  New  South  Wales  are 
organised,  the  State  Director  of  Education,  Mr. 
P.  Board,  has  kindly  prepared  a  synopsis  of  the 
system,  which  the  author  of  Australia  Unlimited 
gratefully  acknowledges. 

Nowhere  throughout  Australia  are  the  advan- 
tages of  education  underestimated,  and  nowhere 
are  Australian  children  allowed  to  grow  up  in 
ignorance.  It  is  greatly  to  the  credit  of  these 
young  States  that  successive  Governments  have 
made  extended  provisions  for  raising  the  intel- 
lectual standards  of  their  communities. 

K There  is  probably  no  part  of  the  British  Em- 


ised  world,  where  so  determined,  and  for  the  most 
part  so  successful,  an  effort  has  been  made  to 
incorporate  education  with  the  life  of  the  people 
as  in  New  South  Wales.  It  is  necessary  to  re- 
member that  the  State  has  an  area  of  310,000 
square  miles,  and  a  population  of  1,856,000 — 
that  is  about  six  people  to  every  square  mile. 
When  it  is  considered  that  763,000,  or  about 
three-eighths  of  the  total  population,  are  concen- 
trated in  the  metropolitan  area,  approximately 
12  square  miles  ( 1916),  the  difficulty  of  the  prob- 
lem of  furnishing  educational  means  to  a  scattered 
population  may  be  realised.  The  two  largest 
Primary  Schools  in  Sydney  have  an  enrolment  of 
1835  and  1786  respectively,  while  there  are  over 
a  thousand  schools  scattered  throughout  the  most 
remote  parts  of  the  country,  where  the  attend- 
ance is  less  than  20. 

New  South  Wales  has  shown  a  commendable 
activity  in  the  provision  of  educational  facilities 
for  outback  families.  It  is  to  these  that  the  State 
Education  Department  holds  out  a  helping  hand. 
Wherever  an  average  attendance  of  20  pupils 
can  be  guaranteed  the  State  erects  a  school  build- 
ing, equips  it  with  furniture  and  apparatus,  and 
supplies  and  wholly  pays  a  trained  teacher.  If 
the  attendance  does  not  reach  20,  but  is  more 
than  10,  a  school  is  established  provisionally, 
under  the  same  conditions,  and  is  known  as  a 
"Provisional"  school,  alike  in  all  respects  to  the 
Public  school,  into  which  it  will  be  merged  when 
the  attendance  increases  to  20. 

While  the  Education  Department  is  thus  pre- 
pared to  establish  a  school  where  it  is  warranted, 
it  is  the  policy  of  the  Department  wherever  prac- 
ticable to  establish  a  "central"  school,  and  convey 
the  pupils  to  the  school  by  vehicles,  or — on  the 
coastal  rivers — by  motor  launch.  F^or  instance, 
instead  of  establishing  a  number  of  provisional 
schools  four  or  five  miles  apart,  one  large  school 
well  staffed  and  thoroughly  equipped  is  estab- 
lished. The  children  for  miles  round  meet  at 
specified  places  along  the  road,  and  are  picked 
up  by  subsidised  coaches,  which  are  timed  to 
arrive  at  school  at  9  a.m.  In  the  afternoon  the 
pupils  are  conveyed  to  or  within  easy  walking 
distance  of  their  homes. 

Occasionally  two  groups  of  children,  perhaps 
five  to  ten  miles  apart,  may  be  found — not  suffi- 


803 


8o4 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


dent  to  warrant  a  school  being  established  in 
each,  but  conjointly  more  than  sufficient.  In 
such  cases  a  "half-time"  school  is  established, 
the  teacher  dividing  his  time  between  the  two 
schools.  So  keenly  alive  are  these  bush  children 
to  the  advantages  of  education  that  many  of  them 
attend  both  schools.  Then  there  are  cases  when 
the  families  are  even  too  scattered  to  be 
gathered  into  two  such  groups.  If  the  residents 
of  a  locality  are  prepared  to  provide  a  suitable 


Quite  recently  it  was  discovered  that  there  were 
children  out  in  the  West  who  were  not  able  to 
taice  advantage  of  any  of  these  opportunities.  The 
Education  Department  thereupon  equipped  a  van 
or  caravan  with  school  material  and  furniture- 
placed  a  specially-selected  teacher  in  charge,  and 
started  him  out  on  a  kind  of  gipsy,  or  rather  mis- 
sionary, circuit.  The  teacher  would  drive  his  van 
up  some  mountain  gully  till  he  reached  the  iso- 
lated home  of  a  selector.     Here  he  would  pitch 


A  Kindergarten  Class 


room,  an  itinerant  teacher  is  appointed,  the  State 
again  supplying  the  necessary  text-books  and 
materials.  This  itinerant  teacher  moves  from 
house  to  house,  from  which  the  name  "house-to- 
house"  schools  is  derived.  If  a  resident  in  a 
thinly  populated  locality,  with  a  family  of  not  less 
than  four  children,  or  for  the  matter  of  that,  tw ) 
families  of  two  or  more  children  each,  care  to 
engage  a  tutor  or  governess,  the  State  subsidises 
the  salary  of  such  teacher  to  the  extent  of  £5  per 
pupil  in  average  monthly  attendance  up  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  £50  a  year,  or  in  the  Western 
districts  £6  per  pupil,  with  a  maximum  of 
£60.  Even  single  children  are  looked  after, 
for  if  the  child  has  to  be  sent  away  from 
home  because  the  parents  are  out  of  reach  of 
any  of  the  foregoing  facilities  for  obtaining  edu- 
cation, a  "boarding  allowance"  is  paid  up  to  a 
maximum  of  £5  per  year. 


his  camp,  and  for  a  week  or  so  would  gather  tnPJ 
little  bush  children   round  him.      Before  leaving 
he   would   furnish   them   with   books   and   other 
materials,  and  map  out  a  course  of  instruction, , 
promising  to   come  back   in   four  or  five  weeks  j 
and  stay  another  week.     Then  the  horse  would  | 
be   hitched   to    the   van,    and,    no    doubt   to   the , 
regret  of  both  children  and  parents,  would  move  | 
on  to  the  nearest  selector  some  miles  away.  j 

Again,   there  is  a   great  deal  of  railway  con 
struction  in  progress  in  New  South  Wales,  ant  1 
the     navvies     make     camps     near     their     work  t 
moving  onwards  as   the   railroad  is  made.     Tc  j 
give  the  children  of  the  railway  builders  educa  1 
tional    opportunity,    the    Department    of    Pubb 
Instruction    provides    a    portable    school,    whi:l 
moves  on  with  the  railway  camp. 

In  the  settled  districts  there  are  modern  school 
equipped    with    all    the    newest    educational    ap 


Sydney  Technical  College  and  Museum 


Conservatorium  of  Music,  Sydney 


805 


8o6 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


pliances  and  staffed  with  trained  teachers,  that 
will  compare  favourably  with  schools  in  any  part 
of  the  Empire.  It  is  obvious  therefore  that 
whether  a  family  resides  in  the  heart  of  Sydney, 
the  eighth  largest  city  in  the  world,  or  way  out 
in  what  is  sometimes  humorously  described  as 
the  "back  o'  sunset,"  every  child  is  the  object  of 
the  State's  educational  care.  In  fact,  every  child 
between  the  ages  of  six  and  fourteen  years  resid- 
ing within  two  miles  of  a  public  school  is  com- 
pelled by  law  to  attend  for  a  specified  number  of 
days  in  each  year. 

At  the  close  of  19 15  there  were  2640  State 
primary  schools  in  operation,  attended  by 
227,546  pupils,  and  taught  by  6,511  teachers. 
The  total  cost  of  education  for  the  year  was  over 
a  million  and  a  half.  There  is  no  local  educa- 
tional rate,  the  whole  cost  being  borne  by  the 
Government  out  of  ordinary  revenue.  Every- 
thing is  absolutely  free.  Not  only  are  no  fees 
charged,  but  the  pupils  are  supplied  with  most  of 
the  necessary  school  material,  such  as  readers, 
writing  tablets,  etc.,  without  charge. 

Secondary  Education. — The  State  provides 
the  means  of  Primary  Education  for  the  child  of 
every  man  in  the  State,  and  if  the  pupil  has  suffi- 
cient ability  to  take  proper  advantage  of  it  every 
child  may  proceed  to  a  course  of  Secondary  Edu- 
cation leading  right  to  the  University.  The  open 
door  of  opportunity  stands  wide.  The  only  pass- 
port required  is  ability.  High  Schools  have  been 
established  in  Sydney,  and  in  several  country 
centres  no  fees  are  charged.  By  means  of  a 
system  of  certificated  examinations  all  pupils, 
whether  resident  in  the  city  or  in  the  country,  are 
enabled  to  take  advantage  of  these  High  Schools. 
An  examination  is  held  at  the  close  of  each  year, 
based  upon  the  work  done  in  the  Primary  schools. 
As  a  result  of  this  examination  a  number  of  bur- 
saries are  awarded,  giving  assistance  while  attend- 
ing a  State  High  School.  It  Is  recognised  that 
the  pupil  attending  a  large  school  In  the  city,  with 
all  the  additional  educational  facilities,  has  a 
decided  advantage  over  the  pupil  attending  a  little 
school  in  the  country.  In  order  to  equalise  the 
conditions,  a  number  of  the  State  bursaries  are 
allotted  for  competition  among  country  pupils 
only.  A  further  distinction  is  even  made  in 
favour  of  pupils  taught  in  one-teacher  schools. 
The  winner  of  a  bursary  receives  a  grant  of  30/- 
in  order  to  purchase  books,  and  a  money  grant 
of  from  £30  to  £40  a  year,  if,  in  order  to  attend 
the  High  School,  the  child  has  to  board  away 
from  home.  If,  however,  the  pupil  can  remain 
at  home  he  is  given  a  free  railway  ticket  to  the 
nearest  High  School,  and  a  grant  of  £10  for  the 
first  year's  course,  £10  for  the  second,  £15  for 
the  third,  and  £20  for  the  fourth  year.  During 
1915,  300  of  these  bursaries  were  awarded. 


It  will  be  seen  that  every  boy  and  girl  through- 
out the  State  has  the  opportunity  to  obtain  a 
thorough  course  of  Secondary  education  leading 
right  to  the  doors  of  the  University.  At  the  end 
of  the  fourth  year's  High  school  course  the  pupil 
may  secure  a  leaving  certificate,  which  under 
specified  conditions  as  to  the  subjects  studied  gives 
admission  to  the  University.  The  brilliant  pupil 
of  limited  means  is  still  the  object  of  the  State's 
fostering  care,  for  under  the  University  Amend- 
ment Act  of  19 1 2,  two  hundred  University  exhi- 
bitions are  awarded,  which  exempt  the  student 
from  payment  of  all  fees.  He  may  thus  become 
a  doctor,  a  dentist,  a  barrister,  or  an  engineer.  ^H 

It  is  obvious  therefore  that  social  or  financnfl 
status  is  no  bar  to  the  advancement  of  the  clever 
child  of  the  poorest  man  in  New  South  Wales. 
Primary  education  Is  brought  to  his  door.  In  spite 
of  the  wide  distances  of  Australia,  and  if  he  has 
the  ability,  he  Is  carried  on  by  means  of  bursaries 
to  any  of  the  professions — Medicine,  Law,  En- 
gineering, Science  or  Education. 

Continuation  Schools. — It  is  not  given  to 
every  parent,  however,  to  allow  his  child  to  re- 
main at  school  to  the  age  required  for  a  Univer- 
sity course,  even  with  the  assistance  of  State  bur- 
saries. For  these  the  Day  Continuation  schools — 
or,  as  they  are  called  in  New  South  Wales,  the 
"Superior"  schools — still  free — are  open. 

There  are  three  types  of  Superior  schools — 
Commercial,  Junior  Technical,  and  Domestic; 
the  course  In  each  case  lasting  two  years. 
These  schools  are  intended  to  prepare 
boys  in  some  measure  for  the  career 
upon  which  they  are  likely  to  enter.  If 
a  boy  Is  to  enter  upon  a  business  career  he  may  ■ 
attend  a  Commercial  Superior  school,  where  he  Is 
fitted  for  a  subsequent  training  in  office  work  by 
being  taught  such  subjects  as  commercial  arith- 
metic, bookkeeping,  shorthand,  office  routine,  and 
business  principles.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  he  Is 
likely  to  take  up  a  trade,  or  to  engage  In  any  other 
occupation  that  requires  technical  knowledge, 
with  hand  dexterity,  he  goes  to  a  Junior  Tech- 
nical Superior  school,  where  he  Is  taught  drawing, 
benchwork  In  wood  and  iron,  elementary  science, 
and  trade  arithmetic.  At  the  end  of  the  two 
years'  Superior  Public  school  course  the  boy  from 
the  Junior  Technical  school  may  enter  a  Trades 
school,  which,  in  conjunction  with  his  workshop 
experience,  will  turn  him  out  a  competent  trades- 
man. 

Girls  after  leaving  the  Primary  school  ma) 
enter  a  Domestic  Superior  school,  where  th* 
course  of  instruction  has  been  drawn  up  with  the 
aim  of  fitting  them  to  manage  a  home.  In  add! 
tlon  to  continuing  the  girls'  general  education 
the  course  includes  cookery,  laundry,  dress 
making,     millinery,     gardening,     art    and    hom' 


STATE    EDUCATION    IN    NEW    SOUTH    WALES. 


807 


Jixnior  Technical  Class  in  a  Public  School 


"4: 


i 


i 


ecoration,  music  and  social  exercises;  while  the 
cond  year  course  gives  a  practical  training  in 

usiness    principles,    tor    girls    destined   to    enter 

,pon  commercial  careers. 
If,  however,  the  pupil  cannot  remain  at  school, 

ut  has  to  enter  upon  some  wage-earning  occupa- 

ion  at  the  age  of  14,  provision  is  made  for  him 

continue   his   education    after   working   hours. 

vening  Continuation  schools — Commercial, 
Junior  Technical,  and  Domestic — have  been 
established,  in  which  the  course  is  much  the  same 
as  that  of  the  Superior  Public  school,  though 
necessarily  not  of  so  extended  a  character.  These 
schools  are  held  three  evenings  a  week,  and,  like 
all  other  State  schools,  are  free  to  everybody.  At 
least,  a  fee  of  sixpence  per  week  is  charged;  but 
if  the  pupil  attends  regularly,  the  whole  amount 
of  the  fees  paid  is  refunded  at  the  close  of  the 
year,  almost  affording  a  means  of  compulsory 
saving!  The  object  is  to  offer  a  premium  for 
regular  attendance. 

It  will  be  seen,  therefore,  that  the  State  has 
made  provision  for  almost  every  possible  set  of 
conditions.       To  the   parent  who   can   afford   to 

How  his  child  to  continue  at  school  until  he  is 

8,  the  University  is  open,  or  the  boy  is  education- 

Jly  fitted  to  enter  upon  some  professional  career. 

or  those  boys  and  girls  who  are  only  able  to 
remain  at  school  until  they  are  16  before  becom- 
ing apprenticed  or  entering  into  business,  the 
Superior  schools  make  provision;  while  for  the 
boys  and  girls  who  have  to  leave  school  when  they 
are  14,  the  Evening  Continuation  schools  will 
afford    facilities    for    extending    their    education. 


Then  the  Trades  School  and  the  Technical  Col- 
lege provide  opportunity  for  boys  to  become  not 
only  efScient  tradesmen,  but  captains  of  industry. 

The  wide  activities  of  the  Department  of  Pub- 
lic Instruction  in  regard  to  the  various  forms  of 
education  afford  numerous  opportunities  for 
entering  the  teachers'  profession.  Boys  and  girls 
who  intend  to  become  trained  teachers  have  their 
path  made  very  easy.  By  passing  a  competitive 
examination  for  "probationary  students"  at  the 
age  of  15  they  are  given  two  years  free  educa- 
tion in  a  High  school,  and  during  the  second  year 
are  given  an  allowance  of  £12  if  the  student  re- 
sides at  home,  or  £30  if  the  student  has  to  board 
away  from  home.  They  pass  then  by  competitive 
examination  to  the  Teachers'  College,  where  they 
undergo  a  training  of  from  one  to  three  years. 
The  majority  remain  at  the  Teachers'  Training 
College  for  two  years.  During  their  course  of 
training  at  the  Teachers'  College  students  are 
given  an  allowance  of  £30  if  they  remain  at  home, 
and  £50  if  they  board  away  from  home.  At  the 
completion  of  their  period  of  training  they  are 
appointed  as  assistant  teachers  at  a  commencing 
salary  of  £110  per  annum,  increasing  according 
to  classification  within  four  years  to  £186. 

Physical  Education. — The  State  makes 
provision  for  the  mental  development  of  the  boys 
and  girls  of  New  South  Wales,  and  the  greatest 
care  is  taken  to  ensure  a  corresponding  physical 
development.  A  part  of  every  day  is  devoted 
to  physical  exercises,  and  one  afternoon  a 
week  is  set  apart  for  organised  games.     Practi- 


8o8 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


cally  every  school  has  its  cricket,  football,  and 
tennis  club,  while  swimming  is  part  of  the  school 
curriculum  wherever  there  are  bathing  facilities. 
Life-saving  and  First  Aid  are  taught  in  many 
schools,  while  debating  clubs,  camera  clubs,  and 
kindred  school  associations  are  established  at  all 
the  more  important  schools.  Every  school  has  its 
own  library,  and  boys  are  encouraged  in  a  taste 
for  healthy,  wholesome  literature.  In  Sydney, 
Newcastle,  and  some  of  the  other  large  centres, 
an  annual  display  of  physical  drill  is  one  of  the 
most  popular  entertainments  of  the  year.  In 
Sydney  a  voluntary  association  of  teachers  under 
the  name  of  the  Public  Schools'  Amateur  Athletic 
Association  has  for  the  past  25  years  organised 
school   competitions   in   various   sports,    and   has 


while  they  do  not  attempt  to  prescribe  for  any 
ailment,  the  defects  noticed,  particularly  in  con- 
nection with  eye,  ear,  nose,  throat,  and  teeth,  are 
pointed  out,  and  the  parent  advised  to  secure  im- 
mediate medical  assistance.  Where  it  is  found 
that  the  indifference  of  parents  has  resulted  in  no 
action  being  taken,  a  school  nurse  visits  the  home 
and  personally  impresses  upon  the  parent  the 
necessity  for  immediate  action.  During  the  past 
two  years  arrangements  have  been  made  for 
Travelling  Hospitals  and  Dental  Clinics  for  the 
purpose  of  treating  children  whose  ailments  had 
not  received  attention  under  the  arrangements 
already  described.  The  Travelling  Hospital 
visits  country  towns  and  remains  in  each  suffi- 
ciently long  to  treat  the  ailments  of  children  re^ 


Hawkesbury  Agricultural  College 


furnished  an  annual  spectacular  display  of  phy- 
sical drill.  The  schools  have  been  associated  in 
this  way  with  some  of  the  most  notable  recent 
events  in  Australian  history.  For  instance,  at 
the  inauguration  of  the  Commonwealth,  at  the 
time  of  the  visit  of  the  American  Fleet,  and  on 
Empire  Day  and  Coronation  Day,  spectacular 
displays  were  made  which  embodied  in  some 
form  the  event  that  was  being  commemorated. 
These  displays  are  attended  by  enormous  crowds. 

Medical  Inspection. — The  child's  physical 
welfare  is  safeguarded  by  regular  exercises,  and 
a  system  of  medical  inspection  has  recently  been 
instituted,  revealing  to  many  parents  unsuspected 
ailments  in  their  children,  which  undetected  would 
have  involved  a  life-time  of  misery.  The  school 
doctors  visit  the  various  schools  periodically,  and 


vealed  by  the  medical  inspection  which  had  not 
received  attention  by  other  means. 

"Go  ON  THE  Land." — Recognising  that  agri- 
culture must  always  be  an  important  factor  in  the 
national  life  of  any  new  country,  the  Education 
Department  at  all  times  endeavours  to  induce 
boys  to  go  upon  the  land.  At  almost  every 
country  school  there  is  an  experimental  plot  which 
is  used  both  for  horticulture  and  agriculture 
Many  of  the  schools  have  miniature  farms  in  the 
playground,  and  Nature  Study  forms  an  impor- 
tant part  of  the  ordinary  Primary  School  curricu- 
lum. For  some  years  the  Public  schools  for- 
warded an  exhibit  to  the  Royal  Agricultural  Show 
held  annually  in  Sydney,  which  was  intended  tJ 
show  that  the  operations  of  the  school  garden 
were  not  meant  so  much  to  produce  prize  flowers 


STATE    EDUCATION    IN    NEW    SOUTH    WALES. 


809 


and  vegetables  as  to  show  the  educational  pro- 
cesses underlying  the  treatment  of  the  subject. 

Another  important  phase  of  the  Department's 
work  in  connection  with  agriculture  is  the  institu- 
tion of  Rural  Camp  schools  for  city  boys.  These 
Rural  Camp  schools  are  held  in  centres  of  agricul- 
tural settlement,  and  the  co-operation  of  the 
farmers  is  readily  given.  Usually  the  Rural 
Camp  school  consists  of  12  boys  and  a  teacher 
from  each  of  twelve  schools.  The  Education 
Department  provides  tents,  food,  camp  outfit,  and 
so  on,  each  pupil  contributing  a  sum  varying, 
according  to  the  distance  travelled  by  rail,  from 
-j  ■'•  to  10/-.  This  amount  covers  railway  fares 
and  all  expenses  while  in  camp.  The  camp  lasts 
a  week,  during  which  time  the  boys  are  initiated 
into  the  actual  working  of  the  farm.  They  take 
part  in  the  \arious  operations — milking,  plough 
ing,  haymaking — according  to  the  season  of  the 
year,  and  the  result  has  been  a  quickening  of 
agricultural    interest   in   the   minds   of   boys   who 


without  these  school  camps  might  never  have  seen 
a  farm. 

There  is  an  Agricultural  High  School  at  Hurl- 
stone,  near  Sydney,  at  which  boys  of  14  and  up- 
wards undergo  a  two  years'  course  of  study  pre- 
paratory to  entering  the  Hawkesbury  Agricul- 
tural College,  or  one  or  other  of  many  experi- 
mental farms  scattered  throughout  the  country. 

It  will  be  seen  from  the  foregoing  statement 
that  the  principle  of  "equal  opportunity"  under- 
lies the  whole  of  the  State  educational  system. 

In  addition  to  all  this,  the  State  has  extended 
its  Agricultural  College  education  to  provide 
cheap  agricultural  training  for  a  large  number  of 
boys,  British  and  Australian. 

These  Farm  Apprentice  schools  are  carried 
out  in  connection  with  the  State  Experiment 
Farms.  At  these  schools  boys  are  trained  as  farm 
labourers,  and  are  giv^en  sufficient  instruction  to 
enable  them  to  go  on  the  land  when  age  and 
opportunity  permit. 


■a 


8io 


A  State  Infant  School,  Auburn,  Melbourne 


STATE  EDUCATION   IN  VICTORIA. 


AMONG  the  nations,  Australia  presents  the 
unique    spectacle    of    a    continent,    2,400 
1^^  miles  long  and  2,000  in  breadth,  where  the 

^■eople  speak  the  same  language  without  a  single 
provincial  dialect,  and  where  the  percentage  of 
illiterates  is  comparatively  much  lower  than  over 
any  corresponding  area  of  the  earth's  surface. 
If  we  have  not  yet  attained  the  ideal  of  an 
educated  democracy,  we  can  still  reflect  with 
pardonable  pride  that  the  foundations  have  been 
well  and  truly  laid.  In  the  matter  of  elementary 
instruction  at  least  we  can  confidently  challenge 
I      comparisons. 

Taking  New  South  Wales  and  Victoria  as 
examples,  it  can  be  seen  that  education  throughout 
Australia  is  regarded  as  a  most  important  national 
institution. 

A  sketch  of  the  rise  and  progress  of  education 
in  Victoria,  the  first  Australian  State  to  institute 
a  system  of  free,  secular,  and  compulsory  public 

[^instruction,  must,  to  be  intelligible,  take  into  ac- 
^■ount  the  earlier  developments  of  education  in  the 
parent  State  of  New  South  Wales.       At  a  time 
.-__when  that  State  included  what  are  now  Victoria 
ll^^nd  Queensland,  the  education  system  was  begun 
under  the    auspices  of  the  various  churches    by 
.—jneans    of  grants  from  the    State.       Then  came 
l^phe  appointment  of  a  Board  of  National  Educa- 
tion   (1848),    and   the   establishment   of   certain 
national   schools   in   common   with   the     existing 


k 


denominational  ones.  In  1850,  the  year  before 
the  colony  of  Victoria  was  formed.  New  South 
Wales  had  43  national  and  184  denominational 
schools  in  operation.  It  was  not  till  1867  that 
the  parent  State  entrusted  the  control  of  public 
education  to  a  Council  empowered  to  expend  all 
moneys  appropriated  by  Parliament  for  primary 
education.  The  Council  was  permitted  to  grant 
aid  to  denominational  schools,  but  this  principle 
was  not  favored  by  a  majority  of  the  people, 
who  felt  that  the  work  of  public  instruction  ought 
to  become  a  department  of  the  Government,  and 
be  placed  in  the  hands  of  a  Minister  directly  re- 
sponsible to  Parliament.  Accordingly  the  Act 
of  1880  made  the  New  South  Wales  system 
wholly  undenominational,  and  wholly  free  except 
for  a  fee  of  threepence  a  week  (repealed  in 
1906). 

In  Victoria,  the  dual  system,  national  and 
denominational,  was  in  force  from  the  time  of 
separation  ( 1 85  i ) ,  until  1862,  when  the  Common 
Schools  Act  dissolved  the  two  Boards,  and  set  up 
a  Board  of  Education  consisting  of  five  laymen. 
School  fees  were  charged,  varying  from  sixpence 
to  half-a-crown  weekly.  But  the  Board  system 
was  unsatisfactory,  and  the  memorable  Education 
Act  of  1872  established  a  Department  of  Educa- 
tion and  instituted  the  principle  of  free,  secular, 
and  compulsory  education,  which  has  been  main- 
tained in  its  integrity  to  the  present  day.       The 


8n 


8l2 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


landmarks  of  educational  progress  since  that  time 
have  been  the  abolition  of  the  plan  of  payments 
to  teachers  by  "results;"  the  provision  of  a  per- 
manent head  of  department  with  the  title  of 
Director;  the  periodical  tightening  of  the  regu- 
lations enforcing  attendance  at  school;  the  pass- 
ing of  statutes  establishing  on  the  one  hand  kinder- 
garten schools,  and  on  the  other  high  schools  and 
technical  schools  (including  schools  of  domestic 
arts  for  girls,  high  schools,  agricultural  high 
schools,  and  higher  elementary  schools  for  both 


When  pupils  are  nearing  the  completion  of 
their  elementary-school  course,  which,  in  normal 
circumstances,  ends  when  they  attain  the  age  of 
fourteen,  the  attention  of  their  parents  is  directed 
to  various  types  of  intermediate  schools  which 
have  been  provided  for  the  purpose  of  giving 
some  suitable  educational  approach  to  their  future 
vocations.  Elementary  pupils  may  obtain  at  the 
age  of  tweh'C  a  Qualifying  Certificate  which  will 
enable  them  to  enter  either  a  junior  technical 
school  or  a   high  school.        Thus  the  system  of 


Victorian  State  School   Gardens 


sexes,  and  junior  technical  and  technical  schools 
for  boys)  ;  the  more  efficient  training  of  teachers 
(aided  greatly  by  the  bringing  about  of  closer 
relations  with  the  Melbourne  University  by  means 
of  free  studentships  admitting  to  the  course  for 
the  Diploma  of  Education,  and  of  other  con- 
cessions with  regard  to  the  courses  in  arts  and 
science)  ;  the  enforcement  of  the  registration  of 
private  schools,  with  its  corollary  of  periodical 
inspection  by  State  officers;  the  provisions  for 
physical  culture  and  military  training  in  elemen- 
tary schools  and  high  schools  (brought  into 
actual  practice  by  a  wise  co-operation  between  the 
Education  Department  of  the  State  and  the  De- 
fence Department  of  the  Commonwealth),  the 
establishment  of  an  advisory  Council  of  Educa- 
tion, the  members  of  which  represent  the  Uni- 
versity, the  great  public  schools,  and  the  State 
technical,  high,  and  elementary  schools;  and  last 
but  not  least,  the  institution  of  a  system  of  physi- 
cal examinations  of  pupils  by  a  staff  of  school 
medical  officers. 

The  report  of  the  Victorian  Minister  of  Public 
Instruction  for  the  year  ended  30th  June,  19 16, 
showed  that  there  were  over  2,000  elementary 
State  schools,  as  well  as  special  schools  for  afflicted 
and  delicate  children. 


intermediate  education  overlaps  slightly  the 
course  of  the  elementary  school.  Those  pupils 
who  remain  in  the  elementary  schools  take  a  sup- 
plementary course  till  they  qualify  for  the  Merit 
Certificate,  obtained  in  their  fourteenth  year. 

Junior  technical  schools  are  worked  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  senior  technical  schools.  The 
course  of  instruction  is,  for  the  first  two  years,  of 
a  general  character,  fitting  pupils  for  further  tech- 
nical work.  Third-year  students  begin  to  spe- 
cialize in  the  particular  trade  or  class  of  work 
which  they  intend  to  take  up.  They  then  merge 
into  the  classes  of  the  senior  technical  school. 

In  the  high  schools,  a  four  years'  course  and 
a  six  years'  course  are  provided.       The  first  twc 
years  of  the  high  school  course  is  of  a  genera 
character.       At  the  conclusion  of  this,  pupils  ari 
allowed  to   specialize    in   accordance   with    theii 
future  careers.        Thus   one   section   may  take  ; 
course  preparatory  to  University  study,  anothei 
to    commercial    work,     another    to     agricultura 
work,   and   girls  may  take   a   special   training  ii 
domestic   arts,   which   includes   dressmaking,   mil 
linery,     needlework,     cookery,     laundry,     house 
wifery,    etc.        No    fees    are    charged    in    junio 
technical   schools     and   high     schools   for    pupil 
under  fourteen  years  of  age.       Very  small  fee 


Physical  Training  for  Boys  Domestic  Economy  for  Girls 

State  Education  in  Victoria. 


813 


8i4 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


are  charged  for  other  pupils,  and  there  is  pro- 
vision for  a  remission  of  these  fees  and  for  mak- 
ing grants  of  books  and  apparatus  under  special 
circumstances.  The  State  also  provides  a  liberal 
system  of  scholarships  for  intermediate  and 
higher  education. 

In  connection  with  the  elementary  school 
system,  there  are  established  centres  for  special 
training,  for  example,  woodwork  centres,  cookery 
centres,  and  schools  of  domestic  arts.  In  wood- 
work and  cookery  centres,  pupils  from  elementary 
schools  attend  for  certain  hours  in  the  week,  and 
return  to  their  elementary  school  for  instruction 
in  other  subjects.        In  the  schools  of  domestic 


arts,  specialized  instruction  is  given  to  girls  in  the 
last  two  years  of  their  elementary-school  course. 
In  addition  to  the  subjects  English,  geography  and 
history,  and  arithmetic,  the  girls  receive  theoreti- 
cal and  practical  training  in  household  manage- 
ment, cookery,  laundrywork,  needlework,  and 
personal  and  domestic  hygiene. 

The  formation  of  the  Schools  Horticultural 
Society,  with  practical  work  in  planning  and 
planting,  and  the  culture  of  flowers  in  the  gardens 
attached  to  many  of  the  State  Schools  in  town  and 
country,  is  also  a  pleasing  portion  of  the  special 
training  devised  for  the  children  in  their  leisure 
hours. 


Training  College  for  State  School  Teachers,  Melbourne 


THE  STATE  SAMARITAN. 


A' 


USTRALIA,  the  Benjamin  of  Nations,  has 
been  able  to  avail  herself  of  all  national 
experience.  She  may  take  the  good  and 
leave  the  bad.  She  is  free  to  follow  precedents 
or  establish  them. 

In  the  boasting  and  rivalry  of  nations  claiming 
the  highest  civilisation  there  has  been  much  smoke 
of  black  materialism  and  very  little  true  spiritual 
fire.  After  all,  a  nation's  claim  to  greatness  lies 
not  so  much  in  its  armaments,  or  its  trade,  as  in 
the  sum  of  its  contribution  to  the  moral  and  in- 
tellectual advancement  of  the  human  race.  For 
philosophy,  Greece  was  weak  in  numbers,  but  her 
foundations  are  built  below  the  tide  of  war;  and 
for  morality,  the  symbol  of  a  wooden  cross 
has  overcome  obstacles  that  might  have  resisted 
ten  thousand  swords  of  steel. 

Australia  has  adopted  a  system  of  citizen  sol- 
^^^ry,  not  for  war,  but  that  she  may  be  enabled 
^^■enjoy  the  blessings  of  Peace. 

In  similar  manner  she  has  installed  a  system 
of  State  benevolences,  not  because  she  desires  to 
encourage  mendicancy,  but  in  order  to  prevent 
it. 

Recognise  the  rights  of  misfortune  and  you 
do  away  with  charity.  Where  there  is  no  merit 
in  giving  and  no  shame  in  receiving;  where  bene- 
volence is  not  left  to  the  judgment  or  caprice  of 
individuals;  where  the  State  is  the  protector  of 
the  weak  and  helpless,  every  taxpayer  naturally 
becomes  a  philanthropist. 

Sentiments  such  as  these  are  part  of  our  poli- 
tical consciousness.  State-applied  humanitarian- 
ism  is  really  the  spiritual  inspiration  behind  most 
of  our  later  legislation. 

Unlike  our  elder  brother  in  Democracy  we  do 
not  accord  the  Almighty  Dollar  perpetual  rever- 
ence. We  relieve  our  work  with  considerable 
play.  Although  we  applaud  merited  success,  we 
are  not  without  sympathy  for  honest  failure.  This 
IS  our  national  philosophy.  So  convinced  have 
we  become  of  its  righteousness  that  we  are  con- 
standy  extending  its  application. 

In  another  section  of  this  book,  reference  is 
made  to  Federal  Old  Age  Pensions  and  Mater- 
nity Bonuses. 

Apart  from  the  benefits  which  each  citizen  of 
the  Commonwealth  is  entided  to  under  these 
Acts,  the  different  States  devote   large  sums  of 


revenue   to   the  care   of  the   sick   and   aged,   the 
young  and  helpless. 

Most  of  the  State  capitals  have  several  large 
and  well-equipped  Hospitals,  and  there  is  at  least 
one  in  every  important  town  or  centre  of  urban 
population,  the  latter  being  often  a  Hospital  and 
Benevolent  Asylum  combined.  Special  Hospitals 
for  women,  children,  incurables  and  those  suffer- 
ing from  consumption  and  from  infectious  diseases, 
also  lying-in  homes,  dental  hospitals,  deaf-and- 
dumb  and  blind  asylums,  inebriates'  sanatoria, 
lunatic  asylums,  and  quarantine  stations,  are  to  be 
found  in  every  State. 

The  number  of  General  Hospitals  (not  includ- 
ing special  institutions)  in  the  Commonwealth  in 
1915  was  398,  involving  an  expenditure  of 
£1,280,461,  the  number  of  indoor  patients  alone 
attended  during  the  year  being  estimated  at  not 
less  than  179,829. 

Of  Benevolent  Asylums  in  the  Commonwealth 
there  are  (1915)  about  25,  either  endowed  by 
their  respective  State  Governments,  partly  or 
wholly,  or  supported  by  voluntary  contributions. 
In  addition  to  the  Benevolent  Asylums,  there  are 
a  number  of  benevolent  and  charitable  societies 
which  minister  to  the  infirm  and  destitute  in  the 
several  States.  Of  Orphanages  there  are  45, 
with  several  Industrial  Schools  and  Reformatories; 
throughout  the  Commonwealth. 

The  few  remaining  aboriginal  natives  of  Aus- 
tralia are  protected  by  the  various  States  (except 
Tasmania,  where  the  aboriginal  is  extinct),  and 
in  the  more  closely-settled  States,  such  as  New 
South  Wales  and  Victoria,  they  are  cared  for  in 
Mission  Stations,  where  they  are  housed  and 
encouraged  to  work  and  their  children  receive 
elementary  education.  About  £80,000  is  spent 
by  the  States  yearly  on  this  account. 

Some  idea  of  the  liberality  with  which  the  State 
Governments  and  the  community  generally 
respond  to  the  call  of  charity  may  be  gathered 
from  the  fact  that,  in  a  population  of  rather  less 
than  five  million  white  people,  the  amounts  fur- 
nished by  Government  and  those  raised  by  public 
subscription,  etc.,  but  excluding  the  old-age  pen- 
sions and  maternity  bonuses,  which  are  not  given 
in  the  name  of  charity,  considerably  exceeds 
£3,000,000  annually. 


815 


8i6 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Besides  which  there  are  Public  Health  De- 
partments, Dental  Boards,  and  State  institutions 
for  the  purposes  of  vaccination,  for  the  regulation 
of  the  sale  of  drugs  and  stimulants,  for  the  pre- 
vention and  spread  of  contagious  diseases,  and 
for  the  safeguarding  of  the  public  health  against 
impure  food  and  adulteration. 

Under  the  portfolio  of  the  Minister  for  Labor 
and  Industry,  each  State  administers  its  Labor 
Bureau,  the  Factories  and  Shops  Acts,  Minimum 
Wage  Act,  Early  Closing  Acts,  Truck  Acts, 
Apprentices  Act,  Workmen's  Compensation  Act. 
Saturday  Half-Holiday  Act,  and  the  Industrial 
Arbitration  Act,  which  may  all  be  regarded  as 
measures  of  remedial  legislation.  In  the  same 
category  should  be  included  the  Shearers  Accom- 
modation Act  and  the  Miners  Accident  Relief 
Act. 

Each  State  has  also  institutions  for  the  protec- 
tion of  girls  and  the  correction  of  juvenile 
offenders. 

The  care  of  children  who  are  dependent  on  the 
State  through  accident  or  misfortune  is  not  left 


to  chance  charity.        It  has  been  made  a  scientifi; 
cally-organised  State  function.  W^ 

Recognising  that  the  herding  of  large  numbers 
of  children  in  foundling  hospitals  leads  to  all  sorts 
of  evils,  Australia  has  adopted  the  boarding-out 
method.  ^Hl 

In    1895,  under  the  barrack  system,   the  toraP' 
mortality  stood  at  105.9  P^r  thousand.     In  191 1 
this  had  been  reduced  to  69.49  per  thousand — a 
proof  that  the  improved  methods  of  dealing  with 
foundlings  had  led  to  a  great  saving  of  human    > 
life.  j 

In  New  South  Wales  alone,  of  the  1 1,492  chil-  , 
dren  under  supervision  for  the  year  19 15,  6,612  I 
were  with  their  mothers.  This  humane  system  of 
affording  relief  to  mothers  on  whom,  through 
death  or  desertion,  the  whole  care  of  a  family  may 
have  been  thrown,  reflects  credit  on  the  community 
which  has  adopted  it. 

The  supervision  of  State  children  is  carried  out 
by  a  staff  of  Departmental  inspectors,  to  each  of 
whom  is  assigned  a  district.     There  are  three  lady 


One  of  the  Wards  at  Sydney  Hospital 


■a 


S 


817 


8i8 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


inspectors  also,  who  are  specially  charged  with 
supervision  of  the  conditions  of  infant  life,  and 
who  visit  and  inspect  infants  placed  out  apar! 
from  their  mothers  in  the  city  and  suburban 
areas. 


while  the  wages  are  transmitted  half-yearly  to 
the  Board's  offices,  and  banked  to  the  apprentice's 
credit. 

One-third  of  the   accumulatetl   amount  is  paid 
to  the  children  when  the  term  of  indenture  has 


"Cicada,"  Burwood,  Sydney.      State  Home  for  Children 


The  homes  are  chosen  for  the  children  with  a 
view  to  obtaining  for  them  suitable  supervision 
and  training.  Every  applicant  for  a  State  child 
is  required  by  law  to  present  a  form,  which  sets 
out  the  environment  of  the  home.  Each  form 
must  be  endorsed  by  a  magistrate  and  a  clergy- 
man, or  other  prominent  resident.  The  home  is 
inspected  by  an  officer  of  the  Children's  Relief 
Board  before  children  are  sent,  and  subsequent 
supervision  is  exercised  over  it. 

Payment  for  maintenance  ceases  when  children 
are  13  years  old.  If  physically  fit  they  are  then 
apprenticed  under  the  provisions  of  the  State 
Children's  Relief  Act. 

When  they  have  been  indentured,  children  re- 
ceive wages  and  pocket  money  according  to  a 
scale  prescribed  by  the  Act.  The  pocket  money 
is  paid  weekly  to  the  children  by  their  employers, 


expired,    the   balance    remaining   at   interest   unt 
they  attain  the  age  of  21  years. 

In  rural  New  South  Wales,  taking  the  Mothe 
State  as  a  typical  example,  there  are  also  thirtee 
Cottage  Homes,  eight  of  which  are  devoted  t 
invalid  and  crippled  chldren. 

The  Farm  Home — which  is  composed  of  fi^ 
of  these  institutions  grouped  at  Mittagong- 
deals  with  truants  and  juvenile  offenders  cor 
mitted  from  Children's  Courts. 

The    Farm   Home    is   largely   self-supportfflr 
The  treatment,  whereunder  the  younger  lads  a 
entirely    separated    from    their   elders,    has   bei 
found  most  resultful  in  reforming  and  improvii , 
wayward  and  neglected  children. 

The  policy   adopted   is — the   shortest  possib 
period   of   detention,    compatible   with   good  I 


MITTflOO/^C     SCHOLARS 


Some  New  South  Wales  Government  Institutions   under  the  State  Children's  Belief  Board 


819 


820 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


A  Bedroom  at   "Cicada,"    Children's  Home,   Sydney 


haviour,  a  strict  insistance  on  school  attendance, 
discipline,  cleanliness,  and  obedience. 

The  institution  is  practically  a  technical  school, 
where  this  class  of  youth  is  taught,  in  a  healthful, 
pleasant  way,  a  number  of  useful  things. 

A  Government  medical  officer  is  in  regular  at- 
tendance, and  a  Government  dentist  visits  the 
Home  regularly  every  week. 

State-supervised  institutions  for  the  preserva- 
tion of  infant  life  include  the  Babies'  Hospital  at 
Thirlmere,  the  Home  for  Sick  Infants  at  Pad- 
dington,  and  the  Home  for  Mothers  with  Infants 
at  Croydon. 

There  are  also  probationary  Farm  Homes  at 
Dora  Creek  and  Toronto,  for  the  treatment  of 
boys  who  have  been  determined  sexually  de- 
praved or  mentally  or  physically  unsound.  The 
results  are  pronounced  to  be  favourable. 

Street  trading  by  children  under  i6  years  of 
age  is  controlled  by  the  provisions  of  the  Neg- 
lected Children  and  Juvenile  Offenders  Act.  The 
minimum  age  at  which  a  juvenile  license  for  street 
trading  can  issue  is  12  years  in  some  occupations, 
and  14  years  in  others. 

Girls  are  not  allowed  to  engage  In  street  occu- 
pations, and  the  moral  welfare  and  education  of 
the  boys  is  strictly  overlooked  by  the  local  autho- 
rities. 

The  exploitation  of  child  labour  is  not  one  of 
the  pillars  on  which  our  young  democracy  would 
rear  the  edifice  of  its  industrial  development.  We 
can  challenge  the  world  in  humane  legislation.  It 
is  our  universal  hope  and  aim  that,  when  our 
population  has  sprung  from  five  to  fifty  millions. 


the   conditions  under  which  they  will  labor  and 
dwell  shall  be  better  than  they  are  to-day. 

In  Australia  at  the  present  moment  neither 
starvation,  nor  sweating,  nor  juvenile  labor,  nor 
illiteracy  nor  Injustice,  Is  tolerated.  And  what 
we  have  not  done  we  are  on  the  way  to  do. 

In  the  State  hospitals  the  very  best  medical 
skill,  honorary  In  many  instances,  is  free  to  in- 
mates. Kindness  and  humanity,  accompanied  by 
organised  service,  are  officially  regarded  as  the 
need  of  the  afflicted.  Each  year  sees  some  fur- 
ther reform  or  Improvement  in  the  national  sys- 
tem of  aiding  the  weak  and  helpless.  To  protect 
women  and  children,  to  care  for  the  sick  and  aged 
throughout  Australia^thls  has  come  to  be  a  re- 
cognised function  of  administration.  No  change 
of  Government  will  alter  this  outlook.  In  fact, 
each  succeeding  Minister  endeavours  to  add  to 
the  good  work  of  his  predecessor.  Step  by  step 
we  are  building  up  a  system  of  applied  humani- 
tarianlsm,  which  alone  shall  entitle  us  to  march 
with  the  vanguard  of  civilised  nations. 

We  pride  ourselves  upon  this,  as  greatly  as 
upon  our  riches  and  resources.  Those  who  would 
become  citizens  of  the  Commonwealth  will  do 
well  to  remember  that  If  misfortune  or  sickness 
overtakes  them,  they  will  find  that  in  this  country 
the  rights  of  misfortune  are  recognised. 

While  the  State,  as  Samaritan,  bases  its  deeds 
of  succour  and  consolation  upon  the  soundest 
Christian  principles,  it  avoids  all  semblance  of 
charity  and  extends  Its  strong  arm  for  the  support 
of  the  helpless,  on  the  grounds  of  citizenship  and, 
necessity. 


THE  LATE  THOMAS   WALKER,  OF  YARALLA 
A    PREMIER    AUSTRALIAN    PHILANTHROPIST 


AS  a  philanthropist  the  good  name  and  fair 
fame  of  the  late  Thomas  Walker  live 
thirty  years  after  his  death  and  will  doubt- 
less live  in  the  grateful  memory  of  future  Austra- 
lian generations.  Blessed  by  worldly  wealth, 
this  fine  citizen  sought  to  apply  his  money  for 
the  benefit  of  humanity,  not  only  in  his 
own  time,  but  for  all  time  to  come.  One 
of  Sydney's  most  successful  commercial  men 
of  the  nineteenth  century,  he  built  up  a  very  con- 
siderable fortune,  first  as  a  general  merchant, 
later  as  a  banking  and  financial  magnate.  He 
was  not  a  pastoralist  in  the  strict  sense  of  the 
word,  but  large  pastoral  interests  came  into  his 
hands  during  the  course  of  his  career,  and  thus  he 
became  a  power  in  the  pastoral  world. 

Records  of  worldly  success,  be  they  ever  so 
brilliant,  are  soon  forgotten  when  those  who  have 
achieved  them  pass  into  the  Great  Silence;  but 


^ 


the  memory  of  noble  deeds  and  high  achieve- 
ments in  the  cause  of  Humanity  is  fortunately  slow 
to  fade.  Great  as  the  late  Thomas  Walker's 
donations  to  charities  were  while  he  lived,  they 
were  overshadowed  by  his  legacy  of  the  fine  Con- 
valescent Hospital  so  charmingly  situated  on  the 
Parramatta  River,  near  Sydney,  which  worthily 
perpetuates  his  name. 

He  was  born  at  Springfield  Place,  Leith,  Scot- 
land, on  May  3rd,  1804,  being  the  elder  son  of 
Mr.  J.  T.  Walker  and  his  wife,  Ann  Walker,  of 
Perth.  He  arrived  in  Sydney  in  1822.  He 
immediately  entered  the  employment  of  Messrs. 
William  Walker  and  Co..  who  carried  on  a  busi- 
ness as  general  merchants  at  Battery  Point,  Syd- 
ney, Mr.  William  Walker  being  his  maternal 
uncle. 

Thomas  Walker  remained  in  the  employ  of  his 
uncle's  firm  for  many  years.     He  displayed  such 


821 


822 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


"Yaralla,"  Sydney.     The  residence  of  Miss   Eadith  Walker 


marked  business  ability  that  when  the  original 
partners  retired,  the  business  was  handed  over 
to  Mr.  Thomas  Walker  and  a  cousin,  the  London 
house  being  Walker  Brothers  &  Co.  They  car- 
ried it  on  with  high  success.  The  enterprise,  how- 
ever, did  not  offer  sufficient  scope  for  a  man 
of  Mr.  Walker's  commercial  talents,  and  he  also 
devoted  him.self  to  pastoral  pursuits.  He  secured 
large  commercial  and  pastoral  interests,  one  of 
them  being  a  half  share  (with  Sir  Terence  Mur- 
ray) in  Yarralumla  station,  now  included  in  the 
Federal  capital  area.  From  the  'thirties  until 
1858,  he  was  Identified  at  different  periods  with 
other  station  properties. 

With  a  wide  diversity  of  interests,  he  had  by 
the  time  he  reached  middle  age  accumulated  a 
large  fortune.  His  energy  was  intensified  into 
genius,  and  he  became  the  "live  wire"  In  verv 
many  of  the  large  commercial  institutions  of 
his  day.  He  Mas  a  director  of  the  late  Austra 
llan  Steam  Navigation  Company  and  o  her  Syd 
ney  institutions.  He  had  great  pleasure  in  his 
later  years  in  occupying  the  position,  year  after 
year,  of  President  of  the  Bank  of  New  South 
Wales,  an  institution  In  which  he  had  long  been 
Interested.       He  took  a  deep  interest  in  this  in- 


stitution, which  was  founded  in  18 17,  because  it 
was  the  first  bank  established  In  Australia  that 
attained  proportions  worthy  to  be  compared  with 
not  a  few  of  the  great  monetary  institutions  of 
Great   Britain    and   America. 

When  advancing  years  necessitated  a  slowing- 
down  of  his  energies,  he  gradually  withdrew  from 
the  directorates  of  the  many  financial  institutions 
with  which  he  had  been  actively  connected,  but 
he  retained  the  position  of  President  of  the  Bank  j 
of  New  South  Wales  to  the  day  of  his  death. 

Mr.  Walker  applied  his  wealth  wisely,  and 
delighted  in  acts  of  beneficence,  donating  dur-  \ 
Ing  his  lifetime  m.any  thousands  of  pounds  to 
the  relief  of  the  suffering  and  in  aid  of  various 
charitable  enterprises.  In  April,  1882,  jusi 
before  he  left  for  a  short  trip  to  the  ok 
country,  he  placed  a  cheque  for  £10,000  Ir 
the  hands  of  his  friends,  Mr.  Thomas  Bucklanc 
and  Mr.  Shepherd  Smith,  to  be  distributed  b] 
.hem  among  certain  benevolent  institutions. 

The  gentlemen  nominated  carried  out  the  tasl 
and  the  £10,000  was  distributed  among  twent; 
charitable  institutions  in  sums  varying  from  £10(1 
to  £800.  ' 


A    PREMIER    AUSTRALIAN    PHILANTHROPIST 


523 


Mr.  Walker's  main  claim  to  the  grateful  re- 
membrance of  his  country  is  to  be  found  in  the 
convalescent  hospital  which  bears  his  name.  It 
is  built  on  the  Parramatta  River,  adjoining  his 
old  home,  "Yaralla."  This  memorial  to  a  high- 
souled  Australian  citizen  stands  alone.  It  is  sin- 
gular, everlasting,  a  national  gift  of  eternal  value. 
It  had  been  the  philanthropist's  dream  to  carry  out 
the  work  himself;  but,  fearing  that  he  would  not 


"With  a  view  to  enable  them  to  do  so,  I  hereby 
direct  my  trustees  to  appropriate  and  set  aside 
out  of  my  estate  not  less  than  £100,000,  for  I 
assume  that  this  sum  may  be  sufficient  for  the 
building  and  maintenance  of  the  hospital  I  have 

in  view  to  establish My  idea  is  that  the 

hospital  and  other  buildings  connected  therewith 
should  be  erected  on  that  part  of  my  land  known 
as  Rocky  Point  on  the  Parramatta  River." 


The  Entrance  Hall,   "Yaralla" 


live  to  see  it  accomplished,  he  explained  what 
was  in  his  mind  fully  in  a  codicil  to  his  will,  of 
which  the  following  is  an  extract : — • 

"For  a  considerable  time  past  I  have  had  it  in 
my  mind  to  establish  on  part  of  my  land  here 
(Yaralla)  a  hospital  on  a  somewhat  extensive 
scale  for  the  reception  and  restoration  to  health 
of  convalescent  patients  from  the  hospitals  of 
Sydney  and  elsewhere.  But  the  pressure  of  other 
claims  on  my  time  has  prevented  me  from  carry- 
ing this  project  into  effect. 
I^P  "Should  this  still  be  the  case  at  the  time  of 
itty  death,  then  I  enjoin  the  trustees  of  my  will 
and  my  daughter  to  accomplish  my  design  as 
soon  after  my  decease  as  it  may  be  practicable 
to  do  so. 


The  trustees  of  the  estate  and  Miss  Eadith 
Walker,  his  only  child,  were  called  upon  to  carry 
out  the  noble  project.  Our  illustrations  show 
how  ably  and  faithfully  they  performed  that 
duty.  The  hospital  is  unique  in  design,  situation 
and  management.  It  is  only  in  name  that  it  is 
associated  with  other  hospitals  The  founder's 
idea — liberally  interpreted  and  amplified  by  those 
who  carried  it  out — was  to  provide  a  home  where 
recuperating  invalids  could  rest  as  the  guests  of 
the  institution,  while  regaining  health  under  per- 
fectly ideal  and  beautiful  surroundings.  So  artis- 
tically and  liberally  was  the  whole  scheme  carried 
out  that  even  the  magnificent  sum  set  apart  by 
Mr.  Walker  (which,  by  the  way,  did  not  include 
the    cost    of    the    land,    a     valuable     Point    jut- 


824 


A    PREMIER    AUSTRALIAN    PHILANTHROPIST 


S25 


Dutch  Tower  on  the  Wharf. 
Thomas  Walker  Convalescent  Hospital. 


t 


I 


g  out  into  the  Parramatta  River)  was  insuffi- 
cient for  the  building  and  endowment,  if  the  plans 
prepared  by  Messrs.  Sulman  and  Power,  the 
architects,  were  to  be  completed  in  harmory  with 
the  design.  Additional  amounis  were  at  once 
made  available  by  the  founder's  daughter  with 
affectionate  loyalty  to  her  father's  high  intent 
in  the  good  work — the  late  Miss  Joanna  Walker 
and  Mrs.  Annie  Sulman  (nee  Masefield)  also  tak- 
ing part.  The  total  expenditure  was  £150,000, 
with  the  sums  invested  for  the  maintenance  of 
the  hospital,  i.e.,  about  £5,000  per  annum.  The 
site  indicated  by  Mr.  Walker  at  "Rocky  Point" 
was  chosen  out  of  the  "Yaralla"  property.  About 
thirty  acres  are  included  in  the  hospital  grounds. 
In  front  of  the  beautifully  laid-out  gardens  is  a 
landing-stage,  at  which  the  river-steamers  call. 
A  quaint  Dutch  water-tower  has  been  erected 
with  a  cosy  waiting-room,  and  above  it  a  smoking- 

oom. 
The  central  or  administrative  hospital  building 

ontains  the  matron's  apartment  and  offices,  doc- 
tor s  office,  dispensary,  board-room,  library  and 
waiting-room.  Beyond  this  is  the  entertainment 
hall,  connected  by  a  broad  vestibule  leading  to 

he  two  wings  set  apart  for  female  patients  on 


the  left  and  male  patients  on  the  right  of  the 
administration  buildings.  The  entertainment  hall 
seats  200  persons  and  is  handsomely  ornamented. 
It  is  lighted  by  specially  designed  and  exquisitely 
painted  windows,  and  has  over  the  entrance  a 
small  gallery  and  at  the  opposite  end  a  raised 
platform.  Here  concerts  and  other  amusements 
are  arranged  for  the  patients,  and  occasionally  the 
matron  and  nursing  staff  invited  their  friends  to 
a  dance,  prior  to  the  War. 

The  Joanna  Walker  Memorial  Cottage  Hos- 
pital for  children  is  built  on  the  same  property, 
a  little  to  the  left  of  the  women's  wing.  The  late 
Miss  Joanna  Walker,  sister  to  the  philanthro- 
pist, was  always  most  interested  in  promoting  the 
comfort  and  welfare  of  children.  Her  residuary 
legatees  provided  a  children's  cottage  and  in- 
creased the  usefulness  of  the  main  hospital,  as  it 
allowed  the  portion  previously  devoted  to  juvenile 
patients  to  be  added  to  the  accommodation  for 
females. 

The  Thomas  Walker  Convalescent  Hospital  is 
absolutely  unsectarian.  It  has,  during  nearly  a 
quarter  of  a  century,  brought  sunshine  to  many 
a  weary  heart.  It  completely  fulfils  the  intention 
of   its   benevolent   founder,   which  was  to   allow 


826 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


patients  discharged  from  the  hospitals,  and  other 
convalescents,  to  spend  a  little  time  recuperating 
their  health  in  ideal  surroundings  before  taking  up 
again  the  burdens  of  life.  Thousands  who  have 
regained  their  health  look  back  upon  their  for- 
tunate sojourn  upon  the  quiet  river,  with  pleasure 
and  gratitude. 

The  late  Mr.  Walker  wielded  a  great 
power  in  the  financial  world  of  Sydney 
in  his  day,  but  always  had  a  constitu- 
tional dislike  for  active  politics.  Hence  he 
did  not  gain  that  more  showy  popularity 
which  the  politicians  of  his  period  enjoyed.  New 
South  Wales  has  probably  cause  to  regret  that 
Mr.  Walker  did  not  enter  active  politics.  Had 
he  obtained  a  position  in  politics  corresponding 
to  that  he  achieved  in  commercial  life,  his  genius 
would  undoubtedly  have  proved  invaluable  to  the 
colony  of  New  South  Wales. 

The  stand  he  took  upon  the  land  question 
showed  that  he  had  more  than  ordinary  knowledge 
of  the  subject.  His  letters  and  pamphlets  ad- 
dressed to  the  Legislature,  and  later  to  the  people 
of  New  South  Wales,  displayed  great  intellectual 
vigor  and  absolute  fearlessness. 


Mr.  Walker's  idea,  from  which  he  never 
wavered  and  which  he  urged  with  great  earnest- 
ness, was  that  a  system  of  agricultural  areas 
should  be  established.  He  held  unswervingly  to 
the  conviction  that  in  sanctioning  free  selection 
before  survey  all  over  the  country  Sir  John  Rob- 
ertson's Act  did  irreparable  injury  to  the  pastoral 
industry  and  to  the  State.  Had  the  policy  he 
advocated  been  pursued,  it  is  contended  by  his 
modern  disciples  that  "the  Governments  of 
modern  times  would  not  have  had  to  resume  at 
enormous  cost  the  big  pastoral  holdings,  bought 
in  the  first  instance  in  many  cases  for  a  mere  song, 
and  which  have  been  required  for  closer  settle- 
ment during  the  past  decade." 

Mr.  Walker  looked  forward  to  a  time  when 
the  value  of  the  land  would  be  enormously  in- 
creased. He  urged  that  it  should  be  held  by  the 
Government  and  let  at  a  fair  rental  for  grazing 
purposes,  and  such  as  was  suitable  for  agriculture 
sold  from  time  to  time  at  full  and  fair  prices.  In 
one  of  his  pamphlets  addressed  to  the  people  of 
New  South  Wales  he  declared  that  twelve  mil- 
lion acres  of  our  best  lands  had  been  "thrown 
away" — entailing  a  loss  of  as  many  millions 
sterling,  at  the  very  least.     He  wrote: — 


The  Joanna  Walker  Memorial  Children's  Cottage  Hospital 


A   PREMIER    AUSTRALIAN    PHILANTHROPIST 


827 


"Have  you  eyes  that  see  not  and  ears  that  hear 
not,  or  are  you  asleep,  or  is  it  that  you  are  all 
so  engrossed  by  the  pursuits  you  are  individually 
engaged  in,  that  matters  of  general  concern,  be 
they  ever  so  momentous,  are  allowed  to  escape 
your  notice?  I  am  led  to  ask  these  questions 
from  seeing  that  you  appear  to  be  unconscious  of 
the  great  wrong  that  is  being  done  you  by  those 
to  whom  the  care  and  management  of  your  mag- 
nificent landed  estate  is  confided.  That  grand 
estate  is  of  far  greater  value  than  the  rest  of  the 


and  fair  prices  proportionate  with  their  respective 
values — these  being  modes  of  procedure  consis- 
tent with  reason  and  common  sense — the  bulk  of 
your  estates  are  let  in  large  areas  at  low  and 
quite  inadequate  rates  of  rent,  and  for  such  brief 
terms  and  on  such  other  unfav^orable  conditions 
as  render  it  impossible  for  the  tenants  to  afford 
a  higher  rent;  and  all  the  better  part  of  it  so 
placed  at  the  disposal  of  a  limited  and  specially- 
favored  class  of  people  that  they  may  pick  out 
the  choicest  morsels  they  can  find  and  purchase 


In  the  Garden  at  "Yaralla" 


property  possessed  by  you  as  a  community,  and 
if  rightly  managed  should  suffice  to  provide  for 
almost  all  the  proper  expenses  of  your  govern- 
ment, and  so  relieve  you  of  the  heavy  burden  of 
excessive  taxation.  Yet  you  are  torpid  and  inert 
whilst  this  property  of  inestimable  value  and  im- 
portance is  being  devastated  and  given  away. 
You  are  being  thus  robbed  of  all  the  advantages 
to  which  you  as  owners  thereof  are  entitled,  and 
which  would  be  yours  were  the  property  managed 
by  honest  agents  having  common  sense. 

"Instead  of  the  most  part  of  this  estate  being 
ad  interim  let  for  grazing  purposes  at  full,  fair, 
and  reasonable  discriminating  rates  of  rent  which 
would  provide  an  enormous  and  growing  annual 
income  to  the  State,  and  other  portions  of  it  suit- 
able for  agricultural  operations  being  sold  at  full 


^ 


the  same  at  a  very  low  fixed  uniform  price,  pay- 
able in  minute  yearly  instalments  during  a  long 
period  of  time;  such  price  being  far  below  the 
value  in  the  market  of  the  land  thus  parted  with, 
which  of  course  varies  in  accordance  with  the 
special  qualities  and  position  of  each  portion  re- 
spectively. 

"The  scant  and  altogether  incommensurate 
amount  of  money  thus  obtained  is  almost  wholly 
absorbed  in  maintaining  a  vast  army  of  adminis- 
trators which,  conveniently  for  the  purposes  of 
the  government,  is  called  into  existence  and  kept 
fat  by  this  pernicious  system  of  dealing  with  your 
property. 

"In  this  wantonly  wasteful  and  destructive  way 
upwards  of  twelve  million  acres  of  the  best  of 
your  land  have  already  been  thrown  away;  en- 


828 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


tailing  upon  you  a  loss  of  as  many  millions  of 
pounds  sterling  at  the  very  least." 

Referring  to  the  evils  of  the  land  legislation  of 
New  South  Wales,  Mr.  Walker  was  of  opinion 
that  "if  any  private  person  were  found 
dealing  with  his  property  in  such  a  way  as  this 
(that  is,  by  the  State),  he  would  most 
certainly  be  treated  as  a  lunatic;  and  were  a 
trustee  for  others  to  act  in  such  a  way  he  most 


"Yaralla"    (Entrance  Front) 


assuredly  would  be  held  personally  liable  and,  as 
a  fraudulent  agent,  subjected  to  condign  punish- 
ment. 

"The  original  cause  of  all  these  evils  is  doubt- 
less the  Land  Law  of  1861,  which  was  enacted, 
it  is  said,  in  a  fit  of  passion,  and  most  certainly 
passed  in  the  absence  of  sound  judgment  and 
ordinary  foresight  at  the  instigation  of  a  states- 
man who,  in  this  instance  at  all  events,   as  has 


been  proved  by  dour  experience,  made  a  great 
mistake,  however  good  his  intentions  may  have 
been." 

In  his  last  appeal  to  the  people  of  New  South 
Wales  on  the  land  question  (dated  from  his  home 
at  "Yaralla,"  Concord,  in  September,  1884,  two 
years  prior  to  his  death)  Mr.  Walker  wrote: — 

"Actuated  by  a  desire  to  be  of  use  to  the  com- 
munity of  which  I  have  so  long  been  a  member, 
and  to  which,  in  the  course  of  nature,  I  must 
soon  say  farewell,  I  have  in  numerous  printed 
letters  laid  before  the  members  of  both  Houses 
of  Parliament  representations  regarding  this  im- 
portant matter,  which  I  hoped  might  be  useful. 
But  I  am  sorry  to  say — except  that  I  have  been 
told  by  very  many  members  that  they  entirely 
concur  with  my  views — these  letters  have  not 
been  productive  of  any  appreciable  effect.  They 
have  been  as  if  addressed  to  hungry  wolves  in 
sight  of  their  prey.  In  these  I  have  attempted 
to  set  forth  the  true  state  of  the  case,  and  I  now 
take  a  final  leave  of  the  subject,  hoping  and  trust- 
ing that  such  a  settlement  of  this  important  mat- 
ter will  yet  be  made  as  will  be  the  most  beneficial 
to  the  community  as  a  whole." 

Of  such  firm  and  fearless  thought  was  Mr. 
Thomas  Walker,  broadminded,  benevolent,  rich 
in  heart  and  soul  as  well  as  in  worldly  possessions. 
He  left  Australia  his  debtor  for  national  convic- 
tions fearlessly  spoken,  for  noble  gifts  of  mind 
and  heart  and  hand. 

It  should  be  mentioned  that  Mr.  Walker  was 
a  member  of  the  old  Legislative  Council  of  New 
South  Wales  prior  to  the  granting  of  responsible 
government.  With  others  he  voted  for  the 
severance  of  Port  Phillip  from  New  South  Wales, 
and  was  one  of  the  first  four  members  (the  Rev. 
Dr.  Lang  being  another)  who  afterwards  were 
elected  to  represent  Port  Phillip  in  the  Legislative 
Council,  and,  of  course,  resigned  membership  on 
the  erection  of  Victoria  into  a  separate  colony. 

A  wise  man,  a  far-seeing  man,  a  capable  man; 
after  a  good  life  lived,  by  his  high  intent  is  still 
poured  out  daily  a  gracious  oil  of  human  kind- 
ness to  salve  the  wounds  and  soften  the  sorrows 
of  his  less-fortunate  fellow-citizens. 

His  opportunities  for  doing  good  were  more 
than  usual.  He  made  unusual  use  of  them  to 
help  and  heal  the  afflicted. 

Australia,  free,  humane,  and  enlightened,  holds 
and  will  hold  the  memory  of  the  late  Thomas 
Walker  in  reverence  and  high  regard.  He  died 
on  September  2nd,  1886,  in  the  83rd  year  of  hi? 
age. 


George   Fife   Augas, 
The  Father  of  South  Australia 


THE   ANGAS    FAMILY. 
PIONEERS,  PASTORALISTS  AND  PHILANTHROPISTS. 


THE  "Province"  of  South  Australia  has 
always  prided  itself  upon  the  purity  and 
probity  of  its  citizenship.  High  philan- 
thropic and  economic  ideals  were  embodied  in  its 
beginnings.  Wakefield  was  associated  with  its 
formation.  Among  its  earliest  pioneers  were 
men  of  the  Pilgrim  Fathers'  type,  men  of  stern 
uprightness,  such  as  those  who,  for  conscience 
sake,  journeyed  overseas  with  William  Penn. 

Pre-eminent  among  them  stands  the  name  of 

George  Fife  Angas,  who  would  be   a  historical 

figure  in  any  country,  whose  life  was  the  life  of 

one  of  the  world's  successful  men,  whose  memory 

iwill  long  endure  as  the  actual  Father  of  a  free 

[Colony  in  the  South. 

I     He  was  born  at  Newcastle-on-Tyne,  England, 
nn  1789.       His  father  was  a  coach  builder  and 


shipowner  in  a  large  way  of  business,  claiming 
descent  from  the  Earls  of  Angus,  who  played  their 
vigorous  parts  in  Scotch  history. 

In  the  year  1804  George  Fife  Angas,  then  aged 
15,  was  apprenticed  to  his  father's  business,  in 
which  he  soon  developed  a  great  proficiency. 
Philanthropic  work  must  have  appealed  to  his 
imagination  very  early  in  his  career,  for  we  find 
him  at  eighteen  successfully  organizing  "The 
Benevolent  Society  of  Coachmakers,"  in  his 
native  town.  At  twenty  he  was  an  overseer  in 
his  father's  factory,  at  24  he  married. 

Our  chief  interest  in  his  career  lies  in  his  con- 
nection with  the  South  Australian  Company, 
which  established  the  first  settlement  in  that 
colony  and  laid  the  foundations  of  its  prosperity. 
In   1829  Mr.   Robert  Gouger  was  inspired  with 


829 


830 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


the  idea  of  founding  a  British  colony  on  the  south- 
ern coast  of  Australia  on  the  system  propounded 
by  Edward  Gibbon  Wakefield.  When,  early  in 
1832,  Mr.  Angas  received  a  prospectus  of  the 
proposed  company  he  at  once  expressed  his 
willingness  to  take  up  as  many  shares  as  would 
qualify  him  to  become  a  director.  He  was 
elected,  accordingly,  as  a  member  of  the  pro- 
visional committee. 

His  first  action  in  this  capacity  was  to  enter  a 
protest  against  paupers  being  sent  out  as  settlers. 
He  also  expressed  the  hope  that  the  appointment 
of  a  Governor  would  be  left  in  the  hands  of  the 
Company  until  the  population  had  reached  10,000 
and  a  Legislative  Assembly  had  been  established. 

When  the  colonisation  scheme  had  been  further 
considered,  Mr.  Angas  put  his  ideas  into  more 
definite  and  detailed  shape.  His  programme 
comprised  the  following  distinctive  points: — i. 
— The  exchision  of  convicts.  2. — The  con- 
centration of  the  settlers.  3. — The  taking  out 
of  persons  of  capital  and  intelligence,  "and  espe- 
cially men  of  piety."  4. — The  emigration  of 
young  couples  of  good  character.  5.- — Free  trade, 
good  government,  and  freedom  in  matters  of 
religion." 

We  next  find  Mr.  Angas  promising  Mr.  Gouger 
that  he  would  act  upon  the  Board  of  the  South 
Australian  Association  formed  to  carry  out  the 
provisions  of  the  South  Australian  Bill  which,  in 

1834,  had  been  passed  by  the  British  Parliament, 
after  considerable  opposition,  eventually  over- 
come by  the  Duke  of  Wellington.       On  May  5th, 

1835,  IVIr.  Angas  was  gazetted  one  of  the  eleven 
Royal  Commissioners,  the  chairman  being  Colonel 
R.  R.  Torrens,  whose  Land  Act  was  to  make  his 
name  prominent  in  the  annals  of  Australian  his- 
tory, while  the  secretary  was  Rowland  Hill,  of 
penny  postage  fame. 

To  meet  the  conditions  in  regard  to  purchase 
of  land  in  the  proposed  colony,  Mr.  Angas  sug- 
gested the  formation  of  a  Joint  Stock  Company. 
His  idea  was  to  "establish  a  collateral  company 
to  purchase  the  required  amount  of  land,  to  em- 
ploy the  emigrants,  and  to  provide  the  capital 
necessary  for  the  working  of  the  Colonial  Govern- 
ment," frankly  expressing  his  belief  that  unless 
these  objects  were  accomplished  the  project  of  the 
new  settlement  would  assuredly  prove  a  failure. 
His  fellow-commissioners,  however,  did  not 
agree  with  him.  The  affairs  of  the  association 
reached  a  deadlock.  The  disappointing  situa- 
tion did  not,  however,  deter  Mr.  Angas  from 
further  effort  in  this  direction,  with  the  result  that 
he  succeeded  in  securing,  by  September  29th,  of 
that  same  year,  a  capital  of  .£20,000  subscribed 
by  himself  and  four  others,  wherewith  to  start 
"The  South  Australian  Company,"  which  was  to 


make  the  establishment  of  the  colony  practicable. 
About  a  fortnight  later  the  capital  of  the  com- 
pany was  increased  to  about  four  thousand  shares 
of  £50  each,  making  up  the  sum  required  by  the 
prospectus  to  justify  the  Directors  in  proceeding. 
Mr.  Angas  was  elected  chairman.  His  position  as 
a  director  in  the  company  necessitating  his  resig- 
nation as  a  Commissioner,  the  Government,  at 
Colonel  Torrens'  request,  allowed  him  to  retain 
his  seat  for  three  months — long  enough  for  him 
to  see  all  the  preliminary  measures  required  bv 
the  Act  completed.  Among  the  directors  also  of 
the  company  were  Raikes  Currie,  Charles  Hind- 
ley,  John  Pirie,  John  Rundle,  and  Henry  Way- 
mouth,  all  of  whose  names  were  in  due  time  per- 
petuated on  the  principal  streets  of  the  new 
city  of  Adelaide.  Mr.  Robert  Gouger  officiated 
as  secretary. 

Mr.  Angas  continued  to  influence  men  of  capi- 
tal in  the  big  cities  in  this  new  pioneering  Com- 
pany, and  in  forcing  the  Government  to  facilitate 
the  despatch  of  the  first  settlers,  which  the  Com- 
missioners seemed  unable  to  effect.  His  shipping 
interests  also  helped  him  in  this  task.  For 
many  weeks  he  worked  hard  in  fitting  out 
three  vessels  with  emigrants,  provisions,  and 
live  stock  for  the  new  colony.  On  February 
22nd,  1836,  one  month  after  the  legal 
formation  of  the  Company,  the  John  Pirie  set 
sail,  followed  two  days  later  by  the  Duke  of  York, 
with  Mr.  Samuel  Stephens,  colonial  manager  of 
the  Company,  and  other  officers  and  servants, 
taking  with  them  very  complete  instructions  pre- 
pared by  Mr.  Angas  relating  to  banking,  ship  and 
boat-building,  commercial  and  shipping  affairs, 
whaling  and  fishing,  the  erection  of  houses  and 
warehouses,  wharves  and  dockyards,  the  charge 
of  stores,  the  working  of  mines  and  quarries, 
flour,  saw,  and  other  mills,  and  many  minor  mat- 
ters. The  third  vessel  was  the  Lady  Mary 
Pelham.  Their  destination  was  Nepean  Bay, 
Kangaroo  Island,  and  there  the  first  South  Aus- 
tralian colonists,  who  were  of  a  very  superior 
type,  pitched  their  tents. 

Negotiations  between  the  Company  and  the 
Bank  of  Australasia,  for  the  establishment  of  a 
branch  of  the  latter  in  the  new  colony,  having 
failed,  Mr.  Angas  submitted  to  the  South  Austra- 
lian Company  a  proposal  for  forming  a  bank  out- 
side of  the  affairs  of  the  Company  but  working 
in  its  interests,  and  this  being  accepted,  Mr. 
Edward  Stephens  was  sent  out  from  England  as 
manager  of  the  South  Australian  Banking  Com- 
pany, with  a  framed  banking-house,  iron  chests, 
and  the  entire  plant  of  the  bank,  together  with 
bank  notes,  engraved  in  London,  varying  in  value 
from  I  OS.  to  £10,  and  representing  in  the  aggre- 
gate the  sum  of  £10,000.  Mr.  Henry  Kings- 
cote  was  Chairman  of  Directors,  and  Mr.  Angas 


THE    ANGAS    FAMILY 


831 


one  of  the  directors.      In  1867,  the  title  of  "The 
Bank  of  South  AustraHa"  was  adopted. 

Mr.  Angas  had  already,  in  1828,  in  conjunc- 
tion with  his  cousin,  Mr.  Thomas  Joplin,  founded 
the  National  Provincial  Bank  of  England.  He 
was  further  to  be  intimately  associated  with  the 
establishment  of  one  of  the  most  successful  of 
Australian  banks.  In  1837  ^"^  °f  the  directors 
,  of  the  Tamar  Bank  in  Tasmania,  Mr.  Philip  Oak- 
den,  went  to  England  to  negotiate  with  an  Eng- 
lish company  for  the  sale  of  that  bank,  with  the 
object  of  increasing  its  capital  and  extending  its 
operations.  He  interviewed  Mr.  Angas  and 
won  his  interest  in  the  proposal,  the  outcome  of 
their  interviews  being  that  Mr.  Angas  formulated 
a  scheme  for  the  establishment  of  the  "Union 
Bank  of  Australia."  Early  in  July  that  institu- 
tion was  formed,  with  G.  F.  Angas  on  the  first 
Board  of  Directors. 

His  business  interests  in  the  colony  were  looked 
after  at  first  by  Mr.  Flaxman,  his  confidential 
clerk,  whom  he  had  sent  out  from  England  for 
that  purpose,  but  who  became  infected  with  the 
land  fever  then  at  its  height.  He  bought  largely  in 
Mr.  Angas's  name  and  incurred  heavy  responsi- 
bihties  which  nearly  brought  his  principal  to  ruin. 
Some  idea  of  the  boom  may  be  gathered  from  the 

I  act  that  this  small  community  of  16,000  acquired 
learly  300,000  acres. 
Illustrative  of  the  widespread  character  of  Mr. 
Lngas's  colonising  interests,  it  is  interesting  to 
lote  an  occurrence  which  had  an  important  bear- 
ing on  the  history  of  New  Zealand,  then  to  some 
extent  colonised  from  New  South  Wales.  He 
received  a  visit  from  a  Frenchman,  Baron  de 
Thierry,  whose  brother  had  in  1837  gone  to  New 
Zealand  and  there  possessed  himself,  by  means  of 
barter  with  the  natives,  of  a  large  tract  of  country 
in  the  North  Island.  Mr.  Angas  gathered  from 
the  conversation  that  the  French  Government  in- 
tended making  a  settlement  there.  He  accord- 
ingly informed  the  Colonial  Secretary,  Lord 
Glenelg,  who  suggested  to  Mr.  Angas  the  forma- 
tion of  a  Joint  Stock  Company  to  promote  a 
British  settlement.  Mr.  Angas  hesitated  to  take 
any  interest  in  another  colony;  but  the  Govern- 
ment acted  on  his  information  and  appointed 
Captain  William  Hobson,  R.N.,  to  proceed  to 
New  Zealand  as  "Her  Majesty's  Consul  and  as 
eventual  Lieutenant-Governor,"  to  propose  to  the 
Maoris  to  recognise  Queen  Victoria  as  their 
sovereign.  He  arrived  there  in  January,  1840, 
and  secured  the  adherence  of  the  North  Island 
chiefs  to  this  proposal,  taking  possession  of  the 
South  Island  on  the  ground  of  discovery.  Mr. 
Angas's  information  proved  correct  a  few  months 
later,  when  the  British  Consul  politely  but 
firmly    informed   a   French   expedition  that  they 


were  forestalled.  The  British  Government  was 
not  unmindful  of  Mr.  Angas's  invaluable  services 
in  saving  New  Zealand  for  the  Empire,  and 
offered  him  first  a  knighthood  and  then  a 
baronetcy,   both  of  which  he  declined. 


,  ^  «a.U  JjioUij  !£(,,,-»[  T).^!?*  ^^^^IZ^ 


The  South  Australian  Company 

An  interesting   contemporary   Souvenir  of  the  First  Board 
of  Directors,  January,  183B 


George  Fife  Angas  resolutely  put  aside  all  per- 
sonal honor.  He  declined  to  allo'v  his  name  to 
be  used  in  christening  the  ports,  towns,  or  physical 
features  of  the  new  colony  of  South  Australia, 
although  his  memory  has  been  since  perpetuated 
in  the  naming  of  the  town  of  Angaston,  Angas 
Park,  and  certain  streets  and  parks  about  Ade- 
laide. 

On  many  occasions  during  future  years,  his 
co-workers  in  Adelaide  had  urged  Mr.  Angas  to 
join  them  there,  but  his  numerous  and  important 
home  interests  made  that  impossible.  It  was 
evident,  from  the  diary  he  kept  regularly  during 
his  life,  that  South  Australia  occupied  the  first 
place  in  his  mind.  But  he  had  many  interests  of 
a  great  financial  value  in  the  colony,  including 
large  tracts  of  country  near  Adelaide,  and  he  re- 
cognised that  these  required  some  personal  over- 
sight, especially  as  the  colony  was  suffering  depres- 


832 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


• 


sion.  So  he  decided  to  send  out  one  of  his  sons. 
John  Howard  Angas,  then  only  nineteen  years  of 
age,  but  already  a  man  after  his  father's  model, 
to  represent  him  in  the  new  colony  and  look  after 


The  Hon.   John  Howard  Angas 


his  large  interests  there.  The  young  man,  in 
company  with  his  sister  and  her  husband,  Henry 
Evans,  and  their  infant  son,  set  sail  on  Good 
Friday,  1843,  in  the  barque  Madras.  Mr. 
Angas's  eldest  son,  George  French  Angas,  an 
artist,  and  a  friend  of  Landseer,  went  to  Austra- 
lia on  a  visit  about  this  time,  and  made  a  great 
number  of  sketches  and  notes,  which  he  ultimately 
published  in  his  "South  Australia  Illustrated," 
"The  New  Zealanders  Illustrated,"  and  "Savage 
Life  and  Scenes  in  Australia  and  New  Zealand," 


"A  Ramble  in  Malta  and  Sicily,"  &c.  He  opened 
the  first  art  exhibition  held  in  the  new  colony,  in 
1841;,  and  was  for  a  time  curator  of  the  Sydney 
Museum. 


He 

raiH 
hej 


Mr.  J.  H.  Angas  proved  a  wise  and  energetic 
steward  of  his  father's  interests.  He  had,  before 
leaving  England,  studied  and  practised  land-sur 
veying,  in  which  he  became  very  skilful.  He 
was  also  exceedingly  tough  and  enduring  physi 
cally,  as  he  soon  pro\ed  when  he  began  pastora' 
life  in  the-  South  Australian  bush.  When  hj 
arrived  he  found  that  property  was  selling  f 
less  than  the  cost  of  the  title-deed  two  years 
before,  homes  were  being  let  to  respectable  tenants 
rent  free  and  Adelaide  was  half  deserted.  But 
his  first  year  saw  a  definite  turning  of  the  tide. 
Governor  Grey's  policy  of  encouraging  people  t^^ 
settle  on  and  cultivate  country  lands  rather  tha^Hl 
herd  together  in  the  city  was  beginning  to  bear 
fruit,  and  a  bountiful  season  in  i  843  was  encour- 
aging the  farmers,  the  harvesting  being  greatly 
accelerated  by  a  recent  introduction  of  the  Ridley 
reaping  machine.  What  helped  most,  however, 
was  the  discovery  that  the  colony  was  rich  in 
mineral  wealth.  The  opening  of  the  Kapunda 
mine  attracted  population  and  revived  trade  and 
commerce,  but  it  was  to  pastoral  pursuits  that  Mr. 
J.  H.  Angas  instinctively  turned. 

Although  portions  of  the  paternal  property  in 
the  Barossa  ranges  was  highly  mineralised,  he  had 
his  father's  distaste  for  mining  ventures.  So, 
within  a  few  days  of  his  arrival,  he  found  his 
way  to  the  locality,  then  known  as  "The  Surveys," 
in  which  was  German  Pass,  then  consisting  of  one 
house  and  two  cottages — now  the  thriving  town 
of  Angaston.  There,  at  the  head  station  of 
Tarrawatta,  in  a  pleasant  valley  heavily  timbered 
with  giant  gum-trees,  with  the  river  Gawler  flow- 
ing through  it,  some  four  miles  east  of  Angaston, 
he  made  his  headquarters,  living  in  a  stone  hut 
of  two  rooms  which,  increased  in  size,  is  still  stand-  \ 
ing.  Later  on  he  built  the  Valley  House  on  the 
left  bank  of  the  river,  and  lived  there  for  years 
an  extremely  busy  and  often  wandering  life, 
nearly  always  in  the  saddle,  looking  after  his 
father's  extensive  and  scattered  properties.  He 
was  the  pioneer  pastoralist  of  that  fertile  district,  i 
He  had,  like  most  pioneers,  exceedingly  rough 
experiences,  but  laid  surely  the  foundations  of  his 
father's  and  later  his  own  exceptional  prosperityif 

He  used  Tarrawatta  for  depasturing  stock,  one 
of  his  successful  speculations  at  this  time  being 
the  taking  over  of  a  thousand  head  of  cattle  from 
the  S.A.  Company's  property  at  Gumeracha  to 
depasture,  payment  to  be  made  in  kind.  Similarly 
flocks  of  sheep  were  obtained  on  the  agistment 
system,  payment  being  one  half  their  increase  and 
produce.        Later    on,    when    the    Burra    Burra 


\ 


THE   ANGAS    FAMILY 


833 


copper  mine  was  opened  he  did  a  big  business  in 
buying  and  breaking  in  bullocks  for  teams,  open- 

,,,  jg  a  depot  near  Gawler. 

|l^  In  1848  Mr.  G.  ¥.  Angas  found  himself 
compelled  by  circumstances  to  resign  from  the 
Board  of  the  South  Australian  Company,  of  which 
he  was  chairman,  and  which  he  had  served  so 
well  for  over  twelve  years.  He  was  able,  in 
replying  to  a  resolution  acknowledging  his  great 
services,  to  remind  his  fellow-directors  that  the 
new  colony  had  a  population  of  33,000,  and  a 
public  surplus  of  £15,000.  Failing  health  again 
suggested  to  him  the  advisability  of  spending  his 

l^pmaining  years — he  was  now  sixty  years  of  age 
— in  South  Australia.  So,  having  sold  out  of 
all  his  many  English  interests,  he  set  sail  in  the 
ship  Ascendant,  with  his  wife  and  youngest  son, 
on  October  3rd,  1850.  In  the  same  vessel,  the 
British  Government  sent  to  Adelaide  the  impor- 
tant, indeed  historic  document  of  the  New  Con- 
stitution, granting  self-government  to  South  Aus- 
ti-alia. 

A  few  days  after  landing  in  his  adopted  coun- 
try, Mr.  Angas  was  entertained  at  a  public  dinner, 
his  hosts  including  some  of  the  first  settlers,  who 
had  gone  out  in  the  pioneer  vessel  and  had  dwelt  in 
the  temporary  canvas  town  on  Kangaroo  Island. 
l£  was  no  mean  compliment,  and  no  empty  one. 


h 


House 


that  the  chairman  paid  him  when  in  describ- 
ing the  early  attempts  to  found  the  colony,  he  said 
that  "after  the  first  efforts  were  made  the 
machine  stuck  fast,  and  but  for  George  Fife  Angas 
would  have  stuck  there  till  the  present  moment," 
a  statement  that  received  emphatic  assent  from 
the  assemblage. 

Those  were  proud  and  happy  days  for  Mr. 
G.  F.  Angas.  Here  at  last  he  beheld  the  settle- 
ment he  had  done  so  much  in  establishing.  Now 
the  population  stood  at  63,700,  exclusive  of  3,730 
aborigines,  174,000  acres  of  land  were  enclosed, 
and  15,000  acres  depastured  by  cattle  and  sheep. 
The  public  revenue  was  £280,000  per  annum, 
showing  a  surplus  of  £40,000.  Its  import  trade 
was  £887,000  and  its  export  £571,000,  employing 
tonnage  of  168,500,  inwards  and  outwards.  Wool 
exported  was  over  3!  million  pounds  weight,  while 
44,594  cwts,  of  metal  and  8,784  tons  of  copper 
ore  had  been  exported  during  the  previous  year. 
"Nowhere,"  says  his  biographer,  "had  greater 
changes  and  improvements  been  eifected  than  in 
the  Barossa  ranges  district  and  upon  the  exten- 
sive lands  possessed  by  Mr.  Angas.  Through  the 
judicious  and  farseeing  management  of  his  son, 
the  wilderness  had  been  made  to  blossom  as  the 
rose." 

He  had  barely  settled  down  in  his  new  home  at 


H34 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


CoUingrove  House 


Lindsay  House,  Angaston,  when  he  was  gazetted 
a  member  of  the  Board  of  Education  and  a  Justice 
of  the  Peace.  When  the  first  Legislative  Council 
under  the  new  Constitution  was  elected,  Mr. 
Angas  was  returned  unopposed  for  the  Barossa 
district.  He  soon  found  himself  engaged  in 
many  a  sturdy  fight  on  the  important  public  ques- 
tions which  came  up  for  settlement.  Somewhat 
conser\'ative  in  his  views  he  was  not  always  on  the 
winning  side. 

That  he  was  still  acceptable  as  a  legislator  was 
proved  in  1S57  when,  in  spite  of  his  unsuccessful 
opposition  to  universal  suffrage,  he  was  elected  a 
member  of  the  Legislative  Council  by  a  large 
majority,  in  the  first  Parliament  (of  two  Houses) 
elected  under  the  amended  Constitution.  At  the 
close  of  the  first  session  he  visited  England  for 
two  years  and  on  his  return  to  the  colony  was 
escorted  to  his  home  by  a  lengthy  procession,  an 
address  of  welcome  being  presented  to  him.  He 
was  re-elected  to  the  Council  in  1865  but  a  year 
after  was  compelled  by  increasing  infirmities — he 
was  then  nearly  80  years  old — to  resign  his  seat, 
when  the  House  unanimously  gave  expression  to 
the  gratitude  of  the  colony  for  his  eminent  ser- 
vices, even  an  old  opponent  declaring  that  he  was 
always  regarded  as  "a  deep-thinking,  clever  man 
who  never  hesitated  to  declare  what  he  thought 
was  the  right  view  and  was  never  overawed  by 
popular  clamor." 

In  his  old  age,  he  retained  a  good  deal  of  his 
philanthropic  enthusiasm,  even  in  the  comparative 
retirement  he  enjoyed  at  his  beautiful  home 
at     Angaston.         On     December     28th,      1878, 


he  celebrated  the  forty-first  anniversary  of  the 
founding  of  the  colony  by  handing  over  to  the 
authorities  as  a  gift  the  Angaston  Recreation  Park 
of  twenty-one  acres.  On  the  following  ist  May 
he  celebrated  his  ninetieth  birthday  and  a  fort- 
night later  he  died,  leaving  three  generations  of 
descendants.  It  may  fairly  be  said  of  George 
Fife  Angas  that  he  made  the  founding  of  South 
Australia  his  life-work,  emulating  the  example  of 
his  distinguished  predecessor.  Sir  Joseph  Banks, 
who  for  so  long  overlooked  the  interests  of  the 
Mother  State  of  New  South  Wales. 

Mr.  John  Howard  Angas  never  made  politics 
a  principal  interest  in  his  life;  but  when  his  father, 
through  increasing  infirmities  and  old  age,  was 
unable  to  continue  his  political  career,  it  was  to 
his  son  that  the  public  looked  to  carry  on  the 
family  tradition.  At  first,  J.  H.  Angas  declined 
to  enter  politics,  in  spite  of  the  flattering  terms  of 
a  voluminous  requisition — a  roll  of  foolscap 
sheets  of  signatures  about  14  feet  long,  which  was 
addressed  to  him  in  1868 — asking  him  to  stand 
for  the  Barossa  electorate  at  the  next  general 
election.  The  second  request  from  Fanunda. 
Angaston,  and  Gawler  in  December,  1871,  he  felt 
it  unfair  to  decline.  He  was  in  due  course  elected 
by  a  very  large  majority.  He  was  never  an  active 
party  man,  and  concerned  himself  only  with  ques- 
tions on  which  he  had  special  knowledge  or  con- 
victions. One  of  the  longest  speeches  he  made 
in  the  Legislature  was  on  the  Land  Bill.  He. 
introduced  a  bill  amending  the  Aliens  Act  in 
regard  to  making  naturalisation  easier  and 
cheaper.       He  also  interested  himself  in  the  over- 


THE    ANGAS    FAMILY 


835 


land  teleifraph  from  Adelaide  to  Port  Darwin,  his 
intimate  knowledge  of  the  interior  of  Australia 
making  his  views  of  special  interest.  He 
favored  the  land  grant  system  in  connection  with 
a  proposed  transcontinental  railway,  and  actively 
supported  the  policy  for  the  preservation  of 
native  timber.  In  various  debates  on  education, 
immigration,  road  and  railway  construction,  he 
took  an  active  part,  but  strongly  opposed  the 
break  of  gauge.  In  1876  he  was  compelled  for 
health  reasons  to  retire  from  politics. 

After  an  interval  of  eleven  years,  however,  he 
was  again  persuaded  to  enter  the  political  arena. 
In  1887,  he  was  asked  to  stand  for  the  Legisla- 
tive Council  for  the  Central  Division,  which  in- 
cluded Adelaide.  The  requisition  referred  to 
his  long  residence,  great  experience,  and  practi- 
cal knowledge ;  his  well-known  enterprise  and 
deep  interest  in  the  welfare,  development,  and 
advancement  of  the  province,  which  would  cause 
his  presence  in  the  Legislature  to  be  of  great 
service  "at  the  present  critical  period  of  our  his- 
tory." Mr.  Angas  re-entered  Parliament  when 
general     depression,    following    the   great     land 


boom,  was  but  faintly  showing  promise  of 
future  prosperity.  A  good  harvest,  a  rising 
market  for  pastoral  products,  and  mineral  dis- 
coveries both  at  Teetulpa  and  on  the  Barrier,  gave 
the  colony  new  hope.  Moreover,  the  jubilee  of 
South  Australia  was  about  to  be  celebrated. 

The  Hon.  J.  H.  Angas  was  in  full  sympathy  by 
temperament  and  experience  with  such  a  situation. 
He  had  lived  through  periods  of  seasonal  adver- 
sity, and  knew  that  they  were  followed  by  years 
of  plenty,  but  he  knew  also  that  future  prosperity 
would  not  be  won  by  the  mere  endurance  of  a 
handful  of  colonists.  Consequently  we  find  him 
a  warm  supporter  of  what  should  be  the  basic 
Australian  policy — attracting  a  desirable  class  of 
emigrants  to  increase  production,  of  giving  tenants 
security  of  land  tenure,  protecting  local  industries, 
and  especially  conserving  water  and  extending 
irrigation.  Though  he  was  a  large  landowner, 
he  advocated  land  and  income  taxes,  at  the  same 
time  making  the  public  income  balance  expendi- 
ture. Mr.  Angas  served  out  his  term,  but  when 
that  expired  in  1894  he  definitely  declined  to  con- 
tinue his  parliamentary  career. 


k 


The  Church  at  Collingrove 


^36 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


When,  in  1854,  Mr.  J.  H.  Angas  went  to  Eng 
land  on  a  visit,  partly  for  a  holiday  and  parti- 
cularly to  settle  some  of  his  father's  affairs,  he 
met,  at  the  house  of  a  married  sister,  the  family 
of  Mr.  Collins,  a  millowner  of  Cheshire.  This 
gentleman's  only  daughter  became  Mr.  Angas's 
wife  and  returned  with  him  to  Australia.  The 
voyage  was  made  in  a  Dutch  cattle  boat,  which 
carried  only  one  other  passenger,  and  was  an 
exceedingly  distressing  experience.  The  young 
couple  built  their  home,  "Collingrove,"  in  a  val- 
ley near  the  old  Tarrawatta  station.  At  first 
only  a  humble  abode  in  picturesque  surroundings, 
it  is  now  a  handsome,  commodious  residence, 
situated  in  fine  park-like  lands.  Less  than  two 
miles  away,  by  a  road  through  the  estate,  stands 
Lindsay  House,  where  Mr.  George  Fife  Angas 
lived,  now  the  home  of  his  grandson  and  succes- 
sor, Mr.  Charles  Howard  Angas,  who  was  born 
in  England  during  a  visit  of  his  parents. 

Shortly  after  his  marriage,  he  had  acquired  on 
his  own  account  the  first  of  many  properties  that 
he  conducted  with  such  conspicuous  success.  This 
was  the  Mount  Remarkable  station,  which  became 
the  nucleus  of  his  extensive  enterprises  in  the 
North.  This  station  was  eventually  increased  to 
45,000  acres.  He  devoted  considerable  personal 
attention  to  his  pastoral  holdings,  improving  and 
developing  them  to  a  high  degree.  Among  the 
flockmasters  of  Australia,  though  not  unrivalled, 
he  was  without  a  peer. 

In  the  early  'fifties,  Mr.  Angas  entered  into 
partnership  with  Mr.  A.  B.  Murray  in  a  sheep 
run  in  the  Murray  Valley,  meeting  with  such  suc- 
cess that  in  1855  they  won  the  first  prize  for  im- 
ported merino  rams  at  the  Adelaide  Agricultural 
Show.  He  had  also  bought  in  England 
a  herd  of  ten  stud  bulls  and  cows,  which 
had  been  chosen  from  five  different  breeders. 
At  the  same  time  he  turned  his  atten- 
tion to  horses,  and  made  a  beginning  with  the 
Collingrove  Clydesdales,  which  afterwards  be- 
came famous,  by  purchasing  the  two-year-old 
draught  entire,  Sultan,  which  had  been  adjudged 
in  England  the  best  of  his  year  and  class,  also  a 
mare  of  corresponding  character.  He  followed 
up  the  importation  of  the  Clydesdale  stallion 
Sultan,  with  Argyle  and  Rantin  Robin,  both  Scot- 
tish champions,  and  Young  Lord  Clyde,  a  horse 
of  high  repute. 

Soon  afterwards,  as  a  consequence  of  natural 
increase,  he  formed  the  Arrowie  and  Wirrialpa 
runs,  and  stocked  them  with  the  progeny  reared 
at  Mount  Remarkable.  A  vast  tract  of  country, 
including  several  thousands  of  square  miles  on 
Stuart's  Creek,  was  leased  from  the  Crown  as  a 
cattle  run.  Station  after  station  was  added  in 
the  far  North  until  the  entire  concern,  under 
the  direct  management  of  Mr.  J.  H.  Angas,  in  that 


part  of  the  colony,  assumed  vast  proportions. 
Yet  he  never  bought  a  property  without  in- 
specting it  personally  and  later  satisfying  himself 
that  the  improvements  he  thought  necessary  were 
carried  out.  He  visited  each  station  at  intervals, 
and  he  would  take  an  active  part  in  the  cattle  mus- 
terings,  and  in  the  drafting  and  classifying  of 
stock. 

The  Hill  River  estate  was  purchased  by  Mr. 
Angas  in  1871  from  Mr.  C.  B.  Fisher.  It  com- 
prised 55,000  acres.  The  homestead  is  charm- 
ingly situated  In  a  cosy  nook  of  the  sheltering  hills 
near  a  little  rivulet,  with  a  garden  of  rich  soil;  it 
Is  about  90  miles  north  of  Adelaide,  and  has  an 
altitude  of  1,500  feet  above  sea-level.  With  the 
station  he  purchased  a  large  portion  of  the  cele- 
brated merino  flock. 

Point  Sturt  was  one  of  Mr.  Angas's  later  pur- 
chases. It  Is  different  In  topography  and  sur- 
roundings from  any  other  of  his  properties.  He 
secured  it  in  1888,  expressly  for  his  famed  Short- 
horn stud.  It  is  3,200  acres  in  extent,  compris- 
ing the  whole  of  a  peninsula  jutting  Into  Lake 
Alexandrina.  Its  soil  is  not  rich  and  has  a  lime- 
stone foundation,  but  it  is  well  grassed,  lightly- 
timbered,  and  well  suited  for  a  stud  farm.  Kings- 
ford,  famous  for  its  herd  of  Herefords  in  Mr.  J. 
H.  Angas's  time,  lies  a  few  miles  from  Rose- 
worthy. 

FinnIss  Springs,  directly  south  of  Lake  Eyre, 
which  was  occupied  by  Mr.  Angas  under  lease 
from  the  Crown  so  recently  as  1898,  comprised 
578  square  miles.  It  was  used  as  a  breeding 
station,  and  turned  out  many  fine  cattle.  He  in- 
stalled 20  artesian  bores  here,  and  at  Stuart's 
Creek,  which  pour  out  an  aggregate  of  225,400 
gallons  per  day.  One  struck  water  at  740  feet — 
the  others  varied  between  35  to  131  feet — and 
yielded  an  additional  36,000  gallons;  while  still 
another,  at  a  depth  of  962  feet  yielded  a  flow  of  [ 
nearly  a  million  and  a  half  gallons  a  day.  i 

In    many  of    his    public    activities,    Mr.  John . 
Howard  Angas  closely  followed  in  the  footstep;  1 
of  his  father.       Thus  he  took  the  latter's  positior  I 
as   a  Vice-President  of  the   local  branch  of  tht  | 
British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society  and  in   1885  ; 
when  the  constitution  and  title  of  the  local  organ  ; 
ization  was  altered,  he  became  the  first  Preslden 
and  held  that  office  until  his  decease.       He  gav  ■ 
liberally  to  the  Society's  funds,  and  especially  t ' 
that  for  the  erection  of  Bible  House  in  Grenfell ; 
street,  Adelaide.       He  also  took  an  active  part  I 
the  work  of  the  local  branch  of  the  London  Mi; ' 
sionary  Society,  with  which  also  his  father  ha  ( 
been  closely  connected,  and  he  founded  and  prir  j 
cipally  sustained    several    missions  in  the    Scut 
Seas,  and  especially  the  Angas  Island  Mission  '<  , 
New  Guinea.       He  took  a  great  Interest  in  th 


I 


837 


838 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


splendid  work  in  London  of  Dr.  Barnardo's 
National  Waifs'  Association,  many  of  his  gifts, 
totalling  several  thousands  of  pounds,  being 
given  through  his  sister  in  England,  Mrs.  John- 
son, one  of  Dr.  Barnardo's  first  and  most  consis- 
tent supporters. 

It  may  briefly  be  mentioned  that,  as  his  father 
was  the  first  Treasurer  of  the  British  and  Foreign 
Sailors'    Society — which    indeed   owed   its   origin 


The  Angas  Memorial,  Adelaide 


to  Mr.  G.  F.  Angas  and  his  brother,  William 
Henry  Angas — it  was  only  appropriate  that  Mr. 
J.  H.  Angas  should  be  closely  associated  with  the 
Society's  work  in  England  and  he  succeeded  Lord 
Brassey  as  President,  when  the  latter  came  to  Vic- 
toria as  Governor.  The  Angas  interest  in  the 
Society  is  still  preserved,  Mr.  Charles  H.  Angas 
being  elected  Vice-President  in  1903.  A  per- 
manent memorial  of  the  services  of  the  family 
is  preserved  in  London  by  the  establishment  of  a 
"Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  H.  Angas  Room"  in  the 
Society's  Home  for  Sailors  at  Ramsgate,  Eng- 
land. Mr.  C.  H.  Angas  is  Commodore  of  the 
Bethel  Union  Association,  London,  and  possesses 
a  bust  of  Nelson  made  from  copper  and  mounted 
on  wood  from  the  great  admiral's  famous  war 
ship,  H.M.S.  f'ictory,  which  was  presented  to  him 
by  the  British  and  Foreign  Sailors'  Society  as  a 


memento  of  his  ancestors'  and  his  own  services  to 
the  Society. 

The  Australian  Bushmen's  Club  was  another  of 
Mr.  J.  H.  Angas's  philanthropies,  he  and  his 
father  being  generous  contributors  to  the  Bush 
Missionary  Society,  which  was  founded  in  1856, 
and  out  of  which  the  Bushmen's  Club  naturally 
grew. 

Brief  mention  only  can  be  made  here  of 
Mr.  J.  H.  Angas's  part  in  establishing  the 
Inebriates'  Retreat,  Mr.  G.  F".  Angas  hav- 
ing given  sixty  acres  at  his  estate  of 
Belair  for  the  purpose  in  1876  and  a 
sum  of  -£1,000,  his  son  giving  £500  and 
subsequently  supporting  the  institution  liber- 
ally; also  Flope  Lodge,  and  Angas  College  for 
the  training  of  young  women  missionary  students; 
the  Convalescent  Home  at  Semaphore,  the  Home 
for  Incurables- — to  which  he  gave  his  salary  as  a 
member  of  Parliament  as  a  yearly  subscription, 
and  in  which  he  built  and  furnished  a  room  for  the 
female  inmates;  the  Hindmarsh  Town  Mission, 
initiated  by  Mr.  G.  F.  Angas  and  liberally  car- 
ried out  by  his  son ;  the  Blind  and  Deaf  and  Dumb 
Institution,  with  its  Angas  Home  and  Farm;  and 
the  Adelaide  City  Mission,  the  Benevolent 
Society,  the  Boys'  Brigade,  and  other  institutions. 

The  name  of  Angas  is  also  prominently  asso- 
ciated with  the  Adelaide  Children's  Hospital  and 
Training  School  for  Nurses,  with  which  Mr.  G. 
F.  Angas  and  his  son  were  closely  connected  from 
the  commencement.  On  the  list  of  Life  Gover- 
nors the  name  of  G.  F.  Angas  is  first  and  that  of 
J.  H.  Angas  second,  both  having  given  liberal 
donations  even  before  the  hospital  was  built.  The 
Training  School  for  Nurses  is  a  handsome  build- 
ing, presented  by  the  Hon.  J.  H.  Angas,  M.L.C., 
in  1893,  the  foundation-stone  of  what  is  known 
as  the  "Angas  Building"  having  been  laid  in  April 
of  that  year  by  Mrs.  Angas.  One  of  the  wards 
in  the  hospital  was  named  after  the  late  Mrs.  J. 
L.  Parsons,  who  was  Mr.  J.  H.  Angas's  niece. 
He  was  Vice-President  and  took  an  active  part  in 
its  management,  as  has  his  son,  Mr.  Charles  H. 
Angas,  who  is  now  (1916-18)  the  President  of 
the  institution.  Portraits  in  oils  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  J.  H.  Angas  were  presented  by  subscrip- 
tion to  the  hospital  and  unveiled  in  1901  by  the 
then  Governor,  Lord  Tennyson,  who  spoke  of 
them  as  "among  the  most  munificent  people  he 
had  ever  met.  and  to  whom  South  Australia  owed 
an  incalculable  debt."  To  the  Adelaide  Univer- 
sity, the  School  of  Mines,  and  Roseworthy  Agri- 
cultural College,  Mr.  J.  H.  Angas  also  gave  most 
liberally  and  usefully.  His  private  benevolences 
must  have  also  represented  a  great  sum  and  it  has 
been  said  of  him  that  while  he  gave  liberally  he, 
gave  wisely,  and  that  consequently  his  gifts  were 
of  all  the  greater  benefit  to  the  community  of 
which  he  was  in  the  truest  sense  a  "good  citizen. 


THE    ANGAS    FAMILY 


839 


Charles  H.  Angas  on   "Fleetwlng" 
(From  the  Original  Painting  by  Harington  Bird) 


M 


m 


i 


_  Mr.  J-  H.  Angas  did  not  quite  attain  the 
great  age  of  his  father,  though  he  so  greatly  re- 
mbled  him  in  his  disposition  and  temperament, 
_  he  lived  till  May  17th,  1904,  having  reached 
the  age  of  eighty  without  any  appreciable  diminu- 
tion of  his  mental  faculties.  It  was  said  publicly 
of  him  that:  "He  was  a  man  with  an  infinite 
capacity  for  taking  pains.  His  years  were  full 
of  business,  rich  in  Christian  zeal,  and  fruitful 
in  benevolence." 

It  will  be  apparent  from  the  following  brief 
histories  of  the  various  Angas  studs  that  Mr.  J. 
H.  Angas,  and  his  son,  Mr.  Charles  Angas,  have 
done  yeoman  service  to  Australian  stock-breeding. 

The  fine  Collingrove  herd  of  Shorthorn  cattle 
was  founded  by  Mr.  J.  H.  Angas  as  long  ago  as 
1845,  quite  in  the  early  years  of  South  Australian 
settlement,  by  the  purchase  of  twenty-five  heifers 
and  a  Comet  bull  from  the  South  Australian 
Company,  at  that  time  the  only  importers  of  pure 
stock  to  the  State.  Since  then  the  breeding  and 
character  of  the  herd  has  been  maintained  by  the 
importation  of  a  large  number  of  high  pedigree 
bulls  and  cows.        In   1879  Mr.  Angas  went  to 

gland  and  there  selected  and  sent  out  eighteen 

ws  and  heifers  and  six  bulls  from  the  most  re- 
nowned studs  in  Great  Britain,  sparing  neither 
trouble  nor  expense  to  obtain  the  best  specimens 
of  pure  Bates  blood,  in  which  the  most  fashion- 
able pedigree  was  combined  with  perfect  form 
and  sound  constitution.  Amongst  those  im- 
orted  were   many   celebrated   animals,   such   as 


It 


Oxford  Beau  7th,  Duke  of  Hazlecote  62nd,  Wild 
Prince  6th,  and  other  sires;  together  with  Rugia 
Niblett,  champion  cow  at  the  Royal  Agricultural 
Show  held  at  Bristol  in  1878;  her  daughter.  Rose 
Niblett,  who  proved  herself  the  grandest  of 
breeders,  all  her  calves  having  been  prize-winners, 
three  of  them  champions;  Blanche  Rose  6th,  dam 
of  several  champions,  and  many  others. 

As  a  prize-taker  for  Shorthorns  Mr.  J.  H. 
Angas  was  eminently  successful  as  has  been  his 
son,  Mr.  C.  H.  Angas  in  continuingthe  stud.     In 


Charles  Howard  Angas 


840 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


1894,   three   bulls,   Waterloo   Earl   of   Sockburn 
3rd  (63512),  Viscount  Ruddington  and  (66492), 
and  Czarevitch,  the  lust-named,  the  champion  at 
the  Royal  Show  in  England,  unfortunately  died 
through  an  accidenc  soon  after  landing.        The 
other  two  did  good  service  at  the  stud.       These 
were  followed  in  1908  by  Adbolton  Thalia  King 
(97771),  a  son  of  the  celebrated  King  Christian 
of  Denmark  and  Royal   Blanche    (96864),  two 
very  fine   animals   selected   by   Mr.    Charles   IT 
Angas  when  in  England.       In  19 13  the  herd  was 
sold  by  the  Trustees   of  the   late   J.   H.  Angas 
after  the  disposal  by  them  of  the  Point  Sturt  pro- 
perty, the  pick  of  these,  consisting  of  thirty  odd 
cows  and  three  bulls  being  purchased  by  Mr.  C. 
H.  Angas,  who  now  has  them  located  at  Hutton 
Vale,  near  Collingrove,  where  he  continues  to  up- 
hold the  reputation  of  the  stud.        He  has  since 
imported  another  bull,  Adbolton  Royal  Sovereign, 
now  in  use  in  the  herd.        In  1917  he  easily  won 
the   bull    Championship    at   the   Adelaide    Royal 
Show  with  Rugia's  Prince  40th,  by  Royal  Blanche 
(imp.)   out  of  Rugia  Niblett  30th;  a  son  of  his, 
Duke  of  Wortley  42nd,  winning  in  the  youngsters' 
class  at    eleven    months  old.        The  white  cow. 
Charming  Oxford   51st,  won  the   female   Cham- 
pionship.       The   Angas   Shorthorn   prize-list   to 
date    (19 17)    comprises    1,050    prizes,    including 
I  19  Championships. 

The  Collingrove  Hereford  stud  was  founded 
in  1869  by  the  importation  of  the  bull  May  Duke 
(3965),  bred  by  Mr.  W.  G.  Preece,  of  Salop, 
and  the  cows  Lady  Wilson,  Stately,  and  Wini- 
fred. Two  years  later  a  bull  named  Bruce,  bred 
by  Mr.  P.  Turner,  of  Pembridge,  was  imported 
from  England  and  used  in  the  herd.  At  a  later 
date  Mr.  Angas  purchased  for  200  guineas  the 
celebrated  Jeannie  Deans  with  her  bull  calf, 
afterwards  called  Charlie  Deans  (5252),  and 
which  was  never  beaten  on  the  Show-ground,  tak- 
ing five  first  prizes  and  a  Champion  cup  in  Ade- 
laide and  first  prize  at  the  National  Show  in  Vic- 
toria in  1 88 1.  Three  years  later  Mr.  Angas 
purchased  the  two-year-old  prize  bull,  Sir  Roger, 
from  Mr.  F.  Reynolds,  Tocal,  New  South  Wales, 
while  in  1885  the  first  prize  yearling  bull  at 
Sydney,  General  Gordon,  and  a  first-prize  yearling 
heifer,  Minerva  3Sth,  also  the  prize  two-year-old. 
Comely  6th,  were  added  to  the  herd.  In  1904 
Mr.  Charles  H.  Angas  selected  in  England  the 
Hereford  bull.  Spark  (23167),  and  sent  him  out 
to  Collingrove.  He  was  possibly  the  finest  and 
best-fleshed  Hereford  bull  that  ever  came  to  Aus- 
tralia. The  only  time  he  was  exhibited  he  won 
first  prize  and  Champion  in  Melbourne,  and  he 
left  magnificent  stock.  Since  then  Mr.  C.  H. 
Angas  selected  Twyford  Lancer  (25844)  in 
England,  in  1908,  and  in  1913  the  herd  was  sold, 
owing  to  the  trustees  having  disposed  of  Hill 
River  station.      The  Collingrove  Hereford  prize- 


list  consisted  of  507  prizes,  including  62  Cham- 
pionships. 

The  Collingrove  herd  of  Ayrshire  cattle,  bred 
chiefly  for  milking-cows,  was  established  in  1887 
by  Mr.  J.  H.  Angas,  who  purchased  the  Cham- 
pion bull  Herd  Laddie  and  a  few  cows  imported 
from  New  Zealand,  including  Lucy  2nd  and 
Dainty.  The  foundation  members  of  the  herd 
and  their  descendants  were  very  typical  of  the 
breed  and  the  cows  proved  wonderful  milkers. 
Herd  Laddie  won  no  less  than  8  champion  prizes 
at  Adelaide  and  Melbourne  against  all  comers;  he 
was  one  of  those  rare  perfect  specimens  which 
crop  up  occasionally  and  carry  all  before  them. 
He  was  a  most  successful  sire,  and  the  herd  during 
the  short  period  that  they  were  bred  at  Collin- 
grove won  66  prizes. 

Mr.  J.  H.  Angas's  famous  stud  of  Hill  River 
Merinos  was  founded  by  him  soon  after  his  arrival 
in  South  Australia.       In  i  845  he  had  bought  some] 
sheep  from  the  South  Australian  Company,  whosel 
stud  had  been  formed  nine  years  previously  by  the] 
importation  of  some  fine  pure-bred  merinos  from! 
Saxony,  with  later  some  from  Tasmania.        Mr. 
Angas  bought  750  ewes  from  the  Company,  and 
also  a  choice  lot  of  stud  ewes  and  rams.       New 
blood  from  France  was  brought  in  in  1855,  also 
later  some  Spanish  merinos  from  the  flock  of  King 
George  III.       Two  celebrated  Tasmanian  rams, 
Hercules  and  Cssar,  were  bought  at  high  prices, 
their  characteristics  being  density  and  evenness  of 
the     fleece.       Low-set,     large     frames,     carrying 
fleeces  of  first  quality  combing  wool,  became  dis- 
tinguishing features  of  his  sheep  . 

The  Hill  River  merinos  are  very  hardy  and  are 
considered  suitable  for  dry  and  rough  saltbush . 
country.  They  have  made  themselves  specially  at 
home  in  the  north-western  portions  of  New  South 
Wales  and  Western  Australia,  the  south-western 
districts  of  Queensland,  and  the  valley  of  the 
Darling  river  in  New  South  Wales. 

As  Collingrove  is  situated  in  a  district  when 
foot-rot  was  at  one  time  very  pre\alent  amongsi  ■ 
he  merino  sheep,  Mr.  J.  H.  Angas  was  inducec 
to  try  longwools,  and  finding  from  the  records  o 
the  Royal  Agricultural  Society  of  England  tha 
the  Lincoln     produced  a  greater  combined  valu 
of  wool  and  carcase  than  any  other  breed,  ani 
was  singularly  free  from  foot-rot,  he  determinei 
to  try  that  breed  of  sheep.     ■  The  first  importa 
tion  was  in  1865  from  the  flocks  of  Messrs.  Hal 
of  Lincolnshire,  and  George  Angas,  of  Bawtr^ 
Yorkshire.       These  were    followed  by   ten    ram 
in  the  following  year.        In    1869  eighteen  ewe 
and  six  rams,  a  very  choice  selection  from  Messr 
Hall  and  Turner's  flocks,  were  imported,  and  i . 
1 87 1  and  1872  further  shipments  followed.     ,1 
1879  ^i"-  Angas  made  a  selection  from  the  celi 
brated  stud    of    Messrs.    Dudding,    of    Wragb- 


THE    ANGAS    FAMILY 


841 


Bugias  Prince  40th, 
Champion  Angas  Shorthorn  Bull 


Lincolnshire,  leading  prize-takers  at  the  Royal 
and  other  English  shows  for  several  years,  and 
famed  for  the  heavy  fleeces  of  their  sheep.  One 
of  these  sheep  imported  by  Mr.  Angas — Panton 
Duke — clipped  in  1878  no  less  than  3olbs.  of 
washed  wool,  one  year's  growth.  The  success  of 
the  Collingrove  Lincolns  was  most  marked  on  the 
Show-ground,  they  having  taken  no  less  than  23 1 

trizes.  The  Bradford  Chamber  of  Commerce 
(varded  Mr.  Angas  the  highest  commendation 
)r  samples  of  Lincoln  wool  and  equal  praise  was 
yen  him  at  the  International  Show  at  Vienna. 
I  The  Collingrove  stud  of  Lincoln  sheep  has 
radually,  through  continuous  importations, 
built  up  a  reputation  second  to  none  by  means  of 
prizes  at  the  principal  shows,  and  in  the  sale  ring. 
I  Mr.  Charles  Angas  has  proved  conclusively  that 
'\  the  crossbred  ewe  (by  a  Lincoln  ram  and  a 
Merino  ewe)  is  the  most  suitable  from  which  to 
breed  export  fat  lambs  in  Australia.  That  the 
Collingrove  Lincoln  stud  has  maintained  its  repu- 
tation is  proved  by  the  fact  that — until  he  ceased 
showing  in  1899,  when  they  won  both  Champions, 
every  first  prize,  and  every  second  prize  but  one 
in  Adelaide — these  sheep  had  won  no  less  than 
231  prizes. 

The    present    Collingrove    Merino    stud    was 
formed  by  Mr.  C.  H.  Angas  when  in  1887  and 

tj  1888  he  brought  down  a  small  draft  of  selected 
!  sheep  from  Hill  River  station  to  form  the  nucleus 
of  the  new  flock.  Most  of  them  were  pure  Hill 
Hiver  merinos,  but  some  of  the  ewes  were  the 
progeny  of  the  fine  ram,  Hercules  (purchased  by 
Mr.  J.  H.  Angas  for  1,150  guineas),  their  dams 
being  Hill  River  bred.  The  draft  consisted  of 
three  stud  rams,  forty-six  ram  lambs,  two  hundred 
ewes,  and  thirty-nine  ewe  lambs.  Two  of  the 
rams  were  Ca?sar  (aged)  and  Wonderland  (2- 
tooth),  which  had  been  purchased  by  Mr.  C.  H. 
Angas  at  Melbourne  Ram  Sales.       Caesar,  who 


dam  by  Sanscrit  by  Sir  Robert;  while  Wonder- 
land was  by  Little  Wonder  2nd,  by  Champion 
Little  Wonder,  dam  by  Sanscrit  by  Sir  Robert. 
C<esar  was  killed  in  an  accident  in  the  winter  fol- 
lowing his  arrival,  but  he  left  his  mark  on  the 
stud,  his  son  Anthony,  among  other  good  pro- 
geny of  his,  winning  the  Reserve  Championship 
at  the  Adelaide  Royal  Show.  Anthony  left 
many  descendants  worthy  of  him,  among  them 
being  several  winners  of  high  honors.  Won- 
derland, on  his  part,  left  a  large  number  of  fine 
sheep  as  the  result  of  his  seven  years'  of  service, 
probably  his  best  son  being  Surprise,  who  gained 
first  prize  in  a  very  strong  class  against  thirty-six 
competitors  at  the  Adelaide  Royal  Show.  Subse- 
quent additions  to  the  stud  have  been  two  Murray 
rams  from  Mount  Crawford — King  of  the  Ring 
and  Portland.  King  of  the  Ring  was  the  son  of 
Champion  Wool  Prince,  and  was  a  prize-winner; 
Portland  being  sired  by  Portsea.  Another 
addition  was  Glasslough,  also  from  Tasmania, 
whose  sire  was  Sovereign  by  Golden  Horn  2nd, 
the  latter  being  the  sire  of  the  noted  President, 
sold  for  1,600  guineas  and  again,  when  seven 
years  old,  for  1,000  guineas.  More  recently, 
some  successful  rams  have  been  added,  including 
Spark,  bred  at  old  Wanganella,  who  is  still  in  the 
stud. 

The  Collingrove  Merino  stud  flock  is  notable  for 
its  wonderful  evenness  of  type,  in  spite  of  numer- 
ous out-crosses  of  blood,  the  sheep  being  short- 
legged  and  deep  of  body,  with  well-sprung  ribs, 
and  of  exceptionally  hardy  constitutions.  The 
fleeces  are  light  in  condition  and  of  high  quality  for 
South  Australia  but  are  large,  giving  a  splendid 
yield,  realising  just  about  top  prices  for  that  State. 
The  wool  is  of  good  length,  density  and  evenness, 
and  very  good  on  the  back — the  last  quality  being 
one  for  which  the  Collingrove  merinos  are  cele- 
brated.      The  average  weight  and  value  of  the 


Charming  Oxford  51st, 
Champion  Angas  Shorthorn  Cow 


842 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


fleeces,  taking  the  latest  figures,  are  as  follows 
(1917)  : — Average  weight  for  all  grown  sheep, 
13  lbs.  4!f  ozs.,  and  selling  at  an  average  of 
15s.  lojd.  per  head,  bringing  up  to  23id.  per  lb. 

During  Mr.  J.  H.  Angas's  visit  to  England  in 
1879,  he  selected  and  sent  out  to  Adelaide  a  draft 
of  the  best  pure  Berkshire  pigs  obtainable  in  the 
old  country,  and  thus  founded  the  far-famed  herd 
at  his  Hill  River  station.  He  began  to  show 
pigs  in  1882  at  the  Royal  Agricultural  Show  in 


ried  on.  The  most  approved  varieties  of  wheat 
were  grown  for  seed  and  the  produce  of  the  farm 
was  successfully  exhibited  at  the  Royal  Agricul- 
tural and  other  Shows  in  South  Australia,  Vic- 
toria and  New  South  Wales.  The  prize  flour  at 
the  Paris  Exhibition  was  made  from  White  Tus- 
can wheat  grown  at  Hill  River.  These  wheats, 
which  were  only  exhibited  between  1879  and 
1885,  but  won  63  prizes,  including  the  £50  Chal- 


l^<^   , 


Hackney    Stallion,    "Shirley   Freelance"    (imp.) 


Adelaide,  when  he  took  eight  first  prizes.  After- 
Avards  he  invariably  secured  awards  for  his  ex- 
hibits, having  taken  no  less  than  103  prizes.  In 
Victoria,  at  the  National  Show  in  1884,  he  gained 
Champion  for  boar  and  sow  of  the  large  breed, 
and  sow  of  the  small  breed,  also  six  first  prizes 
and  one  second  for  other  exhibits.  These  pigs 
were  afterwards  sold,  when  twelve  head  (all  but 
three  being  under  twelve  months  old),  realized 
£478  i6s.,  or  an  average  of  £39  14s.  6d.  per 
head,  the  highest  price  (£157  los.)  being  paid  for 
the  sow  Lady  Severn.  The  descendants  of  the 
J.  H.  Angas  herd  are  still  being  bred  at  Hill 
River  by  his  grandson. 

Not  only  was  the  Hill  River  estate  devoted  to 
stud  stock,  but  agricultural  farming  was  also  car- 


lenge  Cup  for  best  lOO  bushels  of  wheat  in  Ade- 
laide, won  three  times,  three  Champion  prizes 
in  Melbourne,  and  the  Champion  in  Sydney, 
have  been  celebrated  for  uniformity  of  sample, 
size,  and  weight  of  grain,  as  well  as  flour-pnU'B 
ducing  qualities. 

Mr.  J.  H.  Angas  was  also  the  largest 
shareholder  and  chairman  of  directors  of 
the  South  Australian  Ostrich  Company,  with 
its  farm  at  Port  Augusta.  At  both  Hill 
River  and  Collingrove  he  grew  currants,  there 
being  20  acres  of  these  at  his  Hutton  Vale 
farm;  at  Hill  River  he  cropped  5,000  acres  of  , 
specially  approved  varieties  of  wheat  in  one  sea- 
son. He  used  mules  for  draught  and  harness  in 
the  arid  north,  and  at  various  times  imported  high- 


THE    ANGAS    FAMILY 


843 


class  donkeys  to  improve  the  breed,  and  got  a 
friend  on  one  occasion  to  select  him  a  stallion  and 
a  mare  in  America. 

The  Collingrove  Pony  stud  was  commenced  by 
Mr.  J.  H.  Angas  so  long  ago  as  1866,  but  from 
that  time  to  the  present  the  pedigrees  of  the  stock 
have  been  carefully  kept,  over  seven  hundred  well- 
bred  animals  being  on  the  register.  Although 
for  some  years  no  particular  type  was  aimed  at, 
only  good  sires  and  mares  have  been  used,  and 
all  the  foals  have  been  sold  except  an  occasional 
mare  kept  to  make  up  the  number  of  breeders. 
In  1889  Mr.  Charles  H.  Angas,  who  has  since 
taken  an  active  interest  in  the  stud,  was  so  struck 
by  the  bone,  substance,  style,  and  possibilities 
as  a  sire,  of  the  imported  Hackney  pony.  Young 
Sir  George  ( 2789 ) ,  that  he  purchased  him.  He 
fully  realised  expectations,  and  Mr.  Angas  was 
thus  encouraged  to  build  up  a  type  of  pony  then 
very  scarce  in  Australia — a  general  utility  pony 
up  to  a  big  weight  in  saddle  and  capable  of  pull- 
ing a  good  load  in  harness.  Since  1900  not  on; 
of  the  best  fillies  has  been  sold  until  bred  from, 
and  then  only  to  make  room  for  younger  and 
better  animals. 

In  1904,  while  on  a  visit  to  England,  where  he 

inspected  many  horses  and  ponies,  he  selected  the 

chestnut     3-year-old     colt,     Gallant     Crompton 

■  8153) — by    Royal    Danegelt    (5785),    out    of 

f,ady  Dorothy   (185) — a  full  brother  to  Bonny 


Danegelt,  the  Champion  of  England.  This  colt 
won  five  firsts  and  reserve  for  silver  medal  in  the 
old  country  as  a  2-  and  3-year-old,  and  Mr.  Angas 
was  only  able  to  get  him  owing  to  his  being  an 
odd  size,  viz.,  14.2.  He  has  won  first  prize 
whenever  he  has  been  exhibited,  and  is  certainly 
one  of  the  most  perfectly  shaped  hackneys  in 
existence.  His  stock  from  Young  Sir  George 
mares  have  been  most  succesful,  showing  great 
substance  and  quality,  and  being  Hne  movers.  At 
the  same  time  Mr.  Angas,  who  with  his  sons  is  an 
enthusiastic  polo  player,  imported  a  Polo  Pony 
sire  and  mare,  viz. :  Autocrat,  by  Hurlingham — 
Housemaid,  a  beautiful  dark  brown,  who  had  won 
ten  prizes  in  the  best  company,  and  Rosemary,  by 
Rosewater — Flirt,  said  to  be  the  best  14-hand 
polo  pony  in  England,  and  a  prize-winner.  The 
breeding  of  polo  ponies  did  not,  however,  prove 
profitable  and  so  Autocrat  was  sold. 

Mr.  C.  H.  Angas,  in  1909,  made  other  pur- 
chases in  England  of  a  Hackney  stallion  and  three 
mares.  The  stallion  is  Shirley  Freelance  (9881), 
a  lovely  mover,  dark  brown,  by  Warrener 
(8025),  by  Whitegate  Swell  (6933),  from  Mell 
\'alley  Princess,  winner  of  over  a  hundred  first 
and  champion  prizes.  His  dam  was  the  cham- 
pion Gold  Foil  (13513),  by  the  champion  Sir 
Horace  (540).  Shirley  Freelance  won  twelve 
prizes  at  eight  shows  in  England  in  hand  and 
harness,  beating  two  champions;  in  Australia  he 


-tUii^-^-:. 


Capt.  Ronald  Fife  Angas 


Lieut,  Dudley  Thayer  Angas 


844 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


won  first  and  champion  in  Melbourne  and  3  firsts 
in  Adelaide  (the  only  times  he  was  shown), 
while  his  stock  have  won  many  prizes,  in- 
cluding champions  in  Sydney  and  Adelaide.  Of 
the  mares  imported  in  1909,  Angram  Rosarine 
(^18872),  a  dark  chestnut,  by  the  champion 
Rosador  (4964),  by  Danegelt  (174),  her  dam 
being  Princess  ( 10428),  by  Garton  Duke  of  Con- 
naught  (3009).  This  mare  won  29  prizes  in 
hand  and  harness  in  England,  including  16  firsts, 
two  Hackney  Society  medals  and  Reserve  Cham- 
pion. She  has  produced  many  fillies  used  in  the 
stud  and  some  good  colts.  Another  imported 
mare  was  Polophelia  (20159),  a  dark  chestnut, 
by  Polonius  (4931),  by  Wildfire  (1224),  her 
dam  being  Towthorpe  Dame  (16294),  by  Grand 
Master  2nd  (5230).  She  won  17  prizes  in 
England,  including  six  and  reserve  champion  at 
Olympia  in  1908;  also  first  in  Adelaide,  the  only 
time  shown.  Her  stock  have  turned  out  splen- 
didly, and  one  of  her  colts.  Politician,  a  prize- 
winner, is  now  in  use  at  the  stud.  The  other 
imported  mare  is  Rusper  Midget  (19478),  a 
dark  chestnut,  by  Parbold  Gordon  (721 1),  by 
General  Gorden  (2084),  her  dam  being  Parbold 
Midget  (1673).  She  has  won  six  prizes  in 
England  in  hand  and  harness  at  Olympia  and  the 
Hackney  Society's  show  in  London,  and  first  in 
harness  in  Adelaide,  the  only  times  she  has  been 
shown.  In  19 10  Rusper  Midget  had  a  nice 
black  foal  to  the  champion.  Little  Ruby  (who  was 
sold  for  £2,000) ,  and  she  has  since  produced  some 
very  fine  stock,  including  the  winner  of  the  cham- 
pionship at  Melbourne  and  reserve  championship 
in  Sydney  in  19 17.  The  CoUingrove  ponies  are 
now  the  property  of  Mr.  Ronald  F.  Angas.  They 
have  been  winners  wherever  shown,  and  without 
doubt  are  unequalled  in  the  Commonwealth  at  the 
present  time. 

The  Angas  Estate  near  Angaston — now  com- 
prising    Lindsay     Park,      CoUingrove,     Hutton 
Vale,    and    Tarrawatta — is     one     of    the    most 
notable      properties      in      the      State,      its      rich 
valleys    providing    fine    grazing  paddocks,  with 
great     red     gums     and     other     trees     affording 
shelter     and     adding     a     park-like     appearance 
to    the    demesne,  while    the  rolling    hills  in    the 
immediate     distance     complete     the     picturesque 
beauty  of  the   scene.        Lindsay  House   grounds 
include     a     small     park,      in     which      a      herd 
of     fallow  deer     browse     among     English    trees 
and      Indian     black     buck      contrast      curiously 
with  the  beautiful  high-bred  Jersey  cows  of  the 
home  dairy-herd.       King  George,  when  travelling 
with  his  brother  in  their  "middy"  days  on  H.M.S. 
Bacchante,  stayed  at  Lindsay  House,  and  when 
visiting  Australia  again  as  the  Duke  of  Cornwall 
and  York,  renewed  his  pleasant  recollections  of 
his  visit  to  that  picturesque  country  residence. 


Like  his  uncle,  George  French  Angas,  Mr.  C. 
H.  Angas  has  decided  artistic  ability.  As  a  pas- 
toralist  and  an  excellent  judge  of  stock  he  has 
painted  many  admirable  portraits  of  his  prize 
cattle  and  horses.  As  a  keen  sportsman, 
especially  as  one  of  the  crack  polo-players  of  Aus- 
tralia and  a  keen  devotee  of  the  sport  for  over 
thirty  years,  as  also  of  coursing,  he  has 
painted  pictures  of  his  polo-ponies,  grey- 
hounds, bull-dogs,  fox-terriers,  etc.  The  entrance 
hall  and  billiard  room  at  Lindsay  House  are  de- 
corated also  with  stags'  heads,  proud  trophies  of 
the  chase.  He  was  also  for  years  a  devotee  of 
yachting. 

These  mementoes  represent  the  lighter  side  of 
a  life  full  of  activities  in  philanthropy,  and  in  pas- 
toral and  business  interests.  Besides  his  stock- 
breeding  at  CoUingrove,  Mr.  C.  H.  Angas  has 
large  interests  in  the  Tarella  Pastoral  Company, 
the  South  Australian  Portland  Cement  Company, 
the  Meadowbank  Company,  and  others.  He  is 
a  Trustee  of  the  Pastoralists'  Association  of 
South  Australia,  and  a  member  of  other  public 
bodies,  and  though  he  has  always  declined  politi- 
cal office  and  other  public  duties,  he  has  fully 
accepted  the  responsibilities  of  his  position  as  a 
leading  citizen  of  the  State.  He  married  the 
eldest  daughter  of  the  late  William  Dean,  of  Ade- 
laide, in  1885. 

The  trustees  of  the  late  J.  H.  Angas  have  dis- 
posed of  many  of  the  Angas  properties  owing 
to  the  recent  government  taxation.  The  CoUin- 
grove estate  now  consists  of  only  4,600  acres, 
and  this  three  years  ago  Mr.  C.  H.  Angas  handed 
over  to  his  eldest  son,  Ronald  Fife  Angas,  who 
held  a  commission  in  the  Royal  Field  Artillery 
on  active  service  in  France,  where  he  had  been 
for  two  years,  when  he  was  transferred  to  the 
Royal  Flying  Corps,  having  been  mentioned  in 
despatches.  Captain  R.  F.  Angas  married  the 
daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alick  J.  Murray, 
of  Mount  Crawford.  The  second  son,  Dud- 
ley Theyer  Angas — who  had  to  resign  through 
ill-health  his  commission  in  the  Naval  Air 
Service  in  England,  after  going  through 
the  German  South-West  Africa  campaign 
and  some  months  in  the  Naval  Air  Ser- 
vice at  Yarmouth,  England — is  now  living 
at  Hill  River,  of  which  he  retains  the  head  station 
and  some  4,000  acres  of  arable  and  grazing  land 
bought  from  his  grandfather's  trustees.  At  this 
place  he  combines  wheat-farming  with  the  breed- 
ing of  a  small  stud  of  high-class  merino  sheep. 
Mr.  C.  H.  Angas's  third  son,  John  Keith  Angas, 
is  still  at  school.  His  only  daughter  was  mar- 
ried in  1908  to  Major  the  Hon.  R.  D.  Ryder,  a 
brother  of  the  Earl  of  Harrowby.  Her  husband 
was  killed  in  December,  19 17,  while  on  active 
service  in  France. 


"Fortuna,"  Bendlgo.     The  residence  of  Mrs.  (Jeo.  Lansell 

GEORGE  LANSELL 
BENDIGO'S    "QUARTZ    KING" 


WITH  Bendigo  and  Ballarat  is  associated  a 
romance  distinctive  from  the  inevitable 
adventure  of  mining  fields.  Both  were 
the  scenes  of  early  alluvial  rushes,  when  fortunes 
and  misfortunes  alike  were  written  on  the  pages 
of  the  Past.  Both  developed  into  deep-lead 
fields,  whereon  the  fossicker  gave  place  to  the 
investor.  Both  are  to-day  Victorian  cities  of  in- 
dustry and  importance. 

The  history  of  Bendigo  could  not  be  written 

ithout  copious    references  to  the    late  George 

Lansell,  who  by  exercise  of  a  considerable  genius 

contributed  so  largely  to  its  successful  develop- 

Kient  and  continued  prosperity. 
He  died  in  March,  1906,  at  "Fortuna,"  on  the 
amous  New  Chum  mine,  aged  82,  with  a  long 
lifetime  of  profound  vhievement  brought  to   a 
ipeaceful  close. 


|Mpeacefi 


His  father,  Thomas  Lansell,  was  a  business 
man  in  Margate,  England,  where  the  great  min- 
ing man  of  Bendigo  was  born.  At  the  age  of 
14,  George,  the  eldest  son,  entered  his  father's 
business. 

It  happened  that  a  younger  brother,  Wootton, 
was  a  rover  who  after  a  voyage  round  the  world, 
— a  feat  of  some  distinction  in  those  days, — 
invited  his  brothers  George  and  William  to  follow 
him  to  Australia.  In  the  year  1853  we  find  our 
subject  leaving  the  prosaic  surroundings  of  grocery 
and  chandlery  to  try  his  fortunes  in  the  Sunny 
South. 

The  good  old  sailing  ship  Virginia — she  would 
be  a  marine  curiosity  to-day — landed  them  at 
Adelaide.  George  started  up  country  and  began 
his  career  as  a  gold  digger  at  Echunga.  After 
six  weeks  he  returned  to  the  South  Australian 
capital. 


845 


846 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


G-eorge  Lansell 


Here  thrilling  stories  of  gold  discoveries  in 
Victoria  reached  the  Lansell  brothers,  and  we 
find  them  shortly  afterwards  at  Bendigo,  where 
they  opened  up  a  business.  As  butchers  and 
soap  and  candle  manufacturers  to  the  polyglot 
population  of  the  roaring  field  of  Bendigo,  they 
filled  a  useful  function  as  partners  for  three  years. 

About  this  period  (1855)  the  alluvial  work- 
ings on  old  Bendigo  showed  signs  of  exhaustion, 
and  the  problem  of  quartz  mining  began  to  arise. 
The  geological  formation  of  Bendigo  and  its  his- 
tory as  a  goldfield  are  exceedingly  interesting. 

The  Bendigo  goldfield  may  be  considered  to 
occupy  about  140  square  miles  or  a  tract  20  miles 
long  by  seven  wide,  the  Mall  in  the  centre  of  the 
city  being  the  heart  of  the  auriferous  area;  in- 
deed, an  old  mine  still  rears  its  head  among  the 
commercial  buildings  of  the  city. 

When  the  field  was  in  its  natural  state,  great 
blocks  of  quartz  stood  high  above  the  surface  in 
many  places,  thus  arousing  great  expectations 
doomed  to  disappointment  in  the  early  times 
before  the  character  of  the  saddle  reefs  was  fully 
recognised.  There  is  a  zone  of  silurian  rocks 
exposed  along  portions  of  the  New  Chum,  Gar- 
den Gully,  and  Hustler's  line  of  reefs  at  the  sur- 
face that  was  exceptionally  favorable  to  the 
occurrence  of  gold.  What  their  total  thickness 
may  be  can  only  be  determined  by  the  extension 


of  the  surveys  already  made.  In  Lansell's  180 
shaft  the  present  depth  is  over  three  thousand 
feet,  and  it  may  fairly  be  expected  that  some 
hundreds  of  feet  of  strata  must  yet  be  added. 

It  was  Indeed  owing  largely  to  George  Lan- 
sell's consistent  enterprise  and  indomitable  per- 
severance, that  quartz  mining  was  actively  con- 
tinued in  Bendigo  for  over  forty  years,  with  the 
result  that  hundreds  of  shafts  have  been  sunk 
around  the  city  to  depths  varying  from  a  few  feet 
to  the  depth  of  Lansell's  famous  180  shaft. 
Between  the  shafts,  hundreds  of  miles  of  levels 
and  crosscuts  have  been  driven,  opening  up  to 
view  the  stratified  rocks  of  this  region  in  a 
manner  perhaps  nowhere  else  excelled. 

The  yield  from  the  Bendigo  field  from  1851 
to  i860  is  stated  as  over  4^  million  ounces.  Bal- 
larat  during  the  same  period  yielded  4,800,000 
odd,  but  these  returns  do  not  include  gold  pri- 
vately got.  By  1864  great  progress  had  been 
made,  the  weekly  average  of  gold  taken  away  by 
the  escorts  having  risen  to  5,000  ounces,  this 
owing  to  the  steady  improvements  in  the  yields 
from  the  old  reefs  as  they  were  explored  deeper, 
and  in  a  much  lesser  degree  to  the  improvements 
(still  very  primitive)  in  the  methods  employed 
in  getting  and  crushing  the  ore.  By  that  time 
Bendigo  had  established  itself  as  an  unequalled 
field  for  reefs. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  next  year  ( 1865)  many 
new  and  rich  reefs  in  various  portions  of  the  field 
were  discovered,  but  owing  to  the  scarcity  of 
water  their  development  was  comparatively  slow, 
yet  by  1866  there  were  no  fewer  than  139  regis- 
tered companies,  about  fifty  of  which  possessed 
steam  machinery.  In  June,  1871,  the  quartz 
reefs  of  Bendigo  were  just  beginning  to  prove 
the  truth  of  the  prophecies  of  earlier  years, 
Garden  Gully,  Hustler's  Reef,  and  the  New 
Chum  having  given  gold  in  abundance.  Garden 
Gully  raised  from  1865  to  1891  3,326,300  ounces  , 
and  distributed  £865,600  in  dividends,  the  called-  ' 
up  capital  being  £21,646.  At  Windmill  Hill, 
where  an  old  man  and  his  sons  obtained  half  a 
ton  of  gold  in  three  years,  the  company  obtained 
£16,000  worth  in  one  month.  ,  ™ 

The  Government  survey  shows  that  there  aW''| 
no  fewer  than  276  distinct  quartz  reefs  in  the 
district,  and  the  Government  records  show  that 
from  1 85 1  to  1890  sixty  million  ounces  of  gold 
were  secured,  but  this  does  not  include  the  gold 
taken  away  privately  by  owners,  the  amount  having 
been  estimated  at  four  million  ounces.  Bendigo's 
average  yield  of  gold  yearly  is  now  about  165,000 
ounces,  considerably  the  highest  in  Victoria. 

There  are  no  less  than  53  shafts  over  2,000 
feet  deep  on  the  Bendigo  field  and  several  exceed  ' 
4,000   feet  in  depth,  the  deepest  being  the  Vic- 
torian Quartz  shaft  which  is  down  4,614  feet. 


GEORGE    LANSELL,    BENDIGO'S   "QUARTZ    KING" 


847 


Mr.  I'.  J.  Dunn,  who  is  the  great  authority  on 

the  subject  of  Bendigo   reef   formation,   says: — 

"When  first  discovered  much  of  the  surface  of 

the    Bendigo  goldfield  was    strewn  with    quartz. 

Prominent  quartz   veins   seamed   the  country,   or 

I    stood  up   in   isolated  masses   above   the   surface. 

I    Alhivial  gold   at  first  absorbed  undivided   atten- 

1     tion,  but  the  occurrence  of  "specimens,"  or  pieces 

of  gold  with  quartz  matrix  attached,  quickly  led 

to  a  closer  inspection  of  these  numerous  quartz 

veins,    with    the    result    that    gold    was    found 


"From  the  peculiar  structure  of  the  reefs,  it  is 
easy  to  understand  the  many  disappointments  and 
discouragements  that  pioneers  of  reefing  at  Ben- 
digo had  to  encounter.  Nearly  all  the  reefs  were 
'saddle  reefs'  or  the  'legs'  from  which  the  cap  or 
saddle  portion  had  been  removed,  or  else  were 
'spurs'  in  all  their  variations.  Fortunately,  the 
quartz,  bodies  at  and  near  the  surface  were  com- 
monly rich  in  gold.  This  encouraged  the  enter- 
prise and  perseverance  which  led  eventually  to 
the  unlocking  of  the  mysteries  of  this  goldfield,  as 


sprinkled  as  fine  particles  through  the  quartz. 

"Gold  in  the  undisturbed  quartz  was  first 
noticed  at  Specimen  Hill,  J'laglehawk,  and  very 
soon  the  idea  of  abstracting  it  occurred.  At 
first  attempts  were  made  by  means  of  hammers 
and  other  primitive  tools  to  crush  the  stone  and 
secure  the  gold,  and  even  by  such  means  some 
men  succeeded  in  making  a  living;  then  "dollies" 
were  used  or  light  stamps  worked  by  hand,  later 
on  wooden  beams  shod  with  iron,  and  so  on  to  the 
present  heavy  iron  shaft  and  stamp,  and  while 
the  alluvial  gold  is  all  but  exhausted,  the  veins  of 
auriferous  quartz  promise  employment  to  the 
miner  at  Bendigo  for  centuries  to  come. 


shafts  were  sunk  and  crosscuts  extended  In  search 
of  the  gold  matrix.  Before  the  gold-bearing 
quartz  at  and  near  the  surface  was  exhausted,  the 
'second  formation,'  as  it  was  called,  was  dis- 
covered, or,  in  other  words,  it  was  proved  that 
the  saddle  reefs  recurred  the  one  below  the  other. 
This  formed  an  epoch  in  quartz-mining  at 
Bendigo. 

The  most  peculiar  feature  about  the  quartz 
veins  of  the  Bendigo  district  is  the  occurrence  of 
the  so-called  "saddle  reefs."  These  are  bodies  of 
quartz  of  lenticular  form  that  are  bent  over  the 
axial  lines,  the  superficial  transverse  section  of 
the  reefs  over  "centre  country"  often  amounting 


k 


848 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  Music  Boom,   "Fortuna' 


to  400  or  more  superficial  feet.  They  extend  con- 
tinuously along  the  axes  for  miles,  thickening  out 
or  diminishing  in  size  as  they  are  traced  along. 
They  are  often  from  20  to  50  feet  across,  fre- 
quently 20  to  30  feet  in  height,  and  in  some  cases 
the  quartz  extends  upwards  through  the  fissured 
rocks  for  a  height  of  100  feet  or  more.  These 
saddle  reefs  are  not  only  of  great  size  in  places, 
of  remarkable  persistence  in  length,  but  they  are 
also  notable  for  recurring  in  depth  one  below  the 
other.  Some  are  very  small  just  as  others  are  of 
enormous  size,  yielding  enough  stone  in  a  length 
of  a  few  hundred  feet  to  keep  a  mine  busy  for 
years. 

It  is  when  the  several  characteristics  of  the 
saddle  reefs  are  fully  appreciated  that  the  vast 
resources  of  this  district  become  apparent. 
Dealing  only  with  the  eight-mile  block  already 
surveyed  there  are,  say,  twelve  distinct  lines  of 
reefs  each  8  miles  long;  each  of  these  lines  carries 
several  reefs,  one  below  the  other,  probably  of  a 
remunerative  character.  On  the  principal  lines 
many  of  these  saddle  reefs  are  of  immense  bulk. 
Unsurveyed  there  remains  a  tract  of  country — 
proved  auriferous  by  the  surface  workings — that 
is  many  times   larger  than  the   eight-mile   block 


and  through  which  the  same  anticlinal  structure  is' 
known  to  prevail.  Even  within  the  eight-mile 
block,  the  extent  of  ground  worked  during  the  last 
forty  or  fifty  years,  Mr.  Dunn  asserts,  is  insigni- 
ficant, compared  to  what  awaits  development. 

In  the  other  margin  of  Bendigo  country,  ovei 
which  alluvial  workings  extend,  the  gold  appear; 
to  be  distributed    rather    through   "spurs"   thar 
saddle  reefs,  but  this  may  be  only  apparently  th( 
case,  in  consequence  of  the  little  that  has  beei 
done  in  the  way  of  mining  along  "centre  coun 
try"  in  this  area;  below,  says  Mr.  Dunn,  the  zone 
that  have  proved  so  productive  may  be  lookec 
for    with    certainty.       Saddle    reefs    and    thei 
"legs"   have   produced   an    immense   quantity   0 
gold,  but  a  very  appreciable  further  amount  ha 
been  obtained  from  the  spurs,  or  veins  of  quart 
that  intersect  the  beds  of  sandstone  and  slate  a 
all  angles,  that  form  so  valuable  a  feature  in  man 
of  the  mines. 

But  little  or  none  of  this  knowledge  wa 
available  to  miners  and  investors  in  the  year  185- 
nor  indeed  for  many  years  afterwards.  Still,  a 
the  alluvial  returns  grew  less,  quartz  mining  o 
Bendigo  commenced  to  interest  more  deeply  thos 
who  looked  to  permanent  developments. 


849 


a 


850 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Small  companies  and  small  working  parties 
began  the  work.  In  one  of  these  small  com- 
panies George  Lansell  purchased  an  interest.  He 
lost  his  money.  He  put  money  into  claims  and 
sustained  further  losses.  But  his  faith  in  quartz- 
mining  grew  stronger.  He  believed  that  for- 
tunes far  beyond  those  already  won  by  lucky 
diggers  lay  in  the  reefs  of  Bendigo. 

While  doubting  the  efficiency  of  the  methods 
then  employed  in  reducing  gold  ore  from  stone, 
he  persisted  in  buying  shares  in  a  number  of  com- 
panies— very  few  of  which  returned  him  any 
"profit. 

At  long  length,  Fortune  smiled.       He  bought 


A  Cabinet,  "Fortuna" 


a«.,  large  interest  in  the  old  Advance  Company  on 
the  Victoria  Reef — which  during  the  early 
'sixties  had  yielded  fair  returns.  In  the  year 
1865,  this  happened  to  be  one  of  the  few  pros- 
perous claims,  a  general  depression  having  fallen 
upon  the  Bendigo  field.  At  that  time  the  hopes 
of  the  pioneer  reefers  had  fallen  very  low. 

Yet  while  the  star  of  Bendigo  seemed  waning, 
the  star  of  the  Lansell  fortunes  was  beginnin  ^ 
steadily  to  rise.  The  Cinderella  mine,  on  John- 
son's Reef,  in  which  he  had  also  previously  ven- 
tured, now  began  to  return  profits.  It  was  these 
two  mines  that  laid  the  foundations  of  Mr.  Lan- 
sell's  fortunes  and  brought  him  his  reward  for 
persistent   enterprise.        The   Victoria   gold-mine 


returned  him  dividends.  He  took  Interests  also 
in  the  Windmill  Hill,  Great  Northern,  and  Young 
Chum  mines — serving  on  their  respective  direc- 
torates. In  fine,  he  became  interested  at  length 
in  almost  every  reef  in  the  district,  and  his  sound 
judgment  and  discernment  proved  most  useful  in 
their  development.  He  rose  head  and  shoulders 
above  the  other  pioneer  quartz-reefers;  he  was 
appointed  a  director  on  the  boards  of  a  great 
number  of  mines  and  his  influence  over  the 
destinies  of  Bendigo  mining  grew  year  by  year. 

From  this  time  forward  the  history  of  George 
Lansell  is  practically  the  history  of  Bendigo 
quartz-mining.  He  made  a  careful  study  of 
quartz-reefing,  and  did  not  hesitate  to  sink  deeper 
and  deeper  in  his  search  for  gold,  in  spite  of  the 
contrary  opinion  of  many  of  his  associates.  It  was 
a  hazardous  venture.  Fie  stood  to  lose  all  as 
well  as  win  much,  and  one  instance  of  the  latter 
occurred  when,  in  one  fortnight,  he  made  a  profit 
of  £14,000.  On  the  other  hand,  he  lost  thou- 
sands year  after  year  in  unprofitable  enterprises 
on  the  field,  though  in  the  main  he  was  successful. 

As  he  continued  to  prosper,  so  did  he  continue 
to  invest  his  money  in  new  mining  companies. 
So  consistent  and  confident  was  he  that  he  became 
known  as  the  "Quartz  King  of  Bendigo,"  and 
was  the  most  sought-after  adviser  in  mining 
matters. 

He  was  the  promoter  of  the  Garden  Gullv 
United  Mine,  the  most  famous  of  ail  Bendigo 
mmes,  in  which,  in  spite  of  its  varying  fortunes 
and  long-delayed  success,  (jeorge  Lansell  always 
had  the  greatest  faith.  On  one  occasion  a 
shareholder  offered  to  a  leading  Bendigo  citizen 
2,000  shares  in  the  mine  at  a  penny  each,  rather 
than  meet  further  calls  upon  them,  but  the  citizen 
declined  to  invest  and  so  lost  a  fortune. 

In  1868  the  prospects  of  the  Garden  Gully  field 
generally  improved,  and  four  tributes  were 
formed  to  work  the  ground  leased  by  the  original 
company,  to  whom  they  undertook  to  pay  17J  per 
cent,  of  all  the  gold  they  might  win.  The  tribute 
companies  sunk  four  shafts  on  the  620  yards  0) 
property  they  worked,  with  the  result  that  remark 
able  results  were  obtained — some  of  the  mos 
phenomenal  returns  known  to  Bendigo. 

Mr.  Lansell  was  always  ready  to  back  hi 
opinion  and  stand  by  it,  with  the  result  that  h 
became  the  sole  owner  of  several  mines,  such  a 
the  180  of  romantic  history,  616,  222,  83,  Comet 
Sandhurst,  North  Red  White  and  Blue,  Soutl 
Red  White  and  Blue,  and  the  Sheepshead. 

Most  of  these  claims  were  originally  held  b 
companies  in  which  Mr.  Lansell  had  large  intei 
ests.  He  continually  increased  these  interest; 
buying  out  faint-hearted  shareholders,  until  h ' 
eventually  owned  all  the  shares.  He  then  san 
the    shafts   deeper   and   deeper,   venturing   larg 


GEORGE  LANSELL,  BENDIGO'S  "QUARTZ  KING" 


851 


sums  of  money  but  maintaining  his  firm  faith  in 
the  properties,  eventually  reaping  his  rewards. 

Something  of  the  romantic  history  of  this 
pioneer  "180"  mine  may  be  told  here.  It  was 
originally  opened  in  the  'fifties  by  the  Witt- 
scheibes,  who  sold  it  for  £30  to  Messrs.  Theodore 
Ballerstedt  and  Son.  The  new  owners  sank 
deeper  in  the  claim  and  realised  such  nn  immense 
fortune  that  they  believed  the  mine  to  be  ex- 
hausted.      When    Mr.    George    Lansell    offered 


appropriate  name  of  "Fortuna."  It  is  indeed  a 
princely  mansion,  picturesquely  situated  on  a  hill, 
amid  pleasant  gardens,  its  interior  furnished  in 
luxurious  but  tasteful  style,  and  containing  a  col- 
lection of  valuable  articles  from  different  parts 
of  the  world.  Here  it  was  his  custom  to  enter- 
tain royally  the  distinguished  visitors  to  Bendigo, 
and  the  past  Governors  of  Victoria,  the  Marquis 
of  Normanby,  Sir  Henry  Loch,  and  Lord  Hope- 
toun,  being  among  those  who  enjoyed  his  lavish 


Lansell's  "180"  Mine 


it 


IC 

m 


em  £30,000  for  their  property  they  did  not 
hesitate  to  accept.  The  reef  had  been  reached 
at  180  yards  (hence  its  name)  but  Messrs. 
Ballerstedt's  workings  had  reached  about  450 
feet;  Mr.  Lansell  did  not  hesitate  to  adopt  his 
variable  custom  and  continued  to  sink  deeper 
and  deeper  still.  From  the  first  stope  he  cleared 
(lucky  figure!)  £180,000.  Eventually  he  went 
down  to  a  depth  of  considerably  over  3,300  feet, 
making  it  the  deepest  mine  of  its  day  in  the 
Southern  Hemisphere.  Great  wealth  was 
ound  in  the  various  levels  of  the  mine,  and  it 
proved  one  of  the  richest  of  the  New  Chum  line 
of  reef.  It  was  on  this  claim  that  -Mr.  Lansell 
built  his  beautiful  home,   to  which  he  gave  the 


hospitality  and  viewed  the  resources  of  the  city 
under  his  able  guidance. 

As  a  local  historian  has  said:  "If  Mr.  Lansell 
reaped  the  fruits  of  his  enterprise,  it  must  be 
remembered  that  he  never  withheld  his  hand  from 
the  work  of  developing  our  reefs.  Hundreds  of 
miners  were  kept  at  work  through  his  faith  in 
the  field's  resources.  He  was  always  of  opinion 
that  all  Bendigo's  side  lines  of  reefs  are  worthy 
of  more  attention  than  is  at  present  bestowed  upon 
them,  more  especially  as  they  will,  if  found  pro- 
fitable, be  more  easily  worked.  His  enterprise 
will  be  understood  from  the  fact  that,  in  addition 
to  the  mines  he  personally  owned,  he  was  a 
director  of  thirty-eight  others,  in  which  he  pos 


k 


852 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


sessed  very  large  interests,  and  in  the  working  of 
which  he  took  a  direct  personal  and  practical 
share,  being  especially  active  and  optimistic  a. 
times  when  the  prospects  of  any  of  his  enter- 
prises looked  darkest  and  most  hopeless.  It  is 
certain  that  if  it  had  not  been  for  George  Lansell 
and  his  faith  and  fine  temperament,  Bendigo 
would  not  have  had  so  prosperous  a  history.  He 
was  the  pioneer  and  patriarch  of  quartz-reefing. 
He  always  encouraged  his  miners  to  take  an  in- 
terest in  mining  investments.  Many  have  had 
to  thank  him  for  laying  the  foundations  of  their 
fortunes." 

During  a  seven  years'  residence  in  London,  Mr. 
Lansell  married  an  English  lady,  ivliss  Edith 
Bassford,  who  had  been  educated  in  Bendigo.  At 
the  request  of  a  number  of  influential  residents  of 
the  Quartz  City,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lansell  returned 
to  Bendigo  and  settled  there  permanently.      Their 


family  consists  of  five  sons  and  one  daughter, 
namely,  George  Victor,  Edith  V.,  Horace  V., 
Leonard  V.,  Eric  V.  (deceased),  and  Cyril  V. 
Lansell.  All  the  sons  volunteered  for  active 
service  during  the  great  war,  three  being  accepted 
and  one  son  (Leonard)  rejected  owing  to  the  loss 
of  an  eye. 

Apart  from  the  great  material  advantage  to  the 
district  resulting  from  his  almost  limitless  mining 
activities,  Mr.  George  Lansell  was  a  good  citizen, 
a  faithful  friend,  and  a  generous  helper.  Un- 
ostentatious even  retiring  as  he  was,  he  was  most 
liberal  in  his  public  charities,  and  especially  in  his 
private  benevolences,  and  it  was  to  the  credit  of 
the  citizens  that,  after  his  death  in  1906  at  the 
venerable  age  of  82  years,  the  city  of  which  he 
was  the  most  prominent  pioneer,  should  do  hir 
the  exceptional  honour  of  erecting  a  statue  to  his 
memory  in  its  central  public  square. 


Statue  to  Mr.  Qeorge  Lansell  at  Bendigo 


Sydney  Cove  in  "First  Fleet"  Days 
(From  au  Early  Painting) 


THE    ABBOTT    FAMILY 


HUNTER    RIVER    PIONEERS 


THE  Abbotts,  who  settled  at  Wingen  on  the 
Upper  Hunter  and  in  other  parts  of 
northern  New  South  Wales,  are  a  very 
old,  very  numerous  and  very  widely-spread  pio- 
neering family  in  every  part  of  Australia,  and  in 
every  phase  of  Australian  life. 

The  first  of  the  family  to  reach  Australia  was 
Captain  Charles  Abbott,  who  arrived  with  his 
regiment  two  years  after  Governor  Phillip  estab- 
lished his  headquarters  on  the  old  tank  stream 
or  creek  which  emptied  into  what  is  now  Circular 
Quay,  Sydney,  the  shipping  centre  of  Australia. 
In  1808,  when  the  tempestuous  rule  of  Gover- 
or  Bligh  had  become  intolerable  to  the  colonists. 
Major  Johnston,  with  the  assistance  of  Captain 
.^,  John  Macarthur  and  Captain  Abbott,  and  the 
■■co-operation  of  almost  all  the  free  settlers,  de- 
posed and  imprisoned  the  Governor,  and  took 
over  the  government  of  the  colony.  Two  years 
ater  the  Regiment  was  recalled  to  England. 
Captain  Abbott  was  the  principal  witness  for 
Major  Johnston  in  the  trial  by  court-martial  of 
that  officer  in  181 1. 


Captain  Abbott  did  not  return  to  Australia 
after  that  date,  but  the  knowledge  of  the  country 
which  he  had  acquired  induced  a  large  migration 
of  members  of  the  Abbott  family  in  the  late 
'thirties  and  early  'forties  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury. Some  of  the  Abbotts  now  settled  in  Aus- 
tralia came  from  England,  but  the  greater  part 
of  the  migration  was  from  Ireland,  which,  at 
that  time,  was  over-populated  and  in  a  very 
depressed  condition. 

The  Abbotts  who  came  from  Ireland  to  Aus- 
tralia in  1838  and  onwards  had  one  advantage, 
in  that  it  was  not  their  first  attempt  at  colonisa- 
tion and  pioneering  in  very  difficult  and  dangerous 
surroundings.  Just  two  hundred  years  earlier 
when  Oliver  Cromwell  came  to  the  conclusion, 
after  much  heart-burning  and  prayer,  that  "for 
the  safety  and  freedom  of  the  British  nation  it 
was  necessary  that  the  man  of  blood,  Charles 
Stuart,  should  be  either  restrained  or  evicted 
from  the  throne  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland," 
he  consulted  with  his  cousin,  John  Hampden,  and 
pointed  out  "that    to    meet    the    King's  Forces, 


k 


853 


8S4 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


Mrs.  Eleanor  Kingsmill  Mrs.  Frances  Amanda 

...     .  Abbott, 

•*'"'°"'  Wife  of  John  Kingsmill 

Wife  of  Thomas  Abbott,  Abbott, 

both  came  to  Australia  in  1838 


decayed  serving-men,  tapsters  and  such  rabble 
were  of  no  use.  To  match  them  they  must  have 
men  who  had  the  fear  of  God  before  them, 
and  would  make  some  conscience  of  what  they 
did."  John  Hampden  thought  "the  idea  a  good 
one,  but  impracticable."  Cromwell  did  not  ac- 
cept his  cousin's  opinion,  but  at  once  proceeded 
to  put  his  idea  into  practice  by  selecting  from 
among  his  neighbors  and  personal  friends  one 
hundred  and  nine  "God-fearing  men — men  who 
feared  God  and  feared  nothing  else,"  and  com- 
missioning them  to  each  select  ten  men  of  the 
same  character,  to  form  the  rank  and  file  of  his 
regiment.  That  was  done,  and  the  selected  men 
submitted  for  Cromwell's  approval,  tested  in 
every  possible  way  and  culled  out  if  necessary. 
The  result  was  "The  Ironsides,"  "which  never 
were  beaten,  and  never  considered  the  number  of 
the  enemy."  In  the  list  of  the  hundred  and  nine 
men  first  selected  by  Cromwell  appears  the  name 
of  John  Abbott,  known  later,  after  the  fashion 
of  the  times,  as  "God-be-with-us"  Abbott. 

When  the  long  wars  of  the  English  Revolution 
were  over,  this  old  Ironside,  with  his  family  and 
numerous  relations,  settled  in  Ireland  on  the 
lands  which  Cromwell  had  conquered,  and  re- 
sumed for  closer  settlement,  from  the  supporters 
of  the  Stuarts.  This  was  the  first  colonisation 
by  the  Abbotts,  who  after  200  years  moved  on 
to  Australia,  to  take  their  part  in  "bringing  the 
waste  places  of  the  earth  into  use." 

In  1838  Thomas  Abbott  and  his  wife,  Eleanor 
Kingsmill,  with  their  six  sons  and  two  daughters, 
arrived  in  Sydney,  numbers  of  nephews  and 
cousins  arriving  with  them,  or  in  the  next  few 
years  after  that  date.  They  settled  for  the  most 
part  in  what  is  now  the  northern  part  of  the 
State  of  New  South  Wales. 


Thomas  Abbott,  the  head  of  the  family,  was 
the  direct  descendant  of  John  Abbott,  the  old 
Ironside  and  Puritan,  who  settled  in  Ireland 
about  1 654-1 656,  after  his  many  battles  in  Crom- 
well's  wars,  and  his  wife,  Eleanor  Kingsmill,  was 
a  descendant  of  Sir  Edward  Kingsmill,  who  was 
sent  over  by  Queen  Elizabeth  to  form  a  Colony 
or  Plantation,  as  it  was  then  called,  in  Ireland, 
and  was  highly  commended  for  his  success  by 
the  Royal  Commission  which  Elizabeth  sent  over 
"to  enquire  into  the  state  of  our  Plantations  in 
Ireland." 

When  Thomas  Abbott  reached  Australia  he 
was  68  years  old,  and  brought  with  him  two 
daughters,  Mrs.  Anne  Shaw,  a  widow  with  three 
children,  and  Miss  Martha  Abbott,  afterwards 
married  to  Thomas  Allen,  then  Governor  of 
Parrama''ta  Gaol;  and  six  sons,  John  Kingsmill 
Abbott,  Joseph  Abbott,  Thomas  Kingsmill  Ab- 1 
bott,  Henry  Palmer  Abbott,  Benjamin  Abbott, 
and  Robert  Palmer  Abbott,  two  other  sons  and 
one  daughter  having  died  in  Ireland. 

As  the  Abbotts  did  not  bring  much  capital  to 
Australia,  they  were  not  entitled  to  a  free  grant 
of  land,  and  did  not  get  any.  Thomas  Abbott, 
the  head  of  the  family,  got  a  Government  ap- 
pointment, and  remained  in  Sydney,  so  that  he 
might  send  his  four  younger  sons  to  Cape's  Col- 
lege, a  very  high-class  educational  establishment, 
to  which  so  many  of  our  leading  men  in  Australia 
owed  their  early  training. 

Mr.  Cape  was  of  the  class  of  teachers  who 
are  "born,  not  made,"  and  Australia  was  fortu- 
nate in  having  such  a  man  to  train  and  teach  the 
youths  of  his  day.  His  boast  was  that  "he  had 
never  turned  a  failure  out  of  his  school." 

John  Kingsmill  Abbott,  the  eldest  son  of 
Thomas  Abbott,  was  married  before  leaving 
Ireland  to  Frances  Amanda  Brady,  daughter  of 
Captain  W.  E.  Brady,  a  retired  military  officer, 
who  had  charge  of  one  of  the  districts  into  which 
Ireland  was  divided  when  the  Royal  Irish  Con- 
stabulary was  formed.  A  few  years  after  land- 
ing in  Australia  he  bought  330  acres  of  land 
adjoining  the  village  of  Wingen,  and  leased  the 
adjoining  station.  Glengarry,  on  the  Page  River, 
a  tributary  of  the  Upper  Hunter. 

This  was  the  first  start  of  the  Abbotts  in  the 
work  of  developing  the  Pastoral  Industry  of 
Australia,  which  has  since  grown  to  such  large 
dimensions.  The  land  then  taken  up  still  remains 
in  the  hands  of  John  Kingsmill  Abbott's  descen 
dants,  with  considerable  additions  purchased  fron^ 
the  Crown  as  the  years  went  on,  and  is  now  ver) 
highly  improved,  and  used  chieHy  for  breeding 
sheep  and  cattle,  and  partly  for  farming. 

John  Kingsmill  Abbott  died  in  1847  ^t  Scone 
Upper  Hunter,  leaving  one  daughter,  Lydia,  anc 


THE    ABBOTT    FAMILY 


855 


four    sons,    Joseph    Palmer,    William    Edward,  J.   H.    M.   Abbott  served  through   the   South 

Thomas  Kingsmill,  and  John  Henry,  all  born  in      African  War  in  the  Australian  Light  Horse,  was 


Australia,  and  under  seven  years  old.        Frances 
Amanda   Abbott,   his   widow,   remained    on    the 


The  late  Sir  Joseph  Palmer  Abbott, 
Eldest  son  of  John  Kingsmill  Abbott 


station,  and  with  the  help  of  a  few  convict  ser- 
vants, carried  on  the  work  until  her  children 
were  educated  and  started  in  life,  dying  at  Win- 
gen  in  1902,  aged  83  years. 

The  eldest  son,  Joseph  Palmer  Abbott,  adop- 
ted   the    law    as    a    profession,    practising    as    a 
■^Bolicitor  at  Maitland  and  Murrurundi,  and  later 
I^Vbn  in  Sydney.        In    1880  he  was  elected  to  the 
|H-egislative  Assembly   for    Gunnedah,   and    held 
that  seat  until     1887;    he  was  then  elected    for 
Wentworth   and    held    that    seat  until    1901,   in 
which  year  he  died.     He  was  appointed  Minister 
"or  Mines  in  1882,  Minister  for  Lands  in  1883, 
and  Speaker  in    1889,  which  office  he  held  until 
1901;  he  was  knighted  in    1890,  was  a  member 
of  both  the   Federal   Conventions  by  which  the 
Commonwealth    Constitution    of    Australia    was 
drafted  and  adopted  in   1900;  he  married  Eliza- 
|H|beth  Macartney,  eldest  daughter  of  Dr.  Macart- 
ney, of    Maitland,   who   died    in     1880,   leaving 
three  children,   John   Henry   Macartney  Abbott, 
jfc  Frances  Amanda  Abbott,  and  Macartney  Abbott. 


given  a  Commission  in  the  Imperial  Army,  then 
took  up  literature,  writing  "Tommy  Cornstalk" 
and  other  well-known  books  of  Australian  life. 
He  is  now  on  service  with  the  Australian  Im- 
perial Forces.  Frances  Amanda  Abbott  married 
Norman  Simpson,  of  Burindi  station,  Manilla 
River;  she  is  now  a  widow  with  four  children, 
two  sons  and  two  daughters,  the  eldest  son 
(eighteen  years  old)  being  a  private  in  the  Aus- 
tralian Imperial  F"orces  abroad. 

Macartney  Abbott,  second  son  of  Sir  Joseph 
Abbott,  adopted  the  law  as  a  profession,  prac- 
tising as  a  solicitor  in  Sydney.  He  was  elected 
to  the  Legislative  Assem.bly  of  New  South  Wales 
in  1913,  and  again  in  1917,  for  the  Upper  Hun- 
ter; he  married  Elizabeth  Hall,  of  Scone,  by 
whom  he  has  two  sons,  William  Edward  Macart- 
ney Abbott,  and  Terence  Kingsmill  Abbott.  Sir 
Joseph  Abbott  was  married  for  the  second  time 
to  Blanche  Solomons,  of  Maitland,  by  whom  he 
had  three  daughters  and  one  son,  Lydia  Abbott 
Abbott,  Blanche  Abbott,  Eleanor  Kingsmill  Ab- 
bott, and  Joseph  Palmer  Abbott.  Blanche  Abbott 
married  Charles  Kater,  of  Mumblebone  station, 
Warren,  and  Joseph  Palmer  Abbott  is  a  lieu- 
tenant in  the  Royal  Field  Artillery,  now  serving 
in  France. 

William  Edward  Abbott,  second  son  of  John 
Kingsmill    Abbott,     left    the    Sydney    Grammar 


Macartney  Abbott,  M.Ii.A., 
Second  son  of  Sir  Joseph  Palmer  Abbott 


School  at  16  years  of  age  to  take  charge  of  the 
station  property  at  Wingen  in  i860,  which  up 
to  that  time  had  been  managed  by  his  mother. 
He  gradually  converted  the  leaseholds  into  free- 


856 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


W.    E.    Abbott,    of   Wingen, 
Second  son  of  John  Kingsmill  Abbott 


be    Police    Magistrate   at   the   same   place,   then 
transferred  to  Maitland,  and  later  on  appointed 
one   of  the   Stipendiary   Magistrates   of   Sydney. 
He   was   Chairman    of    the    Sydney  Stipendiary 
Bench    when    he    died    in    1891.        He    married 
Marion    Lydiard,    eldest    daughter    of    Charles 
Lydiard,   Inspector  of    Police    in    charge  of  the 
Bathurst  district  of  New  South  Wales,  and  left 
one  daughter,   Dorothy  Frances   Louise  Abbott, 
who  married  A.  P.  Parbury,  of  Scone,  and  two 
sons,  Charles  Aubrey  Abbott  and  Thomas  Kings- 
mill  Abbott,  who  both  enlisted  as  privates  in  the 
Australian  Imperial  Forces  in  19 14.     Lieutenant 
C.  A.  Abbott  is  still  at  the  front,  and  Sergeant  T. 
K.    Abbott,    wounded   at   Gallipoli,    returned  to 
Australia  unfit  for  further  service.     John  Henry 
Abbott,   fourth  son    of    John  Kingsmill  Abbott, 
was  killed  by  a  fall  from  his  horse  on  the  station, 
at   the    age    of   nineteen.        Lydia    Abbott,    only 
daughter    of    John    Kingsmill    Abbott,    married 
Joseph  James  Shaw,  a  cousin,  who  came  out  to 
Australia  with  his  grandfather,  Thomas  Abbott, 
in   1838.     She  has  one  son,  John  Abbott  Kings- 
mill  Shaw,  solicitor,  of  Scone,  New  South  Wales. 
Joseph  Abbott,  the    second    son    of    Thomas 
Abbott,   the   head    of    the    migrating   family  of 
Abbotts,  entered  the  civil  service  of  New  South 
Wales,   soon  after  landing,  married  Alice  Rum- 
ley,  and  left  one  daughter,  Josephine  Eliza  Anne, 


holds  by  purchase  from  the  Crown,  and  added 
largely  to  the  area  by  the  purchase  of  adjoining 
properties,  continually  improving  the  land  and 
stock,  and  bringing  under  cultivation  all  land  fit 
for  that  purpose,  thus  making  the  property  one 
of  the  most  valuable  on  the  Upper  Hunter. 

In  1889,  W.  E.  Abbott  was  elected  member 
of  the  Legislative  Assembly  for  the  Upper  Hun- 
ter, but  was  defeated  at  the  next  General  Election 
in  1 89 1.  He  never  made  any  further  effort  to 
enter  politics,  devoting  all  his  energy  to  pastoral 
work.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Pastoralists' 
Association  of  New  South  Wales  from  its  incep- 
tion in  1890,  serving  as  President  of  that  body 
for  13  years,  and  also  was  President  of  the 
Federal  Council  of  the  Pastoralists  of  Australia 
at  many  of  their  most  important  meetings.  He 
has  been  a  prolific  writer  on  matters  of  pastoral 
and  scientific  interest,  a  member  of  the  Royal 
Society  of  New  South  Wales  since  1877,  and  a 
frequent  contributor.  He  was  awarded  the 
Society's  bronze  medal  in  1884.  W.  E.  Abbott, 
who  still  owns  the  land  first  taken  up  by  the 
Abbotts  in  Australia,  was  never  married. 

Thomas  Kingsmill  Abbott,  third  son  of  John 
Kingsmill  Abbott,  on  leaving  the  Sydney  Gram- 
mar School,  spent  a  few  years  on  the  station  at 
Wingen,  then  entered  the  civil  service  as  Clerk 
of  Petty  Sessions  at  Gunnedah,  was  promoted  to 


The  late  Thomas  Kingsmill  Abbott,  P.M., 
Third    son   of   John   Kingsmill    Abbott 


THE    ABBOTT    FAMILY 


857 


House  built  by  John  Kingsmill  Abbott,  at  Wingen, 
On  the  first  330  acres  of  land  purchased  by  the  Abbotts  in  Australia  in  1843 


■who  married  T.  W.  Harriott,  late  chairman  of 
the  Metropolitan  Land  Board. 
I^fe  Thomas  Kingsmill  Abbott,  third  son  of 
^ihomas  Abbott  and  Eleanor  Kingsmill,  after 
leaving  Cape's  College,  entered  the  Post  Office, 
Sydney,  then  an  Imperial  institution,  reached  the 
position  of  Under-Secretary,  but  retired  on  ac- 
count of  ill-health  at  forty  years  of  age.  He  was 
twice  married,  but  left  no  children  surviving.  He 
died  in  London,  England,  about  1882. 

Henry  Palmer  Abbott,  fourth  son  of  Thomas 
Abbott  and  Eleanor  Kingsmill,  after  leaving 
school,  entered  the  Australian  Joint  Stock  Bank, 
retiring  from  that  institution  after  having  attained 
the  position  of  General  Manager  in  Queensland. 
He  married  Elizabeth  Lord,  and  left  surviving 
him  two  sons,  Henry  Abbott,  solicitor,  of  Sydney, 
Thomas  H.  Abbott,  stock  and  station  agent,  of 
Sydney,  and  three  daughters.        He  died  at  80 

I —years  of  age  in  Sydney  about  1904. 
V  Benjamin  Abbott,  fifth  son  of  Thomas  Abbott 
and  Eleanor  Kingsmill,  on  leaving  school,  went 
into  pastoral  work,  married  Sarah  Barnet,  and 
left  two  sons  and  daughters  surviving  him. 
IK  Robert  Palmer  Abbott,  of  "Barsham,"  near 
^urrurundi,  eldest  son  of  Benjamin  Abbott,  mar- 
ried Matilda  Martin,  of  Glen  Innes;  he  is  still 
I^Utving  and  has  three  sons   and  three  daughters. 


the  eldest  son,  Thomas  Kingsmill  Abbott,  serv- 
ing at  the  front  in  France. 

The  second  son  of  Benjamin  Abbott  was  Arch- 
deacon Thomas  Kingsmill  Abbott,  Principal  of 
the  Armidale  Grammar  School,  who  married 
Annie  MacDonald,  of  Sydney,  and  died  without 
issue  about  1913.  Emma  Abbott,  eldest  daugh- 
ter of  Benjamin  Abbott,  married  R.  D.  Allen,  of 
Cuerindi  station,  Manilla.  Lydia  Frances  Ab- 
bott, of  Armidale,  the  second  daughter,  is  unmar- 
ried. Benjamin  Abbott  died  at  Tamworth,  83 
years  old,  in  1912. 

Robert  Palmer  Abbott,  youngest  son  of 
Thomas  Abbott  and  Eleanor  Kingsmill,  who 
came  to  Australia  with  his  father  In  1838,  took 
the  law  as  his  profession,  practising  in  Sydney 
as  a  solicitor,  and  was  elected  to  the  Legislative 
Assembly  for  the  seventh  Parliament  in  1872, 
was  appointed  Minister  for  Mines  in  1874,  and 
continued  in  the  Legislative  Assembly  until  1882, 
He  was  appointed  to  the  Legislative  Council  in 
1883.  He  was  unmarried,  and  died,  68  years 
old,   in   1898. 

A  short  time  after  John  Kingsmill  Abbott 
bought  his  first  330  acres  of  land  at  Wingen  in 
the  early  'forties  of  last  century,  John  Abbott — 
a  nephew  of  Thomas  Abbott — bought  land  on 
the  Manning  River,  north    of    the    Hunter,  and 

D2 


858 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


called  his  property  "Laurel  Hill."  That  pro- 
perty, which  is  near  Taree,  is  still  in  the  hands 
of  his  descendants.  John  Abbott,  of  "Laurel 
Hill,"  the  last  survivor  of  the  pioneer  Abbotts 
who  came  from  Ireland  to  Australia  in  1838,  died 
in  1915,  aged  96  years,  in  full  possession  of  his 
faculties  to  the  last.  He  married  Jane  Mills, 
who  is  still  living,  and  had  four  sons  and  seven 
daughters,  all  settled  on  the  Manning  and  along 
the  North  Coast  Rivers  of  New  South  Wales. 
John  Abbott  did  not  go  in  for  politics,  but  de- 
voted all  his  energy  to  farming  and  grazing. 
When  his  descendants  had  increased  to  scores  and 
he  was  in  his  91st  year,  the  first  death  occurred  in 
his  family — a  grand-daughter,  3  years  old. 


Another  member  of  the  Abbott  family  who 
came  to  Australia  from  Ireland  in  the  late  'thir- 
ties and  early  'forties  of  the  nineteenth  century 
was  Joseph  Abbott,  a  cousin  of  Thomas  Abbott, 
the  head  of  the  pioneering  family.  After  finish- 
ing his  education  in  Sydney,  Joseph  Abbott  went 
in  for  commerce,  joining  the  firm  of  T.  S.  Mort 
and  Co.,  woolbrokers,  Sydney,  at  the  bottom  of 
the  ladder.  Later  he  became  partner  in  the  firm, 
which  ultimately  was  floated  into  a  Joint  Stock 
Company  under  the  title  of  Goldsborough,  Mort 
and  Co.  He  was  elected  to  the  Legislative 
Assembly  of  New  South  Wales  for  Newtown  in 
1888  and  again  in  1889,  1891,  and  1894,  giving 
up  politics  in  1895.  Joseph  Abbott  left  a  large 
family.       He  died  about  1907. 


Lieut.  Chas.  Lydiard  Aubrey  Abbott,         Private  Thos.  Klngsmill  Abbott, 
Eldest  son   of  Thos.  Klngsmill  Abbott         Son  of  Robert  Palmer  Abbott, 

of  Barsham,  Murrurrundi 


Sergt.    Thos.    Klngsmill    Abbott, 
Second  son  of  Thos.  Klngsmill  Abbott 


Lieut.  Joseph  Palmer  Abbott, 

Youngest  son  of  Sli  Joseph  Palmer 

Abbott 


John  Henry  Macartney  Abbott  ("Tommy  Cornstalk"), 
Eldest  son  of  Sir  Joseph  Palmer  Abbott 


The  Old  Tank  Stream  at  Sydney  Cove 

{From  a  Contemporary  Print) 


"BELL'S    LINE" 
AND  AN  EARLY  AUSTRALIAN  FAMILY 


AWAY  back  in  the  year  1807  the  stout  ship, 
Young  fViUiam — sea-stained  and  wearing 
the  marks  of  ocean  travail — one  day 
dropped  anchor  in  Sydney  Cove. 

The  arrival  of  any  vessel  was  an  exciting  event 
to  the  new  settlement.  Cut  off  by  thousands  of 
water-miles  from  their  homeland,  occupying  a 
still  precarious  foothold  upon  Britain's  remotest 
possession  at  the  Antipodes,  the  rugged  band  of 
early  colonists  hailed  the  advent  of  a  white  sail  at 
Port  Jackson  Heads  with  quickened  heart  and 
moistened  eyes. 

The  incoming  voyagers  in  their  turn  looked 
with  curiosity,  mayhap  anxi.ety,  upon  those  strange 
Australian  shores  which  held  for  many  of  them 
future  homes — or  graves.  After  the  anxieties 
and  perils  of  four  or  six  months'  voyage  they 
beheld  at  last  the  crude  beginnings  of  settlement, 
with  feelings  of  hope  or  despair  as  the  case  might 
be.  For  some  that  cluster  of  wattle-and-dab  huts 
by  Sydney  Cove  was  to  become  a  magic  postern 
^to  prosperity  and  content.       For  others  it  was  but 

door  between  one  prison-cell  and  another. 

Among  the  "free'  voyagers  by  the  Young  Wil- 
liam was  an  ensign  of  the  103rd  Regiment,  named 
Archibald    Bell,    wearing    the    uniform    of    his 


Britannic  Majesty,  King  George  the  Third.  This 
officer,  as  he  walked  the  decks  of  that  old  wooden 
sailing  ship,  never  probably  imagined  himself  as 
the  progenitor  of  a  long  line  of  Australian 
families. 

It  was  on  December  6th,  1806,  that  Ensign 
Archibald  Bell  left  England  by  the  Young  JFil- 
liavi.  He  was  accompanied  by  his  wife  and 
family  of  seven  children — five  daughters  and  two 
sons,  Wilham  and  Archibald — another  daughter 
Sophia  (who  afterwards  married  Mr.  H.  P. 
Dutton)  was  born  on  the  voyage,  thus  leaving  a 
family  of  ten  (Bells),  who  landed  in  Sydney  from 
that  vessel  on  12th  July,  1807,  hale  and  hearty. 

In  the  following  year,  1808,  he  is  one  of  the 
prominent  figures  in  the  arrest  and  deposition  of 
hot-headed  Governor  Bligh,  which  sensational 
event  set  the  colony  in  an  uproar.  He  was  called 
to  England  as  a  witness  in  the  Bligh-Johnston 
trial,  and  did  not  return  until  1812.  The  earliest 
Australian  land  grant  to  the  Bell  family  was  a 
block  fronting  the  old  Tank  Stream  (which  is  now 
only  a  memory)  right  in  the  heart  of  Sydney. 
This  block  he  regarded  as  "too  far  away,"  so 
Archibald  Bell  exchanged  it  for  a  block  nearer 
Government  House.       Part  of  the  land  secured 


859 


Jamieson  Valley, 


860 


Blue  Mountains 


86i 


862 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


The   Late   Hon.   Archibald   Bell,   M.I..C. 


In  exchange  was  the  site  on  which  Parliament 
House  in  Macquarie  Street  now  stands.  Owing 
to  his  absence  in  England  on  the  Bligh  business, 
the  title  to  this  land  was  not  made  clear.  Lengthy 
ligitation  followed.  It  was  not  until  1870  that 
the  matter  of  this  title  was  finally  settled,  and  the 
heirs  of  the  Bell  Estates  received  £1,000  as  com- 
pensation. 

The  young  ensign  carried  with  him  a  letter  of 
introduction  from  the  Hon.  Wm.  Wyndham, 
Secretary  of  State,  to  Governor  Bligh,  in  which 
the  writer  requested  the  Governor  to  do  all  he 
could  for  the  bearer  and  to  grant  to  him  500  acres 
of  land  and  a  necessary  number  of  assigned  ser- 
vants, etc.  These  instructions  from  the  Secre- 
tary of  State  being  complied  with,  Belmont  Estate, 
on  the  Hawkesbury  River,  near  Richmond,  be- 
came the  home  of  the  Bell  family.  On  the 
death  of  Lieutenant  Bell  this  Estate  was  be- 
queathed to  J.  Thomas  Bell,  his  youngest  son, 
who  was  born  in  Australia,  afterwards  pass- 
ing to  Mr.  Frank  Little,  who  married  Mrs.  Fen- 
nell,  widow  of  late  Captain  Fennell,  A.D.C.  to 
Governor  Brisbane,  and  who  was  fourth  daughter 
of  Archibald  Bell,  eventually  passing  into  the 
hands  of  Major  Phillip  Charley,  who  has  erected 
a  palatial  residence  on  the  site  of  the  old  house. 
By  Archibald  Bell's  will  a  portion  of  land  almost 
in  the  centre  of  the  estate  was  reserved  from  sale 


for  a  burial-ground  of  any  of  his  descendants, 
and  where  he  and  two  of  his  youngest  children 
are  buried. 

The  subsequent  history  of  Archibald  Bell  can 
be  traced  from  the  early  records  of  the  colony. 
He  figures  prominently  in  many  happenings.  In 
1812  he  was  raised  to  the  rank  of  lieutenant. 
Afterwards  he  was  attached  to  the  Royal  Veteran 
Company. 

Lieutenant  Bell  acted  as  barracks-master  in 
18 1 8.  This  was  only  a  temporary  appointment. 
We  find  him  in  charge  of  the  military  in  Windsor 
district  from  18 13  to  1818.  He  was  appointed 
chief  magistrate  of  the  Hawkesbury  in  1820. 
With  him  in  this  latter  capacity  were  associated 
Captain  Brabyn  and  Mr.  William  Cox,  two  well- 
known  pioneers  and  members  of  the  Council 
(Legislative)  in  1832.  In  these  days  the 
magistrates  had  a  strong  body  known  as 
the  Grand  Jury  associated  with  them  (of 
which  Mr.  John  Dight  was  foreman). 
Lieutenant  Bell  held  office  as  chief  magis- 
trate until  1 83 1.  In  his  official  capacity 
he  resided  for  a  part  of  the  time  at  Government 
House,  Windsor.  His  family  residence  was  at 
Belmont.  In  1820  Governor  Macquarie  ad 
dressed  him  as  "Magistrate  for  Cumberland." 
He  was  for  many  years  the  pivot  of  early  colonial 
society  in  the  district,  and  was  one  of  the  founders 
of  the  Hawkesbury  Benevolent  Society,  which  was 
brought  into  existence  in  18 18.  He  was  a 
member  of  the  old  Legislative  Council  before  the 
institution  of  responsible  Government. 

Archibald  Bell's  family  soon  became  distri- 
buted over  the  country.  William,  the  eldest  son, 
left  the  paternal  home,  "Belmont,"  as  a  very 
young  man  in  18 15  to  make  his  own  way  in  the 
world.  The  youngest  son,  J.  Thomas  Bell, 
married  Miss  North,  daughter  of  Colonel  North, 
of  Queensland.  One  of  the  daughters  married 
Mr.  George  Cox,  of  Wimbourne,  Penrith,  son  of 
William  Cox,  senior,  of  Clarendon — one  Mr. 
Faithful,  of  Windsor — one  Mr.  Coley,  of  Wind- 
sor— another  Captain  Fennell,  A.D.C,  and  after- 
wards Mr.  Frank  Little,  of  Scone,  and  another 
married  Mr.  H.  P.  Dutton,  who  also  came  of  the 
early  Australian  stock.  Many  of  their  families 
settled  down  in  various  parts  of  Queensland,  and 
played  a  prominent  part  in  the  pioneering  of  the 
northern  State. 

The  historic  property  known  as  "Belmont,"  on 
the  Hawkesbury,  originally  consisted  of  a  number 
of  small  holdings  which  were  purchased  and  con- 
solidated by  Lieutenant  Bell.  In  his  day  the  tide, 
which  now  only  comes  as  far  as  Windsor,  used  to 
rise  as  far  as  Belmont.  He  constantly  improved 
the  estate  and  built  a  fine  old  homestead,  fortified 
against  the  inroads  of  blacks  or  bushrangers.    A 


BELL'S    LINE 


863 


The  Homestead,  Pickering 


portion  of  the  original  building  still  stands  as  a 
monument  to  the  excellent  work  of  the  builders  of 
a  century  ago.  The  greater  part  of  the  old 
building  was,  howev^er,  demolished  in  1892,  when 
it  had  passed  out  of  the  possession  of  the  family. 

Lieutenant  Bell  died  at  Belmont  in  1837,  and 
his  grave,  with  that  of  his  wife  and  grand- 
daughter, is  still  to  be  seen  on  the  Belmont  estate 
I  in  a  clump  of  oleander  trees  on  a  hill  between  the 
homestead  and  the  main  road. 
His  son,  James  Thomas  Bell,  continued  to  re- 
side on  the  Belmont  estate.  He  was  for  many 
years  a  leading  Australian  landed  proprietor.  He 
was  a  local  magistrate  from  1839  to  1844.  The 
property  afterwards  passed  into  the  hands  of  Mr. 
Henry  Newcomen,  and  was  subsequently  pur- 
chased in  1 89 1  by  Major  Philip  Charley,  who 
made  many  valuable  improvements,  including  the 
erection  in  1893  of  a  fine  modern  residence  which 
he  called  "Belmont  House." 

Lieutenant  Bell's  son,  Archibald — who  mar- 
ried Frances,  a  daughter  of  Captain  North,  of  the 
Imperial  Army,  who  was  a  respected  citizen  and 
for  many  years  a  leading  magistrate  of 
New  South  Wales  —  won  fame  by  his  ex- 
ploring feats  in  the  early  days.  A  few  years 
after  Blaxland,  Lawson,  and  Wentworth  crossed 
the  Blue  Mountains  (in  18 13),  young  Archibald 
Bell  discovered  another  road  known  to  this  day 
as  "Bell's  Line."  This  crossed  over  the  Kurra- 
jong  Mountain,  opening  out  toward  Wallera- 
wang.  This  was  in  1823.  Mount  Bell  and  the 
village  of  Bell   (on  the  western  line  near  Mount 

l^fc Victoria)  are  named  after  this  explorer. 

^^^      Bell's  Line  provided  a  safe  and  easier  track  for 
stock.        When   pastoralism   was   moving  out  to 

Bthe  promised  land  across  the  mountains  a  large 
proportion  of  the  settlers'  sheep  and  cattle  went 
via  Bell's  Line,  and  all  fat  cattle  and  sheep  to 
Sydney  market  until  the  railway  carried  them. 

I  Bell's  Line  held  more  facilities  for  resting 
stock  than  the  original  route.  It  avoided  the 
k 


difficult  track  down  from  Mount  York,  which  had 
to  be  negotiated  before  the  Victoria  Pass  road  was 
made.  Visitors  nowadays  who  look  askance  at 
the  precipitous  old  track  down  the  mountain  side 
at  this  point  wonder  how  any  living  thing  made 
the  descent.  They  can  realise  why  the  stock- 
owners  preferred  to  travel  by  Bell's  Line.  In 
this  way  they  can  appreciate  what  the  value  of  its 
discovery  was  to  the  colony  in  early  days. 

The  coming  of  the  railway  naturally  robbed 
Bell's  Line  of  its  usefulness.  Its  fame  as  a 
colonial  highway  has  departed,  but  it  was  one  of 
the  highest  achievements  of  pioneering  days,  and 
associated  its  discoverer  for  all  time  with  the 
development  of  the  pastoral  industry. 

Archibald  Bell,  junior,  was  the  first  to  have 
stock  taken  from  the  Hawkesbury  to  Hunter 
River.  It  was  he  who,  after  discovering  and 
marking  Bell's  line  of  road  over  the  Blue  Moun- 
tains from  Kurrajong  towards  Bathurst,  meeting 
the  Blaxland-Lawson  line  near  the  Western  Fall 
of  the  mountains  at  a  place  since  named  Bell 
after  him,  immediately  started  on  another  ex- 
ploration from  his  father's  home,  "Belmont,"  to 
the  Hunter  River,  following  on  the  track  of  Howe 
and  Singleton,  and  came  upon  them,  camped  on 
the  banks  of  the  Hunter  at  Patrick  Plains,  after- 
wards called  Singleton.  The  explorers  were  out 
of  rations  and  supplies.  For  this  work  he  was 
granted  1,000  acres  of  land  on  the  Hunter  River, 
which  he  took  up  and  occupied  and  named 
"Corinda."  This  property  was  seven  miles 
below  Patrick  Plains. 

We  have  before  us  a  copy  of  the  original  diary 
which  Archibald  Bell,  the  younger,  kept  during 
his  explorations  when  he  discovered  the  track  over 
the  Blue  Mountains.  His  first  expedition  started 
on  August  1st,  1823,  when  he  climbed  over  the 
Kurrajong  Mountain  and  plunged  into  the  un- 
known interior.  So  rough  was  the  way,  that 
only  six  or  seven  miles'  progress  per  day  could  be 
made.       For  five  days  they  pushed  on  and  then 


864 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


had  to  give  up  the  attempt,  being  unable  to  find 
a  safe  descent  from  Mount  Tomah.  They  re- 
turned to  Belmont,  re-equipped,  and  set  out  again, 
on  September  ist  of  the  same  year,  determined  to 
attempt  a  passage  to  Cox  River  from  Richmond. 
From  Kurrajong  they  travelled  north-west  about 
four  miles  to  Picture  Hill,  and  then  made  westerly 
till  they  reached  Tomah.  Here  they  found  their 
previous  error  had  been  in  trying  to  open  a  pas- 
sage to  the  west.  Bearing  south,  they  discovered 
an  easy  descent,  which  brought  them  over  to  level 
country.  In  some  places  this  early  exploring 
expedition  had  to  cut  its  way  through  brush  for 
miles.  They  pushed  on  as  quickly  as  possible, 
and  marked  out  a  road.  The  diary  speaks  in  glow- 
ing terms  of  the  character  of  the  soil  on  Mount 
Tomah,  and  of  the  advantages  of  the  new  track 
for  stock  traffic.  This  discovery  proved  of  im- 
mense advantage  to  stockowners  in  the  early 
days. 

During  his  stay  at  "Corinda"  Archibald  Bell, 
junior,  explored  the  country  about  the  heads  of 
some  of  the  main  tributaries  of  the  Hunter 
River,  and  secured  a  considerable  area  of  free- 
hold land  called  "Milgarra."  His  was  the  first 
vehicle  driven  on  the  Hunter,  the  country  being 
very  mountainous  and  rocky.  Frequently  he 
had  to  take  the  horses  out  of  the  vehicle  and  let  it 
down  rocky  precipes  with  ropes  and  chains  fas- 
tened to  trees.  Later  he  made  another  explor- 
ing expedition  further  up  the  Hunter  River 
and  took  up  other  grants  on  the  Wybong  Creek, 
in  the  Scone  district  for  himself,  his  father,  Cap- 
tain Fennell,  and  Captain  Bedwell.     He  also  took 


up     St.    Helliers,    adjoining    Mussellbrook,    for 
Colonel  Dumaresq. 

Owing  to  the  drought  and  generally  depressed 
state  of  the  whole  country  during  the  'forties — 
when  sheep  inland  were  only  worth  one  shilling 
to  three  shillings,  and  bullocks  seven  or  ten 
shillings — he  felt  it  necessary  to  leave  his  com- 
fortable "Corinda"  and  take  charge  of  his  estate 
of  "Milgarra"  in  1849.  Ten  years  later  he 
purchased  "Pickering,"  on  the  banks  of  the 
Hunter  from  Captain  Pike,  and  lived  there  with 
his  family  until  his  death  in  August,  1883. 

During  his  term  at  "Pickering,"  he  represented 
the  Upper  Hunter  district  in  Parliament  and,  on 
his  voluntary  retirement,  he  was  appointed  to  the 
Upper  House,  of  which  he  was  a  member  until 
the  time  of  his  death. 

He  bequeathed  his  property,  "Milgarra,"  to  his 
two  eldest  sons,  Archibald  and  George,  leaving 
"Pickering"  to  the  two  younger  surviving  sons, 
F.  S.  and  H.  W.  Bell.  The  new  owners  q^ 
"Pickering"  shortly  after  taking  over  the  pi^|< 
perty,  joined  two  of  their  immediate  neighbors 
in  the  first  experiment  of  shipping  live  cattle  to 
England.  It  was,  however,  anything  but  a 
financial  success,  though  the  animals  shipped  in 
Sydney  arrived  well  and  sound  in  England.  The 
expenses  consumed  about  70  per  cent,  of  the 
proceeds. 

Pickering  Estate  this  year  (1917)  has  passed 
into  the  hands  of  the  sons  of  F.  S.  Bell,  great- 
grandsons  of  Lieutenant  Archibald  Bell.  The 
other  property,  "Millgarra,"  is  one  of  the  very 
few  estates  still  owned  by  descendants  of  thf 
original  grantee. 


Pure-bred  Red  Durham  Oattle  at  Pickering 


"COX'S    PASS" 

AND  SOME  ACCOUNT  OF  AN    EARLY   PIONEERING   FAMILY. 


THE  history  of  the  Cox  family  in  Australia 
dates  hack  to  the  first  years  of  settlement 
— almost  to  the  days  of  the  First  Fleet — 
for  it  was  in  1800,  and  in  the  first  month  of  that 
year,  when  Lieut.  William  Cox  (with  the  duties, 
if  not  the  rank,  of  Captain  commanding)  landed 
at  Sydney  Cove,  where  the  first  Australian  settle- 
ment had  its  quarters.  He  was  born  in  England, 
at  Wimbourne,  Dorsetshire,  on  December  19th, 
1764.  He  was  educated  at  Queen  Elizabeth's 
Grammar  School  in  his  native  town,  the  school 
standing  on  the  site  of  Saint  Cuthburga's  ancient 
nunnery. 


Lieut.  WUllam  Cox 


William  Cox  moved  to  Devizes,  Wiltshire, 
when  he  attained  manhood,  and  married  Rebecca 
Upjohn,  of  Bristol,  when  he  was  twenty-five  years 
of  age.  He  was  a  man  of  good  estate,  and 
served  in  the  Wilts  Militia  with  many  other 
country  gentlemen,  who  thus  showed  their  desire 
and  capacity  to  serve  their  country.  In  1795  he 
■^  joined  the  regular  army,  being  gazetted  an  ensign 
l^in  the  1 17th  Foot.      About  eighteen  months  later. 


at  Cork  Harbor.  In  that  historic  year  of  '98 
the  Rebellion  in  Ireland  broke  out  and  the  Irish 
"rebels"  were  being  transported,  on  capture,  to 
Botany  Bay,  the  settlement  in  that  recently 
founded  British  possession  on  the  continent  of 
Australia,  that  had  been  discovered  in  1788  by 
Captain  Cook.  One  of  the  parties  of  prisoners  was 
sent  out  in  the  Minerva  (Captain  Salkeld),  under 
the  charge  of  Lieut.  William  Cox  as  commanding 
officer,  with  Lieut.  Maundrell,  of  the  New 
South  Wales  Corps,  as  second-in-command.  The 
Minerva  reached  Port  Jackson  safely  on  iith 
January,   1800. 

Thus  it  was  that  Captain  Cox  came  out  to 
Australia,  where  he  at  once  joined  the  New  South 
Wales  Corps,  which  afterwards  became  the  102nd 
Regiment.  He  received  the  appointment  of  Pay- 
master of  the  colony  in  succession  to  Captain 
John  MacArthur.  The  terms  offered  to  these 
officers  were  very  good.  They  were  to  be  first 
officers  and  then  colonists.  Most  of  the  large 
holdings  of  land  in  those  days,  indeed,  were 
originally  Crown  Grants  to  army  and  navy 
officers,  freely  given  by  the  Government  of  the 
period  with  the  idea  of  inducing  settlement  in  the 
new  British  colony.  Heavily  timbered  for  the 
most  part,  it  required  pioneers  of  the  right  stamp, 
who  were  prepared  to  live  in  virgin  country,  risk 
the  treachery  of  natives,  and  undertake  the  Her- 
culean task  of  clearing  and  improving  a  forested 
wilderness.  Those  were  the  days  of  privation 
and  hard  living.  Capital  was  scanty,  and  a  man's 
best  assets  were  health,  strength,  and  unbounded 
energy.  The  pioneers  often  had  little  or  no 
money  to  devote  to  their  strenuous  tasks.  Labor, 
however,  was  cheap,  being  comprised  for  the 
most  part  of  "assigned"  servants,  that  is,  con- 
victs placed  at  their  service. 

At  this  time — the  figures  actually  represent  the 
position  in  the  previous  August— the  settlement 
had  not  made  much  progress;  the  entire  live  stock 
consisted  of  about  150  horses,  700  cattle,  5000 
sheep,  2700  goats,  and  3500  pigs,  while  the  land 
under  cultivation  was  less  than  10,000  acres, 
wheat  and  maize  being  the  principal  crops.  But 
it  was  men  of  the  stamp  of  William  Cox  who 
improved  the  production  of  the  new  colony.     He 


having  meanwhile  exchanged  into  the  68th  Foot,  did  not  wait  any  time  before  starting  his  career 
he  was  promoted  to  a  lieutenancy.  ■  In  1798  he  as  a  colonist  and  producer,  and  in  so  doing  made 
received  the  important  appointment  of  paymaster     a  characteristic  move. 


IH  recep 


86s 


866 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


He  purchased  Brush  Farm,  on  the  Parramatta 
River,  which  was  then  for  sale.  It  was  only  a 
hundred-acre  place,  but  at  that  time  there  was 
so  little  cleared  land  in  the  colony  that  it  seemed 
spacious.  He  had  "assigned"  servants  handed 
over  to  him,  and  with  them  he  set  resolutely  to 
work,  and  soon  turned  Brush  Farm  into  a  model 
property.    We  read  in  his  biography  of  his  early 


William  Cox,  Jimr. 


struggles  against  the  enemies  of  the  farmers — rust, 
blight,  floods,  hailstorms,  fires,  and  insects — but 
he  succeeded  in  spite  of  all.  In  the  twenty  months 
or  so  to  October,  1801,  the  farm  had  been  much 
increased,  and  is  thus  referred  to  in  the  Public 
Records:  "Mr.  Cox  purchased  from  settlers  1380 
acres — 400  cleared,  248  acres  wheat  and  maize, 
24  horses,  20  head  of  horned  cattle,  1000  sheep, 
and  200  hogs."  It  will  thus  be  seen  that  this 
pioneer  had  early  become  a  considerable  property 
owner. 

He  also  purchased  Canterbury  Farm,  adjacent, 
from  the  Rev.  Mr.  Johnson,  who  made  a  fortune 
early — not  exclusively  out  of  the  oranges — and 
retired  from  farming.  In  1802  Mr.  Cox  was 
employing  no  men,  the  largest  establishment  in 
the  colony,  and  they  were  a  contented  and  pros- 
perous community.  The  Government  was  always 
glad  to  purchase  all  the  wheat  grown  at  los. 
the  bushel,  and  stock  was  also  very  dear.  A 
brood  mare  was  quoted  as  being  worth  £100  to 
£150,  a  cow  from  £30  to  £50,  and  sheep  from 
£3  to  £4.  So  farming  and  stock-raising  were 
profitable. 


Captain  MacArthur  had  taken  up  the  cele- 
brated "Cowpastures"  estate,  where  the  herd  of 
wild  cattle  was  found,  and  Camden  Park  in  1805, 
but  the  valley  of  the  Mulgoa  was  still  unoccupied. 
Two  sons  of  William  Cox — George  and  Henry, 
fine  strapping  young  fellows — heard  of  good 
agricultural  and  pastoral  country  there,  and  went 
out  to  view  it.  They  were  attacked  by  blacks, 
but  eventually  reached  and  took  up  the  country 
with  their  father's  help,  calling  it  "Littlefields'' 
and  starting  a  dairy  farm  there  in  18 10. 

When  Captain  Waterhouse,  who  had  a  very 
valuable  flock  of  Spanish  merinos  which  he  had 
imported  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  left  the 
colony,  he  sold  part  of  his  flock,  which  had  done 
well,  to  William  Cox,  who  took  them  to  his 
property  at  Canterbury  until  he  sent  them  to 
Mulgoa.  There  Mr.  George  Cox  then  started 
sheep-breeding  as  the  premier  industry,  and 
bought  some  excellent  Rambouillet  merino  ewes 
from  Sir  John  Jamieson,  of  Regcntville,  and  a 
number  of  rams  from  Mr.  Riley,  of  Raby.  Thus 
was  laid  the  foundation  of  the  fine  breed  of  sheep 
which  made  the  name  of  Cox  prominent  in  the 
list  of  sheepbreeders,  and  this  at  a  time  when 
there  were  not  more  than  6,000  sheep  in  the 
colony,  chiefly  of  the  hairy  Bengal  breed,  useful 
only  for  meat,  and  not  more  than  500  prime 
merinos. 

At  this  period,  too,  the  limits  of  the  colony 
of  New  South  Wales  were  arbitrarily  fixed  by 
the  great  range  of  the  Blue  Mountains,  which 
rose  from  the  Nepean  River  close  to  the  Mulgoa 
Valley,  and  had  defied  the  efforts  of  many  in- 
trepid explorers  to  cross  the  barrier.      In  18 13 


John  Cox 


"COX'S  PASS" 


867 


rp 


however,  Blaxland,  Lawson,  and  Wentworth 
achieved  the  hitherto  impossible.  Governor 
Macquarie  then  sent  Surveyor  Evans  to  report 
on  the  lands  thus  revealed,  and  when  a  favor- 
able report  was  received  he  looked  about  for  a 
man  capable  of  superintending  the  making  of  a 
road  across  the  mountains. 

William  Cox  had  sold  his  Brush  Farm  and 
Parramatta  properties  and  had  moved  to  Claren- 
don, near  Windsor.  He  was  then  the  Chief 
Magistrate  of  the  district,  and  when  he  offered 
his  services  as  superintendent  of  the  road  they 
were  readily  accepted,  as  he  was  persona  grata 
with  the  convicts  who  must  supply  the  necessary 
labor.  To  him,  then,  in  18 14,  the  Governor 
entrusted  the  task  of  constructing  a  carriage  road 
from  Emu  Plains,  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Nepean 
River,  across  the  Blue  Mountains,  to  "that  fine 
tract  of  country  to  the  westward  of  that  dis- 
covered lately  by  Mr.  Evans."  He  was  given 
thirty  laborers  and  a  guard  of  eighty  soldiers, 
adequate  provisions,  stores,  and  implements.  On 
July  nth,  Mr.  Cox  prepared  for  his  task  by 
converting  a  cart  into  a  caravan  to  sleep  in,  as 
well  as  to  carry  his  personal  luggage;  on  July 
17th  he  left  Clarendon,  and  two  weeks  later  he 
was  able  to  report  that  the  workmen  were  going 
on  with  much  cheerfulness  and  doing  their  work 
well,  though  the  timber  was  both  thick  and  heavy, 
the  bush  strong  and  thick,  and  the  roots  hard  to 
grub  up.  The  weather  proved  generally  fine, 
except  for  occasional  hurricanes,  and  during 
most  of  the  time  cold;  there  was  some  sickness 
among  the  men  but  no  fatalities,  in  spite  of  the 
great  rocks  of  the  mountains,  which  proved 
"uncommon  hard  and  flinty."  The  task  was 
completed  satisfactorily  on  January  14th,  1815, 
and  in  April  of  that  year  Governor  Macquarie 
drove  his  carriage  over  the  loi^  miles  of  the 
new  highway,  from  Emu  Ford  to  Bathurst,  145 
miles  from  Sydney.  Then  began  a  new  era  in 
the  history  of  New  South  Wales  and,  indeed,  of 
ustralia. 


When  the  Governor,  on  that  inaugural  drive, 
reached  the  river  on  the  far  side  of  the  range, 
he  named  it,  after  the  man  who  had  bridged  it, 
the  Cox  River.  He  also  gave  the  name  of  Cox's 
Pass  to  that  precipitous  part  of  the  road  that 
winds  down  676  feet  of  the  ridge  of  the  moun- 
tain at  Prince  Regent's  Glen,  leading  to  a  valley 
of  good  pasture  land  and  soil  fit  for  culti- 
vation. He  made  to  Mr.  Cox,  in  consideration 
of  his  gratuitous  services  as  superintendent,  a 
grant  of  land  on  Bathurst  Plains,  on  the  right 
bank  of  the  Macquarie  River,  which  the  new 
owner  named  "Hereford."  He  also  sent  him 
an  official  letter  of  thanks.  Mr.  William  Cox 
accompanied  the  Governor  and  Mrs.  Macquarie 


I. 


on  their  official  drive  over  the  new  road.  Mr. 
Oxley  and  Mr.  Evans  were  also  of  the  party. 

William  Cox's  sons  also  took  important  parts 
in  the  development  of  New  South  Wales.  When 
William  Lawson  returned  to  Bathurst  after  his 
unsuccessful  attempt  to  cross  the  Liverpool 
Range,  he  gave  a  glowing  account  of  the  grand 
country  he  had  seen.  This  stirred  the  ambition 
of  George  and  Henry  Cox,  and  they  volunteered 
to  join  Lieutenant  Lawson  in  taking  up  the  land. 
The  agreement  made  between  them  was  that  the 
Messrs.  Cox  were  to  take  all  the  land  on  the 
south  bank  of  the  Cudgegong  River  and  Lawson 
would  take  all  that  was  on  the  north.  This  was 
ninety  years  ago,  and  the  party  set  out  courage- 
ously into  the  strange,  roadless  domain  of  the 
wild  blackfellow,  on  horseback,  and  with  their 
flocks  and  herds,  their  waggons  and  household 
goods,  and  a  goodly  store  of  provisions  and  other 
necessaries.     These  were  indeed  the  pioneers. 

The  party  moved  down  to  a  waterhole  which 
the  blacks  called  Mudgee  and  camped  there  in 
1822.  The  town  of  that  name  now  covers  the 
site  of  the  old  camp,  which  is  190  miles  from 
Sydney.  Nowadays  Mudgee  is  a  considerable 
town,  and  a  busy  one,  the  thriving  centre  of  a 
great  district  devoted  to  sheep-breeding  and  agri- 
culture, with  a  population  of  4,000  prosperous 
people.  George  Cox  made  his  home  at  Burran- 
dulla,  one  of  the  finest  places  in  the  colony. 
Some  three  miles  down  the  Cudgegong  River  a 
hut  and  yards  were  erected  as  an  outstation  by 
George  Cox  on  a  pretty  place  of  park  land  which 
he  called  "Menah." 

In  the  meantime,  William  Cox  had  established 
a  station  near  the  junction  of  the  Cudgegong  and 
Macquarie  Rivers  and  called  it  "Burrandong," 
and  his  son  George  made  his  home  there. 
William  Cox  also  took  up  land  at  Coolah  in  asso- 
ciation with  Lieut.  Lawson,  and  his  son  George 
was  soon  across  the  range,  by  the  Pandora  Pass, 
where  he  took  up  "Garrawilla"  and  "Nombie," 
which  Oxley,  the  Surveyor-General,  had  first  seen 
and  named  Lushington  Valley. 

In  18 19  Mrs.  William  Cox  died,  leaving  five 
sons,  and  two  years  later  Mr.  Cox  married  again, 
adding  to  his  family  three  sons  and  a  daughter. 
William  Cox  died  in  1837  at  the  age  of  72  years, 
leaving  behind  him  a  reputation  second  to  none 
among  those  grand  old  pioneers  who  laid  the 
foundations  of  the  Mother  State.  His  numerous 
sons,  too,  left  their  names  on  the  records  of  the 
early  pastoral  development  of  the  State,  and 
themselves  left  large  families  of  worthy  descen- 
dants to  the  present  generation.  It  may  be  briefly 
stated  that  of  William  Cox's  first  family  William 
Cox,  junr. — who  had  remained  in  England  and 
served  as  a  young  officer  in  the  Peninsula  War — 
came  out  to  New  South  Wales  and  married  the 


868 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


daughter  of  Captain  Piper,  after  whom  Point 
Piper,  Sydney,  was  named.  He  founded  Hobart- 
ville,  near  Windsor,  and  afterwards  took  up 
station  properties  near  Muswellbrook  and  near 
Warrialda.     George  inherited  Clarendon   (which 


Chas.  H.  Cox,  J.P. 

was  afterwards  sold  by  his  son,  Charles  Claren- 
don, to  Mr.  Arthur  DIght),  and  himself  founded 
Wimbourne.  He  maried  Elizabeth,  the  daughter 
of  Lieut.  Archibald  Bell,  of  "Bell's  Line"  fame. 
James  went  to  Tasmania  and  founded  Clarendon, 
near  Launceston.  Henry  possessed  much  property 
in  the  Mudgee  district.  Edward  lived  and  died 
at  Mulgoa.  Of  the  second  family,  Edgar  in- 
herited "Hereford."  Thomas  became  a  clergy- 
man and  went  to  England;  he  inherited  some 
Sydney  city  property  from  his  father.  Alfred 
became  the  owner  of  "Burrandong,"  but  sold  it 
and  settled  in  New  Zealand.  The  daughter  mar- 
ried Captain  Isherwood  and  moved  to  England. 

All  of  William  Cox's  family  left  many  worthy 
descendants.  A  few  of  these  only  can  be  men- 
tioned— E.  K.  Cox  (the  stud-breeder).  Dr.  James 
C.  Cox  (President  of  the  Fisheries  Commission), 
sons  of  Edward  Cox,  one  of  whose  daughters 
married  the  Earl  of  Lindsay;  the  Hon.  George 
H.  Cox,  J.  D.  Cox  (of  Cullenbone),  A.  T.  Cox 
(of  Mudgee),  and  Chas.  Clarendon  Cox  (of 
Broombee),  all  sons  of  George  Cox.  Of  the 
third,  fourth,  and  fifth  generations  there  are  fully 
five  hundred.  Burrandulla  and  Oakfields,  at 
Mudgee,  are  still  held  by  members  of  the  Cox 
family,  but  the  pressure  of  population  around  the 
inland  towns  has  forced  the  pastoralists  to  take 
up  more  distant  country.     Descendants  of  Wil- 


liam Cox  the  elder  are  now  settled  in  Queensland 
and  in  the  northern  parts  of  New  South  Wales. 
Charles  Hobart  Cox,  J.P.,  of  "The  Oaks," 
Muswellbrook,  is  the  third  son  of  John  Cox,  who 
was  the  second  son  of  William  Cox,  junr.,  of 
Hobartville.  The  latter  married  his  cousin, 
Georgina,  the  daughter  of  George  Cox,  of  Wim- 
bourne, who  had  married  Miss  Bell  and  had  eight 
sons  and  four  daughters.  John  Cox  had  Negoa, 
near  Muswellbrook,  which  still  belongs  to  hyj 
three  daughters,  and  also  the  Well  Station,  ali^l 
near  Muswellbrook,  of  which  his  son,  Charles 
Hobart  Cox,  bought  half  at  his  father's  death 
and  named  "The  Oaks,"  there  being  many  oaks 
growing  in  the  creek  which  runs  through  the  pro- 
perty. It  is  nine  miles  from  Muswellbrook,  and 
consists  of  3,500  acres  of  basalt  country,  undu- 
lating, with  creek  flats,  and  is  timbered  with  box 
and  currajong,  with  a  sprinklin<T  of  ironbark.  It 
carries  a  good  flock  of  Lincoln  crossbred  sheep, 
and  a  few  cattle  and  horses. 


John  Alan  Holiart  Cox 

The  owner  of  "The  Oaks"  has  three  sons  and 
a  daughter,  the  two  elder  sons  being  abroad  on 
active  service.  The  eldest,  John  Alan  Hobart, 
enlisted  in  1915,  was  in  the  Gallipoli  campaign 
to  the  evacuation,  and  is  now  serving  in  Palestine 
with  the  gun  squadron  of  the  4th  Light  Horse 
Brigade.  Charles  Hobart  Cox,  junr.,  enlisted  in 
January,  19 17,  and  is  with  the  Australian  Field 
Artillery  in  France.  The  youngest  son,  Rex 
Hobart,  is  18  years  of  age,  and  is  assisting  his 
father  at  "The  Oaks."  Mr.  Cox,  indeed,  comes 
of  a  military  family,  several  of  his  immediate 
ancestors  having  served  in  the  British  army  besides 
those  already  mentioned,  and  there  are  now  fully 
fifty  members  of  the  Cox  family  on  active  service 
abroad,  while  many  have  made  the  great  sacrifice. 


THE 
AUSTRALIAN  PASTORAL  LNDUSTRY 


870 


W©  /::3ig  toiirafesGeir'oD  DEKaligsiF^ 


AND  SOPIE  OF  ITS  LEADING  SPIRITS 


^ 


THE  history  and  romance  of  ranching  have 
become  a  feature  of  American  hterature. 
The  romance  and  history  of  the  Austra- 
han  stations  remain  largely  unwritten.     But  there 
are  volumes  In  them,  full  of  adventure  and  brave 
human  effort.     They  have  their  heroes  and  hero- 

Ines — as  interesting  as  the  fine  lads  and  fair 
adies  of  Texas  and  Old  Virginia. 
When  the  commonplace  of  a  pioneering 
(veryday  has  been  mellowed  by  time,  Aus- 
ralian  writers  of  the  Winston  Churchill  type  will 
urn  as  naturally  to  station  life  for  theme  and 
nspiration  as  American  authors  have  turned 
to  the  planters'  life  of  Old  Virginia.  They  will 
find  in  it  pabulum  for  stirring  verse  and  story, 
while  magazine  and  book  artists  of  the  future  will 
decorate  their  dainty  pages  with  many  a  happy 
picture  typical  of  our  sunlit  Island  Continent. 


Australia  has  been,  is,  and  will  doubtless  con- 
tinue to  be,  the  greatest  pastoral  country  in  the 
world.  On  this  foundation  the  early  prosperity 
of  the  colonies  was  laid  by  enterprising  minds 
of  the  Captain  MacArthur  type.  On  this  foun- 
dation it  is  based  to-day. 

In  every  State  of  the  Commonwealth  wool  and 
stock  are  now  staple  products.  One-sixth  of 
the  world's  wool  is  grown  in  Australia.  The 
export  of  beef,  mutton,  and  by-products  Is  an 
enormous  and  constantly-increasing  quantity. 
Australian  fleeces  have  long  been  famous.  In 
the  marts  of  industry  and  commerce  our  staple 
product  has  made  us  well  and  favorably  known. 

Every  season  buyers  from  all  parts  of  the 
world  assemble  at  various  wool  exchanges  of  the 
Commonwealth  to  bid  for  our  fleeces.  Being 
a  rural  industry.  It  has  in  it  more  romance  than 
ordinary  modern  industrialism. 


I 


Reserve  Stock-Feed  on  a  Blverina  Station 
871 


> 

cS 

a 

s 

■c 

a 


872 


:t 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


873 


The  pastoralists  form  the  richest  and  most 
influential  body  of  employers,  and  workers  con- 
nected with  this  industry  have  the  largest  and 
most  powerful  union. 


Close  to  the  wall  of  the  shed  a  long  line  of 
shearers,  with  stooped  backs  and  bare  arms, 
greasy  with  animal  fat  and  perspiration — the 
long  shafts  of  the  machinery  constantly  sing- 
ing overhead — hour  by  hour  work  the  cutters,  up 
and  down  among  the  woolly  bodies  of  the  most 
stupid  and  profitable  of  domestic  animals. 

Boys  with  baskets,  "pickers  up,"  as  constantly 
rush  the  freshly-shorn  wool  to  the  tables,  where 
it  receives  its  first  classification. 

Then  comes  in  turn  the  baling  up  of  the  wool, 
its  departure  from  the  shed,  by  railway  truck,  or 
team,  or  motor  lorry,  towards  whatever  port  it 
is  destined  for. 

Then  begins,  with  the  major  portion  of  our 
most  valuable  national  product,  the  excitement 
of  the  wool  sales,  the  dumping  and  stevedoring 
and  shipping — all  delightfully  interesting  and 
gratifying  to  Australian  eyes. 

The  wool  season  for  1914-1^ — the  first  year 
of  the  war — was  entirely  satisfactory,  a  proof 
that  the  foundations  of  our  wool  trade  are  solidly 
based. 


A  Beef  Shorthorn 


P 

^^H    There  is  no  scene  more  typical  of  Australian 

^^Bife  and  character  than   a   big  shearing  shed  in 

^^B>peration. 

'^"  Since  the  introduction  of  machines  these  estab- 
lishments have  undergone  a  great  change,  which 
is  reflected  in  the  habits  of  shearers  and  their 
associates.  A  shed  such  as  Yanco  covers  ten 
thousand  square  feet  of  space.  Clean  pens, 
modern  fittings,  sanitary  surroundings,  lifts,  elec- 
tric light  and  power  make  a  shed  nowadays  more 
like  a  barber's  shop  on  a  large  scale. 

At  these  emporiums  in  the  remote  Australian 
interior  there  gather  annually  regular  companies 
of  shearers,  rouseabouts,  offsiders,  and  fillers  of 
various  functions  in  the  economy  of  the  trade. 
Then  begin  a  great  bustle,  a  burr  of  machinery, 
a  yapping  of  sheep-dogs,  the  shouts  of  drovers, 
the  ascending  song  of  human  effort. 

Across  open  plains,  where  grow  the  bright 
green  drooping  wilga  and  the  dark  green  cypress 
pine,  sheep  by  the  thousands  are  being  driven, 
iwith  long  greasy  fleeces  ready  for  the  shears. 
p  Each  silly-looking  sheep  in  turn  sits  for  a  little 
time  with  crossed  feet  in  the  shearer's  arms, 
while  the  cutters  are  applied  to  his  surface  by 
expert  hands.  Then,  his  natural  covering  re- 
moved— mayhap  sections  of  his  skin  with  it — 
bare,  humiliated,  and  monotonously  comical,  he 
is  turned  out  down  the  shoot  to  go  back  and  grow 

I  wool  for  another  season,  or  to  be  converted  into 


Windmill  and  Sheep-Trough,  Yooroohla,  N.S.W. 


09 

cf 
S 
u 


o 
o 


874 


THE    AUSTRALIAN    PASTORAL    INDUSTRY 


875 


Private  Bridge  over  the  Light    River,  Anlaby  Estate,  S.A. 


No  matter  what  calamities  have  overtaken 
civilization,  people  must  have  clothes,  blankets, 
and  other  essentials  of  woollen  manufacture. 

BThe  value  of  the  Australian  wool  clip  for  the 
eason    ending   30th  June,   19 16,  was    well    over 
26,899,000  sterling.       Record  values  for  sheep 
obtained  owing  to  shortage  of  lambs  and  increased 
requirements.       All  the  wool  produced  in  Austra- 
lia, saving  only   about  3^    per  cent,   used  in  the 
|^H>cal  manufactories,  is  exported. 

So  far  the  State  of  New  South  Wales  has 
led  the  Commonwealth  in  sheep  production. 
4,176,000  of  the  10,239,000  sheep  slaughtered  in 
the  Commonwealth  in  1915  were  bred  in  the 
.Mother  State. 

"In  all  the  States,"  says  our  Federal  Statis- 
tician, "considerable  attention  is  now  being  paid 
to  the  breeding  of  a  class  of  sheep  that  will  best 
meet  the  requirements  of  consumers.  Crosses 
between  the  Merino  and  the  Lincoln,  or  between 
the  Merino  and  the  Leicester  breeds,  have  proved 
exceedingly  valuable,  as  they  furnish  both  a  good 
quality  of  wool  and  also  an  excellent  carcase  for 
export  purposes.  The  breeding  of  Shropshire 
and  Southdown  sheep  with  a  view  to  combining 
meat  production  with  that  of  wool  is  also  on  the 
increase.  Special  attention  is  being  paid  to  the 
raising  of  lambs  for  the  home  markets,  as  it  is 
becoming  very  widely  recognised  that  with  suit- 
able breeds,  the  export  trade  in  lambs  is  a  very 
rofitable  one." 

Under  a  Federal  Act  of  1907  bounties  are  pay- 
able on  Australian  combed  wool  or  tops  exported, 
£10,000  per  annum  being  the  maximum  sum 
available  to  any  exporter. 


M 


^ 


In  20  years — 1895  to  19 15 — the  quantity  of 
Australian  wool  sold  locally  more  than  doubled, 
and  the  export  vastly  increased.  Sheepskins  to 
the  value  of  over  £9,000,000  sterling  were  ex- 
ported during  the  last  five  years  of  that  period. 
The  next  twenty  years  should  see  an  enormous 
expansion  of  the  industry. 

Were  it  not  that  this  compilation  has  a  definite 
mission  before  it,  its  author  would  have  de- 
lighted to  present  a  less  serious  aspect  of  the 
great  primary  industry  on  which  the  prosperity 
of  Australia  largely  rests.  Down  our  mighty 
Southern  plains,  along  our  cool  tablelands,  over 
our  Northern  downs  and  out  across  the  Centre 
and  the  West,  the  sheep  and  cattle  runs,  which 
make  our  wealth  and  pride,  await  the  pen  of 
artistic  description  and  historical  interest. 

But  that  story  may  not  be  fully  told  within 
the  covers  of  our  present  volume.  Unable 
therein  to  compile  a  complete  history  of  Austra- 
lian pastoralism,  the  publishers  have  confined 
this  section  to  a  limited  number  of  examples  of 
enterprise  and  success. 

The  families,  of  whom  a  brief  personal  history 
is  given  here,  have  done  well  by  Australia  and 
deserve  well  of  it.  They  have  been  among  our 
strongest  and  most  resolute  pioneers,  and  such 
rewards  as  they  may  have  won  are  no  more  than 
their  due. 

Although  a  persistent  advocate  of  closer 
settlement,  the  author  recognizes  the  incalculable 
asset  such  men  and  women  make  to  a  new  coun- 
try. Furthermore,  he  is  gratified  to  think  that, 
by  materially  recognising  a  publication  which  has 
been   intended   for  the   benefit  of   all  Australia, 


876 


■ 


THE  AUSTRALIAN  PASTORAL  INDUSTRY 

As  the  Pastoral  Industry  is  in  many  aspects  of 
a  highly  technical  nature,  the  author  has  had 
associated  with  him  in  the  compilation  of  this 
section  Mr.  R.  J.  Withers,  Secretary  to  the  Syd- 
ney Wool-Selling  Brokers'  Association,  and  an 
expert  writer  on  the  kindred  suhjects  of  stock 
and  wool.  Mr.  Withers  has  spared  neither  time 
nor  effort  to  bring  to  the  pastoral  pages  of  this 
book  the  exactness  without  which  they  would  be 
of  little  value  to  those  who  are  interested  ia 
stock-breeding  and  the  qualities  and  values  oj 
Australian  sheep  and  wool. 


P! 


A  South)  Australian  Pastoral:   Keynetou 

these  good  Australians  have  become  de  facto 
active  agents  for  immigration  and  settlement, 
and  have  in  a  majority  of  cases  expressed  a  will- 
ingness to  supply  information  and  advice  through 
correspondence  or  otherwise  to  intending 
settlers. 


To  Mr.   P.  J.  Nally,  of  Queensland  Govern- 
ment Tourist   and   Intelligence    Department,   the 
author  is  indebted  for  some  of  the  data  concern-    ' 
ing  Queensland  pastoralists.  ^m 

Mr.  H.  N.   Maitland  acted  as  pastoral  inter-"  ^ 
viewer  throughout,  and  has  travelled  thousands  of_ 
miles    through    the    sheep    and    cattle    district^ 
enlisting  the  support  and  assistance  of  prominer 
pastoralists. 

The  articles  may  be  accepted  therefore  as 
correct  record  of  the  life  and  labors  of  those  lead- 
ing spirits  whose  enterprise  calls  for  inclusion  here, 
and  an  exact  result  of  costly  experiments  made 
by  enthusiasts  in  the  improvement  of  flocks 
and  fleeces  which  have  made  Australia  famed  as 
the  foremost  producer  of  mutton  and  wool  in 
the  world.  That  part  may  prove  somewhat  tech- 
nical to  the  average  reader,  but  it  is  of  intimate 
interest  to  thousands  of  Australians,  and  a  section 
under  this  heading  would  be  incomplete  without 
its  inclusion. 


Romney  Marsh  Ewes  and  Lambs,   Victoria 


The   Homestead,   North  Yanco   Station 


SIR  SAMUEL  McCAUGHEY,  M.L.C. 

NORTH  YANCO 


SQUARE-SHOULDERED,  with  a  strong 
head  set  firmly,  I  can  see  the  figure  of 
this  remarkable  man  as  he  sat  in  an  easy- 
chair  in  his  fine  dining-hall  at  Yanco  before  a 
bright  log-fire  one  winter's  evening  six  years  ago. 
I  had  come  down  from  the  great  storage  basin 
at  Burrinjuclc  with  a  Commission  from  the  Gov- 
ernment of  New  South  Wales,  to  inspect  and 
describe  the  second  biggest  irrigation  proposition 
in  the  world.  For  years  I  had  made  a  close  study 
of  irrigation  and,  during  a  1,500  mile  motor-boat 
journey  down  the  Murray  River,  had  but  recently 
examined  some  of  its  possibilities. 

I  he  name  of  Sir  Samuel  McCaughey  had 
been,  of  course,  pre-eminent  among  the  pastoral 
kings  of  Australia,  but  it  was  also  well  and  hon- 
orably known  in  the  history  of  pioneer  efforts  to 
make  irrigation  in  Australia  a  practical  success. 
The  man  had  a  vivid  human  interest  for  me,  as 
he  sat  there  in  his  chair  with  the  firelight  on  his 


As  I  studied  the  face — a  strong  North  of  Ire- 
land face  (he  was  born  in  Ballymena,  in  the 
County  of  Antrim  in  1835) — I  saw  therein  cer- 
tain lines  which  betokened  the  qualities  of  the 
man.  Here  was  a  staunch,  inflexible  type  which 
would  achieve  success  anywhere,  but  in  a  country 
like  Australia,  where  the  best  man  is  given  every 
chance  to  win,  its  success  was  only  a  matter  of 
time. 

Such  men  as  Sir  Samuel  McCaughey  create 
opportunity,  if  it  happens  to  be  denied  them. 
Rich  enough  to  be  independent  of  criticism,  they 
are  free  to  pursue  national  ideals  or  persona! 
philanthropies  as  no  party-politician  or  paid 
advocate  is  permitted  to  do.  Strong  enough  to 
defy  public  opinion  where  they  consider  public 
opinion  to  be  in  error,  their  worldly  success  makes 
finally  for  the  benefit  and  betterment  of  a  com- 
munity. The  good  work  they  frequently  do  is 
unknown    to    a     hydra-headed   public,   but  their 


face.    He  had  risen  by  sheer  brains,  courage,  and  marks  must  be  indelibly  impressed  upon  the  plas 

financial  genius  from  the  position  of  station  over-  tic  material  of  a  nation  still  in  the  making, 
seer  to  the  much-criticised  but  universally-coveted  No  man  has  occupied  a  more  prominent  posi- 

prosperity  of  a  millionaire.  tion  in  the  pastoral  industry  of  the  mother  State 


877 


878 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


during  the  past  half-century  than  Sir  Samuel 
McCaughey.  Few  men  have  displayed  as  much 
enterprise  or  achieved  such  material  results. 
Although  he  has  gradually  retired  from  pastoral 
pursuits  and  disposed  of  a  large  number  of  his 
station  properties  owing  to  advancing  years,  he 


The   Hon.    Sir   Samuel  McCaughey,  M.L.C. 


has  lived  to  see  the  successful  outcome  of  his 
efforts  and  the  materialisation  of  many  of  his 
industrial  schemes. 

His  uncle,  Mr.  Chas.  Wilson,  preceded  him 
as  a  settler  in  Victoria,  where  he  had  been  asso- 
ciated with  his  brothers,  John  and  Alexander, 
for  fifteen  years  before  revisiting  Ireland  in  1855. 
On  his  return  to  Australia  he  was  accompanied 
by  his  nephew,  Samuel  McCaughey,  then  a  young 
man  of  twenty. 

He  was  placed  by  his  uncle  on  Kewell,  a  station 
in  the  Wimmera  district  of  Victoria.  For  two 
years  he  filled  the  position  of  overseer,  and  for 
a  further  two  years  he  made  an  efl'icient  manager. 
His  whole  heart  and  soul  were  in  the  work.  He 
early  displayed  a  particular  aptitude  for  pastoral 
pursuits.  It  was  his  metier,  his  inspiration,  his 
gift.     Genius  gains  strength  by  knowledge.     The 


young  manager  determined  to  gain  all  the  experi- 
ence possible.  In  those  four  years  in  the  Wim- 
mera district  he  acquired  the  "colonial  experi- 
ence" which  alone  was  necessary  to  supplement 
the  energy  and  resourcefulness  native  in  him.  In 
i860  he  purchased  Coonong,  Narrandera,  as  well 
as  an  interest  in  Singorimba,  a  property  of  40,000 
acres  adjoining  Goolgumbla,  his  partners  being 
the  late  Mr.  David  Wilson  and  Mr.  John  Coch- 
rane. 

The  Coonong  property  was  not  very  highly 
improved.  It  had  been  a  cattle  station 
exclusively.  Owing  to  a  very  serious  slump  about 
that  time  in  the  value  of  cattle,  it  was  decided 
to  sell  off  and  stock  up  with  sheep.  The  herd 
was  cleared  out  at  ruinous  prices.  A  few  years 
later  Mr.  Wilson  sold  his  third  interest  to  Mr. 
Cochrane,  who  for  a  year  longer  held  a  two- 
thirds  share  in  the  properties  and  then  sold  out 
to  Mr.  McCaughey. 

Becoming  sole  owner,  Mr.  McCaughey  put 
forth  his  best  endeavours  to  improve  the  place. 
In  the  face  of  great  financial  difficulties  he  con- 
structed tanks  and  dams,  erected  fences,  and 
stocked  up.  It  was  some  years  before  Coonong 
became  a  profitable  proposition.  The  key  of  the 
whole  matter  lay  in  improving  the  water  supply, 
as  the  Colombo  and  Coonong  Creeks  were  fre- 
quently dry,  the  latter  for  a  dozen  years  at  a  1 
stretch.  Thus  the  place  in  its  original  state  was 
a  rather  risky  pasturage  for  sheep.  Mr.  Mc- 
Caughey, however,  set  to  work  to  improve  the 
natural  resources  in  this  respect.  In  conjunction 
with  the  late  Sir  Samuel  Wilson,  he  started  out 
to  deepen  the  intake  of  the  Yanco  (of  which 
Colombo  Creek  is  a  branch)  from  the  Murrura*f 
bidgee. 

He  persevered  in  the  work  of  water  conserva- 
tion, and  eventually  proved  what  splendid  results 
could  be  achieved  by  irrigation  in  the  more  arid 
districts  of  Australia.  This  may  be  ranked  - 
among  the  greatest  achievements  of  Sir  Samuel 
McCaughey's  life.  It  was  due  to  his  efforts  that 
the  great  Burrinjuck  irrigation  scheme  finally 
emerged  from  theory  to  reality. 

His  work  in  water  conservation  has  earned 
him  a  place  as  a  seer— one  who  plans  for  genera- 
tions unborn.  He  was  appointed  to  the  Legis- 
lative Council  of  New  South  Wales  in  1899  and 
was  created  a  Knight  Bachelor  in  1905. 

As  a  sheepbreeder,  Sir  Samuel  McCaughey 
has  shown  the  greatest  enterprise  and  a  deter- 
mination to  spare  neither  trouble  nor  expense  in 
improving  the  breed  of  merinos.  The  first  pur- 
chases of  importance  in  connection  with  the 
Coonong  ffock  were  made  from  Widgiewa,  then 
owned  by  Mr.  Cochrane.  These  were  old  ewes 
of  large  frame  and  excellent  quality  of  wool.    To 


SIR    SAMUEL   McCAUGHEY,    M.L.C. 


879 


i 


The  Homestead,   Coonong 


impreve  the  Hock  he  purchased  rams  from  the 
late  Nicholas  Paget  Bayly,  of  Havilah,  one  of 
the  most  celebrated  breeders  of  his  day,  also 
from  the  late  Mr.  R.  Q.  Kermode,  of  Mona 
Vale,  Tasmania.  In  1866  he  followed  up  these 
purchases  by  securing  a  couple  of  renowned  Ercil- 
doune  rams,  the  wool  of  which  was  conspicuous 
for  its  lustre  and  softness.  Mr.  McCaughey, 
however,  considered  the  fleeces  too  open  for  cen- 
al  Riverina,  and  the  Ercildoune  rams  were  suc- 

eded  by  two  Tasmanian  rams  bred  by  the  late 

on.  James  Gibson,  of  Belle  Vue,  Epping,  Tas- 
mania, the  breeder  of  the  celebrated  ram,  "Pre- 
dent,"  sold  for  1600  guineas. 

In  1873,  having  acquired  extensive  stations  in 
the  Riverina,  Mr.  McCaughey  returned  to  the 
Bayly  blood  for  a  further  infusion  by  buying  200 
rams.  In  1874  he  made  a  further  purchase  of 
1,000  rams,  and  in  1875  he  bought  the  whole  of 
the  season's  output — 2,000  head. 

Exhaustive  experiments  followed  for  the  pur- 
pose of  ascertaining  the  best  type  of  sheep  for 
his  country,  and  extensive  purchases  were  made 
of  the  finest  specimens  of  sheep  raised  in  New 
South  Wales,  Tasmania,  Victoria,  and  Queens- 
land, price  being  a  secondary  consideration  when 
a  good  ram  was  offered.  Rams  were  bought 
from  Mount  Fyans,  Jellallabad,  Nareeb  Nareeb, 
and  East  Talgai.  The  best  results  were  obtained 
from   the   rams   from   East  Talgai   and   Nareeb 

areeb. 

In  1882  he  purchased  an  excellent  sire  from 
Messrs.  Austin  and  Millear,  of  Wanganella. 
The  hoggets  by  this  ram  were  so  satisfactory  that 
Mr.  McCaughey  purchased  ten  two-tooth  Wan- 
ganella rams,  which  had  been  exhibited  at  the 
Deniliquin  show  that  year,  for  4,000  guineas. 
The  next  purchase  was  a  number  of  young  rams 
i^^from  Boonoke.  In  1885  three  stud  sheep  exhi- 
■■tited  at  the  Deniliquin  show  gained  three  first. 


two  champion,  and  two  grand  champion  prizes, 
besides  innumerable  other  prizes,  at  Wagga  and 
Narrandera.  The  exhibit  of  Coonong  sheep  at 
the  Philadelphia  Exhibition  in  1876  was  awarded 
a  bronze  medal. 

In  1883  Mr.  McCaughey  bought  at  the  Sydney 
stud-sheep  sales  ten  Calif ornian  rams — three  of 
Rambouillet  strain  and  the  balance  of  pure  Ver- 
mont blood.  So  pleased  was  the  flockmaster  with 
results,  that  he  visited  America  for  the  purpose 
of  securing  the  best  sheep  he  could  purchase. 
With  the  aid  of  Mr.  E.  N.  Bissel  and  Mr.  Wm. 
Chapman,  he  went  round  the  best  flocks  and 
secured  some  of  the  finest  sheep  in  the  State  of 
Vermont.  It  was  admitted  that  he  devastated 
the  stud  flocks  of  the  very  finest  specimens  of 
their  pure  full-bloods.  In  only  one  instance  did 
he  fail  to  secure  an  animal  selected,  and  in  that 
case  no  money  would  tempt  the  owner  to  part  with 
the  ram  in  question.  Mr.  McCaughey's  first 
shipment  was  120  ewes  and  92  rams;  his  second 
shipment  numbered  310.  Among  the  sheep 
selected  were  some  from  the  Stickney  stud, 
which  dates  back  to  1834.  Besides  these  direct 
shipments  Mr.  McCaughey  secured  the  pick  of 
several  shipments  of  American  sheep,  in  all  about 
100,  for  the  Coonong  flock. 


Turbine  Windmill,   Coonong 


88o 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


With  the  progeny  of  these  sheep  he  became 
invincible  in  the  show  ring,  and  for  years  he 
occupied  the  premier  position  at  the  Sydney  Sheep 
Show — winning  championships  every  year.  So 
great  was  his  success  that  the  show  came  to  be 
regarded  by  many  as  a  "one-man  affair."  In 
the  interests  of  the  Association  Mr.  McCaughey 
generously  decided  to  stand  down  for  a  few  years 
and  allow  others  to  secure  the  coveted  honors. 


comparing  favorably  for  size  of  carcase,  length 
of  staple  and  plain  bodies  with  the  best  in  Aus- 
tralia. For  many  years  he  bred  all  the  rams 
required  for  his  own  stations,  which  meant  some- 
thing like  2,400  rams  a  year,  and  also  sent  drafts 
for  sale  at  the  Sydney  Stud  Sheep  Fair,  which 
realised  satisfactory  averages. 

Coonong,   the   central   pivot   of   Sir   Samuel's 
sheepbreeding  operations  for  many  years,  is  on 


Blacksmith's  Shop,  Upper  Yanco  Station 


As  years  went  on,  the  Coonong  flockmaster 
found  that  other  considerations  besides  wool  were 
coming  to  the  front  in  the  pastoral  world.  In- 
stead of  making  the  weight  of  fleece  the  all- 
important  consideration.  Sir  Samuel  realised  that 
a  larger  carcase  must  be  grown,  because  mutton 
was  becoming  a  great  factor  in  profitable  sheep- 
breeding.  He  set  to  work  therefore  with  char- 
acteristic enthusiasm  to  evolve  a  larger-framed 
type  and,  by  extensive  purchases  of  Wanganella, 
Boonoke,  and  South  Australian  sheep,  he 
achieved    his    object,    the    resultant    sheep    soon 


the  Riverina  plains,  ten  miles  from  Urana  anc 
thirty  miles  from  Jerilderie.  He  transformed 
it  from  a  cattle  station  into  one  of  the  most  highly 
improved  sheep-stations  in  New  South  Wales. 

Goolgumbla,  until  recently  the  property  of  Sir 
Samuel  McCaughey,  comprised  120,000  acres, 
and  was  purchased  in  1872  from  Sir  Samuel 
Wilson.  It  lies  forty  miles  from  Jerilderie.  Its 
successful  management  is  largely  due  to  Sir 
Samuel  McCaughey's  enterprise  in  providing 
water  facilities  to  what  was  once  a  waterless  dis- 
trict with  no  permanent  creeks.        Large  tanks, 


SIR   SAMUEL   McCAUGHEY,    M.L.C. 


88i 


Era  Grader,  making  Drains,    Upper  Yanco  Station 


dams,    and   sub-artesian   bores   and   wells   solved 
the  problem. 

The  tanks,  pro\Ided  with  suitable  drains,  are 
dependent  on  rain  water,  while  a  big  supply  is 
pumped  from  the  wells.  At  one  of  these  a  5  in. 
centrifugal  pump  is  installed,  with  a  capacity  of 
2,600  gallons  per  hour;  while  at  the  other  is  a 
4  in.  water-lifter  with  a  capacity  of  10,000  gal- 
lons per  hour.  Eighteen  of  the  tanks  can  be 
filled  from  these  two  wells. 

Sir  Samuel  recently  sold  Goolgumbla  to  Mr. 
G.  E.  Stuart.  The  Goolgumbla  flock,  when  Sir 
Samuel  owned  it,  comprised  82,000  sheep.  Ori- 
ginally it  was  of  the  Vermont  strain,  but  subse- 
quently Boonoke  and  Wanganella  rams  were 
used  with  marked  success.  In  1880  Sir  Samuel 
purchased  Toorale  and  Dunlop  on  the  Darling, 
together  with  other  leases  in  that  district,  amount- 
ing in  all  to  three  million  acres,  and  carrying 
260,000  sheep.  After  holding  these  places  for 
thirty-two  years  he  sold  out  in  191 2  for  £250,000 
to  Messrs.  Robinson  and  Vincent,  who  had  man- 
aged the  properties  for  him  for  many  years.  In 
1 88 1,  in  partnership  with  Messrs.  H.  and  J- 
Stuart,  he  purchased  Rockwood  in  Queensland, 
and  subsequently  added  Barenya,  Antrim,  and 
[Tower  Hill,  in  all  about  600,000  acres. 

In  191 1  these  properties  were  sold  for 
1260,000.  In  1882  he  purchased  Coree,  Denili- 
uin,  and  about  eight  years  later  sold  it  to  his 
brother,  the  late  Mr.  David  McCaughey.  He 
also  owned  2,000  acres  north  of  Narrandera  and 
Bonus  Downs  station  in  the  Mitchell  district  of 
Queensland. 
.^-  In  1900  Sir  Samuel  purchased  North  Yanco, 
l^psituated  15  miles  from  Narrandera,  and  com- 
prising 100,000  acres,  from  Messrs.  H.  and  C. 
Douglas.       Recognising  its  peculiar  adaptability 


for  irrigation,  he  concentrated  all  his  energies  in 
this  direction,  constructing  over  200  miles  of 
channels,  by  which  means  he  was  able  to  irrigate 
40,000  acres  when  there  was  a  good  flow  of 
water  in  the  Murrumbidgee.  During  the  spring 
months  he  usually  had  sufficient  water  to  flood 
from  10,000  to  20,000  acres.  He  illustrated  in 
such  a  practical  way  the  possibilities  of  irriga- 
tion, that  the  Government  was  induced  to  take 
up  the  Burrinjuck  reservoir  and  Northern  Mur- 
rumbidgee canal  scheme,  which  has  since  been 
carried  to  successful  completion. 

In  connection  with  this  scheme  Yanco  was  re- 
sumed by  the  Government;  but  in  recognition  of 
the  good  work  Sir  Samuel  had  done,  the  Govern- 
ment granted  him  the  use  of  a  block  of  30,000 
acres  during  his  life-time  at  a  rental.  On  this 
portion  he  had  built  himself  a  noble  mansion 
some  years  ago,  placed  in  the  midst  of  beautiful 


I 


Men's  Quarters  at  North  Yanco. 


E2 


882 


AUSTRALIA  UNLIMITED 


surroundings.  He  intended  this  to  be  his  home 
for  the  rest  of  his  days,  and  spared  no  expense 
in  making  it  comfortable  and  a  desirable  place 
in  every  way.  The  eight  acres  immediately  sur- 
rounding the  mansion  were  carefully  graded  for 
irrigation.  As  a  result  the  grounds,  garden,  and 
orchard  have  made  marvellous  progress.  To- 
day, where  once  the  occasional  sheep  grazed 
undisturbed,  there  is  a  flowering  oasis,  fed  by 
many  fountains  and  sweet  with  the  odor  of  fruit 
and  flowers.  It  forms  a  verdant  illustration  of 
what  can  be  effected  by  brains  and  enterprise, 
and  points  to  the  green  and  glowing  possibilities 
which  lie  ahead  of  Australia  when  water-conser- 


He  carried  out  more  sheep-breeding  experi- 
ments than  most  people  in  his  desire  to  secure  the 
very  best  type  for  his  properties.  Instead  of 
clinging  tenaciously  to  one  type  through  thick 
and  thin  he  was  anxious  at  all  times  to  experi- 
ment. If  he  made  mistakes  he  was  the  first  to 
profit  by  them. 

He  has  been  a  very  active  member  of  the  New 
South    Wales    Sheepbreeders'    Association    ever 
since  its  foundation,  and  has  occupied  the  posi- 
tion of  vice-president  for  many  years.     Although, 
advancing  years  naturally  restrict  his  operations! 
and  movements,  he  is  always  a  prominent  figurej 
at  the  annual  Show.       No  sheepbreeder  in  Aus-, 


Sawmilling  Plant,  North  Yanco  Station 


vation  and  irrigation  are  generally  accepted  as  a 
gospel  of  economic  salvation. 

From  an  agricultural  point  of  view.  Sir  Samuel 
in  his  experiments  proved  the  district  to  be  admir- 
ably adapted  to  the  cultivation  of  wheat,  oats, 
and  lucerne. 

The  outstanding  feature  about  the  career  of 
Sir  Samuel  McCaughey  is  his  courageous  enter- 
prise, his  desire  at  all  times  to  do  everything  he 
turned  his  hand  to  thoroughly  and  well.  He  has 
grudged  neither  time  nor  expense  in  attaining  the 
desired  end.  His  action  in  going  to  America 
and  paying  over  £25,000  for  Vermont  sheep, 
buying  the  best  animals  he  could  secure,  regard- 
less of  price,  is  an  illustration  of  this. 


tralia  notes  more  carefully  the  points  of  the 
exhibits.  He  is  pre-eminently  a  judge  of  sheep, 
which  means  something  in  Australia. 

Here  are  two  characteristic  incidents  in  his  in- 
teresting career.  At  an  annual  dinner  of  the 
Sheepbreeders'  Association  some  years  ago,  a 
Ministerial  speaker  was  not  enthusiastic  about 
the  construction  of  certain  irrigation  works.  Sir 
Samuel  quietly  offered  to  lend  the  Government 
a  quarter  of  a  million  sterling  to  carry  out  the 
work.  He  did  not  fear  to  back  his  faith  with 
his  gold — a  characteristic  feature  of  this  remark- 
ably  successful  citizen  of  the  Commonwealth. 

A  few  years  ago  a  great  rivalry  existed  in  the 
show  ring    between    the    late  J.  S.  Horsfall,  of 


SIR   SAMUEL   McCAUGHEY,    M.L.C. 


883 


Woolshed  at  North  Yanco  (45  stands) 


fi 


Widgiewa,  and  Sir  Samuel  McCaughey,  of  Coo- 
nong.  For  years  Mr.  Horsfall  had  to  play  second- 
fiddle  to  the  champion  Vermont  ram  breeder,  but 
he  bought  some  of  the  best  Coonong  sheep,  and 
eventually  succeeded  in  rivalling  his  veteran  com- 
petitor, who  had,  however,  the  satisfaction  of 
knowing  that  the  sheep  which  had  beaten  the 
Coonong  stud  were  of  the  same  blood. 
I  The  first  Coonong  sheep  when  the  station  was 
stocked  with  sheep  came  from  Widgiewa.  Many 
years  later  when  the  then  owner  of  Widgiewa 
wished  to  breed  prize  sheep  he  had  to  go  to 
Coonong  for  his  stock. 

These  are  matters  of  the  greatest  historical 
importance  among  men  who  aspire  to  be 
champions  of  sheep  and  wool  in  Australia.  The 
country  has  benefited  far  more  by  their  friendly 
rivalry  than  the  people  know.  True,  they  have 
made  personal  successes,  but  they  faced,  many  of 
them,  in  the  possibilities  of  failure,  anxieties  that 
might  often  have  broken  the  nerves  and  spirits 
of  lesser  men. 

It  may  justly  be  said  of  Sir  Samuel  McCaughey 
that  he  never  sat  down  to  bewail  his  fate  when 
conditions  were  against  him;  nor  did  he  fol- 
low the  old  blind  style  of  stocking  up  to  the  hilt 
in  good  seasons  and  trusting  to  Providence  that 
favorable  conditions  would  continue.  He  went 
rather  on  the  principle  that  Heaven  helps  those 
.who  help  themselves,  and  Instead  of  praying  for 
rain  he  constructed  dams  to  save  the  rain  when 
It  fell.  When  the  rainfall  was  not  sufficient  to 
fill  his  surplus  storages,  he  set  to  work  to  tap 
artesian  supplies  and  erect  windmills  to  lift  the 
water  from  the  wells,  and  canals  to  carry  It  where 
it  was  required. 

IGoolgumbla,  for  example,  when  It  came  Into 
his  possession,  was  a  waterless  property  with  no 
permanent  creeks. 


By  means  of  dams  and  drains  constructed  at 
enormous  expense,  there  is  now  an  abundance  of 
water  for  all  the  sheep  this  property  Is  capable 
of  carrying.  At  Coonong  it  was  the  solving  of 
the  water  problem  which  made  the  station  the 
great  success  it  became.  Irrigation  channels  In 
every  direction  pay  tribute  to  the  thoroughness 
of  Sir  Samuel's  work.  At  North  Yanco,  of 
course,  irrigation  Is  the  strong  point.  The  change 
which  has  been  brought  about  Is  entirely  due  to 
the  foresight  of  the  veteran  Irrlgationist  in  recog- 
nising the  suitability  of  the  land  for  Irrigation. 

Sir  Samuel  has  acted  on  the  Idea  all  along  that 
It  Is  man's  privilege  and  duty  to  complete  the 
work  that  Nature  leaves  unfinished.  Instead  of 
the  olden-time  cry — heard  even  now — of  "what  a 
grand  place  Australia  would  be  If  we  could  only 
regulate  the  rainfall,"  he  proceeded,  like  a  prac- 
tical patriot,  to  conserve  the  rain  that  fell  and 
eliminate  waste  and  loss  by  Improving  the  methods 
of  conservation,  storage,  and  distribution. 

In  the  earlier  days  of  pastoral  pursuits.  It  was 
just  a  question  of  making  the  most  of  good  sea- 
sons and  being  ruined  by  the  bad  ones.  A  few 
dams  were  constructed  to  store  some  of  the  rain- 
fall; when  they  dried  up  the  squatter  shifted  his 
sheep  or  gave  up  the  struggle  and  watched  them 
die.  But  Sir  Samuel  McCaughey  went  further 
than  merely  digging  dams.  He  attacked  water- 
courses, altered  channels,  widened  the  intake  of 
creeks  and  increased  the  flow  of  water  throughout 
his  properties;  where  there  were  no  creeks  to 
carry  the  water  he  constructed  channels.  At  first 
the  ideas  were  crude;  but  so  successful  were  the 
schemes  that  he  was  encouraged  to  look  further 
ahead  and  evolve  bigger  plans  for  water-conser- 
vation and  irrigation.  He  selected  properties 
that  were  reduced  in  value  and  carrying  capacity 
on  account  of  their  comparative  dryness,  and  by 


884 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


his  brainy  schemes  of  water-conservation  and 
irrigation  converted  them  into  heavy  carrying 
country.  Herein  lies  the  secret  of  his  greater 
success. 

Naturally,  he  reaped  his  revi'ard,  the  result  of 
his  policy  being  to  convert  large  arid  areas,  which 
in  their  natural  condition  were  mere  death-traps, 
into  well-watered  properties — a  policy  which,  so 
far  as  water-supply  was  concerned,  enabled  him 
to  defy  practically  any  drought.  It  transformed 
pastoral  enterprise  in  dry  districts  from  what  were 
really  reckless  gambles,  into  reasonable  business 
propositions.  Few,  if  any,  men  connected  with 
the  pastoral  industry  spent  money  upon  improve- 
ments with  such  a  liberal  hand,  and,  if  the  proof 
of  the  pudding  be  in  the  eating,  the  course 
adopted  was  a  very  wise  one.  In  connection  with 
this  point,  it  is  a  matter  of  much  interest,  both  pub- 
lic and  private,  to  note  that  the  wealth  accumula- 
tions of  Sir  Samuel  McCaughey  are  represented 
by  little  or  nothing  of  what  is  called  "unearned 
increment."  In  other  words,  if  to  the  price  he 
paid  for  a  property  (either  to  the  Crown  or  a 
private  person)  be  added  the  amount  he  expended 
upon  improvements,  it  would  be  found  that  the 
aggregate  of  the  two  sums  would  at  least  equal, 
in  probably  every  instance,  the  price  at  which  he 
sold — or  could  sell — the  property.  The  history 
of  Sir  Samuel's  enterprise  contains  no  instance  of 
where,  having  bought  land  at  a  low  price,  he  has 
secured,  on  sale,  a  largely  increased  price  as  a 
result  of  enhanced  unimproved  value.  That  is 
to  say,  Sir  Samuel's  money  has  been  made,  not 
out  of  successful  land  speculations,  but  out  of 
breeding  stock  and  growing  wool. 

Sir  Samuel  McCaughey  has  not  been  slow  to 
appreciate  and  encourage  brains  and  enterprise 
wherever  he  has  come  across  them.  The  fact 
that  several  of  his  managers  and  overseers  be- 
came his  partners  in  pastoral  ventures,  is  an  in 
stance  of  this.       Some  of  the  deals  which  turned 


out  his  best  investments  were  those  into  which 
he  admitted  men  in  his  employ  as  partners  and 
financed  them  in  large  unimproved  properties. 

The  continual  improvement  was  not  confined 
to  the  properties,  by  any  means.  Sir  Samuel  was 
experimenting  all  his  life  to  produce  the  best  type 
of  sheep  and  wool.  In  this  direction  he  showed 
quite  as  much  enterprise  as  in  improvements.  No 
expense  was  ever  spared  to  secure  sheep  which 
he  thought  might  benefit  his  flock.  No  man  has 
ever  conducted  more  sheep-breeding  experiments; 
probably  no  one  has  ever  stood  in  such  a  pre- 
eminent position  as  he  did  during  the  years  that 
the  Vermont  type  was  highest  in  public  favor. 

Sir  Samuel  was  always  open  to  conviction. 
When  in  the  fulness  of  time  he  was  shown  that 
the  Vermont  type  was  not  destined  to  suit  Aus-' 
tralia  as  well  as  other  types,  he  immediately  set 
about  purchasing  the  best  Boonoke  and  Wanga- 
nella  sheep  available  to  build  up  his  sheep  to  the 
popular  ideal.  In  this  connection  he  showed  his 
ability  to  move  with  the  times,  and  so  retained  | 
his  position  in  the  front  rank  of  successful  stud- 
sheep  breeders. 

Though  advancing  years  now  limit  Sir 
Samuel's  personal  activities,  he  is  still  en-- 
ihusiastic  on  the  subject  of  sheepbreeding 
in  Australia,  and  no  one  realises  better 
that  the  future  possibilities  of  the  pastoral 
and  agricultural  industry  are  boundless,  that  we 
have  as  yet  but  scratched  the  surface  of  Australia, 
and  that  the  real  development  of  the  country  is 
still  to  come.  He  has  played  his  part  in  working, 
out  the  destiny  of  our  Commonwealth,  and,  after 
a  life  of  unusual  activity  and  interest,  he  is  con-, 
tent  to  look  back  upon  a  successful  career  of  ex- 
treme usefulness  to  his  country  and  to  look  hope- 
fully to  the  future  to  see  others  continue  the 
great  work  of  development  that  he  has  initiatec 
on  the  lines  which  he  has  shown  to  be  correct. 


One   of  Three   Haysheds   at  North  Yanco  (capacity  800  tons) 


1 

I 


Mr.   and  Mrs.   James   Mitchell 


TABLE   TOP    ESTATE. 


I 


N  the  pioneering  sense,  the  true  spirit  of 
romance  and  stern  reality  were  intimately 
associated  from  colonial  beginnings  in  con- 
nection with  the  famous  Table  Top  Estate,  a 
passing  view  of  which  is  familiar  to  passengers 
between  Melbourne  and  Sydney  by  the  main  trunk 
railway.  The  property  lies  some  few  miles 
north-east  of  the  pretty  border  town  of 
Albury,  and  is  within  easy  reach  of  the 
historic  Murray  River,  crossing-place  of  the 
greatest  of  Australian  explorers,  Hamilton 
Hume.  Curiously  enough,  the  family  whose 
name  has  become  indelibly  associated  with  the 
Fable  Top  Estate,  and  also  with  the  early  history 
of  settlement  In  this  country,  became  indirectly 
connected  by  marriage  with  the  descendants  of  the 
discoverer  of  the  Murray.  Rawdon  Hume,  the 
brother  of  the  explorer,  married  Mr.  James 
Mitchell's  sister  Emma,  and  William  Huon, 
brother  of  Mrs.  James  Mitchell,  married  a  grand- 
daughter of  Rawdon  Hume. 

The  real  romance  of  the  Mitchells  and  the 
Huons,  however,  had  its  beginnings  away  back  in 
the  tempestuous  period  of  the  French  Revolution. 
Among  the  fugitives  from  France  at  this 
time  was  Ciabriel  Louis  Huon  de  Kerilleau — a 
member  of  the  French  aristocracy,  in  whose  veins 


second  fleet.  The  man  of  royal  descent  had  con- 
cealed his  identity  by  taking  the  name  of  l.ouis 
Huon,  and  as  Louis  Huon  he  enlisted  as  a  private 
under  MacArthur.  Soon  after  arrival  in  Aus- 
tralia, the  commander  of  the  fleet,  having  dis- 
covered that  Private  Huon  was  a  personage  of 
some  consequence,  the  emigre  was  given  his  dis- 
charge, together  with  a  grant  of  land;  and  he 
subsequently  settled  in  the  Shoalhaven  district  and 
devoted  himself  to  the  raising  of  sheep.  In  that 
district  Mr.  Fluon  and  his  wife  founded  a  family 
whose  history  is  largely  the  history  of  pioneering 
and  pastoral  development  in  New  South  Wales, 
and  more  especially  the  Riverina. 

One  of  Mr.  Louis  Huon's  grandsons,  Mr. 
William  Huon,  took  up  Wodonga  Station — just 
across  the  Murray  from  Albury — and  thus  be- 
came the  first  of  the  pastoralists  to  follow  in  the 
track  of  Hume  and  Hovell  and  acquire  a  holding 
on  the  southern  side  of  the  river.  A  daughter 
of  the  same  family — Miss  Elizabeth  Huon — was 
born  at  Parramatta  in  the  last  decade  of  the  nine- 
teenth century,  and  in  1813  was  married  to  Cap- 
tain Mitchell,  a  retired  naval  officer.  In  the  time 
of  Governor  Brisbane  they  settled  on  a  Crown 
grant  in  the  region  of  Goulburn,  and  the  late  Mr. 
James    Mitchell,   who    built  up    and    developed 


flowed  the  blood  of  the  Bourbons — and  his  young  Table  Top,  and  made  it  one  of  the  fmest  pastoral 
wife,  who  sought  refuge  in  England,  and  eventu-  properties  in  the  Commonwealth,  was  their  fourth 
ally  came  to  Australia  with  Captain  MacArthur's     son. 

885 


886 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


View  from  Verandah,  Table  Top  Homestead  (looking  North) 


As  boys,  Mr.  James  Mitchell  and  his  brothers, 
accompanied  their  mother  (then  a  widow)  to 
Mungabareena,  on  the  Murray,  which  station 
originally  embraced  the  area  which  is  now  the  site 
of  Albury.  This  property  was  first  taken  up  by 
Mr.  Charles  Hobson  Ebden,  a  well-known  Vic- 
torian, but  was  sold  in  1836  to  Mr.  Charles  Huon, 
who  presented  it  to  his  sister,  the  widow  of  Cap- 
tain Mitchell.  Mr.  James  Mitchell,  and  his 
brothers — Edward,  Thomas,  and  John  Huon  F. 
Mitchell,  who  is  still  alive  (1917)  at  the  great 
age  of  86,  and  resides  at  Ravenswood,  Victoria — 
were  the  first  white  boys  seen  on  the  Murray,  and 
during  their  early  years  were  brought  into  intimate 
association  with  the  blacks.  The  region  at  that  time 
was  one  of  the  head  centres  of  the  great  Worad- 
gery  tribe  of  aborigines.  The  white  boys  soon 
made  friends  with  different  members  of  the  tribe 
and  were  privileged  to  accompany  them  on  hunt- 
ing and  fishing  expeditions.  In  this  way  they 
acquired  a  considerable  inner  knowledge  of  the 
habits,  tribal  rites,  and  general  character  of  the 
blacks,  and  learnt  to  speak  the  Woradgery  tongue 
with  both  fluency  and  accuracy. 


For  some  years  Table  Top  (or  Mungabareena, 
as  it  was  then  called)  was  managed  for  his  mother 
by  Mr.  Thomas  Mitchell,  her  eldest  son.  Even- 
tually this  gentleman  took  up  Tanganbalanga 
Station,  on  the  Kiewa  River,  across  the  Murray, 
but  some  years  later  established  himself  on  what 
is  now  another  well-known  station,  Bringenbrong, 
picturesquely  situated  at  the  junction  of  the 
Swamp  and  the  Indi  Rivers,  and  which  is  the  be- 
ginning of  the  Murray.  It  was  on  this  property, 
which  in  recent  years  was  celebrated  for  the  pro- 
duction of  cattle  and  thoroughbred  horses  in  the 
ownership  of  Messrs.  P.  and  W.  Mi»-chell,  that 
the  surviving  members  of  the  once  great  tribe  of 
Woradgery  blacks  were  given  a  home  to  live  in 
comfort  and  safety  until  the  end  of  their  days — an 
act  of  generosity  and  humanity  which  was  but  in 
keeping  with  the  attitude  of  the  whole  of  the  Mit- 
chell family  towards  a  wild  race  inherently  un- 
equal to  the  task  of  adapting  itself  to  the  change 
of  conditions  and  whose  extinction  was  conse- 
quently only  a  matter  of  time.  The  sole  survivor 
of  this  tribe  died  some  years  ago  on  the  Murray. 


I 


TABLE   TOP 


887 


k 


Table  Top  Homestead,  looking  South 


In  the  meantime  the  station  had  been  given  over 
to  Mr.  James  Mitchell  by  his  mother  after  he 
had  completed  his  education  at  the  celebrated 
King's  School,  Parramatta.  At  that  period  it 
was  comparatively  an  insignificant  holding,  em- 
bracing only  about  3,000  acres.  In  the  years 
which  followed,  Mr.  Mitchell  gradually  extended 
the  area,  until  it  contained  some  50,000  acres  of 
^^beautiful  undulating  country,  varied  by  hills, 
l^pralleys  and  mountain  ranges — the  whole  present- 
ing one  of  the  finest  landscape  scenes  to  be  met 
with  in  all  the  fertile  region  of  the  RIverina. 

At  first.  Table  Top  was  capable  of  carrying 
only  3,000  sheep.  Even  after  it  had  been  con- 
siderably improved  and  increased  in  area,  it  was 
still  only  equal  to  running  from  8,000  to  10,000 
sheep;  and  whenever  a  dry  season  of  unusual 
severity  occurred,  it  was  the  practice  to  send  the 
stock  to  the  mountains  for  the  summer  months. 
However,  with  the  acumen  and  the  foresight 
jHfeKrhich  he  brought  to  bear  upon  all  his  pastoral 
undertakings,  Mr.  Mitchell  systematically  set 
about  the  task  of  overcoming  all  natural    disabil- 


i 


ities  and  making  the  station  one  of  the  safest  and 
most  consistently  productive  in  the  whole  of  Aus- 
tralia. By  degrees,  all  superfluous  timber  was 
disposed  of,  natural  watercourses  were  dammed  In 
suitable  and  convenient  situations,  capacious  tanks 
were  excavated,  and  everything  that  was  humanly 
possible  was  done  with  the  object  of  making 
Table  Top  self-contained  and  self-sustaining,  even 
in  the  most  unpropitious  of  seasons. 

With  shrewd  judgment  and  practical  ability, 
Inspired  by  the  great  confidence  which  he  always 
had  in  the  future  of  the  district  and  the  country, 
Mr.  Mitchell  went  on  applying  himself  energeti- 
cally to  the  purpose  of  producing  high-class  sheep, 
cattle,  and  horses;  and  eventually  he  had  the  satis- 
faction of  realising  his  aims  and  his  ambitions  to 
the  fullest  extent.  In  due  course.  Table  Top  be- 
came famous  all  over  Australia,  not  only  for  Its 
sheep  and  wool  and  Its  magnificent  herd  of  Devon 
cattle,  but  for  Its  thoroughbred  horses,  some  of 
which  made  the  Mitchell  colors  popular  and 
familiar  on  the  principal  racecourses  of  Mel- 
bourne, Sydney,  and  other  parts  of  the  country. 


888 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


With  extensions  of  area  and  improvements, 
Table  Top — which  in  the  course  of  a  decade  or  so 
was  made  to  present  more  the  appearance  of  a 
splendid  and  spacious  park  than  of  a  pastoral 
holding — was  increased  to  about  50,000  acres  and 
for  many  years  it  carried  no  fewer  than  from 
50,000  to  60,000  sheep,  some  3,000  head  of  cattle 
and  a  considerable  number  of  horses.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  it  possessed  this  great  capacity 
right  up  to  the  time  when  a  large  portion  of  the 
estate  was  subdivided  and  sold  for  agricultural 
purposes. 

Mr.  Mitchell's  thoroughness  and  practical  fore- 
sight, aided  by  sound  judgment,  enabled  him  to 
make  Table  Top  famous  alike  for  its  merino 
sheep,  its  noble  herd  of  Devon  cattle,  and  its  high- 
class  blood-horses.  In  recent  years  Mr.  James 
Mitchell  received  valuable  assistance  from  his 
sons.  In  connection  with  the  building  up  of  the 
fine  classes  of  sheep  produced  on  Table  Top,  and 
whose  fleece  is  frequently  to  be  noted  at  the  head 
of  the  city  price  lists  in  the  market  reports,  Mr. 
Mitchell  was  very  ably  assisted  by  Mr.  Fred.  J. 
Mitchell,  his  eldest  son.  Like  his  father  and 
other  members  of  the  family,  Mr.  F.  J.  Mitchell 
is  a  very  keen  sportsman.  He  trains  a  large 
number  of  horses  of  his  own,  and  his  colors  are 
well  known  in  Victoria  and  New  South  Wales, 
but  he  also  takes  a  great  interest  in  sheep,  and  to 
his  skill,  judgment,  and  knowledge  is  largely  due 
the  distinguished  place  which  the  Table  Top 
flock  has  won  by  consistent  merit  during  the  past 
quarter  of  a  century. 


Mr.  James  Mitchell  never  took  any  active  part 
in  public  life.  But  he  took  a  very  real  interest 
in  public  questions  and  affairs,  and  gave  generous 
aid  to  every  movement  which  he  conceived  to  be 
likely  to  advance  the  welfare  of  the  community 
and  the  country.  He  unostentatiously  devoted 
much  money  to  charitable  purposes,  and  his  bene- 
factions to  the  Albury  Hospital  alone  aggregated 
thousands  of  pounds.  Mr.  Mitchell  died  in 
1 9 14  in  his  79th  year.  He  is  survived  by  his 
widow,  who  was  Miss  Sarah  Jane  Huon,  a  rela- 
tion on  his  mother's  side,  two  sons  and  six 
daughters.  The  sons  are  Messrs.  F.  J.  and 
Herbert  F.  Mitchell;  and  the  daughters  are 
Mrs.  J.  J.  Hore,  Mrs.  Ray  Tovell,  Mrs.  John 
Hill,  Mrs.  R.  A.  Houston,  Mrs.  James  Stephen, 
and  Mrs.  A.  C.  Macmillan.  A  third  son 
(Reginald)  was  killed  in  a  riding  accident  in 
1888. 

A  man  of  generous  and  genial  nature  and 
hospitable  instincts,  the  late  Mr.  James  Mitchell 
was  held  in  widespread  esteem.  Like  most  of 
the  men  who  have  lived  for  many  years  in  intimate 
relationship  with  the  great  heart  of  Nature,  he 
had  a  genuine  love  for  the  bush  and  wild  life. 

The  fine  estate  of  Table  Top  will  stand 
for  generations  to  come  as  a  fitting  and  noble 
monument  to  the  memory  of  an  Australian  of  the 
best  type — the  type  which  went  forth  with  in- 
vincible spirit,  regardless  of  hardship,  personal 
discomfort,  and  peril  to  conquer  the  wilderness 
and  to  render  incalculable  service  to  the  nation 
by  developing  the  natural  resources  of  the  country. 


Table  Top  Mountain 
(Looking  North  from  the  Horse  Paddock,  Table  Top  Estate) 


**"  ^*^*^^^ff^^B 

^      ^ 

'"IP.    ij 

^                   m.~                                  •«ci**'    .               ,^«^—ts:r. 

I^Si^^'^^^kE 

1* 

^^^Sb^^^    ^ .         'Ifl^^OS 

■Hi^faHilkiA.iiMMk,.       ^^^^1 

Some  Murgha  Stud  Bams 


MURGHA 
AND  ITS  PEPPIN-WANGANELLA  MERINOS 


ABOUT  the  year  1825,  when  Australian 
wool  first  came  prominently  before 
British  manufacturers — ^with  the  pros- 
pect of  adequate  future  supplies,  to  render 
them  independent  of  foreign  countries — grave 
anxieties  arose  in  the  minds  of  experts 
whether  the  warmer  climate  of  this  country  would 
seriously  depreciate  the  fleeces  before  long.  Ex- 
perience had  previously  shown,  they  contended, 
that  when  the  fleeces  of  sheep  were  carried  within 
a  certain  distance  of  the  equator,  the  character  of 
the  wool  was  invariably  lost,  and  it  gradually 
assumed  that  of  hair. 

Time  proved  the  pessimists  entirely  wrong. 
To-day — nearly  a  century  since  the  "warning"  was 
written — our  finest  wool  is  coming  from  the  hot, 
dry  interior.  If  there  is  a  tendency  to  breed  a 
more  robust  type  of  wool  at  the  present  period,  it 
is  because  our  heavy,  robust  sheep  can  best  with- 
stand the  vagaries  of  climate  and  cut  a  heavy 
fleece  of  medium  wool — -which  is  very  acceptable 
to  the  trade.  In  other  words,  it  has  been  found 
that  it  does  not  pay  to  push  the  ideal  of  fineness 

I  too  far,  and  the  popular  sheep  to-day  is  the  hardy 
"doer"  and  bale-filler. 
Probably,    had  the  sheep    been  left  to    them- 
selves, the  old-time  experts  might  have  been  right 


in  Australian  sheep-breeding  has  been  the  prin- 
ciple of  selection  and  the  strict,  impartial,  and 
regular  culling  of  the  flocks.  By  this  means, 
pitfalls  which  beset  the  path  have  been  avoided, 
and  the  constitution  of  our  sheep  has  been  built  to 
fit  the  land  they  have  to  live  in. 

The  sheep  raised  on  Murgha,  a  stud-station  of 
36,700  acres,  on  the  Edward  River,  about  45 
miles  west  of  Deniliquin,  may  be  regarded  as 
typical  of  the  class  of  animal  which  yields  the  big- 
gest dividends  to-day.  This  is  one  of  the  purest 
of  the  Peppin-Wanganella  studs,  having  been 
originally  founded  by  the  old-time  partnership  of 
Austin  and  Millear,  who  were  the  purchasers  of 
the  Wanganella  estate  from  Peppin  and  Sons  in 
1878. 

The  Murgha  stud  was  actually  founded  on  a 
choice  draft  from  Wanganella,  and  subsequently 
became  the  property  of  the  late  Mr.  Albert 
Austin,  one  of  the  most  prominent  figures  among 
the  early  stud-sheep  breeders  of  Australia.  He 
in  turn  disposed  of  it  in  1906  to  his  sons,  A.  J. 
and  H.  L.  Austin,  who  secured  75  ewes — being 
a  fair  run  of  some  of  the  best  ewes  on  Wanga- 
nella. Three  special  stud  rams  were  also  pur- 
chased from  A.  Austin,  senr.,  then  sole  proprietor 
of  Wanganella.  The  stud  was  owned  and  con- 
trolled by  the  brothers  for  some  years,  but  the 


889 


F2 


890 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


partnership  was  eventually  dissolved   (in  191 2), 
and  the  late  Mr.  A.  J.  Austin  retained  Murgha. 

This  property  consists  chiefly  of  black-soil 
plains.  It  is  permanently  watered  by  large 
creeks,  which  run  through  it  and  provide  ample 


the  highest  point  being  450  guineas  in  1917.  The 
sheep  have  a  reputation  as  great  "doers."  They 
are  not  pampered  in  any  way,  but  paddock-fed  and 
bred  to  stand  the  peculiarities  of  the  Australian 
climate. 


Murgha  Stud  Bam,  No.  7 


Murgha  Stud  Bam  (pure  Wanganella) 


water  for  irrigation.  The  homestead,  a  large 
brick  building,  is  pleasantly  situated,  surrounded 
on  three  sides  by  fertile  gardens.  At  the  rear 
flows  a  large  stream,  on  the  banks  of  which  is 
erected  a  large  pumping  station  that  gives  the 
home  all  the  water  required. 

The  Murgha  sheep  have  achieved  a  great  re- 
putation, and  have  been  in  strong  and  increasing 
demand  in  all  the  Australian  States  and  in  New 
Zealand.  They  have  also  been  taken  in  large 
numbers  for  South  Africa,  giving  the  very  best 
results.  Considerably  over  a  thousand  head 
have  gone  to  South  Africa,  ewes  averaging  up  to 
75  guineas.  It  was  Mr.  A.  J.  Austin,  indeed, 
who  was  largely  instrumental  in  creating  the 
present  large  demand  for  Wanganella  sheep  in 
South  Africa. 

The  most  noted  sire  on  Murgha  has  been  No. 
94,  a  Wanganella  ram  which  produced  very  high- 
class  progeny.  This  ram  had  a  big  influence  on 
the  flock.  The  progeny  of  Murgha  stud  are 
in  the  front  rank  of  the  big-framed,  hardy,  robust, 
merinos,  so  generally  popular  of  recent  years. 

The  Murgha  stud  now  has  a  basis  of  6,000 
breeding  ewes,  divided  up  into  the  following 
denominations:  600  special  stud  ewes,  1,200 
double  stud  ewes,  900  long-stapled  double  stud, 
1,200  second  double  stud  denser  than  the  first 
double  stud,  480  of  Sir  Charles  blood — kept 
separate — and  1,980  single  stud  ewes. 

Murgha  sheep  have  made  some  excellent  aver- 
ages at  later  annual  stud  sheep  fairs  in  Sydney, 


The  property  is  now  in  a  highly  improved  state, 
and  is  conducted  by  the  administratrix  of  the  late 
Mr.  A.  J.  Austin. 

As  the  Murgha  stud  has  been  built  up  from  the 
original  Wanganella  type,  it  is  interesting  to  note 
a  few  facts  not  generally  known  about  the  pioneers 
of  these  sheep.  The  Peppins,  father  and  sons, 
came  from  Dulverton,  Somerset,  England,  and 
arrived  in  Australia  in  1850.  In  March  of  the 
following  year  they  purchased  Minaluke  station, 
Mansfield,  Victoria,  but  this  venture  was  not  a 
financial    success.       In    1858    they    secured    the 


Murgha  Stud  Bam  (pure  Wanganella) 


THE     MURGHA     MERINOS 


891 


Wanganella  property,  then  a  squatting  lease,  and 
founded  their  famous  Wanganella  stud  in  1861. 
After  the  death  of  Mr.  Peppin,  senior,  the  bro- 
thers Peppin  carried  on  the  property.  They  had 
had  experience  with  merino  sheep  in  England 
before  coming  to  Australia.       Their  grandfather 


in  the  fronk  rank  of  popular  favor.  They  are 
noted  for  weight  of  fleece  and  quality  of  wool, 
and  are  hardy  in  the  extreme. 

The  late  Mr.  A.  J.  Austin  was  a  man  of  great 
enterprise,  who  inherited  largely  his  father's 
ability  to  handle  high-class  sheep.       When  Mr. 


^ 


^:-. 


i 

I^B  was  one  of  those  who  procured  some  of  the  merino 
I^P  sheep  imported  into  England  from  Spain  by 
George  IV.,  and  had  bred  these  animals  for  some 
years  with  more  or  less  success,  although  they  did 
not  attain  anything  like  the  results  that  were  after- 
wards secured  in  Australia. 

Some  years  after  the  purchase  of  Wanganella 
by  the  Peppins,  they  secured  Boonoke  and  stocked 
it  with  sheep  from  Wanganella,  so  that  the 
Boonoke  and  Wanganella  strains — the  two  most 
famous  in  Australia  to-day — had  absolutely  the 
same  foundation  stock.  On  the  death  of  his 
brother  in  1878,  Mr.  Frederick  Peppin,  the  sur- 
viving partner,  sold  both  properties  to  wind  up 
the  estate.  Wanganella,  with  its  stud  flock,  was 
sold  to  Messrs.  Austin  and  Millear,  and  Boonoke 
to  the  late  Mr.  F.  S.    Falkiner. 

■  In  the  early  'nineties  Messrs.  Austin  and  Mil- 
lear, who  had  in  the  meanwhile  achieved  won- 
ders in  the  further  development  of  Wanganella 
sheep,  founded  Murgha  stud  with  some  of  their 
best  stock.  Subsequently  the  late  Mr.  Albert 
Austin  took  over  this  station.      Its  history  since 

I  has  already  been  dealt  with. 
No  expense  has  ever  been  spared  by  its  owners 
in  carrying  out  improvements  on  Murgha,  and  in 
developing  its  high-class  flock  on  the  most  up-to- 


Murgha  Stud  Bam  No.  94  and  one  of  Ms  Sons 


Albert  Austin  disposed  of  Murgha  to  his  sons, 
Mr.  A.  J.  Austin  took  second  pick  with  his  father 
in  selecting  the  flock.  All  his  pick  produced 
heavier  fleeces  than  those  selected  by  his  father. 
The  special  ram  picked  out  by  Mr.  A.  J.  Austin 
turned  out  the  celebrated  "94,"  which  is  admitted 
to  have  been  one  of  the  best  Wanganella-type 
rams  ever  bred. 

When,  in  19 14,  a  new  sire  was  sought  for  the 
Murgha  stud,  the  choice  was  No.  838,  a  high- 
class  ram  from  the  late  Albert  Austin's  stud. 
Although  he  did  not  live  long,  he  left  nearly  200 
descendants,  among  which  were  some  "top-notch" 
animals.  He  has  been  described  by  the  expert 
writer,  "Bendleby,"  as  "one  of  the  most  impres- 
sive and  valuable  of  all  rams  bred  in  the  old 
Wanganella  stud.  He  deservedly  ranks  among 
the  most  famous  of  all  Australian  merino  sires 
from  President,  Sir  Thomas,  Donald  Dinnie, 
Boonoke  No.  i,  and  Sir  Charles  onwards." 
Already  one  of  his  sons.  Clinker,  has  been  sold 
for  600  guineas  as  a  yearling.  Among  the  other 
sons  of  838,  the  young  15.1  has  already  made  his 
mark  as  a  sire,  several  fine  youngsters  standing  to 
his  credit  in  the  Murgha  stud. 

The  Murgha  sheep  are  in  strong  demand  nowa- 
days. Large  numbers  are  bred  and  sold.  They 
have  gone  all  over  the  Commonwealth,  and  have 


8Q2 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


invariably  given  satisfaction.  In  South  Africa 
they  have  established  a  name  second  to  none,  and 
as  a  result  there  is  a  large  and  steadily  growing 
demand  for  this  market. 

The  development  of  the  Murgha  sheep  was  a 
matter  of  brains,  enterprise,  and  experience.  The 
late  Mr.  A.  J.  Austin  was  born  and  reared  in  the 
cult  of  high-class  merino  stud-sheep  breeding.  He 
possessed  a  peculiar  native  ability  which  he  de- 
veloped by  long  experience  and  constant  practice. 
He  was  a  man  who  aspired  to  a  practical  ideal, 
and  was  satisfied  with  nothing  short  of  its  com- 
plete attainment. 

He  bought  part  of  Goolgumbla  from  Sir 
Samuel  McCaughey  in  191 1,  a  freehold  property 
of  14,361  acres  named  Neyliona.  He  was 
also  for  a  time  part  owner  of  Wanganella  and 
Bringagee  stations,  and  had  pastoral  interests 
also  in  Queensland. 

In  tracing  the  history  of  these  successful  Aus- 
tralian sheep  stations,  it  can  be  seen  that  indivi- 
dual courage  and  initiative  have  almost  invari- 
ably met  with  their  due  reward.  The  Common- 
wealth owes  permanent  recognition  to  the  patient 
efforts  of  enterprising  citizens,  who,  generation 
after  generation,   have   devoted  their  labor   and 


Murgha  Stud  Ram  (pure  Wanganella) 


capital  to  the  building-up  of  a  foundational  indus- 
try on  which  the  prosperity  of  the  whole  popull^ 
tion  is  firmly  based. 

The  owners  of  Murgha  have  each  in  turn 
demonstrated  that  Australia  is  a  good  country 
for  those  who  will  approach  its  industrial  pro- 
blems with  a  wise  determination  to  win. 


Some  Murgha  Stud  Ewes 


Uardry  Homestead 


UARDRY,   ON   THE  MURRUMBRIDGEE 

It  breeds  no  wasters  on  its  lands — 

These   wide  Australian   plains 
Are  held  by  strong  Australian  hands 

That  firmly  grasp  the  reins ; 
Wild  horsemen  these,  who  race  and  wheel 

The  clustered  gums  between; 
They  keep  the  stirrup  to  the  heel 

'Way  down  in  Riverine, 

Far  out  in  Riverine; 
Undaunted  souls  and  hearts  of  steel 

Are  found  in  Riverine. 

— "Bells  and  Hobbles." 


THOUGH  explorer  Oxley  found  in  it  only  an 
"impenetrable   morass,"   and  other  pessi- 
mists saw  it  as  a  "drought-stricken  waste," 
this  glorious  Westland  has  long  become  a  store- 
house of  wealth  for  Australia.       Its  suitability  for 
sheep  was  established  in  early  Colonial  days. 

P  Losses  have  occurred,  mainly  through  lack  of 
foresight  or  knowledge  of  Nature's  laws,  but  as 
the  years  fell  these  losses  grew  less  or,  at  least,  in 
the  light  of  experience,  men  learned  to  provide 
.^-against  the  accident  of  season. 
HP  fine  fortunes  have  been  made  in  Riverina,  fine 
holdings  reclaimed  from  virgin  wastes,   and  fine 

I  Australians   born    and    reared   beneath   its   clear 
invigorating  suns. 
And  we  are  yet  but  at  the  beginning  of  the 


Whether  that  Future  is  to  be  less  wheat  and  more 
wool,  or  more  wheat  and  more  wool,  does  not 
matter. 

Nothing  can  alter  the  fertility  and  produc- 
tivity of  this  great  Western  storehouse  of 
natural  wealth.  In  no  other  part  of  Australia 
have  better  results  been  obtained  in  the  breed- 
ing of  large-framed,  sound-conditioned  merino 
sheep — carrying  bulky  fleeces  of  combing  wool  of 
high  character — than  on  these  great  saltbush 
plains  unsuited  in  the  beginning  for  agriculture, 
which  have  been  converted  into  ideal  merino 
sheep  country.  The  pioneering  studs  have  at- 
tained, by  sheer  merit  of  the  sheep  produced, 
the  proud  position  of  being  recognised  as  the 
aristocracy  of  the  present-day  sheep-breeding 
industry. 


893 


894 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


In  the  central  west  of  the  Riverina,  on  the  edge 
of  the  saltbush  plains,  lies  Uardry,  the  property 
of  Charles  Mills  (Uardry)  Ltd.,  one  of  the 
first-flight  studs  of  Australia  It  comprises 
some  70,000  acres,  and  has  a  frontage  of  twenty- 


passed     (1917).        The    shed    is    equipped   with 
twenty-four    stands    and    a    Ferrier    wool-press.] 
Adjacent    are    well-constructed    and    comfortable 
men's  quarters,  and  many  wood  and  iron  cottage 
for  station  hands. 


Uardry  Homestead 


seven  miles  to  the  Murrumbidgee.  Flat  plains 
fall  back  five  miles  or  so  from  the  river,  the 
frontage  country  being  composed  of  red  soil  with 
a  clav  sub-soil,  a  fringe  of  red-gum  timber  running 
along  the  river  bank. 

On  a  slight  eminence  overlooking  a  wide 
stretch  of  the  river  stands  the  Uardry  homestead, 
surrounded  with  fruit,  flower,  and  vegetable  gar- 
dens. Willows,  sugar-gums,  silky  oak,  and  other 
trees  give  ample  shade.  The  homestead  is  a 
comfortable  old-fashioned  bungalow  containing 
some  fifteen  living  rooms  and  stores;  it  is  practi- 
cally encircled  by  a  twelve-foot  verandah. 

The  woolshed  is  of  iron,  and  is  passed  on 
the  way  from  the  Uardry  railway  siding, 
about  three  miles  from  the  homestead,  and 
is  nearer  the  river  than  the  railway  so  that, 
should  the  roads  be  bad  in  wet  weather,  the  wool 
is  taken  to  the  river  bank  and  loaded  direct  into 
steamers  and  sent  to  the  Melbourne  market  via 
Echuca,    as    was    done    during    the    season    just 


Here  for  upwards  of  four  decades  the  lat« 
Mr.  Charles  Mills  devoted  his  life  to  continuou^ 
and  far-sighted  improvements  in  the  property 
He  determined  that  the  most  profitable  sheep, 
not  only  for  the  Riverina,  but  for  all  the  hot 
dry  districts  of  Australia,  was  a  large-framed, 
roomy  animal  of  robust  constitution.  He  recog- 
nised in  the  Peppin  strain  the  type  of  sheep  he 
wanted,  and  stuck  to  that  blood  through  th:c| 
and  thin.  His  faith  in  his  ideal  never  wavered 
and  he  lived  to  see  the  type  he  had  done  so  much 
to  develop  and  perfect  come  into  the  front  rank 
of  popularity,  where  it  has  stayed.  9m 

The  life  story  of  the  grand  old  man  of  Uardry 
is  that  of  a  typical  Australian  pioneer.  He 
was  born  in  Selkirkshire,  and  brought  up  on 
his  father's  Horsburgh  Castle  farm  in  Peeble- 
shire.  He  was  educated  at  Edinburgh  Academy, 
and  subsequently  had  eight  years'  farming  experi- 
ence before  leaving  in  1863  for  Australia.   Mount 


II 


UARDRY,    ON    THE    MURRUMBIDGEE 


895 


Pleasant  station,  In  the  north-east  of  Victoria, 
where  30,000  sheep  were  run  on  rough  mountain- 
ous country,  gave  him  his  first  insight  into  Aus- 
tralian sheep  methods,  and  he  later  secured  an 
interest  in  Morton  Plain   and  Watchem,  on  the 


I 


Mr.  and  Mrs.  Chas.  Mills 


fringe  of  the  Mallee  in  north-western  Victoria,  in 
partnership  with  iMessrs.  Andrew  Neilson  and  J. 
J.  Smart.  Selling  his  interest  in  1873,  Mr.  Mills 
took  a  trip  to  Scotland,  and  there  married  a 
daughter  of  the  late  Mr.  John  Ainslie,  of 
Fairfield,  near  Edinburgh.  On  returning  to 
Australia  he,  with  his  old  partners,  purchased 
Uardry,  and  devoted  all  his  abundant  energy  to 
improving  the  property  and  its  flock.  Upon  the 
death  of  his  partners  he  bought  all  the  interests 
in  Uardry  and  became  its  sole  proprietor. 

The  late  Mr.  Charles  Mills  died  full  of  years 
and  honors  at  his  Melbourne  residence,  Toorak, 
in  1916.  Although  in  his  84th  year,  he  main- 
tained his  connection  with  and  interest  in  Uardry 
to  the  day  of  his  death. 

The  transformation  in  Uardry  as  compared 
with  the  old  days,  has  been  accomplished  by  brains 
and  capital,  and  plenty  of  both.  Once  the  back 
country  was  badly  watered,  but  nowadays  Uardry 
is    one    of    the    best    watered  and  most  highly 


improved  properties  in  Riverina.  The  "old  man" 
saltbush  has  practically  all  died  out,  but  creeping 
saltbush  is  plentiful,  and,  together  with  sweet 
grasses  and  herbs,  irrigated  on  scientific  lines, 
make  the  property  an  ideal  one  for  merino  sheep. 

The  Uardry  flock  has  the  merit  of  being  pure 
Peppin  blood.  It  was  founded  in  1864  by  the 
purchase  of  5,000  four-year-old  ewes  direct  from 
the  Peppins,  of  Wanganella,  by  Messrs.  Wragge 
and  Hearne,  who  owned  Uardry  at  that 
time.  This  historic  purchase  also  included  some 
very  select  rams  for  use  with  the  ewes,  and  the 
new  flock  was  established  at  Uardry  in  1865. 
In  the  following  year  the  finest  ewes  were  selected 
to  form  a  stud  flock,  and  in  this  manner  the  owners 
bred  up  to  1876,  when  Mr.  Mills  came  upon  the 
scene.  From  that  time  to  the  present  day  the 
same  policy  of  breeding  has  been  followed. 

While  acknowledging  that  the  Uardry  sheep 
owe  their  origin  of  type  to  the  Peppin  strain,  there 


The  Murrumbidgee  at  Uardry,  in  Flood 


896 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


is  a  vast  difference  between  the  sheep  of  to-day  The  breeding  flock  consists  of  about  1,200  stud 

and  the  type  when  the  Peppins  pioneered  it.    The  ewes,  classed  into  the  following  grades : — Extra- 

Uardry  sheep  of  the  present  day  are  wonderfully  special  studs,  special  studs,  long-wooUed  special 

uniform,  approaching  perfection   in   constitution,  studs,  medium-woolled  special  studs,  double  studs, 

frame,    and   fleece.       The    experience,    skill    and  first  studs,  and  second  studs.       From  these  ewes 


Loading  Wool  for  Echuca  at  Uardry  from  the  bank  of  the  Murrumbidgee  River 


ability  of  Mr.  Charles  Mills  and  his  sons  achieved 
great  things.  The  late  Mr.  Ainslie  Mills — the 
elder  son — managed  the  property  for  about  eight 
years  after  the  retirement  of  his  father  and  upon 


i 

1 


his  death  in  1908  his  brother,  Mr.  Neilson  Mills,     the^r  purchasers, 
took  over  the  management  and  has  carried  out 
its  duties  with  conspicuous  success. 

The  principal  business  of  Chas.  Mills  Ltd.  is 
the  breeding  of  stud  sheep.  The  production  of 
wool  is  a  secondary  interest,  though  always  a 
feature  necessarily  in  the  dominating  character- 
istics of  the  flock.  For  that  purpose  the  pro- 
perty has  been  subdivided  into  over  100  paddocks, 
each  of  which  is  permanently  watered.  There  is 
on  the  property  an  irrigation  plant  that  waters 
about  five  hundred  acres  divided  into  small  sec- 
tions, where  the  extra-special  studs  are  bred. 
Altogether  there  are  38  ground  tanks,   11   wells 


some  4,000  rams  are  bred  annually  and — after 
some  rejects  and  the  special  reserves  are  taken 
out,  the  remainder — which  are  nearly  always 
booked  up  well  ahead — are  ready  for  delivery  to 


The  usual  prices  for  Uardry  flock  rams  run 
from  4  to  10  guineas.  Each  year  Charles  Mills 
(Uardry)  Ltd.  sends  to  the  Sydney  Ram  Sales  a 
draft  of  two-year-olds,  which  are  readily  sold  up 
to  high  figures. 

During  the  last  decade  or  so  a  revolu- 
tion has  been  wrought  in  the  character 
and  softness  of  Uardry  wool,  the  result  of 
the  persistent  process  of  scientific  selection. 
No  outside  blood  has  been  introduced  for 
over  50  years.  The  success  of  the  stud  is  a 
triumph  for  in-breeding  on  careful  lines,  and  the 
splendid  development  in  the  character  of  the  wool 
is    due   to   careful   and   expert   selection   with   a 


and   15   sub-artesian  bores  on  Uardry,  all  being     definite  aim  in  view 

equipped    with    windmills,     supply    tanks,     and  The  Uardry  wool  is  very  soft  and  bright  and 

troughs.  of    pronounced     character.       It     may     be    best 


UARDRY,     ON     THE     MURRUMBIDGEE 


897 


illilillililililililililiilillliililililillilil^ 

iiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiniiiMiiiuiiiiiiiJiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiimiiiuiiiiitiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiJiiuiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiii^ 


■■^t^umfm&'Vf^Si--^'^'^ ; 


Annual  Classing  of  Young  Bams  at  Uardry 


Young  Earns  brought  In  to  be  Classed,  Uardry 


mi    I    I 


I  I 


898 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


A  Typical  Uardry  Stud  Earn 


described  as  a  bold  combing  wool  of  medium  to 
strong  quality. 

Uardry  sheep  have  not  appeared  in  the  Show 
ring  for  many  years,  but  at  one  time  were  regu- 
larly shown  at  Hay  and  won  104  champion  and 
first  prizes  and  60  seconds. 

Experts  have  agreed  that  there  are  no  better- 
shaped  or  better-conditioned  merino  sheep  in 
existence  than  those  of  Uardry,  whilst  their  pre- 
potency is  most  remarkable.  Perfection  in  the 
form  of  Uardry  sheep  is  due  to  three  causes — 
the  excellence  of  the  foundation  stock,  the  con- 
stant personal  supervision  of  one  man  (whose 
idea  of  what  a  merino  sheep  should  be  has 
stood  the  test  of  time),  and  the  suitability  of  the 
country  and  climate.  Experts  have  been  im- 
pressed with  the  breadth  of  the  Uardry  sheep 
across  the  top  of  the  shoulder  and  the  depth  and 
roundness  of  the  barrel. 

The  owners  of  Uardry  are  determined  not  only 
to  maintain  the  present  high  standard  of  excel- 
lence of  their  stud,  but  to  even  improve  it,  if  pos- 
sible, and  they  will  continue  to  breed  for  char- 
acter in  the  wool. 


Kismet 
Uardry  Special  Ram,  2  years  old,  grass-fed 


The  Homestead,  Yooroobla 


GUM  SWAMP  AND  YOOROOBLA. 


O  district  in  Australia  has  contributed  more  soldiers,  it  having  been  approved  by  the  Advisory 

to  the  prosperity  and  stability  of  the  pas-  Board  as  suitable  for  agriculture, 
toral   industry  than  the   famous   Riverina  Gum  Swamp  is  a  typical  Riverina  Station.    The 

plains,  on  which  millions  of  sheep  have  produced  property  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  in  the  dis- 

their  fleecy  wealth  for  many  a  year.  trict.       Its  broad  plains,  alternating  with  strips  of 

Eminently  suitable  for  merino-wool  production,  well-timbered  country,  are  liberally  grassed.       It 

large  tracts  of  land  have  been  almost  exclusively  is  in  every  way  suitable  for  sheep.        Mr.  Simp- 


devoted  to  pastoralism.  Despite  fluctuating 
seasons,  the  pioneering  pastoralists  of  Riverina 
I  have  steadily  improved  their  properties.  Their 
flocks  have  also  been  brought  as  near  to  perfec- 
tion as  science  and  experience  can  bring  them. 

Among  the  celebrated  properties  of  this 
great  district  is  Gum  Swamp  Station,  which  lies 
about  fifteen  miles  to  the  south-east  of  Jerilderie, 

Rnd  thirty  miles  to  the  south-west  of  Urana.      It 
riginally    comprised  30,000    acres  of    freehold, 
and  was  taken  up  by  the  Kennedys  in  the  early 
days.       After    many    changes    of    ownership,    it 
l^^ell    into    the    hands  of   the     late    Mr.    George 
■^■•^erguson    Simpson,  whose  name    was    identified 
I^Hfith  its  development  for  many  years.       Trustees 
^^^ow  control  the  property.       In  191 5  the  trustees 
sold  12,800  acres  to  George  Ferguson  Simpson, 
■■^e  elder  son  of  the  founder,  with  the  homestead 
and  one-third  of  the  sheep.       This  portion  has 
been  named  Yooroobla.       The  balance  (17,000) 
IS  still  known  as  Gum  Swamp  Estate  and  is  owned 
ly   the   Trustees,   but   has    been    offered   to    the 
overnment    for    the    repatriation  of    returned 


son  has  recently  purchased  4,000  acres  from  the 
Wunamurra  property  of  Messrs.  Peterson  and 
Sargood,  almost  adjoining  Yooroobla,  with  a 
frontage  to  the  Billabong  Creek. 

Mr.  Simpson  has  over  12,000  sheep  with 
breeding  CAves  and  the  yearly  increase  of  4,000 
lambs,  bringing  the  shearing  up  to  16,000  sheep. 

Originally  Nowranie  also  was  run  in  conumc- 
tion  with  Gum  Swamp.  The  late  Mr.  G.  F  Simp- 
son was  the  guiding  genius  of  the  two  properties. 
After  the  death  of  the  founder,  they  were  carried 
on  by  his  trustees,  until  1903,  when  they  were 
divided  and  the  management  of  Gum  Swamp 
was  undertaken  by  Mr.  George  Ferguson  Simp- 
son, eldest  son  of  the  founder.  Under  his  man- 
agement the  character  of  the  flock  has  been  fully 
maintained,  and  the  development  of  the  estate 
continued. 

The  late  Mr.  George  Ferguson  Simpson  was  a 
man  of  foresight  and  enterprise.  He  de- 
voted his  life  to  bringing  the  property  to  an 
advanced  state  of  development.  The  problem  of 
providing  an  adequate  water  supply  was  one  0/ 


899 


900 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


The    Late    George    Ferguson   Simpson 


the  first  that  had  to  be  tackled.  Yooroobia 
Station  now  luxuriates  in  a  splendid  supply,  ob- 
tained from  a  number  of  wells  and  bores.  Alto- 
gether twenty-two  bores  have  been  sunk  on  the 
estate  at  a  big  cost,  but  the  expenditure  has  proved 
a  sound  investment.  Water  is  indeed  to  be  found 
anywhere  on  the  estate.  The  watering  facilities 
are  so  arranged  that  in  each  of  the  twenty  pad- 
docks, into  which  the  property  is  divided,  there  is 
a  separate  and  permanent  supply. 

The  boundaries  of  the  estate  are  all  wire- 
netted.  The  cost  of  this  improvement  was  natur- 
ally a  big  item,  but  it  has  given  the  property 
immunity  from  the  rabbit  pest — an  enviable  posi- 
tion in  pastoral  Australia. 

The  homestead,  woolshed,  and  station  buildings 
are  supplied  by  a  big  dam,  from  which  the  water  is 
pumped  by  engine  power.  In  early  days  the 
drought  was  always  a  serious  and  dreaded  possi- 
bility, but  a  good  deal  of  the  pastoralist's  anxiety 
has  been  eliminated  in  the  scientific  20th  century 
by  improved  watering  facilities,  and  the  provision 
of  a  "standby"  in  the  shape  of  dry  fodder  or 
ensilage.  The  policy  of  Yooroobia  Station  is 
to  carry  a  "standby"  of  as  much  as  a  thousand 
tons  of  hay.  The  homestead  is  surrounded  by  a 
fruit  and  vegetable  garden  of  about  three  acres 
in  extent,  which  affords  one  of  the  many  examples 
of  the  exceeding  richness  of  Riverina  soils. 


Yooroobia  and  Gum  Swamp  flock  is  as  cele- 
brated as  the  station.  The  sheep  have  been 
developed  on  practical  lines  by  a  pastmaster  in 
breeding.  To-day  it  represents  a  payable, 
popular  type,  demand  for  which  is  far  in  excess  of 
supply.  With  an  average  total  of  30,000,  the 
annual  sales  of  rams  run  to  about  500.  Good 
figures  are  realised,  and  orders  come  from  all 
the  States  of  the  Commonwealth.  The  stud  was 
founded  on  Tasmanian  blood;  the  greater  number 
of  the  rams  were  obtained  at  high  figures  from  the 
leading  studs  of  that  favored  island. 

Mr.  Simpson  believed  in  paying  big  prices  for 
the  best  rams  procurable.  An  instance  of  this 
was  his  purchase  of  the  ram,  Admiral,  bred  by 
the  late  Mr.  Thomas  Gibson,  of  Esk  Vale,  Tas- 
mania, the  price  of  which  was  1,500  guineas.  This 
ram  in  his  day  represented  the  finest  Tasmania  ' 
could  produce,  at  a  time  when  its  merino  stud  I 
sheep-breeding  industry  was  at  zenith.  * 

Having  obtained  the  highest  strain  available  in 
the  Southern  Hemisphere,  Mr.  Simpson  set  to 
work  to  improve  his  flock  by  careful  selection. 
His  object  was  to  build  up  frame  and  constitution' 
while  giving  every  care  to  the  maintenance  of  a 
high  quality  of  wool.  Soon  the  flock  was  so  well 
established  that  outside  purchases  were  discon- 
tinued, and  a  system  of  inbreeding  and  selection 
adopted,  from  which  splendid  results  have  been 
obtained. 


Mr.  George  F.  Simpson 


GUM    SWAMP    AND    YOOROOBLA. 


901 


The    Woolshed,    Yooroobla 


The  Yooroobla    sheep  of   to-day    stand  out  in 

'1     every  way  as  a  most  desirable  type.       They  are 

big-framed,  and  of  robust  constitution.    The  wool 

Iis  a  long-stapled  class  of  about  64's  quality,  the 
whole  flock  cutting  an  average  of  about  ten  to 
^Heven  pounds  per  head. 
^*  One  of   the   noted   rams   on     Yooroobla   was 
Jumbo,  who  secured  first,  champion,  and  grand 

l^fcampion  prizes  at  the  Wagga  Show    in    1908. 

^^This  was  a  fine  big,  bold  type  of  ram,  who 
stamped  his  characteristics  on  the  flock  to  a  very 

■^■larked  extent. 

The  lambing  on  this  estate  generally  takes 
place  in  April-May,  and  80  per  cent,  is  about  the 
average  marking.  The  sheep  have  enjoyed  such 
immunity  from  the  various  ills  that  merino  sheep 
are  heir  to,  that  it  has  not  even  been  necessary  to 
dip  the  flock.  The  only  trouble  experienced  of 
late  years  has  been  with  the  fly,  but  this  evil  has 
been   greatly  minimised  by  timely   attention   and 

'      crutching. 

Horse-breeding  has  been  carried  on  at  Yoor- 
oobla for  many  years,  and  the  station  draught 
horses  are  a  credit  to  the  breeders.  Several  well- 
bred  mares  were  brought  out  by  the  late  Mr. 
Simpson  from  Scotland,  together  with  the  cele- 
brated stallion.  Marshal  Keith.  This  animal  cost 
the  late  Mr.  Simpson  a  thousand  pounds;  but  he 

I  Jiroved  a  very  good  investment,  winning  innumer- 

I^Ble  prizes  at  shows  throughout  New  South 
NVales  and  Victoria,  besides  establishing  a  type  of 
draught  horse  that  would  be  hard  to  beat  any- 
where. 

Stock-breeding  activities  at  Yooroobla  were 
not,  however,  confined  to  sheep  and  horses;  the 
Shorthorn  dairy  herd  is  one  of  the  best  in  the 
country.  The  herd  was  founded  on  stock  pur- 
chased from  the  late  Mr.  William  McCulloch,  the 


i 


well-known  Victorian  breeder,  and  the  herd  has 
been  carefully  bred  up  until  it  now  holds  a  posi- 
tion of  distinct  merit. 

The  late  Mr.  George  Ferguson  Simpson  was  a 
Scotsman,  a  native  of  Aberdeenshire,  who  traced 
his  descent  from  a  long  line  of  successful  farmers. 
For  generations,  his  ancestors  have  been  among 
the  foremost  prize-winners  in  the  cattle  sections 
of  the  best  Scottish  Shows.  He  received  his 
early  training  with  stock  on  a  Scotch  farm,  and 
came  out  to  Australia  as  a  young  man.  He 
settled  near  Melton,  in  Victoria,  and  for  a 
number  of  years  followed  agricultural  pursuits. 
In  1870  he  moved  to  New  South  Wales,  and 
settled  at  Nowranie.  He  became,  as  already 
noted,  the  presiding  genius  at  Nowranie  and 
Gum  Swamp. 

The  present-day  position  of  these  stations  is 
largely  due  to  his  constructive  ability,  his  energy, 
far-sightedness,  and  enterprise.  A  man  of  pro- 
nounced public  spirit,  he  was  in  the  forefront  of 
every  movement  for  the  advancement  of  the  dis- 
trict in  which  he  had  settled,  and  of  the  pastoral 
industry  in  general.  His  earnestness  and  great 
capacity  made  him  a  pillar  of  strength  in  any 
movement  with  which  he  was  identified,  and  as 
President  of  the  Urana  Hospital  he  did  much  to 
establish  and  maintain  that  institution. 

His  son,  Mr.  George  Ferguson  Simpson,  who 
now  manages  the  estate,  was  born  at  Nowranie  in 
1873,  and  received  his  education  at  Toorak  Col- 
lege, Victoria.  After  a  successful  school 
career,  he  secured  a  position  in  the  ofllice  of  a  pro- 
minent Victorian  avooI  valuer.  During  his  con- 
nection with  the  wool-buying  branch  of  the  in- 
dustry, he  naturally  obtained  a  close  insight  into 
its  technical  and  commercial  side.  A  few  years 
later,  he  was  recalled  to  Nowranie,  where  he  com- 


902 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


Typical  Sires,  Yooroobla  Sale   Rams.       (All  Prize-winners) 


pleted  his  practical  education  in  pastoral  matters 
under  his  father's  able  tuition.  Upon  the  death 
of  his  father  in  1896  he  assumed  the  manage- 
ment of  the  two  stations,  and  continued  to  man- 
age both  until  1903,  when  the  properties  were 
divided  and  he  took  over  the  management  of 
Gum  Swamp  as  trustee.       In  1898  Mr.  Simpson 


' '  Perfection ' ' 
Yooroobla^bred  Ram.      (Champion   and   Grand   CShampIon) 


married  Miss  Agnes  McLarty,  youngest  daughter 
of  the  late  Mr.  Donald  McLarty,  of  Bundure,  a 
well-known  pastoralist. 

The  whole  of  the  improvements  on  this 
station  are  of  a  substantial  character.  The 
station  is  up-to-date  in  every  particular.  Efficiency 
and  thoroughness  are  marked  features  in  the 
management  of  the  estate.  I'he  wool-shed  is 
constructed  on  modern  lines,  and  is  fitted  with 
twenty  machines,  the  power  necessary  being  sup- 
plied by  an  eight-horse-power  steam-engine. 

The  conditions  prevailing  in  the  Riverina  dis- 
trict when  the  late  Mr.  Simpson  settled  there, 
were  very  different  from  those  of  to-day.  The 
battle  was    far    more    strenuous,  the  properties 


were  to  a  large  extent  undeveloped,  and  the  im- 
provements of  the  most  modest  proportions.  It 
required  men  with  big  hearts,  unbounded  energy 
and  perseverance,  and  withal  a  substantial 
amount  of  capital  to  carry  the  struggle  through, 
and  at  the  same  time  build  up  their  flocks  and 
develop  the  carrying  capacity  of  the  stations. 

Mr.  Simpson  was  designed  by  nature  for  a 
pioneer.  No  difficulty  was  too  great  for  him, 
no  task  too  strenuous.  Reverses  only  fired  him 
to  greater  efforts.  As  we  have  said,  drought 
conditions  to-day  lose  much  of  their  severity  owing 
to  the  fact  that  dams,  bores,  and  irrigation 
plants  have  enabled  the  pastoralist  to  com- 
bat nature  with  every  hope  of  success;  but  all 
these  improvements  had  to  be  brought  about  by 
pioneers.  The  success  which  ultimately  crowned 
the  efforts  of  such  men  as  Air.  Simpson  was  very 
richly  deserved.  He  did  not  attain  it  as  a  result 
of  a  gamble  with  conditions,  but  as  the  outcome 
of  a  fight  to  better  the  adverse  conditions  which 
nature  had  imposed  as  her  fee  to  fortune. 

Fortunately,  Mr.  Simpson  was  one  of  those 
pioneers  who  lived  to  see  his  dreams  come  true,  to 
see  the  place  he  had  mapped  out  in  the  early  days 
materialise  in  the  evening  of  his  Ufe,  and  to  see 
also  his  son  qualifying  himself  to  carry  on  the 
work  of  management  of  the  estates  which  he  had 
developed. 


Yooroobla-bred  Ewes   (under  18  months) 


Typical  Nowranle  Stud  Bams 


K"^  IVERINA  Stud  sheep  appeal  to  buyers  be- 
^      cause  they  are  able    to  withstand    hard- 
ships and  hav'C  abundance  of  constitution, 
ears  gone  by,  sheep-men  gave  big  prices  at  the 
Sydney  or  Melbourne  stud-sheep  fairs  for  stylish 
rams  in  the  pink  of    condition.       These    showy 
,      animals  were  "got-up"  for  sale  in  first-class  style, 
1       but  the  buyer  sometimes  found  that  a  rain  which 
had  been    pampered    by    rugging,   feeding,   and 
j      shedding  from  infancy  was  frequently  unfitted  for 
I       the  battle  of  the  seasons  in  the  dry  interior.    The 
wool,  too,  was  apt  to  change  in  character  Avith  the 
change  of   locality.       Although     the     sheep     had 
been  brought   to   a   high   pitch   of   perfection,   it 
;ould  not  maintain  its  quality  and  stamina  under 
adverse    conditions.         It    became    necessary    to 
evolve  a  class  of  animal  that  could  be  guaranteed 
to    thrive    in    hard    seasons.        Riverina    sheep, 
which  very  largely  fill  the  requirement,  have  never 
^^^een  housed  or  pampered  in  any  way.     They  are 
I^Bll  exposed  to  the  elements,  run  in  paddocks  and 
grass-fed;  so  the  risk  of  loss  to  buyers  has  been 
.very  largely  removed.       This  Is  the  index  to  that 
emarkable  success  which  has  been  gained  by  the 
old  Australian  type  of  late  years.       It  is  a  factor 
^-whlch  specially  appeals  to  Queensland  buyers. 
Wf    The  Northern  State  has  become  one  of  the  best 
customers      for      Riverina      stock.        Competent 
authorities  do  not  attempt  to  belittle  the  value  of 


NOWRANIE 


iifc 


the  Tasmanian  importations  of  stud  sheep  which 
were  frequent  during  the  closing  quarter  of  last 
century,  but  results  obtained  since  then  by  the 
Riverina  sheep  have  conclusively  proved  that  the 
modern  buyer  has  a  preference  for  the  resilient, 
acclimatised  sheep  bred  under  dry  conditions — 
sheep  that  can  be  relied  upon  to  battle  bravely 
through  unfavorable  seasons. 

The  sheep  bred  on  Nowranie  possess  in  a  mark- 
ed degree  the  characteristics  which  have  made 
Riverina  sheep  famous.  This  property,  which 
belongs  to  Messrs.  Ferguson  Simpson  &  Co.,  lies 
midway  between  Urana  and  Jerilderie,  New  South 
Wales.  It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Cocket- 
gedong,  and  on  the  west  by  South  Yathong  and 
Gum  Swamp.  Nowranie  is  a  typical  Riverina 
holding,  comprising  40,000  acres  freehold,  mostly 
open  plain  country,  with  belts  of  timber  and 
forests  (chiefly  boree  and  box)  and  is  highly  im- 
proved, having  been  systematically  developed 
since  it  came  into  the  possession  of  its  present 
owners  in  1903,  from  the  trustees  of  the  late  G.  F. 
Simpson.  With  a  rich  soil  and  a  well-distri- 
buted rainfall,  Nowranie  supports  30,000  to 
40,000  sheep  on  the  valuable  grasses  indigenous 
to  the  district.  It  is  completely  fenced  with 
rabbit-proof  netting. 

The  principal  water  supply  is  the  Nowranie 
Creek,  to  which   there   is    an  extended    frontage. 


903 


904 


ALiSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


A  Flock  of  Merino  Ewes,  on  Nowranle 


This  is  supplemented  by  water  pumped  from  wells 
by  windmills.  Each  of  the  26  paddocks,  into  which 
the  property  is  subdivided,  has  its  water  supply. 
Bore  water  has  been  struck  at  a  depth  of  150  feet, 
and  rises  in  the  bores  to  within  115  feet.  Tanks 
and  dams  have  been  made  freely,  and  contain 
sufficient  water  to  stand  at  least  two  years  of 
drought. 

The  Nowranie  flock  is  founded  on  the  Gum 
Swamp  strain,  dating  back  to  1870.  Mr.  Fer- 
guson Simpson — who  has  been  managing  partner 
since  1903 — has  bred  the  flock  entirely  within  it- 
self. The  rams  as  a  consequence  have  great  pre- 
potency. They  are  large-framed  and  possess 
great  constitutions.       The  wool  is  of  the  robust 


type,  with  a  good  length  of  staple,  generally 
free  and  bright.  Nowranie  sheep — which  have 
never  received  any  pampering,  but  are  raised 
entirely  on  the  natural  nutritious  grasses  of  the 
estate — cut  heavy  fleeces  of  very  profitable  wool. 
Mr.  Simpson  makes  a  speciality  of  breeding  rams 
for  sale,  generally  disposing  of  500  to  600  each 
year. 

Lambing  on  Nowranie  takes  place  in  April  and 
May,  and  the  percentage  marked  in  normal  times 
is  from  75  to  80.  Shearing  generally  takes  place 
in  August,  when  30,000  to  40,000  sheep  are  put 
through.  Hundreds  of  thousands  of  sheep  have 
passed  through  the  old  wool-shed,  which,  although 
erected  many  years  ago,  has  been  brought  right 


Herd  of  Cattle  on  Nowranie 


NOWRANIE 


905 


up-to-date  and  is  fitted  with  twenty-five  shearing- 
machines,  driven  by  an  eight-horse  power  steam- 
traction  engine,  an  engine,  by  the  way,  which  is 
put  to  a  variety  of  profitable  uses.       The  wool 


and  Brighton  Grammar  School,  he  took  up 
station  work  under  the  guidance  of  his  father. 
On  the  death  of  the  latter  gentleman  in  1895  he 
continued  to  work  the  properties  in  conjunction 


f    >-% 


f/f 


Tho  Woolshed,  Nowranie. 


Ioes  to  the  Melbourne  sales  and  invariably  realises 
'ell  up  to  the  top  level  for  Riverina  wool,  being  of 
type  for  which,  of  late  years,  there  has  been  a 
cry  strong  and  consistent  demand. 
Although  grazing  is  the  chief  aim  at  Nowranie, 
few  hundred  acres  are  now  cropped  annually 
or  station  use.  Mr.  Simpson  believes  in  mak- 
ig  ample  provision  for  unfavorable  seasons,  and 
generally  has  about  800  tons  of  hay  stacked  on  the 
property,  each  stack  being  protected  from  the 
weather  by  a  galvanised-iron  roofing.  This 
supply  is  a  sound  insurance  against  drought  losses. 
As  a  rule,  there  is  sufficient  for  a  two  years'  siege. 

There  is  a  small  but  select  Shorthorn  stud 
at  Nowranie,  which  was  founded  by  Mr.  Simpson's 
father.  Mr.  Simpson  also  makes  a  speciality  of 
brood  mares;  and  a  stallion,  a  son  of  Marshal 
Keith,  was  imported  at  a  cost  of  a  thousand 
guineas.  Marshal  Keith  was  a  splendid  type  of 
horse,  and  took  champion  and  first  prizes  at  Nar- 
randera,  Wagga,  Sydney,  and  Melbourne  Shows, 
The  dam  of  the  present  stallion,  named  Rose, 
was  a  very  high-class  mare,  purchased  by  the  late 
Mr.  Simpson  for  120  guineas  from  Mr.  Brady, 
of  Kyneton,  Victoria.  This  was  the  champion 
mare  at  all  the  shows  in  Riverina  and  had  an 
unbeaten  record  in  the  show-ring.  An  Arab 
stallion  named  Sleet,  bred  by  the  late  Mr.  J.  D. 
Cox,  of  Cullenbone,  was  also  used  on  Nowranie. 

Mr.  Ferguson  Simpson  is  the  second  son  of  the 
late  Mr.  G.  F.  Simpson,  and  was  born  at  Now- 
ranie in    1876.       Educated  at    Toorak   College 


with  his  brother  George,  until  1903,  when  he  took 
over  Nowranie. 

Nowranie  House  is  the  old  original  homestead; 
comfortable,  commodious,  and  modernised  in 
every  possible  way.  It  is  an  ideal  country  home, 
pleasantly  situated  in  and  surrounded  by  well- 
cared-for  gardens. 

As  already  indicated,  Mr.  Simpson  is  finding  a 
splendid  field  for  his  sheep  in  the  northern  State, 


"Eose," 
A  Champion  Brood  Mare,  Nowranie 


9o6 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


Mr.   Ferguson  Simpson 


where  he  can  dispose  of  more  than  he  can  breed. 
No  less  than  300  stud  rams  have  gone  to  Queens- 
land in  one  order.  They  have  given  every  satis- 
faction to  their  purchasers,  as  is  evidenced  by  the 
fact  that  repeat  orders  are  frequent. 

Modern  improvements  on  Nowranie  include  a 
number  of  bores  which  give  a  good  flow  and 
greatly  add  to  the  carrying  capacity  of  the  place. 
The  woolshed  is  fitted  with  25  stands  of  machines. 
It  is  supplied  with  acetylene-gas  lighting,  which 
enables  a  full  day's  work  to  be  obtained  at  shear- 
ing time. 

Mr.  Simpson  has  proved  a  highly  progressive 
station-owner.  He  has  cleared  and  had  under 
cultivation  1,500  acres  of  land,  but  after  achieving 
this  and  purchasing  up-to-date  machinery,  he  has 
been  compelled  to  give  up  agriculture  on  a  large 
scale,  owing  to  the  scarcity  of  labor.  The  same 
trouble  is  being  felt  everywhere  in  the  country. 
There  is  no  doubt  that  the  future  of  agriculture  in 
Australia  depends  largely  upon  how  far  the  labor 
problem  can  be  solved. 


I 


Nowranie  Stud  Merino  Bam 


The  Homestead 


THE    WANGAMONG    ESTATE 
THE  PROPERTY  OF  W.  B.  SANGER.  DAYSDALE.  N.S.W. 


ai 


I 


ANGAMONG — a  native  name  meaning 
"pigeon  plains" — is  34  miles  from  Jeril- 
derie  and  ^S  miles  from  Corowa,  thus 
being  situated  in  the  southern  centre  of  the  country 
f  the  big,  robust-bodied  Riverina  merinos.  It 
as  founded  by  the  late  John  Mildred  Sanger  in 
1 853)  with  the  very  biggest  framed  ewes  obtain- 
able, of  MacArthur's  Camden  blood,  to  which 
were  added  some  Learmonth  rams.  That  was 
the  foundation  of  the  Wangamong  stud  flock, 
which  is  nowadays  recognised  as  not  only  one  of 
the  oldest  of  Australian  stud  flocks,  but  one  of  the 
best  developed  and  most  up-to-date. 

In  1863  Mr.  Sanger  went  to  Wanganella  and 
saw  Peppin  and  Son's  historic  imported  Rambouil- 
let  ram,  Emperor.  He  was  so  impressed  with  his 
magnificent  type  that  he  bought  ten  stud  rams 
of  Emperor's,  which  were  regarded  as  the  pick 
of  that  season.  These  sons  of  Emperor  (certi- 
ficate No.  71;  Royal  Rambouillet  Farm,  which  cut 
s  four,  six,  and  eight-tooth  respectively,  21,  22, 
nd  izi  lbs.  of  very  bright,  strong,  dense  wool,  a 
ery  big,  plain-bodied  sheep,  with  square  frame 
and  masssive  neck) ,  were  the  pick  of  the  entire 
Topping  of  1862  of  stud  ram  lambs  by  Emperor 
out  of  pure  Wanganella  stud  ewes.  This  in- 
troduction further  improved  the  Wangamong 
type,  previously  large-framed,  and  gave  all  the 
size  wanted.  No  further  infusion  of  blood  was 
necessary,  nor  was  any  made.  The  man  and  the 
ountry  did  the  rest;  Wangamong  sheep  de- 
eloped  a  type  of  their  own. 


The  late  Mr.  J.  M.  Sanger  lived  to  see  his 
deal  perfected,  and  a  type  of  Merino  sheep 
evolved  which  was  in  the  front  rank  of  its  class. 
He  was  identified  with  the  flock  right  up  to  the 
time  of  his  death  in  1904.  In  1907  the  stud 
flock  was  divided,  Mr.  W.  B.  Sanger,  the  eldest 
son  of  the  founder,  taking  the  homestead,  and 
his  brother,  Mr.  C.  D.  Sanger,  the  southern  por- 
tion. The  stud  flock  was  divided  by  the  simple 
expedient  of  the  brothers  picking  out  the  sheep 
turn  about,  according  to  their  judgment. 

The  founder  of  Wangamong  was  born  in  Glou- 
cestershire, England,  in  18 16,  and  was  a  man  full 
of  independent  thought  and  action.  He  was  a 
member  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society  and 
placed  before  that  body  in  England  a  scheme  for 
the  Panama  Canal,  which  many  years  after  has 
been  adopted.  He  arrived  in  South  Australia  in 
1837,  among  the  first  settlers,  bringing  with  him 
letters  of  introduction  to  influential  people. 
These,  however,  he  did  not  use,  preferring  to 
follow  his  own  bent  in  starting  various  concerns. 
Finally,  after  managing  Messrs.  T.  and  J.  P. 
Bear's  various  properties,  he  settled  at  Wanga- 
mong in  1850. 

Mr.  William  Brent  Sanger  was  born  at  Wan- 
gamong in  1864,  and  educated  at  Mr.  J.  Henning 
Thompson's  Kew  High  School.  At  the  early 
age  of  sixteen  he  took  an  active  part  in  classing 
sheep  and  recording  individual  results.   For  abom 


907 


9o8 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


A  Wangamong   Riverina  Ram 

(Big,  plain-bodied,  loug-stapled,  robust  type  of  60  years' 
standing) 


four  decades  he  has  never  left  the  helm  at  the 
stud,  always  adhering  strictly  to  the  chart  mapped 
out  by  the  founder.  He  is  a  well-known  sheep  judge 
and  has,  since  1887,  been  appointed  to  judge  at 
leading  shows  in  Australia  over  seventy  times. 
His  son,  Lieut.  John  Mildred  Sanger,  born  in 
1888,  and  educated  at  the  Geelong  Grammar 
School,  took  an  active  part  with  his  father  in  the 
management  of  the  estate,  until  he  enlisted  for 
active  service  in  the  war.  In  19 15  he  joined  the 
Royal  Field  Artillery,  serving  in  France.  He 
has  been  recommended  twice  for  the  Military 
Cross  and  mentioned  in  General  Haig's 
despatches. 

Mr.  W.  B.  Sanger  married  Isobel  Kate, 
daughter  of  the  late  R.  W.  Larritt,  C.E.,  of  Mel- 
bourne, who  was  for  many  years  Inspector- 
General  of  Roads  and  Bridges  in  Victoria.  He 
has  also  three  daughters,  one  of  whom  is  married, 
being  Mrs.  Frank  Austin,  of  Avalon,  Victoria. 

The  Wangamong  country  is  partly  open- 
timbered  box,  interspersed  with  myall  and  salt- 
bush  plains  and  sandy  loam  rises,  with  natural 
grasses.  The  average  annual  rainfall  is  15^ 
inches.  There  is  no  green  grass  from  Novem- 
ber till  April. 

Wangamong  holds,  and  has  always  held,  the 
best  all-round,  all-wool  average  price  per  lb. 
greasy  wool  record  for  Central  Riverina,  wher- 
ever conditions  are  against  the  high  prices — burr 
and  dust  under  at  least  six  months'  dry  conditions. 
A  noticeable  feature  is  that  with  this  bold  comb- 
mg   (staple  3 J  to  4  iinches  in  rams  and  4  to  5 


inches  in  ewes)  there  is  practically  only  one  class, 
viz.,  AA  combing. 

In  19 14,  the  driest  year  on  record,  with  a  6-inch 
rainfall,  all  Wangamong  sheep  averaged  12A  lbs. 
of  wool.  On  November,  19 16,  the  following 
Australian  record  was  scored: — 

Wangamong   over    S    (with    arrow    through)    in 
diamond. 

Sold  by  N.Z.L.  &  M.A.  Co.,  Melbourne. 

28id.  (in  grease)  50  bales. 

All     Fleece     averaged     28.03d.  Record     to 

November  14. 
All  Broken,   ist  &  2nd  Pieces,  25d.        Record  to 

date. 
All  Bellies,  i9id. 

Locks,  8d. 
All  Wool,   20  -  per  sheep.  94  %  breeding  ewes. 

The  flock  rams  from  Wangamong  are  in  great 
demand,  being  sold  to  buyers  all  over  the  Com- 
monwealth, and  also  in  South  Africa  and  New 
Zealand.  The  yearly  output  is  about  1,000  to 
1,500  rams. 

Of  historical  interest  in  the  pastoral  sense,  one 
of  the  earliest  stations  of  Riverina  (still  retain- 
ing the  old  original  homestead  and  surround- 
ings), famous  for  its  fleeces,  Wangamong  is  a 
fine  example  of  pastoral  enterprise,  courageously 
initiated  and  cleverly  maintained,  and,  with  the 
other  old-established,  still-existing  studs,  should 
be  recognised  as  helping  to  establish  the  present 
position  held  by  the  sheep  and  wool  industry  of 
Australia. 


Double-Stud  Ewe,  Wangamong 


The  Homestead,  from  the  Lake 


THE  "  BIG  SPRINGS "  ESTATE,  WAGGA  WAGGA 


Li  \ 

m 


\i^ 


i 


IG  SPRINGS,  situated  nineteen  miles  north- 
west of  Wagga  Wagga,  comprises  a  large 
natural  depression,  interspersed  by  slopes 
hich  tend  to  break  the  monotony  of  the  land- 
scape. The  name  of  the  property  supplies  the 
key  to  its  special  feature — the  big  springs  which 
provide  an  all-important  element  in  stock-rais- 
ing, and  equip  each  paddock  with  a  permanent 
water  supply.  Nature  has  been  generous  in  her 
treatment  of  this  station.  Its  owners  have  sup- 
emented  Nature  by  Science  with  successful 
esults. 

The  property  originally  contained  18,000  acres. 
Subsequent  additions  increased  it  to  25,000  acres. 
It  is  all  undulating  country,  highly  improved.   The 

» average  rainfall  is  27  inches. 
Mr.  George  Paterson  Wilson,  under  whose 
ownership  the  estate  has  been  developed,  is  a 
native  of  the  Vale  of  Leven,  Scotland.  He  came 
to  Geelong,  Victoria,  when  seventeen  years  of  age. 
After  working  a  year  for  a  Geelong  firm,  he  put 
n  twelve  months  on  his  uncle's  property  at 
arambool,  near  Buninyong.  Next  he  went  to 
Ararat,  and  at  the  age  of  nineteen  undertook  the 
management  of  Wonga  Lake,  ninety  miles  from 


Horsham,  for  his  brother  William.  These  were 
pioneering  days,  when  station  work  was  mostly 
"ringing,"  clearing,  and  building.  Two  years 
were  spent  in  improving  the  latter  property  before 
it  was  sold.  The  next  two  years  of  Mr.  Wilson's 
life  were  spent  in  New  Zealand.  On  returning 
to  Victoria,  he  put  in  eighteen  months  in  a  Mel- 
bourne business,  trading  as  Wilson  and  Crosbie, 
general  merchants.  In  conjunction  with  an  old 
partner  of  his  brother,  named  George  Wilson, 
although  no  relation,  he  purchased  Big  Springs. 
In  the  year  1865  they  paid  £15,000  cash  for  the 
property  and  12,000  sheep.  The  flocks  were 
steadily  increased  until  67,000  head  were  carried, 
in  1893. 

Big  Springs  had  been  first  taken  up  in  1855  by 
the  late  Mr.  John  Peter,  of  Tubbo,  who  held  it 
till  i860,  and  then  handed  it  to  his  stepson,  Mr. 
James  Bourke.  In  1863  it  passed  by  sale  to  Mr. 
John  Donelly,  of  Bywong,  Gundaroo.  The 
Wilsons  held  it  conjointly  until  1872,  when  both 
partners  wished  to  become  sole  owner,  but  a 
difficulty  arose,  as  neither  cared  to  name  a  pries 
for  his  share.  By  mutual  arrangement,  a  visit  to 
a  lawyer's  office    followed.       Here    seated    each 


909 


910 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


side  of  the  man  of  law,  the  partners  wrote  down 
a  figure  on  the  understanding  that  the  writer  of 
the  higher  offer  was  to  become  sole  owner.  Mr. 
George  Wilson's  bid  exceeded  that  of  Mr.  George 
Paterson  Wilson  by  £700,  and  the  property  passed 
to  the  former. 


in  sole  possession  ever  since,  steadily  improving 
the  place  until  it  has  long  since  been  regarded  as 
one  of  the  finest  stations  in  a  celebrated  pastoral 
district.  As  an  example  of  its  values  one  pad- 
dock of  2,200  acres  has  carried  up  to  7,000  sheep 
all  the  year  round.       The  clip  from  this  flock  has 


The  Woolshed  and  Huts 


4 


Leaving  Big  Springs  in  1874,  Mr.  George 
Paterson  Wilson  took  a  trip  to  Europe,  and  on 
his  return  purchased  Pomingalarna,  Wagga,  in- 
creasing its  area  and  greatly  improving  it.  Sell- 
ing out  a  few  years  later,  he  went  to  Melbourne 
and  joined  Mr.  John  Todd,  of  William-street, 
Melbourne,  in  a  general  merchant's  business.  He 
severed  his  connection  with  the  business  later  on 
and  took  another  trip  to  England.  On  his  return, 
he  formed  a  syndicate  with  two  of  his  brothers 
for  the  purpose  of  developing  the  sugar  industry 
in  Levu,  Fiji.  To  that  end  £35,000  was  ex- 
pended in  machinery  alone,  and  a  mill  erected  and 
fitted  which  cost  £110,000.  Making  some  pro- 
gress at  first,  the  fall  in  sugar  brought  about  re- 
verses which,  after  four  years  of  struggling, 
necessitated  the  abandonment  of  the  mill.  The 
experiment  cost  each  of  the  brothers  a  fortune. 

In  1886  Mr.  George  Wilson,  who  had  become 
the  sole  owner  of  Big  Springs,  wishing  tu  realise 
all  his  properties,  opened  up  negotiations  with  his 
old  partner.  This  resulted  in  the  property  once 
more  changing  hands.   Mr.  G.  P.  Wilson  has  been 


reached  iio  bales;  the  price  gave  an  average 
return  of  1 1/-  per  acre.  In  the  'nineties,  wheat- 
growing  was  successfully  inaugurated.  In  i895|. 
there  were  400  acres  on  the  creek  under  wheat.  " 

Gregadoo,  an  adjoining  station,  was  leased  by 
Mr.  Wilson  in  the  'nineties  and  carried  about 
12,000  sheep.  It  has  since  been  purchased  by 
the  owner  of  Big  Springs.  In  1894,  640  bales  of 
wool  were  turned  out.  The  following  year  a 
scouring  plant  was  added  and  the  wool  scoured — 
natural  water  facilities  tending  to  effective  treat- 
ment of  the  wool. 

The  never-failing  water  supply  on  Big  Springs 
renders  it  an  oasis  in  the  Riverina  in  droughty 
times.  Its  owner  has  provided  agistment  for  as 
many  as  55,000  sheep,  in  addition  to  his  own 
flock  of  35,000.  This  was  done  three  or  four 
years  in  succession.  The  general  carrying  capa- 
city of  the  property  was  about  i^  sheep  to  the 
acre,  but  in  summer  as  many  as  four  sheep  to  the 
acre  have  been  carried  for  a  stretch  of  four 
months. 


g 


s 


bo 


w 

tH 

n 

4-1 

O 

s 


911 


912 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


A  Good  Field  of  Wheat 


Extensive  wheat-farming  has  been  the  more 
recent  development  on  Big  Springs,  and  has 
proved  signally  successful.  During  the  last  two 
decades  the  area  under  crop  has  been  steadily  in- 
creasing, operations  being  principally  conducted 
on  the  share  system.  Naturally,  the  inroads  on 
stock  have  been  great,  and  the  numbers  carried 
have  come  down.  Of  late  years  the  sheep  have 
been  of  the  comeback,  type,  producing  good  fleeces, 
with  big  carcases  which  fatten  readily.  Mr.  Wil- 
son has  also  been  successful  with  Shorthorn  cattle 
and  as  a  horse-breeder. 

Although  it  has  attractions  and  possibilities 
beyond  most  pursuits,  Australian  pastoralism  can- 
not be  regarded  as  a  long  series  of  unbroken  suc- 
cesses. Flood,  fire,  and  drought  have,  in  the 
earlier  stages  of  its  development,  taken  each  its 
disastrous  toll. 

In  common  with  other  river-stations.  Big 
Springs  has  had  some  experience  of  flood.  Its 
wonderful  natural  water  supply  has  kept  it  im- 
mune from  drought;  but  the  great  bush  fire  which 
swept  through  the  Wagga  district  in  1905,  in- 
flicted heavy  damage  on  the  station.     Big  Springs 


was  right  in  the  track  of  the  fire,  and  had  no  pos- 
sible escape.  The  run  was  completely  burnt  out. 
Every  acre  of  grass,  together  with  the  standing 
crops,  and  thousands  of  bags  of  wheat  which 
had  just  been  harvested,  were  burnt.  Mile  upon 
mile  of  fencing,  the  woolshed,  and  about  3,000 
sheep  were  destroyed. 

Every  cloud  has  its  silver  lining.  Even  in  his 
reverses  Mr.  Wilson  was  not  downhearted.  More 
fortunate  than  many  of  his  neighbors,  who  were 
compelled  to  send  their  sheep  away  for  agistment 
owing  to  every  vestige  of  grass  being  destroyed, 
he  was  able  to  retain  his  flock.  This  he  did  by 
feeding  them  for  four  months  on  roasted  wheat. 
The  sheep  did  well  on  the  novel  diet;  in  fact,  they 
fattened  on  it.  Australian  Nature  has  her  com- 
pensations. 

.Although  the  fire  inflicted  so  much  damage,  it 
did  a  certain  amount  of  good,  inasmuch  as  it  ren- 
dered great  help  in  clearing  up  the  property. 
Areas  which  were  densely  timbered  and  littered 
were  left  almost  open  plains  after  the  visitation. 
There  was  hardly  a  hollow  log  left  on  the  pro- 
perty to  shelter    a    rabbit.       In    this    clearing-up 


CO 

bO 
8 
'C 
P. 
01 

ha 
pq 

a 


n 


913 


914 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


work  it  has  been  estimated  that  the  fire  made  good 
to  the  extent  of  about  2/-  per  acre. 

Big  Springs  homestead  is  a  commodious  brick 
building  of  ten  rooms,  lighted  with  acetylene  gas 
throughout,  and  surrounded  with  labor-saving 
appliances  of  every  description.  A  fine  billiard- 
room  has  been  erected  a  little  apart  from  the 
main  building.  In  front  of  the  homestead  is  a 
beautiful  lake — eight  feet  deep  in  places — which 
covers  an  area  of  about  seven  or  eight  acres. 

The  big  springs,  from  which  the  place  takes  its 
name,  are  physically  remarkable.  The  water 
from  one  has  great  medicinal  properties,  being 
very  similar  to  the  Perrier  water  of  the  Pyrenees. 
It  is  not  unlikely  that  it  will  be  converted  to  a 
more  practical  use  in  the  future.  One  spring 
supplies  all  the  requirements  of  the  homestead  for 
household  purposes.  From  another  spring  a 
supply  of  80  to  100  gallons  per  minute  can  be  ob- 
tained. One  of  the  springs  irrigates  twenty  acres 
of  lucerne. 

One  rather  unusual  improvement  on  the  station 
is  a  large  swimming  basin,    20  feet   by  10    feet. 


which  has  a  depth  of  five  feet.  Here  a  refresh- 
ing bath  can  be  obtained  all  the  year  round.  The 
temperature  is  a  uniform  one  of  sixty  degrees. 

Rabbits  have  been  troublesome  on  this  estate, 
but  the  pest  has  been  attacked  in  a  very  systematic 
manner.  There  are  more  than  sixty  miles  of 
wire-netting  fencing  on  the  station.  Altogether 
there  are  eight  netted  blocks,  from  which  the  rab- 
bits have  been  cleared  out.  This  has  been  a  long 
and  costly  operation. 

The  sheep-dip  is  of  modern  type.  It  provides 
the  sheep  with  a  60-ft.  swim,  the  water  for  which 
is  pumped  up  from  the  adjoining  creek.  The 
policy  of  Mr.  Wilson  is  to  dip  the  sheep  six  weeks 
after  shearing,  when  the  wool  has  made  a  start  to 
grow.  Experience  has  proved  this  policy  to  be 
an  efficacious  one,  because  it  kills  ticks  and  other 
vermin,  bursts  the  grass-seeds,  and  is  a  splendid 
preventive  of  the  fly  pest. 

The  shearing  shed — in  keeping  with  the  other 
station  improvements — is  fitted  up  with  twenty 
shearing-machines  driven  by  an  eight-horse 
engine. 


A  Part  of  the  Garden 


Merribee  House 


MERRIBEE. 


"But  when  the  Spring  comes  green, 
She  puts  her  feet  a  thousand  miles 
Across  the  Riverine." 

— Bells  and  Hobbles. 


TO  thoroughly  appreciate  the  richness  of 
Australia,  one  must  see  the  Riverina  at 
its  best.  Many  of  the  station  properties 
described  in  this  section  of  the  book,  are  located 
either  in  the  heart  or  upon  the  borders  of  the 
western  river  system  of  New  South  Wales.  They 
are,  as  a  rule,  highly-improved  properties,  stocked 
in  these  days  to  the  fullest  carrying  capacity,  and 
contributing  greatly  to  the  national  wealth. 
Either  as  present  pastoral  areas  or  future  farms 
they  can  be  classed  among  the  best  lands  in  the 
Commonwealth. 

Merribee,  formerly  known  as  North  Gogel- 
drie,  lies  about  fifteen  miles  west  of  Barellan. 
The  south-western  portion  of  the  estate  skirts  the 
Burrenjuck  irrigation  area.  It  comprises  33,000 
acres  of  valuable  well-grassed  pastoral  lands,  of 
which  22,400  acres  are  freehold.  Timbered 
with  boree,  for  the  most  part,  with  a  proportion 
of  pine,  box,  yarran,  and  currajong,  the  estate 
presents  picturesque  panoramas  of  alternating 
hills  and  flats,  the  red  soil  being  fertile  and 
luxuriantly  grassed;  the  principal  grasses  are 
white-top,   barley,   trefoil,   corkscrew,   and   crow- 


foot. The  country  is  specially  suited  for  fatten- 
ing stock  and  stud  breeding.  There  are  numerous 
tanks  and  dams  which  provide  ample  water  during 
seasons  when  the  rainfall,  averaging  16  inches,  is 
normal;  and  there  are  also  wells  and  bores,  from 
which  the  water  is  raised  from  a  depth  of  about 
1^0  feet  by  windmills,  which  provide  a  per- 
manent supply  in  dry  seasons.  Most  of  the 
better  supplies  have  been  obtained  by  use  of  the 
divining  rod,  sinkings  made  without  it  having 
generally  been  failures. 

The  estate,  which  was  purchased  in  1908  by 
Mr.  William  Wilson  Killen,  was  formerly  owned 
by  Mr.  Godfrey  Mackinnon,  who  worked  it  in 
conjunction     with     North     Goonambil.  Mr. 

Killen  had  just  disposed  of  his  Bull  Plain  estate, 
between  Corowa  and  Berrigan,  for  the  purposes 
of  closer  settlement,  and  he  transferred  to 
Merribee  some  7,000  of  the  pick  of  the  Bull 
Plain  sheep.  Thus  the  Merribee  flock  is 
founded  on  the  well-proved  Bull  Plain  stock.  The 
sheep,  for  about  twenty-five  years,  have  been 
bred  mainly  to  the  South  Australian  strain,  with 
an    original    foundation    of   Wangamong,    Quia- 


915 


9i6 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


mong,  and  Wanganella  blood,  and  a  few  of  the 
pick,  of  the  old  Bull  Plain  flock.  There  were, 
later  on,  some  valuable  additions  of  ewes  from 
Rhine  Park  and  Cappeedee.  This  line  of 
breeding  has  evolved  a  type  of  sheep  eminently 
suited  to  the  Riverina,  carrying  heavy  fleeces  of 
long-stapled  wool  ranging  from  medium  to 
strong.  In  normal  times  the  flock  totals  about 
15,000  head  of  merinos,  all  of  which  are  studs. 

The  original  introduction  of  South  Australian 
rams  was  of  the  Pitt's  Levels  blood,  but  for  the 


William  Wilson  KlUen 


past  twenty  years  the  fresh  strain  has  been  ob- 
tained from  Mount  Crawford,  Rhine  Park,  Cap- 
peedee, and  Wirra  Wirra — all  pure  Murray 
blood.  Mr.  Killen's  ideal  all  along  has  been  a 
uniform  type  of  hardy  animal,  giving  a  com- 
bination of  a  heavy  fleece  of  profitable  wool  with 
weight  of  carcase,  and  he  has  always  done  his  own 
classing  and  the  purchasing  of  stud  sires.  He 
has  had  the  satisfaction  of  winning  practical  ap- 
proval of  his  policy.  This  is  evidenced  in  the 
large  and  increasing  demand  for  Merribee  rams 
and  repeat-orders  from  breeders  who  have  found 
the  type  profitable.  Some  indication  of  this  is 
shown  in  Mr.  Killen's  correspondence,  especially 
from  northern  New  South  Wales  and  Queens- 
land. One  stock  agent  writes:  "Your  rams  are 
getting  an  exceedingly  good  reputation  here. 
Their  progeny  cut  well  and  that,  after  all,  is  the 
best  proof  of  value."  A  Queensland  buyer 
says:  "Your  rams  have  earned  a  very  good  name 


in  this  district,  and  what  I  have  seen  of  their 
progeny  are  fine,  big,  active  sheep,  well  suited  to 
battle  through  a  drought." 

Merribee  is  devoted  solely  to  stud-breeding, 
and  the  annual  output  of  rams  is  about  2,500. 
The  top  rams  have  cut  over  31  lbs.  of  wool,  and 
the  general  average  in  ordinary  seasons  of  the 
whole  flock,  about  4/';ths  of  which  are  ewes,  has 
been  well  over  I3lbs.,  with  twelve  months' 
growth,  the  lambs  averaging  5lbs.  2ozs.  at  ;l 
months.  The  wool  brings  good  prices  on  the 
London  market,  considering  the  dusty  character 
of  the  country  in  summer  and  the  prevalence  of 
trefoil  in  the  district,  and  at  the  Sydney  wool  sales 
this  year  (19 17)  Merribee  greasy  fleece  realised 
22fd.,  while  first  greasy  pieces  fetched  up  to 
i84d.,  and  second  greasy  pieces  to  i6d. — the  top 
prices  in  the  A.  M.  L.  and  F.  Co.'s  catalogue 
of  over  3,500  bales  sold  on  November 
28th,  1917.  The  principal  aim  at  Mer- 
ribee, however,  has  not  been  to  produce  a 
high  quality  of  wool,  its  owner  holding  the  con- 
viction that,  over  the  larger  part  of  the  sheep 
country  of  Australia,  the  best  type  to  produce  is 
a  strone-woolled  sheep  combining  weight  of  car- 
case with  weight  of  fleece,  together  with  robust- 
ness of  constitution,  and  that  this  type  is  more 
profitable  to  growers  generally  than  the  more 
delicate  lighter-fleeced  and  more  attractive  fine- 
woolled  sheep.  Length  of  staple  is  a  leading 
feature  of  the  wool,  and  it  is  safe  to  say  that  no 
longer-woolled  merinos  are  to  be  found  in  Aus- 
tralia. 

The  experience  of  Mr.  Killen,  which  is  con- 
firmed by  many  other  breeders,  is  that  the  fine- 
woolled  sheep  do  not  carry  their  wool  to  so  great 
an  age  as  the  strong-woolled  animals,  and  that 
they  deteriorate  much  more  in  their  yield  of  wool 
after  middle  age.  He  has  always  bred  a  plain- 
bodied  sheep,  and  would  have  nothing  to  do  with 
the  wrinkly  type,  even  when  they  were  most 
fashionable.  He  preferred  to  keep  steadfastly 
to  the  large-framed  plain-bodied  type,  positive  in 
his  own  mind  that  they  were  the  more  profitable, 
and  that  the  craze  for  the  wrinkles  would  be  short- 
lived. The  Vermont  craze  had  a  longer  life 
than  he  prophesied  for  it,  but  in  the  end  Mr. 
Killen  had  the  satisfaction  of  seeing  the  type  he 
had  always  believed  in,  and  had  stuck  to  through 
thick  and  thin,  win  its  way  into  first  place  in  the 
favor  of  the  bulk  of  sheepbreeders. 

Mr.  Killen  is  likewise  convinced  that  the  popu- 
larity of  the  large-framed,  robust  type  is  no  mere 
passing  fancy  but  has  come  to  stay.  The  great 
aim  in  breeding  the  Merribee  sheep  is  to  secure  a 
heavy  fleece  of  wool  on  a  big  animal  of  symmetri- 
cal proportions  and  great  constitution.  The  goal 
has  been  the  production  of  the  most  profitable 
combination  of  wool   and  mutton,   regardless  of 


MERRIBEE 


917 


Merribee  House. 


minor  points  and  show-yard  fads.  It  takes 
some  courage  in  sheepbreeding  to  stick  to  one's 
opinion  and  continue  to  breed  a  type  of  sheep 
which  is  not  popular,  when  it  would  be  an  easy 
matter  to  change  the  type  to  the  popular  one  by 
an  infusion  of  outside  blood.  Mr.  Killen  all 
through  believed  in  the  pure  Australian  type,  and 
went  through  the  years  of  the  Vermont  craze 
absolutely  confident  that  the  majority  were  wrong 
and  that  the  craze  for  wrinkles  was  going  to  work 
its  own  cure. 

Events  proved  that  he  was  right.  He  has 
since  reaped  the  reward  of  his  loyal  adherence  to 
the  big-framed  type.  It  is  now  some  years  since 
the  pendulum  swung  back  to  the  old  Australian 
form.  Each  year  has  seen  a  tendency  to  inten- 
sify the  popularity  of  these  sheep.  The  result 
has  been  that  the  demand  for  all  such  sheep  has 
been  keen,  and  Merribee  has  enjoyed  to  the  full 
its  share  of  the  increased  demand.  The  outlook 
for  sheep  of  the  Merribee  kind  appears  bright. 
During  recent  years  of  high  wool-values,  the  big 
bale-fillers  have  proved  splendid  investments.  The 
demand  is  now  in  excess  of  the  supply.  This  is 
likely  to  be  the  normal  state  of  affairs  in  the 
future. 

A  special  contest  carried  out  for  some  years  at 
the  Corowa  Show  was  based  on  the  commercial 
value  of  the  sheep.  The  competing  animals 
were  shown  at  one  Show,  and  came  up  the  fol- 
lowing year,   when    they   were   again    shorn    and 


the  wool  scoured  and  valued.  The  sheep  were 
weighed,  one-third  of  their  weight  being  allowed 
for  offal  and  the  balance  valued  at  rid.  per  lb. 
The  prize  was  awarded  to  the  sheep  returning 
the  most  valuable  combination  of  wool  and 
mutton.  Mr.  Killen  was  successful  in  winning 
the  contest  six  times  out  of  seven. 

Mr.  Killen  adheres  to  the  old  system  of  hand- 
shearing.  He  has  tried  the  machines,  but  his 
experience  is  that  the  results  are  not  so  profitable 
with  the  machines  as  with  the  blades,  consequently 
machines  are  not  installed  at  Merribee.  A  two- 
years'  trial  was  given  to  them  by  Mr.  Killen  at 
Bull  Plain,  but  they  were  discarded  in  favor  of 
blades. 

The  herd  of  pure  pedigree  Shorthorn  cattle 
until  lately  maintained  at  Merribee,  which  was 
descended  from  the  Madowla  Park  and  North 
Gogeldrie  herds,  has  been  removed  to  Blowering 
station,  only  a  few  Jersey  milkers  being  now 
kept  at  Merribee. 

Although  he  considers  the  Merribee  property 
to  be  outside  the  safe  wheat  area,  Mr.  Killen  has 
been  cultivating  a  considerable  area  of  cereals. 
Taking  advantage  of  the  present  good  seasons, 
he  is  conserving  a  quantity  of  the  natural  grasses 
and  also  of  wheat,  oats,  barley,  and  lucerne,  in 
the  form  of  ensilage  stored  in  pits,  and  also  in  the 
form  of  hay,  so  as  to  provide  against  the  inevit- 
able future  dry  seasons.  The  principle  he  has 
adopted  for  the  storage  of  ensilage  is  to  make 

G2a 


9i8 


919 


920 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


pits  on  slopes  of  the  rising  ground,  about  6i  feet 
deep  and  80  feet  by  20  feet  on  top,  with  almost 
perpendicular  sides  and  slopes  on  the  ends,  about 
four  to  one,  to  admit  of  carts  or  drays beingloaded 
when  taking  out  the  ensilage.       A  pit  of  this  size 


Merribee  Merino:  A  Good  Staple 

holds  about  120  tons;  the  grass  or  crop  is  filled 
into  the  pit  and  stacked  about  six  and  a  half  feet 
above  the  surface,  and  is  allowed  to  project  about 
18  inches  outside  the  side-edges  of  the  excava- 
tion. The  teams  are  not  driven  over  the  ensilage, 
as  is  sometimes  done,  but  it  is  well  trampled  down 
by  horses,  after  the  pit  is  nearly  full,  and 
then  afterwards  covered  to  a  depth  of  three 
to  four  feet  with  the  earth  from  the  excava- 
tion, which  is  formed  dome-shaped  over  the  en- 
silage, taking  care  to  leave  no  inlet  for  water. 
The  cost  is  somewhere  about  6s.  per  ton  of  en- 
silage, including  the  excavation  of  the  pits  by 
means  of  plough  and  scoop,  which  costs  gd.  per 
cubic  yard.  The  pits  are,  of  course,  placed  near 
the  crops  to  minimise  cartage. 

In  addition  to  Merribee,  Mr.  Killen  has  a 
leasehold,  Dumossa,  in  the  Hillston  district,  about 
forty-five  miles  from  Merribee,  consisting  of 
about  69,000  acres.  He  is  a  principal  partner  in 
the  firm  of  Killen  and  Armstrong,  of  the  Blower- 
ing  station,  in  the  Tumut  district,  consisting  of 
about  19,000  acres  and  carrying  about  10,000 
sheep  and  500  cattle;  and  he  has  also  a  third 
share  with  relations  in  Killen,  Ekin  &  Co.,  which 
controls  Nariah  and  Malonga  stations,  of  about 
120,000  acres  in  the  Wyalong  district.  These 
two  properties  carry  between  25,000  and  30,000 
sheep,  and  are  worked  in  conjunction  with  Goo- 
bragandra  (29,000  acres)  in  the  Tumut  district, 
to  which  a  number  of  the  sheep  are  sent  during 
the  summer  and  dry  seasons. 

Another  of  Mr.  Killen's  interests  is  the  firm  of 
Killen  &  Co.,  in  which  his  brother,  Mr.  Edward 
Killen,  and  others  are  also  partners.  This  firm 
controls    Mooculta,    near     Bourke,     comprising 


122,000  acres;  Marra  on  the  Darling  River,  near 
Tilpa,  of  about  310,000  acres;  Talyealye,  on  the 
Paroo,  which  abutts  on  the  Queensland  border, 
comprising  255,000  acres;  and  Willara  (188,000 
acres)  adjoining  Talyealye  on  the  south.  The 
flocks  at  present  (191 7)  on  Killen  &  Co.'s 
stations  (now  much  understocked)  comprise 
about  50,000  sheep,  and  there  are  also  1,500 
beef  cattle  and  250  horses.  The  cattle 
are  principally  descended  from  South  Comon- 
gin  Shorthorn  herds,  and  are  some  of  the 
finest  cattle  to  be  found  in  that  part  of  the  coun- 
try. The  sheep  were  originally  founded  on  the 
Canowie  strain  of  South  Australia,  in  which 
Boonoke  and  VVanganella  blood  has  been  largely 
infused,  and  latterly  the  South  Australian  blood 
has  been  reverted  to.  Mr.  Killen  has  recently 
taken  the  members  of  his  family — his  wife, 
daughter  and  three  sons — into  partnership  in  all 
his  properties,  the  new  firm  having  the  title  of 
The  Merribee  Company  Ltd. 

The  new  homestead,  Merribee  House,  is  a  very 
handsome  and  most  up-to-date  building  on  a  pic- 
turesque site,  occupying  the  slope  of  a  low  hill 
near  the  centre  of  the  estate.  It  is  constructed  of 
sandstone,  quarried  on  the  property,  and  consists 
of  three  stories  and  a  tower.  The  rooms  are  large 
and  lofty,  and  there  are  all  the  comforts  and  con- 
veniences of  a  city  home.  The  extensi\e  grounds 
include  a  plantation  of  shade  trees,  and  there  is 
also  a  large  orchard,  a  vinery,  and  vegetable  and 


Mr.  and  Mrs.  W.  Killen  and  Family 


Merribee  Country,  with  Mount  Binya  in  the  Distance 


A  Flock  of  Merribee  Ewes  and  Lambs 


921 


HZ 


922 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


flower  gardens,  laid  out  very  attractively.  From 
the  house  very  fine  views  of  the  surrounding 
country  are  obtainable,  that  from  the  front  of  the 
house  looking  over  the  station  towards  the  Bynya 
mountain  being  especially  beautiful. 

Mr.  Killen  married  in  1891  Marion,  the  third 
daughter  of  the  late  Hon.  Charles  Young,  who 
for  nearly  twenty  years  represented  Kyneton  in 
the  Victorian  Parliament.  One  of  their  sons 
Edward,  joined  the  Royal  Flying  Corps  in  Eng- 
land, and  on  his  return  after  being  incapacitated, 
his  only  other  brother,  Harold,  of  military  age 
joined  the  corps,  and  has  received  a  commission. 

Mr.  Killen  has  always  taken  his  share  in  any 
movement  for  the  advancement  of  the  district, 
and  for  the    betterment    of  pastoral    conditions 


generally,  serving  on  the  executive  committees  of 
the  New  South  Wales  Graziers'  Association  (Pas- 
toralists'  Union),  the  Stock-Owners'  Association, 
and  Farmers'  and  Settlers'  Association.  He  is 
also  a  member  of  the  Yanco  Shire  Council  and 
the  Narandera  Pastures'  Protection  Board.  Mr. 
Killen  has  also  taken  a  keen  interest  in  State 
affairs,  and  was  recently  approached  with  a  view 
to  his  representing  his  district  in  the  State  Parlia- 
ment. His  sole  recreation  is  fly-fishing,  every 
season  seeing  him  enjoying  a  holiday  on  the 
Monaro  tableland  or  on  his  own  fine  trout  stream 
on  Goobragandra. 

Mr.  Killen  has  recently  purchased  a  seaside 
villa,  Burnham,  on  the  cliff  at  Manly,  as  a  sum- 
mer residence. 


Tantallon  Country,  with  Homestead 


THE  TANTALLON    LINCOLNS 


THERE  is  much  fine  pastoral  country  in 
the  Orange  and  adjoining  districts. 
For  the  most  part  hilly,  and,  in  fact, 
mountainous,  the  temperatures  are  moderate 
to  cold,  the  rainfall  is  good,  and  the  soil 
is  a  rich  red,  which  means  not  only  succulent 
pasturage,  but  prolific  vegetation  when  culti- 
vated. About  Orange  there  are  many  orchards, 
yielding  fortunes  in  cherries,  apples  and  pears 
especially,  and  the  potato-fields  give  their 
abundance.  The  town  is  one  of  the  best  in 
western  New  South  Wales,  its  handsome  man- 
sions and  villas,  its  prosperous  business  firms,  its 
factories — and  its  numerous  hotels — affording 
abundant  testimony  to  the  high  productive  value 
of  the  country  surrounding  it. 

Only  some  thirteen  miles  from  Orange,  and 
located  equally  in  the  Orange  and  Molong  dis- 
tricts, is  a  property  of  3,200  cares  on  the  Bell 
River,  which  has  of  recent  years  developed  from 
a  somewhat  neglected  out-station  into  a  sheep- 
breeding  station  of  note.  Now  known  as  Tan- 
tallon— historic  Scottish  name! — it  was  purchased 
in  1905  from  Major  Claude  Smith  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.   William   Hood:   under   Mr.   Hood's    able 


and   experienced   rrtanagement   it   has   become   a 
valuable  possession,  and  its  future  is  assured. 


Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  Hood 


923 


924 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Mr.  Hood  has  had  the  advantage  of  practical 
experience  in  some  of  the  most  difficult  parts  of 
this  vast  and  varied  continent.  He  came  out 
from  East  Lothian,  Scotland,  at  the  age  of  seven- 
teen, fresh  from  school  and  eager  to  try  his  for- 
tune as  a  pastoralist.  His  father,  James  Hood, 
who  had  been  a  farmer,  followed  him  in  the  next 
year,  1868,  his  brothers  Robert  and  Alexander 
having  previously  established  themselves  here. 
Robert  became  well  known  in  the  Western 
District  of  Victoria  as  the  owner  of  Merrang, 
as   did   his    father  when   he   rented  Woollaston, 


Tantallon  Lincolns 


near  Warrnambool,  in  the  same  district,  after- 
wards and  until  recently  the  home  of  the  Hon. 
Walter  S.  Manifold. 

William  Hood  went  to  the  Paroo,  in  Queens- 
land, and  in  those  days  of  his  youth  became 
known  as  "Paroo,"  a  dashing  horseman.  He 
later  took  his  share  in  establishing  the  game  of 
polo  in  Victoria,  which  became  so  popular  among 
the  young  pastoralists  of  that  State  and  South 
Australia,  and  led  to  the  establishment  of  many 
fine  polo  pony  studs.  On  the  Paroo  his  father, 
James  Hood,  his  uncle,  Alexander  Hood,  and 
James  Wise  Torrence  had  taken  up  country  in 
partnership  at  Currawinya,  about  a  million  acres 
in  extent,  and  there  kept  merino  sheep  and  Dur- 
ham Shorthorn  cattle.  Mr.  Hood  remained  there 
until  1876,  when  the  property  was  sold  to  Hector 


Yearling   Filly   by   Earlston    (imp.) — La   Tosca 

and  Norman  Wilson.  He  then  went  to  Cooper's 
Creek  and  established  a  station  there  with  his 
cousin,  Walter  C.  Hood,  who  had  been  "jackeroo- 
ing"  with  him  on  Currawinya.  It  had  a  twenty- 
mile  frontage  on  both  sides  of  the  creek.  They 
stocked  it  with  Shorthorn  cattle  from  the  Barwon, 
but  only  remained  there  twelve  months,  when 
they  disposed  of  the  run  to  Henry  Collis,  of 
Innamincka.  They  took  their  stock  to  Eyre's 
Creek,  founding  the  now  well-known  station  of 
Annandale,  on  the  Queensland  and  South  Aus- 
tralian border.  There  they  remained  until  1894, 
but  the  price  of  cattle  being  then  very  low  they 
took  some  bullocks  to  Wodonga,  on  the  Victoria- 
New  South  Wales  border,  selling  Annandale  to, 
Sidney  Kidman. 


"Wentworth,"  4-year-old  Draught  Stallion 


THE  TANTALLON  LINCOLNS 


925 


Three  Lincoln  Ram  Lambs,  9  months  old, 
Bred   by   William   Hood,   Tantallon 


This  closed  the  more  adventurous  period  of 
William  Hood's  career.  He  was  then  content  to 
become  an  employee  of  Thos.  Edols  and  Co.,  at 
Burrawang,  near  Forbes,  where  he  had  charge  of 
the  stud  of  pure  Durham  cattle,  for  which  he 
imported  some  fine  stock  from  England,  and 
made  it  one  of  the  most  famous  herds  in  Aus- 
tralia. There  he  married  Miss  Emily  Edols  in 
1898,  and  in  1905  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Hood  purchased 
their  present  property  near  Orange,  which  they 
called  Tantallon,  building  a  fine  homestead  and 
establishing  themselves  there  permanently.  The 
estate  is  exceedingly  picturesque,  as  well  as  pro- 
viding good  pasturage,  and  is  well  timbered  with 
box  and  gum  trees,  the  Bell  River  affording  per- 
manent water. 

Finding  the  country  eminently  suitable  for  the 
breeding  of  pure-bred  Lincoln  sheep,  Mr.  Hood 
purchased,  in  November,  1908,  a  choice  selection 
of  96  Lincoln  ewes  from  his  cousin,  R.  A.  D. 
Hood,  of  Merrang,  Hexham  Park,  and  also  a 
ram,  "Merrang"  (No.  864,  Merrang).  With 
these  he  founded  a  stud  which  has  been  uniformly 
successful,  and  which  has  been  built  up  solely 
on  the  Merrang  strain.  In  June,  1910,  he  pur- 
chased another  Merrang  ram,  "Bar  None  IL" 
(by  Bar  None),  No.  60,  Merrang.  An  addition 
to  the  flock  was  again  made  in  October,  191 2,  in 
the  shape  of  two  rams,  Nos.  199  and  209,  Mer- 
rang, grandsons  of  Bar  None,  and  fifteen  selected 
ewes;  these  seventeen  additional  sheep  were  all 


D.  Hood.  Of  the  fifteen  ewes,  two  were  by 
the  imported  rams,  Quarrington  Langton  and 
Southern  Star,  four  with  rings  taken  from  the 
Merrang  selected  ewes  and  five  without  rings. 
Though  he  keeps  the  flock  fresh  with  new  pur- 
chases from  Merrang,  Mr.  William  Hood  is 
already  finding  in-breeding  possible,   and  in  the 


aiuiner  Tom  Edols  Hood 


926 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


successful  with  many  of  the  most  notable  Aus- 
tralian sheep  studs. 

Besides  the  sheep,  for  which  there  is  already  a 
demand  far  exceeding  the  available  supply,  Mr. 
Hood  fattens  a  number  of  cattle  on  Tantallon, 
and  has  for  the  past  seven  years  grown  wheat  on 
the  estate  on  the  share  system,  which  has  proved 
very  successful.  He  keeps  a  fine  Clydesdale 
draught  stallion,  "Wentworth,"  which  secured 
first  prize  as  a  two-year-old,  and  has  in  the  past 
two  years  won  two  first  prizes  and  championship 
at  the  local  show;  also  a  very  neat  little  pure-bred 
Welsh  pony  stallion,  the  only  one  of  its  class  in 
the  district. 

Mr.  Hood  has  had  associated  with  him  in  the 
management  of  the  station  his  only  son,  Tom 
Edols   Hood,   who    is   at  present   serving   in   the 

near  future  will  probably  breed  his  flock  entirely     Australian    Field   Artillery   on   active   service   in 

within  itself,  a  system  that  has  been  proved  highly     France. 


Welsh  Mountain  Pony  Stallion,    "Tantallon" 


IURRAWANG,  situated  on  the  River  Lach- 
lan,  is  one  of  the  oldest  and  best-known 
stations  in  New  South  Wales.     It  has  been 
'      developed  from  a  tangled  waste  into  one  of  the 
most  highly-improved  properties  of  the  Mother 
State. 

This  beautiful  holding  was  taken  up  in  the 
brave  old  colonial  days.  Its  earlier  history  is 
exceedingly  interesting.  Its  first  owner  was  Mr. 
Lloyd,  a  Sydney  merchant,  and  an  early  pro- 
prietor of  the  Sydney  Sugar  Works.  He  sold  out 
to  Mr.  Augustus  Morris,  who  in  turn  passed  the 
property  on  to  Dr.  Youl  and  Mr.  Wm.  Martin, 
of  Melbourne.  Dr.  Youl  later  sold  out  his 
share  to  his  partner,  and  Mr.  Wm.  Martin  was 

I^^ined  in  partnership  by  the  Hon.  J.  G.  Francis. 
^P  Burrawang  was  purchased  In  1873  by  the  late 
Mr.  Thomas  Edols,  from  Messrs.  Francis  and 
Martin,  and  has  remained  in  the  possession  of  the 
F.dols  family  since  that  date.  At  the  time  of 
the  Edols'  purchase,  Burrawang  comprised 
520,000  acres,  and  was  practically  unimproved, 
the  wild  dogs  and  marsupials  being  very  trouble- 
some. Burrawang  had  been  a  speculative  pro- 
perty, rather  than  a  productive  proposition.     The 


Burrawang  House  and  Lagoon 


BURRAWANG 


late  Mr.  Thos.  Edols  enthusiastically  undertook 
the  task  of  Improving  the  place. 

Colossal  as  the  task  appeared  In  the  beginning, 
he  carried  it  stage  after  stage  to  ultimate  success. 
Vast  sums  were  expended  in  fencing,  clearing  and 
killing  scrub  and  timber,  in  the  sinking  of 
wells  and  making  dams.  A  great  expanse  covered 
by  swamps,  such  as  caused  Explorer  Oxley  to  de- 
clare the  Lachlan  "an  impenetrable  morass,"  was 
transformed  into  good  pasture-land  by  the  potent 
agency  of  over  a  hundred  miles  of  drains.  The 
entire  property  was  subdivided  into  about  150 
paddocks  for  stock. 

Years  of  patient  endeavour  gradually  brought 
Burrawang  to  a  very  high  state  of  perfection. 
Coevally  with  the  material  improvement  of 
the  estate,  the  development  of  Its  flocks  was 
carefully  carried  out.  When  the  run  was  owned 
by  Messrs.  Francis  and  Martin,  Its  sheep  bore  a 
good  flow  of  South  Australian  blood  in  them. 
Most  of  the  ewes  had  been  purchased  from  Mr. 
Hurtle  Fisher,  Mount  Schank  and  Mount  Gam- 
bier,  South  Australia,  while  some  came  from  the 
Liverpool  Plains. 


927 


92t 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


In  1875,  five  hundred  rams  were  purchased 
from  Mr.  Nicholas  Bayly,  in  his  day  a  pre-eminent 
breeder,  who  made  the  Havilah  sheep  celebrated. 
In  the  Havilah  purchase  there  was  found  a  ram 
of  such  high  character  that  it  was  decided  to  use 
it  in  the  stud  flock.  This  decision  proved  to  be 
a  wise  one,  for  the  experiment,  if  such  a  display 
of  sound  judgment  can  be  so  termed,  proved  com- 
pletely successful.       Competing  at  Forbes  Show 


The  late  Thos.  Edols 


this  ram  beat  one  bought  in  Tasmania  for  three 
figures. 

Later  Mr.  Edols  was  induced  to  purchase  rams 
from  the  late  Hon.  James  Gibson,  of  Belle  Vue, 
Epping,  the  doyen  of  Tasmanian  breeders.  The 
Tasmanian  strain  did  not,  however,  prove  suit- 
able. The  progeny  was  discarded,  and  the  rams 
sold. 

In  1880  six  rams  were  purchased  from  Austin 
and  Millear,  Wanganella.  One  of  these  rams, 
old  "Bestwool,"  laid  the  foundation  of  the  present 
high  reputation  of  the  flock.  At  the  same  time 
some  700  two-tooth  rams  were  purchased  from 
the  same  source,  being  mostly  of  the  Premier  and 
Warrior  strains,  considered  two  of  the  best  rams 
on  Wanganella.  Two  more  high-class  Wan- 
ganella rams  were  purchased  in  1887.  Since 
that  year  no  further  purchases  have  been  made, 
but  the  aim  of  the  stud  has  always  been  to  pro- 
duce a  sheep  of  the  Wanganella  type  and  improve 
it  if  possible. 

The  late  Mr.  Thos.  Edols  made  the  develop- 
ment of  Burrawang  his  life's  work  A  native  of 
Bridgewater,  Somersetshire,  where  he  was  born  in 
1 8 19,  he  came  to  Tasmania  at  the  age  of  thirteen, 
and  spent  some  years  in  the  island  State,  after- 


^ 


C.  Hedley  Edols 


wards  engaging  in  farming  pursuits  in  Victoria. 
For  some  years  he  owned  and  worked  a  farm 
known  as  "Edolstone,"  at  Cowie's  Creek,  near 
Geelong.  In  1857  he  was  awarded  a  prize  for 
the  best  managed  farm  in  the  district.  Subse- 
quently, Mr.  Edols  purchased  a  station  known  as 
"Upper  Regions,"  Bonnigar,  near  Dimboola,  in 
Victoria.  He  remained  there  for  some  years, 
afterwards  selling  out  and  migrating  to  Burra- 
wang. 

In  1895  the  property  was  formed  into  a  limited 
liability  company,  with  the  shares  apportioned 
among  the  family.  During  the  later  years  of  his 
life,  Mr.  Thos.  Edols  gradually  relinquished  the 


Thos.  Reginald  Edols 


BURRAWANG 


929 


Typical  Burrawang  Stud  Bams 


active  management  of  the  estate  to  his  four  sons, 
Frank,  Hedley,  Ernest,  and  Edward,  who  con- 
tinued in  their  father's  progressive  footsteps. 
The  last-named  died  in  1906.  A  few  years  later, 
Hedley  and  Frank  bought  out  the  beneficiaries 
under  their  father's  will.  Subsequently,  they 
dissolved  partnership  and  divided  the  estate  and 
its  flock  equally,  taking  pick  for  pick  of  the  sheep. 
Mr.  Hedley  Edols  retained  the  old  home,  and  his 
brother  took  the  upper  part  of  the  run. 

Burrawang  to-day  consists  of  42,000  acres, 
carrying  30,000  sheep,  and  is  divided  into  a  dozen 
sections,  all  rabbit-proof  netted.  Most  of  it  is 
open  country  timbered  with  belah,  myall,  box,  and 
pine.  The  black  and  red  soils  insure  valu- 
able pastures,  and  a  large  portion  of  the  estate 
is  suitable  for  agriculture,  a  good  deal  of  wheat 
being  grown,  while  the  rich  black  soil  of  the  river 
flats  and  the  drained  swamps  afford  excellent  fat- 
tening areas  for  stock.  Besides  the  Lachlan 
River,  the  property  is  liberally  watered  by  creeks, 
and  there  is  a  large  lagoon  of  some  three  miles 
in  length,  which  gives  a  picturesque  water  front- 
age to  the  homestead  and  provides  the  family 
with  swimming  and  boating. 

The  Burrawang  woolshed  is  among  the  largest 
in  the  State,  and  is  fitted  with  88  sheds  of  electric 
machine  shears,  the  electricity  being  generated  by 
a  steam  engine. 

The  Burrawang  sheep  are  of  a  most  valuable 
type,  deep-framed  and  roomy,  carrying  heavy 
fleeces  of  a  class  of  wool  much  sought  after  by 
buyers.  The  sheep  are  unhoused  and  purely 
grass-fed,  and  have  a  uniform  and  robust  appear- 
ance, with  bold  fronts  and  level  well-topped 
frames,  well-sprung  ribs,  and  a  great  depth  of 
body.  The  stud  sheep  are  greatly  sought  after, 
not  only  in  New  South  Wales  and  Queensland,  but 


also  in  South  Africa,  to  which  latter  country  large 
shipments  have  been  made  with  very  satisfactory 
results.  Their  highest  average  at  auction  was 
made  at  the  Sydney  Stud  Sheep  Fair  in  19 10, 
when  £167  per  head  was  netted.  The  demand 
nowadays  is  greater  than  the  supply. 

As  many  as  273,000  sheep  have  been  shorn 
at  old  Burrawang  off  300,000  acres,  returning 
wool  within  seven  bales  of  5,000.  Its  show-ring 
record  is  an  excellent  one.  Between  1882  and  1890 
150  Burrawang  sheep  were  shown  at  Forbes, 
winning  fourteen  championships,  forty-six  firsts, 
fifteen  seconds  and  twenty-four  special  prizes, 
these  being  about  equally  divided  between  rams 
and  ewes.  Twenty  thousand  sheep  were  shorn 
in  two  days  by  eighty-eight  shearers  in  Burrawang 
wool-shed. 

South  African  appreciation  of  Burrawang 
sheep  is  well  expressed  in  the  following  letter 
which  appeared  in  the  'T^armers'  Weekly,"  pub- 
lished in  Bloemfontein,  signed  by  Messrs.  W.  D. 
Hilder  and  Co.,  of  the  Transvaal,  under  the  head- 
ing, "A  suitable  type  for  South  Africa"  : — 

"About  18  months  ago  we  imported  from  Aus- 
tralia thirty  Burrawang  sheep,  originated  from 
the  Wanganella  type.  When  they  arrived  we 
were  very  pleased  indeed  with  them,  for  they 
were  covered  with  beautiful  long  wool  of  very 
good  quality,  and  the  rams  were  of  a  large  robust 
type.  Shortly  after  we  got  them  they  became 
beautifully  fat:  South  Africa  undoubtedly  agreed 
with  them.  They  showed  themselves  a  very 
handy  sheep,  and  sheared  from  18  to  23  lbs.  of 
fine  clean  wool.  The  following  season,  on  a 
very  poor  pasture,  they  sheared  from  17  to  20  lbs. 
On  the  arrival  of  these  rams  we  asked  the 
opinions  of  many  farmers,  which  were  anything 


930 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Mount  Burrawang 


but  encouraging.  Had  we  listened  to  them,  we 
should  no  doubt  have  soon  parted  with  our  rams. 
We  have  now  1,300  lambs  from  them,  and  a  finer 
set  of  lambs  we  have  never  had  since  we  started 
sheep-farming.  The  wool  of  these  lambs  was 
recently  sent  to  Durban.  The  seven  months' 
wool,  unsorted,  fetched  9^.  and  the  four  and  a 
half  months'  wool  fetched  8-%d.  The  bales  aver- 
aged 380  lbs.,  so  their  wool  is  not  so  light,  after 
all.  The  lambs  have  shown  themselves  very 
hardy  up  to  the  present,  and  get  fat  on  any 
ordinary  pasture.  We  have  also  imported  twenty- 
five  Burrawang  ewes,  which  lambed  here  when  we 
had  no  provision  for  them.  They  made  splen- 
did mothers,  had  any  amount  of  milk,  and  reared 
their  lambs  with  absolutely  no  trouble.  The 
ewes  clipped  from   12  to   14  lbs.     .     .     .       We 


are  convinced  this  is  the  true  type  of  sheep  for 
South  Africa." 

As  a  result  of  the  demand  in  South  Africa  for 
his  sheep,  on  top  of  the  big  output  to  Queensland, 
Mr.  Edols  finds  it  difficult  to  keep  pace  with  his 
market.  This  has  led  to  prices  being  increased 
for  his  stud  sheep. 

Apart  from  the  improvements  on  natural  values, 
which  have  made  Burrawang  a  model  Australian 
station,  its  stock  have  brought  credit  and  adver- 
tisement to  the  Commonwealth. 

Mr.  C.  Hedley  Edols,  the  master  of  Burra- 
wang, has  a  family  of  three  sons  and  three 
daughters.  The  eldest  son,  Thomas  Reginald, 
joined  in  19 16  the  howitzer  brigade  of  the  Aus- 
tralian Field  Artillery,  and  has  since  been  trans- 
ferred to  the  Royal  Flying  Corps. 


Shearing  Sheep  by  Machinery:  Burrawang  Wool-shed 


THE    TOCAL    HEREFORDS, 
AND  SOME  NOTABLE  THOROUGHBRED  HORSES 


ALTHOUGH  the  Tocal  Hereford  herd  was 
not  the  first  to  be  established  in  Australia, 
its  history  links  up  the  greatest  herd  of  the 
very  early  days.  The  names  of  Hobbler,  of 
the  Hunter  River,  and  Reynolds,  of  the  Paterson 
River,  are  very  prominent  among  the  pioneers  of 
the  industry. 

Charles  Reynolds  was  himself  the  son  of  a 
great  breeder  of  stock  and  prize-winner  in  Eng- 
land. He  had  for  some  years  managed  his 
father's  stud  of  horses  and  cattle  at  Raddon 
Court,  Exeter,  and  when  in  1839  he  decided  to 
transfer  his  interests  to  Australia,  the  stud  was 
disposed  of. 

Fired  with  the  ambition  to  take  a  high  place 
among  Australian  breeders,  his  fine  practical  ex- 


perience stood  him  in  good  stead.  Soon  after  his 
arrival  from  England  in  1840,  Mr.  Reynolds 
rented  Louth  Park,  near  Maitland,  and  purchased 
from  Mr.  Geo.  Hobbler,  some  Hereford  cows 
and  the  bull.  Captain,  a  son  of  Trojan  (im- 
ported). This  bull  was  used  until  1849,  when 
he  died  from  snake  bite,  his  place  in  the  herd  being 
taken  by  his  son,  Thurlow.  He  also  kept  a  few 
Leicester  sheep. 

In  1 84 1  C.  Reynolds  and  his  brother  Richard 
purchased  the  Mooki  Station  on  Liverpool  Plains 
and  at  the  outset  lost  80  per  cent,  of  their  cattle 
from  drought.  Mr.  Reynolds  retained  his  in- 
terest in  the  Mooki  station  until  1848  and  then 
sold  out  to  his  brother,  Richard. 


Champion  Tocal  Hereford  Cow:  Minerva 


932 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  late  Charles  Reynolds 


At  that  time  the  pioneer  breeder  of  Hereford 
and  Devon  cattle  in  the  Hunter  district  was 
George  Hobbler,  who  had  previously  imported 
good  specimens  of  the  breeds  from  England  to 
Tasmania  in  the  earliest  days  of  that  colony,  and 
from  there  to  New  South  Wales.  He  remained 
at  Louth  Park  until  1848.  On  January  ist, 
1844,  he  leased  the  Tocal  Estate,  on  the  Paterson 
River,  9  miles  from  Maitland,  and  removed  his 
Hereford  cattle  and  horses  from  Louth  Park  to 
Tocal,  which  has  since,  under  himself  and  his 
son,  won  and  maintained  a  reputation  as  one  of 
the  greatest  breeding-grounds  for  cattle  and 
thoroughbred  horses  in  Australia. 

This  fine  estate  comprises  4,360  acres  on  the 
Paterson  River,  with  numerous  creeks,  dams,  and 
springs,  so  that  there  is  abundance  of  water.  It 
is  ideal  stock-raising  country. 

When  he  first  established  himself  at  Tocal, 
Mr.  Charles  Reynolds,  in  1856,  imported  from 
England,  the  Hereford  bull,  The  Captain  ( 1409) 
— a  Royal  prize-winner  in  England — also  the  cow. 
Wanton,  with  the  heifer-calf.  Columbine,  at  foot. 
Two  years  later  he  bought  the  imported  bull 
Thruxton  (1422),  and  then  followed  Lord  Ash- 
ford  and  Royal  Head,  the  latter,  a  big  winner  in 
England,  becoming  the  sire  of  Triumph  and  Sir 
James.  Sir  James  was  a  phenomenal  sire.  Lord 
Ashford  produced  some  grand  stock.  Next  Mr. 
Reynolds  used  in  turn  Wanderer  (The  Captain — 
Wanton),  Calendar,  Young  Carlisle,  a  pheno- 
menal bull  by  The  Captain  out  of  Columbine. 


In  i860  he  had  purchased  the  estate  of  Dunin- 
ald,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  Paterson  River, 
which  he  had  leased  for  some  years  previously, 
and  there  established  his  herd  of  Devon  cattle, 
while  the  Herefords  were  bred  at  Tocal.  He 
was  seldom  beaten  in  the  Hunter  district,  and  he 
and  his  son  since  have  raised  many  Hereford 
bulls  and  cows  which  have  carried  off  champion- 
ships and  first  prizes  in  Royal  Shows.  It  is,  in- 
deed, impossible  to  do  more  than  refer  briefly  to 
that  fact — of  trophies  and  medals  there  are  cabi- 
nets full  at  Tocal,  championship  ribbons,  and  cups. 
The  Tocal  Herefords  were  winning  prizes  at  the 
H.R.A.  and  H.  Association  Show  in  Maitland  in 
1845. 

As  a  breeder  of  thoroughbred  horses,  Mr. 
Charles  Reynolds  was  destined  to  make  a  great 
success.  The  Tocal  stud  soon  became  known 
far  and  wide  on  the  turf  and  in  the  breeding 
stables.  He  had  brought  together  some  good 
mares  of  the  then  most  famous  breeds,  and  the 
sires  Auron,  Akbar,  Emigrant,  and  Gratis — all 
the  best  procurable.  In  1854  he  purchased 
Cossack,  the  son  of  Sir  Hercules  and  Flora 
Mclvor — who  was  the  most  renowned  colonial 
racehorse  of  his  time,  and  from  this  infusion  of 
crack  blood  the  Tocal  stud  dates  its  fame.  Cos- 
sack also  sired  the  Champion  Stakes  winner, 
Talleyrand. 

His  purchase  in  1864  of  New  Warrior,  a  per- 
former of  note  in  England,  resulted  in  the  ac- 
quisition of  a  fine  progeny,  including  Tim  Wiffler, 
The  Pearl,  Warrior,  Tarragon,  Tinfinder  (the 
dam  of  The  Assyrian),  Romula,  The  Prophet, 
Volunteer,  Juanita,  Detection,  Lottery,  Phyrrus, 
The  Spy,  Titania,  and  others  of  equally  high 
repute.  In  1869  he  bought  the  famous  race- 
horse. The  Barb,  from  Mr.  Tait  for  2,000 
guineas  for  stud  purposes  to  follow  New  Warrior. 
Of  this  horse,  that  good  judge,  James  Wilson, 
senr.,  said,  "The  Barb  was  a  Shakespeare  among 
horses." 

Mr.  Charles  Reynolds  died  in  1871,  owing  to 
an  accident,  at  the  age  of  65  years.  His  widow 
lived  until  1900,  when  she  died  at  the  age  of  82 
years,  her  family  consisting  of  four  sons.  At 
Mrs.  Charles  Reynolds'  death  the  studs  were 
dispersed.  Mr.  Frank  Reynolds,  who  took  on 
the  Tocal  property,  bought  the  pick  of  the  Here- 
fords. Mr.  Frank  Reynolds'  sons  are  Charles, 
Darcie  Frank  (who  is  now  the  manager  of  Tocal 
for  his  father),  Henry  Ernest,  and  Arthur  Rens; 
the  last-named  is  serving  with  the  6th  Light  Horse 
in  Palestine. 

In  T873,  the  Hereford  cows  Lioness,  Con- 
stance, Chloe,  Careless,  Circe,  Josephine,  and 
Carissima,  were  purchased  from  J.  D.  Toosey,  of 
Cressy,  Tasmania.       They    were    all    descended 


THE  TOCAL  HEREFORDS  AND  THOROUGHBREDS 


933 


from  Matchless  and  another  cow  imported  from 
England  by  the  Cressy  Co.  in  1825.  In  1876 
the  yearling  heifer,  Last  Day,  descended  from 
Rebecca  (imp.),  was  purchased  from  Mr.  George 
Loder.  From  this  cow  descend  the  famous  Last 
Day  family.  In  1879  15  Hereford  cows,  all 
descendants  of  Minerva  (imp.)  were  purchased 
from  Mr.  A.  A.  Dangar. 

In  1 88  I  Dale  Tredegar,  a  winner  at  the  Royal 
Show  in  England,  was  purchased,  and  his  influence 
on  the  herd  was  noteworthy;  his  sons  Bondsman 
and  The  King  of  the  Vale,  were  in  their  turn  suc- 
cessful sires  at  Tocal.  Pearl  Diver  4th,  by  Pearl 
Diver  (imp.)  out  of  Leonora  2nd  (imp.), 
an  English  Royal  Show  winner,  was  next 
introduced.  In  1884,  Lord  Warden  was  pur- 
chased for  £300,  and  among  later  importa- 
tions were  Prince,  Sarchedon,  Three  R's,  Chippen- 
dale, Silurian,  Knight-]-"rrant,  Rossmore,  Duke  of 
Albany,  who  won  the  Championship  at  the  Royal 
Sydney  Show  in  1903,  1904,  and  1905,  M'nevis, 
bred  by  Mr.  James  Stuckey,  of  New  Zealand, 
Blenheim  and  Major  from  the  noted  English 
breeder,  Mr.  John  Tudge.  Blenheim  was  three- 
parts  brother  to  Princess  May,  the  English  cham- 
pion. Then  we  come  to  the  great  sire  Wonder, 
imported  at  the  end  of  1907  by  Mr.  Frank  Rey- 
nolds, and  which  is  well  remembered  by  breeders 
as  one  of  the  finest  Hereford  bulls  that  ever  came 
to  Australia. 

Wonder  produced  in  Australia  a  fine  list  of 
bulls  and  cows,  champions  all.      Prince  Edward 


was  also  contemporary  with  Wonder,  and  he  was 
an  example  of  what  could  be  done  in  breeding 
bulls  at  Tocal.  In  191 2  Prime  Minister  came 
from  the  Tudge  stud  and  proved  a  very  success- 
ful introduction.  In  the  following  year  Mr. 
Reynolds  began  to  use  the  Tocal-bred  Manifesto, 
by  Rossmore-Maritana.  Duplicate  (imp.)  went 
into  the  stud  in  19 14,  and  in  the  same  year  Twy- 
ford  Horace  was  bought  from  Mr.  S.  G.  Hayter, 
of  Twvford,  Herefordshire.  He  was  a  well-bred 
bull  of  Lord  Wilton  descent,  and  he  sired  Twy- 
ford  Major,  Twyford  Lord,  and  others.  Lord 
Palmerston,  one  of  the  crack  Tocal  bulls  was  put 
into  the  stud  also  in  19 14,  and  so  was  the  prize 
bull  Wonder  31st.  In  the  following  year  Mr. 
Reynolds  imported  Broadward  Waterloo,  and 
began  to  use  Wonderful  (by  Wonder),  another 
great  prize  winner. 

After  Mr.  Frank  Reynolds  succeeded  to  the 
charge  of  the  Tocal  racing  stud,  the  next  stallion 
purchased  was  one  of  the  greatest  Australia  has 
known — Goldsborough.  His  history  is  worthy  of  a 
separate  article,  but  it  must  suflSce  to  mention  here 
that  he  sired  the  winners  of  six  hundred  races, 
worth  nearly  £75,000.  Among  his  daughters, 
was  Frailty  the  dam  of  Trenton,  Niagara,  Havoc, 
Zalinski,  Cuirassier,  and  Lancaster.  Then  fol- 
lowed the  notable  stallion,  The  Drummer,  a  son 
of  Stockwell's  brother  Rataplan;  he  did  excellent 
service  at  Tocal,  siring  The  Pontiff,  Chicago, 
Drum  Major,  and  others  winners  of  lesser  note. 
Then  Splendor,  a  fine    horse  by  Speculum  from 


Imported  Hereford  Bull:   Twyford  Horace 


934 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


a   Stockwell   mare,   was   procured   and   he   sired 
winners  of  over  four  hundred   races,   valued  at 


Frank  Keynolds 


£43,337.  The  two  stallions.  Simmer  (imported) 
and  Medallion  were  secured  for  the  St.  Simon  and 
Musket  blood,  which  has  been  liberally  crossed 
on  the  dams  descended  from  New  Warrior,  The 


Barb,  The  Drummer,  Goldsborough,  and  Splen- 
dor. 

A  noteworthy  stallion  of  the  first  decade  of  this 
century  was  Sir  Tristram,  a  princely  sire,  by  the 
great  Bend  Or,  winner  of  the  Derby  and  sire  of 
Ormonde,  with  a  pedigree  "as  long  as  your  arm." 
Medallion  was  Sir  Tristram's  confrere  at  Tocal, 
and  he  was  a  son  of  Nordenfeldt,  and  showed  all 
the  characteristics  of  the   famed  Musket  blood. 

Imported  in  19 12,  Knightlight,  bred  by  Lord 
Rosebery,  with  a  record  of  twenty-eight  winners 
up  to  date,  is  at  present  in  the  Tocal  stables. 
Last  year  (1917)  Mr.  Reynolds  bought  the  im- 
ported Don  Reynaldo  by  St.  Trusquin  (win- 
ner of  the  Two  Thousand  Guineas,  and  other  races 
worth  £32,965  ) .  He  is  a  half-brother  of  Diadem, 
and  was  bred  by  Lord  D'Abercorn.  Diadem  won 
the  Two  Thousand  Guineas  Stakes. 

Although  the  Reynolds  family  have  been  iden- 
tified with  Tocal  for  so  many  years,  it  is  only 
recently  that  Mr.  Frank  Reynolds  has  had  the 
opportunity  of  purchasing  it.  He  also  owns 
Glendarra,  a  small  property  adjoining,  and  Guy- 
gallen,  consisting  of  3,200  acres  farther  up  the 
Paterson  River.  These  are  worked  in  connection 
with  Tocal. 


The  Homestead,  Tocal 


mmmsi 


,,-,.. ;if#^ 


■^fy" 


f 


iH 


y /'^ 


'.<^- 


^  T) 


The  Garden,  Mookl  Springs 


MOOKI  SPRINGS  STATION, 

A  NOTED  LIVERPOOL  PLAINS  ESTATE 


ONE  of  the  oldest,  most  highly  improved 
and  famous  stud  breeding  and  fattening 
properties  on  the  far-famed  Liverpool 
Plains  is  Mooki  Springs  Station,  situated  250 
miles  from  Sydney,  some  19  miles  west  of  Quir- 
indi,  at  the  southern  end  of  the  north-west  slope  of 
New  South  Wales. 

Mooki  Springs  is  the  property  of  Mr.  Rodney 
R.  Dangar,  eldest  son  of  the  late  A.  A.  Dangar. 
It  comprises  26,000  acres  of  black-soil  plains,  with 
pine  ridges  on  basalt  formation,  watered  by  the 
Mooki  River  and  numerous  wells.  Water  is 
obtainable  at  a  depth  of  30  to  loo  feet.  The 
;area  of  the  estate  formerly  embraced  about 
46,000  acres,  but  through  sales  of  some  20,000 
acres,  the  dimensions  are  on  a  less  ample  scale. 
It  is  practically  wholly  a  pastoral  property,  sub- 
divided into  <;4  paddocks,  which  are  gradually 
being  fenced  into  smaller  paddocks.      Lucerne  is 

I  grown,  and  wheaten  and  oaten  hay  for  the  pur- 
pose of  supplying  the  station  with  feed  for  the 
working  stock. 


in 

»: 

I 

p 

i 


Tts  fame  has  been  most  widely  spread  among 
stock  owners  by  its  high-class  stud  animals,  and, 
among  fat-stock  buyers  and  the  meat  trade,  as  a 
fattening  property. 

Three  separate  studs  demand  close  attention — 
Suffolk  Punch  horses,  Durham  cattle,  and  Devon 
long-woolled  sheep. 

Suffolk  Punches  have  been  bred  at  Mooki 
Springs  for  the  last  25  years;  the  stud  comprises 
40  brood  mares.  There  is  a  keen  demand  for 
mares  and  geldings,  and  when  any  consignments 
are  offered  at  auction  they  evoke  ready  competi- 
tion. At  a  sale  at  Maitland  in  19 13,  on  behalf 
of  the  executors  of  the  late  A.  A.  Dangar,  of 
Baroona,and  R.  R.  Dangar,  of  Mooki  Springs,  1 14 
head  were  yarded  to  a  large  attendance  of  buyers. 
Bidding  was  brisk  and  very  satisfactory  prices 
were  realised.  Geldings  made  from  £45  to  £53, 
mares  £40,  fillies  £30,  three-year-olds  £20  to  £25. 
This  is  one  of  the  many  successful  sales  that  has 
taken  place  of  the  well-known  breed. 


9.35 


936 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Devon  Long-Woolled  Sheep,  Mookl  Springs 


With  regard  to  Shorthorn  cattle,  during  the 
last  I  8  years  five  bulls  have  been  imported  from 
England,  to  keep  the  stud  up  to  the  highest 
standard.  Other  bulls  have  also  been  purchased 
at  the  Royal  Agricultural  Show  Sales,  Sydney, 
from  time  to  time,  amongst  them  being  ii6th 
Duke  of  Derrimut,  Champion  at  the  Royal  in 
IQ13.  There  is  a  strong  demand  for  Mooki 
bulls;  they  are  snapped  up  readily  at  12  months 
old.  The  stud  consists  of  some  60  high-class 
pedigreed  cows. 

The  breeding  of  Durhams  was  commenced  at 
Mooki  Springs  in  1882,  soon  after  the  station  was 


purchased,  but  no  records  were  kept  until  1898, 
when,  Messrs.  Dangar  Bros,  having  dissolved 
partnership,  the  property  was  taken  by  the  late 
Mr.  A.  A.  Dangar,  who  for  many  years  owned 
the  well-known  Baroona  herd  of  Durhams  which 
had  been  dispersed  in  1891. 

In  1897  Mr.  Dangar  imported  two  very  fine 
bulls — a  red,  Baron  Dursley  5th,  bred  by  Sir 
Nigel  Kingscote,  and  a  roan,  Roxana's  Prince, 
bred  by  Major  A.  H.  Brown.  These  were  joined 
with  fifty  cows,  the  pick  of  the  whole  Noorindoo 
herd  sent  down  from  Queensland  early  in  1898, 
and  fifty,  the  pick  of  the  Mooki  Springs  Station 
cows. 


;'  \r'-     ]  ] 


.v^gwip'^-'jaL^ 


Suffolk  Punch  Horses,  Mooki  Springs 


n 

3 


5 


o 
o 


o 

M 

o 
o 


937 


938 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Baron  Oxford  21st, 
Mooki  Shorthorn  Stud  Bull 


Some  of  the  Noorindoo  stud  cows  were  de- 
scended from  cows  bought  by  Messrs.  Dangar  and 
Bell,  of  Noorindoo,  from  Messrs.  D.  C.  McCon- 
nell  and  Sons,  Cressbrook,  in  1885,  and  running 
back  to  original  A.  A.  Company's  cows  in  the 
middle  of  the  last  century,  when  all  the  A.  A. 
Company's  cattle  were  descended  from  imported 
stock. 

Two  very  line  heifers  were  bought  at  the  R.A.S 
Show,  Sydney,  in  1908,  viz.,  Flower  of  Derrimut 
41st,  and  Royal  Matilda  and.      Purchases  of  stud 
cows  were  also  made  at  the  Burrawang  dispersal 
sale. 


Of  the  imported  bulls  used  during  the  last 
twenty  years  five  have  not  been  used  outside  the 
Mooki  Springs  herd,  and  their  blood  is  unobtain- 
able excepting  from  bulls  sold  from  the  estate. 
The  chief  objective  in  the  management  of  this 
herd  has  been  to  breed  robust,  early  maturing, 
lengthy  cattle,  red  or  rich  roan  in  color,  suitable 
for  Queensland  conditions,  most  of  the  young 
bulls  having  been  sent  to  that  State. 

The  cattle  are  all  grass-fed,  and  always  live 
under  natural  conditions.  A  sale  of  portion  of 
the  herd  took  place  at  Quirindi  on  i8th  April, 
19 17,  when  bidding  was  spirited  and  high  prices 
were  realised. 

The  stud  and  flock  of  Devon  long-woolled  sheep 
at  Mooki  Springs  is  the  only  one  in  Australia. 
The  first  importation  was  made  by  the  late  Mr. 
A.  A.  Dangar  in  1897.  The  first  draft  of  12 
rams  (put  to  Boonoke  ewes)  was  tried  for  two 
years.  So  satisfactory  was  it  that  further  im- 
portations of  rams  and  ewes  were  made,  establish- 
ing the  stud.  They  are  in  size  long,  with  deep 
bodies,  and  are  early-maturing.  The  wool  is  of 
the  Lincoln  type.  Lambs  by  Devon  rams  out  of 
crossbred  or  comeback  ewes  average  4olbs.,  and 
are  readily  sold  to  the  freezing  works  at  Aber- 
deen. 

Stock  shades  on  the  open  plain  are  much  in 
favor  at  Mooki,  owing  to  the  absence  of  flies. 
In  places  where  flies  are  troublesome  you  will  see 
sheep  go  and  camp  in  the  open  plain,  rather  than 
seek  shade  in  timber  where  flies  are  troublesome. 
There  are  thousands  of  kurrajong  trees  on  the 


Young  Durham  Bulls,  Mooki  Springs 


i 


MOOKI  SPRINGS  STATIOX 


939 


property,   which  are   of  the  greatest  value,   and  He  returned  to    Australia    via    America  and 

were  the  means  of  saving  much  stock  in  the  1902  Canada  in  1894.      The  trip  through  Canada  was 

drought.        Any  young  trees   found   growing  in  one  to  be   remembered,   being  held  up   for   five 

the  paddocks  are  looked  after  and  protected,  as  days  at  Calgary  owing  to  heavy  floods.        The 

the  value  of  them  is  inestimable  in  times  of  emer-  railway  was  washed  away  in  many  places  through- 

g^"cy.  out    the    Rocky    Mountains     which    necessitated 


■^C!SCI2E=s* 


■»c«y 


•=2CCIZ2Z5^ 


I 


yssE.  ...«ff?iMwqB 


The  Home  Paddocks,  Mooki  Springs 


Mr.  H.  C.  Carter  is  the  manager  of  the 
Station,  and  has  been  with  the  Messrs.  Dangar 
for  25  years.  It  is  greatly  owing  to  his  discern- 
ment and  good  judgment  that  the  studs  have  been 
so  successful. 

Mr.  Rodney  R.  Dangar  was  educated  at  All 
'Saints'  College,  Bathurst,  N.S.W.  In  1890  he 
went  to  England  and  remained  away  for  four 
years.  Most  of  that  time  was  divided  between 
the  Colonial  Agricultural  College,  HoUesley  Bay, 
Suffolk,  a  shipping  merchant's  office  in  London, 
and  some  months  in  Bradford,  acquiring  a  close 
insight  into  the  handling  of  wool.  All  this, 
besides  seeing  the  world,  was  a  splendid  training 
for  his  future  life  in  the  pastoral  and  commercial 
activities  of  Australia. 


^^■activ 


seven  transfers  gnd  very  little  to  eat  for  two 
days.  Eventually  he  got  through  to  Vancouver, 
doing  about  50  miles  by  steamer  on  the  Eraser 
River,  as  the  line  was  completely  submerged  for 
that  distance.  When  he  returned  to  Australia, 
he  went,  in  July,  1894,  to  Mooki  Springs  and 
gained  his  station  experience  there,  and  at 
Yallaroi  and  Gostwyck. 

In  1899  the  late  A.  A.  Dangar  went  to  England 
and  left  R.  R.  Dangar  to  supervise  all  his  interests 
in  Australia.  This  work  he  carried  on  until 
19 1 2,  when  the  properties  were  divided  amongst 
the  sons,  and  he  then  became  the  owner  of  Mooki 
Springs  and  Waterloo  Stations  (the  latter  has  been 
recently  sold). 

In  19 1 2  "Peach  Trees"  was  purchased,  a  pro- 
perty of  2,500  acres  on  the  North  Coast  of  New 


940 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


Mooki  Springs  Stud  Shorthorn  Cows 


South  Wales,  eight  miles  from  Stroud.  It  is 
heavily  grassed,  well  watered,  well  improved 
country,  with  an  easterly  aspect  and  an  assured 
rainfall  of  over  40  inches  a  year.  Various  clovers 
and  other  grasses  have  been  laid  down  with 
marked  success.  It  has  proved  a  very  useful 
adjunct  to  Mooki  Springs,  in  the  shape  of  a  depot 


and  relief,  country  during  droughty  periods,  its 
carrying  capacity  being  about  600  to  700  head  of 
cattle. 

Lately  Mr.  R.  R.  Dangar  has  purchased 
"Rotherwood" — a  charming  country  home  near 
Sutton  Forest,  in  the  Moss  Vale  District,  where 
he  intends  to  reside. 


wamm 


^  mi^.^^SSiu^ 


Shaded  Water-troughs  on  the  Plain  Country,  and  Stock  Shades  in  Background 


The  Original  Edinglassie 
(From  contemporary  water-color  drawing) 


EDINGLASSIE 
AND  THE  MYSTERIOUS  DIVINING- ROD 


Ja 


EDINGLASSIE,  Muswellbrook,  is  one  of 
the  oldest  and  best-known  properties  in 
New  South  Wales.  It  was  originally  a 
grant  made  to  one  George  Forbes  (a  brother  of 
Sir  Francis  Forbes)  in  the  very  early  days  of  last 
century.  The  Australian  pastoral  industry  was 
young,  but  full  of  promise.  Pastoral  settlement 
was  spreading  westward  into  newly-discovered 
country  across  the  Blue  Mountains  and  north- 
ward to  the  Hunter  River. 

Edinglassie  did  not  remain  long  in  the  hands 
Mr.  Forbes,  but  was  acquired  by  the  late  Mr. 
ames  White,  the  founder  of  a  family  which  has 
played  a  most  important  part  in  the  development 
of  pastoralism.  This  gentleman — the  grand- 
father of  the  present  owner,  the  Hon.  J.  C. 
White — came  to  Australia  in  the  early  'twenties 
to  manage  one  of  the  Australian  Agricultural 
Company's  properties  in  the  Stroud  district.  A 
few  years  later  he  purchased  Edinglassie  on  his 
own  account,  and  stocked  it  with  sheep. 


k 


Edinglassie  when  it  came  to  the-  hands  of 
James  White,  senr.,  was  a  "run"  little  improved, 
and  incapable  of  carrying  anything  like  the  num- 
ber of  stock  which  may  be  depastured  on  such  a 
property  to-day. 

All  the  adventure  and  uncertainty  of  frontier 
life  were  still  incidental  to  Hunter  River  settle- 
ment. Social  conditions  were  rough  and  crude. 
The  settlers  depended  almost  entirely  upon  convict 
labor  for  the  development  of  such  primiti\'e  in- 
dustries  as  they  were   endeavoring  to  establish. 

Often  properties — of  great  value  nowadays — 
were  exchanged  for  annuities.  The  owner  of  the 
land  received  no  cash  but  an  annual  payment,  the 
purchaser  gambling  on  the  length  of  the  vendor's 
life. 

Fine-woolled  merinos  were  raised  on  the 
Hunter  River  in  large  numbers,  while  the  colony 
was  still  an  outpost  of  civilization.  Edinglassie 
took  its  place  in  the  van  of  the  young  industry, 
and  boasted  one  of  the  leading  flocks.       In  later 


941 


942 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


years,  when  the  finer  grasses  were  all  eaten  out, 
sheep  gave  place  to  horses  and  cattle,  a  condition 
which    has    remained    permanent.        Edinglassie 


terms  of  land  and  sheep,  but  poor  in  knowledge 
of  local  conditions.  Beyond  paddocks  for 
horses,  there  were  no  enclosures.        Sheep  were 


The  Late  James  White. 


The  Late  Francis  White 


James  White  The  Hon, 

Five  Generations  of  the   " 


J.   C.  White  James  White,  Jiinr. 

Edinglassie"  White  Family 


is  now  one  of  the  noted  fattening  properties  of  a 
celebrated  district. 

In  the  genesis  of  its  story  there  were  no  station 
sub-divisions  or  boundaries,  and  practically  no 
fencing.  Fencing  wire  did  not  come  into  use  in 
Australia  until  about  i860.  It  was  slow  work 
cutting  timber  and  erecting  post  and  rail  fences. 
It  was  then  a  general  belief  that  fortunes  might 
be  easily  and  rapidly  made  in  the  sheep  industry. 
The  high  hopes  of  many  a  settler  were  fulfilled  in 
years  of  early  plenty;  in  years  of  drought, 
ruin  came  to  many  who    had  been    wealthy    in 


shepherded    in    the    daytime    and    brought    ir 
enclosures  at  night  for  protection. 

The  Edinglassie  pioneer,  Mr.  James  White, 
proved  himself  an  able  sheep-breeder  and  station- 
manager.  He  did  remarkably  well  with  his 
flocks,  securing  additional  holdings  as  his  position 
improved.  At  his  death,  in  1844,  he  was  one 
of  the  leading  pastoralists  of  the  State,  and  had 
done  much  to  advance  the  iiiterests  of  the  Hunter 
River  district.  The  property  came  under  the 
control  of  his  widow,  who  proved  herself  a  most 
capable   manager   in   the   interests   of   her   sons, 


i 


943 


944 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


t 


A  Farm  on  the  Edinglassie  Estate 


f 


among  whom  were  the  Hon.  James  White  and 
Mr.  Francis  White.  The  latter  was  the  father 
of  the  present  owner  of  Edinglassie,  the  Hon.  J. 
C.  White  and  Mr.  Francis  J.  White,  of  Saumarez, 
Armidale.  Before  many  years  the  family  had 
considerably  extended  their  station  operations  by 
taking  up  Narran  Lake,  and  also  the  fine  property 
so  well  known  as  Belltrees,  and  at  a  later  period 
added  the  Waverley  estate  adjoining,  the  two 
forming  the  finest  estate  in  the  settled  districts 
of  the  colony. 

The  firm  of  White  Bros.,  consisting  of  the 
Hon.  J.  C.  White  and  his  five  children,  with 
headquarters  at  Edinglassie,  have  the  largest 
herd  of  pure  pedigree  Angus  cattle  in  Australia, 
importing  periodically  the  best  bulls  procurable 


An  Imported  Bull,  Edinglassie 


in   England.        1  he   bull    illustrated   is    a    recent 
importation  bred  by  J.  J.  Cridlan,  England. 

The  Whites  are  remarkable  men  in  more 
ways  than  one.  The  Hon.  James  C.  White,  of 
Edinglassie,  is  perhaps  one  of  the  most  successful 
water-diviners  in  the  State.  He  has  for  twenty 
years  been  studying  and  experimenting  with  the 
divining  rod,  and  has  patiently  put  all  research 
possible  into  the  work.  He  has  been  able  and 
happy  to  render  considerable  service  to  smaller 
settlers  by  finding  water  for  them  on  numerous  . 
occasions,  and  is  an  enthusiast  in  the  science. 

Like  electricity,  the  faculty  of  divination  escapes 
analysis.        It  is  a   subject  referred  to  elsewhere 
within  this  book.       In  some  instances  Mr.  White 
has  been  able  to  find  water  after  repeated  failures  ! 
in   promiscuous   sinking.        One   doubting   settler  ; 
refused  to  follow  his  advice.    He  put  down  bores  j 
and  sunk  several  wells,  against  Mr.  White's  judg-  [ 
ment — without     success.       The     latter     located 
water  a  short  distance  from  one  of  the  failures, 
and  eventually  induced  the  man  to  sink  there  by  | 
offering  to  bear  the  cost  of  the  work  if  he  was  i 
not  successful,  and  to  allow  the  settler,  who  had  i 
exhausted  his    funds,  to  repay    him    the  cost  ol ! 
sinking  over  a  period  of  years,  if  the  result  was  a| 
success.        1  he   water  was   found.  | 

In  another  case  a  Muswellbrook  gentleman  in 
voked  Mr.  White's  assistance  in  divining  watei  [ 
on  a  certain  paddock    which  had  been    acquiret  j 
and  which,  without  water,  would  be  a  bad  invest  | 
ment.     Mr.  White  eventually  located  a  good  flow 
He    estimated    the    depth    to    be    390    feet — thi 
water  was  found  at  40  feet. 


The  Hon.  James  0.  White  and  his  Divining  Eod 


945 


946 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  methods  adopted  by  Mr.  White  may  be 
thus  described:  He  first  locates  the  water  or 
underground  stream,  ascertains  its  course  by 
means  of  the  rod,  and  estimates  its  volume.  Hav- 
ing achieved  this  apparently  mysterious  result  he 
goes  into  the  centre,  or  what  represents  the  centre 
of  the  stream  on  the  surface,  and  brings  the  rod 
sharply  back  against  his  chest,  moving  off  briskly 
at  right  angles  from  the  course  of  the  stream. 
As  soon  as  the  rod  dips,  it  is  his  indication  as  to 
the  depth  at  which  water  will  be  found.  For  in- 
stance, if  he  starts  in  the  centre  of  the  stream 
and  walks  20  feet  prior  to  the  dip  of  the  rod,  he 
estimates  the  depth  at  20  feet. 

In  photograph  No.  i,  in  which  Mr.  White  is 
seen  holding  a  small  bag  in  his  hand,  he  is  dealing 
with  the  finding  of  other  substances  than  water, 
— for  which  he  uses  what  he  terms  a  "closed 
stick."  This  is  a  willow,  as  shown  in  the  photo- 
graph, the  ends  of  which  have  been  burnt  in  the 
fire,  and  will  give  no  response  to  the  finding  of 
water  or  any  substance  unless  that  substance  is  held 
in  the  hand  of  the  operator.  In  this  case,  Mr. 
White  was  testing  the  quantity  of  salt  contained 
in  certain  M'ater  below  ground.  By  using  coal 
he  successfulUy  located  coal.  A  seam  discovered 
by  him  is  being  successfully  worked  in  Muswell- 
brook  district  to-day. 

In  photograph  No.  2,  which  demonstrates  Mr. 
White's  method  of  holding  the  stick,  he  is 
starting  off  therewith  in  position  to  cross  the 
line.  In  photograph  No.  3  he  has  just  walked 
up  to  the  mark  with  the  salt  and  the  closed  stick. 
Immediately  beneath  the  point  of  the  rod  is  the 
flow  of  a  known  stream  whose  corrosive  proper- 
ties are  amply  demonstrated  by  the  remains  of  a 
400  gal.  tank  beside  it.  No.  4  shows  the  stick 
as  it  has  dropped.  It  will  be  noticed,  in  looking 
closely  at  his  hands,  that  there  is  a  great  strain  on 
the  muscles.  When  it  is  recognised  that  that 
strain  is  entirely  in  an  opposite  direction  to  the 
downward  arc  of  the  rod,  it  will  be  seen  that  the 
occult  science  of  divination  cannot  be  denied. 
Photograph  No.  5  illustrates  the  strain  in  the 
reverse  direction  to  the  arc  of  the  stick  in  its  drop; 
for  as  soon  as  this  operator  releases  his  hands, 
the  ends  of  the  stick  revolve  several  turns  in  the 
reverse  direction.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  it  is 
quite  a  common  occurrence  for  the  stick  to  break 
off  quite  short  against  the  hand.  It  must  be  re- 
membered that  this  strain  is  definitely  and  posi- 


tively reversed  to  the  downward  fall  of  the  stick. 
In  photograph  No.  6  Mr.  White  is  seen  divining 
quite  close  to  the  main  road,  and  many  feet  above 
the  flat  where  he  knew  he  could  find  water. 

Photograph  No.  7  shows  Mr.  White's  well 
some  miles  from  his  homestead  right  away  on  the 
top  of  a  range  of  mountains.  This  well  is 
situated  a  few  feet  below  the  Pinee  Trignometical 
station,  and  500  feet  above  the  nearest  water.  It 
is  not  the  first  instance,  by  many,  in  which  he  has 
discovered  water  practically  at  the  top  of  a  range 
of  mountains. 

Some  of  the  wells  on  the  fiat  are  so  heavily 
charged  with  soda  and  other  minerals  that  thev 
are  totally  unfit  for  use.  Mr.  White's  faculty 
for  detecting  the  presence  of  all  mineral  sub- 
stances is  ample  security  against  any  risk  in  this 
direction.  Mr.  White  believes  he  can  locate 
almost  anything  contained  in  the  ground,  provid- 
ing a  closed  stick  is  used  and  some  of  the  substance 
held  in  the  hand. 

So  much    controversy    has   arisen    about    the 
efficacy  of  water-divining,  that  the  experiences  of 
Mr.  White  are  of  national  value.   They  show  that 
the  divining-rod  in  the  hands  of  an  expert  can 
give  satisfactory  results.       In  some  cases,  other 
experts  may  have  failed  to  satisfy  scoffers.     Lack 
of    knowledge    of    the    yet    inexplicable    physical 
laws  under  which  they  were  working  may  have 
been  the  cause  of  their  failures.       In  the  case  of 
Mr.  White  we  have  an  expert  of  long  experience, 
who  has  studied  the  matter  with  the  sole  object 
of  arriving  at  truth,  and  who  is  above  suspicion. 
Our  pastoral  representative  has  guaranteed  that  ^ 
the   tests   are   absolutely   all   that   is   represented. 
The  photographs,  by  which  we  have  endeavored! 
to  illustrate  the  action  of  the  rod  in  Mr.  White's] 
hands,   were   specially    taken   in   order    that  the' 
operation    of   subterranean   divination   might   be 
better  understood  by  the  public,  and  by  those  who 
are  scientifically  interested. 

By  research,  investigation,  and  the  exercise  of 
what  may  be  a  somewhat  rare  individual  faculty, 
Mr.  White  has  undoubtedly  thrown  additional 
light  on  an  obscure  subject. 

The  determination  of  underground  water  is  a 
matter  of  vital  interest  not  only  to  pastoralists, 
but  to  Australian  settlers  in  general.  Any  method 
which  gives  the  desired  result,  whether  it  be  per- 
fectly explainable  or  not,  is  an  asset  of  great  value. 


B 


"  ■■"^  ELLTREES  Estate,  one  of  the  finest  and 
most  celebrated  pastoral  properties  in 
New  South  Wales,  embraces  a  wide  extent 
h  of  rich  country  in  the  Upper  Hunter  district. 
lathis  station  is  owned  by  Messrs.  H.,  E.,  A.,  and 
"^v.  White.  It  has  been  in  the  possession  of  the 
L^White  family  for  over  sixty  years,  while  a  portion 
I^BF  it,  "Gundy"  Estate,  has  been  in  their  hands 
since  1839. 

One  of  the  earliest  pioneers,  Mr.  H.  C.  Sem- 
pill,  took  up  this  country  in  the  'twenties  of  last 
century.  The  pastoral  industry  in  Australia  was 
then  in  its  swaddling-clothes.  Some  years  later, 
'  Mr.  Sempill  exchanged  Belltrees  station  for  other 
properties,  with  William  Charles  Wentworth, 
whose  name  is  so  intimately  associated  with  the 
early  progress  of  Australia.  Wentworth  was 
one  of  the  intrepid  three  who  discovered  the 
track  over  the  Blue  Mountains  in  18 13,  and  made 
pastoral  development  possible  in  Western  New 
South  Wales.  In  1848,  Wentworth  rented  Bell- 
trees  to  Messrs.  J.  F.  and  H.  White,  and  in  June, 
1853,  they  purchased  the  estate. 

The  new  owners  subsequently  added  to  Bell- 
trees  the  adjoining  stations  of  Elleston,  running 
to  the  head  waters  of  the  Hunter,  and  Waverley, 
situated  on  the  Isis  and  Page  Rivers.  Belltrees 
had  been  worked  successfully  for  many  years  by 
Mr.  H.  C.  White,  before  the  present  partners 
took  possession  in  1889.  The  property  was  then 
run  in  the  names  of  H.,  E.,  A.,  and  V.  White, 
the  partners  being  Messrs.  Henry  L.  White,  W. 
Ernest  White,  Arthur  G.  White,  and  Victor  M. 
White,  sons  of  the  late  Mr.  Francis  White,  of 
Edenglassie,   Muswellbrook,   who   was   a   son   of 


1. 


the  late  James  White,  the  early  owner  of  Eden- 
glassie and  Timor. 

The  founder  of  the  White  family  in  Australia, 
the  late  James  White,  came  to  this  country  in 
1825  in  charge  of  a  consignment  of  merino  sheep 
for  the  Australian  Agricultural  Company.  On 
September  23rd,  1839,  he  received  a  Crown  grant 
of  1,280  acres,  situated  at  the  junction  of  the  Isis 
and  Page  Rivers,  and  known  as  the  Gundy  estate. 
Gundy  is  twelve  miles  from  Scone,  and  about  the 
same  distance  from  Belltrees,  of  which  estate  it 
forms  a  part  to-day.  Mr.  James  White  was  the 
father  of  the  late  Hon.  James  White,  Mr.  H.  C. 
White,  the  late  Mr.  Frank  White,  and  four  other 
sons. 

Belltrees  was  a  celebrated  station  even  before 
the  Whites  were  connected  with  it.  In  the  early 
'forties  of  last  century — when  it  was  held  by  the 
celebrated  W.  C.  Wentworth — it  is  recorded  that 
180,000  sheep  were  shorn  at  Belltrees,  being 
brought  from  Cassilis,  Kickerbil,  Coolah,  Gam- 
mon Plains  and  other  stations  to  be  washed  and 
relieved  of  their  wool.  At  that  period,  as  we 
have  seen,  all  wool  was  washed  on  the  sheep's 
back.  Facilities  for  washing  were  particularly 
good  at  Belltrees. 

This  splendid  station  was  worked  for  some 
years  by  Mr.  H.  C.  White,  a  famous  judge  of 
stock.  Mr.  H.  L.  White  has  managed  the  place 
since  1885.  It  was  in  1889  that  he,  in  partner- 
ship with  three  of  his  brothers,  purchased  the 
estate.  Under  that  partnership  the  brothers 
shared  the  responsibility  and  work  of  manage- 
ment. 


947 


a 


948 


BELLTREES 


949 


lea 

g 


m 


Manager's  Residence,  Belltrees  Estate 

Belltrees  in  191  2  contained  an  area  of  160,000 
acres  secured  land,  but  recent  sales  have  reduced 
the  total  to  about  100,000  acres,  the  whole  of 
which  is  worked  by  the  owners. 

There  are  some  2,000  miles  of  fencing  on  the 
estate,  enclosing  paddocks,  the  largest  of  which 
is  about  1,500  acres. 

The  country  consists  of  small  river  and  creek 
flats,  backed  up  by  abruptly  rising  ridges,  which 
lead  up  to  the  higher  spurs  or  offshoots  of  the 

ain  or  Liverpool  Range. 

The  land  towards  the  heads  of  the  creeks  is 
ough,  and  was  originally  covered  with  a  dense 
rowth  of  timber,  which,  at  great  expense,  is  being 
;radually  killed.  Some  of  the  small  flats  are 
ich,  and  utilized  for  lucerne  growing  as  a  graz- 
ing proposition. 

The  lower  lands  are  found  more  suitable  for 
cattle,  while  the  higher  lands  are  devoted  to 
sheep;  the  basalt  country,  occurring  at  a  height  of 
about  2,500  feet  is  eminently  favorable  to  the 
production  of  high-class  merino  wool.  These  high 
lands  are  covered  with  good  natural  grasses  right 
to  their  summits,  which  run  up  to  4,000  feet;  the 
whole  estate  carrying  stock  equal  to  a  sheep  to 
ihe  acre  in  all  seasons. 

In  19 1 2  the  Terreel  estate,  of  14,000  acres, 
part  of  the  Gloucester  estate,  near  Port  Stephens, 
was  purchased  for  use  as  a  stand-by  in  dry  times; 
it  has  proved  of  great  benefit. 

The  water  supply  on  Belltrees  is  nearly  all 
natural.  The  Hunter,  the  Isis,  and  the  Page 
Rivers  wind  about  through  the  grassy  valleys  and 
creeks,  which  occur  at  intervals  of  two  or  three 
miles.  These  hold  water  all  the  summer,  ensur- 
ing a  bountiful  supply  everywhere.  Perch,  mullet, 
and  eels  are  plentiful  in  these  waters.  The 
Whites  have  evinced  practical  interest  in  the 
acclimatisation  of  English  trout.  Several  lots 
have  been  released  in  reserved  waters  in  Stewart's 
Brook  and  other  streams. 


The  foundation  of  the  Belltrees  flock  was  laid 
with  Havilah  blood.  That  strain  has  been  ad- 
hered to  ever  since.  For  many  years  a  point  was 
made  of  securing  some  of  the  best  Havilah  rams 
sent  to  the  Sydney  Stud  Sheep  Fair,  and  up  to  400 
guineas  each  were  paid.  With  the  exception  of 
the  crossbred  flock,  all  the  sheep  on  Belltrees  are 
of  Havilah  blood,  and  a  stud  flock  is  maintained, 
the  surplus  rams  finding  a  ready  sale  in  Queens- 
land. 

The  country  has  proved  itself  wonderfully 
suited  to  merino  wool  production.  The  high 
quality  of  the  wool  produced  bears  constant  testi- 
mony to  this  fact.  The  Belltrees  clip  was 
formerly  sold  In  London,  but  has  for  many  years 
now  been  offered  in  Sydney.  It  has  always  com- 
manded high  values.  On  several  occasions  it 
has  obtained  the  season's  record  price.  In  early 
days  this  wool  obtained  a  high  reputation  for  its 
length,  quality,  and  soft  handling.  It  was  spe- 
cially sought  after  by  the  world's  buyers.  In 
1880,  1 8  id.  was  reached  for  54  bales, — this  being 
the  highest  price  obtained  for  Belltrees'  wool  up 
to  that  time.  It  is  worthy  of  note  that  in  Sep- 
tember, 191 6  (during  the  war-time  wool  boom, 
but  in  the  earlier  stages  of  that  boom),  Belltrees 
wool  sold  in  Sydney  to  23 2d.  per  lb.  in  the 
grease  for  31  bales — the  wool  being  attractive 
shafty  of  good  character,  sound,  fine,  and  in 
excellent  condition. 

A  sample  of  Belltrees'  wool  grown  in  1861  is 
still  preserved  at  the  homestead.  It  shows  very 
fine  quality  and  fair  length;  but,  of  course,  the 
density  of  the  modern  fleece  is  missing.  Another 
sample  in  the  home  collection  is  a  fleece  of  merino 
wool  with  a  staple  thirteen  inches  long,  cut  from 
a  sheep  that  had  gone  wild  in  the  mountains. 

Belltrees'  fat  cattle  are  extremely  popular  in 
the  Sydney  market,  where  large  numbers  are  sold 
annually. 


Bachelors'   Quarters,  Belltrees  Estate 


950 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


During  1907,  for  five  consecutive  weeks,  Bell- 
trees  cattle  topped  the  Sydney  market;  one 
draft  was  divided  between  that  place  and  Mel- 
bourne, both  lots  bringing  the  highest  price  of  the 
sale. 

The  herd  is  an  important  one,  and  breeding 
conducted  on  a  large  scale;  the  favorite  breeds 
being  Shorthorn  and  Polled  Angus,  the  latter 
used  chiefly  for  crossing  purposes. 

The  Shorthorn  stud  is  an  old  one,  bulls  from 
Warrah  and  Bylong  having  been  used  up  to 
1889,  in  which  year  a  large  purchase  was  made  of 


On  the  20th  December,   1915,  ninety  hea 
Belltrees   red   Shorthorn   bullocks   averaged  £27 
13s.  5d.  in  Sydney. 

A  well-known  judge,   writing  about  this  co: 
signment,   said: — "What   I   admire   In  your  b 
locks    is    their    shape,    and    masculinity,    witho 
coarseness;   strong,   robust,   vigorous  doers,   witji 
most  meat  where  most  wanted." 

The    Polled   Angus   herd   is   small   but   seled 
consisting  of  about   seventy  cows ;   it  was  estab; 
lished  in  1897  by  the  purchase  from  Mr.  D. 
Clark,  of  GIppsland,  Victoria,  of  his  stud.   HI 


Ith 


Typical  Belltrees  Stud  Merino    (Havllali)   Bam 


pure  bred  heifers  from  the  Martindale  stud 
(founded  by  the  late  Hon.  James  White  from 
imported  stock). 

These  heifers  were  of  the  celebrated  "Border 
Chief"  strain,  and  mostly  red  In  color.  The 
owners  then  decided  to  raise  a  stud  of  Red  Short- 
horns, and  used  nothing  but  red  bulls  from  1889 
to  date.  Many  high-class  animals  have  been 
used,  several  of  them  imported.  In  1908  two 
of  the  partners  toured  Great  Britain  in  search  of 
the  best  available  red  bulls;  one.  Red  Chief,  was 
obtained  at  a  cost  of  800  guineas,  whose  progeny 
to-day  predominate  the  herd,  and  are  remarkable 
for  their  rich  color,  high  quality  and  sound  con- 
stitution. 


class  bulls,   many  af  them  imported,   have  been 
used  ever  since. 

Interesting  to  breeders  is  a  story  embodied  in  taH 
live  stock  records  of  Belltrees.  A  Shorthorn  coi^ 
with  a  calf  by  a  Polled  Angus  bull,  was  running 
In  a  small  paddock.  In  which  stand  the  training 
stables.  The  calf  took  very  kindly  to  the  refuse 
of  the  stables,  and  grew  into  a  thick  heavy  bul- 
lock. When  sent  to  market  and  killed  It  was 
found  that,  at  exactly  1,009  days  old,  It  gave  pre- 
cisely 1,009  lbs-  dressed  weight,  having  made  an 
average  of  beef  equal  to  i  lb.  per  day  of  its  life. 

Horsebreeding  has   always   been   a   prominent 
feature  on  Belltrees.    The  thoroughbred  stud  was 


BELLTREES 


951 


Private  Suspension  Bridge  at  Belltrees 
(Total  length  150  yards,  used  chiefly  for  the  crossing   of  sheep  over  the  Hunter  Elver) 


very  extensive    one,  and    has    produced  some 

mous  racehorses. 

It  was  founded  in  1889  upon  twenty  very  high- 
ass  fillies  (presented  to  his  nephews  by  the  late 

on.  James  White),  the  progeny  of  Chester  and 

artini-Henrl. 

A  private  training  establishment  was  kept  up 

n  the  estate,  and  many  good  performers  turned 

out.       Several  wins,  including  a  December  Stakes, 

Derby,   Doncaster,   and    Anniversary   Handicaps 

were  secured  at  Randwick. 

for  some  years  an  annual  sale  of  horses, 
thoroughbreds,  draughts,  utility  and  ponies  was 
held  in  Scone,  but  in  19 14  it  was  decided  to  quit 
horse-breeding  on  a  large  scale,  and  in  February 
of  that  year  a  big  and  highly  successful  clearance 
sale  was  held;  all  the  mares,  except  a  few  special 
favorites,  being  disposed  of.  The  owners  were 
extremely  lucky  in  disposing  of  the  stud  before 
the  slump  in  horse-breeding  took  place. 

H.  L.  White  was  the  first  agriculturist  to  grow 

.Uora  spring  wheat,  of  which  he  sold  seed  all 
ver  Australia.  He  found,  however,  that  it 
did  not  pay  to  grow  grain  which  had  to  be  carted 
22  miles  to  Scone.  Cultivation  has  since  been  con- 
fined to  wheat  and  oats  for  hay,  and  to  lucerne 
and  rape. 

I    Ringbarking  of  native  trees  was  begun  on  a 
large  scale  on   Belltrees  before  it  was  generally 

£ited  in  New  South  Wales.       In  the  very  early 
,  a  large  ring  of  bark  was  taken  off  and  the 


^^Vi 


tree  was  also  sapped  in  the  centre  of  this  ring. 
The  object  of  the  double  operation  does  not  seem 
clear.  It  was  probably  done  with  a  view  to 
keeping  down  suckers — which  are  a  great  nuisance 
here.  The  timber  is  chiefly  "box,"  with  good 
belts  of  river  oaks  and  some  very  beautiful  curra- 
jongs. 

Mr.  Henry  L.  White  has  this  year  ( 1917)  pre- 
sented to  New  South  Wales  and  Victoria  respec- 
tively two  unique  and  valuable  collections;  to 
the  Mitchell  Library,  Sydney,  his  magnificent  set 
of  the  stamps  of  New  South  Wales,  and  to  the 
National  Museum,  Melbourne,  his  priceless  col- 
lection of  the  skins  of  Australian  birds.  This 
munificent  patriotism  is  at  one  with  the  recent  pre- 
sentation by  his  firm  (Messrs  H.,  E.,  A.  and  V. 
White)  to  the  British  army  of  an  aeroplane  cost- 
ing £2,500,  which  at  the  time  of  writing,  though 
once  "wounded,"  has  done  good  work  in  the  fight- 
ing area  of  Flanders. 

The  stamp  collection  of  this  devoted  Australian 
philatelist,  who  is  a  Fellow  of  the  Royal  Philatelic 
Society  of  London,  was  a  specialised  and  un- 
rivalled one.  We  use  the  past  tense,  because  it 
is  now  distributed;  the  Victorian,  Tasmanian  and 
South  Australian  sections  to  members  of  his 
family,  the  Queensland  and  Western  Australian — 
which,  with  those  of  New  South  Wales,  were  his 
especial  favorites — being  retained  by  himself, 
and  the  New  South  Wales  donated  to  the  public 
institution  named.       His  specialised  Queensland 


952 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


collection  he  purchased  from  Mr.  E.  D.  E.  van 
Weenen  in  1879.  It  was  thus  that  he  started 
what  has  since  been  an  active  hobby  of  his,  though 
it  has  had  to  share  with  other  of  his  active  inter- 
ests— the  collection  of  skins  and  eggs  of  Austra- 
lian birds,  and  the  scientific  breeding  of  horses, 
cattle  and  sheep  on  the  Belltrees  estate. 

Neither  the  collection  of  New  South  Wales 
stamps  nor  that  of  Australian  birds  can  be  more 
than  briefly  alluded  to  here,  though  some  idea  of 
the  value  of  his  princely  gifts  to  the  nation  must 
be  given.  The  New  South  Wales  stamps  alone 
are  worth  to-day,  at  catalogue  prices,  at  least 
£15,000.  They  commence  with  the  embossed 
letter  sheet  of  1838,  of  which  there  are  three  used 
specimens,  and  three  unused  reprints;  the  numer- 
ous Sydney  views  of  various  months  in  1850, 
several  of  which  have  taught  hitherto  unknown 
facts  to  philatelists;  the  Laureates  of  different 
dates  from  1851  to  1854;  the  Diadem  series  of 
1856  to  1864  (including  many  notable  speci- 
mens) ;  the  De  La  Rue,  Centennial,  Carrington, 
Postal  Union,  Jubilee,  and  Commonwealth  issues, 
"O.S."  stamps,  postage  dues,  registration,  tele- 
graph, and  fiscal  stamps,  etc.  So  complete  is  the 
collection  that  It  is  possible  to  specify  the  few 
missing  plates  among  the  "Views"  and  the 
"Laureates" — thirty-three  among  the  former  and 
fifty-seven  among  the  latter.  There  are  many 
notable  specimens,  especially  among  the  Diadems, 
and  there  is  the  last  volume  containing  essays, 
proofs,  and  reprints  that  will  be  found  of  great 
interest  by  philatelists. 

As  an  ornithologist,  Mr.  White,  who  is  a  mem- 
ber of  the  British  Ornithologists'  Union,  has  also 
displayed  a  fine  public  spirit.  Collectors  are 
usually  selfish  people,  or  the  faculty  for 
accumulation  would  not  be  theirs.  Mr. 
White  has  shown  that  he  has  a  very 
generous  view  of  the  pleasures  of  hobby- 
riding.  He  gave  £1,000  to  the  Ornithologists' 
Union  for  the  furtherance  of  its  scientific  work, 
and  presented  to  the  Union  a  complete  set  of  John 
Gould's  famous  colossal  work,  "The  Birds  of 
Australia,"  valued  at  £350.  Now  he  has  handed 
to  the  nation  his  valuable  ornithological  collection, 
In  its  cabinets,  the  whole  scientifically  classified 
and  in  perfect  order,  and  delivered  at  the  Na- 
tional Museum,  Melbourne,  free  of  all  cost,  under 
the  special  care  of  a  competent  naturalist,  Mr.  S. 
W.  Jackson,  R.A.O.U.,  who  had  for  the  past  ten 
years  been  curator  of  the  collection.  It  consists 
of  5,000  specimens,  valued  at  as  many  guineas, 
and  contains  many  unique  examples.  It  has  been 
Mr.  White's  ambition  to  possess  the  largest  and 
most  complete  collection  of  Australian  birds  and 
their  eggs  In  the  world  and,  with  Mr.  Jackson's 
help    as    collector    and    classifier,    his    laudable 


ambition  has  resulted  In  the  acquisition  by  the 
nation  of  a  unique  contribution  to  practical 
knowledge. 

Mr.  H.  L.  White's  collection  of  Australian 
birds'  eggs  is  the  finest  thing  of  its  sort  in  the 
world.  Commencing  In  1S75,  as  a  small  boy  at 
school  in  Cioulburn,  he  has  ridden  his  hobby 
pretty  hard  ever  since,  with  the  result  that  he  has 
secured  the  eggs  of  all  but  25  of  the  900  species  of 
birds  inhabiting  Australia  and  Its  Islands. 

In  his  early  days  he  was  content  to  collect  for 
himself,  but  of  late  years  has  sent  expeditions  all 
over  Australia  In  search  of  his  various  wants. 
Of  the  25  species  mentioned  above,  he  despairs 
of  two  only,  they  having  become  extinct  during 
the  last  25  years.  The  collection  is  contained  in 
five  large  specially-constructed  cabinets,  the  con- 
tents being  scientifically  classed,  labelled,  and 
catalogued,  with  full  histories.  Mr.  White's 
library  of  books  relating  to  Australia  is  a  very 
large  one,  and  contains  many  rare  and  valuable 
works.  He  is  a  regular  buyer  when  old  col- 
lections are  broken  up.  Being  thorough  Austra- 
lian in  all  his  ideas,  he  displays  his  books  in  hand- 
some cases  made  of  Queensland  maple  timber;  the 
cases  occupying  the  walls  of  a  large,  well-lighted 
room. 

Of  the  other  members  of  the  firm  (Mr.  W.  E. 
White  died  in  1914),  Mr.  A.  G.  White  resides  at 
"Kioto,"  about  half  a  mile  from  Belltrees  House, 
while  Mr.  V.  M.  White  lives  in  Sydney. 


Heur>-  L.  Whit? 


N.   N.    DANGAR,  of  PALMERSTON  and   NOORINDOO 


i 


AMONG  old  colonial  families,  those  sturdy, 
four-square  colonists  who  have  done  for 
Australia  what  the  Pilgrim  Fathers  and 
their  descendants  did  for  North  America,  the 
name  of  Dangar  is  written  in  golden  letters  also. 

It  may  be  said  that  a  first  cream  of  pastoral 
enterprise  was  skimmed  from  the  glorious  Hunter 
River  districts  of  New  South  Wales. 

The  Hawkesbury  seems  to  have  been  the  cradle 
of  our  vigorous  free-selector  type;  while  the  more 
expansive  Hunter  attracted  early  settlers  with 
more  capital  and  a  wider  outlook.  Their  pro- 
geny— reared  among  the  fertile  and  productive 
surroundings  of  these  beautiful  first  pastures  of 
the  Southern  Land — imbibed  a  strong  faith  in 
Australia. 

They  were  big  men,  hefty  men,  strong 
of     hand     and     generous     of     heart.  The 

mystery  and  adventure  of  a  New  Land  gave  a 
fillip  to  their  daily  lives,  lifted  them  above  the 
commonplace,  and  invested  them  with  an  interest 
which  reacted  on  their  temperament  and  charac- 
er. 


Among  such  a  sturdy,  confident  band  we  find 
the  late  Henry  Dangar — the  founder  of  the 
Australian  house  of  Dangar — of  whom  the  pre- 
sent owner  of  Noorindoo  is  a  grandson. 

Brought  up  on  his  father's  farm  at  Neots,  in 
Cornwall,  Henry  Dangar  migrated  to  Australia 
as  a  young  man  of  23.  He  obtained  a  position  as 
assistant  Government  surveyor  in  the  young 
colony,  and  was  enabled  to  form  a  correct  esti- 
mate of  some  of  its  agricultural  and  pastoral 
values. 

He  became  one  of  the  pioneer  pastoralists  of 
New  South  Wales,  otherwise  of  Australia.  He 
is  described  by  a  writer  who  knew  him 
personally  as  "a  favorable  specimen  of  one 
of  the  numerous  sturdy  young  sons  of  Eng- 
land, who  seemed  specially  formed  for  the 
creation  of  a  greater  Britain  in  Australia. 
Favored  by  none  of  the  special  gifts  of  Intellect 
or  fortune,  but  possessing  the  particular  qualities 
essential  to  the  attainment  of  success — strong 
common  sense  and  resolute  energy — he  availed 
himself  of  the  opportunities  of  his  time,  and  in 


953 


J2 


954 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Part  of  the  Rose  Garden,  Palmerston 


gaining  a  moderate  share  of  that  success  he  had 
the  gratification  of  contributing  to  the  develop- 
ment of  a  great  colony."  He  left  five  sons,  in- 
cluding Albert  Augustus  Dangar. 

A.  A.  Dangar  was  born  at  Neotsfield,  near 
Singleton,  one  of  his  father's  stations,  in  1840. 
He  was  educated  at  Truro  (Cornwall)  Grammar 
School,  while  his  parents  were  living  for  a  few 
years  in  England,  and  also  at  Hamburg,  in  Ger- 
many. After  a  short  time  in  the  merchant  ser- 
vice, he  returned  to  Australia  at  the  age  of 
eighteen  years,  to  take  his  place  in  his  family  as  a 
pastoralist.  A  few  years  later,  when  he  was 
only  twenty-three  years  of  age,  he  became 
manager  of  his  mother's  properties, 
Gostwyck,  Yallaroi,  and  two  western 
cattle  stations — in  fact,  the  important  and  exten- 
sive Dangar  estates.  In  1870,  he  was  managing 
partner  with  his  brothers  in  the  firm  of  Dangar 
Brothers,  thus  continuing  his  management  of  the 
family  pastoral  properties,  others  having  in  the 
meantime  been  acquired,  including  Noorindoo,  in 
the  Maranoa  district,  Queensland,  in  1872,  and 
Mooki  Springs  on  Liverpool  Plains,  New  South 
Wales,  in  1882.  When  the  firm  was  dissolved 
the  fine  property  of  Mooki  Springs  fell  to  A.  A 
Dangar  in  the  division,  with  a  small  portion  of 
Gostwyck,  known  as  Palmerston.  On  a  beauti- 
ful site  on  the  latter  property  he  built  a  fine  bun- 
galow residence,  which  is  now  the  home  of  his 
son,    N.    N.    Dangar.        He    leased    Gostwyck 


from  F.  H.  Dangar,  and  in  1901  bought  the  pro- 
perty outright,  ten  years  later  transferring  it  to 
his  son,  Capt.  C.  C.  Dangar.    He  died  in  1913. 


The  late  A.  A.  Dangar 


PALMERSTON  AND   NOORINDOO 


955 


l^»steps.  No  better  known,  or  more  wirely 
honored  pastoralist  has  found  place  among 
the  big  men  of  the  industry.  He  was  a  leading 
member  of  the  New  South  Wales  Sheepbreeders' 
Association,  and  was  one  of  the  most  broad- 
minded  men  connected  with  pastoral  pursuits. 

Mr.  N.  N.  Dangar,  of  Noorindoo,  is  thus  for- 
tunate In  his  forebears.      He  brings  to  the  man- 
agement of  his  pastoral  property  hereditary  apti- 
i^«  tude  and  a  fine  family  experience. 
^P     Though      he      has      a      beautiful      home      at 
"Palmerston,"       near       Armidale,       his       prin- 
cipal     interests      are      concerned      with      Noor- 
indoo     station,     near     Surat,     Queensland,     on 
the  south  side  of  the   Balonne   River,   about  34 
miles  from  Yeulba,  and  10  miles  from  Surat,  one 
^^of  the  oldest  Queensland  towns.     The  property 
^^Kas  a  seven-miles  frontage  to  the  Balonne  River. 
^it  embraces  an  area  of  62,000  acres  freehold  and 
^^^72  square  miles  of  leasehold.     A  slice  of  20,000 
JJacres  has  recently  been  resumed  by  the  Queens- 
land Government. 

Palmerston  is  a  most  picturesque  property.  It 
was  given  its  name  in  compliment  to  Mr.  A.  H. 
Palmer      (later     Sir     Arthur     Palmer,     Lieut- 


Vlew  from  Palmerston  House. 


the  general  manager  of  Mr.  Henry  Dangar's 
stations.  About  750  acres  of  freehold,  it  was 
part  of  Gostwyck,  from  which  it  was  severed  at 
the  first  sub-divisional  sale.  Years  ago  the 
station  stud  of  Suffolks  was  kept  there,  and  the 
working  horses  for  Dangar  Bros.'  various  pro- 
perties were  bred  there.  Some  years  later  the 
stud  was  removed  to  Mooki  Springs  in  the 
Liverpool  Plains  district,  when  that  station  was 
purchased.  Then  a  portion  of  the  Gostwyck 
stud  flock  was  kept  at  Palmerston,  mostly  young 
ewes  and  breeders,  and  a  small  lot  of  lambing 
ewes  every  year,  also  young  sale  bulls. 

The  Palmerston  property  was  made  over  to 
N.  N.  Dangar  in  1909  by  his  father,  who  in  the 
following  year  built  the  present  homestead  on  a 
specially  fine  site.  Mr.  A.  A.  Dangar,  however, 
died  two  years  later,  and  his  son  made  it  his 
residence.  Mr.  N.  N.  Dangar  at  present  has  a 
small  stud  of  Devon-Merino  sheep  at  Palmerston. 
and  also  a  few  Durham  cattle,  fattening  a  few 
bullocks  each  year. 

Noorindoo  is  one  of  the  oldest  of  Queensland 
properties.  Its  history  is  particularly  interesting. 
In  January,  1840,  the  late  John  Campbell  first 
took  up  pastoral  property  and   formed  a   cattle 


i 


Governor  of  Queensland),   who   was   for  years     camp  in  Queensland  territory.     He  was  followed 


956 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Devon-Merino   Crossbreds,    Ewes  and  Lambs,  Palmerston 


by  the  late  Peter  Leslie  the  same  year.  Then 
came  a  hardy  band  of  pioneers,  who  followed  in 
the  land  of  promise  hard  on  the  heels  of  the 
intrepid  explorers,  who  ever  pushed  out  in  search 
of  fresh  pastoral  country.  Noorindoo  was  taken 
up  by  the  Halls,  of  Dartbrook,  in  1849  ^"'^ 
stocked  with  cattle. 

As  early  pioneer  troubles  were  overcome, 
Noorindoo  was  gradually  enlarged  by  the  pur- 
chase of  adjoining  properties.  It  was  continued 
as  a  cattle  station,  variously  owned,  until  in  1873 
it  was  purchased  by  Messrs.  Dangar  and  Bell, 
the  firm  consisting  of  the  late  Mr.  A.  A.  Dangar, 
of  Whittingham,  and  Messrs.  F.  S.  Bell  and  H. 
W.  Bell,  all  well-known  Hunter  River  men.       It 


was  agreed  to  make  Mr.  H.  W.  Bell  the  manag- 
ing partner,  and  he  displayed  great  ability  in  that 
capacity. 

Messrs.  Dangar  and  Bell  found  it  a  profitable 
investment  to  work  Noorindoo  as  a  breeding-  I 
cattle  station  until  1883.  It  was  then  decided  to 
sell  the  herd  of  10,000  head.  For  the  next  eight 
or  nine  years  the  station  was  used  as  a  cattle- 
fattening  property  with  very  satisfactory  results,     j 

The  late  Mr.  Dangar  was  a  great  believer  in 
the  suitability  of  the  country  for  carrying  a 
robust  type  of  sheep.  In  1891  he  prevailed  upon 
his  partners  to  stock  the  property  with  sheep,  and 
it  has  been  devoted  to  sheep  ever  since.  Mr. 
Dangar  being  the  sheep  man  of  the  partnership, 
it  was  left  to  him  to  select  the  stock.  He  was  so 
impressed  with  the  excellence  of  the  big  robust 


Devon-Merino  Ewes  and  Iiambs,  and  Hereford  Bulls,  Palmerston 


PALMERSTON  AND  NOORINDOO 


957 


Tiie   Woolshed,   Noorindoo 


m 


addon  Rig  wethers — which  he  saw  reahsing 
:op  figures  at  the  Homebush  sales — and  so  con- 
inced  that  this  type  of  big-framed,  heavy  wool- 
arrying  animals  was  particularly  suited  to  Noo- 
indoo,  that  he  decided  to  stock  up  with  Haddon 
ig  sheep. 

Accordingly  he  visited  Haddon  Rig,  and  as  a 

esult  of  his  inspection  13,000  five-year-old  cast- 

br-age  ewes,  4,500  two-year-old  ewes  and  12,000 

ethers,  all  from  Haddon  Rig,  were  delivered  at 

oorindoo.    As  might  be  imagined,  the  purchase 

as  a  fairly  expensive  one,  but  it  proved  a  sound 

nvestment.     It  was  followed  up  a  year  later  by 
further  purchase  of  10,500  Haddon  Rig  ewes, 

;ogether  with  400  five-guinea  Havilah  rams, 
he  resultant  lambing,  numerically  and  ether- 
ise, was  excellent.  After  three  years  the  count 
ave   72,000   head,    despite   the   heavy   sales   of 

wethers  which  had  taken  place  in  the  meantime. 

The  lambings  were  from  90  to  95  per  cent. 

All  this  time  Mr.  H.  W.  Bell  had  managed  the 
roperty  for  the  partnership  with  great  success, 
ut  in  November,   1894,  he    decided    to    retire, 

after  a  continuous  service  of  twenty-two  years, 
r.  F.  R.  Rouse  was  placed  in  charge,  and  has 

now  filled    the    position  for  another  twenty-two 

years. 

!     The  Messrs.  Bell  sold  out  to  the  late  Mr.  A. 

A.  Dangar  in  1896.     Mr.  Dangar  continued  the 

flock,  using  Havilah  rams  right  up  till  about  ten 


years  ago,  when  he  decided  to  substitute  his  own 
Gostwyck  rams,  which  had  by  that  time  reached 
a  high  pitch  of  perfection.  Their  introduction 
to  Noorindoo  was  marked  with  great  success. 

A  first-class  Shorthorn  herd  was  bred  up  at 
Noorindoo,  the  original  cows,  which  were  speci- 
ally fine  animals,  coming  from  Cressbrook. 
Baroona  bulls  were  used  mainly,  also  Douglas 
(imported)  and  Montpelier  (imported)  were 
used  in  1898.  A  picked  lot  of  130  cows  and 
calves  were  sent  to  the  late  Mr.  A.  A.  Dangar's 
Mooki  Springs  station,  in  New  South  Wales, 
and  from  these  and  some  which  he  had  already 
on  that  property,  the  Mooki  Shorthorn  stud, 
which  has  since  achieved  fame,  was  started. 

The  water  problem  has  always  been  difficult 
at  Noorindoo.  At  great  cost  the  problem  may 
now  be  regarded  as  permanently  solved.  An 
ample  supply  has  been  secured  for  all  require- 
ments. From  first  to  last  nearly  £19,000  have 
been  spent  on  the  work.  First  tanks  and  dams 
totalling  120,000  yards  and  costing  £5,000  were 
put  in.  Then  wells  were  dug  and  windmills 
erected  costing  £3,000.  Then,  in  1891,  an  ar- 
tesian bore  was  sunk  to  a  depth  of  3,350  feet  at 
a  cost  of  £3,670;  unfortunately  this  did  not  over- 
flow, but  gave  an  inexhaustible  supply.  A  year 
later,  after  the  1902  drought,  a  second  bore  was 
sunk  3,103  feet,  costing  £3,692,  with  more  suc- 
cessful results,   the  flow  producing  over  half   a 


958 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITF.D 


Sinking   No.   3   Artesian   Bore,   Noorlndoo 


million  gallons.  In  19 13-14  a  third  bore  was  put 
down  3,441  feet  at  a  cost  of  £3,596,  when  a 
million-gallon  flow  was  secured. 

The  prickly-pear  has  been  a  great  pest,  but  it 
has  been  fought  systematically  and  regardless  of 
expense.  As  a  result — after  an  expenditure  of 
something  like  £3,000 — the  pest  has  been  eradi- 
cated. 

A  new  head-station  was  built  in  1903,  commo- 
dious and  comfortable.  The  whole  of  the  timber 
used  was  grown  on  Noorindoo  and  cut  and 
dressed  by  the  station  plant.  x'\.n  up-to-date 
shearing-plant,  with  all  conveniences  and  men's 
accommodation,  wool-shed,  etc.,  has  also  been 
provided.  Every  possible  facility  has  been  in- 
stalled for  handling  the  sheep  and  wool. 

We  have  no  record  of  the  change  of  owner- 
ships of  Noorindoo  before  1873.  Since  that  time 
the  property  has  had  four  ownerships: — Dangar 
and  Bell,  A.  A.  Dangar,  Dangar  and  Sons,  and 
the  present  owner,  N.  N.  Dangar.  The  latter 
gained  his  pastoral  experience  on  Noorindoo 
under  its  present  manager,  Mr.  F.  R.  Rouse,  and 
afterwards  managed  Waterloo  station  for  his 
father  before  becoming  owner  of  Noorindoo  in 
1912. 


No.   2   Artesian   Bore,   Noorindoo 
Pepth  3,100  ft.  with  a  capacity  of  500,000  gallons  a  day.         Waters   12   miles  of   country.     Initial   cost,   £3,000, 


J 


A  Herd  of  Shorthorns  at  Yetman 


THE  DIGHTS:    PASTORAL  PIONEERS 


N  the  earliest  days  of  Australian  settlement, 
when  famine  was  only  averted  by  the  in- 
dustry of  the  Hawkesbury  pioneers,  who 
arned  for  their  district  the  title  of  "the  granary 
f  Australia,"  the  name  of  Dight  was  associated 
with  primary  production.  Ever  since  the  original 
John  Dight  landed  in  Sydney  in  1801  to  the  pre- 
sent day,  four  generations  of  this  family  have 
played  a  distinguished  role  in  the  great  practical 
drama  of  Sheep  and  Wool.  The  history  of  such 
a  family  is  largely  a  reflex  history  of  our  staple 
industry.  There  has  been  no  phase  of  develop- 
,  ment,  no  period  of  disaster,  and  no  vital  change 
'  in  conditions  wherein  at  least  one  of  these  genera- 
tions has  not  shared. 

In  the  early  stages  of  the  colony's  development 
no  name  stood  out  more  prominently  than  that  of 
Dight,  of  Richmond,  and  later  of  Singleton  and 
Yetman.  When  the  Hawkesbury  represented 
the  "back  country"  their  original  Richmond  pro- 
perty, under  careful  cultivation,  gave  forth  its 
grain,  and  its  patriotic  owner  sent  his  harvests  to 
the  public  store  in  preference  to  accepting  the 
higher  rates  obtainable  in  the  market.  Later, 
after  a  career  of  great  public  usefulness  in  his 
adopted  district,  he  secured  a  grant  of  land  near 
Singleton.  His  sons  in  turn  became  pioneers  of 
that  region,  and  did  much  to  develop  its  latent 
resources.     With  other  sturdy  colonists,  they  ex- 

Klored  the  inland  pastoral  country  and,  as  time 


went  on,  took  up  land  in  the  "newer"  districts 
which  they  had  helped  to  discover  and  render 
habitable. 

The  original  John  Dight,  who  was  the  founder 
of  this  historic  Australian  family,  was  born  In 
1772.  He  came  to  New  South  Wales  as  sur- 
geon of  the  ship  Cornwallis  in  1801,  bringing  with 
him  his  wife  Hannah  and  an  infant  daughter. 
The  ship,  by  the  way,  was  named  after  the  Mar- 
quis of  Cornwallis,  the  famous  Governor-General 
and  Commander-in-Chief  of  India.  In  the  his- 
toric days  of  New  South  Wales,  when  shortage  of 
foodstuffs  became  insistently  imminent,  supplies 
had  to  be  obtained  from  India,  hence  the  connec- 
tion of  Cornwallis  with  Australia.  A  portion  of 
the  Richmond  district  was  subsequently  called 
Cornwallis  in  memory  of  the  old  ship. 

It  is  not  recorded  that  John  Dight  ever  prac- 
tised as  a  surgeon  in  Australia.  Upon  his 
arrival  he  secured  a  position  in  the  Commissariat 
Department,  which  he  held  for  a  while,  and  then 
settled  at  Richmond,  in  the  Hawkesbury  district. 
In  the  year  1807  his  name  appears  as  one  of  the 
signatories  to  an  address  presented,  by  "holders 
of  landed  estates  and  principal  inhabitants  of  the 
Hawkesbury,  Portland,  Richmond,  and  neigh- 
bouring districts,"  to  Governor  Bligh,  thanking 
him  for  his  "unbounded  attention"  to  the  welfare 
of  the  district  and  the  colony  at  large  in  the 
"dreadful   crisis"   in   which  he   found   it.        The 


959 


960 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


signatories  declared  they  had  subsci-ibed  all  the 
grain  they  could  possibly  spare  for  the  public 
store  at  the  fixed  price,  "rejecting  any  greater 
prices,  which  they  would  have  received  in  the 
market."  The  name  of  John  Dight  again  ap- 
pears in  an  address  of  welcome  presented  by 
Hawkesbury  settlers  to  Governor  Macquarie  in 
1 8 10.  He  was  appointed  Coroner  for  the 
Hawkesbury  district  in  1828,  and  held  that  office 
up  to  the  time  of  his  death,  which  occurred  at  the 
age  of  65  years  in  1837. 


G.  W.   Dight,  Senr. 


A  few  years  before  his  demise  he  received  a 
Crown  grant  of  a  considerable  area  near  Single- 
ton— Stafford  and  Clifford.  His  wife  died  in 
1862,  at  the  age  of  81.  The  family  consisted  of 
five  sons,  Messrs.  John,  Charles,  George,  Samuel, 
and  Arthur  Dight,  all  well  known  pioneer  pas- 
toralists,  and  six  daughters,  one  of  whom  married 
Hamilton  Hume,  the  explorer.  John  and  Charles 
Dight  took  up  land  near  Albury  and  on  the  Yarra 
River,  where  the  Dight  mills  became  well  known. 
George  and  Samuel  became  the  owners  of  Stafford 
and  Clifford.  The  youngest  son,  Arthur,  pur- 
chased Clarendon  from  Charles  Clarendon  Cox 
in  1862,  and  made  that  place  his  home.  He  was 
interested  in  the  station  properties  Yendah 
and  Windah  in  Queensland.  He  entered  Parlia- 
ment as  representative  of  the  Hawkesbury  in 
1869,  and  died  in  1895. 

George  Dight  and  his  brothers-in-law,  John 
and  James  Howe,  were  the  first  to  take  up  land 
on  the  Namoi  River.  Breeza  was  then  the  fringe 
of  civilisation,  but,  having  heard  from  the  blacks 


of  a  big  river  further  out,  the  party,  with  a  stock- 
man named  Parmeter,  pressed  forward.  They 
were  guided  by  a  native,  who,  after  piloting  them 
for  seven  or  eight  miles,  became  scared  of  hostile 
blacks  and  went  back.  The  party,  however,  went 
on,  located  the  river,  and  took  up  a  considerable 
area  of  land  on  the  Namoi,  namely,  Carroll  and 
Kibah.  The  Howes  took  the  former  and  Mr. 
Dight  the  latter.  From  the  Namoi,  the  party  con- 
tinued their  adventurous  journey  and  struck  the 
Mclntyre  River,  taking  up  the  country  on  both 
sides  of  the  river,  from  the  junction  of  Oaky 
Creek  (about  six  miles  above  the  present  Yetman 
homestead)  to  the  junction  with  the  Dumaresq 
River,  the  boundary  of  New  South  Wales  and 
Queensland.  George  Dight  took  up  Yetman  for 
his  mother,  Tucka  Tucka  and  Boonall  for  him- 
self and  brother  Samuel.  Tucka  Tucka  shortly 
after  passed  into  other  hands. 

Mr.  G.  W.  Dight,  senior,  is  the  eldest  and  only 
surviving  son  of  the  late  George  Dight,  of 
Stafford,  Singleton,  and  was  born  there  in  1842. 
He  was  educated  first  by  private  tutors,  and  later 
at  Maitland  Grammar  and  High  Schools. 

G.  W.  Dight,  senior,  had  no  practical  in- 
terest in  the  old  homestead  for  some  considerable 
time  after  the  death  of  his  father,  but  in  1888  his 
mother  gave  up  possession  to  him.  On  the  death 
of  George  Dight  in  1851,  the  stations  were  under 
the  management  of  his  brother  Samuel.  On  the 
death  of  Mrs.  John  Dight,  Yetman  was  left  by 
will  to  her  two  sons,  Samuel  and  Arthur.  Boo- 
nall, on  the  death  of  George  Dight,  was  carried 
on  by  Samuel,  in  the  interests  of  himself  and 
Mrs.  George  Dight.  After  a  few  years  Samuel 
Dight  and  Mrs.  George  Dight  bought  the  in- 
terests of  Arthur  Dight  in  Yetman,  and  the  joint 
business  was  carried  on  for  some  years  under  the 
former's  management.  In  1870  G.  W.  Dight, 
senior,  and  his  brother  John  bought  their  uncle 
Samuel's  interest  in  the  properties  and  took  up 
their  residences  there,  the  former  at  Yetman  and 
the  latter  at  Boonall.  They  carried  on  the  pro- 
perties in  partnership  for  several  years,  but  sub- 
sequently managed  each  property  separately. 
Boonall  has  since  been  disposed  of. 

G.  W.  Dight,  senr.,  married  in  1869  Isabella 
Margaret  Brodie,  daughter  of  Peter  Brodie,  of 
Glen  Alven,  Murrurundi.  Of  this  marriage  there 
were  five  children — one  son  and  four  daughters. 
The  family  lived  at  Yetman  from  1870  to  the 
end  of  1889,  when  they  made  their  home  at 
"Teringa,"  Armidale. 

Yetman  homestead  now  belongs  to  G.  W. 
Dight,  junr.,  his  father  retaining  a  considerable 
portion  of  the  freehold  and  improvement  leases 
on  the  western  end. 


Shannon  Vale  Homestead 


I 

^^W  i  THEN  the  good  men  and  true  of  old  Sydney 

1/1/       settlement     turned     northward     in     the 

l^ft  early     days,     they     found    well-watered 

^^pastures  and  rich  river  bottoms  along  the  Hunter 

River. 

Faring  further  north  and  west,  they  came  upon 
cool,  fertile  uplands  of  the  Great  Dividing 
Ranges.  These  high  lands  proved  especially 
suitable  for  cattle  and  sheep.  The  climate  was 
bracing;  snow  fell  in  winter  time,  but  never  lay 
long  upon  the  ground. 

Several  fine  stations  were  founded,  some  of 
which  still  remain  in  the  possession  of  families 
whose  progenitors  were  among  the  earliest  Aus- 
tralian pioneers. 

The  pastoral  history  of  Glen  Innes  district  in 
New  South  Wales  dates  back  nearly  a  hundred 
years.  It  is  regarded  to-day  as  one  of  the  most 
favored  parts  of  the  mother  State.  Its  wool 
has  gained  a  wide  repute,  and  its  stock  can  hold 
their  own  in  any  competition.  The  climate  is 
ideal,  and  lends  itself  to  the  best  possible  results 
in  breeding.  Here  men  of  experience  have  made 
wise  use  of  Nature's  bountiful  gifts.  Many 
properties  on  the  northern  tableland  are  highly 
improved.  Closer  settlement  has  come  naturally, 
because  the  district  is  capable  of  supporting  a 
large  population  of  producers,  but  there  are  still 
many  notable  large  holdings  in  the  district. 


SHANNON    VALE 


i 


Shannon  Vale,  the  property  of  Major  James 
Frederick  White,  has  been  a  long-standing 
example  of  experienced  and  enterprising  manage- 
ment. It  came  into  the  hands  of  the  White 
family  in  the  'nineties  of  last  century  when  Mr. 
Edward  White,  the  father  of  the  present  owner, 
purchased  it  with  the  idea  of  breeding  cattle  to 
be  sent  down  to  his  Martindale  property  for  fat- 
tening. At  the  same  time  he  purchased  Elgin 
and  Newton  Boyd,  adjoining,  embracing  them 
also  in  this  scheme. 

His  plan  proved  an  entire  success.  Thousands 
of  Shannon  Vale-bred  bullocks  have  gone  on  to 
Martindale  for  fattening  purposes,  eventually 
reaching  the  Homebush  market  in  prime  condi- 
tion and  realising  top  prices.  The  Martindale 
fattened  bullocks  have  a  great  name  at  the  metro- 
politan saleyards,  and  always  command  the 
highest  ruling  rates,  being  keenly  sought  by  all 
the  principal  operators. 

Shannon  Vale  was  originally  owned  by  Thomas 
Rusden,  and  then  comprised  an  area  of  about 
70,000  acres.  It  was  sold  at  auction  to  the  late 
Alexander  Rodgers,  of  Glen  Elgin,  and  eventu- 
ally when  all  the  properties  of  Mr.  Rodgers 
were  sold,  they  were  purchased  by  the  late 
Edward  White,  and,  on  that  gentleman's  retire- 
ment, were  taken  over  by  his  sons.        In   19 14 


961 


q62 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  late  Edward  White 


these   properties   were   divided,    and   Mr.   J.    F. 
White  purchased  the  Shannon  Vale  property. 

Shannon  Vale  has  been  an  important  link  in 
the  chain  of  properties  controlled  by  the  Martin- 
dale  White  Bros.,  as  the  sons  of  Mr.  Edward 
White  have  been  known  for  many  years.  The 
Glen  Innes  properties  have  yielded  their  yearly 
quota.  Major  James  F.  White  has  proved  a 
highly  successful  station  manager.  He  now  fills 
the  position,  in  addition  to  controlling  Shannon 
Vale,  of  manager  to  the  Martindale  White  Bros, 
combination. 

Major  J.  F.  White  is  a  grandson  of  the  ori- 
ginal Mr.  James  White,  who  came  to  Australia 
in  1805  and  secured  a  Crown  grant  of  1,280  acres 
at  Gundy  in  the  early  days.  He  afterwards  pur- 
chased Edinglassie,  Timor,  Baroona,  and  other 
properties.  He  was  a  famous  pioneer  of  the 
Hunter  River  district,  and  laid  the  foundation  of 
the  great  success  won  by  his  sons  and  grandsons 
in  the  pastoral  industry. 

James  F.  White  is  one  of  four  sturdy  sons  who 
have  followed  in  the  footsteps  of  a  worthy  father 
and  grandfather.  The  late  Mr.  James  White, 
the  early  owner  of  Edinglassie,  was  one  of  the 
notable  pioneers  of  the  State.  The  four 
brothers  represent  the  third  generation  of  the 
White  family,  which  has  for  three-quarters  of  a 
century  been  in  the  front  rank  of  Austrahan  pas- 
toralism.  Born  and  bred  in  an  atmosphere  of 
stock-raising.  Major  White  is  a  recognized  judge 
of  stock.  He  has  been  carefully  trained  in  the 
intricacies     of     station     management,      and     to 


inherited     ability     has     added    a    fine     personal 
enthusiasm. 

The  family  interests  of  late  years  have  tended 
more  to  the  production  of  cattle  than  sheep.  In 
this  section  the  Whites  have  been  deservedly 
pre-eminent.  The  profitable  and  technical 
industry  of  fattening  cattle  for  market  has 
been  followed  on  sound  scientific  and  busi- 
ness lines.  The  business  of  producing  food 
supplies  for  the  metropolis  and  for  the  ex- 
port trade  is  quite  as  important  from  a 
national  viewpoint  as  that  of  devoting  lands  and 
energies  to  the  production  of  wool.  Moreover, 
experience  has  proved  that  it  is  quite  as  resultful  in 
a  financial  sense.  It  relieves  the  landowner  from 
worries  incidental  to  keeping  down  latter-day 
pests,  the  difficult  demands  of  shearers,  and  so  on. 
It  is  not  our  province  here  to  enter  into  the  rival 
merits  of  sheep  and  cattle,  but  rather  is  it  the 
desire  to  emphasise  the  point  that  both  have  their 
places  in  the  scheme  of  things  Australian,  and 
that  both  are  necessary  to  the  full  development  of 
the  Commonwealth. 

Local  conditions  must  always  have  much  to  do 
in  determining  which  of  the  two  sections  is  likely 
to  prove  the  more    profitable.        In    Queensland 
large    cattle    stations    have    gradually    been    im- 
proved, fenced,  subdivided  and  devoted  to  sheep. 
On  the  other  hand,  in  some  of  the  closer  settled 
districts  of  New  South  Wales,  and  notably  in  the 
northern  district,  properties  which  in  days  gone 
by  were  devoted  to  merino  sheep,  have  since  been 
used  for  cattle-fattening  purposes  and  early  lamb- 
raising, — with  satisfactory  results.       The  eating- 
out  of  the  finer  grasses  by  sheep  has  had  some- 
thing to  do  with  this ;  but  the  big  profits  obtainablca^; 
by  fattening  stock  for  market  have  naturally  beeifl* 
the  most  potent  factor.       Metropolitan  fat-stock 
buyers   have    for   years    lamented   the    fact   that^ 
beef  supplies  have    steadily  fallen  off,  and    high 
prices  for  cattle  well  repay  those  who  have  de 
voted  themselves  to  the  business,  where  their  pro^ 
perties  are  suitable. 

Mr.  Edward  White,  the  father  of  the  present 
owner  of  Shannon  Vale,  and  of  the  Martindale 
White  Bros.,  was  born  at  Edinglassie,  Musvvell- 
brook,  being  the  youngest  son  of  the  late  Mr. 
James  White.  He  obtained  his  pastoral  educa- 
tion on  Edinglassie  and  on  other  of  his  father's 
properties  north  of  Belltrees.  In  1864  he  pur-jj' 
chased  Merton  from  Captain  Ogilvie— now  the 
residence  of  his  son,  Mr.  Edward  Reginald  White 
— and  in  1875  he  secured  Martindale,  a  property 
of  30,000  acres,  from  his  elder  brother,  the  late 
Hon.  James  White,  M.L.C.  Martindale  lies 
on  the  Hunter  River,  at  its  confluence  with  the 
Goulburn  River,  about  ten  miles  from  Denman, 
and  its  settlement  dates  back  to  the  old  Colonial  , 
days. 


lat^ 
ro« 


bo 

a 

M 

o 

s 

I 


BO 

I 

DQ 

« 

a 
S 

o 

•3 
> 


963 


964 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Major  J.  F.  White,  of  Shannon  Vale,  was  born 
at  Martindale,  on  the  Hunter  River;  he  was 
educated  at  the  Sydney  Grammar  School,  where 
he  became  captain  of  the  Football  Club  and  also 
stroked  the  school  rowing-crew,  which  won  the 
All-Schools'  Championship  in  1893.  After 
leaving  school  he  took  up  polo-playing,  and, 
when  he  came  to  Shannon  Vale,  was  instrumental 
in  founding  the  Glen  Innes  Polo  Club.  On  the 
outbreak  of  war,  J.  F.  White  enlisted  in  the  6th 
Light  Horse,  under  Colonel  (now  General)  C. 
Cox.  He  left  Australia  as  a  Captain  in  Decem- 
ber, 1 9 14,  and  after  serving  for  three  months 
in  Egypt  was  promoted  major  and  sailed  for 
Gallipoli  in  May,  19 15.  He  remained  there 
until  November  of  the  same  year,  obtaining  the 
temporary  rank  of  Lieut.-Colonel.  He  was 
invalided  for  enteric  fever,  and  returned  to  Aus- 
tralia in  February,  1916,  being  gazetted  to  the 
rank  of  major  for  services  rendered.  Major 
White  is  a  member  of  the  firm  of  Martindale 
White  Bros.  He  is  Vice-President  of  the 
Central  New  England  Pastoralists'  Association, 
member  of  the  Severn  Shire  Council,  President 
of  the  Glen  Innes  branch  of  the  Returned  Sol- 
diers' and  Sailors'  League,  and  Chairman  of  the 
local  committee  of  the  Graziers'  Association. 

Major  White  was  married  in  1903  to  a 
daughter  of  the  late  Hon.  Chas.  B.  Dutton,  at 
one  time  Minister  for  Lands  in  Queensland. 
Their  family  consists  of  two  sons.  Rex,  aged  13 
years,  Cedric,  aged  11,  and  one  daughter,  Sybil, 
aged  9. 

Mr.  Edward  White  retired  from  active  pas- 
toral pursuits  for  some  years  before  his  death, 
living  at  Kigwigil,  his  beautiful  residence  at 
Kirribilli  Point,  Sydney.  He  had  vivid  memories 
of  the  early  days,  and  from  his  stock  of  reminis- 
cences many  interesting  historical  stories  might  be 
compiled.  He  remembered  Muswellbrook,  for 
instance,  when  it  resembled  an  English  village — 
even  to  the  detail  of  the  old-world  "stocks"  for 
offenders  in  the  public  square. 

Most  of  the  large  holdings  in  the  district  were 
originally  Crown  grants  to  army  and  naval 
officers,  freely  given  by  the  government  of  the 
period,  with  the  idea  of  inducing  settlement  in  the 
new  British  colony.  Heavily  timbered  for  the  most 
part,  it  required  pioneers  of  the  right  stamp,  who 
were  prepared  to  live  in  virgin  country,  risk  the 
treachery  of  the  natives,  and  undertake  the  Her- 
culean task  of  clearing  and  improving  a  forested 
wilderness. 

Those  were  the  days  of  privation  and  hard  liv- 
ing. Capital  was  scanty,  and  a  man's  best  assets 
were  health,  strength,  and  energy.  The  pioneers 
of  the  White  family  possessed  these  qualifications 
to  a  pronounced  degree.  Landowners  often  had 
very  little  money    to    devote  to    their  strenuous 


Major  Jas.  F.  White 


i 


tasks.  Labor,  however,  was  cheap,  comprised 
for  the  most  part  of  "assigned"  servants.  The 
policy  of  the  Crown  was  to  allot  Its  prisoners  to 
the  settlers,  granting  the  latter  land  in  proportion 
to  the  number  of  men  they  were  prepared  to  re- 
ceive. This  had  the  dual  effect  of  encouraging 
settlement  and  of  relieving  the  Government  of 
the  expense  of  supporting  its  motley  charges. 
Muswellbrook  and  Maitland  grew  thus  in  the 
early  days.  Originally  a  sheep  district  of 
Colonial  fame,  the  greater  number  of  Its  station 
properties  were  ultimately  devoted  to  horses  and 
cattle. 


SHANNON   VALE 


965 


In  Colonial  times  a  steamboat  service  was 
established  between  Morpeth  and  Sydney.  Mor- 
peth became  a  port  of  some  importance.  The 
first  northern  railway  was  inaugurated  between 
Morpeth  and  Maitland  by  a  private  company, 
which  ended  in  failure.  The  only  marketable 
products  then  were  wool  and  tallow;  but  there 
was  considerable  trade  in  both. 


slaughtering  sheep  and  horses  for  their  skins  and 
tallow  may  appear  ruinous  nowadays,  but 
it  afforded  temporary  salvation  to  the  Australian 
pastoral  industry  in  its  blackest  days. 

In  the  'forties,  forced  sales  of  sheep  were  made 
in  New  South  Wales  as  low  as  one  shilling  per 
head — with  the  station  thrown  in.  Sheep  were 
the  mainstay  and  hope  of  the  colonists  of    the 


Shannon  Vale  Country:  The  Mann  River 


On  Martindale  much  success  was  attained  in 
breeding  horses.  The  original  type  was  of  the 
old  English  stamp,  with  large  bone  and  powerful 
quarters.  Blood  stallions  were  mated  with 
mares  of  the  period,  with  a  pronounced  dash  of 
Cleveland  Bay  or  coaching  blood  in  them.  They 
were  very  active  and  hardy.  They  could  do  sixty 
miles  a  day  for  days  on  end.  The  time  came, 
however,  when  horses  had  little  value  save  that  of 
their  hides  and  tallow,  and  many  hundreds  were 
boiled  down  for  the  latter  product.  A  boiling- 
down  establishment  was  working  at  Maitland, 
where  settlers  could  have  their  horses  and  sheep 
reduced     to     "by-product."         The     policy     of 


period,  but,  when  wool  prices  went  so  low  as  to 
barely  counterbalance  the  cost  of  production,  mat- 
ters became  serious.  The  natural  increase  was 
the  sole  profit.  When  this  increase  could  not  be 
disposed  of,  pastoralism  reached  absolute  low 
water.  Tallow  was  worth  £25  per  ton  in  Sydney 
and  up  to  £40  per  ton  in  London,  hence  the 
drastic  remedy  of  turning  sheep-flocks  into  tallow 
had  something  to  justify  it. 

The  celebrated  William  Charles  Went- 
worth  owned  a  boiling-down  establishment 
at  Windermere,  near  Maitland.  In  1843 
(the  year  this  practice  began),  and  in 
the  following  year,  217,797  sheep    were    boiled 


966 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


I 


Old  Shannon  Vale:  Homestead,  looking  East 


down  in  New  South  Wales.  In  1850,  there  were 
I  ID  boiling-down  establishments,  and  798,787 
sheep  were  treated.  In  seven  years  261,169 
cattle  and  2,364,539  sheep  were  boiled-down  in 
the  parent  colony.  Mr.  Wentworth's  establish- 
ment catered  for  the  settlers  of  the  Hunter,  Wel- 
lington, Liverpool  Plains,  and  New  England  dis- 
tricts, charging  9d.  per  head  for  slaughtering, 
skinning,  cutting  up  and  boiling  sheep,  packing  the 
boiled  fat  in  the  sheepskins  in  suitable  and  secure 
parcels  for  exportation  and  putting  them  on  board 
the  steamer  at  Green  Hills.  Threepence  per 
head  was  charged  for  washing  the  skins,  taking 
off  the  wool,  drying  and  putting  it  into  clean  packs, 
and  delivering  those  bales  to  the  ship.  The  owner 
of  the  sheep  had  to  pay  freight  on  his  wool  and 
tallow  to  Sydney,  or  Mr.  Wentworth  would  take 
at  his  option  wool  at  i/-  per  lb.,  and  tallow  at 
28d.  per  lb.  in  payment  for  all  charges.  The 
freight  on  wool  was  7/-  per  bale  to  Sydney,  and  on 
tallow  I  /-  per  cwt.  Horses,  splendidly  bred  and 
of  excellent  stamp,  could  be  bought  at  10-  per 
head. 

The  Shorthorn  stud  at  Martindale  was  founded 
on  specially  selected  heifers  purchased  from  the 
famous  Bylong  herd,  bred  by  the  late  Mr.  John 
Lee.  These  cattle  were  considered  the  finest  and 
purest  in  the  colony.  Mr.  Edward  White  was 
not  content  with  this,  but  imported  very  fine  bulls 
and  cows  from  England.       The  stud    was    thus 


started  on  a  very  sound  foundation.  Mr.  White 
devoted  himself  to  the  development  of  this  herd, 
with  the  result  that  it  soon  reached  a  high  stan- 
dard. The  Martindale  property  now  maintains 
a  stud  of  about  500  head,  and  Shannon  Vale  sends 
along  something  like  5,000  bullocks  for  fattening. 

Bolivia  station,  in  the  Tentorfield  district,  was 
purchased  by  Mr.  Edward  White  in  1880  from 
the  late  Mr.  Edward  Irby,  a  pioneer  of  that  part 
of  the  country.  He  also  purchased  Ballandean, 
a  run  of  200,000  acres  in  Queensland,  which  his 
son,  the  late  Mr.  Walter  White,  managed  for 
some  years.  On  the  death  of  this  gentleman,  his 
father  disposed  of  that  property. 

The  history  of  the  White  family  is  an  especially 
interesting  one.  Overlords  of  many  broad  acres 
since  the  very  beginning  of  Australian  pastoral 
enterprise,  they  have  devoted  unstinted  energies 
and  hard-won  capital  to  the  improvement  and 
advancement  of  our  basic  industry.  Good  sports, 
upright  and  honorable  to  a  degree,  they  have  won 
credit  and  distinction  in  a  new  country  where,  more 
than  in  any  other  land  on  earth,  the  best  men  suc- 
ceed. 

Their  descendants  may  look  back  with  pride 
upon  progenitors  who  made  use  of  opportunities, 
who  kept  a  brave  face  when  the  skies  were  over- 
cast and  progress  and  plenty  seemed  afar  off. 
Australia's  honor  roll  of  pastoral  pioneering  is 
brightened  by  names  such  as  these. 


il 


At  Bamomie,   on  the   Clarence  Blver 


"RAMORNIE"  AND  THE  TINDALS 


I 
I 


LUSH  and  verdant  lands  are  the  Northern 
Districts  of  New  South  Wales.  First 
comes  the  green,  sub-tropical  littoral, 
watered  by  river  systems  which  have  their  origins 
in  the  Great  Dividing  Ranges.  These  rivers,  hav- 
ing accumulated  increasing  burdens,  spread  out 
m  deltas,  creeks  and  arms  as  they  approach  the 
sea. 

Fertile  beyond  the  average, — a  greater  por- 
tion of  these  coast  lands  is  given  over  to  agricul- 
ture; but  the  cool  upward  slopes,  foothills  and 
plateaux,  that  lie  to  the  westward,  have  been  for 
the  most  part  devoted  to  pastoral  production. 

Famous  among  cattle  stations  of  the  North 
Coast  are  Yugilbar  and  Ramornie.  The  Moorish 
castle  erected  on  Yugilbar  by  the  late  Edward 
Ogilvie  and  the  pioneer  meat-works  of  Ramornie 
are  equally  matters  of  district  pride. 

The  story  of  Ramornie  is  a  most  creditable 
chapter  in  the  history  of  the  Tindal  family.  This 
vigorous  family — one  of  great  activities  and 
achievement — was  well-rooted  in  good  English 
stock.     Its  success  in  Australia  may  be  taken  as 


another  example  of  what  this  land  of  oppor- 
tunities will  yield  to  courageous  and  intelligent 
enterprise. 

Mr.  Charles  Grant  Tindal,  the  founder  of  the 
family  in  Australia,  was  born  at  Honiton,  in 
Devonshire,  in  1824.  His  father.  Captain 
Charles  Tindal,  R.N.,  was  afterwards  the  Gover- 
nor of  the  Bank  of  England  at  Birmingham,  his 
uncle,  Sir  Nicolas  Tindal,  was  for  some  years 
Lord  Chief  Justice  of  Common  Pleas.  Naval, 
military,  financial,  legal  and  commercial  faculties 
appear  to  have  been  pretty  freely  distributed 
among  the  Tindals. 

In  studying  the  history  of  Australian  successes, 
one  notices  how  hereditary  traits  and  character 
are  seldom  lost  or  weakened  under  the  new  and 
strenuous  conditions  of  colonizing  life.  C.  G. 
Tindal,  after  an  education  at  the  famous  King 
Edward's  School,  Birmingham,  came  to  Austra- 
lia at  eighteen  years  of  age.  His  father's  old 
naval  friend.  Captain  Ogilvie,  was  at  the  time 
established  at  Merton  on  the  Hunter  River. 

From  here  young  Tindal  went  farther  north 


967 


968 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Charles   Grant   Tindal    (1824-1914) 

to  join  Captain  Ogilvie's  son,  the  late  Mr. 
Edward  Ogilvie,  who  had  just  taken  up  Yugilbar 
Station  on  the  Clarence  River.  Here  Charles 
Grant  Tindal  acquired  his  early  "colonial  experi- 
ence," a  process  which  has  converted  so  many 
of  England's  best  sons  into  sterling  Australian 
citizens. 

From  Yugilbar,  after  a  year  or  so,  we  find  him 
droving  and  exploring  in  territory  which  now 
forms  part  of  the  State  of  Queensland.  A  little 
later  he  bought  Koreela,  on  the  head-waters  of  the 
Clarence,  where  he  lived  a  full  pioneer  life,  being 
his  own  horse-breaker,  bullock-driver,  and  stock- 
man. 

Old  "bullockies"  of  the  ranges  spoke  of  him 
in  after-years  as  being  able  to  handle  a  team  as 
well  as  the  best  professional.  His  pluck  and 
skill  at  drafting  in  a  stock-yard  in  the  days  of  wild 
cattle  and  sliprails, — before  the  advent  of  gates — 
were  long  a  local  tradition. 

Adaptability  is  one  of  the  Englishman's  traits. 
The  Tindal  stock  was  strong  and  determined.  It 
is  represented  to-day  by  men  who  have  set  square 
jaws  to  their  tasks  in  the  trenches  in  France,  or 
wherever  the  call  of  Empire  led  them. 

Mr.  C.  G.  Tindal  was  joined  at  Koreela  by  a 
younger  brother,  Frederick.  Soon  afterwards  he 
purchased   Ramornie,   on  the   south   side   of  the 


nit     1 


noble    Clarence,  about  i8    miles    above   the    fair 
city  of  Grafton. 

Having  sold  Koreela,  he  returned  to  England 
in  1856,  leaving  his  brother  in  charge  of 
Ramornie.  In  England  he  married  Miss  A.  A. 
Travers,  a  daughter  of  the  head  of  the  firm  of 
Joseph  Travers  and  Sons.  Just  before  his 
return  to  Australia  he  received  the  melancholy 
news  that  his  brother  had  been  drowned  crossing 
the  dangerous  Eastonwell  Falls  on  the  Clarence. 

Mr.  C.  G.  Tindal  had  long  been  considering  in 
what  way  surplus  fat  cattle  could  be  more  profit- 
ably treated  than  by  boiling  down.  In  1862 
went  to  England  to  study  the  subject  of  canni 
beef  and  making  Liebig's  Extract.  The  result 
of  his  pilgrimage  and  investigation  was  the  forma- 
tion of  the  Australian  Meat  Company,  with 
works  on  the  Orara  River,  known  as  the 
Ramornie  works.  These  were  opened  in  1866 
and  worked  part  of  every  year  up  till  19 15  in- 
clusive. In  1879  Mr.  Tindal  bought  out  the 
others  partners,  and  became  the  sole  owner. 
From  1867  to  1890 — though  residing  principally 
in  England  and  managing  the  English  end  of  the 
meat  business — he  made  frequent  trips  to  Austra- 
lia. After  1890  he  remained  in  the  old  country, 
leaving  his  eldest  son,  C.  F.  Tindal,  to  manage 
the  Australian  properties.  In  January,  19 14,  he 
died  at  his  English  home  in  Eversley,  Hampshire, 
his  wife  having  predeceased  him  by  some  eleven 
years.  Both  in  Australia  and  England  he  en- 
joyed a  wide  reputation  as  a  specially  capable, 
energetic,  straightforward  man,  and  a  fair, 
though  strict,  master. 

Meantime,  the  Australian  properties  had  been 
increased  by  the  purchase  in  1885  of  the  Bon- 
shaw  and  Gunyan  amalgamated  stations,  situated 
on  both  sides  of  the  Queensland — New  South 
Wales  border,  near  Texas.  A  few  years  after, 
Trigamon,  adjoining  these  properties  to  the  west, 
was  bought  from  Mr.  W.  Campbell.  About  ten 
years  later,  Albany  Downs  leasehold,  near  Mit- 
chell, on  the  Maranoa,  was  also  acquired. 

Mr.  C.  G.  Tindal  was  an  excellent  judge  of 
stock.  He  imported  many  good  stallions  and 
bulls,  among  the  former  being  Pitsford  (winner 
of  English  2,000  guineas),  Reugny  (winner  of 
Liverpool  Grand  National),  Livingstone,  War- 
like, and  others.  He  also  at  one  time  owned  old 
Sir  Hercules,  and  the  celebrated  Cassandra. 
Their  son  Yattendon  was  foaled  at  Ramornie.  A 
small  but  excellent  stud  of  Devon  cattle  was 
formed  at  Ramornie  in  the  early  'nineties.  About 
the  same  time  the  famous  stud  of  pure  Herefords 
was  started  at  Gunyan.  Both  the  Devon  and 
Hereford  studs  have  been  liberally  fed  with  im-  , 
portations  of  high  English  blood.  Many  splen- 
did heifers  and  a  few  bulls  were  also  obtained 
from  Mr.  Reynolds'  Tocal  Hereford  stud. 


I 


RAMORNIE   AND  THE   TINDALS 


969 


The  Homestead,  Head  Station,  Baiuoruie 


Mr.  C.  G.  Tindal  also  imported  several  Suf- 
folk stallions,  and  there  is  an  excellent  Suffolk 
stud  at  Ramornie,  among  those  imported  being 
Cavalier  (2nd  at  the  English  Royal  Show),  and 
Rendlesham  Sprightly  ( ist  at  English  Royal 
Show).  The  former  was  imported  as  long  ago  as 
the  early  'fifties. 

There  are  in  19 17  at  Gunyan  500  pedigreed 
breeders  all  entered  or  eligible  for  entry  in  "Here- 
ford Herd  Book" — among  stud  bulls  now  in  use 
are  Magnitude,  imported  (ist  Brisbane,  1916), 
Admiral,  imported,  Rosador  2nd  (ist  Sydney), 
Wonder  3rd  (ist  Sydney),  Sir  Edgar  (ist  Syd- 
ney), etc.,  etc.    At  Ramornie  there  are  125  pure 


pedigreed  Devon  breeders,  carefully  culled — the 
principal  bulls  in  use  being  two  imported  from  the 
stud  of  Mr.  C.  Morris,  Highfield,  St.  Albans. 
England. 

Several  excellent  Devon  breeders  have  been  im- 
ported from  time  to  time,  including  Royalist  4th 
of  Pound  (ist  R.A.S.E.).  Both  the  Hereford 
and  Devon  studs  are  kept  carefully  culled,  and 
are  remarkable  for  their  even  excellence  of  qua- 
lity, combined  with  great  constitution.  It  is  Mr. 
Tindal's  ambition  that  the  single  T  brand  should 
be  recognised  as  a  hall-mark  of  value. 

The  Gunyan  and  other  properties  in  Queens- 
land or  on  the  Queensland  border  have  been  from 


970 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


1886  under  the  very  able  management  of 
Mr.  H.  F.  Elwyn,  son  of  General  Elwyn,  R.E.,  an 
old  friend  of  Mr.  Tindal's;  while  the  Clarence 
River  properties,  and  the  general  management 
have  been  in  the  hands  of  Mr.  C.  F.  Tindal,  to 
whom  his  father  handed  them  over  as  a  gift  in 
19 10. 

In   March,    1914,    Mr.    C.    F.   Tindal   bought 
Newbold  Station  on  the  Clarence  from  Mr.  W. 


Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  F.  Tindal  and  Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  H.  Tindal 


A.  B.  Greaves;  this  property  adjourns  Ramornic, 
on  the  up-river  side.  In  19 13,  Mr.  C.  F.  Tindal 
handed  over  the  active  management  of  Ramornie 
to  his  son,  C.  H.  Tindal,  having  a  short  time 
previously  bought  a  residence,  "Bona  Vista,"  two 
miles  out  of  Armidale,  from  which  he  is  able  to 
reach  any  of  his  stations,  except  Albany  Downs, 
in  a  day's  motor  drive. 

This  is  a  brief  outline  of  the  Tindals  and  their 
Australian  fortunes  to  the  momentous  and  terrible 
days  of  1914.  Then  came  the  call  of  the  blood! 
Trumpets  of  War  blared  again  across  the  Narrow 
Seas,  rolled  in  stirring  echoes  over  Atlantic 
waves  and  reverberated  still  further  beyond  the 
"long  wash  of  Australasian  seas." 


"Drake  he  was  a  Devon  man. 
And  ruled  the  Devon  seas." 

It  was  fit  and  seeming  that  the  old  Devonshire 
blood  should  answer  from  the  ends  of  the  earth. 
Mr.  C.  F.  Tindal's  second  and  third  sons  found 
the  call  of  Empire  irresistible.  Among  the  first, 
they  had  taken  their  places  in  the  fighting  ranks. 

Mr.Archie  Tindal,  the  elder  of  the  twain,  joined 
the  Royal  Held  Artillery  as  2nd  Lieutenant.  He 
fell  in  the  battle  of  the  Somme.  His  command- 
ing officer,  in  memorial  correspondence,  paid 
graceful  tribute  to  his  fearlessness  and  resolution 
as  a  soldier,  and  the  high  place  he  held  in  the 
affection  alike  of  men  and  officers. 

Mr.  Nicolas  Tindal  obtained  a  commission  in 
the  2nd  Battalion  of  the  Devonshire  Regiment. 
He  was  still  in  France  at  New  Year,  1917.  In 
September,  19 16,  Charles  and  Arthur,  the  eldest 
and  youngest  sons,  together  with  their  mother, 
sailed  to  England.  On  arrival  they  joined  the 
St.  John's  Wood  Artillery  Training  School  for 
Officers,  while  their  mother  went  to  help  Miss 
Tindal's  Auxiliary  Military  Hospital  at  her 
house  in  Eversley,  Hants. 

Of  the  third  generation  of  Ramornie-born 
Tindals,  Charles  Henry,  born  in  1887,  married 
Gladys,  daughter  of  Sholto  Cay,  Esq.,  of  Mack's 
Creek,  Queensland,  and  has  issue  a  daughter  and 
two  sons.  He  was  educated  at  Sedberg  School, 
Yorkshire.  Archibald,  born  in  1888,  was  edu- 
cated at  his  father's  old  school,  Wellington  Col- 
lege. Like  him,  he  won  the  mile  and  two-mile 
races  and  the  steeplechase.  He  married  Dorothy, 
daughter  of  the  Ven.  Archdeacon  Moxon  of 
Grafton,  and  left  a  daughter  and  a  son.  Pre- 
viously to  volunteering,  he  was  assistant  manager 
at  Gunyan.  Travers  Grant,  the  third  son,  died 
as  a  schoolboy;  Nicolas,  educated  at  Southport 
and  Armidale  Schools,  was  working  at  Gunyan 
when  he  volunteered.  Arthur,  the  youngest, 
was  educated  at  Southport  and  Armidale,  being 
before  he  left,  the  Captain  of  the  latter.  He 
then  went  to  St.  Paul's  College,  Sydney  Unixer- 
sity,  and  had  just  passed  the  first  year's  medical, 
when  he  left  to  take  a  commission  in  the  English 
army,  reaching  E^ngland  on  his  19th  birthday. 
Both  he  and  his  brother  Charles  volunteered  dur- 
ing the  latter  part  of  the  voyage  (when  in 
waters  rendered  dangerous  by  enemy  sub- 
marines), to  take  several  hours  a  day  "look-out" 
duty,  and  an  hour  a  day  assisting  the  stokers,  who 
were  short-handed. 

Epitomized,  the  history  of  the  Tindal  family 
becomes  one  of  almost  universal  service  in  the 
cause  of  Empire: — 

The  family  of  Charles  Grant  Tindal — founder 
of  the  Australian  family — were: — 


RAMORNIE  AND   THE  TINDALS 


971 


Charles  Frederick  Tindal,  born  at  Ramornie, 
Clarence  River,  in  1857.  He  was  educated  at 
Wellington  College,  Berkshire,  England,  and 
married  his  second  cousin,  Edith  Tindal,  in  1885. 
For  25  years  he  was  general  manager  for  his 
father  in  Australia;  later  he  owned  the  properties. 

Anne  Grant  Tindal,  born  at  Ramornie  in  1858, 
resides  at  Fir  Grove,  Eversley,  Hants,  England. 
Since  the  outbreak  of  war  in  19 14,  she  has  been 
running  it  as  an  Auxiliary  Soldiers'  Hospital. 

John  Travers  Tindal,  grazier  and  farmer,  lat- 
terly    resident     at    Tatiara,     near     Glen    Innes, 


N.S.W.,  married  in  1887  Mary,  eldest  daughter 
of  the  late  E.  D.  Ogilvie,  of  Yugilbar,  Clarence 
River,  N.S.W.  On  the  outbreak  of  war  he  went 
to  England,  and  worked  in  a  munition  factory  for 
a  considerable  time,  later  as  special  constable, 
to  free  a  younger  man  for  war.  His  only  son, 
Humphrey,  died  of  malaria  while  serving 
with  the  artillery  in  East  Africa;  one 
daughter  is  working  at  Messrs.  Stilwell  and 
Sons,  Naval  Agents,  London,  and  two  on  farms 
in  England,  in  order  to  free  men  to  fight.  Mrs. 
J.  T.  Tindal  is  doing  Red  Cross  work  in  Sydney. 


Highfield  Ploughboy    (18   months), 
Bred   by   C.   Morris,   Highfield,   Herts,   England. 

Magnitude, 
Imported  Hereford  Bull  (1st  Brisbane,  1916). 


Highfield  Fearless   (2  years), 
Bred  by  C.  Morris,  Highfield,  St.  Albans,  Herts. 

Wonder  3rd    (1st  Class,  Sydney,  N.S.W.) , 
Bred    by    S.    Reynolds,    Tocal,    N.S.W. 


972 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Maria  Louisa  Tindal,  obtained  certificate  as  a 
fully  trained  nurse  at  the  London  Hospital,  and  is 
now  resident  at  Newton  Abbot,  England. 

Jean  Emilia,  married  C.  V.  Mather,  then  of 
Spring  Grove,  Casino,  N.S.W.,  now  of  Fairleigh, 
near  Armidale,  N.S.W.  She  has  three  daughters 
and  a  son,  "all  too  young  for  war  work,"  the 
compiler  of  the  Tindal  memoirs  remarks,  with 
something  like  regret. 

Elizabeth  Grant,  married  Godfrey  Holt  Stil- 
well,  of  Messrs.  Stilwell  and  Sons,  Naval  Agents, 
London.  Their  two  eldest  sons  are  serving  with 
commissions  in  the  English  Army;  the  eldest, 
John,  was  wounded  and  taken  prisoner  in  Mesopo- 
tamia. Both  volunteered  soon  after  the  out- 
break of  war. 


Esther  Kirkpatrick,  married  Lieut. -Col.  H.  F. 
Faithfull,  of  the  Indian  Army  (now  retired). 
Residence,  The  Priory,  Frimley,  Surrey.  The 
children  are  too  young  for  war  work,  but  both 
Col.  and  Mrs.  Faithfull  are  energetic  workers  in 
various  patriotic  societies  for  aid  of  our  soldiers 
and  sailors.  Col.  Faithfull  is  a  director  of  the 
Australian  Meat  Co.  Ltd.,  London,  formerly  a 
branch  of  the  Ramornie,  N.S.W.,  business. 

This,  at  least,  can  be  accepted,  as  an  indication 
that  after  two  and  three  generations,  Australians 
of  a  good  English  stock  remain  true  and  loyal  to 
the  land  of  their  forefathers.  They  turn  natur- 
ally from  the  in-terests  of  civil  life  to  military  ser- 
vice in  the  cause  of  a  nationality  the  sacredness  of 
which  neither  Time  nor  distance  can  lessen  in  their 
eyes. 


Australian   Meat    Company's    Works,   Ramornie 


lb 


Donald  Campbell, 
Of  Glengower  Estate,  Campbelltown 


J.  A.  CAMPBELL,  OF  DUNGALEAR 


MANY  fine  Captains  of  Industry  have  risen 
to  distinction  in  that  pastoral  brigade 
which  has  formed  the  outposts  of  Aus- 
tralian settlement.  From  the  four  kingdoms  of 
Britain  and  Ireland  they  or  their  forebears  came 
to  the  conquest  of  a  new  world.  As  Raleigh  and 
Dralce  and  other  valiant  souls  fared  west,  the 
prows  of  their  argosies  were  turned  south  in 
later  days. 

The  glamor  had  not  faded  from  the  Seven 
Seas.  To  the  men  of  those  wonderful  little 
islands  which  lie  upon  the  western  confines  of 
war-worn  Europe,  the  waters  have  retained  their 
ancient  lure.  They  were  a  maritime  people,  and 
the  highways  and  byways  of  the  oceans  were 
dear  and  familiar  to  them.  Beyond  the  Narrow 
Seas  which  make  the  immediate  horizon  of  their 
island  homes,  were  new  lands  to  occupy  and 
colonize.  For  over  a  hundred  years  stout  Eng- 
lish, Irish,  Scotch  and  Welsh  hearts  have 
answered  to  the  call  of  "Southward  ho !" 

Australia  gained  what  Britain  temporarily  lost. 
For,  as  events  have  proved,  the  Motherlands 
have  but  lent  in  blood  and  brood  what  the  sunny 
Southern  lands  are  proud  and  happy  to  repay  in 
the  hour  of  need. 


Since  this  compilation  began,  one  of  the  most 
honored  native-born  captains  in  that  brigade 
which  have  been  holding  the  outposts  of  British 
civilisation  in  the  south,  has  followed  his  two 
brave  sons  to  the  Great  Beyond.  Men  who  know 
the  Australian  pastoral  industry  take  off  their 
hats  to  the  memory  of  the  late  J.  A.  Campbell, 
of  Dungalear  and  Tubbo. 

He  was  born  at  Bullock  Creek  in  1854,  but  a 
few  years  later  went  to  Glengower  Estate, 
near  Clunes,  Victoria,  when  his  father,  Donald 
Campbell,  purchased  that  property  from 
Captain  McLachlan.  He  was  identified  all 
his  life  with  pastoralism,  as  befitted  a 
member  of  a  family  which,  on  both  sides,  had 
been  farmers  and  graziers  for  generations  near 
Oban,  Argyleshire,  Scotland. 

For  thirty-six  years  he  was  the  owner  of  Dun- 
galear Station,  Walgett,  New  South  Wales. 
Throughout  that  period  he  followed  a  system  oi 
consistent  improvement.  The  property  was  re- 
cognised as  one  of  the  most  highly  improved  in  a 
district  which  has  had  a  long  experience  of  pas- 
toral successes  and  reverses. 

Enterprise,  foresight,  and  adaptability  to 
modern     conditions     enabled    the     broadminded 


973 


974 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


*»^iS« 


Manager's  House  and  Barracks 


owner  of  Dungalear  to  crown  his  life's  labors 
with  high  success.  His  pride  was  in  the  develop- 
ment of  his  merino  flock.  He  had  the  gratifica- 
tion of  eventually  seeing  his  sheep  gain  a  position 
in  the  front  rank,  an  achievement  of  which  the  lay 
mind  can  hardly  realise  the  importance. 

Emulation  among  pastoralists  has  been  a  fine 
tonic  to  the  industry.  It  has  helped  to  make  our 
staple  product,  Australian  wool,  eagerly  sought 
for  by  the  looms  of  all  the  world.  It  has  raised 
the  standard  of  wealth  in  this  country  higher 
than  the  average  citizen  would  deem  possible. 

To  men  like  the  late  J.  A.  Campbell,  who 
sought  to  improve  the  value  and  quality  of  Aus- 
tralian fleeces,  honor  and  credit  should  be  given 
in  no  unstinted  measure.  They  have  been  the 
backbone  and  spinal  marrow  of  our  national 
prosperity. 

Dungalear  sheep  are  big-framed  animals  of  the 
robust  breed  which  has  come  so  markedly  forward 
in  recent  years.  The  wool  from  Dungalear  is 
high-class,  and  of  a  quality  which  finds  much 
favor  in  the  busy  world  of  flocks  and  fleeces 
to-day. 

Mr.  Campbell  was  of  the  vigorous  type  that 
age  mellows  and  makes  more  capable.  He  super- 
intended the  management  of  Dungalear  till  his 
death  in  1916,  acting  also  as  managing  director 
of  Tubbo,  Narrandera,  one  of  the  largest  estates 
in  Riverina — in  which  his  family  was  interested. 


At  Tubbo  he  adopted  the  same  progressive 
policy.  As  a  result  Tubbo  clip  became  highly 
popular  with  wool-buyers,  that  polyglot  band 
who  bring  to  Australian  salerooms  something  of 
the  vociferous  energy  which  makes  the  Chicago 
Wheat  Pit  a  theme  for  the  descriptive  writers  of 
America. 

Mr.  Campbell's  personal  hobby  was  the  breed- 
ing of  thoroughbreds  in  horses  and  cattle.  He 
took  a  pride  in  the  pedigrees  of  all  his  stock,  and 
even  the  dairy  cows  attached  to  his  Melbourne 
residence  were  always  pedigree  cattle.  Mr. 
Campbell  always  kept  a  few  stud  horses  at  Dun- 
galear, and  bred  some  fine  animals.  His  Win- 
garoon  established  a  record  for  his  time;  while 
Wingarara  won  the  Grand  National  Hurdle  in 
world's  record  time  for  the  distance  over  hurdles. 

In  the  politics  and  economics  of  pastoralism, 
Mr.  J.  A.  Campbell  was,  for  years,  a  prominent 
personality.  He  was  one  of  the  founders  of  the 
Pastoralists'  Association  of  Victoria,  which  body 
was  formed  in  1890,  and  occupied  the  position 
of  President  from  1902  to  1906.  In  the  latter 
year  the  association  was  reorganised  and  formed 
into  two  divisions.  Mr.  Campbell  was  elected 
President  of  the  Pastoralists'  Union  of  Southern 
Riverina,  one  of  the  divisions.  He  was  still 
holding  that  position  at  the  time  of  his  death  in 
19 1 6.  His  presidential  addresses  at  the  annual 
meetings   were    always    regarded    as    pronounce- 


J.    A.    CAMPBELL,    OF    DUNGALEAR 


975 


and  the  Homestead,  Dungalear  Station 


lents  of  high  value.  In  addition  to  the  honor- 
ible  office,  he  was  the  representative  of  the  Vic- 
torian and  Southern  Riverina  bodies  at  practically 
Every    convention    of    the    Pastoralists'    Federal 

;!ouncil  of  Australia,  and  took  a  prominent  part 
|n    the    lengthy   arbitration  proceedings  between 

le     Pastoralists'     Union     and     the     Australian 

''orkers'  Union  in   191 1. 
In  November,  1916,  when  the  British  Govern- 

lent  purchased  the  balance  of  that  season's  wool- 
clip,  each  section  of  the  industry  was  called  upon 
to  elect  representatives  to  sit  on  a  Central  Wool 
Committee.  This  body  was  charged  with  the 
management  of  the  scheme  for  handling  and 
shipping  the  wool.  Mr.  Campbell  was  chosen 
as  one  of  the  two  representatives  of  the  growers. 
The  appointment  proved  a  most  popular  one. 
The  subject  of  this  sketch  was  recognised  as  a 
man  with  special  qualifications  for  the  position. 
He  displayed  marked  ability  in  constructive  work, 
and  his  death  a  month  later  proved  a  great  loss 
to  the  Committee.  The  sense  of  this  was  ex- 
pressed, not  only  by  the  central  body,  but  by  the 
State  Wool  Committees  in  Victoria,  New  South 
Wales,  and  Queensland. 

Mr.  Campbell  was  a  vice-president  of  the  Aus- 
tralian Sheepbreeders'  Association  for  many 
years,  and  took  a  very  active  part  in  the  work 
of  the  Association  and  in  the  arrangement  of  its 
annual  exhibitions  in  Melbourne.  He  was  also  a 
director  of  Dalgety  and  Co.  Ltd.,  Melbourne,  and 


brought  his  wide  experience  of  pastoral  matters 
to  bear  in  this  connection  to  the  great  advantage 
of  that  company. 

The  success  of  the  pastoral  industry  in  Aus- 
tralia, particularly  during  the  last  quarter  of  a 
century,  has  been  due  quite  as  much  to  the  able 
men  who  have  guided  its  destinies  and  steered  it 
clear  of  pitfalls,  as  to  the  effect  of  seasons  and 
natural  facilities.  Whilst  past-masters  in  the  art 
of  sheepbreeding  have  devoted  their  lives  almost 
exclusively  to  the  task  of  perfecting  types  and  of 
evolving  a  class  of  sheep  capable  of  producing 
a  heavy  fleece  of  high-class  wool  and  with  the 
constitution  to  withstand  the  vagaries  of  climate 
which  have  to  be  contended  against,  others  have 
rendered  quite  as  signal  service  in  solving  the 
many  problems  which  have  from  time  to  time 
beset  the  Industry,  in  acting  as  its  mouthpiece  in 
resisting  what  was  regarded  as  unfair  legislation, 
and  in  dealing  effectively  with  the  many  and 
varied  pests  which  have  had  to  be  contended 
with. 

To  a  large  extent  these  public-spirited  advo- 
cates have  had  to  spend  a  very  considerable  por- 
tion of  their  time  in  working  for  the  good  of  all. 
This  they  have  done  right  joyously;  recognising 
that  what  makes  for  the  common  good  makes 
also  for  the  good  of  the  individual.  In  the  legis- 
lative councils  of  the  pastoral  industry  brainy, 
able,  and  far-seeing  men  have  done  splendid  ser- 
vice.    No  name  stands  out  more  prominently  in 


976 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


connection  with  Southern  Riverina  and  Victorian 
sections  than  that  of  Mr.  J.  A.  Campbell. 

None  have  been  more  widely  known  or  popular 
in  the  pastoral  industry  than  he.  His  ability  was 
not  confined  to  station  management,  but  found 
expression  also  in  the  larger  sphere  of  pastoral 
politics.  His  experience  embraced  all  details  of 
pastoral  work,  but  it  was  not  so  much  his  experi- 
ence as  his  broad-minded  spirit  and  optimistic 
outlook  which  made  him  a  power  in  the  industry 
He  possessed  a  charming,  genial  personality. 
Kindly,  lovable,  tactful,  eminently  fair-minded, 
and  generous  to  a  fault,  his  popularity  could  be 
well  understood.  His  honesty  of  conviction  and 
deed,  and  his  fair-dealing  instincts  earned  the 
respect  not  only  of  his  fellow-pastoralists  but  also 
of  the  labor  section  of  the  industry.  He  was  a 
man  whose  word  was  his  bond;  who  never  missed 
an  opportunity  of  doing  a  kindness  to  his  fellow- 
man. 

For  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  century  Mr. 
Campbell  was  an  untiring  worker  in  all  move- 
ments calculated  to  be  for  the  advancement  and 
general  good  of  pastoralism.  No  man  connected 
with  sheep-raising  in  Australia  has  contributed 
more  to  the  success  of  the  pastoral  industry  and 
to  smooth  the  path  of  those  engaged  in  it.  He 
spared  neither  time,  trouble,  nor  money,  but  gave 
freely  of  his  ability  and  means.  His  ripe  experi- 
ence was  always  at  the  call  of  his  fellow-graziers, 
and  there  is  no  doubt  that  he  frequently  over- 
taxed his  health  and  strength  in  labors  for  the 
common  good.  As  a  mediator  in  times  of  labor 
troubles  he  proved  himself  a  tower  of  strength. 

Mr.  Campbell  left  a  widow  and  a  family  of 
two  sons  and  four  daughters.  Two  other  sons. 
Lieutenants  Donald  and  Walter  Campbell,  were 
killed  in  action  in  the  "big  push"  in  France  in 
1916.  Lieutenant  Walter  Campbell  had  just  pre- 
viously been  awarded  the  Military  Cross  for 
gallant  conduct  on  the  field.  Vigorous  and  active 
as  he  was  even  at  the  age  of  62,  this  fine  old 
colonist  felt  keenly  the  loss  of  the  brave  sons  who 
had  laid  down  their  gallant  lives  in  far-off  France. 

There  is  something  finely  pathetic  in  the  clos- 
ing scene  of  this  useful  and  honorable  life. 
Although  living  for  years  prior  to  his  death  at 
his  home,  "Ottawa,"  Toorak,  Victoria,  he  had 
kept  in  close  touch  with  Dungalear  and  Tubbo. 
He  kept  in  harness  to  the  last,  and  with  all  the 
heavy  weight  of  new  sorrow  upon  him,  went 
stoically  about  his  work  to  the  day  before  he  died. 

One  of  his  commercial  compeers,  speaking  for 
the  rest,  summed  up  his  qualities  in  a  short  sym- 
pathetic obituary  notice,  which  appeared  in  the 
columns    of    the  "Pastoral    Review": — "In    the 


cities  J.  A.  Campbell  was  noted  for  his  combina- 
tion of  strength  and  friendly,  pleasant  manner, 
and  was  respected  by  all  and  loved  by  most  of 
those  with  whom  he  came  in  contact,  while  his 
honor  and  probity  and  straight-dealing  gave  him 
an  exalted  position  among  the  business  men  of 
i\.ustralia.     But  it  was  amongst  the  bush  people. 


J.  A.  Campbell 


perhaps,  that  his  real  worth,  his  kindly  heart,  were 
best  known.  When  the  news  of  his  passing  be- 
came known,  his  friends  in  New  South  Wales,  on 
the  Murrumbidgee,  and  along  the  northern  rivers, 
experienced  a  poignant  sense  of  personal  loss. 
Genuine  grief  and  sorrow  remain  for  the  death 
of  one  whom  they  knew  so  well,  for  the  man  who 
had  never  turned  a  deaf  ear  to  those  who  needed 
real  sympathy  or  help.  He  is  gone,  worn  out 
by  hard  work  and  by  grief  at  the  loss  of  his  brave 
sons  who  died  for  the  Empire." 


4 


The  Homestead 


I^^T^HE  city  of  Rockhampton,  Queensland,  needs 
I  no  inspired  prophet  to  predict  for  it  a 
progressive  future.  Any  ordinary  lay- 
man may  forecast  that  from  the  certainties 
already  within  his  vision.  Apart  from  adjacent 
mineral  riches  which  have  found  their  highest  ex- 
pression in  Mount  Morgan,  its  pastoral  and  agri- 
cultural surroundings  must  make  it  a  growing 
centre  of  population  and  industry. 

Close  to  Rockhampton  lies  Gracemere,  one  of 
:he  oldest  and  most  celebrated  of  Queensland 
itatlons. 

In  the  memoirs  of  the  late  J.  A.  Macartney  we 

nd  that  hardy  pioneer  relating  with  pleasure  his 

rrival  at  Gracemere  on  the  31st  of  December, 

857.       Here  he  found  hospitality  and  welcome, 

like  many  a  northern  traveller  before  and  since. 

ockhampton  was  then  a  place  of  only  three  per- 

lanent   residents.        It   went   through   its   pack- 

laddle    and  bullock-dray  periods,  saw   the    Great 

^ush  to  the  goldfields,  had  its  boom  days,  and 

ilowly    settled     down    to     its    present     stability. 

iracemere  has  been  a  constant  contributor  to  the 

prosperity  of  Rockhampton. 

The  name  of  Archer  is  held  in  general  respect 
,in  the  North,  where  so  many  good  Australians 


GRACEMERE 

(ARCHER  BROTHERS  LIMITED) 


have  "done  their  bit"  towards  the  upbuilding  of  a 
queenly  State. 

On  the  1st  July,  19 16,  an  amalgamation  of  the 
firm  of  Archer  Brothers  Limited,  of  Gracemere, 
and  Messrs.  R.  S.  and  J.  Archer,  of  Torsdale  and 
Coolibah,  was  completed,  the  combined  firms 
being  carried  on  as  Archer  Brothers  Limited. 

From  an  interesting  review  of  the  Archer 
family,  published  at  the  time  in  the  Rockhampton 
Bulletin,  we  learn  that  the  firm  of  Archer  had 
been  then  in  existence  for  75  years.  In  1839 
Mr.  David  Archer  resigned  the  management  of 
Wallarawang  and  Louie,  in  New  South  Wales, 
the  properties  of  his  uncle,  Mr.  Walker,  and 
formed  the  firm  of  D.  Archer  and  Co. 

Sheep  were  purchased  from  the  well-known 
Louie  flock,  and  preparations  were  made  to  travel 
across  New  England  to  the  Darling  Downs, 
where  settlement  was  just  starting,  Mr.  Thomas 
Archer  being  second  in  charge.  Unfortunately 
for  the  new  firm,  scab  broke  out  in  the  sheep, 
necessitating  a  twelve  months'  delay,  so  that  when 
the  Darling  Downs  were  reached,  the  pick  of  the 
country  had  been  taken  up.  The  leader,  Mr. 
David  Archer,  pushed  on  ahead  of  the  party  and 
eventually    took    up    Durundur,     near    Moreton 


977 


K2 


978 


GRACEMERE 


979 


The  Garden,  Gracemere  Homestead 


Bay,  Mr.  David  M'Connel,  who  had  settled  at 
Cressbrook  a  year  earHer,  being  his  nearest  neigh- 
bor. Durundur  was  occupied  until  1845,  when 
the  run  and  cattle  were  sold  to  a  brother  of  Mr. 
D.  M'Connel,  the  sheep  being  moved  to  Emu 
Creek,  and  Cooyar  taken  up  that  year. 

The  story,  as  it  goes  on,  makes  clearer  the 
movements  and  methods  of  early  pastoralism. 
Led  by  men  of  enterprise  and  daring,  flocks  and 
herds  were  continually  migrated  to  new  pastures. 
Bold  and  confident  spirits  acted  as  the  vanguard 
of  settlement.  The  more  timid  or  cautious  fol- 
lowed on.  Each  year  fresh  territory  was  brought 
into  occupation.       Late-comers,  if  they  missed  the 

ick  of  suitable  lands,  profited  by  the  trials  and 

periences,  failures  and  successes  of  their  fore- 
runners. 

From  Cooyar  exploring  trips  were  made  by  Mr. 
Thomas  Archer  to  Mount  Abundance  (Roma) 
and  to  the  Upper  Burnett,  where,  in  1848,  D. 
Archer  and  Co.  took  up  Coonambula  and  brought 
their  sheep  there;  a  new  firm,  Charles  and  Thomas 

E Archer,  taking    up    and    stocking    the    adjoining 


Archer  returned  to  England  in  1852  and  did  not 
revisit  Australia. 

In  1853  Charles  and  William  Archer  made  an 
exploring  trip  to  the  North,  following  up  the 
Burnett  waters  across  Rawbelle,  whence  they 
crossed  to  those  of  the  Fitzroy.  Following  up 
the  Dee  River,  and  crossing  the  Dee  Range,  they 
took  up  the  Gracemere  run,  on  which  the  town  of 
Rockhampton  now  stands,  naming  the  Fitzroy 
River  and  surrounding  mountains  en  route.  On 
their  return  to  the  Burnett,  Charles  and  Thomas 
joined  their  firm  to  D.  Archer  and  Co.  (David 
and  William),  under  the  style  of  Archer  and  Co., 
and,  in  185';,  removed  their  sheep  (the  descend- 
ants of  the  Louie  stock)   to  Gracemere. 

At  Gracemere  Archibald,  Colin,  and  James 
Archer  joined  the  firm,  these  and  their  brother 
William  being  at  different  times  in  charge  of  the 
property. 

In  the  succeeding  years  a  stud  of  Shorthorn 
and  Hereford  cattle  was  formed,  the  first  bulls 
being  imported  from  England  in  1864,  importa- 
tions following  in  1870  and  1888. 


98o 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


In  1872  Minnie  Downs,  on  the  Barcoo,  was 
acquired,  and  the  sheep  were  sent  out  there,  also 
part  of  the  cattle.  Minnie  Downs  was  sold  in 
1882  to  Messrs.  Irving  and  Co.  In  1891  St. 
Helens  was  bought,  and  was  sold  in  1903,  after 
the  droughts,  culminating  in  1902,  had  wiped  out 
a  fine  herd  of  8,000  head. 

The  author  of  Australia  Unlimited  travelled 
through  this  part  of  Queensland  during  that 
memorable  period  of  disastrous  drought  and  per- 
sonally beheld  its  devastating  effects.  The  cour- 
age of  the  pastoral  North  was  never  before,  and 
probably  never  will  again,  be  put  to  such  a  severe 
test. 

Science  and  good  seasons  have  enabled  stock- 
owners  to  recover  from  the  combined  ravages  of 
drought  and  ticks.  Northerners  of  to-day,  re- 
compensed in  a  great  measure  for  the  losses  of 
that  anxious  time,  look  forward  with  confidence 
to  the  future  of  the  industry.  The  losses  of  the 
past  are  over  and  done  with,  as  far  as  human  fore- 
sight can  prevail.  Valuable  knowledge  has  been 
gained.  So  great  are  the  recuperative  powers 
of  all  Australia,  and  of  Queensland  in  particular, 
so  strong  is  the  faith  of  the  men  who  have  read 
their  country  in  the  pages  of  personal  experience, 
that  nobody  doubts  the  future. 

Rockhampton,  among  other  things,  is  now  the 
capital  of  a  dairy-farming  province,  capable  of 
vast  extension.  In  our  general  Queensland  sec- 
tion dealing  with  this  district,  these  facts  have 
been  more  fully  set  forth.  Dairying  has  been 
carried  on  at  Gracemere  since  1892;  but,  in  con- 
sequence of  a  keen  demand  for  beef  cattle,  and, 
consequently,  for  high-class  beef  bulls,  it  has  been 


I 


determined  to  break  up  the  dairy  herds  and 
return  to  the  breeding  of  Shorthorns  and  Here- 
ford stud  bulls.  Gracemere  will  also  be  used  as 
a  depot  for  the  herd  bulls  bred  at  Torsdale. 

A  rearrangement  of  the  partnership  was  made 
in  1899,  David,  William,  and  Thomas  carrying 
on  the  firm  as  Archer  Brothers.  On  the  death 
of  the  three  partners,  their  executors,  in  1907, 
formed  the  limited  company  of  Archer  Brothe^ 
Limited. 

The  firm  of  R.  S.  and  J.  Archer  was  form^ 
in    1884,    the   two    original    partners   being   latdT 
joined  by  their  brothers,  the  late  Charles  Archer, 
and,  on  his  death,  by  E.  W.  Archer.       A  stud 
herd  of  Herefords  was  at  once  formed  by  pur- 
chase  of  cows    from    Gracemere,   and   has    no\^^ 
grown    to    large    dimensions    the  dot  and  arro^^f 
brand  being  well-known  all  over  the  State.     Ten 
years  ago  Shorthorns  and  Red  Polls  were  addet 
to  the  stud,  which  now  numbers   1,800  cows 
the  three  breeds. 

In  the  review  from  which  we  have  quoted, 
is  announced  that  this  herd  will  now  be  worked 
in  conjunction  with  Gracemere,  the  aim  of  the 
firm  being  to  produce  high-class  herd  bulls  of 
these  three  beef-producing  breeds.  Recourse 
will  be  made  to  the  best  English  herds  for  new 
strains  of  blood.  Already  two  Red  Poll  bulls 
are  en  route  to  Queensland,  and  further  importa- 
tions of  Shorthorns  and  Herefords  are  contem- 
plated next  year. 

The  firm  will  be  under  the  management  of  R. 
S.  Archer  at    Gracemere,  and    John    Archer  at 
Torsdale,  sons  of  David  Archer,  the  founder  o£^ 
the   firm. 


en 
led 

I 


Hereford  Cattle,  Gracemere,  Q. 


,1' 

I 


The  Homestead,  Hidden  Vale,  Grandchester 


UEENSLAND    is  proud  of  her  pioneer- 
ing   pastoralists.       They    were    men    of 
resolution,    energy,    perse- 


indomitable 


^■verance,   intrepidity,   and  acuteness.      In  the   face 
^■of   obstacles    and    difficulties,    they    blazed    their 
^^Kracks   through    the    State    of   Queensland   when 
^^■t   was    a    wild    and    dangerous    land    inhabited 
^^^nly   by   treacherous   blacks.         Life     under   the 
most  favorable  conditions  was  crude   and  primi- 
tive.      It  required  stout    hearts  to  face  Its    diffi- 
culties   as  they    were  presented    day    after    day. 
These  stout  spirits  stuck  manfully  to  their  work. 
In  the    main    success    eventually    attended    their 
efforts.      To-day  their  names  are  indelibly  written 
in  the  pastoral  history  of  Queensland. 

Among  these  pioneers  who  experienced  the 
stress  of  that  wild,  rough-and-ready  period 
of  pastoral  life,  Alfred  John  Cotton,  J. P., 
of  Hidden  Vale,  Grandchester,  in  the  Moreton 
district  of  South  Queensland,  holds  a  prominent 
place.  Though  many  of  his  compatriots  have 
been  removed  from  the  lists  of  pastoralism  by 
death  or  financial  disaster,  Mr.  Cotton  is  now 
spending  the  later  period  of  his  life  in  peace,  con- 
tentment,  and  prosperity. 

The  subject  of  this  sketch  was  born  at  St. 
Heliers,  Jersey,  one  of  the  Channel  Islands,  on 
June  2  1,  1 86 1,  and  was  educated  privately  at 
Brighton,  England,  and  at  the  Taplow  Grammar 
School.      He   is   the   only  male   survivor   of  the 


ALFRED    JOHN    COTTON 
HIDDEN  VALE  AND  BRUNETTE  DOWNS 


k 


late  Charles  Nelson  Cotton,  a  London  merchant. 
For    several    generations    the    Cotton    family 
were  largely  interested  in  the  business  life  of  the 
Greatest  of  Cities,  and  an  uncle   (Sir  Richmond 
Cotton)   was  Lord  Mayor  of  London  in   1875. 
At    the    age    of     14    years,     Mr.     Cotton  was 
apprenticed     to     the     mercantile     marine.       He 
served     his     indentures      on     the     Edeline,      a 
barque  of  700  tons,  from  the  shipping  home  of 
John  Brodie  and  Sons,  London.       He  was  next 
transferred  to  the  Isles  of  the  South,  another  of 
the  same  company's  vessels.       At  a  later  period 
he  continued  his  indentures  on  the  Clara,  one  of 
the  old  time  ships  which  had  carried  large  num- 
bers of  immigrants  from  Great  Britain  to  Queens- 
land.      In   1879,  while  the  vessel  was  at  Hong 
Kong,  he  completed  his  indenture,  and  became  the 
third  mate.       Though  only   18  years  of  age  he 
proved  himself  well  fitted  for  his  command.  With 
500  Chinese  coolies  aboard  the  Clara  set  sail  for 
Antigua.     Trouble  broke  out  aboard   during  her 
long  voyage  of  90  days.      But  when  mutiny  reared 
its  ugly  head,  the  young  third  mate,  by  a  display 
of  grim  determination  and   fearlessness,  assisted 
in  cowing  the    ringleaders.       The    coolies    were 
eventually  landed  at  their  destination.       In  1880 
he  became  third  officer  on  the  Dartford,  a  bigger 
ship  than  the  Clara.       During  recent  years    the 
Darlford  was  used  by  the  Union  Steamship  Com- 
pany as  a  training  ship  for  cadets.     On  the  arrival 


981 


9S: 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


an  interest  in  Goorganga  Station,  in  the  Proser- 
pine district,  North  Queensland,  which  had 
formed  part  of  the  estate  of  the  late  W.  J. 
Dangar.  From  1890  until  1895  cattle  were 
successfully  bred  there,  but  with  the  appearam 
of  the  tick  pest  in  1895,  it  suffered  a  serious  set^ 
back.  In  that  year  practically  the  whole  of  the 
herd  was  wiped  out  by  the  pest. 

At  this  time  Mr.  Cotton  was  not  quite 
years  of  age.  Undaunted  by  this  heavy  loss 
placed  an  overseer  on  the  station,  and  decided 
engage  in  the  buying  and  selling  of  stock.  At 
first  his  operations  were  on  a  small  scale,  but  with 
financial  assistance  from  the  Bank  of  New  South 
Wales,  he  was  ultimately  enabled  to  do  big  things 
in  this  direction.  When  the  South  African  War 
broke  out  he  secured  contracts  from  the  Imperial 
Government  to  supply  10,000  horses  for  military 
purposes.  The  carrying  out  of  this  contract 
necessitated  his  own  personal  supervision.  He 
visited  all  portions  of  Queensland  and  the  nor- 
thern section  of  New  South  Wales  in  order  to 
procure   suitable   animals. 

Emboldened  by  his  success  as  a  stock-buyer, 
Mr.  Cotton  decided  to  again  turn  his  attention  to 
cattle-raising.  With  this  end  in  sight  he  acquired 
Powlathanga     Station,     near    Charters    Towers, 


:he 

I 


Alfred  John  Cotton 


of  his  ship  in  Sydney  in  1881  he  decided  to  leave 
the  sea,  and  secured  employment  on  Yaleroi 
Station,  in  New  South  Wales.  After  four  years 
experience  among  sheep  and  cattle,  he  obtained 
a  position  as  overseer  at  the  shearing-shed  at 
Taloona  Station. 

He  next  decided  to  go  droving,  a  life  which  has 
always  held  attractions  for  young  men.  Faced 
with  lack  of  funds  to  purchase  a  complete  drover's 
outfit,  his  friends  made  up  the  deficiency.  His 
droving  life  began  in  1886.  For  about  six  years 
he  successfully  transferred  large  mobs  of  cattle 
from  the  northern  portions  of  Queensland  to  New- 
South  Wales.  The  care  and  skill  he  displayed 
in  handling  stock  won  for  him  the  confidence  of 
the  pastoralists.  He  was  generally  regarded  as 
one  of  the  most  successful  drovers  of  the  period. 

Being  of  frugal  temperament,  Mr.  Cotton 
saved  enough  money  to   enable    him  to   acquire 


fl 


Mrs.   A.  J.  Cotton 


ALFRED  TOHN  COTTON 


9«3 


"Elected" 

A.  J.   Cotton's  Champion  Blood  Stallion 

(The  Eug  was  made  of  his  numerous  Championship 
Elbbons) 


North  Queensland.  Subsequently  he  purchased 
!oalbrook,  in  the  Hughenden  district  of  North 
Queensland;  Bauhinia  Downs,  Goomally,  and 
Redcliffe  in  the  Springsure  district  of  Central 
Queensland:    Lawn    Hill    and    Punjaub,   in    the 

IBurketown  district,  North  Queensland;  Inkerman, 
in  the  Ayr  district.  North  Queensland;  Wood- 
Btock,  in  the  Townsville  district.  North  Queens- 
land; Mount  Spencer  (Mackay  district.  North 
Oueensland),  Maryvale  (Morven  District,  South- 
western Queensland),  and  Canobie  (Normanton 
district.  North  Queensland).  Goorganga  Station 
was   sold   in    1905.        After    holding  the    other 


stations  for  a  number  of  years,  Mr.  Cotton  dis- 
posed of  them,  and  in  1913,  entered  into  partner- 
ship with  the  Hon.  James  C.  White,  M.L.C.,  of 
Muswellbrook,  New  South  Wales,  and  Mr.  F.  J. 
White,  of  Saumarez,  New  South  Wales,  in  the 
carrying  on  of  Brunette  Downs,  a  cattle  station 
in  the  Northern  Territory,  comprising  9,000 
square  miles  of  country.  The  partners  trade 
under  the  title  of  The  Gulf  Cattle  Company. 
Every  year  Mr.  Cotton,  who  is  managing  director 
of  the  Company,  motors  overland  to  the  station, 
where  he  remains  some  time  supervising  opera- 
tions. 

Brunette  Downs  is  ideal  cattle  country,  with 
stretches  of  undulating  open  downs,  carrying 
abundance  of  Mitchell  and  Flinders  grasses  in 
normal  seasons.  Here  and  there  are  clumps  of 
timber,  principally  gidya,  which  afford  shelter  for 
the  stock.  The  station  is  well  watered  through- 
out by  eighteen  sub-artesian  bores,  windmills,  oil 
and  steam  engines  being  utilised  for  raising  the 
water  to  the  surface  for  the  stock.  Every  year 
about  six  additional  bores  are  put  down.  There 
are  also  a  number  of  earth  tanks,  built  above  the 
ground,  having  a  capacity  of  from  250,000  to 
300,000  gallons. 

There  are  from  30,000  to  40,000  head  of  cattle 
on  the  holding,  but,  when  the  proposed  improve- 
ments are  carried  out,  it  is  expected  that  the 
station  will  carry  fully  150,000  head.  The  best 
strains  of  herd  bulls  are  obtained  from  all  parts 
of  the  Commonwealth.  The  renowned  Warroo 
strain  is  mostly  used  for  breeding  purposes  at 
present. 

The  stockyards  are  of  an  extensive  character, 
and  have  been  built  on  the  most  up-to-date  plan. 


L 


Hidden  Vale  Suffolk  Punch  Family  Group:  Mariner  and  Progeny 


984 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Hidden   Vale   Shorthorn  Bulls:    15  to   20  months  old 


The  comforts  of  the  employees  of  the  company 
are  well  looked  after.  In  1915  the  old  home- 
stead was  replaced  by  a  fibro-cement  structure 
of  commodious  and  comfortable  proportions. 
Bathrooms  have  been  provided,  and  water 
has  been  laid  on  to  all  parts  of  the  home- 
stead. Several  motor-cars  are  used  in  con- 
nection with  the  operations  of  the  station. 
Horses  are  also  bred  for  station  requirements. 
These  number  fully  1,000.  Cloncurry  (North- 
western Queensland)  is  the  nearest  railway  station 
to  Brunette  Downs.  On  the  arrival  of  supplies 
at  Cloncurry  they  are  conveyed  to  the  holding  by 
the  company's  camel  team,  which  numbers  forty. 


The  average  annual  rainfall  on  Brunette  Downs  is 
I  5  inches. 

Hidden  Vale,  the  home  of  Mr.  Cotton  and  his 
family,  comprising  11,000  acres  of  splen- 
did agricultural  and  grazing  country,  all 
of  which  is  freehold.  It  has  an  aver- 
age annual  rainfall  of  27  inches.  It  lies 
four  miles  from  the  township  of  Grandchester, 
and  is  44  miles  by  rail  from  Brisbane. 
Hidden  Vale  was  formerly  portion  of  the  original 
Franklyn  Vale  Station,  and  is  ensconced  by  the 
Liverpool  Range.  It  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
estates  in  Queensland.  The  home  is  almost  pala- 
tial in  its  proportions.       It  was  built  by  the  pre- 


Stud  Shorthorns  on  Hidden  Vale 


ALFRED    JOHN    COTTON 


985 


'Mintoburn,"  Mr.  A.  J.  Cotton's  Tasmanian  Home 


I 


sent  owner  in  1901  on  the  most  modern  architec- 
tural design.  A  splendidly-arranged  garden  and 
lawn  add  considerably  to  the  beauties  of  the  place. 
From  many  points  of  vantage,  particularly  from 
the  balconies  of  the  house,  delightful  vistas  of  the 
surrounding  country  can  be  obtained. 

Mr.  Cotton  purchased  Hidden  Vale  in  1901 
from  Mr.  J.  P.  Jost.  The  property  is  watered 
by  Mort's  Creek.  It  possesses  a  number  of 
springs,  which  give  an  abundant  supply  of  good 
water.  On  this  holding  Mr.  Cotton  devotes  the 
greater  part  of  his  attention  to  the  breeding  of 
stud  Shorthorn  bulls,  thoroughbred  horses,  best 
adapted  for  producing  remounts  for  military  pur- 
poses, and  Suffolk  Punches.  As  an  exhibitor  of 
cattle  and  horses  at  the  Brisbane  and  other  shows 
in  the  State,  Mr.  Cotton  has  held,  for  years  past, 
an  enviable  record.  His  thoroughbred  stallion 
Elected  (Trenton — Rejected)  carried  off  cham- 
pionship honors  on  six  different  occasions  at  Bris- 
bane show,  and  also  annexed  Lord  Hopetoun's 
prize  for  champion  blood  stallion,  and  also  first 
prize,  at  the  Sydney  Show  in  1904.  This  cham- 
pion sire  is  now  dead.  General  utility  horses 
are  bred  for  stock  work,  the  services  of  thorough- 

Ibred  sires  being  used  In  order  to  sustain  a  good 
standard.  Suffolk  Punches  are  raised  for 
draught  and  farming  purposes. 
The  breeding  of  Shorthorns  at  Hidden  Vale  is 
given  the  closest  study.  They  have  become  re- 
nowned throughout  the  State.  At  regular  Inter- 
vals new  blood  from  the  best  English  strains  is 


high  standard  of  the  Hidden  Vale  stud.  Among 
the  recent  importations  are: — Manoravon  Ran- 
ger, bred  by  Mr.  E.  Jones,  Manoravon,  Llandilo, 
South  Wales;  Bapton  Eros,  bred  by  Mr.  J.  Deane 
Willis,  Bapton  Manor,  Codford,  St.  Mary,  Wilt- 
shire, England;  and  the  Shorthorn  cow,  Fifield 
Marigold  (Imp.)  bred  by  Mr.  F.  W.  P.  Mat- 
thews, Fifield,  Oxford,  England.  Manoravon 
Ranger  (a  stud  bull)  was  landed  in  Brisbane  in 
1915,  and  Bapton  Eros  (another  stud  bull)  and 
Fifield  Marigold  (the  stud  cow)  arrived  In  Bris- 
bane In  1916.  The  stud  herd  aggregates  250 
head. 


Mr.  A.  J.  Cotton's  Motor  Launch 


L2 


986 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


"Canobie" 
Mr.  A.  J.  Cotton's  Steam  Yacht  in  Tasmania 


Though  Hidden  Vale  is  regarded  as  the  home 
of  the  Cotton  family,  they  rarely  spend  the  whole 
of  the  year  there.  Mr.  Cotton  has  another 
charming  home  in  Tasmania,  on  the  d'Entrecas- 
teaux  Channel,  about  23  miles  from  Hobart.  It 
is  to  Mintoburn,  the  Tasmanian  home,  that  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Cotton  and  family  journey  every  year 
just  before  the  festive  season.  During  his  so- 
journ in  Tasmania  Mr.  Cotton  erected  on  portion 
of  his  property  an  apple-evaporating  plant,  which 
is  worked  by  the  Channel  Fruit-Evaporating  Com- 
pany at  Kettering.  By  the  installation  of  the 
most  modern  machinery,  these  works  have  a  capa- 
city for  producing  300  cases  of  evaporated  fruit 
daily,  while  the  output  for  the  season  is  nearly 
10,000  cases. 

Mr.  Cotton  devotes  the  greater  part  of  his 
leisure,  when  he  is  in  Tasmania,  to  yachting.  In 
1914  he  succeeded  in  winning  the  Hobart  and 
Launceston  Cups  with  the  Canohie,  which  he 
sailed  himself.  Mr.  Cotton  is  also  an  ardent 
fisherman  and  field  shot. 

Mr.  Cotton  was  married  in  1890  to  Miss 
Annie  Bode,  daughter  of  the  late  Mr.  Frederick 
Bode,  one  of  the  earliest  pioneering  pastoralists 
of  North  Queensland,  one,  too,  whose  name  is 
prominent  in  the  pastoral  development  of  the 
State.  For  nearly  fifty  years  the  late  Mr.  Bode 
was  a  part-owner  of  Bromby  Park,  a  cattle  station 
in  the  Proserpine  district.  North  Queensland. 
The  Cotton  family  consists  of  three  sons  and  a 
daughter.  Frederick  Sidney,  Victor  Richmond, 
and  Douglas  Alfred,  and  Vera  Eveline,  an  only 
daughter.  The  eldest  son,  Frederick  Sidney,  left 
for  England  by  the  R.M.S.  Maloja  on  September 


7th,  19 1 5,  and  was  appointed  a  second-lieutenant] 
in  the  Royal  Naval  Flying  Corps.     Subsequently,  j 
he  was  attached  to  the  Coastal  Defence  Corps,  and 
was  engaged  in  active  service  at  Nancy  and  Dun-J 
kirk.      While  attached  to  this  corps,  he  took  part 
in  a  number  of  bombing  raids  over  the  enemy's! 
lines.        In  consequence  of  his  eyesight  being  af-| 
fected  by  the  high  altitudes  which  his  aeroplane 
negotiated,  he  was  Invalided  to  England  early  in' 
1917   for  medical  attention.        Having  been  de- 


The  Cotton  Family 


clared  unfit  for  further  service  at  the  war  front,] 
he  was  appointed  to  the  position  of  second  in  com-i 
mand,  with  the    rank  of  first    lieutenant,   at  thcj 
Hendon    Flying    School,    one    of    the    principal 
aviation  schools  in  England.       He  has  since  re- 
signed his  commission  and  returned  to  Australia, 
bringing    with    him     a     bride,    Joan     Morvaren, 
McLean,    daughter    of    Alexander    McLean,    ofl 
Scarborough,  England. 


The  Standard  of  the  House  of  Edmund  Jowett,  of  IVlannini^ham 

This  Standard  contains   (looking  from  left  to  right)  — 

(a)  The  Arms  of  the  family  (A   Three-masted  Qallexi  wilh  sails  furled). 

(b)  The  Badge  of  the  family   {A   Horned  Owl  wilh  an  annulet  or  ring  in  its  mouth). 

(c)  The  Crest    (a  Demi-Pegasus  Reguardani). 

(d)  The  Motto:    Animo  et  Prudentia  {courage  and  foresight). 


EDMUND  JOWETT,   M.R 
A    GREAT  QUEENSLAND    PASTORALIST 


IN  our  literary  section  dealing  with  the  State 
of  Queensland  we  have  outlined  the  chances 
that  wait  upon  enterprise  in  the  bountiful 
northern  State. 

The  successful  pastoral  operations  of  Edmund 
Jowett  in  this  State  are  a  proof  of  this. 

What  Mr.  Jowett  has  been  enabled  to  do  in 
one  department  of  industry,  other  men  may  rea- 
sonably hope  to  achieve  in  a  country  where  oppor- 
tunity is  not  monopolised  by  any  privileged  class. 

If  there  is  one  faculty  more  than  another 
required  in  the  work  of  nation-building  it  is 
organization — a  quality  which  the  subject  of  this 
sketch  possesses  to  an  unusual  degree.  Organi- 
zation is  his  genius,  and  pastoral  production  in 
the  North  has  benefited  by  it. 

In  the  development  of  his  commercial  strength 
Mr.  Jowett  has  incidentally  improved  and  made 
productive  large  areas  of  country  which  previ- 
ously contributed  little  or  nothing  to  the  sum 
total  of  Australia's  wealth. 

The  story  of  Mr.  Edmund  Jowett's  Queens- 
land pastoral  operations  is  one  of  success  follow- 
ing on  a  remarkable  display  of  enterprise  and 
pluck.  Men  who  go  out  of  the  beaten  track  and 
face  big  risks,  devoting  all  their  capital  and 
energy  to  opening    up    and    improving  pastoral 

t country  as  Mr.  Jowett  has  done,  render  a  valu- 
able service  to  the  State.  Unfortunately,  pioneers 
do  not  always  meet  with  the  success  which  their 
enterprise  merits,  but  in  the  case  of  Mr.  Jowett's 
Queensland  operations,  prodigious  as  they  are, 
the  huge  holdings  of  to-day  were  built  up  gradu- 


make  each  separate  holding  as  safe  as  was 
humanly  possible. 

Abundant  faith  in  the  future  of  the  pastoral 
industry  has  been  part  of  Mr.  Jowett's  stock-in- 
trade.  His  enterprise  knows  no  limits.  A 
gambler  in  neither  stock  nor  property,  Edmund 
Jowett  has  worked  on  a  definite  policy  all  along 
in  connection  with  his  Queensland  properties. 
He  has,  almost  without  exception,  specialised  in 
properties  which  were  practically  unimproved, 
carrying  barely  a  tithe  of  what  they  could  support 
when  brought  under  modern  methods  and  condi- 
tions. He  has  spent  money  unstintedly  in  im- 
proving the  properties  which  have  come  into  his 
hands.  There  has  been  a  definite  policy  of  im- 
provement in  putting  down  bores  and  making 
dams,  in  subdividing  the  country  into  paddocks 
and  generally  increasing  the  carrying  capacity  of 
his  stations.  He  has  also  organised  the  working 
of  his  places  in  such  a  way  that  the  maximum 
results  may  be  obtained  from  all  such  expenditure. 

Mr.  Jowett's  methods  are  thorough.  He  has 
his  own  tank-sinking  and  artesian-boring  plants, 
which  are  transferred  to  each  new  property  in 
turn.  When  they  have  finished  their  work,  there 
is  a  permanent  water  supply,  and  windmills  to 
lift  the  water  into  the  dams.  The  result  is  that 
a  dry,  waterless  property  which  could  only  carry 
a  very  small  sheep  and  cattle  population,  is  trans- 
formed into  a  heavy-carrying  safe  property,  and 
the  increased  returns  amply  repay  the  cost  of  the 
improvements. 

Mr.  Jowett  first  secured  pastoral  interests  in 
Queensland  about  thirty  years  ago,  when  he  pur- 


987 


988 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


chased  Kynuna  and  Belkate  stations,  which  to- 
gether embraced  an  area  of  about  a  thousand 
square  miles.  These  stations  are  situated  half- 
way between  Winton  and  Cloncurry.  The  pre- 
vious owners  of  the  property  were  Messrs.  A. 
K.  Finlav  and  Co.,  and  the  purchase  money  ran 
into  £15,000.  The  stock  on  Kynuna  then  was 
about  12,000  sheep;  but  the  property  was  capable 
of  great  development.  Mr.  Jowett  set  to  work 
constructing  dams,  sinking  bores,  subdividing,  and 
generally  bringing  the  place  under  the  influence 
of  modern  conditions. 


Edmund  Jowett,  M.P. 


The  transformation  brought  about  at  Kynuna 
affords  a  very  striking  example  of  successful 
enterprise.  Mr.  Jowett  spent  over  £70,000  in 
improvements,  with  the  result  that  although  the 
area  had  been  reduced  to  668  square  miles,  the 
property  normally  carried  200,000  sheep  as 
against  an  original  12,000  sheep  on  a  thousand 
square  miles.  The  improvements  here  necessary 
may  be  accepted  as  typical  of  many  of  the  Queens- 
land properties.  They  totalled  a  large  and  com- 
fortable homestead,  nine  large  dams,  seven 
artesian  bores,  subdivision  into  thirty-three  sheep 


paddocks,  erection  of  large  shearing-shed  with 
forty  stands,  and  a  scouring  plant  capable  of 
treating  220  bales  a  week,  which  had  an  output 
of  about  3,?oo  bales  a  year. 

In  1899 — a  year  memorable  in  wool  circles  on 
account  of  the  unprecedented  high  level  of  values 
(causing  it  to  be  generally  remembered  as  "the 
boom  year") — Mr.  Jowett  extended  his  Queens- 
land operations  by  the  purchase  of  Quambetook, 
situated  between  Kynuna  and  Richmond.  At  the 
date  of  purchase  this  holding  had  an  area  of  223 
square  miles,  which  has  since  been  reduced  to 
1671  square  miles.  It  was  unstocked  at  the  time 
of  purchase  and  had  been  a  cattle  property.  To 
convert  it  into  a  sheep  station  cost  Mr.  Jowett 
£12,000  for  improvements,  apart  altogether 
from  the  cost  of  the  stock.  Mr.  Jowett  stocked 
it  with  sheep  from.  Kynuna,  and  Quambetook  now 
carries  30,000  sheep. 

In  1902 — which  will  be  remembered  as  the 
year  when  the  long-drawn-out  drought  of  seven 
years  reached  its  culminating  point — Mr.  Jowett 
was  faced  with  great  difficulties.  The  wet  sea- 
son had  completely  failed.  Kynuna  Station,  con- 
sisting of  400,000  acres,  divided  into  t^j^  sheep 
paddocks,  all  of  them  abundantly  watered — had 
not  a  blade  of  grass  on  it. 

The  sheep  had  been  greatly  reduced  in  numbers 
by  the  droughts  of  1899  and  1900,  but  in  April, 
1902,  Mr.  Jowett  had  80,000  sheep  to  provide 
for  and  no  grass  at  all  at  Kynuna. 

He  made  a  series  of  journeys  in  the  North- 
West,  seeking  grass  and  water  wherever  it  was 
to  be  found,  and  after  a  few  months'  wanderings 
secured  grass  and  water  for  the  whole  of  his 
sheep. 

Among  other  journeys  he  went  out  to  Camoo- 
weal  and  to  the  Northern  Territory.  On  this 
journey  he  purchased  Flora  Downs  Station,  which 
has  an  area  of  400  square  miles.  There  was 
plenty  of  good  grass,  but  no  improvements. 
The  new  owner's  first  act  was  to  put  down  a 
bore;  fortunately  he  struck  water  just  as  a  mob 
of  sheep  arrived  from  Kynuna.  Subsequently  he 
bought  Yelvertoft,  which  immediately  adjoins 
Flora  Downs  and  comprises  300  square  miles. 
His  boring  plant  put  down  four  bores  on  Yelver- 
toft and  Flora  Downs. 

In  1905  Mr.  Jowett  bought  the  Barcoorah  run 
in  the  desert,  near  Aramac,  embracing  198  square 
miles.  This  property  carried  4,<;oo  sheep  and 
300  cattle.  Before  long  he  had  it  supporting 
30,000  sheep  and  200  stud  shorthorn  cows.  The 
water  supply  is  from  Lake  Barcoorah,  supple- 
mented by  a  number  of  sub-artesian  bores,  water 
from  which  is  lifted  by  windmills. 

In  the  same  year  Mr.  Jowett  purchased  East- 
mere,  which  lies  about  fifty  miles  from  Bar- 
coorah,  further  to  the  East.        Subsequently  he 


A  GREAT  QUEENSLAND  PASTORALIST 


989 


took  up  from  the  Crown  as  waste  lands  Doong- 
mahulla,  Shuttleworth,  Finnigan,  Tunggi  and 
Langlands.  Afterwards  he  purchased  Labona. 
He  heavily  improved  the  whole  of  this  group, 
which  now  carries  about  30,000  sheep  and  about 
6,000  head  of  cattle. 


boring  plant;  with  the  result  that  the  property  is 
now  highly  improved  and  heavy  carrying;  it 
generally  maintains  a  large  number  of  sheep. 
Some  years  ago  Mr.  Jowett  made  the  unique  sale 
of  40,000  fat  wethers  in  one  line  to  the  Gladstone 
Meat  Works,  all  fattened  at  Mount  Marlow. 


P 

F^^low  r 


"Manningham, 
The  Melbourne  Residence 


"  Toorak 

of  Edmund  .Towett,  M.P. 


I 


n  1905  Mr.  Jowett  also  secured  Mount  Mar- 
low  run,  near  Isisford,  embracing  about  a  thou- 
sand square  miles.  This  property  was  without 
stock  or  improvements.  He  promptly  put 
down  several  large  dams  and  bores,  the 
water  from  the  latter  being  raised  by 
windmills.  Mount  Marlow  has  a  double 
frontage  to  the  Barcoo  of  about  thirty 
miles  and  several  large  and  permanent  waterholes. 

I  The  country  is  mainly  grassed  plains,  with  belts 
of  gidyea  scrub  and  scrub-covered  ridges, 
bounded  by  a  range  of  isolated  low  mountains. 
Mr.  Jowett's  tank-sinking  plant  was  at  work  here 


Mr.  Jowett  purchased  Bunda  Bunda,  near 
Richmond,  comprising  552  square  miles,  in  1908. 
During  the  1902  drought  he  had  seen  this  pro- 
perty magnificently  grassed  when  there  was  no 
feed  anywhere  south  of  Flinders,  and  formed  the 
estimate  that  it  could  easily  have  carried  a  very 
large  number  of  sheep  during  that  extremely 
perilous  time.  The  sale  price  was  £50,000,  but 
this  included  20,000  head  of  sheep  and  11,000 
cattle.  The  property  now  carries  40,000  sheep 
and  a  few  thousand  cattle. 

When  Mr.  Jowett  purchased  Bunda,  all  the 
country  to  the  North  was  abandoned  waste  Crown 
lands  as  far  as  the  town  of  Croydon.       In  191 1 


990 


AUSTRALIA    UxNLIMITED 


Mr.  Jowett  took  up  2,100  square  miles  of  these 
waste  lands.  He  named  the  country  Pontefract, 
and  put  down  eight  artesian  bores.  Pontefract, 
which  seven  years  ago  was  a  wilderness  of  waste 
land,  quite  unwatered,  now  carries  14,000  head 
of  cattle. 


Capt.  Arthur  Craven  Jowett 


The  next  large  purchase  made  by  Mr.  Jowett 
was  at  the  end  of  1908,  when  he  bought  Verge- 
mont,  near  Longreach,  which  had  an  area  of 
1,200  square  miles,  with  between  8,000  and 
9,000  cattle  and  300  horses.  Later  on  Mr.  Jowett 
took  up  2,157  square  miles  of  unimproved  waste 
Crown  lands  west  of  Vergemont.  The  total 
area  of  leased  land  now  worked  in  connection 
with  Vergemont  is  2,549  square  miles.  The 
greater  part  of  this  area  has  been  heavily  im- 
proved. 

Palparara  station,  a  property  of  2,566  square 
miles  on  Farrar's  Creek,  south-west  of  Long- 
reach,  was  purchased  in  1910  from  Mr.  Sidney 
Kidman.  Later  on  in  the  same  year,  Mr.  Jowett 
purchased  Wyobie,  near  Dalby,  comprising 
11,000  acres  of  freehold,  highly  improved,  ad- 
joining the  famous  Jimbour  estate. 

Among  Mr.  Jowett's  other  properties,  almost 
all  of  which  he  took  up  as  waste  lands  from  the 
Crown,  and  spent  very  large  sums  in  developing 


are; — Armraynald,  Floraville  (near  Burke- 
town),  Blair  Athol  (on  the  Cape  River),  Bath- 
easton  (between  Clermont  and  St.  Lawrence), 
Rutland  (near  Springsure),  Drummondslope 
(near  Alpha),  Foxborough  (on  the  Moonie, 
near  St.  George),  Mount  Howitt  (on  Cooper's 
Creek,  carrying  5,000  bullocks  of  fattening  ages), 
Berrimpa  (near  Jundah),  Mount  Tutah  (near 
Pentland),  Glenroy  and  Westbank  (Cloncurry), 
and  Fairyland  and  Durah  (Chinchilla). 

Mr.  Edmund  Jowett  comes  from  a  very  old 
Yorkshire  family,  whose  name  was  originally 
spelt  Jouet. 

Members  of  his  family  have  for  generations 
past  been  engaged  in  the  wool  trade,  and  have 
also  been  noted  for  scholarship. 

One  branch  of  the  family  settled  at  Manning- 
ham,  Yorkshire,  and  from  it  were  descended 
several  great  scholars  and  divines.  Among  them 
were  the  Rev.  Joseph  Jowett,  principal  tutor  of 
Trinity  Hall,  Cambridge,  from  1757  to  1795. 
His  younger  brother,  Henry  Jowett,  was  lecturer 
and  tutor  of  Magdalene  College,  Cambridge. 

Another  descendant  of  Henry  Jowett,  of 
Manningham,  was  the  Rev.  Dr.  Benjamin  Jowett, 
one  of  the  most  renowned  scholars  and  theolo- 
gians whom  England  has  ever  produced.  He 
was  the  Master  of  Balliol  College,  Oxford,  from 
1870  until  his  death  in  1893. 

Edmund  Jowett  was  born  at  Manningham, 
Bradford,  Yorkshire,  on  January  6,  1858.  He 
was  educated  at  Mr.  James  Ward's  Classical 
School,  Clapham  Common,  London. 

Mr.  Ward  was  a  teacher  of  great  distinction, 
and  his  school  had  in  its  day  a  great  reputation 
for  scholarship.  One  of  his  pupils  was  Mr. 
James  Knowles,  the  founder  and  first  editor  of 
the  Nineteenth  Century.  Among  Mr.  Jowett's 
school  fellows  was  the  distinguished  novelist.  Sir 
William  Magnay,  Baronet. 

Upon  leaving  school  Mr.  Jowett  was  sent  to 
learn  the  wool  trade  at  his  uncle's  mill  at  Thorn- 
ton, near  Bradford.  He  came  out  to  Australia 
when  eighteen  years  of  age,  entering  the  wool 
trade  in  Melbourne.  For  twenty  years  he  was 
associated  with  the  Australian  Mercantile 
Land  and  Finance  Co.  Ltd.,  and  only 
retired  in  1908.  For  many  years  he  was  one  of 
the  best  informed  writers  in  the  Australian  wool 
trade.  His  contributions  to  the  Melbourne 
"Argus"  won  for  him  the  position  of  a  recog- 
nised authority,  particularly  in  regard  to  such 
vexed  questions  as  estimating  the  wool  produc- 
tion of  the  Commonwealth. 

In  his  early  days  in  Australia  Mr.  Jowett  was 
also  a  recognised  financial  authority.  So  far 
back  as  1880,  and  for  many  years  afterwards, 
he  was  a  valued  contributor  on  financial  subjects 
to  the  Australasian  Banking  Record. 


A  GREAT  QUEENSLAND  PASTORALIST 


991 


R 


Mr.  Jowett  married  the  daughter  of  the  late 
Mr.  John  McCalkim,  a  well-known  Melbourne 
merchant,  who  also  owned  Brymedura  and 
Gamble  stations  in  the  Molong  district  of  New 
South  Wales.  Mr.  Jowett  had  a  family  of  three 
daughters  and  two  sons. 

When  the  great  war  broke  out  in  August,  19 14, 
Mr.  Jowett  and  his  wife  and  their  two  sons  were 
in  England,  both  their  sons  being  at  Cambridge 
University.  The  two  brothers  immediately 
joined  the  army,  and  secured  commissions  on  Sep- 
tember 15  in  the  Northumberland  Fusiliers. 

They  served  with  their  regiment  for  about 
twelve  months. 

Having  both  taken  their  degrees  in  mining 
engineering  at  the  Melbourne  University,  it  was 
felt  that  their  knowledge  of  mechanics  would  be 
very  valuable  in  flying.  They  each  therefore 
learned  to  fly,  and  early  in  19 16  were  sent  to 
France,  where  they  flew  from  the  same  aero- 
drome. On  the  night  of  July  8,  1916,  the  younger 
brother,  Eric  Craven  Jowett,  did  not  return.  It 
was  afterwards  ascertained  that  he  had  chased  a 
German   machine,    and   when   he   was   about   six 

liles  within  the  German  lines,  about  3,000  feet  in 
the  air,  a  (lerman  machine  came  suddenly  out  of 

cloud  and  shot  him  down. 

ITe  died  soon  after  landing,  and  was  buried  in 
he  military  cemetery  at  Miraumont. 

His  elder  brother.  Captain  Arthur  Craven 
owett,  is  still  serving  with  the  Royal  Flying 
orps. 

Captain  Arthur  Jowett  married  Evelyn 
ranees,  the  daughter  of  Charles  Frederic  Hill, 
f  London,  whose  wife  was  a  daughter  of  Henry 
uinness,  of  Burton  Hall,  Stillorgan,  County 
ublin. 

Mr.  Jowett's  three  daughters  are  all  married, 
one  to  Lieutenant  R.  V.  Powell,  M.C.,  of  the 
Scots'  Ciuards,  one  to  Lieutenant  Clive  Fairbairn, 
of  the  Scots'  Guards  (son  of  Senator  George  Fair- 
airn),  and  one  to  Mr.  J.  S.  Burston,  eldest  son 
of  Brigadier-General  Burston. 

When  the  British  Government,  in  November, 
19 1 6,  decided  to  purchase  the  Australian  wool 
clip,  and  it  became  necessary  to  appoint  two 
gentlemen  to  represent  growers  on  the  Central 
Wool  Committee,  charged  with  the  task  of  for- 
mulating and  supervising  the  whole  scheme,  Mr. 
Jowett  was  selected  as  one  of  the  pastoralists' 
representatives  on  that  committee.  The  appoint- 
ment was  heartily  approved  by  the  pastoralists 
of  all  Australia.  Mr.  Jowett's  long  experience 
of  pastoral  conditions  and  his  extensive  Queens- 
land interests  have  given  him  such  a  wide  out- 
look on  pastoral  matters,  that  he  has  proved  a 
most  valuable  member  of  the  Committee. 


Mr.  Jowett  has  also  been  for  the  last  two  years 
the  President  of  the  British  Immigration  League 
of  Australia. 

He  also  accepted  the  post  of  special  Honorary 
Representative  in  Australia  of  the  Royal  Colonial 
Institute  in  connection  with  its  efforts  to  settle 
British  sailors  and  soldiers  on  the  lands  of  the 
Empire.  ! 

P'or  the  greater  part  of  his  life  Mr.  Jowett  took 
no  part  in  political  life.  In  January,  1917,  how- 
ever, he  came  out  as  a  supporter  of  Mr.  W.  M. 
Hughes  and  of  the  Nationalist  Party. 

At  the  general  election  of  May,  1917,  he  was 
invited  to  contest — as  a  forlorn  hope — the  con- 
stituency of  Maribyrnong,  comprising  several 
very  populous  working-class  suburbs.  Mr. 
Jowett  received  most  unexpected  support,  and 
although  he  was  not  successful,  he  reduced  the 
Official  Labor  majority  from  9,260  votes  in  Sep- 
tember, 1 9 14,  to  only  1,673  votes  in  May,  1917. 

The  vigor  and  popularity  of  his  campaign  at 
Maribyrnong  excited  widespread  public  interest, 
and  when  five  months  later  a  vacancy  occurred  in 
the  country  electorate  of  the  Grampians,  he  was 
invited  to  contest  the  seat.  This  he  did,  and  won 
it  by  a  majority  of  about  2,000. 

Mr.  Jowett  took  his  seat  in  the  Federal  House 
of  Representatives  in  January,  19 18,  and  has 
since  taken  an  enthusiastic  part  in  recruiting  and 
in  other  public  movements,  in  addition  to  an 
active  participation  in  the  debates  of  parliament. 


JOHN    ARTHUR    MACARTNEY,   F.R.G.S. 
PIONEER    AND    EXPLORER 


TO-DAY  the  traveller  crosses  and  re-crosses 
the  Golden  State  of  Queensland  In  a  com- 
fortable railway  carriage,  or  glides  along 
passable  roads  in  his  motor  car. 

There  is  no  fear  that  he  will  be  assailed  by 
thirst,  tormented  by  hunger,  or  that  his  life  will  be 
endangered  by  treacherous  savages. 

The  conveniences  of  twentieth-century  civiliza- 
tion are  everywhere  at  his  command.  Distance 
may  have  lost  some  of  its  romance,  but  the  aver- 
age man's  life  is  made  much  softer  and  more 
pleasant. 

But  it  was  far  otherwise  in  Queensland  thirty 
or  fifty  years  ago.  Then  the  northern  squatter 
or  settler  had  to  go  out  upon  the  very  edges  of 
civilization  and  "make  good"  in  the  face  of  many 
difficulties. 

Among  many  notable  representatives  of  the 
old,  bold,  strenuous  days,  was  sturdy  John  Arthur 
Macartney,  of  Xewstead,  lately  deceased  at  the 
ripe  age  of  84. 

He  was  one  of  the  old  explorers  and  pastoral 
pioneers  who  lived  to  see  the  magic  wand  of 
Change  create  order  and  development,  where.  In 


Onniston  House 


the  beginning,  there  were  only  solitude  and  primal 
waste. 

In  the  organization  and  building  up  of  the 
Northern  Pastoral  Industry,  J.  A.  Macartney 
played  a  leading  part.  But  he  was  first  of  all 
an  explorer.  Australia  owes  a  big  debt  to  the 
undaunted  efforts  of  men  of  this  type.  They 
were  for  the  most  part  modest,  quiet  men,  with 
scientific  qualification  or  Inclination. 

They  went  ahead  of  settlement,  taking  their 
risks  as  they  came.  With  grit,  energy,  and 
enterprise  beyond  the  usual,  they  pierced  the 
Unknown  and  established  themselves  In  remote 
places,  content  to  face  the  anxieties,  the  risks, 
and  the  dangers  of  the  Bush.  With  pack-saddle 
and  quart-pot,  they  fared  inland  in  "the  days 
when  the  world  was  wide,"  and  opened  up  new 
country  for  the  pioneer  graziers  to  occupy  with 
their  ever-increasing  flocks  and  herds. 

The  difficulties  attending  exploration  in  the 
late  John  Arthur  Macartney's  youth  were  greater 
than  the  generation  of  to-day  can  realize.  He  was 
called  on  to  face  Nature  in  her  untamed  moods, 
to  risk  his  life  in  piercing  tracts  of  country  pre- 
viously untrodden  by  white  men,  and  still  in  the 
hands  of  wild  blacks,  who  resented  trespass  on 
their  camping  and  hunting  grounds. 

Few  indeed  lived  as  long  to  enjoy  the  fruits  of 
their  efforts  and  see  the  developments  of  the  con- 
quered country  as  did  Mr.  Macartney,  or  to  have 
his  services  so  generally  recognised,  appreciated 
and  acclaimed. 

John  Arthur  Macartney  was  a  native  of  County 
Cork,  Ireland,  where  he  was  born  in  1834.  He 
was  a  son  of  the  late  Very  Rev.  Dr.  H.  B. 
Macartney,  who  was  for  43  years  Dean  of  Mel- 
bourne, and  a  cousin  of  E.  H.  Macartney,  M.L.A. 
He  was  a  boy  of  fourteen  when  he  accompanied 
his  parents  to  Australia,  landing  In  Melbourne  in 
1848.  He  went  as  associate  to  Sir  Redmond 
Barry,  the  well-known  Victorian  judge,  in  1852, 
and  remained  with  him  for  eighteen  months. 

After  spending  a  few  years  In  the  young  South- 
ern City  his  father  set  him  upon  the  land  as 
a  pastoralist.  He  was  thus  engaged  when  the 
gold  fever  overtook  Victoria.  This  provided 
young  Macartney  with  an  excellent  opportunity  to 
secure  handsome  returns  for  his  produce.  He 
did  not  follow  the  blind  rushes  all  over  the  coun- 
try, wheremany  made  fortunes  and  often  lost  them 
as  rapidly  as  they  were  made.  Mr.  Macartney 
found  the  goldfields  his  great  chance  to  dispose  of 
agricultural  produce  at  big  prices.  During  the 
hey-day  of  the  Victorian  rushes  he  sold  hay  as 


992 


JOHN    ARTHUR    MACARTNEY,    F.R.G.S. 


993 


high  as  £70  a  ton,  oats  at  35/-  per  bushel,  water- 
melons at  6d.  per  lb.,  and  grapes  as  high  as  10/- 
a  bunch.  The  produce  was  grown  on  Mr. 
Macartney's  station,  Warouly,  on  the  Ovens 
River. 

Honest  money  was  acceptable  enough,  but  Mr. 
Macartney  was  not  destined  to  remain  a  market 
gardener.  Energies  and  activities  such  as  he 
possessed  would  not  find  sufficient  scope  in  grow- 
ing cabbages,  even  at  gold-rush  prices.  In  1857 
he  went  to  Port  Curtis  district,  Queensland,  and 
in  i860  he  formed  Waverley  station  on  Broad 
Sound.  He  spent  many  years  improving  and 
developing  the  property,  and  went  through  many 
vicissitudes  of  seasons,  remaining  in  possession  of 
the  station  continuously  to  the  year  1896,  a 
period  of  thirty-six  years. 

In  partnership  with  Mr.  E.  G.  Mayne,  he  ex- 
tended his  operations  in  northern  latitudes.  This 
partnership  continued  for  many  years  with 
marked  success,  and  with  great  advantage  to  the 
colony. 

Mr.  Macartney  was  a  man  of  extraordinary 
force  of  character.  At  sixty-two  years  of  age,  he 
was  ruined  through  droughts  and,  at  an  age  when 

ost  men  are  retiring  from  active  life,  he  set  out 
to  rebuild  his  fortunes — no  easy  task  for  a  pas- 
toralist  through  those  years  of  low  prices  and 
bad  seasons.  Yet  through  the  most  strenuous 
efforts  he  at  length  succeeded  in  rehabilitating 
himself. 

Mr.  Macartney  owned  numerous  properties  in 
Queensland,  including  Waverley,  Diamantina 
Lakes  on  Diamantina  River  (from  1875  ^o 
1909),  Avon  Downs,  Annadale,  Bladensburg, 
Tamworth,  Hidden  Valley,  Escott,  and  other 
well  known  stations.  His  Northern  Territory 
estates  comprised  Florida — 10,000  square  miles 
on  Castlereagh  Bay,  Arafura  Sea — The  Pastures, 
Maud  Creek,  and  Auvergne  ( 8,000  square  miles) . 
At  the  time  of  his  death  in  19 17  he  owned  New- 


Mr.  Macartney's  explorations  date  back  to 
1857.  For  thirty  years  he  was  always  more  or 
less  on  the  move.  He  explored  virgin  country 
all  over  the  State,  from  the  east  coast  to  the 
South  Australian  border,  and  over  into  the  North- 
ern Territory;  he  travelled  westward  to  the  Vic- 
toria River,  northward  to  the  Arafura  Sea,  and 


J.  Arthur  Macartney 


round  to  the  Gulf  of  Carpentaria.       During  all 
this  travelling,  Mr.  Macartney  took  up  blocks  of 


stead,  between  Barcaldine  and  Longreach,  Joyce-     land  here  and  there  as  fancy  dictated  and  oppor- 


dale,  near  Jericho,  Agnes  Water  (on  the  Pacific 
Ocean),  and  Ormiston  (on  Cleveland  Bay,  near 
Brisbane). 

As  an  explorer,  Mr.   Macartney  did  splendid 
work  in  Queensland  and  the  Northern  Territory, 
striking  out  in  directions  where  no  white  man  had 
previously  dared  to  venture.       The  great  rides 
which  he  accomplished  in  the  early  days  are  known 
nd  talked  about  to  this  day  all    over    northern 
Queensland.       In    recognition    of    his    exploring 
■^  achievements  he  was  made  a  Fellow  of  the  Royal 
U  Geographical    Society  —  no    man    has    earned 
the  honor  more.       His  explorations    opened    up 
^^  new  country,  and  induced  others  to  take  up  land 
^^  for  pastoral  occupation,  and  so  developed  largely 
the  resources  of  Central  and  Northern  Queens- 
land. 


i 


tunity  allowed,  and  in  most  cases  stocked  these 
squattages  either  on  his  own  account  or  in  partner- 
ship with  Mr.  E.  G.  Mayne. 

On  one  of  his  exploration  journeys,  Mr. 
Macartney  was  almost  sixty  hours  without  water. 
He  and  his  party  had  to  take  the  bits  out  of  the 
horses'  mouths.  The  two  men  who  were  with 
him  begged  him  to  turn  back;  but  he  knew  that 
would  mean  certain  death  and  he  believed  they 
must  strike  water  if  they  went  on.  When,  at 
last,  he  saw  that  they  were  nearing  water  he 
warned  the  men  and  his  black  boy  to  keep  the 
pack-horses  in  hand  till  they  could  remove  the 
packs,  as  their  lives  depended  on  the  rations  being 
kept  dry.  The  men,  however,  rushed  into  the 
water  when  they  reached  it  and  left  Mr.  Macart- 
ney to  unpack  and  hold  the  horses.       When  the 


994 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Hereford  Cattle  at  Waverley 


men  came  up  to  him,  bringing  him  a  billy  of  water, 
he  was  so  angry  that  he  threw  the  water  away  and 
refused  to  get  himself  a  drink  until  his  horses 
were  safely  unsaddled. 

When  travelling  in  new  country  where  he  saw 
hostile  blacks  during  the  day,  Mr.  Macartney 
often  made  his  camp  for  tea  early  and  then,  pack- 
ing up  again,  camped  for  the  night  further 
on,  so  that  the  blacks  could  not  discover  his  posi- 
tion by  his  fire.  He  never  watched  at  night, 
realising  that,  travelling  as  he  often  did  with  only 
two  black  boys,  it  would  have  been  impossible  to 
do  so  effectively.  He  went  to  sleep  early  and 
slept  so  lightly  that  the  very  smallest  sound  in- 
stantly woke  him. 

During  one  of  his  explorations  in  the  Northern 
Territory,  travelling  with  only  two  white  men  and 
two  black  boys,  Mr.  Macartney  was  not  heard  of 
for  nine  months;  the  South  Australian  Govern- 
ment were  just  sending  out  a  search  party  when 
he  returned. 

Some  of  our  earlier  Australian  stockmen  prac- 
tically lived  in  the  saddle,  but  Mr.  Macartney's 
rides  covered  thousands  of  miles,  and  often  ex- 
tended for  months.  When  he  was  living 
at  W^averley  he  frequently  rode  into  Rock- 
hampton,  a  distance  of  125  miles,  in  one  day, 
transacted  his  business  that  night,  and  rode  home 
again  the  next  day,  a  total  of  250  miles  in  two 
days.  This  is  a  test  of  endurance  that  few  men 
would  come  through  to-day. 

It  must  be  remembered  that  there  were  no  made 
roads  in  those  days  in  the  interior  of  Queensland, 
no  bridges,  and  no  artesian  water  supplies.  Con- 
sequently the  men  who  ventured  out  exploring  into 
the  far  North  West,  had  to  be  prepared  to  suffer 
severe  hardships.  Then  there  was  the  ever- 
present  danger  of  trouble  with  the  blacks,  but  in 
this  regard  Mr.  Macartney  was  singularly  for- 
tunate.       In    all    his    wanderings    he    was    only 


attacked  by  blacks  on  one  occasion.  This  while 
he  was  exploring  the  Florida  country  in  the 
Northern  Territory,  where  he  subsequently  took 
up  10,000  square  miles.  He  had  two  men  and 
a  black  boy  with  him  at  the  time.  One  moon- 
light night  the  blacks  attacked  the  camp,  but  dis- 
persed on  being  fired  upon.  They  returned  at 
dawn  with  reinforcements  and  made  hostile  de- 
monstrations, but  gun-fire  again  frightened  them 
off.  This  was  his  only  personal  adventure  with 
hostile  blacks,  although  his  stations  were  some- 
times molested  and  a  few  of  his  cattle  killed. 

As  a  proof  of  the  healthiness  of  Queensland 
climates,  as  an  example  also  mayhap  of  the  stout 
constitutions  of  Australian  pioneers,  John  Arthur 
Macartney,  lived  to  the  ripe  age  of  84  years,  hale 
and  hearty.  In  his  home  at  Ilfracombe,  he 
looked  back  with  satisfaction  upon  the  lengthen- 
ing vista  of  his  active  years.  He  enjoyed  the 
esteem  of  a  generation  who  knew  him  by  his  his- 
torical exploits.  He  died  at  his  residence,  Orniis- 
ton  House,  on  June  loth,  1917.  He  was  a 
cousin  of  Sir  William  Ellison-Macartney,  recently 
Governor  of  Tasmania.  He  married  in  1861, 
torical  exploits.  He  died  at  his  residence,  Ormis- 
Miss  Flora  Wallace-Dunlop,  a  great-grand- 
daughter of  Sir  Thomas  Dunlop,  Bart.  When 
she  accompanied  him  to  Waverley  as  a 
bride,  Mrs.  Macartney  was  the  "farthest-out" 
woman  then  living  in  Queensland  and  proved  a 
brave  pioneer.  Mrs.  Macartney  predeceased 
her  husband.  1  hey  had  four  sons  and  four 
daughters,  two  sons  surviving  being  Mr.  Burgh 
Macartney,  of  Western  Australia,  and  Lieut.- 
Col.  H.  D.  K.  Macartney,  D.S.O.,  of  the  A.I.F. 

Mr.  Macartney  made  Waverley  Station  his 
headquarters  for  many  years,  and  saw  the  growth 
of  Rockhampton  from  its  very  earliest  days.  In 
the  first  week  of  1858,  when  he  rode  into  Rock- 
hampton, the  population  of  the  town  consisted  of 


JOHN    ARTHUR    MACARTxNEY,    F.R.G.S. 


995 


three  persons  only.  The  Bush  Inn,  then  a  rough 
slab  shanty,  stood  on  the  site  now  occupied  by  the 
Criterion  Hotel.  However,  the  inn  was  closed 
that  day  because  the  proprietor  had  gone  to 
Gayndah  to  be  married,  and  most  of  the  other 
residents  had  ridden  off  to  this  important  event. 
The  capital  of  Central  Queensland  was  then  a 
mere  bush  town,  and  Gracemere  Station  a  larger 
and  more  important  centre  of  population  than 
Rockhampton. 

Rockhampton,  like  many  another  Australian 
city,  owed  its  rapid  rise  to  the  discovery  of  gold. 
There  was  a  rush  to  the  Fitzroy  in  1858,  owing 
to  gold  having  been  discovered  at  Canoona.  The 
results  were,  however,  small  and  did  not  justify 
the  rush.  The  Canoona  diggings  were  soon 
worked  out,  but  the  temporary  prosperity  which 
the  gold  imparted  to  the  town  gave  Rockhampton 
its  start.  Later  on,  when  Mount  Morgan  became 
an  enormous  wealth  producer,  gold  once  more 
gave  the  central  city  a  big  lift. 

The  gold  fever  did  not  strike  Mr.  Macartney; 
or,  at  least,  it  did  not  lure  him  away  from  his 
pastoral  holdings,  and  from  his  explorations.  He 
went  on  long  trips  in  unknown  country,  doing  his 

Jxavelling  on  horseback.       It  has  been  stated  that 
f.  A.   Macartney  covered  a   greater  number  of 


miles  on  horseback  than  any  other  man  in  Aus- 
tralia. 

To  the  modern  generation  of  Qucenslanders 
Mr.  Macartney  is  best  known  as  the  owner  of 
Diamantina  Lakes  Station  in  the  North  Gregory 
district,  in  which  Mr.  H.  L.  Heber-Percy  was  his 
partner,  and  Waverley  Station  in  the  Port  Curtis 
district.  Both  these  properties  he  held  for  over 
thirty  years. 

His  life  story,  fully  written,  would  be,  in  major 
part,  the  history  of  Pastoral  Queensland.  He 
was  owner  and  part-owner  of  33  different 
stations,  some  of  which  he  held  for  two  or  three 
years,  and  others  for  periods  ranging  from  four 
to  forty  years.  He  was  one  of  the  first  magis- 
trates of  Queensland,  receiving  his  commission  in 
1861. 

By  such  tough  and  determined  stock  has  the  up- 
lifting of  the  Northern  State  been  done.  While 
the  British  Empire  can  produce  sons  of  this  type, 
the  work  of  construction  will  go  on.  Let  us  hope 
that  in  the  building  of  that  new  edifice  of  Empire 
which  will  superimpose  upon  the  brave,  battered 
foundations  that  already  span  the  earth,  there  will 
be  found  a  new  pioneering  band  as  valiant  in  their 
way  and  time  as  the  "four-square"  Australian 
group  in  which  John  Arthur  Macartney  made  a 
prominent  and  honorable  figure. 


Lagoon  at  Waverley 


Kooralbyn  Homestead 

CHARLES  WYNDHAM   BUNDOCK,   B.A., 
OF  KOORALBYN 

"  'Tis  not  in  mortals  to  command  success : 

But  we'll  do  more,  Sempronius — we'll  deserve  it." 


CHARLES  WYNDHAM  BUNDOCK, 
B.A.,  has  learned  the  meaning  of 
the  poet's  lines,  since  he  commenced 
his  career  in  1882.  At  the  age  of  22, 
accompanied  by  three  of  his  brothers,  he 
left  his  home  on  the  Richmond  River,  New 
South  Wales,  and  journeyed  to  North  Queens- 
land. They  purchased  the  lease  of  Natal 
Downs,  comprising  1,000  square  miles  of  country, 
from  Messrs.  Chatfield,  King  and  Co.,  at  a  satis- 
factory figure.  This  station  is  about  70  miles 
south-west  from  Charters  Towers.  It  was  at  the 
time  of  its  purchase  stocked  with  Merino  sheep 
and  Shorthorn  cattle  of  the  beef  strain.  A  few 
years  after  they  had  acquired  the  property, 
Messrs.  Bundock  Brothers  disposed  of  the  sheep, 
and  devoted  all  their  attention  to  the  breeding  of 
beef  Shorthorns  and  thoroughbred  horses.  The 
cattle  were  of  the  famous  "Bates'  "  strain,  the 
horses  came  from  the  equally  famous  Wyangarie 
stud  established  by  Mr.  Bundock,  Senr.,  on  the 
Richmond  River,  and  carried  on  by  him  for  over 
sixty  years. 

Thirty-five  years  ago  social  conditions  in  North 
Queensland  were  in  the  rudimentary  stage.  The 
treachery  of  the  blacks  was  a  decided  menace  to 
the  successful  pursuit  of  pastoral  activities  by  the 
pioneers.  Pastoralists  had  to  be  constantly  on 
the  alert  against  attacks  upon  their  stock  and  even 
their  homesteads.  Pastoral  residences  had  not 
assumed  the  commodious  proportions  of  to-day. 


but  the  old  bush  homes  had  a  glamor  of  their  own. 
The  original  homestead  of  Bundock  Brothers  was 
nothing  more  than  a  "humpy,"  with  slab  walls  and 
a  mud  floor.  Whenever  occasion  demanded  a 
visit  to  Charters  Towers,  it  generally  took  two 
and  a  half  days  to  accomplish  the  journey  on 
horseback.  To-day  the  distance  can  be  covered 
in  a  few  hours  by  motor  car.  At  that  time  the 
railway  had  not  extended  beyond  Ravenswood 
Junction. 

Though  faced  with  many  difliculties  from  the 
outset — difficulties  which  would  have  crushed 
the  hopes  of  less  valiant  hearts — the  Bundock 
Brothers  soon  made  Natal  Downs  a  paying  pro- 
position. Prior  to  the  great  drought  of  1890 
this  station  carried  over  30,000  head  of  cattle 
and  400  thoroughbred  horses.  The  drought 
reduced  the  cattle  to  2,600,  while  only  two  thor- 
oughbred brood  mares  survived  the  disaster.  Un- 
daunted by  such  a  crushing  reverse,  the  Bundock 
Brothers  quickly  set  about  re-stocking  their 
station.  No  difficulty  was  experienced  in  getting 
financial  assistance  from  their  bankers,  and 
another  start  was  made.  Australia's  moods  are 
never  harsh  for  long.  Fortune  smiled  again, 
and  the  station  flourished  for  a  number  of  years. 
Then  came  another  less  severe  period  of  adver- 
sity, which  caused  the  brothers  to  again  seek  the 
aid  of  their  bankers,  but  with  ready  financial  aid 
at  the  right  time,  the  station  was  brought  safely 
through  one  more  vicissitude. 


996 


CHARLES    WYNDHAM    BUNDOCK 


997 


M^mamtmm^tm 


View  on  Kooralljyn  Station,  from  tfce  Homestead 


Itf 


For  many  years  now    Natal    Downs  has    been 

carried  on  by  Mr.  Charles  VVyndham   Biindock. 

His  three  brothers  (Prank,  lulward  and  Henry) 

who  were  associated  with  him,   have  joined  the 

(freat  majority.      The  management  was  entrusted 

0  Mr.  Patrick  Salmon,  who  eventually  acquired 

interest  in  the  station.      To-day,  Natal  Downs 

's    controlled  by  Messrs.    Bundock    and    Salmon 

rothers.      Mr.  T.  J.  Salmon  was  taken  into  part- 

rship  in  January,   19 13. 

In  consequence  of  resumption  by  the  State 
overnment,  the  present  area  of  the  holding  is 
.00  square  miles.  It  carries  5,000  head  of  cattle 
d  150  head  of  horses.  To-day  there  is  a  com- 
brtable  home  on  the  station.  The  country  con- 
sists chiefly  of  open,  rolling  downs;  portion  of  it, 
however,  is  fairly  timbered.  Under  normal  con- 
ditions it  is  covered  with  Mitchell  and  Flinders 
grasses  principally.  It  is  watered  by  the  Cape 
River,  six  sub-artesian  bores  (four  of  which  are 
salt),  and  several  cement  dams.  The  country  is 
admirably  adapted  for  the  breeding  of  stock,  par- 
ticularly beef  cattle.  The  prices  received  for 
these  are  sufl^icient  proof.  For  many  years  past 
large  drafts  of  cattle  have  been  regularly  sent  by 
rail  to  the  meatworks  in  Townsville  and  else- 
where. 

Mr.    Bundock   is   one   of   the   most   successful 

P feeders    of    horses    for    remount    purposes    in 
le    State.         In    this    connection    he    has    had 
ver  40  years'  experience.      The  stock  on  Natal 
)owns  have  a  dash  of  Arab  in  them,  and  many 
of  them   have    distinguished    themselves   on   the 
Australian  turf.        Dagobert,   a  Wyangarie-bred 
horse,  won  the  Summer  Cup    (Sydney)    and  Sea 
Breeze,  carrying  6st.  nibs.,  won  the  Queensland 
^^.  Cup  in  1905. 

Wm    Until  his  death,  a  few  years  ago,  the  well-known 
■■thoroughbred     stallion,     W.W.C.      (Canzoni— 


Party)  was  used  in  the  stud.  Previously  the 
Bundocks  had  the  famous  thoroughbred  stallions: 
The  Dean  (Yattendon — The  Nun),  Normanby 
(New  Warrior — Zenobia)  and  Grandchester 
(Darebin  —  Esmeralda).  To-day,       Luzon 

(W.W.C— Lucia)  and  Blue  Book  (True  Blue 
— Lady  Mary)  are  the  Natal  Downs  sires. 


Chas.  Wyndham  Bundock 


998 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


In  1890  Mr.  Bundock  purchased  over  12,000 
acres  of  freehold  country  near  Laravale,  in  the 
Beaudesert  district,  on  the  South  Coast  line.  The 
property  comprises  splendid  agricultural  and 
grazing  land,  and  is  well  watered.  It  was  only 
partly  improved,  and  the  price  paid  was  29/-  per 
acre.  The  holding,  which  is  known  as  "Koor- 
albyn,"  is  the  home  of  Mr.  Bundock.  Over 
£20,000  have  been  spent  in  effecting  improve- 
ments on  Kooralbyn. 


graduated  in  1878.  While  at  school  he  won  pro- 
minence as  a  footballer.  On  leaving  school  he 
worked  on  his  father's  station  for  a  number  of 
years,  and  acquired  a  thorough  knowledge  in  thi 
breeding  of  cattle  and  horses.  When  he,  togeth 
with  three  brothers,  left  home  and  went 
Queensland  to  engage  in  pastoral  pursuits,  the; 
had  each  £1,800  to  start  with — an  inheritam 
from  their  grandmother.  On  such  a  compara- 
tively small  capital  the  brothers  made  good;  their 


Cattle  and  Horses  on  Kooralbyn  Station 


I 


The  surroundings  of  Kooralbyn  are  made 
pleasant  by  smiling  Australian  landscapes,  moun- 
tains and  valleys. 

LInpretentious  in  appearance,  but  roomy  and 
comfortable,  the  homestead  nestles  amidst  its 
gardens,  another  happy  and  peaceful  Australian 
home  testifying  to  effort  rewarded,  and  human 
trial  ending  in  prosperity  and  content. 

Kooralbyn  is  used  chiefly  for  fattening  drafts 
of  cattle,  which  Mr.  Bundock  buys  from  time  to 
time.  From  1,400  to  1,600  head  are  fattened 
in  a  mob,  and  sold  to  the  meatworks.  There  are, 
also,  30  thoroughbred  horses  on  the  holding. 
The  high  standard  of  the  stock  is  maintained  by 
the  utilization  of  the  blood  stallion,  Campagnard 
(Biltalto — Finis).  As  at  Natal  Downs,  the 
breeding  of  horses  for  remount  purposes  is  suc- 
cessfully carried  on. 

Mr.  Charles  Wyndham  Bundock  was  born  on 
Wyangarie  Station,  in  the  Richmond  River  dis- 
trict. New  South  Wales,  in  1858.  He  was 
educated    at    the    Sydney    University,  where    he 


fine    courage    overcame    difficulties    which    might 
have  broken  weaker  men.  M 

Mr.  Charles  Wyndham  Bundock  has  always 
taken  a  keen  interest  in  the  advancement  of  \ 
Queensland.  Every  patriotic  movement  with  this 
object  receives  his  whole-hearted  support.  Being 
a  breeder  of  thoroughbred  horses,  he  is  naturally 
an  enthusiast  in  racing,  his  colors  (scarlet 
jacket  with  blue  sash)  being  often  carried  to  vic- 
tory. He  is  a  member  of  the  Queensland  Turf 
Club  and  the  Queensland  Club. 

Mr.  Bundock's   father — Wellington    Cochrane 
Bundock — was    born     in     Paignton,    Devonshire, 
England,  in   18  12.       He  left  the  homeland  with 
his  brother  (Alexander  Frederick)  on  December  . 
13th,    1835,   in   the  Henry    Tanner,   and   arrived' 
in  Sydney  Harbor  on   May    15th,    1836.        Mr. 
Bundock,    senior,    proceeded    to    the    Richmond 
River    district,  New  South  Wales,  in  the    early  , 
part  of   1843,   ^"^1    took  up    country  at  Myrtle. 
Creek,  where  he  engaged  in  sheep-raising.     Later 
he  followed  the  same  pursuits  at  Wooroowoolgen. 


CHARLES    WYNDHAM    BUNDOCK 


999 


About  the  beginning  of  1844  he  established 
Wyangarie,  on  the  Richmond  River,  where  he 
devoted  the  whole  of  his  attention  to  the  breed- 
ing of  beef  Shorthorns  (Bates'  strain)  and  thor- 
oughbred horses.  All  the  brothers  of  Mr.  Bun- 
dock,  senior,  belonged  to  the  British  Navy,  in 
which  they  figured  prominently.  His  brother 
(Alexander  Frederick),  however,  retired  from 
the  Navy  prior  to  coming  to  Australia.  The 
father  of  Charles  Wyndham  Bundock  married 
Miss  Mary  Ellen  Ogilvie,  daughter  of  Com- 
mander W.  Ogilvie,  R.N.,  on  August  12th,  1841. 
Commander  Ogilvie  took  a  conspicuous  part  in  the 
battles  of  Copenhagen  and  Trafalgar.  For  gal- 
lantry in  action,  Ogilvie  was  raised  from  midship- 
man to  lieutenant  by  Lord  Nelson  himself,  and 
subsequently  became  commander.  In  1848  Com- 
mander Ogilvie  and  his  wife  paid  a  visit  to  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Bundock  at  Wyangarie.  Mr.  Bundock, 
senior,  had  six  sons  and  two  daughters.  He  died 
in  1898  at  the  age  of  87. 

Mr.  Charles  Wyndham  Bundock  is  the  only 
male  member  of  the  Bundock  family  alive  to-day. 
His  two  sisters,  Mrs.  Murray-Prior,  of  Maroon 
Station,  Beaudesert  district.  South  Coast  Line, 
and  Miss  Bundock,  are  still  living.     He  married 

Kiss  Scarvell,  daughter  of  Mr.  E.  A.  Scarvell,  of 
essrs.  Want,  Johnston,  and  Scarvell,  solicitors, 

mil 


Sydney.  He  has  one  child — a  daughter — who  is 
12  years  of  age.  The  charming  appearance  of 
the  home  at  Kooralbyn  is  due  to  Mrs.  Bundock, 
who  is  an  ardent  floriculturist. 

Necessarily  short  as  the  memoirs  in  this 
section  of  Auslralia  Unlimited  must  be,  they  are 
in  themselves  so  many  proofs  that  opportunities 
for  pastoral  success  have  not  been  confined  to  any 
particular  State  or  district  of  Australia. 

All  over  the  Commonwealth  chances  offered 
and  still  offer  for  the  exercise  of  those  colonizing 
qualities,  which  have  brought  men  like  the  sub- 
jects of  these  biographical  sketches  to  honorable 
prosperity. 

Outside  the  names  included  in  the  pastoral  sec- 
tion are  hundreds  of  others,  who  are  equally  de- 
serving of  mention  if  space  and  opportunity  had 
permitted.  It  may  be  the  author's  congenial  task 
to  present  to  the  world  a  fuller  account  of  the  lives 
and  efforts  of  our  Australian  pastoral  pioneers. 
Much  material  has  been  collated  for  the  purposes 
of  this  volume,  which  holds  certain  historical 
values,  that  may  be  published  at  a  later  date. 

In  tracing  the  progress  of  families  such  as 
that  to  which  Charles  Wyndham  Bundock  be- 
longs, one  really  follows  a  course  of  Australian 
history,  the  interest  of  which  is  enhanced  by  the 
intimate  human  atmosphere  it  contains. 


Willoughby  House 


WILLOUGHBY, 

A    CENTRAL  QUEENSLAND    STATION 


MR.  ALBERT  DURER  ALEXANDER, 
of  Willoughby,  near  Barcaldine,  Cen- 
tral Queensland,  was  born  at  St.  Kilda, 
Melbourne,  Victoria,  in  1863,  and  was  edu- 
cated chiefly  at  the  Church  of  England  Gram- 
mar School,  Melbourne.  He  attended  this  school 
for  five  years,  and  left  at  the  end  of  1878,  shortly 
afterwards  matriculating.  He  left  school  too 
young  to  have  found  his  place  in  either  a  first 
eleven  or  twenty,  but  has  always  been  of  an  active 
disposition,  and  a  keen  cricketer.  He  is  the  son 
of  the  late  Mr.  Thomas  Alexander,  of  South 
Yarra,  Melbourne,  Victoria.  His  father  was  a 
native  of  Wiltshire,  England,  and  was  attracted 
to  Australia  with  a  brother  and  nephew.  They 
landed  in  Melbourne  in  1852,  and,  like  nearly  all 
the  arrivals  of  that  date,  made  their  way  at  once 
to  the  diggings  at  Bendigo.  After  some  experi- 
ence there,  both  Mr.  Alexander,  senr.,  and  his 
brother  returned  to  Melbourne,  and  entered  the 
Civil  Service,  the  former  remaining  in  this  occu- 
pation until  1878.  He  was  of  a  literary  turn  of 
mind,  and  a  great  admirer  and  collector  of  old 
engravings  and  paintings,  and  was  also  on 
terms   of   friendship   with   all   those    who    were 


Jll 


prominent  in  Art  circles  in  Melbourne.  Mr? 
Alexander,  senr.,  married  Miss  Jane  Eurnell,  who 
was  born  near  Dublin,  Ireland,  and  was  a 
member  of  an  old  and  cultured  country  family. 
Accompanied  by  two  brothers,  this  lady  arrived 
in  Melbourne  about  181; 2.  One  of  her  brother^* 
had  been  previously  in  the  British  Army,  but  on 
arrival  in  Victoria  he  became  an  officer  in  the 
Mounted  Police  Force.  Afterwards  he  filled  the 
position  of  Superintendent  of  Police  in  the  Gee- 
long  district  for  a  number  of  years.  "  An  elder 
brother,  who  had  studied  medicine,  and  gone  to 
India,  became  head  of  the  Madras  College  of 
Physicians  and  Surgeon-General  In  the  Army.  In 
family,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Thomas  Alexander  had 
three  surviving  children — the  late  Mrs.  MIlo  R. 
Cudmore  (who  left  four  sons),  Dr.  Lilian  H. 
Alexander,  M.A.,  of  Melbourne,  and  Albert 
Durer  Alexander,  of  Willoughby,  Central  Queens- 
land. 

In  1880  the  subject  of  this  sketch  was  afforded 
an  opportunity  of  going  to  Messrs.  McFarland's 
Barooga  Station,  on  the  Murray  River,  to  learn 
sheep-breeding  and  wool-growing.  He  remained 
there   for   ten   years,  and   during  the   latter   five 


1000 


WILLOUGHBY  ESTATE,   CENTRAL  QUEENSLAND 


lOOI 


years  of  this  period  he  occupied  the  position  of 
manager.  Whilst  on  this  famous  station  Mr. 
Alexander  made  a  close  study  of  all  phases  of 
the  sheep  and  wool  industry.  In  1890  he  relin- 
quished his  position  at  Barooga,  and  proceeded 
to  Queensland,  where,  in  1 891,  he  took  up  a  block 
of  10,000  acres,  which  was  afterwards  called 
Vermont,  being  a  portion  of  the  Wellshot  Resump- 
tion. He  entered  into  partnership  with  the  late 
Mr.  J.   F.   Cudmore,   formerly  of   Milo  Station 


brought  from  Jerilderie.  All  were  eventually 
trucked  to  Charleville,  and  afterwards  travelled 
in  separate  flocks  to  their  destination.  It  was 
intended  to  purchase  Boonoke  stud  rams  to  keep 
to  that  strain  alone,  but  the  dry  seasons  that 
ensued  after  the  arrival  of  the  stud  ewes,  and 
with  no  water  in  the  new  tank  on  the  country 
taken  up,  and  the  difficulty  in  getting  suitable 
country  from  time  to  time  to  keep  them  alive, 
prevented  the  consummation  of  this  idea;  conse- 


(south-western  Queensland),  to  found  a  stud 
flock  and  breed  rams  for  that  gentleman's  Tara 
properties,  near  Saltern  (Central  Queensland), 
or  for  anyone  else  who  might  require  them. 
Passing  through  Brisbane,  a  few  Vermont  rams 
offered  there  by  Messrs.  Clarke  Bros,  were  pur- 
chased, and,  later,  returning  to  the  Riverina  dis- 
trict, he  was  fortunate  in  being  able  to  purchase 
from  the  late  Mr.  F.  S.  Falkiner  600  aged  stud 
ewes  of  the  pure  Boonoke  strain.  Then,  at  Mr. 
Cudmore's  desire  (who  had  been  an  old  and  con- 
istent  user  of  the  Murray  rams),  he  went  to 
Adelaide,  purchased  there  stud  rams  from  the 
flocks  of  Messrs.  John  Murray  (Rhine  Park) 
and  Alick  Murray  (Mount  Crawford),  and  had 
them  sent  over  to  Junee,  where  the  ewes  were 


quently  the  rams  already  purchased  were  used, 
except  that  after  the  first  lambing  Mr.  Alexander 
discarded  all  the  Vermonts  but  one,  believing  that 
the  yolk  they  carried  was  unsuitable  to  the  dis- 
trict. With  the  exception  of  a  few  stud  rams 
from  Mr.  A.  J.  Murray's  Mount  Crawford  flock 
in  1895,  "o  other  blood  has  been  used,  and  the 
flock  has  been  bred  since  then  from  within  itself. 
In  19 10  the  Minnie  Downs  stud  flock  was  pur- 
chased. This  was  a  very  old  Australian,  and 
noted  Central  Queensland,  flock,  the  originals  of 
which  were  brought  from  the  old  L.U.E.  flock  in 
New  South  Wales  in  the  early  forties  by  the 
Messrs.  Archer  Bros.,  when  they — delayed  by  an 
outbreak  of  scab — found  the  Darling  Downs 
country  occupied,  they  pushed  on  to  the  Burnett 


I002 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Typical  Willoughby  Stud  Rams. 


River,  and  settled  there.  The  L.U.E.  flock  was 
founded  in  1823  of  pure  Spanish  and  Saxony 
Merino  strains,  and  whilst  in  Messrs.  Archer's 
possession  they  obtained  rams  of  pure  Saxony 
blood  for  the  ewes  they  had.  After  discovering 
the  country  of  the  Fitzroy  River,  and  settling  at 
Gracemere,  the  sheep  were  sent  there.  About 
1875  Messrs.  Archer  Bros,  purchased  Minnie 
Downs  station,  near  Tambo  (Central  Queens- 
land), and  transferred  the  sheep  there.  Some 
time  afterwards  they  sold  out  to  Messrs.  Wm. 
Irving  and  G.  N.  Griffiths.  The  new  owners  pur- 
chased for  years  stud  rams  from  the  flock  of  Mr. 
N.  P.  Bayly,  of  Havilah,  New  South  Wales;  also 
a  flock  of  aged  stud  ewes.     The  sheep  resulting 


from  this  blend  obtained  great  successes  when 
exhibited,  and  earned  a  well-deserved  reputation. 
Some  time  after  the  death  of  both  of  these 
owners,  Irvingdale  stud  grazing  selection,  to 
where  the  stud  had  been  removed,  was  sold  with 
all  the  sheep.  In  19 10  Mr.  Alexander  purchased 
all  the  studs,  and  since  being  in  his  possession  he 
has  bred  the  flock  within  itself.  The  object  aimed 
at  with  the  Willoughby  flocks  is  to  breed  an  all- 
round  type  of  sheep  of  good  frame  and  constitu- 
tion, well  covered  with  a  profitable  fleece  of  good 
quality,  but  not  too  fine — sheep,  too,  that  are 
good  doers,  and  not  of  a  wild  disposition.  The 
results  obtained  are  very  gratifying.  All  the  rams 
are  readily  disposed  of,  and  give  satisfaction  to 


stud  Merino  Kams,  Willoughby 


WILLOUGHBY   F.STATE,   CENTRAL  QUEENSLAND 


1003 


stud  Merino  Ewes,  Willoughby 


their  purchasers;  any  surplus  stock  of  sheep  hnds 
ready  buyers. 

In  1900  Mr.  Alexander  purchased  the  other 
half-share  in  Vermont  stud  farm,  and  in  1904  he 
acquired  Willoughby,  his  present  home.  The 
latter  holding  was  portion  of  the  Saltern  Creek 
Resumption,  and  is  situated  about  40  miles  from 
Barcaldine  by  road.  Woolbrook  Grazing  Farm, 
with  an  area  of  4,400  acres,  was  taken  up  in 
1908,  and  is  within  six  miles  of  the  railway  line. 
Generally  speaking,  the  Willoughby  country,  with 
an  area  of  over  50,000  acres,  consists  of  open 
downs,  which,  in  normal  seasons,  carry  an  abun- 
dance of  the  best  grasses — Mitchell,  Flinders, 
Blue,  etc.     It  is  also  better  provided  with  shade 


timbers  than  the  average  downs,  and  is  well 
watered  by  artesian  bores,  etc.  Prom  20,000  to 
22,000  well-bred  sheep,  150  head  of  Shorthorn 
beef  cattle,  and  60  head  of  horses  are  carried, 
and  a  fairly  large  stud  flock  of  sheep  is  main- 
tained. 

In  1897  Mr.  Alexander  married  Miss  F.  C. 
Brown,  the  eldest  daughter  of  the  late  Mr.  A. 
R.  Brown,  one  of  the  pioneers  of  the  district, 
and  for  many  years  and  until  his  deaih  manager 
of  Saltern  Creek  Station.  Besides  being  a  very 
capable  manager,  he  was  foremost  in  promoting 
honest  sport  of  all  kinds,  and  both  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Brown  endeared  themselves  to  all  in  the  district. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alexander  have  a  family  of  four 
sons  and  two  daughters.  The  eldest  son  (just 
over  sixteen  years  of  age)  is  a  boarder  at  his 
father's  old  school.  Mrs.  Alexander  is  an  enthu- 
siastic gardener,  and  has  a  fine  garden  with  lawn 
and  citrus  trees  surrounding  Willoughby,  giving 
the  place  an  attractive  appearance.  There  is  a 
spirit  of  hospitality  about  Willoughby,  which 
makes  itself  felt  as  soon  as  one  enters  its  portals. 
Having  always  lived  some  distance  from  town, 
Mr.  Alexander  has  been  prevented  from  taking 
prominent  position  in  local  affairs,  but  he  has 
always  been  ready  to  support  anything  appertain- 
ing to  the  advancement  of  the  district  or  the  State 
of  Queensland  generally. 


A  Willoughby  Stud  Ewe 


Albert  Durer  Alexander 


Murray   Vale   House   and 


THE   MURRAY  MERINOS 


AMONG  the  pioneer  pastoralists  of  South 
Australia  during  the  first  years  of  its 
settlement  appear  the  names  of  John 
Murray  and  Alexander  B.  Murray,  of  Mount 
Crawford,  who  were  destined  quickly  to  make 
an  indelible  mark  on  the  pastoral  history  of 
the  new  colony.  These  men  were  the  founders 
of  the  celebrated  Murray  Merino  flock,  the  name 
of  which,  it  will  be  noted,  appears  very  fre- 
quently in  the  descriptions  of  other  flocks  in  this 
volume.  It  was  founded  seventy-four  years  ago 
— to  be  exact,  in  1843 — ^^'^  '*^  had  apparently  its 
origin  in  the  first  merino  flock  in  Australia,  that 
of  John  MacArthur,  of  Camden  Park,  New 
South  Wales.  It  was  Mr.  A.  B.  Murray  who 
bought  100  merino  ewes  in  that  year  from  Mr. 
McFarlane,  of  Mount  Barker,  which  were  under- 
stood to  have  come  from  Camden  Park.  These 
ewes  were  divided  between  A.  B.  Murray,  and  his 
sister-in-law,  Mrs.  P.  M.  Murray,  of  Glen  Tur- 
ritt,  Truro,  and  John  Murray,  of  Mount  Craw- 
ford. Afterwards,  another  hundred  ewes,  in 
lamb  to  a  Tasmanian  ram,  were  purchased  by 
John  Murray  from  Mr.  McVittie,  who  had  a 
station  near  Blumberg. 

The  origin  of  Mount  Crawford  Estate,  how- 
ever, dates  from  1843,  but  in  1839  A.  B.  Murray 
and  John  Warren,  senr.,  explored  and  had  the 
survey  made  of  section  918,  Hundred  of  Parra 
Wirra,   part  of  the   Barossa   Special   Survey,   of 


which  he  was  a  pioneer.  In  the  same  year  his 
brother  John — who  had  been  a  shepherd  in  the 
Cheviot  Hills  in  Scotland,  and  had  fed  for  exhi- 
bition the  stud  of  Mr.  Bryden,  the  famous  Cheviot 
sheep  breeder — came  to  Australia  and,  after  two 
years  at  Bull's  Creek,  purchased  half  of  section 
918  from  him  in  1843.  To  go  back  a  little,  Mr. 
A.  B.  Murray  had  first  settled  in  Malcolm's  Flat, 
now  Magill,  a  town  four  miles  from  Adelaide, 
the  property  being  purchased  by  Mr.  Mal- 
colm, son  of  Sir  Pultney  Malcolm,  Mr.  Murray's 
second  cousin.  Mr.  Murray  was  the  manager. 
The  original  section  at  Magill  passed  into  the 
hands  of  a  Mr.  McCowan,  and  later  into  the 
possession  of  A.  B.  Murray,  whose  son.  Chief 
Justice  Sir  George  Murray,  still  owns  the  part 
of  the  section  not  yet  built  upon. 

To-day  the  ruins  of  the  original  homesteads  of 
the  brothers  stand  within  sight  of  each  other  on 
the  present  Mount  Crawford  Estate,  and  they 
must  have  been  humble  residences,  although 
built  of  stone,  with  which  the  property  abounds. 
But  still  humbler  homes  of  slab  and  dab  preceded 
these,  until  A.  B.  Murray  startled  the  neighbor- 
hood with  his  palatial  residence,  of  which  by  the 
bve  an  amusing  story  is  told.  A  dour  old  Scotch- 
man, who  lived  in  the  neighborhood  and  watched 
with  paternal  interest  the  beginnings  of  the  young 
pioneers,  is  narrated  to  have  looked  upon  the 
architectural    opulence  of    Mr.  A.   B.   Murray's 


1004 


THE  MURRAY  MERINOS 


1005 


Outbuildings,  Mount  Crawford 

Ihoouse" — of  two  diminutive  rooms  and  a  lean-to 
-with  some  disfavor,  saying  to  a  friend  in  con- 
dence :  "Sandy  Murray'!!  coom  te  na  guld,  mon. 
le's  gettin"  too  flasli.  He's  bui!din'  a  stoon 
lioouse  wi'  a  passage." 

I^P  Alt!iougli  t!ie  two  brotliers  had  each  his  own 

^wes,  they  worl<^ed  together  and  used  each  other's 

rams  until  A.  B.  Murray  left  Mount  Crawford 

and  took  up  Tunglcillo  and  Wirrabara.       John 

Murray  in    1853   purchased   from   Mr.   William 

'i  Mitchell,  of  North  Adelaide,  who  had  built  it, 
a  small  house  on  the  present  site  of  the  residence 
of  Mr.  Alick  J.  Murray,  with  its  section  of  85 
acres  of  land.     This  original  homestead  occupied 

'j  the  space  now  devoted  to  the  large  central  hall  of 
Murray  Vale  House,  the  additions  making  up  the 
present  bungalow  residence,  having  from  time  to 
time  been  built  around  this  relic  of  the  early  days. 
The  mountain  took  its  name,  it  is  said,  from  an 
early  overlander  named  Crawford,  who  used  to 
make  his  camp  at  its  foot.  The  native  name  was 
Tetaki.         Mount    Crawford    is    just    seventeen 

-jpiles  east  of  Gawler. 

I^P  The  high-class  character  of  the  original  Mur- 
ray flock  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  a  ram  bred 
the  year  after  its  foundation  took  Champion  prize 
at  the  Adelaide  Show  against  imported  rams.  The 
same  ram  took  the  Championship  in  six  conse- 
cutive years,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  many  other 
importations  were  made  by  other  flockmasters. 
Among  the  first  of  the  late  John  Murray's  prize- 
winners was  an  exceptional  ewe.  She  was  shown 
at  the  Adelaide  Show  about  1845  '"  ^  P^"  w'th 


two  of  Mr.  A.  B.  Murray's  sheep  and  they  gained 
a  first  prize.  The  ewe  afterwards  produced  twin 
rams,  one  of  which  was  Old  Prize.  She  had  a 
very  robust  constitution  and  great  fertility,  and 
she  produced  many  great  stud  sheep.  When 
killed,  at  fifteen  years  old,  because  she  was  blind, 
she  was  found  to  be  in  lamb.  The  ram.  Old 
Prize,  began  his  show  career  at  the  age  of  ten 
months  by  winning  a  first,  and  he  afterwards 
scored  many  first  and  champion  prizes.  He 
was  a  great  son  of  a  great  dam,  possessing  strong 
prepotent  power,  and  left  his  mark  upon  the 
Murray  flock  in  an  exceptional  degree,  the  stud 
being  largely  inbred  to  this  ram  for  an  unusual 
length  of  time. 

Other  famous  early  Mount  Crawford  rams 
were  The  Duke  of  Edinburgh,  who  was  regarded 
by  Mr.  John  Murray  as  the  finest  sire  he  ever 
bred;  his  son.  Prince  Imperial — who  won  two 
Champion  prizes  in  Adelaide  in  two  successive 
years  (1875  and  1876),  and  whose  fleece,  which 
weighed  iSlbs.  i2ozs.  while  his  live  weight  was 
205lbs. — was  for  three  successive  years  one  of 
the  six  placed  first  at  the  Adelaide  Shows;  and 
Trophy,  who  won  in  1873,  as  a  grass-fed  compet- 
ing against  housed-and-fed  rams,  the  silver  trophy 
valued  at  150  guineas  presented  by  the  Old 
Colonists  in  England  for  the  best  combing-woolled 
merino  ram,  and  who  also  won  the  Champion 
prize  at  the  Adelaide  Show  in  the  following  year. 
Mr.  Murray  refused  an  offer  for  Trophy  of  500 
guineas,  an  exceptional  price  in  those  days,  pre- 
ferring to  retain  him  in  the  Murray  stud. 


THE    MURRAY    MERINOS 


1007 


It  is  noteworthy  that  while  Trophy's  stock  were 
stronger  in  a  most  marlced  degree  in  the  female 
line  than  in  the  male,  the  double  champion,  Duke 
of  Edinburgh,  though  he  bred  a  number  of  fine 
ewes,  was  especially  strong  in  the  male  line,  and 
his  progeny  were  particularly  prepotent  in  males. 
Thus  we  see  how  skill  is  needed  in  mating  the 
sheep  so  as  to  breed  up  to  a  certain  standard  and 
fix  dominant  types.  By  means  of  his  system  of 
pedigrees  of  females,  Mr.  Murray  had  been  able 
to  insure  that  sires  are  only  used  upon  such 
families  as  are  considered  sufficiently  prepotent 
in  the  male  or  female  line  as  may  be  required. 
\o  outside  ram  has  ever  been  introduced  into  the 
Murray  flock  since  it  was  established. 


The  late  John  Murray 
(Founder  of  the  Murray  Merinos) 


The  Murray  Merino  flock  is  the  original 
source  of  the  plain-bodied  South  Australian  sheep, 
with  its  absence  of  folds,  and  of  recent  years  a 
characteristic  is  that  they  are  also  open-faced,  thus 
being  able  to  graze  freely  without  injury  on  long- 
grass  country. 

The  founder  of  the  flock  would  never  under 
any  circumstances  artificially  feed  or  house  his 
sheep,  in  spite  of  the  extreme  climatic  conditions 
of  heat  and  cold  ruling  on  the  property.  He  be- 
lieved, and  the  present  owner  believes,  in  the 
"survival  of  the  fittest"  in  regard  to  sheep-breed- 
ng,  and  an  animal  which  did  not  do  well  under 
natural  conditions  was  excluded  from  the  flock. 
This  necessitates  a  severely  critical  eye  and  a 
judgment  which  can  foretell  the  future  develop- 


ment of  a  lamb.  "Utility"  is  the  object  always 
kept  in  view,  so  as  to  breed  an  animal  which  will 
reproduce  strong  character  even  when  subjected 
to  extreme  conditions  of  climate  or  feed.  Thus 
Mr.  Murray  established  the  reputation  of  the 
Murray  Merinos  and  created  a  strong  demand  for 
his  stock  throughout  Australia,  and  from  New 
Zealand  and  South  Africa,  which  has  since  con- 
tinuously increased,  many  of  the  purchases  being 
repeat-orders  and  contracts  covering  a  number  of 
years. 

Among  the  celebrated  Murray  sheep  of  later 
years,  bred  by  Mr.  Alick  J.  Murray,  have  been 
Constitution,  Lion,  and  his  great  son.  Lion  II.; 
Fame,  the  500-guinea  ram,  classed  by  his  pur- 
chaser as  the  cheapest  animal  he  ever  bought; 
Portsea,  sire  of  five  out  of  six  Champions  in  three 
years;  Radium  2nd,  a  grand  stud  rum,  sold  to 
Mr.  Ben  Chaffey,  of  Moorna,  in  1914,  for  1,000 
guineas;  and  many  others  which  have  contributed 
their  quota  to  the  record  achieved  by  Murray 
rams  in  winning  the  Championship  in  Adelaide 
on  all  but  fifteen  occasions  during  sixty-seven 
years.  The  prizes  won  by  the  stud  may  be  sum- 
marized as  follows:  The  two  gold  medals  for  five 
best  combing-wool  merinos,  4-tooth  rams  and 
2-tooth  ewes,  presented  by  the  Duke  of  Edin- 
burgh in  1867,  six  silver  cups  and  trophies,  and 
medals  numbering  considerably  over  a  hundred. 

In  the  late  'forties,  or  early  in  1850,  A.  B. 
Murray  took  five  ewe  hoggetts,  belonging  to  him- 
self and  his  brother,  John  Murray,  to  a  Melbourne 
show,  and  won  second  prize  against  imported  and 
Victorian  ewes,  although  they  had  been  walked 
to  Port  Adelaide  and  taken  thence  by  boat. 

The  wool  of  the  Murray  flock  has  always  been 
distinctive.  Its  founder,  in  speaking  of  the 
principle  upon  which  he  had  managed  it  since  its 
inception,  said:  "I  take  care  to  breed  from  rams 
of  sound  constitution,  with  as  much  quality  of 
wool,  length  of  staple,  softness  and  lustre  as  pos- 
sible, with  ample  yolk,  but  never  lose  sight  of 
great  weight  of  wool."  The  result  of  his  con- 
sistent pursuit  of  his  ideal,  continued  by  his  suc- 
cessors in  their  turn,  is  that  the  Murray  wool  to- 
day is  of  a  bold,  robust  type,  long  in  staple  yet 
remarkably  soft  to  handle  and  quite  free  from 
kemps.  The  comment  of  the  judges  at  the  Syd- 
ney Show  in  1873,  was  that  "Mr.  Murray's  wool 
is  a  remarkable  combination  of  softness  and 
strength;  a  bright,  lustrous  wool,  exceedingly 
clean,"  while  a  South  African  expert,  after  ex- 
amining some  Murray  sheep  imported  there, 
officially  gave  a  most  favorable  report  on  the 
sheep  and  the  splendid  quality  of  their  wool. 
London  woolbuyers  of  the  highest  repute  have  re- 
ported on  the  Murray  wool  with  equal  praise. 
Both  the  Sydney  experts  already  quoted  remarked 
of  one  typical  exhibit:  "We  have  examined    the 


ioo8 


AUSTRAIJA    UNLIMITED 


prize  fleeces  with  the  greatest  interest,  and  may 
at  once  say  that  of  this  class  of  wool  it  is  the  most 
beautiful  specimen  we  have  ever  seen.  The  growth 
is  deep  and  sound,  the  staple  clear  at  the  root,  and 
evenly  and  compactly  formed— a  picture  of 
vigor  and  strength.  The  fibre  is  of  strong 
quality,  especially  towards  the  skirts,  but  it  is  not 
too  coarse  considering  the  great  depth  of  the 
staple.  The  condition  is  light  (about  55  per 
cent,  yield),  and  the  appearance  bright  and  lus- 
trous. Such  wool  as  this  will  always  command 
attention,  for  of  its  kind  it  is  a  perfect  article." 

The  medal  of  the  Great  Exhibition  in  London, 
1862,  was  awarded  to  Mr.  John  Murray  for  fine- 
ness of  quality  and  size  of  rams'  fleeces;  also  the 
gold  medal  of  the  South  Australian  Agricultural 
Society  for  combing  merino  wool;  the  medal, 
diploma,  and  report  for  six  fleeces  of  choice  selec- 
tion at  the  Great  International  Exhibition  at 
Philadelphia  in  1S76;  and  many  other  valuable 
prizes  for  fleeces  in  later  years. 

The  Murray  flock  affords  a  wonderful  proof 
and  example  of  the  much-debated  system  of  in- 
breeding, for  it  has  always  been  pure  and  self- 
contained,  and  has  increased  as  the  years  have 
passed  its  incontestable  reputation  for  robustness 
of  constitution,  well-developed  frames,  and  heavy 
fleeces  of  profitable  wool.  This  result  has  been 
achieved  by  the  consistent  policy  of  breeding  from 
within.       Its  history,  consequently,  has  not  only  a 


pastoral  but  a  scientific  interest,  as  it  also  affords 
definite  proof  of  the  good  effect  of  what  the 
American  stock-breeders  call  the  "climatic  out- 
cross,"  which  is  a  preventative  of  any  ill-effects 
arising  from  persistent  in-breeding.  This  was 
made  possible  by  the  fact  that  the  Murray  flocks 
for  many  years,  first  under  the  ownership  of  the 
late  Mr.  John  Murray  and  afterwards  under  that 
of  his  four  sons,  the  late  Messrs.  John  Murray, 
junr.,  T.  Hope  Murray,  W.  A.  Murray,  and 
the  present  owner  of  Mount  Crawford,  Mr. 
Alick  J.  Murray,  were  bred  on  four  estates 
situated  in  areas  where  climate  and  soil  vary  to 
some  extent,  so  that  an  exchange  of  sires,  practi- 
cally an  outcross  yet  within  the  flock,  could  be 
effected  when  thought  desirable.  | 

In  1887,  on  the  death  of  the  late  John  Murray, 
his  four  sons — John  Murray,  junr.,  of  Rhine 
Park,  T.  Hope  Murray,  of  Mount  Beevor, 
Alick  J.  Murray,  of  Mount  Crawford,  and  W.  A. 
Murray,  of  Cappeedee — purchased  the  whole 
Murray  Merino  flock  from  the  executors  under 
their  father's  will  and  divided  it  into  four  equal 
parts  in  such  a  way  that  each  should  have  one- 
fourth  of  equal  merit.  In  1902,  in  accordance 
with  the  will  of  the  late  W.  A.  Murray,  the  Cap- 
peedee stud  sheep  were  equally  divided  among  his  ^ 
three  brothers,  Mr.  John  Murray,  junr.,  leaving 
his  portion  at  Cappeedee,  which  he  rented  and 
carried  in  addition  to  Rhine  Park.       He  died  in 


THE    MURRAY    MERINOS 


1009 


of  the  District  Council  of  Mt.  Crawford  for  a 
number  of  years,  but  declined  nomination  for 
parliament. 

Murray  Vale  House  at  Mount  Crawford  is  a 
handsome  and  commodious  pastoral  home,  set  on 
a  rising  site  amid  well-grassed  hills  and  shady  val- 
leys on  which  is  much  splendid  native  timber, 
chiefly  red  gum  of  noble  proportions.  The  house 
is  approached  from  the  main  road  by  a  fine 
avenue  of  well-grown  English  and  Australian 
trees  and  has  a  large  garden  in  which  Mr.  Mur- 
ray indulges  his  hobby  of  rose-growing. 

The  Barossa  ranges,  amid  which  the  Mount 
Crawford  Estate  stands,  are  likely  to  loom  large 
in  the  future  annals  of  South  Australian  produc- 
tion, for  they  contain  not  only  deposits  of  gold, 
which  has  been  won  since  the  early  years  of  settle- 
ment, but  also  Australian  rubies,  opals,  beryl, 
greenstone,  rutile,  graphite,  and  a  very  fine  fire- 
clay declared  by  experts  to  be  the  best  in  the 
world.  It  is  supplied  under  contract  in  large 
quantities  to  the  Broken  Hill  Proprietary  Com- 
pany for  their  retorts  at  the  Port  Pirie  smelting 
works. 

Adjacent  to  the  Mount  Crawford  Estate  is 
now  a  reservoir  covering  an  extensive  area;  con- 
sequently    the     historic     and     beautiful     Mount 


Alick  J.  Murray 


1 90 1,  and  his  property  is  now  carried  on  by  his 
sons.     Mr.  T.  Hope  Murray  died  in  1906. 

The  late  A  B.  Murray's  son  is  Sir  George 
Murray,  K.C..  the  present  Chief  Justice  of  South 
Australia,  Lieutenant-Governor,  Chancellor  of 
the  Adelaide  University,  etc. 

Mr.  Alick  J.  Murray,  the  owner  of  Mount 
Crawford  Estate,  was  born  in  1859,  and  was  edu- 
cated at  St.  Peter's  College,  Adelaide.  He  mar- 
ried in  1892  a  daughter  of  the  late  Mr.  Edmund 
Bowman,  of  Barton  Vale,  Enfield,  and  has  two 
ns  and  a  daughter,  the  latter  being  the  wife  ot 
apt.  Ronald  Fife  Angas,  of  CoUingrove.  Mr. 
A.  J.  Murray  has  been  active  in  pastoral  and  agri- 
cultural interests  generally,  being  for  many  years 
a  member  of  the  Board  of  the  Roseworthy  Agri- 
ultural  College  and  twice  President  of  the  Royal 
gricultural  and  Horticultural  Society  of  South 
ustralia.  As  honorary  Commissioner  he  has 
purchased  stock  for  the  State  Government,  and  on 
more  than  one  occasion  has  made  liberal  gifts, 
inchiding  the  leading  bull  of  his  Jersey  stud,  to 

i^jhe  Roseworthy  College,  the  pupils  of  which  are 
^Jtiven  the    advantage    annually  of    witnessing  a 
sheep-shearing  and  woolclassing  demonstration  at 
(■Ir.  Murray's  farm  at  Gawler.       He  is  a  director 
f  Elder,  Smith  &  Co.  Limited.   He  was  chairman 


Bo 

cul 
a  r 

14. 


The  late  John  Murray,  Jr. 


M2 


lOIO 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


1 

9k, 

,-  ^ 

^^^^^^^^^^^E?"^^ 

tlr--^ 

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^K.-      '-'vll^i^ 

\:^ 

l^aa^ 

r 

^B^ 

^HPf-         ^^IHP'^'''^ 

1^ 

-,ciT^ 

p-         ■•^^^-  \ 

^ 

_ 

r 

jj^^^Jjj^^^^ 

Radium  11. 


Crawford  property  has  been  purchased  by  the 
Government,  and  within  a  short  period  will  be  no 
more  than  a  memory.  But  the  famous  Murray 
Merino  flock  will  be  preserved  and  it  is  hoped 
will,  under  the  direction  of  Mr.  Alick  J.  Murray's 
sons,  still  maintain  its  high  and  unrivalled  repu- 
tation. At  Concordia,  near  Gawler,  and  at 
Catarpo,  near  Mount  Bryan,  whither  the  studs 
are  already  mostly  moved,  they  will  remain  in  pos- 
session of  his  two  sons,  John  Cyril  Murray  and 
Eric  Moray   Murray,   the   elder  of  whom   is   at 


present     (191 8)     serving    with    King    Edwat 
Horse   in   France.       He   recently   married   Miss 
Knox,  of  Melbourne. 

The  Murray  stud  does  not  live  on  an  old 
reputation  but  remains  consistent  to  its  earliest 
ideals.  There  is  no  stud  in  Australia  that  has  so 
firmly  resisted  the  inroad  of  "ideas"  and  it  affords 
the  best  object-lesson  available  anywhere  in  this 
country  of  the  successful  operation  of  a  principle, 
founded  upon  a  scientific  fact  and  practised  with 
undeviating  precision. 


Murray  Merino  Stud  Ewes 


W 

:'   \, .     ' 

w^-- 

-^ 

^^^^^1 

■p.  <* 

f     "'*■' 

"    » 

■ 

^^^^^p~-^ 

^, 

/  .    ■  . 

'     »     V        " 

^^^^^R' 

■     ■*    --•  -   ' 

'  -         W_  -■• 

^^1 

^H      .  'k::^^ 

I  ^■ 

'■:  "  V 

.  ^  fc.., 

)£:y:A^ 

'f       ''^ 

t      'ikd.'        W  '^w 

^^H 

^^^Hl                    Wr.-^ 

St- 

W*'  ^»*-5 

^^^H 

^^■1                          '  Vk.--^»WI>,.'^. 

V  ^     .%^ .      ^6^ 

•  '>^Kl||kI#» 

■ 

^^^R"               1^( 

/-- 

'."'^\i^^¥| 

■ 

^S^'        ^ 

|g|^ 

\'.  IHH^^^bf 

^^^^^^K"''                              th-       /'^jJ 

K 

^^^^^^^^^^^.^-—j^lHH 

^" 

^|P|™* 

1^^^^  -* 

W^"^^^ 

"^^^^B 

^^^^^^^^•^^^^^ficcv  •„, '  • 

1 

-9^1 

1 

-,^,1..-=^^ 

-,^:-„^.T,=,,^^^^^^^^^^ 

iPf'""""^-"-.-    .:^       v..     .»      .  ■_-.      -- 

■IS-' 

Ewe,  by  Electric  Light  Ewe,  by  Lion  III.  Ewe,  by  Mac  Lion 

(Grazed  at  large  on  Natural  Grasses  only,  and  not  on  Lucerne) 


.1 


J 


The  late  Mrs.  McBride 


R.  J.  M.  McBride 


Mis.  McBride 


McBRIDE,  OF  BURRA 


iti 


THE  career  of  Robert  James  Martin 
McBride,  the  well-icnown  pastoralist  and 
philanthropist  of  Burra,  is  a  living  testi- 
monial to  the  State  of  South  Australia.  It  again 
demonstrates  the  fact  that  those  who  are  willing 
to  "go  on  the  land"  in  Australia,  even  though 
they  lack  experience  or  training  or  capital,  may 
win  from  their  Mother  earth  a  share  of  her 
natural  bounties.  Mr.  McBride  was  one  of  the 
adventurous  spirits  who  came  to  this  continent 
in  the  early  years  of  settlement,  when  conditions 
were  often  against  the  pioneer,  and  everything 
had  to  be  learnt  by  courageous  seeking.  Mr. 
McBride,  who  was  born  at  Newry,  in  the  North 
of  Ireland  in  1831,  had  the  good,  red  blood  of 
adventure  in  his  veins.  The  son  of  an  officer  in  the 
British  Army,  he  adopted  the  sea  for  his  calling 
in  the  days  when  steam-power  was  in  its  infancy. 
He  served  his  apprenticeship  on  the  sailing  ships 
of  the  period,  later  on  transferring  to  steamers 
of  the  well-known  Cunard  line.  He  had  the 
thrilling  experience  of  shipwreck  and  the 
knowledge  that  came  with  two  voyages  around 
the  world. 

During    one   of   these    voyages    he    came    (in 

852),  to  Australia.       His  arrival  at  Melbourne 

was  marked  by  a  stirring  episode.       He  took  an 


active  part  in  the  capture  of  a  seaman  who  had 
committed  murder  and  set  fire  to  another  vessel 
before  attempting  to  escape.  Mr.  McBride 
visited  the  new  Bendigo  goldfields  and,  after  an 
uneventful  year,  went  to  Sydney,  where  he  joined 
a  vessel  bound  for  Shanghai,  and  made  his  way 
to  London.  Australia  had  left  a  vivid  impres- 
sion upon  his  mind.  He  returned  in  1855.  He 
made  his  way  on  foot — for  he  possessed  only  five 
shillings — from  Port  Adelaide  to  the  Burra- 
Burra  copper  mine,  a  distance  of  107  miles.  He 
secured  work  on  the  mine,  and  shortly  after- 
wards took  a  fencing  contract  on  Hillside  station, 
owned  by  Mr.  J  .W.  Tyler,  where  he  remained 
there  as  overseer  and  storekeeper.  He  then 
bought  a  team  of  bullocks  and  engaged  in  carting 
stores  for  the  Burra  mine,  which  proved  a  very 
profitable  occupation. 

In  18159  Mr.  McBride  began  his  career  as  a 
pastoralist,  having  arranged  for  purchase  rights 
over  a  large  tract  of  country  in  the  Burra  dis- 
trict adjoining  the  Government  Wells  and  North- 
VVest  Bend  Stations.  This  property  he  named 
"The  Gums."  He  made  a  complete  success  of 
his  new  enterprise,  using  to  the  utmost  advantage 
his  native  industry  and  shrewd  business  instincts. 
Such  men  as  R.  J.   M.  McBride  have  laid  the 


■ 


lOII 


IOI2 


AUSTRALIA  UNLIMITED. 


foundations  of  a  new  nation  the  basic  qualities  of 
energy,  enterprise,  and  honesty.  He  worked 
"The  Gums"  for  twenty  years  and  then  trans- 
ferred the  property  to  his  eldest  son,  Mr.  W. 
J.  McBride,  who  disposed  of  it  to  the  present 
owners,  Messrs.  T.  H.  Pearse  and  Son.  In  a 
few  years  Mr.  McBride  had  acquired  other  pro- 


horses,  the  discipline  not  occupying  him  more 
than  two  hours  in  any  case.  He  always  worked 
on  the  lines  adopted  by  Bellew,  the  great  Ameri- 
can horseman — kindness  and  never  taking  your 
eye  off  the  animal. 

His    brief    experience    of    mining    at   Bendigo, 
though  unsuccessful,   gave   him   some   interest  in 


Mr.  E.  J.  McBride's  Residence  at  Kooringa 


perties  in  the  Burra  district,  including  Pine  Valley 
Station,  Drayton,  Teetulpa,  Faraway  Hill,  Finger 
Post,  Oakleigh,  and  Redcliffe.  In  1897  he  had 
acquired  Outalpa  Station,  comprising  910  square 
miles,  which  was  stocked  with  44,000  sheep  and 
400  cattle  and  horses.  Shortly  afterwards  he 
bought  for  £53,000  the  fine  property  of  Oulnina, 
where  he  spent  large  sums  in  improvements  be- 
fore selling  out  to  Mr.  R.  Crawford.  He  also 
held  3,500  acres  of  valuable  freehold,  called 
Norman  Farm,  near  the  Burra. 

Mr.  McBride  has  always  been  a  lover  of 
horses,  and  spends  much  of  his  time  even  now,  in 
his  old  age — he  was  85  years  old  in  19 17 — in 
driving  his  fa\orite  steed,  leaving  his  motor  car 
for  his  family's  use.  During  his  career  as  a  pas- 
toralist  he  claims  to  have  broken  in  all  his  own 


that  class  of  enterprise,  and  it  is  not  surprising  to 
find  that  he  has  taken  a  considerable  share  in 
the  development  of  the  mining  activities  of  South 
Australia  and  the  other  States.  He  was  one  of 
the  first  to  advocate  the  opening  of  the  great 
Broken  Hill  mines,  and  invested  in  the  Proprie- 
tary Company;  he  eventually  sold  his  shares,  at 
a  very  large  profit.  He  also  took  a  considerable 
interest  in  the  early  development  of  the  Golden 
Mile  at  Kalgoorlie,  Western  Australia,  also  the 
Great  Boulder,  in  the  same  State.  Of  the  latter 
he  formed  the  first  syndicate  and  took  up  seven- 
teen claims. 

Mr.  McBride  has  not  occupied  any  public 
offices  at  any  time  during  his  career,  but  he  has 
been  a  most  active  philanthropist,  doing  much 
practical  good  to  the  community,  and  giving  away 


McBRIDE,  OF    BURRA 


1013 


during  the  last  twenty-two  years  nearly  £100,000, 
including  gifts  to  the  war  funds  aggregating 
£15,000,  not  only  giving  with  a  lavish  hand,  but 
with  a  lack  of  ostentation  characteristic  of  him  as 
a  man.  He  lives  modestly  in  Queen  Street,  Koor- 
inga — a  photograph  of  his  home,  taken  under 
exceptional  climatic  conditions,  is  engraved  as  one 
of  our  illustrations — and  there  interests  himself 
chiefly  in  church  work,  his  only  public  office  being 
that  of  steward  and  trustee  of  the  Kooringa 
Methodist  Church,  where  he  still  conducts  a  class 
meeting  at  an  early  hour  every  Sunday  morning. 

In  1856,  he  married  Miss  Elizabeth  Dunn,  of 
'    Dublin,  and  has  five  sons  and  six  daughters.     Mr. 


W.  J.  McBride  lives  at  Aberdeen;  Mr.  R.  M. 
McBride  is  the  owner  of  Stony  Gap  and  Finger 
Post;  Mr.  A.  J.  McBride  is  at  Fullarton;  Mr.  T. 
McBride  has  Redcliffe  and  Florieton;  and  Mr.  N. 
H.  McBride  has  Mannahill.  His  daughters  are 
Mrs.  J-  C.  Sandland,  of  Koonoowarra,  Kooringa; 
Mrs.  W.  G.  Hawkes,  of  Koonoona;  Mrs.  R.  A. 
Bohme,  of  Nackara;  Mrs.  E.  Keynes,  of  North 
Adelaide;  Mrs.  S.  Alker  and  Mrs.  E.  Evans,  of 
St.  Peter's.  There  are  59  grandchildren  and  13 
great  grandchildren,  many  of  the  former  now 
serving  their  country  at  the  front.  Mr.  R.  J. 
McBride's  first  wife  died  several  years  ago,  and 
in  1903  he  married  the  widow  of  the  late  Mr.  R. 
Robertson,  of  Broken  Hill. 


arandsous  and  Oreat-GrandBons  ou  Active  Service 


The  Woolshed,  Anlaby 


Anlaby  House 


THE    DUTTONS,    OF    ANLABY 


AN  English  estate  in  Australia,  with  an  un- 
disturbed family  history,  and  all  the 
■  home-like  attributes  that  permanent  occu- 
pancy, wealth  and  good  taste  can  insure,  are  the 
terms  in  which  Anlaby  can  best  be  described.  Es- 
tablished by  a  Dutton  in  the  early  days  of  South 
Australia,  the  estate  was  from  the  first  designed 
to  form  a  permanent  family  home.  One 
generation  of  the  Dutton  family  after  another 
has,  in  nearly  eighty  years,  added  to  its  outward 
attractiveness  and  its  inward  comfort  and  self- 
dependency  until  to-day  it  stands  not  only  as  a 
record  of  pride  and  affection,  but  of  that  pros- 
perity that  comes  from  the  sound  pioneering 
principles  of  men  capable  of  using  to  the  best  pur- 
pose the  advantages  offered  by  a  new  country 
esponsive  to   enterprise. 

The  personal  history  of  the  Buttons  of  Anlaby 
is  interwoven  with  the  development  of  the  central 
State.  Elaving  its  origins  in  the  English  village 
f  Dutton  in  Cheshire,  it  sent  out  one  of  its 
ions  to  the  new  British  colonies  in  the  Southern 
emisphere.  This  was  Frederick  Hugh 
Hampden  Dutton  who,  after  serving  as 
British     Vice-Consul     at     Cuxhaven      in     Han- 

t>ver  from  1814  to  1832,  settled  in  the  'thirties 
n  Victoria  and  was  one  of  that's  colony's 
arliest  settlers.        Two  of  his   sons — he  had  a 


1         IS 

St_ 
He 


New  South  Wales  and  there  engaged  in  pastoral 
pursuits.  The  eldest,  William  Hampden  Dut- 
ton, who  was  born  in  1805  in  England,  was  a 
large  land-owner  in  the  Mother  Colony. 

On  October  ist,  1835,  the  then  Governor  of 
the  new  colony  of  South  Australia,  Captain  Grey 
(afterwards  to  become  celebrated  as  Sir  George 
Grey,  Governor  of  New  Zealand)  issued  "Modi- 
fied Regulations  for  the  Disposal  of  Land  in  the 
Colony;"  an  appendix  contained  Article  5 
which  provided  for  what  were  known  as  "Special 
Surveys"  of  land  offered  by  the  Crown  for  lease 
as  pastoral  runs.  Four  years  later,  on  October 
25th,  1839,  fresh  regulations  were  issued,  the 
Special  Surveys  district  being  divided  into  200 
sections  of  eighty  acres  each  and  of  these  sections 
the  purchaser  was  at  liberty  to  select  50  sections 
or  4,000  acres.  From  the  commencement  of  the 
year  1839  to  the  29th  February,  1840,  about 
113,000  acres  had  been  marked  off  in  sections, 
exclusive  of  special  surveys.  Six  of  the  last, 
namely:  Mount  Barker,  Gawler,  The  Three 
Brothers,  Little  Para,  The  Meadows,  and  Cur- 
rency Creek,  were  completed  or  on  the  point  of 
being  so. 

Of  interest  in  this  connection  is  the  following 
from  The  Australian  of  March  38th,  1838: — 
"Five  hundred  cattle,  the  property  of  W.  H. 
Dutton,    Esq.,   which   were   dispatched   overland 


1015 


ioi6 


AUSTRALIA  UNLIMITED 


Francis  Stacker  Button,  C.MG.. 


1839  the  lessee  of  2660  acres  at  Richmond, 
N.S.W.  On  September  26th,  1846,  W.  H. 
Dutton  and  Alexander  Lang  Elder  took  up  a 
special  survey  of  20,000  acres  at  Mount  Remark- 
able, in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  a  new  Regu- 
lation, which  placed  areas  of  that  size  on  sale. 
Mr.  W.  H.  Dutton,  however,  died  in  1849  ^t  the 
age  of  44  years. 

It  was  at  his  instance  that  his  brother  Frederick 
Hansborough  Dutton  came  to  South  Australia  in 
or  about  1839,  for  it  was  at  that  time  that  Mr. 
W.  H.  Dutton  sent  to  him  about  1 200  sheep  from 
New  South  Wales  in  charge  of  a  Mr.  Malcolm. 
Messrs.  E.  Spicer,  Ewen  Cameron,  and  Alex- 
ander Buchanan  had  about  1000  sheep  each  and 
these,  with  Mr.  Dutton's  consent,  they  "boxed" 
with  his,  and  those  gentlemen  assisted  Mr.  Mal- 
colm to  bring  the  whole  lot  to  South  Australia. 
They  were  first  taken  to  Mr.  F.  H.  Dutton's 
station  at  Koonunga,  which  was  already  an  es- 
tablished sheep-run,  and  they  remained  there  until 
1 84 1  by  which  time  they  had  doubled  in  number. 
Mr.  F.  H.  Dutton  went  into  partnership  with 
Captain  C.  H.  Bagot  in  the  Koonunga  estate,  but 
after  about  two  years  the  partnership  was  dis- 
solved. 


from  the  Murray  River  to  Portland  Bay,  have 
arrived  safely  at  their  destination,  with  a  loss  of 
three  head  only.  The  party  was  six  weeks 
performing  the  journey.  These  cattle  are  to  be 
shipped  for  Port  Adelaide,  the  Hope,  Capt.  Hart, 
having  been  chartered  for  the  purpose."  Supple- 
mentary to  this  is  a  paragraph  which  appeared  in 
the  Southern  Australian  on  July  21st,  of  the  same 
year:  "New  Arrivals. — The  Parland  has  brought 
a  full  cargo  of  sheep  and  horses  on  account  of  W. 
Hampden  Dutton,  Esq.,  who  has  also  arrived  with 
his  lady  and  family.  We  congratulate  the 
colonists  on  the  accession  of  another  enterprising 
and  well-informed  settler;  and  we  trust,  in  the 
course  of  the  present  season,  to  welcome  many 
such.  We  are  glad  to  hear  that  out  of  1,500 
sheep  only  three  have  been  lost  on  the  passage. 
With  this  addition  our  increase  of  sheep  during 
the  last  week  exceeds  three  thousand — a  some- 
what substantial  commemoration  of  the  second 
anniversary  of  the  colony." 

The  first  entry  recorded  on  the  list  of  contracts 
for  Special  Surveys  was  the  following:  January 
iith,  1839,  W.  Hampden  Dutton,  4,000  acres, 
in  the  vale  of  Mount  Barker,  including  the  sta- 
tions of  Messrs.  Finniss  and  Bonney.  The  appli- 
cation was  made  by  Mr.  Dutton  on  behalf  of 
himself,  D.  McFarlane,  and  Captain  Finniss,  all 
colonists  of  New  South  Wales,  but  on  the  original 
lease  in  the  possession  of  the  Dutton  family  only 
the  name  of  W.  H.  Dutton  appears.  Another 
document  shows  W.  H.  Dutton  to  have  been  in 


Frederick  Hansborough  Dutton 


THE    BUTTONS,    OF   ANLABY 


1017 


In  January,  1842,  Mr.  Dutton,  according  to  the 
official  list,  owned  9,750  sheep,  while  C.  H.  Bagot 
had  1,155  ^nd  with  partners  a  further  2,650, 
Messrs.  Dutton  and  Hardy  appearing  in  the  same 
list  as  possessing  2,400.  At  that  date  only  the 
South  Australian  Company  (19,760)  and  G.  A. 
Anstey  (9,560)  had  anything  like  that  number 
of  sheep,  the  next  highest  being  6,000  (D.  Mac- 
farlane),  5,200  (E.  &  E.  Peters),  and  5,100 
(Wm.  Keynes). 

Mr.  F.  H.  Dutton  was  the  first  to  take  up  the 
Emu  Flats  run,  consisting  of  about  150  square 
miles,  which  extended  from  the  hundred  of  Bright 
in  the  north  to  Dutton  Town  in  the  south,  and 
took  in  Neales,  Eudunda,  Point  Pass,  Australian 
Plain,  Peep  Hill,  nearly  to  Apoinga.  This  was 
included  in  the  300  square  miles  of  country  north- 
east of  Kapunda,  held  by  Mr.  Dutton  on  lease. 
The  area  was  unfenced  and  the  sheep  had  to  be 
shepherded,  but  Mr.  Dutton  never  forbade  his 
neighbors  allowing  their  stock  to  wander 
over  his  pastures.  Later,  fencing  made  it  pos- 
sible to  run  the  same  number  of  sheep  on  a  smaller 
area,  and  the  station  was  consequently  reduced  to 
about  90  square  miles.  Mr.  Dutton  was  still 
generous  to  his  neighbors,  for  he  made  no  claim 
upon  them  for  a  share  of  the  cost  of  fencing, 
which  must  have  been  very  considerable. 

Meanwhile  one  of  the  shepherds,  Peter  Sebis- 
ton,  who  later  was  overseer  at  Anlaby  for  many 
years,  discovered — through  his  dogs  leaving  him 
in  hot  weather — a  spring  of  splendid  water  near- 
by the  southern  boundary  of  the  run.  This  in- 
duced Mr.  Dutton  to  take  up  an  eighty-acre  sec- 
tion, including  the  spring,  about  eleven  miles  from 
Kapunda.  There  the  manager,  Mr.  Alexander 
Buchanan,  the  father  of  Mr.  Justice  Buchanan,  of 
the  South  Australian  Supreme  Court,  built  a 
shingle  hut  as  the  head-station  homestead.  This 
hut  was  eventually  replaced    by  a   stone    house, 

which  eventually  became  the  present  fine  mansion  available  for  purchase  large  areas  of  the  original 
known  as  Anlaby  House,  the  home  of  the  Dut-  leasehold  holdings,  compelling  holders  to  pur- 
tons.  Mr.  Buchanan  remained  as  manager  of  chase  or  reduce  their  areas,  he  was  a  large  pur- 
the  estate  until  his  death  in  1865.  He  was  sue-  chaser  and  from  time  to  time  bought  the  freehold 
ceeded  by  Mr.  H.  T.  Morris,  with  whom  he  had  of  some  70,000  acres  immediately  adjoining  the 
been  associated  for  many  years,  and  later  by  Mr.     homestead  block,  some  at  the  upset  price  of  £1 


A  Medal  of  1832 


Peter  Miller,  who  had  been  associated  with  Mr. 
Ij  Morris.  Mr.  Mayoh  Miller,  son  of  Mr.  P. 
Miller,  succeeded  his  father  as  manager,  and 
occupied  that  position  from  1896  to  1906.  Mr. 
C,  de  N.  Lucas  has  been  manager  since  1906. 

Several   good   seasons    followed   the   establish- 
ment of  the  Emu  Flats  run,  and  the  flock  greatly 
I      increased.     As  things  improved,  Mr.  Dutton  pur- 
j      chased   from  the   government  a   section  on  each 
side  of  the  Julia  Creek,  thus  securing  the  waters. 
Originally  the  rent  paid  for  the  land  held  on  lease 

Kas   los.  per    acre,  but    when,   about    1850,  the 
overnment,  needing  revenue,  surveyed  and  made 


per  acre.  In  1864  and  thereafter  more  was  pur- 
chased at  prices  ranging  up  to  £4  and  even  going 
as  high  eventually  as  £7  per  acre.  About  1853 
the  number  of  bales  of  wool  at  Anlaby  at  shear- 
ing-time aggregated  600  and  this  had  increased  to 
1,066  bales  in  1875,  and  to  1,184  when  49,231 
sheep  were  shorn.  Since  then  the  flocks  have 
decreased,  but  in  1904  when  43,280  sheep  re- 
turned 1,043  bales  of  wool  the  average  per  head 
was  the  highest.  The  highest  pre-war  price  of 
later  years  was  I3fd.  in  1907.  The  wool  is  not 
now  the  main  consideration  at  Anlaby,  but  its 
brand  DTN  is  still  sought  out  by  wool-buyers. 

N2 


ioi8 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


good  strong  land  suitable  not  only  for  grazing, 
but  for  wheat-growing,  with  occasional  outcrops 
and  ridges.  It  is  well  watered  by  the  River 
Light  and  the  Julia  Creek,  and  also  by  numerous 
never-failing  springs  and  dams  on  the  estate. 
There  are  eight  bores,  which  were  made  under  the 
direction  of  the  divining-rod — in  this  case,  a  piece 
of  copper  wire  and  a  magnet.  They  provide  ex- 
cellent stock  water.  There  was  an  abundance 
of  heavy  timber  in  earlier  days  but,  although  many 
trees  have  been  since  felled,  fresh  plantations 
have  been  made  from  time  to  time  so  that  the 
property  to-day  is  well  timbered  and  is  not  in 
danger  of  being  denuded  of  its  timber  supply  or 
shelter  for  stock,  as  has  been  the  case  with  some 
pastoral  properties. 

The  first  woolshed  on  Anlaby  was  a  very  primi- 
tive affair,  being  made  of  slabs  covered  with 
thatch,  and  by  no  means  watertight.  The  pre- 
sent large  woolshed,  built  of  brick  and  stone,  was 
erected  in  1875  and  has  since  been  added  to.  In 
1875  that  scourge  of  all  pastoral  enterprise,  the 
rabbits,  appeared  on  the  run  and  a  great  deal  of 
money  had  to  be  spent  on  keeping  them  down,  as 
they  increased  marvellously  in  spite  of  all  pre- 
cautions, £1,500  being  spent  in  six  months  in 
rabbit-destruction  and  a  similar  policy  followed 
in  ensuing  years.  The  only  consistent  effort 
made  in  the  district  to  eradicate  them  was,  in  fact, 
made  at  Anlaby.  Latterly,  however,  the  plague 
has  been  mastered  and  the  estate  is  now  com- 
paratively free. 

In  1856  Mr.  Dutton  improved  his  flock  by  the 
introduction  of  some  imported  Rambouillet  rams, 
and  between  that  date  and  1869  five  more  dif- 
ferent importations  of  specially-selected  Merino 
rams  were  made  from  Saxony,  which  were  of 
service  in  fixing  the  robust  type  of  sheep  and 
fleece  which  has  always  been  characteristic  of  the 
Anlaby  flock.       In  addition  to  these  a  few  rams 


Mr.  F.  H.  Dutton  always  treated  his  old 
employes  with  that  generosity  and  kindliness  char- 
acteristic of  the  English  country  gentleman.  He 
never  forgot  their  faithful  service,  but  looked 
after  them   in  their  old  age. 

The  native  name  of  the  country  was  Pudna,  but 
this  Mr.  Dutton  replaced  by  the  more  euphonious 
one  of  Anlaby,  after  a  village  in  Yorkshire, 
England,  with  which  the  family  was  associated 
and  where  Miss  Charlotte  Dutton,  a  sister  of  the 
Messrs.  Dutton,  lived  after  her  marriage.  The 
Anlaby  Estate  is  situated  in  a  picturesque  dis- 
trict, which  has  an  average  rainfall  of  from  18  to 
20  inches,  the  soil  of  the  greater  portion  being 


t^ 


'^•^^^« 
H^^. 


Lli^k 


en f  1 1?  ■ « • 


■-.im  — ^-qsW'-^.' 
.^, -I  -.-    ■'■-■-if 


The  Kennels,  at  Anlaby 


THE    BUTTONS,    OF    ANLABY 


1019 


h 


The  late  Henry  Dutton 


were  purchased  from  Pitt's  Levels  and  subse- 
quently the  best  Murray  Merino  rams  procurable, 
the  object  having  always  been  to  fix  a  high  stan- 
dard for  flock  rams  and  a  heavy  wool-production 
per  head  from  the  ewes,  rather  than  to  breed 
specially-developed  sheep  for  show  purposes. 
Latterly,  and  for  many  years,  the  new  blood  in- 
troduced has  been  from  the  Murray  flocks  and 
the  Anlaby  sheep  are  now  practically  a  distinct 
strain  of  the  famous  Murray  Merinos. 

Mr.  F.  H.  Dutton  presented  to  the  town  an 
area  of  about  forty  acres  in  Kapunda — ideally 
situated  for  recreation  purposes — which  he 
specially  purchased  for  £500,  and  further 
assisted  by  subsequent  liberal  donations  and  be- 
quests. This  is  appropriately  known  as  Dutton 
Park.  He  adopted  the  same  generous  attitude 
in  regard  to  the  Kapunda  Hospital,  giving  some- 
thing like  £2,000  towards  the  purchase  of  the 
grounds  and  the  erection  of  the  building  and 
finally  leaving  it  a  bequest  of  £2,500.  He  died 
in  England  in  1890  at  the  age  of  78  years. 

Mr.  Francis  Stacker  Dutton,  who  was  born  in 
1816,  came  in  the  first  instance  to  South  Australia 
at  the  invitation  of  his  brother  William,  from 
Brazil,  to  join  in  the  pastoral  ventures  of  the 
brothers.  He  went  first  to  Sydney  in  1839; 
then  to  Melbourne  for  eighteen  months,  and, 
in  1 84 1,  joined  his  brother  Frederick,  who  had 


gone  to  South  Australia.  He  shared  with  Mr. 
C.  S.  Bagot,  the  son  of  Captain  Bagot,  at  that 
time  his  brother's  partner,  the  distinction  of  dis- 
covering copper  in  1842  on  the  Koonunga  Estate, 
Kapunda.  He  bought  eighty  acres,  which  he 
considered  covered  the  whole  mineral  area,  but 
that  was  very  far  from  being  the  case.  Captain 
Bagot  bought  the  next  section  of  a  hundred  acres 
which  was  only  the  beginning  of  the  great 
Burra-Burra  rush  and  the  opening-up  of  a  valu- 
able mine  which  revived  the  then-failing  fortunes 
of  the  new  colony.  Mr.  Dutton,  however,  sold 
out  in  1845,  having  tired  of  his  mining  venture, 
as  he  did  later  of  pastoral  life,  turning  to  politics 
for  a  career. 

When,  in  1 85 1,  a  Legislative  Council  was 
granted  to  South  Australia,  Mr.  F.  S.  Dutton 
was  the  first  candidate  in  the  field — the  first 
pioneer  to  seek  the  suffrages  of  the  settlers.  He 
was  elected  for  East  Adelaide  and  was  re-elected 
for  the  same  constituency  in  1855.  He  was  one 
of  the  leading  spirits  in  framing  the  new  Con- 
stitution. In  1853  when  the  proposal  to  estab- 
lish a  local  Parliament  was  discussed  in  the  Legis- 
lative Council,  Mr.  Dutton  favored  popular 
election  of  members  as  against  nomination  by  the 
Crown.  He  was  actively  supported  by  Mr.  G. 
F.  Angas  among  others,  but  his  motion  was  lost 
on  a  division.       Two  years  later,  however,  the 


Henry  Hampden  Dutton 


1020 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Council  was  dissolved  and,  though  some  of  the 
members  were  nominated,  the  greater  number 
were  elected,  Mr.  Button  being  among  the  latter. 
In  1857  he  was  elected  to  the  Legislative  As- 
sembly as  a  member  for  the  City  of  Adelaide  in 
the  first  Parliament.  In  1858  he  was  a  member 
of  the  Select  Committee  on  the  Bill  to  amend  the 
Act  dealing  with  pastoral  leases.  He  was  Com- 
missioner for  Crown  Lands  in  1 857-1 859  and  was 
twice  Premier.  He  went  to  London  as  Commis- 
sioner for  South  Australia  to  the  Great  E'xhibi- 
tion  of  1862.  In  1865  he  was  Minister  for  Pub- 
lic Works,  but  resigned  to  accept  appointment  as 
Agent-General  in  London,  for  which  position  he 
was  especially  well  fitted.  He  was  created  a 
Commander  of  the  Order  of  St.  Michael  and  St. 
George.  He  retained  the  post  of  Agent-General 
until  his  death  in  1877.  The  district  of  Dutton 
in  South  Australia  is  named  after  him.  The 
new  townships  of  Hansborough  and  Hampden 
Grange  have  latterly  been  named  after  the  Dutton 
family.  He  was  an  Associate  of  the  Institute  of 
Civil  Engineers,  a  member  of  the  Royal  Institute 
of  London,  and  a  Fellow  of  the  Royal  Geogra- 
phical Society;  he  was  the  author  of  "South  Aus- 
tralia and  its  Mines." 

When  Mr.  F.  H.  Dutton  died,  he  was  suc- 
ceeded as  owner  of  Anlaby  by  his  nephew,  Mr. 
Henry  Dutton,  the  son  of  Mr.  William  Hampden 
Dutton.  He  was  born  in  Victoria  in  1848  and 
educated  at  St.  Peter's  College,  Adelaide.  He 
received  a  business  training,  and  was  for  several 
years  connected  with  the  Bank  of  South  Aus- 
tralia. In  addition  to  the  ownership  of  Anlaby 
Estate,  he  became  a  partner  with  Mr.  John  Mel- 
rose in  the  well-known  North  Booboorowie  sta- 
tion, a  well-grassed  country  of  some  36,000  acres, 
situated  a  few  miles  from  the  Burra,  which  is  now 
sub-divided  and  used  for  agriculture.  He  also 
acquired  the  James  Martin  ironworks  and 
foundry  at  Gawler.  He  was  a  Fellow  of  the 
Imperial  and  Colonial  Institutes,  and  a  prominent 
member  of  the  Australian  Pastoralists'  Associa- 
tion. He  lived  at  Anlaby,  and  took  a  keen  in- 
terest in  the  estate,  and  was  also  prominent  in  all 
things  appertaining  to  the  welfare  of  the  district, 
where  he  was  affectionately  known  as  the 
"Squire"  of  Anlaby.  His  chief  recreations 
were  gardening  and  yachting,  and  he  indulged  in 
considerable  cruising  in  his  splendid  steam  yacht, 
The  Adele,  R.Y.S.,  350  tons,  the  only  craft  of 
her  class  in  southern  waters.  She  has  now  been 
acquired  by  the  Government,  and  is  used  on 
national  service  connected  with  the  war.  He 
installed  the  glorious  gardens  and  conser- 
vatories of  Anlaby,  as  they  now  are,  and 
stocked  them  with  all  the  choicest  flowers,  shrubs 
and  trees.  The  roseries,  lily-ponds,  orchid  and 
fern-houses;  the  terraces,  lawns,  shrubberies,  and 


THE    DUTTONS,    OF   ANLABV 


102I 


orchard  show  the  skill  and  devotion  of  a  true  hor- 
ticulturist. Mr.  Henry  Button  died  in  1916. 
It  may  be  mentioned  here  that  the  father  of  Mrs. 
Henry  Dutton — Mr.  George  Thomas — built  the 
first  residence  at  the  suburb  of  St.  Kilda,  Mel- 
bourne. 

Six  miles  from  Anlaby  is  the  village  of  Hamil- 
ton, so  named  by  George  Robertson,  who  kept 
the  old  inn  and  laid  out  the  township,  after  his 
native  place  in  Scotland.  Here  St.  Matthew's 
Church  was  erected  by  Mr.  Henvy  Dutton  as  a 
memorial  to  his  wife,  uncle,  and  daughter.  ir 
is  a  small  but  dignified  stone  edifice  of  the  Early 
Norman  style  of  architecture,  cultured  taste  as 
well  as  liberal  expenditure  being  evidenced  in  the 
completeness  and  beauty  of  the  furnishings  and 
decorations,  the  artistic  oak  carvings  and  tra- 
ceries, the  massive  silver  and  brass  ornaments,  the 
beautiful  stained-glass  windows  throughout  the 
church,  the  marble  font,  and  the  sweet-toned  pipe- 
organ.  The  well-proportioned  roof  of  the  chan- 
cel was  designed  by  Sir  T.  G.  Jackson,  Bart.,  R.A., 
the  distinguished  English  architect. 

The  present  owner  of  Anlaby,  Mr.  Henry 
Hampden  Dutton,  only  son  of  Mr.  Henry  Dut- 
ton, carries  on  the  traditions  of  the  family  and 
devotes  himself  to  the  direction  of  the  Estate. 
Anlaby  has  been  his  home  since  boyhood.  Ele 
was  born  in  Adelaide,  February  13th,  1879,  and 
educated  first  at  St.  Peter's  College  in  that  city 
and  afterwards  at  Lancing  College,  Sussex,  and 
Magdalen  College,  Oxford,  where  he  secured 
his  B.A.  degree  and  rowed  in  the  Oxford  Uni- 
versity Eight  (1900).  He  has  travelled  exten- 
sively in  the  Rocky  Mountains  (where  he  shot 
several  fine  buck,  the  heads  and  antlers  of  which 
adorn  the  dining-room  at  Anlaby  House),  New- 
foundland, and  Morocco.  He,  together  with  a 
mechanic,  is  the  only  person  who  has  tra- 
velled by  motor  car  right  across  this  con- 
tinent, through  Central  Australia;  this  he 
achieved  in  1908  in  the  early  days  of 
motoring.  He  offered  himself  for  active  service 
in  the  war,  but  was  rejected  owing  to  an  old  injury 
to  one  of  his  legs.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  H.  H.  Dutton 
are  enthusiastic  and  well-informed  collectors, 
Anlaby  House  being  a  treasury  of  valuable  furni- 
ture, antiques,  old  books  (including  many  first  edi- 
tions), and  mezzotints,  and  original  paintings  by 
'owlandson,  "Phiz,"  Herring,  G.  Vincent,  J. 
(tark,  Somerscales,  B.  W.  Leader,  R.A.,  J. 
•edder,  R.A.,  H.  S.  Tuke,  R.A.,  Caton  Wood- 
^—ville,  George  Lambert,  Hans  Heysen,  and  others. 
^B^s  an  enthusiastic  lover  of  Australian  trees  he 
^■las  recently  planted  several  reserves  near  the 
^■lomestead  with  many  specimens  of  acacias,  gre- 
^Pl^illeas,  melaleucas,  hakeas,  and  other  indigenous 
shrubs  and  trees.  In  1905  he  married  Emily, 
daughter  of  Mr.  J.  F.  Martin,  of  the  engineering 


4. 


I 


I022 


THE    BUTTONS,    OF    ANLABY 


16,000  acres  in  the  Anlaby  Estate  to-day,  about 
4,000  having  been  recently  sold  on  terms  to 
farmers.  The  total  area  worked  under  the 
share  system  is  10,000  acres.  The  wheats  found 
to  be  the  most  suitable  are  Federation,  Mar- 
shall's No.  3,  Yandilla  King,  and  Dart's  Im- 
prov'ed  Imperial,  in  that  order  securing  best 
results  in  all  seasons. 

The  owner  of  Anlaby  is  farming  1,000  acres 
for  the  purpose  of  growing  the  seed  wheat,  and 
is  also  growing  a  large  area  of  peas  and  catch- 
crops,  such  as  sorghum.  The  flock  of  Merino 
sheep  kept  for  their  wool  is  5,000  and,  in  addi- 
tion, there  are  rather  more  than  that  number  in 
connection  with  the  farming  for  fattening  pur- 
poses. He  is  also  baling  and  storing  a  con- 
siderable amount  of  hay  against  bad  seasons. 

Anlaby  Estate  to-day  presents  the  appearance 
of  a  village,  there  being  many  stone  cottages  for 
the  farmers,  and  it  has  all  the  advantages  of  a 
self-contained  domain.  It  is  a  good  example  of 
sound  management,  equitable  dealing,  and  enter- 
prise, and  suggests  a  new  phase  in  the  development 
of  Australian  pastoral  holdings,  which  may  prove 
of  great  value  to' the  community  and  solve  many 
problems  of  closer  settlement. 


^tfi 


,  ja,f  .w'.-^ 


St.  Matthew's,  Hamilton 
Dutton  Memorial  Church 


works,   Gawler,   and  has  two   sons,   John   Hans- 
borough  and  Richard  Hampden  Dutton. 

In  recent  years  the  Anlaby  Estate  has  been  con- 
siderably reduced  in  area,  owing  to  the  purchase 
of  47,000  acres  by  the  Government  for  closer 
settlement  purposes.  Mr.  H.  H.  Dutton 
adopted  the  principle  of  the  half-share  system, 
and  at  present  there  are  fifty  farmers  growing 
wheat  on  the  estate  under  that  arrangement,  some 
with  the  covenant-to-purchase  clause  in  their 
agreements  have  larger  holdings  and  have 
erected  cottages  and  improved  the  land 
generally.  In  1914  all  had  their  hold- 
ings offered  to  them,  and  90  per  cent, 
agreed  to  purchase.  They  are  supplied  with 
seed  wheat,  grown  and  graded  on  Anlaby 
so  as  to  assure  the  best  quality  in  some 
dozen  varieties,  and  half  the  superphosphates, 
each  party  finding  their  own  bags  and  twine,  the 
crop  being  divided  equally.  The  grazing  rights 
belong  to  the  owner,  Mr.  Dutton.       There  are 


The  Chancel,  Dutton  Memorial  Church 


.1 


"Eringa,"   Kapunda,    South  Australia 

SIDNEY  KIDMAN, 

THE  AUSTRALIAN  CATTLE  KING 


As  the  stock  are  slowly  stringing 
Clancy  rides  behind  them  singing; 
For  the  drover's  life  hath  pleasures 
That  the  townsfolk  never  know. 

A.  B.  Paterson. 


ALL  the  romance  that  goes  with  the  stringing 
herds  that  wind  across  the  purple  plains  of 
sunset  is  not  dead.  The  Australian 
drover,  similar  to, yet  different  from, the  American 
cowboy,  still  rides  with  his  packhorse  beside  him 
across  that  wide,  blue  horizon  which  the  smoke  of 
civilization  has  not  yet  bleared. 

Whenever  one  thinks  of  Cattle  and  of  Central 
Australia  nowadays,  the  personality  of  Sidney 
Kidman  arises  before  one's  mental  vision.  It  is 
part  of  the  picture,  a  figure  in  the  foreground, 
arresting  attention.  The  Man  is  a  Big  Man; 
he  would  be  a  big  man  anywhere  in  modern  in- 
dustrial civilization.  He  is  one  of  the  biggest 
men  in  Australia  to-day. 

"Sid"  Kidman,  "Jimmy"  Tyson,  "Sam" 
MacCaughey  belong  to  the  race  of  giants.  By 
fire  and  strength  of  will,  by  steel  of  patience 
and  eternal  effort,  they  rise  like  Titans  above  the 
crowd. 

Sidney  Kidman  acknowledges  cheerfully  to 
simple  beginnings.        He  has  no   social  or   per- 


i 


sonal  pretensions.  But  from  the  Roper  River  to 
the  Torrens  his  name  is  written  in  letters  of 
Wealth  and  Power. 

The  Kidmans  are  of  an  old  English  farming 
stock,  the  type  of  people  who  have  proved  the 
backbone  of  "British  dominions  beyond  the 
seas."  When,  in  1849,  the  world  seemed  to  be 
going  to  California  to  pick  up  new-found  gold, 
the  Kidmans  came  to  South  Australia,  from  Bury 
St.  Edmunds,  England,  content  to  make  their 
living  from  the  land  and  what  it  would  produce. 
They  settled  as  farmers  at  Black  Hill,  Fifth 
Creek,  near  Adelaide,  and  afterwards  removed  to 
a  farm  near  Roseworthy,  almost  adjoining  the 
present  Agricultural  College. 

Sidney  Kidman  was  born  at  Black  Hill,  on  May 
9th,  1857.  Six  months  later  his  father  died. 
Faced  early  with  the  necessity  of  making  his  own 
living,  his  school-days  at  Norwood  were  brief, 
and  he  was  only  thirteen  years  old  when  he  left 
home  to  make  his  way  in  the  world.  He  had, 
however,  no  ambitions  beyond  those  natural  to 


1023 


1024 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Sidney  Kidman  drafting    Horses,   Oakland  Downs  Station 


his  early  associations,  for  he  was  a  country  boy 
with  country  interests.  He  had  always  been 
fond  of  animals,  and  would  attend  the  sale-yards 
and  interest  himself  in  cattle.  It  was  natural, 
therefore,  that  he  should,  as  a  boy,  do  a  bit  of 
droving  for  the  different  purchasers  at  the  sales 
and  that,  mixing  with  the  experienced  drovers  of 
the  district,  and  hearing  their  talk  about  the  life 
and  doings  of  the  back  country,  he  should  decide 
to  adopt  droving  as  his  means  of  livelihood. 

Investing  fifty  shillings  in  the  purchase  of  a 
saddle-horse,  he  made  his  way  towards  New 
South  Wales,  but  he  did  not  get  far,  for  his  horse 
knocked  up  at  Terowie.  The  forlorn  youth 
chummed  up  with  another  wayfarer,  and  the  two 
made  over  to  what  is  now  the  famous  Broken  Hill 
"Barrier."  There  were  no  suspicions  in  those 
days  that  this  forbidding-looking  country  was  the 
veritable  Tom  Tiddler's  Ground  it  shortly  after- 
wards proved  to  be,  and  in  any  case  young  Kid- 
man was  concerned  with  "stock"  and  not  with 
"shares."  He  obtained  employment  on  the 
Mount  Gipps  Station — which  then  belonged  to 
an  old  pioneer  known  as  "German  Charlie" — 
first  as  cowboy  and  later  as  a  stockman,  at  the 
munificent  salary  of  ten  shillings  a  week.  After 
a  year  or  two  of  this  strenuous  but  unprofitable 
employment,  he  ventured  to  suggest  that  a  rise  in 
wages  would  be  in  order,  but  his  boss  differed 
with  him  on  the  subject,  and  handed  him  his 
cheque.  So,  looking  for  another  job,  he  "padded 
the  hoof"  to  fresh  country,  pulling  up  at  Poola- 
macca  run,  where  he  succeeded  in  finding  work. 
This  was  rather  better  than  his  late  employment, 
as  it  yielded  him  £i  a  week. 


Relating  some  of  his  experiences  on  Poola- 
macca  Station,  Mr.  Kidman  tells  how,  when  he 
was  "tailing"  horses,  he  one  day  found  they  had 
strayed  away  while  he  had  gone  to  the  homestead 
for  his  lunch.  He  followed  up  their  tracks  on  foot, 
but  could  not  get  within  sight  of  them.  The 
situation  seemed  hopeless  when  he  came  upon  a 
man  sinking  a  tank,  and,  without  asking  leave,  he 
took  the  man's  horse  and  followed  up  his  strays. 
He  reached  a  water-hole  known  as  "Joe's  Water- 
hole,"  but  the  horses  had  gone  on;  young  Kidman 
was  obliged  to  camp  there  for  the  night.  He  had 
no  food  whatever,  and  satisfied  his  hunger  by 
killing  small  birds.  Going  on  next  day,  he  suc- 
ceeded in  coming  up  with  the  horses,  returning 
with  them  to  the  station.  On  the  way  he  was 
"warmly"  received  by  the  owner  of  the  horse  he 
had  borrowed,  but  he  succeeded  in  pacifying  the 
man  by  relating  his  dire  necessities  and  offering  to 
purchase  the  animal. 

With  young  Kidman,  the  job  on  hand  rather 
than  its  difficulties,  always  received  first  con- 
sideration, and  so  it  was  that  he  was  able  to  take 
advantage  of  such  opportunities  as  came  in  his 
way.  That  has  been  characteristic  of  his  whole 
career.  At  this  time  there  was  a  drought,  and 
flour  was  fetching  from  £50  to  £75  a  ton.  Cart- 
age from  Wentworth  to  Menindie  was  worth  £15 
a  ton,  and  £25  to  Wilcannia.  Having  saved  a 
little  money,  Kidman  was  able  to  take  advantage 
of  these  conditions.  He  bought  a  bullock-team 
and  carried  loading  between  these  places,  making 
money;  thus  he  started  himself  on  his  career  of 
consistent  enterprise  and  varying  fortune. 


SIDNEY   KIDMAN,    THE   CATTLE   KING 


1025 


Six  Hundred  Horses    "rounded  up"  at  BuUoo  Downs,  N.S.W. 
Starting  for  Kapunda  Horse  Sale,  1917 


He  was  one  of  the  first  at  the  Cobar  rush,  but 
seeking  metal  in  its  minted  form,  not  as  a 
prospector.  Mr.  Kidman  himself  tells  this 
part  of  his  life-story:  "I  sold  out  my 
working-bullocks  and  went  away  to  Cobar. 
I  had  a  butcher's  shop  there,  and  also  used  to 
cart  copper  ore  from  Cobar  to  Bourke,  on  the 
Darling.  At  this  time  Cobar  in  all  directions 
was  open  country.  There  were  a  number  of 
miners  and  other  people  about,  but  there  was  no 
flour,  tea,  or  sugar  to  be  had.  I  got  a  horse  and 
went  to  Condobolin,  on  the  Lachlan.  I  bought 
some  bullocks  and  a  lot  of  sugar,  tea,  and  other 
rations.  At  Cobar  I  sold  the  sugar  at  is.  a  lb., 
the  salt  at  6d.,  the  small  tins  of  jam  at  2s.  6d. 
each,  and  the  soap  at  5s.  a  bar.  I  didn't  know 
much  of  trading  or  I  would  have  bought  tons 
more.  I  was  butchering,  and  had  a  selection 
with  another  man  right  where  the  town  of  Cobar 
now  is.  It  was  what  they  called  a  free  selection, 
and  consisted  of  140  acres.  I  have  seen  water 
there  is.  a  bucket,  flour  £10  a  bag  and  £100  a 
ton.        I   sold  the  butchering  business  because  I 


couldn't  get  the  cattle.  I  had  to  go  to  Wynbar 
station,  buy  six  or  eight  cattle,  and  drive  them 
about  80  miles  through  the  bush.  I  carried  my 
bullock  hides  in  a  bullock  waggon  from  Cobar  to 
Menindie."  At  Menindie  he  got  work  with  his 
brother  George  and  went  over  with  a  mob  of 
cattle  to  Adelaide,  earning  25s.  per  week. 

At  this  time,  Mr.  Kidman  was  twenty-one  years 
old.  He  inherited  £400  or  so,  his  share  of 
£4,000  left  by  his  grandfather  in  England,  which 
was  divided  between  him  and  his  five  brothers 
and  three  sisters.  He  went  back  to  the 
Darling,  bought  a  mob  of  horses  from  Redan 
station,  and,  with  one  man,  brought  them 
to  Terowie,  from  where  he  drove  them  himself. 
They  sold  at  an  average  of  nearly  £20  a  head. 
That  gave  him  a  good  start.  He  continued  buy- 
ing and  selling  horses  until,  when  he  had  got 
together  a  mob  of  230  at  Bourke,  the  bottom  fell 
out  of  the  market.  He  left  the  district  after  in- 
creasing his  mob  by  100  horses,  selling  them 
round  Wilcannia,  and  later  on  also  out  in  Queens- 
land.      That  closed  his  horse-dealing  for  a  time. 


Shorthorn  Cattle  at  Nundorah  Station. 


I026 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Sidney  Kidman  Starting  Drovers  for  Cattle,  Queensland 


Those  he  could  not  sell  he  made  use  of  by  taking 
the  mail  contract  from  Terowie  to  Wilcannia  and 
to  what  soon  became  the  famous  field  of  Broken 
Hill.  Then  he  sold  the  contract,  which  even- 
tually came  into  the  hands  of  Hill  and  Co.,  who 
made  a  fortune  out  of  it  when  the  Broken  Hill 
mining-field  was  discovered. 

Mr.  Kidman  returned  to  cattle-dealing  with 
small  initial  success,  owing  to  a  period  of  drought, 
so  speculated  in  chaff,  buying  at  £io  and  selling 
at  £30  a  ton  after  carting  it  "out-back," 
also  buying  oats  at  los.  a  bag  and  sell- 
ing at  £1.  Then  he  returned  to  cattle-deal- 
ing once  more,  going  to  the  Cobham  Lake  and 
buying  all  they  could  muster — 900  cows  and 
bullocks — out  of  a  herd  of  10,000,  for  £3  each, 
selling  them  at  the  Burra  Burra  mine,  South 
Australia,  having  taken  them  by  way  of  Broken 
Hill. 

On  this  trip  occurred  one  of  those  romances  of 
mining  which  are  always  worth  recounting.  In 
Mr.  Kidman's  own  words:  "En  route  I  met  Jim 
Poole — then  partner  with  David  James — who 
owned  a  two-sevenths  share  in  Broken  Hill,  sink- 
ing a  tank  at  the  Nine-mile,  which  is  a  few  miles 
from  where  Broken  Hill  is  now.  I  gave  Jim 
Poole  ten  of  the  culls  for  one-fourteenth  share  in 
Broken  Hill,  and  I  also  left  ten  bullocks  to  be 
broken  in.  The  culls  were  worth  about  80/- 
each.  I  paid  a  £6  call  on  my  share  to  sink  Rasp's 
shaft,  the  first  shaft  that  was  ever  sunk  on  the 
Barrier.  I  M^as  going  up  in  the  coach 
from     Terowie     to     Broken     Hill.       Harris,    a 


sharebroker,  was  a  passenger.  I  told  him 
I  had  a  one-fourteenth  share  in  Broken  Hill 
which  I  would  sell  for  £150,  one-twenty-eighth  in 
the  Bobby  Burns,  for  which  I  wanted  £250,  and  a 
mine  called  Dunstan's  Reef,  for  which  I  asked 
£200.  In  twelve  months  the  Bobby  Burns  was 
not  worth  much ;  while  I  was  in  Queensland  they 
carted  Dunstan's  Reef  into  Broken  Hill  for  flux; 
and  Harris  sold  my  one-fourteenth  share  in 
Broken  Hill  to  Bowes  Kelly  and  Weatherley  for 
£150,  of  which  I  got  £100." 

The  true  inwardness  of  this  incident  will  be 
made  clear  by  reference  to  the  chapter  on  Broken 
Hill  in  another  part  of  this  book.  Suffice  it  to 
say  here  that  Mr.  Kidman's  one-fourteenth  share 
six  months  later  was  worth  £70,000.  To-day 
it  would  be  worth  close  upon  £2,000,000.  Phillip 
Charley  and  George  MacCulloch,  Broken  Hill 
magnates,  were  both  Sidney  Kidman's  mates  on 
Mount  Gipps  run,  one  as  boundary-rider,  and  the 
other  as  storekeeper. 

About  this  period,  Mr.  Kidman  went  away 
into  Queensland  and  bought  cattle,  the  values  of 
which  he  understood  better  than  mining  shares. 
He  went  out  on  the  Mulligan  to  Sandringham 
station,  which  he  now  owns  among  many  other 
more  extensive  properties.  He  entered  into 
partnership  with  his  brother  Sackville,  who  was 
running  a  large  butchering  business  at  Broken 
Hill,  and  Nicholls,  trading  under  the  name  of 
Kidman  and  Nicholls,  Sidney  Kidman  buying  the 
cattle.  The  brothers  at  the  same  time  went  in 
for  dealing,  buying  sheep  in  large  quantities,  and 


SIDNEY   KIDMAN,   THE   CATTLE   KING 


1027 


often  had  from  fifty  to  sixty  thousand  on  the 
road.  They  also  had  the  mail  contract  between 
Cobar  and  Wilcannia  and  Wilcannia  and  Mount 
Brown,  and,  later,  mail  contracts  in  Western 
Australia.  The  partnership  was  only  broken  by 
his  brother's  death.  There  was  not  much 
money  in  stocks  in  those  days,  but  with  the 
butchering  business  he  did  well.  He  is  still 
running  mails  in  Queensland,  and  from  Hergott 
Springs  to  Birdsville. 

It  was  actually  the  drought  and  times  of  depres- 
sion in  the  last  decades  of  last  century  that  gave 
Mr.  Kidman  his  first  real  start  in  life — a  substan- 
tial start  that  set  him  on  the  high  road  to  a  success 
few  have  achieved,  even  in  this  land  of  golden 
opportunities.  When  nearly  everybody  else  was 
practically  ruined  and  the  whole  country  was 
brought  face  to  face  with  insolvency  owing  to  the 
drought,  Mr.  Kidman  found  himself  with  a  little 
capital,  laboriously  accumulated,  and  many  fine 
opportunities  for  using  it,  and,  what  was  of  more 
value  to  him,  the  confidence  of  the  stock  agents, 
who  allowed  him  credit.  He  knew,  as  probably 
no  other  man  knew,  what  were  the  actual  re- 
sources in  stock  of  the  great  far-back  stations 
which  were  being  abandoned  in  all  directions,  or 
were  in  the  hands  of  the  banks.  He  knew  that 
much  stock  was  wandering  about  in  the  free  coun- 
try "back  of  beyond,"  finding  some  sort  of  sub- 
sistence far  out  of  sight  and  knowledge  of  their 
owners.  It  was  a  risk,  but  one  that  appealed  to 
a  man  of  Mr.  Kidman's  metal,  and  it  bore  to  him, 
with  his  exceptional  knowledge,  great  possibilities 
of  profit.  So  he  went  into  the  MacDonnell 
Ranges  country,  bought  Owen's  Springs  with 
3,000  horses  and  500  cattle  and  all  the  plant,  for 
£1,500.  This  was  in  1880.  He  went  up  there 
and  lived  on  the  run  and  mustered  the  horses 
himself. 

After  the  big  drought  of  1903,  he  bought  up 
some  of  the  abandoned  runs,  with  their  brands, 
and  rounded  up  the  mobs  of  straying  cattle. 
These  he  travelled  to  the  nearest  towns  and  sold 
profitably,  continuing  to  lay  out  further  capital  and 
with  further  credit  from  the  stock  agents,  in  other 
properties  and  stock.  He  found  more  cattle  and 
horses  in  northern  Australia,  right  up  to  the  Gulf 
of  Carpentaria,  than  were  believed  to  exist  in 
those  times  of  disaster,  when  dead  stock  were 
more  numerous  than  live  ones.  He  had  little 
capital  himself  but  was  well  financed,  and  came 
out  with  a  profit  of  £40,000.  This  was  the  more 
remarkable  as  the  country,  in  those  pre-bore  days, 
was  by  no  means  safe  for  stock  on  account  of 
the  scarcity  of  water.  Drought  indeed  has  meant 
heavy  losses  for  Mr.  Kidman,  even  up  to  recent 

Kears.       In  the  great  drought  of   I9i4>   he  lost 


But  to  go  back  to  the  'eighties.  This  period 
definitely  opened  up  Sidney  Kidman's  won- 
derful financial  career.  Gradually,  by  hard 
work  and  clever  dealing,  he  had  accumulated 
capital.  With  this  he  bought  more  stations, 
nearly  all  cattle  properties,  and  stock.  He  was 
always  dealing;  buying  thousands  and  selling  at  a 
profit — sometimes  immediately,  if  he  saw  the 
chance  of  even  a  small  profit  on  a  quick  turnover. 


Sidney  Kidman 


He  has  dealt  .  in  stations  as  he  has  dealt 
in  cattle,  buying  and  selling  with  judgment  and 
with  honesty.  Kidman  has  the  reputation  of 
being  one  of  the  fairest  dealers  in  Australia. 
Buyers  and  sellers  alike  trust  his  word  and  his 
iudgment.  He  has  done  many  "a  Big  Deal," 
running  up  into  even  six  figures,  without  "a 
scratch  of  the  pen"  between  buyer  and  seller. 

Now  he  directly  controls  or  holds  60,000 
square  miles  of  country — twice  the  area  of  Eng- 
land or  of  Scotland,  a  third  greater  than  Ireland, 
more    than    two-thirds    the    size    of    the   State 


I028 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Salt-Bush,  Yantara  Station 


Teams    of    Wool-waggon    Camels,    Yantara 


of  Victoria,  two  and  a  half  times  the 
area     of     Tasmania.  Yet     Sidney      Kidman 

knows  all  he  wants  to  know  about  his 
estates,  what  stock  every  section  of  it  is  carrying, 
and  what  stock  it  can  safely  carry  at  the  moment; 
what  water  is  there  and  what  grass.  He  knows 
all  these  things  personally  and  intimately.  In  the 
intervals  of  his  visits  to  his  various  properties  he 
is  kept  regularly  posted  up  with  the  latest  informa- 
tion regarding  each  from  his  offices  in  Adelaide. 
And  once  advised,  he  remembers  all  without  fur- 
ther reference  to  letters  or  notes;  in  fact,  in  such 
matters  his  memory  is  phenomenal,  and  a  won- 
derful asset. 

The  immensity  of  his  operations  has  revolution- 
ised the  cattle  and  horse  industry  in  Australia. 
We  have  already  described  to  some  extent,  his 
great  business  in  cattle.  Equally  is  he  paramount 
in  regard  to  horses.  Not  only  do  the  Indian  army 
authorities  rely  upon  him  to  largely  augment  their 
regular  supplies  of  remounts,  but  locally,  he  to  a 
large  extent  controls  the  horse  market — -at  least 
as  far  as  South  Australia  is  concerned.  When 
he  started  the  now  celebrated  Kapunda  horse 
sales,  he  showed  at  once  to  those  who  deal  in 
horses  that  the  names  Kidman  and  Kapunda  must 
in  future  be  very  constantly  in  their  minds;  other- 
wise they  could  not  keep  in  touch  with  the  Aus- 
tralian market  as  regards  the  sale  of  horses. 


The  annual  horse  sales  at  Kapunda,  in- 
augurated by  Sidney  Kidman  when  the  closing 
of  the  copper  mines  had  practically  killed  the 
town,  are  now  famous  throughout  Australia,  at- 
tracting buyers  from  all  parts.  They  have 
almost  taken  the  form  of  a  national  fair.  Mr. 
Kidman  frequently  takes  a  hand  at  these  functions. 

At  a  sale  of  Kidman's  cattle — at  Homebush, 
New  South  Wales,  in  19 13,  the  cattle  king  caused 
much  amusement  to  buyers  by  insisting  on  the 
auctioneer  accepting  and  selling  at,  in  each 
instance,  the  first  bid  offered.  The  result  was 
that  about  three  hundred  cattle,  in  pens  of  about 
fifteen  to  twenty-five,  were  sold  in  about  ten 
minutes.  He  repeated  this  quaint  idea  at  the 
Melbourne  market  in  1917,  when  the  mob  made 
a  remarkably  good  average.  In  the  words  of 
Mr.  Harry  Peck,  his  auctioneer:  "It  was  the  best 
and  quickest  sale  I  have  ever  had."  Mr.  Kidman 
good-humoredly  told  the  buyers  that  the  less  he 
got  for  his  cattle,  the  less  he  would  have  to -pay 
in  commission. 

Some  idea  of  the  extent  of  his  operations 
may  be  gathered  from  the  fact  that  in  19 13 
he  disposed  of,  in  the  fortnight  he  spent  in 
Sydney,  about  twenty  thousand  head  of  cattle  pri- 
vately to  the  Queensland  and  Sydney  Meat 
Works,  exclusive  of  the  mobs  sold  every  day  in 
the  markets  of  Adelaide,  Melbourne,  and  Sydney. 


Merino  Sheep  at  Yancanna  Station 


« 

■a 


I 


3 


■S 

o 


1029 


I030 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


A  Camel  Team  carrying   Cases,  Oodnadatta 


As  many  as  six  thousand  bullocks  came  from  one 
station  in  Queensland. 

Mr.  Kidman  considers  that  the  time  has  come 
when  breeders  of  horses  in  Australia  should  de- 
vote more  of  their  attention  to  the  production  of 
good  light  animals.  The  supply  of  draught 
horses — the  breeding  of  which,  during  the  past 
few  years,  has  received  a  tremendous  impetus 
owing  to  the  rapid  opening  up  of  new  agricul- 
tural areas — has  reached  the  demand  and,  in- 
deed, reveals  more  or  less  of  a  surplus.  On 
the  other  hand,  Mr.  Kidman  points  out  that  there 
are  fewer  really  good  light  horses  in  Australia 
now  than  there  were  15  years  ago.  Yet  the  de- 
mand for  these  is  constantly  growing.  "A  sound, 
well-bred  light  horse,"  he  said,  "is  worth  nearly 
double  as  much  as  a  medium  draught,  which  to- 
day realises  only  about  half  the  price  it  did  a  few 
years  back.  We  have  reached  the  stage  when 
the  farmers  can  breed  all  the  draughts  necessary 
for  their  own  needs,  and  the  breeders  on  the  out- 
side country  should  therefore  go  in  for  what  will 
prove  the  most  profitable  to  them." 

Mr.  Kidman  has  bought  and  imported  blood 
stallions  for  several  years.  He  has  probably 
introduced  more  light  horses  than  any  other  single 
purchaser  in  the  same  period.  He  has  sold  great 
numbers  to  India  and  for  the  British  Government 
Remount  service. 

He  made  his  first  visit  to  Europe  in  1908,  in  the 
company  of  his  wife,  his  son  and  three  daughters, 
thus  pleasantly  celebrating  the  completion  of  fifty 
years'  active  life  in  the  land  of  his  birth.  While 
abroad,  he  and  two  of  his  daughters  attended  the 
great  Durbar  in  India  and  he  was  warmly  wel- 


comed by  those  who  had  long  known  him  in  con- 
nection with  the  Indian  horse  trade. 

Mr.  Kidman's  three  daughters  were  married 
in  191 1,  1912,  and  1913.  Miss  Alma  Kidman 
became  Mrs.  Sydney  Reid,  Miss  Edna  Gwendoline 
is  Mrs.  Sidney  Hurtle  Ayres,  Miss  Gertrude  mar- 
ried Lieut.  Clover,  of  H.M.A.S.  Protector.  His 
son  Walter  is  still  a  lad  and  is  at  college  in 
England.  Mr.  Kidman's  daughters,  Gertie 
and  Edna,  proved  themselves  worthy  of 
their  father's  reputation  as  a  bushman  by 
accompanying  him  on  a  memorable  journey 
through  Central  Australia  in  September  of 
1 9 10, — journeying  on  horseback  from  their 
home  at  Kapunda  to  Cunnamulla  in  Queensland, 
spending  five  weeks  on  the  journey,  riding  in  fine, 
sunny  weather  on  stages  of  forty  to  sixty  miles  a 
day,  and  visiting  Mr.  Kidman's  various  stations 
and  outstations.  Mr.  Kidman  and  a  black  boy 
accompanied  them  in  a  buggy  with  tent  and  camp 
outfit.  The  stations  visited  were  Mundowdna 
and  its  outstation,  Clayton;  Kanowinna,  where 
they  encountered  the  great  steep  sand  hills  in  the 
Lake  Hope  country  that  dismayed  the  explorer 
Sturt;  Innamincka,  near  Cooper's  Creek,  where 
che  Burke  and  Wills  tragedy  took  place;  then  over 
the  Queensland  border  to  Napper  Merrie,  where 
the  homestead  garden  and  orchard  proved  a 
paradise — there  is  nothing  of  the  bareness  of 
the  "desert"  about  any  of  the  Kidman  homesteads 
in  Central  Australia,  if  water  can  be  got  within 
thousands  of  feet  of  the  surface — then  Durham 
Downs,  Nocatunga,  Bulloo  Downs,  Thargomin- 
dah,     Norley,     with     another    glorious     garden. 


SIDNEY    KIDMAN,    THE   CATTLE   KING 


103 1 


Ardoch,  Dundoo,  Moongarrie,  to  Cunnamulla. 
Out  of  the  1,000  miles  covered  on  the  journey 
more  than  half  of  the  track  lay  through  the  Kid- 
man properties. 

It  is  only  possible  to  speak  in  wide  terms  of 
Mr.  Kidman's  properties  and  interests  and  enter- 
prises. His  holdings  are  too  numerous  to  be 
named  in  detail,  and  cover  country  which  cannot 


'-^^ 

f\ 

.  '  ■wp  -^\^^^n^^ 

■  jw^W^^^                 •>.*«««h3I^*"*' 

The  Homestead,  Fulham  Park 


be  calculated  in  acres.  He  is  a  breeder  of  cattle, 
horses  and  sheep,  but  his  title  of  the  Cattle  King 
of  Australia  is  true  in  that  he  breeds  more  cattle 
than  anything  else,  and  possesses  more  than  any 
other  man   owns   or  has   owned   at   any  time   in 


Blood  stallion,  "Passing-By" 


Australia.  Most  of  this  is  in  Shorthorns,  but 
he  is  a  great  believer  in  Herefords,  and  since  he 
bought  the  fine  CoUingrove  stud  of  Herefords 
from  the  trustees  of  the  late  J.  H.  Angas,  he  has 
been  introducing  the  bulls  from  that  stud  into  his 
herds  with  good  results.     He  took  champion  and 

y      1st  prize  in  the  Adelaide  Royal  Show  in  1917. 

'  As  regards  his  holdings,  the  largest  single  area 

is  probably  the   Innamincka  country  in  northern 

IHBouth  Australia,  which  covers  some  7,500  square 

IBniles,  the  largest  holding  of  any  individual  owner 


same  part  are  Eringa  and  Macumba,  between 
them  representing  over  4,500  square  miles.  Ful- 
ham  Park,  practically  within  the  suburban  area  of 
Adelaide,  is  another  of  his  properties,  and  it  is 
here  that  he  keeps  the  Angas  Hereford  stud. 
Here  also  is  a  fine  stable  of  thoroughbred  horses, 
including  Sir  Simon,  sire  of  Bullawarra,  which 
latter  proved  to  be  one  of  the  best  steeplechasers 
in  Australia.  Bullawarra  was  bred  by  Mr.  Kid- 
man on  Norley  station  in  Queensland.  In  the 
same  stable  is  an  imported  English  thoroughbred, 
Passing-By,  which  comes  from  the  well-known 
Black  Sam  blood.  Mr.  Kidman  is  too  busy  a 
man  to  devote  much  attention  to  the  racing  field, 
but,  as  we  have  seen,  he  deals  largely  in  horses, 
especially  army  remounts,  a  thousand  or  more  of 
which  he  ships  to  India  every  year. 

Mr.  Kidman  has  also  many  properties  in  the 
western  corner  of  New  South  Wales,  but  in 
Queensland  are  located  some  of  his  biggest 
stations.  He  is  also  largely  interested  in  the 
great  Gulf  country.  Norley,  Bulloo  Downs  and 
Durham  Downs  are  some  of  his  greater  Queens- 
land properties,  but  he  has  an  area  of  6,000  square 
miles  in  the  same  State,  in  which  are  such  stations 
as  Glengyle,  Annandale,  Sandringham,  and  some 
others  that  are  worked  together. 


Sidney  Kidman's  Daughters, 
On  their  Horseback  Trip  through   Central  Australia 


I032 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  principle  upon  which  Mr.  Kidman  works, 
and  by  means  of  which  alone  can  he  deal  with  the 
vast  stocks  he  carries,  is  to  have,  as  it  were,  a 
chain  of  properties  across  the  continent  of  Aus- 
tralia, from  north  to  south,  so  that  whatever  the 
season  in  various  States,  and  even  in  the  unusual 
condition  of  a  general  drought,  he  is  always  able 
to  find  pasturage  for  his  stock  somewhere.    Thus, 


.A-YT^t  SSaSF.-Ml^  iW^Xm^i 


Allandale  Homestead,  Central  Australia 


right  across  Central  Australia,  and  even  in  the 
far  Northern  Territory,  Kidman  cattle  and  horses 
are  grazing.  And  there  are  also  in  Western 
Australia  Kidman  herds  of  cattle,  horses,  and 
mules. 

Among  his  many  interests  is  the  Bovril  Aus- 
tralian Estates  Limited,  a  company  which  he 
formed  while  in  England  in   1908,  and  in  which 


he  is  a  shareholder  and  a  director.  The  chief 
property  of  the  company  is  the  great  Victoria 
Downs  run  in  the  Northern  Territory,  which 
includes  the  Carlton  station.  This  is  the 
largest  cattle  run  in  Australia,  covering 
as  it  does  12,500  square  miles,  roughly.  It 
is,  indeed  one  of  the  largest,  if  not  the  very 
largest,  cattle  properties  in  the  world,  and  its 
development,  as  the  result  of  Messrs.  Emanuel 
and  Kidman's  enterprise,  is  conclusive  evidence, 
if  such  were  needed,  of  the  great  Cattle  King's 
public  service  to  the  country.  It  is  well  grassed 
and  watered  mostly  by  springs;  its  carrying 
capacity  has  been  proved  to  be  at  least  160,000 
head  of  cattle,  and  25,000  calves  are,  under 
normal  conditions,  branded  in  one  year. 

Recently,  Mr.  Kidman  has  added  to  his  list 
of  properties  the  fine  country  comprising  the 
stations  known  as  Bond  Springs,  Allandale,  and 
Crown  Point  near  Oodnadatta,  Central  Austra- 
lia, which  consist  of  five  million  acres,  and  is  good 
country  for  cattle  and  horses.  It  stretches  right 
up  into  the  Northern  Territory.  J'he  accom- 
panying views,  taken  at  the  present  time  on  this 
property,  will  give  an  idea  of  its  character,  and 
will  amply  disprove  the  popular  superstition  about 
all  "desert"  country  in  the  "dead  heart"  of  Aus- 
tralia. Others  are  interested  with  him  in  this 
property,  which  is  run  under  the  trading  title  of 
the  Crown  Point  Pastoral  Company  Limited. 

It  will  be  seen  that  Kidman,  more  than  any 
other  man  at  any  time  in  Australia,  has  improved 
and  developed  the  great  "waste"  lands  of  the  Far 
North  and  the  wild  Central  areas.  He  has 
found  underground  water  there  and  brought  it 
to  the  surface,  as  the  numerous  ever-flowing 
artesian  bores  on  his  properties  testify.  One  of 
them  is  the  best  in  this  country,  with  a  constant 
flow  of  four  million  gallons  of  good  water  per 
day.  It  may  be  fairly  said  that  without  Sid- 
ney Kidman,  these  uninviting  districts  would  have 
remained  waste  lands  for  indefinite  periods. 

Like  all  good  Australians,  he  sees  our  urgent 
need  of  population  for  this  Continent.  He 
has  done  much,  on  his  visits  to  Europe,  to 
assist  suitable  immigrants  to  South  Australia.  He 
is  still  strongly  of  opinion  that  there  are  thousands 
who  would  avail  themselves  of  similar  oppor- 
tunities offered  either  by  Government  or  private 
individuals.  "Australia  can  do  with  them  all," 
he  says.  "Some  of  those  who  came  out  under 
the  arrangements  I  made  were  on  the  railways  and 
'buses.  They  have  turned  out  to  be  first-rate 
workers.  At  first  they  were  a  bit  green,  but  it 
was  wonderful  how  quickly  they  dropped  into 
their  places.  They  are  scattered  about  my  sta- 
tions in  South  Australia  and  Queensland,  and 
when  I  go  to  England  again  Ell  see  ab'out  getting 


SIDNEY    KIDMAN,    THE   CATTLE   KING 


'0.35 


more  of  them."  As  a  result  of  his  first  "glean- 
ing," twenty-five  London  'bus-drivers,  who  had 
been  earning  I2s.  6d.  a  week,  and  their  families 
were  transplanted  by  him  to  his  various  stations 
as  boundary-riders. 

Mr.  Kidman  is  thoroughly  satisfied  with  his  ex- 
periment. The  wives  have,  according  to  Mrs. 
Kidman's  testimony,  proved  to  be  good  cooks,  and 
therefore  of  great  value  on  a  station.  After  a 
month  one  driver,  who  before  he  landed  in  Aus- 
tralia had  never  been  bestride  a  horse,  was  able  to 
take  charge  single-handed  of  a  mob  of  travelling 
cattle. 

He  is  gifted  with  an  unfailing  instinct  in  choos- 
ing youths  and  men  for  employment,  and  very 
rarely  does  he  make  a  mistake.  He  not  only 
gets  the  best  service  but  retains  it,  and  many  a 
letter  reaches  him  from  his  men,  gratefully 
acknowledging  his  justice  and  liberality  as  a 
"boss,"  and  from  the  parents  of  youths  he  has 
trained  to  efficiency  as  stockmen. 

Now  a  millionaire,  he  still  has  an  unpretentious, 
though  commodious  and  picturesque  home, 
*'Eringa,"  Kapunda,  about  50  miles  from  Ade- 
laide, though  he  is  not  much  at  home,  as  he  is 
usually  visiting  one  or  other  of  his  many  proper- 
ties or  the  cities  of  the  States  on  business.  He  is 
simple  in  his  tastes,  dress,  and  manner,  but  it  must 
not  be  supposed  that  he  is  an  eccentric  per- 
son— quite  the  contrary.  Strength  of  will  is  his 
chief  characteristic:  but  he  is  too  much  absorbed 
by  his  many  acti\ities  and  interests  to  concern  him- 
self with  mere  appearances  and  conventions.  He 
is  a  very  companionable  man,  and  when  out  in  the 
far-back  country  with  his  associates  and  his 
station  hands,  he  is  a  constant  source  of  enter- 
tainment with  his  humorous  stories  of  his  ex-  - 
periences  and  the  men  he  has  met  in  his  travels 
far  and  wide.  As  one  who  has  travelled  many 
leagues  with  him  has  said:  "Humor  is  Sid  Kid- 
man's safety  valve."  On  his  many  and  varied 
travels  he  is  always  on  the  look-out  for  the 
humorous  side  of  every  incident.  He  knows  Aus- 
tralia as  no  one  else  knows  it — that  is,  the  real 
Australia,  not  of  the  cities,  but  of  the  country, 
the  back  country  where  Nature  is  still  as  it  has 
always  been,  and  where  Man  is  only  at  the  start 
*of  the  great  work  of  development. 

Sidney  Kidman  knows  men  and  he  knows  stock. 
He  seldom  makes  a  mistake  in  his  judgments  of 
either.  Many  stories  are  told  of  him  in  this  con- 
nection. Travelling  once  in  the  Adelaide  to 
Melbourne  express,  he  fell  in  with  a  young  Eng- 
lishman, straight  from  home,  and  looking  for  a 
job,  with  no  experience  to  help  him.  Sidney 
Kidman  had  sized  him  up,  and  said  to  him:  "I've 
got  a  mob  of  cattle  to  be  taken  across  counry  to 
Brisbane.       If  you  can  be  ready  to  start  on  Fn- 


I 


Artesian  Bore,  AUandale  Station 

day,  you  can  have  the  job."  The  Englishman 
took  the  job  and  "made  good." 

Another  characteristic  Kidman  anecdote.  Some 
years  ago,  he  sold  a  number  of  horses  to  a  circus 
proprietary.  The  circus  fell  on  evil  days  and  could 
not  produce  the  necessary  coin  to  pay  the  bill,  so 
Mr.  Kidman  constituted  himself  the  treasurer  of 
the  show.  He  took  the  money  at  the  entrance  at 
each  performance,  and  filled  in  the  rest  of  the 
time  by  acting  as  ringmaster,  a  position  for  which 
he  was  exceptionally  well  qualified.  In  this  way 
he  travelled  from  Wilcannia  to  Bourke,  and  at 
the  latter  place,  having  paid  himself  what  was 
due  to  him,  retired  from  his  unaccustomed  task 
and  returned  to  the  care  of  his  station  properties. 

Mr.  Kidman  is  a  humorist — also  a  teetotaller 
and  a  non-smoker.  He  has  a  faithful  memory, 
a  keen  sense  of  fun,  a  rough  and  ready  manner, 
and  a  simple  conversational  style  which  make  him 
an  entertaining  raconteur.       He  is  a  big,  strong, 


1034 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED. 


but  not  heavy  looking,  dark-complexioned  man, 
with  bright  eyes  and  a  humorous  mouth. 

He  has  the  "Bush  sense,"  which  no  true  towns- 
man can  ever  hope  to  acquire.  His  natural  in- 
stinct for  the  sunny  side  of  life,  his  love  of  a 
good  yarn,  and  his  personal  simplicity  mark  him 
for  a  bushman,  albeit  the  wealthiest  bushman  in 
the  Commonwealth.  He  reflects  the  life  of  the 
land,  the  life  of  Outback.  He  is  a  typical  "Good 
Australian,"  for  he  has  brought  the  Far  North 
and  the  waste  lands  of  this  vast,  empty  continent 
into  practical  use,  and  has  made  many  an  area 
of  back-country  that  was  risky  for  stock-raising 
practically  drought-proof  with  ever-flowing  wells 
and  ever-filled  watcrholes.  His  "deserts"  have 
been  con\erted  into  fattening  pastures. 

It  is  a  free,  independent,  and  exceedingly 
healthy  life.        It  gives  a  sense  of  equality  which 


breeds  in  Kidman's  men  no  servility  in  dealing 
with  the  "Boss,"  high  as  he  may  tower  over  them 
in  worldly  possessions.  It  instils  in  Kidman 
nothing  of  the  tyrant  or  the  snob — albeit  a 
millionaire  he  is  still  a  plain  business  man,  a 
specialist  in  stock,  a  genius  in  judgment  as  regards 
station  values,  a  careful  man  to  whom  waste  is 
abhorrent,  and  senseless  extravagance  a  cardinal 
sin. 

Mr.  Kidman  was  the  first  to  respond  to  Mr.  C. 
Alma  Baker's  appeal  to  Australians  for  the  pre- 
sentation of  battleplanes,  costing  £2,700  each,  to 
the  British  Cjo\ernment  for  use  on  the  Western 
front  in  the  war,  and  the  first,  bearing  his  name 
and  registered  as  "Australia  I — South  Australia 
I,"  has  been  doing  good  service  in  I^rance. 
Mrs.  Sidney  Kidman  has  recently  also  given  a 
battleplane  to  the  Australian  Air  Squadron. 


An  Artesian  Bore  on  one  of  Mr.  Kidman's  Central  Anstralian  Stations. 


? 


KEYNES,    OF    KEYNETON 


A  QUIET  little  village  in  the  beautiful  Angas- 
ton  country  of  South  Australia  is  Keyneton, 
taking  its  name  from  the  station  property 
which  it  abutts  upon,  and  which  in  its  turn  was 
named  after  its  founder,  the  late  Mr.  Joseph 
Keynes. 

He  was  a  typical  pioneer,  a  stalwart  English- 
man of  kindly  disposition  and  sound  judgment. 
He  was  born  at  Blandford,  Dorsetshire,  in  1810, 
and  was  a  nephew  of  the  famous  English  Con- 
gregational minister,  John  Angell  James.  His 
father  and  a  brother  were  also  ministers  of  the 
same  denomination.  When  only  twenty-nine 
vears  old  he  was  engaged  by  the  late  George  Fife 
Angas.  as  a  good  hand  with  sheep,  to  bring  out  to 
South  Australia  in  the  good  ship  Anna  Robertson, 
a  number  of  sheep  for  the  newly-established 
colony,  of  which  Mr.  Angas  has  always  been 
regarded  as  the  Father.  His  brother,  William 
Keynes,  was  also  one  of  the  early  settlers  and  in 
January,  1842,  possessed  5,100  sheep  in  the 
State,  but  he  soon  sold  out  to  Joseph  Keynes. 


Having  carried  out  his  commission,  and  hav- 
ing found  the  new  colony  a  good  place,  with 
obvious  possibilities  for  a  young  and  enterprising 
man  used  to  the  land  and  to  stock,  Mr.  Keynes 
took  up  a  run  in  1841  under  lease  from  the 
Government  in  the  splendid  country  where  Mr.  J. 
H.  Angas  had  also  secured  properties  on  behalf 
of  his  father.  Mr.  Keynes'  estate,  of  which  he 
eventually  obtained  the  freehold  and  which  he 
named  Keyneton,  consists  roughly  of  17,000 
acres,  situated  about  60  miles  N.N.E.  of  Ade- 
laide, and  about  eight  miles  from  Angaston.  It 
comprises  both  flat  and  hilly  country,  and  is 
eminently  suited  for  stud  sheep-farming.  The 
Keyneton  flock,  which  consists  entirely  of  merinos, 
numbers  about  10,000.  The  estate  also  carries 
a  small  herd  of  Shorthorn  cattle  and  a  stud  of 
draught  horses. 

Mr.  Joseph  Keynes  entered  enthusiastically  on 
the  congenial  taste  of  building  up  a  valuable  pas- 
toral holding  and  establishing  a  family  property 
at  Keyneton.        He  was  an  unpretentious  man. 


Bicbard  B.  Keynes 


1035 


1036 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


saa^i^Eis^ss^sifmi^msmiim^^^^s^i^S:' 


The  Homestead,  Keyneton 


and  contented  himself  with  only  an  adequate 
residence,  but  he  continuously  improved  his  estate 
from  the  pastoral  point  of  view.  He  devoted 
himself  especially  to  the  improvement  of  the 
merino  and  he  became  favorably  known  in  that 
respect,  not  only  in  South  Australia  but  in  adjoin- 
ing States.  He  was  elected  a  member  of  the 
committee  of  the  Royal  Agricultural  and  Horticul- 
tural Society  so  early  as  1840,  and  he  always  took 
great  interest  in  agricultural  shows.  He  was 
also  active  in  local  affairs,  being  Chairman  of  the 
North  Rhine  District  Council  from  its  formation 
in  1875  until  he  resigned  in  1882,  when  he  was 
presented  with  a  testimonial  by  his  fellow- 
townspeople  as  an  acknowledgment  of  his  ser- 
vices. He  was  for  many  years  a  Justice  of  the 
Peace,  and  exerted  himself  also  in  the  cause  of 
local  education.       He  died  in  1883,  at  the  age  of 

72- 

The  formation  of  the  Keyneton  merino   flock 

was  commenced  in  1842,  when  Mr.  Joseph  Keynes 

obtained  a  large  number  of  merino  sheep  from 

Mr.  George  Morphett,  of  Adelaide,  and  a  smaller 

lot  in  the  same  year  from  a  Mr.  Hull,  or  Hall,  of 

Grange  Farm,  South  Road.       At  the  same  time 

fourteen  rams  were  secured  from  Castle  Bagot, 

Light  River,  and  three  from  Mr.  Crisp,  Gawler 

River.       In  1847  some  Murray  rams  were  used, 

also  some  of  Mr.  Joseph  Gilbert's,  from  Pewsey 


Vale.  In  1851  an  imported  ram  named  Nudi- 
cotan  or  Nudicot,  a  direct  descendant  of  the  his- 
toric merinos  sent  by  the  King  of  Spain  to  King 
George  III.,  and  added  by  him  to  his  stud  sheep 
farm  at  Windsor  Castle,  was  purchased.  As  was 
the  custom  at  that  time,  Mr.  Keynes  then  turned 
his  attention  to  the  Saxon  strain,  and  in  1858 
obtained  two  imported  rams  from  the  then  cele- 
brated flock  of  Adolf  Steiger,  at  Lenteurltz,  in 
Saxony;  these  rams  were  descended  from  the  pure 
merino  flock  of  the  Prince  of  Reuss,  at  Klipp- 
hausen.  Saxony,  which  was  composed  of  sheep 
descended  from  the  famous  stud  flocks  which  King 
Charles  III.,  of  Spain,  had  presented  to  the 
Elector  FViedrich  August  of  Saxony.  This  is 
going  into  history  with  a  vengeance,  but  it  is  in- 
teresting from  that  point  of  view  and  as  showing 
that  Mr.  Joseph  Keynes  was  thorough  in  his 
search  for  a  type  that  should  establish  his  flock 
on  up-to-date  lines.  These  were  the  two  rams  that 
Mr.  Otto  Neuhaus  had  about  this  date  exhibited 
in  Melbourne  and  Sydney  and  had  won  first 
prizes.  After  1877,  when  two  Murray  rams 
had  been  obtained  from  Mount  Crawford,  no 
fresh  blood  was  introduced  until  1906  when  Mr. 
R.  R.  Keynes,  the  present  owner,  secured  a  prize 
ram  from  Mr.  Murray  Dawson,  of  Wirra  Wirra 
station,  and  some  from  Murray  Vale  and  Rhine 
Park. 


p 


3 
O 

m 


3 
O 

U 

a 

o 


1037 


I038 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Typical  Keyiieton  Ram 


Typical  Keyneton  Ewe 


The  records  of  prizes  won  by  the  Keyneton 
merinos  are  very  incomplete.  It  appears  from 
the  diaries  of  their  founder  that  he  made  his  first 
successful  exhibits  at  the  Angaston  Show  in  1858, 
and  that  at  later  dates  prizes  were  won  at  Mount 
Pleasant,  near  Keyneton,  and  at  Kapunda.  It 
is  also  known  that  prior  to  1883  some  prizes  for 
wool  were  won  at  Adelaide  Shows,  and  in  1876 
a  bronze  medal  and  certificate  of  award  were 
secured  at  the  Philadelphia  International  Exhibi- 
tion. Since  that  date,  however,  it  is  on  record 
that  Keyneton  won  at  Adelaide  in  1885,  the 
first  prize  for  three  rams'  fleeces  and  In  1886  a 
commemorative  medal  at  the  Colonial  and  Indian 
Exhibition,  the  latter  being  for  fleeces  from  sheep 
bred  by  Mr.  R.  R.  Keynes,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that 
no  great  attention  had  been  paid  then — nor  has  it 
since — to  preparing  sheep  or  fleeces  for  show. 

Besides  sheep,  Mr.  Keynes  breeds  draught 
horses  with  success  and  has  also  a  small  herd  of 
Shorthorn  cattle,  the  herd  being  founded  upon 
stock    secured   from    Mr.   E.   M.   Bagot's    well- 


known  stud  and  from  Mr.  Joseph  Dunne,  while 
Angas  bulls  have  been  used.  A  recent  addition 
is  a  fine  young  pedigreed  bull  of  Derrimut  strain 
from  Canowie  station. 

Mr.  Richard  Keynes  was  born  in  1857  and  was 
educated  at  Parkstone,  Dorsetshire,  after  which 
he  spent  three  years  in  London  obtaining  use- 
ful mercantile  experience.  In  1877  he  joined 
his  father  on  the  Keyneton  estate,  to  which  he 
succeeded  on  that  gentleman's  death.  He  married 
in  1884  a  daughter  of  Mr.  Abraham  Shannon,  of 
Moculta,  and  their  family  consists  of  two  sons 
and  two  daughters.  Both  sons  share  with  their 
father  in  the  management  at  Keyneton,  though 
the  elder,  Joseph  Keynes,  is  at  present  (1917) 
serving  in  France  as  a  gunner  in  the  4th  Field 
Artillery  Brigade,  which  he  joined  in  August, 
191 5.  Mr.  R  R.  Keynes  does  not  interest  himself 
in  public  affairs  beyond  serving  his  district  as  a 
member  of  the  local  Council,  to  which  he  was 
elected  in  1886  and  since  1894  has  occupied  the 
position  of  Chairman. 


I 


«1 


Gunner  Joseph  Keynes 


Blchard  Neville  Keynes 


Koonoona  Country. 


KOONOONA 


THE  KOONOONA  ESTATE,  though  it  was 
comprised  in  the  big  grazing  areas  held 
under  lease  by  the  early  pastoralists  of 
South  Australia,  was  not  known  by  that  name 
until  1863,  when  the  Hon.  Walter  Duffield  took 
the  property.  Previous  to  that  year  he  leased 
Outalpa.  When  he  established  the  now  well- 
known  Koonoona  flock  he  took  there  fifty  spe- 
cially-selected merino  ewes  from  C.  B.  Fisher's 
already-established  and  successful  Hill  River  stud, 
and  a  Murray  ram  from  Mount  Crawford. 

Koonoona  for  some  years  comprised  about 
43,000  acres  of  undulating  hilly  country  and  flat 
land,  but,  owing  to  sales  to  the  Government 
of  the  best  agricultural  parts  for  closer  settlement 
purposes,  the  estate  now  consists  of  some  20,000 
acres  of  freehold.  The  major  part  is  a  range 
about  twelve  miles  long  sloping  to  east  and  west, 
of  between  1,200  and  1,500  feet  above  sea-level, 
the  surface  being  generally  stony  and  but  lightly 
timbered.  It  'is  situated  about  90  miles  north 
of  Adelaide,  and  six  miles  south  of  Burra. 
It  has  an  average  rainfall  of  about  17  inches 
annually,  and  is  very  healthy  sheep  pasture,  with 
great  extremes  of  heat  and  cold.  Koonoona 
sheep  are  raised  solely  on  the  natural  pasturage 
of  the  country,  and  are  very  strong;  consequently 
they  never  deteriorate  when   exposed  to   severe 


climatic    tests    in    more    northerly    latitudes,    and 
improve  considerably  under  better  conditions. 

When  the  Koonoona  property  was  reduced  by 
Government  purchase,  new  country  had  to  be 
secured.  The  trustees,  in  1906,  acquired  Win- 
nininnie,  all  saltbush  country,  in  the  north-east,  on 
the  Broken  Hill  line,  116  miles  from  Koonoona, 
with  a  7-inch  rainfall.  Later  on  a  small  place 
named  Studholme,  in  equally  dry  country  to  the 
east  of  Burra,  with  a  9-inch  rainfall,  was  pur- 
chased. Winnininnie  comprises  96,000  acres,  and 
Studholme  about  6,000.  These  outstations  are 
used  for  depasturing  the  dry  sheep  and  also,  in 
favorable  seasons,  flock  and  selected  rams,  which 
proceed  by  drafts  to  customers  in  the  interior, 
thus  giving  the  advantage  of  still  further  acclima- 
tising the  sheep. 

Originally  Mr.  Duflield  had  as  his  partner  the 
late  Mr.  Joseph  Barrett,  of  Lyndoch,  and  later 
Mr.  Thomas  Porter  took  the  latter's  place.  Mr. 
Porter  was  managing  partner  until  his  death  in 
1873,  and  subsequently  Mr.  (now  Colonel) 
Frank  Makin,  of  Adelaide,  a  son-in-law  of  Mr. 
Duflield,  became  a  partner,  the  late  Mr.  John  C. 
Sandland  being  manager.  Since  the  death,  in 
I  88 1,  of  the  Hon.  Walter  Duflield,  the  trustees 
of  the  estate  have  been  his  son,  Mr.  D.  Walter 
Duffield,  Col.  Makin,  and  Mr.  F.  W.  Bullock,  all 


1039 


1 040 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  late  Hon.  Walter  Duffield 


of  Adelaide.      Since    1892   Mr.  W.   G.   Hawkes 
has  been  manager. 

From  the  first,  until  1890,  only  Mount  Craw- 
ford rams  were  introduced  into  the  flock,  but  in 
1892  a  very  high-class  ram  named  Trojan,  a  son 
of  the  celebrated  Cappeedee,  was  purchased  from 
the  late  W.  A.  Murray,  of  Cappeedee.  He 
proved  to  be  the  best  of  the  Murray  rams  ever 
used  at  Koonoona  and  left  some  fine  stock. 

The  intention  of  the  owners,  from  the  first, 
was  to  raise  large-framed  sheep,  free  from 
wrinkles  but  with  a  good  neck,  of  sound  robust 
constitution  and  yielding  a  heavy  fleece  wool  of 
a  bold  combing  description.  Considerable  suc- 
cess had  already  been  attained  when,  about  1902, 
Mr.  Hawkes  found  that  the  flock  had  become 
more  or  less  stationary.  Nothing  but  satisfac- 
tory progress,  he  considered  wisely,  would  prevent 
deterioration,  and  so  he  determined  to  try 
the  introduction  of  Wanganella  blood.  In  that 
year  he  bought  Warrior  VI.,  a  high-class  7-year- 
old  stud  ram,  from  the  late  Albert  Austin,  of 
Wanganella.  So  successful  was  this  experiment 
that  two  rams  were  added  in  1906  from  the  late 
Thomas  Millear's  Wanganella  Estate,  one  of 
which  proved  highly  satisfactory.  Five  years 
later  a  useful  32-year-old  Wanganella  ram  was 
purchased  from  the  late  A.  J.  Austin,  of  Murgha. 
The  latest  purchase,  in  19 13,  was  a  notable  one, 
Majuba,    grandson    of    Donald    Dinnie,    being 


bought  for  700  guineas  from  the  Canowie  stud, 
some  fine  stock  standing  there  to  his  credit 
already. 

In  all,  only  four  Wanganella  rams  have  been 
introduced  into  the  Koonoona  stud,  yet  their  fine 
qualities  have  been  stamped  more  or  less  on  the 
whole  flock.  Since  then,  the  principle  of  in- 
breeding from  their  own  rams  has  been  adopted. 
Koonoona  sheep  now  show  all  those  qualities  of 
shape,  good  frame,  strong  heads,  and  wide  horns, 
and  a  deep  fleece  with  long  staple,  which  have 
characterised  the  South  Australian  merinos, 
together  with  the  special  Wanganella  characteris- 
tics of  greater  density  and  higher  character  of 
the  wool.  A  well-known  authority,  writing  re- 
cently, said  of  the  present-day  Koonoona  rams: — 
"Those  points  which  are  most  impressed  on  my 
mind,  are  great  frames  and  generally  good  ap- 
pearance, length  of  staple,  broad  back;  density, 
character,  and,  above  all,  the  softness  of  the 
wool." 

Probably  the  most  successful  sire  ever  bred  on 
Koonoona  was  Rajah,  a  son  of  the  Wanganella 
Estate  ram  already  mentioned,  out  of  a  pure 
Koonoona  ewe.  The  stock  got  from  him  has 
been  of  strikingly  uniform  excellence.  Two  of 
his  sons  are  Kitchener  and  Lloyd-George.  The 
former,  32  years  old,  has  magnificent  physique — 


W.  G.  Hawkes 


I04I 


Lord  Kitchener   (By  Eajah) 
Koouoona  Special  Stud  Bam  3V2  years  old 


long  and  low  set,  with  great  loins,  bold  front,  and 
a  good  head  and  carriage.  His  wool  is  of  a 
4-inch  staple,  strong  but  very  soft  and  full  of 
character,  with  a  broad  lock  and  packed  well  all 
over  the  frame,  cutting  23  lbs.  this  year  (1917) 
of  the  truest  strong  wool.  An  offer  of  850 
guineas  for  Lord  Kitchener  has  just  been  refused. 
Lloyd  George  is  another  great  burly  ji-year-old, 
very  solid  and  of  great  depth,  good  front  and 
thighs.  His  fleece,  which  at  2]  years  cut  275  lbs., 
is  a  splendidly  lustrous  and  dense,  true  wool  of 
good  length  and  character.     Another  Rajah  ram, 


named  Admiral  Beatty,  42-years-old,  is  big  but 
very  shapely,  with  a  fine  covering  full  of  character 
and  well  packed  on;  his  good  front,  broad  back 
and  great  thigh  are  noteworthy.  A  very  good 
24-year-old  ram,  also  by  Rajah,  was  sold  at  the 
Adelaide  Show  (1917)  for  250  guineas  to 
Messrs.  T.  H.  Pearse  and  Sons,  of  The  Gums, 
who  buy  nothing  but  the  best,  and  another  fetched 
225  guineas. 

Mr.  Hawkes,  however,  does  not  make  stud 
sales  his  principal  object,  but  is  satisfied  to  im- 
prove his  general  flocks  by  the  use  of  rams  he 


Lloyd  George    (By  Bajah) 
Eoonoona  Special  Stud  Earn,  iVi  years  old. 


02 


I042 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


could  easily  sell  as  studs.  Consequently  the  out- 
put of  flock  and  selected  rams  now  reaches  2,500 
per  annum  and  stud  sales  are  also  highly  satis- 
factory. Under  the  able  supervision  of  so 
skilled  and  experienced  a  judge  as  Mr.  Hawkes, 
and  so  keen  and  energetic  a  student  of  breeding  as 
his  son,  who  is  married  and  lives  on  the  station, 
it  is  certain  that  the  Koonoona  stud  has  a  great 
future  before  it  as  well  as  a  highly  successful 
present.  Mr.  Hawkes'  other  son,  Lieut.  W.  R. 
Hawkes,  it  may  here  be  mentioned,  served  with 
the  Australian  Imperial  Forces,  and  had  been 
twice  wounded;  he  was  recently  killed  in  Flanders 
after  three  years  of  fighting. 

Hardiness  is,  as  we  have  seen,  a  leading  char- 
acteristic of  the  Koonoona  sheep,  the  turn-off  of 
the  rams  and  surplus  ewes  having  for  years  past 
gone  to  Western  Australia  and  the  principal 
regions  of  the  North-West,  while  a  very  strong 
demand  has  set  in  from  Queensland,  which  is 
steadily  increasing,  as  also  from  the  dry  country 
of  New  South  Wales. 

The  wool  clips  taken  from  Koonoona  and 
Winnininnie  give  fine  returns.  The  Winnininnie 
samples  taken  in  the  19 15-16  season  from  42  to 
5^  years  old  wethers  with  iif  months'  growth, 
and  grown  with  less  than  5  inches  of  rain  that 
year  in  saltbush  country,  showed  tremendous 
growth,  free  and  strong,  but  showing  plenty  of 


quality.  In  June,  1915,  250  Winnininnie  wethers 
created  a  record  sale  in  the  Adelaide  market, 
averaging  £2  15s.  lod.  apiece,  61  of  the  tops  mak- 
ing £3  3s.,  and  loi  £2  17s. — a  record  for  Austra- 
lian merino  wethers.  In  November,  1916,  2,700 
cast  ewes  from  Koonoona,  from  1 2  up  to  yi  years 
old,  averaged  £2  2s.  4d.  off  the  shears  at  the 
Burra.  The  19 17  figures  are  also  excellent,  a  con- 
signment of  255  Koonoona  wethers,  3  and  4  years 
old,  having  averaged  £2  12s.,  a  result  only  second 
to  the  previous  year's  record.  The  skins  of  these 
wethers  returned  an  average  of  25s.  4d.  each  for 
just  12  months'  wool,  while  Winnininnie  has 
shown  an  average  of  152  lbs.  per  head,  for  barely 
12  months'  wool.  A  line  of  1,200  Winnininnie 
wethers,  aged  2  and  3  years  old,  averaged  17I 
lbs.  last  season  (1917)  and  3,200  dry  sheep 
averaged  five  bales  to  the  100.  The  whole  of 
the  grown  sheep  on  the  various  properties,  and 
numbering  19,128 — only  1,700  of  which  were 
wethers — averaged  13  lbs.  2^  ozs.  of  wool  each 
at  the  recent  191 7  shearing,  large  quantities  of 
the  fleece  being  appraised  at  223d.  per  lb. 

The  appearance  of  the  Koonoona  sheep  to-day, 
with  their  striking  uniformity  in  type  of  big  bold 
commercial  animals  carrying  such  a  high  combina- 
tion of  wool  and  mutton  values,  is  significant  of 
what  may  be  accomplished  by  long  years  of 
undeviating  purpose. 


) 


Admiral  Beatty  31/2  years  old 
Koonoona  Special  Stud  Bam,    (By  Bajah) 


Old  Bungaree:  From  an  Early  Painting 

(TIk'    lioiiK'stfad   fottafjic   as   (iist   built   by    0.  C,  Hawker  and   his  brothers) 


BUNGAREE 


A  GLIMPSE  at  the  old  pioneering  days   is 
obtained  in  the  incident  of  the  founding 
of     the     well-known     South     Australian 
pastoral  property  known   as   Bungaree,   which   is 
situated  a  hundred  miles  north  of  Adelaide  and 
seven  miles  north  of  Clare. 

It  was  as  long  ago  as   1841 — six  years  after 

the  founding  of  the  colony  and  only  two  years 

after  the  pastoral   areas   were  first  surveyed  by 

the  Government — that  the  brothers  George   C, 

Charles,  and  James  Hawker  set  out  northwards, 

1      with  sheep,   for  the   purpose   of  settling  on  the 

"      property  they  had  decided  to  take  up.        They 

found  that  Mr.  Robert  Robinson,  also  with  sheep, 

I      was   hastening   in   the   same    direction   with  ithe 

"      same     intention.        Mr.     G.     C.     Hawker — who 

was     then     only     twenty-two     years    of     age — 

left   his   brothers    in    charge    of   the    sheep    and 

I^^urried  on,  unhampered,  to  their  destination, 
^paking  up  the  country  they  had  in  view.  Mr. 
Robinson  contented  himself,  as  well  he  might,  by 
settling  on  a  property  in  the  same  district — 
which  subsequently  proved  itself  to  be  one  of  the 
finest  sheep-runs  in  South  Australia,  the  Hill 
River  Estate,  where  the  late  J.  H.  Angas  later 
established  his  well-known  merino  stud. 

(^k    The  Hawker  brothers  were  associated  together 
^nn  the  Bungaree  Estate  for  a  short  while,  until 
Mr.   G.   C.    Hawker   bought   out   their   interests 


and  become  sole  master  of  the  great  Bungaree 
run,  which  then  extended  from  Clare  to  the  foot 
of  The  Hummocks  ranges,  and  from  Kybunga 
to  six  miles  north  of  the  Broughton  River.  It 
was  for  some  years  all  leasehold,  but  when  it 
was,  from  time  to  time,  put  up  to  auction  by 
the  Government,  Mr.  Hawker  purchased  in  all 
about  84,000  acres.  According  to  the  official 
list,  Mr.  G.  C.  Hawker's  flock  at  January,  1842, 
numbered  3,500  sheep. 

Mr.  Charles  Hawker  took  up  the  adjoining 
station  of  Anama  and  remained  there  for  many 
years,  until,  at  his  death,  it  was  added  to  the 
old  Bungaree  Estate. 

Mr.  George  C.  Hawker  did  not  confine 
himself  to  pastoral  pursuits,  though  he  always 
retained  his  active  interest  in  and  made  his  head- 
quarters at  Bungaree,  for  he  became  one  of  the 
leading  statesmen  of  South  Australia.  The  second 
son  of  Rear-Admiral  Edward  Hawker,  and 
grandson  of  Capt.  James  Hawker,  R.N.,  he  was 
born  in  England  in  18 19,  and  educated  at  Trinity 
College,  Cambridge,  where  he  secured  his  M.A. 
degree.  He  came  to  Australia  in  1839,  as  a 
very  young  man,  to  engage  in  pastoral  pursuits. 
These  he  continued  actively  until  1858,  when  he 
entered  Parliament,  being  returned  unopposed, 
and  he  was  also  returned  at  the  succeeding  elec- 
tion.    He  was  a  member  of  the  Select  Committee 


I 


1043 


I044 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


^  »  m. 


■rmn~T' 


Panoramic  View  of  Bungaree  Homestead, 


appointed  in  October,  1858,  to  inquire  into  the 
objections  of  the  stock-holders  to  the  Bill  for 
imposing  an  assessment  on  all  stock  depasturing 
on  waste  lands.  His  parliamentary  career  was 
one  of  exceptional  success.  He  had  only  been 
two  years  in  the  House  when  he  was  elected,  in 
i860,  as  Speaker,  and  was  re-elected  after  the 
general  election  of  1863,  holding  office  until 
1865,  when  he  went  with  his  family  to  England 
for  the  purpose  of  educating  his  sons.  He 
returned  in  1874,  and  two  years  later  re-entered 
Parliament  and  became  Treasurer  and  after- 
wards Chief  Secretary.  In  1881  he  was  Minister 
for  Public  Works  for  three  years.  He  was  in 
Parliament  twenty-five  years  in  all. 


Bungaree  consists  partly  of  hills  rising  1300 
feet  above  sea-level,  lightly  timbered  with  gum 
and  she-oak,  with  an  average  rainfall  of  22 
inches,  and  of  hot,  dry,  treeless  plains  with 
only  a  15  inch  rainfall.  Varied  conditions 
from  the  heat  of  summer  to  storms  and  frost 
of  winter,  thus  prevail.  It  is  fine  country  for 
sheep,  as  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  they  grow 
to  a  great  size  and  are  conspicuously  robust, 
there  being  no  artificial  feeding  or  shelter  to 
coddle  them.  It  is  indeed  said  of  Bungaree  sheep 
that  the  only  disease  they  die  of  is  old  age. 

The  original  Bungaree  flock  was  formed  out 
of  2,000  ewes  descended  from  King  George  III.'s 
merinos,  the  same  breed  as  the  original  Camden 
Park   flock  of   Captain   MacArthur,   in   lamb  to 


Emperor 

Champion   Adelaide   Boyal   Show,   1881,    1882,   1883 


Cecil  Rhodes 
A  Famous   Old  Buugarce   Stud   Ram 


BUNGAREE 


1045 


Woolshed  and  Outbuildings 


Steiger  rams.  These  ewes  were  purchased  by 
Mr.  (ieo.  C.  Hawker  from  Mr.  Thomas  Icely, 
of  Bathurst,  New  South  Wales,  and  were  tra- 
velled overland  to  South  Australia.  In  1853 
five  Negrette  rams  were  tried,  but  as  their  pro- 
geny proved  inferior  they  were  discarded  from 
the  stud.  In  1858  and  1861  several  Ram- 
bouillet  rams  were  imported  from  France  and 
used  in  the  Bungaree  stud,  and  their  stock  was 
in  every  way  satisfactory.  Mr.  John  Noble, 
who  was  for  many  years  stud-master  at  Bungaree, 
and  to  whom  the  excellence  of  the  sheep  is  due, 
described  these  rams  as  large-framed,  straight- 
backed,    big-boned,    robust    sheep,    well    covered 


with  a  fleece  of  payable  wool,  long  and  strong 
in  type.  About  the  year  1862,  Mr.  John  Hope, 
of  Koolunga,  made  Mr.  Hawker  a  present  of 
another  imported  Rambouillet  ram;  this  proved 
to  be  the  best  of  them  all,  and  it  is  chiefly  to  this 
ram  that  the  Bungaree  merino  owes  the  high 
position  it  holds  to-day. 

In  the  years  1S65,  1874  and  i  887,  a  ram  in  each 
year  was  bought  from  Mr.  John  Murray,  of 
Mount  Crawford,  and  were  tried  without  much 
success.  In  the  late  seventies  three  high-priced 
rams,  including  one  for  1000  guineas,  were  pur- 
chased from  Mr.  W.  Gibson,  of  Scone,  Tasmania. 
These    rams    were    tried,    but    did    not    suit    the 


I 


Typical  Bungaree  Ewe 


Miss  Monkey 
A   Bungaree    Ewe   of   the    Eighties 


1046 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  Homestead,  Bungaree 


climate.  Two  were  subsequently  given  to  friends 
in  the  south-east  of  South  Australia,  and  the  other 
ram  died. 

In  1889,  three  rams  were  bought  from  Mr. 
Albert  Austin,  of  Wanganella,  and  tried  in  single 
flocks  of  selected  ewes.  The  outcross  produced 
very  showy  sheep,  and  did  fairly  well  in  the 
Adelaide  show,  but  not  as  well  as  the  pure  Bun- 
garees. 


The  late  Hon.  Qeo.  C.  Hawker 


Mr.  Noble  discarded  the  stock  by  the  Wanga- 
nella rams,  the  majority  of  which  were  sold,  and 
the  balance  sent  to  Carriewerloo.  After  this  no 
further  experiments  were  tried,  and  the  old  flock 
was  kept  pure.  Before  the  trial  of  these  rams 
pure  Bungaree  stud  rams  brought  good  prices, 
and  were  bought  by  breeders  in  New  South  Wales, 
\'ictoria,  Queensland  and  Western  Australia, 
while  thousands  of  flock  rams  were  distributed 
over  the  whole  of  Australia. 

In  1882  seventeen  Bungaree  rams  were  sent 
to  the  Melbourne  sheep  sales,  and  averaged  £97 
each.  The  following  year  eighteen  Bungaree 
rams  realised  an  average  of  £143,  the  top  price 
being  .£651. 

As  for  fifty  years,  rams  had  to  be  sent  up 
to  Mr.  Hawker's  stations  in  the  north — Paral- 
lana,  on  the  edge  of  Lake  Frome,  and  Carrie- 
werloo, west  of  Port  Augusta,  and  Warraweena, 
N.S.W. — what  was  required  was  a  large-framed, 
sound-constitutioned  sheep,  able  to  stand  the 
dry  and  arid  conditions  and  do  well  anywhere, 
and  then  clothe  it  with  a  Heece  of  robust  comb- 
ing wool  with  long  staple,  without  any  excess 
of  yolk  or  tip.  This  was  the  type  that,  during 
the  long  period  he  was  in  charge  at  Bungaree, 
Mr.  John  Noble  set  himself  to  breed.  As  testi- 
mony of  his  success,  it  may  be  stated  that  two 
thousand  wethers  on  their  way  to  market  from 
Parallana,  when  shorn  at  Bungaree,  clipped  an 
average  of  164  lbs.,  hand-shorn,  each  year;  whilst  i 
an  average  taken  of  a  thousand  Parallana  wethers  j 


■ 


1047 


1048 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


I960  Bungaree  Wethers,  Bred  in  the  Far  North  of  South  Australia 
These  sheep   (six  and  eight  tooth)   were  returned  from   Parallana  Station,  Lake  Frome,  and  delivered  at   Adelaide. 
They  clipped  an  average  of  19  lbs.  10%  oz.  for  HVo  months'  and  16%  lbs.  for  12  months'  growth. 


sold  to  Adelaide  butchers  showed  cold  dressed 
weights  of  88  lbs.  It  was  quite  common,  and 
still  is,  for  full-mouthed  fat  Bungaree  wethers  to 
average  over  70  lbs.  dressed.  In  1895,  five  fat 
Bungaree  wethers  took  first  prize  at  the  Adelaide 
Show  and  averaged   139  lbs.  each  when  dressed. 

It  was  in  the  late  seventies  that  Bungaree 
started  showing  sheep  at  Adelaide.  In  five  years 
they  took  eight  champion,  twelve  first,  twelve 
second,  and  five  third  prizes.  One  ram,  Emperor, 
was  never  beaten,  and  took  the  championship  in 
1 88 1,  1882,  and  1883.  At  six  years  old  this  fine 
ram  cut  22^1  lbs.  of  wool,  and  his  live  weight  was 
256  lbs. 

The  Bungaree  wool  is  notable  for  its  uniform 
quality  and  the  consistency  with  which  it  fetches 
high  prices.  On  the  last  occasion  on  which  wool 
was  sold  from  the  whole  of  Bungaree,  that  is, 
before  the  firm  of  Hawker  Brothers  was  dis- 
solved, the  London  reporter  of  an  Adelaide  daily 
thus  commented  upon  the  prices  secured  by  the 
clip   at  public  auction : — 

"This  clip  fulfils  one  condition  which  I 
have  always  maintained  is  the  'reckoning- 
day'  of  all  wool,  namely,  the  verdict  of  the 
salesroom  and  the  price  there  made,  for  its 
buyers  take  the  wool  amidst  frantic  yells, 
and  pay  big  prices  for  the  same;  that  alone 
is  sufficient  to  stamp  the  mark  of  approval 
on  the  clip.  I  call  the  above  excellent  prices, 
and  every  lot  sold  like  fury." 

At  the  death  in  1895  of  the  Hon.  G.  C. 
Hawker,  the  extensive  Bungaree  property  was 
divided  among  his  five   sons,   who   continued  to 


work  it  as  a  whole  until  1907,  when  the  firm  of 
Hawker  Bros,  was  dissolved,  each  son  taking  his 
share  of  the  estate  and  stock.  Mr.  E.  W. 
Hawker  took  the  eastern  portion,  Mr.  Michael 
S.  Hawker  the  northern,  Mr.  Walter  Hawker 
the  central,  Mr.  Richard  M.  Hawker  bought  the 
head  station  of  Bungaree,  with  the  original  home- 
stead; Lieut.  H.  C.  Hawker,  R.N.,  took  the 
north-west  portion. 

The  present  Bungaree  stud,  which  was  origi- 
nally two-fifths  of  the  old  Bungaree  stud,  is  now 
owned  by  the  estate  of  the  late  H.  C.  Hawker 
and  Mr.  R.  M.  Hawker  in  partnership,  the  two 
properties  being  worked  as  one  by  the  latter 
gentleman.       The   stud   has   been   kept   absokitely 


Shorn  Bungaree  Wether 
VVeighed  200  lbs.  live  weight   and  cut 


;0   lbs.  of  wool 


Property   of  H.  C.  and  R.  M.  Hawker,  Bungaree,  Clare,  S.A. 


1049 


1050 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  Church  at  Bungaree 


pure  since  the  year  of  the  division,  1907,  and  the 
sheep  are  bred  on  the  same  lines  followed  by  the 
late  Mr.  Noble.  All  sheep  showing  excessive 
folds  are  discarded,  and  only  the  sheep  with  the 
largest  frames  are  kept  in  the  stud.  Any  sheep 
showing  weakness  of  constitution  is  discarded,  no 
matter  how  good  a  fleece  it  carries.  The  ewes 
at  one  and  a  half  years  are  all  bred  from.     The 


jiercentage  of  lambs  marked  in  19 17  was  90  per 
cent,  from  7752  ewes,  including  1500  one-and-a- 
half-year-old  ewes.  The  breeding  ewes  show, 
over  the  period  of  the  past  ten  years,  an  avrage 
of  close  on  90  per  cent,  of  lambs. 

The  young  sheep  have  to  be  weaned  on  to 
natural  dry  feed,  which  has  little  nourishment 
in  it  at  Bungaree,  and  they  usually  have  a  bad 
time;  hence  those  with  the  hardiest  and  best  con- 
stitutions come  out  on  top.  In  1917,  11,608 
grown  sheep,  including  7752  breeding  ewes,  all 
ages,  3^00  weaners,  and  about  350  rams,  mixed 
ages,  cut  an  average  of  i  rj  lbs.  light-conditioned 
wool.  Bungaree  has  supplied  the  Mutooroo  Pas- 
toral Company  with  flock  rams  for  many  years, 
and  the  secretary  to  the  company,  Mr.  Adamson, 
has  kindly  supplied  the   following  particulars: — 

The  whole  of  the  Mutooroo  wethers  were  sold 
in  the  Adelaide  market  as  follows: — 191 5,  12,060 
wethers  averaged  33/1;  1916,  8559  wethers 
averaged  33/1;  1917,  6834  wethers  averaged 
36/10.  The  wethers  were  from  two  to  three 
years  old. 

The  lambing  in  19 17  at  Mutooroo  was  45,669 
lambs  from  46,395  ewes,  or  98  per  cent. 

The  young  Bungaree  rams  are  eagerly  sought 
for  by  buyers  from  all  the  States  and  New  Zea- 
land, and  as  the  stud  is  not  increased  to  meet  the 
demands,  only  a  limited  number  can  he  offered 
each  year. 


Bungaree  Special  Stud  Ewes 


Proper^  of-  M-S'MflWKE-k.,  Nd^Barfpcrree ,  yacka,S^-^£/sf 


105 1 


Panoramic  View  of  North  Bungaree 


NORTH    BUNGAREE. 


WHEN  the  partnership  in  the  Old  Bungaree 
Estate  of  the  Hawker  Brothers  was  dis- 
solved in  1906  Mr.  Michael  S.  Hawker, 
the  fifth  son  of  the  late  Hon.  G.  C.  Hawker,  took 
over  the  northern  portion  of  the  run,  together 
with  his  proportion  of  the  stud  sheep.  During 
the  past  nine  years  11,000  acres  of  the  North 
Bungaree  station  have  been  sold,  and  it  now  com- 
prises 8,500  acres,  3,000  of  which  is  rough 
hilly  country  with  timber,  and  the  balance  undulat- 
ing untimbered  country.  To  this  was  added 
2,630  acres  purchased  by  Mr.  Hawker  from  the 
executors  of  the  estate  of  the  late  A.  S.  Browne, 
on  the  subdivision  of  the  well-known  property, 
Booborowie,  which  Is  open  undulating  country 
with  creek  fiats  suitable  for  lucerne.  This  is 
now  worked  in  conjunction  with  North  Bun- 
garee, as  is  also  Hill  Crest,  a  property  comprising 
6,800  acres,  twelve  miles  from  Orroroo,  to  which 
the  young  rams  and  ewe-weaners  are  sent.  As 
Hill  Crest  is  in  the  northern  area,  with  only  a  12- 
inch  rainfall,  the  young  stock  become  accustomed 
to  any  harsh  conditions  they  may  have  to  contend 
with    after   being   distributed   to   various   buyers. 


Mr.  Hawker  also  has  a  property  in  New  South 
Wales — Tolarno,  on  the  Darling  River. 

The  stud  consists  of  about  5,000  breeding 
ewes,  comprising  900  special  studs,  1,600  first 
studs,  and  2,500  studs.  Mr.  Hawker  has 
always  aimed  at  breeding  a  big,  plain-bodied, 
robust  sheep,  covered  with  long-stapled,  soft- 
handling,  strong  combing  wool,  showing  plenty  of 
character  and  carrying  little  grease.  Having 
had  a  long  experience  with  back-country  stations, 
he  knows  exactly  the  type  of  sheep  that  give  the 
best  results  in  the  dry  areas  of  Australia. 

North  Bungaree  sheep  have  not  been  bred  up  to 
take  prizes  at  shows;  extra  development  has  been 
avoided,  return  per  head  being  the  object  kept  in 
view.  The  result  is  that  to-ciay,  as  a  commercial 
proposition.  North  Bungaree  sheep  are  on  a  very 
high  level.  They  are  essentially  mortgage- 
lifters,  and  can  show  a  cash  return  per  head  that 
will  hold  its  own  with  anything  in  Australia. 

What  first  strikes  a  visitor  when  inspecting  the 
stud  is  the  evenness  of  type  and  symmetrical  ap- 
pearance of  every  lot  of  ewes,  whether  they  are 
special  studs  or  only  single  studs,  and  the  length 
of  staple  on  all  of  them. 


105: 


NORTH    BUNGAREE 


1053 


♦1 


Homestead  and  Outbuildings,  showing 


Another  prominent  feature  is  the  number  of 
high-class  sheep.  At  the  Adelaide  Non-Compe- 
titive Sheep  Exhibition  in  September,  191 7,  North 
Bungaree  had  21  rams  and  20  ewes  on  view.  The 
ewes   are   great  mothers,   not  being   encumbered 

'  with  useless  development;  they  can  battle  for 
themselves  and  rear  their  lambs  without  attention, 
and  there  is  little  difference  in  lambing  percentage 

ij    between  the  special  ewes  and  ordinary  stud  ewes. 

"  North  Bungaree  sheep  are  very  prolific,  the 
lambing  percentage  throughout  the  whole  stud  in 
1916  being  89  1-3  per  cent.,  while  in  1917  it  was 
92  per  cent.  At  Tolarno,  which  is  30  miles 
south  of  Menindie,  N.S.W.,  and  decidedly  dry 
country,  the  lambing  from  10,100  ewes,  including 
i,(Soo  i.;-year-old  maiden  ewes,  was  93.7  per 
cent.         One    paddock    of    2,440    ewes    marked 

1^^0.60  per  cent. 

I^P  As  an  example  of  the  heavy  weights  of  wool 
cut  by  North  Bungaree  sheep  in  northern  areas, 
Partacoona  may  be  cited.  This  station,  lying  30 
miles  east  of  Port  Augusta,  is  owned  by  the  firm, 
E.  B.  Hawker,  and  is  worked  in  connection  with 
North  Bungaree.  The  sheep  are  bred  up  from 
North  Bungaree  cast-for-age  ewes  and  specially 
selected  rams.  The  wool  clip  in  19 17  consisted 
of  456   bales   cut   from    13,356   sheep,   including 


4,100  lambs;  the  grown  sheep  averaged  ijlbs. 
i2{ozs.,  and  the  lambs  4lbs.  40ZS.,  the  latter  being 
dropped  in  May  and  June,  and  shorn  at  the  end 
of  September. 

The  North  Bungaree  Merinos  are  great  bale- 
iillers,  and  the  price  obtained  for  the  wool  com- 


Hercules    (by    Perfection    I.) 

Bred  by  Albert  Austin,  Wanganella 

Purchased  by  M.  S.  Hawker,  North  Bungaree,   and  Walter 

Hawker,  Anama,  for  1,700  guineas 


1054 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Typical    Bungaree    Country 


pares  very  favorably  with  that  of  any  stud  in 
South  Australia.  The  1917  clip,  consisting  of 
265  bales,  was  appraised  in  December,  19 17,  and 
January,  19 18.  The  whole  of  the  Heece  por- 
tion, consisting  of  153  bales,  averaged  21  7-8d. 
per  lb.  The  following  are  principal  prices  ob- 
tained : — 


<;  bales  Super.  Hogts 25id. 

AAEAAH 235d. 

AAE 23id. 

AAH 2  lid. 

AE 2id. 

AE    2oid. 

BBHBBE    22d. 

BBH 2oAd. 

A  Pieces  H 2oid. 

A  Pieces  E I9:rd- 

A  Pieces  E 19 id. 

Pieces  E i5!fd. 

A  Bellies  H I5id. 

A  Bellies  E i5d. 

Locks 6|d. 

AA  Lambs i7id. 

AA  Lambs i5fd. 

A  Lambs 13d. 

Lambs     S^d. 


60 

13 
10 

9 

5 

15 
I 

4 

I  I 

I I 
10 

I 
I 

4 
12 


The  striking  feature  about  these  prices  is  prob- 
ably that  from  a  clip  consisting  of  265  bales  all 
told,  one  big  line  of  60  bales  should  realise  235d. 
This  we  can  accept  as  convincing  proof  of  the 
high  quality  and  general  evenness  of  North  Bun- 
garee  sheep. 

In  1 9 14,  in  conjunction  with  Mr.  Walter 
Hawker,  of  Anama,  the  stud  sire,  Hercules,  by 
Perfection  I.,  was  purchased  from  Mr.  Albert 
Austin,  of  Wanganella,  for  1,700  guineas,  and 
was  used  in  the  North  Bungaree  and  Anama  studs 
for  two  and  a  half  years,  when  he  was  sold  to 
Mr.  H.  L.  Austin,  of  Eli  Elwah  for  i,?oo 
guineas.  The  well-known  Wanganella  special 
stud  ram.  Perfection  I.  was  leased  for  six  weeks 
in  1 9 14.  Hercules  and  Perfection  1.  were  mated 
with  big-framed,  robust-woolled,  plain-bodied 
special  stud  ewes.  Both  these  rams  nicked 
admirably  with  North  Bungaree  ewes,  their  pro- 
geny retaining  the  big  frame  and  length  of  staple 
for  which  these  sheep  are  so  well-known,  but  the 
wool  has  been  improved  thereby  in  character 
and  density.  In  1916  forty-five  i  i-year-old 
ewes,  the  whole  drop  by  Hercules,  averaged 
i4Hbs.  of  high  yielding  wool  per  head.  That 
the  North  Bungaree  sheep  do  well  on  dry  country 
is  proved  by  the   fact  that  there  is  such  a  keen 


u 

C 
3 
O 

U 
<J 

u 
03 

■OB 

C 
3 

03 


1055 


1056 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


3-Year-Old  North  Bungaree  Stud  Ram 


demand  for  the  rams  from  Queensland  that  they 
are  usually  booked  well  ahead.  Already  the 
present  season's  drop  is  sold  for  delivery  next 
year. 

The  following  quotation  from  the  Adelaide 
Register,  of  January  3rd,  19 17,  headed  "Fine 
Two-Tooth  Merinos,"  will  be  of  interest  in  this 
connection: — "Among  the  sheep  which  attracted 
special  attention  at  the  Christmas  market  at  the 
abattoirs  were  142  machine-shorn  pure  North 
Bungaree  merinos  that  had  come  down  from  the 
Partacoona  Station,  near  to  Gordon.  They  were 
enthusiastically  admired,  and  those  who  saw 
them  will  be  interested  to  learn  that,  although 
only  18  months  old,  they  realised  the  following 
excellent  prices: — 32  wethers,  36s.  yd.;  73 
wethers,  34s.  id.;  28  wethers,  31s.  id.;  and  9 
stags,  28s.  4d.       The  price  obtained  for  the  top 


line  represents  probably  the  highest  ever  recorded 
at  a  local  metropolitan  market,  and  possibly  in 
Australia,  for  machine-shorn  two-tooth  merinos, 
and  is  a  striking  testimony  to  the  quality  and  early 
maturity  of  the  North  Bungaree  sheep." 

Another  recent  press  criticism — this  time  by 
"Rawden"  in  The  Pastoral  Rcviciv — may  be 
quoted : — "Going  through  the  various  consign- 
ments at  the  Adelaide  Show  (1917)  one  could 
not  but  be  struck  by  the  almost  general  Infusion 
of  Wanganella  blood  and  its  effects,  for  while  the 
sheep  have  retained  that  great  frame  for  which 
the  South  Australians  have  become  so  justly 
famous,  there  has  been  a  marked  improvement  in 
the  character  and  density  of  the  fleece.  This  was 
Illustrated  in  the  team  from  Mr.  M.  S.  Hawker's 
North  Bungaree  property,  some  of  which 
were  of  the  old  Bungaree  blood  pure,  whilst 
others  contained  the  Wanganella  Infusion  through 
the  use  of  Hercules.  Altogether,  it  was  a  not- 
able collection,  both  rams  and  eyes  carrying  a 
long,  robust  staple,  well  packed  on  to  Immense 
frames." 

The  stud  sheep  sales  from  North  Bungaree 
during  1 917  show  some  noteworthy  results.  Of 
the  high-priced  rams,  one  was  sold  at  450 
guineas,  one  at  250  guineas,  one  at  200  guineas, 
and  three  at  100  guineas;  two  fetched  75  guineas, 
twelve  50  guineas,  one  35  guineas,  eleven 
£30  5s.,  seven  25  guineas,  one  20  guineas,  and 
twenty  £20;  25  fetched  7  guineas  apiece,  771  five 
guineas,  and  1,113  three  guineas.  Of  the  ewes 
255  were  sold  at  2  guineas,  70  at  20  guineas,  420 
at  35s.,  620  at  50s. ;  300  were  sold  for  Queensland 
for  6  guineas  each,  and  20  went  to  the  same  State 
at  10  guineas. 


h 


One-and-a-Half- Year-Old  Earns.     Sired  by  Hercules 


The  Homestead,  Anama 


WALTER  HAWKER,   OF  ANAMA 


PART    of    the    old-time    Bungaree    estate    is  2  ozs.       As    "Rawden"    said  in     The    Pastoral 

Anama     Station,    the    property    of    Mr.  Review  recently : — "Mr.  Walter  Hawker,  Anama, 

Walter  Hawker,  the  sixth  son  of  the  late  had  a  large  consignment  of  rams  and  ewes  at  the 

Hon.  George  C.  Hawker.       At  the  death  of  his  last  Adelaide  Show  (191 7),  and  a  good  lot  they 

father  he  received    a  fifth  part  of    the    original  were.       Seven  of  the  ten  rams  were  by  the  Wan- 


I 


holding  and  subsequently,  at  the  dissolution  of  the 
late  firm  of  Hawker  Brothers,  he  received,  in 
common  with  his  four  brothers,  one-fifth  of  all 
the  stud  and  flock  sheep  on  Bungaree. 

While  the  foundation  of  the  Anama  Merino 
flock  came  originally  from  the  parent  Bungaree 
stud  of  the  late  Hon.  G.  C.  Hawker,  the  special 
sires  introduced  from  elsewhere  have  tended  to 
its  improvement  and  the  establishment  of  an  in- 
contestably  high  standard.  In  19 13,  in  conjunc- 
tion with  his  brother,  Mr.  M.  S.  Hawker,  the 
owner  of  Anama,  purchased  the  historic  ram, 
Hercules,  from  Mr.  Albert  Austin,  of  Wangan- 
ella,  for  1,700  guineas.  After  using  this  fine 
sire  in  both  the  North  Bungaree  and  Anama 
studs  for  two  and  a  half  years,  during  which  time 
he  sired  nearly  six  hundreds  lambs,  the  Messrs. 
Hawker  sold  him  to  .Mr.  Henry  Austin,  of  Eli 
Elwah,for  1,500  guineas,  nearly  the  original  price. 
Of  the  Hercules  offspring  at  Anama,  practically 
none  were  culls;  they  were  indeed  especially  good, 
and  among  them  there  were  many  magnificent 
rams.  Most  of  the  latter  cut  over  20  lbs.  of 
wool,  some    reaching  22  lbs.,  and  up  to  23  lbs. 


ganella  sire,  Hercules,  out  of  Anama  ewes  of  the 
old  Bungaree  strain,  and  there  were  also  both 
rams  and  ewes  of  pure  Bungaree  blood.  They 
were  all  immense,  plain-bodied,  deep  sheep  again, 
one  of  the  ewes  being  abnormally  so,  and  having 
a  5  feet  9  inches  girth.  Mr.  Walter  Hawker  is 
a  great  enthusiast  and  deserves  every  success." 

The  sire  of  Hercules — Perfection  I. — was 
leased  for  Anama  in  19 13  for  six  weeks  from  Mr. 
Henry  Austin  for  £300,  and  used  at  Anama  and 
North  Bungaree  with  considerable  success,  some 
splendid  stock  in  the  109  lambs  Perfection  I.,  left 
behind  him  being  thus  acquired.  Hawker  ewes 
were  also  sent  to  Sir  Charles  II.  and  Admiral 
Charles,  noted  Bundemar  rams.  Mr.  Walter 
Hawker  also  bought,  in  19 14,  54  ewes  at  the  dis- 
persal sale  of  the  Cocketjedong  stud  flock,  in- 
cluding 17  by  the  celebrated  Sir  Charles,  to  form 
a  small  stud  of  pure  Wanganella  blood.  In  19 15 
he  got  straight  from  Bundemar  five  stud  ewes,  of 
which  four  were  by  Sir  Charles.  In  19 17  these 
were  culled  down  to  13,  and  the  balance  sold. 
On  Anama  are  30  special  and  ist  stud  rams,  cut- 
ting from  20  lbs.  to  26  lbs.,  of  which  the  ram, 


1057 


P' 


1058 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Progress   (3  years  old) 

(By   Perfection  I. — Miss   Togo) 


Miss  Togo   (by  Togo) 


Success,  is  typical.  Progress,  cutting  26  lbs  for 
loi  months'  growth,  carries  the  most  development 
of  any  ram  on  Anama,  but  his  stock  are  plain- 
bodied.  There  are  over  1,300  special  and  ist 
stud  ewes  on  Anama,  of  which  Miss  Togo,  the 
dam  of  Progress,  and  Lady  Togo,  may  be  taken 
as  a  sample  for  shape  and  style.  Lady  Togo 
cuts  her  great  fleece,  20  lbs.  i  oz.,  because  of  her 
great  size  and  length  of  staple — ^i  inches — not 
because  of  any  excessive  wrinkles  or  density,  from 
which  she  is  free. 

The  surplus  Anama  ewes  are  eagerly  competed 
for.  In  19 17,  802  culled  flock  ewes,  ranging 
from  i-i  years  to  8  years  old,  averaged  45s.  3d. 
per  head,  by  auction  at  the  Burra.  This  is  a 
record  for  this  class  of  sheep  in  South  Australia. 
In  19 16  the  wethers  averaged  over  40s.,  except 
a  small  lot  of  culls,  which  were  sold  at  35s.  The 
fleeces  of  the  best  rams  are  always  scoured.  In 
1917  the  three  top  stud  rams  scoured  as  fol- 
lows : — 

Greasy 

Weight. 

241b.  130Z. 
2olb.  lOZ. 

171b.  40Z. 


Progress 
H151    . 
Hi  1 1    . 


Scoured 
Weight. 
I2lb.  loz. 
I2lb.   lOZ. 


Yield. 

48.62% 

58-94% 


I  lib.  3ioz.   65.04% 


In  1917,  100  2-tooth  rams  cut  an  average  of 
14  lbs.,  and  105  stud  and  flock  rams,  ranging 
from  22  years  old  to  loi  years  averaged  18  lbs. 
3  ozs. — a  great  achievement,  considering  the  high 
yielding  quality  of  the  wool. 

Worked  in  connection  with,  and  as  part  of 
Anama,  are  now  the  choicest  stud  paddocks — 
between  5,000  and  6,000  acres, — of  the  old  Hill 
River  Estate,  magnificent  sheep-country,  and  also 
3,000,  some  of  the  best  of  South  Booboorowie, 
where  fine  crops  of  lucerne  are  grown.  Mr. 
Walter  Hawker  has  also  a  depot  of  some  3,000 
acres  in  Western  Australia,  one  of  the  oldest  loca- 


tions, U4,  where  he  keeps  2,000  stud  ewes.  Mrs. 
Walter  Hawker  has  a  fine  property,  Kalabity, 
comprising  188  square  miles,  eighty  miles  west 
of  Broken  Hill.  Kalabity  was  started  five 
years  ago  with  a  flock  of  purchased  ewes,  none  of 
which  cost  more  than  12s.,  some  as  low  as  7s.,  on 
which  Anama  rams  have  been  used  since  the  start. 
The  1,500  culled  ewes  from  this  property  in  19 17, 
mostly  4-year-olds,  have  sold  up  to  42s.,  averag- 
ing 30s.  8d. ;  2,150  hoggetts,  including  400  4- 
tooth  wethers,  averaged  15  lbs.  11  ozs.  of  wool, 
the  return  working  out  at  about  45  bales  to  the 
1,000,  which  Is  proof  of  what  can  be  done  by 
using  good  rams  on  indifferent  ewes.  This  wool 
fetched  up  to  15  2d.  per  lb.  The  Anama  wethers, 
as  lambs,  are  sent  to  one  of  these  back-country 
stations,  where  they  grow  to  a  great  size,  and  it 
Is  a  common  thing  for  the  full-mouthed  fat  wethers 
to  average  over  70  lbs.  dressed.  Hawker 
wethers  have,  indeed,  been  known  to  average 
nearly  double  that  weight  dressed. 

No  wethers  are  kept  at  Anama  except  those  sent 
from  Kalabity  and  other  northern  stations  to  fat- 
ten and  to  be  sold  In  the  wool.  Many  of  the 
ewes  are  kept  till  they  are  12  or  13  years  old;  in 
fact,  as  long  as  they  will  rear  a  lamb.  Notwith- 
standing this  fact,  the  breeding  ewes  average  from 
II  to  12  lbs.  of  wool,  according  to  the  season. 

The  Anama  sheep  are  of  robust  condition,  large 
and  free  from  body-wrinkles,  so  they  are  specially 
suitable  for  crossing  with  the  small,  dense,  wrinkly 
sheep  which  were  so  fashionable  some  years  ago. 
They  have  given  uniform  satisfaction,  whether 
sent  to  New  South  Wales,  North  Queensland, 
Western  Australia,  or  even  to  New  Zealand  and 
South  Africa,  because  they  improve  rather  than 
deteriorate  when  put  on  the  better  pastures  which 
thev  find  there.  Mr.  Walter  Hawker  has  always 
sought  to  produce,  and  has  succeeded  In  pro- 
ducing,  a    payable,   useful    sheep,    avoiding    all 


io6o 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


extremes,  and  looking  at  the  profit  per  sheep 
rather  than  only  at  a  price  per  lb.  for  the  wool. 
Constitution  is  made  a  great,  indeed  the  greatest 
point  of,  and  with  that  invariable  object  in  view 
none  but  the  most  suitable  of  the  stud  are  ever 
bred  from.  Consequently,  not  only  is  the  stud 
kept  at  its  highest  point  in  the  quality  of  its 
iambs,  but  the  lambing  percentage  is  high — 
usually  about  90  per  cent.  Even  during  the 
period  of  the  severest  drought  on  record  in 
South  Australia,  that  of  19 14,  the  percentage 
of  lambs  averaged  72  per  cent.  Large-framed, 
shapely  sheep,  with  plenty  of  bone,  with  wide-set 


sians  undoubtedly  excel.  The  milk  contains  more 
solids  than  that  of  any  other  breed,  and  is  there- 
fore more  wholesome  for  all  stocks  and  also  for 
the  human  race,  the  milk  globules  being  smaller. 
A  Dutch  Friesian  cow  will  milk  and  breed  twice  as 
long  as  any  other  breed;  the  quality  of  milk  after 
the  butter-fats  have  been  extracted  is  far  greater 
than  that  of  any  other  breed,  because  it  contains 
much  more  casein;  and  she  produces  more  milk 
per  100  lbs.  weight  of  body  and  yet  will  eat  less 
per  100  lbs.  weight. 

The  official  tests  show  that  the  breed  has  over 
50  per  cent,  more  2-year-old  heifers  giving  over 


m 

1. 

^ 

0^ 

1^^ 

m^ 

■A 

In 

.(^  ^^^1 

lb 

iif^^ 

^1^ 

M-  .>'^^^H 

Mgp 

^  1 

iiii 

BSi 

>||T^ 

IE 

hihN^^mH^'''^ 

^ 

^S 

E^^H 

ii^^jH 

■ 

L 

J  ..^.,.. 

-.        ■        ^          .-?>£   1 

,:-".•>. 

,  — 

-■ 

.JHilHH 

Special  Stud  Anama  Merino  Ewes 
(Bred  by  Walter  Hawker,  Anama,   and  grazed  on  Natural   Grasses  only) 


horns  and  a  clean  face,  carrying  a  long,  strong 
fleece  spinning  about  6o's,  showing  as  much  crimp 
as  possible,  are  the  Hawker  Merinos  to  be  found 
at  Anama.  Mr.  Walter  Hawker  does  not  aim 
at  piling  on  the  wool,  but  rather  seeks  to  cover 
the  sheep  as  evenly  as  possible  with  a  high  yield- 
ing wool.  In  19 1 6  the  Anama  wool  fetched  up 
to  21  |d.  per  lb.,  and  in  19 17  up  to  24d.,  iS^d.  for 
1st  pieces.  That  Mr.  Hawker  gives  his  per- 
sonal attention  to  the  breeding  and  classing  of 
his  sheep,  is  a  guarantee  that  all  that  leave  Anama 
are  up  to  the  ideal  he  has  established  for  his  stud 
and  flock. 

For  the  past  five  years  Mr.  Walter  Hawker  has 
been  building  up  a  small  herd  of  pure  Dutch 
Friesian  cattle,  known  formerly  as  Holsteins.  He 
has  spared  no  expense  in  importing  the  best  blood 
from  New  Zealand,  that  country  having  long 
passed  the  experimental  stage  in  regard  to  this 
breed,  though  it  is  not  yet  as  largely  used  in  Aus- 
tralia as  it  undoubtedly  will  be  in  the  near  future, 
when  its  unsurpassed  merits  are  known.  Both 
as  milking  cows  and  as  beef  cattle  the  Dutch  Frie- 


600  or  700  lbs.  of  butter-fats  in  a  year  than  any 
other  two  breeds  of  milking  cattle  combined,  and 
they  average  the  highest  net  profit  per  cow  when 
all  the  products  of  a  cow  are  taken  into  account. 
They  also  show  an  actual  increase  in  production 
till  past  10  years  old,  and,  in  fact,  do  not  reach 
full  maturity  until  fully  1 1  years  old.  They 
also  live  longer  than  other  cows,  and  will  fatten 
splendidly  for  beef  when  past  the  producing  age. 
Cows  of  Mr.  Walter  Hawker's  own  breeding  give 
from  50  to  60  lbs.  of  milk  a  day,  the  percentage  of 
butter-fats  being  3.2  lbs.  Both  cows  and  bul- 
locks require  less  delicate  feeding,  and  are  hardier 
in  resisting  changes  of  climate.  The  bullocks 
not  only  make  fine  beef,  but  are  also  good  workers, 
being  strong,  quiet,  and  tractable. 

The  two  specimens  from  the  Anama  stud  of 
Dutch  Friesian  cattle,  photographs  of  which  are 
here  engraved,  are  high-class  animals.  The  bull, 
King  Segis  of  Dellhurst,  was  imported  from  Mr. 
W.  J.  Lovelock,  of  Friesland  Park,  New  Zealand, 
who  has  the  largest  and  best  herd  in  the  Dominion. 
His  sire.  King  Segis  Wild  Rose  Homestead,  was 


WALTER    HAWKER,    OF    ANAMA 


io6i 


Dutch-Friesan  Bull 
King  Segis  of  Dellhurst  (21/2  years  old) 

imported  from  America  and  is  the  winner  of  many 
Championships  and  the  sire  of  many  champions, 
including  the  King  of  the  Dominos,  the  winner  of 
28  Championships.  Iwo  of  the  daughters  of 
King  Segis  Wild  Rose  Homestead  were  Lady 
Cliffside  II.,  and  Dominos  Friesland  Belle,  both  of 
whom  won  the  Junior  Gold  Medal  in  New  Zea- 
land, and  seven  of  his  daughters  produced  as  2- 


year-olds,  an  average  of  501.38  lbs.  of  butter- 
fats  in  the  year  under  semi-official  tests.  One  cow 
of  his  pedigree  gave  29.618  lbs.  of  butter,  an- 
other 29.35  lbs.,  and  a  third  28.137  lbs.,  each  in 
seven  days.  His  dam,  Duchess  of  Dellhurst, 
gave  18,485  lbs.  of  milk  and  615.85  lbs.  of  butter- 
fats  in  12  months  as  a  2-year-old.  His  grand- 
dam,  Ethel  of  Dellhurst  II.  (imported)  gave 
17,663.2  lbs.  of  milk  and  638.85  lbs.  of  butter-fats 
in  12  months,  and  his  great-grand-dam,  Minne- 
wawa  Isobel,  138.4  lbs.  of  milk  and  19.172  lbs. 
of  butter-fats  in  seven  days. 

The  heifer  is  Dominos  Holland  Belle,  by 
Friesian  Laddie  (by  Cliffside  Laddie,  winner  of 
25  Championships),  sire  of  10  Certificate  of 
Merit  daughters,  each  averaging  481.35  lbs.  of 
butter-fats  in  12  months.  Her  dam  is  Dominos 
Friesland  Belle,  whose  test  started  at  2  years 
and  99  days  old  and  was — Milk,  14,352  lbs.  and 
butter-fats  533.48  lbs.  In  twelve  months.  Her 
grand-dam,  Dominos  Dutchland  Bel'.e,  is  the  dam 
of  the  King  of  the  Dominos,  the  winner  of  28 
Championships.  Her  grandsire,  Kruger  II.,  got 
six  Certificate  of  Merit  daughters,  whose  average 
was  540.58  lbs.  of  butter-fats  in  the  year. 


^■-wf* 


h^^f'^v'i^ 


■*.•» 


r'"*" 


I 


Dominos  Holland  Belle         Topsy  Lassie  Daphne  Blossom 

Anama   Dutch-Friesian    Stud   Cows 


(Ten  IVi -year-old  Ewes. 


Lucemedale  Stud  Merino  Ewes 

First  Prize  pen  of  ten  ewes  at   tlic    Xew    South    Wales    Sheepbreeders'    Association    Sheep 
Show,  Sydney,  June,  1917.      Sold   for   100  guineas  each.) 


LUCERNEDALE. 


As  showing  what  can  be  done  in  a  short  period 
in  South  Australia  by  enterprise,  initiative, 
and  youthful  vigor,  the  Lucernedale 
Merino  stud  at  Mount  Bryan  is  of  very  special 
interest.  Without  unlimited  wealth,  and  on  a 
comparatively  new  country,  the  brothers  Arthur 
and  Horace  Collins,  trading  under  the  style  of 
Henry  Collins  and  Co.,  have  already  put  up  many 
records,  and  have,  in  a  short  time,  brought  their 
stud  to  a  high  state  of  perfection  and  their  busi- 
ness to  a  sound  condition  of  profit. 

This  has  been  done  in  a  marked  degree  by  the 
qualities  mentioned,  and  an  investigation  as  to 
the  methods  employed  demonstrates  the  fact 
that  there  is  still  room — and  plenty  of  room — 
for   fresh   enterprise   in   the  Australian   pastoral 


industry.  It  is,  of  course,  equally  apparent  that 
there  are  many  ways  in  which  dire  failure  may 
be  experienced,  but  the  Messrs.  Collins  have 
been  able  to  avoid  the  many  pitfalls  in  their  path 
by  initiating  a  consistent  policy  and  prosecuting 
it  with  single-minded  determination.  Thus,  and 
thus  only,  can  success  be  achieved  in  any  enter- 
prise, and  in  pastoralism  this  factor  operates 
with  especial  certainty.  For  disaster  can  be 
achieved  much  more  easily  than  success,  and 
faulty  judgment  can  result  in  irreparable  loss, 
more  swiftly  and  surely  in  the  pastoral  than  in 
many  other  industries.  It  is  difficult  to  retrace 
steps  taken  upon  the  pathway  of  failure,  owing 
to  the  permanent  damage  done  to  a  flock  by  un- 
skilful breeding  and  disastrous  experiments. 


Modem  Progress 

Champion   Lucernedale   Stud   Ram 

(Adelaide,   1914) 


No.   1 

Champion  Lucernedale  Stud  Kwe 

(Adelaide   Competitive   Show,   1914) 


1062 


LUCERNEDALE 


1063 


Lord  Charles 

p'urfhased  from   Estate  of  F.  E.  Body,  Bundcmar,  for  2,000 

guineas.     Used  in  Lm-ernedale  Stud,  1915  and  1916,  and  then 

sold  for  1,500  guineas. 


Dandle  Dinmont 

Lucernedale  Stud  Ram,  of  pure  Wanganella  Blood. 

Cost  1,550  guineas. 


The  history  of  the  Lucernedale  stud  is  brief. 
It  was  started  some  twenty  years  ago  by  Mr. 
Henry  Collins,  the  father  of  the  present  owners 
and  senior  partner  in  the  firm  until  the  middle 
of  19  17.  Then  a  dissolution  of  partnership  took 
place,  whereby  to  each  of  the  partners  were 
apportioned  different  sections  of  the  estate,  which 
had  comprised  4,500  acres  in  the  Mount  Byran 
district.  South  Australia. 

P  The  winter  months  at  Mount  Bryan  are  very 
cold.  The  summers  are  hot,  with  an  average  rain- 
fall of  eighteen  inches.  The  country  is  chiefly  of 
a  rich  chocolate,  and  on  the  flats  lucerne  can  be 
grown  fairly  successfully,  Lucernedale  now  having 
between  400  and  500  acres  sown  with  this  fodder. 
The  property  is  situated  close  to  the  highest  point 
above  sea  level  in  South  Australia. 

The  present  owners  of  Lucernedale,  Arthur 
and  Horace  Collins,  took  over  the  property  and 
the  whole  stud  flock  as  their  share.  P'or  several 
years  the  stud  had  consisted  of  purely  South 
Australian  sheep,  until  the  value  of  the  famous 
Wanganella  blood  was  realised  and  blended  with 
the  South  Australian  blood.  The  proprietors 
even  then  decided  to  proceed  cautiously,  and  con- 
tented themselves  at  first  with  introducing  a  ram 
that  was  one-half  Wanganella  blood.  They 
were,  however,  so  pleased  with  the  result  that 
they  decided  to  introduce  extensively  the  pure 
Wanganella  strain. 

The  exceptional  stud  ram,  Dandie  Dinmont, 
was  purchased  in  19 10  by  Messrs.  John  Collins 
and  Sons,  of  Collinsville,  from  Mr.  James  Rich- 
mond, then  the  proprietor  of  the  Haddon  Rig 
stud,  for  the  sum  of  1,550  guineas.  This  fine 
animal  caused  quite  a  sensation  when  shown  in 
Sydney   that  year   on    account   of   his   wonderful 


covering.  With  only  twelve  months'  growth  on 
him  he  cut  a  fleece  of  36  lbs.  8  ozs.  of  clean 
bright  wool,  which  when  scoured  turned  the  scale 
at  17  lbs.  5  ozs. — said  to  be  a  record.  During 
the  season  19 14  Dandie  Dinmont  served  312 
ewes  and  273  lambs  were  reared;  from  the  two- 
tooth  of  this  drop  the  following  year  £3,233  of 
stock  was  sold,  yet  all  the  best  ewes  were  kept 
in  the  stud  and  most  of  the  best  of  the  rams. 
Dandie  Dinmont,  during  the  1917  season, 
although  between  nine  and  ten  years  old,  served 
271  ewes,  from  which  nearly  100  per  cent,  of 
lambs  had  been  obtained,  in  spite  of  the  very 
rough  weather  experienced  during  the  winter. 

Another  noted  son  is  Eclipse.  His  daugh- 
ter. Ewe  No.  I,  was  champion  ewe  at  the 
Adelaide  Royal  Show  in  19 14 — the  last  com- 
petitive show  held  in  Adelaide. 

During  the  year  19 14  five  ewes  were  pur- 
chased from  the  estate  of  the  late  F.  E.  Bod)-, 
of  Bundemar,  at  the  record  price  of  100  guineas 
per  head.  The  Messrs.  Collins  have  never  hesi- 
tated to  pay  big  prices  for  the  stock  they  want, 
and  have  always  found  that  principle  essential 
to  immediate  success.  These  ewes  were  on 
exhibition  at  the  Sydney  sales  of  that  year, 
and,  although  only  eighteen  months  old,  were 
considered  to  be  equal  to,  if  not  actually,  the 
best  five  ewes  that  had  ever  been  seen  in  Sydney. 
They  were  of  pure  Wanganella  blood,  and  by  the 
world-famous  ram  Sir  Charles,  which  is  reported 
to  have  sired  more  high-priced  sheep  than  any 
other  sire  living.  The  purchase  of  these  five  ewes 
caused  a  very  great  deal  of  comment  at  the  time. 
Quite  a  number  of  stud-masters  stated  that  the 
price  was  altogether  out  of  reason,  and  that  the 
Collins   family   could  never   expect  to   see   their 


1064 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


money  back.  This,  however,  fortunately  proved 
to  be  wrong.  During  the  first  year  that  these 
ewes  were  on  Lucernedale,  however,  only  one 
ewe  out  of  the  five  increased  the  stock.  Her 
lamb,  by  the  great  sire,   Dandie   Dinmont,   was 


Dandie  Again  (By  Dandie  Dinmont) 


a  ram,  and  as  a  one-year-old  proved  to  be  of 
exceptional  merit.  He  was  sold  to  Mrs.  E.  W. 
Hawker,  of  East  Bungaree,  for  500  guineas, 
just  paying  back  the  initial  outlay  for  the  five 
ewes.  ] 

But  that  is  not  all.  Since  then,  high-class  stock 
have  been  continually  coming  from  these  ewes, 
until  no  less  than  2,500  guineas  has  been  received 
from  their  progeny  (rams  only),  and  five  of  their 
rams  are  still  on  hand  at  the  time  of  writing 
(191 8)  and  all  of  the  ewe  progeny.  Besides, 
the  original  five  ewes  are  still  alive  and  doing  well, 
each  having  a  lamb  now  at  foot  by  Dandie  Din- 
mont. All  this  distinctly  proves  that,  where  good 
judgment  is  used,  100  guineas  for  a  ewe  can  be 
paid  and  still  show  a  margin  for  substantial  profit. 
From  either  of  these  ewes  there  has  not  been  a 
ram  sold  for  less  than  the  dam  cost. 

During  the  following  year  more  pure-blood 
Wanganella  ewes  were  introduced,  also  the  pure- 
blood  two-year-old  stud  ram.  Gentleman  III., 
from  the  F.  E.  Body  estate,  at  1,000  guineas. 
This  ram  was  mated  with  pure  ewes,  and  the  stock 
turned  out  exceptionally  well.  They  are  to-day 
among  the  very  best  on  Lucernedale.  One 
ram  of  this  lot  was  sold  for  600  guineas,  and, 
strange  to  say,  was  out  of  one  of  the  five  100- 
guinea  ewes  from  Bundemar.  A  ram  lamb  out  of 
this  same  ewe  was  sold  at  fourteen  days  old  for 
150  guineas,  and  turned  out  a  phenomenal  sheep. 
A  ram  by  Gentleman  III.  has  just  been  sold  to 
South  Africa  for  750  guineas. 


With  Gentleman  III.  three  ewes  were  pur- 
chased from  Bundemar,  and  also  nine  of  the  same 
blood  from  Sir  Samuel  McCaughey,  of  Coonong, 
New  South  Wales — absolutely  the  pick  of  Coo- 
nong 2-year-olds.  For  one  of  the  Coonong  ewes 
100  guineas  was  paid,  the  nine  averaging  nearly 
forty  guineas  per  head.  The  loo-guinea  ewe 
was  on  exhibition  at  the  Sheepbreeders'  Show  in 
Sydney  that  year,  and  was  considered  to  be  the 
best  ewe  ever  seen  at  the  show.  As  a  breeder 
she  turned  out  a  thorough  success,  her  first  lamb 
by  Gentleman  III.  being  a  very  high-class  ram. 
The  Coonong  ewes  also  proved  good  breeders  and 
have  been  consistently  successful. 

Besides  the  Bundemar  and  Coonong  ewes,  860 
pure  Wanganella  ewes  were  purchased  from  the 
late  Mr.  A.  J.  Austin,  of  Murgha,  and  Mr.  Harry 
L.  Austin,  of  P'airlie  Grange.  For  a  number  of 
the  ewes  brought  from  Murgha  50  guineas  was 
paid;  with  the  exception  of  one  ewe,  these  were 
the  pick  of  the  2-year-old  ewes  on  Murgha. 

1  he  following  year  another  visit  to  Bundemar 
resulted  in  the  purchase  of  the  famous  sire  Lord 
Charles,  by  Sir  Charles,  for  2,000  guineas,  also 
36  of  absolutely  the  pick  of  the  Bundewar  one- 
and  two-year-old  ewes,  at  a  very  high  price,  and 
further  108  first  stud  young  ewes  at  a  lower  price, 
besides  35  other  ewes  of  the  same  blood,  the  best 
choice  of  two  other  well-known  studs  in  the  same 
district.  The  ram  Lord  Bundemar  was  ai: 
the  same  time  purchased  from  the  F.  E.  Body 
estate  for  500  guineas;  he  was  sold  by  the  Collins 
brothers  for  800  guineas  to  Messrs.  Sidney  Austin 
and  Sons,  Wambiana,  Trangie,  New  South  Wales. 
The  progeny  of  Lord  Charles  include  No.  11, 
sold  for  1,100  guineas;  No.  60,  sold  for  1,200 
guineas;  No.  62,  sold  for  750  guineas;  No.  ^-, 
sold  for  600  guineas;  No.  10,  sold  for  400 
guineas;  No.  22,  sold  for  350  guineas  to  go  to 
Africa;  No.   192,  sold  for  250  guineas;  No.  47, 


Gentleman  III. 
Pure  Waiigaiiella  Earn.     Cost  1,000  guineas. 


io65 


io66 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


250  guineas;  No.  197,  200  guineas;  and  several 
at  150  guineas,  also  11  ewes  at  100  guineas  each. 
During  19 16  nearly  500  very  high-class 
ewes  were  purchased  from  Murgha  at  prices 
ranging  from  100  guineas  per  head  down,  and 
included  in  this  purchase  were  37,  which,  with  the 
exception  of  one  ewe,  were  absolutely  the  piclc  of 


to  Lucernedale  to  be  served,  and  just  lately  the 
capable  manager  of  Murgha,  Mr.  A.  Wigan, 
reported  that  he  has  an  exceptional  one-year-old 
ram  by  Dandie  Dinmont,  and  that,  if  all  goes  well, 
he  expects  to  have  him  on  exhibition  in  Sydney 
in  1918. 

In  191 7  the  highest-priced  ram  at  the  Sydney 


Lucernedale  Imported  Border  Collie  Sheep-Dog 


Hemp  "Bucking  Them  Through" 
Consldereil  by   Exjerts  tlie  Finest  Workor  in  Australia 


the  young  ewes  on  Murgha.  In  the  following 
year  a  further  purchase  was  made  from  Mr.  F. 
B.  S.  Falkiner,  of  Haddon  Rig,  Warren,  New 
South  Wales,  of  25  of  the  best  of  306  extra 
special  reserve  Wanganella-blood  ewes,  for  945 
guineas. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  policy  of  the  owners  of 
Lucernedale  has  been  to  purchase  the  best,  and 
nothing  but  the  best,  either  in  rams  or  ewes,  from 
the  highest-grade  studs  offering  of  the  strains 
deemed  most  suited  for  Lucernedale.  In  this 
way  no  less  a  sum  than  £13,000  has  been  safely 
invested,  the  good  judgment  of  the  purchasers 
having  been  amply  demonstrated  by  the  results 
achieved.  Many  instances  might  be  quoted  where 
the  Collins  brothers'  choice  has  been  supported 
by  the  most  experienced  breeders,  but  the  follow- 
ing must  suffice: — During  the  season  19 15  they 
purchased  a  ram  from  Messrs.  Sidney  Austin  and 
Sons  for  500  guineas,  used  him  in  the  Lucerne- 
dale stud  for  a  month,  and  sold  him  to  the  late 
Mr.  A.  J.  Austin,  of  Murgha,  for  750  guineas. 
In  the  same  year,  Mr.  Austin  sent  37  of  his  ewes 


sales  was  purchased  from  the  Murgha  p]state  for 
use  in  the  Lucernedale  stud.  Altogether  consider- 
ably more  than  £20,000  has  been  spent  in  the 
introduction  of  pure  Wanganella  blood  to 
Lucernedale,  which  stud  can  now  appropriately 
be  termed  the  Wanganella  of  South  Australia. 

The  Bundemar-bred  ram.  Admiral  Charles,  by 
Sir  Charles,  which  was  sold  for  1,200  guineas  to 
Mr.  Harry  L.  Austin,  of  Eli  Elwah,  has  been 
purchased  for  use  in  the  Lucernedale  stud,  and 
the  well-known  Perfection  II.,  half-brother  of  the 
famous  1,700-guinea  Hercules,  of  Bungaree,  has 
also  been  secured  by  the  Collins  brothers.  Per- 
fection II.  was  bred  by  the  late  Mr.  Albert 
Austin,  of  Wanganella,  and  he  refused  1,000 
guineas  for  him  as  a  four-tooth.  The  Lucerne- 
dale stud  averages  for  nine  rams  sold  privately 
during  the  19 14  season  showed  238  guineas. 
During  19 15  eight  rams  averaged  227  guineas, 
and  in  1917  nine  stud  rams  have  been  sold  at  an 
average  of  393  guineas  and  eleven  ewes  at  100 
guineas  each.  These  were  the  progeny  of  Dandie 
Dinmont    and    Lord    Charles.       The    top    price 


LUCERNEDALE. 


1067 


Co/7^/c/ered   /^^e  best  Co/oo/d,/-bred  dq^  eUer 


secured  for  a  ram  bred  on  Lucernedale  was  1,200 
guineas  for  No.  60.  Two  rams  were  sold  to  the 
proprietors  of  the  Wanganella  Estate  for  use  in 
the  Wanganella  stud  and  a  number  of  others  to 
noted  New  South  Wales  breeders,  including  a 
stud  ram  to  Urangeline  Co.,  N.S.W^.,  a  special 
stud  ram  at  750  guineas.  Five  special  stud  rams 
to  date  this  season  have  averaged  777   guineas, 

I  id  in  ten  days  between  6,000  and  7,000  guineas' 
orth  of  rams  were  sold. 
In  the  show  pen,  the  Lucernedale  stud  has  been 
highly  successful.  At  the  last  competitive 
Adelaide  Royal  Show,  held  in  September,  19 14, 
both  championships  were  secured  by  their  sheep, 
besides  the  reserve  championships  for  ram  and  a 
number  of  other  first  and  second  prizes,  practically 
sweeping  the  board.  At  the  Sheepbreeders'  Asso- 
j  elation  Show  in  Sydney,  in  19 17,  the  Lucernedale 
stud  secured  the  much-coveted  first  prize  for  a  pen 
of  ten  ewes,  unhoused,  of  under  two  years  old, 
also  first  prize  in  the  two-year-old  ewe  class  with 
a  hoggett,  and  several  second  and  third  prizes. 
The  exhibition  of  these  ewes  in  Sydney — success- 
ful in  spite  of  the  fact  that  for  the  seven  weeks 
previous  to  the  show  ten  inches  of  rain  had  fallen 
on  them,  and  in  transit  on  board  ship  to  Sydney 
they  again  became  wet  with  salt  water  and  were 
so  when  judged — caused  a  very  favorable  impres- 
^^on  in  sheep  circles. 

I^B  Sheep  from  Lucernedale  have  gone  to  all  parts 
I^Bf  Australia,  also  to  New  Zealand  and  to  South 
l^ft.frica.  and  a  very  ready  demand  is  experienced 
for  all  available  flock  rams,  which  have  been  sold 
for  the  quite  exceptional  price  in  this  State  of 
five  guineas  per  head.  The  average  price  of  nine 
stud  rams  sold  privately  during  19 14  was  238 
guineas;  eight  stud  rams  during  1915  averaged 
227  guineas;  while  in  1916  the  average  price  for 
seven  stud  rams  was   366   guineas,   eleven   ewes 


fetching  100  guineas;  the  figures  for  191 7  are 
eleven  special  stud  rams,  which  averaged  393 
guineas  per  head. 

A  specially  interesting  and  unique  feature  of 
the  Lucernedale  Estate  is  its  stud  of  Border 
Collie  sheep  dogs,  claimed  to  be  the  best  col- 
lection in  existence.  The  Messrs.  Collins  have 
spared  no  expense  during  the  past  nine  years 
in  securing  the  very  best  dogs  procurable  in  Scot- 
land, in  which  country  the  Border  Collies  have 
won  a  world-wide  and  unrivalled  reputation,  and 
also  in  England,  when  dogs  of  the  highest  repu- 
tation have  been  available  there.     At  the  present 


■ 


io68 


I 


106IJ 


loyo 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


time  there  are  at  Lucernedale  five  of  the  greatest 
dogs  Scotland  and  England  have  ever  produced. 
A  brief  description  of  these  cannot  fail  to  be  of 
the  highest  practical  interest  to  sheep-breeders 
and  dog-fanciers  alike. 

First  there  is  the  notable  black  and  white 
Collie,  Trim,  who  is  considered  wherever  the 
Border  Collie  is  known  to  be  the  best  brood-bitch 
living.  She  is  the  daughter  of  Ancrum  Jed,  a 
bitch  that  died  at  Lucernedale,  leaving  a  lot  of 
wonderful  stock  behind  her.  Trim's  great  sons 
at  Lucernedale  are  Sweep,  the  double  Inter- 
national winner,  who  has  also  won  in  England 
and  Scotland  twenty-two  first  prizes,  fourteen 
seconds,  twelve  thirds,  four  fourths,  and  two 
fifths;  and  Don,  his  stable  mate,  also  a  double 
International  winner,  who  also  has  eight  firsts, 
eight  seconds,  three  thirds,  one  fourth,  and  a 
sixth  to  his  credit.  These  are  claimed  to  be  the 
two  greatest  sheep-dogs  alive  to-day,  each  having 
won  the  most  coveted  of  all  dog-trial  prizes,  the 
International  in  Scotland,  twice — an  unrivalled 
achievement.  They  were  both  owned  and  worked 
by  Mr.  Armstrong,  who  only  left  the  trial  course 
twice  in  four  years  without  one  or  the  other  of 
these  dogs  being  in  the  prize-list.  They  are  the 
first  winners  of  the  great  event  to  be  imported 
into  the  Southern  Hemisphere.  Sweep  won  the 
International  in  1910  and  19 12,  and  Don  carried 
it  off  in  191 1  and  19 14.  The  International  Trial, 
which  is  run  in  Scotland  and  England,  is  con- 
sidered the  champion  sheep-dog  trial  of  the  world. 

Lammermoor  Queen,  the  dam  of  the  world- 
renowned  Mux   (by  Don),  is  also  in  this  kennel. 


and  she  is  considered  to  be  as  a  breeder  second 
only  to  Trim.  There  are  also  a  number  of  other 
imported  cracks  at  Lucernedale,  for  which  up  to 
100  guineas  each  has  been  paid.  Hemp  (im- 
ported) won  the  Sydney  Championship  in  19 14, 
and  others  of  his  dogs  during  the  past  four  years 
have  scored  dozens  of  first  prizes  in  Scotland,  Aus- 
tralia, and  New  Zealand.  In  1917  Frisk  also 
won  the  Sydney  championship  and  was  first  in  the 
single  sheep  contest,  putting  him  right  round  the 
course,  with  Garry  fourth  and  Jimmy  third  in 
the  notice  class.  Frisk  won  three  out  of  four 
of  the  championships  competed  for  in  New 
South  Wales,  South  Australia,  and  Tasmania, 
being  second  at  the  Victorian  Championship. 
Garry  won  the  novice  class  prize  in  19 16  in 
Sydney.  Lucernedale  dogs,  have  also  won  the 
championship  of  South  Australia  three  times. 
"Wallace's  Moss"  is  also  here — a  second  and  a 
fourth  prize  winner  of  the  International,  Scot- 
land, and  considered  by  many  to  be  the  best 
worker  and  sire  ever  produced  in  Scotland. 

Considerably  over  £1,000  has  been  spent  in 
imported  dogs  alone  in  building  up  the  Lucerne- 
dale Border,  sheep  dog  stud. 

Before  the  war  broke  out  arrangements  were 
being  made  by  the  Commonwealth  Government 
with  Mr.  Arthur  Collins  to  visit  the  Panama 
Exposition  for  the  purpose  of  giving  demonstra- 
tions of  working  sheep  with  his  dogs,  thereby 
representing  Australia  officially  in  this  particular 
branch.  It  may  fairly  be  said  that  Lucernedale 
has  the  greatest  kennel  of  working  sheep-dogs 
owned  by  any  one  person  anywhere. 


Jimmy   (imported) . 
Prize-winner,    Second    International,    Scotland,    at  10  months  old. 


Glenelg  Homestead 


THE  DOWNIES,  OF  GLENELG 

TASMANIAN    PIONEER    PASTORALISTS 


THE  records  of  the  Downie  family  of  Tas- 
manian  pioneer  pastoralists,  go  back  to  the 
very  early  days  of  the  Island  State,  when 
it  was  known  by  its  Dutch  name  of  Van  Diemen's 
Land.  Andrew  Downie,  the  first  of  that  Scot- 
tish family  to  venture  forth  to  new  lands — it  was 
indeed  a  venture  in  those  days — was  a  solicitor  in 
a  good  way  of  business,  but  of  a  spirit  that  found 
the  practice  of  the  law  too  humdrum.  So 
he  sought  new  fields  for  his  enterprise  in  the 
new  British  dominions  overseas.  He  arrived  at 
Hobart  Town,  as  the  southernmost  city  was  then 
called,  in  the  good  ship  Skelton,  on  December 
22nd,  1822,  settling  at  Newtown.  He  roved 
about  the  country  for  some  time,  finding  useful 
«mployment  in  suppressing  the  cattle-  and  sheep- 
stealers,  who  were  a  great  source  of  trouble  and 
danger  in  those  days.  On  one  occasion  he  was 
attacked  and  left  for  dead,  his  leg  being  broken, 
but  he  managed  to  escape  by  hiding  in  a  hollow 
log. 

For  his  services,  he  received  a  grant  of  1,000 
acres  of  land  from  the  Crown,  but  this  he  disposed 
of  and  obtained  another  grant,  in  1832,  of  a 
similar  area,  in  the  Hamilton  district,  to  which 
he  gave  the  name  of  Glenelg.       Here  he  suffered 


severely  from  the  depredations  of  the  blacks, 
and  he  and  his  men  had  always  to  be 
armed  while  moving  about  the  property.  On  one 
occasion,  Mr.  Downie  had  a  narrow  escape  of 
being  speared,  but  shot  his  assailant — the  only 
native  he  ever  killed.  Anyone  going  from  the 
homestead  to  the  well  to  draw  water — some  con- 
siderable distance — had  to  carry  two  buckets  on 
a  yoke  over  the  shoulders,  and  also  a  gun.  Men 
who  could  establish  and  maintain  a  home  in  such 
wild  places  were  obviously  of  the  best  type.  A 
roadless  wilderness,  with  only  stock  tracks  and 
those  of  the  most  primitive  kind;  huts  made  of 
slabs  and  lath-and-plaster,  or  log-huts  affording 
the  rudest  shelter;  foods  and  utensils  of  the  most 
simple  and  comfortless  kind,  represented  the 
"creature  comforts"  of  the  pioneers. 

Yet  these  brave,  spirited,  and  resourceful  men 
found  the  new  land  so  good  that  they  often  per- 
suaded their  relations — other  spirits  like  unto 
themselves — to  join  them  in  their  enterprise.  So 
it  was  with  Andrew  Downie.  After  eleven  years 
of  pioneering,  he  came  to  the  conclusion  that  Van 
Diemen's  Land  had  proved  itself  and  so,  on  one 
of  his  visits  to  the  old  country,  he  persuaded  his 
brother    Thomas  to     return  with    him.       They 


1071 


1072 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  Downie 


reached  Hobart  on  September  i8th,  1833,  '"  *^he 
ship  I.ochiel,  and  went  at  once  to  Glenelg,  culti- 
vating some  of  the  property,  with  sheep,  cattle, 
and  horses  grazing  on  the  remainder.  On 
another  of  his  visits  "home,"  Andrew  Downie 
married  a  Scotch  lady,  who  became  very  popular 
in  Tasmania.  So  successful  were  the  brothers 
at  Glenelg  that  they  persuaded  their  brother  Wil- 
liam, the  youngest  of  a  family  of  fourteen,  to  join 
them.  William  was  in  sole  charge  of  his  father's 
estates   at    Stirling,   Scotland,   and  the   old    man 


strongly  opposed  his  emigration,  threatening  to 
cut  him  off  with  the  proverbial  shilling.  He 
consequently  landed  in  Hobart  on  September 
22nd,  1838,  in  the  ship  Rajah,  without  financial 
resources;  indeed  his  sole  wealth  consisted,  appro- 
priately enough,  of  two  sixpences,  which  are  still 
in  the  possession  of  his  son,  J.  W.  Downie.  He 
at  once  joined  his  brothers,  and  proved  the  most 
skilful  and  resourceful  member  of  the  partner- 
ship, combining  high  intellectual  faculties  with 
untiring  energy  and  physical  fitness,  he  was  of  the 


Mr,  and  Mrs.  J.  W.  Downie 


1 


THE    DOWNIES,    OF    GLENELG,    TASMANIA 


1073 


best  type  of  Scottish  colonist.  He  was  the 
founder  of  the  well-known  Tasmanian  family,  and 
the  great-grandfather  of  its  present  youngest 
members. 

After  working  Glenelg  successfully  for  about 
five  years,  he  decided  to  found  a  family  for  him- 
self, with  the  true  instinct  of  a  pioneer,  marrying 
on  July  7,  1843,  Miss  McDermid,  to  whom  he 
had  become  engaged  while  in  Scotland.  To  his 
wife  he  undoubtedly  owed  much  of  his  success  in 
life;  she  shared  with  him  to  the  fullest  extent  all 
the  difficulties  and  hardships  of  early  pioneering 
in  Tasmania. 

In  1854  Thomas  Downie  joined  in  the 
exodus  to  the  new  goldfields  in  Victoria,  and  there 
succeeded  in  amassing  a  fortune.  A  few  years 
later  Andrew  Downie  and  his  wife  (they  had  no 
family),  returned  to  Scotland  permanently,  while 
his  brother  William  rented  from  him  his  Tas- 
manian properties.  When  he  died,  at  the  age 
of  85,  he  left  Glenelg  to  William  Downie,  who 
was  twenty  years  his  junior. 

Then  William  Downie  and  his  good  wife 
settled  down  in  real  earnest  at  Glenelg,  and 
worked  the  property  with  energy  and  enterprise 
in  accordance  with  their  own  ideas,  and  always 
with  success.  He  was  a  strict  but  just  and  kindly 
disciplinarian.  He  never  had  any  difficulties 
with  bushrangers,  and  when  employing  prisoners 
from  Port  Arthur,  invariably  found  them  easy  to 


manage,  never  requiring  the  severe  treatment 
found  necessary  by  some  less  tactful  employers. 
He  had,  in  fact,  a  great  gift  in  the  management 
of  men.  Many  of  his  employees  remained  with 
him  thirty  or  forty  years,  and  those  who  sur- 
vived him  passed  into  the  employment  of  his  sons, 
when  he  gave  up  to  them,  in  later  years,  the  active 
management  of  his  various  estates.  As  in  Scot- 
land, his  draught  horses  had  beaten  all  comers  at 
the  Stirling  Shows,  so  in  Tasmania  his  stock 
always  did  well  at  the  Shows  and  in  the  sale-yards. 
His  merino  sheep  became  famous  for  their  size 
and  the  fine  quality  of  their  wool.  They  com- 
manded at  the  sales  amongst  the  top  prices  of  the 
market  with  a  bulky,  heavy  fleece  and  good  length 
of  staple,  and  the  fats  and  stores  were  always  well 
competed  for.  No  expense  was  spared  in  pur- 
chasing the  best  sires  the  State  could  produce,  and 
the  ewes  were  procured  from  the  best  flocks 
in  the  Midlands.  Nine  good  sires  were  pur- 
chased from  James  Gibson,  Bellevue,  at  Camp- 
belltown  Show,  which  made  an  excellent  founda- 
tion; they  were,  in  those  days,  of  plain  body,  after 
the  Sir  Thomas  style,  of  large  frame,  good  length 
of  staple,  and  splendid  free  wool.  The  herd 
cattle,  as  well  as  the  milkers,  were  Devons,  and 
were  from  the  best  bulls,  purchased  mostly  from 
Messrs.  C.  B.  Grubb,  Strathroy,  and  others. 
They  proved  a  very  hardy  breed  of  good  workers, 
suitable  for  rough  hilly  country  and  fattening  well. 


1 


■ 


General  View  of  Glenelg  Estate,  from  the  North 


Q2 


I074 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Greenwich  Homestead 


In  1854  William  Downie  bought  Glen  Der- 
went,  in  the  New  Norfolk  district,  for  his 
wife,  as  a  more  restful  home  for  her,  and 
they  took  up  their  residence  there,  improving 
it,  and  engaging  in  hop  and  apple  growing.  Al- 
though he  had  no  previous  experience  in  their  cul- 
tivation, Mr.  Downie  succeeded  in  growing  the 
heaviest  crops  in  the  district,  and  secured  the 
highest  prices,  putting  his  produce  on  the  market 
in  the  best  possible  condition.  Meanwhile, 
Glenelg  and  other  properties  which  he  had  ac- 
quired were  under  competent  management,  Mr. 
Downie  visiting  them  occasionally  and  supervising 
their  progress.  He  had  added  adjacent  land  to 
Glenelg,  and  also  acquired  Dungrove  in  the  Both- 
well  district,  and  Lagoon  of  Islands  in  the  Great 
Lake  district,  the  latter  being  a  good  outlet  for 
stock,  principally  in  the  summer  months. 

His  elder  son,  John  W.  Downie,  assisted  his 
father  in  the  management  of  all  the  properties 


from  1869  to  1873,  in  which  latter  year  he  took 
charge  of  the  pastoral  properties  for  the  firm  of 
W.  Downie  and  Sons.  His  younger  son,  Archi- 
bald T.  W.  Downie,  had  the  management  of  Glen 
Derwent,  settling  there  on  his  marriage  in  1874 
with  the  eldest  daughter  of  Ralph  Terry,  of  Lach- 
lan  Mills,  New  Norfolk.  He  was  Warden  for 
New  Norfolk  for  several  years,  and  took  a  pro- 
minent part  In  the  affairs  of  the  district.  He  re- 
linquished pastoral  pursuits,  and  devoted  himself 
with  great  success  to  the  fruit  and  hop  plantations. 
He  died  suddenly  In  Melbourne  In  1905,  leaving 
four  sons  and  five  daugters.  His  eldest  son, 
Wm.  Vivian,  enlisted  for  active  service  in  the  great 
war  and,  while  In  Claremont  camp,  died  of  menin- 
gitis; two  other  sons,  Lieut.  Alan  Downie  and 
Corporal  C.  T.  Downie,  are  now  (191 8)  at  the 
front.  The  fourth  son,  Andrew  Downie,  is  a 
successful  hop  and  apple  grower  in  New  Norfolk. 


Dungrove  Homestead,  Bothwell  District 


THE    DOWNIES,    OF    GLt'NELG,    TASMANIA 


1075 


In  his  youth,  J-  W.  Dovvnie  gained  a  knowledge 
of  book-keeping  and  general  commercial  methods 
by  serving  for  a  time  in  a  merchant's  office  in 
Hobart.  Such  a  preparation  in  business  methods 
was  characteristic  of  his  father's  ideas  of 
thoroughness  and  was  useful  to  the  young  man 
in  his  management  of  Mr.  William  Downie's  con- 
siderable interests.  When  he  married,  in  1878, 
the  eldest  daughter  of  F.  W.  Wise — who  was 
well-known  in  the  commercial  world  and  was  the 
owner  of  the  old  steamer.  Monarch,  which  ran 
regularly  for  many  years  between  y^ew  Norfolk 
and  Hobart — his  father  built  for  him  a  beautiful 
and  commodious  cut-stone  residence  at  Glenelg, 
which  stands  in  picturesque  country  between  Mac- 
quarie  Plains  and  Hamilton.  Mrs.  Downie  has 
always  proved  herself  a  splendid  helpmate  to  her 
husband,  a  good  mother,  and  a  generous  friend. 
In  the  year  of  his  marriage  J.  W.  Downie  won  a 
seat  in  the  local  Council  against  the  Hon.  N.  J. 
Brown,  which  he  held  for  38  years,  and  was  also 
made  a  magistrate  for  the  Territory  in  the  same 
year.  In  later  years  his  friends  unsuccessfully 
endeavored  to  persuade  him  to  accept  appoint- 
ment as  warden  for  his  district,  and  also  to  stand 
for  Parliament. 

As  a  pastoralist  he  has  been  like  his  father,  a 
man  of  initiative  and  resourcefulness,  and  has 
continuously  improved  the  properties,  increasing 
their  area  by  over  10,500  acres.  He  purchased 
a  good  deal  of  land  round  Glenelg,  some  of  which 
belonged  to  the  late  Mr.  Joseph  Clarke.  He 
was  the  first  in  the  district  to  poison  rabbits  with 
phosphorised  oats  and  he,  by  degrees,  had  all  his 
estates  sub-divided  and  fenced  with  rabbit-proof 
wire-netting,  representing  over  120  miles  of  fenc- 
ing. This  proved  a  most  efficacious  method  and 
paid  for  itself  over  and  over  again,  in  spite  of 
its  high  cost,  at  first  averaging  £75  a  mile.       He 


devoted  most  of  his  attention  to  pastoral  work; 
he  would  have  done  more  in  agriculture  but  for 
the  fact  that  the  land,  although  otherwise  suit- 
able for  cultivation,  was  too  stony.  He  con- 
tinued on  his  father's  lines  of  breeding  stock,  and 
never  hesitated  to  relinquish  methods  he  found 
unsuccessful.  This  was  the  case  with  the  wrinkley 
sheep,  which  were  fashionable  during  William 
Downie's  latter  days,  but  proved  eventually  de- 
ficient in  length  of  wool-staple  and  small  in  the 
bone.  When  a  change  was  deemed  advisable, 
Mr.  Downie  did  not  hesitate  to  make  it.  He 
procured  in  1904  from  Alick  J.  Murray,  of 
Mount  Crawford,  and  others,  that  type  of  merino 
which  has  now  become  the  standard,  with  greatly 
improved  frame,  size,  and  bone,  cutting  a  much 
heavier  fleece  of  a  stronger  type — a  sheep  of 
much  sounder  constitution — afterwards  modi- 
fied by  Mr.  Downie,  with  the  assistance  of 
his  eldest  son,  W.  G.  Downie,  who  is  a  fine  judge 
of  wool.  The  result  has  been  highly  satisfactory. 
In  1 90S  J.  W.  Downie  was  awarded  Diploma  of 
Honor  for  best  three  fleeces  of  merino  wool  at 
the  Franco-British  Exhibition. 

Believing  in  the  principle  of  giving  his  family 
an  early  start  in  life,  Mr.  Downie,  in  19 10,  made 
over  to  his  three  elder  sons  a  good  portion  of  his 
properties — Glenelg  to  William  G.  Downie;  Dun- 
grove  to  Frederick  G.  Downie,  and  part  of  Broad 
Bottom  and  Greenwich  to  Roy  G.  Downie.  Later 
on  he  gave  other  properties  to  his  youngest  son. 
Gunner  Keith  G.  Downie,  who  is  at  present 
(1918)  on  active  service.  There  are  two 
daughters,  one  of  whom  is  Mrs.  C.  F.  Parsons, 
of  Bloomfield,  and  the  other,  Miss  Phyllis 
Downie,  is  principally  occupied  in  patriotic  work. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Downie  retired  to  Hobart,  where 
they  live  in  a  handsome  villa  Mr.  Downie  recently 
erected  in  Davey-street. 


I 


William  G.  Downie. 


Fredk    G.  Downie. 


Roy  G.  Downie. 


Gunner  Keith  G.  Downie. 


Q2a 


^^T-^-r-^-^^^V:. 


ROZELLE 


NEWTOWN 


1076 


GOVERNMENT  SAVINGS   BANK  OE  NEW  SOUTH   WALES 


ALTHOUGH  the  Australians,  as  a  race,  may  From  whatever  angle  we  look  at  these   facts 

reasonably  be   considered   pleasure-loving  and  figures,  they  undoubtedly  speak  eloquently  of 

~T     "=*t"'"=il     .--esult .  of     exceptionally  the  thrift  and  prosperity  of  Australians,  and  the 

favorable  climatic  conditions,  tending  to  an  open-  provisions  made  by  the  Savings  Banks  and  other 

air  life— yet  it  is  a  fact  that  they  save  almost  as  such    organisations    for   the    encouragement   and 

well  as  they  spend,  and  they  are  royal  spenders  assistance  of  thrifty  persons, 
and  liberal  givers.     All  this  is  evidence,  if  such 


were  needed,  of  the  prosperity  of  the  country,  a 
prosperity  dependent  chiefly  on  good  seasons  and 
profitable  markets,  for  Australia  is  primarily  a 
producing  country. 

For  many  years  that  has  been  the  normal  con- 
dition, with  the  exception  of  one  year  of  devas- 
tating drought — 1913.  But  Australia  is  a  coun- 
try of  quick  recoveries.  The  year  before  the  war, 
1914,  may  be  taken  as  a  normal  year,  and  will 
provide  the  general  facts  and  comparisons  for 
our  present  purpose,  though  more  recent  figures 
will  be  given  by  way  of  actual  information. 

The  total  population  of  the  Commonwealth  in 
1914  was  about  five  millions,  with  males  and 
females  almost  equal,  of  which  over  a  quarter 
are  children  under  fifteen  years.  This  gives  us 
then  a  wage-earning  community  of  considerably 
less  than  three  and  a  half  millions,  for  it  is 
obvious  that  not  all  over  that  age  are  wage- 
earners  or  even  self-supporting.  Out  of  these 
there  must  be  a  large  proportion  who  do  their 
financial  business  through  banks  in  the  ordinary 
way,  without  special  regard  to  "savings"  in  the 
usual  sense.  This  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  the 
deposits  of  cash  alone  in  the  commercial 
banks  throughout  the  Commonwealth  were 
£163,854,555  in  1 9 14 — the  most  recent  normal 
year.  This  out  of  the  annual  income  of  Austra- 
lians, which  totals  over  250  millions. 

But  it  is  in  their  smaller  savings  that  the  real 
thrift  of  the  people  is  shown.  We  find  that  out 
of  these  three  million  and  a  half  of  wage-earners 
there  are  no  less  than  two  million  depositors  in 
the  Government  Savings  Banks.  In  New  South 
Wales,  out  of  rather  more  than  a  million  persons 
of  self-supporting  age,  more  than  half,  over 
756,000,  are  depositors  in  the  Government  Sav- 
ings Banks  throughout  that  State,  with  a  total 
sum  of  over  £37,000,000.  Even  this  huge  sum 
does  not  cover  other  direct  savings  or  prudential 


The  Government  Savings  Bank  of  New  South 
Wales  occupies  the  unique  position  of  being  the 
second  largest  Savings  Bank  in  the  British  Empire 
— its  total  deposits  being  only  exceeded  by  those 
of  the  Post  Oflice  Savings  Bank  of  the  United 
Kingdom. 

The  history  of  the  Bank  has  been  one  of  steady 
progress,  and  the  following  summary  of  the  ex- 
pansion for  the  last  eight  years  will  show  to  what 
extent  the  facilities  of  the  Bank  are  availed  of 
by  the  public  of  New  South  Wales: — 


Year  Ended. 

3  1st  Dec,  1910 

„      1911 
„      1912 

n        I9I3 

30th  June,  1914 

n    I9I5 

,n     „    I916 

n    I917 


No.  of  Depositors' 

Accounts.  Balances. 

368,306  ..  £15,190,819 

407,011  ..  £17,595,694 

460,382  .  .  £20,128,598 

506,028  .  .  £22,216,985 

680,060  .  .  *£3 1,996,268 

694,108  .  .  £33.537.017 

719,319  ..  £34,615,222 

756,917  ..  £37,049,189 

*Includes  150,838  accounts,  totalling  £8,835,266 

1 8s.  4d.,  taken  over  on  amalgamation  with  the 

Savings  Bank  of  N.S.W. 

The  Bank  is  essentially  a  people's  Bank.  It 
receives  deposits  of  even  small  amounts  of  one 
shilling,  whilst  it  offers  attractions  to  the  man 
who,  by  patient  saving,  can  build  up  an  account 
of  £500.  It  pays  interest  at  a  rate  (35  per 
cent.)  higher  than  is  paid  by  any  other  Savings 
Institution  in  the  State,  and  gives  to  every  depo- 
sitor the  best  guarantee  possible — the  guarantee 
of  the  Government — for  the  repayment  of  all 
deposits. 

Interest  is  calculated  on  the  monthly  balance 
and  added  to  the  accounts  on  the  30th  June  in 
each  year. 

In  addition  to  having  one  account  in  his  own 


provisions,  such  as  life  insurance,  the  annual  pre 

miums  paid  into  the  New  South  Wales  branches     name  a  person  may  open: 

of     these      companies      being     not     less      than 

£1,800,000    odd.        This    takes    no    account    of 

payments    into    Friendly    Societies    and    similar 

associations. 


(a)  Joint  accounts  with  other  persons. 

(b)  Trust    accounts    on    behalf    of    other 
persons. 


• 


1077 


1078 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


It  is  important  that  this  Bank  should  not  he 
confused  with  the  Post  Office  Savings  Bank.  Some 
years  ago  this  Bank  had  its  agencies  at  the  Post 
Offices,  but  the  business  was  removed  from  them 
in   191 2. 

There  are  now  132  branches  established  in  the 
principal  cities,  towns  and  suburbs,  and  in  addi- 
tion to  these  there  are  nearly  500  agencies  under 
the  control  of  State  Government  Officials,  such  as 
Crown  Lands  Agents,  Clerks  of  Petty  Sessions, 
Police  Officers,  etc.,  and  others  in  charge  of  Muni- 
cipal and  Shire  Clerks,  Stock  and  Station  Agents, 
chemists  and  other  professional  or  business  men, 
under  conditions  which  guarantee  to  the  depositors 
close  attention  to  their  requirements  with  the 
strictest  secrecy  as  to  their  affairs. 

The  Bank  offers  its  depositors  every  service 
and  convenience  in  transacting  business.  The 
Commissioners'  aim  is  to  further  the  interests  of 
depositors  and  the  community  generally  to  the 
best  of  their  ability.  The  depositor  with  a  small 
account  receives  the  same  attention  and  courtesy 
accorded  the  man  whose  deposits  run  Into  hun- 
dreds of  pounds.  Essentially,  the  business  of  the 
Bank  is  to  encourage  thrift. 

The  Bank  Is  not  only  a  service  to  depositors 
whilst  they  are  In  New  South  Wales,  but  if  their 
business  or  recreation  takes  them  to  other  States 
of  the  Commonwealth,  New  Zealand,  or  to  the 
United  Kingdom  the  facilities  of  the  Bank  will 
follow  them. 

Every  penny  saved  and  deposited  in  the  Ciov- 
ernment  Savings  Bank  of  New  South  Wales  adds 
so  much  to  the  depositor's  future  prosperity — It 
may  do  more,  for  there  Is  no  knowing  what  op- 


no  local  branch  of  the  Government  Savings  Bank 
of  New  South  Wales,  this  system  has  been 
established.  By  its  means  the  Savings  Bank  busi- 
ness may  be  conducted  by  post  without  any  cost 
to  depositors.  To  deposit  money,  the  depositor 
may  send  an  Australian  note,  money  order,  postal 
note,  stamps,  or  adopt  any  other  means  most  con- 
venient. The  Bank  returns  to  the  depositor  the 
postage  or  cost  of  registration  by  adding  it  to  the 
amount  of  the  deposit. 

For  the  encouragement  of  thrifty  habits  In 
children.  Penny  Savings  Banks  are  established  at 
nearly  all  the  public  schools  throughout  the 
State,  where  any  amount  from  i  d.  upwards 
Is  received.  The  value  of  these  Penny  Banks 
in  promoting  thrift  among  children,  at  the 
impressionable  age  when  good  habits  can  be 
formed  as  easily  as  bad  ones,  is  inestimable,  and 
will  ultimately  have  a  very  close  bearing  upon  the 
prosperity  and  soundness  of  the  community. 
When  the  children  have  an  account  of  £1  they  are 
Induced  to  open  an  account  In  the  Government 
Savings  Bank. 

As  a  further  Inducement  to  small  savings, 
deposit  boxes  for  home  use,  not  only  by  chil- 
dren but  by  adults,  may  be  purchased  at  6d.  each 
from  any  branch  of  the  Bank.  A  few  months' 
experience  of  this  system  will  prove  the  truth  of 
the  old  adage  that  if  we  look  after  our  shillings 
our  pounds  will  look  after  themselves. 

The  following  table  will  be  Interesting  as  show- 
ing how  money  will  Increase  with  Interest  if 
deposited  regularly  every  week.  The  results  are 
rather  startling: — 


Amount 
Paid  in 

WILL 

AMOUNT  TO  IN- 

Weekly 

1  Year 

2  Years 

3  Years 

4  Years 

5  Years 

6  Years 

7  Years 

Is. 

£1  12     6 

/5     6   10 

£■&    3    0 

£\\     1    3 

/14     1  10 

£\1     4     8 

/20  10     7 

2s.  6d. 

6  11    9 

13     8     2 

20    9     9 

27  16     8 

35     9     1 

43     7     3 

51  13  n 

5s. 

13     4     0 

26  17     8 

41     1     7 

55   16     2 

71     1   10 

86  19     0 

103  12     5 

10s. 

25     8     7 

53  16     7 

82     5     3 

HI  15     3 

142     7     5 

174    2     5 

207  11    5 

^1 

52  17  11 

107  14  10 

164  12  11 

223  13  10 

284  18  11 

348    9  10 

415    8    9 

Calculated  on  tlie  mininuiiu  inontlily  balance  at  :i%   per  cent,  uji  to  £.500. 


portunltles  may  be  seized  if  one  has  money  avail- 
able in  the  Savings  Bank  for  Immediate  invest- 
ment when  a  safe  opportunity  arrives.  Garfield 
once  said,  "Things  don't  turn  up  in  this  world 
until  somebody  turns  them  up.  Experience 
teaches  that  It  is  the  men  and  women  who  pay 
attention  to  small  savings  that  become  wealthy." 
The  business  of  this  Bank  Is  to  help  the  "men 
and  women  who  pay  attention  to  small  savings." 
A  new  departure  has  been  made  in  the  interests 
of  people  residing  in  the  country.  This  is  the 
Banking  by  Post  system.  To  meet  the  conveni- 
ence of  those  who  reside  in  places  where  there  is 


In  addition  to  its  Savings  Bank  Department 
activities,  the  Bank  lends  money  on  mortgage  of 
approved  securities  at  low  rates  of  Interest.  The 
lines  on  which  these  loans  are  made  are  briefly  set 
out  in  the  following  paragraphs  : — 

Loans  from  the  Advance  Department  and  the 
Advances  for  Homes  Department  are  repayable 
by  Instalments  which  include  both  Interest  and 
principal,  and  repay  the  loan  In  the  term  fixed 
when  the  loan  Is  granted. 

Valuation  fees  and  legal  charges  are  on  a  low 
scale. 


I079 


io»o 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


The  Advance  Department  may  make  advances 
upon  any  of  the  following  tenures : — 

(a)  Freeholds. 

(b)  (i)    Conditional  purchases,  with  or  with- 

out associated  conditional  leases. 

(2)  Homestead  grants. 

(3)  Homestead  selections. 

(4)  Settlement  leases. 

(5)  Settlement  purchases. 

(6)  Conditional  purchase  leases. 

(7)  Additional       conditional       purchase 

leases. 

(8)  Special  conditional  purchase  leases. 

(9)  Crown  leases. 

(10)  Homestead  farm  leases. 

(11)  Irrigation  farm  leases  (as  defined  by 

the  Crown  Lands  Acts). 

(12)  Holdings  that  have  been  converted 

into  any  of  the  foregoing  tenures 
under  the  Crown  Lands  (Amend- 
ment) Act,  1908,  the  Crown 
Lands  (Amendment)  Act,  1912, 
or  any  amendment  or  consolidation 
thereof. 

Loans  can  only  be  made  for  the  following  pur- 
poses, which  shall  be  set  out  in  the  mortgage — 

(a)  To  pay  off  existing  encumbrances  on,  or 

to  purchase  the  land  offered  as  security. 

(b)  To  pay  off  money  owing  to  the  Crown  in 

respect  of  the  land. 

(r)  To  make  improvements  on  the  land,  or 
to  improve  and  develop,  or  to  utilise 
the  agricultural  or  pastoral  resources  of 
the  land,  or  to  enable  the  borrower  to 
carry  on  agricultural  or  pastoral  pur- 
suits on  the  land. 

(d)    To  build  a  home  upon  the  land. 

Loans  cannot  be  made  by  the  Advance  Depart- 
ment on  freehold  land  situated  within  the  boun- 
daries of  any  city,  town,  or  village.  The  mini- 
mum sum  that  may  be  loaned  from  this  Depart- 
ment is  £50  and  the  statutory  maximum  £2,000, 
although  £750  is  the  most  that  is  being  advanced 
to  any  borrower  just  at  the  present  time. 

The  Closer  Settlement  Promotion  Department 
represents  another  phase  of  the  activities  of  the 
Bank. 

The  Closer  Settlement  Promotion  Act,  19 10, 
was  passed  to  enable  advances  to  be  made  to  any 
three  or  more  eligible  purchasers  desirous  of 
securing  blocks  on  private  estates  provided  the 
applicants  agreed  with  the  vendors  as  to  pur- 
chase price. 

Application  must  be  made  to  the  Under  Secre- 
tary for  Lands  in  the  prescribed  form,  and  ac- 
companied by  a  receipt  showing  that  a  deposit 
towards  the  cost  of  dealing  with  such  application. 


amounting  to  £5  for  each  of  the  applicants,  has 
been  lodged  with  any  Crown  Lands  Agent,  or 
with  the  Under  Secretary  for  Finance  and  Trade. 
Upon  the  Minister  for  Lands  being  satisfied  as 
to  the  eligibility  of  the  applicants  and  of  the  suit- 
ability of  the  land  for  Closer  Settlement  purposes, 
an  inspection  of  the  blocks  applied  for  is  made 
by  the  Bank's  Valuator  and  the  Advisory  Board, 
and  provided  the  valuation  arrived  at  is  satisfac- 
tory, advances  up  to  94.I  per  cent,  of  the  ofl'icial 
value  of  the  land  are  arranged  by  the  Commis- 
sioners for  terms  of  35  years,  repayable  by  instal- 
ments of  £5  I  OS.  for  every  £100  borrowed.  The 
instalment  of  £5  los.  per  cent,  includes  interest  at 
the  rate  of  £4  los.  per  cent.,  the  balance  being 
credited  in  reduction  of  principal. 

Under  this  Act  the  Commissioners  have  the 
power  to  advance  up  to  three-fourths  of  the  official 
value  of  improvements  effected  by  the  holders 
after  the  original  advances  are  made,  provided 
that  such  advances  shall  not  exceed  two-thirds  of 
the  sale  value  of  the  security  as  determined  by 
the  Bank's  valuator. 

Under  the  Advances  for  Homes  Department, 
which  is  to  the  home-seeker  what  the  Advance  and 
Closer  Settlement  Departments  are  to  the  farmer, 
advances  may  be  made  to  any  person,  who  has  not 
a  home,   for  the   following  purposes : — 

(a)  To  erect  a  dwelling  house  on  his  holding 

as  a  home  for  himself  and  his  family, 
or  after  erection  or  partial  erection  of 
such  dwelling  house  to  enlarge  or  com- 
plete same ; 

(b)  To  purchase  a  house  and  land  enclosed  or 

occupied  therewith  as  a  home  for  him- 
self and  family;  or 
(f)    To   discharge   any   mortgage,   charge,   or 
encumbrance    already   existing   on    such 
holding. 

The  maximum  amount  to  be  advanced  to  any 
person  will  be  £500,  but  shall  not  exceed  three- 
quarters  of  the  value  of  the  property  as  certified 
to  by  the  Bank's  valuer.  No  advance  less  than 
fifty  pounds  will  be  made.  The  maximum  periods 
for  repayment  of  advances  are: — 

(a)  For  brick,  concrete  or  stone  buildings,  30 

years; 

(b)  For  wooden  buildings,  20  years; 

but  the   Commissioners  may,   in  their  discretion, 
fix  shorter  periods. 

In  Building  Loans,  progress  payments  will  be 
made  as  the  work  progresses,  but  at  each  pay- 
ment an  amount  sufficient  to  finish  the  building, 
etc.,  in  accordance  v/ith  the  plans  and  specifica- 
tions, will  be  retained  by  the  Bank  until  the  work 
is  completed,  when  the  final  instalment  will  be 
paid. 


OLIVE   GROWING    IN    SOUTH   AUSTRALIA. 
G.    F.    CLELAND    &    SONS   LTD. 


I 


SOUTH  AUSTRALIA  Is  pre-eminently  the 
Land  of  the  OHve  and  the  Vine.  Her 
dry,  sunny  climate  makes  the  cultivation  of 
at  least  two  sub-tropical  products,  oil  and  wine, 
a  certainty. 

As  other  famous  products  of  Mediterranean 
countries  find  congenial  clifhates  and  soils  in  the 
Commonwealth,  the  olive  has  put  its  roots  deeply 
into  the  sunlit  slopes  of  South  Australia. 

As  far  back  as  1851,  olive  oil  from  South 
Australia  was  given  honorable  mention  at  the 
great  exhibition.  Its  clearness,  color,  and  flavor 
— even  in  the  then  almost  virgin  stages  of  the 
industry — were  remarked  by  the  judges.  Experts 
of  to-day  officially  declare  that  "no  oil  which 
has  ever  been  produced  surpasses  it  in  quality, 
lucidity  and  flavor." 

Over  70  years  ago,  Sir  Samuel  Dav^enport, 
who  had  lived  for  some  time  in  the  south  of 
France,  migrated  to  South  Australia.  He  saw 
in  the  calcareous  nature  of  the  soil  around  Ade- 
laide, and  in  local  climate  and  condition,  a  pos- 
sibility for  successful  olive  cultivation. 

Rather  as  a  national  demonstration  than  a 
means  to  personal  profits  Sir  Samuel  decided  to 
establish  near  his  residence  at  Beaumont,  South 
Australia,  a  business  having  for  its  object  the 
commercial  production  of  wine  and  oil. 

To  quote  the  Australian  Vigneron:  "He  im- 
ported from  France  and  parts  of  Southern  Europe 
choice  plants  and  skilled  labor,  as  well  as  ap- 
proved appliances,  tools  and  implements.  The 
vineyards  at  Beaumont  have  consequently  become 
universally  recognised  in  their  perfection  of  cul- 
tivation, and  are  justly  noted  for  the  quality  of 
the  vines  as  well  as  the  wines  produced.  The 
quality  of  the  wines  is  shown  by  the  high  position 
in  which  they  were  placed  at  the  Melbourne 
Intercolonial  Exhibition,  receiving  the  second 
highest  points  for  the  Grand  Intercolonial  Cham- 
pion Prize,  while  the  olive  oil,  on  account  of  its 
purity,  has  become  celebrated.  The  Beaumont  cel- 
lars cover  a  very  considerable  area.  The  visitor 
is  struck  with  the  order  and  compactness  of  the 
arrangements.  A  large  Chilian  mill,  formed  of 
large  masses  of  granite,  and  worked  by  horse 
power,  hydraulic  screw  and  lever  presses  used  in 
the  manufacture  of  olive  oil,  stands  conveniently 
adjacent,  and  as  a  wine-making  plant  is  equally 
convenient  and  the  site  of  the  cellars  judiciously 
selected,  the  saving  of  labor  is  immense,  although 
during  the  height  of  the  olive  season  the  men 
are  constantly  employed  day  and  night.      After 


nightfall  the  creaking  of  chains,  the  tramp  of 
feet,  the  hoarse  shouting  of  the  men,  and  the 
grinding  of  the  mill,  combined  with  fitful  clouds 
of  steam  illuminated  by  candle  and  lantern,  form 
a  picture  at  once  striking  and  impressive." 

Although  Sir  Samuel  Davenport  initiated  the 
business,  the  labors  of  development  and  expa,n- 
sion  fell  principally  on  his  nephew,  Mr.  G.  F. 
Cleland.  In  1869  Mr.  Cleland,  then  a  lad  of 
seventeen,  began  his  work  in  the  Beaumont  cel- 
lars. For  fourteen  years  he  assisted  Sir  Samuel 
Davenport,  and  gradually  acquired  from  the 
various  experts  employed  from  time  to  time  a 
thorough  practical  knowledge  of  the  respective 
theories  and  practices.  Owing  to  his  intimacy 
with  the  subject  he  was  able  to  recognise  the 
good  points  of  each,  and  distinguish  and  rectify 
the  bad;  and  to  adopt  from  all  a  theory  and 
practice  of  his  own  which  have  caused  him  to 
become  an  authority  in  South  Australia,  not  only 
in  olive  oil  and  wine  and  brandy  making  and 
blending,  but  also  in  pruning  and  general  viti- 
culture. 

The  Beaumont  olive  plantation  is  the  most 
productive  in  the  State.  Stocks  from  Malaga, 
Gibraltar,  Lisbon,  Cannes  and  Nice,  Southern 
France,  Florence  and  Bari  have  retained  and  in- 
creased their  reputation  in  Beaumont  soils. 

Not  only  have  the  best  species  of  trees  been 
cultivated,  but  the  whole  plantation  has  been 
thoroughly  trenched  and  manured — a  labor  of 
years. 

Mr.  Cleland  has  stated  that  from  fourteen 
acres  he  harvested  in  19 10  seventy-three  tons  of 
olives. 

He  has  done  much  to  encourage  the  planting 
of  olives  in  South  Australia,  not  only  as  presi- 
dent of  the  Vinegrowers'  Association,  president 
of  the  District  Councils'  Association  of  South 
Australia,  and  chairman  of  the  District  Council 
of  Burnside,  but  as  a  commercial  citizen  of  special 
experience  who  sees  in  extended  olive  culture  a 
good  thing  for  South  Australia. 

The  business  premises  and  city  cellars  of 
G.  F.  Cleland  and  Sons  Ltd.  now  occupy  the 
basement  of  the  A.M. P.  Buildings,  King 
William-street,  Adelaide,  and  their  trade  extends 
over  the  Commonwealth  and  to  India,  China, 
Europe  and  America.  In  the  good  times  com- 
ing for  primary  producers,  not  only  this  pioneer 
and  premier  company  but  the  olive  growers  of 
South  Australia  generally  are  likely  to  prosper. 


lOSi 


A  Government  Tank 

These   tanks   supjily   the   miners   with   the   only   water   procurable   for   manj-   miles,   except 

small   quantities   for   drinking. 


QUEENSLAND    GEMS 
FRASERS    LIMITED,  BRISBANE 


ATTRACTED  by  the  iridescent  glitter  of 
peerless  black,  opal  through  the  windows 
of  Erasers  Limited,  of  142  Queen  Street, 
Brisbane,  one  sunny  day  in  19 15,  the  writer 
slipped  into  the  shop  and  spoke  softly  to  the 
manager. 

He  was  subsequently  indebted  to  Mr.  Sankey 
Eraser,  of  that  interesting  establishment,  for 
much  information  concerning  the  gems  of  Queens- 
land. 

In  no  country  of  the  world  are  such  varieties  of 
gems  unearthed  as  in  this  State  of  "Crystallized 
Sunshine."  Wherever  the  country  is  poor  in 
Queensland  from  an  agricultural  point  of  view. 
Nature  seems  to  have  enriched  it  with  precious 
stones  that  literally  pale  the  treasured  gems  of 
Europe,  many  of  which  claim  historical  associa- 
tions. 

The  world-famed  opal,  the  "Burning  of  Troy," 
in  the  crown  of  Hungary,  at  one  time  valued  at 
£200,000,  is  a  pale  sickly  silicate  when  compared 
with  one  gorgeous  opal  cut  by  Messrs.  Erasers 
Limited.  This  stone  burns  like  a  forest  fire  in  a 
setting  of  darkest  midnight,  and  shows  in  addi- 
tion every  colour  of  the  rainbow  when  moved. 

The  opal  mines  owned  and  worked  by  Messrs. 
Erasers    Limited    are    in    the    desert    sandstone 


country,  where  little  vegetation  grows,  and  where 
less  water  is  obtainable. 

There  is  a  large  belt  of  this  opal-bearing  coun-l 
try  running  from  200  miles  in  New  South  Wales] 
to  a  point  near  the  Gulf  of  Carpentaria.        Ir 
Queensland  this  Opal  Sea  is  700  miles  long  by  15C 
miles  wide. 

The  writer  was  invited  to  inspect  the  gem-cut-j 
ting  establishment  of  the  above-mentioned  fin 
at  their  workshop  in  Adelaide  Street,  Brisbanei 
There  he  was  allowed  to  gloat  over  a  collection  of 
gems  ready  set  out  for  exhibition  in  the  Panama 
Exposition  at  San  Erancisco,  which  included  some 
thousands  of  opals  more  gorgeous  in  colorings 
than  all  the  pictures  of  the  year's  Academy. 

Besides  opals  Queensland  produces  sapphires, 
colored  yellow,  white,  green  and  the  ordinary  blue 
stone.  i\lso  topazes,  olivines,  rubies,  garnets, 
tourmalines,  and  dozens  of  other  varieties  of 
colored  gems.  This  favored  State  has  also  one 
of  the  largest  pearl  fisheries  in  the  world,  and 
sends  to  Paris  and  London  many  perfectly  spheri- 
cal pearls  of  finest  lustre. 

Mr.  Eraser,  one  of  the  directors  of  PVasers 
Limited,  who  had  just  returned  from  a  holiday 
spent  in  digging  opals  in  the  firm's  mine,  showed 
a  number  of  photos,   which  he  had  taken  both 


1082 


QUEENSLAND    GEMS 


1083 


underground  and  on  the  surface  of  the  Australian 
opal  mines. 

Mining  for  opal  is  a  simple  process: — A 
shaft  is  dug  about  40  or  50  feet  deep  through  the 
capping  of  sandstone.  Directly  the  clay  is 
struck  a  horizontal  drive  is  made,  having  the 
"band"  at  junction  of  sandstone  and  clay  on  the 
roof.       In  this  band  the  opal  is  found. 

The  life  of  an  opal  miner  is  full  of  interest. 
It  would  be  more  pleasant  if  water  had  not  to  be 
carted  miles  for  camp  use.  The  opal  drives  are 
perfectly  dry,  and  when  ventilated  are  cool  in 
summer  and  warm  in  winter. 

Sapphire  digging  has  employed  as  many  as  600 
men  at  a  time  in  the  Clermont  district  of  Queens- 
land, where  the  wash  is  dug  up  and  puddled  before 
the  stones  are  sorted  out.  This  is  the  only  field 
in  the  world  where  sapphires  of  five  colors  arc 


dug  in  the  one  claim.  At  times  a  stone  is  found 
one  end  of  which  is  a  different  color  to  the  other. 

Wages  of  gem-cutters  are  about  three  times  as 
high  in  Queensland  as  in  Germany  before  the  war, 
so  it  is  only  by  having  up-to-date  electrical  auto- 
matic machines  like  those  used  by  Messrs.  Erasers 
Limited,  that  Australia  could  compete  with 
foreign  cutting. 

Messrs.  Erasers  Limited,  besides  cutting 
Queensland  gems,  melt  the  gold  and  mount  the 
cut  stones  as  brooches  and  other  jewellery  for 
shipment  to  Europe  and  America. 

In  the  same  workshop,  spectacles  and  lenses  of 
all  kinds  are  manufactured  and  ground,  electrical 
machines  being  used  for  all  the  work.  It  is  to 
the  extension  of  such  enterprises  that  Australian 
Industry  most  look  in  the  future.  In  her  gems 
Queensland  possesses  an  asset  of  incalculable 
value. 


A  Closer  View  of  One  of  the  Mine-Heads 

Showing  three  miners  and  windlass  for    pulling  up  the  buckets  of  opal  dirt 


en 


■06 
C 
03 

U 
I. 
S 

CQ 


u 

> 

B 
CD 

u 

M 

-J 

O 

H 


CROWN  LANDS  LAWS  OF  AUSTRALIA 


I 


3 


ay 


(ii.) 


Central  Railway  Station,  Sydney 


NEW  SOUTH  WALES:  EPITOME  OF  CROWN  LANDS  LAWS. 

(Compiled  for  Australia  Unlimited  hy  Arthur  J.  Hare,  Under-Secretary  for  I^ands,  Sydney  ; 
by  direction  of  the  Minister,  Hon.  W.  G.  Ashford,  M.L.A.) 


ADMINISTRATION. 

The  Slate,  for  the  purposes  of  the  Crown  Lands  Acts  is  classi- 
fied into  three  divisions — the  Eastern,  the  Central,  and  the 
Western.  These  divisions  are  merely  arbitrary,  but  are  important, 
in  view  of  the  fact  that  the  law,  in  many  respects,  differs  in 
each.  The  lines  separating  each  division  run  irregularly  north 
and  south.  The  total  area  of  the  State  is  198,058,880  acres, 
e.\clusive  of  Lord  Howe  Island,  and  the  Commonwealth  terri- 
tory, of  which  the  Eastern  division  contains  apjiroximately 
60,684,326  acres,  the  Central,  57,055,846  acres,  and  the  Western, 
80,318,708  acres. 

The  head  office  of  the  Department  of  Lands  is  in  Sydney, 
and  is  presided  over  by  the  Minister  for  Lands,  the  present 
occupant  of  which  office  is  The  Hon.  W.  G.  Ashford,  M.L.A.,  the 
permanent  head  of  the  Department  being  the  Under-Secretary 
for  Lands,  Arthur  John  Hare,  Esq.  Branches  of  the  Department 
are   now  situated  at  various  parts  of  the   State. 

The  Irrigation  areas  of  the  State  are  administered  by  the 
Commissioners  for  Water  Conservation  and  Irrigation,  who 
except  as  regards  matters  of  public  policy,  have  full  control  of 
Irrigation   settlement   promoted  by  the   State   Government. 

The  Western  division  is  under  the  management  and  control  of 
the  Western  Land  Board,  consisting  of  three  Commissioners 
created  under  the  authority  of  and  for  the  purpose  of  administer- 
ing the  Western  Lands  Acts.  The  Board  is  empowered  to  act  as  a 
Local  Land  Board  in  all  matters  respecting  lands  in  the  Western 
division  which  require   to  be   ilealt  with  by  a    Local    Land   Board. 


At  the  head  office  in  Sydney  an  Information  Bureau  is  in  exis- 
tence, where  the  fullest  and  latest  particulars  as  to  the  situation  of 
available  land  in  the  Eastern  and  Central  divisions  of  the  State, 
and  the  prices  and  conditions  under  which  it  may  be  taken  up, 
are  obtainable.  Information  with  regard  lo  the  Western  Lands 
Acts  and  available  land  in  the  Western  division  may  be  obtained 
from  the  office  of  the   Western   Land   Board,  George  St.,  Sydne) 

METHODS    OF    DISPOSAL    OK    CROWN    LANDS. 

The  principal  methods  by  which  Crown  Lands  are  now 
alienated  or  leased  are  Settlement  Purchase,  Conditional  Purchase, 
Irrigation  Farm,  Homestead  Farm,  Suburban  Holding 
Purchase,  by  virtue  of  improvements,  Conditional  Lease, 
Crown  Lease,  Week-end  Lease,  Lease  within  an  Irrigation  Area, 
Residential  Lease,  Improvement  Lease,  Scrub  Lease,  Inferior 
Lands  Lease,  Special  Lease,  Snow  Lease,  and  Annual  Lease. 
Lands  may  also  be   obtained   under  Occupation   Licence. 

Prior  to  the  year  igi2,  lands  were  also  alienated  or  leased 
as  Homestead  Selections,  Settlement  Leases,  Conditional  Purchase 
Leases,  and  Special  Conditional  Leases ;  but  no  areas  are  now 
made  available  under  such  tenures,  which  are  practically  super- 
seded by  Homestead  Farm,  Crown  Lease  and  Suburban  Holding 
tenures.  Lands  are  not  now  thrown  open  for  original  Conditional 
Purchase,  but  there  are  still  large  areas  in  many  Districts 
remaining  available  for  selection  under  that  class  of  holding. 
Certain  areas  also  contain  land  open  for  Special  Conditional   Pur- 


(iil) 


IV. 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


"The  Hole  in  th«  Wall" 
(On  the  Bead  from  Glen  Innes  to  Grafton) 


chase  lease.  Land  may  also,  in  some  instances,  be  disposed  of 
by  Auction,  after  auction  application  or  by  Special  Purchase  if 
considered  desirable.  Leases  of  town  lands  may  also  be  offered 
at   Auction  or  by  tender. 

LIMITATIONS    AS   TO    SELFXTING. 

Provision  is  made  to  prevent  the  maximum  area  allowed  for 
the  class  of  holding  applied  for  being  exceeded,  except  by  way 
of  additionals  as  hereafter  explained,  and  persons  who  have 
previously   selected  are   in   special   circumstances   disqualified. 

So  that  a  selector  may  obtain  a  living  area,  it  is  provided  (hal 
the  maximum  area  mentioned  hereafter  as  being  that  which  may 
be  obtained  with  respect  to  a  Residential  Conditional  Purchase 
series.  Conditional  Purchase  Lease,  Homestead  Selection  and 
Settlement  Lease,  may  (within  areas  specially  set  apart  for 
additional  holdings)  be  exceeded  by  means  of  an  additional 
holding,  which,  together  with  all  other  lands  held  by  the  appli- 
cant (except  under  lease  having  less  than  five  years  to  run),  does 
not  exceed  such  an  area  as  in  the  opinion  of  the  local  Land 
Board  is  sufficient  for  the  maintenance  of  the  selector's  home 
thereon  in  average  seasons  and  circumstances. 

Lands  held  by  both  husb,tnd  and  wife  (unless  where  judicially 
separated)  are  taken  into  account  as  if  such  lands  were  held 
by  one  person.  In  order  to  make  up  a  home  maintenance  area 
Homestead  Farms  or  Crown  Leases  may  under  certain  conditions 
be  applied  for  as  additional  areas  to  other  holdings  held  under 
the   Crown   Lands   Acts. 

QUALIFICATIONS  TO    SELECT. 

Any  person  of,  or  over  the  age  of  J6  years,  if  a  male,  or  i8 
years  if  a   female — if  otherwise  not  disqualified — may  apply   for 


or  otherwise  acquire  frsm  the  Crown,  or  may  acquire  from  a 
private  person  or  hold  any  purchase  (other  than  a  non-residential 
conditional  purchase  or  a  settlement  purchase)  selection,  lease 
other   than  a  week-end  lease  or  licence. 

A  person  who  is  not  natural  born  or  a  naturalised  subject  of 
His  Majesty  is  debarred  from  applying  for  an  original  con- 
ditional purchase,  an  original  conditional  purchase  lease,  an 
original  homestead  selection,  or  an  original  settlement  lease  until 
he  has  resided  in  New  South  Wales  for  twelve  months,  and  then 
at  the  date  of  application  he  must  lodge  a  declaration  of  his 
intention  to  become  a  naturalised  subject  within  five  years  from 
that  date.  This  residential  limit  of  twelve  months  does  not, 
however,  apply  to  applicants  for  homestead  farms,  crown  leases, 
suburban  holdings,  week-end  leases,  and  leases  within  Irrigation 
areas,  but  aliens  who  become  the  holders  of  those  tenures  shall 
become  naturalised  within  three  years  after  becoming  such  holders, 
under  penalty  of  forfeiture  of  the  land  and  all  improvements 
thereon. 

A  married  woman  is  distjualified  in  most  cases  from  applying 
for  an  original  holding,  unless  she  is  judicially  separated  and 
actually  living  apart  from  her  husband,  but  she  may,  out  of 
moneys  belonging  to  her  separate  estate,  apply  for  a  homestead 
farm  or  a  Crown  lease,  or — where  her  husband  has  not  acquired 
one — a    suburban   holding. 

If  a  woman  should,  while  unmarric<l,  make  a  conditional 
purchase,  she  will  be  entitled  after,  as  well  as  before,  her 
marriage,  to  make  additional  conditional  purchases  by  virtue 
of  it. 

Facilities  for  acquiring  land  under  the  Crown  Lands  Acts  by 
soldiers  absent  at  the  war  are  also  provided.  In  such  cases 
applicalion  and  declaration  may  be  made  in  name  and  behalf 
of  the  absentee  by  a  person  duly  appointed  and  empowered  under 
l)ower  of  Attorney  to  so  act.  Under  the  Returned  .Soldiers'  .Settle- 
ment Act  of  1916,  special  provision  is  made  for  the  settlement 
of  returned  soldiers  on  Crown  lands  or  lands  acquired  under 
the  Closer  Settlement  Acts.  Under  this  Act  land  may  be  sel 
apart  for  disposal  to  returned  soldiers  only,  and  the  Minister 
may  assist  such  settlers  thereunder  with  respect  to  clearing,  fenc- 
ing and  general  improvement  of  the  land,  erection  of  buildings, 
purchase  of  implements,  stock  and  other  things  necessary  (0  satis- 
factorily occu]n'  and  develop  the  land. 

RESIDENCE  CENERALLV. 

Residence  in  certain  circumstances  may  be  suspended  or  remitted 
or  may  be  carried  out  on  a  holding  of  a  member  of  the  same 
family,  or  on  another  of  applicant's  holdings,  or  in  a  village 
or  town  or  elsewhere  within  reasonable  distance,  with  the  consent 
of  the  Land  Board. 

CONDITIONAL  PURCHASES. 

The  Conditional  Purchase  (or,  as  it  is  sometimes  called,  the 
Free  Selection)  system,  dates  back  to  the  year  1861.  As  the  words 
imply,  a  conditional  purchase  is  a  purchase  in  fee  simple,  subject 
to  the  fulfilment  of  certain  conditions  before  the  grant  can  be 
obtained.  These  conditions  include  residence  for  a  term  of  ten 
years,  the  fencing  or  other  improvement  of  the  land,  and  the 
payment  by  annual  instalments  of  the  purchase  money  with 
interest  at  2i  per  cent,  per  annum.  A  conditional  purchase  may 
be  of  land  in  the  Eastern  or  Central  divisions,  and  may  comprise 
unreserved  country  land  not  held  under  lease.  The  fact  of 
land  being  held  under  annual  lease  or  occupation  licence  and 
containing  improvements  is  not  a  bar  to  purchase,  nor  is  survey 
or  classification  of  the  land  a  necessary  preliminary.  If  an  appli- 
cant selects  land  containing  improvements,  he  accepts  an  obliga- 
tion to  pay  for  them,  but  payment  may  be  spread  over  a  period 
and  arranged  for  in  instalments.  In  either  of  the  divisions 
mentioned  the  minimum  area  which  may  hi-  selected  as  an  original 
conditional  purchase  is  40  acres,  the  maximum  area  being  in  the 
Eastern  Division,  1,280  and  in  the  Central  division  2.560  acres. 
The    maximum    areas    referred    to   may   be    acquired   at   intervals. 


(v.) 


VI. 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


that  is  to  say,  the  selector  may  take  up  a  comparatively  small 
area  at  first,  and  gradually  supplement  it  by  what  are  called 
additional  purchases. 

No  Crown  lands  are  now  set  apart  for  Conditional  Purchase, 
but  there  are,  throughout  the  Eastern  and  Central  divisions, 
considerable  areas  available  for  selection  under  this  tenure.  Where 
the  land  has  not  been  set  ajjart  at  a  ]irice  it  is  obtainable  at 
a  statutory  price  of  £i  per  acre;  and  in  other  cases,  at  prices 
above  or  below  £i  per  acre,  as  fixed  by  the  notification  setting 
the  land  apart.  In  any  case,  an  applicant  may  obtain  an  appraise- 
ment of  an  area  not  in  excess  of  a  living  area  by  making  the 
necessary  application  within  the  prescribed  periods.  Lands  avail- 
able  for  Conditional   Purchase  are   also   available   for  Conditional 


of  an  additional  holding  as  previously  explained.  With  his 
application,  wdiich  must  be  made  on  the  proper  form  and  lodged 
with  the  Crown  Land  Agent,  he  is  required  to  pay,  if  the  rent 
has  not  been  notified,  a  deposit  of  2d.  per  acre  (which  is  taken 
as  a  provisional  rental  until  such  time  as  the  Land  Board  ap- 
praises the  yearly  rental  of  the  land),  and  also  a  survey  fee.  The 
lease  has  a  term  of  forty  years,  and  is  subject  to  the  same  con- 
ditions of  residence,  fencing,  or  improvements  as  are  attached  to 
a  conditional  purchase.  The  selector  may  reside  on  cither  the 
purchase  or  the  lease.  The  lessee  has  the  right  at  any  time  to 
convert  his  lease,  either  wholly  or  partly,  into  a  conditional  pur- 
chase. 

The    term    of    the    lease    is    divided    into    three    periods,    two   of 
15   years  each,  and   one   of    10  years.     The  annual   rent   for  each 


A  New  South  Wales  Station  Homestead:  Dungalear 


Lease  in  association  therewith  (see  Conditional  Leases).  A 
dejjosit  of  l/-  for  every  £  of  purchase  money  and  survey  fee,  or 
one-tenth  thereof,  must  be  paiil  with  the  application.  Stamp  duty 
is  also   required. 

A  conditional  purchase  may  be  converted  into  a  homestead 
farm. 

CONDITIONAL   LP;ASES. 

Conditional  leases  are  associated  with  residential  conditional 
purchases,  and  are  obtainable  in  areas  available  for  conditional 
purchase  by  virtue  of  conditional  purchases  applied  for  or  held. 
The  conditional  lease  must  adjoin  the  conditional  purchase  by 
virtue  of  which  it  is  applied  for  unless  it  be  a  conditional  lease 
of  land  within  an  area  set  apart  for  additional  holdings.  .See 
last  paragraph  under  heading  "Limitation  as  to  Selecting."  The 
maximum  area  that  can  be  leased  is  limited  to  an  area  three  times 
as  great  as  that  of  the  conditional  purchase,  but  the  area  of  the 
purchase  and  lease  combined  must  not  exceed  1,280  acres  in  the 
Eastern,  or  2,560  acres   in   the   Central   division,  except  by  means 


period   may,   on   the   application   of   the   lessee,   or   on    a   reference 
by   the    Minister,   be    separately   determined. 

CONDITION     ATTACHED     TO     CONDITIONAL     PUR- 
CHASES   AND    CONDITIONAL    LEASES 

The  resilience  term  is  ten  years,  and  must  be  entered  ujion 
within  three  months  after  confirmation  unless  suspension  is 
granted.  Other  conditions  are  fencing  of  boundaries  or  improve- 
ments   to   be   effected. 

NON-RESIDENTIAL     CONDITIONAL     PURCHASES. 

Non-residential  Conditional  Purchases  are  another  class  of 
holding,  as  the  name  denotes,  without  residence,  but  subject  to 
certain    other    conditions. 


ANNUAL    LEASES. 

Annual  leases  of  unoccupied  land,  not  reserved  from  lease,  may 
be    obtained    for    grazing   purposes,    on    application    to    the    local 


I 


(vii.) 


Vlll. 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Crown  Land  Agent  and  payment  of  a  deposit  of  £l  los.  for  each 
320  acres  or  less  area,  or  may  be  offered  by  auction  or  tender. 
They  carry  no  security  of  tenure,  but  are  somewhat  largely 
availed  of  for  temporary  purposes;  and  if  the  land  should  not 
be  absorbed  by  conditional  purchase,  etc.,  they  are  renewable 
from  year  to  year  by  payment  of  rent  in  advance  on  or  before 
the  30th  September.  No  one  lease  can  comprise  more  than  1,920 
acres ;  but  there  is  no  statutory  limit  to  the  number  of  leases  any 
one  person  may  hold.  No  conditions  of  residence  or  improve- 
ments are  attached  to  them,  the  only  condition  being,  as  already 
explained,  payment  of  rent  annually  in  advance. 

With  respect  to  a  lease  applied  for,  the  rent  is  appraised  by 
the  local  Land  Board,  and  the  application  is  subject  to  the 
Minister's  approval.  The  Minister  may,  after  three  months' 
notice,  terminating  at  the  end  of  the  then  current  year,  cancel 
any  annual  lease.  In  certain  circumstances  an  annual  lease  may 
be  converted  into  a  lease  under  improvem'"'  conditions  for  a 
term  not  exceeding  ten  years. 

SPECIAL    LEASES. 

The  law  provides  for  a  class  of  leases  termed  Special  Leases. 
Such  leases  are  chiefly  to  meet  cases  where  land  is  required  for 
some  industrial  or  business  purpose — such  for  example,  as  for  a 
brick  kiln,  tannery,  wool-washing  establishment,  etc.,  etc. — but 
land  may  be  obtained  for  many  other  purposes,  including  grazing 
and  agriculture.  Land  under  the  sea  or  under  the  waters  of  any 
harbor,  lake,  river,  etc.,  is  deemed  to  be  Crown  lands,  and  may 
be  leased  for  the  erection  of  wharves,  bathing  places,  etc.  A 
special  lease  may  be  obtained  on  application  at  an  appraised  rent, 
or  disposed  of  at  auction  or  otherwise.  No  one  lease  can  exceed 
320  acres,  but  there  is  no  statutory  limit  to  the  number  of  leases 


The   Waratah 


any  one  person  may  hold.  The  term  of  lease  cannot  exceed  28 
years.  The  conditions  are  accommodated  to  the  circumstances 
of  each  case.     The  rent  is  payable  annually  in  advance. 

Application  for  a  special  lease  is  made  to  the  Crown  Land 
Agent  for  the  district  with  a  deposit  of  £3  and  a  survey  fee 
according  to  a  fixed  scale. 

Provision  is  made  for  the  conversion  of  special  leases  for  cer- 
tain purposes  into  (i)  a  conditional  purchase  lease,  (2)  a  con- 
ditional purchase,  (3)  a  homestead  selection,  (4)  a  settlement 
lease,   (5)    a  conditional  lease,  and    (6)    a  homestead  farm. 

RESIDENTIAL    LEASES. 

A  "Residential  Lease"  of  land  within  a  gold  or  mineral  field 
may  be  granted  to  the  holder  of  what  is  termed  a  "Miner's 
Right."  Such  right  is  obtainable  under  the  provisions  of  the 
Mining  Act.  Application  for  the  lease  is  made  to  the  local 
Crown  Land  Agent  with  a  deposit  of  £1,  a  pruvisional  rent  of 
IS.  per  acre,  and  a  survey  fee  according  to  a  fixed  scale.  The 
maximum  area  which  may  be  leased  is  20  acres,  and  the  maximum 
term  of  the  lease  is  28  years.  The  rent  is  determined  by  the 
Land  Board,  and  is  payable  annually  in  advance.  The  Minister 
may  at  any  time  direct  a  re-appraisement  of  rent.  The  principal 
conditions  of  the  lease  are  residence  during  the  currency  of  the 
lease,  and  the  erection  within  twelve  months  from  the  commence- 
ment of  the  lease  of  such  buildings  and  fences  as  are  necessary  for 
the  performance  of  this  condition.  The  lessee  is  given  tenant- 
right   in   improvements. 

Provision  is  made  for  the  purchase,  on  application,  by  the 
holder  of  a  residential  lease  at  any  time  after  the  expiry  of  the 
first  five  years  of  the  lease. 

HOMESTEAD  FARMS. 

A  homestead  farm  is  a  lease  in  perpetuity,  and  for  which  after 
five  years  from  confirmation,  a  grant  will  be  issued  subject  to 
conditions  of  residence  and  payment  of  rent.  Crown  lands  are  set 
apart  and  subdivided  into  blocks  for  homestead  farms,  full  par- 
ticulars being  notified  in  the  Government  Gazette  as  to  the  area 
of  each  block,  attached  conditions,  capital  values,  rental,  and 
estimated  value  of  improvements,  etc.,  together  with  the  date 
when   the   land  will  become  open   to   application. 

Crown  Lands  available  for  Conditional  Purchase  (unless  other- 
wise notified  in  the  Gazette)  are  also  available  for  Homestead 
Farms.  Land  may  also  be  set  apart  by  Gazette  notification  for 
Homestead  Farms — applications  therefor  being  limited  to  persons 
who  hold  certain  lands — to  provide  a  home  maintenance  area. 

Qualifications  to  Apply. — Any  person  (including  an  alien) 
who  : — 

(a)  Does  not  own  or  hold  under  any  tenure — other  than  a 
lease  having  less  than  five  years  to  run  (unless  such  lease 
confers  a  right  or  power  to  purchase  the  freehold  which 
right  or  power  may  still   be  e.xercised)  ;  or 

(b)  Owned  or  held  under  any  such  tenure,  and  has  not 
divested  himself  of  the  ownership  thereof  or  purported 
so  to  do,  in  order  to  evade  the  provisions  of  the  Act — 

an  area  (except  town  or  suburban  land  within  population 
boundaries  the  value  of  which  exclusive  of  improvements 
does  not  exceed  one  hundred  pounds)  which  when  added  to 
the  area  of  the  homestead  farm  applied  for  may  be  held  by 
the  local  Land  Board  to  be  substantially  in  excess  of  a  home 
maintenance  area,  may  apply  for  any  block  notified  as  a 
homestead  farm. 
A  married  woman  may,  with  moneys  belonging  to  her  for  he" 

separate  estate,  apply  for  and  thereafter  hold  a  homestead  farm. 
A  person  shall   be   disqualified   from   being  an   applicant   for  a 

homestead  farm  if — 

(1)  under  the  age  of  16  years,  if  a  male,  or 

(2)  under  the  age  of  18,  if  a  female,  or 

(3)  subject  to  any  legal  disability  other  than  marriage  ot 
coverture,  or  to  any  disqualification  specially  mentioned 
or  provided  in  the  Crown  Lands  Consolidation  Act,  1913 


CROWN   LANDS   LAWS   OF    NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


tx. 


A  Flock  of  Merino  Stud  Rams 


A  person  not  qualified  to  apply  for  a  honiesteail  farm  shall  also 
be  incompetent  to  hold  a  homestead  farm,  except  on  devolution 
under  the  will  or  intestacj'  of  a  deceased  holder. 

A  person  who  is  rendered  incompetent  under  suli  section  (b) 
may  apply,  if  he  obtains  and  lodges  with  his  application  a  cer- 
tificate by  the  Minister,  that  the  circumstances  under  which  he 
divested  himself  of  the  land  do  not  warrant  his  disqualification. 

Any  alien  who  becomes  the  holder  of  a  homestead  farm  must 
become  naturalised  within  three  years,  under  penalty  of  forfeiture 
of  all  his  interests  in  such  farm  together  with  all  improvements 
thereon. 

In  estimating  what  constitutes  a  home  maintenance  area,  the 
joint  area  held  by  husband  and  wife  (unless  where  judicially 
separated)  is  taken  into  account  as  if  such  lands  were  held  by 
one   person. 

Rent  is  at  the  date  of  2  J  per  cent,  of  the  capital  value,  and 
must  be  paid  half-yearly  in  advance.  The  capital  value  of  each 
farm  for  the  first  twenty-five  years  period  is  fixed  by  the  Minister, 
and  notified  in  Gazette  setting  the  land  apart.  If  the  applicant 
is  dissatisfied  with  such  value,  he  is  entitled  to  have  it  appraised 
by  the  local  Land  Board  on  application  in  the  |)rescribed  form 
lodged  within  twelve  months  after  confirmation.  The  prescribed 
application  must  be  accompanied  by  the  fee  of  £3.  During  the 
first  five  years  of  the  lease  of  the  farm,  the  lessee  may,  instead 
of  payment  of  rent,  expend  during  each  year  a  sum  equal  to  rent 
for  such  year  on  improvements  of  a  fixed,  permanent  and  sub- 
[  stantial  character,  the  same  (except  boundary  fencing)  being  in 
addition  to  those  which  may  be  otherwise  required  as  a  condition 
of  improvement  or  expenditure  of  the  lease.  Lessee  must  notify 
his  intention  on  the  prescribed  form  at  least  three  months  prior 
to   date   when   rent   for   the   period   will   become   due. 

In  the  event  of  a  transfer  being  approved,  within  ten  years 
from  confirmation,  the  transferror  may,  at  the  Minister's  dis- 
cretion, pay  to  the  Crown  a  sum,  not  exceeding  the  rent  so  re- 
served and  unpaid  during  the  first  five  years  of  the  lease.  The 
annual  rent  for  each  subsequent  20  years'  period  is  at  2j  per 
cent,  of  the  capital  value  or  separately  determined  by  the  Board, 
exclusive  of  improvements  on  the  farm  owned  or  efl'ected  by  the 
lessee,  but  inclusive  of  improvements  owned  by  the  Crown. 

Applicatictt  and  Survey  Fee. — Application  must  be  made  on  the 
prescribed  form  and  must  be  accompanied  by  the  survey  fee  or 
Ht  least  one-tenth  thereof,  and  a  half-year's  rent,  or  a  notification 


that  the  applicant  intends  to  elTect  improvements  in  lieu  of  pay- 
ing such  rent.  The  balance  of  survey  fee  is  payable  in  nine 
annual  instalments  with  interest  at  the  rate  of  4  per  cent,  per 
annum. 

Neither  deposit  nor  survey  fee  need  accompany  an  application 
for  a  holding  within  a  classified  area  if  such  be  lodged  during 
first  week  land  becomes  available,  but  must  be  paid  (unless 
improvements  are  to  be  effected  in  lieu  of  rent)  as  directed  by 
the   Land   Board. 

The  application  must  be  lodged  personally  by  the  applicant, 
or  by  a  duly  authorised  agent,  or  sent  by  post  to  the  Crown  Land 
Agent  of  the  district  in  which  the  land  is  situated;  if  sent  by 
post,  it  is  preferable  to  transmit  the  amount  required  by  postal 
notes,  money  order,  or  bank  draft. 

Applications  lodged  or  received  by  post  during  the  week  be 
tween  Monday  and  Saturday  next  following,  both  inclusive,  will, 
when  conflicting  together,  be  deemed  to  have  been  lodged  simul- 
taneously on  such  Monday;  but  applications  which  do  not  conflict 
will  take  effect  on  the  date  of  receipt  by  the  Crown  Land  Agent, 
but  if  any  Monday  is  a  public  holiday,  conflicting  applications 
lodged  or  received  during  the  week  will  be  held  to  have  been 
lodged  simultaneously  at  the  Lands  Office  d.iy  next  following 
such    Monday. 

Consideration  by  Land  Board. — The  Land  Board  of  the  dis- 
trict or  any  other  Land  Board  in  the  Slate,  if  specially  directed 
by  the  Minister  at  the  applicant's  request,  considers  all  applica- 
tions as  soon  as  practicable  after  lodgment  and  when  necessary 
directs  a  ballot. 

Conditions. — The   conditions   to   be    fulfilled   are: — 
Perpetual   residence. 

Payment  of  rent  and  balance  of  survey   fee. 
Payment  of  value  of  improvements  not  owned  by  the  Crown, 

if  any,  on   the   land  when  applied   for. 
Any   special  condition   notified   when   land   is   set   apart   must 

also  be  carried  out. 

The  residence  condition  is  perpetual  and  commences  within  six 
months  after  confirmation  of  the  application;  the  Land  Board 
may,  however,  on  application,  permit  the  lessee  to  reside  in  a 
village,  or  town,  within  reasonable  distance  for  the  purpose  of 
educating  his  family.  Where  the  farm  is  difficult  of  access,  or  it 
is  otherwise  undesirable  that  the  holder  or  his  family  should  be 
compelled   to   live   thereon,   the   Board   may  also   permit   residence 


AUSTRAIJA    UNLIMITED 


to  be  carried  out  anywhere  witliin  a  reasonable  working  distance 
of  such  farm.  It  is  further  provided  that  in  certain  circumstances 
residence  may,  with  consent  of  the  Chairman  or  Board,  be  carried 
out  on  the  holding  of  a  member  of  the  same  family. 


Residence  may  also,  with  permission,  be  suspended  or  remitted 
for  such  period  as  the  Board  may  determine,  or  be  carried  out 
on  another  holding  of  the  selector  within  reasonable  working 
distance. 

I'rolfclion  against  Sale  for  Debt. — .K  liomestead  farm  may. 
under  certain  conditions,  be  protected  by  registering  an  instru- 
ment in  the  prescribed  form  with  the  Crown  Land  Agent,  accom- 
panied by  a  fee  of  £i.  Where  the  grant  his  issued  the  instrument 
must  be  lodged  with  the  Registrar-General,  accompanied  by  a  fee 

of   los. 

S  , 

Transjer. — .A.  homestead  farm  is  not  transferable  other  than 
by  way  of  mortgage  until  five  years'  residence  has  been  com- 
pleted, unless  in  case  of  sickness  of  lessee  or  family,  or  other 
adverse  circumstances,  and  with  approval  of  the  Minister,  or  in 
cases  of  death  or  lunacy  of  holder,  or  by  an  execution  creditor, 
or  by  a  mortgagee  who  has  submitted  the  land  for  sale  by  auction. 
A  transfer  cannot  be  made  to  a  person  who  would  hold  more 
than  a  lionie  maintenance  area.  The  Minister's  consent  to  any 
transfer  is  necessary.  Transfers  of  homestead  farms,  where  trans 
ferabU*  before  grants,  must  be  lodged  with  the  Crown  Land  Agent 
in  the  prescribed  form,  with  parchment  copy,  and  be  accompanied 
by  a  fee  of  7s.  fid.  and  amount  of  stamp  duty.  Application  for 
the  Minister's  consent  to  transfer  by  way  of  sale,  mortgage,  lease, 
or  otherwise,  must  be  in  the  prescribed  form  and  be  accompanied 
bv   a    fee   of    los. 


CROWN    LEASES. 

A  Crown  lease  has  a  term  of  45  years.  The  title  commences 
from  the  dale  of  application,  if  valid.  During  the  last  five 
years  of  the  term  the  holder  may,  with  the  approval  of  the 
Minister,  unless  the  contrary  be  specified  in  the  notification  set 
ting  apart  the  land,  convert  so  much  of  it  as  will  not  e.\ceed  a 
home   maintenance   area   into   a   homestead    farm. 

Available  Land. — Such  lands  may  be  applied  for  as  are  notified 
from  time  to  time  in  the  Government  Gazette  as  available  for 
Crown   lease. 

Crown  Lands  available  for  Conditional  Purchases  (unless 
otherwise  notified  in  llie  Gazette)  are  also  available  for  Crown 
Lease. 

Appliealion,  Rent,  an,l  Snrvey  Fee. —  The  provisions  for  ilie 
making  of  applications  for  Crown  leases  and  their  lodgment  with 
the  Crown  Land  Agent  are  very  similar  to  those  that  govern  the 
making  of  applications  for  homestead  farms.  A  half-year's  rent, 
at  the  rate  of  i\  per  cent,  of  the  capital  value  and  at  least  one 
tenth  of  the  survey  fee,  must  (unless  deferred,  as  in  the  case  of 
hcvmestead  farms)  accompany  the  application.  The  capital  value 
of  each  lease  for  the  first  period  of  fifteen  years  is  fixed  by 
the  Minister  and  notified  in  the  Gazette  setting  the  land  apart, 
but  if  the  applicant  is  dissatisfied  with  such  value  he  is  eniitleil 
to  have  it  appraised  by  the  local  Land  Board  on  application 
within  twelve  months  after  confirmatiim  in  the  prescribcil  lorni. 
The  rent  must  be  paid  half-yearly  in  advance;  annual  rent  shall 
not  be  less  than  £1.  ,\  survey  fee  in  the  same  proportion  as 
that  provided  for  in  connection  with  homestead  farms  must  also 
be  paid   in   connection   with   a  Crown   lease. 

Rent  for  the  first  year  of  the  lease  will  be  remilled  if  in 
addition  to  any  improvement  or  expenditure  condit.'(m  attached  to 
the  lease  the  lessee  expends  in  effecting  on  the  lease  improve- 
ments of  a  permanent  fixed  and  substantial  character  a  sum  equal 
to  the  rent  for  that  year.  Intention  to  so  effect  additional  im- 
provements must  be  notified  at  least  three  months  prior  to  expira- 
tion  of   first   year  of  lease. 

Residence. — The  lessee  shall  reside  on  the  land  leased  during 
the  whole  term  of  the  lease,  and  such  residence  shall  commence 
within  six  months  after  the  confirmation  of  the  application  for 
the  lease,  but  the  local  Land  Board  has  the  same  power  of 
modifying  the  condition  as  it  possesses  in  respect  to  a  homestead 
farm. 

Proleelion  against  .^ale  for  Debt. — A  Crown  lease  may,  under 
certain  conditions,  be  jirolected  by  registration,  as  in  the  case  of 
homestead   farms. 

Transfer. — The  provision  for  and  the  restrictions  in  regard  to 
transfer  are  similar  to  those  that  govern  such  action  in  connec- 
tion with  homestead  farms.  Transfer  i,/ust  be  lodged  with  the 
Under-.Secretary  for  Lands,  accompanied  by  a  fee  of  £1.  Stamp 
duty   must   also  be   paid. 

Conversitin. —  During  the  last  five  years  of  the  lease,  unless 
debarred  by  the  notification  setting  the  land  apart,  the  holder  may. 
with  the  Minister's  approval,  convert  so  much  as  the  Land  Board 
considers  does  not  exceed  a  home  maintenance  area  into  a  home- 
stead   farm. 


SL'BIRBAN    HOLDINGS. 

A  suburban  holding  is  a  lease  in  perpetuity,  and  is  subject  to 
the  contiitions  of  perpetual  residence  and  payment  of  rent.  After 
five  years,  provided  conditions  have  been  fulfilled,  a  perpetual 
lease  grant  will  issue,  subject  to  conditions  attaching  to  the 
holding. 

Qualifications  to  apply  or  hold  a  Suburban  Ilc'.iing. — Any 
person  (including  an  alien,  who  must  become  naturalised  within 
three    years    after    becoming   the    holder)    whose    wife    or   husband 


CROWN   LANDS   LAWS   OF   NEW  SOUTH  WALES 


XI. 


(unless  judicially  separated)    has   not  ac(|uired   a   suburban   hold- 
ing and   who   is — 

(a)   net  under  the  age  of   i6  years,  if  a  male  ; 

(*)   not  under  the  age  of   i8,  if  a   female; 

(i-)   not  subject  to  any  legal  disability,  other  than  nonage  or 
coverture ; 
may  apply  for  a  suburban  holding. 

The  disqualifications  shall  not  apply  to  any  person  who  becomes 
entitled  to  a  suburban  holding  under  the  will  or  intestacy  of  a 
deceased  holder,  or  in  cases  of  possession  by  a  mortgagee  or 
execution    creditor. 

Available  Laiit/s. — Only  such  lands  arc  available  as  may  be 
notified  from  time  to  time  in  the  GoTernmeut  Gazette  and  the 
applicant  is  restricted   to  one  holding  as  set  apart. 

Application,  Rent,  and  Suri<i-y  Fee. — The  provision  for  the 
making  of  applications  for  suburban  holdings,  and  their  lodg 
ment  with  the  Crown  Land  Agents,  are  similar  to  those  that 
govern  the  making  of  applications  for  homestead  farms.  A  half- 
year's  rent  at  the  rate  of  2j  per  cent,  of  the  capital  value  of 
the  land  and  at  least  one-tenth  of  the  survey  fee  must  accompany 
the  application,  unless  deferred  as  in  the  case  of  a  Homestead 
Kami,  the  rent  must  be  paid  half-yearly  in  advance,  and  the 
annual  rent  shall  in  no  instance  be  less  than  5/-.  The  capital 
value  of  each  holding  for  the  first  period  of  twenty  years  is  fixed 
by  the  Minister,  and  notified  in  the  Gazette  setting  the  land  apart. 
For  each  subsequent  twenty  years'  period  the  annual  rent  is  2i 
per  cent,  of  the  capital  value  as  separately  determined  by  the  local 
Land  Hoard,  exclusive  of  improvements  effected  or  owned  by  the 
holder,  but  inclusive  of  Crown  improvements.  A  survey  fee,  in 
the  same  proportions  as  that  provided  for  in  connection  with 
homestead  farms,  must  also  be  paid  in  connection  with 
suburban   holdings. 

Protection  against  Sale  jor  Debt. — A  suburban  holding  may, 
under  certain  conditions,  be  protected  by  registration,  as  in  the 
case   of   a   homestead    farm. 


Transjers. — A  transfer  must  be  to  a  person  (jualified  to  apply 
for  a  suburban  holding,  but,  as  already  pointed  out,  this  does 
not  apply  to  any  person  upon  whom  such  a  holding  devolves 
under  the  will  or  intestacy  of  a  deceased  holder,  or  in  cases  of 
possession  by  a  mortgagee  or  execution  creditor.  Transfers, 
where  transferable  before  grant,  must  be  lodged  with  the  Crown 
Land  Agent  on  the  proper  form  with  panhment  copy,  and  accom- 
panied by  a   fee  of  7s.  6d.  and  stamp  duty. 


IRRIGATION    FARMS. 

An  irrigation  farm  lease  is  a  lease  in  perpetuity,  the  princip.1l 
conditions  att.aching  thereto  being  perpetual  residence  and  pay- 
ment of  rent  (based  on  2j  per  cent,  of  capital  value),  and  (he 
carrying  out  of  such  other  conditions  as  may  be  notified  when  the 
land  is  set  apart. 

The  capital  value  is  gazetted  for  a  period  of  25  years,  at  the 
end  of  which  time  it  is  re-appraised  for  a  period  of  20  years,  and 
is  subject  to  similar  re-appraisement  for  every  subsequent  20 
years'  period. 

Only  such  lands  are  available  as  may  be  notified  from  time  to 
lime  in  the  Government  Gazette,  and  must  be  taken  in  areas  as 
notified. 

The  land  may  be  protected  against  sale  for  debt  as  in  the  case 
of  Homestead  Farms,  etc.  Any  person  other  than  a  married 
woman  not  judicially  separated  of  or  over  16  years  of  age,  if  a 
male,  or  of  or  over  18  years,  if  a  female,  or  two  or  more  persons 
jointly  may  apply. 

An  alien  is  not  barred,  but  he  must  become  naturalised  within 
tliree  years  under  penalty  of  forfeiture.  Transferable  with  con- 
sent of  the  Commissioner  for  Water  Conservation  and  Irriga- 
tion at  expiration  of  five  years  ;  earlier  transfer  only  in  case  of 
sickness  or  other  adverse  circumstances,  death  or  lunacy  of  se- 
lector, seizure  for  debt.  Lands  may  also  be  disposed  of  as  town 
lands  and  non-irrigable  land.  Town  lands  blocks  may  be  dis- 
posed  of   by    auction. 


a 
o 

a 
Ex 


> 


s 

o 


a 
o 

m 

O 


(xii.) 


VICTORIA :  INFORMATION  TO  INTENDING  SETTLERS. 

Supplied  for  Publication  in  Australia  Unlimited  hy  direction  of  the  Minister  in  charge  of 
Immigration,  Hon.  W.  Hutchinson,  M.L.A.,  Melbourne. 


The  settlement  of  the  land  in  Victoria  is  carried  out  under 
three  distinct  headings,  according  to  the  class  of  land  to  be 
disposed  of,  and  its  suitability  for  different  branches  of  agri- 
cultural  production. 

Crown  lands,  other  than  lands  accjuircd  for  Closer  Settlement, 
which  are  disposed  of  by  the  Lands  Purchase  and  Management 
Hoard  or  the  State  Rivers  and  Water  Supply  Commission,  are 
dealt  with  by  the  Crown  Lands  Department.  The  Commission, 
allots   irrigable   land   to  settlers  and   supervises  their  operations. 

CROWN    LANDS. 

Ordinary  Crown  lands  are  generally  unimproved,  and  are 
situated  in  the  more  remote  portions  of  the  State.  About 
13,000,000  acres  remain  in  the  hands  of  the  Crown,  of  which 
nearly  5,000,000  acres  are  known  as  "Mallee  lands"  (wheat 
growing). 

Available  Crown  lands  are  divided  into  the  following  classes  : — 

Agricultural   and   grazing  lands    (including   Mallee   lands). 

Swamp  or  reclaimed  lands. 

Special   settlement  areas, 

Auriferous   lands, 

Land   for  sale   by   auction, 
and    the   methods   of  acquiring  such   lands   will   be    found   briefly 
stated    iu    the    following    jiaragraphs.      Selectors     should     make 
themselves   thoroughly   acquainted    with    the   conditions,    which   arc 
fully  set  out   in  every  title   issued. 

AGRICULTURAL   AND   GRAZING    LANDS. 
SELECTION    PURCHASE    LEASES. 

The  land  available  for  selection  is  divided  into  three  (3) 
classes,  and  may  be  secured  umler  very  easy  terms.  Selection, 
the  popular  method  of  acquiring  land,  permits  a  settler  to  obtain 
land  which,  together  with  any  country  land  held  by  him,  shall 
not  exceed  £2,500  in  value.  The  land  is  selected  under  a 
Selection  Purchase  Lease,  which  has  a  currency  of  20  years,  or, 
if  preferred,  of  40  years.  The  half-yearly  payments  of  rents 
are  credited  towards  purchasing  money.  The  table  subjoined 
shews  the  maximum  area  which  may  be  selected,  the  rental 
charged  and  the  improvements  it  is  necessary  to  effect  on  each 
class  of  land   resjjectively. 


The  lease  is  not  negotiable  during  the  first  six  years  of  its 
currency,  nor  can  the  land  be  sub-let,  but  a  lien  may  be  regis- 
tered to  the  value  of  the  improvements  effected  on  the  land. 
After  six  years,  if  the  conditions  of  the  lease  have  been  complied 
with,  the  lessee  may  obtain  a  Crown  Grant  by  paying  the  balance 


Tea-Tree  on  the  Sea-Shore 


EXPLANATORY   SELECTION   TABLE. 


I 


(a)  Value  per  Acre. 

(6)  Value  of  Improvements  per  Acre  to  be  effected  by  a  Selection 
Purchase  Lessee  before  the  end  of  Specified  Periods- 

■D 

C 

Area. 

a. 

is 

Annual  Rental 
(payable  half-yearly). 

Residence  Lease  (Section  46. 
Land  Act  1915). 

Non-Residence  Lease 
Section  50.  Land  Act  1915). 

0 

1 
s 

0 

(A* 

If 

T3  0 
u  u 

C 
"(3 

20-Year 
Period  (Resi- 
dence  or  Non- 
Residence.) 

40-Year 
Period 
(Residence 
only). 

> 

•a 

c 

U 

V 

U 
rr, 

a 

> 

"to 

s 

>■ 

C 

■H 

en 

g 

u 
a 
u 

s 

1st 

2nd 

3rd 

Ac. 
200 
320 
640 

Ac. 

640 
1,000 
1,280 

15/- 
10/. 

per  Ac. 
1/- 
9d. 
6d. 

pet  Ac. 
6d. 
4id. 
3d. 

3/4 
2/6 

6/8 
5/- 
5/- 

10/6 
7/6 

Total. 
£1 

15/- 
10/. 

6/8 
5/- 
3/4 

13/4 

10/- 

6/8 

£1 

15/- 
10/- 

1/6/8 

1/13/4 

Total. 

15/- 
10/- 

(a)  Under  Section  8,  Land  Act  1J15.  the  value  may  be  fixed  higher  if  the  value  of  the  land  is  greater  than  the  minimum  stated,  in 
which  case  the  lialfyearly  payments  are  increased  pro  rata. 

(b)  \nv  oavment  made  by  an  incoming  applicant  for  existing  improvements  is  credited  as  expenditure,  and  improvements  made  in 
excess  for  any  one  year  (if  maintained)  are  set  off  against  expenditure  required  the  next  or  followmg  years. 

(xiii.) 


XIV. 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


of  purchase  money  due,  but,  should  he  prefer,  he  may  con- 
tinue to  hold,  under  the  lease,  which  is  then  made  a  negotiable 
document,  and  the  title  may  be  operated  on  as  freely  as  a  Crown 
Grant,  into  which  it  may  be  transformed  at  any  time,  on  pay- 
ment of  the  balance  of  purchase  money. 

SELECTIONS     OF     MALLEE     LANDS. 

The  facilities  for  selection  are  extended  to  the  Mallee  lands, 
the  great  wheat-growing  areas  of  this  State.  The  table  supplies 
information    respecting    these    lands    also. 

AURIFEROUS    LANDS. 

Provision  is  made  for  the  acquisition  of  small  blocks  on  auri- 
ferous lands  in  order  that  persons  may  establish  homes  and 
su]>i)lement   their  other  means  of  livelihood. 

LAND    FOR    SALE    BY    AUCTION. 

Crown  allotments  in  cities,  towns  and  boroughs,  and  isolated 
blocks  up  to  50  acres  may  be  sold  by  public  auction  on  very 
liberal   terms. 

SWAMP  OR  RECLAIMED  LANDS. 

Swamp  or  reclaimed  lands  are  disposed  of  in  areas  not 
exceeding  as  a  rule  160  acres  (acording  to  the  quality  of  the 
land  and  the  cost  of  reclamation)  under  the  following  con- 
ditions : — 

(a)  Under  Conditional  Purchase  Lease,  the  purchase  money, 
together  with  interest  at  4*  per  cent,  per  annum,  being 
payable  by  equal  half-yearly  instalments  embracing  a 
period  not  exceeding  314  years. 
(*)  Under  Perpetual  Lease,  with  an  annual  rental  equal  to 
4  per  cent,  of  the  value  of  the  land,  and  subject  to 
re-assessment  every  ten  years, 
(c)   Sale  by  Auction,  as  in  the  case  of  other  Crown  lands. 

BEE  FARMS. 

Annual  licences  for  Bee  Farms  may  be  granted  (not  more 
than  three  to  any  one  holder  for  areas  not  exceeding  a  total  of 
10  acres  at  an  annual  rcnlal  of  I /-   (24  cents)   per  acre.     No  Bee 


Farm  Licence  is  issued  without  a  Bee  Range  Licence,  which 
may  be  secured  by  payment  of  Jd.  (i  cent)  per  annum  for  every 
acre  of  Crown  lands  within  a  radius  of  one  mile  of  the  apiary, 
and  all  timber  suitable  for  bees  may  be  protected  from  destruc- 
tion on  any  such  areas,  even  though  held  under  grazing  leases 
or   licences. 

GRAZING   LICENCES. 

Pastoral  lands,  which  comprise  a  large  proportion  of  the 
Crown  lands  of  Victoria  awaiting  development,  and  also  any 
other  Crown  lands  or  reserves,  may  be  licensed  for  grazing  pur- 
poses only.  The  area  which  may  be  held  is  unlimited,  and  the 
rental  charged  is  based  on  the  value  of  the  land  for  grazing 
purposes.  Licences  are  renewable  annually  for  any  term  not 
exceeding  seven  years,  with  the  right  to  fence  and  make  d.ims. 
])rovided  the  permission  of  the  Minister  be  first  obtaiiieil,  hut  a 
licence   may  be   cancelled   at   any  time. 

SPECIAL  SETTLEMENT   AREAS. 

Special  Settlement  Areas  may  be  ])roclaimed  where  expenditure 
for  the  imi)rovement  of  the  lands  has  been  incurreil  by  the 
Crown.  The  land  may  be  accpiired  under  a  Conditional  Purchase 
Lease.  The  maximum  area  allowed  is  200  acres.  The  Crown 
Grant  will  contain  a  condition  that  the  lan<l  sh.all  be  used  for 
the   purposes  of  agriculture   and   residence. 

GENERAL  CONDITIONS. 

Applicants  for  land,  whether  male  or  female,  must  be  of  the 
full   age   of  eighteen   years. 

Successful  applicants  are  required  to  pay  the  cost  of  survey, 
and  the  valuation  of  improvements  (if  any)  on  the  land,  either 
in   cash   or  by   instalments. 

A  permit  to  occupy  the  land  may,  if  desired,  be  issued  imme- 
diately after  the  first  rent  has  been   paid. 

Any  person  who  has  complied  with  the  conditions  of  his  Selec- 
tion Purchase  Lease  may  be  granted  a  suspension  of  payments 
of  instalments  up  to  60  per  cent,  of  the  value  of  the  unencum- 
bered  improvements  he   has  effected. 

Monthly  and  fortnightly  lists  of  lands  available  are  published 
which  supply  fidl  details  of  lands  available  in  all  ])arts  of  the 
State. 


A  Fern   GitUy,   Victoria 


Cymbidiiuu  canaliculatum 

(XV.) 


XVI. 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


TERMS    AND    CONDITIONS    UNDER    WHICH    CLOSER 
SETTLEMENT    LANDS    MAY    BE    ACQUIRED. 

The  Closer  Settlement  of  repurchased  land  has  been  one  of  the 
principal  features  in  the  policies  of  successive  Governments  since 
1898,   when   the    first  legislation   was   introduced. 

Changing  conditions  and  matured  experience  have  since  that 
period  given  rise  to  considerable  amendment  and  liberalization 
of  the  Closer  .Settlement  Acts.  The  extension  of  the  railway 
systems  and  improvement  generally  of  transit  facilities  each  year 
brings  new  areas  within  the  requirements  which  are  regarded  as 
essential  to  successful  settlement.  Proximity  to  the  railway, 
towns,  markets,  churches,  schools,  banks,  post-offices,  &c.,  con- 
siderably reduces   the  diflicultics  of  the   new  settler. 


Agricultural   Labourer's   Allotment   to   £350    ($1,680). 
Workman's  Home  to  £250   ($1,200). 

(3)  Allotments  are  sold  under  a  conditional  purchase  lease 
having  a  term  of  31J  years.  Applicants  are  required  to  lodge  a 
deposit  equal  to  3  per  cent,  of  the  capital  value  of  the  land 
applied  for,  together  with  £1  Js.  ($6.00)  lease  and  registration 
fees.  In  the  event  of  an  application  being  unsuccessful,  all 
moneys  lodged,  less  the  registration  fee  of  5s.  ($1.20),  is  re- 
turned. 

(4)  Residence  upon  the  allotment,  or  upon  the  estate  of  which 
the  allotment  forms  a  part,  or  upon  land  adjoining  the  estate  and 
not  separated  from  it  by  more  than  a  road  or  water-course,  is 
compulsory  for  eight  months  in  each  year,  in  the  case  of  a  farm 


A  Lord  of  the  Forest.     An  old  Gum-tree  used  as  a  Church,  Gippsland. 


The  terms  and  conditions  under  which  Closer  Settlement  lands 
may  be  acquired  are  within  the  means  of  any  person  of  moderate 
capital  and  experience.  The  measure  of  assistance  which  may  be 
given  under  the  Act  enables  the  settler  to  erect  the  necessary  dwell- 
ing, out-buildings,  and  fencing  during  the  early  years  of  settle- 
ment without  undue  strain  on  his  own  resources. 

GENERAL    CONDITIONS    GOVERNING   THE    SALE    OF 
CLOSER   SETTLEMENT    LANDS. 

(1)  Applicants,  male  or  female,  must  be  over  the  age  of 
eighteen   years. 

(2)  The  maximum  value  of  land  which  may  be  held  by  one 
lessee  is — Farm  Allotment  to  £2,500  ($12,000),  except  in  the  case 
of  an  allotment  where  a  valuable  homestead  is  erected,  when  the 
value  of  the  land  may  be  increased  to  £4,000   ($19,200). 


holding.  In  the  cases  of  Agricultural  Labourers'  and  Work- 
men's Allotments,  residence  for  eight  months  in  each  year  is  also 
compulsory,  and  each  lessee  by  himself  or  his  family  must  reside 
on  his  own  allotment.  Provision  is  made  for  substituted  residence 
on  a  farm  allotment  during  the  first  three  years  of  the  lease  con- 
ditionally on  the  application  being  made  when  the  land  is  applied 
for.  The  substitute  must  comply  with  the  residence  condition 
for  the  prescribed  period  in  each  year,  and  otherwise  fulfil  the 
requirements  of  the  lease.  On  all  Closer  Settlement  land  the 
residence  condition  carries  on  into  the  Crown  grant,  when 
obtained,  and  any  sub-lessee  or  transferee  must  also  comply  in 
this  particular.  Leave  of  absence  from  the  land  may  be  obtained 
under  special  conditions. 

(5)  Upon  a  farm  allotment  it  is  a  condition  of  the  lease  that 
permanent  and  substantial  improvements  to  an  amount  equivalent 
to  6  per  cent,   of  the   capital   value  of  the  land  shall  be  effected 


CROWN    LANDS   LAWS    OF    VICTORIA 


XVII. 


TreeFerns. 

by  lessee  before  the  end  of  the   first  year.      Before  the  end  of  the 
third  year,   the   value   of  the   improvements   must   be   increased   to 

io  per  cent.,  and  by  the  end  of  the  sixth  year  to  a  total  value 
f  20  per  cent,  of  the  capital  value  of  the  land. 
Where  substituted  residence  is  granted  as  provided  in  par.  4 
nprovements  must  be  effected  as  under: — Before  the  end  of  the 
rst  year,  to  the  value  of  10  per  cent,  of  the  purchase  money ; 
I  the  increased  value  of  5  per  cent,  during  the  second  year;  and 
■  a  further  increased  value  of  5  per  cent,  during  the  third  year; 
and  to  the  total  value  of  30  per  cent,  before  the  end  of  the  si.\th 
year  of  the  term  of  the   lease. 

L'lKjn  an  Agricultural  Labourer's  Allotment  a  substantial  dwell- 
ing to  the  value  at  least  of  £30  ($144)  must  be  erected  by  the 
end  of  the  first  year,  and  the  boundaries  of  the  allotment  must 
be   securely   fenced   by  the   end  of   the   second   year. 

Upon  a  Workmen's  Home  Allotment  a  substantial  dwelling  to 
the  value  at  least  of  £50  ($240)  must  be  erected  within  the  first 
year  of  the  lease,  and  other  improvements  to  the  value  of  a  fur- 
ther £25  ($120)  before  the  end  of  the  second  year.  On  estates 
within  the  metropolitan  area  the  Board  is  empowered  to  advance 
£250  ($1,200)  towards  the  erection  of  a  suitable  dwelling,  con- 
ditionally on   the  lessee  contributing  at  least  £50   ($240)   in  cash. 

(6)  In  the  case  of  a  farm  allotment,  the  lessee  may  after  the 
first  si.\  years  of  his  lease  transfer,  sublet,  assign,  or  mortgage 
the  whole  or  part  of  the  allotment.  Within  the  first  six  years  of 
his  lease,  under  special  circumstances,  a  lessee  may  be  allowed 
til  surrender  his  allotment,  and  sell  his  interest  in  the  improve- 
ments efl^ected  by  him.  The  lease  of  the  incoming  person  com- 
mences  from   the   date   of  his  occupation. 

In  the  cases  of  Agricultural  Labourers'  and  Workmen's  Homes 
Allotments,  lessees  may  transfer,  sublet,  assign,  or  mortgage  at 
any  time  with  the  consent  of  the  Board  conditionally  on  the 
transferee  or  assignee  being  eligible  and  willing  to  comply  with 
the   conditions   of    the    lease. 

(7)  The  Crown  Grant  may  be  obtained  at  the  end  of  any  half- 
year  after  the  first  twelve  years  of  the  lease  have  expired  on 
payment  of  the  balance  of  the  purchase  money.  Residence  by 
the  owner  or  occupier  for  the  time  being  is  required  under  the 
Crown  Grant. 

(8)  The  Closer  Settlement  Acts  provide  that  where  through 
unforeseen    circumstances   settlers   cannot   meet    instalments   punc- 


tually, they  may  obtain  a  temporary  susjwnsion  thereof  up  to 
60  per  cent,  of  the  security  value  of  the  permanent  and  sub 
stantial  improvements  effected  by  them,  or  an  advance  up  to  the 
same  amount,  provided  the  instalments  are  paid  to  date,  may  be 
obtained  for  a  fixed  |)eriod  in  order  to  enable  them  to  continue 
working  and  further  improving  their  allotments.  All  advances 
or  suspensions  carry  an  interest  charge  of  5  per  cent,  per- annum 
upon  the  amount  suspended  or  advanced.  The  maximum  advance 
or  suspension  which  may  be  made  to  a  settler  on  a  farm  allotment 
on  account  of  improvements  efl^ected  within  the  first  six  years  of 
his  lease  is  £500  ($2,400).  If  the  lease  has  been  in  existence 
over  six  years,  the  Board  may  increase  the  advance  by  an  amount 
up  to  60  per  cent,  of  the  principal  which  has  been  repaid,  the 
total   advance   not   to   exceed   £1,000    ($4,800). 

(9)  Advances  may  be  made  to  licensees  or  lessees  under  cer- 
tain sections  of  the  Land  Acts,  not  being  Closer  Settlement  lesse---s. 
Such  advances  are  made  only  up  to  60  per  cent,  of  the  security 
value  of  the  permanent  and  substantial  improvements  effected  by 
llie  licensee  or  lessee,  and  are  repayable  over  a  period  of  years 
not  exceeding  twenty,  and  carry  an  interest  charge  of  5  per  cent. 
Interest  and  principal  are  repayable  half-yearly. 

(10)  Where  advances  or  suspension  of  instalments  are  made, 
the  insurable  improvements  must  be  insured,  either  with  the 
Board  or  an  outside  company.  If  insured  with  the  latter  the 
policy  must  be  in  the  joint  names  of  the  lessee  and  the  Secretary. 
Lands  Purchase   Board.     Premiums  must  be  paid  by  the  lessee. 

AVAILABLE  ALLOTMENTS. 
All  information  in  regard  to  the  allotments  available  for  appli- 
cation, together  with  amount  of  instalment  thereon  and  cost  of 
improvements,  if  any,  should-  be  made  to  the  .Secretary  of  the 
Lands  Purchase  Board,  or  the  Inquiry  Branch  of  the  Lands  De- 
partment. Railway  tickets  at  half  rates  will  be  available 
for  the  purposes  of  inspection.  Occupation  of  lands  available 
will  be  given  immediately  on  approval  of  the  application  by  the 
Board,   and  on  payment  of  the   fees  due. 

IRRIGATION    AREAS. 

The  State  has  acquired  and  subdivided  land  in  Irrigation 
Districts,  and  offers  it  to  settlers,  under  the  Closer  Settlement 
conditions  above  described,  in  holdings  of  from  2  to  100  acres, 
and  at  prices  varying  from  £6  ($28.80)  to  £30  ($144.00)  per 
acre. 

Each  holding  is  connected  by  channel  with  the  Government 
Water  Supply  Works  (administered  by  the  Stale  Rivers  and 
Water   Supply  Commission,   Melbourne). 

The  most  northerly  areas,  those  within  the  Cohuna,  Koon- 
drook.  Swan  Hill,  Nyah  and  Merbein  Districts,  are  supplied 
from  the  Murray  Rirer,  while  the  .Shepparton,  Stanhope,  Tongala 
and  Rochester  areas  in  the  famous  Goulburn  Valley  are  served 
from  its  principal  tributary,  the  Goulburn.  The  Werribee  Dis- 
trict, in  the  Southern  portion  of  the  State,  and  within  17  miles 
of  Melbourne,  is  supplied  from  the  Werribee  River. 

Water  for  irrigation  is  supplied  by  the  Commission  at  the 
boundaries  of  the  settlers'  holdings,  the  charges  made  being  only 
those  necessary  to  cover  the  cost  of  supply,  without  profit.  These 
charges  range,  in  the  Northern  districts,  from  5/-  ($1.20)  for 
gravitation  water,  to  15/-  ($3.60)  for  pumped  water,  per  acre 
foot  of  the  water  delivered  to  the  irrigator.  The  charge  at 
Werribee,  where  there  are  special  conditions,  is  at  present  20/- 
($4.80)   per  acre  foot. 

The  Commission  makes  a  practice  of  advising  and  assisting 
settlers,  in  the  matter  of  the  erection  of  buildings,  preparation  of 
land  for  cultivation,  and  generally  regarding  dairy  farming  and 
other   forms  of  agriculture   under  irrigation. 

Applications  are  invited  from  intending  settlers,  or  those  inter- 
ested in  irrigaticn.  Full  and  reliable  information  will  be  fur- 
nished all   enquirers. 

Applications  and  all  letters  should  be  addressed  to  the  State 
Rivers  and  Water  .Supply  Commission,  Melbourne,  Victoria, 
Australia. 


s 

•a 


pq 


c3 
O 

O 


(xviii.) 


QUEENSLAND'S  LAND  LAWS 

(Information  supplied  by  the  Secretary  for  Lands,  by  direction  of  the  Hon.  the  Premier). 


Land  Laws. — Queensland  offers  her  broad  acres  of  exceptionally 
fertile  lands  to  settlers  on  the  most  liberal  terms  and  conditions 
in  the  world.  At  the  present  time  there  are  many  millions  of 
acres  of  2Kriciilfurai  and  grazing  lands  available  for  selection, 
made  up  as  follows  : — Agricultural  farms,  prickly-pear  selections, 
grazing  farms.  These  areas  may  be  taken  up  under  the  follow- 
ing modes  and  conditions: — (i)  Agricultural  selections,  i.e., 
agricultural  farms,  perpetual  leases,  agricultural  homesteads,  and 
free  homesteads;  (2)  Grazing  Selections.  i.e.,  grazing 
homesteads  and  grazing  farms;  (3)  Prickly  Pear  Selections; 
.'4)  Unconditional  Selections.  Priority  is  given  to  applications 
for    land    under    the    perpetual    leases   clause   of    the    Act. 

Agricultural  farms  suitable  for  dairy  and  general  farming, 
may  be  taken  up  in  areas  up  to  2,560  acres  under  personal  resi- 
dence conditions  at  prices  ranging  from  los.  per  acre  upwards, 
the  payments  therefor  extending  over  20  years.  The  annual 
rental  is  one-fortieth  of  the  jjurchasing  price. 

Perpetual  Lease  Selections. — The  conditions  of  personal  resid- 
ence and  improvements  as  jirescribed  for  agricultural  farms  apply 
to  selections  under  this  mode.  Rent  for  first  period  of  10  years, 
li  per  cent,  on  the  notified  purchasing  price  of  agricultural  farms, 
^'he  rent  for  each  succeeding  period  of  ten  years  is  determined  by 

and  Court. 

Afjr'uultnral    Homesteads. — Maximum    area,    320    acres;     price, 
6d.  per  acre  ;  annual  rent,  3(1.  per  acre  ;  term,   10  years.     These 
eas  are  only  available  in  remote  localities. 

Grazing  Selections. —  Maximum  area,  60,000  acres ;  personal 
esidence  conditions,  improvements  compulsory;  rent,  from  iJd. 
per  acre  upwards ;  term  of  lease,  not  to  exceed  28  years.  Annual 
rentals  after  first  period  of  seven  years  are  determined  by  Land 
Court. 

Unconditional  Selection. — Maximum  area,  1280  acres;  price, 
from  13s.  4d.  per  acre  upwards,  payable  in  twenty  annual  instal- 
ments. 

Prickly  Pear  Selections. —  Maximum  area,  2560  acres  ;  lease,  25 
years,  divided  into  two  periods ;  peppercorn  rental  during  first 
period,  compulsory  eradication  of  prickly  pear.  In  the  case  of 
liadly  infested  land,  it  is  optional  for  the  Lands  Department  to 
iilfer  a  bonus  to  the  selector  for  the  clearing  of  the  land,  and  when 
freed  from  the  pest,  he  is  entitled  to  a  i\ei!i\  of  grant  without 
any  payment  except  the  deed  fees. 

Selection  by  Aliens. — h\\  aliens  must  become  naturalised  before 
(hey  can  acquire  land,  and  pass  a  test  in  reading  and  writing  in 

Iluch  language  as   the   Minister  for   Lands  may  direct.       .>\n  alien 
pust    reside    two    yecirs    in     the     Commonwealth    before     he     can 
leconie    naturalised. 
F 
sett 


IHP" 


■Issislance  to  Settlers. — The  Government  issues  to  the  intending 
settler  desirous  of  inspecting  Crown  lands  with  a  view  to  select- 
ing an   area  not   greater   than   5120  acres,   a   railway  ticket   from 
e    railway    in    Queensland    nearest    to    his    home    at    half    the 
irdinary    fare.        If    the    intending    settler    subsequently .  selects 
a    selection    subject    to    jiersonal    residence    conditions,    and    not 
exceeding   5120   acres   in   area,   the   half-fare   paid   by   him   is   re- 
:unded,   and   his   family,   self,   ordinary   household    furniture   and 
ects,   agricultural    implements,   seed,   one   dray,   and   one   set   of 


harness,   are    carried    free    to    the    railway   station    nearest    to   his 
selection. 

Every  assistance  is  afforded  the  man  on  the  land  to  improve 
his  homestead.  Since  the  inauguration  of  the  Stale  .Agricul- 
tural Bank  in  1902,  the  loans  to  the  end  of  Jun^jvigij,  are  as 
follows: — Advances  approved,  £416,190;  instalmtnts  paid, 
£296,396;   total   advances   to   date,   £1,147,996. 


4 


i^^'x^^M 


l;^^^ 


An  Orchard,  Mapletou 


(xix.) 


XX. 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Coke-making,   Bundamba   Collieries 


The  Agricultural  Bank  Acts  Amendment  Act  of  1911-14-15  pro- 
vides for  advances  to  holders  of  lands  held  in  fee-simple,  and  used 
or  about  to  be  used  bona-fide  for  agricultural  or  dairying  purposes, 
agricultural  farms,  agricultural  homesteads,  grazing  farms,  graz- 
ing homesteads,  unconditional  selections,  or  mining  homestead 
leases,  held  under  Part  VIII.  of  the  Mining  Act  of  1898;  also 
any  other  lands  which  the  Governor-in-Council  may,  by  Order- 
in-Council,  published  in  the  Gazette,  declare  to  be  agricultural 
lands  for  the   purpose  of  this  Act. 

Advances. — Advances  are  made  for  the  following  purposes : — 
Payment  of  liabilities  already  existing  on  the  holding;  purchase 
of  stock,  machinery  or  implements ;  agricultural,  dairying,  graz- 
ing, horticultural,  or  viticultural  pursuits  on  the  holding,  and 
adding  to  the  improvements  already  made  on  the  holding. 

Advances  for  any  of  the  following  purposes,  namely,  buildings 
not  exceeding  £40,  silos,  ringbarking,  clearing,  fencing,  draining,  or 
water  conservation,  may  be  made  of  an  amount  not  exceeding 
£200  to  the  full  value  of  the  improvements  proposed  to  me  made  : 
Provided  that,  in  the  case  of  an  advance  being  made  for  the 
purpose  of  freeing  land  from  prickly-pear,  the  managing  director 
shall  retain  such  proportion  of  the  advance  as  he  things  proper, 
not  exceeding  one-half  part  thereof,  for  such  period  as  he  thinks 
proper  in  order  to  secure  the  effective  and  permanent  freeing  of 
the  land  from  prickly-pear!  Advances  at  the  rate  of  13s.  4d.  in 
the  £  on  the  value  of  land  improvements  may  also  be  made  up 
to  £200   for   unspecified   purposes. 

In  no  case  shall  the  total  amount  of  the  advances  under  this 
Act,  exclusive  of  the  advances  made  under  the  last  preceding  para- 
graph, exceed   12s.  in  the  £  of  such  estimated  value. 

For  the  purposes  ot  making  advances  under  this  Act  on  the 
security  of  a  miner's  homestead  lease,  as  defined  by  the  Mining 
Act  of  1898,  such  leasehold  shall  be  considered  as  if  it  were  held 
in   fee-simple  by  the  lessee   thereof. 

No  advance  under  this  Act  shall  be  made  to  any  aboriginal 
native  of  Asia,  Africa,  or  the  Pacific  Islands,  who  has  not  first 
obtained  in  the  prescribed  manner  a  certificate  that  he  is  able  to 
read  and  write  from  dictation  words  in  such  language  as  the 
Secretary   for   Agriculture    may   direct. 

No  security  other  than  a  first  mortgage  will  be  accepted  as 
sufficient.       At  no  time  can  the  advance  to  any  one  person  exceed 


£800.        Applications   for   advances   not  exceeding  £200   will   have 
priority. 

Form  of  Improvements. — Clearing,  breaking  up,  ringbarking, 
fencing,  draining,  bores,  wells,  dams,  and  reservoirs,  buildings, 
machinery  (if  a  fixture)  silos,  cattle-dips,  stockyards,  and  any 
other  improvements   which   may  be   prescriljed  by   regulation. 

Mode  of  Payment  of  Advances. — Where  advances  are  made  for 
the  purpose  of  payment  of  liabilities  already  existing  on  the  hold- 
ing, the  advances  will  be  paid  upon  the  execution  of  the  neces- 
sary securities ;  for  stock,  machinery,  and  implements,  orders 
may  be  given  to  the  vendors  when  the  securities  have  been  regis- 
tered ;  and  when  made  for  the  purpose  of  agricultural,  dairying, 
grazing,  horticultural,  or  viticultural  pursuits  on  the  holding, 
or  adding  to  the  improvements  already  made,  advances  will  l)e 
paid  on  the  value  of  jjrospective  improvements  effected,  and  pro- 
[jortionally  as  the  improvements  are  being  carried  out,  i.e.,  appli- 
cants can  receive  instalments  of  the  advance  while  the  work  is 
proceeding,  or  in  a  lump  sum  on  completion  of  the  improvements. 

Rale  of  Interest. — Interest  at  the  rate  of  £5  per  centum  per 
annum  will  be  charged  upon  all  atlvances,  and  must  be  paid  half- 
yearly  on  the  1st  of  January  and  1st  July  in  each  year.  In 
respect  of  any  advance  made  by  instalments,  ti^e  tlale  on  which 
the  first  instalment  is  advanced  shall,  for  tlie  purposes  of  the 
Act,  be  deemed  to  be  the  date  on  which  the  advance  is  made, 
but  interest  will  only  be  payable  on  the  amount  of  the  actual 
instalment  from  the  date  of  payment  thereof. 

Fees  Payable. — All  applications  must  be  accompanied  by  n 
valuator's  fee  of  £3,  in  post-office  order,  cash,  or  postal  notes,  or  it 
may  be  paid  to  the  credit  of  the  trustees  in  the  nearest  Govern- 
ment Savings  Bank  (No.  of  Pass-book  P  5597).  Should  the 
application  be  declined,  half  the  fees  will  be  refunded.  .■\])pli- 
cants  must  pay  all  costs  of  investigation,  preparation,  and  regis- 
tration of  securities   for  advances. 

Repayment  of  Loans. — In  cases  where  advances  have  been  made 
for  the  purpose  of  payment  of  liabilities  already  existing  on  t!ie 
holding,  purchase  of  stock,  machinery,  or  implements,  the  bor- 
rower shall,  on  the  ist  day  of  January  or  the  1st  day  of  Jul)', 
as  the  case  may  be,  following  the  date  of  the  advance,  be^iin  to 
redeem  his  advance,  inclusive  of  interest,  by  payment  of  £4  os.  3d., 


CROWN    LANDS    LAWS    OF   QUEENSLAND 


XXI. 


half-yearly  for  each  £ioo  borrowed,  until  tlie  whole  has  Leeii 
paid;  the  first  instalment  of  such  repayment  shall  lie  due  and 
payable  on  the  ist  January  or  July  next  ensuing  after  the  ad- 
vance was  made.  In  cases  where  advances  are  made  for  the 
purpose  of  agricultural,  dairying,  grazing,  horticultural,  or  viti- 
ciiltural  pursuits  on  the  holding,  or  for  the  purpose  of  effecting 
improvements  or  adding  to  those  already  made,  loans  mav  have 
a  currency  not  exceeding  twenty-five  years.  During  the  first 
five  years  simple  interest  only  is  payable.  At  the  expiration 
of  five  years  from  the  1st  day  of  January  or  the  ist  day  of  July, 
as  the  case  may  be,  following  the  date  of  the  advance,  the  bor- 
rower shall  begin  to  redeem  his  advance  by  payment  of  £4  os.  3d. 
half-yearly  for  each  £loo  borrowed,  inclusive  of  interest,  until 
the  whole  has  been  paid.  Provided  always  that  the  advance  may 
be  repaid  sooner  than  is  here  provided,  and  in  larger  instal- 
ments. 

Mim-rs'  I/omestfad  Leases. — Under  the  provisions  of  "The 
Miners'  Homestead  I-eases  Act  of  1913,"  homestead  leases  can 
be  taken  up  by  qualified  persons  on  any  mining  field  in  the 
State  as  follows: — Within  the  boundaries  of  a  town,  i  acre; 
within  I  mile  radius,  20  acres ;  outside  i  mile  radius,  from  So 
to  640  acres,  the  latter  being  the  maximum  area.  During  the 
first  period  of  thirty  years  the  annual  rental  on  homesteads  up 
to  40  acres  is  is.  pej  acre,  and  6d.  for  any  addititional  acreage 
in  e.xcess  of  this  ar'-'a.  This  rental  does  not  apply  to  home- 
steads acquired  by  tender  or  sale.  After  the  expiration  of  the 
thirty  years'  lease  a  nominal  rental  of  is.  only  can  be  demanded. 
The  minimum  annual  rental  for  any  lease  is  5s.  On  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  warden,  and  with  the  approval  of  the  Minister, 
leases    of   homesteads    may,    in    certain    areas,    be    tendered    for    or 

tsold    by    public    auction.        They    can    also,    with    the    approval    of 

[the  Minister  be  transferred  by  the  lessee  to  a  qualified  resident 
of  the   district   in  which   they   are   situated.       The   annual   rentals 

lare  payable  on  or  before  the  31st  December  in  each  year.  Appli- 
cants for  leases  must  be  qualified  residents  of  the  districts  in 
vhich  the  homesteads  are  situated.       Applications  for  leases  made 

Ibetween  the  ist  January  and  1st  July  must  be  accompanied  by  a 
year's  rent,  and  those  made  between  the  ist  July  and  ist  January 
by  half  a  year's  rent.  During  the  first  period  of  thirty  years, 
fjhe   lessee    must    keep    the    prescribed    fences    or    improvements    on 


the  land  in  good  order,  keep  the  land  clear  of  noxious  weeds  and 
plants,  and,  in  all  cases  where  residence  applies,  occupy  the  land 
by  the  residence  thereon  of  himself  or  some  qualified  jwrson. 
The  Minister  may,  however,  grant  the  lessee  exemption  from  the 
personal  residence  conditions  for  such  time  and  on  such  terms  as 
he  thinks  fit,  and  may  make  reservations  and  stipulations  in 
regard  to  the  right  of  the  lessee  or  anyone  mining  on  the  home- 
stead to  cut  or  destroy  timber.  The  qualifications  of  aliens  in 
respect  to  their  becoming  lessees  are  specifically  defined  in  the 
regulations  of  the  Act.  These  homestead  leases  are  suitable  for 
mixed   farming,  dairying.,   market   gardening,  &c. 

To  30th  June,  1914,  5,014  dwellings  under  the  above  Act  have 
been   erected   the   monetary   advances   aggregating  £1,288,074. 

The  Workers'  Dwelling  Act. — This  Act,  which  has  been  so 
much  availed  of  since  its  introduction,  provides  a  means  of 
enabling  persons  under  certain  conditions  to  obtain  their  own 
homes  by  an  easy  process  of  repayment. 

For  general  information  the  provisions  of  the  Act  as  now 
amended   are   here  briefly  summarised : — 

(fl)   The  Act  applies  to  any  part  of- Queensland. 

{!>)   The  maximum  sum  that  can  be  borrowed  is  £300,  at  the 

rate  of  75  per  cent,  of  the  total  security. 
(c)   The  borrowed  amount  is  repayable  at  the  rate  of  13s.  3d. 
per  month  per  £100  for  20  years,  but  may  be  paid  oH 
at    any    time    during    that    i>eriod.        The    interest    is 
charged   only  on   the   monthly   balance, 
(rf)   Amount   payable   to   the    Department   with  each   applica- 
tion to  cover  expenses  is  £3,  plus  los.  registration  fee  of 
mortgage. 
To  ascertain   the  amount  an  applicant  may  borrow,  the   follow- 
ing items  are  added  together  : — Value  of  land,  fencing,  dwelling, 
and  plans  and  stove,  and  the  advance  will  be  three-fourths  of  the 
total. 

The  conditions  to  be  observed  by  intending  borrowers  are  : — 
(a)    Land  must  be  freehold; 
{b)   Applicant     must    not    possess     any    other     dwelling    in 

Queensland    or    elsewhere ; 
(c)   Salary  must  not  be  over  £200. 
Air  information  will  be  promptly  supplied  by  the  Secretary. 


A  Queensland  Home 


< 


i        P 


(xxii.) 


SOUTH  AUSTRALIA:    LAND  SETTLEMENT. 

CONDITIONS    OF    ALLOTMKNT. 
PURCHASE-MONEY  AND  RENT. 


Crown  Linds  in  South  Aiistr.ilia  .ire  subdivided  into  siicli  sized 
blocks  as  may  lie  recommended  Ijy  the  Land  lioard  and  approved 
by  the  Commissioner  of  Crown  Lands.  The  land  is  then  gazetted 
oiien  to  application  at  purchase-money  and  rent  fixed  by  the  lioard 
:ind  api)roveiI  by  the  Commissioner;  the  full  rent  under  the  pre- 
sent law  is,  as  a  rule,  fixed  at  4  jier  cent,  on  the  purchase  value 
of   the   land. 

The  Crown  Lands  Act.  1175  of  Tqi4  (re-enacted  by  .'\ct  iiqq 
of  IQ15)  provides  that  on  certain  lands  where  the  Commissioner 
of  Crown  I^ands  directs  (jirincipally  malice  areas)  perpetual 
leases,  or  agreements  with  covenant  to  purchase,  may  be  granted 
without  any  payment  during  the  first  four  years  of  the  term. 
During  the  following  six  years  the  settlers  will  be  required  to 
pay  interest  at  the  rate  of  2  per  cent,  per  annum  on  the  pur- 
chase value  of  the  block,  and  from  the  commencement  of  the 
eleventh  year,  in  the  case  of  agreements  to  purchase,  the  pur- 
chasers must  pay  the  purchase-money  and  interest  in  sixty  half- 
)-early  instalments  of  £2/16/5  for  every  £100  of  purchase-money. 
The  agreements  will,  therefore,  be  for  a  term  of  40  years.  In 
the   case   of  perpetual   leases    the    rent   from    the  expiration   of   the 


tenth   year  will   l>e   at   the   rale  of  4  per  cent,   per  annum  on   the 
purchase  value    fixeil  on  the  blocks. 

The  holder  of  land  under  agreement  has  the  right  to  complete 
purchase  at  any  time  after  the  expiration  of  six  years  of  the 
term,  proviile<l  he  has  comi)lied  with  all  the  covenants  of  the 
agreement,  and  has  expended  a  sum  equal  to  5/"  P*^"^  ^^^e  in 
effecting  improvements  on  the  block  to  the  satisfaction  of  the 
Commissioner. 

The  holders  of  both  agreements  to  )nirchase  and  leases  will  be 
recjuired  to  clear  and  render  available  for  cultivation  not  less 
than  one-eighth  of  the  cultivable  area,  as  specifie<l  in  the  Gazette 
notice,  during  the  first  two  years  of  the  term  of  the  agreement 
or  lease,  ami  also  a  similar  area  during  the  secontl  two  years  of 
the  term,  and  thereafter  during  each  succeeding  year  they  must 
clear  and  render  available  for  cultivation  not  less  than  one-eighth 
of  the  specified  cultivable  area  until  three-fourths  of  such  area  has 
been  cleared  and  rendered  available  for  cultivation.  The  area 
so  cleared  must  be  maintained  in  a  cultivable  condition  during 
the    currency   of    the    agreement   or   lease. 


Fruit-Drying.  River  Murray,  South  Australia 
(xxiii.) 


XXIV. 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Cowan's  Reclaimed  Area  on  the  Murray 


The  settlers  are  also  required  (o  reserve  five  acres  out  of  every 
250  acres  comprised  in  their  blocks  for  the  growth  of  timber,  and 
must  not  destroy  any   timber   trees  on   the   area  so  reserved. 

SIZE   OF   BLOCKS. 

As  pointed  out,  purchase-money  and  rent  are  fixed  by  the 
Land  Board  on  the  value  of  each  block  according  to  location 
and  its  quality  ascertained  after  inspection.  No  purchase-money 
or  rent  can  be  quoted  for  any  particular  district.  After  survey 
of  the  necessary  roads  and  reserves  has  been  effected,  the  Land 
Board  recommends  the  size  of  the  blocks  into  which  the  land  is 
to  be  divided.  These  blocks  generally  vary  from  about  1,000  to 
1,500  acres,  which  is  quite  sufficient  for  a  farm  where  the  land 
is   fairly   good   for  wheat-growing. 

APPLICATIONS— HOW  MADE. 

After  the  land  has  been  surveyed  it  is  gazetted  open  to  appli- 
cation for  periods  ranging  from  one  to  two  months.  All  appli- 
cations must  be  lodged  with  the  Secretary  for  Lands  by  a  specified 
date,  which  is  notified  in  the  G overnment  Gazette,  and  subse- 
quently places  and  times  are  fixed  at  which  the  Land  Board  will 
hold  meetings  to  take  evidence  from  persons  desirous  of  making 
oral  statements  in  support  of  their  applications.  The  evidence 
is  given  on  oath  in  open  court,  and  persons  present  have  the 
right,  and  are  invited,  to  challenge  any  statement  made  which 
they  believe  is  incorrect.  After  the  Board  (which  consists  of 
three  members)  has  heard  all  the  applicants,  or  as  many  as  have 
attended  to  give  evidence  personally  in  support  of  their  appli- 
cations, it  proceeds  to  make  the  allotment,  each  application  being 
dealt  with  on  its  merits.  All  other  things  being  equal,  the  Board 
is  required  by  Act  to  allot  the  land  to  the  applicant  who  agrees 
to  reside  on  it  for  at  least  nine  months  in  each  year;  and  if  it 
is  not  so  allotted,  a  reason  must  be  assigned  for  departing  from 
the  directions  of  the  Act.  The  Board's  decision  on  allotment  is 
final. 


PROVISION    FOR   WATER   AND    ROAD.S. 

During  recent  years  considerable  alteration  has  been  made  in 
the  method  of  dealing  with  Crown  lands  suital)le  for  agriculture. 
In  the  country  north  and  south  of  the  Tailem  Bend  and  Brown's 
Well  railway  line,  east  of  the  River  Murray,  wells  and  bores 
have  been  put  down  in  the  hundreds  ofl^ered  for  application,  and 
roads  have  been  and  are  still  being  cleared  for  the  use  of  settlers. 
The  cost  of  these  works  is  added  to  the  price  of  the  land,  and, 
considering  the  great  benefit  which  will  be  derived  by  the  new 
settlers,  the  small  additional  amount  per  acre  which  they  will  be 
called  upon  to  pay  will  be  scarcely  felt  by  them.  The  same 
provision  will  be  made  on  tiie  lands  in  course  of  survey  anti  to 
be    surveyed    for   settlement   in   all   hundreds   in    this   district. 

On  the  land  in  course  of  survey  for  offer  on  Eyre's  Peninsula, 
water  will  be  provided  for  the  use  of  new  settlers  by  means  of 
tanks  and  reservoirs,  and  roads  will  be  cleared  and  the  cost 
charged  to  the  blocks  in  a  similar  manner  to  that  previously 
described. 

In  addition  to  the  above  provision  for  water,  settlers  on 
Crown  lands  held  under  perpetual  lease  or  agreement  wilh 
covenant  to  purchase  may,  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of 
Section  26  of  "The  Crown  Lands  Act,  1915,"  apply  to  the  Com- 
missioner of  Crown  Lands  to  have  rain  sheds  and  tanks  erected 
on  their  holdings  (for  the  purpose  of  conserving  water)  on 
giving  an  undertaking  to  pay  the  cost  of  the  work  as  certified 
by  the  Commissioner,  with  interest  (from  date  of  certificate)  as 
may  be  fixed  from  time  to  time  by  proclamation,  the  payments 
to  be  made  concurrently  with  the  rent  of  half-yearly  instalments. 

This  provision  in  the  Act  will  be  of  great  benefit  to  many 
settlers  in  districts  where  water  is  not  obtainable  except  at  con- 
siderable cost,  as  it  will  enable  them  to  get  on  to  the  land  with 
a  sufficient  supply  of  water  for  them  to  proceed  with  the  work 
of  development  until  they  can  construct  tanks  or  reservoirs,  as 
the  nature  of  the  country  may  permit.  These  sheds  will  not 
only  aflTord  catchment  for  water,  but  can  be  utilised  as  temporary 
dwelling  places,  and  a  protection  for  machinery,  etc. 


CROWN    LANDS    LAWS    OF    SOUTH    AUSTRALIA 


XXV. 


A  stack  of  Wheat  at  Port  Wakefield 


LANDS    RKPLRCIIASEU    FOR    CLOSER    SLTTLLMLNT. 

Closer  settlement  lands  are  allotted  in  the  same  manner  as 
ordinaiy  Crown   lands. 

The  first  measure  authorising  the  repurchase  of  land  for  closer 
settlement  was  passed  in  1897.  This  Act  provided  that  the  land 
repurchased  was  to  be  offered  on  perpetual  lease  only  at  a  rental 
of  not  less  than  4  per  cent,  per  annum  on  the  cost  of  the  land, 
including  expenses  of  subdivision,   &c. 

In    iqo2   an   Act   was   passed   abolishing   the   system   of   leasing 
repurchased  land  in  perpetuity,  and  providing  for  such  land  being 
[offered  on  agreement  with  covenant  to  purchase.     Under  this  Act 
the  term  of  the  agreement  was  for  30  years,  the  purchase-money, 
with   interest   thereon,   being  jiayable   in   60   equal   half-yearly   in- 
I  stalments  at  the  rate   of  £2    i6s.   jd.   for  every  £100  of  purchase- 
I  money.     The  Crown   Lands  Act  of   1903  contained  the  same   pro- 
visions.    The  purchaser  had  the  right  of  completing  purchase  at 
the  expiration   of  six  years  if  he   had   fulfilled  all   the   conditions 
of  the  agreement. 

In   1905  a  further  Act  was  passed  which  extended   the  term  of 

the    agreements    to   35    years,   during   the   first    five   of   which    the 

purchasers    are    required    to    pay    interest    only   at    the    rate    of   4 

per  cent,  per  annum  on  the  purchase-money  fi.xed   for  the  blocks, 

after  which  purchase-money  and  interest  become  payable  as  under 

the    Acts   of    1902    and    1903.      The    purchasers    cannot,    however, 

j.'complete  purchase  until  the  land  has  been  held  for  nine  years. 

The    legislation    of    1914    (re-enacted    by    Act    iigg    of    1915) 

further  extends   Closer   Settlement  Agreements  entered   into   after 

the  passing  of  the  Act,  where  the  Commissioner  of  Crown   Lands 

fdirects,   by   increasing   the    terra   to   64   years,   the   instalments   of 

[■purchase-money  and  interest  for  the  first   16  half-yearly  payments 

being  at  the  rate  of  £1/11/5  '^<"'  every  £100,  and   the   subsequent 

instalments   being   at    the   rate   of  £2/8/4   for  every   £100   of   the 

purchase-money.      In    this   case    the    purchaser   has    the    right    to 

complete  purchase  at  any  time  after  six  years  from  date  of  agree- 

kinent,   if  all   the   conditions   have    been   complied   with,   and   pro- 

[-vided  that  interest  at  the  rate  of  4  per  cent,  per  annum  is  paid 

[from   the    date   of    the    agreement    to    the    date    of   completion    in 

I  addition  to  i)urchase  money. 

The  conditions  of  closer  settlement  agreements  require  the  pur- 
chasers to  expend   during  the   first   five  years  of  the   term  a  sum 


equal  to  £3  for  each  £100  purchase-money  in  substantial  improve- 
ments, such  as  buildings,  fences,  or  making  provision  for  water, 
&c.  The  purchasers  are  also  required  to  fence  the  boundaries  of 
the  blocks  within  five  years  from  allotment  of  the  land.  If  there 
are  improvements  on  the  land  at  the  time  of  allotment,  they  are 
paid  for  in  precisely  the  same  manner  as  the  land,  or  the  pur- 
chaser has  the  option  of  paying  for  them  in  cash,  and  the  amount 
which  he  is  required  to  pay  for  such  improvements  is  set  against 
that  which  the  conditions  of  the  agreement  require  him  to  expend 
in   improvements   during  the   first  five   years  of  the   term. 

Since  the  passing  of  the  Crown  Lands  Amendment  Act  of  191 1, 
the  purchaser  can — on  any  date  when  his  instalments  are  payable 
— pay  off  the  purchase-money  any  sum  of  not  less  than  £50,  or 
any  multiple  thereof;  this,  however,  does  not  entitle  him  to  obtain 
the  grant  of  the  land   until   the  prescribed  period  has  e.vpired. 

The  holders  of  these  agreements  are  not  entitled  to  cut  any 
growing  timber  on  the  land  during  the  first  five  years,  except  for 
the  purpose  of  effecting  improvements  or  rendering  the  land 
available  for  cultivation,  and  then  only  with  the  written  consent 
of  the   Commissioner  of  Crown    Lands. 

HOMESTEAD  BLOCKS. 
Land  for  working  men  is  offered  in  blocks,  the  unimproved 
value  of  which  must  not  exceed  £100,  and  the  holder,  or  a 
member  of  his  family,  must  reside  on  the  land  for  at  least  nine 
months  in  each  year.  The  lands  are  offered  on  either  agreement 
to  purchase  or  perpetual  lease,  and  the  purchase-money  and  rent 
are  fi.xed  in  the  same  manner  as  for  ordinary  Crown  lands.  The 
holders  of  these  blocks  have  one  advantage  which  is  not  granted 
to  the  other  Crown  tenants ;  they  can  protect  their  holdings  from 
sale  by  creditors  by  having  their  titles  indorsed  as  "Protected 
Homestead  Blocks."  This  indorsement  can  also  be  carried  on  to 
the  land  grant  when  the  holder  completes  purchase.  The  effect 
of  this  indorsement  is  that  no  subsequent  mortgage  will  have  any 
validity,  nor  can  any  creditor  take  action  for  the  sale  of  the 
holder's  interest  in  the  lease  or  agreement  for  the  recovery  of 
any  debt  contracted  after  the  indorsement  of  the  deed.  The  in- 
dorsement cannot  be  removed  except  in  the  case  of  transfer,  when 
the  transferee  may  request  that  such  indorsement  be  removed 
fiom   the   title. 


(xxvi.) 


CROWxN    LANDS    LAWS    OF    SOUTH    AUSTRALIA 


XXVll. 


TKANyFEKS  OF  LEASES  AND  AGREEMENTS. 
No  transfer  of  any  lease  or  agreement  can  take  effect  unless 
first  approved  by  the  Commissioner  of  Crown  Lands  on  the  re- 
commendation of  the  Land  Board,  and  no  land  that  has  not  been 
held  for  five  years  can  be  transferred  unless  the  holder  thereof 
proves  that  refusal  to  allow  the  transfer  would  inflict  great  hard- 
ship on  him.     This  restriction  does  not,  however,  apply  to  trans- 


ASSLSTANCE    TO    SETTLERS    ON    CROWN     LANDS. 
ADVANCES    TO     SETTLERS'     HOARD. 

The  holders  of  agreements  or  leases,  wliicli  iniliirle  the  lessees 
of  reclaimed  and  irrigation  lands,  can  apply  lo  the  .Advances  In 
Settlers  Board  for  loans  up  to  £850,  for  the  pHri)o«e  of  etfecting 
Improvements  on  their  holdings,  paying  olf  mortgages,  purchasing 
stock,  or   for  any  other  purpose. 


m. 


«MiN«PMMMMM«MMM> 


}  m->. 


Haymaking  at  Saddleworth,  South  Australia 


fers  by  e.Necutors  or  administrators  to  devisees.  All  applications 
to  transfer — e.Kcept  those  last  mentioned  above — must  be  gazetted 
for  not  less  than  two  weeks;  this  also  applies  to  applications  for 
permission  to  sublet  where  the  land  has  not  been  held  for  six 
years  and  the  term  of  the  i)roposed  under-lease  e.xceeds  three 
years. 

Should  the  holder  apply  to  transfer  any  agreement  or  lease  of 
land  allotted  under  the  provisions  of  Acts  1175  of  1914  and  1199 
i  of  1915  before  the  expiration  of  the  tenth  year  of  the  term,  the 
Commissioner  may  require  that  instalments  or  rent  shall  be  pay- 
able as  from  the  time  when  the  transfer  takes  effect,  i.e.,  the 
transferee  will  not  necessarily  receive  the  concession  as  regards 
rent  or  interest  during  the  balance  of  the  first  ten  years  of  the 
lease  or  agreement,  as  the  case  may  be. 

MAXIMUM   AREA   OE   HOLDINGS. 

Of  ordinary  Crown  lands,  suitable  for  agriculture  only,  or  for 
agricultural  and  pastoral  purposes  combined,  one  person  can  hold 
an  area  which,  together  with  land  already  held  by  him  under  any 
tenure — e.\cepting  pastoral  lease — would  not  exceed  £5,000  un- 
improved value;  or  if  the  land  is  suitable  for  grazing  purposes 
only,  and  is  within  Goyder's  line  of  rainfall,  he  can  hold  up  to 
the  carrying  capacity  of  5,000  sheep  or  an  equivalent  number  of 
great  cattle,  whilst  if  the  land  is  outside  Goyder's  line  of  rainfall 
the  limitation  is  a  carrying  capacity  of  10,000  sheep  or  an  equiva- 
lent in  great  cattle.  This  provision  applies  to  land  whether 
acquired  by   allotment,   transfer,  or  under-lease. 

Of  land  repurchased  for  closer  settlement  the  purchaser  can 
hold  up  to  the  unimproved  value  of  £4,000,  if  suitable  for  agri- 
culture or  for  agricultural  and  grazing  purposes  combined,  or 
up  to  the  unimproved  value  of  £5,000,  if  the  land  is  suitable  for 
pastoral  purposes  only.  In  cases  where  there  are  excessive  im- 
provements there  is  no  limitation  of  the  unimproved  value  of 
repurchased  land   which   may  be  held  by  one   person. 


The  Board  has  power  to  advance  up  to  £650  for  the  purpose  of 
effecting  improvements,  paying  off  mortgages,  or  for  any  other 
purpose.  It  can  also  lend  up  to  £200  for  the  purchase  of  stock 
with  which  to  stock  the  holding;  the  security  in  this  case  must  be 
equal  to  one-third  more  than  the  advance  to  be  made.  For 
effecting  improvements  the  first  £400  can  be  advanced  £1  for  £1 
on  the  full  value  of  improvements  and  of  lease  to  that  amount, 
and  the  balance  of  £250  up  to  75  per  cent,  of  any  additional 
value  of  such  improvements  and  lease.  For  the  other  purposes 
the   money  can  be  advanced   up  to   75   per  cent,  of  such  value. 

Examples. — Suppose  a  lessee  holds  a  lease  which  with  improve- 
ments is  worth  £360 ;  he  would  be  entitled  to  a  loan  of  £360  for 
effecting  further  improvements,  or  for  any  other  purpose  to  a 
loan  of  £270,  i.i'.,  75  per  cent,  of  such  value. 

If  his  lease,  with  improvements,  were  worth  £600  he  could 
obtain  for  effecting  improvements  a  loan  of  £550,  arrived  at  as 
follows  ; — ■ 

For  £400  value,  £1   for  £1 £400 

For  £200  additional   value   at   75   per  cent.     150 


£550 


The  borrower  pays  interest  only  for  the  first  five  years  of  the 
term,  after  which  he  commences  to  pay  the  principal  and  interest 
in  half-yearly  payments  extending  over  35  years.  The  interest  is 
charged  at  a  rate  fixed  from  time  to  lime  by  proclamation,  and  if 
it  be  paid  within  14  days  from  due  dale  a  rebate  of  one-half  i)er 
cent,  is  allowed,  i.e.,  if  the  rate  fixed  at  the  time  of  granting  the 
loan  is  5I  per  cent,  and  the  borrower  pays  within  the  specified 
lieriod  of  14  days,  only  5  per  cent,  interest  will  be  required  from 
him. 

The  Advances  to  Settlers  .\ct  has  been  largely  availed  of, 
especially  under  the  more  liberal  terms  provided  in  recent  Ads. 
Up  to  the  31st  March,  I9l7i  ^474.568  had  been  advanced  to 
1,662  settlers. 


XXVlll. 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


ADVANCES  ON  HOMESTEAD  BLOCKS. 
Eoans  not  exceeding  £50  can  be  granted  to  the  holder  of  a 
homestead  block  on  half  the  value  of  existing  improvements  for 
the  purpose  of  effecting  additional  improvements  on  the  land,  and 
are  repayable  with  interest  at  the  rate  of  4  per  cent,  per  annum 
in  twenty  equal  annual  instalments  at  the  rate  £7  7s.  2d.  per 
centum.  The  borrower  has  the  right  to  pay  off  the  loan  at  any 
time. 

ADVANCES   FOR   WIRE    NETTING   AND   VERMIN- 
PROOF   FENCING. 

Loans  are  granted  to  agriculturists,  pastoralists,  and  others  for 
the  purchase  of  wire  netting  for  the  purpose  of  protecting  crops 
from  the  ravages  of  rabbits,  and  for  erecting  dog-proof  fences  to 
prevent  the  inroads  of  wild  dogs.  These  loans  are  repayable  by 
twenty  annual  instalments  with  interest  at  a  rate  fixed  from  time 
to  time  by  proclamation.  Since  1890  £710,000  has  been  ad- 
vanced for  the  purchase  of  wire  netting  and  for  the  purpose 
of  erecting  vermin-proof  fencing.  The  system  has  proved  highly 
satisfactory,  and,  but  for  the  assistance  given  the  settlers  in  this 
direction,  a  large  area  of  land,  which  is  now  successfully  occupied 
lor  agricultural  and  pastoral  purposes,  would  have  remained  prac- 
tically unoccupied,  while  the  yield  of  wheat  would  not  have  been 
nearly  so  great  as  at  present  had  the  farmers  not  protected  their 
crops  with  wire  netting. 

TOW^N    LANDS. 

Town  lands  are  surveyed  in  lots  usually  one-ijuarler  of  an  acre 
in  area,  and  each  town  is,  where  practicable,  surrounded  by  park 
lands.  The  town  lands  are  offered  at  auction  at  upset  prices 
ranging  from  £10  per  acre  upwards,  the  purchaser  being  re(|uired 
to  pay  20  per  cent,  of  the  purchase-money  at  the  time  of  sale, 
and  the  balance  within  one  month.  Until  recent  years  there  had 
been  no  limitation  to  the  number  of  allotments  which  could  be 
purchased  by  one  person ;  but  under  the  provisions  of  present 
Acts  the  Commissioner  of  Crown  Lands  may  direct  that  not  more 
than  a  specified  number  of  allotments  shall  be  purchased  by  or 
on  behalf  of  any  one  person,  and  should  more  than  such  number 
of  allotments  be  acquired  contrary  to  the  provisions  of  the  Act 
the  sale  will  be  cancelled  and  become  void,  notwithstanding  the 
fact  that  the  title  may  have  been  issued  for  the  allotments  so  pur- 
chased. Allotments  purchased  under  these  provisions  cannot  be 
transferred,  mortgaged,  or  otherwise  dealt  with  within  a  period 
of  six  years  from  date  of  the  sale  without  the  consent  in  writing 
of  the  Commissioner  of  Crown  Lands;  and  if  any  dealing  takes 
place  contrary  to  this  condition  the  sale  will  become  void  and  the 
land    revert    to    the    Crown. 

LANDS  AVAILABLE  FOR  SETTLEMENT. 

There  are  at  the  present  time  about  1,500,000  acres  of  Crown 
Lands  in  hundreds  in  various  parts  of  the  State,  available  for 
application  for  allotment  by  the  Land  Board  under  per- 
petual leases  or  agreements  to  purchase.  In  addition  a 
large  area  of  about  1,000,000  acres,  chiefly  on  Eyre's  Peninsula 
and  the  West  Coast  and  between  the  Pinnaroo  hundreds  and  the 
River  Murray,  is  in  course  of  survey  or  to  be  surveyed  during 
the  next  two  or  three  years.  As  these  lands  are  thrown  open 
to  application  particulars  will  be  published  in  the  G overnmer.l 
Gazette  and  supplied  to  any  person  desiring  to  obtain  informa- 
tion. 

A  large  area  of  land  for  pastoral  purposes  is  also  available 
for  application   for  allotment  by  the   Pastoral  Board. 

PASTORAL    LANDS. 

Pastoral  lands,  outside  hundreds,  are  let  for  a  term  of  42 
years,  except  when  the  land  is  likely  to  be  required  for  closer 
settlement,  in  which  case  leases  are  issued  for  21  years  only. 
Leases  for  a  term  of  42  years  are  subject  to  revaluation  of  rent 


for  the  last  21  years  thereof.  At  the  expiration  of  the  term  of 
the  leases  the  value  of  improvements,  which  are  the  property  of 
the  lessee,  is  payable  by  the  incoming  tenant,  and  then  paid  to 
the  outgoing  lessee.  Lands  comprised  in  pastoral  leases  issued 
under  the  present  Pastoral  Act  can  only  be  resumed  for  public 
works,  such  as  railways,  roads,  public  buildings,  water  conserva- 
tion, etc.,  or  for  mining  or  any  purpose  incidental  thereto,  or 
as  a  site  for  a  town,  park  lands,  etc.,  or  for  the  purpose  of 
intense  culture,  which  is  defined  as  cultivation  by  irrigation. 
Pastoral  leases  cannot  be  transferred  or  sublet  without  the  written 
consent  of  the   Commissioner  of  Crown   Lands. 

WHERE   TO    OBTAIN    INFORMATION. 

The  Lands  Department  affords  every  facility  for  intending 
applicants  and  other  enquirers  lo  obtain  information  relative  to 
land  open  to  application  and  lo  be  offered.  An  officer  has  been 
specially  appointed  for  the  purpose  of  answering  inquiries  in  this 
direction.  This  officer  is  conversant  with  a  large  portion  of  the 
land  which  is  in  course  of  survey  and  obtains  information  as  to 
the  best  means  of  inspecting  the  Hundreds  and  other  particulars 
of  interest  to  inlen<Iing  applicants.  He  also  advises  them  of  the 
conditions   under   which   various   lands   may   be    taken    up. 

This  department  distributes  free  of  cost  about  16,000  plans 
annually  to  enquirers  for  lands  open.  These  free  plans  are  accom- 
panied by  details  giving  the  areas  of  the  blocks  and  the  prices 
at  which  they  are  offered,  as  well  as  a  short  general  description  of 
the  land  and  the  conditions  under  which  it  may  be  applied  for. 
When  any  land  is  gazetted  ojien  lo  application,  placards  are  dis- 
tributed over  the  State  notifying  the  fact  and  also  that  plans 
and  full  detail  may  be  obtained  on  application  to  the  Secretary 
for   Lands. 


Orchards  and  Virgin  Lands,  Mylor 


A  Camel  Team  Resting,  in  the  Far  North. 


THE  NORTHERN  TERRITORY :  HOW  LAND  MAY  BE  ACQUIRED. 

Information  supplied  by  the  Hon.  Atlee  Hunt,  Secretary  for  Home  and 
Territories,  under  direction  of  the  Minister. 


TENURE. 

Northern  Territory  v.icant  Crown  lands  are  dlsposecl  of  under 
The  Crown  Lands  Ordinance  1912  on  a  leasehold  system.  Under 
the  Northern  Territory  Administration  Act  1910,  .Section  11,  no 
Crown  lands  shall  be  disposed  of  for  any  estate  of  freehold. 
There  are  five  ways  of  disposing  of  land,  namely,  by  (a)  Agri- 
cultural Lease,  (b)  Pastoral  Lease,  (c)  Grazing  Licence, 
(d)   Town   Lease,   and    (e)    Miscellaneous   Lease. 

AGRICULTURAL  LANDS. 

Agricultural  lands  comprise  cultivation  and  mixed  farming  and 
grazing  lands.  The  classes  into  which  agricultural  lands  are  to 
be  classified   are   as   follows : — 

Subdivision  A. — Cultivation   Earms. 

Class   I. — Maximum    area 1.2S0  acres 

„       2  „  , 2.560       ,, 

Subdivision   B. —  Mixed   Earming  and  Grazing. 

Class   I. — Maximum    area 12,800  acres 

„       2  „  , 38,400       „ 

The  terms  and  conditions  governing  agricultural  leases  are  set 
out  in  the  Ordinances  in  detail.  Before  being  offered  for  lease 
these  lands  have  to  be  first  survej'ed  and  then  advertised  open  for 
application.  The  work  of  surveying  is  being  pushed  ahead  as 
quickly  as  possible,  and  openings  of  this  class  of  land  will  take 
place  from  time  to  time.  Advertisements  will  be  issued  specifying 
the  areas  available  and  the  conditions  attaching  to  their  occu- 
pancy. 

These  leases  are  perpetual,  that  is,  granted  for  all  time.  The 
lessee  is  under  certain  obligations  as  set  out  in  the  Ordinance, 
which  will  be  set  out  in  detail  in  the  covenants  and  conditions 
of  the  lease.  If  these  are  not  complied  with,  the  lease  may  be 
forfeited.  In  the  case  of  the  first  five  thousand  blocks  of  agri- 
cultural lands  taken  up  on  perpetual  lease  after  the  commence- 
ment of  the  Ordinance,  no  rent  shall  be  payable  for  the  period 
of  the  successful  applicant's  life,  or  twenty-one  years,  whichever 
is  the  longer  period.  Where  rent  becomes  payable  it  is  subject 
to  reappraisement  every  twenty-one  years. 

Every  lease  of  agricultural  lands  shall  contain  a  covenant  by 
the  lessee  that  he  will  establish  a  home  on  the  land  within  two 
years  after   the  commencement  of  the   lease;   and   subject   to   any 


exemption  granted  by  the  Lanil  Classification  Board  for  cause 
shown,  that  he  will  thereafter  reside  on  the  leased  land  for  a 
period  of  six  months  in  each  year  in  the  case  of  land  for  cul- 
tivation, and  for  four  months  in  each  year  in  the  case  of  land 
for    mixed    farming   and    grazing. 

Lessee  is  also  bound  by  fencing  and  cultivating  conditions,  and 
in  case  of.  mixed  farming  and  grazing  by  stocking  conditions. 
The  extent  of  cultivating,  fencing,  and  stocking  is  determined 
by  the  Board,  and  inserted  in  the  Gazette  notification  that  the 
land  is  available  for  leasing.  The  time  allowed  for  performance 
of  these  conditions  will  be  as  liberal  as  possible,  and  the  Board 
may  extend  such  time  in  any  case  where  lessee  has  been  unable 
to  comply  with  the  conditions  within  the  time  specified. 

PASTORAL    LEASE. 

Pastoral  leases  arc  granted  for  twenty-one  and  forty-two  years 
(according  to  the  classification)  under  the  terms  and  conditions 
set  out  in  Divisions  i  and  2  of  the  Ordinance.  No  residence  con- 
ditions are  imposed,  but  provision  is  made  for  insertion  in  the 
lease  of  fencing  and  stocking  conditions.  A  considerable  extent 
of  the  vacant  Crown  lands  of  the  Territory  is  eminently  suited 
for  pastoral  purposes.  It  is  not  yet  available  for  pastoral  lease. 
In  the  meantime  it  can  be  applied  for  as  a  grazing  licence.  A 
grazing  licensee  holds  his  land  on  a  year-to-year  tenure  at  a 
rental  based  on  the  carrying  capacity  of  the  land.  He  pays  at  the 
rate  of  is.  for  every  head  of  great  cattle  and  3d.  for  every  head 
of  small  cattle  per  square  mile,  with  a  minimum  of  is.  per  square 
mile.  He  may  obtain  permission  to  effect  improvements  on  the 
grazing  license  area.  When  the  land  has  been  surveyed  and 
advertised  open  for  application  for  pastoral  lease,  he  may  more- 
over apply  for  the  whole  (or  part  depending  on  classification) 
of  his  license  area  as  a  pastoral  lease.  He  will  be  entitled  to  com- 
pensation for  the  value  of  any  improvements  effected  by  him  on 
the  grazing  license  area  in  the  manner  prescribed,  not  included  in 
any  pastoral  lease  which  may  be   granted   to  him. 

TOWN  LEASE. 

Leases  of  town  and  suburban  lands  are  offered  for  sale  by 
public  auction  to  the  highest  bidder  at  an  upset  annual  rental 
fixed    by    the    Land    Classification    Board.      .A.mong   other    things 


(xxix. ) 


XXX. 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


On  the  Finke  River 


with  the  Crown,  by  which  he  is  entitled  to  acquire  the  freehold, 
provided  that  such  land  is  being  cultivated  or  improved,  or  bona 
fide  intended  to  be  cultivated  or  improved  for  the  production  of 
any    commercial    product. 

APPLICATIONS. 
All  particulars  and  forms  of  applications  may  be  obtained  from  j 
the  Secretary  to  the  Advances  to  Settlers  Board,  Darwin,  or  fromj 
the   Secretary,   Department   of   External   Affairs,    Melbourne.     No 
fees   are   payable  on   application. 

PURPOSES  FOR  WHICH   ADVANCES  ARE   MADE. 
Advances  are  made  to  settlers   for  the  following  purposes: — 

(a)  For  making  improvements  on   their   holdings; 

(b)  For    purchasing    any    implements,    plant,    or    machinery, 

approved  by  the  Board,  for  use  on  their  holdings ; 

(c)  For   stocking   their  holdings;    or 

(cl)    For  paying  otf  mortgages  or  charges  on   their  holdings. 

LIMIT  OF  ADVANCES.— I'RO   RATA   ADVANCES. 

The    total    advances    made    to    any    one    |>erson    shall    not   exceed 
£800.  and  may  be   granted  as   follows: — 

(a)  For   purchasing   approved   building   material    a   sum    not 

exceeding   oni'   hmidred   pounds. 

(b)  For    purchasing   approved    fencing   material    a    sum    not 

exceeding  one   hundred  pounds. 

(c)  For  erecting  buildings   thirteen  ih'Uliiigs  and  jourpence  ■ 

in   the  pound,  not  exceeding  one  hundred  pounds. 

(d)  For  erecting  fencing  thirteen  shillings  and  jourpence  in 

the  pound,  not  exceeding  one  hundred  pounds. 


the  lease  shall  contain  a  covenant  to  erect  on  the  lands  within 
such  lime  as  is  notified  in  the  conditions  on  which  the  land  is 
offered  buildings   to  a  value   specified  in  those   conditions. 

MISCELLANEOUS  LEASE. 

Miscellaneous  leases  may  be  granted  for  any  period  up  to 
twenty-one  years  for  any  Crown  or  reserved  or  dedicated  lands 
for  any  purpose  approved  of  by  the  Minister.  Such  leases  shall 
contain  such  reservations,  covenants,  &c.,  as  the  Administrator 
shall   deem  advisable. 

MODE  OF  APPLICATION. 

Applications  for  lease  may  be  made  on  the  prescribed  form. 
Forms  are  obtainable  at  the  Lands  Office,  Darwin,  or  at  the 
office  of  the  Department  of  External  Affairs,  Melbourne.  Appli 
cants  for  agricultural  or  pastoral  lands  advertised  open  for  appli- 
cation should  see  that  their  applications  are  at  the  office  of  the 
Land  Board,  Darwin,  or  the  Department  of  External  Affairs. 
Melbourne,  on  or  before  the  last  day  for  the  receiving  of  same. 

Applications  for  miscellaneous  leases  may  be  made  at  any  time 
whether  the  land  has  been  gazetted  as  available  for  leasing  or 
not,  but  must  be  sent  to  the  Lands  Office  at  Darwin.  Applica- 
tions for  grazing  licences  may  be  made  at  any  time,  and  must 
also  be  sent  to  the   Lands  Office,  Darwin. 

ADVANCES   TO   SETTLER.S. 
Advances  to  Settlers'  Ordinance   1913. 

TO   WHOM   AD\ANCES   CAN   BE    MADE. 
Under    the    Ordinance    advances    may   be    made    to    any    iierson 
residing  in  the  Northern  Territory  who  is  the  holder  of  any  land 
under  freehold  or  leasehold  from  the  Crown  or  under  agreement 


CROWN    LANDS    LAWS    OF    THE    NORTHERN     TERRITORY 


XXXI. 


(e)  For   ringbarking,  clearing,  breaking  up   water  conserva- 

tion, and  other  improvements  approved  by  the  Board. 
fifteen  shillings   in   the   pound. 

(f)  For   the    purchase   of  approved    stock   fifteen   shillings   in 

the  pound  on  the  value  of  the  holding  with  the  im- 
provements made  thereon,  after  taking  into  considera- 
tion all  sums  already  advanced  and  still  owing  on  the 
security,   not   exceeding  three  hundred  pounds. 

(g)  For    the    purchase    of    implements,    machinery    or    plant 

approved  by  the  Board,  fifteen  shillings  in  the  pound 
on  the  value  of  the  holding  with  the  improvements 
made  thereon,  after  taking  into  consideration  all  sums 
already  advanced  and  still  owing  on  the  security,  not 
exceeding  on   hundred  pounds. 

(h)  In  case  the  holding  is  not  of  sulVicicnt  value  in  excess 
of  all  encumbrances  (or  at  all)  to  permit  of  an  ad- 
vance being  made  as  provided  by  the  last  two  jire- 
ceding  paragraphs,  the  Board  may  grant  x\n  advance 
not  exceeding  ten  shillings  in  the  i)ound  on  (he  value 
of  the  stock,  implements,  machinery  or  plant  |)roposed 
to   be   purchased. 

(i)  For  paying  off  mortgage,  fifteen  shillings  in  the  pound 
on   the    value   of   the   holding. 

.An  advance  may  be  paid  by  instalments  as  the  improvements 
have   been   effected   or   the   purchase   made. 

.\(tention  is  especially  invited  to  sub-clause  E  above-mentioned, 
under  which  he  is  able,  subject  to  the  Ordinance  and  Regula- 
tions,   Id  obtain    155.   in    the    pound    up   to  i"8oo,    for   iniprovenienls 


effected.      The    undermentioned    table    shows    the    advance    which 
he  may  obtain  under  this  sub-clause  :t— 


Value 
Improvements 


Amount  of 
Loan 


Value 
Improvements. 


Amount  of 
Loan. 


£66   13  4 

/50  0  0 

/666  13  4 

/500  0  0 

133  6  8 

100  0  0 

800  0  0 

600  0  0 

266  13  4 

200  0  0 

933  6  8 

700  0  0 

400  0  0 

300  0  0 

1066  13  4 

800  0  0 

533  6  8 

400  0  0 

REPAYMENT   OF    .\DVANCES. 

For  the  first  five  years  next  following  the  date  on  which  an 
advance  is  made  the  settler  is  not  asUeil  to  repay  the  loan,  but 
is  to  pay  interest  only  on  the  advance  of  4  per  cent,  per  annum, 
ihe  first  ])ayment  of  interest  becoming  (hie  on  the  1st  July  in 
the  year   following  the   granting  of  the  advance. 

After  the  expiry  of  the  first  five  years,  however,  ihe  settler  shall 
repay  the  advance  to  the  Board  by  twenty-five  equal  yearly  in- 
sialments,  together  with  simple  interest  on  the  balance  of  the 
advance  for  the  time  being  unpaid  at  4  per  cent,  per  annum. 
The   instalments  on   the   1st  July  in  each  year. 

Any  advance  may  at  the  option  of  the  settler  be  repaid  al  any 
time  sooner  than  prescribed,  or  in  larger  instalments. 

An  Immigrants'  Home  has  been  erected  at  Port  Darwin  to  meet 
the  requirements  of  intending  settlers  arriving  there  with  their 
families. 


Men  who  "Make  Good"  in  the  North 


Sons  of  Gwalia  Gold-mine,   Western   Australia 


WESTERN  AUSTRALIA:  LAND  LAWS  AND  CONDITIONS  OF  SETTLEMENT. 

(Information  supplied  for  inclusion  in  Australia  b'ntitniied  hy  direction  of  the  Premier, 
Hon.   Henry  Bruce  Lefroy,  CM  G  ,  M.Iv.A.) 


Land  Selection.  iNot  more  than  2,000  acres  of  Agricultural 
Land,  including  a  Homestead  Farm,  can  be  held  by  any  one 
person,  or  its  equivalent  in  Grazing  Land,  i.e.,  5,000  acres.  The 
husband  or  wife  of  the  holder  of  2,000  acres  may  select  an  addi- 
tion.i!  1,000  .icres  of  Agricultural  Land,  or  2,500  acres  of  Grazing 
Land.] 

In  i8g8  a  Consolidated  Land  Act  was  introduced,  which  came 
into  operation  on  the  1st  January,  1899,  and  this  Act,  together 
with  amendments  that  have  been  made  to  it  from  time  to  time, 
comprise  the  Land  Laws  in  force  at  the  present  time,  and  under 
these  laws  land  may  be  selected,  subject  to  the  following  con- 
ditions : — 

HOMESTEAD   FARMS. 

On  payment  of  a  fee  of  £1  is.  (including  is.  duty  stamp),  and 
the  cost  of  survey,  any  person,  if  the  head  of  a  family  or  male 
who  has  attained  the  age  of  16  years,  and  who  does  not  already 
hold  more  than  one  hundred  acres  of  land,  may  obtain  a  Free 
Homestead  Farm  of  160  acres  subject  to  the  following  con- 
ditions : — 

Personal  residence  for  si.\  months  in  each  of  the  first  five  years. 
E.\penditure  of  4s.  per  acre  in  improvements  during  the  first  two 
years;  a  further  si.\  shillings  per  acre  during  the  ne.\t  three  years, 
and  4s.  per  acre  during  the  last  two  years;  making  a  total  of  14s. 
per  acre  in  seven  years.  Fencing  of  half  the  boundaries  in  the 
first  five  years,  and  the  whole  in  seven  years.  £30  of  the  ex- 
penditure on  a  habitable  house  is  allowed  towards  the  amount 
of  improvements  ret]uired.  .\t  the  end  of  the  term  of  seven 
years,  provided  all  conditions  have  been  complied  with,  a  Crown 
Grant  is  issued,  costing  thirty  shillings. 


CONDITIONAL    PURCHASE,    WITH    RESIDENCE, 
SECTION  55. 

P'rom  100  to  1,000  acres  may  be  acquired  at  a  jirice  to  be  fixed 
on  survey  and  classification  at  an  annual  rental  for  the  first 
five  years  of  the  term  equal  to  interest  at  the  rate  of  7  P^r  cent, 
per  annum  on  the  cost  of  survey  and  the  value  of  the  improve- 
ments (if  any)  thereon,  the  term  of  the  lease  not  to  exceed  30 
years.  Provided  that  the  minimum  rent  during  the  said  five  years 
shall  be  ten  shillings  ]ier  annum,  subject  to  the  following  condi- 
tions : — ■ 

Personal  residence  on  the  land  (or  on  an  adjacent  holding)  for 
six  months  in  each  of  the  first  five  years.  Residence  by  wife, 
parent  or  child  over  16  years  may  also  be  accepted  as  compliance 
with  this  condition.  Expenditure  on  improvements  must  equal 
the  purcha.se  money  but  need  not  exceed  £1  per  acre,  at  the  rale 
of  one-fifth  of  the  purchase  money  every  two  years  from  date  of 
lease;  one-half  of  the  land  must  be  fenced  within  five  years,  and 
the  whole  within  ten  years. 


CONDITIONAL    PURCHASE,    WITHOUT    RESIDENCE, 
SECTION  56. 

The  same  area  of  land  as  under  the  previous  section  may  be 
ac(]uired  without  the  condition  of  residence  but  subject 
to  all  of  the  conditions  iirescribecl  for  selections  under  Section  55> 
except  that  the  total  value  of  improvements  shall  be  50  per  cent, 
over  and  above  the  amount  of  purchase  money,  but  need  not  J 
e.xceed  30s.  per  acre. 


(xxxii.) 


CROWN    LANDS    LAWS    OF    WESTERN    AUSTRALIA 


XXXIll. 


CONDITIONAL  PURCHASE,  BY  DIRECT  PAYMENT. 

From  100  to  1,000  acres  may  be  acquired  under  this  Section, 
the  purchase  money  being  payable  in  twelve  months ;  10  per  cent, 
being  paid  on  application  and  the  balance  by  four  quarterly 
instalments,  on  the  1st  January,  April,  July,  and  October,  the 
first  of  such  instalments  to  be  paid  on  the  first  day  of  the  quarter 
ne.xt   following  the  commencement  of  the   licence. 

The  licensee  must,  within  three  years  from  the  date  of  the  com- 
mencement  of  his   licence,   fence   in   the   whole   of   the   land    and 


than  cultivation.  From  too  to  5,000  acres  may  be  acquired,  the 
price  ranging  from  3s.  yd.  to  los.  per  acre,  fixed  and  payable  as 
in  Sections  55  and   56. 

Residence  for  six  months  in  the  first  year,  and  nine  months  in 
each  of  the  next  four  years  by  the  lessee,  or  residence  may  be 
performed  by  an  agent  or  servant.  Improvements  valued  at  one- 
fifth  of  the  purchase  money  must  be  made  during  every  two  years 
of  the  first  ten  years  of  the  lease.  The  land  must  be  fenced  within 
ten  years. 


Grape-pickers,  Armadale,  W.A. 


within    seven    years    from    such    date    expend    upon    the    land,    in 

prescribed   improvements,  in   addition   to   the   exterior   fencing,   an 

amount   equal    to    los.   per   acre. 

iVIaximum  Area. — Including  a  Homestead  Farm  and  Con- 
,  ditional  Purchase  (with  and  without  residence),  the  total  area  a 
I  selector  may  acquire  is  fixed  at  2,000  acres,  but  the  holder's  wife 

(or  husband)  may  take  up  a  further  1,000  acres  under  Section  56 
■(non-residence),  or  2,500  acres  Conditional  Purchase  Grazing 
[  Lease  under  Section  68. 

CONDITIONAL    PURCHASE    LAND    FOR    ORCHARD.S, 

VINEYARDS,   OR   GARDENS. 

Small   blocks   of  land,   from   5   to   50  acres,  can   be   acquired   at 

Ifrom  IDS.  per  acre,  payable  by   10  per  cent,  deposit,  and  the  bal- 

Pance  in  half-yearly  instalments  in   three  years,  subject  to   the   fol- 

I lowing  conditions: — 

The  whole  must  be  fenced,  and  one-tenth  of  the  area  must  be 
[cultivated  as  a  vegetable  garden,  or  planted  with  vines  or  fruit 
[trees   within    three   years. 

CONDITIONAL   PURCHASE,   GRAZING    LEASES. 

These  so-called  Grazing  Leases  are  merely  conditional  purchases 
Ipf  non-cultivable  land,  or  land  which  is  more  suitable  for  grazing 


NOTE.    • 

(a)  In  estimating  the  area  held  by  a  selector,  5,000  acres  of 
Grazing  Lease,  or  non-cultivable  land,  is  deemed  to  be  equivalent 
to  2,000  acres  of  ordinary  Conditional  Purchase,  or  cultivable 
land,  and  therefore,  a  person  holding  1,000  acres  of  cultivable 
land  may  select  2,500  acres  under  Grazing  Lease;  and  if  the 
selector  holds  2,000  acres  of  cultivable  land,  or  5,000  of  non- 
cultivable  land,  the  husband  (or  wife)  in  addition,  may  take  2.500 
acres  under  Grazing  Lease,  or  1,000  acres  of  cultivable  land 
under  Sections   55  or  56. 

(b)  Selectors  under  each  of  the  lliree  foregoing  classes  of  con- 
ditional purchase  (Sections  55,  56  and  68)  may,  on  the  expiration 
of  the  lease,  or  at  any  time  after  five  years,  acquire  the  Crown 
Grant  of  the  land,  provided  the  required  conditions  have  been 
fulfilled  and  the  full  purchase  money  paid.  Under  Sections  57 
and  60,  the  Crown  Grant  may  be  acquired  at  any  time  on  com- 
pletion of  conditions  and  payment  of  the  balance  of  the  purchase 
money. 

(f)  In  selections  under  each  of  the  foregoing  classes  of  con- 
ditional i>urchase  land,  the  cost  of  survey  and  the  proportionalc 
amount  of  the  cost  of  any  roail  clearing,  water  supply,  etc.,  in 
the   immediate   vicinity,  and  the   value  of  any   improvements  that 


XXXIV. 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


A  Flock  of  Sheep  at  Mlnlgin,  Narrogin,  W.A. 


may  be  on   the  land    (which   has  been  I'arried  out   by  the  Govern- 
ment)  is  added  to  and  included  in  the  price  of  the  land. 

(rf)  In  the  case  of  selections  under  Sections  55,  56  and  6S,  a 
deposit  of  one-half  the  yearly  instalment  of  interest  on  survey 
and  improvement  (if  any)  plus  five  shillings  lease  fee,  and  five 
shillings  registration  fee  is  re<|uired,  and  in  the  case  of  Sections 
57  and  60,  10  per  cent,  deposit  must  accompany  the  application. 

(e)  Any  person  of  16  years  of  age  or  over  can  select  land  and 
mortgage  and  transfer  as  if  of  the   full   legal  age. 

PASTORAL   LEASES. 

Crown  lands  within  the  .State  may  be  leased  for  pastoral  pur- 
poses as  follows : — 

RENTALS. 

Pastoral  Leases  are  granted  for  a  term  expiring  on  or  before 
the  31st   December,   1948,  at  a  rental   fixed  after  a])praisement  :^ — • 

Previous  to  appraisement  the  following  rents  are  payable : — 
Kimberley  and  North-West  Divisions  los.,  Eastern  Division,  5s., 
and    Eucla   Division    3s.   per   thousand    acres    per    annum. 

A  quarter  or  half-year's  rent  is  payable  with  application. 

At  the  end  of  fifteen  (15)  years  the  rent  is  subject  to  re 
assessment  for  the  residue  of  the  term  of  the  lease,  but  will 
not  be  increased  by  more  than  half  of  the  rent  i\\ed  for  the  first 
term   of  the  lease. 

AREA. 

The  maximum  area  that  can  be  heltl  liy  one  jjerson  or  firm  is 
1,000,000  acres,  but  in  specified  Districts  the  Governor  may  fix 
the  maximum  area  at  less  than  1,000,000  acres.  Any  com- 
bination of  persons  cannot  hold  more  tlian  1,000,000  acres  in  any 
one    division. 

IMPROVEMENT   CONDITION.S. 

Within    5    years   from    the    commencement    of    the  lease,    to 
the  value  of  £5 ;  and 


Within  10  years  from  the  commencement  of  the  lease,  to  the 
value  of  £10  (inclusive  of  the  value  of  improvements 
effected  during  the  first  five  years  of  the  term),  for  every 
1,000  acres  of  the  ai;ea  leased,  and  such  improvements 
shall  be  maintained  in  good  repair,  and  so  far  as  neces- 
sary  renewed   during  the   term  of  the   lease. 

.STOCKING  CONDITIONS 

Within  two  (2)  years  from  the  commencement  of  the  lease, 
at  the  rate  of  10  head  of  sheep  or  2  head  of  large  stock  for  each 
1,000  acrfes  of  the   area  leased. 

Within  five  (5)  years  from  the  commencement  of  the  lease  and 
until  the  expiration  of  the  first  seven  years  of  the  term,  at  the 
rate  of  20  head  of  sheep  or  4  head  of  large  stock  for  every 
1,000  acres  of  the  area  leased. 

During  the  remainder  of  the  term  of  the  lease,  at  the  rate 
of  30  head  of  sheep  or  6  head  of  large  stock  for  each  1,000  acres 
of  the  area  leased. 

SOUTH-WEST  DIVISION. 

Land  in  the  South- West  Division  is  granted  at  a  rental  of  20s. 
l)er  thousand  acres  i)er  annum  without  re-appraisement  or  im- 
l)rovement  conditions,  but  subject  to  the  stocking  conditions  men- 
tioned above. 

AfiRlCULTCRAL    LANDS    PLRCHASE    ACT. 

This  Act,  which  was  originally  passed  in  i8y6,  and  Consolidated 
and  amended  in  1909,  provides  for  the  repurchase  by  the  (Jovern- 
ment  of  land  situated  within  20  miles  of  a  railway  for  tlie 
))urposes  of  agricultural  settlement.  Lands  so  acquired  are 
deemed  to  be  Crown  Lands,  and  are  disposed  of  under  the  pro- 
vision of  the  Land  Act,  subject  to  slight  modifications. 

The  selling  price  is  fixed  at  a  sum  that  will  cover  the  amount 
paid  for  the  land,  plus  five  per  cent,  and  the  cost  of  survey,  etc. 
Selectors  are  charged  five  per  cent,  interest  per  .innum  on  the 
unpaid  balance  of  purchase  money,  and  the  purchase  money,  as 
received,   is   paid    to   the   credit   of   a   Special   Trust    Fund   to   be 


I 


CROWN    LANDS    LAWS    OF    WESTl-RN    AUSTRALIA 


XXXV. 


iV 


II 


Wheat  at  Railway  Siding,  Pingelly,  W.A. 


applied  in  payment  of  interest  and  the  redemption  of  debentures 
by   which    the   land    was   purchased. 

In  the  case  where  a  special  date  is  appointed  for  throwing 
open  an  area,  and  there  should  be  more  than  one  applicant  for  the 
same  block,  the  matter  is  referred  to  a  Land  Board  for  decision 
as  to  whom  the  block  shall  be  allotted  usually  within  two  weeks 
from  date  appointed  for  lodgment  of  applications.  Railway 
tickets  at  e.\cursion  rates  are  issued  by  Railway  Department  to 
enable  applicants  to  attend  the  Land  lioard ;  application  for 
same  to  be  made   to  the    Secretary  of  the   Land   Board. 

Copies  of  the  Regulations  embodying  the  above  provisions  and 
giving  further  details  may  be  obtained  on  application. 

On  a  selector  proceeding  to  any  district  for  the  purpose  of 
ielecting  land,  the  nearest  Government  District  Land  Office  will 
supply  all  information,  plans,  and  pamphlets.  Similar  informa- 
tion, may  also  be  obtained  at  the  Head  Office  of  the  Lands 
Department. 


The  Railway  Department  grants  a  special  concession  in  the 
way  of  fares  and  freights  for  a  new  selector's  family  and  goods 
on  production  of  a  certificate  of  bona  fides  from  the  Lands 
Department  up  to  si.\  months  after  date  of  approval  notice. 

A  registration  fee  of  5/-  (but  no  lease  fee)  is  payable  with 
every  application,  for  Homestead  Farms,  ( >rchard  Lands,  and 
Land   purchased   by   direct   payment. 

THE  AGRICULTURAL  BANK. 

Advances  up  to  a  maximum  of  i^2.ooo  are  made  by  this 
Institution  to  assist  farmers  on  the  security  of  Conditional 
Purchase,  Homestead  P'arm,  or  Freehold  Land,  to  improve  their 
holdings,  or  to  pay  off  e.xisling  mortgages,  purchase  stock  or 
machinery.  The  rate  of  interest  is  5  per  cent.,  except  for 
advances  on  stock  and  machinery  when  if  is  6  per  cent.,  and 
unusually  long  terms  are  allowed  for  the  repayment  of  the 
principal. 


A  Crop  of  Potatoes  at  Osboume  Park  (estimated  10  tons  per  acre). 


> 
<! 


Si 

Eh 


i-H 


(xxxvi.) 


\ 


TASMANIA:  LAND  LAWS  RELATING  TO  SELECTION 

(Information  supplied  by  the   Department  of   I^ands  and  Surveys,   Hobart  ;    and  officially 
verified  for  publication  in  Australia   Unlimited). 


Classlfwation  of  Land. — The  Crown  Lands  of  Tasmania  are 
divideil  into  two  classes — (i)  Town  lands  and  (2)  Rural  lands. 
The  former  comprise  lanils  within  the  boundaries  of  any  city, 
town  or  town  reserve  ;  and  within  a  distance  of  five  miles  of  any 
city.  Rural  lands  comprise  (a)  First-class  land  ;  (b)  Second-class 
land  ;  (c)  Third-class  land.  Town  lands  can  only  be  purchased 
at  auction,  or  if,  after  having  been  offered  at  auction  and  not 
sold,  by  private  contract,  within  one  year  after  the  auction  sale. 
Rural  lands  may  be  purchased  at  auction,  or  may  be  selected 
for   purchase  privately. 

Selection. — Any  person  of  18  years  of  age  and  upwards  may 
select  an  area  not  exceeding  200  acres  of  First-class  land,  300 
ucres  of   .'Second-class   lami.   and   600  acres  of  Third-class   land. 

Survey  Fees. — In  order  to  make  the  payments  during  the  first 
year  of  purchase  as  light  as  possible,  the  Lan<ls  Department 
advances  to  the  selector  of  any  First-class  land  four-fifths  of  the 
amount  of  the  fee  necessary  for  the  survey  of  the  land.  The 
balance  is  payable  in  four  years,  to  which  is  added  2s.  6d.  in 
the  pound  interest.  For  lands  at  Auction  and  for  Second  and 
Third-class  lands  the  Survey  fee  must  l)e  paid  in   full. 


Terms  of  Purchase. — The  price  of  First-class  land  is  not  less 
than  One  Pound  per  acre,  with  one-third  of  that  price  added  as 
a  premium  for  credit,  which  e.xtends  over  a  period  of  eighteen 
years.  For  second-class  land  Ten  Shillings  an  acre  is  the  mini- 
mum price,  with  one-third  ad<led  for  credit,  the  period  of  which 
is  fourteeen  years.  For  third-class  land,  the  price  is  not  less  than 
Five  Shillings  an  acre,  with  one-third  added  for  credit  for 
fourteen  years. 

Homestead  Areas. — Any  person  of  the  full  age  of  eighteen 
years  or  over  who  has  not  previously  purchased  land  in  Tasmania 
may  make  a  selection  of  a  Homestead  Area  of  First-class  land 
not  exceeding  50  acres,  at  One  Pound  per  acre,  with  one-third 
added    for   credit. 

The  selector  of  a  Homestead  .Area  pays  a  cash  deposit  of 
Two-pence  per  acre  at  the  time  of  sale,  but  pays  nothing  more 
towards  the  purchase-money  until  the  fourth  year,  when  the  pay- 
ments for  that  and  the  fifth  year  are  at  the  rate  of  Ten-pence  an 
acre,  and  for  the  remaining  eighteen  years  an  annual  payment 
of  Two   Shillings   an   acre. 


Australian  Hardwood.     The  Finest  in  the  World. 
Timber  Train  in  Geeveston  Forest,  Tasmania 


(xxxvii.) 


XXXVIU. 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Fruit  for  the  English  Market,  Hohart 


Milting  Areas. — "A  Mining  Area"  under  the  Crown  Lands  Act 
comprises  land  in  the  vicinity  of  a  mining  field,  and  which  is 
specially  proclaimed  a  mining  area.  The  land  so  proclaimed  may 
be  selected  as  First-class  Agricidtural  land,  not  exceeding  loo 
acres,  on  the  terms  provided   for  the  purchase  of  these  lands. 

Second-class  lands  within  a  mining  area  may  be  sold  at  auction. 
but  no  lands  within  a  mining  area  can  be  sold  as  Third-class. 
All  lands  purchased  within  a  mining  area  are  open  to  any  person 
to  search  or  mine  for  gold  or  other  metals  or  minerals;  but  before 
any  such  person  can  commence  searching  or  mining  he  must 
obtain  jiermission  in  writing  from  the  .Secretary  for  Mines,  or 
the  nearest  Commissioner  of  Mines. 

Coiidilious  oj  Purchase. —  Upon  all  First-class  land  selected  or 
purchased  under  the  present  Act  habitual  residence  is  necessary 
for  five  years,  commencing  one  year  after  date  of  purchase,  and 
shall  be  continuous;  but  on  land  within  a  mining  area  the  period 
of  residence  is  three  years.     In  both   cases  this  may  be  complied 


with   by   the    selector   himself,   or   some    member  of   his    family,  or 
some  one  employed  by  him  or  on  his  behalf. 

Improvements. — All  Town  lands  purchased  on  credit  must  be 
improved  to  the  value  of  a  sum  at  least  equal  to  the  sale  price 
of  the  land. 

Upon  First-class  lands  the  selector  must  expend  a  sum  of  not 
less  than  2s.  6d.  an  acre  of  the  whole  area  in  substantial  improve- 
ments every  year  for  the  first  eight  years. 

By  paying  off  before  the  expiration  of  the  period  of  credit 
all  selectors  obtain  a  rebate  of  the  added  premium  in  proportion 
to   the   une.xpired  period  of  credit. 

Second-class  land  must  be  likewise  improved  to  the  value  of 
at  least  One  Shilling  an  acre  per  annum  for  the  first  five  years 
before  the  selector  can  pay  up  and  obtain  his  Grant  Deed. 

Third-class  land  must  also  be  substantially  improved  to  a 
value  of  at  least  Sixpence  an  acre  per  annum  during  the  first 
five  years  before  balance  of  purchase-money  can  be  paid,  and 
Grant   Deed  issued. 

Crown  land  cannot  be  selected  as  Third-class  if  it  is  within 
the  boundaries  of  a  pastoral  lease. 

Improvements  on  all  lands  must  be  of  a  substantial  nature, 
and  include  dams,  wells,  cultivation,  fences,  clearing  or  draining 
of  land,  the  erection  of  a  habitual  <lwelling,  or  farm  or  other 
buildings  upon  and  permanently  attached  to  the  soil  of  such 
land. 

Mode  of  Seieefioii. — When  the  intending  selector  has  decided 
in  which  part  of  Tasmania  he  will  make  his  choice  of  land — to 
assist  him  in  doing  which  he  will  obtain  ready  assistance  from 
the  District  Surveyors  or  from  the  officers  of  the  Crown  Lands 
Office — he  must  fill  in  a  form  of  application  obtainable  from  the 
various  Post  and  Police  Offices  throughout  the  State,  from  any 
Bailiff  of  Crown  Lands  or  District  Surveyor;  and  at  the  Crown 
Lands   Office,   Hobart,   and    Lands   Branch   Office,    Launceston. 

The  land  having  been  surveyed,  and  plan  furnished  to  the 
Surveyor-General,  if  it  is  found  that  the  land  is  not  reported  as 
likely  to  contain  minerals  or  timber  of  commercial  value,  the 
applicant  is  called  upon  to  pay  deposit,  and  on  payment  a  contract 
of  sale  is  mutually  entered  into.  Further  jiarticulars  of  the 
Land    Laws    mav   be    obtained    from   "The    Crown    Lands    Guide, 


4 


Apple-picking   in   a   G-lenora   Orchard 


) 


A  Farm  Scene  at  Longford,  Tasmania. 


(xxxix.) 


xl. 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


igi2";  cost  IS.;  obtainable  from  the  Crown   I, ant 
and  Lands  Branch  Office,   Launceston. 


Office,  llobart, 


AGRICULTURAL     BANK. 

Under  "The  State  Advances  Act  of  1912"  (3  George  V.,  No. 
53)  the  Agricultural  Bank  of  Tasmania  makes  advances  to  per- 
sons holding  land  on  credit  purchase  from  the  State  of  Tasmania, 
and  also  on   freehold   country  lands. 

The  following  are  the  conditions  upon  which  loans  may  be 
obtained  : — ■ 

1.  Amount  of  each  loan  to  be  not  less  than  £25  nor  more  than 
£1000. 

2.  No  advance  on  land  held  on  credit  purchase  shall  exceed 
(me-half  of  the  capital  value  of  the  land  as  estimated  by  the 
Trustees  after  deducting  from  such  ca])ital  value  the  amount  of 
instalments  unpaid  to  the  Crown  at  the  date  of  the  loan ;  and 
no  advance  on  freehold  property  shall  exceed  three-fifths  of  the 
capital   value   of  the  land   as  estimated  by   the  Trustees. 

3.  The  rate  of  interest  is  six  and  one-half  (6i)  per  cent, 
per   annum. 

4.  After  five  years  the  borrower  will  begin  paying  off  the 
principal,  and  can  extend  the  repayments  over  25  years ;  provided 
that  the  advance  may,  at  the  option  of  the  borrower,  be''  repaid 
at   any   time   sooner   than   is   provided,  and    in   larger   instalments. 

5.  Advances  may  be  maile  for  any  of  the  following  purposes; — 

(a)  Payment  of  liabilities  already  existing  with  respect 
to  the  holding,  or  payment  of  the  balance  of  any 
purchase-money  in  respect  of  the  purchase  of  the 
holding,  or  any  stock,  machinery,  or  implements 
therefor. 

(!i)  For  carrying  on  agricultural,  dairying,  grazing,  or 
horticultural   pursuits   on    the   holding. 

((■)    Making  the   ])rescribe<l   improvements  on    the   holding. 

(il)  Adding  to  the  improvements  already  made  on  the 
holding. 

6.  The  valuation  fee  must  be  paid  by  the  applicant  whether 
the  loan   be   granted  or   not. 


PASTORAL    LANDS. 

Pastoral  lands,  outside  hundreds,  are  let  for  a  term  of  42 
years,  except  when  the  land  is  likely  to  be  required  for  closer 
settlement,  in  which  ease,  leases  are  issued  for  21  years  only. 
Leases  for  a  term  of  42  years  are  subject  to  revaluation  of  rent 
for  the  last  21  years  thereof.  At  the  expiration  of  the  term  of 
the  leases  the  value  of  improvements,  which  are  the  property  of 
the  lessee,  is  payable  by  the  incoming  tenant,  and  then  jiaid  to 
the  outgoing  lessee.  Lands  comprised  in  pastoral  leases  issued 
under  the  present  Pastoral  Act  can  only  be  resumed  for  public 
works,  such  as  railways,  roads,  public  buildings,  water  conserva- 
tion, etc.,  or  for  mining  or  any  purpose  incidental  thereto,  or 
as  a  site  for  a  town,  jiark  lands,  etc.,  or  for  the  purpose  of 
intense  culture,  which  is  defined  as  cultivation  by  irrigation. 
Pastoral  leases  cannot  be  transferred  or  sublet  without  the  written 
consent   of    the    Commissioner   of   Crown    Lands. 

wherp:  to   obtain   information. 

The  Lands  Department  affords  every  facility  for  intending 
applicants  and  other  en(|uirers  to  obtain  information  relative  to 
land  open  to  apjilication  and  to  be  offered.  An  officer  has  been 
specially  appointed  for  the  purpose  of  answering  inquiries  in  this 
ilirection.  This  officer  is  conversant  with  a  large  portion  of  the 
land  which  is  in  course  of  survey  and  obtains  information  as  to 
the  best  means  of  inspecting  the  Hundreds  and  other  particulars 
of  interest  to  intending  applicants.  He  also  advises  them  of  the 
conditions    under   which    various   lands    may   be    taken    up. 

This  department  distributes  free  of  cost  about  16,000  plans 
annually  to  enquirers  for  lands  open.  These  free  plans  are  accom- 
jianied  by  details  giving  the  areas  of  the  blocks  and  the  prices 
at  which  they  are  offered,  as  well  as  a  short  general  description  of 
the  land  and  the  conditions  under  which  it  may  be  applied  for. 
When  any  land  is  gazetted  open  to  application,  placards  are  dis- 
tributed over  the  State  notifying  the  fact  and  also  that  plans 
and  full  detail  may  be  obtained  on  ajiplication  to  the  Secretary 
for   Lands. 


A  Tasmanian  Forest 


"WJ 


Page 

Abbott   Family 853 

Abbott,  J.  H.  M 126,  856 

Abeicrombie  River 93 

Abminga  Creek 78 

Aboriginal  Mission  Stations — 

343,  542,  668,  815 
Aborigines,   Australian — 

22,  28,  46,  50,  295,  452,  559 
603,  728,  730,  732,  754 
Abroholos,   Houtman's — 

19,  24,  25,  660 

Acacias 76,   83,   188 

Acheron   River 364 

Adam   Bay 566 

Adam   Khan 618 

Adamson's  Peak 757,  773 

Adelaide 48,    52,    611,    652 

Adelaide  River — 

48,  516,  524,  546,  563,  606 

"Adventure,"   The 758 

Adventure  Bay 758,  784 

Afghans 247,  618 

Agache,  Prof.  D.  Alf 69 

Agricultural   Banks,   State — 

409,  416  738 
Agricultural    Education — 

336,   357,  372,  382,  809 
Agriculture — 

77,  300,  318,  368,  444,  472 
Agriculture,    Department    of    .  .     120 

Albany 19,  46,  400,  680 

Albany  Pass 46 

Albatross  Island 782 

Alberga   River 77,   79,   730 

Albert   District 505 

Albert  River 52 

Albertsz,  Pieter 22 

Albion  Peak 220 

Albury 92,  163,  885 

Alcohol 519 

Aldinga ^53 

Alexander,  A.  D 1000 

Alexandra 318,   362 

Alexandra   Sugar-Mill 429 

Alexandrina,   Lake 92,   349 

Alfalfa 237,  241 

Alford    Family 707 

Alice    River   Goldfield 452 

Alice  Springs— 

50,  82,  84,  578,  592,  607,  619 

Aliens 409 

Alkalies 102,  104,  676 

Allamandas 527 

Alligator  Creek 568 

Alligator  Rivers 548,  607 

Alligators 138 

Allipo  Creek 206 

AUora 491,  498 

Alluvial  Mining — 

77,  156,  297,  332,  361,  701,  706,  723 

Almonds 625,  678 

Alps,  Australian    .  .   41,  233,  339,  346 

Alps,  Victorian 195,  355 

Alroy  Downs J6 

Alum   Cliffs ;[65 

Aluminium 104 

Alumite 156 

Alumny   Creek 20b 

Ambergris 1^4 

Amphinome  Shoals *"" 


Page 

Anacona  Bore 74 

Anakie   Gem-field    .  .    .  .    :  .    425,   480 

Anama 1059 

Anderson's    Creek 297 

Anderson's  Inlet 340 

Angas   Family 829 

Angaston 626,  832,  834 

Angelo 662 

Anglesea 322 

Angling 138,   179,  220,  267 

Anglo-Indians 749,  771 

Anglo-Persian   Oil   Co 790 

Angora  Goats 80 

Anise 437 

Animals,  Australian 135 

Anlaby 1014 

Anna   Reservoir 84,  604 

Annan  River 457 

Ant-hills 4S2,  520,  590 

Anthony's  Lagoon    . .    .  .   74,  528,  583 

Anthony's  Well 579 

Anthracite  Coal 406 

Anthrax 377 

Antimony    ..     ..    156,    407,    443,    701 

Apple-bush 211,   250 

Apples — 

161,  167,  331,  503,  625,  699,  745,  773 

Appin 191,  218 

Apricots  .  .  161,  237,  579,  625,  638,  678 

Apsley  Strait 517 

Arabs I'' 

Arafura  Sea 520 

Araluen 156 

Ararat 297,  331 

Arbitration,  Industrial 116 

Archer  Bros 977 

Ardmona 394,  396 

Ardno 330 

Areca  Nut 437 

"Ariel,"  The 47 

Arltunga  Goldfield  .  .   78,  83,  579,  5i>6 
Armidale  ....  144,  208,  953,  959,  969 

Armored  Motor  Car 796 

Army,   Australian 66,    795 

"Arnhem,"  The 19 

Arnhem  Land   .  .    .  .   22,  540,  572,  594 

Arrowroot 519,  527,  678 

Arsenic 156 

Artesian   Basin,   Great— 

94,  466,  655,  660 

Artesian  Water—  „    „„    „. 

44,  46,  52,  72,  74,  76,  78,  80,  94 

97,  104,  240,  245,  473,  496 

589,  662,  677 

Artists,  Australian •  •     124 

Asbestos 156,   407,   701 

"Ascedant,"  The 83^ 

Asche,  Oscar 128 

Ash,   Mountain 82 

Ashburton 596,  701,  729 

Ashburton  River 19,  52,  676 

Ashton,  Julian 128 

Aspendale 308 

Assignment  System 58 

Atherton 416,   438,   464 

Atherton   Tableland— 

46,  102,  170,  415,  445 

Athletics 128 

Atolls 424 

Austin  Excavator boi 

xli 


Page 

Austin,  A.  J 889 

Austin,   Robert 52 

"Australia,"   H.M.A.S 799 

.iKslnilia    del   Kspiritu   .Snnio       ..  18 

Aimlralia  Felix 43,   294,  330 

Australian  Alps    .  .    41,  233,  3'>9,  346 

Australian  Army  and  Navy  .  121,  795 

Australian    Flying   Corps    .  .    .  .  798 

Australian  Imperial  Force  .  .    .  .  796 

Austrians 146 

Authors,  Australian 123 

Aviation 797 

Avoca 777 

Avoca  River 43 

Avon  River 339,  345,  737 

Ayers   Rock 589 

Ayrshire  Cattle 840 

Babbage,  B.  H 47 

Bacchus  Marsh 320,  386 

Bacon 378,  415 

Badilla  Sugar-Cane 429 

Bagdad  Valley 773 

Baines,  T 51 

Bairnsdale 87,  339,  343,  345 

Baker,  Richd.  T 103,  128 

Balaclava 622 

Bald  Hill 209 

Bale,  W.  M 128 

Ball,   Geologist 480 

Balla  Balla 101,  664 

Ballarat 297,  315,  318,  332 

Ballenger,   Messrs 336 

Ballina 202 

Balranald 280 

Bamawm 386,  389 

Bamawm   State  Farm 370 

Bamboo 421,  790 

Bamboo  Creek 676,  705 

Bananas — 

161,  412,  438,  455,  458,  527,  678,  790 

Banfield,  E.  J 126,  434 

Bangalow  Palms   ....    190,  219,  428 

Banking,  Australian    .  .    114,  298,  488 

Banks,  Sir  Joseph 26,  29,  32 

Banks  Island 109 

Banksia 188 

Bankstown 191 

Banyan-trees 212,  219 

Baobab-tree 673 

Baragoot 269 

Barcaldine    ....    420,   424,   470,  472 

Barclay,   H.  V 51 

Barcoo  River 44,  52,  469 

Barkly  Tableland— 

76,  530,  577,  586,  600 

Barley  Grass 249 

Barmoya  Scrub 478 

Barossa  Ranges 652,  832 

Barraba 232 

Barracoota 153 

Barramundi 138,  569 

Barren  Island 782 

Barrenjoey 179 

Barrett,  Chas 128 

Barrett-Leonard,  G 685 

Barrier  Range '*2'  ^tr 

Barrier  Reef,  Great 425 

Barringum 246 

Barron  Falls 440,  444,  457 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


1912";  cost  Is.;  obtainable  from  the  Crown    Lands  Ofi'icc,   ITobart, 
and   Lands   Branch  Office,   Lannctston. 

AGRICULTURAL     BANK. 

Under  "The  State  Advances  Act  of  1912"  (3  George  V.,  No. 
53)  the  Agricultural  Bank  of  Tasmania  makes  advances  to  per- 
sons holding  land  on  credit  purchase  from  the  State  of  Tasmania, 
and   also  on   freehold   country   lands. 

The  following  are  the  conditions  ujion  whicli  loans  may  be 
obtained  : — 

1.  Amount  of  each  loan  to  be  not  less  than  £25  nor  more  than 
£1000. 

2.  No  advance  on  land  held  on  credit  purchase  shall  exceed 
one-half  of  the  capital  value  of  the  land  as  estimated  by  the 
Trustees  after  deducting  from  such  capital  value  the  amount  of 
instalments  unpaid  to  the  Crown  at  the  date  of  the  loan  ;  and 
no  advance  on  freehold  property  shall  exceed  three-fifths  of  the 
capital   value   of  the   land   as  estimated  by   the  Trustees. 

3.  The  rate  of  interest  is  six  and  one-half  (6J)  per  cent, 
per   annum. 

4.  After  five  years  the  borrower  will  begin  paying  off  the 
principal,  and  can  extend  the  repayments  over  25  years;  provided 
that  the  advance  may,  at  the  option  of  the  borrower,  be  repaid 
at   any  time  sooner  than  is  provided,  and  in  larger  instalments. 

5.  Advances  may  be  made  for  any  of  the  following  purposes  : — 

(a)  Payment  of  liabilities  already  existing  with  respect 
to  the  holding,  or  payment  of  the  balance  of  any 
purchase-money  in  respect  of  the  purchase  of  the 
holding,  or  any  stock,  machinery,  or  implements 
therefor. 

(h)  For  carrying  on  agricultural,  dairying,  grazing,  or 
liorticultur.al    pursuits   on    the    holding. 

((■)    Making  the   jirescribed   improvements  on    the   holding. 

(<0  Adding  to  the  improvements  already  made  on  the 
holding. 

6.  The  valuation  fee  must  be  paid  by  the  ajjplicant  whether 
the  loan   be   granted  or   not. 


PASTORAL    LANDS. 

Pastoral  lands,  outside  hundreds,  are  let  for  a  term  of  42 
years,  except  when  the  land  is  likely  to  be  required  for  closer 
settlement,  in  which  case,  leases  are  issued  for  21  years  only. 
Leases  for  a  term  of  42  years  are  subject  to  revaluation  of  rent 
for  the  last  21  years  thereof.  At  the  exjiiration  of  the  term  of 
the  leases  the  value  of  improvements,  which  are  the  property  of 
the  lessee,  is  payable  by  the  incoming  tenant,  and  then  paid  to 
the  outgoing  lessee.  I^nnds  comprised  in  pastoral  leases  issued 
under  the  present  Pastoral  Act  can  only  be  resumed  for  public 
works,  such  as  railways,  roads,  public  buildings,  water  conserva- 
tion, etc.,  or  for  mining  or  any  jiurj^ose  incidental  thereto,  or 
as  a  site  for  a  town,  park  lands,  etc.,  or  for  the  purpose  of 
intense  culture,  which  is  defined  as  cultivation  by  irrigation. 
Pastoral  leases  cannot  be  transferred  or  sublet  without  the  written 
consent   of   the    Commissioner   of    Crown    Lands. 

WHERE    TO     OBTAIN     INFORMATION. 

The  Lands  Department  affords  every  facility  for  intendinjj 
applicants  and  other  enquirers  to  obtain  information  relative  to 
land  open  to  api)lication  and  to  be  offered.  An  officer  has  been 
specially  appointed  for  the  purpose  of  answering  inquiries  in  this 
direction.  This  officer  is  conversant  with  a  large  portion  of  the 
land  which  is  in  course  of  survey  and  obtains  information  as  to 
the  best  means  of  inspecting  the  Hundreds  and  other  particulars 
of  interest  to  intending  applicants.  He  also  advises  them  of  the 
conditions    under   which    various   lands    may   be    taken    up. 

This  department  distributes  free  of  cost  about  16,000  plans 
annually  to  enquirers  for  lands  open.  These  free  plans  are  accom- 
panied by  details  giving  the  areas  of  the  blocks  and  the  prices 
at  which  they  are  offered,  as  well  as  a  short  general  description  of 
the  land  and  the  conditions  under  which  it  may  be  applied  for. 
When  any  land  is  gazetted  open  to  application,  placards  are  dis- 
tributed over  the  State  notifying  the  fact  and  also  that  i>lans 
and  full  detail  may  be  obtained  on  application  to  the  Secretary 
for   Lands. 


A  Ta.smanian  Forest 


Page 

Abbott   Family 853 

Abbott,  J.  H.  M 126,  856 

Abercrombie   River 93 

Abminga  Creek 78 

Aboriginal  Mission  Stations — 

343,  542,  668,  815 
Aborigines,   Australian — 

22,  28,  46,  50,  295,  452,  559 
603,  728,  730,  732,  754 
Abroholos,   Houtman's — 

19,  24,  25,  660 

Acacias 76,   83,   188 

Acheron   River 364 

Adam   Bay 566 

Adam   Khan 618 

Adamson's  Peak 757,  773 

Adelaide 48,    52,    611,    652 

Adelaide  River — 

48,  516,  524,  546,  563,  606 

"Adventure,"   The 758 

Adventure  Bay 758,  784 

Afghans 247,  618 

Agache,  Prof.  D.  Alf 69 

Agricultural   Banks,   State — 

409,  416  738 
Agricultural    Education — 

336,   357,  372,  382,  809 
Agriculture — 

77,  300,  318,  368,  444,  472 
Agriculture,    Department    of    .  .     120 

Albany 19,  46,  400,  680 

Albany  Pass 46 

Albatross  Island 782 

Alberga   River 77,   79,   730 

Albert   District 505 

Albert  River 52 

Albertsz,  Pieter 22 

Albion  Peak 220 

Albury 92,  163,  885 

Alcohol 519 

Aldinga 653 

Alexander,  A.  D 1000 

Alexandra 318,   362 

Alexandra   Sugar-Mill 429 

Alexandrina,   Lake 92,   349 

Alfalfa 237,  241 

Alford    Family 707 

Alice    River   Goldfield 452 

Alice  Springs — 

50,  82,  84,  578,  592,  607,  619 

j^liens  409 

Alkalies  '..■■..■■ 102,  104,  676 

Allamandas 527 

Alligator  Creek 568 

Alligator  Rivers 548,  607 

Alligators 138 

Allipo  Creek 206 

AUora 491,  498 

Alluvial  Mining — 

77,  156,  297,  332,  361,  701,  706,  723 

Almonds 625,  678 

Alps,  Australian   .  .   41,  233,  339,  346 

Alps,  Victorian 195,  355 

Alroy  Downs J6 

Alum   Cliffs ;[65 

Aluminium 104 

Alumite 156 

Alumny   Creek 20b 

Ambergris 1^* 

Amphinome  Shoals oo ' 


Page 

Anacona  Bore 74 

Anakie   Gem-field    .  .    .  .    :  .    425,   480 

Anama 1059 

Anderson's    Creek 297 

Anderson's  Inlet 340 

Angas   Family 829 

Angaston 626,  832,  834 

Angelo 662 

Anglesea 322 

Angling 138,   179,  220,   267 

Anglo-Indians 749,  771 

Anglo-Persian   Oil   Co 790 

Angora  Goats 80 

Anise 437 

Animals,  Australian 135 

Anlaby 1014 

Anna   Reservoir 84,  604 

Annan  River 457 

Ant-hills 482,  520,  590 

Anthony's  Lagoon    .  .    .  .   74,  528,  583 

Anthony's  Well 579 

Anthracite  Coal 406 

Anthrax 377 

Antimony    ..     ..    156,    407,    443,    701 

Apple-bush 211,   250 

Apples — 

161,  167,  331,  503,  625,  699,  745,  773 

Appin 191,  218 

Apricots  .  .  161,  237,  579,  625,  638,  678 

Apsley  Strait 517 

Arabs 1'^ 

Arafura  Sea 520 

Araluen 156 

Ararat 297,  331 

Arbitration,  Industrial 116 

Archer  Bros 977 

Ardmona 394,  396 

Ardno 330 

Areca  Nut 437 

"Ariel,"  The 47 

Arltunga  Goldfield  . .   78,  83,  579,  S$»6 
Armidale  ....  144,  208,  953,  959,  969 

Armored  Motor  Car 796 

Army,    Australian 66,    795 

"Ariihem,"  The 19 

Arnhem  Land   .  .    .  .   22,  540,  572,  594 

Arrowroot 519,  527,  678 

Arsenic 156 

Artesian   Basin,   Great— 

94,  466,  655,  660 
Artesian  Water — 

44,  46,  52,  72,  74,  76,  78,  80,  94 

97,  104,  240,  245,  473,  496 

589,  662,  677 

Artists,  Australian    . .    •••■••     124 

Asbestos 156,   407,   701 

"Ascedant,"  The 8^3 

Asche,  Oscar 128 

Ash,   Mountain 82 

Ashburton 596,  701,  729 

Ashburton  River 19,  52,  676 

Ashton,  Julian 128 

Aspendale 308 

Assignment  System 58 

Atherton 416,  438,   464 

Atherton   Tableland— 

46,  102,  170,  415,  445 

Athletics 128 

Atolls 424 

Austin  Excavator ooi 


xli 


Page 

Austin,  A.  J 889 

Austin,   Robert 52 

"Australia,"   H.M.A.S 799 

.Itistrolia    del    Espiritu   ^nnlo       .  ,        18 

AKSIidJin   Felix 43,  294,  330 

Australian  Alps  .  .  41,  233,  3')9,  346 
Australian  Army  and  Navy  .  121,  795 
Australian  Flying  Corps  .  .  .  .  798 
Australian  Imperial  Force  .  .    .  .     796 

Austrians 146 

Authors,  Australian 123 

Aviation 797 

Avoca 777 

Avoca  River 43 

Avon  River 339,  .345,  737 

Ayers  Rock 589 

Ayrshire  Cattle 840 

Babbage,  B.  H 47 

Bacchus  Marsh 320,  386 

Bacon 378,  415 

Badilla  Sugar-Cane 429 

Bagdad  Valley 773 

Baines,  T 51 

Bairnsdale 87,  339,  343,  345 

Baker,  Richd.  T 103,  128 

Balaclava 622 

Bald  Hill 209 

Bale,  W.  M 128 

Ball,   Geologist 480 

Balla  Balla 101,  664 

Ballarat 297,  315,  318,  332 

Ballenger,   Messrs 336 

Ballina 202 

Balranald 280 

Bamawm 386,  389 

Bamawm   State   Farm 370 

Bamboo 421,  790 

Bamboo  Creek 676,  705 

Bananas — 

161,  412,  438,  455,  458,  527,  678,  790 

Banfield,   E.  J 126,  434 

Bangalow  Palms  ....  190,  219,  428 
Banking,  Australian    .  .    114,  298,  488 

Banks,  Sir  Joseph 26,  29,  32 

Banks  Island 109 

Banksia 188 

Bankstown 191 

Banyan-trees 212,  219 

Baobab-tree 673 

Baragoot 269 

Barcaldine    ..     ..    420,   424,   470,   472 

Barclav,   H.  V 51 

Barcoo  River 44,  52,  469 

Barkly  Tableland — 

76,  530,  577,   586,  600 

Barley  Grass 249 

Barmoya  Scrub 478 

Barossa   Ranges 652,  832 

Barraba 232 

Barracoota 153 

Barramundi 138,  569 

Barren  Island ^2 

Barrenjoey 1^9 

Barrett,  Chas 128 

Barrett-Leonard,  G 685 

Barrier  Range 42,  254 

Barrier  Reef,  Great 425 

Barringum ■  •     246 

Barron  Falls 440,  444,  457 


xli 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


ai_  Page 

Barron  River 440 

Barrow  Creek   .  .    . .   84,  580,  583,  596 

Barton,  Sir  Edmund 66 

Barwon   Heads 322 

Barwon  River,  N.S.W 232 

Barwon  River,  Vic 322 

Basalt  Rocks   ....   201,  309,  590,  764 

Baskerville,   Margaret 128 

Bass    (Fish) 151 

Bass,  Surgeon  George 291 

Bass  Strait 291 

Bastion  Rock 346 

Batavia 20,  24 

"Batavia,"  The 19,  25,  660 

Batavia    River 452 

Batchelor  Demonstration  Farm — 

535,  538 

Bateman's   Bay 267,  273 

Bathurst   .  .    39,  43,  66,  161,  297,  867 

Bathurst  Island 517 

Batman,   John 294,   322 

Battery  Tank 250 

Baudin,   Capitaine 292,   661 

Baw  Baws,  The 343,  360 

Baxter ^45 

Bayley  &  Ford 701 

Bayswater 313 

Beachport 650 

Beaconsfield 310 

Beagle   Bay 53 

Bean,  C.  E.  W 126 

Beaumaris 306 

Beche-de-mer 106 

Becke,  Louis 126 

Bedford,  Randolph 126 

Bedford,  Ruth 126 

Bedford  Hall  Cave 692 

Bee-Keeping   ....   164,  336,  378,  625 

Beech,  Native 310 

Beechworth 297,   355 

Beef -cattle 415 

Beenleigh 505 

Beet   Sugar 345 

Beetaloo o52 

Bees'-wax „    379 

Bega 143,  183,  269 

Bega  River ^/j- 

Belar  Trees 249,  250,  478 

Belgium IJl 

Belgrave ^^^ 

Bellambi 220 

Bellata  Bore J^.% 

Bell  Bay ^52 

Bell-birds 71,  208 

Bell  Family 859 

Bellerive "ol 

Bellingen   River    .  .    87,   143,  209,  285 

Bellpajah   Out-station 250 

"Bell's  Line" ■  •    •  •     859 

Belltrees 947 

Beltana 51,  617 

Belyando  River 44 

Benalla 361 

Bendigo  .  .  258,  297,  320,  387,  845,  849 

Bendock 347 

Benevolent  Asylums 815 

Bennett,  Hon.  Walter 210 

Benson,   Albert  H 410 

Berembed 99,  274 

Bermagui 268 

Bernier  Island 661 

Berri 90,  97 

Berrigan 94 

Berry 221,  263 

Berseem  Clover 690 

Bertrand,  M 225 

Beryl 596 

Betts  Camp 195 

Big  Scrub  Lands 202,  445 

Big   Spring 79 

Big  Springs  Station 909 

Biggenden 407,   410 

Bight,  Great  Australian  .  .   45,  52,  76 

Billabong  Creek 94 

Bimera 96 

Bingera 416,  485 

Birds,  Australian     ....   139,  280,  952 


Page 

Birdsville 469,  618. 

Bishop   and   Clerk   Island    ....     784 

Bismuth 156,  407,  443 

Bitter   Springs 573 

Bittern 136,  308 

Blackall 416,  472 

Blackall  Ranges 507 

Black,   Andrew 279 

Blaekbutt-trees    .  .     .  .    267,    310,    489 

Black  Duck 134,  569 

Blackfish 138 

Black  Flat 313 

Blackmore  River 594,  606 

Black  Range  Minefield 710 

Black  Soil  Plains  .  .  227,  233,  470,  490 

Blacks'  Spur 365 

Blackwcod  River 22,  693 

Blackwood-trees 310 

Blair  Athol  Coal  Mine   ....   407,  486 

Blanchetown 90 

Blaxland,   Gregory 39 

Blayney 137 

Blue  Grass 466,  1003 

Bligh,  Capt 455,  758 

Blimbing 527 

Block  10  Mine 257 

Blood's  Creek 77,  80 

Bloodwood-trees 76,   227 

Bloomfield  River 456 

Blowhole,    The    (N.S.W.)     ..     ..     221 

Blowhole,   The    (Tas.) 773 

Bluebush 72,  249,  588 

"Bluebush"   Wethered 705 

Blue  Lake 625,  653 

Blue   Mountains — 

38,   167,   182,  225,  866 

Blue  Mud  Bay 516 

Blue-wing  Duck 266 

Blunder  Bay 592 

Blunno,  M 162 

Blyth 622 

Blythe  River 768 

Boar-flsh 153 

Board,  Peter 803 

Bodalla 143,  268,  273 

Bogan  River 43,  233 

Bogong  Plains 349 

Boisdale 345 

Bolac,  Lake 332 

Boldrewood,    Rolf 126 

Bonang 347 

Bond,  W.  P 478 

Bonnev,  Chas 45 

Booberoi  Station 249 

Boolaboolka,   Lake 252 

Booligal 282 

Boolman 598 

Boomah  Mountains 478 

Boree 472 

Bores  .  .  72,  94,  240,  246,  401,  528,  654 

Boronia 188 

Borook   Station 587 

Borroloola 540,  599 

Bossley  Park 217 

Botanic    Gardens — 

173,  373,  419,  525,  545 
Botany  Bay   .  .    .  .  28,  32,  38,  184,  291 

Botany    Heads 153 

Bottle-tree 511 

Bougainvillea 441,  527 

Boulder  City 719 

Boulter,   G.   J 445 

Boundary   Dam 644 

Bounties  Act,  Federal 170 

"Bounty,"   H.M.S 455 

Bourke — • 

145,  234,  238,  239,  245,  281,  471 

Bourke,    Governor 58 

Bovril  Australian  Estates  Co. — 

558,  590 

Bowen 434,  484 

Bowen,    Lieut.    John    .  .     .  .    292,    758 

Bower-birds 138 

Box-trees  .  .  81,  211,  226,  238,  249,  250 

Boyd,  Benjamin 270 

Boyd,   Carr 53 

Boyne  River 508 


Page 

Bradshaw,   Joseph 590 

Brahe,  Wm 50 

Brandt,  Otto 526 

Brandy 163 

Branxholme 331 

Bread-fruit 437,  678,  790 

Break  o'  Day  Valley 779 

Bream 138 

Breinl,   Dr.   Anton 532 

Bremer,  Sir  Gordon 518 

Brennan,    Christopher 126 

Brennan,  Louis 128 

Brereton,  John  de  Gay 126 

Bridge  Creek 606 

Bridgetown 699 

Bridgewater 756 

Brierley,    Sir    Oswald 270 

Brigalow 476,  490 

Bright 353,  357,  360 

Brighton 306 

Bringles 674 

Brisbane 52,  417 

Brisbane,  Governor 58 

Brisbane    River    .  .     .  .    41,    417,    423 

Brisbane  Valley 508 

British   Immigration   League    .  .     120 
Broad   Arrow   Gold   Mine    ....     702 

Broadford 318 

Broadmeadows 318 

Broadmount 475 

Broadsound 484 

Broadwater   River 206 

Brockman,  F.  S 53 

Brockman   Family 698,   700 

Brock's  Creek 537,  548,  606 

Brodribb   River 347 

Broke,    Lord    Willoughby    de    .  .     120 

Broken   Bay 38,   180 

Broken  Hill— 

43,  238,  240,  248,  252,  254,  615 

621,  721 

Broken  Hill  Proprietary   Co.    .  .     256 

Brolgas 280 

Bronzewing  Pigeon 134,  137 

Brookman,  Geo.  and  Wm 720 

"Brookman's    Farm" 721 

Broom    Millet 497 

Broome 661,  667,  726 

Broome's   Head 206 

Brown,  H.  Y.  L 596,  602,  606 

Brown  Coal 407 

Brown  Mountain 270 

Browne,  Dr 42 

Bruce,  Mary  Grant 126 

Bruce  Rock 738 

Brunette  Downs 76,  586 

Bruni  Islands 757,  784 

Brunswick  State  Farm 687 

Brush  Turkeys 72,  137 

Bruthen 317 

Buchan 365 

Buchan  Caves 347 

Buchan  River 348 

Buchanan,  Wm.  T 590 

Buckland  River 358 

Buffaloes — 

138,  170,  515,  517,  556,  561,  567 

Buderim 438,  507 

"Bulletin,"  Sydney 123,  705 

Bum 191,  219 

Bulli  Pass 189,  219 

Bulman   Station 574 

Bunbury 690,  698 

Bundaberg 485 

Bundaleer 652 

Bundamba 504 

Bundock,  C.  L.    Wyndham   ....     996 

Bungaree 1043 

Bungaree  North 1051 

Bungowannah 93 

Buninyong 297 

Bunny,  Rupert 128 

Bunyip 310 

Burdekin   Duck 137 

Burdekin  River  .  44,  87,  133,  416,  486 

Burdett 650 

Burke,    Robt.    O'Hara 48 

I 


INDEX 


Klii! 


Page 

Burke  Goldfleld 459 

Burnett 415 

Burnett  River 486 

Burnie 744,  766 

Burnley  School  of  Horticulture — 

373,  376 

Burra   Burra  Mine 621 

Burragorang 756 

Burrawang 927 

Burrendong 93 

Burrier 263 

Burrinjuck  Dam    ..    ..    147,  275,  878 

Burrum  Coalfield 406 

Burt  Plain 83 

Burton  Stock  Route .     729 

Bushgrove 206 

Busselton 690 

Bustards   ..    ..72,  137,  280,    46/,  583 

Butcher,  Mr 686 

Butter 168,  300,  415 

Buxton    Range 604 

Bynoe  Harbor 606 

Byrock 245 

Cabbage  Palms 137,  219,  221 

Cable    Service Ill 

Cadels ^95 

Cadia    .      156 

CaflFery   P  263 

Cairns  '.  .  '199,  416,  433,  435,  441,  447 

"Calcutta."  H.M.S 294 

Caledon  Bay 574,  600 

Calgardup  Cave 735 

Callide  Coalfield 407 

Cambage,  R.  H 128 

Camberoona 93,  279,  387 

Cambewarra 18^.  j^^ 

Cambooya ■  •     49b 

Cambridge  Gulf 730 

Camden \^^ 

Camden   Haven '^'■'^ 

Camels-    ^^^^  ^gg^  g^g^  g^2^  ^^^^  ^^^ 

Cameron,  Dr.  S.  S 369 

"Camilla,"   The ■  •     429 

Camooweal      469    528 

Campaspe  River ^''''  ?oq 

Campbell,  A.  J 1^8 

Campbell,  Duncan » '? 

Campbell,  J.  A 9^3 

Campbell,  Major   .. oil 

Campbelltown,  N.S.W 191,  217 

Campbelltown,  Tas 'o^ 

Camperdown ^^ ' 

Camphor *^S 

Canberra „"„ 

Candelo ^'^ 

Cane-grass 206 

Cangai oac 

Cann   River    ..    ••.■••■    ;•,,•■     "^* 
CanninRT  Fish,  Fruit,  Vegetable's— ^^^ 

Canning'  Stock  Route    ....    727,  730 

Cape  Arnhem „o-. 

Cape  Barren  Island '°^ 

Cape    Barrow    ..     •  •     •  •   qV   „V(,    or  a 
Cape  Everard   ....   27,  291,  346,  354 

Cane  Farewell rj^^ 

Cape   Felix    . •  ■  ■     „Qg 

Cape  Gooseberries    ....    ■  ■    ^74,  ^u 

I ar. !".--»' ::-.:i9.-3«,  646  « 

Cape  Leveque 423 

Cape    Moreton ^j^q 

Cape  Nelson •  •  „„o 

Cape  Otway 137,  6i^ 

Cane    Schanck .,  „ , 

Cape   Solander \° 

Cane  Tribulation * 

Cane  Wilberforce  .  .    . .    •  •   •  •   •  •  ^'^ 

Cape  York 28.  30,  47,  59,  451 

Carbide  of  Calcium ««* 

Carbonates :    ■  •    •  •  Trg 

CarcoKr ::„ . 

Card.  G.  W \l^ 


Page 

Cardwell 434,  457 

Carmichael,  Hon.  A.  C 803 

Carnarvon,  Tas 755,  779 

Carnarvon,  W.A 23,  88,  662 

Carnegie,  D.  W 53 

Carpentaria,  Gulf  of  .  .    .  .  44,  48,  192 

Carrathool 280 

Carr's  Creek 206 

Carrum 308 

Carstenz,  Jan 19 

Carter,  Norman 128 

Cashmere  Gorge 446 

Casino 201 

Cassava    . . 437 

Cassilis 349 

Casterton 136,   328,   330 

Castlemaine 226,  298,  318 

Castlereagh   River 233 

Castles,  Amy 128 

Caswell,  H 69 

Catani,   Mr 358 

Cathcart  Gold  Mine 332 

Cattle— 

39,  78,  81,  83,  269,  297,  339,  415 
482,  494,  590,  673 

Cattle-cane 202 

Cattle  Creek 448 

Cavanagh   Ranges 730 

Caves,   Buchan 347 

Caves,  Margaret  River 690 

Caves,    Yallingup    690 

Caves,  Yarangobilly 353 

Cawarral 407 

Cawker,  Mr 330 

Cecil  Hills 218 

Cedar  Pine 102,  206,  433,  441 

Central  Australia 28,  51,  76 

Central   Mount  Stuart 47 

Central  Queensland 416 

Central    Queensland    Meat    Ex- 
port Co 482 

Centre  Island 572 

Ceylon 437 

Chaffey  Brothers 88,  93,  649 

Chambers'  Creek 47 

Chambers'  Pillar 584 

Champion   Bay 20,   730 

Chapman,  Fredk 128 

Chapman  State  Farm 736 

Charleville 244,   472 

Charlotte  Waters   .  .   79,  578,  594,  619 

"Charon,"  S.S 659 

Charters  Towers 443,  461 

Chatsworth 204 

Cheese 378,  415 

Chelsea •     308 

Cherry,  Professor 323,  32b 

Childers 409,   482,    485 

Chillagoe 443,  446 

Chillies 674 

Chillingollah 401 

China l^^ 

263,  438,  445,  470,  498,  522,  546 

551,  571,  596,  659,  791 

Chintawanta 640 

Chlorides 25b 

Christmas  Bells lo» 

Christmas   Creek ^o" 

Christmas  Hills ^14 

Christmas  Mine °^^ 

Chromite 407 

Churchill  Island 292 

Cinnamon 438,  527,  787 

Circular  Quay,  Sydney  . .    . .   60,  173 

Citronella 437 

Citrus  Fruits-^^      ^^^^  ^^^^  ^^^_ 

494,  507,  527,  625 

Claraville 83 

(^jafg bZZ 

Clare  Innes  Station   ....    . .    •  •     592 

Clarence  River  .  87,  136,  143,  199,  204 

Clarendon 612,  867 

Clarke,  Marcus 126,  322,  755 

Clarke  Island •  •     Jfl 

Clays 104,  157 


I'ago 

Cleland  &  Sons  Ltd 1083 

Clermont  Coalfield 406,  486 

Cleveland 505 

Cleveland  Bay 434 

Clifton   Springs 322 

Climate — 

32,  37,  70,  84,  144,   198,  302 
413,.  531,  608 

Cloncurry 407,  443,  468 

Cloncurry  River 48 

Closer  Settlement — 

148,  367,  380,  396,  650 

Cloudy  Bay 784 

Cloudy  Lagoon 784 

Clover 202,   693 

Club  Lake 197 

Club  Terrace 347 

Clunes 297 

Clyde  River 267 

Clydesdales 836 

Coaches 78,  191 

Coal— 

35,  104,  154,  188,  219,  406,  444 
486,  503,  579,  589,  660,  680,  790 

Coal,  Brown 340  343 

Coalcliff 153,  219 

Coapin 527 

Coast  Range 221 

Cobar 105,  157,  243,  248 

Cobargo 272 

Cobb  &  Co 191,  265 

Coburg  Peninsula 518 

Cocaine 438,  527 

Cocoa  .  . 437,  527,  678 

Cocoanuts — 

412,  428,  437,  525,  536,  572,  575 
678,  787,  792 

Cockatoos 138,  280,  582 

Cockburn 259 

Cod 425 

Coen  Goldfield 451 

Coffee 438,  441,  525,  678,  787 

Coff's  Harbor 210 

Cohuna 385,  387 

Colac 325 

Coldstream  River 136,  206 

Collier  Bay 732 

Collingrove 834,  836 

Collins,  Hy.  &  Co 1065 

Collins,  Lieut.-Governor — 

294,  746  758 
Colonial    Sugar-Refining   Co.    .  .     206 

Colored   Labor 408 

Comet  River 486 

Combienbar   Creek 347 

Comboyne  Scrub 214 

"Comeback"  Wheat 401 

Commerce 113 

Commonweath,  The 67,  795 

Commonwealth    Bank 114 

Como 181,  184 

Complex  Ores   Co 747 

"Concordia,"    The 665 

Condobolin 224,  232,  248 

Condomine  River 44 

Conferences,    Federal 66 

Conigrave,  Explorer 53,  735 

Connor,  J.  M.  B 699 

Conservatorium  of  Music    .  .    . .     805 

Continuation    Schools 806 

Convention,     Commonwealth     . .       66 

Convicts 31,  58,  60 

Coochin    Coochin    Station    . .     . .     483 

Coodinga 596 

Cook,  Capt. — 

24,  27,  31,  184,  291,  452,  458,  758 

Cook's  River 184 

Cooktown  .  28,  413,  443,  451,  456,  663 

Coolangatta  Estate 221 

Coolgardie 596,  679,  702,  716 

Coolie  Labor 530,  667 

Cooma    ....    103,   144,  192,  223,  270 

Coonamble 275 

Coongan  River 669 

Coonong 878 

Co-operation   ....  212,  262,  340,  378 
Co-operative    Settlement    . .     . .     693 


xliv 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


Pnge 

Cooper's  Creek 48,  128,  484 

Coorong   River 626 

Cooroy 507 

Cootamundra 231,  400 

Coots 136 

Copley  &  Patterson 590 

Copmanhurst 206 

Copper^ 

102,  104,  156,  206,  250,  407,  459 

468,  479,  486,  503,  597,  660 

680,  701,  749,  767 

Coppin's  Gap 734 

Copra 536 

Coral   Reefs 425 

Coral-trees 527 

Coramba 208,  210 

Corio  Bay 320 

Cormorants 136,  280 

Cornelius,   Jerome 20 

Coromandel  Valley 612,  756 

Corowa 163,  227,  230 

Corrimal 219 

Corryong 347,  353 

Cossack 659,  694 

Cotter  River 70 

Cotton — 

170,  437,  519,  536,  575,  662 
678,  787,  790 

Cotton,  A.  J 981 

Cotton,  A.  S 586 

Cotton-plant 250 

Couch-grass 201 

Coulter,    R.   C.   G 69 

Councils,    Legislative 59 

Country  Roads  Board    ....   303,  369 

Cowan  Creek 179 

Cowes 308 

Cowper,   Chas 60 

Cowra 137,  280 

Cox,  A.   W 256 

Cox  Family 862,  865 

Cox's  Pass 866 

Cox's  Peninsula 525 

Cox  River 867 

Cranes 136,  202 

Crawford,  Alice 128 

Crayfish 152 

Credit  Foncier  System 367 

Creel  River 194 

Crescent   Head 199 

Cressy ^63 

Creswick 318,  332 

Cricket 131 

Croajingalong 346 

Crocodile  Creek 479 

Croker  Island 575 

Cronulla 184 

Crookhaven .•  ■    223,  263 

Crossley,  Ada 128,  721 

Croton 438 

Crown  Lands — 

61,  148,  249,  354,  416,  488,  752 
771,  782,  784 

Crown  Point 81,  1032 

Crowsfoot  Grass 249 

Crow's  Nest 489 

Croydon 313,  443,  452,  458 

Cu-Cania 447 

Cucumber-fish 153 

Cudegong  River 93,  867 

Cudgewa 347 

Cue 710 

Culgoa  River 233,  247 

Cullen  River 606 

"Cumberland,"  The 292 

Cumberland  Islands 434 

Cumberoona  Storage 8S,  353 

Cunnamulla 244,  472 

Cunningham,  Allan 43,  490 

Cunningham,  Richd 43 

"Cuprum,"  The 665 

Currant-bush 250 

Currants   ..    ..92,  161,  388,  623,  718 

Currawang  Station 4.|) 

Cuscus  Grass 437 

Custard  Apples 413 

Customs Ill 

Cutbush,  Mayor 703 


Pngo 

Cuthero 243 

Cuttagee 269 

"Cygnet,"  The 23 

Cygnet  Bay 23 

Cypress  Pine  .  225,  231,  245,  494,  615 

Daintree   River 457 

Dairy-farming — 

146,   148,   168,  201,  212,  221,  269 

272,  277,  300,  325,  327,  340,  368 

380,  415,  444,  476,  497,  652 

751,  768,  770,  777 

Dalby 246,  490 

Dalev,  Victor  J 126 

Dalgleish,  Capt 659,  674 

Dalgonally   Station 482 

Dalhousie   District 74 

Dalhousie    Station 79 

Dalhousie  Thermal  Springs  .  .  74,  578 
Daly  River — • 

524,  537,  550,  561,  590,  597 

Daly  Waters 48,  53,  545,  583 

Dalyup  River 648 

Dampier,  William 23,  31,  659 

Dampier   Archipelago 663 

Dandenong 309,  365 

Dangar  Family 953 

Dapto 136,  220 

Dare,  H.  H 94 

Darling,  Governor 41,  58 

Darling  Downs — 

43,  238,  246,  415,  417 

Darling  Harbor,  Sydney 174 

Darling  River — 

41,  48,  88,  92,  94,  99,  232,  234,  238 

241,  245,  250,  262,  279,  318,  490 

Darwin 516,  539,  595 

Darwin  River 606 

Date  Palms — 

79,  84,  244,  428,  438,  526,  676 
678,  736 

Davenport  Ranges 580 

David,  Professor 128 

Davidson,  Allan 580,  592,  602 

Davidsonian   Plum 437 

Dawson,  Peter 128 

Dawson  River    .  .    .  .    44,  52,  476,  486 

Day  Dawn 660 

Daylesford 320 

Daysures 132 

Deakin,   Rt.   Hon.   Alfred    ....        66 

Death  Rate 119,  146 

De  Baun,  M 716 

Deep  Creek 297 

Defence,  Australian 66,  795 

De   Freycinet 18 

De  Grey   River 52,  730 

Delegate   River 347 

De    Lissaville    Plantation    .  .     .  .     525 

Deloraine 764 

Demetrius 666 

Denial   Bay 640 

Denman,   Lord   and   Lady    ....       70 

Denmark 170 

Dennis,  C.  J 126 

D'Entrecasteaux 758 

D'Entrecasteaux   Channel    .  .    .  .     773 

Depuch  Roads 665 

Derby 673,  740 

Derham,  Enid 126 

Derwent  River  and  Valley  .  .  756,  773 
"Desert"  Country — 

32,  37,  39,  41,  43,  73,  589,  593 
628,  642 

"Desert    Oak" 465 

Despessis,  A 674 

Devil's   Kitchen 773 

Devon  Sheep 937 

Devonport    .  .    744,  752,  763,  774,   777 

Devonport   Ranges 76 

Diamantina   River    .  .     .  .    48,   51,   469 

Diamonds 44,    156,   588 

Diamond  Creek 316 

Digby 330 

Dieht  Family 959 

Dilli 539 

Dillwynia 188 

Dimboola 338 


I'ilKO 

Diorite  Creek 574 

Dirck    Hartogs,   Capt 18 

Dirranbandi 498 

Disaster  Bay 153 

"Discovery,"  The 758 

Diseases,   Tropical 530 

Divers 136 

Dividing  Ranges — 

38,  94,  99,  208,  215,  232,  269,  310 
357,  362,  380,  654 

Divining  Rod 239,  915,  945 

Dixson's  Homestead 696 

Doherty  &   Durack 590 

Domestic  Economy 806,  813 

Donkeys 740 

Donnybrook 318 

Dookie    Agricultural    College    .  .     382 
Dora   Creek   Farm   Home    .  .     .  .     820 

Dorre  Island 661 

Dorrigo 136,  205,  208 

Dory 153 

Dottrels 137 

Douglas,   F 645 

Dover  Bay 757 

Downies,  of  Glenelg 1074 

Drake 199 

Dried  Fruits 161 

Driffield 606 

Dromana 309 

Drought 77,   80,   97 

Drouin 310 

Drummer  Mountain 346 

"Dry"  Belt,  The 444,  730 

"Dryblower"    Murphy 705 

Dryblowers 703,   707 

Dry  Country 45,  SO,   97 

Dry-farming   ....   234,  245,  251,  284 

Drysdale 322 

Drysdale   River 732 

Dubbo 275 

Duck,  Wild   .  .   134,  266,  280,  569,  583 

Duffield,  Hon.  W.   .  . 1039 

Dugong 425 

Duke  of  Edinburgh 758,  763 

"Duke   of  York,"  The 830 

Dulacca  Experimental   Station    .     492 

Dulcie  Ranges 76 

Dumaresque   River 500 

Dungalear 973 

Dunk  Island 434 

Dunlop  Station 244,  283 

Dunn,  E.  J 128,  598,  847 

Dunn   Brothers 239 

Dunstan,  B 406,  480 

Duntroon 70,   796 

Durack,   Professor 128 

Dutch 18,  26,  693,  732 

Dutch  East  India  Company   .  .    18,  26 

Dutton   Family 1014 

"Duyfken,"  The 18 

Dyer,  Mr 350 

Dykes 594 

Eaglehawk  Neck 773 

East- West  Railway 71 

Ebony 790 

Echidna 35,  140 

Echuca 88,  318,  387 

Eden 223,  265,  270 

Edinglassie 941 

Edith   River 606 

Edols  Family 927 

Education,  State 683,  803 

Eel  Creek 449 

"Eendracht,"   The 18 

Eendracht's  Land 19 

Egg-fruit 437,  674 

Egg-laying    Competitions    .  .     .  .     378 

Eggs 164,  378 

Egrets 136 

Eleanor  Claim 599 

Elections 61 

Electric  Lighting  and  Power — 

260,  458,  720,  746 

Elizabeth  Town 764 

Elkedra 84 

Elkedra   Creek    580 


INDKX 


xlv 


Page 

Ellendale 757 

Elliott,  Mount,   Copper  Mine    .  .  347 

Elmore 387 

Elsey,  J.   R 51 

Elsey  Creek 45,  52,  573 

Eltham 295,  314,  365 

Emancipists 58 

Embley    River 451 

"Emden,"   The 799 

Emerald 313 

Emerald   Creek 444 

Emerson,  E.  S 126 

Emigration 57,  298 

Emily  Plain 81 

Emu   Creek 509 

Emu  Park 486 

Emus 72,  138,  242,  2S0,  583 

"Encounter,"  H.M.A.S 800 

"Endeavour,"   The — 

25,  30,  186,  456,  507 

Endeavour  River 456 

Endeavour   Straits 30 

English  Company's  Island   .  .    .  .  575 

Ensilage 90,  93,  416 

J'lpacris  lonfii/lora 188 

Era  Downs  Station 583 

Eringa   Station 80 

Erskine  River 323 

Escape  Cliffs 520 

Esk  River 746 

Esperance 640,  645,  735 

Esson,  Louis 126 

Estuary   of  Tamar  River    .  .    .  .  774 

Etheridge 128 

Etheridge  Goldfield 459 

Euabolong 230,  248,  250 

Eucalypts 35,  105 

Eucla 52,    640,  645 

Eunella  Ranges 428 

Eureka  Mine 607 

Eureka  Stockade 334 

Eurobin   Creek 359 

Eurobin  Valley 356,  358 

Eurobodalla 273 

Euston 401 

Evans,  Hy 832 

Evans,  Leslie 744,  761,  771 

Evans,   Surveyor  Geo.  W.    .  .    39,  867 

Evelyn  Mine 607 

Everard,  Cape 27,  291,  354 

Everton 361 

Excise 63,  112 

Exmouth    Gulf 22 

Experimental   Farms — 

161,  201,  206,  225,  227,  277,  370 

689,  809 

Exploration 3^7 

Exports 159,  173,  680 

Extended  Union   Mine 607 

Eyre,   E.  J 45,  640 

Eyre's   Peninsula    .  .    .  .    45,   627,  639 

Fairfax  Harbor 788 

Fairview 451 

Fairymead 416,  485 

Fallowfield  &  Co 25 

Fantail   Pigeon 137 

"Fantome,"    H.M.A.S 800 

Farming,  Dairy   (see  Dairy-Farmmg) 

Farming,  Dry 234,  245 

Farming,    Mixed — 

160,  207,  337,  485,  587 

Farrer,  Wm 171,  287 

Favenc,   Ernest 51,   586 

Fawkner,  John  Pascoe 294 

Federal  Capital 68,   223 

Federal   Land  Tax 115 

Federation,  Australian 63,  64 

"Federation"  Wheat 401 

Ferguson,  Constable   Bob    .  .    .  .     237 

Ferguson  River 595,  606 

Fern  Tree  Bower,  Hobart   .  .    .  .     759 

Fern  Tree  Gully 310 

Ferries  .  .    . 1'74,  178 

Fever  519,  588 

pfgs     ;  ■.  . 161,  662 

Finance,  Public 150 

"Finch,"  The ^^ 


Page 

Fingal  Mine,  Great 660 

Finke  River 74,  78,  80,  578 

Finniss,  Lieut.  B.  T 520 

Finniss  River 595,  597,  606 

Finniss  Spring 836 

First   Fleet,  The 31,  37 

Pish— 

39,  106,  138,  151,  153,  220,  243, 

280,  425,  580 

Fish  River 136 

Fisher,   Rt.   Hon.  Andrew    ....  71 

Fisher  Falls 450 

Fisheries       Commission,       Tas- 

manian 756 

Fitchett,  Rev.  Dr.  W.  H 126 

Fitzroy,  Governor 60 

Pitzroy   River 99,  475,  486 

Five  Islands 220 

Flannagan,  Mr 702 

Flannel  Flowers 186 

Flathead 138,  152,  153 

Flat  Top 426,  429 

Flax 102 

Flaxman,  Chas 831 

Flemming,  Jas 292,  306 

Flinders 308 

Flinders,  Capt.  William — 

220,  291,  452,  516 
Flinders  Grass   .  .   466,  470,  591,  1003 

Flinders   Island 781 

Flinders  Ranges 45,  617 

Flinders   River 48,  96,  470 

Flock  Pigeon 137 

Flora  River 590,  592 

Florida  Bore 487 

Flounders 749 

Flowerdale 318 

Flowers,  Wild 55,  186 

Fly  River 789 

Flying  Fishes 424 

Flying  Foxes 424 

Flying  School 797 

Fogarty,  Constable 732 

Football 131 

Forests — 

150,  209,  267,  270,  310,  322,  346,  347 

348,  353,  445,  508,  625,  673,  697 

Forrest,  Alexander 51,  52 

Forrest,  John — ■ 

51,  52,  66,  644,  694,  716,  729 

Forsayth 458 

Fort   Constantine   Station    . .    .  .  468 

Fort  Dundas 517 

Fort  Hill 539 

Fortescue 663 

Fortescue   River 52 

Forth 776 

Fountain   Head 606 

Fourtor,  Adolf 272 

Fowler's  Bay 45 

Fox,  E.  Phillips 128 

Foxes 272,  424 

Francis  Well 80,  81 

Frangipanni 527 

Frankford "778 

Franklin '^58 

Franklin,  Sir  John 754 

Franklin  Harbor 642 

Frankston 308 

Eraser,  Foster 717 

Fraser  Limited 1084 

Frazer's  Mine 711 

Frederics,   Arthur 217 

Free  Settlers 58,  337 

Freehold   Gemfield 480 

Freeling,    Col 47 

Freer 568 

Freezing  Works 538 

Fremantle 22,  46,  659,  682 

French 292 

French  Island 308 

Frenchmen 146,  162 

Freshwater  Point 748 

Fresne,  Marion  de 758 

Frew  River 76,  84,  582 

Freycinet    Peninsula 784 

Friedman,   Mr 703 

Froggatt,   W.   W 128 


Page 

Frome,  Lake 254 

Frost 413 

Fruit— 

93,  161,  208,  215,  236,  249,  271, 

313,  322,  331,  348,  354,  388, 

410,  472,  632,  645,  648,  660 

687,  699,  718 

Fruit  Pigeon 137 

Furneaux 758 

Furneaux   Islands 291,   781 

Gabo  Island 28,  346 

Galah  Parrots 138,  280 

Gallet  Creek 458 

Game  Birds — 

39,   73,   243,   280,   564,   583 

Gang-gangs 138 

Gardner's    Ranges 580 

Garnets 596 

Gascoigne  Stock  Route 729 

Gascoyne  River  .  .    . .  23,  51,  662,  676 
Gatton   Agricultural    College    . .     416 

Gawler 626,  833 

Gawler  Ranges 640 

Gee,   Lionel   C.  E 592 

Geelong 297,  320,  325 

Geese,  Wild 136 

Geeveston 758,   779 

Geigor,  Adolf 687 

Gem  Stones 156,  1084 

Gembrook 310 

Genoa  Peak 346,  347 

Geodetic  Survey 577 

George,  F.  R 607 

George,  Lake 41 

George  River 776 

George's  Bay 773 

George's   River 218 

Georgetown 458 

Georgina    District 469 

Geraldton 19,  25,  52,  659 

German  Pass . .     832 

German  Tank 250 

Germans  and  Germany — 

88,  113,  146,  204,  232,  480,  726 
779,  791 

Gerogery 286 

Gerringong 221 

Gidyea  Scrub  .  72,  74,  77,  245,  246,  471 

Gilbert,  Mr 44 

Giles,  Ernest 50 

Giles,  J.  A 586 

Gillies,  W 128 

Gilruth,   Dr 530 

Ginger 790 

Gipps,  Governor 58,  60 

Gippsland — 

27,  45,  297,  308,  310,  339,  360 

Gippsland  Lakes 343 

Gladesville 178 

Gladstone,  Rt.  Hon.  W.  E 66 

Gladstone  ....  136,  407,  416,  485,  503 

Glassford  Creek 407 

Glasshouse  Mountains   . .    .  .   423,  £07 

Glenelg 323,   626 

Glenelg  River    .  .    . .    43,  51,  330,  352 

Glen   Huon 780 

Glen  Innes 143,  201 

Glenore 763,  773,  781 

Glenorchy 773 

Glenreagh 210 

Glen   Waverley 313 

Glen   Wills 349 

Glenugie   Peak 210 

Gloucester 165,   215 

Glynn,  Hon.  P.  H 527 

Goats 80,  561 

Godwit 137 

Gold— 

18,  44,  71,  83,  154,  156,  196,  206 

296,  316,  318,  332,  334,  346,  347 

352,  361,  362,  407,  415,  452,  459 

462,  478,  503,  521,  588,  596,  599 

660,  680,  701,  845 

"Golden   Dragon,"  The   ..    ..    22,  693 

Golden  Mile 720,  722 

Golden   Plovers 137 

"Golden  Sea  Horse,"  The  . .    . .       19 


xlvi 


Page 

Golden  Valley  Goldfield 701 

Golf 192 

Gol-Gol 2tS2,   284 

"Good  Hope,"  The 22 

Goodah 729 

Goode  Island 450 

Goolgumbla 880 

Goonabooka  Pool 24 

Goonegerah 347 

Goonery »o 

Goose  Island '°^ 

Gordon,  Adam  Lindsay — 

126,  322,  330,  626 

Gordon,  D.  J 582 

Gordon  and  Mills  Keef 773 

Gordon  Downs  Station   ....   590,  602 

Gordon  River  Gorge 775 

Gormanston 767 

Gorn  Sugar-cane 429 

Gouger,   Kobt 829 

Goulburn  Islands 575 

Goulburn  Plain 41 

Goulburn   River    .  .     .  .    318,   362,   385 

Goulburn  Weir 385,  387 

Goulburn  Valley 382 

Gould's  Country 779 

Governors 60,  63 

Gowrie •  ■    •  •     496 

Goyder,  Surveyor-General    .  .    47,  b^l 

Goyder   River 574,   600 

Graceburn  Weir 314 

Gracemere  Station 476,  977 

Grafton  .  .  136,  143,  201,  204,  206,  210 

Grainger,  Percy 128 

Grampians,  The 329,  331 

Granadillas 412,  428 

Granite — 

75,  82,  103,  195,  347,  503,  595,  773 

Grant,  Lieut 292 

Grant  Island 575 

Grapes — ■ 

161,  163,  236,  286,  349,  388,   396 

650,  678 

Graphite 407 

fr  T*  im  S  G  S ' 

81,  83,  202,  249,  269,  340,  561,  580 
590,  644,  690 

Grass-tree 104,  106 

Gray,  Chas 48 

Grazing  Licenses "" 

Great  Australian  Bight — 

45,  52,  76,  644 

Great  Barrier  Reef 425 

Great  Boulder  Mine 721 

Great  Central  Plateau 472 

Great   Fingal   Gold   Mine    . .     .  .     660 

Great   Dog   Island 782 

Great    Lake    Scheme 747 

Great  Northern  Tableland   ....     489 
Great  Northern  Tin  Mine   ....     443 

Great  Swanport •     763 

Great  Western  Railway   . .    .  .   94,  528 
Great   Western   Vineyard    .  .    .  .     334 

Grebes 136 

Green,  Patrick ^55 

Green   Ant   Creek 551 

Greenbushes 698,  701 

Green  Island 782 

Greenmount 496 

Greensborough 314 

Greenwell  Point 223 

Gregory,  A.  C 51,  486 

Gregory,  F.  F 52 

Gregory,  H.  C 51 

Gregory,  Lieut.  J 51 

Gregory    Search    Expedition    .  .       45 
"Gregory's   Salt   Sea"    ......     729 

Grenfell 169 

Grey,  Earl 60,  121 

Grey,  Sir  George 51 

Griffin,  W.  B 69 

Grimes.    Chas 292 

Griffiths,   W.   Scott 69 

Groote  Eylandt 573,  576 

Ground-pigeons 138 

Guano 25,  452,  677,  682,  693 

Guavas 428,  662 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


Page 

Guildford 686,  690 

Guinea    Grass 542 

Gulf    of    Carpentaria — 

44,   48,   96,   192,   451 

Gum  Swamp 899 

Gum-trees    .  .    75,   249,   625,   692,   766 

Gumeracha 832 

Gun   Island 24 

Gunbar 275 

Gundagai 92 

Gunn,  Mrs.  Aeneas 126,  519 

Gurnard 153 

Guthrie,   F.   B 128 

Gutter-percha  Tree 678 

Guy  Fawkes 208 

Guyra 208 

Gwydir  River 43 

Gympie 407,  444 

Gypsum 77 

Hack,  Stephen 47 

Haggard,  Sir  Rider 209 

Hagley 763 

Hale  River 75,  578 

Halifax 434 

Hall,  Robt 128 

Hall,  W.  Hessel 164 

Hall's  Creek 546,  602,  727 

Hall's    Gap 331 

Hamilton 331 

Hamilton   Goldfield 452 

Hamilton  River 79 

Hamilton    Springs 48 

Hammersley  Range 52 

Hamond   Island 18 

Hampden-Cloncurry    Copperfield     470 

Hampton 306 

Hann,  Wm 47,  53 

Hannan,  Patrick    ....    702,   720,  723 
Happy   Valley    Reservoir    .  .     .  .     652 

Harbor  Trust,  Sydney 173 

Harcourt 395 

Harding  River 24,  678 

Hardwoods — ■ 

105,   143,   150,  208,  211,  223,  267 
346,  347,  353,  364,  444,  692 

Harrietville 362 

Harrison,  O.  L 263 

Hart  Range 596 

Hartnett   Falls 746 

Hartogs,   Dirck 18 

Hartz  Mountains 773 

Harwood 206 

"Hashemy,"  The 60 

Hastings 308 

Hastings  River 87,  143,  212 

Hatch  Creek 596 

Hattah,  Lake 401 

Hawdon,  Joseph 45 

Hawkes,  W.   S 1039 

Hawker,  Hon.  Geo.  C 1043 

Hawker,   M.   C 1051 

Hawker,  R.  M 1046 

Hawker,  Walter 1059 

Hawkesbury     Agricultural     Col- 
lege       809 

Hawkesbury  River   .  .    .  .   38,  143,  179 

Hawks 583 

Hay 90,  277,  280 

Hay,   R.   D 150 

Hayes,  Webbe 20 

Hayes   &   Sons 81 

Hayes  Bros 578 

Healesville    ..    ..    304,   310,   314,   362 

Health,  Public 118,  144 

Heathcote 188 

Heavitree   Gap 82 

Hedley,    C 128 

"Heemskirk,"   The 21 

Heidelberg 314 

Helena  River 714 

Helensburgh 188 

Helium 35 

Hell's   Gate 573 

Hematite 407 

Hemp,  Sisal 415 

Henley-on-the-Yarra 131 


I 


I'uge 

Henrietta 768 

Henty  Brothers 294 

Herbarium,    National 371 

Herbert   River 446 

Herberton 416,   443 

Hereford  Cattle   .  .   483,  840,  933,  969 

Hergott  Springs 616 

Hermansburg 82 

"Hermitage,  The,"  Blacks'  Spur     365 

Herons 136 

Hey  River 451 

Heysen,  Hans 128 

Hicks,   Lieut.  Zachary 27 

Hidden  Vale 981 

Hidden  Valley 601 

High   Court 116 

Hill  River 836 

Hillston 230,   280 

Hinchinbrook   Channel 434 

Hinchinbrook    Island 434 

Hindmarsh,  Lake 337 

Hinton  Bridge 109 

Hobart 66,   749,   753 

Hobson,  Capt.  Wm 831 

Hobson's    Bav 306 

Hodgkinson    Goldfield 443 

Hodgson   River 573 

Holtze,  Maurice 525,  530,  537 

Holtze,    Nicholas 575 

Home  Defence 66,  795 

Honey 168,  208,  379 

Hood,   Wm 923 

Hope  Valley  Reservoir 652 

Hopetoun,  Earl  of 67 

Hopkins  Plateau 332 

Hops 366,  756,  780,  1076 

Horn  Island 452 

Horses  .  .  83,  415,  587,  591,  1032,  1051 

Horseshoe   Bend 78,   81 

Horseshoe  Creek 597,  601 

Horsham 336,  338 

Horticultural     Society,     Schools     814 

Hospitals 815,  821 

Hotspur 330 

Houschildt's   Diggings 606 

Houtman's    Frederick    de    .  .     .  .        18 

Houtman's  Abrolhos 19,  24 

Hovell,  Capt 294 

Howe  Hill 346 

Hewitt's   Relief  Party 50 

Howley,  The 551,  606 

Hugh   River 80 

Hughenden 464 

Hughes,   Rt.   Hon.   W.   H 103 

Hume,  Hamilton 41,  294 

Hungerford 246 

Hunt,  H.  A 97,   128 

Hunter,  Governor 291 

Hunter   Islands 782 

Hunter   River — 

87,  94,  143,  163,  183,  279,  853 

Hunter's  Hill 178 

Huntley,  Erie 470 

Huon  District 757,  772 

Huonville 758 

Hurlstone      Agricultural      High 

School 809 

Hutton  Vale 844 

Hydro-Electric  Power 68,  87 

landra 169 

Ibis 136,  202,  280 

Ice-Skating 192 

Illawarra 28,   143,   186,  219 

Illawarra   Fig-tree 191 

Iluka 206 

Immigration — 

56,  119,  120,  147,  380,  679 

Imports 173,  680 

Indented  Head 295,  305 

India 159 

Indian   Ocean 41,  76 

Indigo 519,  527 

Industrial  Legislation    .  .    .  .    116,  816 

Industrial    Schools 815 

Industries 101,  300,  368,  765 

Infirmaries 815 


xn  111 


aijs'j:ralia  unlimited 


Ingham 434 

Ingleburn 218 

Innisfail 434,  450 

Innumbra  Creek 75 

Institute  of  Tropical  Medicine   .     530 
Intensive  Farming — 

84,  160,  207,  215,  394 

Invalid  Pensions 118 

Inverloch 340 

Invermay  Station 590 

"Investigator,"  The 292,  452 

Ipswich 407,  417,  502 

Irish   Bulls 941 

Irishtown 776 

Iron  .  .  35,  154,  407,  452,  459,  621,  663 

Iron   Island 407 

Iron  Knob  Mine 621 

Ironbark-trees 222,  345,  489 

Ironstone 258,   407,   664 

Ironwood 583 

Irrigation — 

81,  87,  146,  207,  215,  234,  244,  251 

252,   263,   367,   385,   416,   478 

649,  654,  662,  682 

Irvine,  Hans 334 

Irvinebank 443 

Irwin  River 51 

Isaacs  River 44 

"Isabella,"  The 517 

Isis , 485 

Italians 146,   162,   204,   448 

Ivanhoe 250,  252 


Jacaranda-trees 417,  428 

Jack,  Dr 480 

Jack-fruit 438 

"Jacky-Jacky" 46 

Jacobs,   Adrian 20 

Jaggan 445 

Jam-making 161 

Jamberoo 221 

James  Range 80 

Jamieson 362 

Jamieson,  Sir  John 866 

Jansz,    Willem 18 

Japan 112,  159 

Japanese 435,  663,  671,  791 

Jardine  Brothers 47,  455 

Jarrah   Wood 52,   692,   695 

Jarrahdale 694 

Jasminum 76 

Java 20,  137,  159,  536 

Javarere 792 

Jensen,   Dr.   H.  1 575,   598 

Jensen's 347 

Jerilderie 280 

Jervis   Bay    ..    69,  143,   154,  223,   799 

Jervois,   Sir   W.  F.  D 650 

Jervois   Ranges 76 

Jimbour  Station 44 

Jindabyne 194 

Jingera  Ranges 223 

Johndery 153 

Johns,  Fred 124,  612 

Johnson,  Major 650 

Johnson,  Mr 703 

Johnstone    River 445,    457 

Jones,  Dr.  Richd 532 

Jones  &  Co.,  H 762,  765,  773 

Jowett,  Edmund 987 

Joplin,  Thos 831 

Judge  and  Clerk  Islr.nd 784 

Junee 232 

Jungle 208 


Kadina 621 

Kaffir  Corn 410 

Kairi 445 

Kalgoorlie 71,  645,  703,  715 

Kalimna 341 

Kallara 97 

Kameruka 268 

Kamerunga  Sta'-S  Nursery  ....  437 

Kangaroo  Grass 473 


Page 

Kangaroo  Hills 407 

Kangaroo    Island 782,   830 

Kangaroos — 

72,  134,  244,  280,  467,  564,  583,  729 

Kangaroo    Valley 221 

Kanowna 702 

Kapok 438,  787 

Kapunda  Mine 621 

Karkarooc 399 

Kars  Station 250 

Karri-trees 692,  739 

Karridale 692 

Katayama 225 

Katherine    River — 

48,  528,  583,  590,  616 

Kathleen   Falls 592 

Kava   Plant 438 

Kellaway,  W.  C 550 

Kelly  Gang 362 

Kelly's  Well 580 

Kelp 152 

Kempsey 212 

Kendall,  Hy 126 

Kenilworth 507 

Kennedy,  E.  B 46 

Keppel   Bay 424,  486 

Kerang 387 

Kernot,    Professor 364 

Keynes   Family 1035 

Keyneton 876,    1035 

Kiacatoo    Station 249 

Kiah   River 143,   271 

Kiama 189,  221,  263 

Kiandra 145,   198 

Kidman,  Sidney 1023 

Kidson,   Mr 577 

Kieselguhr 103 

Kiewa   River 90,  355 

Kilfera   Station 250 

Kilkivan 507 

Killara   Station 244 

Killarney 498 

Killen,   W.    W 915 

"Killer"  Whale 154,  271 

Kilmore 318 

Kimberley — ■ 

21,  22,  437,  540,  673,  701,  726,  732 

Kin  Kin 507 

Kindergarten 804 

Kindred 776 

King,  Governor 292,  306 

King,  John 48 

King   George's    Sound 45 

King  Island 292,  782 

King  Leopold  Range 677 

King  Parrot  Creek 318 

King  Parrots 138 

King  Sound 23 

Kingaroy 463,  507 

Kingfishers 71 

Kinglake 316 

Kingscote,   Hy 830 

Kingsgate . .     155 

Kingston .  .       90 

Kitchener  Mine 676 

Kittool  Fibre 437 

Knibbs,  G.  H 159 

Koepang 670 

Kola-nuts 437,  527 

Kookaburra 130 

Koolatong  River 574 

Koonoona     1039 

Kooralbyn 996 

Koorboora 407 

Kooringa 1011 

Koo-wee-rup 309 

Koroit 327 

Koyuga 386 

Kuranda 438,  441 

Kuring-gai  Chase 179 

Kurnalpi 643 

Kurnell 28,  184 

Kurrajong-trees 281 

Kyabram 387,  395 

"Kyarra,"  The 423,  680 

Kyneton 318,  378 


Page 

Laancoorie  Basin 386 

Labillardiere,  M 186 

Labor  Colony,  Leongatha    .  .    .  .     340 

Lacepede  Islands 668 

Lachlan   Range 231 

Lachlan  River — 

39,  41,  93,  224,  228,  232,  248,  279 

Lady  Elliott  Island 424 

"Lady    Mary    Pelham,"    The    .  .     830 

"Lady  Nelson,"  The 292,  758 

Lake  Albert 92,  650 

Lake  Alexandrina    . .    .  .   92,  349,  650 

Lake   Amadeus 589 

Lake   Bananee 282 

Lake   Barmera 92 

Lake    Barrine 440 

Lake   Bathurst 41 

Lake   Bolac 332 

Lake  Bonney 632 

Lake   Boolaboolka 252 

Lake  Cargellico 230 

Lake  Cawndilla 94,  241,  252 

Lake   Coila 268 

Lake   Colac 326 

Lake  Conjola 265 

Lake   Connewarre 322 

Lake   Eacham 446,   449 

Lake  George 41 

Lake  Hartz 757,  774 

Lake  Hattah 401 

Lake  Hindmarsh 337 

Lake   Illawarra 189 

Lake  King 343 

Lake  Leake 763 

Lake   Lonsdale 337 

Lake  Menindie  .  .    .  .   94,  241,  252,  279 

Lake   Mountain 365 

Lake    Pamamaroo 94 

Lake   Pambula 270 

Lake  Rat-catcher 252 

Lake  St.  Clair 777 

Lake   Speculation 250,   252 

Lake  Tuross 268 

Lake  Tyers 343 

Lake  Victoria 92,   252,  343 

Lake  View  Consols 702 

Lake  Wallaga 269 

Lake   Way  Station 728 

Lake  Wellington 343 

Lake's  Creek 482 

Lakes'  Entrance 339,  343 

Lalor,  Peter 334 

Lambert,    George 128 

Ijiimbcrliu    fui  mosa 188 

Lancefield 318 

Lancewood 583 

Land   and    Emigration    Commis- 
sion          59 

Land  Boards 149 

Land  Settlement 120 

Land    Tax 115 

Land   Values 59,    148,   340 

Lander  River 84 

Lands   Department 120 

Landsborough 415 

Landsborough,  Wm 50 

Lands  Purchase  Board,  Victoria     396 

Lane,  Zeb 721 

Langi  Logan  Mines 332 

Langwell,  Hugh 283 

Landsdowne 218 

Lansell,  George 845 

La  Perouse 41 

"Lark,"  The 22 

Latrobe 765,   774 

Latrobe  River 343,  345 

Launceston 294,   743 

Launching  Place 314,  365 

Laura 451 

Laverton 305,  797 

Lawrence 136,  206 

Lawrie,   W 563,   602 

Lawson,   Lieut.   W 39,  867 

Lawson,  Hy 744 

Leach,  Dr.  J.  A 128 

Lead 156,  261,  407,  459,  660 

Leatherjacket . .     153 


INDEX 


xli 


IX 


Pago 

Leeton 276 

"Leeuwin,"  The 19 

Leeuwin,    Cape    .  .    19,   346,   646,    693 

Legal  System 58 

Legendre  Island 664 

Legislatures 56,   58,   60 

Leichhardt,  Ludwig  .  .  44,  52,  486,  732 

Leigh  Creek 617 

Lemons    ..    ..88,  212,  388,  428,   662 

Leongatha 340 

Leonora 727 

Leopold  Ranges 53,  673,  732 

Le   Souef,   Dudley 128 

Leven  River 778 

Leveque,   Cape 23 

Lewis,  J.  W 50 

Libral  Well 729 

Licensing  Act,  N.S.W 212 

Lignum 71,  244,  249 

Lightning  Creek 350 

Lilydale,   Tas 733,   777 

Lilydale,  Vic 310,  314,  365 

Lime 693 

Limes 437 

Limestone — • 

71,  72,  154,  309,  348,  407,  444,  446 
599,  622,  625,  770 

Limmen  River 572 

Lincoln  Sheep 208,  840,  924 

Lindenow 345 

Lindsay,   David 53,   589 

Lindsay,  Lionel 128 

Lindsay,    Norman 128 

Ling 106,   153 

Linlithgow,  Marquis  of 67 

Linseed 105,  170 

Lionsville 206 

Lismore 199,  201,  206 

Litchi 437 

Lithgow 103,  154,  156 

"Little  Dove"  (Duyfken),  The  .  .        18 

Little    Phillips    River 606 

Little   Plain 209 

Little   River 305 

Little  Swanport 784 

Little  Taylor's  Bay 784 

Liverpool 191,    218 

Liverpool  Plains 41 

Lobster  Creek '778 

Lobsters 152 

Local   Government 299 

Loch  Ard  Gorge 328 

Lcckyer   Creek 404 

Loddon    Falls 191 

Loddon    River 43 

Logan  District 87,  505 

Londonderry  Gold  Mine 702 

Long,  Sid 128 

Long  Tunnel   Mine 346 

Longerenong    Agricultural    Col- 
lege        "^36 

Longreach 470 

Longstaff,  John 128 

Lome ^22 

Lory,  Crimson 138 

Low  Head 749 

Lower  Murray  River 87.  93 

Lower   Roleystone 686 

Lubeck 338 

Lucerne —  „„„ 

92,  212,  215,  230,  241,  247,  251,  368 

391,  400,  415,  476,  489,  650,  660 

Lucernedale 1065 

Lucinda  Point ^    434 

Luggers 539,  668,  726,  732 

Lung-fish ^^'li^ 

Lyell,  Geo 128 

Lyne,  Dr.  C.  C.  Butler 435 

Lyre-birds l^JJ 

Lyrup •'" 

Macallister ••     490 

MacArthur,  Captain    ..    518,  853,  869 

MacArthur,  Port 572 

MacArthur  River —  ,„^    „„„ 

528,  572,  575,  583,  599,  607 

Macartney,  J.  A 992 


I'ngo 

McBride,   Robt 1011 

McCaughey,  Sir  Saml 230,  877 

McCubbin,  Fredk 128 

McCulloch,  G.  W 255 

MacDonald,   Constable 563 

Macdonald,  Donald 126,  128 

MacDonald,  Wm 284 

MacDonnell 451 

MacDonnell  Ranges — 

47,  74,  77,  82,  84,  470,  528,  577 
596,   627 

MacDonnell's  Creek 448,  586 

McDouall  Ranges 580 

Macintyre  River 227 

Mack,  Louise 126 

Mackay — 

426,   438,   441,   448,   484,   560 

McKeddie's    Diggings 606 

Mackennal,  Bertram 128 

Mackenzie  River   . .   44,  406,  476,  486 

Mackellar,  Dorothea 16,  126 

McKinley,  John 50 

McKinley  Mine 594,  606 

Macksville 211 

Maclean 206 

Macleay  River 143,  211 

McMaster,  C.  J 283 

McMillan,    Angas 45,    339 

McMinn,   G.   R 521 

McPherson's  Station 44 

Macquarie,  Governor  39,  57,  191,  866 

Macquarie    Island 784 

Macquarie  Pass 220 

Macquarie    Plains 773 

Macquarie  River,  N.S.W. — 

39,  93,  233,  279 

Macquarie  River,  Tas 763 

McRae,  Dorothy  Frances 126 

McRae,  George  Gordon 126 

McRae,  Hugh 126 

Macrozamia 267 

Macumba    Station 78 

Madame  Berry   Mines 332 

"Madras,"  The 832 

Maffra 339,   345 

Magnesite 596 

Magnetic  Island 434 

Magnetic  Shoals 663 

Magnetite 407 

Magnusshi,  R.  de  S 255 

Magpies 189 

Magpie   Geese 136 

Mahon,  Hon.  Hugh 68 

Maiden,  J.  H 128 

Mails ll** 

Main  Range   ....   302,  347,  451,  506 

Maitland 154 

Maitland,  H.  N 876 

84,    87,    204,    211,    217,    327,    263 

267,  269,  270,  272,  348,  388,  445 

476,   489,   508,   554,   678,   787 

Malanda 445 

Malaria 532 

Malays 17,  516,  527,  659 

Malaysia 159,  524 

Mallacoota  Inlet — 

28,    134,    137,    266,    346,    354 

Mallacoota    Lakes 346 

Mallee,  The 398 

1VlS.ll6G 

46    71,  76,  249,  283,  302,  328,  337 
380,   382,   398,   615,   621,   633 

Mallee  Fowl 136 

Mammoth   Mine 352 

Manangatang 400 

Mandana,  Alvara  de 17 

Mandarin 413,  662,  686 

Mandurah 675 

Manfield  Downs 96 

Manganese 225,   407 

Mangoes— ^^   428,   454,   527,   540,   662 

Mangosteen 437 

Mangrove   Swamps 48,  449 

Manjinnys 688 


I'agB 

Manly 175,  308 

Mann  Ranges 730 

Manna  Honey 167 

Manning  River  . .    . .  87,  143,  212,  214 

Mansfield 362 

Manufacturers 300 

Manures 381 

Mapoon    Mission    Station    . .     . .     451 

Maranboz 608 

Maranoa   River 44 

Marble  Bar 666,  734 

Marble  Island 407 

Marbles,    Australian    . .     .  .    103,    157 

Marburg 507 

Mareeba 443 

Margaret  Creek 595 

Margaret   River    . .    . .    606,   690,   696 

Margarine . .     102 

Maria  Creek 457 

Maria    Island 761,    784 

Marian   Sugar-mill 429 

Marion   Bay 758 

Maritime  Trade 173 

Mario  Bar 194,  343,  347 

Maroochy 507 

Marora  Hill 204 

Marquis  de  Rey 204 

Marriages 119 

Marshall  River 75 

Mary    River 548,   595,   606 

Maryborough,   Vic 297,   338 

Marysville 310,   364 

Maryvale 498 

Mason,   Arthur 642 

Mataranka   Station 574 

Maternity  Bonus 815 

Mathinna   Falls 311 

Matthews,  Julia 334 

Maude 280 

Maude    Creek    Gold    Mines    601,    606 

Mauritius,  The 19 

Mawson,   Sir  Douglas 128 

Maybell  Mine 607 

Mead,   Dr.   Elwood 385 

Meander   River 764 

Meat 485 

Medical  Inspection    of    Children     808 

Mein 451 

Melba,  Madame 128,  314 

Melbourne    ..    59,   115,   290,   295,   365 

"Melbourne,"  H.M.A.S 800 

Meldrum,  Max 128 

Melons 662 

Melville  Bay 607 

Melville  Island  . .  .  .  517,  561,  605 
Menindie — ■ 

42,   48,   238,   242,   252,   288 

Menpes,   Mortimer 128 

Mentone 306 

Menzies  Goldfield 702 

Merbein 90,   92 

Merimbula 270 

Merino   Sheep    ..    160,   208,   763,   840 
(also  see  Pastoral   Section) 

Merribee    ..    ..  , 915 

Merri  Creek 295 

Mersey    River    ..    746,    765,   774,   783 

Merthon,  Capt 294 

Messageries  Maritimes 110 

Metropolitan  Reservoir,  Adelaide     652 

Mica 82,   596 

Michell's    Nob 607 

Middle  Harbor,  Sydney  .  .  .  .  178 
Milk  and  Dairy  Supervision  Act  376 
Mildura  .  .  88,  93,  276,  283,  367,  387 
Military  College,  Duntroon    . .  70,  798 

Milk 416 

Milking  Machines 214 

Millar's  Ltd 693 

Millbrook  Reservoir 652 

Miller,   Col.   David 68 

Millet 497 

Millicent 656 

Millie  Camp 710 

Mills,  Chas 893 

Millstream  Falls 446 

Milparinka 232 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


!  Page 

Milton 143,    223,    265,  273 

Mineral  Oil 105,  407 

Mineral  Springs 74,  79,  496 

Minerals — 

35,  38,  76,  104,  143,  156,  364,  407 

443,    503,    594,  665 

Minnamurra   River 220 

Minto 218 

Minyip 334 

Miranda,   Lalla 128 

Mirboo 343 

Miriwinni 447 

Mirrool 276 

Mirtleford 357 

Missionary  Plain 82 

Mitcham 313,  365 

Mitchell,  E.   L 687 

Mitchell,  J.  P 480 

Mitchell,  James 885 

Mitchell,  Sir  Thos.   .  .  43,  46,  294,  330 
Mitchell  Grass — 

44,  466,  470,  472,  578,  588,  1003 

Mitchell  Library 124 

Mitchell    River    .  .     .  .    345,    362,  452 

Mitta 353 

Mitta   Mitta    River 90,  349 

Mittagong  Farm  Home 818 

Mixed  Farming — 

160,   207,   251,    288,   443,  587 

771,  776 

Mjoberg,  Dr 437 

Mobilong 650 

Mohair 80,  561 

Molesworth 362 

Molongolo  River 69 

Molybdenum    ....   156,  407,  443,  503 

Monaro 144,   161,   192,  347 

Monbulk 313 

Montague  Island 220 

Montalbion 443 

Monterey   Pine   Trees 764 

Montez,  Lola 334 

Montrose 313 

"Monumental   City,"   The    .  .    . .  291 

Moody,  J.  P 687 

Moolibah 447 

Moonta 621 

Moorish   Castle 206 

Moorville   Road 777 

Mordialloc 306 

Moreton  Bay 415,  505 

Moreton  Bay  Fig-trees  ....   137,  173 

Moreton    Telegraph    Station     .  .  452 

Morgan 631 

"Morialta,"  S.S 638 

Mornington 308,  330 

Morphett   &   Co.,   A.   W 651 

Mort,  T.   S 268 

Morton,    Fred 448 

Morton   Island 407 

Moruya 143,  267 

Morwell 343 

Morwong 153 

Moss  Vale 220 

Mossgiel 249,  251 

Mossman  River 457 

Mount   Abundance 44,  494 

Mount  Alexander 457 

Mount  Arden 45 

Mount   Bellenden-Ker 437 

Mount   Bogong 349 

Mount    Brown 260 

Mount  Buck 347 

Mount  Buffalo 349,  357 

Mount  Buller 362 

Mount   Carlyle 347 

Mount  Cole 337 

Mount  Cook 456 

Mount   Cootha 506 

Mount  Crawford 1004 

Mount  Dandenong 308,  313 

Mount  Diamond 600 

Mount  Doctor  George 269 

Mount  Donna  Buang 313,  364 

Mount   Dromedary 269 

Mount    Ellery 347 

Mount  Ellison 546 


I'age 

Mount  Feathertop 349,  355 

Mount    Gambler    .  .     .  .    59,    136,    328 

Mount  Garnet 443 

Mount  Gipps  Station 255 

Mount  Gates 606 

Mount  Heughlin 579 

Mount    Hicks 768 

Mount   Hoortz 757 

Mount  Hope 249 

Mount  Imlay 270 

Mount  Keira 220 

Mount   Kembla 220 

Mount  Kosciusko — 

192,   347,   349,   353,  360 

Mount  Leviathan 407 

Mount  Lofty 611 

Mount  Lyell 766 

Mount    Macedon    .  .     .  .    43,    318,   360 

Mount   McMinn 573 

Mount  Maria 784 

Mount   Martha 309 

Mount  MoUoy 457 

Mount   Morgan 478 

Mount  Mulligan 444 

Mount  Nicholas 779 

Mount    Olga 589 

Mount    Olinda 313 

Mount  Olympus 777 

Mount   Palmer 596 

Mount  Perry 486 

Mount  Peter  Bott 456 

Mount  Remarkable 836 

Mount  Ringwood 606 

Mount    Roland 765 

Mount    Saunders 456,    576 

Mount   Shoobridge 594,  597 

Mount   Stanley 357 

Mount    Todd    Tin-mines    .  .    597,    601 

Mount   Tolmer 597,   606 

Mount  Wellington 752 

Mount   Wells 548,  597,   606 

Mount  Wheeler 480 

Mount  Williams 441 

Mount    Wills 349 

Mount  Windsor 457 

Mount   Victoria,    Tas 779 

Mount  Victoria,  Papua 789 

Mountain  Ash 82,  310,  348 

Mountain   lands 166 

Mourilyan 434 

Mucka 592 

Muckadilla  Bore 496 

Muckadilla    Creek 44 

Mudgee 867 

Mueller,   Ferd.  von 51 

Mueller    River 597 

Muldwa 443 

Mulga  Scrub   .  .   71,  74,  75,  77,  80,  83 

Mulgoa   Valley 866 

Mulgrave 447 

Mulgrave  River 446,  448 

Muller  River 347 

"Mullock"  heaps 707 

Mundaring 714 

Mundijong 698 

Mungindi 232 

Municipal  Councils 298 

Murat  Bay 640 

Murchison,  Vic 395 

Murchison  Goldfield,  W.  A. — 

596,    701,    710 

Murchison   Ranges 580 

Murchison    River 51,    730 

Murgha 889 

Murphy,  Constable 620 

Murphy,  "Dryblower" 705 

Murrangowee  River 347 

Murray,   A.    B 836 

Murray,  Alick  J 844,  1004 

Murray,    John 1004 

Murray,   Lieut 292 

Murray,   Prof.  Gilbert 126 

Murray,  W.  R 608,  640 

Murray    Bridge 611,    632 

Murray  Cod 151 

Murray   Downs 84,   580 

Murray  Perch 228 


Page 
Murray  River — 

41,  43,  87,  92,  136,  193,  227,  233 

297,   347,   389,   626,   631,   649 

713,  733 

Murrayville 399 

Murrin   Murrin 708 

Murrumbidgee  River — 

42,   87,   90,   92,   275,  318 
Murrumbidgee  Irrigation    .  .    147,  275 

Murtoa 336 

Musgrave 451 

Musgrave   Ranges 580,  596 

Musha  Khan 617 

Mutton-birds 782 

Myall   Blacks 28,  51 

Myall  Scrub 72 

Myrtle  Mountain 272 

Nally,  P.  J 876 

Nambour 507,  512 

Nambucca  River 211 

Namoi  River 233 

Nanango 507 

Nandewar  Ranges 137 

Nangatta 347 

Nangeenan  State  Farm 736 

Nanneela 386 

Nanngai 153 

Nannine 729 

Nannup 696 

Naracoorte 625 

Narbethong 365 

Narooma   Inlet 273 

Narooma  River 269 

Narrabeen 180 

Narrabri 275 

Narracan 343 

Narrandera 275 

Narrogin   State   Farm 736 

Narromine 93 

Natimuk 338 

National   Herbarium,   Melbourne  371 

National    Parks    .  .     .  .    186,   313,  320 

Naturalisation 118 

Nature  Study 808 

Naval   College 223,  799 

Navy,   Australian 121,  795 

Nectarines 236 

Neerim 310 

Nelia   Bush 250 

Nepean    River     .  .     38,    94,    280,  866 

Nethercote 271 

Netley   Station 239 

Neville  Wolfram  Mine 407 

New  Britain 791 

New  Caledonia Ill 

New  England,  N.S.W 163,  417 

New  England,  Tas 779 

New  Ground,   Tas 777 

New   Guinea    (Papua)  — 

18,    23,    55,    67,    105,  787 

New    Hebrides 18,  109 

New  Holland 22,  27 

New  Ireland  Settlement 204 

New    Norfolk 756,  773 

New  South  Wales — 

32,   55,   59,  87,   94,   143,  160 

N.S.W.  State  Education 803 

New   Thunderer   Mine 599 

New   Zealand    ..    22,   27,   58,   67,  111 
Newcastle  .  .    .  .  94,  151,  154,  156,  188 

Newcastle  Waters   .  .   47,  78,  528,  583 

Newhaven 308 

Newlands,  Simpson 589 

Newmarracarra 725 

Newport 180 

Newport,   Howard 437 

Nhill 338 

Nicholson    River 345 

Nickol  Bay 52 

Nimmitabel 143,  270 

Nine-mile    Forest 328 

Ninety-mile  Beach 345 

Ninety-mile    "Desert" 634 

Nocoleeche  Station 244 

Nogoa   River 44,  486 

Noland,   L.   C 718 


INDEX 


Pago 

Noorindoo 953 

Norddeutscher   Lloyd   Co 110 

"Norfolk,"  The 291 

Norfolk    Bay 773 

Norman    Goldfield 459 

Normanton 452,  458 

Norris,   Bess 128 

North  Goulburn 575 

North  Motton 777 

North-South   Railway 74 

North    Australian    Meat    Co.    .  .  538 

Northern    Queensland 437 

Northern   Territory — 

19,  22,   28,   51,   55,   67,   74,  87 

94,  515 

Norton's    Summit 612 

Nowra 219,  222,  263,  273 

Nowranie 903 

Nubeena 773 

Nuggets 701 

Nullarbor  Plain 72,  642 

Nungatta  Station   ....   269,  271,  273 

Numurkah 387 

Nut  of  Stanley 744,  768 

Nutmegs 437,   527,  790 

Nuyts,  Peter 19 

Nuyts  Archipelago 640 

Nymboidi 208 

Nvngan 245 

Nyora 304,  309 

Oakden,   Philip 831 

Oakover    River 50,  732 

Oaks,  The 136 

Oaks  Goldfield 459 

Oasis 644 

"Occupation  Licences" 231 

"Ocean,"  The 294 

O'Donnell,    W.    J 53 

O'Dowd,    Bernard 126 

Officer,  Edward 128 

O'Hara,  J.  B 126 

Oil 790 

Old  Age  Pensions 116,  815 

Oliver,   Mr 598 

Olive-growing     in     South     Aus- 
tralia    1083 

Olives 414,  623,  678,  1083 

O'Malley,    Hon.    King 69 

O'Meara 667 

Omeo 339,   349,  353 

Onkaparinga  River 652 

Onions 313,   325,   340,  648 

Onslow    . 663 

Oodnadatta — 

74,    77,    81,   482,    522,    528,  616 

Ooldea  Soak 72 

Oorabbra 76 

Ooraminna  Range 81 

Ooratippra 76,   84 

Opals 157,  1084 

Ora   Banda 703 

Orabarra    Reef 589 

Oranges — 

34,  88,   161,  179,  236,  2.39,  246 

388,    414,    506,    618,    649,  660 

662,   678,  718 

Orara 206 

Orbost 87,   343,  354 

Orca  (lladiaior 271 

Orchard    Supervisors 374 

Orchards — 

161,  218,   236,   348,   498,   501,  638 

648,    749,    761,    765,  771 

Orchids 49,  333 

Ord  River 53 

Ord   River   Station 590 

Ord  Valley 729 

O'Reilly,  Dowell 126 

Orford 761 

Orient 443 

Orient  Steam  Navigation  Co.  .  .  109 

Oroya  Goldmine 710 

Osborne,  Professor  W.  A 126 

O'Sullivan,  Hon.  E.  W 224 

Olford 188 

Otway  Forest 327 

Ouse  River 749 


Page 

Ouyen 399 

Ovens  River 357 

Overland  Stock  Route   .  .   52,  298,  584 
Overland  Telegraph  Line — 

48,  53,  78,  82,  577 

Owen,  Lieut.-Col.  Percy  T 68 

Owen    Stanley   Range 789 

Oxley 361 

Oxley,  Surveyor  John 39 

Oyster  Bay 762 

Oyster-catchers 137 

Oysters   .  .   27,  152,  179,  180,  267,  269 

Pacific    Ocean 30 

"Paddy" 674 

Paddy   Mac 705 

Pakenham 310 

Pakenham,   Vice-Admiral    . .     . .  800 

Paleozoic   Plateau 596 

Palmerston 953 

Palmer   Goldfields 47,  452 

Palmer,  J.  E 555 

Palmer  River 452 

Palmer,   Vance 126 

Palmer's  Island 206 

Palm  Islands 434 

Palms 208,    419,    421,  439 

Panbula 270,  273 

Pandanus   Tree 573 

Papaws  .  .  412,  428,  527,  540,  554,  662 

Papua 18,   23,   55,   67,  105 

Para   Rubber 458,   788,  792 

Parkes,  Sir  Henry 66 

Parks,  Public 186 

Parliaments,  Australian     .  .      . .  56 

Paroo  River 233 

Parrakeet,  Shell 242 

Parramatta    .  .    41,   43,   170,   178,  225 

"Parramatta,"  H.M.A.S 800 

Parramatta    River 178 

Parrots   ....    138,  208,  242,  280,  583 
Paspalum — • 

201,  202,  388,  415,  441,  527,  690 

Passion-fruit 161,  412 

Pastoral  Lands — 

44,  48,  52,  75,  79,  84,  208,  269,  331 

380,   420,  468,   589,  592,  638 

644,  779 

Pastoral  Permit 60,  558,  565 

Pastures — ■ 

202,   228,   231,   269,   339,  342 

368,  458 

Patchouli 527 

Patey,    Vice-Admiral 800 

Paterson,  A.  B 126,  482 

Paterson   River 211 

Paynesville 343 

Peaches — 

161,   236,  349,  388,  412,   579,  623 

Peak  Hill  Goldfield 701 

Peake  Telegraph  Station    ....  51 

Pea-nuts 678 

Pearce,  Senator 797 

Pearce,  T.  H 592 

Pearls  and  Pearlshells — 

425,   517,   661,  726 

Pears 161,  699 

Peas 92 

Pecan   Nut 437 

Pelicans 136,  280 

Pellew    Islands    .  .     . .    528,    572,  586 
Pelsart,  Commodore  Francis — 

19,   660,  754 

Penguin,   Tas 766 

Pennant  Hills 179 

Penrith 94,  225 

Pensions 116 

People's  Party,  The 60 

Pepper 437 

Pepper  Trees   . 281 

"Pera,"  The 19 

Pera    Bore 97,  245 

Perch 228 

Pericoe 271,  273 

Perkins,  Prof 651 

Perkins   Island 782 

Permissive   Occupancy 231 

Perpetual  Lease 652 


Pags 

Perrott's  Pinch 208 

Perth 51,  659,  682,  734 

Perth   Museum 19,  24 

Perth  Public  Library 21 

Pescott,  E.  E 128 

Pests 103,  272 

"Peter  Doubt"  Spruhan 705 

Peter  Nuyts  Islands 640 

Petersburg 615 

Pethebridge,     Brigadier-General  791 

Petrel  Islands 782 

Petrels,   Sooty 782 

Petroleum 790 

Pheasants 583 

Phillip,   Governor    .  .    31,   33,   38,  291 

Phillip  Island 308 

Phillipson 342 

Phosphates 621 

Phylloxera 376 

Physical  Education 806,  813 

Piangil 401 

Piccadilly,  S.A 612,  614 

Pickering 863 

Pickering,  John 752 

Picton 76 

"Pigeon" 729 

Pigeons 137,  424,  569,  583 

Pigs 168,   378,  476,  554 

Piguenit,  Mr 128 

Pilbara 596,  701 

Pilchards 152 

Pilmer,  Sergeant 729 

Pilot,  The 347 

Pimento 527 

Pine  Apples — 

412,   431,   438,    441,    505,  507 

527,  540 

74,    516,   521,   546,    577,   594,  598 

Pine-trees  .  .  71,  209,  249,  425,  489,  021 

Pinjarra 690,  713 

Pinnacles,   The 262 

Pinnaroo 399,  472,  632,  647 

"Pioneer,"  H.M.A.S 800 

Pioneer  River 428 

Pioneering 57 

Piper,  Capt '. .  868 

Pipon  Island 455 

"Pirie,  John,"  The 830 

Pitt,  William 31 

Pittman,   E.   F 154,  257 

Pittosporum 202 

Pittsworth 490 

Pittwater 179 

Plantains 662 

Platinum 156 

Platypus 35,    140,  208 

Playford,    Senator   Thos 529 

Plenty 756 

Plenty  Ranges 316 

Plenty  River 76,  316 

Pleuro-pneumonia    .  .     377 

Plovers 136,   137,   202,  280 

Plums 161 

Poinciana 441 

Point  Charles 540,  567 

Point    Danger 486 

Point  Hicks 27 

Point   Nepean 306 

Point  Stuart 836 

Polygonum 588 

Pomelos 437,  662 

Pomonal 331 

Ponies 843 

Ponton 644 

Poole,  J 42 

Pooncaire 234,  238 

Population    . .    . .    159,   295,   297,  680 

Porepunkah 357 

Porpoises 152 

Port  Adelaide 638 

Port  Albany 46 

Port  Albert 339,  345 

Port  Alma 424,  475 

Port    Arthur 755,  773 

Port  Augusta — 

46,   521,   616,   642,   652,   766,  842 

Port  Bradshaw 576 


AUSTRALIA   UNLIMITED 


Pago 

Port   Campbell    ..    ...     ....    •■     328 

Port  Curtis 18,  424,  48b 

Port  Cygnet '»« 

Port  Darlington ••      '»^ 

Port   Douglas •  .    429,   457 

Port    Essington     ..     ..    44,    518     561 

Port   Fairy -5/5,   6^t 

Port    Germein ^^^ 

Port    Hacking l»o 

Port  Hacking  River !»» 

Port  Hedland  ..  ■••■••  ••„  ^^f 
Port  Jackson    .  .    18,  31,  143,  153    291 

Port  Lincoln 44,  640 

Port  Macquarie '  iai 

Port    Moresby '°° 

Port  PhilHP3-^g^^  29^^  302,  3O6,  308 
Port  Phillip  District,  The  .  .  .  .  295 
Port   Pirie   Smelting  Works   261,   621 

Port    Stephens 14d 

Port  Victor 0^0 

Port   Wakefield o^^ 

Portarlington •  ■     •  •     ^^^ 

Portland 294,   323,   327 

Portland  Bay ^^'  Hi 

Portsea ^"° 

Portugese ■     ^' 

Possession  Island 'i  n« 

Postage ^"» 

Postage  Stamps ^o^ 

Potato-growing,   State ^'o 

^°'1ol!lo8,  231,  263,   272    313  328 

340,  388,  444,  476,  485,  489,  498 

508,  625,  648,  745,  764,  776 

Poulia  Poulia  Creek •  •  ^5 

Poultry  Industry  .  .   164,  378,  393,  625 

Powellised  Kharri •  ■  o9  ( 

Powell's   Creek '  oxn 

Powlett   River ?*" 

Praed,  Mrs.  Campbell 1^6 

Pratt,  Ambrose '■f^ 

Prawns f/ 

Premier  Downs "^^ 

Preservation    Islands '°^ 

Preston { '^ 

Prichard,  Katherine ^^° 

PricWy  Pear 272,   476,  490 

Primary  Education »"^ 

Prime  Minister °^ 

Proctor,   Thea ^^° 

Proserpine  River *°* 

Prospect f^^ 

Prospect  Creek '■^^ 

Protection |? 

"Psyche,"  H.M.A.S 800 

Pye,   Hugh 1^» 

Pyengana '' 

Pymble    .  . ^'° 

Pyrmont  Bridge '^^'' 

Quail 134,   202,220 

Quarantine ^^| 


Rainbow 337 

Rainfall — 

77,  84,  99,  145,  250,  330,  337,  339 
346,  354,  452,  458,  467,  490,  536 
545,  579,  583,  588,  593,  638,  647 
654,   660,  664,  676,  680,   690,   735 

Raisins 92,    161,    623,    649 

Raleigh    Tobacco    Plantation    .  .     498 

Ramco 90 

Ramee 437 

Ramornie 967 

Rankin  Springs 230 

Rasp,   Chas 255 

Ravenshoe 445 

Ravenswood '732 

"Rebecca,"   The    ..     ..    294,   305,   322 

Red    River 28,    346 

Red  Rock 206 

Red    Soil 44,   92,   472,   662 

Redland    Bay 413,    506 

Reed,  J.  M 302,  399 

Referendum 67 

Reformatories 815 

Renmark 35,   88,   238,    649 

Renner's  Springs 583 

Republican  Mine 599 

"Resolution,"  The 26 

Responsible    Government    .  .     .  .       61 
Returned    Soldiers'   Repatriation     120 

Revenues H^ 

Reward  Gem  Field 480 

Rhodes  Grass  .  .  202,  415,  443,  476,  478 

Rhyll .-     308 

Rice    ..    437,   519,   527,   536,   673,   678 

Richardson,  A.  E.  V 128,  380 

Richmond 468 

Richmond    River — 

87,    136,   143,   148,   161,   183,   202, 
265,    445 

Ridgeley 776 

Ringarooma 'otj 

Ringtail   Gully 769 

Ringwood 310,    313 

Risdon 758 

Riverina  .  .  87,  134,  158,  275,  280,  360 
Roads  Board,  Victorian  ....  303,  765 

Robb's  Monument 441 

Robbin's  Island 782 

Roberts,  A.  C 237 

Roberts,  Tom 128 

Robinson    Ranges    .  .     .  .     ■  ■     ■  ■     730 

Rochester 367,  386,   388 

Rock    Cod 425 

Rock   Lily 180 

Rockfish 138 

Rockhampton    ..    136,    429,    475,    76b 

Rockingham  Bay 46,  458 

Rocky   Hall 269 

Rodway,  Florence .   .  •     128 

Roe,  Capt.  J.  S 51 

"Roebuck,"  The 23,  661 

Roeburne 24 

Rogers,  Dr.  R.  S 128 

Roly-poly    Grass 24.) 


Quarries •  /^^       Roma 44,  472,  492 

Quartz 438,  527       RomneyMarsh   Sheep  ;;,„--^^^     87b 


Quassia fiQ 

Queanbeyan    ° 

SSV.    55,  •94,- -96, -405,    419 

Queensland  Gems i"°* 

"Quetta,"  The 455 

Quingilli   . .    : 11'^ 

Quinn,  Rodenc    . .    •••■••    •  •, «  ^97 
Quiros,  Pedro  Fernando  de    . .    1»,  f ' 

Quorn *^1^ 

792 
tabWts".'.'.".138V272,6i3;  885,  1076 

Racecourse  Sugar  Mill 4^» 

Radium _?^ 

Raffles  Bay ol° 

Rails ••     1^° 

Railton "^ 

^^''Zr^,  70,  84,  148,   178,  224,  227 
264,    296,   300,   331 
Railways,  Transcontinental— 

46,  52,   71,  0^1 


Roper    River     ..     48,    573.    587     600 

Rose   River 574 

Rosella  Parrots 138 

Rosewood 209 

Ross,   Alex 59Z 

Ross,   Major '  ^r, 

Roto  Station 249,  251 

Rottnest ti58 

Rowan,  Mrs.  Ellis 128 

Rubber    ....   437,  525,  575,  678,  787 

Rubicon    Falls 364 

Ruby  Vale 480 

Ruby   Well 701 

Rudall,   W.    P 53 

Ruddell    River 734 

Ruse,  Jas "" 

Russell 75b 

Russell  Falls •  •     7o6 

Russell,  Lord  John 518,  5^0 

Rutherglen       Experimental 

Farm 368,  371 

Ryan,  "Paddy" 54b 


Page 

Rye 308 

Rye    Grass 202 

Saaringen,  M.  Eliel 69 

Sacred   Nugget 703 

Saddle    Reefs 258,   598 

Saddleback  Mountain 221 

"Saerdam,"  The 21 

Sage,  Walter 234 

Sago 437,    527,    790 

Said   Goolmeer 619 

St.   Columba  Falls 776 

St.  Helena 316 

St.   Helens 773,   778 

St.  Kilda 306 

St.    Leonard's 322 

St.   Mary's,   N.S.W 94,  225 

St.  Mary's,  Tas 779 

St.  Peter  and  St.  Francis  Islands       22 

St.  Vincent's  Gulf 612,  622 

Sale 343,    372 

Saleeby,  Dr 120 

Salmon 138 

Salmon-trout 138 

Salt-bush — 

71,  74,  77,  81,  104,  238,  244,  249 
282,    287,    582 

Samarai 787,  790 

San    Remo 308,   365 

Sandhills 74,   81 

Sandover  River 76,   57J 

Sandpipers 137 

Sandringham 30b 

Sandstone 80,   189,   596 

Sandy  Cape 424 

Sandy  Creek 606 

Sandy  Head 572 

Sandwich    Islands 2J 

Sanger,   W.    B 907 

Sapphire 425,    480 

Sardine    Creek 347 

Sariba 791 

Sassafras,  Tas 764 

Sassafras,   Vic 313 

Savings   Banks    ....    128,   488,   1078 

Sawfish 153 

Scaddan    Hon.  John .     687 

Scamander '  '>>,    ' '^ 

Schanck,  Cape ■     308 

Scheelite ^^nr^     ol 

Schist 75,    8i 

Schouten    Island 762,    784 

Scott,  Professor  Ernest 12b 

Scottish  Commissioners 338 

Scottsdale 765,  773,  777 

Scottsdale  West ••     777 

Screw    Palms 552,    564 

Scrivener,  C.  R 08 

Scrub  Pigeon 137 

Sea  Elephant  Bay ^9^ 

Sea  Curlews 13^ 

Sea   Islands 575 

Seal  Rocks f  17 

Seaweeds •    •  ■     ^9,f. 

Secondary  Education »Ub 

Sedgwick,    Professor 594 

Sedgwick,  T 1^1 

Sesamum :  .X'  „\\    oni 

Settlers'   .  .    .  .    60,  120,  146,  330,  391 

Sextant    Rock 45.5 

Shackle 606 

Shale 104,  lob 

Shannon   River '* ' 

Shannon  Vale 9bl 

Share-farming •  ■     ■  .     41b 

Sharks  Bay 18,  23,  51,  669 

Sharks   

Shearers'     Hut     Accommodation 

Act 379 

^^"^19748,  72,  81,  83,  88,  158,  160,  208 

226,  244,  245,  297,  346,  379,  452 

467,  482,  494,  579,  590,  622, 

673,  770 

Sheep-dipping  Act •     379 

Sheffield 7b5,    (74 


c4 

P4 


d 
o 


■s 


a 

o 
H 

•a 


o 

u 
0 

0 

& 


liv 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Page 

Shelbourne  Bay 47 

Sheldrake 136 

Shellharbor 220 

Shepparton 387,  394 

Sherwin,  Amy 128 

Sherwood 309 

Shipping,   Australian    .  .     .  .    113,   173 

Shirlow,  John 128 

Shoal  Bay 526 

Shoalhaven 143,  219,  263 

Shoalhaven  River   ....   221,  223,  273 

Shoesmith,  Geo 729 

Shorthorn  Cattle    ....    770,  839,  936 

Shoveller 136 

Silky  Oaks 417 

Silos 90,  93 

Silurian  Rocks 80 

Silver 156,  255,  407,  503 

Silver  Grass 249 

Silver  Lead — 

42,  254,  459,  597,  621,  749 

Simpson,  G.  P 899 

Sims,  Mr 645 

Singleton 154 

"Sirius,"  The 32 

Sisal   Hemp — 

415,  482,  485,  525,  575,  678,  787 

Sisters,  The 768 

Skate 153 

Skating 360 

Skertchley,  Mr 443 

Ski-running    ....    192,   195,   198,  360 

Slates 594 

"Sloepye,"  The 24 

Sloyd  Woodwork  Classes  ....  810 
Small  Arms  Factory  .  .  .  .  796,  798 
Smith,    Prof.   Grafton    Elliot    .  .     126 

Smith,  Hon.  Staniforth 790 

Snadden  Creek 594,  597 

Snake   Beans 437 

Snapper   ....   138,  153,  206,  223,  425 

Snipe 136 

Snow 192 

Snowy   River — 

69,  87,  193,  343,  347,  352 

Solander,  Dr 29 

Solanums 674 

Soldiers 120 

Solomon,  Hon.  A.  E 746,  761 

Somerset 47,  453 

Sorell 761 

Sorghum 237,  399,  415 

Sorrento 293,  295,  308 

Soursop 438 

South  Australia — 

19,  47,  55,  59,  60,  63,  74,  87,  94 

520,  611 

South  Australian  Company  .  830,  839 

South   Berrv   Mine 332 

South  Bruni  Island 773,  784 

South  Clifton 216 

South  Creek 94,  280 

South  Goulburn 575 

South  Gate 206 

Southern   Cross   Goldfield — 

470,  596,  701,  711 

"Southern  Cross"  Pearl 668 

Southport Ill,  505,  596 

Spain 17 

Spear-grass 249,  558 

Speculation    Lake 250,   252 

Spence,  Percy 128 

Spence  Creek   582 

Spencer,  Prof.  Sir  Baldwin — 

128,  530,  590 

Spencer's   Gulf 45 

Spicer,   Mr 679 

Spinifex — 

71,  75,  76,  82,  287,  473,  586,  592 

Sponges 152 

Spoonbills 136 

Sports 131 

Spotted  Dog  Mine 347 

Spotted  Gum 267,  269,  273 

Spreyton 774 

Spring  Bay 762 

Spring  Hill 220,  607 


Page 

Spring  Vale 313 

Springfield 765 

Springsure 507 

Spruhan,    "Peter    Doubt"    .  .     .  .     705 

Spurwings 137 

"Squatter"  Pigeon 137 

"Squatters" 60 

Stack  Island 782 

Stanley 744,   768 

Stannary   Hills 443 

Stanthorpe   .  .   199,  410,  412,  417,  500 

Stanwell   Park 188 

Star   Grass 249 

Starcke 452 

State  Trawlers 153 

Staverton 765,  774 

Stawell 297,  331,  334 

Stead,  David  A 151 

Steel 154 

Steep  Island 782 

Steep   Point 19 

Stephens,  Saml 830 

Stevenson  Creek   78 

Stewart,  Graham 82,  656 

Stilts 136,   137 

Stingray    Harbor 28 

Stingrays 138 

Stirling 84 

Stock   Routes 52,  82 

Stockdale,  Ily 53 

Stone,  Louis 126 

Stony  Creek  Falls 460 

Stony  Point 308 

Stoodlev 776 

Stradbroke   Island 423 

Straits  Settlements 159 

Strangways    River 584 

Stratford 345 

Strathbogie  Range 357 

Strathdownie 330 

Strawberries  .  .  342,  412,  505,  623,  662 

Streaky  Bay 45,  640 

Streeton,  Arthur 128 

Strikes 116 

Stringybark   Trees 348 

Strone,    Archibald   T 126 

Stroud 215 

Strezlecki,  Count 339 

Stuart 82 

Stuart,  Chas.  McDouall — 

42,  47,  520,  564,  584 
Stuart,  Dr.  T.  P.  Anderson  .  .  144 
Sturt,  Capt.  Chas.    .  .    39,  41,  47,  630 

Sturt  Plains 584 

Sturt's    Billabong 238 

Sturt's  Creek 52,  728,  734 

Styx  River 407 

Sugar — 

87,  102,  202,  345,  407,  426.  448,  458 
485,  518,  524,  790 

Sugar  Palm 438 

Sugar-beet 345 

Sugar  Bonus  Act 107,  409 

Sugar  Refining  Co.,  Colonial    .  .     408 
Sugar  Works  Guarantee  Act   .  .     429 

Sunter.  N 563 

Sulphides 258,  459 

Sultanas 95,  161,  237,  718 

Sunday  Island 668 

Sullivan  Cove 758 

Surf-bathing 128,  131,  175 

Sutherland,   Porby 28 

Swamp  Lands 75,  92 

Swan  Hill 43.  387,  399 

Swan  River 23,  45,  51 

Swanport,  Great 763 

Swans,  Black 136,  140,   280 

Swansea 762 

Sweers  Island 452 

Swimming 131 

Swine-fever 377 

Sydney — 

63,  107,  113,  142,  173,  178,  280 

"Sydney,"  H.M.A.S 799 

Sydney,  Lord 32,  34 

Sydney  Cove 31,  34,  291,  859 


Page 

Table  Cape 770,  777 

Table  Top 885 

Tabulum 199 

Tdcca  primal i^idid 527 

Tailem  Bend 632 

Tailor-fish 138 

"Taiyuan,"  The 577 

Talc  Head 594 

Tallaberga  Islet 291 

Tallangatta 352,  355 

Tallarook 318,  362 

Tallyawalka  Creek 250,  252 

Tally  Ho 313 

Tamar  Estuary 774 

Tamar  River 748,  771 

Tamar   Valley 745 

Tamarinds 437,  527,  572,  673 

Tambo 244 

Tambo  River   ....   339,  345,  348,  470 

Tamboon   River 346 

Tamil  Coolies 530 

Tamworth 232 

Tanami  .  .  540,  546,  580,  592,  598,  602 

Tanja 269 

Tank   Stream,  Sydney 859 

Tankerton 308 

Tannymorel 406 

Tantallon 923 

Tapioca 787 

Tarawatta   Station 832 

Tarcoola 71 

Taree 214 

Tarella   Station 244 

Tariff   Commission 63,    101 

Tariff,  Customs Ill 

Tarong 507 

Tasman,   Abel   Janszoon — 

21,  24,  516,  758,  762,  770 
Tasmania  .  21,  29,  55,  59,  87,  115,  743 

Tasman's   Arch 773 

Tasman's  Peninsula 773,  779 

Tatchera 399 

Tate,  Professor 589 

Tate  River 443 

Tathra 269 

Taylor 47 

Tea 437,  527,  787 

Tea-tree 302,  306,  452 

Teal 134,  136 

Technical  Education 805,  812 

'rrroiiKi    inoilirdis 186 

Telegraph,  Overland   .  .   48,  53,  78,  82 

Telegra  phy 110 

Teleg"aphy,   Wireless 110 

Temora 231,  718 

Temperature 469,  760 

Tennant's  Creek 582,  596 

Tennis 192 

Tenterfield 143,  198 

Termeil    Mountain 273 

Termites 560 

Terowie 254 

Trrra  AustmliN 22 

'I'me  XnpoJron 661 

"Territoria" 589 

Tesselated    Pavement 773 

Texas 498 

Thackeringa 255 

Thargomindah 419 

Theebine 507 

Thermal  Springs 555,  578 

"Thew"  Wheat 206 

Thierry,   Baron   de 831 

Thistle  Cove 45 

Thompson  River 343 

Thomson,   Jas 729 

Thorndon   Park 652 

Thornton,  Constable 620 

Thredbo   River 194 

Three-Hummock  Island 782 

Thring  Creek 585 

Throssell  Ranges 732 

Thulimbah 500 

Thursday  Island    .  .    .  .    137,  346,  451 

Tibboburra 238 

Ticira  AtistrnJ 18 

Tietkins,  W.  H 53,  589 


INDEX 


Iv 


Pago 

Tilba-Tilba 269 

Tilpa 244 

Timber— 

35,  81,  105,  150,  209,  249,  265,  267 

269,  310,  354,  438,  444,  445,  458 

472,   489,   498,   508,   582,   664 

680,  779,  790 

Timor 21,  24,  517,  539 

Tin— 

102,  156,  407,  453,  503,  596,  598 
680,  701,  749 

Tinaroo  Tinfield 443 

Tindal  Family 967 

Tintaldra 347,  353 

Titheradge,  Madge 128 

Tobacco — 

102,  170,  269,  437,  485,  498,  527,  787 

Tobogganing 192,  360 

Tocal 933 

Todd  River 75,  84 

Todmorden  Station 78 

Tolarno 243 

Tolga 445 

Tolga  Spring  Falls 447 

Tolmie  Tableland 362 

Tomatoes    .  .    388,   485,  648,   662,   674 

Tomkinson  Ranges 730 

Tongala 379,  386,  389 

Tongio 349 

Tonkin  Bean 437 

Toolangi 364 

Tooradin 309 

Toowoomba 417,  489 

Topknot  Pigeon 137 

Toronto   Farm    Home 820 

Torquay 322 

Tcrrens,  Col.  R.  R 830 

Torrens   Creek 466,   468 

Torrens    River 652 

Torres,  Luis  Vaz  de 18 

Torres  Island 109 

Torres  Straits  Pigeon  .  .  137,  456,  569 

Tortoise-shell 517 

Tourmaline 596 

Towamba 143,   271,   273 

Townsville    .  .    430,  432,  434,  470,  530 

Towong 347,  353 

Trade 159 

Tramways 85,  758 

Transcontinental   Railways — 

46,  52,  71,  521,  697 

Transport ?47 

Transportation 31,  59,  60 

Traralgon 343 

Trawlers,  N.S.W.  State 152 

Trawool 364 

Tree-ferns 219,   310 

Trefoil  Grass 249 

Trefoil   Islands 782 

Trepang 106,  517 

Trevallyn 750 

Triabunna 773,  784 

Tropical  Diseases 532 

Tropical  Medicine,  Institute  of  .     532 

Trout 13S,  352 

Truganini 754 

Truman,  Mr 722 

Tuart-tree 690 

Tucka  Tucka  Station 230 

Tully  Falls •  •  446,  456 

Tully  River 457 

Tumbling  Waters 606 

Tumby  Bay 640 

Tumut 225,  288 

Tunny 138,  152 

Tupia 29 

Turkeys,  Brush — ■ 

72,  73,  137,  280,  467,  583 

Turmeric 527 

Turner.    Ethel 126 

Turner,  Henry  Gyles 298 

Tuross  River 268 

Turpentine-trees    .  .    .  .    211,   265,  489 
Tweed  River — • 

41,  87,  143,  265,  413,  505 
Twofold  Bay  .  .  28,  143,  153,  270,  273 
Tyenna 780 


Tyringham 208 

TyKon,  James 578 

Uardry 893 

Ulladulla 223,  265 

Ulmarra 136,  206 

Ulverstone 766 

Umbrawarra 598 

"Una,"  H.M.A.S 800 

Union  Bank  of  Australia    .  .    . .     831 

Universities 620,  806 

Upper  Burnett  River 507 

Upper   Flowerdale 778 

Upper  Hunter  River 94,  279 

Upper  Murray  River 90,  96 

Urapunga 601 

Vailala  River 790 

Valder,  G 227 

Valencia    Oranges 240 

Vanderlin  Island 572 

Van  Diemen's  Gulf 520 

Van  Diemen's  Land — 

22,  27,  60,  291,  294,  298,  758 
Van  Diemen's  Land  Company — 

744,  768,  770,  782 

Vanilla 437,  787,  790 

Vegetables 37,  305,  648,  C62 

Venture  Syndicates 608 

"Venus,"  the 291 

"Verglude  Draeck,  De," 22 

Vernon,  Col.  W.  L 69 

Victoria 55,  60,  87,  291 

Victoria  Downs  Station  ....  583,  5S0 
Victoria  River — 

52,  53,  577,  590,  592,  602 
Victorian  State  Education   ....     811 

Vidler,  E.  A 14 

Vineyards — 

162,  218,  236,  396,  414,  623,  645,  685 
Viticultural  Stations  .  .  .  .  163,  376 
Vlaming,  Capt.  Willem  de  .  .  18,  23 
Volcanic  Soils 271,  625,  734 

Wade,  L.  A.  B 234 

Wages 262 

Wagga 226 

Wagonga 273 

Waikerie 90 

Wakefield,  E.  G 830 

Waldron,  J.J 74,  76 

Walhalla 346,    362 

Walgett 92 

Walker,   Thos 821 

Walker   Island 782 

Walker  River 574 

Wallabies 138,  564,  583 

Wallagurah 347 

Wallan 318 

Wallangarra 199,    417 

Wallaroo 621,    642 

Walpeup 400 

Walsh  Tinfield 443 

Wanaaring 246 

Wandandian 223 

Wandi 606 

Wandoo 692 

Wangamong 907 

Wangaratta 357,  362 

Wangrabelle 347 

Waranga  Basin 387 

Waratah,  Tas 766,  769 

Waratahs 186 

Warburton 310,  313,  362 

Warburton,  Major  P.  E 47,  50 

Warburton   Ranges 730 

Warden 202 

Warenda  Station 482 

Warnecke,    C 580 

Warra 490 

Warracknabeal 334 

Warragamba  River 94,  279 

Warragul •  •     339 

Warrandyte 314,  338 

Warraweena 247 

"Warrego."    H.M.A.S 800 

Warrego  River  .  .    . .  44,  46,  233,  244 


Pago 

Warren,   The 652,   696 

Warrnambool 325,   327 

Wartook 337 

Warwick 474,    496 

Washington    Navel    Oranges    . .     246 
Water  Conservation — 

70,  73,  147,  275,  385,  400,  740 

Waterfall 186,    188 

Waterhens 136 

Waterhouse,   Capt 866 

Waterhouse,  G.  A 128 

Waterhouse   River 585 

Waterpark    Creek 407 

Water-trees 219,  273 

Watkins,  J.   S 128 

Watson,  J.  C 120 

Watsonville 443 

Wattle-bark 102 

Wattle-birds 138 

Wattlegrove 780 

Watt's  Creek 606 

Wave  Hill   Station 590 

"Wealth    of   Nations"    Goldmine     702 

Weeah 399 

Weipa  Mission  Station 452 

Welch,  E.  J 50 

Weld    Springs 52,    730 

Wellesley    Islands 452 

Wellington 232,  650 

Wellington  Point 505 

Wells,  L.  A.  .  .   53,  590,  602,  628,  728 

Wentworth 90,  92,  161,  233 

Wentworth,   W.   C 39,   58,   60 

Werribee 305,   371,   386 

Werribee  Gorge 320 

Werribee   State   Farm 370 

Wessels  Islands 575 

West,  J.  and  H 334 

West   Arm 597 

Westbrook 415,  496,  499 

Westbury 763 

Western  Australia — 

21,  23,  26,  45,  51,  59,  67,  87 
94,  115,  659 
Western  District  of  New  South 

Wales 281 

Western  District  of  Victoria — 

322,    325,    378 
Western  Lands  Board,  N.S.W. — 

232,  249,  283 

Westernport 291,  308 

Western   Tiers 763 

Wethered.  "Bluebush" 705 

Weymouth   Bay 46 

Whales 152,  154,  271 

46,  84,  99,  106,  146,  161,  170,  206 

225,  228,  230,  247,  249,  251,  280 

328,  334,  339,  368,  380,  .382,  399 

472,  489,  494,  622,  633,  640,  645 

717,  736,  842 

Whim   Well  Copper  Mine    ....     726 

Whimbrels 137 

Whistle    Duck    Creek 582 

Whistling  Duck 136 

White  Apple  Tree 273 

"White   Australia"— 

56,  64,  302,  426,  530,  534 
560,   666,   670 

White  Cliffs 244 

White,    Constable    . .     620 

White,  Edward 961 

"White  Falcon,"  The 22 

White,  Francis 941 

White,  James 941 

White,  J.  W 645 

White,  Major  F.  J 961 

White  Range  Goldfield    .  .    .  .   83,  596 

Whitewood ' 75 

Whitfield 362 

Whitley    Falls 698 

Whitsunday   Passage    . .     . .    434,   459 

AVhiting 138,   153,    425 

Whittlesea 316 

Whitton .280 

Wickham  River 572,  590 


Ivi 


AUSTRALIA    UNLIMITED 


Pago 

Wide  Bay 415,  416,  444 

Widgeon 136 

Widstoe,    Dr 287 

Wilcannia 238,  242,  245 

Wildfowl 39,  73,  243,  281,  782 

Wilga  Scrub 227,  244 

Willandra  Billabong 249 

Willandra    Station 249 

Willeroo    Station 592,    602 

William   Creek 74 

William,  Mount 331 

Williams.   Robt.   . .    : 552 

Williamstown 301 

Willoughby 1000 

Willourie     Pastoral    Association     578 

Willow   Pig 434 

Wills,  Mount 349 

Wills,    W.    J 48 

Wills'  Tobacco  Plantation    ....     498 

Wilson,  Geo 909 

Wilson,    Hon.    Frank 687 

Wilson,   Sir   Saml 878 

Wilson's    Promontory 291 

Wilton    River 573 

Wiluna 727 

Wimmera    .  .     .  .    328,    337,    380,    382 

Wimmera   River 43,   337 

Windellama  Marble  Mines   .  .    .  .      104 

Wines 163,  396,   623 

Wingen 853 

Wingen   River 27,   137,   346 

Wingham 214 

Winnecke's  Depot 83 

Winton 470 

Wise,  Hon.  B.  R 66 

Withers,  R.  J 876 

Wodonga 349,    353 

Wolfram — 

76,    156,   407,    443,    503,   597,    601 
Wolfram  Camp 601 


Pago 

Wollongbar 201 

Wollongong    ....    136,   154,  188,  219 

Woman  Suffrage 63 

Wombat  Ranges 362 

Wondai 508 

Wonga   Pigeon 137 

Wonthaggi 309,  340 

Woodburn 202 

Wood   Duck 134,  280 

Wood-pulp 102 

Woodhead,    Constable 618 

Woodrift,  Capt 294 

Wood's   Point 313,  362 

Woods,  Rev.  Tenison   .  .   548,  576,  600 
Wool— 

48,  81,  90,  97,  102,  103,  146,  149 

160,    251,   296,   328,  334 

339,   467,  470 

Woolgar   Goldfield 459 

Woolloomooloo  Bay 174 

Woolngie 606 

Woolnorth 782 

Woolnough,  Dr 573,  600 

Woombye 430,  507 

Woonona 219 

Worgan,    Mr 593,  602 

Wov  Woy 186 

Wright,  David  McKee 126 

Wyalong 228,   231,  288 

Wyandra 408 

Wyangala 279 

Wyndham 273,  673,  729 

Wyonga   River 574 

Wyuna  State  Farm 370 

Yachting 140,  176 

Yackandandah  355 

Yah  Yah 600 

Yallingup .     .  .  690 

Yam    Creek 548,  606 


Pago 

Yamba 136,  206 

Yambulla 271-,  347 

Yampi  Sound 21 

Yanco 228,   276,  877 

Yandina 507 

Yan    Yean    Reservoir 316 

"Yaralla,"  Parramatta 821 

Yarangobilly  Caves 353 

"Yarra,"   H.M.A.S 800 

Yarra   Glen 310 

Yarra  River  .  .  292,  300,  305,  314,  365 

Yarraman  Creek 508 

Yarran  Trees 249 

Yarrawonga 387 

Yarrie 97,  676 

Yayouble  Rock  Hole 644 

Yea 318,  364 

Yellow-tail 138 

Yeppoon 414,  481 

Yilgarn    Goldfield 701 

Yindi 644 

Yolla 768 

Yonge,   Mr 644 

York 737 

York  Gums 660 

York  Peninsula — 

18,  46,  87,  443,  451,  621 

Young,  Sir  George 32 

"Young  William,"  The 859 

Yugilbar  Station 206 

Yungaburra 446 

Zamia  Palms 82 

Zebu  Cattle 561 

Zeehan 766 

"Zeehan,"  The 21 

Zeeuw,  Jan   Janszoon 22 

"Zee-wolf,"  The 19 

"Zeewyck,"  The 24 

Zinc 102,  261,  459,  598 


The  Lagoon,  at  Burrawang 


I  ,  A- 


//o^- 


» 


i^iMy 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 

AN  INITIAL  rrrrr-^^ 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILUF?lii  CENTS 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PEN«  — . 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  SO  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.0O  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


^€P" 


(C^ 


~J33" 


,iOV. 


-^^ 


4^ 


AUG  1  '>  1989 


-iKuiS^A 


0-1-  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


■to\3M^ 


')> 


^ 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


A 


a:  ]\ 


{V  11 


M 


.(^    \S  /-■/ 


j ) 


I    Ifl-^i  ! 


t'.>„»,